UNITED STATES
   ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
               AGENCY
           FISCAL YEAR 2013

       Justification of Appropriation
Estimates for the Committee on Appropriations
EPA-190-R-12-001                RECYCLED/RECYCLABLE
                         PRINTED ON PAPER THAT CONTAINS
                         AT LEAST 5O% RECYCLED FIBER

-------
                                        Mission

               The mission of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is to
               protect human health and the environment.
                               Introduction and Overview

The Agency's FY 2013 budget request supports the Administration's commitment to ensure that
all Americans are protected from significant risks to  human health and protect the environment
where they live, learn and work. The EPA's work touches on the lives of every single American,
every single day  as we protect the environment for our children, but also for our children's
children. The mission,  day in and day out, is to protect the health of the American people by
keeping pollution out of the air we breathe, toxins out of the water we drink and swim in, and
harmful chemicals out of the food we eat and  the lands where we build  our homes and our
communities. We are committed to advancing environmental justice and achieving transparency
in agency decision-making as an integral part of achieving our  mission.

Environmental challenges and health threats have the  capacity  to limit opportunity and hold back
the  progress  of entire communities. Recent  events  such  as the  radiation released after the
earthquake in Japan and the environmental impact of large-scale disasters,  both natural and man-
made,  reinforce the  critical importance of  fulfilling the  EPA's mission and providing the
safeguards  that the American  people look  to  the  Agency  to  deliver.  We will meet these
challenges  by using  the best  available scientific  information, ensuring fair and effective
enforcement  of  environmental  laws,  and   providing  all  parts  of society—communities,
individuals, businesses, and  federal,  state, local,  and tribal  governments—access to  accurate
information so  that  they  may participate effectively  in managing  human   health  and
environmental risks. The EPA's work is guided by  the best  possible data  and research and a
commitment to transparency and the accountability that comes with it.

To learn more about how the Agency accomplishes  this mission, including information on the
organizational structure and regional offices, visit: http://www.epa.gov/aboutepa/.

               FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and President's Budget
                    (including FY 2011 Annual Performance Report)

The EPA's FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and President's Budget requests $8.344 billion,
approximately $105 million below FY 2012. The Agency recognizes the difficult fiscal situation
that  the nation  is  facing,  and is  making  strategic adjustments to sustain  necessary  and
fundamental human health and environmental protection within core resources and  programs. In
preparing the FY 2013 President's Budget, we reassessed our  priorities and focused on the most
critical work of the EPA and our state and tribal partners to maximize the effectiveness of our
resources and collaboration. This budget reflects our commitment to finding ways to do our work
more effectively  and  efficiently while achieving the same  or  potentially better results,  and
realizing cost savings.

-------
To support continued progress toward the most critical goals and outcomes, the FY 2013 request
reprioritizes and adjusts funding levels. Where possible, the Agency is leveraging its resources
by expanding or building new partnerships with other federal agencies. In addition, the Agency
is focusing resources on the problems of the future and is eliminating certain mature programs
that have accomplished their goals, and where there is the possibility of maintaining some of the
human health and environmental benefits through implementation at other federal agencies or the
state or local level because they are well-established and well-understood.

The EPA strives to connect the results we have achieved to our planning and budgeting decisions
and to support our overall strategic direction and the FY 2012 - 2013 Priority Goals. Toward this
end, the Agency has worked to integrate the FY 2011 Annual Performance Report and FY 2013
Congressional budget justification. The EPA's FY 2011 performance information is highlighted
throughout the  budget request,  notably  in the  sections  titled  Program Performance and
Assessment  and  Overview  of  FY  2011  Performance  sections,  which  describe  key
accomplishments and  challenges for the  EPA's five strategic  goals  and five  cross-cutting
fundamental strategies.

                               FY 2013 Funding Priorities

Improving Air Quality and Climate Change
The  EPA  is dedicated to protecting and improving the quality of the Nation's air to promote
public health and protect the environment. Among the most common sources of air pollution are
highway motor vehicles and their fuels. EPA's work to establish the new fuel and national
emissions standards to reduce emissions of air pollution and educate  consumers on the ways their
actions affect the environment have led to  a real success story.  The national program  of fuel
economy and greenhouse gas standards for light-duty vehicles alone will save approximately  12
billion barrels of oil and prevent 6 billion metric tons of GHG emissions over the lifetimes of the
vehicles sold through  model year 2025. In FY 2013, $102 million is provided for Federal
Vehicle and  Fuel  Standards  and  Certifications.  In addition, Federal   Stationary   Source
Regulations work is funded at $34 million which includes a nearly $7 million increase to support
the  development of  New Source  Performance Standards and to  more efficiently coordinate
actions to meet  multiple CAA  objectives for controlling  both criteria and toxic air pollutants
while considering cost effectiveness, the technical feasibility of controls, and providing  greater
certainty for regulated industry.

We  will continue to address the impacts of  climate change in  FY  2013. An increase  of
approximately $32.8 million over the FY 2012 Enacted budget for climate protection will allow
the  Agency to support the full range of approaches to reducing GHGs and the risks its effects
pose to human health and the environment and to property. This increase includes $26.5 million
for categorical grants for states and tribes. The economic costs of not addressing climate change
could include  reduced productivity through missed work and school days, increased hospital
visits, respiratory and cardiovascular diseases, and even premature death - especially for certain
vulnerable populations like the elderly, the poor,  and children.
                                           11

-------
Protecting America's Waters
The EPA's ecosystem protection programs encompass a wide range of approaches that address
specific at-risk regional  areas and larger categories of threatened systems, such as urban waters,
estuaries, and wetlands. Locally generated pollution, combined with pollution carried by rivers
and streams and through air deposition, can accumulate in these ecosystems and degrade them
over time. The EPA and its federal partners along with states, tribes, municipalities, and private
parties, will continue efforts to restore the integrity of the imperiled waters of the United States.
In FY 2013, EPA will fund the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative at $300 million, maintaining
FY 2012 enacted funding levels, and fund the Chesapeake Bay program at $72.6 million, a $15
million increase over FY 2012 levels.

Sustainable Water Infrastructure
The Clean Water and Drinking Water State Revolving Funds are provided $2 billion in FY 2013.
As part of the Administration's long-term strategy, the EPA is implementing a Sustainable Water
Infrastructure Policy that focuses on working with states and communities to enhance technical,
managerial  and  financial  capacity.  Important  to  the  enhanced  technical  capacity will  be
alternatives analyses to expand "green infrastructure" options and their multiple benefits. Federal
dollars provided through the State Revolving Funds will act as a catalyst for  efficient system-
wide planning and ongoing management of sustainable water infrastructure. More fully utilizing
the revolving fund capitalization grants  provided  to our  partners  will  enable States to  build,
revive, and "green" our aging infrastructure.

To help ensure that water is safe to drink and to address the nation's aging drinking  water
infrastructure that can impact water quality, $850 million for the Drinking Water State Revolving
Fund will support new infrastructure improvement projects for public drinking water systems in
FY 2013.  In  concert with  the states, the EPA will focus this affordable,  flexible financial
assistance to support utility  compliance with safe drinking water standards. The EPA also will
work with utilities to promote technical, financial, and managerial capacity as a critical means to
meet infrastructure needs and to enhance program performance and efficiency.

The EPA will continue to provide annual capitalization to the Clean Water State Revolving Fund
to enable EPA partners to improve wastewater treatment, address nonpoint sources  of pollution,
and promote estuary revitalization. Recognizing the expected  long-term  benefits of healthy
aquatic  systems  as economic cornerstones vital to property  values, tourism, recreational  and
commercial fishing, and hunting, the EPA is requesting $1.175 billion in FY 2013.

Protecting Our Land
The  Superfund program protects the  American public and its resources by  cleaning up sites
which pose an imminent  or long term risk of exposure  and harm  to human health and the
environment. In  FY 2013, the Agency will maintain the funding level necessary to respond to
emergency releases of hazardous substances as well as maintain the goal of sites achieving
human exposure and groundwater migration under control. In addition, as one  of the Superfund
program's primary  goals, the Agency will continue its "enforcement first" policy  and identify
and pursue potentially responsible parties (PRPs) to pay for and conduct cleanups at Superfund
sites to preserve critical federal dollars for sites where there are no viable contributing parties.
                                           in

-------
This will include negotiating and settling with PRPs and utilizing the special account funds
which  the Agency obtains from PRPs to finance  site-specific CERCLA response actions  in
accordance with the settlement agreement. PRP resources, state  resources,  and appropriated
resources are critical to the Superfund program. As of the end of FY 2011, the EPA is carefully
managing more than $1.8 billion in special account resources and has developed multi-year plans
to use these funds as expeditiously as possible consistent with applicable requirements. The EPA
will maximize all of our available tools and resources to continue our Superfund work, while
attempting to minimize programmatic impacts.

Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals
Ensuring the safety of new or existing chemicals in commerce to  protect the American people
remains a key EPA priority. Chemicals are ubiquitous in our everyday lives and products. They
are used in the production of everything from our homes and cars to the cell phones we carry and
the  food we eat.  Chemicals often are released into  the environment as  a result of their
manufacture, processing, use, and disposal. FY 2013 funding will  be directed toward chemical
safety, increasing support  for actions to reduce and assess chemical  risks, and obtaining and
maximizing  the availability to the public of needed information  on potentially hazardous
chemicals. The current program activity levels continue to leave a backlog of chemicals to be
tested. The  FY 2013  overall increase  of $36.4  million to the EPA's chemical programs  is
essential  to  support a  crucial stage of the EPA's  strengthened approach to address existing
chemicals that have not been tested for adverse health or environmental effects.

21st Century Enforcement
This FY 2013  budget  builds upon current efforts to transition toward using 21st Century
technology in enforcement  and compliance,  resulting in long-term  savings to  the  federal
government, states, and the regulated community as the overall cost of compliance is reduced.
Investments  in new technology, including e-reporting and more advanced monitoring tools, will
allow the EPA and our state partners to more easily identify, investigate, and  address the worst
violations that affect our communities. By embracing new approaches to harness 21st century
technology tools, the Agency will meet our goals more effectively and efficiently.

In FY 2013, the Agency will  redirect  or  refocus  approximately  $36 million within the
enforcement and  compliance programs in order to transform  and modernize our approach  to
enforcing the nation's environmental laws. This effort will enhance the EPA's ability to detect
violations that impact public health, reduce transaction costs for the regulated community, and
better engage the public to drive behavioral changes in compliance. The EPA will promote  e-
reporting by implementing new  technologies, develop and disseminate advanced monitoring
tools, upgrade agency  IT infrastructure to exploit more fully the wealth of new monitoring data,
and  modernize the EPA's  approach to  enforcement by  ensuring  new  and existing  rules
incorporate electronic  reporting. In FY 2013, as a key element of  this approach, we will assist
states in modifying their data systems to implement e-reporting with their regulated facilities,
leading to improved compliance and transparency.

Supporting  State and Tribal Partners
Supporting our state and tribal partners, the primary implementers of environmental programs on
the ground, is a long-held priority of the EPA. Funding to states and tribes in the State and Tribal
                                           IV

-------
Assistance Grants (STAG) account continues to be the largest percentage of the EPA's budget
request, at 40% in FY 2013. For Categorical Grants, $1.2 billion is provided, reaffirming the
EPA's commitment to states that implement rules and rely on Federal funding to maintain core
environmental programs in  light of state funding uncertainties. At $114 million over FY 2012
Enacted levels, this budget request for Categorical Grants provides increases of $66 million for
State and Local Air Quality  Management, $27 million for Pollution Control, and $29 million for
Tribal GAP.

As part of the Agency's commitment to tribes, we are proposing a $29 million increase over the
FY 2012 enacted levels to enhance the Tribal General  Assistance Program (GAP) resources. This
funding level for GAP grants will build Tribal capacity and assists tribes in leveraging other EPA
and federal funding to contribute towards a higher overall level of environmental and human
health protection.

Expanding Partnership with Other Federal Agencies
The EPA continues to work  with its partners across the federal government to leverage resources
and avoid duplication of efforts and maximize the effect of federal resources in environmental
protection. For example, to support sustainability efforts,  the EPA has joined forces with the
Department of Transportation (DOT) and the Department of Housing and Urban Development
(HUD) to align housing, transportation and environmental investments through a Partnership for
Sustainable  Communities.  Adding to that  effort, the  Brownfields program has become  a
laboratory for  innovation in sustainable development where efforts to remediate polluted sites
and make them available for reuse by the community often includes green infrastructure, Smart
Growth principles, efficient building techniques,  or other steps towards building a sustainable
city.

Building on  the existing collaboration efforts to protect or restore the nation's waters, the EPA
and US Department of Agriculture (US DA)  will  enhance existing coordination  efforts  in
reducing non-point source pollution. The Agency also recently joined ten other federal agencies
in launching the Urban Waters Federal Partnership,  aimed at transforming urban waters into
neighborhood  centerpieces  and foundations for sustainable economic  growth. The EPA will
continue to work with the Department of Energy (DOE) and the US Geological Survey (USGS)
on a Hydraulic Fracturing Study of potential impacts on drinking water.

Priority Science and Research
Science and research continue  to be the foundation of all our work at the EPA. The Office of
Research and  Development's  integrated and cross-disciplinary  organization  of the  scientific
research programs provides a systems perspective. This perspective is critical to the performance
of the EPA and increases the benefits from high quality science. Superior science leads to shared
solutions; everyone benefits from clean air and clean water. Rigorous science leads to innovative
solutions to complex  environmental challenges. In FY 2013, the EPA is refocusing resources to
support a Southern New England Program for Innovative Estuarine Approaches, and advancing
efforts in both  lifecycle chemical safety and sustainable molecular design.

The  Southern New  England  Program  for  Innovative  Estuarine Approaches will  develop
innovative scientific  and technical solutions to  inform policies, environmental management

-------
structures, and business approaches to ensure the sustainability of our coastal watersheds and
estuaries.  Additional  funding  is  for sustainable  molecular design  of chemicals to develop
inherently safer process and products that minimize or eliminate the associated adverse impacts
on human health and the environment. This effort will provide new principles for alternative
chemical design  and reduce the likelihood of unwanted toxic effects of nanomaterials and other
chemicals.

The  EPA also will continue to  build on current research to study the  potential impacts  of
hydraulic  fracturing on drinking  water.  Building on ongoing research,  the  $14  million total
request in FY 2013 for hydraulic fracturing research will begin an  effort to assess  additional
questions  regarding the safety of hydraulic fracturing. The research will be coordinated with
DOE and USGS under a developing Memorandum of Understanding  which emphasizes the
expertise of each Federal partner, and will include an assessment of potential air, ecosystem, and
water quality impacts of hydraulic fracturing. The EPA also will release an Interim Report on the
Impacts of Hydraulic Fracturing on Drinking Water Resources in 2012.

Eliminations and Efficiencies
Recognizing  the tight limits  on discretionary  spending across  government, the  EPA has
evaluated and reprioritized its work and made necessary adjustments to focus FY 2013 resources
toward the Agency's highest priorities and most critical needs. These reductions and eliminations
and the projected impacts are described in fuller detail in appropriate sections of the FY 2013
Annual Plan and Congressional Justification and in the 2013 Cuts, Consolidations, and Savings
(CCS) Volume of the President's Budget which identifies lower-priority program activities  in
accordance with  the GPRA Modernization Act, 31 U.S.C. 1115(b)(10). The public can  access the
volume at:  .       -  ». -    '.   -  •'

The  EPA  continues to examine its programs to find those that have served their purpose and
accomplished their mission. The FY 2013 President's Budget eliminates a number of programs
totaling $50 million including: the Clean Automotive Technology Program; Beaches Protection
categorical grants; Environmental Education; State Indoor Radon Grants; the Support to Other
Federal Agencies program within Superfund; and the  Fibers program.

Building on the work undertaken in FY 2011 and planned for FY 2012, the Agency is examining
how it can  do its work differently, both programmatically and  administratively, to achieve
efficiencies and  results. To complement these near-term efforts, the EPA also is undertaking a
series of important steps to lay the groundwork for longer-term efficiencies, to move toward a
21st  century  EPA.  Major  projects  include enhancing collaboration tools  and  IT  systems,
evaluating and consolidating or reconfiguring our space, and establishing Regional or national
Centers of Expertise, all of which will help ensure the best use of human and financial  resources.
The  EPA is continuing the effort to analyze staffing levels  and deploy human resources  to
achieve the Agency's mission more effectively and efficiently.

The Agency's funding request reflects its commitment to reducing discretionary spending across
government. In response to government-wide calls for promoting efficient spending, such as the
Campaign to Cut Waste and Executive Order on Promoting Efficient Spending, the Agency will
reduce spending by an aggregate  of 20 percent on advisory contracts, printing, travel, and  IT
                                           VI

-------
devices by the end of FY 2013 compared to FY 2010, The EPA will do this by: providing as
many documents and reports electronically rather than printing thousands of pages of paper,
saving money and reducing the Agency's environmental footprint; reducing  overall  agency
travel ceiling by 27 percent by using videoconferences, reducing the number of overall meetings
and  combining  meetings;  and managing  spending  on  EPA-held  conferences by using
government-owned space and technology to achieve savings.
                                         vn

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

Table of Contents - Resource Summary Tables

APPROPRIATION SUMMARY	3
   Budget Authority	3
   Full-time Equivalents (FTE)	4

-------

-------
                            Environmental Protection Agency
               FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

                            APPROPRIATION SUMMARY
                                     Budget Authority
                                   (Dollars in Thousands)


Science & Technology

Environmental Program & Management

Inspector General

Building and Facilities

Oil Spill Response

Superfund Program
IG Transfer
S&T Transfer
Hazardous Substance Superfund

Leaking Underground Storage Tanks

State and Tribal Assistance Grants

SUB-TOTAL, EPA

Rescission of Prior Year Funds
SUB-TOTAL, EPA (INCLUDING
RESCISSIONS)
Recovery Act - EPM
Recovery Act - IG
Recovery Act Resources
TOTAL, EPA

FY2011
Actuals

$877,269.5

$2,883,566.0

$46,627.9

$38,523.8

$19,680.7

$1,413,818.5
$8,943.7
$27,506.1
$1,450,268.3

$118,851.3

$4,555,997.5

$9,990,785.0

$0.0
$9,990, 785.0
$31,546.9
$3,664.8
$35,211.7
$10,025,996.7































FY 2012
Enacted

$793,728.0

$2,678,222.0

$41,933.0

$36,370.0

$18,245.0

$1,180,890.0
$9,939.0
$22,979.0
$1,213,808.0

$104,142.0

$3,612,937.0

$8,499,385.0

($50,000.0)
$8,449,385.0


$0.0
$8,449,385.0































FY 2013
Pres Budget

$807,257.0

$2,817,179.0

$48,273.0

$41,969.0

$23,531.0

$1,142,342.0
$10,864.0
$23,225.0
$1,176,431.0

$104,117.0

$3,355,723.0

$8,374,480.0

($30,000.0)
$8,344,480.0


$0.0
$8,344,480.0

*For ease of comparison, Superfund transfer resources for the audit and research functions are shown in the
Superfund account.

-------
                            Environmental Protection Agency
            FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

                            APPROPRIATION SUMMARY
                                 Full-time Equivalents (FTE)


Science & Technology

Science and Tech. - Reim

Environmental Program & Management

Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim

Inspector General

Oil Spill Response

Super fund Program
IG Transfer
S&T Transfer
Hazardous Substance Superfund

Superfund Reimbursables

Leaking Underground Storage Tanks

WCF-Reimbursable

FIFRA

Pesticide Registration Fund

UIC Injection Well Permit BLM

TOTAL, EPA

FY2011
Actuals

2,452.9

1.1

10,802.1

38.1

264.9

110.4

2,927.5
49.9
106.4
3,083.8

97.2

67.0

126.8

136.3

54.3

3.0

17,237.9


































FY 2012
Enacted

2,432.7

1.5

10,735.1

0.0

293.0

101.0

2,945.3
65.1
105.3
3,115.7

43.7

69.7

141.6

150.0

0.0

0.0

17,084.0


































FY 2013
Pres Budget

2,471.4

1.5

10,758.6

0.0

300.0

118.5

2,883.4
65.8
106.4
3,055.6

48.7

68.1

141.6

145.0

0.0

0.0

17,109.0

*For ease of comparison, Superfund transfer resources for the audit and research functions are shown in the
Superfund account.

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents - Goal and Objective Overview

GOAL, APPROPRIATION SUMMARY	7
   Budget Authority	7
   Authorized Full-time Equivalents (FTE)	9
Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality	12
Protecting America's Waters	25
Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development	37
Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution	50
Enforcing  Environmental Laws	57

-------

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
                      GOAL, APPROPRIATION SUMMARY
                                 Budget Authority

                              (Dollars in Thousands)

Taking Action on Climate Change and
Improving Air Quality
Science & Technology
Environmental Program &
Management
Inspector General
Building and Facilities
Hazardous Substance Superfund
State and Tribal Assistance Grants

Protecting America's Waters
Science & Technology
Environmental Program &
Management
Inspector General
Building and Facilities
State and Tribal Assistance Grants

Cleaning Up Communities and
Advancing Sustainable Development
Science & Technology
Environmental Program &
Management
Inspector General
Building and Facilities
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfund
FY2011
Actuals
$1,175,293.2
$300,827.8
$508,524.5
$4,732.7
$9,136.6
$4,067.2
$348,004.4

$5,085,863.7
$156,935.6
$1,086,528.0
$37,534.1
$6,154.3
$3,798,711.8

$2,246,381.2
$211,339.8
$361,566.4
$4,546.6
$7,538.9
$17,282.2
$1,183,400.3























FY 2012
Enacted
$1,026,168.9
$259,586.9
$459,629.4
$5,546.6
$8,625.3
$4,089.9
$288,690.7

$4,094,452.5
$148,848.5
$968,153.2
$25,490.1
$5,975.0
$2,945,985.7

$1,931,053.3
$187,061.8
$333,896.6
$5,408.2
$7,218.9
$15,729.3
$960,699.1























FY 2013
Pres Budget
$1,124,580.5
$270,745.7
$499,317.5
$7,170.6
$10,178.8
$4,428.8
$332,739.1

$3,782,228.0
$150,595.4
$982,243.2
$27,573.0
$6,891.6
$2,614,924.7

$1,937,998.6
$182,851.0
$346,461.8
$6,578.8
$8,199.5
$20,342.8
$926,024.8

-------

Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
State and Tribal Assistance Grants

Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and
Preventing Pollution
Science & Technology
Environmental Program &
Management
Inspector General
Building and Facilities
Hazardous Substance Superfund
State and Tribal Assistance Grants

Enforcing Environmental Laws
Science & Technology
Environmental Program &
Management
Inspector General
Building and Facilities
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
State and Tribal Assistance Grants

Sub-Total
Rescission of Prior Year Funds
Total

FY2011
Actuals
$118,117.4
$342,589.8

$697,917.4
$189,347.3
$452,722.3
$2,008.4
$10,898.5
$6,158.2
$36,782.8

$820,541.2
$18,819.0
$505,771.7
$1,471.0
$4,795.6
$2,398.5
$256,642.7
$733.9
$29,908.7

$10,025,996.7
$0.0
$10,025,996.7



























FY 2012
Enacted
$103,291.6
$317,748.0

$662,826.3
$180,156.6
$428,138.4
$3,021.3
$9,991.2
$7,293.0
$34,225.8

$784,884.0
$18,074.2
$488,404.4
$2,466.9
$4,559.6
$2,515.7
$241,726.1
$850.4
$26,286.8

$8,499,385.0
($50,000.0)
$8,449,385.0



























FY 2013
Pres Budget
$103,265.7
$344,274.2

$699,261.0
$184,540.7
$456,289.1
$3,759.0
$11,455.5
$7,638.1
$35,578.6

$830,411.9
$18,524.2
$532,867.4
$3,191.6
$5,243.6
$3,188.2
$238,339.3
$851.3
$28,206.4

$8,374,480.0
($30,000.0)
$8,344,480.0


-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
                      GOAL, APPROPRIATION SUMMARY
                       Authorized Full-time Equivalents (FTE)

Taking Action on Climate Change and
Improving Air Quality
Science & Technology
Science and Tech. - Reim
Environmental Program &
Management
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Inspector General
Hazardous Substance Superfund
WCF-REIMB

Protecting America's Waters
Science & Technology
Environmental Program &
Management
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Inspector General
WCF-REIMB
UIC Injection Well Permit BLM

Cleaning Up Communities and
Advancing Sustainable Development
Science & Technology
Science and Tech. - Reim
Environmental Program &
Management
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Inspector General
FY2011
Actuals
2,773.5
767.4
0.0
1,928.6
2.6
27.6
17.7
29.7

3,510.3
480.7
2,775.9
9.2
218.5
23.0
3.0

4,452.5
539.0
0.9
1,699.9
10.5
26.5
























FY 2012
Enacted
2,719.0
759.3
1.5
1,868.0
0.0
38.8
18.6
32.8

3,423.6
490.2
2,728.3
0.0
178.1
27.1
0.0

4,328.2
525.0
0.0
1,647.6
0.0
37.8
























FY 2013
Pres
Budget
2,783.1
777.3
1.5
1,907.2
0.0
44.6
18.9
33.6

3,418.9
497.1
2,723.6
0.0
171.4
26.8
0.0

4,342.1
532.3
0.0
1,628.2
0.0
40.9

-------

Oil Spill Response
Oil Spill Response - Reim
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Superfund Reimbursables
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
WCF-REIMB

Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and
Preventing Pollution
Science & Technology
Science and Tech. - Reim
Environmental Program &
Management
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Inspector General
Hazardous Substance Superfund
WCF-REIMB
Pesticide Registration Fund
Rereg. & Exped. Proc. Rev Fund

Enforcing Environmental Laws
Science & Technology
Environmental Program &
Management
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Inspector General
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Superfund Reimbursables
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
FY2011
Actuals
74.9
20.3
1,906.6
86.2
63.5
24.3

2,734.4
579.5
0.2
1,886.8
14.0
11.7
17.7
34.0
54.3
136.3

3,888.4
86.4
2,604.2
1.9
8.6
15.2
1,141.8
11.0
3.5




























FY 2012
Enacted
83.7
0.0
1,898.2
43.7
65.0
27.2

2,680.0
568.0
0.0
1,882.6
0.0
21.1
22.0
36.3
0.0
150.0

3,933.2
90.2
2,608.6
0.0
17.2
17.3
1,176.9
0.0
4.7




























FY 2013
Pres
Budget
100.4
0.0
1,901.6
48.7
63.3
26.7

2,679.9
573.5
0.0
1,879.4
0.0
23.4
22.5
36.1
0.0
145.0

3,885.0
91.1
2,620.2
0.0
19.8
18.1
1,112.6
0.0
4.8
10

-------

WCF-REIMB

Total

FY2011
Actuals
15.9

17,359.2






FY 2012
Enacted
18.2

17,084.0






FY 2013
Pres
Budget
18.3

17,109.0

11

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

              Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
Reduce greenhouse gas emissions and develop adaptation  strategies to address climate change,
and protect and improve air quality

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
   •  Reduce the threats posed by climate change by reducing greenhouse gas emissions and
      taking actions that help communities and ecosystems become more resilient to the effects
      of climate change
   •  Achieve and maintain health-based air pollution standards and reduce risk from toxic air
      pollutants and indoor air contaminants.
   •  Restore the earth's  stratospheric  ozone layer and protect the  public from the harmful
      effects of UV radiation.
   •  Minimize unnecessary releases of radiation and be prepared to minimize impacts should
      unwanted releases occur.
                          GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
                                   Budget Authority
                                 Full-time Equivalents
                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Taking Action on Climate
Change and Improving Air
Quality
Address Climate Change
Improve Air Quality
Restore the Ozone Layer
Reduce Unnecessary
Exposure to Radiation
Total Authorized
Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$1,175,293.2
$200,978.6
$913,282.5
$18,007.6
$43,024.5
2,773.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$1,026,168.9
$200,463.4
$768,929.3
$17,998.3
$38,778.0
2,719.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$1,124,580.5
$240,278.6
$825,362.2
$18,528.3
$40,411.4
2,783.1
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$98,411.6
$39,815.2
$56,432.9
$530.0
$1,633.4
64.1
                                          12

-------
                                      Introduction

The  EPA has dedicated  itself to protecting and improving the quality of the Nation's air to
promote  public health and  protect the environment. Air pollution concerns are diverse and
significant, and include: greenhouse gases (GHGs) and climate change, outdoor and indoor air
quality, stratospheric ozone depletion, and radiation protection.

Since passage of the Clean Air Act Amendments in 1990, nationwide air quality has improved
significantly. Despite this progress, in 2010 about 124 million Americans (about 40% of the US
population) lived  in  counties with air that did not meet health-based standards for at least one
pollutant. Long-term exposure to elevated levels of certain air pollutants has been associated
with increased risk of cancer, premature mortality, and damage to the immune, neurological,
reproductive, cardiovascular, and respiratory systems. Short-term exposure to elevated levels of
certain air pollutants  can  exacerbate  asthma and lead  to other  adverse health effects and
economic costs including; the impacts associated with increased air pollution  levels affect
productivity and the economy through  missed work and school days.  Degradation of views in
national and state parks is difficult to quantify but is likely to impact tourism and quality of life.

The issues of highest importance facing the air program over the next few years will continue to
be ozone and particulate air pollution, including  interstate transport of  these air  pollutants;
emissions from transportation sources; toxic air pollutants; indoor air pollutants; and GHGs. The
EPA uses a  variety  of approaches to  reduce  pollutants in indoor and outdoor air.  Strategies
include traditional regulatory tools; innovative market-based techniques;  public- and private-
sector  partnerships;   community-based   approaches;  voluntary  programs  that   promote
environmental stewardship;  and  programs that  encourage cost-effective technologies  and
practices.

Among the most common sources of air pollution are highway motor vehicles and their fuels.
The EPA establishes national emissions standards for each of these sources to reduce emissions
of air pollution. The Agency also provides emissions and fuel economy information for new cars,
and educates consumers on the ways their actions affect the environment. The EPA's Renewable
Fuel Standard program  and motor vehicle greenhouse  gas standards have  already  begun
changing the cars Americans drive and the fuels they use. The supply and diversity of biofuels in
America  is growing every year, and a new generation of automobile technologies, including
several new plug-in hybrids and all-electric vehicles, continues to "hit the road."

The EPA is responsible for establishing test procedures needed to estimate the fuel economy of
new vehicles, and for verifying car  manufacturers'  data on  fuel  economy and pollutant
emissions. The Agency is completing efforts to increase its testing  and certification capacity to
ensure that  new vehicles,  engines, and fuels are in compliance  with new  vehicle and  fuel
standards. In particular, compared to conventional  vehicles, advanced technology vehicles like
Plug-in Hybrid Electric  Vehicles (PHEV) and  Battery Electric Vehicles (EV) require new,
additional testing capabilities. Ensuring  compliance with the Administration's new fuel economy
and greenhouse gas  standards is vital  to  reducing dependence on oil and saving consumers'
money at the pump.  The  EPA will continue to implement a national program to reduce  GHGs
from light-duty and  heavy-duty mobile sources. The national program of fuel economy and
                                           13

-------
greenhouse gas standards for light-duty vehicles alone will save approximately 12 billion barrels
of oil and prevent 6 billion metric tons of GHG emissions over the lifetimes of the vehicles sold
through model year 2025.

The EPA's air toxic control programs are critical to the Agency's continued progress in reducing
public health risks, and improving the quality of the environment.  In FY 2013, the EPA will
continue to focus on communities with greater levels of industrial  and mobile source activity
(e.g.,  near ports or distribution areas), which according to the 2005 National-Scale Air Toxics
Assessment often  have greater cumulative exposure to air toxics than non-industrial  areas.
Between 2012 and 2013, there are approximately 70 stationary source (e.g., air toxics) rules due
for review and promulgation, 35 of which are already on court-ordered deadlines or in litigation.
These rules are all in some stage of development now. Working with litigants and stakeholders,
and informed by analyses of air quality health risk data, the EPA is working to prioritize a more
limited set of air toxics regulations that can be completed expeditiously and that will address the
most significant risks to public health.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to address the impacts  of climate change through careful,
cost-effective rulemaking and  voluntary programs that encourage businesses and consumers to
limit  unnecessary greenhouse  gas  emissions.  The  climate is warming,  as  evidenced by
observations in the scientific literature that show increasing temperatures, rising sea levels, and
widespread melting of snow and ice. Heat-trapping greenhouse gases are now at record-high
levels in the atmosphere compared to the recent and distant past, a clear result of human activity.
As the number of days with extremely hot temperatures increase, severe heat waves are projected
to intensify and lead to heat-related mortality and sickness. Also, with time, more Americans are
likely to be affected by certain diseases that thrive in areas with higher temperatures and greater
precipitation, including  pest-borne diseases and food and water-borne pathogens. The  costs of
these  impacts of climate change include increased hospital visits, respiratory and cardiovascular
diseases,  and  even premature  death  - especially  for  certain vulnerable populations  like the
elderly, the poor, and children.

Because people spend much of their lives indoors, the quality of indoor  air also is  a major
concern. Indoor allergens and irritants play a significant role  in making asthma worse and
triggering asthma attacks. Over 25 million American currently have asthma and asthma annually
accounts for over 500,000 hospitalizations, 13 million missed school days, and over $50 billion
in economic costs.

                                Major FY 2013 Changes

In FY 2013, resources under Goal 1 are focused on the Agency's core statutory work in reducing
public health risks through  standards  setting, market-driven and partnership innovations, and
support for state and tribal partners. Recognizing the tight limits on discretionary spending across
the government,  the EPA  has  evaluated and reprioritized its work  and made  necessary
adjustments to focus FY 2013  resources on the Agency's highest priorities. This effort involved
strategic reductions and redirections  within and across programs. In addition, the Agency is
proposing to eliminate certain mature programs that have succeeded in establishing the expertise
at the state and local level to implement similar programs, and where  there is the possibility of
                                           14

-------
maintaining some of the  human health  benefits through implementation at the local level.
Reductions in some critical areas in FY 2012 make the FY 2013 resources even more important
to advancing or  even maintaining  progress  toward longer-term goals.  Across the Agency,
resources have been targeted to: 1) moving toward environmental protection for the 21st Century
by increasing transparency and the use of technology, 2) supporting core mission functions, and
3) implementing efficiencies that enhance the effective use of limited resources in the long-term.

Given the nation's current tight fiscal climate, the EPA is making several significant changes in
the  air  program  to  focus on  its  highest priorities.  The Agency  is  eliminating the Clean
Automotive Technology (CAT) program  and reassigning the program's expert staff to address
the high priority and increasing workload  in vehicle and fuels testing related to the historic new
GHG and fuel economy standards. The Agency also is reducing radon activities by $8.0 million
by eliminating categorical grants to states for radon and reducing the federal  staff in the radon
program. These programs have resulted in  significant institutional improvements over time.

For work under the strategic objective Improve Air Quality, a funding level of $825.4 million,
$56.4 million over the FY 2012 Enacted budget, will enable the Agency and state  and tribal
partners to conduct statutorily mandated work on the National Ambient Air Quality  Standards
(NAAQS) for criteria pollutants, including ozone. Included in this amount is $289 million in
state and tribal grant funding, an increase  of $39 million over FY 2012. These funds support an
expanding core state workload for implementing revised and  more stringent  NAAQS, and for
overseeing compliance with air toxics regulations. Also included is an increase for  additional
state air monitors required by revised NAAQS.

The FY 2013 resources are also critical for the  EPA to review criteria pollutant standards in
accordance with the CAA  statutory schedule and  for the EPA and its state and tribal partners to
monitor the air that we all breathe in communities across America. The requested FY 2013
funding will allow the EPA to continue to coordinate actions to meet multiple CAA objectives
for controlling both criteria and toxic air pollutants while considering their cost effectiveness and
the technical feasibility of controls, as well as  providing greater certainty for regulated industry.
The EPA  is working to streamline the implementation of rules at the federal, state, tribal, and
local government level, as well as in industry. For example, the EPA has made progress in
combining multiple standards where they pertain to the same  area with a "sector" approach to
maximize the synergies among standards and reduces costs  to the EPA, states, tribes, local
government and industry.

An  increase of approximately  $32.8  million over the FY 2012  Enacted budget for climate
protection will allow the Agency to support the full range of approaches to reducing GHGs and
the risks its effects pose to human health and the environment and to property.   This increase
includes $26.5 million for categorical grants to assist states and tribes in permitting sources of
greenhouse gas emissions  and implement the  Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule In addition, the
Energy Star program, the Global Methane  Initiative, the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Reporting Rule,
and state and local technical  assistance and partnership programs, such as SmartWay, will  all
help reduce GHGs before it is too late. This level of resources for these programs in FY 2013 is
critical for the Agency's efforts to address the impacts of climate change.  Without these funds,
                                           15

-------
the impacts of climate change are likely to be even worse,  in the form of increased hospital
visits, respiratory and cardiovascular diseases, and even premature death.

The Diesel Emissions Reduction Act (DERA) grant program is funded at $15 million; a $15
million reduction from FY 2012 enacted levels. DERA provides immediate emission reductions
from existing diesel engines through engine retrofits, rebuilds and replacements of older, dirtier
engines, switching to cleaner fuels, idling reduction strategies, and other clean diesel strategies.
While the DERA  grants accelerate the  pace  at which dirty  engines  are retired or retrofitted,
pollution emissions from the legacy fleet will  be reduced over time as portions of the fleet turn
over and are replaced with new engines that meet modern emissions standards. As such, DERA
funding is being phased out and will be allocated to a new rebate program and national low-cost
revolving loan or other financing program that targets the dirtiest, most polluting engines. Both
approaches would  be  available to private fleets for the first time and enable a more targeted
approach to high emissions areas.

The Agency is eliminating the Clean  Automotive  Technology (CAT) program in FY 2013
resulting in a net savings of over $8 million.  The 34 technical experts that supported the CAT
program work will be  redeployed to  support the  growing  implementation  and compliance
activities associated with NHTSA CAFE fuel economy and EPA GHG emission standards for
light-duty and heavy-duty vehicles and engines. In FY 2013, resources also will support GHG
standard setting actions regarding advanced vehicle  and  engine technologies, including light-
duty and heavy-duty trucks.

The Agency also is eliminating Radon Categorical Grants ($8  million in STAG) in FY 2013 and
cutting approximately $2 million from  the non-STAG Radon program. Exposure to radon gas
continues to be a significant risk to human health,  and over the 23 years of its existence,  EPA's
radon program has provided important  guidance  and significant  funding to help   states
successfully establish  their own programs.  At the federal level, the  EPA will implement the
Federal Radon Action Plan, a multi-year, multi-agency strategy for reducing the risk from radon
exposure by leveraging  existing federal housing programs and more  efficiently implementing
radon-related activities to have a greater impact on public health.

For the Air, Climate, and Energy (ACE) research program, the increase will support an effort to
address  additional  questions regarding the safety of hydraulic fracturing (HF). Resources will
support  ambient air monitoring and associated  health effects assessments to address the potential
impacts of FTP on air quality, water quality, and ecosystems.

                                     Priority Goals

The EPA has established an FY 2012-2013 Priority Goal to improve the country's ability to
measure and control Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions. The Priority Goal is:

•   Reduce greenhouse gas emissions from cars and trucks. Through  September 30, 2013, the
    EPA in  coordination with  DOT's fuel economy  standards program will be implementing
    vehicle and truck greenhouse gas standards that are projected to reduce GHG emissions by
                                           16

-------
    1.2 billion metric tons  and reduce oil consumption by about 98 billion gallons  over the
    lifetime of the affected vehicles and trucks.

Additional information on the Agency's Priority Goals can be found at www.performance.gov.

                                   FY 2013 Activities

Reducing GHG Emissions and Developing Adaptation Strategies to Address Climate Change

Responding to the threat of climate change  is one of the Agency's top  priorities. The EPA's
strategy to address climate  change  supports the President's greenhouse gas reduction goals.
Climate change poses risks to  public health,  the environment, cultural resources, the economy,
and quality of life. Many impacts of climate change are already evident  and some will persist
into the future. Climate change impacts include increased temperatures and more stagnant air
masses that make it more challenging to achieve air quality standards for  smog in many regions
of the country. This adversely  affects  public health if areas cannot  attain or maintain  clean air
and increases the costs to local  communities.

The Agency will work with partners and stakeholders to provide tools and information related to
greenhouse  gas  emissions and  impacts  and  will  reduce  emissions   domestically  and
internationally through cost-effective,  voluntary programs while pursuing additional regulatory
actions as needed. In FY 2013, the Agency will focus on core program activities,  expand some
existing strategies, and discontinue others, including:

•   Beginning to implement the important new vehicle fuel economy labelling requirements. For
    the first time, the new  label provides consumers  with greenhouse  gas,  as  well as fuel
    economy, information.
•   Continuing to implement the harmonized DOT and EPA fuel economy and greenhouse gas
    (GHG) emission standards  for light-duty  vehicles (model years 2012-2016) and heavy-duty
    vehicles (model years 2014-2018).  The EPA will begin developing a second phase of heavy-
    duty GHG regulations that  will incorporate a complete vehicle approach and bring a wider
    range of advanced technologies, including hybrid vehicle drive trains. The EPA also must
    consider nine petitions asking the  Agency to develop GHG emission standards for a wide
    range of non-road equipment, including locomotives, marine craft, and  aircraft.
•   Continuing to promote cost-effective corporate  GHG management practices and provide
    recognition  for superior efforts  through a joint  award program  with non-government
    organizations.  As  of  2010,  the  EPA's voluntary,  public private partnerships helped
    businesses, industry and transportation avoid 533 million metric tons of carbon equivalent
    emissions.
•   Focusing on GHG supply chain management, which will primarily be implemented through
    the ongoing cooperative pilot with the General Services Administration to assist small federal
    suppliers in developing their GHG inventories.
•   Continuing to implement the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule.  Activities in FY 2013 will
    include expanding the database  management systems  for new sectors,  verifying reported
    data, providing guidance and training to  reporters, and sharing data with the public, within
    the federal government, with state and local governments, and with reporting entities.
                                           17

-------
An increase of around  $3  million for the Greenhouse  Gas Reporting Program will support
reporting and verification of emissions across the 31 industry sectors and emission sources (10
sectors were added in FY 2010) and approximately 13,000 reporters as well as work with states
across the spectrum of the  common by-product gases. Work in FY 2013  includes support for
uses on how to comply with the rule and how to report emissions using the electronic reporting
tool  as well as how  to address any potential reporting errors prior to  data publication.  These
resources  will provide  assistance to reporting entities,  ensure data  accuracy,  and provide
transparency  into the major sources of  GHG emissions  across  the nation.  An increase of
approximately $4 million for ENERGY STAR will support oversight of the  improved third-party
certification system  for ENERGY STAR products and  the  implementation of the EPA's
verification  process  for  residential,  commercial  and  industrial  buildings to safeguard the
economic  and health benefits brought to the market by this program.  This increase will also
support the Agency's effort to develop an ENERGY STAR fee program. Another priority is to
support public and  private organizations  as  they  implement the full  range  of least cost
compliance and mitigation options associated with the EPA's power  sector air standards.

Funding for the  Clean Automotive Technologies (CAT) program was eliminated in FY 2013.
The  CAT  program, with its advanced series hybrids and ultra-clean engines, has matured and
provided a deep understanding of the technology pathways that are necessary in order to achieve
maximum reductions of criteria and GHG emissions cost-effectively from both cars and trucks.
FY 2012 will be a transition year in which the CAT program will complete work on the highest
priority projects, and continue technology deployment through various actions including license
agreements. In 2013, other  Federal research programs,  such  as DOE's Vehicles Technology
program will support the development and deployment of advanced automotive technologies. In
FY 2013, the Agency will refocus the workforce in this program to support implementation and
compliance with GHG emission  standards for light-duty and  heavy-duty vehicles developed
under the  Federal Vehicle and Fuels Standards and  Certification program project. In addition,
resources  will be used  to  support compliance activities for  implementing NHTSA's CAFE
standards.  Under authorities contained in the Clean Air Act  and the Energy Policy Act, the EPA
is  responsible for issuing certificates and ensuring compliance  with both the GHG and CAFE
standards.

Improving Air Quality

Clean Air

Particulate Matter (PM) is linked to tens of thousands of premature  deaths per year and repeated
exposure to ozone can  cause acute respiratory problems and lead to permanent  lung damage.
Short term exposure to sulfur dioxide (862) can result in adverse respiratory effects,  including
narrowing of the airways which can cause difficulty breathing and  increased asthma symptoms,
particularly in at risk populations including children, the elderly, and people with asthma.

Implementing the existing PM National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), as well as the
potential revised 2012 PM NAAQS, are among  the Agency's highest priorities for FY 2013. The
EPA will  provide technical and policy assistance to states developing or revising attainment
State Implementation Plans (SIPs) and will designate areas  as attainment or nonattainment. The
                                           18

-------
budget  includes an  additional $39 million in grants to support core  state workload for
implementing  NAAQS, reducing exposure  to  air toxics to  ensure improved air quality in
communities, and for additional air monitors required by revised NAAQS. In FY 2013, the EPA
will  also  continue its  work  with states and communities to implement the existing ozone
standard. The EPA will provide technical and policy assistance to states developing or revising
attainment SIPs, and provide  ongoing assistance in meeting the goals of those plans. The EPA
will  also provide  technical and  policy  assistance  to  states  developing regional  haze
implementation plans and will continue to review and act on SIP submissions in accordance with
the Clean Air Act. These objectives are  supported by an investment of $7.0 million to provide
technical assistance to state, tribal and local agencies through the Federal Support for Air Quality
Management program. This support includes source  characterization  analyses,  emission
inventories,  quality  assurance protocols, improved testing and monitoring techniques, and air
quality modeling.

The EPA will  continue to implement the new Renewable Fuel Standards  (RFS2) program and
carry out several other actions required by  the Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 2005  and the
Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA) of 2007.  The EPA is responsible for establishing
test procedures needed to estimate  the  fuel economy  of new vehicles and for  verifying car
manufacturers' data on  fuel economy. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue implementing its plan
to upgrade its vehicle,  engine, and  fuel testing capabilities at the  National Vehicle and Fuel
Emissions Laboratory  (NVFEL), addressing the  need to increase testing and  certification
capacity to ensure that  new vehicles, engines, and fuels  are in compliance with new vehicle and
fuel standards. In 2011, the EPA provided certifications for over 4,000 different types of engines
- a workload that has  quadrupled over the past decade. The EPA's workload will continue to
grow, as the Agency begins  to implement new and more stringent GHG emission standards
promulgated in 2012 and 2013 for additional classes of vehicles and engines.

The requested  FY 2013 resources are required to operate the new testing facilities and run new
test procedures associated with the  increased breadth and complexity  of  standards. Resources
will support activities  such as oversight of  certification and compliance  requirements for the
expanding number of vehicles and engines the EPA regulates. These include hybrid and biofuel
vehicles, advanced technology vehicles,  engines entering the market in response  to the EPA's
new  GHG emission standards,  and  foreign imports. Resources will also  support  oversight of
credit trading under both  fuels and engine regulations and will  be used to develop and manage
data  systems designed  to make it easier  for the regulated community to  comply with  EPA
standards by reducing reporting burdens.

Air Toxics

The Agency will continue to work with state and local air  pollution control  agencies  and
community groups to  assess and address air toxics emissions in  areas  of greatest concern,
including in disproportionately impacted communities and where  the most vulnerable members
of our population live, work, and go to school.

One of the top priorities for the air toxics program is to eliminate unacceptable health risks and
cumulative exposures to air toxics from multiple sources in affected communities and to enable
                                           19

-------
the Agency to fulfill its Clean Air Act (CAA) and court-ordered obligations. The CAA requires
that the technological  basis for all technology-based standards be reviewed  and updated as
necessary every eight years. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to conduct risk assessments to
determine whether the technology-based rules appropriately protect public health.

In addition to meeting CAA requirements, the EPA  will continue development  of its  multi-
pollutant and  sector based efforts by  constructing  and  organizing analyses around industrial
sectors. By addressing individual sectors'  emissions comprehensively and prioritizing regulatory
efforts on the pollutants of greatest concern, the EPA will develop consolidated, more effective,
lower-cost technological  improvements in the sectors. The  EPA will  continue to look at all
pollutants in an industrial sector and  identify  ways to take advantage of the co-benefits of
pollution  control.  In  developing sector and  multi-pollutant  approaches, the Agency  seeks
innovative solutions that address the differing nature of the various sectors  and  minimizes costs
to the EPA, states, tribes, local governments and the regulated community. In  FY 2013, an
increase of $2.7 million will be used to coordinate actions for controlling both criteria and toxic
air pollutants  to achieve  objectives of the Clean Air Act,  maximize  cost effectiveness,  and
provide greater certainty to industry.

The EPA will continue to improve the dissemination of information to state,  local and tribal
governments,  and the public,  using  analytical  tools  such  as  the  National Air Pollution
Assessment  (NAPA)  and  National Air  Toxic Assessment (NATA),  enhancing quantitative
benefits assessment tools  such as BenMAP, improving  emission inventory estimates for toxic air
pollutants, and managing information for regulated entities electronically in a single location by
modernizing  the Air  Facility  System  (AFS)  database.  The EPA  anticipates  that  these
improvements will increase the Agency's ability to  meet aggressive court-ordered schedules to
complete rulemaking activities, especially in the Risk Technology Review program.

Indoor Air

Twenty percent of the population, including students, teachers and administrative staff, spend the
day inside elementary and secondary schools. If these schools have problems with leaky roofs
and poor heating, ventilation,  or  air  conditioning  systems, the  result can be the increased
presence of molds and  other  environmental allergens which can trigger  a host of  health
problems, including asthma and  allergies. Over the  past four years, at least 16,000 health care
professionals have been trained by the EPA and its partners on environmental management of
asthma triggers. Additionally,  approximately 1/3  of our nation's  schools  now have effective
indoor air quality management programs in place. It is  estimated that 2.7  million homes with
high radon levels have, with the help  of the EPA and its partners, been returned to acceptable
levels or have been built with new radon-reducing features.

In the Reduce  Risks from Indoor Air program  ($17.8 million), the EPA will continue to  promote
comprehensive asthma care that integrates management of environmental  asthma triggers  and
health care services by building community capacity for delivering comprehensive asthma care
programs  through the  Communities in Action for Asthma-Friendly Environments  Campaign.
The EPA will place  a particular emphasis  on protecting  vulnerable populations, including
children, and low-income and minority populations.
                                           20

-------
The EPA will continue to update its existing program guidance to provide clear and verifiable
protocols and specifications for ensuring good indoor air quality across a range of building types
during multiple  phases of the building life cycle. The EPA will  collaborate with public and
private sector organizations to integrate these protocols and specifications more efficiently into
existing energy-efficiency, green-building and health-related programs and initiatives. FY 2013
activities will focus on equipping the affordable housing sector with  training and guidance to
promote  the adoption of these best  practices with the aim of creating healthy, energy-efficient
homes for low income families.

In FY 2013, with the elimination  of Radon Categorical Grants  and reduction to the radon
program  of approximately  $2 million, this program will focus on efficiently promoting radon risk
reduction in homes and schools.  Using information dissemination, social marketing techniques,
and partnerships with federal agencies and public health and environmental organizations, the
EPA will drive action by implementing the  Federal Radon Action Plan, published in June 2011.
These actions will promote testing for indoor radon, fixing homes and schools when radon levels
are high,  and building new homes and schools with radon-resistant features.

Stratospheric Ozone

The stratospheric ozone program ($15.3 million) implements the provisions of the Clean Air Act
Amendments of  1990 (the  Act) and the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone
Layer (Montreal  Protocol). Under the Act and the Protocol, the EPA is authorized to control and
reduce ozone depleting substances (ODS) in the US, and to contribute to the Montreal  Protocol
Multilateral  Fund.  As of January 1, 2010,  ODS production and imports were capped  at 3,810
ODP-weighted metric tons, which is 25 percent of the U.S. baseline under the Montreal Protocol.
In 2015,  U.S. production and import will be reduced further, to 10 percent of the U.S. baseline,
and in 2020, all production and import will be phased out except for exempted amounts.  As ODS
and many of their substitutes are  potent  GHGs,  appropriate control and  reduction  of these
substances also provides significant benefits for climate protection. The Act provides for a phase
out of production and consumption of ODS  and requires controls on their use, including banning
certain emissive uses, requiring labeling  to inform  consumer  choices  and requiring  sound
servicing practices for the  use of  ODS in  various products  (e.g.,  air  conditioning  and
refrigeration).  As  a  signatory to the Montreal Protocol, the United States is  committed to
ensuring  that our domestic program is at least as stringent as international  obligations and to
regulating and enforcing its terms domestically. In FY 2013, the  EPA will focus  its  work to
ensure that ODS production and import caps under the Montreal Protocol  and Clean Air Act
continue  to be met.

Radiation

In FY 2013, the EPA Radiation program  ($21.8  million), in cooperation with other federal
agencies, states, tribes, and international radiation protection organizations, will develop and use
voluntary and regulatory programs,  public  information, and training to protect the public from
unnecessary exposures to radiation. In response to advances in uranium production processes and
mining operations, the Agency is updating its radiation protection standards for the uranium fuel
cycle, which were developed over 30 years ago. In FY 2013, the EPA's Radiological Emergency
Response Team  (RERT) will  maintain and improve the level of readiness  to support federal
                                           21

-------
radiological emergency  response and recovery  operations  under the  National  Response
Framework (NRF) and the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan
(NCP).  The National RadNet ambient radiation air  monitoring  system,  which includes the
country's   100 most  populous   cities, will  provide  data  to  assist  in  protective  action
determinations.

Research

Environmental  challenges in the 21st Century continue to be complex as the links between
stressors such  as climate change, urbanization, and air quality become better understood. These
complex challenges require different thinking and solutions than those used in the past. Reducing
risk can no longer be the only approach to environmental protection. Industry and government
are turning to solutions that enhance economic growth and social well-being, as well as protect
public health and the environment. These solutions require research that transcends disciplinary
lines and includes all  stakeholders in the process.  The process includes the EPA's regional and
program offices as well as other stakeholders including states and communities  who rely on the
research. With the partners and stakeholders, the EPA researchers define the research needs and
how the solutions will be integrated. These new, integrated, transdisciplinary approaches require
innovation at all steps of the process. Ultimately, the EPA is seeking technological innovations
that support environmentally responsible solutions and foster new economic development.

In FY 2013, the EPA is  strengthening its planning and delivery of science by continuing the
more  integrated research approach begun  in  FY  2012.  Integrated research looks  at problems
more  systematically and  holistically. This approach will yield benefits beyond those possible
from more narrowly targeted approaches that focus on single chemicals or problem areas.

A robust air monitoring network is vital to the nation's air quality. Air monitoring tools measure
and track pollutants,  identify pollutant sources,  and  inform how and where Americans are
exposed to air pollutants. Many of the existing monitoring technologies used in  the national
networks  are decades  old and  are  costly.  The complexity of environmental  issues at  local,
national, and international levels  requires more advanced and comprehensive monitoring. In FY
2013, the EPA plans to develop efficient, high-performing, and cost-effective monitors for
ambient air pollutants. Such monitors will replace outdated techniques, produce more detailed
information, and reduce the cost of monitoring for the EPA, states, and local agencies.

The Air, Climate and Energy (ACE) program conducts  research on environmental and human
health impacts related to air pollution, climate change, and biofuels. Protecting human health and
the environment from the effects of air pollution and  climate change, while simultaneously
meeting the demands  of a growing population and economy is critical to the well-being of the
nation and the  world. Exposure to an evolving array of air pollutants  is a considerable challenge
on human health and the environment. This multifaceted environment reflects the interplay of air
quality,  the changing climate, and  emerging energy options. By integrating air,  climate and
energy research, the EPA can better  understand, define and address the complexity of these
interactions. The Agency will provide models and tools necessary for communities  and for
decision makers at all levels of government to make the best decisions.
                                           22

-------
For example, the ACE research program will improve the widely used Community Multiscale
Air Quality (CMAQ) modeling system. State and local agencies and the EPA rely on this tool to
implement the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). Specifically, nations, states,
and communities use CMAQ to model how air pollution levels change when different emission
reduction alternatives are used. With this tool, decision-makers can test a range of strategies and
determine what approach best fits their situation. Improvements to CMAQ will increase users'
capability to accurately model changes in ozone, paniculate matter, and hazardous air pollutant
concentrations. The CMAQ model has over 1,500 users in the U.S. and 1,000 more in  over 50
countries.

The ACE research  program will continue to address critical science questions under three major
research themes.

Theme 1: Assess Impacts - Assess human and ecosystem exposures and effects associated with
air pollutants and climate  change. Evaluate the effects  of air pollution and climate change on
individuals,  ecosystems,  communities,  and  regions  (including the  effects  on  those  most
susceptible or vulnerable).

Theme 2: Prevent and Reduce Emissions - Provide the science needed to develop and evaluate
approaches to preventing  and reducing harmful air emissions. The EPA decision  makers and
other stakeholders need such data and methods to analyze the full life-cycle impacts of new and
existing energy technologies. With ACE's data, decision makers can determine which energy
choices are most economically, socially, and environmentally appropriate.

Theme 3: Respond to Changes in Climate and Air Quality - Provide modeling and monitoring
tools,   metrics, and information  on air  pollution exposure.  Individuals,  communities,  and
governmental  agencies will use  these tools and information to make public  health decisions
related to air quality and climate change.

ACE research incorporates economic and social factors that may influence anticipated
environmental results.
                                           23

-------
Figure 1:  Integration  of Air,
Climate, and Energy1
Figure 1,  "Integration of Air,
Climate, and Energy" illustrates
the relationships among air,
climate, and energy. The figure
identifies the major earth and
human systems impacted by air
pollution and climate change. It
portrays the responses and social
factors influencing the
relationships among each.
                                    Earth Systems
Exposurestoand Effects on:
In FY 2013, research will study the generation, fate, transport, and chemical transformation of air
emissions  to  identify individual  and  population  health  risks.  The ACE research program
considers the environmental impacts of energy production and use across the full life cycle. For
example, increased use of wood in residences can reduce greenhouse gas emissions but cause
local  air pollution problems. The program will incorporate air, climate,  and energy research to
ensure the  development of sustainable solutions and attainment of statutory goals in a complex
multi-pollutant environment. The ACE program will  conduct research to better understand and
assess the  effects of global change on air quality, water quality, aquatic ecosystems, land use,
human health and social wellbeing.

In  addition,  the program  will conduct  systems-based  sustainability  analyses that  include
environmental, social  and  economic  dimensions.  The EPA's FY 2013  hydraulic fracturing
research request will enable assessment of potential air, ecosystem and water quality impacts of
hydraulic fracturing.  The EPA, with  the Department of Energy  and the Department of the
Interior, will study the impacts of developing our nation's unconventional oil and gas resources.
This effort will promote a better understanding of potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing and
complement current hydraulic fracturing research efforts. This research  will help our nation to
safely and prudently develop oil and gas resources.
 Adapted from IPCC, 2007: Climate Change 2007: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups I, II, and III to the Fourth
Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
                                            24

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

                              Protecting America's Waters
Protect and restore our waters to ensure that drinking water is safe, and that aquatic ecosystems
sustain fish, plants and wildlife, and economic, recreational, and subsistence activities.


STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
    •   Reduce human exposure to  contaminants in drinking water, fish  and shellfish, and
       recreational waters, including protecting source waters.
    •   Protect the  quality of rivers, lakes,  streams, and wetlands on a watershed basis, and
       protect urban, coastal, and ocean waters.
                           GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
                                   Budget Authority
                                  Full-time Equivalents
                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Protecting America's
Waters
Protect Human Health
Protect and Restore
Watersheds and Aquatic
Ecosystems
Total Authorized
Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$5,085,863.7
$1,532,401.0
$3,553,462.7
3,510.3
FY 2012
Enacted
$4,094,452.5
$1,295,538.9
$2,798,913.5
3,423.6
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$3,782,228.0
$1,216,766.0
$2,565,462.0
3,418.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($312,224.5)
($78,772.9)
($233,451.5)
-4.7
                                          25

-------
                                       Introduction

While much progress has been made, America's waters remain imperiled. Increased demands,
land use practices,  population growth,  aging infrastructure, and climate variability continue to
pose  challenges  to our nation's water resources. The latest  national surveys   confirm that
America's waters are stressed by nutrient pollution, excess sedimentation, and degradation of
shoreline  vegetation, which affect more than 50 percent of our lakes and streams. The rate at
which new waters  are listed for water  quality  impairments exceeds the pace at which restored
waters are  removed from  the  list.  For many years, nonpoint source pollution,  principally
nitrogen, phosphorus, and sediments, has been recognized as  the largest remaining impediment
to  improving  water  quality.  However, pollution discharged from industrial,  municipal,
agricultural,  and stormwater point sources continue to cause  a decline in the quality of  our
waters. Other significant contributors to degraded water quality include loss  of habitat, habitat
fragmentation, and  changes  in the way water is infiltrated into soils, runs off the land, and  flows
down streams (hydrologic alteration).

From  nutrient  loadings  and  stormwater  runoff to  invasive species  and  drinking   water
contaminants, water quality programs face complex challenges that can be addressed effectively
only through a combination of traditional and innovative strategies. The EPA will work hand-in-
hand with states  and tribes  to develop  and implement nutrient limits and intensify our work to
restore and protect  the quality of the nation's streams, rivers, lakes, bays,  oceans,  and aquifers.
We  will  continue  the  increased  focus on  communities,  particularly  those disadvantaged
communities facing disproportionate impacts or having been  historically underserved.  We also
will use our authority to protect and restore threatened natural treasures such as the Great Lakes,
the Chesapeake  Bay, and the Gulf of Mexico; to address our neglected urban rivers; to ensure
safe drinking water; and to reduce pollution from nonpoint and industrial dischargers. The EPA
will continue to address  post-construction runoff,  water-quality  impairments from  surface
mining, and drinking water contamination.

As part of the Administration's long-term strategy, the EPA is  implementing a Sustainable Water
Infrastructure Policy that focuses on working with states and communities to enhance technical,
managerial  and  financial  capacity.  Important to  the  enhanced technical  capacity  will  be
alternatives analyses to expand "green infrastructure"  options and their multiple benefits. Federal
dollars provided  through the State Revolving Funds  will act  as a catalyst for efficient system-
wide planning and ongoing management of sustainable water infrastructure.

The EPA continues to work  with its partners across the Federal government to leverage resources
and avoid duplication of efforts. The  EPA and USDA will enhance existing coordination efforts
in reducing nonpoint source pollution  and  the EPA will move beyond its ongoing study and
expand its work with  DOE and the  USGS on  understanding and  the  potential impacts  of
hydraulic  fracturing.
2 U.S. EPA, 2006. Wadeable Streams Assessment: A Collaborative Survey of the Nation's Streams. EPA 841-B-06-002.
Available at http://www.epa.gov/owow/streamsurvey. See also EPA, 2010. National Lakes Assessment: A Collaborative Survey
of the Nation's Lakes. EPA 841-R-09-001. Available at http://www.epa.gov/lakessurvev/pdf/nla_chapter0.pdf.


                                            26

-------
                                Major FY 2013 Changes

To address resource constraints in the FY 2013 budget and the FY 2012 Enacted Budget, the
EPA carefully evaluated water program activities to assess where the pace of progress could be
slowed, where other governmental entities could provide needed support, or where programs
could be eliminated to allow for necessary redirections to fund critical Administration priorities.
The EPA will direct limited resources to where they can best protect public health, especially in
disadvantaged communities;  provide increased support to  state and tribal partners; and focus on
the largest pollution problems, including nutrient pollution. In light of reductions in some critical
areas  in  FY  2012, the requested FY 2013  resources are pivotal  to enabling the Agency to
advance, or even maintain, progress toward longer-term goals.

In FY 2013, funding of $265 million, $27 million  above FY 2012, for Section 106 Water
Pollution Control Grants supports prevention and control measures to improve water quality and
address nutrient  run-off. The increase, in addition to  addressing nutrient loads, will strengthen
the  state, interstate and tribal base programs, provide additional resources to address TMDL,
monitoring, and wet weather issues and help states improve their water quality programs relating
to the management of nutrients. An addition of $4.4 million to Public Water System Supervision
Grants will support state data management, improve data quality, and allow the public to access
compliance monitoring data not previously available.

In FY 2013, the  Budget includes a significant new effort  under which the EPA and the USD A
are  working  with  key  Federal  partners,  along with  agricultural producer organizations,
conservation  districts, states, tribes, NGOs and  other local leaders to identify areas where a
focused and coordinated  approach can achieve decreases in water pollution.  The President's
Budget  builds upon  the  collaborative  process  already underway  among  Federal  partners to
demonstrate substantial improvements  in  water  quality by coordinating efforts between  U.S.
Department  of Agriculture (USDA) and EPA programs  such  as the EPA's Nonpoint Source
Grants and Water Pollution Control Grants and USDA's Farm  Bill conservation programs.  This
coordination will allow for more effective, targeted investments at the Federal and State level
during a time of constrained budgets, and will ensure continued improvements in water quality.
Further, the EPA will provide $15 million of Section 106 funds to states, interstate agencies and
tribes that commit to strengthening their nutrient management efforts consistent with the EPA's
Office of Water guidance issued in March 2011.

Increased funding of approximately $15 million above FY 2012 for the Chesapeake Bay will
help states meet  the nutrient reduction  goals in the Total Maximum Daily Load through State
Implementation  Grants (SIGs) and implement Phase II Watershed Implementation Plans. An
increase  of $5 million for Mexico Border Infrastructure Assistance will help advance the EPA's
work  with the Border States  and local communities in improving the region's water quality and
public health.

Also in FY 2013, $5.9 million over FY 2012 is requested for the  Drinking Water program to
strengthen efforts to protect the nation's drinking water supply  by providing technical assistance
to states and  systems. The  funds also will  support upgrading  of the  Safe Drinking Water
Information System (SDWIS) to improve compliance monitoring and data flow and quality.


                                           27

-------
In FY 2013, $4.3 million above FY 2012 is  provided  for the Safe and  Sustainable Water
Resources research program as part of a wider $14 million effort to address additional questions
regarding the safety of hydraulic fracturing (HF). The research will be in collaboration with DOE
and USGS under a developing Memorandum of Understanding which emphasizes the expertise
of each Federal partner, and will include an assessment of potential air, ecosystem, and water
quality impacts of hydraulic fracturing. Consistent with advice from the Science Advisory Board
on areas to study, this work will ensure an understanding of the full suite of potential impacts of
hydraulic fracturing and complement current hydraulic fracturing research efforts.

In FY 2013, the EPA reduced or eliminated funding to a number of programs. The Agency is
requesting $2 billion, a reduction of $359 million, for the Clean Water and Drinking Water State
Revolving Funds. The Administration requests a combined $2 billion for federal capitalization of
the SRFs. This will allow the SRFs to finance over $6 billion in wastewater and drinking water
infrastructure projects annually. The Administration has  strongly supported the SRFs,  having
received and/or requested funding for them totaling over $18 billion since 2009;  since their
inception, over $52 billion has been provided for the SRFs. The reduced level will mean fewer
water infrastructure projects.  The EPA will work to target assistance to small and underserved
communities  with limited ability to repay loans, while maintaining  state program integrity. A
number  of  systems  could  have  access to  capital through  the Administration's proposed
Infrastructure Bank.

In this difficult financial climate, the Agency will eliminate the Beaches Grant Program with a
reduction of $9.9 million in FY 2013. While beach monitoring continues to be important, well-
understood guidelines are in place, and state and local  government programs have the technical
expertise and procedures to continue beach monitoring without federal support.

                                     Priority Goals

The EPA has established two FY 2012-2013 Priority Goals to improve water quality. The
Priority Goals are:

•   Improve,  restore,  or  maintain  water  quality  by enhancing  nonpoint source  program
    accountability, incentives, and effectiveness. By September 30, 2013, 50% of the states will
    revise their nonpoint source program according to new Section 319 grant guidelines that the
    EPA will release in November 2012.

•   Improve public health protection for persons served  by  small drinking water  systems by
    strengthening the technical, managerial, and  financial  capacity of those  systems.  By
    September 30, 2013, the EPA will engage with twenty states to improve small drinking water
    system capability through two EPA programs, the Optimization Program and/or the Capacity
    Development Program.

Additional information on the Agency's Priority Goals can be found at www.performance.gov.
                                           28

-------
                                    FY 2013 Activities

Through Environmental Management Systems, the EPA will continue to emphasize watershed
stewardship, watershed-based approaches, water efficiencies, and best practices. The EPA will
focus specifically on  green infrastructure, nutrients, and  trading among  point  sources and
nonpoint sources for water quality improvements and urban waters. In FY 2013, the Agency will
advance the  water quality  monitoring  initiative  under  the  Clean Water Act, and  develop
important rules and implementation activities under the Safe Drinking Water Act. Related efforts
to improve monitoring and surveillance will help advance water security nationwide.

Drinking Water

To help achieve the Administrator's  priority to protect America's waters, in FY 2013, the EPA
will  continue to implement  its  Drinking Water Strategy,  an approach to expand public health
protection for drinking water. The vision of the strategy  is  to streamline decision-making and
expand  protection under existing laws and promote cost-effective new technologies to meet the
needs of rural, urban and other water-stressed communities. The Agency will focus on regulating
groups of drinking water  contaminants,  improving water treatment technology and expanding
communication with states, tribes and communities.

In FY 2013, a funding level  of  $120.8 million in categorical  grants for drinking water programs
will  enable the EPA, the states, and  community water systems to build on past successes while
working toward the  FY 2013  goal  of assuring that  92 percent  of the populations served by
community  water systems   receive   drinking water that meets all  applicable  health-based
standards. The Agency met its safe drinking water  goals from FY 2008 through FY 2011. In FY
2011, 93.2 percent of the population was served by  community water systems that met applicable
health-based standards, surpassing the FY 2011 target of 91 percent. States carry out a variety of
activities, including on-site sanitary surveys of water systems and assistance  to small systems to
improve their capabilities. The EPA will support state and local implementation  of drinking
water standards by providing guidance,  training, and technical assistance and ensuring proper
certification of water  system operators. The EPA also will maintain the rate of system sanitary
surveys and onsite reviews to promote compliance with drinking water standards.

To help ensure that water is safe to drink and to address  the  nation's aging drinking water
infrastructure that can impact water quality, $850 million for the Drinking Water State Revolving
Fund will support new infrastructure improvement projects for public drinking water systems in
FY 2013  and beyond. In FY  2011, the fund utilization rate3  for the  Drinking Water State
Revolving Fund was 90 percent, surpassing the target of 89 percent. In concert with the states,
the EPA will focus this affordable, flexible financial assistance to support utility compliance with
safe  drinking  water  standards. The  EPA also will work with  utilities  to  promote technical,
financial, and managerial capacity as  a critical means to meet infrastructure needs and to enhance
program performance and  efficiency.
3 Utilization rate is the cumulative dollar amount of loan agreements divided by cumulative funds available for projects.
Cumulative funds available include the federal capitalization grant portion and everything that is in the SRF (state match, interest
payments, etc).

                                           29

-------
Clean Water

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to collaborate with states and tribes to make progress toward
the EPA's clean water goals. Programs for controlling nonpoint sources of pollution are key to
reducing the number of impaired waters. The programs provide a multi-faceted approach to the
problem, with a mix of innovative development strategies to help leverage  traditional  tools.
Maximizing  the partnership  with  USDA and more  fully  utilizing  the  revolving  fund
capitalization grants provided to our partners will enable the EPA to build, revive, and "green"
our aging infrastructure. In FY 2013, a funding level of $445.2 million in categorical grants for
clean water programs will  enable the EPA, states and tribes to implement core clean  water
programs and  promising  innovations  on  a  watershed  basis  to  accelerate  water quality
improvements.

In FY 2013, the EPA and the USDA will work together to effectively target  both the Natural
Resource Conservation Service's (NRCS) conservation assistance programs and EPA's Section
319  grant funds to critical watersheds to improve water quality.  The EPA  and NRCS will
collaborate with stakeholders to identify watersheds for focusing conservation and monitoring
projects. Priority will be placed on partnering  in watersheds that  have high  nonpoint source
nutrient  sediments loadings,  including those listed by states as having impaired waters for
nutrients, and the opportunity to make significant progress on reducing those loads. Further, the
EPA will provide $15.0 million of Section  106  funds to support states, interstate agencies and
tribes that commit to strengthening their nutrient  management efforts consistent with EPA Office
of Water guidance issued in March 2011.

Building on 30 years of clean water  successes,  the EPA, in conjunction with  states and tribes,
will address the  requirements of the Clean Water Act by focusing on two  primary tools: Total
Maximum Daily Loads and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits
that are built upon scientifically sound water quality standards and technology-based pollutant
discharge limits. For the past  six years, the EPA has consistently surpassed  its targets for
establishing or approving TMDLs. There is much remaining to do, an additional estimated
49,000  TMDL are needed. In  FY 2011, the Agency  completed 2,846 TMDLs bringing the
cumulative total to 49,663 TMDLs. The EPA also surpassed  its  target  of issuing high priority
EPA and state NPDES permits (including tribal) by 32 percent.

The EPA will continue to provide annual capitalization to the Clean Water State Revolving Fund
to enable EPA partners to  improve wastewater treatment, nonpoint  sources of pollution, and
estuary  revitalization. Realizing the  expected long-term benefits, the EPA is continuing our
Clean Water State Revolving Fund commitment by requesting $1.175 billion in FY 2013. The
fund utilization rate  for the Clean Water State  Revolving Fund in FY 2011  was  98  percent,
surpassing the target of 94.5 percent.
                                           30

-------
S
    60,000
    55,000
    50,000
    45,000
    40,000
    35,000
    30,000
    25,000
    20,000
    15,000
    10,000
     5,000
         0
                      TMDLs Established or Approved by
                               EPA - Cumulative (bps)
                Budget Target
               IEOY Result
              2006    2007
                               2008    2009    2010
                                         Fiscal Year
2011     2012     2013
In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to strengthen the nationwide monitoring network  and
complete statistically-valid  surveys of the nation's waters.  In FY 2011, the EPA used valid
surveys of a statistically representative sample of U.S. waters to assess the nation's water quality.
The  results  of these efforts are scientifically-defensible  water  quality data and information
essential for cleaning up and protecting the nation's waters. Work will continue on the National
Wetland Condition Assessment report, which will be issued in FY 2014, providing regional and
national estimates  of wetland ecological integrity  and  ranking  the stressors most commonly
associated with poor conditions.

The  Agency will continue in  FY  2013  to assist communities,  particularly underserved
communities, in their local  efforts to restore and protect the quality of their urban waters. By
integrating water quality  improvement activities  and partnering  with federal, state,  local,  and
non-governmental organizations, the EPA will help to sustain local commitment over the longer
time frame that is required for water quality improvement in urban watersheds. In  support of the
President's America's  Great Outdoors  (AGO) initiative, the EPA will  provide grants  and
technical assistance to support community urban water stewardship and  local restoration efforts.
As part of the Urban Waters Federal Partnership, the EPA  also will coordinate  with member
agencies  to deliver  technical  assistance to  pilot communities. Focus areas  may include:
promoting green infrastructure to reduce contaminated stormwater runoff; promoting volunteer
monitoring;  and tailoring risk communication  and outreach to communities. The Urban Waters
grant program  will  provide $4.4  million to  fund innovative  approaches  for  water quality
improvement enhancements in urban areas that will help communities revitalize their waterfronts
and accelerate measurable water quality improvements.
                                          31

-------
As part of the Agency's core missions under the Clean Water Act and Safe Drinking Water Act,
the  EPA will continue to address  climate change impacts to water resource programs and to
mitigate  greenhouse  gas emissions resulting from  water  activities.  Climate  change will
exacerbate  water quality  stressors such  as  stormwater and  nutrient pollution, will overload
treatment systems, and could add new  stressors such  as those related to expanding renewable
energy development. WaterSense, Climate Ready Estuaries, Climate Ready Water Utilities and
Green  Infrastructure are examples of  programs that  will help stakeholders adapt  to climate
change in  FY  2013, and programs targeted  at vulnerable populations  will  be increasingly
important.  Efforts to incorporate climate change considerations into key programs will help
protect water quality and the nation's  investment in drinking water and wastewater treatment
infrastructure.

In FY 2013, the EPA, in cooperation with federal,  state and tribal governments and other
stakeholders, will make progress toward achieving the national goal of no net loss of wetlands
under the Clean  Water Act Section 404 regulatory program. In FY 2011, the EPA and its
partners met this national goal. In addition, since 2002,  over 1,000,000 acres of habitat have been
protected or restored within National  Estuary Program study areas. The  Agency's FY 2013
budget request  of $27.3 million for National Estuaries Programs and Coastal Waterways will
enable the protection or restoration of an additional 100,000 acres within these areas.

Geographic Water Programs

The Administration has launched numerous cross-agency efforts to promote collaboration  and
coordination among agencies, which include a suite of large aquatic  ecosystem  restoration
efforts. Three prominent examples for the EPA of cross-agency restoration efforts are the Great
Lakes, the Chesapeake Bay, and the Gulf of Mexico.  Working with its partners and stakeholders,
the  EPA has established special programs to protect and restore each of these unique natural
resources.
The EPA's ecosystem protection programs encompass a wide range of approaches that address
specific at-risk regional areas and larger categories of threatened systems, such as urban waters,
estuaries, and wetlands. Locally generated pollution, combined with pollution carried by rivers
and streams and through air deposition, can accumulate in these  ecosystems and degrade them
over time. The EPA and its federal partners along with states,  tribes, municipalities, and private
parties, will continue efforts to restore the  integrity of imperiled waters of the United States.

Great Lakes:
In FY 2013, $300 million in funding for the EPA-led Great Lakes Restoration Initiative will
address priority environmental issues (e.g.,  toxic substances, nonpoint source pollution, habitat
degradation and loss, and invasive species) in the largest freshwater system in the world. This
carefully coordinated interagency effort involves the White House Council on Environmental
Quality, U.S. Department of Agriculture,  U.S. Department of Commerce, Department of Health
and Human Services, Department  of Homeland Security, Department of Housing and Urban
Development,  Department of State, Department  of Defense,  Department  of Interior,  and
Department of Transportation.
                                           32

-------
The EPA expects to continue to  achieve substantial results through both federal projects and
projects  done  in  conjunction with  states,  tribes,  municipalities,  universities, and  other
organizations. Progress  will continue in each  of the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative's five
focus areas (see below) through implementation of both on-the-ground  and in-the-water actions.
The EPA will place a priority on restoring beneficial uses in Areas of Concern, delisting Areas of
Concern, and reducing phosphorus pollution in targeted watersheds.

Five Focus Areas:
•   Toxic Substances and Areas of Concern
•   Invasive Species
•   Nearshore Health and Nonpoint Source
•   Habitat and Wildlife Protection and Restoration
•   Accountability, Education, Monitoring, Evaluation, Communication, and Partnerships

Chesapeake Bay:
The Chesapeake Bay Program's  FY 2013  budget request of $72.6  million, an increase of
approximately $15.3 million, will allow the EPA-led inter-agency Federal Leadership Committee
to continue to implement the President's Executive Order  on  Chesapeake Bay Protection and
Restoration.  The  key  initiatives  include:  implementing  the  TMDL;  assisting  states in
implementing their Phase II watershed implementation plans, maintaining oversight of state
permitting and  compliance actions for the various sectors; expanding and improving a publicly
accessible TMDL tracking and accountability system; deploying technology to  integrate discrete
Bay data systems  and  to  present  the data  in an accessible  accountability system  called
Chesapeake<5Y
-------
Mexico Alliance, and others, while working to assist the Deepwater Horizon Natural Resource
Damage Trustee Council. The Trustee Council focuses on restoring, rehabilitating, or replacing
the natural resources damaged by  the oil spill, while the Task Force and its federal  agency
partners focus their individual efforts on the broader suite  of impacts afflicting the Gulf Coast
region.  The Gulf of Mexico program's FY 2013 budget request of $4.4 million will allow the
EPA  to continue its support  for  Gulf restoration work,  such as habitat conservation  and
replenishment and protection of coastal and marine resources. In FY 2011, the EPA exceeded its
targets for 1) restoring  water  and habitat quality to meet water quality standards in impaired
segments in  13  priority coastal areas, and  2) restoring, enhancing or  protecting over 30,000
cumulative acres of important coastal and marine habitats.

The Gulf Coast  Ecosystem Restoration Task Force has developed  a Gulf of Mexico Regional
Ecosystem Restoration Strategy that identifies major policy areas where coordinated federal-state
action is necessary and also  considers existing restoration  planning efforts  in  the  region to
identify  planning gaps and restoration needs.  This strategy will inform federal investments in
ecosystem restoration in the Gulf region over the next decade. The Administration also supports
dedicating a significant portion of the eventual  Clean Water Act civil penalties resulting from the
Deepwater Horizon oil spill for Gulf recovery,  in addition to current funding for Gulf programs.

Homeland Security

In FY 2013,  in its role in protecting the nation's critical water infrastructure from terrorist and
other  threats, the EPA and its stakeholder group will evaluate data from the final Water Security
Initiative pilots in four major metropolitan areas on effectiveness, sustainability (including costs
and benefits), and implementation ability. The EPA also will develop tools to enable national
adoption of contamination warning systems by the water sector.

Research

Environmental challenges in  the  21st century are  more  complex than  before.  Causes  of
environmental and health risks,  such  as  climate  change, urbanization, nonpoint source water
pollution, and increased water demand, have become universal and require different thinking and
solutions than in the past. Reducing risk can no longer be the only  approach  to environmental
protection. Industry and government are looking  toward  solutions that  enhance  economic
growth, social well-being, public health, and environmental quality.

Increased demands, land use  practices,  population  growth,  aging infrastructure, and  climate
change and variability, pose significant threats to our nation's water resources. (See Figure 1)
                                            34

-------
.create-
                            affect -
                                           -produce.
   Drivers
   Agriculture,
   Forestry,
   Fishing
   Energy/Mineral
   Extraction
   and Injection
   Manufacturing
   Recreation,
   Tourism
   Public works,
   Construction
   Transportation
        Pressures

        [Emissions

        [ Climate change

        Water    1
        withdrawal J
IB
                           Ecological
                           structure
                           and function
    State
    Flow timing
    and quantity
    Physical and
    chemical
    condition
Impact

Ecosystem
services
Human
well-being
                                            Valuation _
                                           -to inform
                                                    alter-
Responses

Land use planning
& BMPs
Water quality
management
                                   Water quantity
                                   management
                                  [ Dam operations j
                                  [Wetlands restoration J
                                  (Climate adaptation
                                                          Species and
                                                          habitat protection
       Figure  1:  Conceptual  model  for  watersheds, where  socioeconomic forces
       influence the ecosystem; human activities place stress on the ecosystem; the state
       is the condition of the ecosystem; the impact relates to benefits that ecosystems
       provide,  and  their  value  to  human  well-being;  and  responses   are  the
       environmental management actions and decisions by  society.

Such competing interests require the development of innovative new solutions for water resource
managers and other  decision-makers.  To  address  these  challenges,  the EPA's  Safe  and
Sustainable Water Resources (SSWR) research program provides the  information and tools that
the EPA needs to meet its legal, statutory, and policy challenges. Research will integrate social,
economic, and environmental sciences to support the nation's range  of growing water-use and
ecological requirements.

SSWR is conducting research  that will enable decision-makers to identify what is needed to
protect water resources, including information about complex  tradeoffs, water contaminants and
nutrient management on watershed, regional, and national scales. This research is informing the
EPA's first National Wetlands Condition Report.

Researchers are also developing  tools to better detect and assess waterborne chemicals and
microbial contaminants.  In  FY  2013,  the  SSWR program  will  report  on the  presence of
Nitrosodimethylamine (NDMA)  in drinking water,  a compound of concern  because  of its
carcinogenic potential.  In addition, in support of the Agency's Recommended Elements of a
State Nutrients Framework, the EPA will conduct research to improve, demonstrate and apply
numeric nutrient criteria approaches across different scales and waterbody types.

Research also addresses and adapts to future water resources  management needs to ensure that
natural and engineered water systems have the capacity and resiliency to meet current and future
water needs.  The  SSWR program  will continue developing,  implementing,  and  providing
guidance  on  green infrastructure  projects  as a  cost-effective  approach  to  storm water
management. Additionally, the SSWR research program will continue to ensure the safety of
                                            35

-------
America's water resources through new approaches to monitor and mitigate aging distribution
and collection systems.

The  SSWR research  program also will  continue  research to address potential water supply
endangerment associated  with subsurface  land use practices  including energy  and mineral
extraction.  Research conducted includes studying  the impacts of hydraulic fracturing on the
Nation's water resources. The EPA  seeks to investigate the public and  environmental health
questions while maximizing the benefits of hydraulic fracturing practices. The EPA will continue
conducting research to determine whether hydraulic fracturing has adverse  effects on drinking
water resources. In addition, the EPA will begin studying the impacts of hydraulic fracturing on
air, water quality, and ecosystems. This research will  complement the EPA's current study on
potential impacts  of hydraulic  fracturing  on drinking water, and  will  expand  upon  and
compliment ongoing coordination with DOE and USGS under a developing MOU.
                                           36

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

           Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
Clean  up communities,  advance  sustainable  development,  and  protect disproportionately
impacted low-income, minority, and tribal communities. Prevent releases of harmful substances
and clean up and restore contaminated areas


STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
   •   Support  sustainable, resilient,  and livable communities by  working with local, state,
       tribal, and federal  partners to promote  smart  growth,  emergency preparedness and
       recovery  planning,  brownfield   redevelopment,  and the  equitable  distribution  of
       environmental benefits.
   •   Conserve resources  and prevent land contamination  by reducing waste generation,
       increasing recycling, and ensuring proper management of waste and petroleum products.
   •   Prepare for and respond to accidental or intentional releases of contaminants and clean up
       and restore polluted sites.
   •   Support federally-recognized tribes to build environmental management capacity, assess
       environmental conditions and measure results, and implement environmental programs in
       Indian country.
                           GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
                                   Budget Authority
                                 Full-time Equivalents
                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Cleaning Up Communities
and Advancing Sustainable
Development
Promote Sustainable and
Livable Communities
Preserve Land
Restore Land
Strengthen Human Health
and Environmental
Protection in Indian Country
Total Authorized
Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$2,246,381.2
$531,616.1
$276,971.3
$1,347,503.6
$90,290.2
4,452.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$1,931,053.3
$483,770.0
$254,818.4
$1,104,154.4
$88,310.5
4,328.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$1,937,998.6
$478,699.8
$242,950.8
$1,097,100.4
$119,247.5
4,342.1
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$6,945.3
($5,070.2)
($11,867.6)
($7,054.0)
$30,937.0
13.9
                                          37

-------
                                      Introduction

The  EPA strives to  protect and restore land,  one of America's most valuable resources, by
cleaning up communities to create a safer environment for all Americans. Hazardous and non-
hazardous wastes on land can migrate to the air, groundwater and surface water, contaminating
drinking water supplies, causing acute illnesses and  chronic diseases, and threatening healthy
ecosystems. The EPA will continue efforts to prevent and reduce the risks posed by releases of
harmful  substances to land, clean up communities, strengthen state and tribal partnerships,
expand the conversation on environmentalism, and work for environmental justice. The Agency
also  will advance sustainable development and maximize efforts to protect disproportionately
impacted low-income, minority, and tribal communities through outreach and protection efforts
for communities historically underrepresented in the EPA's decision-making.

In FY 2013,  the EPA will continue to work collaboratively with  state and tribal  partners to
prevent and  reduce  exposure to  contaminants. Improved  compliance at high-risk oil and
chemical  facilities through inspections will help prevent  exposure and lower  the risk  of
accidents. The EPA and its key state, tribal, and local partners, including affected communities,
have matured in our  collaborative approaches to identifying and cleaning up contaminated sites
and  putting  these  sites back into  productive use  for communities.  To address exposures to
releases that have already occurred and/or will occur in the future, the EPA will continue the
multi-year Integrated Cleanup  Initiative (ICI) program for the fourth year.  The Initiative will
identify and implement opportunities to integrate and leverage the full range of the Agency's
land cleanup  authorities to accelerate  the  pace  of cleanups,  address a greater  number  of
contaminated sites, and put these sites back into productive use while protecting human health
and the environment.

As a result of the ICI effort,  the Agency  will implement improvements to its land cleanup
programs (e.g., Superfund, Brownfields, RCRA Corrective Action, and Leaking Underground
Storage Tanks) to address the cleanup needs at individual sites. These efforts will be supported
by sound scientific data, research, and cost-effective tools that alert the EPA to emerging issues
and inform Agency decisions on  managing materials and addressing contaminated properties.
The  EPA also will continue to implement its Community Engagement Initiative. The goals of
this  initiative are to ensure transparent and accessible  decision-making  processes, deliver
information that communities can use to participate  meaningfully,  and help the EPA produce
outcomes that are  responsive  to  community perspectives and that  ensure timely cleanup
decisions.

Improving a community's ability to make decisions that affect its environment is at the heart of
the EPA's community-centered work. Challenging and complex environmental problems such as
contaminated soil, sediment, and groundwater that  can cause human health concerns, persist at
many contaminated  properties. The burden of a  single blighted  and contaminated site,  or
multiple blighted and contaminated sites concentrated within an area,  can result in long-term
environmental and economic distress  to  a community. As multiple  sites often are connected
through infrastructure and geographic location, approaching the assessment and cleanup needs of
the entire area can be  more effective  than focusing  on individual sites. During FY 2013, the
Brownfields program will  continue to support the Agency's  ongoing brownfields area-wide


                                           38

-------
planning efforts.  The cooperative  agreements awarded  and technical assistance provided for
brownfields area-wide  planning  helps communities identify  viable  reuses  of brownfields
properties,  as well as the full range of associated infrastructure investments and environmental
improvements, which will help site cleanup and area revitalization. This approach maximizes the
benefits that clean up and restoration can bring to a community.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue its work to cleanup,  redevelop,  and revitalize contaminated
sites.  Many communities across  the country regularly face risks posed by  intentional and
accidental releases of hazardous substances into the environment. The EPA and its state partners
issue, update, or maintain RCRA permits for 2,466 hazardous waste facilities. In FY 2011, the
EPA approved new or updated controls for 100 hazardous waste facilities. In addition, there are
1,652 sites on  the Superfund National Priorities List (NPL), only 347 of which  have been
deleted. Sites are placed on the NPL when the presence of contamination, often from complex
chemical mixtures of hazardous substances, has impacted  groundwater, surface water, and/or
soil. The precise impact of many contaminant mixtures on human health remains uncertain;
however, substances commonly found at Superfund sites  have been linked to a variety of human
health problems,  such  as birth defects, infertility,  cancer, and changes in neurobehavioral
functions. Through FY 2011, the EPA had controlled human exposures to contamination at 1,348
NPL sites.

In FY 2013, the EPA is  directing $5.7 million to compliance monitoring and on-site inspections
at Risk Management Plan (RMP) and oil facilities. There is a critical need for the  Agency to
continue efforts to prevent and respond to accidental releases of harmful  substances, including
oil spills, by developing clear authorities, training personnel, and providing proper equipment.
Recent spills and releases at  oil and chemical facilities  resulted in human injuries and deaths,
severe environmental damage, and  great financial loss. For example, the Deepwater Horizon oil
spill disaster resulted in  11 deaths,  over 200  million gallons of spilled oil, and severe economic
and environmental damage throughout the Gulf. Likewise, accidents reported to the  EPA since
2005  by the current universe of RMP facilities  have  resulted in approximately 60 deaths, over
1,300 injuries, nearly 200,000 people sheltered in place, and more than $1.6 billion in on-site and
off-site damages.

                                Major FY 2013 Changes

The EPA has carefully evaluated all program activities associated with cleaning up communities
and taking care of one of America's most valuable resources, land. The FY 2013 request reflects
the EPA's continuous analysis of program priorities and needs in light of fiscal constraints which
informed the decisions to reduce or eliminate  programs  and  redirect resources  to higher
priorities.  This  budget reflects difficult choices such as a reduction to the Superfund cleanup
programs of $40.6 million and the elimination of the Environmental Education program and the
Superfund: Support for Other Federal Agencies program (which transfers funds to other agencies
automatically).  The EPA has targeted resources to areas of critical need including Tribal General
Assistance (GAP) and Oil Spill Prevention.

The FY 2013 request strongly supports tribal  programs. As the largest single source of the EPA's
funding to tribes, the Tribal General Assistance Program (GAP) provides grants to build capacity
to administer environmental programs that may be authorized by the EPA in Indian Country. The

                                           39

-------
capacity to develop environmental education and outreach programs, develop and implement
integrated solid waste management plans, and to identify serious conditions that pose immediate
public health and ecological threats, is important for the health of the tribal communities. These
grants provide technical assistance for developing programs to address environmental issues on
Indian lands.  In FY 2013, $96.4 million, a $28.7 million increase over FY 2012, for GAP grants
will help build tribal capacity and assist tribes in leveraging other EPA  and federal funding to
contribute towards a higher overall level of environmental and human health protection for this
underserved population.

The discharge of oil into U.S. waters can threaten  human health, cause severe environmental
damage, and  induce great financial loss to businesses, all levels of government and the public.
The EPA's Oil Spill program protects U.S. waters and the communities that depend on them by
preventing, preparing for, and responding to oil spills. In FY 2013, $19.3  million, an increase of
$4.6 million, is requested  for the Oil Spill: Prevention, Preparation  and Response  program.
Additional resources will allow the Agency to better protect local communities by supporting
increased inspections of high-risk Facility Response Plan (FRP) facilities, establishing a national
oil database,  helping  facilities with  compliance issues, better  equipping  inspectors  for more
efficient inspection processes, and informing program management and measurement activities.
There are approximately 4,500 FRP facilities.  In FY 2013, the EPA's goal is to bring  into
compliance 40 percent of those facilities found to be non-compliant during the FY 2010 through
FY 2012 inspection cycle.

In FY 2013, the EPA is requesting $2.0 million for planning and implementing a Regional
Center of Expertise for  Chemical  Warfare Agent (CWA) Laboratories to consolidate  functions
and gain cost and human capital efficiencies. Maintaining this national capability is essential to
support emergency responses and NPL site cleanup  decisions.  The Agency will conduct an
analysis to determine how to  maintain this  CWA capability most effectively  at  Regional
laboratories. This analysis would include potential consolidation of the facilities and equipment
that  requires  support, while maintaining  the  strategic  vision  for the wider federal effort
developed by the Department  of Homeland  Security.  Other priority  considerations  include
maintaining national  expertise in this area, processes to  mobilize this expertise, and policy for
dual use of the capability to promote more efficient operations and other factors.

In FY 2013,  the Agency is reducing the Superfund Remedial  program by $33.2 million. To
withstand  this reduction, the Agency will give priority to completing projects at various stages in
the response process. The EPA will not plan to start new project phases, including new remedial
construction starts. Instead, the Agency will focus on completing ongoing  project phases, such as
investigation, remedy design, and remedy construction. This approach will create  a backlog of
new construction projects estimated to range between 25 and 35 by the end of FY 2013.  The
EPA will  not reduce its statutorily mandated actions to operate ground water remedies, or to
monitor and assess the protectiveness of the constructed remedies. The program will continue to
place emphasis on promoting site reuse in affected communities, but this shift may impact the
EPA's longer-term commitment to complete 93,400  Superfund remedial  site assessments by
2015. Through FY 2011,  89,916 sites had been assessed. The pace of ongoing construction
projects will be slowed, extending the timeline to achieve site cleanup and  the return of sites to
productive use. In order to protect the public from  imminent threats to  human health and the


                                           40

-------
environment, the EPA is maintaining funding levels for the Superfund Emergency Response and
Removal program.  The  program that provides automatic transfer funding to other federal
agencies (Superfund:  Support to Other Federal Agencies)  is being eliminated as outdated.
Funding for Superfund support by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U.S.
Coast Guard, and Department of the Interior will be provided on an as-needed basis through
inter-agency agreements.

The EPA conducts environmental education activities and  outreach through its national program
offices (e.g., the Office of Water, etc.), as well as through its Environmental Education program.
The Agency proposes to  eliminate its Environmental Education program,  a reduction of nearly
$10 million, in order to focus its limited resources on further integrating environmental education
activities into existing environmental  programs. In FY 2012, the EPA established the Intra-
Agency Environmental  Education  Workgroup to incorporate  environmental  literacy  and
stewardship activities  across all EPA programs.  By aligning  environmental education and
outreach activities  with  the  appropriate  national programs,  the EPA  is  improving  the
accountability and outcomes  of these activities. Elimination of the Environmental  Education
program will allow the EPA to better leverage its resources for environmental outreach activities
which will  be carried out under a streamlined and coordinated approach, thus better serving the
public while promoting environmental  literacy. The Agency also will enhance efforts to develop
additional public-private partnership  to help support environmental education stakeholders.

                                     Priority Goal

The EPA has established an FY 2012-2013 Priority Goal to highlight progress made through
cleaning up contaminated sites. The Priority Goal is:

• Clean up  contaminated sites  and make them ready for use. By September 30, 2013, an
  additional 22,100 sites will be ready for anticipated use.

Additional  information on the Agency's Priority Goals can be found at www.performance.gov.
                                   FY 2013 Activities

Work under Goal 3  supports four objectives: 1) Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities,
2) Preserve Land;  3)  Restore  Land; and  4)  Strengthen  Human  Health  and Environmental
Protection in Indian Country. All of these efforts are guided by science and research.

Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities
In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to use several approaches to promote sustainable, healthier
communities and protect vulnerable populations  and disproportionately impacted low-income,
minority, and tribal  communities. The Agency especially is concerned about threats to sensitive
populations, such as children, the elderly, and individuals with chronic diseases.

Brownfields:
The EPA's Brownfields program is funded at $167 million. This program supports states, local
communities, and tribes  in their efforts to assess  and clean up potentially contaminated and

                                           41

-------
lightly  contaminated sites  within their  jurisdiction.  In  FY  2013,  this  support  includes
participation in the Partnership for Sustainable Communities, particularly for brownfields area-
wide planning projects and  support for sustainable redevelopment approaches to brownfields.
The EPA will continue to provide technical assistance for brownfields redevelopment in cities in
transition  (areas struggling with high unemployment as a result of structural changes to their
economies). In addition, the Brownfields program, in collaboration with the EPA's Sustainable
Communities program, will address critical issues for brownfields redevelopment, including land
assembly,  development permitting issues, financing,  accountability to uniform  systems of
information for land use controls, and  other factors that influence the economic viability of
brownfields redevelopment.  The best practices, tools, and lessons learned from the Sustainable
Communities program will directly inform and assist the EPA's efforts to increase area-wide
planning for assessment, cleanup, and  redevelopment of brownfields  sites. In FY 2013, the
Brownfields program will continue to foster federal, state, local, and public-private partnerships
to return properties to productive economic use in communities.

The EPA  supports a modification  to the current statutory language which calls for a firm 25-
percent set-aside for petroleum  brownfields properties.  The new language will provide for "no
more than 25 percent" of Brownfields funds directed to petroleum sites. This change will allow
brownfield funding to be directed to projects  selected based on potential  risk and benefits.
Petroleum sites will remain eligible for funding.

Smart Growth:
The Agency's Smart Growth and Sustainable Design program  works across the EPA and with
other  federal  agencies to  help  communities  strengthen  their  economies, protecting the
environment and preserving their heritage. This program focuses on streamlining, concentrating,
and leveraging state and federal assistance in places with the greatest need in order to create an
inviting atmosphere  for  economic  development upon which  urban,  suburban, and  rural
communities can capitalize.  In FY 2013, the EPA will develop new mechanisms to address the
growing demand from communities for more direct technical assistance,  including in rural areas,
in areas that are disadvantaged, or in areas that have been adversely affected by contamination
and environmental degradation.

The Agency also will continue its  support for the U.S. Department of Transportation, Housing
and  Urban Development,  and  the  EPA's Partnership for  Sustainable  Communities  by
coordinating planning efforts associated  with housing, transportation, air quality, and protection
of water resources.  The EPA  will continue to provide technical assistance to tribal,  state,
regional, and local  governments as they seek to  grow their economies and create jobs while
reducing polluting emissions, controlling storm-water runoff, incorporating sustainable design
practices, and promoting equitable development.

Environmental Justice:
The EPA  is committed to  environmental justice  regardless  of race, color, national origin, or
income. Recognizing that minority and/or low-income communities frequently may be exposed
disproportionately  to environmental  harm  and  risks,  the  Agency works to  protect  these
communities and to  ensure they are given the  opportunity  to participate meaningfully in
environmental decisions, including clean-ups. In FY 2013, the EPA requests $7.8 million for the


                                           42

-------
Environmental Justice (EJ) program to continue its efforts to incorporate environmental justice
considerations into the rulemaking process, as well as maintain the successful ongoing grants
program. Implementation of Plan EJ 2014 by Agency Programs and Regional Offices is a key
component of this effort. An ongoing challenge for the EPA  has been developing rules that
implement existing statutory authority while working to reduce disproportionate exposure and
impacts from multiple sources. In FY 2013, the EJ program will apply effective methods suitable
for decision-making involving disproportionate environmental health impacts on minority, low-
income, and tribal populations. The EPA also is developing technical guidance to support the
integration of EJ considerations in analyses that support the EPA's actions.

Community Action for a Renewed Environment (CARE):
The Agency  places a high priority on expanding the conversation on  environmentalism and
working for environmental justice. Through the Community Action for a  Renewed Environment
(CARE) Program, the EPA will  provide funding, tools, and  technical support  that enable
underserved communities to create collaborative partnerships to address local environmental
problems. The on-the-ground support and funding will  help to  reduce toxic pollution from all
sources, revitalize underserved areas, and improve the health of communities across the nation in
sustainable ways. In dealing with multi-media, multi-layered issues, communities want "One
EPA" and "one government". For each of the CARE communities, the EPA will work with the
community to see their problems holistically, the way they see them.

In FY  2013, the EPA is requesting new grant authority to implement this successful program
beyond the  demonstration  phase.  The CARE  program  is  designed  to  assist distressed
communities with addressing critical human health and environmental risks using a multi-media
approach, with 90 percent of CARE projects in Environmental Justice communities of concern.
With FY 2013 funding of $2.1 million, the EPA will address pollution problems in communities
using collaborative processes to select and implement local actions. The EPA will award federal
funding for projects to reduce exposure  to toxic pollutants and local environmental problems,
create and strengthen local partnerships and capacity, provide technical support and training, and
conduct outreach to share lessons learned by CARE communities. In FY 2013, the Agency also
will continue to support CARE through the Brownfields and Sustainable Communities Programs
to enhance the building of local partnerships, to help underserved communities, and to leverage
resources and sustain environmental health efforts over time.

U.S.-Mexico Border:
The EPA is  requesting $14.5 million for U.S.-Mexico Border programs  in FY 2013, including
$10 million for infrastructure assistance grants. The 2,000 mile border between the United States
and Mexico is one of the most complex and dynamic regions  in the world. The U.S.-Mexico
Border region hosts a growing population of more than 14.1 million  people and accounts for
three of the ten poorest counties in the U.S. In addition, 432,000  of the over 14 million people in
the region live in 1,200 colonias,4 which are  unincorporated  communities characterized by
substandard housing and unsafe drinking  water. These demographics pose unique drinking water
and wastewater  infrastructure challenges as well  as  air pollution issues. Border 2020 has
identified  six  long-term  strategic  goals  to  address   the  serious  environmental   and
environmentally-related public health challenges including the impact of transboundary transport
4 http://www.borderhealth.org/border region.php
                                          43

-------
of pollutants in the border region. The six goals  are:  reduce conventional air pollutant and
emissions; improve water quality and water infrastructure sustainability and reduce exposure to
contaminated water; materials management and clean sites; improve environmental and public
health through chemical  safety;  enhance joint preparedness  for  environmental response; and
compliance assurance and environmental stewardship.

Preserve and Restore Land
In FY 2013, the Agency is requesting $1.3 billion  to continue to apply the  most effective
approaches to preserve and restore land by  developing and implementing prevention programs,
improving response capabilities, and  maximizing the effectiveness of response and cleanup
actions under RCRA, Superfund, LUST and other authorities.  This strategy will help ensure that
human health and the environment are  protected and that land  is returned to beneficial use in the
most effective way.


In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to use a hierarchy of approaches to protect the land: reducing
waste at its source, recycling waste, managing waste effectively by preventing spills and releases
of toxic materials, and cleaning up contaminated properties. The Agency is especially concerned
about threats to sensitive populations, such as children, the elderly, and individuals with  chronic
diseases, and prioritizes cleanups accordingly.5

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA, or
Superfund) and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) provide  legal authority
for  the EPA's work to protect the land. The Agency and its partners use Superfund authority to
clean up uncontrolled or  abandoned  hazardous waste sites,  allowing land to be returned to
productive use. Under RCRA,  the  EPA works in partnership with states and tribes to  address
risks associated with anyone who generates,  recycles, transports, treats,  stores,  or disposes of
waste.

In FY 2013, the EPA will work to preserve  and restore the  nation's land by ensuring proper
management of waste  and petroleum products, reducing waste generation,  increasing recycling
and by supporting its cleanup programs and oversight of oil and chemical facilities. These efforts
are  integrated with the Agency's efforts to promote sustainable and livable communities. The
EPA's land program activities for FY 2013 include seven broad efforts:  1) Integrated Cleanup
Initiative; 2) Land  Cleanup and Revitalization; 3) RCRA Waste Management and Corrective
Action; 4) Recycling and Waste Minimization; 5) Underground Storage Tanks management; 6)
Oil  Spills and Chemical Safety, and 7) Homeland Security.

Integrated Cleanup Initiative-:
In FY 2010, the EPA initiated a multi-year strategy called the  Integrated Cleanup Initiative (ICI)
to improve accountability, transparency, and effectiveness by better integrating and leveraging
the  Agency's land cleanup authorities. The  ICI establishes a framework of activities, milestone
5 Additional information on these programs can be found at: www. epa. go v/superfund,
http://www.epa. gov/oem/content/er_cleanup.htnu http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/hazwaste/ca/, http://www.epa.gov/Brownfields/.
http://www.epa.gov/swerust 11. http://www.epa.gov/swerffrr/ and http://www.epa.gov/swerrims/landrevitalization.
6 Additional information on this initiative may be found on http://www.epa.gov/oswer/integratedcleanup.htm.

                                            44

-------
dates, and deliverables to enable the EPA to address a greater number of sites, accelerate the
pace of cleanups, and put those sites back into productive use while protecting human health and
the environment. One of the primary goals of ICI is to communicate progress, successes, and
challenges in a transparent manner to stakeholders and the public.

In FY 2013, the  EPA  will  continue  to  accelerate and  otherwise  improve  comprehensive
management of all aspects of the Agency's cleanup programs while addressing the three critical
points in the cleanup process—starting, advancing, and completing site cleanup. The Agency is
exploring new project management efficiencies, broadening the use of optimization techniques,
and improving the  efficiency of the grants and contracting processes that are so important to our
cleanup programs.

Land Cleanup and Revitalization:
In addition to promoting sustainable and livable communities, the EPA's cleanup programs (e.g.,
Superfund Remedial, Superfund Federal Facilities Response, Superfund Emergency Response
and Removal, RCRA Corrective Action, Brownfields, and Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
(LUST) Cooperative Agreements) and their partners are taking proactive steps  to facilitate the
cleanup  and revitalization  of contaminated  properties. To support  the Land Revitalization
Initiative, the EPA created the Land Revitalization Agenda7 to integrate reuse into the EPA's
cleanup programs, establish partnerships, and help  make land revitalization part of the EPA's
organizational culture. In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to help communities clean up and
revitalize these  once productive properties by removing contamination, helping  limit urban
sprawl,  fostering  ecologic  habitat  enhancements,  enabling  economic development,  taking
advantage of existing infrastructure, and maintaining or improving quality of life. In addition, the
-^^                                -^^                                  &
EPA will continue to support the RE-Powering America's Land initiative  in partnership  with
the Department of Energy, and support ongoing work with the General  Services Administration
to expeditiously identify parcels of federally-owned property ready for reuse  as part of cleanup.
These projects encourage reuse and development on currently or formerly contaminated land.

RCRA Waste Management and Corrective Action:
In partnership with the states, the Agency implements the Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act  (RCRA), which is  critical to comprehensive and protective management of  solid and
hazardous materials from cradle to grave. In FY 2013, the EPA and the states will oversee and
manage  RCRA  permits  for 10,000 hazardous  waste units at 2,466 facilities. The EPA is
responsible for the continued oversight and maintenance of the regulatory controls at facilities
covered by RCRA and directly implements the entire RCRA program in Iowa and Alaska.9 The
EPA provides leadership, worksharing, and support to the 50 states and territories authorized to
implement the permitting program. The RCRA permitting program faces a significant workload
to ensure controls remain protective. With declining state resources, the EPA is  facing the
potential of an increasing amount of direct implementation responsibility.

The EPA's Corrective Action program is responsible for overseeing and managing cleanups that
protect human health and the environment at active RCRA sites. The EPA focuses its corrective
7 Additional information on this agenda can be found on http://www.epa.gov/landreuse/agenda full.htm
1 Additional information on this initiative can be found on http://www.epa.gov/renewableenergyland/.
9 http://www.epa.gov/wastes/hazard/tsd/permit/pgprarpt.htm
                                           45

-------
action resources  on  the  3,747  operating hazardous  waste facilities  that are  a subset  of
approximately 6,000 sites with corrective action obligations. These facilities include some of the
most highly contaminated, technically challenging, and potentially threatening sites the EPA
confronts in any of its cleanup programs.10 In FY 2013, the EPA will focus resources on those
sites that present the highest risk to human health and the environment and implement actions to
end or reduce these threats. To this end, the Agency will focus on site investigations to identify
threats, establish interim remedies to reduce and eliminate exposure; and select and construct
safe, effective long-term remedies that maintain the viability of the operating facility.

Recycling and Waste Minimization:
In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to advance the sustainable  materials  management (SMM)
practices and a cradle-to-cradle perspective representing an important emphasis shift from waste
management to materials management. This involves integrating information to foster a national
focus, formulating and issuing policy,  and addressing market challenges on raw material usage
(non-fossil  fuel  or  food). The EPA considers the human health  and environmental impacts
associated with  the full lifecycle of materials—from the amount and toxicity of raw materials
extraction, through transportation, processing,  manufacturing, use  and re-use,  recycling,  and
disposal. The Agency's approach to SMM integrates the safe reuse of materials  with economic
opportunity. The initial strategy areas include:  1) federal green challenge to reform government
purchasing practices in an environmentally friendly manner; 2) sustainable food management to
help capture and prevent food from being disposed in landfills; and 3) safe handling of used
electronics  to increase  the  amount of used  electronics  managed by  accredited third party
electronics recyclers.

The EPAct and Underground Storage Tanks:
The   EPAct11  contains  numerous  provisions  that   significantly   affect  federal  and  state
underground storage tank (UST) programs and requires that the EPA and states strengthen tank
release and  prevention programs. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to provide  grants to states
to help them meet their EPAct responsibilities, which  include: 1) mandatory inspections every
three years  for all underground storage tanks and enforcement of violations discovered during
the inspections; 2) operator training; 3) prohibition of delivery  for non-complying facilities12;
and 4) secondary containment or financial responsibility for tank manufacturers and installers.

In FY 2013, the EPA will bolster communication  and  outreach to petroleum brownfields
stakeholders;  provide targeted technical  assistance to state, tribal, and  local  governments;
evaluate policies to facilitate  increased petroleum  brownfields  site  revitalization; and pursue
corridor  and  smart growth  projects to promote investment  in  and  the  sustainable reuse  of
petroleum brownfields.
Oil Spills and Chemical Safety:
10 There are additional facilities that have corrective action obligations that the EPA does not track under GPRA, as they are
typically smaller, less significant facilities or sites. The EPA recognizes that the total universe of such facilities or sites "subject
to" corrective action universe is between five and six thousand facilities or sites.
  For more information, refer to http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-
 bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=109 cong  public Iaws&docid=f:publ058.109.pdf (scroll to Title XV - Ethanol And Motor Fuels,
 Subtitle B - Underground Storage Tank Compliance, on pages 500-513 of the pdf file).
  Refer to Grant Guidelines to States for Implementing the Delivery Prohibition Provision of the Energy Policy Act of 2005,
 August 2006, EPA-510-R-06-003, http://www.epa.gov/oust/fedlaws/epactJ35.htmtfFinal.

                                             46

-------
The  Oil  Spill program helps protect U.S. waters by  effectively  preventing, preparing for,
responding to, and monitoring oil spills. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to focus efforts on
oil spill prevention, preparedness, compliance assistance, and enforcement activities associated
with the  more than 600 thousand non-transportation-related oil storage facilities that the EPA
regulates through  its Spill  Prevention Control and  Countermeasure  (SPCC) Program.  The
Agency requests redirected resources of $4.1 million to increase the frequency of compliance
inspections at high-risk oil facilities from  the current 20 year frequency to a seven to ten year
cycle, develop a third-party audit program, and develop a National Oil  database. The EPA's
regulated universe includes  approximately 4,500 FRP  facilities  and  over  600,000  SPCC
facilities.

The  RMP  (Risk Management Program) provides the foundation for community and hazard
response planning by requiring  chemical  facilities to take preventative  measures, as well as
collecting and sharing data to assist other stakeholders in preventing and responding to releases
of all types. Taken together,  the  Risk Management Program  and Emergency  Planning and
Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA)  establish a structure within which federal, state, local,
and Tribal partners can work together to protect the public, the  economy, and the environment
from chemical risks. For  FY 2013, the EPA requests redirected resources of $1.6 million to
conduct on-site inspections at approximately five percent  of RMP facilities nationwide and at
least 30 percent of those inspections will be at high risk facilities.

In the Oil spill program, the goal in FY 2013 is that 40 percent of FRP facilities found to be non-
compliant during FY 2010 through FY 2012 will be brought into compliance by the end of the
fiscal year. In addition to its prevention responsibilities, the EPA serves as  the lead responder for
cleanup of all inland zone spills, including transportation-related spills from pipelines, trucks,
and other transportation systems, and provides technical assistance and support to the U.S. Coast
Guard for coastal and maritime oil spills.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to review and revise,  as appropriate, the National Oil and
Hazardous  Substances Pollution Contingency Plan, including Subpart J that regulates the use of
dispersants and other chemicals as a tool in oil spill response. In addition, the EPA is establishing
a National  Oil database to help streamline the process for assisting facilities with compliance,
better equip inspectors for more efficient inspection processes, and inform  program management
and  measurement activities. In FY  2013, the EPA will finalize development and begin
implementation of this National  Oil database including identifying requirements  for electronic
submission  of FRPs  in  order to  create  reporting efficiencies for the  agency,  states,  local
government and industry.

Homeland Security:
The EPA's  Homeland  Security work is an important component of the  Agency's prevention,
protection,  and response  activities.  The  EPA  will  continue to provide Homeland  Security
emergency preparedness and response capability related to chemical, biological,  and radiological
(CBR) agents and catastrophic incidents.  In FY 2013, the Agency requests $38.7 million to:
maintain its capability to respond effectively  to incidents that may involve harmful  CBR
substances;  operate the Environmental Response Laboratory  Network (ERLN); maximize the
effectiveness of its involvement in national security events through pre-deployments of assets


                                           47

-------
such as emergency response personnel and field detection equipment; maintain the Emergency
Management Portal (BMP); and manage, collect, and validate  new information for new and
existing  chemical,  biological,  and radiological  agents  as decontamination  techniques  are
developed or as other information emerges from the scientific community.

Improve Human Health and the Environment in Indian Country

In FY  2013,  the EPA  will  assist federally-recognized  tribes  in  assessing  environmental
conditions  in  Indian country.  The  Agency  is requesting  $96.4 million  for the Tribal GAP
program, a $28.7 million increase,  in order to help tribes build  their capacity to implement
environmental programs. This additional funding will increase the average cost of grants made to
eligible tribes  and will fund limited targeted assistance initiatives focused on mutually agreed-
upon  concerns in Indian country. This will help to reduce staff turn-over rates and  thereby
enhance longer-term sustainability of the programs being developed.  It will further the EPA's
partnership and collaboration with tribes to address a wider set of program responsibilities and
challenges and will fund focused targeted assistance on long-standing and mutually agreed-upon
concerns in Indian country. The EPA also will strengthen the scientific evidence and research
supporting  environmental policies  and  decisions on compliance, pollution  prevention, and
environmental stewardship in Indian  country through continued collaboration with  Agency
program offices and through the EPA's Tribal Science Council.

Since adopting the EPA Indian Policy in  1984, the EPA has worked with federally-recognized
tribes on a government-to-government basis, in recognition of the federal government's trust
responsibility to federally-recognized tribes. Under federal environmental statutes, the Agency is
responsible for protecting human health and the environment in Indian country. In FY 2013, the
EPA's Office  of  International and Tribal Affairs will continue to lead agency-wide program
efforts to work with  tribes, Alaska Native  Villages, and inter-tribal consortia to fulfill this
responsibility.  The EPA's strategy for achieving this objective has three major components:

•  Establish an Environmental Presence in Indian  Country:  The Agency  will  continue  to
   provide funding through the Tribal General Assistance  Program (GAP) so each federally-
   recognized tribe can establish an environmental presence.

••  Provide Access to Environmental Information: The EPA will provide the information tribes
   need to meet the EPA and tribal  environmental priorities and characterize the environmental
   and public health improvements that result from joint actions.

•  Implementation  of Environmental  Goals: The Agency  will provide opportunities for  the
   implementation  of tribal  environmental  programs by tribes  through  1) media-specific
   programs, 2) tribes themselves, or 3) directly by the EPA, if necessary.

Research

The Sustainable and Healthy Communities Research Program (SHCRP) will continue research to
support the EPA's program offices, and our state and tribal partners in protecting and restoring
                                           48

-------
land, and supporting community health. The work of the SHCRP falls into four inter-related
themes:

    1.  Data and Tools to Support Sustainable  Community Decisions uses interactive  social
       media and other innovative means to enable communities and stakeholders to actively
       engage in the planning, design, and implementation of SHC research to meet their desired
       sustainability goals;

    2.  Forecasting and Assessing Ecological and Community Health will enable communities to
       ensure the sustainable provision of ecosystem services and to assess how the natural and
       built environment affects the health and well-being of their residents;

    3.  Near-term Approaches for Sustainable Solutions builds upon the EPA's program  office
       experience to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of methods for addressing existing
       sources of land and groundwater contamination, while moving to innovative approaches
       that reduce new sources of contamination and enable recovery of energy, materials, and
       nutrients from waste;

    4.  Integrated Solutions for Sustainable Outcomes assesses the state of the art of sustainable
       practices  for  four high-priority  community decision  areas:  waste and  materials
       management; infrastructure, including energy and water; transportation; and planning and
       zoning for buildings and land use. It will use whole-system modeling to integrate these
       four areas to better achieve outcomes with multiple benefits  and to develop  and test
       Taskforce on Research to Inform and Optimize (TRIO) accounting methods.

In FY 2013,  the SHCRP will  address many facets  of  site contamination  and cleanup. This
includes  source elimination of contaminated ground water and migration at Superfund sites and
plume management to reduce exposures via drinking water and vapor intrusion. Research efforts
are leading to screening, sampling, and modeling approaches to assess risks from vapor intrusion
and to define the need for mitigation in  homes, schools, and places of employment.  This science
will be used to develop guidance in site  ranking and in remedial investigations.

Research will characterize  contaminated sediments, remediation options, and ways to enhance
cleanup of contaminated sediments, leading to restored ecological functioning and lifting of fish
consumption advisories in impaired waters. The EPA will use this research to improve the cost
effectiveness of sediment remediation cleanups and achieve human health, environmental, and
economic benefits of cleanup  projects along lakes and rivers. This research provides site-specific
and general technical  support to the EPA as it evaluates options for remediation of Superfund
sites.

The EPA will continue to develop or revise protocols to test oil spill control agents or products
for listing on  the  National  Contingency  Plan Product  Schedule,  including  dispersants
performance and behavior in  deep water. In addition, working with the Agency's Underground
Storage Tanks program, SHCRP will deliver improved characterization and remediation methods
for fuels released from leaking underground storage tanks.
                                           49

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

               Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
Reduce the risk and increase the safety of chemicals and prevent pollution at the source.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
   •  Reduce the risk of chemicals that enter our products, our environment, and our bodies.
   •  Conserve  and protect natural resources  by promoting pollution prevention  and the
      adoption of  other stewardship  practices by companies,  communities,  governmental
      organizations, and individuals.

                          GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
                                  Budget Authority
                                 Full-time Equivalents
                                (Dollars in Thousands)

Ensuring the Safety of
Chemicals and Preventing
Pollution
Ensure Chemical Safety
Promote Pollution Prevention
Total Authorized Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$697,917.4
$639,000.0
$58,917.5
2,734.4
FY 2012
Enacted
$662,826.3
$604,596.5
$58,229.7
2,680.0
FY 2013
Pres
Budget
$699,261.0
$639,243.7
$60,017.3
2,679.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$36,434.7
$34,647.2
$1,787.6
-0.1
                                         50

-------
                                        Introduction

Chemicals are ubiquitous in our everyday lives and products. They are used in the production of
everything from our homes and cars to the cell phones we carry and the food we eat. Chemicals
often are released  into the environment as a result of their manufacture, processing, use,  and
disposal. Research  shows that children are getting steady infusions of industrial chemicals before
they are even given solid food.13'14'15 Other vulnerable groups, including low-income, minority,
and indigenous populations, may be disproportionately impacted by chemical exposure and thus
particularly at risk.16'17'18

A requested increase of $36.4 million in FY 2013 will support  a  crucial stage of the EPA's
strengthened approach to address existing chemicals that have not  been tested for adverse health
or environmental effects. The FY 2013 request of $699 million will allow the EPA to sustain its
success in managing the potential risks of new chemicals entering commerce and to significantly
accelerate progress in assessing and ensuring the safety of existing chemicals. In FY 2013, the
EPA will move forward in its transition from an approach dominated by voluntary chemical data
submissions by industry, to a more proactive  approach to ensure chemical safety. The approach
focuses on:  1) using all available authorities under TSCA to take immediate and lasting action to
eliminate or reduce identified  chemical risks and develop  proven  safer alternatives; 2) using
regulatory  mechanisms  to   fill  remaining  gaps in  critical  exposure  data,  and  increasing
transparency and public access to  information on TSCA  chemicals; 3) using data from  all
available sources to conduct  detailed chemical risk assessments on priority chemicals to inform
the need for and support development and implementation of risk management actions; and 4)
preventing introduction of unsafe new chemicals into commerce.

In FY 2013,  the EPA's Pesticide Licensing program will continue to  screen  new pesticides
before they reach the market  and will continue to ensure that pesticides  already in commerce are
safe when used in  accordance with the label.  As directed by the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide,
and Rodenticide  Act  (FIFRA), the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA),  and the
Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA), the EPA  will  register pesticides  to  protect  consumers,
pesticide users, workers who may  be exposed to  pesticides, children,  and  other  sensitive
populations. The EPA also  will  review potential impacts  on the environment,  with particular
attention to endangered species.

The EPA  has  a  long history  of  international  collaboration on  a wide  range  of global
environmental issues. Research under this goal  supports the EPA's bilateral  and multilateral
13 The Disproportionate Impact of Environmental Health Threats on Children of Color
(http://vosemite.epa.gov/opa/admpress.nsf/8d49f7ad4bbcf4ef852573590040b7f6/79a3n3c301688828525770cOQ63b277iOpenD
ocument)
14 Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
15 Guide to Considering Children's Health When Developing EPA Actions: Implementing Executive Order 13045 and EPA's
Policy on Evaluating Health Risks to Children
(http://vosemite.epa.gov/ochp/ochpweb.nsf/content/ADPguide.htm/$File/EP A_ADP_Guide_508.pdf)
16 Holistic Risk-based Environmental Decision Making: a Native Perspective
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1241171)
17 Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low Income
Populations
18 Interim Guidance on Considering Environmental Justice During the Development of an Action
(http://www.epa.gov/compliance/ej/resources/policv/considering-ej-in-rulemaking-guide-07-2010.pdf)

                                             51

-------
partnerships which have taken on new significance in the face of shared  environmental and
governance challenges such as global climate change and improving children's environmental
health outcomes.

The EPA envisions that environmental progress in cooperation with global partners can catalyze
even greater progress toward protecting our domestic environment, including adapting to climate
change, ensuring that trade-related activities sustain environmental protection, enhancing the
ability of our trading partners to protect their environments and develop in a sustainable manner
and,   improving  international  cooperation and enhancing  opportunities  through  effective
consultation and collaboration related to issues of mutual interest. To advance all of these efforts,
the EPA continues  to focus on  the  following international  priorities:  building  strong
environmental institutions and legal structures; combating climate change by limiting pollutants;
improving air quality; expanding access to clean water; reducing exposure to toxic chemicals;
and cleaning up e-waste.

Pollution prevention is central to the EPA's sustainability strategies. In FY 2013, the EPA will
enhance cross-cutting efforts to advance sustainable practices, safer chemicals and sustainable
lower risk processes and practices, and safer products. The EPA will incorporate sustainability
principles into our  policies, regulations, and actions. The combined effect of community-level
actions, geographically  targeted efforts, attention to chemicals,  and concern for  ecosystems—
implemented through the lens of science, transparency, and law—will bring real improvements
and protections.  To help ensure that communities have access to timely and meaningful data on
toxic chemical releases,  the EPA will update the Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) to  clarify certain
reporting requirements,  consider  the regulatory addition  of selected chemicals,  and  consider
whether to regulate additional industry sectors under TRI.

Achieving  an environmentally sustainable  future  demands  that the  EPA address today's
environmental problems by using  a science-based process while simultaneously  preparing for
long-term challenges. The EPA's  Science Advisory  Board  (SAB)  recognizes  this and that
solutions must tackle issues collectively, rather than individually, to be effective.19 This belief is
a core philosophy of the EPA's FY 2013  research program, and it will position the Agency to
address the environmental challenges of the 21st Century.

                                 Major FY 2013 Changes

Recognizing  the tight  limits  on  discretionary  spending across government, the EPA has
evaluated its priorities and made necessary adjustments to  focus FY 2013 resources  on the most
significant efforts that help protect health and the  environment  from chemical risks.  The FY
2013  request reflects EPA's program priorities and needs in light  of current program activity
levels and fiscal  constraints.  The EPA requests  an  increase in FY 2013  of approximately $11
million over the FY 2012  enacted level for critical work in Enhancing Chemical Safety. This
priority work targets  increased support for initiating, continuing, and completing actions to
reduce chemical  risks; assessing chemical risks; and obtaining needed information  on potentially
hazardous chemicals while maximizing  the availability of information to the public.  In the
research  programs, an  increase of approximately  $4 million supports  sustainable molecular
19 http://vosemite.epa.gov/sab/sabproduct.nsf/E989ECFC125966428525775B0047BElA/SFile/EPA-SAB-10-010-unsigned.pdf

                                            52

-------
design research.  The EPA will use this program to generate the critical information needed by
manufacturers to develop inherently safer processes and products that minimize or eliminate the
associated adverse impacts on human health and the environment that could result from the
manufacturing, use, and disposal of chemicals, including nanomaterials.

Program priorities and needs in light of current program activity levels and fiscal constraints
required difficult decisions resulting in requests for program reductions and eliminations. In FY
2013, the EPA will reduce by approximately $2 million all of the non-enforcement activities  of
the PCB and fibers programs, acknowledging the program's maturity, broad adoption, and well-
documented and understood human health risks.  In  FY  2013,  the EPA  also will reduce the
Endocrine Disrupter program by approximately $1 million as a result of progress being made  to
establish a  full  set  of  screening  assays.  The  program  will  transition  to  more  efficient
methodologies for screening chemicals,  such as computational  toxicology (CompTox), as new
technologies are validated, yielding benefits such as automated, rapid screening that will be used
to generate data on the adverse effects of large numbers of chemicals.

                                   FY 2013 Activities

Chemicals Program

Existing chemicals activities fall  into  three major  components:  1)  strengthening chemical
information  collection,  management, and transparency  ($13.9  million);  2)  screening and
assessing chemical risks ($14.9 million); and 3) reducing chemical risks ($24.6 million). In FY
2013, the toxics program will maintain its 'zero tolerance'  goal in preventing the introduction  of
unsafe new chemicals into commerce. However, thousands of existing  ('pre-TSCA') chemicals
already in commerce remain un-assessed.

In FY 2013, the increased resources requested will allow the EPA to complete detailed chemical
risk assessments of priority chemicals that began in FY 2012 and to initiate five to ten additional
assessments, several of which will be completed in FY 2013. The EPA also plans to develop
hazard characterizations for 450 additional  High Production Volume (HPV) chemicals using the
data obtained through TSCA test rules,  bringing the projected total by the end of FY 2013  to
2,433 of the 3,761 HPV chemicals identified prior to the 2011 TSCA Chemical Data Reporting
rule. The major activity of the New Chemicals program is premanufacture notices (PMN) review
and  management, which  address  the  potential  risks  from approximately  1,000 chemicals,
products of biotechnology, and new chemical nanoscale materials received annually prior to their
entry into the US marketplace.

In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to implement the chemicals risk  management program  to
further eliminate risks from high-risk "legacy" chemicals. As illustrated on the opposite page, the
EPA will build on the successful national  effort to reduce childhood blood lead incidence and
continue ongoing implementation of the Lead Renovation,  Repair and Painting  (RRP) Rule
though  outreach  efforts  and  targeted  activities  to support  renovator  certifications.  In
collaboration with states and local governments, the Agency will continue to address "hotspots"
where there are remaining incidences of children with high  blood lead levels.
                                           53

-------
                               Children's Risk
                 Blood Lead Levels for Children aged 1-5
              30%


              25%


              20%


              15%


              10%


               5%


               0%
>10 ug/dL
Elevated Lead
Levels
>5 Ug/dL
New Concern Lead
Levels
• >5 Ug/dL
TARGET Lead Levels
For near Future
Endocrine Disrupter Program

In FY 2013, the Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program will focus on: 1) finalizing the inter-
laboratory validation of three Tier 2 assays; 2) prioritizing and selecting additional chemicals for
Tier 1 screening; 3) continuing  to issue Tier  1 Test Orders for selected chemicals evaluating
results of Tier 1 screening data submitted for the first list of pesticide chemicals; 4) conducting
weight of evidence evaluations  to determine which pesticide chemicals have the potential to
interact with endocrine systems  (Tier 1), and if so whether they  should be further tested for
effects (Tier 2); and  5) continuing coordination and collaboration with the research and
development program  to   determine the  applicability  of computational  toxicology-based
approaches to assess a chemical's potential to interact with the estrogen, androgen, and thyroid
systems.

Pesticides Program
Key components of chemical safety in protecting human health, communities, and ecosystems
are identifying,  assessing, and reducing the risks presented by the pesticides on which our society
and economy depend. Chemical and biological pesticides help meet national and global demands
for food. They provide effective pest control for homes, schools, gardens, highways, utility lines,
hospitals, and drinking water treatment facilities and control animal vectors of  disease. Many
regulatory actions involve reduced risk pesticides that, once registered, will result in increased
societal benefits.

In FY 2013, $129.0 million is requested to support the EPA pesticide review processes for all
pesticide applications. The EPA also will focus on improving pesticide registrations' compliance
with the Endangered  Species Act and achieving broader  Agency  objectives for water quality
protection.  The EPA also  will  continue to emphasize the protection of potentially sensitive
groups,  such as children, by reducing exposures from pesticides  used in  and around homes,
                                           54

-------
schools, and other public  areas.  In addition, the Agency worker protection, certification, and
training regulations will encourage  safe application practices. Together,  these programs will
minimize  exposure to pesticides, maintain a safe and affordable food  supply, address public
health issues, and minimize property damage that can occur from insects and pests.

Pollution  Prevention Program

In FY  2013, the requested funding of $20.9 million for the EPA's Pollution Prevention (P2)
Program will target technical assistance, information, and assessments to encourage the use of
greener chemicals, technologies, processes, and  products. The EPA will continue to  support
programs  with  proven records of success, including  Environmentally  Preferable Purchasing
(EPP),  Design  for  the Environment  (DfE), Green Suppliers Network, Pollution  Prevention
Technical  Assistance, Partnership for Sustainable Healthcare,  Green  Chemistry and Green
Engineering. In addition,  the EPA's  P2 Programs will  support the Economy,  Energy, and
Environment (E3) Partnership among federal agencies, local governments, and manufacturers to
promote energy efficiency, job creation,  and environmental improvement.  Work under these
programs  also supports the energy reduction goals under Executive Order 13514. Through these
efforts, the EPA will continue to encourage government and business to  adopt source reduction
practices  that  can  help  prevent pollution and  avoid potential adverse human health and
environmental impacts.

Research

The EPA's Chemical Safety and  Sustainability, Human Health Risk  Assessment, and Homeland
Security Research Programs underpin  the analysis of risks and potential health impacts across
the broad  spectrum of EPA programs  and provide the scientific foundation for chemical safety
and pollution prevention. In FY 2013,  the EPA will further strengthen its planning and delivery
of science by continuing  an integrated research approach that tackles problems systematically
instead of individually.

The  requested increase of $2.5  million to the Chemical  Safety and Sustainability Research
Program (CSSRP)  will support the EPA's  efforts to develop enhanced chemical screening and
testing techniques that improve context-relevant  chemical  assessment and management.  New
tools promise to transform the way the EPA evaluates risks of chemical products. The EPA will
combine these new tools with existing test methods, integrating toxicity and exposure pathways
in the  context  of the life cycle of the  chemical.  This  approach will  yield benefits  such as
automated, rapid screening that will be used to  generate data on the adverse effects of large
numbers of chemicals. Previous approaches were  more narrowly targeted to single chemicals or
problem areas.

In FY  2013, the EPA will continue the multi-year transition away  from the traditional assays
used in Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program (EDSP)  through  efforts to validate and use
computational toxicology and high throughput screening methods. This will allow the Agency to
more quickly, efficiently, and cost-effectively assess potential chemical  toxicity. For example,
the average cost of testing 300 chemicals with computational toxicology is  about $20,000 per
                                           55

-------
chemical,  compared to  more traditional  approaches that can cost more than $6 million  per
chemical.  In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to evaluate endocrine-relevant ToxCast assays.

The CSSRP also supports decision makers in individual localities and communities with research
on their priority contaminants.  This  will support better air toxics and drinking water-related
regional and local decision-making. Under the consolidated research program, the EPA also will
continue to support the scientific foundation for addressing the risks of exposure to chemicals in
wildlife.

In FY2013, the Agency's Human Health Risk Assessment Research  Program will continue to
develop assessments including:
   •   Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) health hazard and dose-response assessments,
   •   Integrated Science Assessments (ISAs)of criteria air pollutants;
   •   Community Risk and Technical Support, and
   •   Methods, models, and approaches to modernize risk assessment for the 21st Century.

The program will release draft Integrated Science Assessments for nitrogen oxides and carbon
monoxide for Clean Air  Science Advisory Committee review and public comment. The program
will make significant progress on health hazard assessments  of high priority chemicals (e.g.,
dioxin, methanol,  cumulative phthalate  assessment, benzo-a-pyrene, Libby  asbestos  cancer
assessment, and polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) non-cancer assessment).

The Homeland  Security Research Program  (HSRP) will  continue  to  enhance the nation's
preparedness, response,  and recovery capabilities for homeland  security incidents  and other
hazards. The HSRP will  provide stakeholders with valuable detection and response analytics for
incidents involving  chemical, biological, or radiological  agents. The program will emphasize
research needed to support response and recovery from wide-area attacks involving radiological
agents, nuclear agents, and biothreat agents such as anthrax.

The EPA will allocate $164.4 million to the Chemical Safety and Sustainability, Human Health
Risk Assessment, and Homeland Security Research Programs in FY 2013.
                                           56

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

                           Enforcing Environmental Laws
Protect human health and the environment through vigorous and targeted civil and criminal
enforcement. Assure compliance with environmental laws.

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
   •  Pursue vigorous civil and  criminal enforcement that targets the most serious water, air,
      and  chemical  hazards in communities.   Assure strong,  consistent,  and  effective
      enforcement of federal environmental laws nationwide.
                          GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
                                  Budget Authority
                                Full-time Equivalents
                                (Dollars in Thousands)

Enforcing Environmental
Laws
Enforce Environmental Laws
Total Authorized Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$820,541.2
$820,541.2
3,888.4
FY 2012
Enacted
$784,884.0
$784,884.0
3,933.2
FY 2013
Pres
Budget
$830,411.9
$830,411.9
3,885.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$45,527.9
$45,527.9
-48.2
                                         57

-------
                                      Introduction

The  EPA's civil  and criminal  enforcement programs  perform the core function  of assuring
compliance with our nation's environmental laws. A strong and effective enforcement program is
essential to maintain respect for the rule of law and a level economic playing field, and to realize
the promise of federal statutes to protect the environment and the public health of citizens.

On January  18,  2011, President Obama issued a "Presidential Memoranda  - Regulatory
            90
Compliance"   which  reaffirms the  importance of effective enforcement  and compliance  in
regulations. In part, it states "Sound regulatory enforcement promotes the welfare of Americans
in many ways, by increasing public safety, improving working conditions, and protecting the air
we breathe and the water we drink. Consistent regulatory enforcement also levels the playing
field among regulated entities, ensuring that those that fail  to comply with the law do not have an
unfair advantage over their law-abiding competitors."

In FY 2013, the EPA seeks to  maintain  the strength of  its  core national Enforcement and
Compliance Assurance program. Recognizing  the limitations  of the federal budget and the
declining resources of the states, the Agency will  continue to implement strategies that use
resources  more  efficiently and  find opportunities to focus  and leverage efforts  to assure
compliance with environmental laws.

The  EPA has  achieved impressive pollution  control and health benefits through  vigorous
compliance monitoring and enforcement,  but tough  enforcement alone will not address all
noncompliance problems.   The sheer number of regulated facilities, the contribution of large
numbers of smaller sources to environmental problems, and  federal and state budget constraints,
mean the  EPA can no longer rely primarily on  the traditional single facility inspection and
enforcement approach to ensure widespread compliance21.  In light of the fiscal constraints, the
need to innovate is even greater if the EPA is to achieve gains in compliance over the long-term.
Instead, the EPA needs to develop and implement  a new paradigm  that relies heavily on
advances in both monitoring and information technology and  that will improve  oversight and
reduce burdens on business.

This new paradigm is called "Next Generation Compliance." There are multiple components  to
this new paradigm: the use of modern  monitoring technology to detect pollution problems;
electronic reporting by facilities so that quality, complete and timely information on compliance
and pollutants can be obtained; transparency so the public is aware of facility and government
environmental  performance;  implementation  of innovative   enforcement  approaches;  and
structuring regulations to drive compliance.  In FY 2013,  the national  Enforcement and
Compliance Assurance program will increase efforts to implement Next Generation Compliance
approaches to help achieve the EPA's goals more  efficiently and effectively  while continuing  to
pursue high priority work.
20 For more information regarding the Regulatory Compliance Memo, please refer to:
http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/2011/01/18/presidential-memoranda-regulatorv-compliance
21 www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/policies/civil/cwa/actionplanl01409.pdf

                                           58

-------
In FY  2013,  the EPA will  focus on  addressing  the most important public health and
environmental compliance problems. In addition, the Agency  proposes to accelerate its Next
Generation Compliance  approaches to harness the tools  of 21st century technology to make this
program more efficient and effective for the future.  For example,  the burden  and costs  of
monitoring and compliance  reporting can be reduced for the  EPA,  states and businesses by
investing in modern monitoring and electronic reporting technology. This would allow the EPA
and states to move away from the traditional model of reliance on time-consuming and expensive
individual facility inspections and paper reporting. The Agency also will continue  to emphasize
the importance  of making  compliance  information publicly available  to  better  serve the
American people and provide an  efficient and effective incentive to promote compliance with
environmental laws.

                                Major FY 2013 Changes

It  is  critically  important  that  the  EPA continually assess its  priorities and embrace new
approaches that can help achieve goals more efficiently and effectively. The EPA's FY 2013
budget submission for the Enforcement and Compliance Assurance  program decreases some
program areas so the Agency can continue to pursue the highest priority work, including work on
the national enforcement initiatives.

In FY  2013,  the Agency will  redirect  or  refocus resources within the enforcement and
compliance programs in order  to accelerate efforts to  increase compliance with the nation's
environmental laws. This effort will enhance the EPA's ability to detect violations that  impact
public health, reduce transaction costs for the regulated community, and better engage the public
to drive behavioral changes in compliance. The EPA will promote e-reporting by implementing
new technologies, develop and disseminate advanced  monitoring  tools,  upgrade Agency IT
infrastructure to exploit more fully the wealth of new monitoring data,  and modernize the EPA's
approach to enforcement by ensuring new and existing rules incorporate electronic reporting.  In
FY 2013, a key  element  of this approach will  be modifying data systems to implement  e-
reporting with regulated facilities, leading to improved compliance and transparency, and more
efficient processes that  do not  rely on paper-based reporting.  The EPA  and  states  will have
access to more complete,  timely  and accurate data that will improve our ability to prioritize
permitting, monitoring, and enforcement actions. Funding for this effort in FY 2013 would allow
the cost savings and cost avoidance to begin to accrue to the EPA, states, and industry as a result
of converting paper-based reporting to electronic reporting.

The  EPA's National  Enforcement  and  Compliance  Assurance program will  see  an overall
reduction of 45.0 FTE, a cut of 1.3 percent from FY 2012 FTE levels. The EPA will prioritize
resources to continue to  address the most important public health and environmental compliance
problems, and will reduce efforts in a variety of program areas based on objective factors such as
relative risks  to  public health or the environment,  levels of non-compliance, states' ability  to
provide compliance oversight and enforcement,  and  other factors  such as statutory or  treaty
obligations. In times  of  declining  resources it is critical  not only to  carefully assess the highest
priorities but also to develop  strategies  that can help  achieve  goals  more  efficiently and
effectively.
                                           59

-------
The  EPA is reducing by $1.3 million, funding associated with Potentially Responsible Party
(PRP) searches and  settlement activity under the Superfund  Enforcement program.  This
reduction also would decrease  funding provided to the Department of Justice for Superfund
settlement efforts. The request would also reduce compliance assistance and clean up oversight
activities at federal facilities under the Superfund Federal Facilities Enforcement program.
                                     Priority Goal

The EPA has established a FY 2012-2013 Priority Goal on  electronic reporting. While the
enforcement program has a lead role in implementing this goal by co-chairing a newly formed
Agency task force, this is an Agency goal across EPA programs. This Priority Goal will:

•   Increase transparency  and reduce burden  through  e-Reporting.  By September 30,  2013,
    develop a plan to convert existing paper reports into  electronic reporting,  establish electronic
    reporting in at least four key programs, and adopt a policy for including electronic reporting
    in new rules.

Additional information on the Agency's Priority Goals can be found at www.performance.gov.

                                  FY 2013 Activities

The FY 2013 budget incorporates difficult decisions  to reduce spending  for  lower priority
activities. Nevertheless,  the  Agency is committed to implementing  a strong enforcement and
compliance program focused on identifying and reducing non-compliance and deterring  future
violations.  To meet these goals, the program employs a variety of activities,  including data
collection and analysis, compliance monitoring, assistance and incentives,  civil and criminal
enforcement efforts and innovative problem-solving approaches to identify and address the most
significant  environmental  issues.  In FY 2013  these efforts will be  enhanced through  Next
Generation Compliance  approaches that  rely on 21st century reporting and monitoring tools to
advance implementation of the Administrator's priorities as well as the Agency's core program
work. In FY 2013, the Agency is requesting a total of  $620.1  million and 3,324.6 FTE for its
Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program. The major activities include the following:

Focus Areas:
•   Protecting Air Quality: The EPA will focus on the largest sources of air pollution, including
    coal-fired power plants  and the cement, acid and glass sectors, to improve air quality.
    Enforcement to cut toxic air pollution in communities improves the health of communities,
    particularly those overburdened by pollution.

    The Energy  Independence  and Security  Act (EISA) of 2007  requires increased use of
    renewable fuels. The EPA's Civil Enforcement program will help the regulated community
    understand  their statutory  obligations  under EISA;  inspect renewable  fuel  production
    facilities; monitor compliance with renewable fuel  requirements; monitor and enforce the
    credit trading program; and, undertake  administrative and judicial enforcement actions, as
    appropriate.


                                           60

-------
•  Protecting America's Waters: Pursuant to the  Clean Water Act Action Plan, the EPA is
   working with states to revamp compliance and enforcement approaches to  more effectively
   and efficiently address the most important water pollution problems. This work includes
   getting raw sewage out of water, cutting pollution from animal waste, and reducing pollution
   from stormwater runoff. These efforts will help to clean up great waters like the Chesapeake
   Bay and will focus  on revitalizing urban communities by protecting and restoring urban
   waters. Enforcement also will support the goal of  assuring clean drinking water for all
   communities, including small systems and in Indian country.

•  Cleaning Up Our Communities: The EPA protects communities by ensuring that responsible
   parties  conduct cleanups,  saving federal dollars  for  sites where there are no viable
   contributing parties.  Ensuring that responsible parties clean up the  sites also reduces direct
   human exposure to hazardous pollutants and contaminants, provides for long-term human
   health protection, and ultimately makes  contaminated properties available for reuse.

   The  EPA's  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act  (RCRA)  Corrective Action
   enforcement  program supports the goal set by the Agency and its state partners of attaining
   remedy construction at 95 percent of 3,747 RCRA facilities by the year 2020. In 2010, the
   EPA issued  the "National Enforcement Strategy for Corrective Action"  to  promote and
   communicate nationally consistent  enforcement  and  compliance  assurance  principles,
   practices, and tools to help achieve this goal. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue targeted
   enforcement under the Strategy and will work with its state partners to assess the contribution
   of enforcement in working towards the 2020 goal.

•  Ensuring the Safety  of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution: Strengthening chemical safety
   enforcement  and reducing  exposure to pesticides will  improve the health of Americans.
   Enforcement reduces direct human exposures to toxic chemicals and pesticides and supports
   long-term human health protection.

Compliance Monitoring

The EPA's Compliance Monitoring program reviews and evaluates the activities of the regulated
community to determine compliance with applicable laws, regulations, permit conditions and
settlement agreements, as well as to determine whether conditions presenting imminent and
substantial endangerment exist. In FY 2013, the EPA's compliance monitoring  activities will be
both environmental media- and sector-based. The EPA's media-based  inspections complement
those performed  by states and tribes, and are a key part of the strategy for meeting the long-term
and annual goals established for the  air, water, pesticides, toxic substances and  hazardous waste
programs. The EPA will target its  inspections to the  highest priority areas and coordinate
inspection activity with  states and tribes, but noncompliance may potentially go undetected or
increase. In  FY  2013, as part of Next  Generation Compliance,  the Agency  will continue to
enhance the  efficiency and effectiveness of the Compliance Monitoring program by emphasizing
electronic reporting (e-reporting), enhancing data systems to collect, synthesize and disseminate
monitoring data,  and deploying state of the art monitoring equipment to the field.
                                           61

-------
Compliance monitoring also includes the EPA's management and use of data systems to run its
compliance and enforcement programs under the various statutes  and  programs that the EPA
enforces. In FY 2013, the Agency will accelerate the process of enhancing its data systems to
support electronic reporting, providing more comprehensive, accessible data to the public and
improving integration of environmental information with health data and other pertinent data
sources from other federal agencies and private entities. The Agency will complete Phase II of its
multi-year project to modernize the Permit Compliance System (PCS) by moving all of the
remaining states from PCS to the Integrated Compliance Information System  (ICIS). The EPA
will then focus its resources on the last Phase of ICIS, Phase III, to modernize the Air  Facility
System (AFS). ICIS  supports both compliance monitoring and civil enforcement. In FY 2013,
the proposed Compliance Monitoring budget is $126.6 million and 634.5 FTE.

Civil Enforcement

The Civil Enforcement program's overarching goal is to assure compliance with the nation's
environmental laws and regulations in order to protect human health and the environment. The
program  collaborates with the Department  of  Justice,  states,  local agencies  and tribal
governments to ensure consistent and fair enforcement of all environmental laws and regulations.
The program seeks to protect public health and the environment and ensure a level playing field
by strengthening partnerships with co-implementers in the states, encouraging regulated entities
to rapidly correct their own violations,  ensuring that violators do not realize an economic benefit
from noncompliance  and pursuing enforcement to deter  future violations. In FY 2013, the Civil
Enforcement program will benefit from the Next Generation Compliance initiative by deploying
state of the art monitoring equipment to the field and increasing the use of e-reporting. The EPA
and states will be able to target limited inspection and enforcement resources in those areas
where they are most needed such as complex industrial operations requiring physical inspection,
repeat  violators, and  cases  involving significant harm to human health or the environment, or
potential criminal violations.

The Civil Enforcement program develops, litigates and  settles administrative  and civil  judicial
cases against serious violators of environmental laws. In FY 2011, the EPA enforcement actions
required  companies to invest  an estimated $19 billion in  actions and equipment to  control
pollution (injunctive relief) - a record amount. Also in FY 2011,  the EPA's enforcement actions
required companies to reduce pollution by an estimated 1.8 billion pounds per year - the second
highest amount since the EPA began  measuring pollutant reductions from enforcement cases
using current methodologies. In addition, the EPA's top 15 Clean  Air Act enforcement actions of
FY 2011 reduced emissions of particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, nitrogen  oxides, and VOCs,
resulting in projected health benefits and other environmental improvements valued at $15 to
$36 billion each year.

In FY 2013, the EPA  will focus on national priorities and  repeat  violators, especially in
communities that may be disproportionately exposed to  risks and harm from pollutants  in their
environment,  including minority and/or low-income areas.  Specifically, in  FY  2013, the EPA
will continue to target implementation of the National Enforcement Initiatives established for FY
2011-2013. These national  initiatives  address problems that  remain complex and challenging,
including Clean Water Act "wet weather"  discharges,  violations  of the Clean Air Act New


                                           62

-------
Source Review/Prevention of Significant Deterioration requirements and Air Toxics regulations,
RCRA violations at mineral processing facilities, and  multi-media  problems resulting from
energy extraction activities. Information on initiatives,  regulatory requirements, enforcement
alerts and EPA results will be made available to the public and the regulated community through
web sites. The Civil Enforcement program also will support the Environmental Justice program
and  the  Administrator's priority to address pollution  impacting  vulnerable populations.  In
addition, the Civil Enforcement program  will help to implement the President's directive to
develop  and implement a compliance  and  enforcement strategy for the Chesapeake Bay,
providing strong oversight to ensure existing regulations are complied with consistently and in a
timely manner. In FY 2013, the proposed budget for Civil Enforcement is $192.7 million and
1,205.7 FTE.

Criminal Enforcement

Criminal Enforcement underlies the EPA's commitment  to pursuing the most serious pollution
violations.  The  EPA's  Criminal  Enforcement  program  investigates  and helps  prosecute
environmental violations that seriously threaten  public health and the  environment and involve
intentional, deliberate or criminal behavior on the part of the violator. The Criminal Enforcement
program  deters violations of environmental laws and regulations by demonstrating  that  the
regulated community will be  held  accountable through jail sentences and  criminal  fines.
Bringing criminal  cases to court  sends a strong deterrence message to potential violators,
enhances aggregate compliance with laws and regulations, and protects  communities.

The program has completed its three-year hiring  strategy,  raising the number of special agents to
200. To  make the best use of resources, the program will work to reduce case work in  lower
priority areas and use the special agent capacity to address complex environmental cases in FY
2013. To accomplish this, the Criminal Enforcement program will expand its identification and
investigation of cases with significant environmental, human health and deterrence impact. The
EPA's Criminal Enforcement program will focus on cases  across  all media that involve serious
harm or  injury; hazardous or toxic releases;  ongoing, repetitive, or multiple releases; serious
documented  exposure  to pollutants;  and  violators   with  significant  repeat  or  chronic
noncompliance or  prior criminal conviction. In FY  2013, the proposed budget for Criminal
Enforcement is $59.6 million and 298.2 FTE.

Superfund Enforcement

The EPA's Superfund Enforcement program protects communities by  ensuring that responsible
parties conduct cleanups of hazardous waste sites, preserving federal dollars for sites where there
are no viable contributing parties. Superfund Enforcement uses an "enforcement first" approach
that maximizes the participation of liable and  viable  parties in performing and  paying  for
cleanups in both the remedial and  removal programs; however, due to the fiscally constrained
environment, the EPA will reduce resources that support program activities,  including PRP
searches, cleanup settlements, and cost recovery. Similarly, cuts in Superfund Federal Facilities
enforcement will place greater focus on  federal  agencies actively managing their own cleanup
efforts. The Agency will continually assess its priorities  and embrace new approaches  that can
help achieve its goals more efficiently and effectively.


                                           63

-------
Enforcement authorities play a unique role under the Superfund program. The authorities are
used to ensure that responsible parties conduct a majority of the cleanup actions and reimburse
the federal  government  for cleanups financed by  Federal  resources. In tandem with  this
approach, various reforms have been implemented to increase fairness, reduce transaction costs,
promote  economic development and make sites available for appropriate reuse.22 Ensuring that
responsible  parties  cleanup  sites  ultimately reduces direct  human  exposures  to  hazardous
pollutants and  contaminants,  provides  for  long-term  human health protections  and makes
contaminated properties available for reuse.

The  Department  of Justice supports  the  EPA's Superfund  Enforcement  program  through
negotiations and judicial  actions to compel PRP cleanup and litigation to recover Trust Fund
monies.  The Agency  is  providing $23.7 million to the Department of Justice through an
Interagency  Agreement. In FY 2011, the Superfund Enforcement program secured private party
commitments that exceeded $3.3  billion. Of this amount, PRPs have  committed to future
response work  with an  estimated value of approximately $3 billion; PRPs  have agreed to
reimburse the agency for  $298.6 million in past costs;  and PRPs have been billed by the EPA for
approximately $74 million in oversight costs. The EPA also works to ensure that required legally
enforceable institutional controls and financial assurance instruments are in place and adhered to
at Superfund sites and at facilities  subject to RCRA Corrective Action to ensure the long-term
protectiveness of cleanup  actions.

The  Forensics Support program provides specialized scientific and  technical  support for the
nation's  most complex Superfund  civil and criminal enforcement cases, as well as technical
expertise for Agency compliance efforts. In FY 2013, the National Enforcement Investigations
Center (NEIC)  will continue to function under rigorous International Standards Organization
17025  requirements for environmental data measurements to maintain its accreditation. Due to
reduced funding and the need to direct resources to the Agency's highest priorities, the Agency is
reducing funding  for the forensics laboratory at the National Enforcement Investigations Center
(NEIC). This decrease would reduce NEIC's support for civil enforcement cases under CERCLA
authorities and their ability to support complex enforcement cases, and criminal investigations.

Partnering with States, Tribes and Communities

The EPA shares accountability for environmental and human health protection with states and
tribes.  Most states  are   authorized  or have  been delegated  the  legal responsibility for
implementing the major  federal environmental protection programs,  including the  compliance
and enforcement responsibilities. The Agency works together with the states to target the  most
important pollution violations and ensure that companies that meet their obligations  and are
responsible  neighbors are  not put at a  competitive  disadvantage.  The EPA also has  a
responsibility to oversee state and tribal implementation of federal laws to provide that the same
level of protection for the environment and the public  applies across the country. In FY 2013 the
Agency is requesting $24.3 million  for enforcement and compliance categorical grants.

The EPA's enforcement  and compliance program promotes environmental justice by targeting
22 For more information regarding the EPA's enforcement program and its various components, please refer to
 http://www.epa.gov/compliance/cleanup/superfund/

                                           64

-------
pollution  problems  that  disproportionately  affect  low  income,  minority,  and/or  tribal
communities. Compliance with environmental laws is particularly important in communities that
are exposed to greater environmental health risks. The EPA also fosters community involvement
by making information about compliance and government  action available to the public. The
Agency also strives to provide increased transparency; by making information on violations both
available and  understandable to communities, the EPA empowers  citizens to  demand, and
motivates regulated facilities to provide, better compliance with environmental laws.
                                          65

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents - Science and Technology

Resource Summary Table	68
Program Projects in S&T	68
Program Area: Clean Air and Climate	73
   Clean Air Allowance Trading Programs	74
   Climate Protection Program	80
   Federal Support for Air Quality Management                                   83
   Federal Vehicle and Fuels Standards and Certification                           85
Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation	96
   Indoor Air: Radon Program	97
   Reduce Risks from Indoor Air	99
   Radiation:  Protection	100
   Radiation:  Response Preparedness                                            102
Program Area: Enforcement	104
   Forensics Support	105
Program Area: Homeland Security	107
   Homeland Security: Critical Infrastructure Protection	108
   Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response, and Recovery                      113
   Homeland Security: Protection of EPA Personnel and Infrastructure	119
Program Area: IT / Data Management / Security	121
   IT / Data Management	122
Program Area: Operations  and Administration	125
   Facilities Infrastructure and Operations	126
Program Area: Pesticides Licensing	130
   Pesticides: Protect Human Health from Pesticide Risk	131
   Pesticides: Protect the Environment from Pesticide Risk	134
   Pesticides: Realize the Value of Pesticide Availability	139
Program Area: Research: Air, Climate and Energy	142
   Research: Air, Climate and Energy	143
Program Area: Research: Safe and Sustainable Water Resources	154
   Research: Safe and Sustainable Water  Resources                                155
                                       66

-------
Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities	163
   Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities	164
Program Area: Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability	172
   Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability                                  173
   Human Health Risk Assessment	180
Program Area: Water: Human Health Protection	186
   Drinking Water Programs	187
Program Area: Climate Protection	190
   Water Quality Research and Support Grants	191
                                       67

-------
                          Environmental Protection Agency
           FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

                      APPROPRIATION: Science & Technology
                              Resource Summary Table
                                (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Budget Authority
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals

$877,269.5
2,454.0
FY 2012
Enacted

$793,728.0
2,434.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$807,257.0
2,472.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$13,529.0
38.7
*For ease of comparison, Superfund transfer resources for the audit and research functions are
shown in the Superfund account.

                        Bill Language: Science and Technology

For science and technology, including research and development activities, which shall include
research and development activities  under  the Comprehensive  Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended; necessary expenses for personnel and
related costs and travel expenses; procurement of laboratory equipment and supplies; and other
operating expenses in support of research and development, $807,257,000, to remain available
until September 30,  2014. (Department of the Interior,  Environment, and Related Agencies
Appropriations Act, 2012.)
                              Program Projects in S&T
                                (Dollars in Thousands)
Program Project
Clean Air and Climate
Clean Air Allowance Trading
Programs
Climate Protection Program
Federal Support for Air Quality
Management
Federal Support for Air Toxics
Program
Federal Vehicle and Fuels Standards
and Certification
Subtotal, Clean Air and Climate
FY2011
Actuals

$9,934.0
$18,487.9
$11,054.0
$2,540.1
$100,691.6
$142,707.6
FY 2012
Enacted

$9,082.0
$16,319.0
$7,091.0
$0.0
$91,886.0
$124,378.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$9,797.0
$7,760.0
$7,622.0
$0.0
$101,929.0
$127,108.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$715.0
($8,559.0)
$531.0
$0.0
$10,043.0
$2,730.0
                                         68

-------
Program Project
Indoor Air and Radiation
Indoor Air: Radon Program
Reduce Risks from Indoor Air
Radiation: Protection
Radiation: Response Preparedness
Subtotal, Indoor Air and Radiation
Enforcement
Forensics Support
Homeland Security
Homeland Security: Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Water Security Initiative
Homeland Security: Critical
Infrastructure Protection (other
activities)
Subtotal, Homeland Security:
Critical Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security: Preparedness,
Response, and Recovery
Decontamination
Laboratory Preparedness and
Response
Safe Building
Homeland Security:
Preparedness, Response, and
Recovery (other activities)
Subtotal, Homeland Security:
Preparedness, Response, and
Recovery
Homeland Security: Protection of
EPA Personnel and Infrastructure
Subtotal, Homeland Security
IT / Data Management / Security
IT / Data Management
FY 2011
Actuals

$446.1
$809.8
$2,275.4
$4,181.9
$7,713.2

$16,354.3


$12,097.2
$6,401.5
$18,498.7

$23,537.6
$100.1
$791.5
$17,107.6
$41,536.8
$592.0
$60,627.5

$3,483.7
FY2012
Enacted

$210.0
$370.0
$2,094.0
$4,076.0
$6,750.0

$15,269.0


$8,606.0
$2,755.0
$11,361.0

$17,356.0
$0.0
$0.0
$12,678.0
$30,034.0
$578.0
$41,973.0

$3,652.0
FY2013
Pres Budget

$0.0
$379.0
$2,126.0
$4,156.0
$6,661.0

$15,593.0


$7,023.0
$2,756.0
$9,779.0

$17,185.0
$0.0
$0.0
$12,523.0
$29,708.0
$579.0
$40,066.0

$4,047.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

($210.0)
$9.0
$32.0
$80.0
($89.0)

$324.0


($1,583.0)
$1.0
($1,582.0)

($171.0)
$0.0
$0.0
($155.0)
($326.0)
$1.0
($1,907.0)

$395.0
69

-------
Program Project
Operations and Administration
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Rent
Utilities
Security
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations (other activities)
Subtotal, Facilities Infrastructure
and Operations
Subtotal, Operations and Administration
Pesticides Licensing
Pesticides: Protect Human Health
from Pesticide Risk
Pesticides: Protect the Environment
from Pesticide Risk
Pesticides: Realize the Value of
Pesticide Availability
Subtotal, Pesticides Licensing
Research: Air, Climate and Energy
Research: Air, Climate and Energy
Global Change
Clean Air
Research: Air, Climate and
Energy (other activities)
Subtotal, Research: Air, Climate and
Energy
Subtotal, Research: Air, Climate and
Energy
Research: Safe and Sustainable Water
Resources
Research: Safe and Sustainable Water
Resources
Drinking Water
FY 2011
Actuals


$30,251.9
$20,159.3
$9,300.6
$9,724.3
$69,436.1
$69,436.1

$4,118.8
$1,995.2
$522.8
$6,636.8


$19,416.9
$91,122.7
$9,126.4
$119,756.0
$119,756.0


$50,885.3
FY2012
Enacted


$35,605.0
$20,162.0
$10,696.0
$5,556.0
$72,019.0
$72,019.0

$3,757.0
$2,289.0
$517.0
$6,563.0


$18,276.0
$78,526.0
$2,043.0
$98,845.0
$98,845.0


$50,152.0
FY2013
Pres Budget


$34,899.0
$20,202.0
$11,066.0
$9,318.0
$75,485.0
$75,485.0

$3,919.0
$2,604.0
$575.0
$7,098.0


$20,281.0
$82,853.0
$2,760.0
$105,894.0
$105,894.0


$51,606.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted


($706.0)
$40.0
$370.0
$3,762.0
$3,466.0
$3,466.0

$162.0
$315.0
$58.0
$535.0


$2,005.0
$4,327.0
$717.0
$7,049.0
$7,049.0


$1,454.0
70

-------
Program Project
Water Quality
Research: Safe and Sustainable
Water Resources (other
activities)
Subtotal, Research: Safe and
Sustainable Water Resources
Subtotal, Research: Safe and Sustainable
Water Resources
Research: Sustainable Communities
Research: Sustainable and Healthy
Communities
Human Health
Ecosystems
Research: Sustainable and
Healthy Communities (other
activities)
Subtotal, Research: Sustainable and
Healthy Communities
Subtotal, Research: Sustainable
Communities
Research: Chemical Safety and
Sustainability
Human Health Risk Assessment
Research: Chemical Safety and
Sustainability
Endocrine Disrupters
Computational Toxicology
Research: Chemical Safety and
Sustainability (other activities)
Subtotal, Research: Chemical Safety
and Sustainability
Subtotal, Research: Chemical Safety and
Sustainability
Water: Human Health Protection
Drinking Water Programs
FY 2011
Actuals
$66,573.0
$0.0
$117,458.3
$117,458.3


$52,904.5
$68,740.8
$70,790.8
$192,436.1
$192,436.1

$46,140.1

$10,708.8
$22,412.4
$52,092.4
$85,213.6
$131,353.7

$3,724.2
FY2012
Enacted
$63,274.0
$50.0
$113,476.0
$113,476.0


$45,318.0
$60,806.0
$64,617.0
$170,741.0
$170,741.0

$39,553.0

$16,861.0
$21,177.0
$53,697.0
$91,735.0
$131,288.0

$3,782.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$69,532.0
$52.0
$121,190.0
$121,190.0


$44,500.0
$60,180.0
$61,050.0
$165,730.0
$165,730.0

$40,505.0

$16,253.0
$21,267.0
$56,721.0
$94,241.0
$134,746.0

$3,639.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$6,258.0
$2.0
$7,714.0
$7,714.0


($818.0)
($626.0)
($3,567.0)
($5,011.0)
($5,011.0)

$952.0

($608.0)
$90.0
$3,024.0
$2,506.0
$3,458.0

($143.0)
71

-------
Program Project
Congressional Priorities
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Water Quality Research and Support
Grants
Subtotal, Water Quality Research
and Support Grants
Subtotal, Congressional Priorities
TOTAL, EPA


FY 2011
Actuals

$5,582.0
$0.0
$0.0
$5,582.0
$877,269.5


FY2012
Enacted

$0.0
$4,992.0
$4,992.0
$4,992.0
$793,728.0


FY2013
Pres Budget

$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$807,257.0


FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$0.0
($4,992.0)
($4,992.0)
($4,992.0)
$13,529.0


*For ease of comparison, Superfund transfer resources for the audit and research functions are
shown in the Superfund account.
                                          72

-------
Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                73

-------
                                                   Clean Air Allowance Trading Programs
                                                        Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                            Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                           Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$20,877.3
$9,934.0
$30,811.3
84.3
FY 2012
Enacted
$20,811.0
$9,082.0
$29,893.0
87.6
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$20,888.0
$9,797.0
$30,685.0
86.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$77.0
$715.0
$792.0
-0.9
Program Project Description:

This program develops, implements, assesses, and provides regulatory and modeling support for
multi-state programs that address major regional and national air issues from the power sector
and  other large  combustion  stationary sources. Clean  air  allowance trading programs help
implement the National Ambient Air  Quality Standards  (NAAQS) and reduce acid deposition,
toxics deposition, and regional haze.  Pollutants include sulfur dioxide (862), nitrogen oxides
(NOX), and, as a co-benefit of 862 emission reductions, mercury.

Carried long distances by wind and weather, power plant emissions of SO2 and NOX continually
travel  across state  lines.  As  the pollution  is  transported,  it reacts in the  atmosphere  and
contributes to harmful levels of ground-level  ozone (smog) and fine particles (soot),1 which are
scientifically linked to widespread illnesses and premature deaths and prevent many cities and
communities  from  enjoying  healthy  air quality.  Transported  SC>2 and NOX  emissions are
significant contributors to nonattainment in many states in the eastern half of the U.S. and under
the "good neighbor" provision  of the  CAA,2 upwind states  must  share responsibility for
achieving air quality goals.

Operating programs in FY 2013 will include either the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (CSAPR)
program (which is intended to replace the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR) program)3 or the
CAIR program for multi-state control  of transported ozone and fine particle (PM^.s) pollution in
addition to the national Acid Rain SC>2 and NOX emission reduction programs authorized under
Title IV of the 1990 Clean Air Act (CAA) Amendments (described in the Clean Air Allowance
Trading  Program  description   under   the   Environmental   Programs   and   Management
appropriation).
1  Seinfeld, John H. and Spyros N. Pandis. Atmospheric Chemistry and Physics: From Air Pollution to Climate Change.  John
Wiley & Sons, Inc. (New York).  1998. Describes pollution transport and formation of ground-level ozone and fine particles in
the atmosphere from sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides emissions.
2  Section 110(a)(2)(D) of the CAA.
3 The U.S. Court of Appeals for the B.C. Circuit ordered EPA in 2008 to revise the 2005 CAIR, but allowed CAIR "remain in
effect until it is replaced by a rule consistent with the Court's [July 11,2008] opinion" so as to preserve CAIR's environmental
benefits . Reference: U.S. Court of Appeals for the B.C. Circuit, No. 05-1244, page 3 (decided Becember 23, 2008).
                                             74

-------
The EPA proposed CSAPR in August 2010 as the "Transport Rule."4 Within one year, on July 6,
2011, the EPA finalized CSAPR (Federal Implementation Plans to Reduce Interstate Transport
of Fine Particulate Matter and Ozone in 27 States; Correction of SIP Approvals for 22 States).5
The CSAPR is designed to control the significant contributions of power plant emissions of SC>2
and NOX to clean air problems in downwind states. The rule is intended to replace and strengthen
the 2005 CAIR, which the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C.  Circuit ordered the EPA to revise
in 2008. The court has  allowed CAIR to remain in place and for program implementation to
continue until it is replaced with a rule consistent with the Court's opinion. The final rule the
EPA promulgated satisfies three requirements:

    1)  Fulfills the EPA's legal  obligation to provide federal implementation  plans (FIPs) to
       reduce air pollution that significantly affects another state;
    2)  Clarifies state obligations to reduce pollution affecting other states under the CAA;  and
    3)  Responds to the  issues raised in the court ruling vacating the 2005 CAIR and the 2006
       CAIR FIPs.

On December 30, 2011, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit issued a ruling to stay
CSAPR, and leave CAIR in place,  while the Court  reviews challenges to the CSAPR on its
merits. The Court's decision is not a decision on the merits of the rule and the EPA believes the
CSAPR is legally sound and will  continue defending it vigorously. It is disappointing that the
significant public health benefits of CSAPR may be delayed, even temporarily, especially given
the EPA's work to utilize the Clean Air Act's flexibility to ensure the rule is achievable. The EPA
will continue implementation of  CAIR annual  (PIVb.s)  and  seasonal (ozone) programs, and
operating CAIR allowance trading programs, until instructed otherwise by the Court.

The CSAPR establishes  a  new framework to  address pollution  that  affects air quality  in
downwind states, thus helping all states in the eastern half of the U.S. achieve and maintain the
protective national air quality standards cost effectively and as quickly as possible. The CSAPR
establishes  new emission allowances for all programs (annual SO2, annual NOX, ozone season
NOX). There is no carryover of Acid Rain, NOX SIP Call/NBP, or CAIR allowances. Similar to
previous clean air allowance trading programs, the rule encourages innovation  and cost-savings
and helps power plants achieve their mission  of providing clean, affordable, and reliable energy.
Although the rule is  projected to achieve sizable reductions (~ 600,000 tons)  in  seasonal NOX
emission  levels, the EPA's analysis indicates that more needs to be done on ozone for  public
health protection.6
4 Federal Implementation Plans to Reduce Interstate Transport of Fine Particulate Matter and Ozone, 75 FR 45210 (August 2,
2010).
  Please visit http://www.epa. gov/crossstaterule for additional information on the CSAPR. Power plants in 28 states are affected
by one or more of the FIPs and air quality assured allowance trading programs in the CSAPR.
6  (1) U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 2011. Second External Review Draft Integrated Science Assessment
for Ozone and Related Photochemical Oxidants (EPA/600/R-10/076B). National Center for Environmental Assessment. (2)
Clean Air Act Advisory Committee Ozone Review Panel. 2011. CASAC Comments on EPA's Integrated Science Assessment
for Ozone and Related Photochemical Oxidants (March 2011). Final Report.
                                             75

-------
Annual SC>2 emissions from sources subject to the CAIR PM2.5 program in 2010 were 4.4 million
tons, a 51% drop from 2005 levels and 6% (123,000 tons) below 2009 levels. Annual NOX
emissions were 1.43 million tons, a 47% drop from 2005 levels and 9% (115,000 tons) higher
than 2009 levels. While emissions increased between 2009 and 2010, sources were still 5%
below the 2010 CAIR NOX annual regional emission budget and all sources were in compliance
with the program. During the 2010 ozone season, NOX emissions subject to the CAIR ozone
program were 594,000 tons, a drop of 27% below 2005 levels and 20% (99,000 tons) higher than
in 2009. Despite this increase, ozone season NOX emissions were 5% below the 2010 regional
emission budget and all sources were in compliance with the program. For additional
information on CAIR, please see http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets.

The EPA is responsible for managing the Clean Air Status and Trends Network (CASTNET), a
long-term atmospheric deposition monitoring network, established in  1987, which serves as the
nation's  primary source for  atmospheric data on the dry  deposition component  of acid
deposition,  rural  ground-level  ozone, and other forms of paniculate and gaseous air pollution.
Used  in  conjunction with the  National Atmospheric Deposition  Program (NADP)  and other
networks,  CASTNET's long-term datasets  and  data  products  are used  to  determine  the
effectiveness of national and regional emission control programs through monitoring geographic
patterns and temporal trends in ambient air  quality and atmospheric deposition in  non-urban
areas of the country. Maintaining the CASTNET monitoring network  has been and continues to
be critical  for  accountability of the Acid Rain program and cross-state regional programs for
controlling  transported  emissions  and reduction  of secondary  pollutant  formation  of fine
particles. Moreover, CASTNET's rural ozone and acid deposition monitoring is essential to the
success of two Agency air program priorities: (1) implementation of the ozone NAAQS and (2)
pilot field program for NOX/SOX secondary standard.

Surface water chemistry is a direct indicator of the  environmental effects of acid deposition and
enables assessment of how water bodies and aquatic ecosystems are responding to reductions in
sulfur and nitrogen emissions (as well  as to climate change and other terrestrial factors).  Two
EPA-administered  programs, the Temporally Integrated Monitoring of Ecosystems  (TIME)
program  and the Long-Term Monitoring (LTM) program, were specifically designed to assess
whether the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments have been effective in  reducing the  acidity of
surface waters in sensitive areas. Both programs are  operated cooperatively with  numerous
partners in  state agencies, academic institutions, and other federal agencies.

In  FY  2013,  the  TEVIE/LTM  surface  water chemistry  monitoring program will figure
prominently in the  proposed pilot field program for the SOX/NOX secondary standard.   The
preamble notes that water quality data are more limited than air quality data and that TEVIE/LTM
is an appropriate complement to national  air monitoring as it affords consistency  across  water
bodies in terms of sampling frequency and analytical protocols.
                                          76

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Reducing emissions of 862 and NOX  remains a crucial component of the EPA's strategy  for
cleaner air.  Particulate matter can be formed from direct  sources (such as diesel exhaust or
smoke), but also can be formed through chemical reactions in the air. Emissions of SC>2 and NOX
can be chemically transformed into sulfate and nitrates that are very tiny particles which - when
inhaled - can  cause serious respiratory problems and may lead to premature mortality.  Winds
can carry sulfates and nitrates hundreds of miles from the emitting source.  These same small
particles also  are a main  pollutant  that impairs visibility  across large areas  of the country,
particularly  damaging in  national parks known for  their scenic views.   Nitrogen dioxide
emissions also contribute substantially to the formation of  ground-level ozone.  Ozone, when
inhaled in sufficient concentrations, can cause serious respiratory problems.

In FY 2013, the EPA will:

    •   Assure that ongoing NOX and 862 emissions reductions from power plants in the eastern
       half of the U.S. continue by implementing either the CSAPR and/or the CAIR program
       for interstate control of transported ozone and PM2.5  pollution, depending  on instruction
       from the  Court and the timing of the Court's decision  on  its judicial review of  the
       CSAPR.

    •   Provide legal  and technical assistance to states in developing and  implementing state
       plans  and rules for NOX and  862  control programs for emissions that significantly
       contribute to nonattainment or interference with maintenance of the 1997 ozone NAAQS
       and/or the 1997 annual and 2006 24-hour PM2.5 NAAQS in another state. Assist states in
       resolving  issues  related  to  source applicability,  emissions  monitoring,  monitor
       certification, reporting, Title V permitting and substituting  SIPs for FIPs as  desired by the
       affected states. Continue to provide  assistance to states, subject to the NOX SIP call,7 in
       developing  and implementing state plans  and rules  to assure  ozone  season NOX
       reductions required under that regulation will continue.

    •   Operate  and  maintain  EPA-administered allowance  trading  systems and   emissions
       monitoring and reporting systems for the  clean air allowance trading programs. Conduct
       annual/seasonal compliance  assurance  activities, including  allowance  reconciliation
       against emissions.

    •   Maintain  and  modify,  as  needed,  the operating infrastructure for  clean  air allowance
       trading  program  implementation.   Effective  and  efficient  operation of multi-state
       programs  for controlling interstate emissions transport depends critically upon ongoing
       maintenance and continuous  improvement of the e-GOV infrastructure supporting  the
       electronic emissions  reporting, monitor certification,  and compliance  determination
       systems.
  Findings of Significant Contribution and Rulemaking for Certain States in the Ozone Transport Assessment Group Region for
Purposes of Reducing Ozone Regional Transport. 63 FR 57356 (October 27, 1998).


                                            77

-------
    •   Ensure accurate and consistent results for the program.  Successful air pollution control
       and trading programs require accurate and consistent monitoring of source emissions and
       environmental  results.   Work  will   continue   on  performance   specifications  and
       investigating monitoring alternatives and methods to improve the efficiency of monitor
       certification and emissions data reporting.

    •   Continue operation quality assurance, analysis, and reporting of environmental data from
       the CASTNET deposition/rural ozone  and TEVIE/LTM  surface water  monitoring
       networks.   Analyze and assess trends in sulfur and nitrogen deposition, rural ozone
       concentrations, surface  water quality,  and other indicators of ecosystem health and
       ambient air quality in non-urban areas of acid sensitive regions in the U.S.

    •   Assist  states with  considering regional programs for EGUs and other large stationary
       sources (e.g., industrial  boilers) to  comply with  CAA Section 110  requirements.  The
       EPA will work with states to create flexible approaches, such as cap-and-trade programs
       and emissions  averaging, where they potentially could be  more  cost-effective than
       application of source-specific emission standards as well as assessing the feasibility of air
       pollution emission controls.

In FY 2013, the program will continue to provide analytical support for the interagency National
Acid Precipitation Assessment Program (NAPAP).  NAPAP coordinates federal acid deposition
research and monitoring of emissions,  acidic deposition, and their effects, including assessing the
costs and benefits of Title IV.

In FY 2013, the program will continue to manage CASTNET. The FY 2013 request level for
CASTNET is  $3.95 million.8 In addition, the program  will continue managing the TIME and
LTM  programs for monitoring surface water chemistry  and  aquatic  ecosystem response  in
sensitive areas of the U.S.  The FY 2013 request level for TEVIE/LTM is $0.83 million.9

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results in the Clean Air Allowance Trading
program under the Environmental Program  Management  Tab  and  can be found  in the
Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab  11.

The EPA  tracks  the change  in  nitrogen deposition  and  sulfur deposition to assess the
effectiveness of the Acid Rain and related programs with performance targets set for every three
years.  Please   see  http://www.epa.gov/airmarkt/progress/progress-reports.html  for  additional
information.

The EPA tracks changes in surface water acidity in lakes  and streams in acid sensitive regions  to
assess change  in the number of chronically acidic water bodies.   This is a long-term measure
  For additional information on CASTNET, please visit http://www.epa. gov/castnet/iavaweb/index.html.
  For additional information on TIME/LTM, please visit http://epa.gov/airmarkets/assessments/TIMELTM.html.
                                            78

-------
with      a      performance      target     set     for      2030.      Please     visit
http://www.epa.gov/airmarkt/progress/progress-reports.html for additional information.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$715.0) This reflects an  increase to  support the  development, promulgation,  and
       implementation of the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (CSAPR). On December 30, 2011,
       the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit ordered the EPA to stay the CSAPR
       pending judicial review. In FY 2013, following the Court's ruling, the EPA will need to
       develop and promulgate the existing final rule and the technical  rule adjustments,
       proposed in October 2011,  so as to make CSAPR consistent with the delayed program
       start.

Statutory Authority:

CAA (42 U.S.C. 7401-7661f).
                                         79

-------
                                                           Climate Protection Program
                                                     Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                    Objective(s): Address Climate Change

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$116,335.2
$18,487.9
$134,823.1
245.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$99,481.0
$16,319.0
$115,800.0
250.5
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$107,991.0
$7,760.0
$115,751.0
250.8
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$8,510.0
($8,559.0)
($49.0)
0.3
Program Project Description:

Resources under this program are aimed at reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) and other harmful
air  pollution through implementation of emission standards for  light-duty  and heavy-duty
vehicles and engines. In the past, work under this program supported EPA's Clean Automotive
Technology  (CAT)  program.   The goal of the CAT program was to research, develop and
evaluate  advanced  vehicle engine  and drive-train  technologies  that  helped  increase  fuel
efficiency and reduce GHG and other harmful pollutant emissions. The program has been a
successful enterprise that has  produced cutting-edge  results  reflected in 72 patents issued for
innovative advanced automotive technologies and numerous  licenses to private sector firms to
commercialize the innovations.  FY 2012 will be a transition year in which the  CAT program
will complete work on the highest priority projects and continue technology deployment through
various actions including license agreements.  In 2013, other Federal research programs,  such as
DOE's Vehicles Technology  program, will support  the deployment of advanced automotive
technologies such as these.

In FY 2013, the Agency will refocus the remaining resources under this program to  support
implementation and compliance with GHG emission  standards for  light-duty and heavy-duty
vehicles developed under the Federal Vehicle and Fuels Standards and Certification program. In
addition, resources will be  used to support compliance  activities for implementing NHTSA's
CAFE standards. Under authorities contained in the Clean Air Act and the Energy Policy Act,
EPA is  responsible  for issuing certificates and ensuring compliance with both  the GHG and
CAFE standards. These historic programs,  including  the proposal for model years 2017-25, if
implemented properly, will save American consumers about $1.7 trillion and the nation  12.5
billion barrels of fuel and more than  6 billion metric tons of greenhouse-gas emissions over the
life of the vehicles.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, funding for the Agency's Clean Automotive Technology  (CAT) program  will be
eliminated. FY 2012 will be a transition year in which the CAT program will complete work on
previously  funded  cooperative research  and development  efforts  with its  industry  and
                                          80

-------
government partners. Other Federal programs, such as DOE's Vehicle Technology program and
other grant programs, will  be available to support the deployment of automotive technologies
such as those developed under the CAT program.

The  33.5  expert  staff that  supported  the CAT program work conducted  under  existing
Cooperative Research and Development Agreements  (CRADAs) will be redeployed to support
implementation and  compliance activities associated with NHTSA CAFE fuel  economy  and
EPA  GHG emission standards for light-duty and heavy-duty  vehicles and engines.  These
redeployed FTE will  support the following activities:

Certification  and  Compliance - Implementation of the first-ever GHG emission standards for
light-duty and heavy-duty vehicles  and engines will  significantly increase EPA's certification
and  compliance workload.  These new  GHG emission standards will not only  result  in  a
changing fleet of vehicles but also will introduce numerous innovative features  into the vehicle
certification process that increases its complexity and workload. These features include new and
complex trading  programs, credits for  off-cycle emission reductions, and new Federal  test
procedures that must be deployed.  Heavy-duty vehicle  and engine certifications alone are
expected to increase by  170%  with the  inclusion of this  entirely new industry segment.  In
addition, EPA will continue to be  responsible for the implementation of new fuel economy
standards  existing under the CAFE program,  which  are also  changing.   Another major
requirement is to  modify information technology systems (which provide an efficient means for
manufacturers to apply for and receive certificates  of conformity) to address the  compliance and
certification aspects of the new light-duty and heavy-duty GHG standards.

Vehicle and Engine Testing Services - Over the past several years,  EPA has invested significant
levels of  resources to  upgrade its  vehicle and engine testing  capacity and capability  at its
National Vehicle  and Fuel Emissions Laboratory in order to implement new standards for fuels,
vehicle  and engine emissions.   This  includes adding new 4-wheel  drive dynamometers  and
analytical  systems needed to conduct certification  testing of hybrid vehicles and  vehicles
operating on renewable fuels; adding a new cold temperature test facility needed to confirm that
new light-duty vehicles are in compliance with mobile source air toxics emissions standards;
adding a new hot temperature testing facility needed to confirm that new light-duty vehicles are
in compliance with  emission standards  while operating in high temperatures and using air
conditioning; adding a new plug-in hybrid/electric vehicle  test  facility to  verify manufacturer
fuel economy label values,  such as electric range and electricity consumption for PHEV and EV
vehicles; and building and equipping a new heavy-duty certification test facility to address GHG
emissions from heavy-duty vehicles. There is a critical need for additional  staff to conduct and
run testing operations and develop new test procedures in these new test cells. These services are
valuable tools to spur innovation  in  the U.S. and  ensure a level-playing field with foreign
imports.

Performance Targets:

The  Clean Automotive  Technology program will conclude its  previously funded cooperative
research with industry  and government partners.  Work  under  this program  also  supports
                                           81

-------
performance results in the Climate Protection  Program under  the  Environmental  Program
Management Tab and can be found in the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •  (-$16,319.07 -33.5 FTE)  This reduction reflects the elimination of funding associated
       with  EPA's  Clean Automotive Technology  (CAT)  program, including  $5,046.0  in
       payroll.  In  FY 2013,  other Federal  research  programs,  such  as DOE's  Vehicles
       Technology program, will support the development of  advanced technologies.   To
       support  deployment of  those  technologies,  the Administration  will  support  grant
       programs, tax incentives, and regulatory options.

    •  (+$7,760.0 7 + 33.8 FTE)  In FY 2013, the Agency will refocus expert staff under this
       program to carry out necessary  implementation and compliance functions associated
       with new GHG emission standards for light-duty and heavy-duty vehicles.  In addition,
       resources will  be used to carry out necessary compliance activities for implementing
       NHTSA's new CAFE standards.  FTE under this program  include the necessary staff to
       operate the  new  vehicle and engine test cells  completed as  part of EPA's National
       Vehicle  and Fuel Emissions  Laboratory modernization project. This amount includes
       associated payroll of $4,631.0.

Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.  - Sections 102, 103, 104, and 108; Energy Policy Act
of 2005; Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007; Light-Duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas
Emission Standards and Corporate Average Fuel Economy Standards (40 CFR Parts 85, 86, and
600); Pollution Prevention Act, 42 U.S.C. 13101 et seq.  - Sections 6602, 6603, 6604, and 6605;
NEPA, 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq. - Section 102;  Global Climate Protection Act, 15 U.S.C.  2901 -
Section 1103.
                                          82

-------
                                            Federal Support for Air Quality Management
                                                     Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                         Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$106,081.2
$11,054.0
$117,135.2
732.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$123,469.0
$7,091.0
$130,560.0
824.6
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$134,841.0
$7,622.0
$142,463.0
849.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,372.0
$531.0
$11,903.0
25.1
Program Project Description:

Federal support for the criteria pollutant and air toxics programs includes a variety of tools to
help characterize ambient air quality and the level of risk to the public from toxics in the air and
to help measure national progress toward improving air quality and reducing  air toxics risk. The
program supports development of State Implementation Plans (SIPs) through modeling and other
tools and assists states in implementing the standards. The program also develops and provides
information and tools to assist state, local, and Tribal  agencies,  as well as communities, to reduce
air toxics emissions and risk specific to their local areas. Finally, the program includes activities
related  to the Clean Air Act's  stationary source residual risk program, which involves  an
assessment of source categories subject to  Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT)
standards to determine if more stringent standards are needed to further reduce the risks to public
health (taking into account developments in practices, processes, and control technologies).

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

As  part of implementing  the ozone and fine  particulate matter (PM^.s) standards, the EPA will
continue providing state and local governments with substantial  assistance in  developing  SIPs
during FY 2013. The EPA will ensure national consistency in how conformity determinations are
conducted across the U.S. and the Agency  will  work with state and local air  quality agencies to
ensure that PM2.5 hot-spot analyses are conducted in  a manner consistent with the transportation
conformity regulation and guidance.  The EPA also will assist areas in identifying the most cost-
effective control options  available and  provide guidance, as needed,  for areas that implement
conformity.  The EPA will continue to assist state, Tribal, and local agencies  in implementing
and assessing the effectiveness  of national clean  air programs via a broad  suite of analytical
tools.

In FY 2013, the EPA will work with partners to  continue  improving emission factors and
inventories, including the National Emissions Inventory. This effort includes gathering improved
activity databases and using geographic information systems and satellite remote sensing, where
possible, for key point,  area, mobile, fugitive sources, and global emission  events. A key part of
EPA's improved emissions factors development program  relies upon electronic submissions of
                                           83

-------
emissions data directly from the sources subject to Clean Air Act regulations. This reduces the
burden and costs for industry,  states, and federal activities.  The data that are  required for
improving our emissions factors are the same data that are required to review regulations.  By
obtaining the data as they are being collected, the EPA's goal with this effort is to reduce the
need  for developing  information  collection  requests that are otherwise a  part  of the rule
development process. The electronic collection of data will create efficiencies for all parties and
the regulated community, expedite the development and revision of emissions factors, and allow
the EPA to operate  the program in a more efficient manner once the electronic data collection
program  is fully operational. The EPA is working on improving monitoring systems to fill data
gaps and to get a better assessment of actual population exposure to toxic air pollution.

The  EPA,  collaborating with the states, will implement federal measures, assist  with the
development of SIPs, and develop air toxics tools to continue improving air quality (as measured
by the air quality index and other measures) and to  continue reducing air toxics risk.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also  supports performance results  in the Federal Support for Air
Quality Management Program in the Environmental Program Management Tab and can be found
in the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$112.0) This increase reflects  the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+ 0.3 FTE) These FTE will support ongoing monitoring quality assurance efforts.

   •   (+$419.0) This reflects an increase in contract funding for emissions analysis to support
       the capacity to characterize emissions.

Statutory Authority:

CAA (42 U.S.C. 7401-7661f).
                                           84

-------
                                   Federal Vehicle and Fuels Standards and Certification
                                                     Program Area: Clean Air and Climate

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives.  This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                 Objective(s): Address Climate Change; Improve Air Quality

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$100,691.6
$100,691.6
303.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$91,886.0
$91,886.0
341.3
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$101,929.0
$101,929.0
357.8
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$10,043.0
$10,043.0
16.5
Program Project Description:

The most common mobile sources of air pollution are highway motor vehicles and their fuels.
Other sources, such as airplanes, ships, construction equipment, and lawn mowers also produce
significant amounts of air pollution.  The EPA establishes national emissions standards for each
of these sources to reduce emissions of air pollution.  The Agency also provides emissions and
fuel economy information for new cars and educates consumers on the ways their actions affect
the environment.

Primary responsibilities include  developing, implementing,  and  ensuring compliance  with
national standards to reduce mobile source-related air pollution from light-duty cars and trucks,
heavy-duty trucks and buses, nonroad engines and vehicles and their fuels; evaluating emission
control technology; and providing state, Tribal, and local air quality managers and transportation
planners with access to information  on transportation programs and incentive-based programs.
Other activities include testing vehicles, engines and fuels, and establishing test procedures for,
and determining compliance with, federal emissions and fuel economy standards.

The National Vehicle and Fuel Emission Lab (NVFEL) will continue to ensure fair competition
by conducting testing operations on  motor vehicles, heavy-duty engines,  nonroad engines, and
fuels to certify  that all vehicles,  engines, and fuels that enter the U.S. market comply with all
federal clean air and fuel  economy  standards.   The NVFEL will continue to conduct vehicle
emission tests as part of pre-production tests, certification audits, in-use assessments, and recall
programs to ensure compliance with mobile source clean air programs.

The EPA works with states and local governments to ensure the technical integrity of the mobile
source  controls  in  State  Implementation  Plans  (SIPs)   and  transportation  conformity
determinations.  The EPA also develops and provides information and tools to assist state, local,
                                           85

-------
and Tribal agencies, as well as communities, to reduce air toxics emissions and risks specific to
their local areas. Reductions in emissions of mobile source air toxics, such as diesel particulate
matter (PM), are achieved through establishing  national emissions standards and innovative
partnership approaches working with state, local, and Tribal  governments,  as well as with a
variety of stakeholder groups.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Climate Change

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to drive progress on clean-car standards with a number of
mobile  source related actions to address climate change, targeting the transportation sector's
largest  contributors to oil consumption and  GHG  emissions.   These efforts  will include
implementing the harmonized fuel economy and greenhouse gas (GHG) emission  standards for
light-duty vehicles (model years 2012-2016) and heavy-duty vehicles (model years 2014-2018).
Both  of these efforts  were finalized by the EPA in  coordination with the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) and the EPA is responsible for implementing both the
emission standards and significant aspects of the fuel economy standards. These new standards,
including the proposal for model years  2017-25,  if implemented properly, will save American
consumers about $1.7 trillion and the nation 12.2 billion barrels of fuel  and more than 6 billion
metric tons of greenhouse-gas emissions over the life of the vehicles. The harmonized standards
also will provide certainty to the marketplace and spur innovation in vehicle technology over the
coming decade.

In addition, the EPA will  continue working with NHTSA to implement the President's directive
to further improve fuel efficiency and reduce GHG emissions for  light-duty vehicles for model
years 2017 and later. In parallel, the EPA also will be developing  a second phase of heavy-duty
GHG regulations in FY 2013.  This second phase will incorporate a complete vehicle approach
and will bring a wider range of advanced technologies, including hybrid vehicle drive trains.  In
the cases where EPA's  standard  compliance tests  are not  able to  properly assess  a new
technology, the EPA will  be modeling and testing innovative technologies to help evaluate their
contribution to improving fuel economy and compliance with new  GHG standards for light-duty
and heavy-duty vehicles.  These analyses will support EPA's Technology Review for the second
phase of GHG light-duty standards and the development of the second phase of heavy-duty GHG
regulations.   EPA  will  need to  update  and make  significant  changes  to its  compliance
information  systems  and  laboratory  facilities  to  enable  testing  and  data   management
requirements associated with these new programs.  The goal of these programs is to deliver a
new  generation of clean vehicles through a cohesive federal program that is harmonized with
applicable state requirements.

In FY 2013, the EPA will begin overseeing  compliance with the new vehicle fuel economy
labelling requirements, which for the first time provide consumers with greenhouse gas as well
as fuel  economy information.  The new label enables consumers to compare the energy and
environmental impacts of both traditionally and alternatively fuelled vehicles, including those
using renewable fuels, gaseous fuels, and electricity. For the first time, for instance, comparable
fuel  economy  and  environmental  ratings will be  available for  all new vehicles,  including
                                          86

-------
advanced technology vehicles like electric cars. Consumers will be able to make comparisons -
car by car - to ensure they have the best information to  help save on fuel costs and reduce
emissions.

As part of the Agency's efforts to control GHG emissions from heavy-duty vehicles, the Agency
has committed in the final heavy-duty standards program to evaluate and propose efficiency
standards for heavy-duty trailers.  In FY 2013, the EPA will develop a proposal including new
standards and test  procedures.   Trailer  standards represent an opportunity to  increase the
emission and fuel-saving benefits of the Phase  1 heavy-duty regulations by approximately 15
percent.

The EPA has received petitions from several stakeholders to develop a consumer label for heavy-
duty pickup trucks and vans. In FY 2013, the EPA has decided to act on these petitions, and will
begin developing a  proposal to define the test procedure and label design,  while  engaging the
stakeholders throughout the process.

The EPA also will continue its work to assess GHG emissions from non-road sources. The EPA
must decide whether  and  when to act on  nine  petitions asking the  Agency to develop GHG
emission standards for a wide range of nonroad  equipment, including locomotives, marine, and
aircraft. The EPA is participating in the appropriate international forums for ocean-going vessels
(International  Maritime   Organization-IMO)   and  aircraft  (International  Civil  Aviation
Organization-ICAO) in order to coordinate its  efforts to address GHG  emissions from  these
sources. As part of the US delegation to EVIO, the EPA is developing a ship efficiency program
for international shipping in coordination with the State Department and US Coast Guard. The
EPA also is  coordinating its efforts with the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to propose
GHG standards for  aircraft at ICAO.  In FY 2013,  the EPA will  begin the  technical work and
analyses necessary to support other GHG standards for other nonroad equipment.

In the  fuels arena,  the EPA will continue  to implement the new Renewable Fuel Standards
(RFS2) program and carry out several other actions required by the Energy  Policy Act (EPAct)
of 2005 and  the Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA)  of 2007.  EISA dramatically
expanded the renewable  fuels  provisions  of EPAct  and requires additional EPA studies in
various areas of renewable fuel use.
                                           87

-------
                     Energy Independence and Security Act
Type of Fuel (Categories)
Total Renewable Fuels by 2022
Corn Ethanol (Starch Based)
Advanced Biofuels - Includes imported biofuels and
blodiesel.
Includes 1 billion gpy biodiesel starting in 2009
All must achieve > 50% reduction of GHG emissions
from baseline*
Cellulosic Fuels- Includes cellulosic ethanol,
biobutanol, green diesel, green gasoline
All must achieve >60% reduction of GHG emissions from
baseline*
Billions of
Gallons/Yr
36BGY
15BGYcap
21
16
*
Baseline = average lifecycle GHG emissions as determined by EPA Administrator for gasoline or diesel
(whichever is being replaced by the renewable fuel) sold or distributed as transportation fuel in 2005
EISA requires that the EPA set an annual RFS standard  and the 2013  RFS  standard will be
promulgated in FY 2013. EISA also required EPA to develop a comprehensive lifecycle GHG
methodology to implement the Act's GHG threshold requirements. A multi-year testing emission
program to address the EPAct/EISA requirements was completed in FY 2011.  The testing
program  evaluated  the impact of fuel properties  (e.g., aromatic  content,  vapor  pressure,
distillation properties, ethanol content, etc.) on light-duty vehicle emissions.  In FY 2013, the
EPA will continue to incorporate the newly gathered data  into emission models and regulatory
analyses. The results from this program will be used to update the Agency's fuel effects model
used to support  federal standards.  In FY  2013,  the  Agency also will  continue  ensuring
compliance with RFS2  provisions with the help of the real-time reporting system, which is used
to track shipments and  trades of renewable fuel. This real-time system handles 4,000 to  6,000
submissions per day, encompassing 30,000 to 40,000 transactions per day, and  the generation of
1.2  billion Renewable  Identification Numbers  (RINs) per month.  RINs are assigned to each
gallon of renewable fuel generated and recording RINs  allows for an accurate tracking of the
renewable throughout the supply chain. In addition, EPA will continue to develop and update
lifecycle models to allow the assessment of new biofuel technologies and to evaluate feedstocks
and fuel pathways for future fuels and processes.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue implementing its plan to upgrade its vehicle, engine, and fuel
testing capabilities at the National Vehicle and Fuel Emissions Laboratory (NVFEL).  Because
the  EPA is responsible for establishing the test procedures needed to measure  emissions and
estimate the fuel economy of new vehicles, and for  verifying car manufacturers'  data on fuel
economy, the Agency is investing in additional testing and certification capacity to ensure that
new vehicles, engines, and fuels are in compliance with new vehicle and fuel standards. The new
standards for vehicle greenhouse  gas  emissions in particular will affect a greater variety of
vehicles and engines, and verifying compliance will require the EPA to more strategically deploy
its resources  to verify  car manufacturers' data.  To prepare for this workload,  the EPA is
requesting funds in FY  2013  for the multi-year National Vehicle and Fuel Emissions Laboratory
                                          88

-------
(NVFEL) modernization effort.  In FY 2013, as part of the modernization, the EPA plans to
install new heavy-duty truck chassis testing equipment that will be needed to implement the
recently finalized GHG standards for heavy-duty vehicles (MY 2014-2018).

Clean Air

The EPA will continue to achieve results in reducing pollution from mobile sources, especially
nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions associated with national emissions standards included in the
Agency's National Clean Diesel Campaign.  The Tier 2 Vehicle program, which took effect in
2004, makes new cars, SUVs, and pickup trucks 77 to 95 percent cleaner than 2003 models. The
Clean Trucks and Buses program, which began in 2007, makes new highway diesel engines as
much as 95 percent cleaner than previous models.  Under the Non-road Diesel Program, new fuel
and engine requirements will reduce sulfur in  off-highway diesel  by more  than 99 percent.
Under the Locomotive and Marine Engines Rule, new fuel and engine requirements will reduce
dangerous fine particle pollution (PM) by 90 percent and NOx by  80 percent for newly-built
locomotives and marine diesel engines.  Combined, these measures will prevent  over  26,000
premature deaths each year, reduce millions of tons of pollution a year, and prevent hundreds of
thousands of respiratory illnesses by 2030.
                    Clean Fuel/Engine Standards will Lead to
                 Substantial Air Quality/Health Benefits in 2030
2030
NOx (short tons)
PM25 (short tons)
VOC (short tons)
SOx (short tons)
Cost
Net Benefits
Avoided Premature
Mortality
Avoided Hospital
Admission
Avoided Lost Work
Days
Light-duty
Tier 2
2,800,000
36,000
401 ,000
281,000
$5 billion
$25 billion
4,300
3,000
700,000
Heavy-duty
2007
2,600,000
109,000
115,000
142,000
$4 billion
$70 billion
8,300
7,100
1 .5 million
Nonroad
Diesel
Tier 4
738,000
1 29,000
34,000
376,000
$2 billion
$80 billion
12,000
8,900
1 .0 million
Locomotive
& Marine
Diesel
795,000
27,000
43,000
0
$740 million
$11 billion
1,400
870
1 20,000
2030 Total
6,933,000
301,000
593,000
799,000
$11. 74 billion
$186 billion
26,000
19,870
3,320,000
In addition, the new standards to control emissions from ocean-going vessels will reduce NOx
emission rates by 80 percent and PM emission rates by 85 percent, compared to the current limits
applicable to this class of marine engines. The  reductions will prevent an  additional  13,000
premature deaths annually (40 CFR Parts 80, 85, et al).

However, these significant reductions to criteria pollutant emissions are not enough. Additional
emission reductions from  light-duty vehicles will be key to helping areas attain the ozone, PM,
and nitrogen dioxide (NO2) National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQSs) and in reducing
exposure to  toxics for the millions of people  living, working, or going to school near major
                                          89

-------
roads.  In FY 2013, EPA will begin implementing new light-duty vehicle  standards (Tier 3),
which  include improved NOx standards, off-cycle standards,  and PM standards for gasoline
vehicles. The Tier 3 program also includes lower limits for sulfur in gasoline that will enable
more efficient aftertreatment devices.

The  NVFEL will  continue to ensure  compliance by  conducting testing operations  on  motor
vehicles, heavy-duty engines, nonroad engines, and fuels to certify that all vehicles, engines, and
fuels that enter the U.S. market comply with all federal  clean air and fuel economy standards.
The  NVFEL will  continue to conduct vehicle emission tests  as part of pre-production  tests,
certification audits, in-use assessments, and recall programs to ensure compliance with mobile
source clean air programs.  Tests are conducted as a spot check comparison for motor vehicles,
heavy-duty  engines, nonroad engines,  and fuels to: 1) certify  that vehicles and engines meet
federal  air  emission  and fuel  economy  standards;  2) ensure  engines  comply with  in-use
requirements; and 3) ensure fuels, fuel additives, and exhaust compounds meet federal standards.
In FY 2013, the EPA will  continue to  conduct testing activities for tailpipe emissions, fuel
economy, gasoline sulfur, reformulated gasoline, ultra low  sulfur  diesel, alternative fuel vehicle
conversion  certifications, On-board diagnostics  (OBD) evaluations, certification audits, and
recall  programs.  In addition to these  testing  activities,  EPA  will  continue expanding its
compliance testing of heavy-duty and nonroad engines.

In FY 2013, the EPA anticipates reviewing and  approving approximately 5,000 vehicle and
engine emissions certification requests, including light-duty vehicles, heavy-duty diesel engines,
nonroad engines, marine engines, locomotives, and others. This represents a significant increase
in demand  for EPA's certification services over previous years,  due in part to the addition of
certification requirements for stationary engines and for marine  and small spark-ignited engines.
The  EPA charges fees to manufacturers to partially offset  the cost to the Agency of certifying
that  these manufacturers can legally introduce their products into commerce.  In FY 2014, the
EPA plans to develop a rule to update these fees, which were last updated in 2004.

                     The Number of EPA-Issued Vehicle and Engine
                  Certificates Have More Than Quadrupled Since 1995
  Model Year 1995 Certificates
          Total = 810
     LDV. ICI. Alt Fuel. HMC.
      OFMC. HDDH. HDGE
Model Year 2008 Certificates
     Total = 3,640+
                                 LanjeSI-59  Marme SI' "8    NRCI-618 Small SI - 1.063
                               Locomotive - 76  ATV - 304  Snowmobiles - 37  Marine CI - 137
LDV -512 ICI - 10 Alt Fuel - 24 HMC - 485
  OFMC-71 IIDDE-75 IIDGE-30
                                    Projected
                                   Model Year
                                      2013
                                   Certificates
                                                                        Total = 5,000+
Certification and compliance testing of advanced technologies, such as plug-in hybrid electric
vehicles, light-duty diesel applications, and advanced after-treatment for heavy-duty  highway
vehicles, will continue to be a major focus in FY 2013.  The EPA also will continue to review
                                            90

-------
the in-use verification program data submitted by vehicle manufacturers to determine whether
there are any emissions compliance issues.  In addition, the EPA will continue to increase public
access to information by expanding its web-based compliance information  system. This system
is used by manufacturers and Agency staff to house compliance data for all regulated vehicles
and engines.  The EPA will continue to be responsible for vehicle Corporate Average Fuel
Economy (CAFE) and gas guzzler fuel economy testing and for providing the fuel economy data
to the Department of Transportation (DOT), the Department of Energy (DOE), and the Internal
Revenue Service (IRS).  The EPA also will begin to implement the new light duty vehicle fuel
economy labeling requirements.  In FY 2013, EPA expects to expend significant  resources  on
ensuring compliance with certification as well as in-use requirements for foreign-built engines
and equipment.

A  standard establishing onboard  diagnostics (OBD) requirements for nonroad engines will  be
developed in FY 2013.  To meet the new nonroad  diesel standards, engine manufacturers will
produce engines that are going to  be more complex and dependent on electronic controls, similar
to highway engines.  OBD standards are needed to ensure that engines are properly maintained
and compliant, ensuring that the  full benefits of the emission standards are realized in the real
world.  As required by a Judicial Consent  Degree, EPA will promulgate an in-use compliance
testing program for nonroad diesel engines to be conducted by diesel engine manufacturers.  This
program is vital to ensuring that new engine standards are actually met in-use under real-world
conditions.  Other actions include: in response to court remand, EPA will  update standards for
hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide for snowmobiles (including fuel effects); work to establish
new PM standards and test procedures for jet turbine engines (in coordination with ICAO); issue
Non Conformance Penalties (NCPs) for the  2010 NOx standards for heavy-duty engines; address
lower Reid Vapor Pressure (RVP) in new ozone non-attainment  areas (following release of the
new NAAQS)  as required by the CAA; and  action to address the use of detergents in gasoline. In
addition, EPA will  continue its efforts, in coordination with FAA, to evaluate endangerment
from lead emissions from piston-engine aircraft using leaded aviation gasoline.

The EPA's emission models provide the overarching architecture that supports EPA's emissions
standards,  generating emission factors  and  inventories needed to quantify  emission reductions.
EPA has achieved major improvements in this area  with the implementation of the new mobile
source emission model, MOVES.  MOVES is greatly improving the Agency's  ability to support
the development of emission control programs,  as well as provide  support to states in  their
determination of program needs to meet air quality standards.

A critical  part of EPA's support  of states'  emissions modeling  efforts includes comprehensive
training courses given throughout the country. This supports states in keeping up with the latest
modeling  and  methodology  that serves  as the  basis for protecting  air  quality  in  their
communities. Two independent courses were developed to instruct users on the proper use of
MOVES for SIP/Regional  Conformity, as well  as PM hot-spot analyses for Transportation
Conformity. The CAA requires regular updates of the emission models to account for technology
changes and new emission  data. Assessing mobile source emissions  requires sustained and
ongoing emission research resources. In FY 2013, EPA will release a new version of MOVES
that incorporates new data gathered from emission testing programs addressing new technologies
                                          91

-------
and  expands the application of the model to include additional nonroad  sources  and toxic
emissions.
As part of implementing the eight-hour ozone and fine particulate matter (PM^.s) standards, EPA
will continue to provide  state and local governments with substantial assistance in developing
SIPs and making  conformity determinations during this period. In FY 2013, the EPA will
continue to ensure national consistency in how conformity determinations are conducted across
the  United States and  continue to ensure consistency in adequacy  findings for motor vehicle
emissions budgets  in air quality plans, which are used in conformity determinations.  EPA also
will continue to provide assistance to state and local transportation  and air  quality agencies
working  on PM2.5  hot-spot analyses to make sure analyses use the latest available information
and that there is some measure of consistency across the nation. In addition, EPA will work with
states and local governments to ensure the technical integrity of the mobile source controls in the
SIPs for the eight-hour ozone and PM2.5 air quality. EPA will assist in identifying control options
available and provide guidance, as needed, for areas that implement conformity.

The EPA will continue partnering with states, tribes,  and local governments to create inspection
and maintenance (I/M) programs that focus on in-use  vehicles and  engines.   Basic  and/or
enhanced I/M  testing is currently being conducted  in  over 30  states with  technical and
programmatic guidance from the EPA. As a result of states' need to meet the ozone standard,
some states may be required to adopt or may voluntarily adopt new I/M programs as part of their
State  Implementation Plans (SIPs). The EPA will continue to  assist state, Tribal, and local
agencies in implementing and assessing the effectiveness of their I/M programs.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to  work with a broad range of stakeholders to develop
targeted, sector-based and place-based incentives for  diesel fleets (including construction, ports,
freight, and  agriculture) to limit emissions from older, pre-2007 diesel engines not subject to
stringent emissions standards. The EPA has helped establish public/private partnerships across
these  sectors at the national and regional level to help fleet owners implement the most cost-
effective emissions reduction programs.  Reducing  emissions from diesel  engines will help
localities meet the Agency's NAAQS and reduce exposure to air toxics from diesel engines. The
EPA also is working with industry to bring about field testing and emissions testing protocols for
a variety of energy-efficient, emissions reducing innovative technologies for the  legacy fleet.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(N35) Limit the increase of Carbon Monoxide (CO) emissions from mobile sources
compared to a 2000 baseline.
FY
2006
1.01
1.01
FY 2007
1.18
1.18
FY 2008
1.35
1.35
FY 2009
1.52
1.52
FY 2010
1.69
1.69
FY 2011
1.86
1.86
FY 2012
2.02

FY 2013
2.19

Units
Tons
Emitted

                                           92

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(O33) Cumulative millions of tons of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)
reduced since 2000 from mobile sources.
FY
2006
1.03
1.03
FY 2007
1.20
1.20
FY 2008
1.37
1.37
FY 2009
1.54
1.54
FY 2010
1.71
1.71
FY 2011
1.88
1.88
FY 2012
2.05

FY 2013
2.23

Units
Tons
Reduced

Measure
Target
Actual
(O34) Cumulative millions of tons of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) reduced since 2000
from mobile sources.
FY
2006
2.03
2.03
FY 2007
2.37
2.37
FY 2008
2.71
2.71
FY 2009
3.05
3.05
FY 2010
3.39
3.38
FY 2011
3.73
3.73
FY 2012
4.07

FY 2013
4.41

Units
Tons
Reduced

Measure
Target
Actual
(P34) Cumulative tons of PM-2.5 reduced since 2000 from mobile sources.
FY
2006
73,460
73,460
FY 2007
85,704
85,704
FY 2008
97,947
97,497
FY 2009
110,190
110,190
FY 2010
122,434
122,434
FY 2011
136,677
136,677
FY 2012
146,921

FY 2013
159,164

Units
Tons
Reduced

In the last several years, national emissions standards finalized by the EPA have included the
control of air toxics from mobile sources (Mobile Source Air Toxics Rule, 2007), significantly
reducing hydrocarbon air toxics while delivering PM co-benefits, and the establishment of first-
ever evaporative emission standards for small spark ignition and recreational marine engines
(Small Si/Recreational Marine Engine Rule, 2008).  All together, the EPA estimates that six
recent national  standards, including the  2007 Heavy Duty, Nonroad Diesel Tier 4, and Light
Duty Tier 2 rules, will yield approximately $300 billion in combined benefits annually by 2030.

Performance targets for reduction of toxicity-weighted emissions are supported by work under
the Federal Stationary Source Regulations program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$1,205.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$507.0) This reflects  an increase for fixed costs in maintaining and operating EPA's
       National Vehicle and Fuel Emissions Laboratory.

   •   (+$1,250.0)  This reflects an increase in  funding to support  the procurement and
       installation of new heavy-duty truck chassis test  equipment at EPA's National Vehicle
                                           93

-------
       and Fuel Emissions Laboratory.  This equipment is critical to EPA's ability to conduct
       compliance testing of heavy-duty trucks up to 80 thousand pounds for compliance with
       EPA GHG emission standards and NHTSA fuel efficiency standards. This equipment is
       required to ensure fairness in the marketplace and support innovative technologies.

   •   (+$950.0)  This reflects  an  increase in funding for the redesign of Verify, EPA's IT
       system for vehicle  certification.  This system requires significant changes in  order to
       implement the new  standards for light and heavy-duty vehicles. Verify enables  efficient
       application for EPA certificates, which are required before any vehicle or engine can be
       sold.  The Verify system redesign will simplify and streamline the data management
       process for EPA and vehicle and engine manufacturers.

   •   (+$925.0) This reflects an increase to update EPA's primary fuel effects model  with the
       latest scientific understanding of the  impact  of various  fuel properties (e.g. aromatic
       content, ethanol content, vapor pressure,  etc.)  on  light-duty vehicle  emissions.   This
       updated fuel effects model will be used to support on-going implementation of current
       standards, as well as any future standard setting efforts.

   •   (+$1,863.0 / + 3.3 FTE)  This reflects additional resources to address vulnerabilities in
       EPA's certification and compliance testing programs.  These vulnerabilities are the result
       of a more than four-fold  increase in demand for EPA vehicle and engine certifications,
       more  challenging  compliance  oversight  requirements, the  increasing  diversity of
       sophisticated technologies, and the expanded universe of regulated parties that  must be
       monitored, particularly  in the area of imported small engines. Currently, EPA conducts
       very limited testing  of  small imported engines, yet a  high fraction of those engines fail
       EPA's tests.   In FY 2013, EPA will increase  its  oversight and testing rate for these
       engines.  The additional resources include 3.3 FTE and associated payroll of $462.0.

   •   (+$3,343.07+13.2  FTE)  This reflects additional resources required to make further
       progress  addressing climate  change,  by beginning  the  technical work and  analyses
       necessary to support GHG standards for non-road sources, such as locomotives, marine
       craft,  and aircraft. In addition, these funds  are required to evaluate feedstocks  and  fuel
       pathways  for future fuels and processes, including resources to update the science  and
       scientific tools needed  to allow evaluation and assessment of new biofuel technologies.
       EPA is currently addressing 20 submitted petitions for new biofuels and anticipates that it
       will continue to receive an increasing number of petitions in the future. The additional
       resources include 13.2 FTE and associated payroll of $1,386.0.

Statutory Authority:

CAA (42 U.S.C. 7401-766If);  Motor Vehicle Information Cost Savings Act; Alternative Motor
Fuels Act of 1988; National Highway System Designation  Act; NEP Act, SAFETEA-LU of
2005; EPAct of 2005; EISA of 2007; Light-Duty  Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emission Standards
and Corporate Average Fuel Economy Standards  (40  CR Parts 85, 86,  and 600); Control of
Emissions from New Marine Compression-Ignition Engines at or Above 30  Liters per Cylinder
                                           94

-------
(40 CFR 80, 85, 86, 94, 1027, 1033, 1039, 1042, 1043, 1045, 1048, 1051, 1054, 1060, 1065, and
1068).
                                        95

-------
Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                 96

-------
                                                           Indoor Air:  Radon Program
                                                  Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                        Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$5,318.5
$446.1
$5,764.6
33.1
FY 2012
Enacted
$3,895.0
$210.0
$4,105.0
23.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$2,198.0
$0.0
$2,198.0
9.6
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,697.0)
($210.0)
($1,907.0)
-13.4
Program Project Description:

Title III of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) directs the EPA to undertake a variety of
activities to  address the public health risks posed by exposures to indoor radon.  Under the
statute, the EPA studies the health effects of radon, assesses exposure levels, sets an action level,
and advises  the public of steps they can take to reduce exposure.  The EPA also evaluates
mitigation methods, institutes training centers to ensure a supply of competent radon service
providers, establishes radon contractor proficiency programs, and  assists states with  program
development through the administration of a grants program.

This program also supports the Radiation and Indoor Environments National Laboratory (R&IE)
in Las Vegas, NV.  R&IE is the only Federal National Institute of Standards  and Technology
(NIST) radon laboratory.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013,  the EPA will eliminate radon testing support for low-income populations, including
environmental justice and Tribal communities. Over the 23 years of its existence EPA's radon
program has provided important guidance and technical assistance to help  States and other
entities conduct radon risk reduction efforts.

Performance Targets:

Work under  this program also supports performance results in the Indoor Air: Radon  Program
under the Environmental Program Management Tab and can be found in the Performance Eight-
Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (-$210.07-1.5 FTE) To help meet national fiscal challenges  for FY 2013, the EPA will
       eliminate S&T funding support to communities for radon testing. The reduced resources
       include 1.5 FTE and associated payroll of $171.0.
                                          97

-------
Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments of 1990; Radon Gas and Indoor Air Quality Research Act; Title IV of the
SARA of 1986; TSCA, Section 6,  Titles II and Title III (15 U.S.C. 2605 and 2641-2671); and
IRAA, Section 306.
                                         98

-------
                                                         Reduce Risks from Indoor Air
                                                  Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                       Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$21,503.0
$809.8
$22,312.8
62.8
FY 2012
Enacted
$17,168.0
$370.0
$17,538.0
53.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$17,393.0
$379.0
$17,772.0
54.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$225.0
$9.0
$234.0
0.6
Program Project Description:

Title IV of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA) gives the EPA
broad  authority  to  conduct and  coordinate research on  indoor  air  quality,  develop  and
disseminate information, and coordinate efforts at the federal, state, and local levels.

R&IE  is the only Federal National Institute  of  Standards  and  Technology  (NIST) radon
laboratory.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to provide limited support to Tribal communities with field
measurements and assessments upon request and provide technical support for indoor air quality
remediation.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results in the Reduce Risks from Indoor Air
program  under the Environmental  Program Management Tab and  can be  found in the
Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from  FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$6.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$3.0) This is the net effect of adjustments for laboratory security, operations and
       maintenance, and utilities fixed costs.

Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments of 1990: Title IV of the SARA of 1986.
                                          99

-------
                                                                   Radiation: Protection
                                                    Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                    Objective(s): Reduce Unnecessary Exposure to Radiation

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$11,156.0
$2,275.4
$2,478.4
$15,909.8
79.6
FY 2012
Enacted
$9,616.0
$2,094.0
$2,468.0
$14,178.0
75.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$9,760.0
$2,126.0
$2,637.0
$14,523.0
76.1
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$144.0
$32.0
$169.0
$345.0
0.7
Program Project Description:

This program supports the ongoing radiation  protection capability at the National Air and
Radiation Environmental Laboratory (NAREL) in Montgomery, Alabama, and the Radiation and
Indoor Environments National Laboratory (R&IE) in Las Vegas, Nevada. These  nationally-
recognized laboratories provide radio-analytical and mixed waste testing, quality assurance, and
analysis of environmental  samples to support site assessment, clean-up, and response activities
for projects and in the event of an accident or radiological incident.

Both labs provide technical support for  conducting site-specific radiological characterizations
and cleanups, using the best available science to develop risk assessments. The labs also develop
guidance, in collaboration with the public, industry, states, tribes, and other governments,  for
cleaning up sites that are contaminated with radioactive materials.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA, in cooperation with states, Tribes, and other federal agencies, will provide
ongoing  site characterization and analytical  support for site assessment activities, remediation
technologies, and measurement and information systems.  EPA also will provide training and
direct site assistance, including field surveys and monitoring, laboratory analyses,  health and
safety, and risk assessment support at sites with actual or suspected radioactive contamination.
Some of these sites are located near at-risk communities,  emphasizing the Administration's
commitment to protecting vulnerable communities.

EPA's laboratories will continue to support Regional Superfund Remedial Project Managers
(RPMs)  and  On-Scene  Coordinators  (OSCs),  providing  laboratory  and   field-based
radioanalytical and mixed waste analyses. They also provide technical services, guidance, quality
assurance oversight, and standardized procedures.
                                           100

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results in the Radiation Program in the
Environmental Program Management Tab and can be found in the  Performance Eight-Year
Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$55.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for FTE.

   •   (+0.1 FTE) This reflects an increase to support radiation lab analyses.

   •   (+$38.0)  This increase will  support lab-based radiation characterization  and  analysis
       programs.

   •   (-$61.0) This decrease is the net effect of adjustments for laboratory security, operations
       and maintenance, and utilities fixed costs.

Statutory  Authority:

Atomic Energy Act (AEA) of  1954,  as  amended, 42  U.S.C.  2011  et  seq.  (1970), and
Reorganization Plan #3 of 1970; Clean Air Act (CAA) Amendments  of 1990; Comprehensive
Environmental Response,  Compensation, and Liability  Act (CERCLA), as  amended  by the
SARA of  1986; Energy Policy Act (EPA) of 1992,  P.L. 102-486; Executive  Order 12241  of
September 1980,  National  Contingency Plan, 3  CFR,  1980;  National Oil  and Hazardous
Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP), 40 CFR 300; Nuclear Waste Policy Act (NWPA)
of 1982; Public Health Service Act (PHSA),  as amended, 42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.; Safe Drinking
Water Act (SOWA); Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act (UMTRCA) of 1978; Waste
Isolation Pilot Plant (WIPP) Land Withdrawal Act of 1992.
                                         101

-------
                                                      Radiation: Response Preparedness
                                                   Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                    Objective(s): Reduce Unnecessary Exposure to Radiation

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$3,439.8
$4,181.9
$7,621.7
43.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$3,038.0
$4,076.0
$7,114.0
41.9
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$3,083.0
$4,156.0
$7,239.0
42.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$45.0
$80.0
$125.0
0.3
Program Project Description:

The National Air and Radiation Environmental Laboratory (NAREL) in Montgomery, Alabama,
and the Radiation and Indoor Environments National Laboratory (R&IE) in Las Vegas, Nevada
are nationally recognized radiological  laboratories  that provide field sampling and  analyses,
laboratory  analyses, and direct  scientific support to  respond to radiological  and nuclear
incidents.10  This includes  measuring  and  monitoring radioactive  materials  and  assessing
radioactive contamination in the environment. This program comprises direct scientific field and
laboratory activities to support preparedness, planning, training, and procedures development. In
addition, selected personnel are  members of EPA's Radiological Emergency Response Team
(RERT) and are trained to provide direct expert scientific and technical assistance in the field.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, EPA's RERT, a component of the Agency's emergency response program,  will
continue to improve the level of readiness to support federal radiological emergency response
and recovery operations under the National Response Framework (NRF) and the  National Oil
and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP).  The laboratory RERT  members
will  conduct training and  exercises  to enhance and demonstrate their  ability to fulfill  EPA
responsibilities in the field, using mobile  analytical systems.  Laboratory staff also will support
field operations  with  fixed laboratory  analyses and provide rapid  and accurate  radionuclide
analyses in environmental matrices.11
 Additional information can be accessed at: http://www.epa.gov/narel/iag.html
 1 Additional information can be accessed at:  http://www.epa.gov/radiation/rert/
                                           102

-------
Also, in FY 2013, both labs will continue to develop rapid-deployment capabilities to ensure that
field teams are ready to provide scientific data, analyses, and updated analytical techniques for
radiation emergency response  programs across  the  Agency. The laboratories will maintain
readiness for radiological emergency responses; participate in emergency exercises; provide on-
site scientific support to state radiation, solid waste, and health programs that regulate radiation
remediation; participate in the Protective Action Guidance (PAG) development and application;
and respond, as required, to radiological incidents.

Performance Targets:

Work under  this program also supports performance results in  the  Radiation:  Response
Preparedness program under the Environmental Program Management Tab and can be found in
the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  (+$118.0)  This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
      living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •  (-$30.0)  This reflects a decrease to contract resources.

   •  (+0.3 FTE)  This increase reflects additional support for the development of training and
      other emergency response programs.

   •  (-$8.0) This decrease is the net effect of adjustments for laboratory security, operations
      and maintenance, and utilities fixed costs.

Statutory Authority:

Atomic  Energy  Act (AEA)  of 1954, as amended, 42  U.S.C.  2011  et  seq. (1970), and
Reorganization Plan #3 of 1970; Clean Air Act (CAA) Amendments of 1990; Comprehensive
Environmental Response,  Compensation,  and  Liability Act (CERCLA); National Oil and
Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP), 40 CFR 300; Executive Order 12241
of September  1980, National  Contingency Plan,  3  CFR,  1980;  Executive  Order 12656  of
November 1988,  Assignment  of Emergency Preparedness Responsibilities, 3 CFR,  1988;
Homeland Security  Act of 2002; Post-Katrina Emergency Management  Reform Act of 2006
(PKEMRA); Public Health Service  Act (PHSA),  as amended, 42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.; Robert T.
Stafford Disaster Relief and EAA, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.; Safe Drinking Water Act
(SOWA); and Title XIV of the Natural Disaster Assistance Act  (NDAA) of 1997, PL 104-201
(Nunn-Lugar II).
                                         103

-------
Program Area: Enforcement
           104

-------
                                                                       Forensics Support
                                                               Program Area: Enforcement
                                                      Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$16,354.3
$2,456.2
$18,810.5
99.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$15,269.0
$2,419.0
$17,688.0
104.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$15,593.0
$1,214.0
$16,807.0
96.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$324.0
($1,205.0)
($881.0)
-8.0
Program Project Description:

The  Forensics Support  program provides specialized scientific and technical support for the
nation's most complex civil and criminal enforcement cases, as well as technical expertise for
the Agency's compliance  efforts. This work is critical to determining non-compliance and
building  viable  enforcement cases.  The EPA's  National  Enforcement Investigations Center
(NEIC) is  a fully  accredited environmental  forensics center under  International  Standards
Organization (ISO) 17025, the main standard used by testing  and calibration laboratories,  as
recommended by the  National  Academy of  Sciences.12 Laboratory  accreditation is  the
recognition of technical competence  through a third-party assessment of a laboratory's quality,
administrative, and technical systems. It also provides the general public and users of laboratory
services  a  means of identifying  those  laboratories  which have  successfully demonstrated
compliance with established international standards. The NEIC's accreditation standard has been
customized to cover both laboratory and field activities.

The  NEIC maintains a sophisticated chemistry laboratory and a corps  of highly trained media
experts, inspectors, and scientists. The NEIC works closely with the EPA Criminal Investigation
Division to  provide technical  support  (e.g. sampling, analysis, consultation and testimony) to
criminal  investigations.  The NEIC also works closely  with the Regional Offices to provide
technical assistance, consultation, on-site inspection, investigation, and case resolution services
in support of the Agency's Civil Enforcement program.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The  NEIC will continue to apply its technical resources in support of the Agency's national
enforcement priorities, and support the technical aspects of criminal investigations.  Efforts to
stay  at the forefront of  environmental  enforcement in FY 2013 include focused refinement of
single and multi-media compliance monitoring investigation approaches, customized laboratory
methods to solve unusual enforcement case challenges, and applied research and development in
12 Strengthening Forensic Science in the United States: A Path Forward, National Academy of Sciences, 2009, available at
http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php7record id=12589
                                           105

-------
both laboratory and field applications. In response to case needs, the NEIC will conduct applied
research and development to identify, develop, and deploy new capabilities, test and/or enhance
existing methods and techniques, and provide technology transfer to other enforcement personnel
involving environmental measurement and forensic applications. Consistent with these activities
and working with appropriate organizations across the Agency, the NEIC also will play a role in
evaluating the scientific basis and/or technical enforceability of select regulations of the EPA.

In FY 2013,  the  NEIC  will continue  to  function  under rigorous  ISO  requirements  for
environmental  data measurements to maintain its accreditation. The program also will continue
to utilize advanced technologies  to support field measurement and laboratory analyses with a
small reduction in NEIC extramural funding.

Performance Targets:

Work under  this program supports multiple  strategic  objectives.  Currently, there  are no
performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  (+$236.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
      living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •  (+$126.0 / +0.9 FTE) This change reflects an increase to maintain NEIC's lab operations
       and  technical  expertise for compliance forensics  support. The  additional  resources
       include $126.0 associated payroll for 0.9 FTE.

   •  (-$38.0) This reflects a reduction in NEIC's extramural budget.

Statutory Authority:

RCRA;  CWA; SOW A; CAA; TSCA;  Residential Lead-Based Paint  Hazard Reduction Act
(RLBPHRA); FIFRA; Ocean Dumping Act (i.e., MPRSA); EPCRA.
                                          106

-------
Program Area: Homeland Security
              107

-------
                                    Homeland Security:  Critical Infrastructure Protection
                                                          Program Area: Homeland Security
                                                          Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                                                         Objective(s): Protect Human Health

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$2,411.5
$18,498.7
$9.1
$20,919.3
28.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$1,063.0
$11,361.0
$0.0
$12,424.0
24.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$2,087.0
$9,779.0
$0.0
$11,866.0
24.4
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,024.0
($1,582.0)
$0.0
($558.0)
-0.4
Program Project Description:

This program provides resources to coordinate and support protection of the nation's  critical
water infrastructure from terrorist threats and all-hazard events. Reducing risk in the water sector
requires a multi-step approach to: determine risk through vulnerability, threat, and consequence
assessments; reduce risk through security enhancements; prepare to effectively respond to and
recover from incidents; and measure the water sector's  progress in risk reduction.  The Public
Health Security and Bioterrorism Response and Preparedness  Act of 2002 (Bioterrorism Act)
also provides that the EPA support the water sector in such activities.13

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Since the events of 9/11, the EPA has been  designated as the sector-specific agency responsible
for infrastructure protection activities for the nation's drinking water  and wastewater systems.
The EPA is utilizing its position within the water sector and working with  its stakeholders to
provide information to help protect the nation's drinking water  supply from terrorist or other
intentional acts. Specifically, the EPA is responsible for assessing new security technologies to
detect and monitor contaminants as part of the Water Security Initiative (WSI), establishing a
national water laboratory alliance, and planning for and  practicing for response to both  natural
and intentional emergencies and incidents.

In FY 2013, the EPA will focus on evaluation of data from the final four drinking water security
pilots and the development of tools to enable national adoption of contamination warning
systems by the water sector. The EPA also will continue  to support water sector-specific  agency
responsibilities, including the  Water Alliance  for Threat  Reduction, to protect the nation's
critical  water infrastructure. The Agency  will continue to integrate the regional laboratory
networks and the Water Security Initiative pilot laboratories into  a national, consistent program.
All of these efforts support the Agency's responsibilities and commitments under the National
Infrastructure Protection Plan, as defined within the Water Sector Specific Plan, which includes
  See http://www.epa.gov/safewater/watersecuritv
                                           108

-------
specific milestones for work related to  the WSI, the Water Laboratory Alliance, and  metric
development.

Water Security Initiative and Water Laboratory Alliance

The EPA's goal is to develop a "robust,  comprehensive, and fully coordinated surveillance and
monitoring system"14 for drinking water and a water laboratory network that would support water
surveillance and emergency response activities. The overall goal of the initiative is to design and
demonstrate an effective system for timely detection and appropriate response to drinking water
contamination threats and  incidents  through a pilot program  that has broad application to  the
nation's drinking water utilities  in high threat cities.

The Water Security Initiative consists of five general components: (1) enhanced physical security
monitoring;  (2) water quality monitoring; (3) routine and triggered sampling for  high priority
contaminants; (4) public health surveillance; and  (5) consumer  complaint surveillance. Recent
simulation analyses underscore the importance of  a contaminant warning system that  integrates
all  five components  of event  detection, as  different contaminants  are  detected by different
sequences of triggers or "alarms." Resources appropriated to date have  enabled the EPA to
award a total of five drinking water security pilots for the Water Security Initiative.

The Water  Security  Initiative  is  intended  to  demonstrate  the  concept  of  an  effective
contamination warning  system  that drinking water utilities in high  threat cities of all sizes and
characteristics could  adopt. The FY 2013 request includes  $5.9 million  for necessary  Water
Security Initiative pilot  evaluation activities and  dissemination and knowledge transfer and $1.1
million  for Water Alliance for Threat Reduction. In FY 2011, the EPA, in partnership with  the
Department of Homeland Security, convened a formal stakeholder  group of water industry and
state representatives to provide an independent forum for the  review  of the Water Security
Initiative pilot data and for assisting the EPA in developing a program to promote the adoption of
contamination warning  systems within the water  sector. Data through  FY 2012 has consisted
primarily  of information from the first pilot, whereas in FY 2013, a full  dataset from all five
pilots will become available. Beginning in FY 2012, but culminating in FY 2013,  the EPA and
its  stakeholder group will receive a wealth  of  data from the four remaining Water Security
Initiative pilots pertaining to the effectiveness, sustainability (including  costs and benefits), and
ability  to  implement the contamination warning systems  deployed in these  four  major
metropolitan areas.

In the absence of an actual contamination event, much of the evaluation of the pilots will occur
through reviewing,  for example, component and system availability, alarm rates, operation and
maintenance costs,  and  the success of conducting  sample analysis in  response to a trigger. The
EPA will  supplement these actual  performance data with data based on  modeled simulations of
contamination events at the pilot utilities. Funding will allow the EPA to evaluate these actual
and simulated datasets and to communicate lessons learned to the water sector. A critical  part of
this communication effort  includes refining and developing materials (such  as software tools)
that provide practical,  actionable information  for  water systems to  use in deploying  and
evaluating contamination warning systems.
14 Homeland Security Presidential Directive-9 (HSPD-9).


                                           109

-------
In a contamination event, the sheer volume or unconventional type of samples could quickly
overwhelm the capacity or capability of a single laboratory. To address this potential deficiency,
the EPA has established a national alliance of laboratories harnessed from the range of existing
lab resources from the local (e.g., water utility) to the federal levels (e.g., the Center for Disease
Control's Laboratory  Response Network) into a  Water  Laboratory Alliance.  The Water
Laboratory Alliance focuses solely on  water and  represents the water component of the EPA's
Environmental Response Laboratory Network.  The  Environmental  Response  Laboratory
Network is a network with a similar purpose as the Water Laboratory Alliance but  with a focus
on analyses of all other environmental media. The Water Laboratory Alliance will reduce the
time necessary for confirming an intentional  contamination event in drinking  water and speed
response and  decontamination efforts. Launched in 2009,  the Water Laboratory Alliance is
composed of a number  of environmental, public health, and commercial laboratories across the
nation with membership increasing steadily. In FY 2013, efforts  will continue to  focus on the
national  implementation of the Water  Laboratory  Alliance through the  Water Laboratory
Alliance Plan, a national plan which provides a protocol for coordinated laboratory response to a
surge of analytical needs. The EPA  also will work  with regional and state environmental
laboratories to conduct exercises,  within  the  framework of the Water Laboratory  Alliance
Response Plan, and continue efforts to expand the membership of the Water Laboratory Alliance
with the intention of achieving nationwide coverage.  In addition, the EPA  will continue to
support environmental laboratories and utilities by facilitating access to supplemental analytical
capacity and improved preparedness for analytical support to an emergency situation.

Under the Water Laboratory Alliance, the EPA also will establish partnerships with stakeholders,
such as the CDC and state public health laboratories, to further efforts necessary to validate
analytical methods for contaminants of high concern for intentional contamination in drinking
water. About 90 percent of these contaminants currently lack validated methods.

Water Sector-Specific Agency Responsibilities

The EPA is the  sector-specific agency "responsible for infrastructure protection activities" for
the water sector (drinking water and wastewater utilities). The EPA is responsible for developing
and providing tools and training on improving security to the 53,000 community water systems
and 16,000 publicly-owned treatment works.

The EPA will  continue working to ensure that water sector utilities have tools and information to
prevent,  detect, respond to, and recover from terrorist attacks, other intentional acts, and natural
disasters. The  following preventive and preparedness activities will be implemented  for the water
sector in collaboration with the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and states' homeland
security and water sector officials:

    •   Conduct  webcasts to prepare utilities, emergency responders,  and decision-makers to
       evaluate and respond to physical, cyber, and contamination threats and events;
    •   Disseminate tools and provide technical assistance to ensure that water and wastewater
       utilities  and  emergency responders  react  rapidly  and  effectively  to intentional
       contamination  and natural   disasters.  Tools  include:  information on high  priority
                                           110

-------
       contaminants,  incident  command protocols,  sampling  and detection protocols  and
       methods, and treatment options;
   •   Sustain operation of the Water Desk in the Agency's Emergency Operations Center by
       updating roles/responsibilities, training staff in the incident command structure, ensuring
       adequate staffing during activation of the desk, and coordinating with EPA regional field
       personnel and response partners;
   •   Support the adoption and  use of mutual aid agreements  among utilities to improve
       recovery times;
   •   Provide tools that enable water systems to adapt to the challenges posed by all-hazards
       inclusive of extreme climate variability;
   •   Continue to implement specific recommendations for emergency response,  as developed
       by the EPA and water sector  stakeholders, including providing an expanded set of tools
       (e.g., best security practices, incident command system and mutual aid training, recovery,
       and resiliency) in order to  keep the  water sector current with  evolving water security
       priorities;
   •   Continue to implement specific recommendations of the Water Decontamination Strategy
       as developed  by the EPA and  water  sector  stakeholders  (e.g.,  defining roles  and
       responsibilities of local, state,  and federal agencies during an event); and
   •   Develop  annual assessments,  as required under the National Infrastructure Protection
       Plan, to describe existing water security efforts and progress in achieving the sector's key
       metrics.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports  the EPA's Protect Human Health objective. Currently, there
are no performance measures for this  specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$25.0) This  increase reflects the recalculation of base  workforce  costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-$1,583.07-0.5  FTE) This  decrease reflects completion  of activities  under the  Water
       Security  Initiative.  Data collection  and evaluation efforts for the first pilot will be
       completed by the end of FY 2012. In FY 2013,  data will be evaluated  for the remaining
       four pilots.  The reduced resources include 0.5 FTE and associated payroll of $41.0.

   •   (-$39.0) This reflects a decrease to prevention and preparedness activities provided to the
       water sector.

   •   (+$15.07+0.1 FTE) This reflects an increase to support tool development and information
       dissemination to prevent, detect, respond to, and recover from natural  disasters.  These
       additional resources include 0.1 FTE and associated payroll of $15.0.
                                           Ill

-------
Statutory Authority:

SDWA 42 U.S.C. §300f-300j-9 as added by Public Law 93-523 and the amendments made by
subsequent enactments, Sections - 1431, 1432, 1433, 1434, 1435; CWA, 33 U.S.C. §1251 et
seq.; Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Emergency and Response Act of 2002; Emergency
Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, 42 U.S.C. §11001 et seq - Sections 301, 302, 303,
and 304.
                                        112

-------
                              Homeland Security:  Preparedness, Response, and Recovery
                                                         Program Area: Homeland Security
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                    Objective(s): Reduce Unnecessary Exposure to Radiation

                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                      Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$1,272.8
$41,536.8
$44,304.2
$87,113.8
177.8
FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$30,034.0
$40,599.0
$70,633.0
176.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$29,708.0
$40,769.0
$70,477.0
176.8
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
($326.0)
$170.0
($156.0)
0.4
Program Project Description:

Through research, development,  and technical support activities, EPA's Homeland  Security
Research  Program (HSRP)  enhances  the nation's  preparedness,  response,  and  recovery
capabilities for large-scale catastrophic incidents including chemical, biological,  or radiological
(CBR) terrorist threats and attacks and other disasters.

The HSRP evaluates tools and develops cost-effective response and recovery capabilities for use
by the response  community, decision-makers,  and risk managers. Homeland Security  research
develops state-of-the-art approaches to address all phases of community response to ensure
public safety, protect property, and facilitate recovery. In many cases, the research program also
supports the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS') needs for EPA expertise in a number of
key areas including materials decontamination and disposal, threat assessment, and sampling and
analytical methods.  The  Agency  continues  to  strengthen remediation  of decontamination
capabilities through collaborative research efforts with the DHS, the Department of Defense, the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and other federal and non-federal organizations.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Building resiliency in  our communities requires  that  they  are prepared for responding to all
disasters,  terrorism-based or as a  result  of accidents or natural  causes. Presidential Policy
Directive #815 instructs  federal agencies to take an integrated "all-hazards" approach in preparing
the nation for disasters.  Therefore, the HSRP, in concert  with  relevant EPA programs, will
continue to re-envision research so that the science products have application to a broad set of
disasters.
 5 (2011)
                                           113

-------
In FY 2013, Homeland  Security specific science  and engineering  research will  improve the
Agency's ability  to  carry out its  increased homeland security  missions. Through tools  and
techniques, developed by the HSRP, the Agency will be able to better facilitate response to and
recovery from incidents  involving CBR agents by  providing regions and  stakeholders with
valuable detection and response analytics. The program  will emphasize research  needed to
support response to and recovery from wide-area attacks using bio-threat agents such as anthrax
or radiological/nuclear agents.

The HSRP will continue to provide  applied science and technical support to EPA's response
community including, but not limited to, the National Decontamination Team, Environmental
Response Team, Radiological Emergency Response Team, Removal Managers, and On-Scene
Coordinators. For example, HSRP's  experts were critical in providing technical and scientific
support to the Agency during the Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill and Fukushima Daiichi nuclear
disaster responses.  These experts  augmented the first responders' knowledge base with EPA
specific scientific data and tools. EPA's HSRP  also will continue to provide technical support
and advice that can be used by water utilities to help ensure the nation's water systems are secure
and drinking water is safe.

In addition to these continuing efforts, emerging homeland security related issues and priorities
will  influence the  activities of the  HSRP  in FY 2013.   For example,  the  Food Safety
Modernization Act (FSMA)16 authorized EPA to help communities prepare for and recover from
food  and agricultural emergencies.  The HSRP will focus research  to  address  EPA's new
directives under the FSMA  by determining best practices for managing large volumes of
contaminated food and agricultural  waste as well as addressing the associated  need for sampling
and analytical methods for waste characterization. Other priorities and homeland security related
issues may  also  arise in 2013  that  are not  anticipated for  this justification including the
emergence of new chemical agents that require  research to address scientific gaps.  The HSRP
maintains a certain level of flexibility to address the most needed research  at the appropriate
time, while continuing its longer-term consequence management focus.

Decontamination Research

Decontamination research fills scientific gaps associated with responding to and recovering from
CBR  attacks affecting wide areas such as urban centers, transportation hubs,  and sports arenas.
The   HSRP  conducts  research   on   characterizing  contamination  in   support  of  EPA's
Environmental Response  Laboratory Network (ERLN),17 determining risk and clean up goals, as
well as decontamination and waste  management  approaches. The work product of HSRP touches
on each phase of response and recovery from the usage of the program's Provisional Advisory
Levels (PALs)18 for chemical agents to protect human health during recovery operations to the
widely  accepted  and  regularly updated  Selected  Analytical  Methods  for Environmental
Restoration  following  homeland  security events.19  Future  cleanup decisions will be  better
informed with detailed knowledge such as the persistence of bio-threat agents (natural processes
16 (2010)
17 http://www.epa.gov/oemerlnl/

18 http://www.epa. gov/nhsrc/news/news 121208.html)
19 http://epa.gov/sam/
                                           114

-------
may effectively inactivate some agents in short time periods)20 and the ability of technologies to
remove radiological  contamination from urban surfaces following detonation of a radiological
dispersion device.21

In FY 2013, decontamination research will focus its research on filling the most critical science
gaps required by the Agency to improve its capability. To support determination of robust clean
up goals following a wide area biological attack, a rapid,  sensitive, molecular assay for viable
anthrax spores will be developed and adapted to other bio-threat agents. PALs will be developed
for additional, critical chemical agents increasing the ability to protect lives following an attack.
Also, since the cost  and time of cleanup is strongly dependent on clean up goals, research on
microbial risk assessment methodologies and anthrax  spore  health effects will be conducted.
Finally,  strategies to  remediate  large-scale  areas contaminated with CBR  agents  will be
developed including  understanding the fate and transport of agents, developing methods to clean
urban surfaces, and approaches to manage contaminated waste.

Water Infrastructure Protection Research

Water Infrastructure Protection  Research  provides scientific data and tools to improve  the
nation's ability to protect water systems from attack as well as detect and recover from an attack
once initiated.22

This research  area has made significant impacts.  Through  its Water  Security Initiative pilot
demonstrations, this research enabled several municipalities across the nation to employ  data and
tools  produced by the  HSRP  including performance information on water  quality sensors,23
sensor  placement software  TEVA-SPOT,  and  award  winning event  detection   software
CANARY.24 To confirm a contamination event, detectable samples often require large quantities
of water  and  methods  are needed  for  analysis. The 2009  R&D 100 award25 Water  Sample
Concentrator,  developed  in  collaboration  with Idaho National Laboratory,  facilitates and
streamlines this process.

Moving forward into FY  2013, water infrastructure protection research will focus on efforts to
develop and test  approaches to decontaminate water  infrastructure and treat water associated
with CBR contamination caused by  terrorist activities, natural disasters, or accidents. To enable
water systems to return to service as quickly and affordably as possible, research is underway on
methods  to isolate  and  treat contaminated  water as  well  as  to  clean distribution system
infrastructure (pipes, towers, etc). EPA also is developing real-time distribution system models
to aid utilities in locating the  source and extent of contamination across the  system  to guide
decisions  on how to  isolate contamination and redirect water. These models also can be used to
build decontamination strategies where a dynamic view of cleanup agent delivery is required. In
20 http://cfpub.epa. go v/si/sij3ublic_record_report.cfm?address=nhsrc/&dirEntrvId=235666
21 http://cfpub.epa.gov/si/si public record report.cfm?address=nhsrc/&dirEntryId=234944
22 This research directly supports the national Water Security Initiative, in support of HSPD-9 which directed EPA, as the Sector
Specific Lead Agency (SSA) for water, to "develop robust, comprehensive, and fully coordinated surveillance and monitoring
systems . . . for . . . water quality that provide early detection and awareness of disease, pest, or poisonous agents.".
 http://cfpub.epa.gov/si/si public record report.cfm?address=nhsrc/&dirEntrvId=212368
24 http://www.epa.gov/nhsrc/water/teva.html
25 http://epa.gov/nhsrc/news/news081409.html
                                             115

-------
addition, the chemical, biological, and physical aspects of decontamination processes are being
investigated to  design and optimize  the  cleanup  process  to remove  or mitigate CBR
contamination.

Efforts to support the Water Security Initiative will  continue to provide technical assistance to
utilities as they use these models to bring their water contamination warning systems online. As
new and improved water contamination sensors become commercially available, the HSRP will
conduct performance testing to help utilities make informed decisions about the security of their
drinking water.

Building upon previously completed work, efforts in FY 2013 will address the design of new or
retrofitted distribution systems so that they are inherently safer with respect to all contamination
scenarios. Modeling tools will be developed and applied to both model systems and real systems
to support decisions, the design of new networks of pipes, or to retrofit existing networks.

In addition, the Homeland Security Research Program and other EPA programs and offices, will
partner with the  Army. As a part of their Net Zero Initiative, the HSRP will assist the Army's
effort to develop and demonstrate innovative water technologies to accomplish the Army's goal
of net zero energy, water, and waste by 2020.

Radiation Monitoring

Maintenance of the RadNet air monitoring network supports EPA's responsibilities under the
Nuclear/Radiological Incident Annex to the National Response Framework (NRF). The network
includes deployable monitors and near real-time stationary monitors.

Through FY 2012, EPA expects to install  all  134 purchased monitors providing near real-time
radiation monitoring coverage for each of the 100  most populous U.S. cities, as well as expanded
geographic coverage. In FY 2013, the Agency will maintain the expanded RadNet air monitoring
network. Fixed stations will operate routinely and in  conjunction with as many as 40 deployable
monitors following a radiological incident. The expanded RadNet air monitoring network will
provide the Agency, first responders, and the public with greater access to data, improving
officials' ability  to make decisions about protecting public  health and the environment during
and after an incident. EPA will continue to update its fixed and  deployable monitoring systems
including their communications capability across various media. Additionally, the data will be
used by scientists to better characterize the effect of a radiological incident.
                                          116

-------
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(HS1) Percentage of planned
Homeland Security research
FY
2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


research products completed on time by the
program.
FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(HS2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients and partners to
improve their capabilities to respond to contamination resulting from homeland
security events and related disasters.
FY
2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

The table above reflects the HSRP's annual performance measures. EPA uses these measures to
assess our effectiveness in delivering needed products and outputs to clients (rule makers, states,
and local governments).

Additionally, EPA supports "science of science policy" approaches to assess our research. EPA
collaborates with several science agencies, the research community, and the White House's
Office  of  Science and  Technology Policy.  EPA supports  the  interagency   Science  and
Technology in America's Reinvestment - Measuring the  Effect  of Research on Innovation,
Competitiveness  and Science (STAR METRICS) effort. STAR METRICS strives to measure the
impact federal science investments have on society, the environment, and the economy.

The program also supports providing timely and quality assured ambient radiation monitoring
during  an emergency.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$42.0) This decrease is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-$335.0) This represents a reduction in the area of decontamination research to focus
       resources on the most critical Agency priorities.

   •   (+$162.07 +1.1 FTE) This reflects the net result of an increase of 1.1 FTE and associated
       payroll of $162.0 for the water security research program.

   •   (+$52.07-0.2 FTE ) This reflects the net result of realignments of infrastructure FTE and
       resources  such  as equipment purchases and  repairs,  travel,  contracts,  and  general
       expenses  that  are proportionately  allocated across programs  to better align with
       programmatic priorities.  These resources  include -0.2  FTE and decreased associated
       payroll of $30.0.
                                          117

-------
   •   (-$184.07 -0.3 FTE) This reduction reflects administrative savings from continued efforts
       to streamline operational expenses and activities, including information technology (IT)
       support activities.   The reduced resources include 0.3 FTE and associated payroll of
       $44.0.

   •   (-$29.0) This reflects a reduction to the RADNet monitoring program.

   •   (+$3.0) This reflects an increase to the radiation decontamination program.

   •   (+$47.0) This reflects an increase for laboratory security, operations and maintenance,
       and utilities fixed costs.

   •   (+0.1 FTE) This reflects an increase in FTE to support radiation preparedness activities.

Statutory Authority:

AEA of 1954, as through P.L.  105-394, November 13,  1998, 42 U.S.C.  2011 et seq. -  Section
275 Reorganization Plan #3 of 1970; CAA Amendments 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq - Sections 102
and 103; CERCLA, as amended by the SARA 42 U.S.C. 9601  et seq.,  Sections  104, 105 and
106; Executive Order 12241 of September  1980, National  Contingency Plan, 3 CFR, 1980;
Executive Order 12656   of   November  1988,  Assignment  of  Emergency  Preparedness
Responsibilities, 3 CFR, 1988;  PHSA, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 201 et seq., Section 241; Robert T.
Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq. -
Sections 201, 204, 303, 402, 403, and 502; SDWA 42 U.S.C. 300 et seq. - Sections 1433, 1434
and 1442; NDAA of 1997, Public Law 104-201, Sections  1411  and 1412; PHSBPRA of 2002,
Public  Law  107-188,  42  U.S.C.  201 et seq.,  Sections 401  and  402 (amended  the SDWA);
TSCA, 15 U.S.C. 53 - Section 2609; OP A, 33 U.S.C 40; PPA, 42 U.S.C 133; RCRA 42 U.S.C.
6901 et seq;  EPCRA 42 U.S.C. §11001 et seq.; CWA 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.; FIFRA 7 U.S.C.
136 et seq.;  FFDCA, 21  U.S.C 9;  FQPA 7 USC 136  et seq. Executive Order 10831  (1970);
PRIA;  FSMA,  Sections  203   and  208;  Executive  Order  13486:  Strengthening Laboratory
Biosecurity in the United States (2009).
                                         118

-------
                     Homeland Security:  Protection of EPA Personnel and Infrastructure
                                                       Program Area: Homeland Security

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Building and Facilities
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$6,497.0
$592.0
$8,269.1
$669.1
$16,027.2
7.3
FY2012
Enacted
$5,966.0
$578.0
$7,044.0
$1,170.0
$14,758.0
3.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$5,999.0
$579.0
$8,038.0
$1,172.0
$15,788.0
3.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$33.0
$1.0
$994.0
$2.0
$1,030.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

This program involves activities to ensure that EPA's physical structures and assets are secure
and operational and that certain physical security measures are in place to help safeguard staff in
the event of an emergency. These efforts also protect the capability of EPA's vital laboratory
infrastructure assets. Specifically, funds within this appropriation support security needs for the
National Vehicle and Fuel Emissions Laboratory (NVFEL).

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the agency will continue to provide enhanced physical security for the NVFEL and
its employees. This funding supports the incremental cost of security enhancements required as
part of an Agency security assessment review.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports multiple  strategic objectives.  Currently,  there  are no
performance measures for this  specific program.
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$1.0) This increase in funding will support security needs at the NVFEL.
                                          119

-------
Statutory Authority:

Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Emergency and Response Act of 2002; Secure Embassy
Construction and Counterterrorism Act (Sections 604 and 629); CAA (42 U.S.C. 7401-766If);
Motor Vehicle Information Cost Savings Act; Alternative Motor Fuels Act of 1988; National
Highway System Designation Act; NEP Act, SAFETEA-LU of 2005; EPAct of 2005; EISA of
2007.
                                         120

-------
Program Area: IT / Data Management / Security
                    121

-------
                                                                 IT / Data Management
                                            Program Area: IT / Data Management / Security

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$96,614.1
$3,483.7
$47.7
$17,640.0
$117,785.5
493.4
FY2012
Enacted
$87,939.0
$3,652.0
$0.0
$15,339.0
$106,930.0
490.7
FY2013
Pres Budget
$88,893.0
$4,047.0
$0.0
$14,855.0
$107,795.0
488.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$954.0
$395.0
$0.0
($484.0)
$865.0
-2.4
Program Project Description:

High quality data in support of sound science serves as a strategic resource that supports the
Agency's mission of protecting public health and the environment.  Information  Technology
/Data Management (IT/DM) programs facilitate the Agency's Science and Technology (S&T)
programs by delivering essential services to Agency staff to allow them to conduct their work
effectively and efficiently.  The following four themes are reflected in IT/DM program activities:
(1) facilitating mission activities through better information and tools; (2) improving agency
work  processes  to  promote efficiencies; (3) increasing  transparency and innovation in the
Agency's work processes; and (4) enabling the workforce with reliable tools.

Resources support the development, collection, management and analysis of environmental data
(to include both point source and ambient data) to manage statutory programs and to support the
Agency in strategic  planning at the national,  program and regional levels.  The EPA provides a
secure, reliable information infrastructure based on data standardization, integration and public
access. IT/DM resources help ensure the EPA's processes and data are of high quality and adhere
to  federal  guidelines  and also  support   regional   information  technology  infrastructure,
administrative and environmental programs and telecommunications.

The work performed in the IT/DM program encompasses more than 30 distinct activities.  For
descriptive  purposes, activities can be  categorized into the following major functional areas:
information  access;  geospatial   information  and   analysis;  Envirofacts;   IT/Information
Management (IT/EVI) policy and  planning; quality assurance; electronic  records  and content
management;   Libraries;  OneEPA  Web  (formerly  Internet  Operations  and Maintenance
                                          122

-------
Enhancements, or IOME); information reliability and privacy; and IT/IM infrastructure. IT/IM
and OneEPA Web activities are funded under S&T.

Resources under this program also fund the Agencywide Quality Program. The Quality Program
is a  key management system  that ensures the quality  of all EPA products  and services. The
program develops Quality Assurance policies and oversees the EPA quality system for science
and technology, which is the foundation of all of EPA environmental programs.  The Quality
Program also oversees the implementation of the EPA Information Quality Guidelines.26

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the following IT/DM activities will continue to be provided using  S&T resources:

   •   OneEPA Web [formerly Internet  Operations  and  Maintenance  Enhancements
       (IOME)] - FY 2013 activities  in this area implement and maintain the EPA Home Page
       (www.EPA.gov) and  over 200  top-level  pages  that  facilitate access  to  the  many
       information resources available on the EPA website.  In addition, OneEPA Web provides
       the funding to support Web hosting for all  of the Agency's websites and Web pages. The
       EPA website is the primary delivery mechanism for environmental information to EPA
       staff, partners, stakeholders and the public, and is becoming a resource for emergency
       planning  and  response. (In FY 2013,  OneEPA  Web activities  will be funded at $0.17
       million in non-payroll funding under the S&T appropriation.)

   •   IT/Information Management (IT/IM) Policy and Planning - FY 2013 activities will
       ensure  that all  appropriate steps  are  taken to  reduce redundancy among information
       systems and databases, streamline  and systematize the planning and budgeting for  all
       IT/IM activities, and monitor the progress and performance of all  IT/IM activities and
       systems.  The EPA's Quality Program has consistently played a major role  in each of
       these areas.   In FY 2013, the Quality Program plans to issue  quality assurance (QA)
       standards and guidance to enhance the Agency's  quality system; to conduct internal
       environmental program QA assessments to ensure the integrity of the Agency's quality
       system  and to streamline internal  QA processes.  (In FY 2013, Quality  Program activities
       will be funded  at $1.37  million in non-payroll funding and $2.68 million  in  payroll
       funding under the S&T appropriation.)

Performance Targets:

Work  under this  program  supports  multiple  strategic  objectives.  Currently,  there  are  no
performance measures for this specific Program Project.
26 Guidelines for Ensuring and Maximizing the Quality, Objectivity, Utility, and Integrity of Information Disseminated by the
Environmental Protection Agency, EPA, 2002.
http://www.epa.gov/quality/informationguidelines/documents/EPA_InfoQualityGuidelines.pdf


                                           123

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$592.0) This increase is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+ 0.2 FTE) This increase reflects current utilization rates while taking into consideration
       FY 2013 programmatic priorities.

   •   (-$197.0) This  change reflects a reduction  in  funding  for  Internet Operations and
       Maintenance Enhancements due to efficiencies gained through the Agency's utilization
       ofOneEPAWeb.

Statutory Authority:

Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 42 U.S.C. 553 et seq.  and Government Information
Security Act  (GISRA), 40 U.S.C.  1401  et seq. - Sections 3531,  3532,  3533, 3534, 3535 and
3536 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation  and Liability Act (CERCLA),
42 U.S.C.  9606 et seq. - Sections 101-128,  301-312 and 401-405 and  Clean Air Act (CAA)
Amendments, 42 U.S.C.  7401 et seq. - Sections 102, 103,  104 and 108 and Clean Water Act
(CWA), 33 U.S.C. 1314  et seq.  -  Sections 101, 102, 103,  104, 105, 107, and 109 and Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA),  15 U.S.C. 2611 et seq. - Sections  201, 301 and 401 and Federal
Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), 7 U.S.C. 36 et seq. - Sections 136a - 136y
and Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA), 7 U.S.C. 136 et seq. - Sections 102, 210, 301 and 501
and Safe Drinking Water Act (SOWA) Amendments, 42 U.S.C.  300 et seq. - Sections  1400,
1401,  1411,  1421, 1431, 1441,  1454 and 1461 and Federal Food, Drug  and  Cosmetic Act
(FFDCA), 21 U.S.C. 346 et seq.  and Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
(EPCRA), 42 U.S.C. 11001 et seq. - Sections  322, 324, 325 and 328 and Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA), 42 U.S.C. 6962 et seq. - Sections 1001, 2001, 3001 and 3005 and
Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA),  39  U.S.C. 2803 et seq. - Sections  1115,
1116, 1117, 1118 and 1119 and Government Management Reform Act (GMRA), 31 U.S.C. 501
et seq. - Sections 101, 201, 301,  401, 402, 403, 404 and 405 and Clinger-Cohen Act (CCA), 40
U.S.C. 1401 et seq. -  Sections 5001,  5201,  5301, 5401, 5502, 5601 and 5701and Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C.  3501 et seq.  - Sections 104, 105,  106, 107,  108, 109, 110, 111,
112 and 113  and Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552  et seq.  and Controlled
Substances Act (CSA), 21 U.S.C. 802 et seq. - Sections 801, 811, 821,  841, 871, 955 and 961
and Electronic Freedom of Information Act (EFOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552 et seq. - Sections 552(a)(2),
552 (a)(3), 552 (a)(4) and 552(a)(6).
                                         124

-------
Program Area: Operations and Administration
                   125

-------
                                                 Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
                                              Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six  (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Building and Facilities
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$320,540.2
$69,436.1
$30,254.7
$903.0
$519.5
$80,056.2
$501,709.7
405.0
FY2012
Enacted
$319,777.0
$72,019.0
$29,326.0
$915.0
$535.0
$80,541.0
$503,113.0
417.4
FY2013
Pres Budget
$331,316.0
$75,485.0
$33,931.0
$843.0
$513.0
$79,622.0
$521,710.0
416.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,539.0
$3,466.0
$4,605.0
($72.0)
($22.0)
($919.0)
$18,597.0
-0.9
Program Project Description:

Science & Technology (S&T) resources in the Facilities Infrastructure and Operations Program
are used to fund  rental of laboratory and office space, utilities, security, and  also to manage
activities and support services in many centralized administrative areas such as health and safety,
environmental compliance, occupational  health, medical  monitoring, fitness, wellness, safety,
and  environmental management functions,  facilities maintenance and operations,  energy
conservation, greenhouse  gas reduction,  sustainable buildings programs, and  space planning.
Funding is allocated among the major appropriations for the Agency.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Agency  reviews  space needs on a regular basis,  and is  implementing a long-term space
consolidation plan that includes reducing  the number of occupied facilities, consolidating space
within the remaining facilities, and reducing the square footage where practical.  Since 2006, the
EPA has released approximately 380,000 square feet  of space at headquarters  and facilities
nationwide, resulting in a cumulative annual rent avoidance of over $12.8 million. The Agency's
Space Strategy efforts continue to pursue several long-term policy  options that  could lead to
further  efficiencies and potential reductions to the Agency's  real  property footprint. These
achieved savings  and potential savings partially offset the EPA's escalating rent budget.  For
example, replacement leases for regional offices in Boston, Kansas City, San Francisco,  and
Seattle are significantly higher than those previously negotiated. The Agency will continue to
                                          126

-------
manage  its lease agreements  with the General  Services  Administration and  other  private
landlords by conducting reviews and verifying that billing statements are correct.  For FY 2013,
the Agency is  requesting a total of $34.90 million for rent, $20.20 million for utilities, and
$11.07 million for security in the S&T appropriation.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to improve operating efficiency and encourage the use of
new,  advanced technologies, and energy sources.   The EPA will continue to direct resources
towards acquiring alternative fuel vehicles and more fuel-efficient passenger cars and light trucks
to meet the goals set by Executive  Order (EO) 1342327, Strengthening Federal Environmental,
Energy, and Transportation Management.  Additionally, the Agency will attain  the Executive
Order's  environmental  performance goals related  to buildings through  several  initiatives,
including comprehensive facility energy audits, re-commissioning, sustainable building design in
Agency construction and alteration projects, energy savings performance contracts to achieve
energy efficiencies, the use of off-grid energy equipment, energy load reduction strategies, green
power purchases, and the use of Energy Star rated products and building standards. The EPA
will continue to improve  the  cohesion  and management of its laboratory enterprise and take
advantage of potential efficiencies. In FY 2013, the Agency plans to reduce energy utilization (or
improve energy efficiency) by approximately 37 billion British Thermal Units or three percent.
The EPA should end FY 2013 using approximately 24  percent less energy than it did in FY
2003.

EO 13514, Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and Economic Performance,  expands
upon EO 13423 and requires additional reductions to greenhouse gas emissions.  The EPA will
meet the requirements of EO 13514 through:

•      Managing existing building systems to  reduce  consumption of  energy,  water,  and
       materials;
•      Identifying  opportunities to consolidate  and dispose of existing assets,  optimize real
       property; and portfolio performance, and reduce environmental impacts; and
•      Implementing best  management practices in  energy-efficient  management  of  real
       property including Agency labs and data centers.

As part of the Agency's commitment to promoting employee health and wellness, and supporting
OPM's and OMB's wellness initiative, the Agency collected data to compile an inventory of
wellness services available to its employees. The data is being used to establish a core program
of services for the  EPA and will provide  a baseline level  of  employee participation  in those
services. In FY 2012, a long-term action plan will be finalized and directed at achieving an OPM
goal of 75  percent employee participation in core program services.  In FY 2013, the EPA will
implement its action plan with the goal of increasing employee  participation by 50 percent from
the baseline level of 2012.  It is hoped that  the availability and  increased utilization  of wellness
services  will result in a healthier and more productive work  force with lower  medical  costs
consistent with the President's goal in EO 13507. In the interim, the EPA has a short-term plan
that includes the following initiatives:
27 Information is available at http: //www. fedcenter. gov/programs/eo 13 514/, Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and
Economic Performance', and http: //www. fedcenter. go v/pro grams/eo 13423 A Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy, and
Transportation Management
                                           127

-------
•      Work with the General Services Administration (GSA) to expand health and wellness
       programs  in  GSA-owned and  leased  facilities. Some  options  include  healthier  food
       choices, increasing fitness center activities, and expanding health unit capabilities.
•      Enhance  outreach  efforts  to  employees to  increase fitness  center  memberships,
       registration for seminars and educational programs, and inoculations and screenings in
       health units.
•      Establish or expand sports competitions and fitness challenges to build or strengthen our
       fitness programs nationwide.
•      Offer more health educational classes and seminars to increase employee attendance and
       participation.

Lastly, the EPA will continue to provide transit subsidy  to eligible applicants  as directed by
Executive  Order  13ISO28  Federal Workforce Transportation. The EPA  will  continue the
implementation  of the Safety and Health Management  Systems  to  ensure  a safe working
environment.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the performance measures in the Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations Program Project under the EPM appropriation.  These measures can also be found in
the Performance Eight Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$706.0)  This change is the net effect of projected contractual rent increases and the rent
       reduction realized from space consolidation efforts.

   •   (+$40.0) This reflects an increase in utility costs.

   •   (+$370.0) This reflects an increase in security guard contractual costs.

   •   (+$1.0)  This reflects an increase in transit subsidy based on projected needs.

   •   (+$1,064.0) This  increase supports the consolidation of the Reproductive-Toxicology
       Facility  into the RTF  Main Campus  in Durham,  North Carolina.   EPA anticipates  a
       savings from the release of approximately 66,700 square feet of space in RTF resulting in
       an annual rent avoidance of $1.7 million beginning in FY 2014.

   •   (+$2,697.0) The FY 2012 levels provided represent an 11 percent reduction for managing
       EPA's facility operations,  including building maintenance,   property  management,
       transportation, and  health and safety  operations at all  EPA facilities  nationwide.  The
       requested funding level will provide  for these basic operations, which also include
       custodial contracts,  labor and warehouse costs, and grounds maintenance and operating
28 Additional information available at http://ceq.eh.doe.gov/nepa/regs/eos/eol3150.html
                                           128

-------
       costs for regional laboratories. This funding also will  allow the Agency to continue
       implementation of the President's EO  13514 in managing existing building systems to
       reduce consumption of energy, water, and materials.

Statutory Authority:

FPASA; PBA; Annual Appropriations Act; CWA; CAA; D.C. Recycling Act of 1988; Executive
Orders 10577 and 12598; United States Marshals Service, Vulnerability Assessment of Federal
Facilities Report; Presidential Decision Directive 63 (Critical Infrastructure Protection); Energy
Policy Act of 2005; Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007.
                                          129

-------
Program Area: Pesticides Licensing
               130

-------
                                    Pesticides: Protect Human Health from Pesticide Risk
                                                       Program Area: Pesticides Licensing
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                      Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$61,686.0
$4,118.8
$65,804.8
458.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$58,208.0
$3,757.0
$61,965.0
447.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$58,971.0
$3,919.0
$62,890.0
443.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$763.0
$162.0
$925.0
-4.0
Program Project Description:

 The Federal  Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), Section 3(c)(5), states that
 the Administrator shall register a pesticide if it is determined that, when used in accordance with
 labeling and common practices,  the product "will not generally cause unreasonable adverse
 effects  on the environment." Further, FIFRA defines  "unreasonable  adverse  effects  on the
 environment" as "any unreasonable risk to man or the environment."

The EPA's Pesticides Program screens new pesticides before they reach the market and ensures
that pesticides already in commerce are safe. As directed by FIFRA, the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), and the Food Quality Act  (FQPA) of  1996 as well as the Pesticide
Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA) that amended FIFRA and FFDCA, the EPA is
responsible for registering  and re-evaluating  pesticides  to protect consumers, pesticide  users,
workers who  may be exposed to pesticides, children, and other sensitive populations. To make
regulatory decisions  and  establish tolerances for the maximum allowable pesticide  residues  on
food and feed, the EPA must balance the  risks and benefits  of using the  pesticide, consider
cumulative and aggregate risks, and ensure extra protection for children.

Laboratory activity for  the Pesticide Program  supports the goal of protecting human health
through efforts at  three laboratories:  an  analytical  chemistry laboratory, a  microbiology
laboratory at the Environmental  Science Center  at  Fort Meade, MD, and  an  environmental
chemistry laboratory at Stennis Space Center, Bay  St. Louis, MS. These laboratories provide a
variety of technical  services  to  the EPA, other federal and state  agencies, tribes, and other
organizations.  The  laboratories assist  the  Agency and  state  enforcement laboratories  by
providing  reference  standards, analytical methods  development, training, and  assistance with
laboratory  audits. They  develop and  validate analytical methods  for risk assessment and
enforcement  projects. The analytical  methods are  available for  use by  the  United  States
Department of Agriculture (USDA), the United States Geological  Survey (USGS), the EPA, and
states.  Additionally,  the laboratories  perform  chemical  and  efficacy  analyses  and assist  in
investigations of incidents such as crop damage or illegal pesticide residues.

For additional information, please see http://www.epa.gov/opp00001/labs/index.htm.
                                          131

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Agency will protect human health by ensuring the availability of appropriate
analytical methods for  detecting pesticide residues in food and feed, ensuring suitability for
monitoring  pesticide residues,  and  enforcing tolerances.  This  will  be accomplished by
developing and validating multi-residue pesticide analytical methods for food, feed,  and water
for use by other federal and state laboratories and the EPA.  Laboratories further support the
estimation of human  health risks from pesticide use by operating the National Pesticide Standard
Repository (NPSR).  The EPA's NPSR collects and maintains pesticide standards (i.e., samples
of pure active ingredients or technical grade active ingredients  for pesticides). The  repository
distributes these standards to the EPA and other federal and Tribal laboratories involved in
pesticide  enforcement,  including  tolerance,  enforcement verification  of  label  claims,  and
investigations of pesticide use/misuse in support of the EPA's regulatory decisions for FIFRA
and FQPA. The laboratories also perform efficacy measurement and testing  of antimicrobial
products with public  health claims - for example hospital disinfectants and research on methods
to measure the efficacy of various types of antimicrobials, including sporicides.

The EPA's pesticide  laboratories provide quality assurance and technical support and training to
the EPA's Regional offices, state laboratories, and other federal agencies that implement FIFRA.
The laboratories will evaluate registered products that are most crucial to infection control (e.g.
sterilants,  tuberculocides,  and  hospital-level  disinfectants).  Under the  Plant Incorporated
Protectants method validation program,  evaluation will  continue on  several novel molecular-
based methods.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also  supports  performance results listed in EPM Pesticides: Protect
Human Health from Pesticide Risk  and can be found  in the Performance Eight-Year  Array.
Some of this program's performance measures are program outputs, which represent statutory
requirements to ensure that pesticides entering the marketplace are safe for human health and the
environment and when used in  accordance with the packaging label, present a reasonable
certainty of no harm.  While program outputs are not the best measures of risk reduction, they do
provide a means for  realizing benefits in that the program's safety review prevents  dangerous
pesticides from entering the marketplace.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$64.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base  workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$14.07+0.1  FTE) This  increase reflects resources to  support the  development of
       analytical  methods  for  detecting pesticide residues and ensuring their suitability for
       monitoring and for tolerance enforcement.  Specifically, this program provides protection
       to human health from potential pesticide risk by ensuring that when a pesticide is used
       according to the label, it will result in "no unreasonable adverse effects" on human  health.
                                           132

-------
       Some of the work performed in this program includes laboratory support for the portion
       of risk assessments which deal with human health, development of analytical methods for
       detecting pesticide residues in food and feed and ensuring that these methods are suitable
       for monitoring pesticide residues and enforcing tolerances.  This increase  includes  0.1
       FTE and associated payroll of $14.0.

    •   (+$84.0) This increase supports laboratory fixed costs for the pesticides program.

Statutory Authority:

Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA);29 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), as amended;  Federal  Food, Drug  and Cosmetic  Act (FFDCA) as
amended, §408 and 409; Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA); Endangered Species Act (ESA).
29 Pesticides Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA) expires at the end of FY 2012, contingent on PRIRA being
reauthorized prior to FY 2013, the Agency expects to continue the collection of Maintenance Fees for review of existing pesticide
registrations, as well as the collection of Enhanced Registration Service Fees for the accelerated review of new pesticide
registration applications in 2013.


                                             133

-------
                                   Pesticides: Protect the Environment from Pesticide Risk
                                                         Program Area: Pesticides Licensing
                              Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                       Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$41,265.6
$1,995.2
$43,260.8
318.4
FY 2012
Enacted
$37,854.0
$2,289.0
$40,143.0
287.6
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$37,960.0
$2,604.0
$40,564.0
284.1
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$106.0
$315.0
$421.0
-3.5
Program Project Description:

The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), section 3(c)(5), states that the
Administrator shall register a pesticide if it is determined that, when used in accordance with
labeling  and common practices, the product "will  not  generally cause unreasonable  adverse
effects on the environment." FIFRA defines "unreasonable adverse effects  on the environment"
as "any unreasonable risk to man or the environment, taking into account the economic, social,
and environmental costs and benefits of the use of any pesticide."30

In complying with FIFRA, the  EPA must conduct  risk assessments using the latest scientific
methods to  determine the risks  that pesticides pose  to human  health and ecological effects on
plants, animals, and ecosystems that are not the targets of the pesticide. The Agency's regulatory
decisions are posted for review and comment to ensure that these actions are transparent and that
stakeholders,  including  at risk populations,  are  engaged in decisions  which  affect their
environment.  Under FIFRA,  the  EPA must determine that a  pesticide  will  not  cause
unreasonable  adverse effects  on the environment. For food uses of pesticides, this  standard
requires  the EPA  to  determine  that food residues of the pesticide  are "safe." For other risk
concerns, the EPA must balance  the risks of the pesticides with benefits provided from the use of
a product.  To ensure unreasonable risks are  avoided, the EPA  may impose risk mitigation
measures such as modifying use rates or application methods, restricting uses, or denying uses.
In some regulatory decisions, the EPA may determine that uncertainties in the risk determination
need to be reduced and may subsequently require monitoring of environmental  conditions, such
as effects on water sources or the development and submission of additional laboratory or field
study data by the pesticide registrant.
30 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended. January 23,2004. Section 3(a), Requirement of Registration
(7 U.S.C. 136a). Available online at http://www.epa.gov/oppOOOO 1 /regulating/laws.htm.
                                           134

-------
In addition  to FIFRA responsibilities, the Agency has  responsibilities  under the Endangered
Species Act (ESA).31 Under ESA, the EPA must ensure that pesticide regulatory decisions will
not destroy  or adversely modify designated  critical habitat or result in likely jeopardy to the
continued existence of species listed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) or National
Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) as threatened or endangered. Given approximately 600 active
ingredients  in  more  than  19,000  products—many  of  which  have  multiple  uses—and
approximately 1,200 listed species with  diverse biological attributes, habitat  requirements and
geographic range, this presents a great challenge. Where risks are identified, the EPA must work
with FWS and NMFS in a consultation process to ensure these pesticide registrations will meet
the ESA standard. The EPA has  instituted processes for consideration  of endangered species
issues. In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to work towards improving compliance with ESA.
A committee of the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) National Research Council (NRC) is
currently examining scientific  and technical issues related to the methods and  assumptions used
by EPA, the FWS, and the NMFS to carry out their joint responsibilities under ESA and FIFRA.
In its deliberations, the NRC will focus on the scientific and technical methods and approaches
the agencies use in determining risks to  endangered and threatened species associated with the
use of pesticides. The range of scientific issues considered by the NAS  Committee will include
identifying best  available scientific data and information;  considering sub-lethal, indirect, and
cumulative effects; assessing the effects  of chemical  mixtures and inert ingredients; the use of
models to assist in analyzing  the effects of pesticide use; incorporating uncertainties into the
evaluations effectively; and the use of geospatial information and datasets that can be employed
by the agencies in the course of these assessments.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Agency will support the protection of the environment by developing methods
and conducting  analyses to make better informed decisions  regarding pesticide exposures and
risk to the environment and by operating the National Pesticide Standard Repository (NPSR) to
support federal  and state  laboratories involved  in  enforcement activities.  Under  the  Plant
Incorporated Protectants (PIP) method validation program, work will  continue on evaluating
several novel molecular-based  methods.

The laboratories also will support the protection of the environment by:

1) Evaluating residue analytical  methods used for detecting pesticide  residues in environmental
matrices, such as water, soil, and sediment. Evaluating residue analytical  methods will allow the
program to better assess the results generated by the registrant and  submitted  to the Agency,
which is required by the pesticide registration guidelines of FIFRA. Evaluating residue analytical
methods also will  assist  the  agency  in  developing and validating  multi-residue  pesticide
analytical methods for environmental matrices for use by other federal and state laboratories to
estimate environmental risks.
31 The Endangered Species Act of 1973 sections 7(a)l and 7 (a)2; Federal Agency Actions and Consultations, as
amended (16 U.S.C. 1536(a)). Available at U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Endangered Species Act of 1973
internet site: http://www.fws.gov/endangered/laws-policies/section-7.html
                                           135

-------
2) Responding to urgent pesticide program needs for analytical chemistry support to address
specific short-term, rapid turnaround issues of high priority. The laboratories cooperate with the
regional offices on activities related to analysis of environmental samples for select pesticides or
other environmental  contaminants related to pesticide production or disposition. Additionally,
the laboratories develop  exposure data  for dioxins,  polychlorinated biphenyls,  and  other
persistent contaminants  of environmental  concern,  to support  agency  environmental  risk
assessments.

3) Conducting product performance evaluations of antimicrobials to remove ineffective products
from the market. The labs also provide data to  support use of effective tools for remediation
efforts and testing capacity for environmental monitoring of microbial populations (due to overt
or unintentional contamination).  Another activity  involves  conducting validation  services on
methods used to detect DNA and/or proteins for PIPs in major agricultural commodities such as
corn, soybeans, potatoes, and cotton.

EPA's laboratories provide technical support and  quality assurance support to regional, state, and
other federal laboratories in numerous  ways. The  laboratories are responsible for the posting and
upkeep of residue analytical methods and environmental chemistry methods for food, feed, soil,
and water on the EPA web site.  These methods are frequently the only resource available to
regional  offices, state  laboratories,  and  other federal  agencies for  current methodology
information for the newest pesticides.  The microbiology laboratory also posts and maintains the
methods used to determine the efficacy of microbiological products on  the web where  there are
approximately 400 methods currently available  (see  http://www.epa.gov/oppbeadl/methods/).
Additionally,  the  Agency  responds  to  approximately 90 requests  per year for  method
information. These requests primarily come from  state FIFRA laboratories.

The laboratories are involved in the development of multi-residue analytical methods (MRMs),
which are methods capable of measuring several similar pesticides simultaneously. These MRMs
are made available  to  state  and federal laboratories involved  in residue  monitoring and
enforcement activities.

The pesticides program operates the EPA NPSR,  which provides pesticide reference materials to
federal and state laboratories for enforcement activities. The NPSR shipped approximately 6,000
analytical reference standards to enforcement laboratories in FY 2007 and approximately 6,500
standards in FY 2008. In FY  2009, 5,013 standards were provided. The  number increased to
6,870  in FY 2010 and  6,600 in FY 2011.  During FY 2012  and FY  2013,  standards  are
anticipated to be 6,500 for each year.

The laboratories also participate in the American Association of Pest Control Officials and the
State FIFRA Issues and Research  Evaluation Group pesticide laboratory technical meetings with
state  and  industry  chemists, responding to  issues  raised  by  enforcement  laboratories.
Additionally, the laboratories are represented on and work through the Association of Analytical
Chemists to develop and implement consensus methods for microbiology and chemistry.

In the  area of quality assurance,  the Agency's laboratories  assist state and federal  partners in
several ways. Examples include: providing review of quality management plans and laboratory
                                           136

-------
projects  conducted under  interagency  agreements with  the  Food  and Drug Administration
(FDA); providing technical assistance and oversight on quality assurance and technical questions
from FDA and Department of Defense (DoD) laboratories for a variety of projects;  providing
quality assurance oversight to the FDA/White Oak facility for the Three Step Method (TSM)
collaborative validation study (the FDA did not have a quality assurance unit in place at the time
of the  study); and conducting a readiness review at  10 collaborating laboratories working on the
validation of the TSM.  The  TSM  quantitatively measures the  efficacy of antimicrobials for
inactivating anthrax spores.

Performance Targets:

Some  of the  measures for this program  are program outputs which measure progress towards
meeting  the program's statutory requirements. This  is to ensure that pesticides entering the
marketplace are safe for human health and the  environment, and when used in accordance with
the packaging label, ensure a reasonable certainty of no harm. While program outputs are not the
best measures of risk reduction, they do provide a means for reducing risk, in that the program's
safety reviews prevent dangerous pesticides from entering the marketplace.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue the implementation of  FIFRA,  FFDCA,  ESA, and the
Pesticide Registration Improvement Act (PRIA)32 in the exercise of the Agency's responsibilities
for  the registration  and  the  review activities. It is anticipated  that  Pesticide Registration
Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA), which expires in 2012, will be reauthorized as it was in
2007.  As part of EPA's efforts to improve accountability, the Agency will track these areas
through three measures. These include: (1) percent of decisions completed  in accordance with
the PRIA and PRIRA or mutually negotiated times; (2) number of Registration Review dockets
opened for each pesticide  entering the review process to seek comments  on  the information the
Agency has on  the active ingredient; and (3) the number of final work plans  completed for each
active ingredient after comments are evaluated and required data are complete.

The  purpose of the  three  measures discussed above  is to develop long-term  consistent  and
comparable information on the  amount of pesticides in streams, ground  water, and aquatic
ecosystems to support  sound management and policy decisions.  USGS continues sampling its
second cycle (Cycle II) from 2002-2012 and  developing sampling plans for 2013-2022.  The
monitoring plan calls for biennial early sampling in eight urban watersheds and sampling every
four  years in a  second  set of nine urban watersheds; and yearly monitoring in eight agricultural
watersheds and biennial  sampling  in three agricultural  dominated  watersheds.  The sampling
frequency for these sites will range from approximately thirteen to twenty-six samples per year
depending on the  size of the  watershed and the extent of the pesticide use period.  Sampling
frequency is seasonally weighted so more samples are collected when pesticide use is expected
to be highest.
32 The Pesticides Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA) expires at the end of FY12, contingent on PRIA being
reauthorized prior to FY 2013, the Agency expects to continue the collection of Maintenance Fees for review of existing pesticide
registrations, as well as the collection of Enhanced Registration Service Fees for the accelerated review of new pesticide
registration applications in 2013.
                                           137

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$77.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$14.07+0.1 FTE) This increase reflects  resources to support the development  of
       analytical methods for  detecting  pesticide  residues  and ensuring their suitability for
       monitoring and for tolerance enforcement. The additional resources include 0.1 FTE and
       associated payroll of $14.0.

   •   (+$224.0) This increase supports laboratory fixed costs for the pesticides program.

Statutory Authority:

Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA); Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), as amended;  Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA)  as
amended §408 and 409; Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA): Endangered Species Act (ESA).
                                         138

-------
                                       Pesticides: Realize the Value of Pesticide Availability
                                                          Program Area: Pesticides Licensing
                               Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                         Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                    (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$13,065.8
$522. 8
$13,588.6
97.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$12,532.0
$517.0
$13,049.0
87.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$12,306.0
$575.0
$12,881.0
86.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($226.0)
$58.0
($168.0)
-0.5
Program Project Description:

Within the Federal Insecticide,  Fungicide,  and  Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), the definition  of
"unreasonable adverse effects on the environment"  expands the concept  of protecting against
unreasonable  risks to man or the environment, by adding "taking into account the economic,
social, and environmental  costs  and benefits  of the use of any  pesticide..."33 This language
authorizes the emergency use program to respond to infestations along with other aspects of the
program that enhances the benefits of pesticides.

The EPA must ensure that such emergency uses will not present an unreasonable risk to human
health or the  environment. The EPA's timely review of emergency exemptions has avoided an
estimated $1.5 billion in crop losses per year,34 resulting from incidents of new pests on crops
when  exemptions  are necessary to allow non-standard pesticide use to stem off a specific
outbreak or while progress is made towards full registration of new pesticides.

FIFRA clearly recognizes that there will be societal benefits beyond protection of human health
and the  environment  from  the pesticide registration process that it establishes. Section  3  of
FIFRA also authorizes the EPA to register products that are identical or substantially similar to
already  registered  products. While  some effective termiticides have been  removed from the
market due to  safety concerns,  the EPA continues to  work  with industry to register safe
alternatives that meet  or exceed all current safety standards and offer a high  level of protection.
Three pesticide laboratories provide data that are used by the EPA to make informed regulatory
decisions that recognize societal benefits: an  analytical chemistry laboratory,  a microbiology
laboratory at  the Environmental Science Center  at Fort Meade, MD, and an environmental
chemistry laboratory  at  Stennis  Space Center,  Bay St. Louis, MS.  These laboratories also
33 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended. January 23, 2004. Section 3(a), Requirement of Registration
(7 U.S.C. 136a). Available online at http://www.epa.gov/oppOOOO 1 /regulating/laws.htm.
34 Baseline data on crop market prices, crop production, and total acres grown are from United States Department of Agriculture
(USDA) databases, while the percentage of potential yield loss without pesticides is estimated by Biological and Economic
Analysis Division (BEAD) scientists based on published and unpublished studies. The number of acres treated with the pesticides
are based on data submitted by state Departments of Agriculture.
                                             139

-------
validate environmental  and analytical chemistry methods to ensure that the Food and Drug
Administration (FDA), the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), the EPA offices,
and states have reliable methods to measure and monitor pesticide residues in food and in the
environment. Additionally, the laboratories  ensure that  pesticides deliver intended results. The
laboratories, in cooperation with industry,  state, and other  EPA laboratories, develop  multi-
residue analytical methods to allow enforcement agencies to test for several different chemicals
using one test.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Agency will realize the benefits of pesticides by operating the National Pesticide
Standard Repository (NPSR) and conducting chemistry and efficacy testing for antimicrobials.
The EPA's laboratories will  continue to provide quality assurance and technical support  and
training to the EPA's regions,  state laboratories, and  other federal agencies that implement
FIFRA. The laboratories  will evaluate registered products that  are most crucial to infection
control (sterilants, tuberculocides, and hospital-level disinfectants). Under the Plant-Incorporated
Protectants (PIP) method  validation program, work will  continue on evaluating  several novel
molecular-based methods.

The pesticide  laboratories  support the program by evaluating analytical methods for detecting
pesticide residues  in food and feed ensuring suitability for monitoring pesticide residues  and
enforcement of tolerances. The NPSR also  distributes analytical  standards to federal and state
laboratories involved in enforcement activities. The laboratories  develop and validate  multi-
residue pesticide analytical methods for food, feed, and water for use by other federal (USDA
Pesticide Data Program and  FDA) and state  laboratories. These laboratories generate residue
data that are then used by the program to  estimate  human  health  risks. The laboratories are
prepared to respond to urgent program needs for analytical chemistry support and special studies
to address specific short-term, rapid turnaround priority issues.

In  addition to  residue methods,  the  laboratories  provide method  validation  services  for
genetically modified organism products.  They also develop data to  support FIFRA Section 18
uses for new chemicals where efficacy data are non-existent (particularly  biothreat  agents,
including B. anthracis, or emerging hospital  pathogens) and evaluate the product performance of
antimicrobials used to control infectious pathogens in hospital environments. The laboratories
develop new test methods  for novel uses or emerging pathogens, including biothreat agents. The
outputs of this work provide  guidelines for  efficacy data for  public health claims, guidance for
registration, and facilitate technical support and training on testing methods and procedures.

Performance  Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results listed in EPM Pesticides: Realize the
Value of Pesticide Availability and can be found in the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

Some of this program's performance measures are program  outputs, which represent statutory
requirements to ensure that pesticides entering the marketplace are safe for human health and the
environment and,  when used in accordance  with  the  packaging  label, present a reasonable
certainty of no harm. While program outputs are not the  best measures of risk reduction, they do
                                           140

-------
provide a means for realizing benefits in that the program's safety review prevents dangerous
pesticides from entering the marketplace.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •     (+$3.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
         living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •     (+$14.07+0.1  FTE)  This  increase reflects resources to support the development of
         analytical methods for detecting  pesticide residues and ensuring their suitability for
         monitoring and tolerance enforcement. Work supported includes assessment of the
         economic impact of registering  or not  registering a  pesticide.  Laboratory support
         provided by this program  includes FIFRA Section  18 efforts  in determining the
         benefits of issuing  an  emergency  exemption and evaluation of products  crucial to
         infection control. The additional resources include 0.1 FTE and associated payroll of
         $14.0.

    •     (+$41.0) This increase represents  additional funds to support laboratory fixed costs for
         the pesticides program.

Statutory Authority:

Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA); Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), as amended;  Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic  Act (FFDCA) as
amended, §408 and 409; Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA); Endangered Species Act (ESA).
                                          141

-------
Program Area: Research: Air, Climate and Energy
                     142

-------
                                                      Research: Air, Climate and Energy
                                         Program Area: Research: Air, Climate and Energy
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                 Objective(s): Address Climate Change; Improve Air Quality

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$119,756.0
$119,756.0
320.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$98,845.0
$98,845.0
306.6
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$105,894.0
$105,894.0
308.4
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$7,049.0
$7,049.0
1.8
Program Project Description:

American communities face serious health and environmental challenges from air pollution and
the growing effects of climate  change. Both air pollution and  climate change are intricately
linked with the production and use of energy. Improving air quality and developing strategies to
address  climate change  are central to the Agency's mission to protect public health and  the
environment.

The EPA's  Air, Climate, and Energy  (ACE) research program conducts research to inform
policy and regulatory action. The EPA relies on this  scientific and technical information to
understand the interplay between air quality, climate change, and the changing energy landscape.
ACE's research outputs  and  data are fundamental in making  accurate and defensible  policy
decisions.  With ACE research, the  EPA can effectively enforce the Clean Air Act and other
statutory and regulatory obligations.

The ACE program engages with EPA partners and stakeholders to provide research to inform
policy and regulatory action that considers the impacts beyond the stack or tailpipe.  For
example, with the Safe  and Sustainable Water Resource (SSWR)  and  the  Sustainable and
Healthy  Communities  Research Programs  (SHCRP), ACE  will  collaborate   on  nutrient
management research as  well as community exposure and vulnerability from nitrogen sources
analyses. To address these and other issues, ACE is focusing on the following key challenges:

    •  Understanding the multi-pollutant nature of air pollution;
    •  Developing guidance on most cost-effective approaches to reducing air pollution;
    •  Informing  strategies to adapt to and minimize the impacts  of climate change  on air
      quality and water quality;
    •  Assessing  the human health and environmental  impacts of energy production and use;
      and
    •  Understanding the  social,  behavioral,   and  economic  factors  that influence  the
      effectiveness of air quality and climate policies.

Environmental challenges in  the 21st century are more complex than ever before. Stressors such
as climate  change, urbanization,  and water quality and quantity have become universal and
                                          143

-------
require more innovative thinking and collaborative solutions. Effectively addressing these types
of  challenges  will  require  systems-based  solutions  that  seek  to  optimize  and  balance
environmental,  social and economic  objectives.   These  solutions will  require  research that
transcends disciplinary lines and includes all stakeholders in the process of defining the research
to be done and how the solutions are  to be integrated. Such new integrated, transdisciplinary
approaches,  in  order to be effective in the real world, require  innovation  at all  steps of the
process;  from conceptualizing  the issue at hand,  to technological innovation that allows for
development of entirely new, environmentally responsible solutions and fosters new economic
development.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Innovative research and development is crucial to improving air  quality.  In  FY 2013, the EPA
will continue to address critical science questions on air quality and climate change. To address
the needs of decision-makers and other stakeholders, the  ACE  research  program is  organized
around separate yet interlinked themes:

•   Assess Air Quality Impacts: The ACE research program will  develop  and apply methods to
    assess the impacts and effects of air pollution exposure at individual, community, regional,
    and  global  scales.  Specifically, ACE  scientists will  examine  exposures to air  pollutant
    mixtures  and the associated effects on individuals, ecosystems, communities, and  regions,
    including effects on those most susceptible or vulnerable.

•   Prevent and Reduce Emissions: The ACE research program will provide  the science needed
    to develop and evaluate approaches to preventing and  reducing harmful  air emissions. The
    data  and  methods resulting from  this research can be used to analyze the full life-cycle
    impacts  of  new and existing energy  technologies and determine  whether certain energy
    choices are sustainable.

•   Respond to Changes in Climate and Air Quality: The ACE  research  program will provide
    modeling and monitoring tools, metrics, and information on  air pollution exposure that can
    be used by individuals, communities, and governmental agencies as  they  make public health
    decisions related to air quality.

While these  themes guide the research, many of the research  projects crosscut the  themes.
Below are several of the major research efforts planned for FY 2013.

Supporting NAAQS through a Multi-Pollutant Assessment of Emissions, Exposures, and Effects

The EPA research program  has provided the scientific  basis  for air quality  standards  and
management practices that have yielded billions of dollars  of net economic benefit.35  ACE will
continue to provide the underlying research to support the Agency's implementation of the  Clean
Air Act,  which mandates the review of the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS).
The EPA research currently provides 40% of the  fundamental cited data used to develop the
 'http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/legislative/reports/2010 Benefit Cost Report.pdf
                                           144

-------
NAAQS levels.36  The EPA also provides the primary tool that states and local governments use
to develop implementation strategies. The figure below graphically depicts that since 1980, the
NAAQS have led to emissions reductions to improve air quality while during that time period
population, vehicle miles traveled and gross domestic product have increased.
 ' http://www.epa.gov/ncea/isa/
                                           145

-------
Comparison of Growth Areas and Emissions, 1980-200937
140%
120%

100%-

 80%

 60%

 40%

 20%

  0%

 -20%

 -40%
 -60%
/

 95%






 35%
_ _ —
^.
  is
 22%
                                           -57%
                                                             CO. Emlttiom
                                                                   onsumption
                                                             Aggregate Emissions
                                                             (Six Common Pollutants)
    80  90 95 96 97 96  99 00  01 02 01 04 OS  06 07 08 09
Note: CO2 emissions estimate through 2008(Source: 2009 US Greenhouse Gas Inventory
Report)
     Gross Domestic Product: Bureau of Economic Analysis
     Vehicle Miles Traveled: Federal Highway Administration
     Population: Census Bureau
     Energy Consumption: Dept. of Energy, Energy Information Administration
     Aggregate Emissions: EPA Clearinghouse for Inventories and Emissions Factors

Moving forward, the  ACE research program is laying the foundation for new air quality
management approaches. These approaches more effectively address the actual complexities
of air pollution. In FY 2013, the EPA will conduct research that evaluates the multi-pollutant
nature of air pollution.  The  EPA will examine the effects from exposures to air pollutant
mixtures rather than single contaminants. Single pollutant approaches have been effective to
date.  However,  our nation needs a more realistic approach -  one  that  reflects real-life
exposure — to protect the public and the environment. This research will consider the sources
of air pollution (automobile  exhaust, coal-fired power plants)  and the effects of different
exposures (near roadways) of air pollution.
The ACE research program will examine specific health endpoints.  For example, the EPA will
examine the cardiovascular effects associated with exposures to single and multiple pollutants.
The  EPA  scientists will study the health impacts  of "fresh" and  "atmospherically  aged"
emissions. This and related research, including the Human Health Risk Assessment program's
shift from single science assessments to multi-pollutant assessments and EPA-supported research
37 http://www.epa. gov/airtrends/aqtrends.html#comparison
                                           146

-------
at numerous universities,  will inform the EPA  on the  causes  of air pollution related health
effects.   This multi-pollutant approach builds upon our past success and will allow for more
effective use of resources in evaluations of criteria air pollutants  as well as more comprehensive
and effective evaluation of health effects of exposures than has been possible before. It provides
a mechanism for developing scientifically sound  strategies for air quality management.  Multi-
pollutant research will allow the EPA to account for additive, synergistic, or antagonistic effects
of contaminant mixtures on individuals and ecosystems.

Near Road Emissions, Exposures, and Health Effects

The  EPA will apply the multi-pollutant approach to evaluate the impacts of air pollution near
roadways. "Near roadways" research  examines  the health impacts  due to  emissions from
roadways. This research includes a series of studies that consider emissions, pollutant transport
and transformation, exposure, and health impacts.  The final study in Raleigh, NC  concludes in
FY 2014.  The results from this  near roadway research program will provide information to
inform the location of roads, schools, and other infrastructure.  The research  program also will
evaluate potential mitigation approaches (vegetation barriers, improved air handling systems in
buildings) to reduce risks from exposure to air pollution near roads.  This research has been
coordinated  with the Federal Highway Administration as well as state and local transportation
officials in Nevada and Michigan.

Tools to Support Air Quality Management

The  ACE research program in FY 2013  will continue to develop  models and methods to support
effective air quality management.  State and local agencies and the EPA rely on such tools to
implement NAAQS.  The NAAQS levels are set by the EPA and based on the Human Health
Risk Assessment program's Integrated Science Assessments of criteria air pollutants (particulate
matter, ozone, lead, sulfur  dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and carbon monoxide). Improvements to the
widely used Community Multiscale Air Quality (CMAQ) modeling system will increase users'
capability to accurately model  changes in ozone,  paniculate matter, and hazardous air pollutant
concentrations.  The  CMAQ is  used by  nations,  states, and communities to model how air
pollution levels change when different emission reduction alternatives are used allowing them to
test  a range of strategies  and  determine  what  approach best fits their situation.   The CMAQ
model has over 1,500 users in the U.S. and about 1,000 more around the world.

In FY 2013, the EPA will improve techniques for measuring and monitoring  organic emissions
(benzene, toluene,  ethylene, and  xylene) and greenhouse gas emissions  (methane,  carbon
dioxide). These results will support improved emission inventories and be input into the CMAQ
and  other models.  This will improve the models' results and give air  quality  managers a better
understanding of how their decisions will affect air quality.

In FY 2013, the EPA will also improve methods for monitoring concentrations of pollutants in
the air, including monitoring methods for  ozone and acrolein. Improved monitoring methods are
intended for eventual deployment in national air monitoring networks to  support compliance
with air pollution standards and to inform community exposure assessments  important to local
decision making.   Exposure assessment tools and data will no  longer be a stand-alone effort.
                                          147

-------
Instead, the EPA will conduct research on multipollutant decision support tools and approaches
to support the NAAQS reviews.
Changing the Paradigm for Air Pollution Monitoring

A robust monitoring network is vital to the nation's air quality because it measures and tracks
pollutants, identifies pollutant sources, and provides information on how Americans are exposed
to air pollutants.

Declining budgets strain already  struggling  national,  state, and local air pollution monitoring
resources. Furthermore, governments face growing demands for information to address complex
environmental problems. Our nation cannot  effectively continue to address air pollution using
current monitoring methods and approaches.  The U.S. needs more cost-effective and innovative
strategies.

To respond to  these needs,  in  FY  2013,  the EPA will develop and  evaluate  innovative
approaches for monitoring and characterizing air pollution. For example, the EPA is working
with the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) to examine how to use satellite
data to improve air quality  management activities. EPA is  also  developing and  evaluating
approaches to integrate  data collected from  monitors at specific places and times with  results
from models to understand how air pollution changes between the monitored sites and times. In
addition, the EPA will  also be evaluating the  potential application of small low cost  sensor
technologies to improve air pollution  exposure  information and to characterize  emissions.  As
these new approaches are  developed, the EPA will evaluate and demonstrate the application of
these approaches.   Such  approaches will  support  community monitoring,  provide  public
information, inform health research, and address the NAAQS compliance and enforcement.

Assessing the Impacts of Climate Change

Climate change is now affecting, and will continue to impact, the health and quality  of our
environment.  The  National Academy of Sciences (NAS) report, Adapting to  the Impacts of
Climate Change38 highlights the impacts to environmental  systems that  are crucial to our social
and economic well-being.  Increased flooding, prolonged drought, more severe heat waves, and
changes in wetland, forest, and  grassland habitats  are resulting in contamination of drinking
water resources, impaired air and water quality,  reduced water quantity, including related socio-
economic factors, as  well as increased  stress on fisheries, wildlife, forestry, and recreational
areas.  In FY 2013, EPA's researchers will continue work  with other federal and state agencies
through the U.S. Global Change Research Program (USGCRP). Together they will develop a
coordinated national picture  of how  climate change is impacting human and environmental
health.  The ACE program researchers and activities will continue to play an important  role in
the development of the 2013 USGCRP National  Climate Assessment.
 ' http://dels.nas.edu/resources/static-assets/materials-based-on-reports/reports-in-brief/Adapting Report Brief final.pdf
                                           148

-------
Assessing How Weather Patterns Impact Climate Change and the Environment

The EPA will support research on the relationship between climate change, weather patterns, and
the environment.  Specifically, the EPA will improve global, regional, and local models. The
EPA and other government groups rely on models to understand how climate change impacts air
pollutants,  water runoff, and  sewage overflows.  The  National  Oceanic  and Atmospheric
Administration  (NOAA) and the NASA  are  developing models that  can simulate  weather
extremes and meteorological impacts. The EPA will use the NASA and the NOAA models as a
basis to build models that project environmental impacts.

Developing Information to Support Responses to Climate Change

The two key policy responses to climate change are adaptation and mitigation.  Communities,
states, and businesses are already making efforts to revise design guidelines for water treatment
systems.  They are  also modifying existing systems to adapt to  climate-driven  changes in the
frequency and  intensity of  precipitation  events that can overwhelm  treatment systems and
degrade water  quality.  The ACE  research program  will  provide  expanded  and improved
information  and tools to support such activities, which allow these communities  to adapt to the
impacts of climate change on air and water quality.  Coordinated with the EPA efforts from the
SHCRP and the SSWR research programs, the ACE program's adaptation research will focus on
understanding how climate change is affecting the most vulnerable populations and ecosystems.
The EPA is working with NOAA, the U.S. Geological Survey, and the Army Corps of Engineers
to study the impacts of climate change on estuarine ecosystems. This research will provide
needed information  for watershed and coastal resource managers to protect productive fisheries
and habitats as climatic conditions  change.  More generally,  the EPA will identify the  most
important individual stressor or combination of stressors for specific subpopulations,  species, or
habitats within a geographical location. While the EPA will generate new data from experiments
and field surveys, considerable effort will be devoted to  synthesizing existing information into
summary products  or populate  decision support tools.   The EPA will develop web sites  as
decision support tools to inform decisions on impacts of the changing climate landscape.

Understanding the Environmental Impacts of Energy Production and Use

Hydraulic fracturing (HF) is  a widespread practice with significant potential economic benefits,
yet significant public and environmental health questions remain.  In FY 2013, the EPA will
begin to  study  the  impacts  of FTP on air, water quality, and ecosystems.  This research will
complement the EPA's current study on potential impacts of FTP on drinking water.  The EPA's
study plan  includes coordination  between  the ACE  research program  and  the Safe and
Sustainable  Water  Resources  research  program.  The EPA  is also  collaborating  with the
Department  of Energy  (DOE) and the Department of the Interior. This collaboration sponsors
research  that: 1) improves  our understanding of the  impacts of developing our  nation's
unconventional  oil and  gas resources, and 2) ensures the safe and prudent development of these
resources. The ACE research program will examine the air quality  impacts from  natural gas
drilling and HF operations.  Research  could include ambient  air  monitoring,  emissions
measurements from fugitive points, air quality and exposure modeling, and associated health
                                          149

-------
effects assessment.  This research will inform national and state policies as well as the design
and implementation of more sustainable approaches.
The United States strives to meet the demands of a growing economy by relying on more clean
energy. In FY 2013, the ACE research program will evaluate how changes in national policy
and energy technology may affect air pollutants and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and other
environmental and human health endpoints.  This work also will help the EPA understand how
clean energy technologies impact water quality. The results of this research will guide policy
makers at federal, state, and local levels. Guidance, such as the Biofuel Report to Congress, will
inform  policy  makers in  implementing  legislative requirements (state  renewable portfolio
standards). The ACE research program broadly considers the environmental impacts of energy
production and use across the full life cycle, such as how increased use of residential wood
boilers for home heating can reduce GHG emissions but cause local air pollution problems. This
research also will inform  policies and strategies  developed by  the DOE, the  United States
Department of Agriculture (USDA),  and others to build an economically and environmentally
sustainable energy system for the United States.

Research Partnerships

In all these efforts, the ACE program will continue to build on successful research partnerships
across academic and private sector research organizations,  including its  Clean Air Research
Centers and support  of the Health Effects  Institute.   Approaching  air pollution and  climate
change from  a perspective  of sustainability  requires the  EPA to  strengthen its existing
interactions with other state and federal agencies, including the NOAA, the DOE, the USD A, the
National Institutes of Health, the Federal Highway Administration, and the National Association
of Clean Air Agencies. These partnerships have made the ACE research program more relevant
to decision makers; in turn, having a more lasting benefit, while also achieving multiple goals in
less time and with less resources than would otherwise have been possible.

The EPA also partners with  utilities.  For example, the EPA collects mercury emissions data
directly from utilities. This partnership allows the EPA to assess the effectiveness  of existing
technologies in meeting current mercury  reduction requirements.  In FY 2013, the EPA will
study mercury emissions and control characterization as part of a multi-pollutant research effort.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(AC1) Percentage of products completed on time by Air, Climate, and Energy
research program.
FY
2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

                                           150

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(AC2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients for use in taking
action on climate change or improving air quality.
FY
2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

The table reflects the ACE program's annual performance measures. EPA uses these measures to
assess our effectiveness in delivering needed products and outputs to clients (decision-makers,
states, and local governments).

The EPA collaborates with several science agencies and the research community.  We also work
with the White House's Office of Science and  Technology Policy. The  EPA supports  the
interagency  Science and Technology  in America's Reinvestment -  Measuring the Effect of
Research  on Innovation,  Competitiveness and  Science  (STAR METRICS) effort.   STAR
METRICS strives to measure  the  impact  federal science investments  have on  society,  the
environment, and the economy.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$575.0)  This increase  reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$3,755.0 /  +4.5 FTE) This increase to support hydraulic fracturing within the Air,
       Climate and Energy (ACE) research program,  along with the increase in the Safe  and
       Sustainable Water  Resources research program,  reflects an EPA investment of $14.1
       million.  Increased resources will address questions regarding the potential impacts of
       hydraulic  fracturing (HF) on  air quality.   The  additional resources include $612.0
       associated payroll for 4.5 FTE.  (Please refer to the Research:  Safe and Sustainable Water
       Resources program/project description for an explanation of the water  quality  and
       ecosystems portion of this research investment.)

   •   (+$3,280.0)   In  FY 2013, the EPA will  support climate  change research originally
       planned for 2012.  This increase will  support research to  understand the  impacts of
       climate change on human health and vulnerable ecosystems. The research will accelerate
       efforts to:   evaluate the interactions between  climate change and air quality; initiate
       development of methods to measure carbon dioxide from geological sequestration sites;
       and increase efforts to develop  approaches to adapt to a changing climate.  This research
       will provide regions, tribes, states, and cities with more tools and technologies to support
       their climate change programs.

   •   (+$1,766.0)  In FY 2013, the EPA will support biofuels research  originally planned for
       2012. This effort expands our understanding of the potential  impacts to human health
       and ecosystems related to the increased production and use of second-generation biofuels,
       which are  required by the Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA).  This research
       will focus on emerging  feedstocks such as corn stover and other cellulosic materials.
                                          151

-------
       This science will support development of the Report to Congress (mandated in Section
       204 of EISA).

   •   (+$1,500.0) In FY 2013, the EPA will support air monitor research originally planned
       for 2012.  This increase will support the development of efficient, high-performing, and
       cost-effective monitors for ambient  air pollutants.  This effort is designed to provide
       innovative approaches for monitoring air pollution.  Such monitors will replace outdated
       techniques, produce more detailed information, and reduce the cost of monitoring for the
       EPA, states, and local agencies.

   •   (+$185.0 / +2.8 FTE) This reflects the net result of realignments of infrastructure, FTE,
       and resources  such as equipment  purchases and repairs, travel, contracts, and general
       expenses that  are  proportionately  allocated  across  programs  to  better  align with
       programmatic  priorities.  The increase to resources includes 2.8 FTE and  associated
       payroll of $381.0.

   •   (-$214.0) This  decrease  eliminates the EPA's fluid modeling research facility, used to
       study the effect of roadway configuration and wind direction on near-road dispersion.

   •   (-$914.0 /  -1.3  FTE)  This reduction reflects  administrative  savings from continued
       efforts   to  streamline  operational  expenses  and  activities,  including  information
       technology (IT) support activities.  The reduced resources include 1.3 FTE and associated
       payroll of $177.0.

   •   (-$971.0 / -4.2 FTE) This reduction eliminates the Mercury Research Program. The EPA
       will  no longer study mercury  characterization or  evaluate  mercury emission  control
       technologies as a separate research effort. Mercury emission and control characterization
       will be conducted as one of several co-emitted pollutants. Currently, the Agency collects
       mercury emissions data directly from utilities, which show the effectiveness of existing
       technologies to meet current  reduction  requirements,  thereby  reducing  the need for
       technology research. This includes  a decrease  of  4.2  FTE  and associated  payroll of
       $571.0 aligned with mercury research.

   •   (-$1,913.0) This reflects a  reduction  to  resources for the  development  of exposure
       assessment tools. This research will be incorporated into larger integrated efforts, such as
       studies on the  effects of air pollution from roadway traffic. It also reflects a decrease in
       funding for particulate matter (PM) decision support tools and efforts to assess residential
       and personal exposure to air pollution.  This  reduction  scales back the development of
       decision support tools related to managing PM and its precursors. The EPA will conduct
       research on multipollutant decision support tools and approaches to support the NAAQS
       reviews.

Statutory Authority:

CAA 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. Title 1, Part A - Sec. 103 (a) and (d)  and Sec. 104 (c); CAA 42
U.S.C 7402(b) Section 102; CAA 42 U.S.C 7403(b)(2) Section  103(b)(2); Clinger Cohen Act, 40
                                           152

-------
U.S.C 11318; Economy Act, 31 U.S.C 1535; EISA, Title II Subtitle B; ERDDA, 33 U.S.C. 1251
- Section 2(a); Intergovernmental Cooperation Act, 31 U.S.C. 6502; NCPA; NEPA, Section 102;
PPA; USGCRA 15 U.S.C. 2921.
                                       153

-------
Program Area: Research: Safe and Sustainable Water Resources
                            154

-------
                                         Research: Safe and Sustainable Water Resources
                              Program Area: Research:  Safe and Sustainable Water Resources
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
   Objective(s): Protect Human Health; Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$117,458.3
$117,458.3
423.2
FY 2012
Enacted
$113,476.0
$113,476.0
436.3
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$121,190.0
$121,190.0
443.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$7,714.0
$7,714.0
7.2
Program Project Description:

The EPA's research programs produce the scientific information and tools that the EPA needs to
meet its  legal, statutory, and policy guidelines.   Specifically, the Safe and Sustainable Water
Resources (SSWR) research program assists the EPA's National Water Program and regional
offices to achieve their statutory and regulatory obligations to include implementation of the Safe
Drinking Water Act (SOWA) and the Clean Water Act (CWA) by:

   •   Characterizing  and managing human health and  environmental risks across the  water
       continuum;
   •   Providing data, tools, and technical support for the development of drinking water and
       water quality criteria;
   •   Developing effective systems-based watershed management approaches;
   •   Applying  technological  options  to restore  and protect water bodies by  providing
       information on effective identification, treatment, and management alternatives; and
   •   Developing  and demonstrating new integrated approaches for water and wastewater
       treatment.

Increasing  demands for sources of clean water,  combined with changing land use practices,
population  growth,  aging infrastructure,  and climate change  and variability, pose  significant
threats to the Nation's water resources. Adequate and safe  water underpins the nation's health,
economy, security,  and ecology (NRC, 2004).39 Failure  to manage our nation's waters  in an
integrated and sustainable  manner will limit economic prosperity and jeopardize both human and
aquatic ecosystem health.  To ensure our nation's water resources are  safe for  use and can be
preserved for future generations, the EPA's Research and Development program is developing
innovative solutions to these complex 21st Century water challenges.

For the  most part, people, industry, and government are turning to  solutions that enhance
economic growth and  social well-being as  well as public health and  the environment.  These
solutions will require research  that transcends disciplinary lines and includes all stakeholders in
39
  For more information, please see Confronting the Nation's Water Problems: the Role of Research
http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php7record id= 11031.
                                           155

-------
the process of defining the research to be done and how the solutions are to be integrated. Such
new integrated, transdisciplinary approaches, in order to be effective in the real world, require
innovation at all steps of the process;  from conceptualizing  the  issue to be  addressed, to
technological innovation that allows for  creation of entirely new environmentally responsible
solutions and fosters new economic development.

The SSWR research  program successfully integrates both drinking water and  water quality
research to address these complex water resource issues more effectively.  In addition, the SSWR
research program is partnering with other EPA research programs.  For example, the Sustainable
and Healthy Communities (SHC) research program's National Atlas Project provides national
land cover data and watershed  delineation for use in the SSWR program's development of
watershed integrity indices. The  SSWR research program results then feed back to users through
National  Atlas. The results of collaborative research improve decision-makers' ability to make
better informed and more complete choices.

Furthermore, in an  effort to maximize use of the EPA's Research and Development program
workforce and expertise, the EPA will develop research "communities of practice."  One such
community of practice will focus on modeling approaches across media and disciplines.  This
approach will improve effectiveness by establishing standardized protocols for models developed
and used by all of Research and Development program models from one discipline can be easily
modified for use on problems that require more than a single disciplinary focus.  The EPA also
intends to build "communities of practice" around hydrology and decision support.

America's water resources are  vast and although  the EPA provides  much  of the scientific
foundation for protecting the environmental and public health of this resource;  it does not act
alone.  The  SSWR  research program is working with states and federal  agencies including the
National  Aeronautics  and Space  Administration,  the Department of Energy (DOE), the United
States Department of Agriculture, the United States Geologic Survey, the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention, and the  Department of Defense.  In addition, the SSWR program and
other EPA programs  and offices,  will partner with the Army. As  a  part of their  Net Zero
Initiative, the  SSWR program  will  assist  the  Army's effort  to  develop and demonstrate
innovative water technologies to accomplish  the Army's goal of net zero energy, water, and
waste by 2020.

FY 2013 Activities  and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the  Safe  and  Sustainable Water Resources research program will  continue
addressing critical science questions related to the development and maintenance of safe water
resources and preservation of water resources  for future generations.  The  SSWR research
program  is  organized around two interrelated  themes:   Sustainable Water Resources  and
Sustainable Water Infrastructure Systems.

Sustainable  Water Resources
Research conducted under the sustainable water resources theme integrates social, economic, and
environmental sciences to provide innovative approaches for safe and sustainable water quality.
Research is focused primarily on the water quality to meet designated uses (e.g., drinking water,
                                           156

-------
aquatic life, recreation, industrial processes) and sustain healthy people, ecosystems,  and
economies.

Watersheds, and their associated  aquatic resources, provide critical services that support our
economy and  society.  Stressors (e.g., climate change,  habitat alteration, invasive  species, toxic
pollutants) acting in these watersheds result in a large number of degraded watersheds across the
nation. The SSWR program's research focuses on better understanding:

    •   Resiliency of watersheds to stressors;
    •   Which watersheds require enhanced protection to sustain water resources; and
    •   Factors affecting successful watershed restoration to better prioritize restoration efforts.

In FY 2013, the EPA will support this effort by:

    •   Developing  approaches to assess watershed integrity, resilience,  and restoration potential
       by establishing key watershed indicators;
    •   Using  a  systems approach to  investigate approaches  to  sustain water quality in
       watersheds;
    •   Beginning to characterize the social, economic,  human health, and environmental impacts
       of water quality degradation; and
    •   Evaluating cost-effective watershed management strategies.

Naturally  occurring contaminants and land use practices  (e.g.,  energy production,  mineral
extraction, deep well  injection  activities,  agriculture,  urbanization) can  impair  watershed
integrity, lead to loss of wetland and riparian habitats, harm estuarine  and coastal ecosystems,
contaminate drinking water supplies, and deplete groundwater resources.  Decision-makers and
environmental managers need  tools  to assess the sustainability of watersheds and the  services
they provide under current and future  land use and management practices.  Current regulatory
and non-regulatory efforts are often piecemeal and fail  to fully protect watersheds from the
cumulative effects of many land use related stressors.

The SSWR research program will develop resource management tools to allow decision-makers
to systematically consider complex tradeoffs occurring on  a watershed, regional, or  national
scale. For example, research conducted by the SSWR program, including the development of
wetland health indicators and the interpretation of the national wetlands survey data, is informing
the EPA's first  National Wetlands Condition Report.40 This report will  form the baseline for
analyzing future wetland changes and trends in response to programs and policies.

Protection  of surface  and  subsurface water, necessary for human  and  ecological  use, is
compromised  by the inability to adequately assess and mitigate risks  posed by waterborne
chemical and  microbial contaminants. In FY 2013, the Research and Development program's
researchers  will  begin developing  tools for  better  detection and  assessment  of  groups of
waterborne chemicals and microbial contaminants with the most potential to negatively impact
human and ecosystem health.  In FY 2013, the SSWR program will report on the  production of
40 For more information, see:
http://www.fws.gov/wetlands/ documents/gSandT/Otherlnformation/EPANationalWetlandConditionAssessmentFS.pdf
                                            157

-------
Nitrosodimethylamine (NDMA) in drinking water; NDMA is a compound of concern because of
its carcinogenic potential. These  assessments and tools could allow decision makers to more
effectively reduce risks, improve cost-effective treatment options, and develop guidance for the
use of less hazardous products.

Excess  loading of nutrients is  among the most prevalent  causes  of surface  water quality
impairment. States use existing nutrient criteria, which are inadequate to remedy water resource
impairments. There is a need for more  effective nutrient criteria, specifically numeric nutrient
criteria, and a  need for public understanding of the benefits of such  criteria to  society,  the
economy, and  human and  ecological  health.   In  support  of the  Agency's Recommended
Elements  of a  State Nutrients Framework,41  the EPA  will  conduct research to improve,
demonstrate and apply numeric nutrient criteria approaches  across different scales and water
body types. The SSWR researchers, working with stakeholders, will continue collecting data and
developing systems models  to assist decision-makers with nutrient management approaches to
preserve water  resources for future generations. Nutrient  management research will be  highly
integrated with the Sustainable and  Healthy Communities and  the Air, Climate,  and Energy
research programs and leveraged through collaboration with the EPA regions and the states.

Energy  and mineral  extraction and production  may impact  surface  and  subsurface water
resources. The  SSWR program is developing assessment techniques to assist our policy and
decision makers in the selection of a more socio-economically and environmentally responsible
energy future.  The FY 2013 energy and minerals extraction and injection research will focus on
understanding and preventing the impacts of subsurface land use practices on water resources,
including hydraulic fracturing (FTP).

Hydraulic fracturing is a widespread practice with significant potential economic benefits. The
EPA seeks to understand the public  and environmental health questions while maximizing the
benefits of FTP  practices. The EPA will  continue conducting research to determine  whether FTP
has adverse effects on drinking water resources. As part of our FY 2013 research activities, the
EPA will release an Interim Report on the Impacts of Hydraulic Fracturing on Drinking Water
Resources in calendar year 2012. In addition, the EPA will begin studying the impacts of HF on
air, water quality,  and ecosystems. This research will complement the EPA's current  study on
potential impacts of HF on drinking water.

The EPA's study plan includes coordination between the SSWR research program  and the EPA's
Air, Climate and Energy research program. The EPA  is also collaborating with the DOE and the
Department  of the  Interior under  a  developing  Memorandum  of  Understanding.   This
collaboration:   1) improves our  understanding  of the impacts of developing our  nation's
unconventional  oil  and  gas resources,  and  2) minimizes potential risks in  developing these
resources. The SSWR research program, in collaboration with the EPA's Office of Water and
other EPA programs, will examine the potential impacts of HF practices, such as HF fluids and
waste, on ecosystems and water quality. EPA's scientists will examine human and  environmental
health issues associated with hydraulic fracturing  including  changes in aquatic  and terrestrial
ecosystems,  potential benefits of reduced HF wastewater volume and  toxicity, and  potential
41 For more information, please see:
http://water.epa.gov/scitech/swguidance/standards/criteria/nutrients/upload/memo nitrogen framework.pdf
                                           158

-------
screening for seismic risks from HF. This research will inform national and state policies as well
as the design  and implementation  of more sustainable  approaches  to oil  and natural  gas
extraction that minimize impacts to the environment.

Sustainable Water Infrastructure Systems

Research conducted under the sustainable water infrastructure theme  focuses  on developing
innovative water infrastructure management approaches and techniques for reducing institutional
and  behavioral barriers  to developing  improved water resources management.  A systems
approach to water management might include water conservation, considering wastewater and
grey water as a resource, water reuse, groundwater recharge, use of green infrastructure,  and
energy  conservation   and  recovery.  Research  will encompass  system  design,   treatment
alternatives and their potential health impacts, life-cycle analysis,  best  management practices
(BMP), resiliency, and viability of water resources.

Storm events, and the  resulting runoff of water in developed areas, can cause combined sewer
overflows,  excessive stormwater discharges,  and a loss of permit compliance under the Clean
Water Act. Green infrastructure projects are a more cost-effective way to manage storm related
flows. Green infrastructure  BMPs retain and infiltrate stormwater and provide the co-benefits of
recreational  opportunities,  jobs,  and  increased property values. For example,   the EPA
collaborated  with the city of  Cleveland  to propose  an  approach for incorporating green
infrastructure projects  into  their  stormwater consent decree. The proposal was accepted by the
court.

In FY 2013, the SSWR program will continue developing and evaluating green infrastructure in
several regional projects and will release a report on the effectiveness of green infrastructure
BMPs.  Research  will provide   guidance  to assist with  selection and  implementation  of
appropriate green infrastructure technologies at various scales and locations. This information is
important to municipal governments facing stormwater consent decrees and for capital planning
projects to meet both the current and  future needs. The EPA will provide technical guidance to
municipalities across  the country such  as  Philadelphia, Omaha,  Louisville, Cleveland,  and
Kansas City  to  improve  water quality  by  incorporating green infrastructure with  gray
infrastructure into plans to better control water pollution during storm events.

In addition,  the  SSWR  research  program  will continue developing complete  life-cycle
assessments of several  types of water systems (e.g., different sizes, conditions, costs) to aid water
managers in  making decisions that result in sustainable infrastructure to  provide safe water.
Integration of public health, socio-economic, and ecological factors is important  for stakeholder
comparisons between the status quo and novel/alternative scenarios for water services.

The SSWR research program also will continue to develop, evaluate, and demonstrate new water
infrastructure technologies to improve cost-effectiveness and efficiency in water systems through
research  at the EPA Research and Development program's Technology Cluster in Cincinnati.
The  SSWR  researchers  will  continue working  with  metropolitan  partners to  demonstrate
treatment technologies for drinking water and wastewater treatment at the cluster facilities and
                                           159

-------
 elsewhere. Results of this research will be provided to communities and  regions to assist in
 future planning.

 Breaches in aging drinking water distribution systems, between the treatment plant and the
 consumer's  tap,  can result  in  exposure to detrimental  amounts  of contaminants (both
 chemicals and  pathogens).  These  contaminants  are  an  important source  of adverse
 waterborne health impacts. In FY 2013, the EPA will conduct research to develop innovative
 approaches to monitor aging water distribution and collection  systems and mitigate those
 impacts.

 The EPA is conducting research on the use of systems-based approaches to identify and manage
 nutrient  degraded water  resources and to promote protection and  recovery.  In FY  2013,  the
 SSWR research program  will continue developing approaches to demonstrate integrated nutrient
 management for estuarine ecosystems and watersheds to develop solutions  that can be broadly
 applied to our nation's  coastal watersheds.  The EPA is refocusing resources  to support a
 Southern New England Program for Innovative Estuarine Approaches. The work of the program
 will develop scientific and technical solutions  to inform policies,  environmental management
 structures, and business approaches to ensure the sustainability of our coastal watersheds and
 estuaries. Research from across the SSWR program is being used  to identify and develop  the
 scientific, technological,  and behavioral  innovations needed to manage  nutrients in estuarine
 ecosystems and watersheds.

 Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(SW1) Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Safe
and Sustainable Water Resources research program.
FY
2006


FY
2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(SW2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients and partners to
improve the Agency's capability to ensure clean and adequate supplies of water
that support human well-being and resilient aquatic ecosystems.
FY
2006


FY
2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 201 1


FY2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

The table reflects the  SSWR research program's annual performance measures. The EPA uses
these measures to assess our effectiveness in delivering needed products and outputs to clients
(decision makers, states, and local governments).
                                          160

-------
The EPA collaborates with several science agencies and the research community.  The EPA also
works with the White House's Office of Science and Technology Policy. The EPA supports the
interagency Science  and Technology  in America's  Reinvestment - Measuring the Effect of
Research on  Innovation, Competitiveness  and Science (STAR METRICS)  effort. The  STAR
METRICS  strives to measure the impact  federal science investments  have  on society, the
environment,  and the economy.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget: (Dollars in Thousands)

   •   (+$3,774.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce  costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$4,250.0 / +5.5 FTE) This increase to support hydraulic fracturing (HF) research within
       the Safe and Sustainable Water Resources research program, along with the  increase to
       support  HF  in  the Air, Climate and  Energy  research program, reflects a  total EPA
       investment of $14.1  million.  Increased  resources  will  address  additional questions
       regarding the safety of HF. This investment  will complement current research to study
       the  potential  impacts of HF  on drinking water. Research will  address the  potential
       impacts  of HF on air quality, water quality,  and ecosystems and will  be conducted in
       collaboration with the Department of Interior and the Department of Energy.

       In coordination with the  Sustainable and Healthy Communities research program, the
       SSWR program will assess the impacts of reduced HF Wastewater discharge on aquatic
       indicators  and   ecosystems,  including toxicity testing.  The  EPA  Research  and
       Development program will work with the EPA Water program to screen for HF induced
       seismic risks.  In addition, the SSWR program will conduct research to understand the
       impacts of disposal of HF fluids and materials. The additional resources include $721.0
       associated payroll for 5.5 FTE. (Please refer  to the Research: Air, Climate and Energy
       program description  for  an explanation  of the  air quality portion of this research
       investment.)

   •   (+$2,000.0) This reflects a refocusing of resources to support a Southern New England
       Program for Innovative Estuarine Approaches. The changing human landscape is placing
       ever increasing pressure on our coastal systems, as existing infrastructure ages  and proves
       ineffective  to support the changing  demographics.  The program  will  work  with
       industrial,  city and state partners to develop innovative scientific and  technical solutions
       to protect  estuarine ecosystems.  Innovative scientific and technical solutions generated
       through  this  work will  inform policies,  environmental  management  structures, and
       business approaches to ensure the sustainability of our coastal watersheds and estuaries.

   •   (+$1,800.0) The EPA will conduct research to integrate both  natural  and  built water
       infrastructure to reduce  combined  sewer overflow  impacts. Resources will support
       development of regional projects that integrate natural and built water  infrastructure as
       well as research to monitor and understand the benefits of existing integrated natural,
       built and green  infrastructure. Projects will result in savings for states and communities
       through avoidance of combined sewer overflow impacts.

                                          161

-------
    •  (+$465.0 / +3.4 FTE) This reflects the net result of realignments of infrastructure FTE
       and resources such as equipment purchases and  repairs, fixed costs,  contracts, and
       general expenses that are proportionately allocated across programs to better align with
       programmatic priorities.  The additional resources include 3.4 FTE and associated payroll
       of$445.

    •  (-$1,098.0 / -1.5 FTE) This reduction reflects an elimination of research to model and
       track  human exposure  to  pathogens  at  beaches.   The  EPA expects to have met
       requirements set forth in the court settlement agreement and consent decree. The reduced
       resources include 1.5 FTE and associated payroll of $197.0.

    •  (-$1,151.0 / -0.2 FTE)  This reduction reflects administrative savings from continued
       efforts to  streamline  operational  expenses  and  activities,  including  information
       technology (IT) support activities.  The reduced resources include 0.2 FTE and associated
       payroll of $26.0.

    •  (-$2,326.0)  This  reflects  a  reduction of funding  from innovative drinking  water
       technology research, including  a competitively awarded center for research  on  small
       drinking water systems,  with  additional reductions  to drinking water and water quality
       research for technical support activities.

Statutory Authority:

SDWA Part E, Sec. 1442 (a)(l); CWA Title I,  Sec. 101(a)(6) 33 U.S.C. 1254 - Sec  104 (a) and
(c)  and Sec. 105; ERDDA  33 U.S.C. 1251 - Section 2(a); MPRSA Sec. 203, 33 U.S.C.  1443;
ODBA Title II; SPA; CVA; WRDA; WWWQA; MPPRCA; NISA; CZARA;, CWPPRA; (ESA;
NAWCA; FIFRA 1 U.S. C.  135 et seq; TSCA U.S. C. 136 et seq.
                                          162

-------
Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities
                      163

-------
                                        Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities
                                        Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                 Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$192,436.1
$501.6
$1,204.3
$21,347.9
$215,489.9
627.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$170,741.0
$396.0
$613.0
$17,677.0
$189,427.0
612.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$165,730.0
$490.0
$618.0
$17,798.0
$184,636.0
620.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($5,011.0)
$94.0
$5.0
$121.0
($4,791.0)
8.2
Program Project Description:

Our nation's communities make social, economic, and environmental trade-offs in a resource-
constrained world. These trade-offs are often not well-characterized in terms of the implications
and interactions between human health, ecosystem services, economic vitality, and social equity.
In turn, conventional  decision-making often does not adequately characterize these complex
interactions  and can  result  in unanticipated  consequences.  To address this dilemma, the
Sustainable and Healthy Communities Research Program (SHCRP) will inform and empower
decision-makers  in  communities,  as well  as  across  EPA and in federal,  state  and tribal
governments, to  effectively and equitably weigh and integrate human health, socio-economic,
environmental, and ecological factors into their decisions.

Community decisions  that impact human health and environmental quality in  the 21st Century
are more complex than ever before. Stressors such as climate change and  urbanization, for
example, have become universal, and require different thinking and solutions than in the past.
People, industry, and  government are turning increasingly to solutions that enhance economic
growth and social well-being, as well as public health and the environment. These solutions will
require research that transcends disciplinary  lines and includes all stakeholders in the process of
defining the research to be done and how the solutions are to be integrated.

In order for the  SHCRP  to become more socio-economically  and environmentally integrated,
future approaches to protecting human health and the environment must:

   •   Consider the inextricable link between the natural environment and human well-being;
   •   Focus on proactive,  preventative  strategies that optimize  management of multiple
       chemical, material and energy streams; and
   •   Apply systems analysis to avoid unintended consequences and maximize  valuable co-
       benefits.
                                          164

-------
The goal  of the SHCRP is to  utilize a systems-based approach to research that will enable
community leaders and other decision makers to understand the linkages and weigh trade-offs
among    human  health, socio-economic,  environmental, and ecological  factors to  foster
community  sustainability.  The EPA  seeks  to  inform community  leaders to weigh factors
including  pressures on community infrastructure, provision  of a safe and sustainable water
supply, waste management,  and clean air as they make local decisions.

The beneficiaries from the SHCRP research include  state and local governments,  the  EPA
program and regional  offices, tribes, various community groups, and individuals.  The SHCRP
will conduct integrated, transdisciplinary research to provide tools, methods, and information to:

    1)  Assess the current human and ecological health of communities;
    2)  Evaluate the implications of alternative policies and management actions;
    3)  Identify/develop indicators to measure results and track changes; and
    4)  Facilitate the decision-making process such that full value accounting routinely factors
       into decisions along  with consideration of the full suite of a community's values.

The two most  important outcomes of the program  for communities who  utilize the SHCRP
research will be: 1) providing tools to  improve communities' ability to proactively make policy
and management choices based on a full accounting of the costs, benefits and tradeoffs among
social, economic, and  ecological outcomes of alternative management actions; and 2) to identify
creative and equitable solutions to  community  environmental  problems that provide  multiple
environmental,  social  and economic benefits while avoiding unintended consequences of poorly
informed decisions and actions.  To facilitate these outcomes, the SHCRP will develop a method
to more comprehensively account for the full costs and benefits of community decisions.  This
method called Total Resource Impacts and Outcomes  (TRIO) accounting, considers economy,
society, and environment.

There are important outcomes for the EPA program and  regional offices as well. One of the
premises of the SHCRP is that the best way to meet the long term goals of the EPA's  program
offices is to help communities find better and more efficient ways to meet federal requirements.
This will be accomplished by providing  information that  helps  the EPA,  state and  local
governments develop  regulations that are less expensive and where possible, that help avoid the
need for regulation altogether through innovative and effective non-regulatory approaches.  Most
broadly, the Research  and Development program's transdisciplinary, systems based research will
assist the  EPA  in recognizing synergies in the protection  of human and ecosystem health, and
incorporate this understanding to improve the quality of regulatory decisions.  More specifically,
the SHCRP will continue to address targeted research needs of the EPA's program and regional
offices  that  support  critical  regulatory  and  policy  needs,   such  as waste  and  materials
management, and contaminated site remediation. The  SHCRP  will  also focus research on the
EPA's cross-cutting  strategic goals of protecting children's  health,  ensuring environmental
justice (decreasing environmental and health disparities), and  providing essential information
and insights for the EPA's Report on the Environment (ROE).

The work of the SHCRP falls into four inter-related themes:
                                          165

-------
   •   Data and Tools to Support Sustainable Community Decisions uses interactive  social
       media and other innovative means to enable communities and stakeholders to actively
       engage in the planning, design, and implementation of the SHCRP research to meet their
       desired sustainability goals.

   •   Forecasting and Assessing Ecological and Community Health conducts innovative
       research that will enable communities to ensure the  sustainable provision of ecosystem
       services and to assess how the natural and built environment affects the health and well-
       being of their residents.

   •   Near-term Approaches for Sustainable Solutions builds upon EPA program experience
       in  order  to  improve the  efficiency and effectiveness of methods to address  existing
       sources of land and groundwater contamination while moving to innovative approaches
       that reduce new sources of contamination and enable recovery of energy, materials, and
       nutrients from waste.

   •   Integrated  Solutions  for Sustainable  Outcomes  assesses  the  state  of  the art of
       sustainable practices  for four  high-priority community decision areas:   waste  and
       materials management; infrastructure, including energy and water; transportation; and,
       planning and zoning for buildings and land use.  It will use whole-system  modeling to
       integrate these  four areas to better achieve outcomes  with  multiple benefits and to
       develop and test TRIO accounting methods.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the SHCRP will undertake specific research to  develop decision analysis  and
support tools, and will use interactive social media to enable communities to directly participate
in the design, planning and implementation of the SHCRP research.   The SHCRP will develop
tools  and  methods to fully  account  for  the  environmental  (ecological  and human health),
economic, and social consequences  and inter-relationships involved in making decisions  at the
community level. Some of these tools and methods will  be designed to "value" ecosystems for
their contribution to human well-being, and how that value will change or  remain under various
alternative future scenarios and decisions.  Examples  of  the  SHCRP's continuing  research
activities and products in this area include:

   •   In  collaboration with several other Federal agencies (United States Geological Survey,
       the United States Forest Service, the United States Department of Agriculture, and the
       National  Oceanic and  Atmospheric Administration), developing  a  system to classify
       ecosystems  in terms of the services they provide (e.g. air or water purification, habitat,
       etc.) and also identify metrics and indicators that decision makers  can use to determine
       how best to support that system;
   •   Developing  a National Atlas of Sustainability which displays national, regional,  and
       community-scale ecosystem  services, and  ecosystem production functions that can be
       used to forecast impacts of change and policy/management alternatives;
                                          166

-------
   •   Developing cost-effective methods to transfer measured ecosystem goods and services to
       ecologically similar, but currently unmonitored locations, so decision makers can utilize
       information about their landscape;
   •   Developing  partnerships within the EPA  and communities to demonstrate  how to
       incorporate  measured  ecosystem  goods  and  services  in  specific  decision-making
       contexts; and
   •   Writing guidance on how to use integrative ecosystem goods and services, and system
       based models to help inform market decisions (e.g., how to estimate credits for markets).

This research  will  depend on  collaboration  with, and research outputs from, the Safe  and
Sustainable Water Resources (SSWR) research program (e.g. information on costs and benefits
associated with green versus gray infrastructure) and the Air, Climate and Energy (ACE)
research program (e.g. projections of energy supply and demand, deposition and distribution of
air pollutants) to fully  inform full value accounting of alternative decisions.

In FY 2013, the SHCRP will also  conduct research to  inform and assess decisions to  improve
community and public health. This research has two essential outcomes:

   1)  Enable communities to prevent  exposures and adverse health impacts of environmental
       contaminants and other stressors; and
   2)  Enable communities to make development decisions that foster public health with special
       emphasis on vulnerable groups.

This research will provide decision-makers with approaches, data, guidance, and other tools to
inform and assess options for public-health decisions related to priority community concerns.
Examples of these concerns include how to make wise  decisions regarding  buildings  and
infrastructure,  land use,  transportation, and waste and materials.  These are high-priority sectors
that contribute to the complexity of exposures and effects within a given community.   This
research will rely upon and apply models, tools, and data developed by the Chemical  Safety for
Sustainability (CSS), the ACE,  and the SSWR research programs related to cumulative risk of
environmental  contaminants and   incorporate  this information  into  systems models  for
community use to enable  higher order consideration of social,  cultural, and economic factors
contributing to health and well-being.

In FY  2013, the SHCRP  will  also continue  to support high-priority Agency research needs.
These are research efforts  that are largely underway, and that the EPA's program and  regional
offices are depending  on to fulfill their statutory and regulatory requirements. For example, the
SHCRP is developing materials  management and sustainable technologies that reduce volume of
contaminants, produce benefits or conserve resources, and minimize risks of exposure to people
and ecosystems. The  EPA's Solid  Waste and Emergency Response program, states and  tribes
can apply this science to policy, regulations,  and program  implementation.  The SHCRP  and
other research programs will partner with the Army. As part of their Net Zero Initiative, the
SHCRP will assist the Army  in  their effort to develop and  demonstrate  innovative  waste
technologies to accomplish the Army's goal of net zero energy, water, and waste by 2020. This
area of research is fully aligned with SHCRP research on waste and materials management.
                                          167

-------
The EPA's Air and Radiation and Water programs are working to develop standards and policies
to  deal with  increasing  levels  of nitrogen pollution. The SHCRP is  developing nitrogen
management tools and information to provide a scientific  foundation for nitrogen management
approaches and policy across the EPA. It will provide information to the National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS)  process, guiding the standards, and monitoring the response of
ecosystems to changes in standards.  It will also  provide  information to the EPA's Water and
regional  programs to improve nutrient management, provide information about sources of
nitrogen, and the best ways to reduce it.  This work will substantially benefit the EPA's Water
program and will be carried out collaboratively with the SSWR research program.  The SHCRP
is also developing scenario analyses tools that assess regional vulnerabilities of communities to
air  and water  quality exposure  stemming from  nitrogen sources, and  local vulnerability of
selected communities to air-sheds  and water-sheds which may transport  nitrogen pollution to
them, versus self-generated pollution.  The  SHCRP will  conduct this research  collaboratively
with the SSWR and ACE research programs.

One of the Administrator's priorities for the Agency is to  work toward environmental justice42.
The SHCRP is  developing the science to support the EPA's efforts to bring environmental justice
to our communities  by  providing methods for conducting  disproportionate impact analysis,
particularly for characterizing and assessing cumulative impacts. This research will be conducted
collaboratively with the  EPA's Environmental  Justice program  as well  as the  Department of
Health and  Human  Service's  National Institute  for Minority Health and  Health Disparities.
Similarly, research is being conducted in an area known as  "complex interactions." This research
will assess  interactions  between  social,  natural  and  built  environmental  systems,  and
conditions/policies that result  in unequal  environmental health conditions  or disproportionate
impacts among diverse  disadvantaged population groups,  communities,  neighborhoods, and
individuals.  This  research  will  assess  drivers  of current and  changing patterns of social
inequalities in environmental health and develop strategies to alleviate systemic drivers of racial
and socio-economic disparities.

In FY 2013, the  SHCRP is conducting research to understand children's exposures, minimize
risks, and inform decisions in community settings  where they live, learn, play and work.  While
building upon challenges remaining in the EPA's Strategy  for Research on Environmental Risks
to Children,43 this  project is also responsive to the National Action Plans under development by
the Federal Task Force to address Environmental Health and Safety Risks to Children44 and other
federal initiatives  (e.g., National Prevention Strategy45, President's  Task Force on Childhood
Obesity46). This research will directly benefit regulatory and programmatic needs of four of the
EPA program offices - Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention, Solid Waste and Emergency
Response, Water, Air and  Radiation - with respect to  life stage  susceptibility and  will be
conducted collaboratively with the CSS (especially with  systems models such as the  Virtual
Embryo),  the  ACE  (especially with impacts of  air pollution on childhood  asthma) and the
Human Health  and Risk Assessment (child-specific exposure factors) research programs.  It will
42 http://blog.epa.gov/administrator/2010/01/12/seven-priorities-for-epas-future/
43 http://www.epa.gov/ncea/pdfs/strat4resrch.pdf
44 http://vosemite.epa.gov/ochp/ochpweb. nsf/content/whatwejf_proj. htm
45 http://www.healthcare.gov/prevention/nphpphc/strategy/report.pdf
46 http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/presidential-memorandum-establishing-a-task-force-childhood-obesity
                                            168

-------
also benefit the Environmental Justice and Children's  Health Protection programs' efforts to
reduce children's health disparities in highly prevalent diseases and conditions such as asthma,
obesity, and neurodevelopmental  disorders. Implementation includes significant collaboration
with the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) though the EPA-NIEHS
co-funded Children's Environmental Health Centers Program.

The SHCRP will also provide the  science to update EPA's ROE.  The ROE is a comprehensive
source of national-level scientific indicators describing the conditions and trends in human health
and the environment. The indicators are based on data  collected by the EPA, states, and other
federal and non-federal organizations and meet high standards for data quality, objectivity, and
utility. Activities include:

    •  Developing a new thematic area on sustainability/sustainable development, with relevant
       indicators of intensity;
    •  Updating graphics  displaying  quantified  statistical  uncertainty  information  where
       possible and appropriate; and
    •  Setting up a dynamic website interface that highlights interactive,  customizable graphics
       and mapping capability, where appropriate.

In FY 2013,  the  SHCRP  will  continue to  support  Science to Achieve Results (STAR)
Fellowships47,  which bolster support to the environmental  generation of tomorrow, bridge to
diverse communities, and boost excellent research and development that advance the protection
of human  health and  the environment  through education. The fellowships  are  the EPA's
contribution to the  national effort to ensure that the U.S. meets its current and projected human
resource needs in the environmental science, engineering and policy fields.

The SHCRP will provide additional technical support to the EPA program and regions as needed
to continue supporting the Agency's mission. While many of the Agency's research needs are
known, and ongoing, new and urgent needs will inevitably arise outside of the process of multi-
year planning. In these instances,  the SHCRP will provide support to any of the EPA programs
or regions where the SHCRP researchers' knowledge and skills can better enable development,
implementation, or evaluation for the EPA programs and provide the scientific foundation for
Agency decisions.

The SHCRP has identified a test  community in which to provide community decision makers
with tools to account for the full-cost of alternative policy and management  approaches in FY
2013.  The over-arching goal of this research is to integrate  issue-specific tools  and  approaches
with findings from other components of the SHCRP to:
       1)  Inform  a proof of concept pilot study at the community level in Durham, North
       Carolina to incorporate the  tools  described above; and
       2)  Create a framework to  assist communities in their efforts to achieve a more socio-
       economically and environmentally responsible state.
 http://www.epa.gov/ncer/fellow/
                                          169

-------
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(HC1) Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the
Sustainable and Healthy Communities research program.
FY
2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(HC2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients, partners, and
stakeholders for use in pursuing their sustainability goals.
FY
2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

The table reflects the SHCRP's annual performance measures. The EPA uses these measures to
assess our effectiveness in delivering needed products and outputs to clients (decision makers,
states, and local governments).

The EPA collaborates with several science agencies and the research community.  The EPA also
works with the White House's Office of Science and Technology Policy. The EPA supports the
interagency  Science  and Technology  in America's  Reinvestment - Measuring the Effect of
Research on Innovation, Competitiveness and Science (STAR  METRICS) effort.  The STAR
METRICS  strives  to measure the impact  federal science investments have  on society, the
environment, and the economy.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$863.0) This reduction reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$928.0 / +1.8 FTE)  This reflects the net result of realignments of infrastructure FTE
       and resources such as equipment purchases  and repairs, travel, contracts, and general
       expenses that are proportionately  allocated across programs to better  align  with
       programmatic priorities.  The resources include an increase  of  1.8 FTE and associated
       payroll of $247.0.

   •   (-$335.0  / +5.5  FTE)  This  reflects a  net  adjustment in  research on  indicators for
       ecosystems  services valuation,  better management and decision tools for nitrogen, and
       advanced models to predict ecological impacts on community public and environmental
       health decisions which be complete in 2012.   The increased resources include 5.5 FTE
       and associated payroll of $753.0.
   •   (-$1,000.0)  This reflects a reduction in level funding to study the effects  of cleaning
       materials and school settings on children's health. Work to assess the impact of decisions
       on school siting, and building materials on children's health will continue.
                                          170

-------
   •   (-$1,687.0 / -1.0 FTE) This reduction reflects administrative savings from continued
       efforts  to  streamline  operational  expenses  and  activities,  including  information
       technology (IT) support activities.  The reduced resources include 1.0 FTE and associated
       payroll of $137.0.

   •   (-$54.0  / +1.0 FTE)  This reflects  a net adjustment  to  discontinue  research  on
       denitrification, life span susceptibility, ecosystems modeling, and field studies in the
       Willamette Valley which will largely be completed by the end of 2012.  The adjustment
       also  delays  place-based projects  to demonstrate ecosystem  valuation methods,  and
       research to support clean-up at RCRA and Brownfield sites.  Finally, this adjustment
       eliminates field research associated with ecosystems services provided by wetlands; the
       increased resources include 1.0 FTE and associated payroll of $137.0.

   •   (-$2,000.0) This reflects a discontinuation of the funds for the EPA Laboratory Study in
       anticipation that funding requested  in FY 2012 will be sufficient to complete the study.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Air Act, Sections 103 and 104.  42  U.S.C.  7403, 42 U.S.C. 7404,103; 104; Clean Water
Act,  Sections 101, 104 & 404, 33 U.S.C. 1254; Clinger  Cohen Act, 40 U.S.C. 11318; Coastal
Zone  Management Act (CZMA),  16  U.S.C.  1451 - Section 302; Executive Order 12898,
Executive Order 13045;  Executive Order  13508; Environmental Research, Development &
Demonstration Authorization Act; Endangered  Species Act (ESA), 16 U.S.C. 1531  - Section 2;
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide  Act sections 18 and 20;  Food Quality and
Protection Act P.L. 104-170, 110  Stat. 1489,  Intergovernmental Cooperation Act; 31 U.S.C.
6502 (provided specialized  or technical services to state or local governments); Indoor Radon
abatement sec 306; Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act, Section  203, 33 U.S.C.
1443;  National Environmental Education  Act, 20 U.S.C.  5503(b)(3) and (b) (11); National
Environmental Policy Act  of  1969, Section 102 and 4332;  Toxic Substances Control Act,
Section 10. 15 U.S.C. 2609; Water Resources Research Act.
                                          171

-------
Program Area: Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability
                          172

-------
                                             Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability
                                 Program Area: Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability
                     Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                  Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                              Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                       Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$85,213.6
$85,213.6
292.1
FY 2012
Enacted
$91,735.0
$91,735.0
291.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$94,241.0
$94,241.0
293.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$2,506.0
$2,506.0
2.3
Program Project Description:

Environmental challenges in the 21st Century are increasingly complex. Environmental stressors,
such as climate change, urbanization, and water quality and quantity, for example, have become
universal and require  different  thinking and solutions than  in  the past; reducing risk can  no
longer be the only approach to environmental protection. Our nation needs new ways to ensure
the safety of  chemicals from the very beginning  of their uses to prevent  adverse effects of
chemicals on  society and the environment from being manifest while still strengthening our
economic well-being.

To address  this need,  the EPA has reshaped its chemicals research with plans  to  develop
innovative and cost-effective approaches and tools to better inform decisions to reduce harmful
effects of chemicals on human health and the environment. In  doing so, the EPA is increasing the
quality, quantity and availability of information that informs decisions on chemical  safety as well
as the information available for data-poor chemicals.

Achieving  an environmentally sustainable future demands that the  EPA  address  today's
environmental problems using  a  science-based approach  while simultaneously preparing for
future  challenges.  In FY 2013, EPA will  continue to  strengthen its  planning,  conduct,  and
delivery of science  by looking at  problems from  a systems perspective. The EPA  Science
Advisory Board (SAB) advocates  support for tackling  environmental problems collectively
rather  than individually to lead to effective solutions. In a letter to EPA Administrator Lisa
Jackson, the SAB  states that "...a  systems approach and transdisciplinary research for ORD...
will strengthen the quality and relevance of research supporting EPA's mission now and well into
the future48."
The EPA has designed a research program that  incorporates principles and recommendations
from a number of previous reports  (e.g., the National Research Council 200749, U.S. EPA
  Office of Research and Development Strategic Research Directions and Integrated Transdisciplinary Research, July 8, 2010
http://vosemite.epa.gov/sab/sabproduct.nsf/E989ECFC125966428525775B0047BElA/$File/EPA-SAB-10-010-unsitmed.pdf
49 National Academy of Sciences - Toxicity Testing in the 21st Century: A Vision and a Strategy, 2007 -
                                           173

-------
200950, U.S. EPA 201051) and other advice from external stakeholders.  The CSS research
program will bring chemicals-related testing, evaluation, and management into the 21st Century
and  support the Administrator's Essential Principles for  Reforming Chemicals Management
Legislation.52

In planning and implementing the  CSS  research program, the EPA's program and regional
offices have worked with the EPA's Research and Development program to identify the  critical
science questions that guide the CSS research program. The EPA will continue to collaborate
with federal and non-government stakeholders in  order to achieve its mission of evaluating the
safety of chemicals and products. This kind of evaluation allows for simultaneous consideration
of society's current demands and the needs of future generations.

The  CSS research program  will  enhance  our  understanding  of the properties  of molecular
structure, function, and formulation relevant to exposure and biological effects across chemical
life cycles. The ultimate goal of the CSS research  is to ensure safety in the design, manufacture,
and use of new and existing chemicals. Three concepts are central to the CSS research program:

   •  Life Cycle: The cradle-to-grave life  cycle  perspective to chemical design, manufacture,
       use, and fate, with the aim to manage potential risk of exposure and impacts;
   •  Inherency: The physico-chemical and material  properties of the chemical, and how those
       properties affect the behavior of chemicals in the environment; and
   •  Sustainability: The broad social, economic, and environmental impacts of chemical use.

The  CSS program coordinates its research  across the other EPA research programs.  Complex
interactions of chemicals in a community context require a systems approach to understand the
links between exposure and toxicity pathways involved in disease. The CSS research program
also  evaluates  the effects of  chemicals  at  varying life stages along with  other  susceptibility
factors,  such  as genetics and co-existing diseases, considerations that   are  important for
understanding health and environmental impacts in communities. For example, the CSS research
program  supports  community-level  decisions  by providing  tools  and  data for use  by the
Sustainable and Healthy Communities research program. .

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The  Administration's  science and technology priorities53  stress the  need for multidisciplinary
research that transforms the  approaches used to address the nation's  problems. To that end, the
CSS research program  will develop tools that contribute to the design  of safer chemicals. The
program will support a range of science activities that inform the EPA's policies. Additionally,

http://dels.nas.edu/resources/static-assets/materials-based-on-reports/reports-in-brief/Toxicitv_Testing_fmal.pdf
50 U.S. EPA - Strategic Plan for Evaluating the Toxicity of Chemicals, 2009 - http://www.epa.gov/stpc/toxicitytesting/index.htm
5'U.S. EPA Administrator Lisa Jackson - Testimony Before the Senate Subcommittee on Superfund, Toxics and Environmental
Health, October 26, 2010 -
http://vosemite.epa.gov/opa/admpress.nsf/12a744ff56dbff8585257590004750b6/b8dc53aG572128a852577c80060a28diOpenDo
cument
52 http://www.epa.gov/opptintr/existingchemicals/pubs/principles.html
53 For more information, see the Executive Office of the President memorandum:
http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/microsites/ostp/fvl2-budget-guidance-memo.pdf
                                             174

-------
the CSS program will  develop research  products  to  address  chemical risk  assessment and
management problems identified collaboratively with key science advisors and senior staff from
across the EPA.

An efficient use of resources argues for risk assessments and risk management approaches that
use only the amount and quality of scientific evidence needed and appropriate for the nature of
the problem being addressed. This approach has several key advantages over current approaches:

    •   Thousands of chemicals can be  assessed simultaneously using high-throughput and high
       content approaches;
    •   Reducing our reliance on animal testing will in turn reduce the resources needed for data
       generation; and
    •   Human disease processes, cell systems, and pathway targets can be studied directly.

The EPA's CSS research program is driven by the need to:

    •   Tailor data generation and evaluation approaches to support varying decisions;
    •   More efficiently and effectively assess chemical risks and identify what to do about them;
       and
    •   Focus on the highest-priority chemicals-related problems facing the EPA and the nation,
       so that research remains relevant to the Agency's mission.

Keeping this  in mind, in FY 2013, the CSS research program will  continue to support  science
outcomes through three research areas:

    •   Developing the  Scientific Knowledge, Tools,  and Models for Integrated Evaluation
       Strategies: The CSS researchers will apply enhanced testing with an integrated system of
       higher throughput decision support tools to develop these  strategies, which  will help
       focus and prioritize assessment of both existing and new chemicals.
    •   Improving  Assessment  and Management  Approaches for  Chemical Safety  and
       Sustainability: The  CSS  researchers will  assess the amount and quality of  scientific
       evidence supporting a given assessment or management approach. Because the  amount
       and quality of evidence vary with the nature of the problem and the intended decision to
       be addressed,  this research area will  develop  approaches that are more  responsive to
       varied specific decision contexts.
    •   Targeting High Priority Research Needs for Immediate and Focused Attention. The CSS
       researchers will apply integrated evaluation and context-relevant assessment approaches
       to specific, critical research needs that  are required to  fulfill regulatory mandates. In
       particular, this area will  focus  on  addressing the Agency's  highest priority, near-term
       needs.

The EPA will capture the complexities of exposure and dose using high-throughput  assays to
identify key linkages in the continuum between the production of a chemical,  its release into the
environment, the  resulting  exposures, and  adverse  outcomes for people  and  the  natural
environment.  Researchers  will  develop  biomarkers  of  exposure  that  will  enable  the
characterization of adverse outcomes pathways in exposed populations.
                                           175

-------
The EPA also will use advanced computational techniques such as multi-scale systems models of
virtual tissues to improve quantitative risk assessment and improve confidence in extrapolation
models. The CSS program plans to  digitize  and expand  the availability of  this research
information and then translate and transfer it in ways most useful to decision makers.

The CSS program  will generate chemical  evaluation strategies that integrate decision makers'
needs  into approaches to  improve the scientific  basis for their risk  assessments  and risk
management decisions. These efforts  support the development and application of improved and
new:

   •   Strategies and approaches for the efficient assessment  and management of the thousands
       of existing and emerging chemicals  in commerce;
   •   Advanced computational tools for  improving existing methods to understand inherent
       properties  and predict behaviors and impacts of chemicals and  their related products
       throughout their life-cycle;
   •   Approaches  for alternative  sustainable product  formulations  found  by  assessing
       chemicals throughout their life-cycle;
   •   Approaches to address issues of cumulative  risk,  chemical mixtures in the environment,
       vulnerability of populations, and environmental equity; and
   •   Methods to translate research findings  into decision  support tools that are useful and
       usable to regulators  and risk managers, as well as the  other Agency Research Programs:
       Air, Climate,  and Energy;  Sustainable Water and Water Resources; Sustainable and
       Healthy Communities; Human Health Risk Assessment; and Homeland Security.

The CSS researchers  will collaborate closely with program partners across the EPA to advance
the use of high throughput screening and  computational models to prioritize chemicals in the
Endocrine  Disrupter  Screening  Program  (EDSP).  These enhanced  chemical screening and
priority testing approaches  will produce  smarter,  context-relevant chemical assessment and
management.

The near-term goal of this effort is to use these tools to immediately prioritize thousands of
chemicals for  the  current  EDSP Tier 1  Screen (T1S) battery. The intermediate goal is  to
incorporate modern technologies directly into the EDSP  T1S to  increase  the capacity to screen
for endocrine disrupting chemicals; while the longer-term goal is to replace the T1S with a suite
of assays based on non-whole animal methods.

In approaching this task, the CSS program will work with partners in the National Institutes of
Health and the Food and Drug Administration through the "Tox21 Consortium" that is bringing
the collective expertise of governmental scientists to bear on development and use of the new
toxicological methods.54

Through the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), the EPA is
conducting a collaborative  research effort to investigate a core set of nanomaterials that are
54 http://www.epa.gov/comptox/toxcast/
                                          176

-------
present  in  carbon,  metal,  and metal  oxide-based  commercial  products. The CSS research
program is investigating the inherent chemical properties that influence the fate,  exposure and
effects of these nanomaterials, with the aim of ascertaining behavioral trends and impacts.

In FY 2013, the EPA will focus a portion of the CSS research program's activities to build  on
existing research of cost-efficient and  resource and energy-efficient methods for synthesizing
chemicals and products.  The CSS program will continue to evaluate life  cycle  impacts that
demonstrate the benefits of more sustainable approaches, inform more effective solutions to the
sustainable molecular design of chemicals, and illustrate the bases of cost for those solutions.

The CSS program's Systems Models research will develop models that predict or simulate the
impacts of chemical exposure  on  complex biological or environmental systems. These models
can be used to enhance the predictive power of information on the toxicity of a chemical  or
mixture. As part of this effort, the CSS program will investigate the entire process from chemical
exposure to adverse outcome,  including interactions at all levels of biological organization in
humans and wildlife.

Determining chemical interactions from source to outcome at multiple levels and scales requires
assembling the data, tools and expertise to integrate chemical exposure and adverse impacts  data.
Innovative  chemical screening technologies, such as automated, rapid  screening (i.e., high-
throughput screening), will be used to generate chemical data on the  adverse effects of large
numbers of chemicals. The following examples of research products reflect the CSS program's
integration  with the internal EPA programs and collaboration with the external research partners
to increase the efficiency and predictive power of chemical safety testing:

   •  A report that  compares linkages  between  chemical exposure and  reproductive and
      developmental outcomes in multiple species.  This information will inform the chemical
      testing and risk assessment of endocrine disrupting chemicals (EDCs);
   •  High-throughput screening data sets on 2,000 chemicals for the Endocrine Disrupter
       Screening Program 21 (EDSP21); and
   •  User-friendly,  interactive customized web tools  (dashboards) that provide  a graphical
      depiction of all available chemical data relevant to our partners' decision-making needs.

In addition, the CSS research program  will assist the U.S. Army in their Net Zero Initiative to
develop and demonstrate innovative water technologies. The Army, in cooperation with EPA and
other partners, intends to accomplish their goal of net zero energy, water, and waste by 2020.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(CS1) Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Chemical
Safety for Sustainability research program.
FY
2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

                                          177

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(CS2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients and partners to
improve their capability to advance the environmentally sustainable development,
use, and assessment of chemicals.
FY
2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

The table above reflects the CSS's annual performance measures. The EPA uses these measures
to assess  our effectiveness  in  delivering needed products and  outputs to clients (decision-
makers, states, and local governments).

The EPA collaborates with several science agencies and the research  community. The EPA also
works with the White House's Office of Science and Technology Policy. The EPA supports the
interagency  Science  and  Technology in America's Reinvestment - Measuring the Effect of
Research on Innovation,  Competitiveness and Science (STAR METRICS)  effort. The  STAR
METRICS strives to measure  the impact federal science  investments  have on society, the
environment, and the economy.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget: (Dollars in Thousands)

•  (+$324.0)  This increase is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
   cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

•  (+$4087.0 / +0.9 FTE) In 2013, the EPA will support sustainable  molecular design research.
   This reflects an increase of research efforts in sustainable molecular design of chemicals.
   Sustainable molecular design research correlates  a chemical's inherent  properties with its
   adverse impacts. The  EPA will use this program to generate the critical information needed
   by  manufacturers to  develop inherently  safer processes  and products  that minimize or
   eliminate the associated adverse impacts on human health and the environment that could
   result from the manufacturing, use, and disposal of chemicals, including nanomaterials. This
   effort  will  provide  new principles  for  alternative  chemical  designs  that  are more
   environmentally  sustainable and  reduce  the  likelihood  of unwanted toxic  effects of
   nanomaterials and other chemicals. The resources include 0.9 FTE and associated payroll of
   $120.0.

•  (+$166.0 / +2.0 FTE) This reflects the net  result of realignments of infrastructure FTE and
   resources such as equipment purchases and  repairs, fixed costs, contracts,  travel, and general
   expenses that are  proportionately  allocated  across  programs  to  better  align with
   programmatic priorities.  The additional resources include 2.0 FTE and associated payroll of
   $266.0.
                                          178

-------
•  (-$642.0)  This reflects a reduction of research on nanomaterial properties and life cycle
   assessment research to inform decisions on pesticides, TSCA chemicals, and fuel additives
   that contain nano-scale materials.

•  (-$741.0)  This reflects a reduced  effort to  develop  a broader understanding of risks
   associated   with   endocrine  disrupting  chemicals   (EDCs),   commodity   chemicals,
   nanomaterials, and other chemical concerns. More specifically, there will be a reduced level
   of  effort to  develop  and apply methods, models,  and measures  to  evaluate real-world
   exposures  to EDCs  and characterize related  effects resulting  from  these exposures  for
   humans and wildlife.

•   (-$688.0 /  -0.6 FTE) This reduction reflects administrative savings from continued efforts to
   streamline operational expenses and activities, including information technology (IT) support
   activities. The reduced resources include 0.6 FTE and associated payroll of $80.

Statutory Authority:

CAA,  Sec.  103,  104  &  154; CCA, 40 U.S.C. 11318; CERCLA; Children's Health Act; 21st
Century Nanotechnology Research and Development Act, 15 U.S.C. 750; CWA, Sec. 101 - 121;
Economy Act,  31 U.S.C 1535; ERDDAA, 42 U.S.C. 4361-4370; FFDCA, 21 U.S.C. Sec. 346;
FIFRA; FQPA; Intergovernmental Cooperation Act, 31  U.S.C.  6502; National Environmental
Policy  Act  of  1969, Section 102; PPA, 42 U.S.C.  13103; RCRA; SOW A, 42 U.S.C.; TSCA,
Section 10,  15, 26 U.S.C.
                                          179

-------
                                                         Human Health Risk Assessment
                                Program Area: Research:  Chemical Safety and Sustainability
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                      Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$46,140.1
$3,737.6
$49,877.7
200.6
FY 2012
Enacted
$39,553.0
$3,337.0
$42,890.0
193.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$40,505.0
$3,316.0
$43,821.0
195.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$952.0
($21.0)
$931.0
2.5
Program Project Description:

The EPA's research informs Agency decisions and regulatory actions to protect human health
and the environment more effectively.  The research produces the  scientific information and
tools that the EPA needs to meet its legal, statutory, and policy requirements.

The Human Health Risk Assessment (HHRA) research program's vision is to generate timely,
credible  human health risk  assessments that  lay  the foundation to  support  Agency risk
management decisions.  The HHRA program provides state-of-the-science, independently peer
reviewed human health risk assessments for chemicals that find their way into our air, water, and
soil.  The HHRA program's singular position enables the Agency to better predict and prevent
risk.

As the HHRA program continues to integrate to best align with other EPA research programs, its
themes provide multidisciplinary, risk-based approaches for assessments and methods necessary
to guide the EPA's actions to protect public health and the environment.  These themes are
designed to  meet the  complex  challenges of  the  21st Century through modernizing risk
assessment,  aligning with partner-identified needs, and crosscutting with other national research
programs. For example, the Integrated Science Assessments (ISAs) constitute the scientific basis
for review of the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for criteria air pollutants,
and directly informs  the  research needs  for the Air, Climate, and Energy (ACE) research
program.  In conjunction with the  Chemical Safety for Sustainability (CSS) research program,
the HHRA  program will  translate research findings  into decision support  tools for use by
regulators and risk managers.  The HHRA program also works with the Sustainable and Healthy
Communities Research Program (SHCRP) at contaminated Superfund sites by supporting the
SHCRP's Superfund Technical Support Centers.  These types of partnerships further the EPA's
strategic goals to protect America's waters,  advance sustainable development, and ensure the
safety of chemicals.

Outside of the Agency, the HHRA  program's benchmark products help build close relationships
with federal, state, and international partners in both accessing  data and through collaborative
                                          180

-------
risk assessment development activities and training.  In addition, the program includes a sizable
component of technical support to meet partner and stakeholder needs.

The HHRA Program is comprised of:

    •   Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) health hazard and dose-response assessments;
    •   Integrated Science Assessments (ISAs) of criteria air pollutants;
    •   Community Risk and Technical Support;  and
    •   Methods, models, and approaches to modernize risk assessment for the 21st Century.

Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) health hazard and dose-response assessments: The
HHRA program prepares peer reviewed, qualitative  and quantitative health hazard assessments
on  environmental  pollutants of major relevance to  the EPA's regulatory mandates. The IRIS
assessments range from the relatively simple assessment  of a single chemical (e.g., beryllium,
uranium)  to complex assessments of chemicals of greater prominence (e.g., Libby  asbestos,
chromium VI, formaldehyde).  In recent  years, the IRIS program has begun assessments of
mixtures of related chemicals  in order to enhance the single chemical assessments.  The IRIS
program  is unique as it is  the only federal program that provides qualitative and quantitative
assessments of both cancer and non-cancer risks. No other federal health assessment program has
a similar mission and  scope with numerous opportunities for public involvement and a rigorous
peer review process. As of January 2011, the IRIS database contained information on more than
550 chemical substances. These assessments provide the scientific foundation for the Agency's
risk assessment and risk management decisions. In  addition, the assessments are available for
other agencies and the public through the IRIS internet database.

Integrated Science Assessments (ISAs) of criteria air pollutants: Congress requires that the EPA
periodically review the scientific evidence for criteria air pollutants (paniculate matter, ozone,
lead, sulfur oxides, nitrogen oxides, and carbon monoxide) to support rulemaking decisions on
whether to retain or revise the NAAQS.  The ISAs provide concise evaluation and synthesis of
policy-relevant science and communicate critical science  judgments that provide the  scientific
foundation for review of the NAAQS.  These  ISAs are major scientific assessments that undergo
rigorous external peer review by the Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC).

Community Risk and Technical Support  (CRTS)'. The HHRA scientists rapidly assess problems
and formulate an approach for evaluating potential exposure and risk, estimate doses based on a
variety of factors, and estimate risks.  The  HHRA scientists  also provide  timely and  critical
technical  support  for  emerging risk  problems.  Traditionally, the  EPA  has  used the risk
assessment paradigm to assess  exposures and risks to single chemicals. The EPA is now moving
in the  direction of community-based cumulative risk assessment approaches to more accurately
assess  risk to human health.

Methods,  models, and approaches to modernize risk assessment for the  21st  Century: Activities
will focus on  translating research, described in the  Chemical  Safety  and Sustainability  (CSS)
Research Program and elsewhere, into practical application in developing the IRIS, the ISA,  and
the Provisional Peer Reviewed Toxicity Values (PPRTVs) assessments, and in assessing special
problems.  The HHRA scientists will take advantage of recent breakthroughs in computational
                                           181

-------
methods and molecular biology  to  begin  to  translate these findings into  more robust risk
assessments that are faster and less expensive to produce.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will  continue to develop the IRIS and other health hazard assessments.
The IRIS database will  continue to contain  hazard and  dose-response information  on the
chemicals of concern in the environment, meeting the needs of the EPA scientists and decision-
makers.  In FY 2013, the IRIS  database also will  provide streamlined documents to make
information more transparent, accessible, and useful to other government agencies, industry, and
the American public. The program will make significant progress on health hazard assessments
of high priority chemicals  (e.g., dioxin,  methanol, cumulative phthalate assessment, benzo-a-
pyrene, Libby  asbestos cancer assessment, and polychlorinated  biphenyl  (PCB) non-cancer
assessment), completing work for interagency science consultation, external review,  or posting
on  the  IRIS web page.  The IRIS  program will  expand  intrinsic scientific knowledge and
expertise in refinement of the IRIS assessments.

In response to the recommendations made by the National Academy of Sciences' (NAS) April
2011  report,55 the Agency will continue to strengthen the IRIS process and database. All new
IRIS  assessment documents will  be  shorter, clearer,  more  visual, and more transparent.  For
assessments begun prior to the NAS report,  the EPA will incorporate the recommendations in a
phased approach.

The EPA will continue to develop the ISAs  of criteria air pollutants, as a mandated prerequisite
to the EPA's review of the NAAQS. The ISAs provide important scientific analyses in support of
many of the EPA's important rulemakings. In  FY 2013, the program will release final ISAs
evaluating the health effects of nitrogen oxides and  sulfur oxides to  contribute to the EPA's
review of the primary NAAQS  for these air pollutants and  create state-of-the-science methods
for continuous evaluation of assessments of new scientific information  on criteria air  pollutants.
The HHRA program also will begin  exploring multi-pollutant assessment approaches as called
for by the 2008 CAS AC consultation  on the EPA's draft plan for review of the Primary NAAQS
for Carbon Monoxide and the 2004 NAS report on Air Quality Management.

The EPA will  continue to be  a leader in the development of risk assessment methods, models,
and approaches to enhance the quality and objectivity of assessments through the incorporation
of contemporary scientific advances. The EPA will continue to develop approaches for applying
mode  of action  in  risk assessment and  improve  quantification  of health  risks, such  as
physiologically based pharmacokinetic  and biologically based dose response  modeling, as well
as characterizing environmental exposure and risk to susceptible populations.

In recognition that people are not exposed to a single pollutant in isolation, the HHRA scientists
and the ACE program will collaborate with other EPA parties to shift from single assessments to
Multipollutant Science  Assessments (MSAs) in evaluating air pollution-induced health effects.
The MSAs will allow for more efficient use of resources in  evaluations of criteria air pollutants
as well as a more comprehensive and  effective evaluation of health effects of exposures than has
55 http://www8.nationalacademies.org/onpinews/newsitem.aspx?RecordID=l3142
                                          182

-------
been possible using ISAs.
individual pollutant ISAs.
The  intention is  that MSAs will  serve as a companion to the
In addition, the EPA will continue to develop health hazard assessments to support program and
regional decision-making. The EPA will respond with science assessment support on chemical
contaminant issues  requiring quick action and, ultimately, quick decisions and solutions (e.g.,
Hurricane Katrina,  the  World  Trade  Center  disaster,  and Deepwater  Horizon  oil spill).
Responding to these types of events is a key part of the EPA's mission to protect human health
and  the  environment and  corresponds  with  a  Board  of Scientific Counselors (BOSC)
recommendation56.

The  EPA will continue  implementation  of the Health  and Environmental Research Online
(HERO) to support a more continuous process to identify, compile, characterize, and prioritize
new scientific studies for human health and  ecological  assessment development.  The HERO
lends transparency to the  process of assessment development by allowing access to the data used
for scientific decisions. For the HHRA program to be effective in translating the risk assessment
science into practice, training of staff inside  and outside the program will be essential.  The
HERO and similar  projects will  provide  consistent,  transparent  literature for  searching,
organization,  and citation for all the HHRA assessment documents.  Greater access to this
information will benefit not only the EPA, but also industry and individual citizens.

The  methods,  models, and approaches to modernize risk assessment will focus on addressing
high priority  Agency needs  as identified by risk managers.  This will be accomplished by
incorporating  recent  advances in molecular biology and computational  sciences into risk
assessments,  and  tracking  specific  scientific  issues  and  using  approaches  informed by
recommendations from a number of expert advisory bodies.  More specifically,  projects will
include developing  the Federated Repository of Science  daTa (FROST),57 which will integrate
disparate data from  across the Agency and make the information far more accessible to risk
assessors.
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(RA1) Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Human
Health Risk Assessment research program.
FY
2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

56 http://www.epa.gov/osp/bosc/pdf/hhral007rpt.pdf
57http://v26265ncav001.aa.ad.epa.gov/opencms/export/ord@,work/ordtodav/hotspot/HHRARAP.pdf
                                           183

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(RA2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients and partners for
use in informing human health decisions.
FY
2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(RAT) Annual milestone progress score for completing draft IRIS health
assessments.
FY
2006


FY 200T


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
50

FY 2013
50

Units
Score

Measure
Target
Actual
(RA8) Annual progress score for finalizing IRIS health assessments.
FY
2006


FY 200T


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
20

FY 2013
20

Units
Score

Measure
Target
Actual
(RA6) Number of regulatory decisions in which decision-makers used HHRA peer-
reviewed assessments (IRIS, PPRTVs, exposure assessments and other
assessments)
FY
2006


FY 200T


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
no target
established

FY 2013
20

Units
Number

The table above reflects the HHRA program's annual performance measures. The EPA uses
these measures to assess our effectiveness in delivering needed products and outputs to clients
(decision-makers, states, and local governments).

The EPA collaborates with several science agencies and the research community.  The EPA also
works with the White House's Office of Science and Technology Policy.  The EPA supports the
interagency Science and Technology in  America's Reinvestment - Measuring the Effect of
Research  on  Innovation,  Competitiveness and  Science  (STAR METRICS) effort.  STAR
METRICS strives to measure the  impact federal science investments have on  society, the
environment, and the economy.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$2,130.0) This increase reflects the recalculation  of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.
                                         184

-------
   •   (+290.0)  This redirects resources  to  support  IRIS assessments.   This increase will
       enhance the Agency's effort to continually improve the IRIS program and also increase
       the release of assessments.

   •   (+$383.0 / +2.8 FTE) This reflects the net result of realignments of infrastructure FTE
       and resources such as equipment purchases and repairs, travel, contracts,  and general
       expenses that are proportionately  allocated  across programs to  better align with
       programmatic priorities.  The increased resources include 2.8 FTE and associated payroll
       of $395.0.

   •   (-$340.0) This reflects  a reduction to resources for the Integrated Science Assessment
       (ISA) program and will impact the multipollutant assessment  of ecological  effects  of
       deposition of nitrogen oxides  (NOX), sulfur oxides  (SOX),  and  other pollutants.
       Development of the  ISA to  support the review  of secondary  National Ambient Air
       Quality  Standards (NAAQS)  for NOX and SOX will occur, but the  EPA's capacity  to
       broaden the multipollutant focus of this assessment and  conduct relevant critical loads
       analyses will be impacted.   Some multipollutant  analyses and work to  assess criteria
       pollutant effects on welfare effects will be delayed.

   •   (-$361.0 / -0.5  FTE)  This reduction  reflects  administrative savings from  continued
       efforts  to  streamline  operational  expenses  and  activities,   including  information
       technology (IT) support activities.  The reduced resources include 0.5 FTE  and associated
       payroll of $71.0.

   •   (-$400.0) This reflects a reduction of work on methods and  model development for
       modernization of risk  assessment and will have an impact  on  scientific  advances
       incorporated in the development of IRIS assessments and ISAs.

   •   (-$750.0) This reflects  a redirection of resources  to support the Chemical Assessment
       Advisory Committee under auspices of the EPA's Science Advisory Board.

Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments,  42  U.S.C. 7403 et  seq.   - Sections  103,  108,  109,  and 112;  CERCLA
(Superfund,  1980) Section 209(a) of Public Law 99-499; FIFRA (7 U.S.C. s/s 136  et seq. (1996),
as amended), Sec. 3(c)(2)(A);  FQPA PL 104-170; SDWA (1996) 42 U.S.C. Section 300J-18;
TSCA (Public Law 94-469):  15 U.S.C. s/s 2601 et seq. (1976), Sec. 4(b)(l)(B), Sec. 4(b)(2)(B).
                                          185

-------
Program Area: Water: Human Health Protection
                    186

-------
                                                                Drinking Water Programs
                                            Program Area: Water:  Human Health Protection
                                                          Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                                                         Objective(s): Protect Human Health
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$104,689.8
$3,724.2
$108,414.0
566.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$98,547.0
$3,782.0
$102,329.0
583.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$104,613.0
$3,639.0
$108,252.0
581.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$6,066.0
($143.0)
$5,923.0
-1.5
Program Project Description:

This program supports drinking water programs through the Technical Support Center, which
evaluates engineering and  scientific  data (including  treatment technology  information)  to
establish its applicability to the drinking water program's needs. The Center also:

    •   Develops and implements regulations to  support national occurrence surveys and assists
       in the assessment of the contaminant occurrence data resulting from those surveys;

    •   Develops  and  evaluates  monitoring  approaches  and  analytical  methods,  including
       assessing data  provided by  others to demonstrate the effectiveness of new/alternate
       analytical methods;

    •   Trains regional and state certification officers and develops guidelines  for the drinking
       water laboratory certification program;

    •   Works with the EPA regional  offices  and states to help drinking water utilities better
       understand their treatment and distribution  systems and  implement improvements  to
       optimize performance;  and

    •   Provides other technical  support to develop and implement National Primary Drinking
       Water Regulations (NPDWRs). The Center also provides technical assistance to states,
       tribes, and  drinking water systems in  support of the EPA regional and state drinking
       water programs.58

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Drinking Water Technical Support Center will:
58 For additional program information see
http://www.epa. gov/safewater
https://www.cfda.gov/index?s=program&mode=form&tab=stepl&id=63cecb6866ee587d2bfafc7b77c3563c&cck=l&au=&ck
                                           187

-------
•  Provide technical  and scientific  support for the development and implementation  of
   drinking water regulations. This includes the development of methods for updating rules
   and  implementing the Unregulated  Contaminant  Monitoring Rule  (UCMR),  which
   requires the EPA  to collect data for  contaminants  suspected to be present in drinking
   water, but that do not have health-based standards set under the Safe Drinking Water Act
   (SDWA), and responding to  technical implementation questions regarding the entire
   range of NPDWRs;

•  Implement the EPA's Drinking Water Laboratory Certification Program. This program
   sets  standards and establishes  methods  for  the  EPA,  state,  and  privately-owned
   laboratories that analyze drinking water samples. Through this program, the EPA will
   conduct three regional program reviews during FY  2013. The EPA visits each regional
   office on a triennial basis and evaluates their oversight of the state laboratories and the
   state laboratory certification programs within their purview. The EPA will deliver three
   (chemistry, microbiology, and cryptosporidium) certification officer training courses for
   state and regional representatives;

•  Support small drinking water  systems' efforts to optimize their treatment technology
   under the drinking water treatment Area Wide Optimization Program (AWOP).  AWOP
   is a highly successful technical/compliance assistance and training program that enhances
   the ability  of small systems to meet existing and future  microbial, disinfectant, and
   disinfection byproducts standards and also addresses distribution system integrity issues.
   The  program's success  is illustrated by  the fact  that in FY 2011,  90.7  percent  of
   community water  systems (CWSs) met all applicable health-based standards, surpassing
   the performance target of 90 percent.  In addition, 93.2 percent of the population served
   by CWSs received drinking water that met all applicable health-based drinking water
   standards, surpassing the performance target of 91 percent. By FY 2013, the EPA will
   have worked with four regional offices and 24 states to facilitate the transfer of specific
   skills;

•  Begin  Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule  3 (UCMR3)  monitoring  following
   promulgation  of the rule for the next  UCMR monitoring cycle (UCMR3) in 2012.  This
   involves extensive coordination  with states  and Regional  Offices  to  carry  out the
   Agency's  implementation  responsibilities.  Key  activities  for  the  EPA  include
   management of all aspects of small system monitoring, approval  and oversight  of
   supporting   laboratories,  troubleshooting  and  technical assistance,  and review  and
   validation of data.  The EPA is required by Section  1452(o) of the Safe Drinking Water
   Act (SDWA), as amended, to annually set aside $2  million of State Revolving Funds to
   pay the costs of small system monitoring and sample analysis for contaminants for  each
   cycle of the UCMR; and

•  Provide analytical method development/validation to enable the implementation of the
   nation's drinking water compliance monitoring and  future occurrence  data gathering on
   emerging contaminants of concern.
                                       188

-------
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(aa) Percent of population served by CWSs that will receive drinking water that
meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards through approaches
including effective treatment and source water protection.
FY 2006
93
89
FY 2007
94
91.5
FY 2008
90
92
FY 2009
90
92.1
FY 2010
90
92
FY 2011
91
93.2
FY 2012
91

FY 2013
92

Units
Percent
Population

Measure
Target
Actual
(apm) Percent of community water systems that meets all applicable health-based
standards through approaches including effective treatment and source water
protection.
FY 2006
93.5
89.3
FY 2007
89
89
FY 2008
89.5
89
FY 2009
90
89.1
FY 2010
90
89.6
FY 2011
90
90.7
FY 2012
90

FY 2013
90

Units
Percent
Systems

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$60.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$12.0  / +0.1  FTE)  This  increase reflects FTE directed to the Agency's priority
       performance goal for improving the technical, managerial and financial capabilities of
       small drinking water systems. The additional resources include 0.1 FTE and associated
       payroll of $12.0.

   •   (-$215.0) This decrease reflects savings achieved through administrative efficiencies.

Statutory Authority:

SOW A, 42 U.S.C. §300f-300j-9 as added by Public Law 93-523 and the amendments made by
subsequent enactments.
                                         189

-------
Program Area: National Priorities
              190

-------
                                            Water Quality Research and Support Grants
                                                        Program Area: National Priorities
                                                       Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$14,975.0
$4,992.0
$19,967.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($14,975.0)
($4,992.0)
($19,967.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

In FY 2012,  Congress appropriated $4.992 million for a Science and Technology: National
Priority competitive grant program to fund high-priority water quality and availability research.
The EPA was instructed to award grants on a competitive basis and give priority to not-for-profit
organizations that:  conduct activities that are national in scope; can provide a 10 percent match,
including in-kind contributions; and often partner with the Agency.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

There is no request for this program in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:

There are no performance measures for this program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (-$4,992.0) The EPA is not requesting funds to support this program in FY 2013.

Statutory Authority:

CAA 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. Title 1, Part A - Sec. 103 (a) and (d) and Sec. 104 (c); CAA 42
U.S.C 7402(b) Section 102; CAA 42 U.S.C 7403(b)(2) Section 103(b)(2); Clinger Cohen Act, 40
U.S.C 11318;  CERCLA (Superfund, 1980) Section 209(a) of Public Law 99-499; Children's
Health Act; CWA, Sec. 101 -  121; CWPPRA; CZARA; CZMA 16 U.S.C. 1451 - Section 302;
Economy Act, 31 U.S.C 1535; EISA, Title II Subtitle B; ERDDA, 33 U.S.C. 1251 - Section 2(a);
ESA, 16 U.S.C. 1531 - Section 2; FFDCA, 21 U.S.C. Sec. 346; FIFRA (7 U.S.C. s/s 136 et seq.
(1996), as amended), Sec.  3(c)(2)(A); FQPAPL 104-170; Intergovernmental Cooperation Act, 31
U.S.C. 6502; MPRSA Sec. 203, 33 U.S.C. 1443; NAWCA; NCPA;  National Environmental
Education Act, 20 U.S.C. 5503(b)(3) and (b) (11); NEPA of 1969, Section 102; NISA; ODBA
Title II; PPA, 42 U.S.C. 13103; RCRA; SDWA (1996) 42 U.S.C.  Section 300J-18; SDWAPartE,
                                         191

-------
Sec. 1442 (a)(l); TSCA, Section 10, 15, 26 U.S.C. 2609; USGCRA 15 U.S.C. 2921; WRDA;
WRRA; WWWQA
                                       192

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents - Environmental Programs and Management

Resource Summary Table	197
Program Projects in EPM	197
Program Area: Clean Air and Climate	203
   Clean Air Allowance Trading Programs	204
   Climate Protection Program	208
   Federal Stationary Source Regulations                                       216
   Federal Support for Air Quality Management                                 221
   Stratospheric Ozone: Domestic Programs	230
   Stratospheric Ozone: Multilateral Fund                                      234
Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation	237
   Indoor Air: Radon Program	238
   Reduce Risks from Indoor Air	241
   Radiation: Protection	244
   Radiation: Response Preparedness	246
Program Area: Brownfields	249
   Brownfields	250
Program Area: Compliance	255
   Compliance Monitoring	256
Program Area: Enforcement	263
   Civil Enforcement	264
   Criminal Enforcement	270
   Environmental Justice	274
   NEPA Implementation	277
Program Area: Geographic Programs	279
   Great Lakes Restoration	280
   Geographic Program: Chesapeake Bay	293
   Geographic Program: San Francisco Bay	301
   Geographic Program: Puget Sound	304
   Geographic Program: South Florida                                         307
   Geographic Program: Long Island Sound                                    310
                                      193

-------
   Geographic Program: Gulf of Mexico	314
   Geographic Program: Lake Champlain	320
   Geographic Program: Other	323
Program Area: Homeland Security	329
   Homeland Security: Communication and Information	330
   Homeland Security: Critical Infrastructure Protection                          333
   Homeland Security: Protection of EPA Personnel and Infrastructure	336
Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach	338
   Children and Other Sensitive Populations: Agency Coordination	339
   Environmental Education	343
   Congressional, Intergovernmental, External Relations	345
   Exchange Network	350
   Small Business Ombudsman	357
   Small Minority Business Assistance	360
   State and Local Prevention and Preparedness	363
   TRI / Right to Know	367
   Tribal - Capacity Building                                                  370
Program Area: International Programs	374
   US Mexico Border	375
   International Sources  of Pollution	378
   Trade and Governance	382
Program Area: IT / Data Management / Security	386
   Information Security	387
   IT / Data Management	390
Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review	399
   Administrative Law	400
   Alternative Dispute Resolution	402
   Civil Rights / Title VI  Compliance                                           404
   Legal Advice: Environmental Program	409
   Legal Advice: Support Program                                             413
   Regional Science and Technology	416
   Integrated Environmental Strategies	419
   Regulatory/Economic-Management and Analysis	424
   Science Advisory Board	428
                                      194

-------
Program Area: Operations and Administration	431
   Facilities Infrastructure and Operations	432
   Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance	437
   Acquisition Management	440
   Financial Assistance Grants / IAG Management	442
   Human Resources Management	445
Program Area: Pesticides Licensing	448
   Pesticides: Protect Human Health from Pesticide Risk	449
   Pesticides: Protect the Environment from Pesticide Risk	454
   Pesticides: Realize the Value of Pesticide Availability                            459
   Science Policy and Biotechnology	462
Program Area: Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)	464
   RCRA: Waste Management                                                 465
   RCRA: Corrective Action	470
   RCRA: Waste Minimization & Recycling                                      474
Program Area: Toxics Risk Review and Prevention	479
   Endocrine Disrupters	480
   Toxic Substances: Chemical Risk Review and Reduction                         484
   Pollution Prevention Program	492
   Toxic Substances: Chemical Risk Management	501
   Toxic Substances: Lead Risk Reduction Program	504
Program Area: Underground Storage Tanks (LUST /UST)	510
   LUST/UST	511
Program Area: Water: Ecosystems	514
   National Estuary Program /Coastal Waterways	515
   Wetlands	519
Program Area: Water: Human Health Protection	524
   Beach /Fish Programs	525
   Drinking Water Programs	529
Program Area: Water Quality Protection	539
   Marine Pollution	540
   Surface Water Protection	545
Program Area: National Priorities	558
   Water Quality Research and Support Grants                                  559
                                       195

-------
196

-------
                           Environmental Protection Agency
           FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
              APPROPRIATION: Environmental Program & Management
                              Resource Summary Table
                                (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program &
Management
Budget Authority
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals

$2,915,112.9
10,933.6
FY 2012
Enacted

$2,678,222.0
10,735.1
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$2,817,179.0
10,758.6
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$138,957.0
23.5
               Bill Language: Environmental Programs and Management

For  environmental programs and management, including necessary expenses, not otherwise
provided for, for personnel and related costs and travel expenses; hire of passenger motor
vehicles;  hire,  maintenance,   and  operation  of aircraft;  purchase  of reprints;  library
memberships in societies or associations which issue publications to members only or at a price
to members lower than to subscribers who are not members;  administrative costs of the
brownfields program under the Small Business Liability Relief and Brownfields Revitalization
Act of 2002; and  not to exceed $9,000 for official reception and representation expenses,
$2,817,179,000, to remain available until September 30, 2014.  (Department of the Interior,
Environment, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2012.)

                              Program Projects in EPM
                                (Dollars in Thousands)
Program Project
Clean Air and Climate
Clean Air Allowance Trading Programs
Climate Protection Program
Energy STAR
Methane to markets
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Registry
Climate Protection Program (other
activities)
Subtotal, Climate Protection Program
Federal Stationary Source Regulations
Federal Support for Air Quality Management
Federal Support for Air Toxics Program
Stratospheric Ozone: Domestic Programs
Stratospheric Ozone: Multilateral Fund
FY2011
Actuals

$20,877.3

$52,306.0
$4,863.0
$18,357.6
$40,808.6
$116,335.2
$31,296.0
$106,081.2
$24,005.5
$5,157.6
$9,690.0
FY 2012
Enacted

$20,811.0

$49,668.0
$5,013.0
$15,757.0
$29,043.0
$99,481.0
$27,298.0
$123,469.0
$0.0
$5,570.0
$9,479.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$20,888.0

$53,872.0
$4,927.0
$18,694.0
$30,498.0
$107,991.0
$34,142.0
$134,841.0
$0.0
$5,643.0
$9,690.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$77.0

$4,204.0
($86.0)
$2,937.0
$1,455.0
$8,510.0
$6,844.0
$11,372.0
$0.0
$73.0
$211.0
                                         197

-------
Program Project
Subtotal, Clean Air and Climate
Indoor Air and Radiation
Indoor Air: Radon Program
Reduce Risks from Indoor Air
Radiation: Protection
Radiation: Response Preparedness
Subtotal, Indoor Air and Radiation
Brownfields
Brownfields
Compliance
Compliance Assistance and Centers
Compliance Incentives
Compliance Monitoring
Subtotal, Compliance
Enforcement
Civil Enforcement
Criminal Enforcement
Enforcement Training
Environmental Justice
NEPA Implementation
Subtotal, Enforcement
Geographic Programs
Great Lakes Restoration
Geographic Program: Chesapeake Bay
Geographic Program: San Francisco Bay
Geographic Program: Puget Sound
Geographic Program: South Florida
Geographic Program: Long Island Sound
Geographic Program: Gulf of Mexico
Geographic Program: Lake Champlain
Geographic Program: Other
Northwest Forest
Lake Pontchartrain
FY 2011
Actuals
$313,442.8

$5,318.5
$21,503.0
$11,156.0
$3,439.8
$41,417.3

$24,443.8

$671.8
$667.3
$109,266.9
$110,606.0

$179,391.2
$51,623.3
$410.3
$8,407.0
$17,105.0
$256,936.8

$329,215.5
$42,414.3
$4,357.2
$38,113.8
$1,643.8
$6,154.3
$4,881.6
$6,732.1

$1,246.8
$2,598.0
FY2012
Enacted
$286,108.0

$3,895.0
$17,168.0
$9,616.0
$3,038.0
$33,717.0

$23,642.0

$0.0
$0.0
$106,707.0
$106,707.0

$177,290.0
$48,123.0
$0.0
$6,848.0
$17,298.0
$249,559.0

$299,520.0
$57,299.0
$5,838.0
$29,952.0
$2,058.0
$3,956.0
$5,455.0
$2,395.0

$1,294.0
$1,952.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$313,195.0

$2,198.0
$17,393.0
$9,760.0
$3,083.0
$32,434.0

$25,685.0

$0.0
$0.0
$125,209.0
$125,209.0

$188,957.0
$51,900.0
$0.0
$7,161.0
$17,424.0
$265,442.0

$300,000.0
$72,618.0
$4,857.0
$19,289.0
$1,700.0
$2,962.0
$4,436.0
$1,399.0

$1,417.0
$955.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$27,087.0

($1,697.0)
$225.0
$144.0
$45.0
($1,283.0)

$2,043.0

$0.0
$0.0
$18,502.0
$18,502.0

$11,667.0
$3,777.0
$0.0
$313.0
$126.0
$15,883.0

$480.0
$15,319.0
($981.0)
($10,663.0)
($358.0)
($994.0)
($1,019.0)
($996.0)

$123.0
($997.0)
198

-------
Program Project
Community Action for a Renewed
Environment (CARE)
Geographic Program: Other (other
activities)
Subtotal, Geographic Program: Other
Subtotal, Geographic Programs
Homeland Security
Homeland Security: Communication and
Information
Homeland Security: Critical Infrastructure
Protection
Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response,
and Recovery
Decontamination
Homeland Security: Preparedness,
Response, and Recovery (other
activities)
Subtotal, Homeland Security: Preparedness,
Response, and Recovery
Homeland Security: Protection of EPA
Personnel and Infrastructure
Subtotal, Homeland Security
Information Exchange / Outreach
Children and Other Sensitive Populations:
Agency Coordination
Environmental Education
Congressional, Intergovernmental, External
Relations
Exchange Network
Small Business Ombudsman
Small Minority Business Assistance
State and Local Prevention and Preparedness
TRI / Right to Know
Tribal - Capacity Building
Subtotal, Information Exchange / Outreach
International Programs
US Mexico Border
International Sources of Pollution
Trade and Governance
FY 2011
Actuals
$2,697.5
$33,965.0
$40,507.3
$474,019.9

$4,215.9
$2,411.5

$791.5
$481.3
$1,272.8
$6,497.0
$14,397.2

$8,790.8
$6,962.2
$53,544.3
$17,816.6
$3,106.9
$2,277.5
$13,063.2
$16,634.5
$13,892.7
$136,088.7

$4,872.0
$8,731.0
$6,230.1
FY2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
$3,246.0
$409,719.0

$4,249.0
$1,063.0

$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$5,966.0
$11,278.0

$7,481.0
$9,699.0
$47,638.0
$17,724.0
$2,693.0
$2,079.0
$13,320.0
$16,322.0
$13,736.0
$130,692.0

$4,313.0
$7,659.0
$5,632.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$2,069.0
$0.0
$4,441.0
$411,702.0

$4,217.0
$2,087.0

$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$5,999.0
$12,303.0

$10,923.0
$0.0
$52,896.0
$23,008.0
$3,018.0
$2,291.0
$14,852.0
$17,354.0
$15,062.0
$139,404.0

$4,490.0
$8,466.0
$6,178.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$2,069.0
$0.0
$1,195.0
$1,983.0

($32.0)
$1,024.0

$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$33.0
$1,025.0

$3,442.0
($9,699.0)
$5,258.0
$5,284.0
$325.0
$212.0
$1,532.0
$1,032.0
$1,326.0
$8,712.0

$177.0
$807.0
$546.0
199

-------
Program Project
Subtotal, International Programs
IT / Data Management / Security
Information Security
IT / Data Management
Subtotal, IT / Data Management / Security
Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review
Administrative Law
Alternative Dispute Resolution
Civil Rights / Title VI Compliance
Legal Advice: Environmental Program
Legal Advice: Support Program
Regional Science and Technology
Integrated Environmental Strategies
Regulatory/Economic-Management and
Analysis
Science Advisory Board
Subtotal, Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic
Review
Operations and Administration
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
Rent
Utilities
Security
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
(other activities)
Subtotal, Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance
Acquisition Management
Financial Assistance Grants / IAG Management
Human Resources Management
Recovery Act Mangement and Oversight
Subtotal, Operations and Administration
Pesticides Licensing
Pesticides: Protect Human Health from
FY 2011
Actuals
$19,833.1

$7,831.2
$96,614.1
$104,445.3

$5,260.3
$1,271.2
$11,740.4
$42,286.6
$15,692.6
$3,178.6
$17,908.7
$20,329.8
$6,074.9
$123,743.1


$161,589.3
$12,566.5
$27,991.8
$118,392.6
$320,540.2
$85,541.1
$30,688.2
$26,770.6
$46,839.9
$31,546.9
$541,926.9

$61,686.0
FY2012
Enacted
$17,604.0

$6,786.0
$87,939.0
$94,725.0

$5,198.0
$1,194.0
$11,618.0
$40,746.0
$14,260.0
$2,591.0
$14,754.0
$15,256.0
$5,135.0
$110,752.0


$170,529.0
$11,205.0
$29,216.0
$108,827.0
$319,777.0
$72,290.0
$33,175.0
$24,002.0
$37,839.0
$0.0
$487,083.0

$58,208.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$19,134.0

$6,868.0
$88,893.0
$95,761.0

$5,392.0
$1,477.0
$13,974.0
$45,840.0
$16,064.0
$3,307.0
$16,326.0
$23,345.0
$6,727.0
$132,452.0


$171,152.0
$10,660.0
$31,486.0
$118,018.0
$331,316.0
$78,817.0
$35,727.0
$25,910.0
$39,428.0
$0.0
$511,198.0

$58,971.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,530.0

$82.0
$954.0
$1,036.0

$194.0
$283.0
$2,356.0
$5,094.0
$1,804.0
$716.0
$1,572.0
$8,089.0
$1,592.0
$21,700.0


$623.0
($545.0)
$2,270.0
$9,191.0
$11,539.0
$6,527.0
$2,552.0
$1,908.0
$1,589.0
$0.0
$24,115.0

$763.0
200

-------
Program Project
Pesticide Risk
Pesticides: Protect the Environment from
Pesticide Risk
Pesticides: Realize the Value of Pesticide
Availability
Science Policy and Biotechnology
Subtotal, Pesticides Licensing
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
RCRA: Waste Management
eManifest
RCRA: Waste Management (other
activities)
Subtotal, RCRA: Waste Management
RCRA: Corrective Action
RCRA: Waste Minimization & Recycling
Subtotal, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA)
Toxics Risk Review and Prevention
Endocrine Disrupters
Toxic Substances: Chemical Risk Review and
Reduction
Pollution Prevention Program
Toxic Substances: Chemical Risk Management
Toxic Substances: Lead Risk Reduction
Program
Subtotal, Toxics Risk Review and Prevention
Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)
LUST/UST
Water: Ecosystems
National Estuary Program / Coastal Waterways
Wetlands
Subtotal, Water: Ecosystems
Water: Human Health Protection
Beach / Fish Programs
Drinking Water Programs
FY 2011
Actuals

$41,265.6
$13,065.8
$1,672.9
$117,690.3


$0.0
$67,520.1
$67,520.1
$37,156.3
$12,589.6
$117,266.0

$9,624.6
$59,752.2
$15,994.6
$6,868.6
$14,140.9
$106,380.9

$11,622.7

$31,528.9
$28,297.6
$59,826.5

$2,896.2
$104,689.8
FY2012
Enacted

$37,854.0
$12,532.0
$1,754.0
$110,348.0


$0.0
$63,500.0
$63,500.0
$39,422.0
$9,547.0
$112,469.0

$8,255.0
$56,497.0
$15,389.0
$6,032.0
$13,798.0
$99,971.0

$12,846.0

$27,014.0
$21,160.0
$48,174.0

$2,552.0
$98,547.0
FY2013
Pres Budget

$37,960.0
$12,306.0
$1,770.0
$111,007.0


$2,000.0
$65,385.0
$67,385.0
$40,265.0
$9,648.0
$117,298.0

$7,238.0
$67,644.0
$15,888.0
$3,739.0
$14,698.0
$109,207.0

$12,283.0

$27,304.0
$27,685.0
$54,989.0

$702.0
$104,613.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$106.0
($226.0)
$16.0
$659.0


$2,000.0
$1,885.0
$3,885.0
$843.0
$101.0
$4,829.0

($1,017.0)
$11,147.0
$499.0
($2,293.0)
$900.0
$9,236.0

($563.0)

$290.0
$6,525.0
$6,815.0

($1,850.0)
$6,066.0
201

-------
Program Project
Subtotal, Water: Human Health Protection
Water Quality Protection
Marine Pollution
Surface Water Protection
Subtotal, Water Quality Protection
Congressional Priorities
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Water Quality Research and Support Grants
Subtotal, Water Quality Research and
Support Grants
Subtotal, Congressional Priorities
TOTAL, EPA
FY 2011
Actuals
$107,586.0

$15,570.5
$217,119.1
$232,689.6

$750.0
$0.0
$0.0
$750.0
$2,915,112.9
FY2012
Enacted
$101,099.0

$12,898.0
$203,856.0
$216,754.0

$0.0
$14,975.0
$14,975.0
$14,975.0
$2,678,222.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$105,315.0

$11,587.0
$211,574.0
$223,161.0

$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$2,817,179.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$4,216.0

($1,311.0)
$7,718.0
$6,407.0

$0.0
($14,975.0)
($14,975.0)
($14,975.0)
$138,957.0
202

-------
Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
               203

-------
                                                  Clean Air Allowance Trading Programs
                                                       Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                          Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$20,877.3
$9,934.0
$30,811.3
84.3
FY 2012
Enacted
$20,811.0
$9,082.0
$29,893.0
87.6
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$20,888.0
$9,797.0
$30,685.0
86.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$77.0
$715.0
$792.0
-0.9
Program Project Description:

The Acid Rain Program, established under Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990,
requires major reductions in sulfur dioxide (802) and nitrogen oxide (NOX) emissions from the
U.S. electric power generation industry. The program continues to be recognized as a model for
flexible and effective air pollution regulation, both in this country and abroad. The 862 program
uses a market-based approach with tradable units called "allowances" (one allowance authorizes
the emission of one ton of SC>2 in  a given or later year). The authorizing legislation sets a
permanent  cap on the total amount  of SO2 that may be  emitted  annually by  affected electric
generation  units (EGUs) in the contiguous U.S.  The program was  phased in, with the final 862
cap beginning  in 2010 set at 8.95 million tons, a level at approximately one-half the amount
these sources emitted in 1980.

Reducing emissions of 862 and NOX continues to be a crucial component of the EPA's strategy
for cleaner air. 862 and NOX are not only the key pollutants in the formation of acid deposition
(or "acid rain") which contributes to acidification of lakes and streams and makes them unable to
support fish and other aquatic  life, but they also  contribute to the  formation  of fine particles
(sulfates and nitrates) that are associated with significant health effects and regional haze. Winds
can carry fine particles (PM^.s) hundreds  of miles from their  source. When inhaled, PM2.5  can
cause serious respiratory problems, particularly for individuals who suffer from asthma or are in
sensitive populations. Numerous  studies have linked these exposures with premature mortality
from heart  and lung diseases.1 These same small particles also are a  main pollutant that impairs
visibility across large  areas of the country, particularly damaging in national parks known for
their scenic views. NOX emissions also contribute substantially to the formation of ground-level
ozone. Ozone, when inhaled in  sufficient concentrations,  also can cause serious  respiratory
problems.

The program implements Title  IV by continuing to measure, quality  assure, and track emissions
for SO2  and/or NOX from Continuous  Emissions Monitoring Systems (CEMS)  or  equivalent
1 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 2009. Integrated Science Assessment for Particulate Matter (Final Report).
EPA-600-R-08-139F. National Center for Environmental Assessment - RTF Division. December. Available on the Internet at
http://cfpub. epa.gov/ncea/cfm/recordisplay. cfm?deid=216546.
                                           204

-------
direct measurement methods at over 3,600 affected EGUs in the U.S. Both the SO2 and NOX
program components require accurate and verifiable measurement  of emissions.  The program
conducts electronic and field audits and certifies and periodically recertifies emission monitors to
ensure accurate  emissions  measurement and reporting. Allowance transfers are recorded in
electronic tracking systems and the  allowances  held are reconciled  against emissions for all
affected sources  to ensure compliance. The Acid Rain Program has maintained perfect or near-
perfect (e.g., over 99%) compliance every year.

The program also is responsible for implementing U.S.  commitments under the US-Canada Air
Quality Agreement of 1991 to reduce and maintain lower SC>2 and  NOX emissions. The EPA's
Acid  Rain Program provides  affected sources flexibility  to  select their  own  methods of
compliance so the required emission reductions are achieved at the lowest cost (both to industry
and  government). For  additional  information on the  Acid Rain  Program,   please  visit
http ://www. epa.gov/airmarkets .

In 2010, total SC>2 emissions from 3,613 EGUs subject to  the Acid Rain Program were 5.1
million tons, a drop of 0.6 million tons from 2009 and over 3l/2 million tons below the statutory
annual permanent cap.  Total NOX emissions from 956 affected EGUs were  2.1 million tons in
2010, triple the  Title IV NOX emission reduction  objective. The EPA's  health studies  and
ecological assessments, analyses by the Interagency National Acid  Precipitation Assessment
Program (NAPAP),2 and data  from long-term  monitoring networks all  indicate that further
reductions in 862 and NOX emissions, beyond  those specified in Title IV, are necessary to allow
sensitive forests and  aquatic  ecosystems to   recover  from  acidification.  The  program's
environmental objective to improve ecosystems  in acid-sensitive regions of the U.S. cannot be
attained without more reductions in SC>2 and NOX, the key pollutants involved in the formation of
acid rain. These  assessments also show that additional reductions in these emissions are needed
for many areas to achieve  and maintain health-based protective air quality standards for  fine
particulate matter (PM^.s) and ozone.
In 1998, the EPA began administering the NOX Budget Program (NBP), a regional cap-and-trade
program for reducing NOX emissions and transported ozone in the eastern U.S. The NBP was
established initially in the Northeast Ozone Transport Region (OTR) under a Memorandum of
Understanding among nine states and the District of Columbia. The NBP expanded under the
NOX State Implementation Plan (SIP) call when 12 states were added and the number of sources
doubled. The NBP transitioned under the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR)  to the CAIR seasonal
NOX program for control  of transported  ozone pollution and summer  NOX emissions.  Six
additional states, which had not been subject to NBP, began reporting emissions for the CAIR
seasonal NOX program and participated in the EPA-administered regional allowance trading
program. Units in  the seasonal program reduced their NOX emissions during the ozone season
from 689,000 tons  in 2008 to 594,000 tons in 2010.

The National Academy of Sciences3 has commended the EPA on its Acid Rain Accountability
Program, which relies on the Clean Air Status and Trends Network (CASTNET) for monitoring
2 National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program Report to Congress: An Integrated Assessment. 2005.
http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/resource/docs/NAPAP.pdfPages 65-73.
3 National Academy of Sciences Report: Air Quality Management in the United States. 2004. www.nap.edu/catalog/10728 .html


                                          205

-------
deposition, ambient sulfate and nitrate concentrations, and other air quality indicators and uses
the Temporally Integrated Monitoring  of Ecosystems (TIME) and Long-Term  Monitoring
(LTM) programs for assessing how water bodies and aquatic ecosystems are responding to
reductions  in  sulfur and nitrogen emissions.  The Acid  Rain Accountability  Program  issues
comprehensive annual reports on compliance and environmental results from implementation of
the Acid Rain and related programs. These reports track progress in not only reducing 862 and
NOX emissions from the affected sources, but also  assess the impacts of these reductions on acid
deposition, air quality  (e.g., ozone levels),  surface  water acidity,  forest health,  and other
environmental      indicators.       For       more       information,       please      see
http://www.epa.gov/airmarkt/progress/progress-reports.html.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013; the program is projected to measure, quality assure and track emissions for 862
and/or NOX from Continuous  Emissions Monitoring systems (CEMs)  or equivalent  direct
measurement methods at over 4,400 EGUs in Acid Rain and related programs. In addition, the
program  will  conduct audits, certify emission  monitors,  and report  on the  progress of these
programs in achieving performance targets and environmental objectives. Allowance transfers
are recorded in electronic tracking systems  and the allowances held are reconciled against
emissions for all affected sources to ensure  compliance.

Nitrogen dioxide emissions also contribute substantially to the formation of ground-level ozone.
Ozone,  when inhaled  in sufficient  concentrations,  can  cause serious  respiratory problems.
Achieving and maintaining the EPA's national air quality standards is  an important step towards
ensuring the air is safe to breathe. In FY  2013, the EPA will continue to work with states,  tribes,
and local government partners toward this goal.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(A01) Annual emissions of sulfur dioxide (SO2) from electric power generation
sources.
FY 2006
10,300,000
9,300,000
FY 2007
9,900,000
8,900,000
FY 2008
9,400,000
7,600,000
FY 2009
9,400,000
5,700,000
FY 2010
8,450,000
5,166,000
FY 2011
6,000,000
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
6,000,000

FY 2013
6,000,000

Units
Tons
Emitted

The EPA tracks annual emissions of 862 and NOX and seasonal NOX emissions from  utility
electric power  generation sources to assess  the  effectiveness  of the Acid Rain and related
programs. Yearly  performance targets have  been set  for annual SC>2 emissions from  utility
electric power generation  sources. Additional information for this measure is  available  in the
Eight-Year performance array.

The  EPA tracks  the  change  in nitrogen  deposition  and  sulfur  deposition to assess the
effectiveness of the Acid Rain program with performance targets  set for every three years. Please
see http://www.epa.gov/airmarkt/progress/progress-reports.html for additional information.
                                          206

-------
The EPA tracks changes in surface water acidity in lakes and streams in acid sensitive regions to
assess the change in the number of chronically acidic water bodies. This is a long-term measure
with      a      performance      target      set      for      2030.      Please      see
http://www.epa.gov/airmarkt/progress/progress-reports.html for additional information.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$29.0)  This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-0.9 FTE) This reflects a reallocation of regional FTE to higher regional priorities.

   •   (+$48.0) This reflects an increase to support the Acid Rain Trading program.

Statutory Authority:

CAA (42 U.S.C.  7401-7661f).
                                          207

-------
                                                             Climate Protection Program
                                                      Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                     Objective(s): Address Climate Change

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$116,335.2
$18,487.9
$134,823.1
245.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$99,481.0
$16,319.0
$115,800.0
250.5
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$107,991.0
$7,760.0
$115,751.0
250.8
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$8,510.0
($8,559.0)
($49.0)
0.3
Program Project Description:

The  EPA's  Climate Protection Program promotes efforts to reduce greenhouse  gas (GHG)
emissions through voluntary programs and supports the Administration's  priority  of taking
action  on climate change. It also provides technical assistance and online reporting tools for
regulated facilities to report annual greenhouse gas emissions in support of the Greenhouse Gas
Reporting Program.

The EPA's voluntary public-private partnership programs are designed to capitalize on the cost-
effective  opportunities  that consumers,  businesses,  and organizations  have  to  invest  in
greenhouse  gas reducing  technologies, policies,  and  practices.  These  investments avoid
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from power plants, mobile sources, and various other sources.

Partners of EPA's Climate Protection Programs have achieved reductions or avoided increases of
carbon dioxide (CO2) and other greenhouse gases, such as methane, nitrous oxide and fluorinated
greenhouse gases - including hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and sulfur
hexafluoride (SFe).  Actions  taken today will  continue to deliver environmental and  economic
benefits for many years to come, since the investments made by the EPA's partners as a result of
the EPA programs often have lifetimes of ten years or more. For every dollar spent by the EPA
on its voluntary climate change partnership programs, the EPA estimates that the programs have
reduced greenhouse gas  emissions by up to 1.0 metric ton of carbon equivalent, delivered more
than $75 in energy bill savings, and facilitated more than $15 in private sector investment.4

The EPA manages a number of voluntary efforts that remove barriers in the marketplace in order
to deploy cost-effective  technologies  faster. The EPA's programs do not provide financial
subsidies. Instead, they work by overcoming widely acknowledged barriers to energy efficiency
and deployment of GHG reduction measures such as:  lack  of clear, reliable information on
technology  opportunities;  lack  of  awareness of  energy efficient  products,  services,  and
transportation  choices; and  the need for additional incentives  for manufacturers to invest in
efficiency research and development.
4 Climate Protection Partnerships Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2011.
http://www.energystar. gov/ia/partners/publications/pubdocs/2010%20CPPD%20Annual%20Report.pdf
                                          208

-------
The EPA started the ENERGY STAR program in 1992. The program achieves significant and
growing greenhouse gas reductions  by dismantling identifiable market  barriers  stifling the
adoption of  cost-effective,  energy-efficient  technologies  and  practices  in  the  residential,
commercial, and industrial sectors. In 1996, the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) joined with
the EPA and assumed specific ENERGY  STAR program responsibilities for several product
categories. In 2009, a  Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) was signed by the EPA and the
DOE  to more clearly define the roles and responsibilities  of EPA and DOE and strengthen
coordination between the two agencies. The MOU built upon the agencies' respective areas of
expertise and placed the EPA in charge of the ENERGY STAR brand. The EPA now manages
the specification process for all product categories (more than 60) and continues to implement
the residential  program.  For commercial  buildings, the EPA  is  the  brand manager when
ENERGY STAR is applied to whole buildings, including  marketing, outreach, monitoring and
verification, and performance levels.

The ENERGY STAR  program continues to yield significant results. In 2010 alone, Americans,
with the help  of  ENERGY STAR, prevented  195 million  metric tons  of carbon dioxide
equivalent (MMTCO2E), saving $20 billion on their annual utility bills. ENERGY STAR is on
track to avoid 190 MMTCO2E of greenhouse gases in 2012. 5

The EPA also manages the  implementation of the  Global Methane Initiative (GMI), formerly
called the Methane-to-Markets Partnership, a  U.S.  led, international public-private partnership
that  brings  together  40 partner governments  and over  1,000  public  and  private  sector
organizations to advance methane recovery  and use as a clean energy source. GMI builds on the
success of the EPA's domestic methane programs and focuses on advancing project development
at agriculture manure management operations, coal mines, landfills, and oil and gas systems. The
EPA will work with  its partners to  strengthen and expand GMI to  include new resource
commitments from developed countries, explore opportunities to reduce emissions from new
sources, such as wastewater treatment,  and to develop country action plans to help direct and
coordinate international efforts. As of 2011, the U.S. is supporting over 600 projects around the
world and has  leveraged over $387  million in  public and private sector investments.  These
projects are yielding results now, with actual annual reductions of 31 million metric tons  of CO2
equivalent (MMTCO2E) in 2009.6

Launched by the EPA in 2004,  the SmartWay  Transport program is a voluntary partnership
between the  EPA  and industry to  reduce fuel use and emissions from goods  movement.
SmartWay helps its partners (shippers, motor carriers,  rail carriers, logistics companies,  and
others) identify fuel-saving  operational and technical solutions. These solutions accelerate the
deployment  of fuel saving,  low emission  technologies and best practices  and promote fuel
savings and  GHG reductions across  the  global  supply chain.  A relatively small  federal
investment has brought significant change to this sector.

SmartWay  is  the   only  voluntary  program  working  across the  entire  freight system  to
comprehensively address key national  economic,  energy, and environmental goals related to
 Additional information at: www. energvstar. gov
6 Additional information at: www.epa.gov/globalmethane and www.globalmethane.org
                                          209

-------
goods  movement  and  freight  sustainability.  Numerous  states,  countries,  international
organizations,  and private companies rely on SmartWay's supply chain tools, testing protocols
and  public-private  partnership  approach  for  their  freight transport  efficiency programs.
California has used SmartWay verified technologies and  testing  protocols for their  GHG
programs and numerous states have used SmartWay's model idle-reduction ordinances. Canada,
Mexico, China, and the European Union currently use or are in the process of adopting  all or
many of the critical elements of the SmartWay program.

Today, over 2,900 US corporations and organizations - including virtually all of the nation's
largest truck carriers, all the class 1 rail companies, and many of the top Fortune 500 companies
- rely upon SmartWay's supply chain accounting tools and methods. To date, these businesses
have saved $6.1 billion dollars by cutting their fuel use by 50 million  barrels of oil. This is
equivalent to annual emissions from about three million cars.

Collectively, SmartWay partners have reduced  16.5 MMTCO2E, 235,000 tons NOx, and  9,000
tons PM emissions, contributing to our nation's clean air and climate goals. Improving supply
chain efficiency helps these companies grow the economy, protect and generate jobs, cut imports
of foreign oil, contribute to our nation's energy security, and be good environmental stewards.

SmartWay's innovative  finance programs further  accelerate  deployment of cleaner,  more
efficient vehicles and equipment to help protect the health and well-being of citizens, especially
in low-income communities near ports, truck stops,  and borders.  In developing new national
standards to bring cleaner, more efficient trucks to market, the EPA and DOT drew from the
SmartWay experience  that includes  developing test procedures to  evaluate trucks and  truck
components and determining how these features and components perform.

The EPA manages a number of other partnership programs that tailor their approach to specific
trades or organizations in the arena of climate change. The Clean Energy-Environment State and
Local Program provides assistance to local and state governments for improving their facilities,
and leading energy  efficiency-related GHG reduction efforts. The EPA's Combined Heat and
Power  (CHP)  Partnership promotes cost-effective  CHP  projects, while its  Green Power
Partnership supports the procurement of green power.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The  EPA  will continue  to implement its government/industry partnership efforts to achieve
greenhouse gas reductions. In addition to reducing greenhouse  gas emissions, these efforts are
projected to reduce  other forms of pollution, including criteria  and toxic air pollutants such as
nitrogen oxides (NOX), particulate matter, and mercury by accelerating the adoption of energy
efficient products and practices.

In FY  2013,  the  EPA  will  continue to promote cost-effective corporate GHG management
practices and provide recognition for superior efforts through a joint award program with non-
government organizations. There also will be a focus on analyzing GHG emissions  from supply
chain management, which will primarily be implemented through the ongoing cooperative pilot
with the General  Services Administration  to assist small federal suppliers in identifying their
                                          210

-------
GHG inventories. The EPA will conduct technical trainings, review inventories submitted by
pilot participants, and maintain the list of participants on the EPA website through 2013.

The  EPA will  continue to implement the  ENERGY STAR program across the  residential,
commercial, and industrial sectors consistent with the EPA/DOE MOU:

  •  Accelerating the rate that product specifications are updated in terms of stringency. For
     product categories with  rapidly  evolving  models  (e.g.,  consumer  electronics, office
     equipment), specifications will be updated about every two years and, where appropriate,
     will  include  out-year specification criteria  so  that  industry can  anticipate  upcoming
     revisions. For all other product categories, the EPA will consistently monitor market share
     and launch revisions, as appropriate.
  •  Pursuing comprehensive enhancements for ENERGY STAR product qualification and
     verification.  This  process  began  in  2010.  FY 2012 will be the  first full year  of
     implementation, and enhancements will continue in FY 2013. Enhancements include:

        o  All  ENERGY  STAR  qualified products will  be  certified  as  meeting program
            requirements by  an accredited third-party  certification body.  Certification will
            include qualification testing before  product  labeling and post-market verification
            testing to confirm that products continue to meet program requirements.
        o  All product testing will be conducted in the EPA-recognized laboratories that have
            demonstrated technical competence,  strong quality  management processes, and
            impartiality towards test results.
        o  The  EPA  will  continue  to  solicit applications  from  accreditation  bodies,
            laboratories, and certification  bodies  that wish to participate  in the program.
            Requirements for the  EPA's recognition  of these  organizations will build upon
            international standards, including provisions that they demonstrate impartiality.

  •  Enhancing the use of  the ENERGY STAR label on products  by adding products to the
     program.
  •  Strengthening the ENERGY STAR New Homes program by implementing the next version
     of the ENERGY  STAR specification (version  3)  to provide a business advantage for
     builders in a soft market and great benefits to homeowners, including additional installation
     checklists  for HVAC  equipment and insulation and water management  to achieve better
     quality control of comfort and  energy savings benefits.
  •  Expanding ENERGY  STAR programs that improve the installation of  products  such as
     heating and cooling  equipment  — whose  efficiency is affected greatly by  installation
     practices.
  •  Expanding efforts to  promote  improvement of commercial  buildings  and industrial
     facilities through the EPA's ENERGY STAR tools, resources, and outreach campaigns.
  •  Engaging  regional, state,  and utility  energy efficiency  programs  and smaller trade
     associations in the new ENERGY STAR Challenge for Industry as  a primary method of
     reaching diffuse industries and small and medium  enterprises  while continuing with the
     ENERGY STAR Industrial Focuses.
  •  Expanding building performance with ENERGY STAR to offer consistent whole building
     assessments to utilities and service providers.
                                          211

-------
The FY 2013 Budget Request for the ENERGY STAR program totals $53.9 million.

The EPA proposes to begin  collecting user fees from product manufacturers who seek to label
their products under EPA's Energy Star program. Fee collection would start in fiscal year 2014
after EPA undertakes a rulemaking process to determine products to be covered by fees and the
level  of  fees, and to  ensure  that a  fee  system would not discourage manufacturers from
participating in the program or result in a loss of environmental benefits. The legislative proposal
to authorize the collection and  spending of the fee is included as an administrative provision in
the President's Budget Appendix.

The EPA will continue the SmartWay Transport Partnership to increase energy efficiency and
lower emissions of freight transportation through verification, promotion, and low-cost financing
of advanced technologies including  anti-idling technologies,  lower  rolling resistance tires,
improved aerodynamic truck designs, and improved freight logistics. SmartWay also will expand
its efforts to:

  •  develop GHG accounting protocols for heavy-duty diesel trucks and explore opportunities
     to evolve protocols for the multimodal freight supply chain network;
  •  promote SmartWay certified light  duty  and heavy duty vehicles that meet  SmartWay's
     criteria for environmentally superior performance;
  •  expand our  SmartWay partner recruiting efforts while streamlining partner management
     processes;
  •  update, as needed, federal guidance on low GHG-emitting vehicles for implementation of
     Energy Independence  and Security  Act (EISA) Section 141 federal  vehicle purchase
     requirements;
  •  continue to provide expertise and serve as a technical test bed in  support of the Agency's
     future policy direction for greenhouse gas emissions;
  •  promote suite  of new partner  tools, designed to more  easily benchmark  and track
     performance, for shipper, carrier and logistics companies;
  •  encourage  the   adoption  of  SmartWay methods and  tools  internationally  through
     stakeholder development, information sharing, and collaboration on pilot projects.

The FY  2013 Budget Request for the SmartWay Transport Partnership program totals  $2.8
million.

The EPA will continue to lead the Global Methane Initiative (GMI) and enhance public-private
sector  cooperation to reduce global methane emissions  and deliver clean energy to markets.
Methane  emissions are among the strongest global-warming potential gases and their emissions
are prevalent across developing economies.  The EPA will  support the development and
implementation of methane recovery and use projects at landfills, agricultural waste operations,
coal  mines, wastewater,  and natural  gas  and oil facilities  in  key developing countries and
countries with economies in transition. The EPA support will involve identifying and addressing
technical, institutional, legal, regulatory, and  other barriers to project development and will
leverage investments  and assistance provided by the private sector and other partners through the
                                          212

-------
GMI's country action plans. The FY 2013 Budget Request for the Global Methane Initiative
totals $4.9 million.
The EPA will continue policy and technical  assistance to developing countries and countries
with economies-in-transition.  The focus is on efforts to monitor, report, and verify greenhouse
gas emissions and sequestration through cost-effective measures and assist in the fulfillment of
the U.S. obligations under the  U.N. Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC).

The EPA will continue to implement the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program. Established in
October 2009, this program has a total of 31 sectors of which 11  were added in 2010. The
Agency expects efforts by both headquarters and regional offices to implement this program for
approximately 13,000 reporters. Focus areas for the GHG Reporting Rule will include:

   •   expanding the database management systems for new sectors and updating, as necessary,
       for the existing reporters;
   •   verifying reported data, through a combination of electronic  reviews and on-site audits
       and developing and deploying verification protocols for new sectors;
   •   providing guidance and training to reporters and using the results of verification to focus
       the training and outreach to existing reporters to ensure that they report in an accurate and
       timely manner; and
   •   sharing  data  with the public, within the  federal Government, with state  and local
       governments,  and with reporting  entities to support improved  understanding  of both
       emission levels and opportunities for GHG reductions.

In FY  2013, the budget  request  for the Greenhouse  Gas  Reporting Rule,  in  the  EPM
appropriation, is $18.7 million.

The EPA will continue to implement the  recommendations of the President's Interagency Task
Force on Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS).  This work focuses on efforts to identify, analyze,
and address  key  gaps to near-term and long-term demonstration  and  deployment of CCS
technologies.
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(G02) Million metric tons of carbon equivalent (MMTCO2E) of greenhouse gas
reductions in the buildings sector.
FY 2006
97.2
110.4
FY 2007
107.8
132.4
FY 2008
118.8
140.8
FY 2009
130.2
143.4
FY 2010
143
163.5
FY 2011
156.9
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
168.7

FY 2013
182.6

Units
MMTCO2e

Measure
Target
Actual
(G06) Million metric tons of carbon equivalent (MMTCO2E) of greenhouse gas
reductions in the transportation sector.
FY 2006
2.2
2.2
FY 2007
o o
5.5
4.2
FY 2008
5.5
5.9
FY 2009
9.5
6
FY 2010
7.2
7
FY 2011
9
Data
FY 2012
11.3

FY 2013
14

Units
MMTCO2e

                                          213

-------






Avail
12/2012



Measure
Target
Actual
(G16) Million metric tons of carbon equivalent (MMTCO2E) of greenhouse gas
reductions in the industry sector.
FY 2006
212
251.9
FY 2007
229.6
267.3
FY 2008
248.3
289.7
FY 2009
267.3
293.7
FY 2010
304
362.8
FY 2011
346.2
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
372.9

FY 2013
421.9

Units
MMTCO2e

Measure
Target
Actual
(G17) Percentage of registered facilities that submit required and complete GHG
data by the annual reporting deadline.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent
of
Facilities

There are over 20 climate change programs that work with the private sector to cost effectively
reduce greenhouse gas emissions and facilitate energy efficiency improvements. Each sector
(buildings,  industry, and transportation) has performance  and efficiency measures to track the
amount of greenhouse gas emissions that are reduced as a result of the program's efforts. As of
2010, the  EPA's voluntary,  public  private partnerships  helped the  business,  industry and
transportation sectors avoid 533 MMTCO2E emissions.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •  (+$2,937.0/ +3.2 FTE) This reflects an increase to support the Greenhouse Gas Reporting
       Program. The  additional  resources will  handle increases  in the general reporting and
       verification workload across the many industry sectors and emission sources as well as
       our  work with states. It includes outreach to reporters on topics such as how to comply
       with the rule and how to report emissions using the electronic reporting tool as well as
       how to address any potential reporting errors prior to data publication. These resources
       will  provide   assistance  to reporting  entities,  ensure data accuracy,  and  provide
       transparency into the major  sources of GHG emissions across the nation. The additional
       resources include 3.2 FTE and associated payroll of $547.0.

    •   (+$4,204.0/ +6.2 FTE) This reflects an increase  to the ENERGY STAR program to
       restore some of the reduction made in FY 2012. These resources are for oversight of the
       third-party certification system for ENERGY STAR products and the implementation of
       the EPA's verification process for residential, commercial, and industrial buildings. The
       increase will improve quality control over the ENERGY STAR product labeling program
       which impacts more  than  1,500 manufacturing  companies seeking  to  qualify their
       products  and  close to  7,000 building owners  certifying commercial  buildings as
       ENERGY STAR annually.  In addition,  the increased funds will be utilized to revise
       product  and building specifications to advance energy  efficiency and  allow ENERGY
                                          214

-------
       STAR to continue to be  a  differentiator in the marketplace. The additional resources
       include 6.2 FTE and associated payroll of $940.0.

   •   (+$1,348.07 -3.1 FTE) The  dollar increase will be used to support public and  private
       organizations implementing the full range of least cost compliance and mitigation options
       associated with the EPA's  power sector air regulations, including Clean Energy resources
       like end-use energy efficiency, combined heat  and power, and renewable energy. FTE
       will be moved to higher priority programs in FY 2013.  Of the total resources, there is a
       payroll decrease of $185.0 that is offset by other changes.

   •   (-$86.07 -6.3 FTE) This is a reallocation of resources from the Global Methane Initiative
       to support other climate change programs. Of the total resources, pay-related resources
       decrease by $849.0, offset by other contract changes to support the ongoing GMI
       program.

   •   (+$107.0) This reflects resources for web tools  and technology infrastructure to support
       activities  across the program. This supports core IT functions.

Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments, 42 U.S.C.  7401  et seq. -  Sections 102, 103,  104 and  108; Pollution
Prevention Act (PPA), 42 U.S.C.  13101 et seq. - Sections 6602, 6603, 6604 and  6605; National
Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), 42 U.S.C.  4321  et seq.  - Section 102; Grand  Canyon
Protection Act (GCPA),  15  U.S.C. 2901 - Section  1103;  Federal Technology Transfer Act
(FTTA), 15 U.S.C. - Section 3701a; CWA, 33 U.S.C. 1251  et seq. - Section 104; SWDA, 42
U.S.C. 6901 et seq.- Section 8001; EPA, 42 U.S.C. 16104 et seq.
                                          215

-------
                                                   Federal Stationary Source Regulations
                                                      Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                 Objective(s): Address Climate Change; Improve Air Quality

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$31,296.0
$31,296.0
110.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$27,298.0
$27,298.0
111.9
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$34,142.0
$34,142.0
135.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$6,844.0
$6,844.0
23.8
Program Project Description:

Under the Clean  Air Act (CAA), the EPA is responsible for  setting, reviewing, and revising
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for six common pollutants and for setting
emission standards for sources of these "criteria" pollutants. These national standards form the
foundation for air quality management  and  establish goals that protect public health and the
environment.

The CAA established two types of NAAQS. Primary standards set limits to protect public health,
including the health of sensitive populations, such as asthmatics  and the elderly. Secondary
standards set limits to protect public welfare,  including protection against decreased visibility
and damage to animals,  crops, vegetation, and buildings. The six pollutants for which the EPA
has established NAAQS include: particulate matter (PM), ozone, sulfur dioxide (802), nitrogen
dioxide (NO2), carbon monoxide (CO), and lead.

This program also  includes  activities, mandated by  the CAA, directed toward reducing air
emissions of toxic pollutants from stationary sources. Specifically, this program provides for the
development of  control  technology-based  standards  for major  sources  (i.e.,  Maximum
Achievable  Control Technology - MACT standards) and area sources, the development of
standards of performance and emissions guidelines for waste combustion sources, the assessment
and regulation of residual risk remaining after implementation of the control technology-based
standards, the periodic  review  and revision of the control technology-based standards,  and
associated national guidance  and outreach. The program also includes  issuing, reviewing, and
periodically revising, as necessary, New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) for criteria and
certain  listed pollutants, setting  standards to  limit emissions  of volatile organic compounds
(VOC) from consumer and commercial products, and establishing Reasonably Available Control
Technology (RACT) through issuance and periodic review and revision of control technique
guidelines (CTG).

In addition to existing CAA and court-ordered mandates, the  EPA is required to periodically
review and revise both the list of air toxics subject to regulation and the list of source categories
for which  standards must be developed. Available  information strongly indicates that  this
requirement will become significant over time.
                                          216

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Activities described within Federal  Stationary  Source Regulations  support  the  Addressing
Climate Change and Improving Air Quality objectives in the Strategic Plan.

Addressing Climate Change

The CAA requires the EPA to set NSPS for industrial categories that cause, or significantly
contribute to,  air pollution that may endanger public health  or  welfare. In 2013, EPA will
continue work to develop NSPS  for sources of  greenhouse gases (GHGs) for refineries,
consistent with the requirements of the CAA. Section 111 of the CAA requires the EPA, at least
every eight years, to review and, if appropriate, revise NSPS for each source category for which
such standards have been established. To improve efficiencies for EPA and state implementation,
safeguard public  health,  and increase certainty  for industry,  concurrently with this  ongoing
review for listed source categories, the EPA will perform analyses and make determinations to
address whether regulation of GHG emissions from such listed source categories is warranted.
Using  emission inventory  data, the EPA will determine  feasible emission  control within a
reasonable timeframe, and where  significant emission reductions could  be achieved  cost-
effectively. The supporting analyses will include developing emission estimates, evaluating costs
of control, and, to the extent possible, quantifying economic, environmental, and energy impacts.

Improving Air Quality

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue reviewing criteria pollutant standards in accordance with the
statutory schedule with an emphasis on completing reviews of the ozone standard and the lead
standard by 2014. The Agency  has set a schedule for completing NAAQS reviews in order to
meet the five-year deadline in the  CAA,  conducting several concurrent reviews  under a
challenging schedule requiring substantial investment in highly trained staff and the allocation of
significant analytical  resources toward the NAAQS review  process. Each review  involves
extensive scientific peer review by the Agency scientific and technical experts, the design and
conduct of complex risk and exposure analyses, a complete policy assessment, and consultation
with external scientific experts at each stage of the review process.

Air  toxics are pollutants  known to cause  or  suspected of  causing cancer,  birth  defects,
reproductive effects,  or other serious health problems. Based on the 2005 National Air Toxics
Assessment, the EPA estimates that approximately 200 excess cancer cases per year may result
from the inhalation of air toxics from outdoor sources, and of this total,  30 to 90 cases can be
attributable, directly or indirectly, to hazardous air pollutant emissions from stationary sources
regulated by the  EPA. To reduce or eliminate the unacceptable health risks and cumulative
exposures to air toxics from multiple sources in affected communities and to fulfill its statutory
and court-ordered obligations, the EPA will continue  to pursue opportunities to meet  multiple
CAA requirements for stationary sources in more integrated ways  in 2013. For example, where
the CAA requires the Agency to take multiple regulatory actions that  affect the same industry,
the EPA will  consider aligning the timing of these rulemaking actions to take advantage of
synergies between the multiple rules, where  feasible.  Coordinating  such  actions allows the
                                          217

-------
Agency to meet multiple CAA objectives for controlling both criteria and toxic air pollutants
while considering cost effectiveness and technical feasibility of controls. It also creates greater
certainty for regulated industry. Even with the greater efficiency provided by this approach,
resources are needed to  complete the  court-ordered  and statutorily  required review  and
promulgation  of standards  and conduct rigorous  analysis to incorporate  the best  available
science.

In addition to reviewing existing standards, work is currently underway to achieve and maintain
compliance with the ozone standards established  in 2008, 1997, and 1979; the 1997 PMio and
PM2.5 standards; the 2006 PM2.5 standard; the potential revisions to PM2.5 standards in 2012; the
2008 Lead standard; the 2010 NO2 standard; the 1971 CO standard; and the 2010 SO2 standard.

Meeting the CAA schedule results  in approximately 70 stationary source rules due for review
and promulgation. 35  of them are already on a court-ordered deadline or in litigation. Currently,
all of these rules are in some stage of development within the EPA. Additional litigation over
pending or already-missed deadlines is expected on another 200 rules. Since 1990, the EPA has
published 96 MACT standards  covering 187 pollutants emitted from 174 industrial categories.
However, a number  of  these  rules have been  found deficient by the courts, necessitating
substantial revisions.

Reductions in emissions from prioritized sectors  (such as petroleum refining, iron and steel,
chemical plants, and  coatings)  will  reduce emissions  of air toxics, help ozone nonattainment
areas, and  enhance our climate change efforts. Additional  controls at these sources  also will
reduce emissions near affected  communities, including low  income and minority communities.
The EPA also will address programmatic elements,  including court-vacated rules that apply
across many industrial sources (such as exemptions for start-up, shutdown and malfunction, and
the collection and  application  of the best available  data).  The EPA has reviewed  existing
regulations to identify potential emissions monitoring deficiencies and the Agency has embarked
upon  a  course  to  correct these,  including  the application  of new,  advanced  monitoring
technologies.  The  Agency will  modify reporting procedures to allow facilities to  report
compliance data electronically, reducing the burden and costs at the industry, state,  and federal
levels.

Significant resources are needed to fulfill legal and statutory deadline obligations to  complete
certain MACT and waste incineration standards,  to issue residual risk and technology review
standards for MACT categories, to review and revise NSPS, and to issue  control technique
guidelines for control of VOCs.
                                           218

-------
                           Current State of the Air
                               Toxics Program
                       •  +70 rules need to be under
                          development by FY 2012-2013

                       •  35 of the 70 are under legal
                          deadline

                       •  Almost 200 will be past their
                          statutory deadline by FY 2012-2013

                       •  +50 need to be re-issued or
                          amended to adhere to court
                          opinions
The EPA will engage in rulemaking efforts regarding Petroleum Refineries NSPS, Petroleum
Refineries MACT I and II, Iron and Steel, Chemical Plants, and Coatings. To address standards
that are part of the residual risk litigation settlement, the EPA also will make significant progress
in issuing standards for the following categories:  Phosphoric Acid  and Phosphate Fertilizer;
Flexible  Polyurethane  Foam  Production;  Acrylic  and  Modacrylic Fibers  Production;
Polycarbonate Production; Off-Site Waste and Recovery Operation; and Group III Polymers and
Resins.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(001) Cumulative percentage reduction in tons of toxicity-weighted (for cancer risk)
emissions of air toxics from 1993 baseline.
FY 2006
34
38
FY 2007
35
39
FY 2008
35
40
FY 2009
36
40
FY 2010
36
40
FY 2011
36
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
37

FY 2013
42

Units
Percent
Reduction

Measure
Target
Actual
(002) Cumulative percentage reduction in tons of toxicity-weighted (for non-cancer
risk) emissions of air toxics from 1993 baseline.
FY 2006
58
52
FY 2007
58
53
FY 2008
59
53
FY 2009
59
53
FY 2010
59
53
FY 2011
59
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
59

FY 2013
58

Units
Percent
Reduction

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$285.0) This is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.
   •   (+$1,955.07 +13.7 FTE) This  reflects  an increase to support the development of New
       Source Performance Standards that  address greenhouse gases, including  13.7 FTE and
                                        219

-------
       associated  payroll of $1,399.0. This  support  will ensure that the EPA  will perform
       analyses using the latest science and  data to make determinations to  address whether
       regulation of GHG emissions from certain source categories is warranted.

   •   (+$1.0) This reflects an increase for program support.

   •   (+$2,748.07 +6.0 FTE) This increases resources to ensure that the EPA will meet court-
       ordered deadlines and work on statutory deadlines to issue stationary source regulations,
       including 6.0 FTE with associated payroll of $840.0. This increase will allow EPA to
       more efficiently coordinate actions to meet multiple CAA objectives for controlling both
       criteria and toxic air pollutants  while considering cost effectiveness,  the technical
       feasibility of controls, and provide greater certainty for regulated industry.

   •   (+$2,425.07 +4.1 FTE) This reflects an increase to support the review of criteria pollutant
       standards in  accordance with the  CAA  statutory schedule with  an  emphasis  on
       completing reviews of the ozone standard and lead standard by 2014, with the potential
       for substantial benefits to human health. This increase includes 4.1 FTE with associated
       payroll of $574.0.

Statutory Authority:

CAA (42 U.S.C. 7401-7661f).
                                           220

-------
                                            Federal Support for Air Quality Management
                                                      Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                 Objective(s): Address Climate Change; Improve Air Quality

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$106,081.2
$11,054.0
$117,135.2
732.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$123,469.0
$7,091.0
$130,560.0
824.6
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$134,841.0
$7,622.0
$142,463.0
849.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,372.0
$531.0
$11,903.0
25.1
Program Project Description:

Under the Clean Air Act (CAA), the EPA is responsible for setting, reviewing, and revising
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for six common pollutants and for setting
emission standards for sources of these "criteria" pollutants. These national standards form the
foundation for air quality management  and establish goals  that protect public health and the
environment.

The CAA established two types of NAAQS. Primary standards set limits to protect public health,
including the health of sensitive populations, such as asthmatics and the elderly.  Secondary
standards set limits to protect public welfare, including protection against decreased visibility
and damage to animals, crops, vegetation, and buildings. The six pollutants for which the EPA
has established NAAQS include: particulate matter (PM), ozone, sulfur dioxide (802), nitrogen
dioxide (NC^), carbon monoxide (CO), and lead.

The Federal Support for Air Quality Management Program assists state,  Tribal, and local  air
pollution control agencies in the development, implementation, and evaluation of programs to
implement the  NAAQS,  establish  standards for  reducing air  toxics, and  sustain visibility
protection. The  EPA develops federal  measures and  regional strategies  that help to reduce
emissions from  stationary and mobile sources; however,  states and Tribes have the primary
responsibility for developing clean air measures necessary to  meet the NAAQS  and protect
visibility. The EPA partners with states, Tribes, and local governments to create a comprehensive
compliance program to ensure that multi-source and multi-pollutant reduction targets and  air
quality improvement objectives, including consideration of environmental justice issues, are met
and sustained.

For each of the six  criteria pollutants, the EPA tracks two kinds of air  pollution trends:  air
pollutant concentrations based on actual measurements in  the ambient (outside) air at selected
monitoring sites throughout the  country and emissions  based on  engineering  estimates or
measurements of the total tons of pollutants released into the air each year. The EPA works with
state  and local  governments to  ensure the technical  integrity  of source  controls in  State
Implementation Plans (SIPs) and with Tribes to ensure the  technical integrity of source controls
                                          221

-------
in Tribal Implementation Plans (TIPs). The EPA assists  states, Tribes,  and local agencies to
identify the most cost-effective control options available,  including  consideration of multi-
pollutant reductions and innovative strategies. This program includes working with other federal
agencies to ensure a coordinated approach and working with other countries to address pollution
sources outside U.S. borders that pose risks to public health and the environment within the U.S.
This program also supports the development of risk assessment methodologies for air pollutants.

Toxic air pollutants are known to cause or  suspected  of causing increased risk of cancer and
other serious health effects. This Federal Support Program assists state, Tribal,  and local air
pollution control  agencies  in  reducing air  toxic  emissions through modeling,  inventories,
monitoring, assessments, and strategies. The EPA also  supports programs that reduce inhalation
risk and deposition to water bodies and ecosystems (e.g., the Great Waters program), facilitate
international  cooperation to reduce transboundary and intercontinental  air toxics pollution,
develop  and  update  the  National  Emissions  Inventory  (NEI),  develop risk  assessment
methodologies  for toxic  air pollutants,  and provide training for air pollution professionals. In
addition, the program includes  activities for the implementation of federal air toxics standards
and for the triennial National Air Toxics Assessment (NATA).

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Addressing Climate Change

During FY 2013, the EPA will continue to take steps to  address climate change. The Agency will
issue  additional policy and guidance  on greenhouse gas (GHG) related  issues  for the Title V
operating permits and Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) programs. The EPA will
continue to issue  permits directly to sources in areas where states, Tribes, or local agencies do
not issue permits. In addition, the EPA will oversee the activities of state and local permitting
programs as they review GHG  permit applications which are expected to increase in FY 2013.
Under Step 1 and 2 of EPA's Tailoring Rule, the Agency estimates that about 550 sources will
need to obtain title V permits for the first time due to their GHG emissions. The majority of these
newly permitted sources will likely be solid  waste landfills and industrial manufacturers.  There
could be approximately 900 additional PSD permitting actions each year triggered by increases
in GHG emissions from new and modified emission sources. 7

In FY 2013, the EPA regional offices will continue to issue and oversee increased numbers of
PSD and Title V permits because of the new requirements for GHG emissions control and new
requirements for permitting sources in Indian country. Additionally, the regional offices will
issue GHG PSD permits in states where EPA has issued Federal Implementation Plans (FIPs).
Regional offices review approximately 70% of all initial operating permits and 25% of all
operating permit renewals issued by states, Tribes, or local agencies. It is expected that regional
offices will review an increasing number of permits issued by states, Tribes, or local agencies
and review changes to state, Tribal, and local PSD and Title V programs due to the incorporation
of GHG provisions. The EPA will continue to address complex national policy questions that
arise and ensure national consistency as these requirements are implemented.
 Fact sheet for Prevention of Significant Deterioration and Title V Greenhouse Gas Tailoring Final Rule
http://www.epa.gov/nsr/documents/20100413fs.pdf
                                           222

-------
The EPA will consider the results of a range of international assessments issued in 2012 and
address the climate impacts of short-lived  climate forcers. These traditional  air pollutants,
including black carbon, a constituent of particulate matter (PM), and ozone  are having an
immediate effect on climate. Reducing emissions of these pollutants can reap immediate climate
and public health benefits. The EPA will continue to identify the most significant domestic and
international  sources of black carbon and ozone precursor emissions working through a new
global  initiative of the  State Department and  through collaboration with the Arctic Council and
the Convention on Long-range Transboundary Air Pollution (LRTAP). Based on these findings
and enhanced analytical capabilities, the EPA will consider the best steps for addressing these
emissions.

Improving Air Quality

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue its Clean Air  Act (CAA)  prescribed responsibilities to
administer the NAAQS by taking federal  oversight actions and by developing regulations and
policies to ensure continued health protection during the transition between the pre-existing and
new  standards. The EPA will provide technical and policy assistance to states developing or
revising attainment SIPs and will designate or redesignate areas as attainment or nonattainment.
The NAAQS improve air quality and reduce related health impacts and their costs to the nation.

Particulate Matter (PM) is linked to tens of thousands of premature deaths per year and repeated
exposure to ozone can cause acute respiratory problems and lead to permanent lung damage.
Elevated  levels  of lead  in children have  been associated with IQ loss, poor academic
achievement, and delinquent behavior, while effects  in adults include increased blood pressure
and cardiovascular disease, and decreased kidney function. Short-term exposure to sulfur dioxide
(862) can result in  adverse respiratory effects, including narrowing of the airways, which can
cause difficulty breathing and increased asthma symptoms, particularly in at-risk populations,
including children, the  elderly, and people with asthma.

In addition to meeting CAA requirements, the EPA will develop its multi-pollutant and sector
based efforts by constructing and organizing initiatives  around industrial sectors. The focus of
these  efforts  is to address an individual sector's emissions comprehensively and to prioritize
regulatory efforts on the pollutants of greatest concern.  The EPA will continue to look at all
pollutants in an industrial sector and identify ways to take advantage of the  co-benefits of
pollution control. In developing sector and multi-pollutant approaches,  the EPA seeks innovative
solutions that address  the differing nature of the various  sectors.  This approach can provide
greater certainty and reduce costs to industry by combining multiple standards.

One of the EPA's top priorities is to mitigate  health risks and cumulative exposures to air toxics
from multiple sources in affected communities and to enable the Agency to fulfill its CAA and
court-ordered  obligations.  The  CAA requires  that the technological bases for all MACT
standards be  reviewed  and updated as necessary every eight years. In FY 2013, the EPA will
continue to conduct risk assessments to determine whether the MACT rules appropriately protect
public health.
                                           223

-------
Between 2012 and 2013, there are approximately 70 stationary source (e.g., air toxics) rules due
for review and promulgation under the CAA; 35 of which are already on court-ordered deadlines
or in litigation.  All of these rules  are in some stage of development  at the present time.  To
develop effective standards, the EPA needs accurate information about actual emissions, their
composition, specific emission points, and transport into communities.

The  EPA will continue to enhance analytical capabilities to  develop  effective regulations
including: analyzing the economic impacts of regulations and policies; developing and refining
existing emission test methods for measuring pollutants from smokestacks and other industrial
sources; developing and refining existing source sampling measurement techniques to determine
rates  of  emissions  from  stationary  sources;  and  conducting dispersion modeling  that
characterizes the atmospheric processes that disperse a pollutant emitted by a source. The S & T
component of this program supports the scientific development of these  capabilities. The EPA's
current assessments indicate that while many air toxics are widespread, areas of concentrated
emissions such as communities with concentrated industrial and mobile source  activity (near
ports or distribution areas) often have greater cumulative exposure. Working with stakeholders
and informed by analysis of air quality health risk data, the EPA is working to prioritize key air
toxics regulations that can be completed expeditiously and that will address significant  risks to
public health.

In FY 2013, the EPA will provide assistance to state, Tribal, and local agencies in implementing
national programs and assessing their effectiveness. The EPA uses a broad  suite of analytical
tools  such as source characterization analyses,  emission  factors and  inventories,  statistical
analyses, source apportionment techniques, quality assurance protocols and  audits,  improved
source testing and monitoring techniques, urban  and  regional-scale numerical grid  air quality
models,  and   augmented  cost/benefit   tools  to  assess  control  strategies.  Please   see
http://www.epa.gov/ttn for further details. The Agency will maintain these tools (e.g., integrated
multiple  pollutant emissions inventory, air quality modeling platforms, etc.) to provide  the
technical underpinnings for more efficient and comprehensive air quality management  and  for
integration with climate change activities.

The EPA continues to implement recommendations of the National Research Council,  such as
developing  a  more integrated multiple  pollutant management framework that incorporates
criteria and  toxic air  pollutants.  The Agency will continue  to implement, as appropriate, key
reform recommendations of the Clean Air  Act Advisory Committee's Subcommittee  on Air
Quality Management, including working with selected state and local  agencies  on  alternative
approaches to air quality planning.

The  EPA  will  continue  to  implement  a strategy  that,  where  appropriate,  supports  the
development and evaluation of multiple pollutant measurements.  This  strategy includes changes,
where  the  Agency deems necessary,  to  effectively  implement  revised NAAQS monitoring
requirements for ozone, lead, 862, nitrogen dioxide (NC^), carbon monoxide (CO), and PM. The
EPA will continue development of emissions measurement methods for condensable PM2.5  for
cross-industry application to ensure that accurate and consistent measurement methods can be
employed in the NAAQS implementation program. The EPA will continue to assist other federal
agencies  and state  and local governments  in implementing the conformity regulations.  The
                                          224

-------
regulations require federal agencies, taking actions in nonattainment and maintenance areas, to
determine that the emissions caused by their actions will conform to the SIP.

In addition, the EPA will continue to participate in assessing and addressing the effects of global
and hemispheric transboundary air pollution on U.S air quality management efforts. The EPA
will continue participating in negotiations under international treaties such as the U.S.-Canada
Agreement, the Convention on Long-range Transboundary Air Pollution, and the UNEP Global
Mercury Treaty to address  fine particles, ozone, mercury, and persistent organic pollutants. In
addition, the EPA will continue working on capacity  building efforts in key countries and
regions (e.g., China, Asia, and Mexico) to reduce transboundary air pollution.

The EPA will continue to operate and maintain the Air Quality System (AQS), which houses the
nation's  air  quality data  and allows for data  and technology exchange/transfer. The EPA will
modify AQS, as necessary, to  reflect new ambient monitoring regulations and to ensure that it
complies with critical programmatic needs and with the Agency's architecture and data quality
standards. The EPA will  continue to operate and maintain the AQS Data Mart, which provides
access to the scientific community and others to obtain air quality data via the internet. The EPA
will modify the AQS Data  Mart, as necessary, to ensure it reflects changes made to AQS. For
more  information  about  AQS visit http://epa.gov/ttn/airs/airsaqs/.  The EPA will continue to
operate  and maintain AirNow, which provides real-time air quality  data  and  forecasts
nationwide. Further, the EPA will operate and maintain the Emissions Inventory System (EIS), a
system used to quality assure and store  current and historical emissions inventory data, and to
generate the National Emissions Inventory (NEI). The NEI is used by the EPA, states, and others
to analyze the public health risks from air toxics and to develop strategies to manage those risks
and support multipollutant analysis covering air toxics, NAAQS pollutants, and GHGs.

The EPA will  continue  to support permitting authorities on  the timely issuance  of renewal
permits and  to respond to veto petitions  under the Title V operating permits program. The EPA
will continue to address monitoring issues in underlying federal and state rules and to take
appropriate   action  to  more  broadly  improve  the   Title  V  program.  Please   see
http://www.epa.gov/air/oaqps/permits/ for  further details. The Agency will perform monitoring
and modeling support associated with permit issuance and National Environmental Policy Act
evaluation. EPA  maintains the RACT/BACT/LAER  clearinghouse (RBLC)  to help  permit
applicants and reviewers make pollution prevention  and  control technology decisions for
stationary air pollution sources and includes data submitted by several U.S. territories and all 50
states  on over  200  different  air pollutants and  1,000  industrial  processes.  Please see
http://cfpub.epa.gov/RBLC/ for more information on the RBLC.

The EPA will undertake analyses aimed at developing New Source Review (NSR) regulations to
more  effectively address sources of criteria pollutants and GHGs and EPA will continue to  work
with state and Tribal  governments to implement revisions to the PSD requirements and  NSR
rules,   including updates to   delegation  agreements  (for delegated states) and  review of
implementation plan revisions  (for SIP-approved states and TIP-approved tribes). The EPA will
continue to review and respond to reconsideration requests and (working with the Department of
Justice) legal challenges related to NSR program revisions, take any actions necessary to respond
to court  decisions, and work with states and  industries on NSR applicability issues. Emphasis
                                          225

-------
will be given to assisting Tribes in implementing the Tribal NSR Rule and helping them develop
the capacity to assume delegation of the rule or to  effectively participate in reviews of permits
issued by EPA in Indian country.

To improve the NAAQS federal program, the EPA will continue, within  current statutory and
resource limitations, to address deficiencies in designations and implementation. For  example,
the EPA has been working to synchronize the issuance of implementation guidance with the final
revised NAAQS. The agency's goal is to provide this guidance as early as possible in the process
to assist states in implementing standards. The agency will continue consulting with states to
determine additional methods to improve the SIP development and implementation process that
are within current statutory limitations.

The EPA will continue to offer technical support to state and  local agencies as they implement
the National Air Toxics Monitoring Network. The network has two main parts: the National Air
Toxics  Trends  Sites  (NATTS) and Local Scale  Monitoring (LSM) projects.  The  NATTS,
designed to capture the impacts of  widespread  pollutants, is  comprised of  27 permanent
monitoring sites, and the LSMs are comprised of scores of short-term monitoring projects, each
designed to address specific local  issues. Please see http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/airtoxpg.html
for additional  information.  The  EPA continues  to use its technical expertise  to  improve
monitoring systems to fill data gaps and get a better assessment of actual population exposure to
toxic  air pollution. Also, the EPA will continue updating analytical efforts designed to provide
nationwide information on ambient levels of criteria and toxic air pollutants.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to implement the Urban Air Toxics Strategy by providing
information and training to states and communities through documents, websites, and workshops
on tools to help them in conducting  assessments and identifying risk reduction strategies for air
toxics. The Agency will emphasize activities to help environmental justice communities address
air toxics concerns.

The EPA will continue its efforts to improve dissemination of information between EPA offices,
the state, local and Tribal governments, and the public. The EPA will work through  an intra-
agency  workgroup to create  educational resources to disseminate information  about new air
toxics and mercury  standards. These  environmental  outreach  activities  will  support EPA's
mission to  expand  the conversation  on environmentalism and  work to improve air quality. The
purpose of these activities will be to ensure that the American public is educated about air quality
issues and standards.  These  resources  will be  available to educate the public, specifically
teachers, informal educators, and parents.

These improvements  are  expanding analytical tools such  as the National  Air  Pollution
Assessment (NAPA) and National Air Toxic Assessment (NATA) to include demographics and
cumulative, aggregate environmental risks to  different communities and population subgroups
(e.g.,  children, the elderly); enhancing quantitative benefits assessment tools such  as BenMAP to
include  analytic capabilities for air toxics;  improving emission inventory estimates for toxic air
pollutants  using the data collected through  source and  ambient monitoring;  and managing
information (e.g.,  regulatory  requirements, compliance status,  pollutant  release information,
permitting status) for regulated entities electronically in a single location by modernizing the Air
                                          226

-------
Facility System (AFS) database. The EPA anticipates that these improvements will increase the
Agency's ability to meet aggressive court ordered schedules to complete rulemaking activities,
especially in the Risk Technology Review program.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(M94) Percent of major NSR permits issued within one year of receiving a complete
permit application.
FY 2006
70
70
FY 2007
75
83
FY 2008
78
79
FY 2009
78
76
FY 2010
78
46
FY 2011
78
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
78

FY 2013
78

Units
Percent
Issued

Measure
Target
Actual
(M95) Percent of significant Title V operating permit revisions issued within 18
months of receiving a complete permit application.
FY 2006
91
91
FY 2007
94
81
FY 2008
97
85
FY 2009
100
87
FY 2010
100
82
FY 2011
100
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent
Issued

Measure
Target
Actual
(M96) Percent of new Title V operating permits issued within 18 months of receiving
a complete permit application.
FY 2006
83
83
FY 2007
87
51
FY 2008
91
72
FY 2009
95
70
FY 2010
99
67
FY 2011
99
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
99

FY 2013
99

Units
Percent
Issued

Measure
Target
Actual
(M9) Cumulative percentage reduction in population-weighted ambient
concentration of ozone in monitored counties from 2003 baseline.
FY 2006
5
7
FY 2007
6
6
FY 2008
8
9
FY 2009
10
13
FY 2010
11
15
FY 2011
12
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
13

FY 2013
15

Units
Percent
Reduction

Measure
Target
Actual
(M91) Cumulative percentage reduction in population-weighted ambient
concentration of fine particulate matter (PM-2.5) in all monitored counties from
2003 baseline.
FY 2006
2
7
FY 2007
3
8
FY 2008
4
13
FY 2009
5
17
FY 2010
6
23
FY 2011
15
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
16

FY 2013
29

Units
Percent
Reduction

                                         227

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(MM9) Cumulative percentage reduction in the average number of days during the
ozone season that the ozone standard is exceeded in non-attainment areas, weighted
by population.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
19
37
FY 2009
23
47
FY 2010
26
56
FY 2011
29
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
45

FY 2013
50

Units
Percent
Reduction

Measure
Target
Actual
(MM8) Cumulative percentage reduction in the number of days to process State
Implementation Plan revisions, weighted by complexity.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
1.2
3.3
FY 2009
2.4
1.8
FY 2010
2.9
14
FY 2011
3.1
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
3.1

FY 2013
3.1

Units
Percent
Reduction

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$1,545.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$1,587.0/ + 12.8 FTE) This represents an increase  for  Clean Air Act  Permitting
       activities, including 12.8 FTE with associated payroll of $1,348.0. These resources and
       FTE will support the timely issuance of permits under EPA's CAA responsibility to issue
       permits  directly to sources in areas where states, local agencies, or tribes do not issue
       them.  In addition, EPA Regional Offices require resources to review PSD and Title V
       permits  issued to states, local, and tribal  agencies.  EPA HQ will continue to develop
       sector- and source-specific guidance on significant national policy issues.

    •   (-$276.0/ -1.0 FTE) This eliminates resources for the Agency's Residential Woodsmoke
       Program and the online Air Quality Trends Report.  The  Air  Quality Trends Report is a
       valuable source of information for the EPA stakeholders  and partners and its elimination
       reflects  tough  choices made in FY 2013.  The reduced resources include 1.0 FTE and
       associated payroll of $130.0.

    •   (+$6,972.0/ +13.0 FTE) This represents an  increase for EPA to provide assistance to
       state,  tribal, and local agencies in  implementing national programs and assessing their
       effectiveness, including 13.0 FTE  with associated payroll of $1,365.0. This assistance
       includes source  characterization analyses, emission factors  and inventories,  statistical
       analyses, source  apportionment techniques, quality assurance  protocols and  audits,
       improved source testing and monitoring techniques,  urban and regional-scale numerical
       grid air quality models, and augmented cost/benefit tools to assess control strategies.

    •   (-$34.0) This reflects a reduction to general program support costs.
                                          228

-------
   •   (+$1,500.0) This reflects an increase in resources for the integration of environmental
       outreach activities through an intra-agency workgroup to create educational resources to
       disseminate information to the public and increase transparency about new air toxics and
       mercury standards and other critical environmental issues. These environmental outreach
       activities  will   support   EPA's  core  mission  to   expand  the  conversation   on
       environmentali sm.

   •   (+$78.0)  This reflects an increase for resources for  web  tools  and  environmental
       information.

Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 7401-7661F).
                                          229

-------
                                                  Stratospheric Ozone: Domestic Programs
                                                        Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                            Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                        Objective(s): Restore the Ozone Layer

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
55,757.6
$5,157.6
27.6
FY 2012
Enacted
$5,570.0
$5,570.0
23.6
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$5,643.0
$5,643.0
23.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$73.0
$73.0
0.1
Program Project Description:

The stratospheric ozone layer protects life on Earth by shielding the Earth's surface from harmful
ultraviolet (UV) radiation. Scientific evidence, amassed over the past 35  years, has shown that
ozone-depleting substances (ODS) used  around the world destroy the stratospheric ozone layer
and contribute to climate change.8 Overexposure to increased  levels of UV  radiation due  to
ozone layer depletion is  expected to continue to raise the incidence of skin cancer and other
illnesses.9  Skin cancer is the most common cancer diagnosed in the U.S. One American dies
almost every hour from melanoma, the deadliest form of skin cancer.10 Increased UV levels have
been  associated  with other  human  and  non-human  effects,   including  cataracts,  immune
suppression, and effects on aquatic ecosystems and agricultural crops.

The EPA estimates that in the U.S. alone, the worldwide phase-out of ODS will avert millions of
non-fatal  and fatal  skin  cancers, as well  as millions of cataracts,  between 1990 and 2165.n
Cataracts are the leading cause of blindness worldwide, and in the U.S. a significant source  of
cost to the Medicare budget.  EPA's estimates regarding the U.S. health benefits from the ODS
phase-out are based on the assumption that international ODS phase-out targets will be achieved,
allowing the ozone layer to recover later this century. According to current atmospheric research,
the ozone layer is not expected  to recover until mid-century at the earliest,  due to the long
lifetimes of ODS in the stratosphere.12

The EPA's Stratospheric  Ozone Protection Program implements  the provisions of the Clean Air
Act Amendments of 1990 (the Act) and the Montreal Protocol  on Substances that Deplete the
Ozone Layer (Montreal Protocol), continuing the control  and reduction  of ODS in the U.S. and
lowering health risks to the American public. Since ODS and  many  of their substitutes are also
8 World Meteorological Organization (WMO). Scientific Assessment of Ozone Depletion: 2010. Global Ozone Research and
Monitoring Project-Report No. 52, 516 pp., Geneva, Switzerland. 2011.
9 Fahey, D.W., and M.I. Hegglin (Coordinating Lead Authors), Twenty questions and answers about the ozone layer: 2010
Update, In Scientific Assessment of Ozone Depletion: 2010, Global Ozone Research and Monitoring Project-Report No. 52, 516
pp., World Meteorological Organization, Geneva, Switzerland,2011.
10 American Cancer Society. "Skin Cancer Facts." Accessed August 9, 2010. Available on the internet at
http://www.cancer.org/Cancer/CancerCauses/SunandUVExposure/skin-cancer-facts.
11 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The Benefits and Costs of the Clean Air Act 1990-2010: EPA Report to
Congress. EPA: Washington, DC. November 1999.
12 WMO, 2011.
                                            230

-------
potent greenhouse gases, appropriate  control and  reduction of these substances also provide
significant benefits for climate protection.  The Act provides for a phase-out of production and
consumption of ODS and requires controls  on their use, including banning certain emissive uses,
requiring labeling to inform consumer choices, and requiring sound servicing practices for the
use of ODS in various products (e.g., air conditioners and refrigerators). The Act also prohibits
venting ODS or their substitutes, including hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs).

As  a  signatory to the Montreal Protocol, the U.S.  is committed to ensuring that our domestic
program is at least as stringent as international obligations and to regulating and enforcing the
terms of the Protocol domestically. With 196 Parties and universal participation, the Montreal
Protocol is the  most successful international  environmental treaty in  existence.13 With U.S.
leadership, the Parties to the Montreal Protocol agreed, in 2007, to a more aggressive phase-out
for  ozone-depleting hydrochlorofluorocarbons  (HCFCs). This  adjustment  to the  Montreal
Protocol requires dramatic global HCFC reductions during the period 2010-2040, equaling a 47
percent reduction in overall emissions compared to previous commitments under the  Protocol.

The Stratospheric Ozone Protection Program also works with the supermarket industry through
the  GreenChill  Partnership.14  GreenChill  helps supermarkets transition  to  environmentally-
friendlier refrigerants, reduce harmful refrigerant emissions, and move to advanced  refrigeration
technologies,  strategies, and practices  that lower the industry's impact on the ozone layer and
climate. The program now includes more  than 7,200 stores  in all 50 states.  In 2010, partners
achieved leak rates 50 percent below the national average and established plans  to  reduce leaks
even more.

The EPA's Responsible Appliance Disposal (RAD) Program15 is a partnership that protects the
ozone layer and reduces emissions of greenhouse gases through the recovery of  ODS and  HFCs
from  old  refrigerators,  freezers, air conditioners,  and dehumidifiers.  RAD  currently has 38
partners. In 2009, RAD partners disposed of more than 680,000 refrigerant-containing appliances
annually, reducing emissions by 150 ozone depletion potential (ODP)-weighted tons and 1.42
million metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent (MMTCO2eq).

While the Stratospheric Ozone Protection Program continues to heal the ozone layer and garner
climate co-benefits, the EPA also works to  improve public health by sharing information to help
the  public make informed decisions about  health  and  the  environment. The  EPA  SunWise
program is a national environmental and health education program that teaches children and their
caregivers how to protect themselves from overexposure to the sun through the use of classroom,
school,  and community-based components.16 This outreach  is important, given  that successive
generations of American children will continue to  grow up under a compromised  ozone layer
until the middle of this century.  SunWise  has grown substantially in its 12 years of existence,
from 25 schools in 1999 to more than 35,000  active teachers at 28,000 active schools nationwide
in 2011. It is now relied on by public and  private schools in every U.S. state. SunWise partner
13 See: http://ozone.unep.org/Publications/MP Key Achievements-E.pdf,
http://www.eoearth.org/article/Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer,
http://ozone.unep.org/highlights.shtml (Nov 2, 2009, entry)
14 For more information, see: www.epa.gov/greenchill
15 For more information, see: www.epa.gov/ozone/partnerships/rad
16 For more information, see www. epa. go v/sunwise
                                           231

-------
schools amount to a quarter of all schools in several states. According to a study published in
Pediatrics,ll every federal dollar invested in SunWise results in a $2-$4 savings in health care.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In carrying out the requirements of the Act and the Montreal Protocol in FY 2013, the EPA will
continue to implement the domestic rulemaking agenda  for control  and reduction of ODS.
Ongoing work of the Significant New  Alternatives Policy  (SNAP) to  evaluate  and regulate
substitutes for  ozone-depleting chemicals will continue to advance this agenda. The EPA will
provide compliance assistance and enforce rules controlling ODS production,  import, and
emission.

In FY 2013, the EPA will focus its work to ensure that ODS production and import  caps under
the Montreal Protocol and Clean Air Act continue to be met. The  Clean Air  Act requires
reductions and  a schedule for phasing out the production and import of ODS. These requirements
correspond to the domestic consumption cap  for class II HCFCs, as set by the Parties to the
Montreal Protocol.  As of January 1, 2010, ODS production  and imports were capped at 3,810
ODP-weighted metric tons, which is 25 percent of the U.S. baseline under the Montreal Protocol.
Each ODS is weighted-based on its ozone depleting potential. In 2015, U.S. production and
import will be reduced further, to 10 percent of the U.S. baseline, and in 2020, all  production and
import will be phased out except for exempted amounts.

Given the 2010  and  2015 milestones  for the  ODS  phase-out, the EPA is  receiving and
responding to an increased number of ODS substitute applications, many of which represent
lower-GHG options. Under the Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) program,18 the EPA
reviews alternatives to assist the market's transition  to alternatives that are safer, including for
the climate system.  The purpose of the program is to allow a  smooth transition away  from ODS
by identifying substitutes that offer lower overall risks to human health and the environment. As
necessary, the EPA restricts the use of alternatives for given applications  that, if not restricted,
would be  more harmful to  human health and the  environment on an overall basis.  In FY 2013,
the EPA will consider the  suite of available substitutes for each of approximately 50 end uses
(e.g., appliance foam blowing agents, domestic refrigeration, air conditioning) in  eight industrial
sectors, and with the listing of new alternatives, review previous decisions, as necessary.

The program  also  yields other benefits. Many of these alternatives warrant increased focus
because they offer significant energy efficiency gains as part of the overall transition.

The EPA also  will  continue to work with federal and international agencies to  halt the illegal
import  of ODS.  Additional   efforts  foster  the smooth transition  to  non-ozone-depleting
alternatives in various sectors.
11 Pediatrics. 2008 May;121(5):el074-84. Economic evaluation of the US Environmental Protection Agency's SunWise Program:
Sun Protection Education for Young Children. Kyle JW, Hammitt JK, Lim HW, Geller AC, Hall-Jordan LH, Maibach EW, De
Fabo EC, Wagner MC.
18 For more information, see: www.epa.gov/ozone/snap/
                                           232

-------
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(SOI) Remaining US Consumption of hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs), chemicals
that deplete the Earth's protective ozone layer, measured in tons of Ozone Depleting
Potential (ODP).
FY 2006
<9,900
6,205
FY 2007
<9,900
6,296
FY 2008
<9,900
5,667
FY 2009
<9,900
3,414
FY 2010
<3,811
2,435
FY 2011
<3,811
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
<3,700

FY 2013
<3,700

Units
ODP
Tons

Annual performance goals are set to meet Clean Air Act requirements for the quantities and
schedule for the phase-out of ODS production and import. These requirements correspond to the
domestic consumption cap for HCFCs as set by the Parties to the Montreal Protocol. Beginning
on January 1, 1996, HCFC consumption was capped at the sum of 2.8 percent of the domestic
ODP-weighted  consumption  of  chlorofluorocarbons  in  1989  plus  the  ODP-weighted
consumption of HCFCs in 1989.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   • (+$45.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of living
     adjustment for existing FTE.

   • (+$28.0/ +0.1 FTE)  This reflects an increase in FTE and resources to support the ODS
     phase-out programs.

Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments of 1990, Title I, Parts A and D (42 U.S.C. 7401-7434, 7501-7515), Title V
(42 U.S.C. 7661-7661 f),  and  Title  VI (42 U.S.C.  7671-7671q); The Montreal Protocol on
Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer.
                                         233

-------
                                                      Stratospheric Ozone: Multilateral Fund
                                                           Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                             Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                          Objective(s): Restore the Ozone Layer

                                     (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$9,690.0
$9,690.0
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$9,479.0
$9,479.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$9,690.0
$9,690.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$211.0
$211.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The ozone layer in the stratosphere protects life on Earth by preventing harmful ultraviolet (UV)
radiation from reaching the Earth's surface.  Scientific evidence amassed over the past 35 years
has  shown  that ozone-depleting substances  (ODS)  used  around the world  destroy  the
stratospheric ozone layer and contribute to climate change.19 Increased  levels of UV radiation,
due  to ozone depletion, have contributed  to  increased incidence of skin cancer, cataracts, and
other health effects.20 Skin cancer is the most common type of cancer, accounting for nearly half
of all cancers.21 Increased UV levels also have been associated with other human and non-human
effects,  including  cataracts,   immune  suppression,  and  effects  on  aquatic  ecosystems and
agricultural crops.22

The EPA estimates that in the U.S. alone, the worldwide phase-out of ODS will avert millions of
non-fatal and fatal skin cancers23 and millions of cataracts between 1990 and 2165.24  According
to current research, the ozone layer is expected to recover later this century. This long recovery
period is due  to the long  atmospheric lifetime of ODS.25 These estimates are  based on  the
assumption that international ODS phase-out targets will be achieved through full participation
by all countries (both industrialized  and  developing), allowing the ozone layer to recover. If
developing countries go back to using ODS,  at even 70 percent of historic rates, within twenty
years the environmental and health gains to date would be negated, as would billions of dollars
spent.
19 World Meteorological Organization (WMO). Scientific Assessment of Ozone Depletion: 2010. Geneva, Switzerland. 2011.
20 Fahey, D.W., and M.I. Hegglin (Coordinating Lead Authors), Twenty questions and answers about the ozone layer: 2010
Update, In Scientific Assessment of Ozone Depletion: 2010, Global Ozone Research and Monitoring Project-Report No. 52, 516
pp., World Meteorological Organization, Geneva, Switzerland,2011..
21 American Cancer Society. "Skin Cancer Facts." Accessed August 9, 2010. Available on the Internet at
http://www.cancer.org/Cancer/CancerCauses/SunandUVExposure/skin-cancer-facts.
22 United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), UNEP, Environmental Effects of Ozone Depletion: 2006 Assessment.
Nairobi, Kenya, 2007.
23 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The Benefits and Costs of the Clean Air Act 1990-2010: EPA Report to
Congress. EPA: Washington, DC. November 1999. Also:
24 Protecting the Ozone Layer Protects Eyesight - A Report on Cataract Incidence in the United States Using the Atmospheric
and Health Effects Framework Model. Accessed August 9, 2010. Available on the Internet at:
http://www.epa.gov/ozone/science/effects/AHEFCataractReport.pdf
25 WMO, 2011.
                                              234

-------
The EPA will provide data to the Automated Commercial Environment (ACE), a data system
being developed by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, for importers and exporters to use
to submit reports  to over 40 agencies and for Customs to make admissibility decisions about
products and shipments at US  ports  of  entry,  including those containing ODS. Ending the
production and use of ODS not only saves the ozone layer, but it also reduces the climate impact
of these potent greenhouse gases (GHGs).

Under the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer (Montreal Protocol),
the U.S. and other developed countries contribute to the Multilateral Fund to support projects and
activities in  developing countries to eliminate the production  and use of ODS. The Montreal
Protocol is the first multilateral treaty to have universal participation with ratification by all 196
countries. The U.S. contribution to the Multilateral Fund, which is split between the EPA and the
Department  of State, is 22 percent  of the total based on the U.N.  scale of assessment. The
Multilateral Fund draws heavily on U.S. expertise and technologies and the permanent seat of the
U.S. on the  Executive Committee ensures cost-effective assistance. Negotiated text  supporting
the 2007 adjustment to the Protocol commits donor countries, including the U.S., to "stable and
sufficient" funding to the Multilateral Fund. The Parties to the Montreal Protocol agreed, in the
2007  adjustment, to a more aggressive phase-out for ozone-depleting hydrochlorofluorocarbons
(HCFCs),  which  involves  dramatic  HCFC reductions  during  the  period  from 2010-2040,
equaling a 47 percent reduction in overall  emissions. Most of these reductions will occur in
developing countries. As most ODS  are strong greenhouse gases (GHGs), this faster phase-out
also will result in large reductions in GHG emissions.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The EPA's contributions to the Multilateral Fund in FY 2013 will help continue support for cost-
effective projects designed to build capacity and eliminate ODS production and consumption in
over 60 developing countries. Today, the Multilateral Fund supports over 6,000 activities in 148
countries that, when fully implemented, will  prevent annual emissions of more than 451,000
metric tons  of ODS. Additional projects  will be  submitted, considered,  and approved in
accordance with Multilateral Fund guidelines.

Performance Targets:

Work under this  program also supports performance  results in  the Stratospheric Ozone:
Domestic Program under the Environmental Program Management Tab and can be found in the
Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

The Clean Air Act requires reductions and a schedule for phasing out the production and import
of ODS. These requirements correspond to the domestic consumption cap for class II HCFCs, as
set by the Parties to the Montreal Protocol. Each ODS is weighted based on the damage it does to
the stratospheric ozone layer—this is  the ozone depletion potential  (OOP).  Since  January 1,
2010, the U.S. is  required  to meet  a consumption  cap  of 3,810 OOP-weighted metric  tons.
Further  incremental reductions are required through 2020 until all ODS production and import
are phased out, except for exempted amounts.
                                          235

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$211.0) This reflects an increase to support the Montreal Protocol.

Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments of 1990,  Title  1, Parts A and D (42 U.S.C. 7401-7434, 7501-7515), Title V
(42 U.S.C.  7661-7661F),  and  Title VI  (42 U.S.C.  7671-7671q); The Montreal Protocol on
Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer.
                                         236

-------
Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                 237

-------
                                                            Indoor Air: Radon Program
                                                   Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                         Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$5,318.5
$446.1
$5,764.6
33.1
FY 2012
Enacted
$3,895.0
$210.0
$4,105.0
23.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$2,198.0
$0.0
$2,198.0
9.6
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,697.0)
($210.0)
($1,907.0)
-13.4
Program Project Description:

Title III of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) directs the EPA to undertake a variety of
activities to address the public health risk posed by exposures to indoor radon. Under the statute,
the EPA studies the health effects of radon, assesses exposure levels, sets an action level, and
advises the public of steps they can take to reduce exposure. The EPA also evaluates mitigation
methods, institutes training centers to ensure a supply of competent radon service providers,
establishes radon contractor proficiency programs, and assists states with program development
through the administration of a grants program.

Radon is  the  second leading cause of lung cancer - and the  leading cause of lung cancer
mortality among non-smokers - accounting for about 21,000 deaths per year. The EPA's non-
regulatory indoor radon program promotes actions to reduce the public's health risk from indoor
radon. The EPA and the Surgeon General recommend that people do a simple home test and, if
levels  above EPA's  guidelines  are confirmed, reduce those levels by home mitigation using
inexpensive and proven techniques. The EPA also recommends that new homes  be  built using
radon-resistant  features in areas where there is  elevated radon. This voluntary program has
succeeded in promoting  partnerships between national organizations, the  private sector, and
state, local, and Tribal governmental programs to achieve radon risk reduction.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2011, the EPA launched a new radon initiative with other federal agencies to significantly
increase attention to  radon testing,  mitigation, radon resistant  new construction,  and public
education  opportunities within each agency's sphere of responsibility. A significant portion of
the risk reduction in the Federal Radon Action Plan will protect low-income Americans. In FY
2013,  the EPA will  continue to implement the multi-agency  plan, as well as continue to
implement the Agency's  own radon program, although at slightly lower funding levels. Using
information dissemination, social marketing techniques, and partnerships with influential public
health and environmental  organizations, the EPA will drive action at the national level to reduce
radon risk in homes and schools. These actions promote testing for indoor radon, fixing homes
                                          238

-------
and schools when radon levels  are high, and building new homes and schools with radon-
resistant features.
In FY 2013, the  EPA will continue its outreach and education to the general public and its
technical assistance to states, although at slightly lower funding levels. The EPA will engage in
public outreach and education activities, encourage radon risk reduction as a normal part of
doing  business in  the real  estate marketplace, promote local  and state  adoption  of radon
prevention standards in building codes, and participate in the development of national voluntary
standards  (e.g., mitigation and construction protocols) for adoption by  states  and the radon
industry.26

The EPA's  financial assistance to states and Tribes,  through the  State Indoor Radon Grants
(SIRG) Program (authorized by Section 306 of TSCA Title III (the Indoor Radon Abatement
Act) and described in another program element), will be eliminated in FY 2013, along with the
resources for EPA regional office oversight. While the Radon program continues to be important
to protect human health, over the course of the program, the EPA has provided significant grant
funding to support states' efforts to establish sustainable  programs. Some states now have the
technical expertise and program funding  in place to continue radon protection efforts without
federal funding. The elimination of SIRG makes it necessary for state and local radon programs
to maintain the number of homes with high radon levels that are mitigated,  the number of  new
homes that are built with radon resistant new construction, and the number of schools with high
radon levels  that are mitigated or built with radon resistant  new construction.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(R50) Percentage of existing homes with an operating radon mitigation system
compared to the estimated number of homes at or above EPA's 4pCi/L action level.
FY 2006
No Target
Established
9.4
FY 2007
No Target
Established
10.3
FY
2008
11.1
11
FY
2009
11.5
12
FY
2010
12
12.3
FY 2011
12.5
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
13.3

FY 2013
13.9

Units
Percent
of Homes

Measure
Target
Actual
(R51) Percentage of all new single-family homes (SFH) in high radon potential areas
built with radon reducing features.
FY 2006
No Target
Established
27.4
FY 2007
No Target
Established
28.6
FY
2008
30
31
FY
2009
31.5
36.1
FY
2010
33
40.1
FY 2011
34.5
Data
Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
36

FY 2013
37.5

Units
Percent
of Homes

As a result of decrease in funding and other disinvestments in the Radon program, the EPA may
not meet its 2015 long-term goal of preventing 1,460 premature lung cancer deaths annually. The
 ' http://www.epa.gov/radon
                                          239

-------
Agency's annual goals: 1) 13.9 percent of existing homes with an operating radon mitigation
system compared to the estimated number of homes at or above EPA's 4pCi/L action level and
2) 37.5 percent of all new single family homes (SFH) in high radon potential areas built with
radon reducing features also may not be met.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$1,522.07 -11.9 FTE) This disinvestment eliminates all regional oversight for the State
       Indoor Radon Grants,  which are being eliminated, as well as regional radon outreach,
       education,  and technical assistance to the general public and states. This is a mature
       program that is being reduced to help meet the nation's fiscal challenges in FY 2013. The
       reduced resources include  11.9 FTE and associated payroll of $1,522.0.

   •   (-$175.0) This reduces national radon outreach, education, and technical assistance to the
       states.

Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments of 1990; Radon Gas and Indoor Air Quality Research Act; Title IV of the
SARA of 1986; TSCA,  Section 6, Titles II and Title III (15 U.S.C.  2605  and 2641-2671); and
IRAA, Section 306.
                                          240

-------
                                                            Reduce Risks from Indoor Air
                                                     Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                           Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$21,503.0
$809.8
$22,312.8
62.8
FY 2012
Enacted
$17,168.0
$370.0
$17,538.0
53.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$17,393.0
$379.0
$17,772.0
54.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$225.0
$9.0
$234.0
0.6
Program Project Description:

Title IV of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA) gives the EPA
broad  authority  to  conduct  and  coordinate  research on indoor  air  quality,  develop  and
disseminate information, and coordinate risk reduction efforts at the  federal,  state,  and local
levels.

In this non-regulatory  (voluntary) program, the  EPA works through partnerships  with non-
governmental organizations  and  federal partners,  as  well as professional organizations, to
educate and encourage  individuals, schools, industry, the health care community, and others to
take action to reduce health risks from poor indoor air quality.  For many reasons,  including
peoples'  decisions to smoke  in their own homes,  air inside homes, schools, and offices can be
more polluted than  outdoor air  even in the largest and  most industrialized cities.27  People
typically spend close to 90 percent of their time indoors, and may therefore be exposed more to
air pollution indoors than out.28 These conditions impact everyone,  but there is a disproportionate
burden for children, the elderly, people with respiratory conditions, including asthma, and low
income families. In developing countries, indoor air pollution, primarily from unvented cooking
and heating appliances,  is the fourth leading cause of morbidity.

Additionally,  the EPA uses  technology  transfer  to  improve   the  design,  operation,  and
maintenance  of buildings, including schools, homes, and offices, to promote healthier indoor air.
The EPA provides technical  guidance and assistance that  directly supports states, Tribes, local
governments, and a wide range of non-governmental organizations and networks, such as those
representing  public  health  professionals, school administrators,  business  officials, teachers,
facility designers and managers, and indoor air quality service providers.
27 U.S. EPA. 1987. The Total Exposure Assessment Methodology (TEAM) Study: Summary and Analysis Volume I. EPA 600-6-
87-002a. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.
28 U.S. EPA. 1989. Report to Congress on Indoor Air Qualify, Volume II: Assessment and Control of Indoor Air Pollution. EPA
40-6-89-001C. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.
                                           241

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:
In FY 2013, the EPA's  Indoor  Air Program  will  continue to support the Administrator's
priorities, including the protection of vulnerable subpopulations, especially children. The EPA
will  continue  to  promote  comprehensive  asthma care  that  integrates  management  of
environmental asthma  triggers and  health care services by  building community capacity for
delivering comprehensive asthma care programs through the Communities in Action for Asthma-
Friendly  Environments Campaign.  The EPA will place  a particular  emphasis on protecting
vulnerable populations,   including   children,   and  low-income  and  minority  populations
disproportionately impacted by poor  asthma outcomes. The EPA is one of three agency co-chairs
of the  Coordinated Federal Action  Plan to Reduce Racial and Ethnic Asthma Disparities,  an
initiative under the auspices of the Taskforce on Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks to
Children.

The EPA will continue to provide,  evolve, and extend existing program guidance to promote
good indoor air quality across a range of building types - homes, schools, offices, and other
indoor spaces - during  multiple phases of the building life cycle. As part of this effort, EPA will
collaborate with public and private sector organizations to provide clear and verifiable protocols
and specifications for promoting good indoor air quality and efficiently integrate these protocols
and specifications into existing energy efficiency, green building,  and health-related programs
and initiatives. The comprehensive and integrated specifications and protocols will address the
control and management  of moisture and mold,  combustion gases, particles and VOCs, and
protection and management of HVAC  systems to ensure adequate ventilation and combustion
safety.   FY 2013 activities will  include a special focus on equipping the affordable housing
sector with training and guidance to  promote the adoption of these best practices with the aim of
creating healthy, energy efficient homes for low income families.

Internationally, the EPA will integrate its outreach and communication commitments under the
Partnership for Clean Indoor Air with the new Global Alliance for Clean Cookstoves, a public-
private initiative dedicated to developing a global market for clean cookstoves and fuels. The
EPA will continue to provide technical expertise and assistance to developing countries to equip
organizations within those countries to address  human  health risks due to  indoor smoke from
cooking and heating fires. Since  2003, the  Indoor Air Program has documented 6.5 million
households worldwide who have adopted clean  and efficient cooking  practices through  the
Partnership's programs, reducing 40  million people's exposure to dangerous pollutants.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(R17) Additional health care professionals trained annually on the environmental
management of asthma triggers.
FY 2006
2,000
3,582
FY 2007
2,000
4,582
FY 2008
2,000
4,558
FY 2009
2,000
4,614
FY 2010
2,000
4,153
FY 2011
2,000
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
3,000

FY 2013
3,000

Units
Professionals
Trained

                                          242

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(R16) Percentage of the public that is aware of the asthma program's media
campaign.
FY 2006
>20
33
FY 2007
>20
Data
Not
Avail
FY 2008
>20
Data
Not
Avail
FY 2009
>20
33
FY 2010
>30
Data
Avail
4/2012
FY 2011
>30
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
>30

FY 2013
>30

Units
Percent
Aware

Measure
Target
Actual
(R22) Estimated annual number of schools establishing indoor air quality
management plans consistent with EPA guidance.
FY 2006
1,200
1,200
FY 2007
1, 100
1,346
FY 2008
1,100
1,614
FY 2009
1,000
1,765
FY 2010
1,000
2,448
FY 2011
1,000
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
1,000

FY 2013
1,000

Units
Schools

The EPA will  strive to meet its long-term strategic goal for 2015, that 7.6 million people with
asthma will be taking the essential actions to reduce their exposure to environmental triggers.
The EPA's goal is to motivate an additional 400 thousand people  with  asthma to take these
actions in 2013, bringing the total number to approximately 6.9 million people with asthma who
are taking the  essential actions to reduce their exposure to environmental triggers. As another
component of  reducing exposure to environmental triggers for children with asthma, the EPA
will work to reduce existing disparities between disproportionately impacted populations and the
overall population.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$151.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base  workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+ $74.0 / +0.6 FTE) This reflects increased FTE and resources to support outreach for
       the indoor air program.

Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments of 1990; Title IV of the SARA of 1986.
                                          243

-------
                                                                   Radiation: Protection
                                                   Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                    Objective(s): Reduce Unnecessary Exposure to Radiation

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$11,156.0
$2,275.4
$2,478.4
$15,909.8
79.6
FY 2012
Enacted
$9,616.0
$2,094.0
$2,468.0
$14,178.0
75.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$9,760.0
$2,126.0
$2,637.0
$14,523.0
76.1
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$144.0
$32.0
$169.0
$345.0
0.7
Program Project Description:

Congress designated the EPA as the primary federal agency  charged with protecting human
health  and  the environment from harmful and avoidable exposure to radiation. The EPA has
important general and specific duties depending on the enabling legislation (e.g., Atomic Energy
Act, Nuclear Waste Policy Act, Clean Air Act, etc).  The EPA's Radiation Protection Program
carries out this responsibility through its federal guidance and regulations/standards development
activities. The EPA provides oversight of operations at the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (WIPP).
The EPA  also regulates airborne radioactive  emissions and ensures that  the Agency has
appropriate methods to manage radioactive releases and exposures under Sec. 112 of the Clean
Air Act, which governs the EPA's authority to regulate hazardous air pollutants.

Other EPA responsibilities include radiation clean-up and waste management guidance, radiation
pollution prevention,  and guidance on radiation protection standards and practices to federal
agencies. The Agency's radiation science is recognized nationally and internationally; it is the
foundation  that  the EPA, other  federal agencies,  and  states  use  to develop radiation risk
management policy, guidance, and rulemakings.  The Agency works closely with other national
and international radiation protection  organizations, such as the National Academy of Sciences,
the National Council on Radiation  Protection and  Measurements,  the  International Atomic
Energy Agency, the International  Commission on Radiation Protection, and the Organization of
Economic  and Cooperative Development's Nuclear Energy  Agency  to  advance  scientific
understanding of radiation risks.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue  to  implement its regulatory oversight responsibilities for
Department of Energy (DOE)  activities  at the WIPP facility, as mandated by Congress in the
WIPP Land Withdrawal Act of 1992.  The EPA also will continue its oversight work to ensure
the permanent and safe disposal, consistent with EPA  standards,29  of all  radioactive waste
 Additional information at: http: //www. epa. gov/radiation/wipp/background.html
                                          244

-------
shipped to WIPP.   This includes  conducting  inspections  of waste generator facilities and
evaluating DOE's compliance with applicable environmental  laws and regulations every five
years. The EPA will complete the revision to the Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act
regulation (40 CFR 192),  last reviewed in  1995,  and the  related Hazardous Air Pollutants,
Subpart W (40 CFR 61) update.

The EPA, in partnership with other federal agencies, will continue to promote the management
of radiation risks in a consistent and safe  manner  at water treatment  facilities and  during
cleanups  at Superfund, DOE, Department of Defense (DOD), state, local and other federal sites.
The EPA will continue to conduct limited radiation risk assessments and provide guidance and
technical  tools, when available.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(R37) Time to approve site changes affecting waste characterization at DOE waste
generator sites to ensure safe disposal of transuranic radioactive waste at WIPP.
FY 2006
105
100
FY 2007
90
86
FY 2008
80
75
FY 2009
70
75
FY 2010
70
66
FY 2011
70
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
70

FY 2013
70

Units
Days

The  EPA's  radiation labs  are supporting  Strategic  Plan Goal  1,  Objective  4:  Reducing
Unnecessary Exposure to Radiation through their ongoing work. The program developed a
performance measure that demonstrates the EPA's ability to expedite processes while ensuring
safe disposal of transuranic radioactive waste at the WIPP.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$125.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs  and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$19.0) This increase will support the development of radiation guidances and support
       documents.

   •   (+0.5 FTE) This reflects an increase in FTE to support radiation program development.

Statutory Authority:

AEA of 1954, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq. (1970), and Reorganization Plan #3 of 1970;
CAA Amendments of 1990; CERCLA as amended by the SARA of 1986; Energy  Policy Act of
1992, P.L. 102-486; Executive  Order 12241 of September 1980, National Contingency Plan, 3
CFR, 1980; NWPA of 1982;  PHSA as amended, 42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.; SOW A; Uranium Mill
Tailings Radiation Control Act (UMTRCA) of 1978; WIPP Land Withdrawal Act.
                                         245

-------
                                                      Radiation: Response Preparedness
                                                   Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                    Objective(s): Reduce Unnecessary Exposure to Radiation

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$3,439. 8
$4,181.9
$7,621.7
43.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$3,038.0
$4,076.0
$7,114.0
41.9
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$3,083.0
$4,156.0
$7,239.0
42.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$45. 0
$80.0
$125.0
0.3
Program Project Description:

The EPA generates policy guidance and procedures for EPA radiological emergency response
under the National Response Framework (NRF) and the National Oil and Hazardous Substances
Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP). EPA maintains its own Radiological Emergency Response
Team (RERT), is a member of the Federal Radiological Preparedness Coordinating Committee
(FRPCC), and also supports the Federal Advisory Team for Environment, Food, and Health (the
"A-Team").  The EPA  responds  to  radiological emergencies, conducts national and regional
radiological  response planning and  training, and develops response plans for radiological
incidents or accidents.
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA's  RERT, a component of the  Agency's emergency response structure, will
continue to  ensure that it maintains and improves the level of readiness to support  federal
radiological  emergency response  and recovery operations under the NRF and NCP. The EPA
will design training and exercises to enhance the RERT's ability to fulfill EPA responsibilities,
as well as analyze  them for improvements needed for  overall radiation response preparedness.30
Through personnel and  asset training and exercises, EPA will continue to enhance and maintain
its state of readiness for radiological emergencies.

The  EPA  will  continue  to coordinate with  its interagency  partners,  under the  Federal
Radiological  Preparedness  Coordinating Committee, to  revise federal  radiation emergency
response plans  and  develop radiological emergency response protocols  and  standards. The
Agency will continue to develop  guidance addressing  lessons learned from incidents, including
the recent Fukushima Nuclear Incident, and exercises to ensure more effective coordination of
EPA support with  other federal and state response  agencies.  The EPA will continue to develop
and maintain Protective Action Guides (PAGs) for use by federal, state, and local responders.
Additionally, the EPA will provide training on the  use of the PAGs to users through workshops
and radiological emergency response exercises.
 Additional information can be accessed at: http://www.epa.gov/radiation/rert/
                                          246

-------
The EPA will continue to participate in planning and implementing international and federal
table-top and field exercises including  radiological anti-terrorism activities, with the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission (NRC), Department of Energy (DOE), Department of Defense (DOD),
and Department of Homeland Security (DHS). The EPA also will continue to train state, local,
and federal officials  and  provide technical support to federal and state radiation,  emergency
management,  solid waste, and health programs that are responsible for radiological emergency
response and development of their own preparedness programs.

The EPA will continue development and implementation  of field-based measurement methods,
procedures, and quality systems to support expedited assessment and characterization of outdoor
and indoor areas  impacted with radiological  contamination. Application of these  field-based
methods and procedures will support rapid assessment and triage of impacted areas (including
buildings, indoor environments, and infrastructure) and development of cleanup strategies.

The EPA's Special Teams will  design  and establish an instrument quality program for field-
based radiological  measurements. The EPA's  Special Teams also will develop procedures for
ensuring protection of responders by  minimizing exposure and keeping the dose as low  as
reasonably achievable.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(R35) Level of readiness of radiation program personnel and assets to support
federal radiological emergency response and recovery operations.
FY 2006
78
78
FY 2007
80
83
FY 2008
85
87
FY 2009
90
90
FY 2010
90
97
FY 2011
90
Data
Avail
6/2012
FY 2012
90

FY 2013
90

Units
Percent
Readiness

Measure
Target
Actual
(R36) Average time before availability of quality assured ambient radiation air
monitoring data during an emergency.
FY 2006
1.9
1.9
FY 2007
1.3
1.3
FY 2008
1
0.8
FY 2009
0.8
0.8
FY 2010
0.7
0.5
FY 2011
0.7
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
0.5

FY 2013
0.5

Units
Days

The EPA will maintain the level of readiness of radiation program  personnel and assets  to
support federal radiological  emergency response and recovery operations. EPA expects to be on
track through its ongoing work to accomplish its FY 2013 goal of protecting public health and
the environment by minimizing unnecessary exposure to radiation.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$22.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost  of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.
                                          247

-------
   •  (+$23.0) This increase supports the development of emergency response activities.

Statutory Authority:

Atomic  Energy Act  (AEA) of 1954,  as amended,  42 U.S.C. 2011  et  seq. (1970),  and
Reorganization Plan #3 of 1970; Clean Air Act (CAA) Amendments of 1990; Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation,  and  Liability Act  (CERCLA); National  Oil  and
Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP), 40 CFR 300; Executive Order 12241
of September  1980, National  Contingency  Plan, 3 CFR, 1980; Executive  Order 12656 of
November  1988, Assignment  of Emergency Preparedness Responsibilities, 3 CFR, 1988;
Homeland Security Act of 2002; Post-Katrina Emergency Management  Reform Act of 2006
(PKEMRA); Public Health  Service Act (PHSA), as amended, 42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.; Robert T.
Stafford Disaster Relief and EAA, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.; Safe Drinking Water Act
(SOWA); and Title XIV of the Natural Disaster Assistance Act (NDAA) of 1997, PL 104-201
(Nunn-Lugar II).
                                        248

-------
Program Area: Brownfields
          249

-------
                                                                            Brownfields
                                                              Program Area: Brownfields
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                 Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$24,443.8
$24,443.8
135.4
FY 2012
Enacted
$23,642.0
$23,642.0
145.6
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$25,685.0
$25,685.0
142.4
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$2,043.0
$2,043.0
-3.2
Program Project Description:

The  Brownfields program is  designed  to  help  states,  tribes, local communities, and  other
stakeholders involved in environmental revitalization and  economic redevelopment  to  work
together to plan, inventory, assess, safely cleanup, and reuse brownfields. Brownfield sites are
real  property,  the expansion, redevelopment, or reuse  of which may be complicated by the
presence or potential presence of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant. Brownfields
redevelopment is a key to revitalizing downtown areas,  thereby increasing property values and
creating jobs.  Revitalizing these once productive properties helps communities by removing
blight, improving environmental conditions  and providing public health benefits, satisfying the
growing  demand  for  land,  helping  to  limit  urban  sprawl,  fostering  ecologic  habitat
enhancements, enabling economic development, and maintaining or improving quality of life.
This program  comprises the administrative component necessary to achieve the Brownfields
mission.  It includes  human resources,  travel,  training, technical assistance, and  research
activities.

The EPA's work is focused on removing barriers and creating incentives for brownfields cleanup
and redevelopment. The EPA's Brownfields program funds research efforts, clarifies liability
issues,  develops and maintains  federal,  state,  Tribal,  and  local  partnerships, conducts
environmental outreach  and training activities, and creates related job training and workforce
development programs.  The program  provides  the necessary administrative framework  to
develop the funding  solicitations,  and to  select,  award and  manage  the ongoing and
approximately 300 additional grant awards each year. The EPA brownfield grants are in the form
of cooperative agreements and require considerable effort to manage and ensure recipients are
performing successfully.

Agency staff oversees and manages hundreds of brownfields cooperative agreements  awarded
each year.  Regional project officers are  managing as many as 30 cooperative  agreements per
project officer which is well above the ten cooperative agreements that the program's workload
model suggest each project officer should manage. This program project supports the staffing
and cooperative  agreement management responsibilities. The program also provides  financial
assistance for: (1) hazardous substances  training for organizations representing the interests of
states and Tribal co-implementers of the Brownfields law and (2) technical outreach support to
                                          250

-------
address environmental justice issues and support Brownfields research by providing tools and
technical resources to help a  variety of stakeholders  identify technologies, technical  help,
contacts, and other resources to aid in the assessment  and cleanup of brownfield  properties.
Technical assistance to communities in the form of research, training, and analyses can lead to
appropriate  and  cost  effective implementation  of brownfields redevelopment projects  by
providing communities the knowledge necessary  to understand market  conditions,  evaluate
technical and economic alternatives available and understand potential obstacles to implementing
effective and economically productive solutions.

The program provides funding for staff to work across the Agency's other programs, such as  the
air, water, enforcement and other media offices to advance approaches for Brownfields cleanup
and redevelopment that will improve environmental outcomes - such as reducing vehicle miles
traveled, reducing stormwater runoff and pollutant loadings. For example, this program supports
the Agency's participation in the America's Great Outdoors federal partnership  and will continue
to identify opportunities to support communities  whose vision includes  the revitalization of
brownfields and other contaminated properties for conservation and recreational purposes, as
well  as collaborate with our partner agencies  and communities  in identifying  critical resources
that may be appropriately employed  in pursuit  of restoring and protecting our outdoors legacy.

The  EPA's  enforcement  program  develops  guidance  and  tools  that  clarify  potential
environmental cleanup liabilities, thereby providing greater certainty and  comfort for parties
seeking to reuse these properties. The enforcement program also can provide direct support to
parties  seeking to reuse contaminated  properties in order to facilitate transactions through
consultations and the use of enforcement tools.

The  Brownfields  Program employs smart  growth  and  sustainable  design  approaches  in
brownfield redevelopment. The  smart growth  activities include: (1) working with state and local
governments and other stakeholders to create  cross-cutting solutions that improve the economic
and institutional  climate for Brownfields redevelopment; (2)  removing barriers  and creating
incentives for Brownfields  redevelopment; and (3) ensuring improved water and air quality in
Brownfields redevelopment.

The  Land Revitalization Program  works with communities facing challenges related to  the
revitalization of brownfields and other contaminated lands.  The primary mission of the  Land
Revitalization program is to support communities in their efforts to restore contaminated lands
into  sustainable  community assets  that maximize  beneficial economic, ecological,  and social
uses to the community and ensure protection of human health and the environment. A priority for
both the Land Revitalization and Brownfields Programs is to assist communities  facing  the
difficult challenge of recovering from the recession, particularly those areas affected by  the
reorganization of the  U.S.  auto industry. The auto industry is beginning to  recover and this
recovery is contributing to the  nation's overall  economic recovery. However, part of  the
necessary restructuring implemented by the auto industry included the abandonment of unwanted
assets such as former  manufacturing plants. Many communities in the midwest (e.g., Flint, MI,
Toledo,  OH, Indianapolis, IN,  and Kensoha WI) are  faced  with  finding solutions  for  the
assessment, cleanup and repurposing of former auto industry properties. The Agency is setting a
priority to work with these communities to assist them in finding solutions so that these
                                          251

-------
properties can once again become assets  to their  communities.  The Land Revitalization  and
Brownfields programs can  assist these communities with  planning, training, and  technical
assistance to plan for and implement solutions that will result in the cleanup and revitalization of
former manufacturing facilities.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Throughout FY 2013, the Brownfields program will continue to foster federal, state, local,  and
public-private partnerships to return properties to productive economic use in communities. This
approach  emphasizes  environmental health  and  protection  that also  achieves  economic
development and job creation through the redevelopment of Brownfields properties, particularly
in underserved and disadvantaged communities.

In FY 2013, the EPA's Brownfields program will manage a significant workload of assessment,
cleanup,  revolving  loan  fund (RLF), and Environmental Workforce  Development and  Job
Training cooperative agreements. Project  officers  for this program negotiate  and award new
cooperative agreements as part of current workload as well as manage the grants throughout their
full life-cycle.  The FY 2013 Budget requests an increase to enhance the agency's capability to
provide administrative and  technical support to the regional offices  through the necessary
contractual support to  manage the Program's numerous grant funding competitions31,  and to
manage the critical database system that collects data from  grantees regarding the specific
activities  and  environmental outcomes  of the grant  funding  (the Assessment, Cleanup  and
Redevelopment Exchange System ACRES  database). The Program requires this support to assist
with management of the considerable cooperative agreement workload (Regional project officers
are  managing as  many as 30 cooperative agreements per project officer which is well above the
ten  to eleven cooperative agreements that  the program's workload  model suggest each  project
officer should manage).

In addition to supporting the operations and management of the Brownfields program, funds in
FY 2013  will provide financial assistance for training on hazardous waste  to organizations
representing the  interests of state and Tribal co-implementers  of the Small Business Liability
Relief and  Brownfields Revitalization Act  (SBLRBRA),  otherwise  known as  the 2002
Brownfields Amendments.  The program also  offers outreach  support for the Administrator's
Priority of promoting Environmental  Justice issues  affecting Tribal  and native Alaskan villages
or other disadvantaged communities that need to address perceived  or real hazardous substance
contamination at sites in their neighborhood or community.

In FY 2013, the  program will work with other programs through  an intra-agency workgroup to
carry out environmental outreach  activities  through enhancing  educational  resources  and
disseminating information about the Brownfields program including environmental justice  and
brownfields redevelopment and cleanup. Other outreach activities include community training
through issuance of grants, innovative awards, and collaboration with national environmental
organizations. These environmental outreach activities will  support the EPA's mission to  expand
the  conversation  on environmentalism and working for environmental justice.
31 Including maintaining the Agency's relationship with the National Older Worker Career Center, an important source of short-
term technical expertise.


                                          252

-------
The EPA will provide technical assistance to communities that have been awarded funding by
applying smart growth approaches to Brownfields redevelopment. The EPA also will conduct
further research on incentives for cleanup  that encourage Brownfields redevelopment,  pilot
additional techniques to accomplish redevelopment within communities, identify new policy and
research needs, and highlight best practices that can be copied in other communities. Brownfield
redevelopment is an essential component of smart growth development, as both seek to return
abandoned  and  underutilized sites  and existing  infrastructure  to  their fullest  potential as
environmentally sound community and economic assets.

The  EPA's  request  includes $200,000 to  assist communities affected  by the  recession,
particularly those communities impacted by the reorganization of the U.S.  auto  industry, by
providing technical assistance  in  the  areas of planning and analyzing how to safely  and
sustainably assess, cleanup up and revitalize former manufacturing facilities. The EPA  will
conduct training activities to assist communities in identifying potential obstacles to sustainable
revitalization, analyzing potential solutions,  and engaging affected stakeholders in community
revitalization efforts.

In FY 2013, the EPA's Brownfields program request includes $1.3 million for the smart growth
program. This program addresses critical issues  for Brownfields redevelopment, including land
assembly, development permitting issues, financing, parking and street standards, accountability
to uniform systems of information for land use controls, and other factors that influence the
economic viability of Brownfields redevelopment. The best practices, tools, and lessons learned
from the smart growth program will directly inform and assist the EPA's efforts to increase area-
wide planning for assessment, cleanup, and redevelopment of Brownfields sites.

In FY 2013,  the EPA is requesting a decrease of  $138 thousand  for Brownfield's  enforcement
program. The EPA's enforcement program will continue to work  collaboratively  with our
partners on innovative approaches to help achieve the Agency's land reuse priorities. The EPA's
enforcement  program will  also  continue to develop guidance  and  tools to provide greater
certainty and comfort regarding  potential liability concerns for parties seeking to reuse these
properties.

The National Brownfields Conference is the largest and most  comprehensive conference in the
nation focused on environmental revitalization and economic redevelopment issues. Starting in
FY 2013, the EPA plans to distribute  a larger portion of the total cost of planning and delivering
the Brownfields  Conference  to  conference  attendees by charging  a registration  fee for the
conference. The cost to the Agency will be reduced by the amount of revenue collected through
registration fees. Therefore, the EPA is optimistic that the Agency's portion of funding for the
National Brownfields Conference will be significantly less during this fiscal year.

Performance Targets:

Work under  this program supports performance  results  in the  STAG: Brownfields Program
Proj ects and can be found in the Performance Eight Year Array in Tab 11.
                                          253

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$107.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce  costs for existing
       FTE.

   •   (-$247.0 / -3.2 FTE) This decrease reflects a realignment of total FTEs to better reflect
       performance efficiencies that have been developed for Brownfields grants management
       and enforcement activities.

   •   (+$2,058.0)  This net  increase:  1)  enhances  the agency's  capability  to provide
       administrative and technical support to the regional offices through contract support and
       management of the ACRES  database; 2)  allows the program to promote training and
       technical  support activities to brownfields communities, including training to increase
       compliance activities such as ACRES reporting and compliance with the All Appropriate
       Inquiries regulation; and 3) allows the program to provide the opportunity for small and
       rural  communities, and communities facing significant financial  hardship, to attend and
       participate in the National Brownfields Training Conference, through travel scholarships
       and reduced registration fees.

   •   (+$125.0)  This increase is to  provide  resources to integrate  environmental outreach
       resources and training to  the public and  increase transparency  about the Brownfields
       program,  environmental justice and other environmental issues. These  environmental
       outreach activities will support the EPA's core mission to expand the conversation on
       environmentali sm.

Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act , as amended by the
Small Business Liability Relief and Brownfields  Revitalization Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. -
Sections  101,  107  and 128 and the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. - Section 8001.
                                          254

-------
Program Area: Compliance
          255

-------
                                                                Compliance Monitoring
                                                              Program Area: Compliance

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management  (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).
                                                     Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws

                                 (Dollars in  Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$109,266.9
$111.2
$1,192.5
$110,570.6
624.1
FY 2012
Enacted
$106,707.0
$138.0
$1,221.0
$108,066.0
626.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$125,209.0
$142.0
$1,223.0
$126,574.0
634.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$18,502.0
$4.0
$2.0
$18,508.0
7.8
Program Project Description:

The  Compliance  Monitoring program's overarching goal is  to  assure  compliance with the
nation's environmental laws and protect human health and the environment through inspections
and other  compliance monitoring activities. Compliance monitoring comprises all activities to
determine  whether regulated entities are in compliance with applicable laws, regulations, permit
conditions, and  settlement  agreements.  In addition,  compliance monitoring  activities are
conducted to determine whether conditions exist that may present imminent and  substantial
endangerment to human health and the environment. Compliance monitoring activities include
data  collection,  analysis, data quality review, on-site  compliance inspections/evaluations,
investigations, and reviews of facility records and monitoring reports.

The EPA's Compliance Monitoring activities target areas that pose significant risks to human
health or the environment, display patterns of non-compliance, or involve  disproportionately
exposed populations.  The EPA's  Compliance  Monitoring program manages compliance and
enforcement  data and associated  information  systems, which are then  used to manage the
compliance and enforcement program.32 The program also responds to information requests, tips,
and complaints from the public. The Agency uses multi-media approaches such as cross-media
inspections,  sector initiatives,  and risk-based targeting to take a more  holistic approach to
protecting human health and ecosystems and  to solving the  more intractable environmental
problems.  In addition, the Agency reviews and responds to  100 percent of the notices for
movement of hazardous waste, Cathode Ray Tube export notices for recycling, and Spent Lead
Acid Battery  export notices for recycling across U.S. international borders. The Agency ensures
 • For more information, refer to: http://www.epa.gov/compliance/monitoring/index.html
                                          256

-------
that these wastes are properly handled in accordance with international agreements and Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) regulations.33

The EPA coordinates, supports, and oversees the performance of states, local agencies, and tribal
governments that  conduct compliance monitoring  activities.  The  Agency's  Compliance
Monitoring program  also provides technical assistance and training to federal,  state, and tribal
inspectors. The EPA's efforts complement state and tribal programs to ensure compliance with
laws throughout the United States. The EPA works with states and tribes to identify where these
compliance  inspections,  evaluations,  and  investigations will have the  greatest  impact  on
achieving environmental results.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The  EPA has  achieved  impressive  pollution control  and  health benefits  through vigorous
compliance  monitoring and enforcement,  but  enforcement alone will not address all  non-
compliance  problems. The  sheer number  of regulated facilities,  the contributions of large
numbers of smaller sources to environmental problems, and federal and state budget constraints,
mean the EPA can no longer rely primarily on the traditional  single facility inspection  and
enforcement approach to ensure widespread compliance.34 In  FY 2013, the Agency will need to
innovate in order to achieve gains in compliance over the long-term.

The Agency needs to develop and implement a new paradigm that relies heavily on advances in
both monitoring and information technology. This new paradigm is called  "Next Generation
Compliance."  There  are  multiple components  to  this new  paradigm:   the use  of modern
monitoring technology to detect pollution problems; electronic reporting by facilities so that we
have quality, complete, and timely information on compliance and pollutants;  transparency so
the public is aware of facility  and government environmental performance; implementation of
innovative enforcement approaches; and structuring our regulations to promote compliance. In
FY 2013, the  National Enforcement and  Compliance  Assurance program will continue to
implement Next Generation Compliance approaches to help  achieve the EPA's goals more
efficiently and effectively while continuing to pursue high priority work.

The program proposes to focus resources from historically lower priority  programs in order to
support the implementation of Next Generation Compliance approaches. This work will invest in
21st century technology to increase the Agency's ability to ensure fairness by detecting violations
that  impact  public  health, reduce transaction  costs,  and better engage  the public to drive
behavioral changes in the regulated  community.  In  FY 2013, as  part   of Next  Generation
Compliance,  the Agency  will  continue  to enhance the efficiency  and  effectiveness  of the
Compliance  Monitoring program by emphasizing electronic  reporting (e-reporting), enhancing
data  systems to collect, synthesize and disseminate monitoring data,  and deploying  state of the
art monitoring equipment to the field.

The Agency will continue implementing enhancements to the Compliance Monitoring program
by using Next Generation Compliance approaches in the following areas:
33 For more information about the Import/Export program, refer to: www.epa.gov/compliance/international/importexport.html
34 www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/policies/civil/cwa/actionplanl01409.pdf
                                          257

-------
   •   Expanding Electronic Reporting. In FY 2013, the Agency will move forward with efforts
       to convert key paper reporting regulations to electronic format. Replacing paper based
       reporting with  electronic reporting  will  decrease unnecessary  reporting burdens  on
       industry and improve the efficiency of the EPA and state partners. The  key reporting
       regulations will be selected based on an Agency wide review conducted in FY 2012. In
       FY 2013, EPA will  implement a  new electronic reporting policy (to be  issued in FY
       2012) to include electronic reporting as the default (rather than paper reporting) in new
       regulations whenever reporting is appropriate.

   •   Designing Regulations to Improve Compliance. As part of the process of developing new
       rules, the EPA will  identify opportunities  where objective self-monitoring and/or self-
       certification, third party certification, public accountability, electronic reporting and other
       tools may be appropriate.

   •   Using a market based approach for electronic reporting from regulated entities. The EPA
       will  continue to develop an open platform "electronic  reporting file" data  exchange
       standard modeled after that used by the IRS to collect tax data. The intent is to take
       advantage of the expertise of the private sector to  create  new electronic reporting tools.
       These private sector  electronic  reporting tools would be based  on data standards  of the
       EPA and would replace the largely paper-based reporting systems that evolved over the
       past 30 years. Further, in those programs where the EPA has already built electronic
       reporting tools, the private sector may enhance these tools  to better support industry
       needs,  enabling the  EPA  largely to  eliminate the need to  fund the  operation  and
       maintenance of these tools.

   •   Expand the capability of the EPA and state data systems. The  EPA will continue to
       expand its capability  to receive, analyze, and make publicly available information on the
       compliance status of facilities and their impact on public health and the environment.

In February 2010, the EPA's Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program announced three
overarching goals to guide its work: 1) aggressively go after pollution problems  that matter to
communities; 2) reset our relationship with states; and 3) improve transparency. At the same
time, the program  announced the selection of new National Enforcement Initiatives for the FY
2011-2013 period, replacing  the prior set of National Enforcement Priorities.35

These new National Enforcement Initiatives include:

   •   Municipal Infrastructure - keeping raw sewage and contaminated stormwater out of our
       nation's waters;
   •   Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations  (CAFO) - preventing  animal waste from
       contaminating surface and ground waters;
   •   Air Toxics - cutting  toxic air pollution from facilities out of compliance with the Clean
       Air Act;
35 EPA previously used the term "National Enforcement Priorities" to refer to these initiatives. EPA changed the terminology to
"National Enforcement Initiatives" to describe this work more accurately and to make clear that these areas of focus do not
include all the priority problems or compliance and enforcement work EPA is doing.


                                           258

-------
   •   Clean Air Act New Source Review/Prevention of Significant Deterioration - reducing
       widespread air pollution from the largest sources, especially the coal-fired utility, cement,
       glass, and acid sectors;
   •   Mining and Mineral Processing Initiative - protecting and cleaning up our communities
       from toxic and hazardous waste; and
   •   Energy Extraction Sector - assuring compliance with environmental laws.

In FY 2013, the Compliance  Monitoring program will continue  to identify the most serious
violations under these National Initiatives  so that  appropriate enforcement actions  can be
initiated to remedy the violations and achieve the stated goals.

To ensure the quality of compliance  monitoring  activities, the EPA is continuing to develop
national policies, update inspection manuals, provide required training for inspectors,  and issue
inspector credentials. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to conduct training to ensure that the
inspectors/investigators are:  1) knowledgeable of environmental requirements and  policies; 2)
technically proficient in conducting compliance inspections/evaluations and taking samples; and
3) skilled at interviewing potential witnesses and documenting inspection/evaluation  results.
Compliance monitoring activities include oversight of and support to states and tribes, as well as
authorizing states/tribes employees to conduct inspections and evaluations on the EPA's behalf.
The program works across the Agency and with  states and tribes to build capacity, share tools
and approaches,  and develop networks of professionals that can share and help build expertise.

In FY 2013, the Agency will  improve its efficiency by integrating technology and electronic
capture of data from the field into the inspection and evaluation process. Adopting 21st  century
tools provides an opportunity to improve the timeliness and accuracy of data collection and entry
while increasing national consistency and uniformity in the inspection and evaluation  process
and increasing the efficiency  of submitting inspection and evaluation reports.  Utilizing 21st
century technology also creates efficiencies for industry as well as state and tribal partners.

Compliance monitoring includes the use of data  systems to run compliance and enforcement
programs  under  the various statutes and  programs that the EPA enforces.  In FY 2013, the
Agency will focus on enhancing its data systems to support electronic reporting, providing more
comprehensive and accessible data to the public, and allowing  for  improved integration of
environmental information with health data and other pertinent data sources from other federal
agencies  and private sources. The Agency will continue its multi-year project to  modernize its
national  enforcement  and  compliance  data system,  the  Integrated Compliance Information
System (ICIS), which supports both compliance monitoring and civil enforcement.  The second
of ICIS's three phases of development will be completed in FY 2013:

   •   Phase I of ICIS established a multi-media federal enforcement and compliance database
       in FY 2002. This system is used every day across the EPA to support the enforcement
       and  compliance program.  The data  are used  for  targeting, internal performance
       management, and reporting results to the  public via the Enforcement and Compliance
       History Online (ECHO) website.
                                          259

-------
   •   Phase II of ICIS is the modernization of the Permit Compliance  System (PCS), which
       supports the EPA and state management of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
       System program. As of August 2011, 34 states, 2 tribes, 8 territories, and the District of
       Columbia are using ICIS. In FY 2012, several states will move from PCS to ICIS. In FY
       2013, all remaining states in PCS will be moved to ICIS, thus completing Phase II.

   •   Phase III of ICIS expands the system to include the unique requirements of the Clean Air
       Act stationary sources compliance and enforcement program through the modernization
       of the  Air Facility  System  (AFS). In FY  2012, the EPA  will finalize the AFS
       modernization requirements and complete a detailed technical design. In FY 2013, the
       EPA will conduct system development and testing,  focusing on air toxics as the first new
       module.

The EPA is committed to  making meaningful  facility compliance information available and
accessible to the public using 21st century technologies. The EPA will continue to increase the
transparency  of the  EPA's monitoring and enforcement  program by making  multi-media
compliance monitoring information available to the public through the ECHO website during FY
2013.  In  FY  2013,  EPA  expects to  create new mobile ECHO applications,  dramatically
increasing public access. In FY 2011, ECHO was recognized by the President as an example for
other federal agencies to use in making access to compliance data more transparent. ECHO, and
its powerful companion tool  for regulators, the  Online Targeting and Information  System
(OTIS), serves more than 400 government entities.36 Together,  OTIS and ECHO provide the
public  and  regulators  with   information  on  facility compliance,  pollutant releases,  and
environmental quality, averaging 180 thousand queries per month in FY 2011.

The  Compliance  Monitoring  program  will  help  advance  additional  priorities  of the
Administrator. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue its focus on improving the health of children
by  assessing how non-compliance  contributes to  health  risks in  schools,  and targeting
compliance and enforcement actions to reduce risks to children.

The Pollution Prosecution Act of 1990 directed the Agency to create the National  Enforcement
Training  Institute  (NETI)  to  provide  environmental  enforcement  and  compliance training
nationwide to  all  levels of government. In FY 2013, NETI will  continue to provide  classes,
webinar seminars and web based training for the national environmental enforcement personnel
through the use of new internet technologies and using EPA experts in the regions and at EPA
headquarters. NETI  also will continue to provide support for state personnel  enforcement
training.

The EPA will continue to review all  notices for trans-boundary  movement of hazardous waste
and for export of Cathode Ray Tubes and Spent Lead Acid Batteries to ensure compliance with
domestic regulations and international agreements. While the vast majority of the hazardous
waste trade occurs with  Canada, the United States also has international trade agreements with
Mexico, Malaysia, Costa Rica, and the Philippines, and is a member of the Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development,  which issued a Council Decision controlling trans-
36 See White House Press Release January 11,2011, "Presidential Memoranda - Regulatory Compliance" at:
http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/2011/01/18/presidential-memoranda-regulatorv-compliance
                                          260

-------
boundary movement of hazardous waste applicable to all member countries. In FY 2011, the
EPA responded to 1,937 notices representing 578 import notices and 1,359 export notices..

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(409) Number of federal inspections and evaluations.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
19,000

FY 2013
17,000

Units
Inspections/
Evaluations

Measure
Target
Actual
(412) Percentage of open consent decrees reviewed for overall compliance status.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

Results will become available for these measures at the end of FY 2012, and will be reported in
the FY 2012 Annual Performance Report and the FY 2014 Congressional Justification.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$1,811.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$3,585.0 / +8.3  FTE) This  change reflects a  redirection  of resources within  other
       enforcement program  projects  for higher priority  activities  such  as  conducting
       compliance inspections, maintaining compliance monitoring tools for effective targeting,
       and supporting EPA's enforcement data systems. These resources are critical to maintain
       adequate capacities in enforcing various statutes  and programs and ensuring that targets
       for enforcement inspections and total pounds of pollution prevented are met over time.
       The additional resources include $1,185.0 associated payroll for the 8.3 FTE.

    •  (+$13,171.0) This change reflects increased resources to support the Agency's efforts to
       increase compliance with the nation's environmental  laws as part of a realignment of the
       Agency's priorities.  This includes  supporting the  development of tools to  facilitate
       electronic reporting  of data, ensuring new and  existing rules incorporate electronic
       reporting, revamping data  systems  to  collect, synthesize and disseminate  monitoring
       data,  and deploying advanced monitoring equipment to the field.  These resources will
       invest in 21st century technology to increase the EPA's ability to detect violations that
       impact  public health, reduce transaction costs,  and better engage the  public to  drive
       behavioral changes in the regulated community.

    •  (+$68.0 / +0.5 FTE)  This increase supports  the  enforcement  component of  an
       Agencywide effort to reduce air toxics pollution within at-risk communities and around
       schools and other places where children may be exposed. These resources will be used to
       assess compliance with existing air toxics emission  rules  and  pursue enforcement
       actions. The additional resources  include $68.0 associated payroll for 0.5  FTE.
                                          261

-------
    •  (-$133.0 / -1.0 FTE) This decrease reflects a transfer to the National Environmental
       Policy Act Implementation program supporting reviews of energy development projects
       occurring in the regions. The reduced resources include $133.0 associated payroll for 1.0
       FTE.

Statutory Authority:

RCRA; CWA; SOW A;  CAA; TSCA; EPCRA; RLBPHRA; FIFRA; ODA;  NEPA; NAAEC;
LPA-US/MX-BR.
                                        262

-------
Program Area: Enforcement
           263

-------
                                                                      Civil Enforcement
                                                              Program Area: Enforcement

  Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
 involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
  of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
 (OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
            of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).
                                                      Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$179,391.2
$644.0
$2,209.6
$4.4
$182,249.2
1,203.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$177,290.0
$789.0
$2,286.0
$0.0
$180,365.0
1,205.1
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$188,957.0
$792.0
$2,968.0
$0.0
$192,717.0
1,205.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,667.0
$3.0
$682.0
$0.0
$12,352.0
0.6
Program Project Description:

The Civil Enforcement program's overarching goal is to assure compliance with the nation's
environmental laws to protect human  health and  the environment. Effective  enforcement is
essential to deter violations and to promote compliance with federal environmental statutes and
regulations. The program collaborates with the United States Department of Justice, states, local
agencies, and tribal governments  to ensure consistent and fair enforcement of all environmental
laws and  regulations. The program seeks to focus on violations that threaten communities,
maintain a level economic playing field by  ensuring that violators do not realize an economic
benefit  from noncompliance,  and deter future  violations. The Civil  Enforcement program
develops, litigates, and settles administrative and civil judicial cases against serious violators of
environmental laws.

The  EPA's  National Enforcement and  Compliance Assurance program  is  responsible  for
maximizing  compliance  with  12 environmental  statutes,  28  distinct programs under those
statutes, and dozens  of regulatory requirements under those programs which apply in various
combinations to a universe of approximately 40 million regulated federal and private entities. In
addition, as a means for focusing its efforts, the  enforcement program identifies,  in three year
cycles,  serious noncompliance  patterns as national initiatives.  The  enforcement  program
coordinates the  selection of these initiatives with programs and regional offices within the EPA,
and with states,  local  agencies and tribes, in addition to soliciting public comment.

The  EPA uses a variety of integrated tools to  maximize  compliance  with  the nation's
environmental laws.  This  includes assistance to regulated entities to ensure fair notice and to
                                          264

-------
make clear how to comply with regulations; compliance monitoring (e.g., monitoring compliance
status, identifying violations through  on-site inspections,  investigations, and  collection  and
analysis of compliance data); incentives to motivate regulated facilities/companies to identify,
disclose and correct violations; and administrative, civil and criminal enforcement. In addition to
using these  tools, the enforcement program  provides oversight of authorized state  and local
agency performance to ensure that national environmental laws are  enforced in  a consistent,
equitable manner that protects public health and the environment. The EPA also works directly
with  tribal  governments to  build  their  capacity to implement  environmental  enforcement
programs.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

EPA has achieved impressive pollution  control and health benefits through vigorous compliance
monitoring  and  enforcement, but  enforcement  alone  will  not  address all noncompliance
problems. The sheer number of regulated facilities, the contributions of large numbers of smaller
sources to environmental problems, and federal and state budget constraints, mean the Agency
can no longer rely  primarily on the  traditional  single facility  inspection  and  enforcement
approach  to ensure widespread  compliance.37 Instead,  the  Agency needs to develop  and
implement a new paradigm that relies heavily on advances in both monitoring and information
technology.

This new paradigm is called "Next Generation Compliance." There are multiple components to
this new paradigm:  the use  of modern monitoring technology to detect pollution problems;
electronic reporting by  facilities so  that the  Agency has  quality,  complete,  and  timely
information  on compliance and pollutants; transparency so the public is  aware of facility  and
government  environmental performance; implementation of innovative enforcement approaches;
and structuring our  regulations to promote compliance. In FY 2013,  the  national Enforcement
and  Compliance Assurance  program  will  increase  efforts  to implement Next Generation
Compliance  approaches to help achieve the EPA's goals more efficiently and effectively while
continuing to pursue high priority work.

Under the Next Generation Compliance effort, the EPA will continue  to review compliance
reporting requirements  contained in existing rules to identify  opportunities for conversion to a
national electronic reporting format. As part of the process of developing new rules, the EPA
also will continue to identify  opportunities to  use objective self-monitoring, self-certification or
third  party certification, public accountability, advanced monitoring, and electronic  reporting
requirements. Electronic reporting, replacing  paper based reporting, is likely to be a common
feature of most new rules, although the appropriate approach and tools used for particular rules
will vary. Replacing paper based reporting with electronic reporting will  decrease unnecessary
reporting burdens on industry  and improve the efficiency of the EPA and state partners.

The EPA also will  continue  investing  in  more modern monitoring technology (e.g., portable
emission detectors, thermal imaging cameras, flow meters, and remote monitoring equipment) to
increase the  effectiveness and efficiency of our compliance monitoring program. Using modern
  www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/policies/civil/cwa/actionplanl01409.pdf
                                          265

-------
monitoring tools will allow the EPA and state inspectors to do more efficient and effective
inspections and compliance verification. Maximizing the use of advanced data and monitoring
tools will allow the EPA and states to focus limited inspection  and enforcement resources in
those areas  where they  are  most  effective  or  most necessary  such  as:  complex  industrial
operations that require physical inspection, repeat violators, cases involving significant harm to
human health or the environment, or potential criminal violations.

In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to focus on complex and  challenging national pollution
problems including Clean Water Act "wet weather" pollutant discharges, violations of the Clean
Air Act New Source Review/Prevention of Significant Deterioration (NSR/PSD) requirements
and Air Toxics regulations, and Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) violations at
mineral processing facilities, as well as reviewing and addressing emerging problems  in the
energy extraction sector. Information on initiatives, regulatory requirements, enforcement alerts,
and results from  civil enforcement activities will  be  made  available to the public and the
regulated community on the EPA's web sites.38

The Agency's civil enforcement resources provide primary support for the U.S. Department of
Justice's civil action against BP, Anadarko, and others responsible for the Deepwater Horizon oil
spill. The Department of Justice filed its complaint on behalf of the EPA, the U.S. Coast Guard
and other federal plaintiffs in December 2010. The EPA is  actively participating in the litigation
and discovery process in response to the Deepwater Horizon oil spill; this is expected to continue
through FY 2013. The Agency is requesting $1.0 million  and 3.2 FTE for Deepwater Horizon
litigation support.

The Civil Enforcement program encompasses the full  range  of environmental issues such as
water, air, waste, and others issues, including the regulation of federal facility sites. The Federal
Facilities Enforcement program  will continue to  expeditiously pursue  enforcement actions at
Federal facilities where significant violations  are discovered, with a specific focus expected on
noncompliance with  stormwater,  underground storage  tanks, RCRA waste requirements, and
other priority areas. The program also will continue its partnership in FedCenter, the  federal
facility environmental stewardship and compliance assistance center cosponsored by more than a
dozen federal agencies.

In FY 2011, through its efforts in the core program and national  initiatives, the EPA achieved
pollution reduction commitments totaling 1.8 billion pounds per year, the second highest amount
since the  EPA began  measuring pollutant reductions  from enforcement  cases using  current
methodologies. Also in FY  2011, EPA enforcement actions required companies to  invest an
estimated $19 billion in actions and equipment to control  pollution (injunctive relief), a record
amount. In addition, the EPA's top  15 Clean  Air Act enforcement actions of FY 2011 reduced
emissions of particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and VOCs, resulting in projected
health benefits and other environmental improvements valued at $15 to $36 billion each year.

The EPA's Clean Water  program will continue to work with states, tribes, and communities to
improve our nation's impaired waters. In addition,  the EPA, working with permitting authorities,
is revamping compliance and enforcement approaches to make progress on the most important
38 For more information, visit: http://www.epa.gov/oecaerth/civil/index.html
                                          266

-------
water pollution problems. This work includes getting raw sewage out of water, cutting pollution
from animal waste, and reducing pollution from stormwater runoff.  These efforts will help to
clean up great waters like the Chesapeake Bay and will focus on revitalizing urban communities
by protecting and restoring urban waters. Enforcement also will support the goal  of assuring
clean drinking water for all communities, including small systems and in Indian country.

The EPA  will collaborate with states, tribes, and communities to reduce air toxics pollution,
especially pollution affecting  vulnerable communities. In FY  2013,  the EPA will  continue to
support the air  toxics initiative by targeting air monitoring,  inspections, and enforcement
activities to reduce toxic emissions.

The EPA's RCRA Corrective  Action enforcement program supports the goal set by the Agency
and its state partners of attaining remedy construction at 95 percent of 3,747 RCRA  facilities by
the year 2020.  In 2010, the  EPA  issued the "National  Enforcement Strategy for Corrective
Action" (NESCA)  to  promote and communicate nationally  consistent enforcement  and
compliance assurance principles, practices, and tools to help achieve  this goal. In FY 2013, the
EPA will continue targeted enforcement under this strategy and will work with its state partners
to assess the contribution of enforcement in making progress towards the 2020 corrective action
goal. As  a result of this assessment, necessary modifications to NESCA will be made and
additional  tools and guidance may be developed.

The Renewable  Fuels  Standard regulations that became  effective in July of 2010 under the
Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA) of 2007 require  increased use of renewable fuels.
In FY 2013, as a result of the  increasing use of new feedstocks, production processes and fuels,
the Civil Enforcement program will help the regulated community  understand their  statutory
obligations under the EISA; inspect renewable  fuel production  facilities; monitor  compliance
with renewable fuel requirements; monitor and enforce the credit trading program; and undertake
administrative and judicial enforcement actions against violators.

In FY 2013, reliable information on compliance and program performance remains critical. The
EPA's Civil Enforcement program  will continue to rely heavily on the Integrated Compliance
Information System (ICIS) to  manage its compliance and enforcement activities by tracking the
status of all civil judicial and administrative enforcement actions, as well as  compliance and
enforcement results.  The EPA will continue to make information  on  its enforcement work
publically accessible on its ECHO web site.

The Civil Enforcement program also will support the Environmental Justice program  by  focusing
enforcement  actions  on industries  that  have  repeatedly violated environmental   laws  in
communities  that may be disproportionately exposed to  risks and harm from environmental
contaminants, including minority and/or low-income areas. The EPA works to protect these and
other burdened  communities  from adverse human  health and environmental affects through
programs consistent with environmental and civil rights laws.

It is critically important that the EPA continually assess priorities and embrace new approaches
that can help  achieve the Agency's goals more efficiently  and  effectively.  The EPA's FY 2013
budget submission for the Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program  decreases some
                                          267

-------
program areas in order to continue the pursuit of the Agency's highest priority work. The EPA
will continue to determine the areas most appropriate for reduction while implementing a new
enforcement paradigm through Next Generation Compliance.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(400) Millions of pounds of air pollutants reduced, treated, or eliminated through
concluded enforcement actions.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
480
410
FY 2011
480
1,100
FY 2012
480

FY 2013
480

Units
Million
Pounds

Measure
Target
Actual
(402) Millions of pounds of water pollutants reduced, treated, or eliminated through
concluded enforcement actions.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
320
1,000
FY 2011
320
740
FY 2012
320

FY 2013
320

Units
Million
Pounds

Measure
Target
Actual
(404) Millions of pounds of toxic and pesticide pollutants reduced, treated, or
eliminated through concluded enforcement actions.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
3.8
8.3
FY 2011
3.8
6.1
FY 2012
3.8

FY 2013
3.8

Units
Million
Pounds

Measure
Target
Actual
(405) Millions of pounds of hazardous waste reduced, treated, or eliminated through
concluded enforcement actions.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
6,500
11,800
FY 2011
6,500
3,600
FY 2012
6,500

FY 2013
6,500

Units
Million
Pounds

Measure
Target
Actual
(410) Number of civil judicial and administrative enforcement cases initiated.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
3,300

FY 2013
3,200

Units
Cases

Measure
Target
Actual
(411) Number of civil judicial and administrative enforcement cases concluded.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
3,200

FY 2013
3,000

Units
Cases

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$3,425.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.
                                         268

-------
   •   (-$350.0 / -2.5 FTE) This reflects a reduction  in  lower priority civil enforcement
       programs to support higher priority activities. The reduced resources include 2.5 FTE and
       associated payroll of $350.0.

   •   (+$4,287.0) This change reflects an increase to support the Agency's efforts to increase
       compliance with the nation's  environmental  laws as part of a  realignment of the
       Agency's priorities.  This includes  modernizing the EPA's approach to enforcement by
       ensuring  new and  existing  rules  incorporate  electronic  reporting and  deploying
       monitoring equipment to the field to increase support for the civil enforcement program.
       Using modern enforcement  and monitoring tools  will allow the EPA and  states to do
       more efficient and effective inspections and  enforcement,  focusing limited enforcement
       resources in those areas where they are most effective or most necessary such as complex
       industrial operations that require physical inspection,  repeat violators, cases  involving
       significant harm to human health or the environment.

   •   (+$3,416.0) This provides  needed resources to maintain  the capacity and support for
       litigation, investigation, and inspection efforts. These resources ensure continuity in
       enforcing various statutes and avoid declines in pounds of pollution prevented over time.

   •   (+$1,029.0 / +3.2 FTE) This  increase  is provided for Deepwater Horizon litigation
       support, discovery management, and the continuing civil  investigation against existing
       and potential additional defendants. The additional resources include  $448.0 associated
       payroll for 3.2 FTE.

   •   (-$140.0 / -1.0 FTE) This decrease reflects a transfer  to  the criminal enforcement
       program reflecting regional legal support for the criminal enforcement program.

Statutory Authority:

RCRA; CWA; SOW A; CAA; TSCA; EPCRA; RLBPHRA; FIFRA;  ODA; NAAEC; LPA-
US/MX-BR; NEPA; SBLRBRERA; CERCLA; PPA; CERFA; AEA; PPA; UMTRLWA; EPAct.
                                         269

-------
                                                                   Criminal Enforcement
                                                               Program Area: Enforcement
                                                      Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$51,623.3
$7,845.9
$59,469.2
299.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$48,123.0
$7,903.0
$56,026.0
295.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$51,900.0
$7,680.0
$59,580.0
298.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$3,777.0
($223.0)
$3,554.0
2.8
Program Project Description:

The  EPA's  Criminal Enforcement  program  investigates the  most  serious  and  complex
environmental  crimes committed  by individual  and  corporate defendants.  EPA  criminal
investigators  ("Special Agents") work closely with  forensic scientists,  attorneys,  technicians,
engineers, and  other specialists to protect the public and the environment by uncovering and
developing cases for  prosecution by Federal,  state,  tribal, and local prosecutors. These cases
consist of violations of environmental statutes and associated violations of Title 18 of the United
States Code such as fraud, conspiracy, false statements,  and obstruction of justice. Successful
prosecutions  deter other  potential violators, eliminate the incentive for companies to "pay  to
pollute," and help ensure that businesses that follow the rules  do not face unfair  competition
from those that break  the rules. Criminal enforcement also sends a strong deterrence message in
communities  where residents have  suffered disproportionate pollution impacts, in part due  to
criminal actions.

The EPA's Special Agents  conduct all aspects  of case development. Special Agents provide
prosecutorial  support, evaluate leads,  interview  witnesses, serve  and support search warrants,
review documentary evidence  (including data from environmental inspections, other databases,
and files), collect field forensic evidence using specialized sampling and  monitoring equipment,
and testify in court. Agents also assist in plea negotiations and in planning sentencing conditions
that will require defendants to undertake projects  to  improve  environmental  conditions  or
develop environmental management systems to enhance performance.

These  efforts  support environmental  crimes prosecutions primarily  by the United States
Attorneys and the Department of Justice's Environmental Crimes Section, but occasionally by
state,  tribal, and local prosecutors. Criminal enforcement attorneys  provide legal and policy
support for  all of the  program's responsibilities,   including  forensics  and expert  witness
preparation,   to  ensure that program  activities are carried  out in accordance with legal
requirements  and the policies of the Agency.

The EPA's Special Agents also participate in task forces and specialized training at the Federal
Law Enforcement Training Center along with other federal, state,  and local law officials. These
                                           270

-------
joint efforts and training help build state, local, and tribal environmental enforcement expertise,
which helps them protect their communities and offer valuable leads to the EPA's program.39

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In  FY  2013, the  Criminal  Enforcement program will  continue  to  emphasize  cases  with
significant environmental, human health, and deterrence impacts while balancing its overall case
load  across  all  pollution  statutes. The Criminal  Enforcement  program  continues  to  "tier"
significant cases based upon categories of human health and environmental impacts (e.g., death,
serious  injury,  human exposure,  remediation), release  and discharge  characteristics  (e.g.,
hazardous  or toxic pollutants, continuing  violations),  and subject characteristics (e.g., national
corporation,  recidivist violators).  In  FY 2011, criminal charges  were brought  against 249
defendants, and criminal defendants were assessed a total of $35 million in fines and restitution.

The Criminal Enforcement program will continue to enhance its collaboration and coordination
with the Civil Enforcement program to ensure that the EPA enforcement program as a whole
responds to violations as effectively as possible. The Criminal Enforcement program will work
with  the  Civil  Enforcement program  to  identify  national  enforcement initiative cases and
violations of national priorities of the EPA that would most effectively be addressed through
criminal prosecution. This coordinated approach is accomplished  by employing  an  effective
regional case screening process to  identify the most appropriate civil or criminal  enforcement
responses for a  particular violation, and by taking  criminal enforcement actions against long-
term or repeat significant non-compliers where appropriate.

The EPA's Criminal Enforcement program is committed to fair and consistent enforcement of
federal  laws and  regulations, balanced  with  the flexibility to  respond  to  region-specific
environmental problems.  In  FY  2013, the Criminal  Enforcement  program will  continue  to
implement management oversight  controls and national  policies to ensure that  violators  in
similar  circumstances receive similar treatment under federal environmental laws. Consistency is
promoted  by evaluating   all  investigations  from  the national perspective,  overseeing  all
investigations to  ensure  compliance  with  program  priorities,  conducting  regular  "docket
reviews" (detailed review of all open investigations in each regional office) to ensure consistency
with  investigatory  discretion  guidance  and  enforcement  priorities,  and  by  developing,
implementing, and periodically reviewing and revising policies and programs.

In FY 2013, the program will continue to use data from the electronic Criminal  Case Reporting
System. The program also will seek to deter environmental crime by increasing  the volume and
quality  of leads  reported to the EPA by the public through the tips and complaints link on the
EPA's website, and will continue to use the fugitive website.40 The fugitive website enlists the
public and law enforcement agencies to help apprehend defendants  who have fled the country,
are in hiding to avoid  prosecution for alleged environmental crimes, or are in  hiding to avoid
sentencing for crimes for which they have been found guilty. During FY 2011, two fugitives
were  added to  the website and two former fugitives  who were  captured in prior years were
sentenced.
39

40 For more information visit: http: //www.epa. go v/fugitives/
For more information visit: http://www.epa.gov/compliance/criminal/index.html
                                           271

-------
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(418) Percentage of criminal cases having the most significant health, environmental,
and deterrence impacts.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
43

FY 2013
43

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(419) Percentage of criminal cases with individual defendants.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
75

FY 2013
75

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(420) Percentage of criminal cases with charges filed.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
40

FY 2013
40

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(421) Percentage of conviction rate for criminal defendants.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
85

FY 2013
85

Units
Percent

Results will become available for these measures at the end of FY 2012, and will be reported in
the FY 2012 Annual Performance Report and the FY 2014 Congressional Justification.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$1,030.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce  costs and cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$1,142.0  / +3.0  FTE) This increase is  provided for Deepwater Horizon litigation
       support and the continuing criminal investigation against existing and potential additional
       defendants.  The additional resources include $510.0 associated payroll for 3.0 FTE.

   •   (+$1,465.0 / +2.5 FTE) This change  reflects the resources needed to enable the program
       to continue to support high priority criminal investigations and enforcement cases. The
       investigations will  focus on the most pressing environmental crimes, targeting  cases
       involving death or serious injury, human exposure or other threats to community health,
       and/or repeat offenders.  The additional  resources include $425.0 associated payroll for
       2.5 FTE.

   •   (+$140.0 /  +1.0 FTE)  This  increase reflects a transfer from the civil enforcement
       program. These resources will support the current regional legal workload. The additional
       resources include $140.0 associated payroll for 1.0 FTE.
                                          272

-------
Statutory Authority:

RCRA; CWA; SOW A; CAA; TSCA; EPCRA; Residential Lead-Based Paint Hazard Reduction
Act (RLBPHRA); FIFRA; Ocean Dumping Act (i.e., MPRSA); Pollution Prosecution Act; Title
18  General Federal Crimes  (e.g., false statements,  conspiracy);  Powers of Environmental
Protection Agency (18 U.S.C. 3063).
                                        273

-------
                                                                 Environmental Justice
                                                             Program Area: Enforcement
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                 Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$8,407.0
$1,128.7
$9,535.7
34.4
FY 2012
Enacted
$6,848.0
$583.0
$7,431.0
32.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$7,161.0
$613.0
$7,774.0
32.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$313.0
$30.0
$343.0
0.1
Program Project Description:

The EPA is committed to fostering public health in communities disproportionately burdened by
pollution through integrating and addressing issues of environmental justice (EJ) in the EPA's
programs and policies as part of its day-to-day business. EPA's Environmental Justice program
promotes  accountability for compliance  with  Executive Order  12898,  "Federal Actions to
Address Environmental  Justice in  Minority Populations and  Low-Income Populations". The
EPA's programs and Regional Offices implement Plan EJ 2014.41 The Environmental  Justice
Program facilitates this  integration by: (1) supporting  and promoting the Agency's efforts to
address environmental justice issues; (2) supporting the EPA's outreach to other federal agencies
through the  interagency  working group  on  environmental justice;   and,  (3)  promoting
opportunities for communities to be heard on environmental justice issues.

The EJ program conducts outreach to overburdened communities and provides financial  and
technical assistance that empowers low  income  and minority communities to  take action to
protect themselves from environmental  harm.  The EJ program  partners with  other Agency
programs to develop scientific, legal, and public engagement guidance documents that enable the
incorporation of environmental justice  considerations in the EPA's regulatory and  policy
decisions.  Finally, the EJ program supports Agency efforts to strengthen internal mechanisms to
integrate environmental justice into the EPA's programs and activities including communication,
training, performance management,  and accountability measures.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The  EPA will  implement environmental justice activities  consistent  with the vision  and
commitments outlined in the Agency's FY 2011-2015 Strategic Plan, FY 2013  annual action
plan for the Cross-Cutting Fundamental Strategy for EJ and Children's Health, and Plan EJ 2014.

In FY 2013, the EPA's  Enforcement and Compliance  Assurance, Research and Development,
and Policy programs will  collaborate with Agency program offices and Regional Offices to
 Plan EJ 2014 can be found at http://www.epa.gov/compliance/environmentaliustice/plan-ei/index.html
                                          274

-------
finalize and implement technical guidance to support the integration of environmental justice
considerations in rulemaking and other analyses that inform and support the EPA's decisions and
actions. This has been an ongoing challenge for the EPA to develop rules that implement existing
statutory authority, while working to reduce disproportionate pollutant burdens and cumulative
impacts from  multiple sources on  low income and  minority communities.  In addition, the
Agency will continue efforts to support and monitor the incorporation of environmental justice
considerations in the rulemaking process.

In FY 2013, the  Agency will  continue to facilitate the  integration  of environmental justice
considerations into planning and performance measurement processes. The EPA's  EJ program
will  continue to work with program and regional offices to maintain an inventory of successful
efforts that  track  and report  progress in achieving results  in communities disproportionately
burdened by environmental pollution.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to manage its Environmental Justice Small Grants program,
which assists community-based organizations and other groups in developing solutions to local
environmental issues. Since its inception in  1994, the EJ program  has awarded  nearly $23
million  through its  small  grants program to more than 1,253 community-based organizations
such  as  non-profit  organizations,  local  governments,   Tribal  governments,  and  Tribal
organizations to support their efforts to address local environmental and/or health issues. The EJ
program will continue to provide federal assistance to overburdened and vulnerable communities
to enhance their capacity to address environmental challenges in their communities.

In FY 2013, the EJ program will  continue to support the  EJ eco-Ambassadors program that
provides an opportunity for graduate students to  work collaboratively with the EPA to support
community-based  programs  and  increase the  capacity  of local  communities   to address
environmental  concerns.  The  program also facilitates career development  opportunities for
participants who have been involved in or have a strong interest in environmental justice.

The  National  Environmental  Justice Advisory  Council  (NEJAC)  is the Agency's Federal
Advisory  Committee Act (FACA)  committee on environmental justice issues. The Council
provides advice and recommendations about broad, cross-cutting issues related to environmental
justice,  from all stakeholders involved in the environmental justice dialogue. In addition, the
NEJAC provides a valuable forum  for discussions about integrating environmental  justice with
other priorities and  initiatives of the EPA. During FY 2013, the EJ program will convene two
face-to-face meetings of the NEJAC. These meetings will be augmented by meetings  of issue-
specific work groups and public teleconference meetings.

Finally, in FY 2013, the EJ program will continue  to work with other  federal  agencies  to
continue building strong relationships with historically underrepresented communities.  Pursuant
to Executive Order 12898, the EPA will continue to convene the Interagency Working Group on
Environmental Justice (EJIWG) and will use this mechanism to provide and foster  training and
technical assistance to other federal agencies on the integration  of environmental justice into
their programs. The EJ program, through its work with the EJIWG, under the "Memorandum of
Understanding on Environmental Justice and Executive Order 12898 (August 4,  2011) " will
continue to  work with federal partners to develop and enhance their EJ strategies as well  as
                                          275

-------
create  meaningful  opportunities  to  promote public input in  on-going efforts to  incorporate
environmental justice principles in agency programs. Further, the EJ program will work with
other federal  agencies to advance consideration of environmental justice through the National
Environmental Policy Act. The EJ program also will continue to assist program offices and other
environmental organizations and government agencies to deliver customized training to increase
the capacity of their personnel to effectively address issues of environmental justice. Moreover,
the EJ program will use the EJIWG and the Department  of Housing and Urban Development
(HUD) - Department of  Transportation  (DOT) - and the EPA Partnership for  Sustainable
Communities to identify collaborative  opportunities to support the achievement of healthy and
sustainable community goals.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program  supports multiple strategic  objectives that benefit disproportionately
burdened minority, low-income,  and Tribal populations.  Currently, there are  no performance
measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$153.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living  adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$160.0 / +0.1 FTE) This increase reflects support for EJ high priority activities such as
       implementing Plan EJ 2014, integrating EJ considerations in the Agency's rulemakings,
       and helping other program offices within the EPA, community organizations, and other
       agencies address EJ issues. The additional resources include $14.0 associated payroll for
       0.1 FTE.

Statutory Authority:

Executive  Order  12898;  RCRA;  CWA;  SDWA; CAA; TSCA;  EPCRA;  FIFRA;  NEPA;
Pollution Prevention Act.
                                          276

-------
                                                                 NEPA Implementation
                                                             Program Area: Enforcement
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                Objective(s): Promote Pollution Prevention

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$17,105.0
$17,105.0
117.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$17,298.0
$17,298.0
116.1
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$17,424.0
$17,424.0
113.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$126.0
$126.0
-2.6
Program Project Description:

As required by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and Section 309 of the Clean Air
Act, the NEPA Implementation program reviews Environmental Impact Statements (EISs) that
evaluate the anticipated  environmental impacts of proposed major federal actions. The review
includes assessing options for avoiding or mitigating environmental impacts while making the
comments available to the public and allowing for public input. The NEPA Implementation
program also guides the EPA's own compliance with NEPA and other  relevant  statutes and
Executive Orders. The program also manages the official EIS filing system for all federal EISs,
in accordance with a Memorandum of Understanding with  the  Council  on Environmental
Quality. Finally, the program manages the review of Environmental Impact Assessments of non-
governmental activities in Antarctica, in accordance with the Antarctic Science, Tourism and
Conservation Act  (ASTCA).

In addition, the program fosters cooperation with other federal agencies to ensure compliance
with applicable environmental  statutes, promotes better integration of pollution prevention and
ecological risk  assessment elements into their programs,  and provides technical assistance in
developing projects that  prevent adverse environmental impacts. The program encourages other
federal agencies to incorporate environmental justice considerations into their decision making
as they perform  environmental analyses (both EISs and Environmental Assessments) under
NEPA. In its review of EISs associated with major federal actions, the NEPA Implementation
program pays particularly close attention to high impact federal program  areas such as energy
development, and  transportation and water resources projects. The program also develops agency
policy and technical guidance on issues related to NEPA, the Endangered Species Act,  the
National Historic Preservation Act and relevant Executive Orders (EOs).42

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to work with other federal agencies to streamline, modernize,
and improve the NEPA process by encouraging early involvement in the project scoping process
and  promoting  approaches for working collaboratively with  federal, state, local  and Tribal
 ' For more information, refer to: www.epa.gov/compliance/nepa
                                          277

-------
partners on project proposals. The program will continue to use and promote the use of its web-
based NEPAssist environmental assessment tool, which assists federal, state, local agencies and
Tribes with their NEPA responsibilities.

Work also will focus on a number of key areas such as reviewing and commenting on proposals
for oil and gas leasing and extraction, coal and hard-rock mining, renewable energy development
(e.g.,  solar and wind  projects);  nuclear  power  licensing/re-licensing;  highway  and airport
expansion; flood control, port development and management of national forests and public lands.
In FY 2013, the EPA will continue work related to the Appalachian Coal Mining  Interagency
Action Plan, including the multi-year effort to develop a cumulative impact assessment method
for addressing impacts of surface coal mining. In addition, the EPA will continue its successful
collaboration efforts with federal land management agencies to ensure the growing number of oil
and natural gas  development projects do not cause significant adverse air quality impacts.  The
EPA also will work to  develop a web-based system for federal agencies to file EISs  with the
EPA,  and to make comments on EISs accessible to the public on a centralized website.

The EPA will continue with its NEPA Compliance work, ensuring compliance with applicable
statues and EOs. The NEPA program will continue to ensure environmental justice concerns are
properly addressed in all actions where the EPA must comply with NEPA. In FY 2013, at least
90 percent of the EPA projects subject to NEPA environmental assessment or EIS requirements
are expected to result in no significant environmental impact.

Performance Targets:

Currently, there are no performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from  FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$357.0) This increase is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-$479.0 /  -3.6 FTE) This  reflects a reduction in ongoing efforts to  work with other
       federal agencies to streamline, modernize, and improve the NEPA process through early
       cooperation and involvement. This change includes  a  reduction of $479.0 associated
       payroll for 3.6 FTE.

   •   (+$248.0 / +1.0  FTE) This increase reflects a transfer from the Compliance Monitoring
       program to the National Environmental Policy  Act Implementation program supporting
       reviews  of energy development  projects occurring in the Regional  Offices. Resources
       also reflect an increase in support for the EPA to conduct EIS reviews prepared  by other
       federal agencies, maintain a national filing system for  all  EISs, and assure the EPA's
       actions comply  with NEPA  responsibilities. The  additional  resources include $133.0
       associated payroll for 1.0 FTE.

Statutory Authority:
CAA; NEPA; ASTCA; CWA; ESA; NHPA; AHPA; FCMA; FWCA; EO 12898.
                                         278

-------
Program Area: Geographic Programs
               279

-------
                                                                 Great Lakes Restoration
                                                       Program Area: Geographic Programs
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                         Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$329,215.5
$329,215.5
90.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$299,520.0
$299,520.0
83.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$300,000.0
$300,000.0
84.1
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$480.0
$480.0
0.9
Program Project Description:

The Great Lakes are the largest system of surface freshwater on earth, containing 20 percent of
the world's surface freshwater and 95 percent of the surface freshwater in the United States. The
Great Lakes watershed includes 2 nations, 8 U.S. states, 2 Canadian provinces, and more than 40
tribes.

Through a coordinated interagency process led by the EPA, implementation of the Great Lakes
Restoration Initiative or Initiative is  helping to restore the Great Lakes ecosystem, enhance the
economic health of the region, and ultimately improve the public health of the area's 30 million
Americans. As outlined in the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative Action Plan,n the Initiative
targets five focus areas:

    •   eliminating or mitigating toxic substances and restoring designated Areas of Concern;
    •   preventing and reducing the destructive impacts of invasive species;
    •   improving nearshore health and reducing nonpoint source pollution;
    •   improving habitat and reducing species loss; and
    •   emphasizing  and  instilling  the  concepts  of accountability, education, monitoring,
       evaluation, communication,  and partnership throughout  the implementation of the
       Initiative.

The Great Lakes Restoration Initiative provides the level  of  investment and the interagency
coordination necessary to work efficiently in these five areas.

The goal of the EPA's Great Lakes program is to restore and maintain the environmental
integrity of the Great Lakes ecosystem,  as mandated by the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative,
the Great Lakes Water  Quality Agreement, and the Clean Water Act. As the primary means of
accomplishing this goal, the EPA leads the Interagency Task Force in implementation of the FY
2010 to FY 2014 Great Lakes Restoration Initiative Action Plan (Action Plan). This interagency
collaboration accelerates progress, avoids potential duplication of effort, and saves money.
43 http://www.epa.gov/greatlakes/gki/
http://greatlakesrestoration.us/pdfs/glri actionplan.pdf
                                           280

-------
In addition to the EPA, the other principal agencies involved in the Great Lakes Restoration
Initiative are: White House Council  on Environmental Quality, U.S. Department of Agriculture,
U.S. Department of Commerce, Department of Health and  Human Services,  Department of
Homeland  Security,  Department of Housing and  Urban Development, Department of State,
Department of Defense, Department of Interior,  and Department of Transportation. Each has an
important role.

The EPA  works with its  Great Lakes Restoration Initiative  partners to  select the best
combination  of programs and  projects  for Great  Lakes restoration and protection based  on
criteria  such  as  impact  on public and/or environmental  health, as  feasibility of prompt
implementation  and  timely achievement  of measurable outcomes. Great Lakes Restoration
Initiative funds are used to implement federal projects and projects done in conjunction with
public entities like states, tribes, municipalities, universities and with private entities such as non-
governmental organizations.  Great Lakes Restoration Initiative  grants are generally issued
competitively. However, the EPA also distributes funds for projects to other federal agencies to
supplement (but not  supplant) the base funding for these agencies'  Great Lakes activities. For
example, with the exception of green infrastructure projects, Great Lakes Restoration Initiative
funds are not used for water infrastructure projects that are funded  by the Clean Water or the
Drinking Water State Revolving Fund programs.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In its fourth  year, the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative will  support programs  and projects
which, in accordance with the Action Plan, target the most significant environmental problems in
the Great Lakes. Special priority will be  placed on cleaning up and de-listing Areas of Concern,
reducing phosphorus contributions from  agricultural and urban lands that contribute to harmful
algal blooms, and other water quality impairments and invasive species prevention. Interagency
Task  Force members will issue requests  for proposals as  soon as possible to maximize the
number of projects that will be able to be started during the  2013 field season. Key expected
activities are  described below.
                                          281

-------
Toxic Substances and Areas of Concern:
       Great Lakes
       Basin Boundary
                                            Great Lakes Areas of Concern
   UPDATED: AUGUST 2, 2011
                                                                          U.S. AOCs
                                                                          Binational AOCs

                                                                         • Canadian AOCs
                                                                         A Areas in Concern in
                                                                          recovery stage
                                                                          Delisted Canadian AOC;
                                                                          Delisted U. S. AOCs
Persistent toxic  substances, such as mercury  and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), are still
present in the Great Lakes at levels that warrant fish consumption advisories in all five lakes.
Thirty U.S. and binational Great Lakes Areas of Concern remain degraded with an estimated 38
million cubic yards of contaminated sediments. Ongoing sources of persistent toxic substances
include releases  from contaminated bottom  sediments, industrial and municipal  point sources,
nonpoint  sources  including  agricultural  and  urban  runoff,  atmospheric deposition,  and
contaminated groundwater.

Principal  actions  proposed to  protect  the  Great Lakes from  toxic  substances,  clean up
contaminated sediments, and restore Areas of Concern include:

•  Prevention and Reduction  of Toxics. The EPA, in conjunction with federal,  state, tribal,
   and local government partners (as well  as non-governmental organizations and academia)
   will take steps to mitigate the use  and release of toxic  substances into the Great Lakes. The
   EPA will issue grants to address legacy pollutants, such as PCBs or mercury in products, as
   well as chemicals of emerging concern.

•  Areas of Concern Restoration. The EPA and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service will issue
   grants to stakeholders to remove Beneficial Use Impairments in Areas of Concern. Forty-one
                                           282

-------
   of 261 Beneficial Use Impairments are expected to be eliminated by the end of FY 2013. In
   FY 2011, the EPA removed 14  beneficial use impairments within Areas of Concern,
   achieving its  cumulative target of 26. In addition, in FY 2011, the EPA implemented all
   management actions necessary for delisting in 2 Areas of Concern, surpassing the target of 1.
   The EPA, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Army Corp of Engineers, U.S.  Geological
   Survey, and NOAA are working together to accelerate action at several Areas of Concern
   where delisting is within reach. Through the  Great Lakes Legacy Act, three to five sediment
   remediation projects will begin and will be supplemented with navigational channel dredging
   by the U.S. Army Corp of Engineers and habitat enhancements by U.S. Fish and Wildlife
   Service. FY 2013 Great Lakes Restoration  Initiative funding of Great Lakes Legacy Act
   projects is expected to ultimately result in remediation of over 400 thousand cubic yards of
   contaminated sediment and the delisting of one or more Areas of Concern.

                          Cumulative Volume of Sediment Remediated
                            via the Great Lakes Legacy Act Program
                                        (As of August 2011)
2,500,000
2,250,000
2,000,000
1 ,750,000
1,500,000
1,250,000
1,000,000
 750,000
 500,000
 250,000
      0
Invasive Species.
                                                                        o=n
       (
       "§
       o
       ~
       |
Fhh-H
       tn  "i
                  2004   2005   2006  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011    2012   2013
The Great Lakes have been significantly affected by non-native invasive species. Over 180 non-
native species now exist in the Great Lakes. These species can propagate and spread, ultimately
degrading habitat and out-competing native species. New invasive species  (such as  the Asian
carp) can be introduced into the Great Lakes region through various  pathways, including:
commercial  shipping,  canals and  waterways, trade  of  live  organisms,  and  activities of
recreational and resource users. Further, the Great Lakes are the aquatic "gateway" to most of the
interior United States. Once invasive species establish a foothold in the Great Lakes, they are
virtually  impossible  to eradicate and have the potential to spread to the rest of the country.
Principal actions proposed to stop the introduction of or stop the further spread of non-native
invasive species in the Great Lakes include:

•  Prevention. The Department of Transportation's Maritime  Administration, the U.S. Coast
   Guard, and the EPA will fund development of up to three ballast water treatment systems for
   use in freshwater ecosystems. Further,  U.S. Forest Service and U.S.  Fish  and Wildlife
                                        283

-------
  Service will deploy portable boat washing units to limit the spread of invasive species by
  recreational boaters.
               Timeline of Aquatic Invasive Species in the Great Lakes
  1800's
  Purple
 loosestrife
 introduced
 Into North
 America;
Sea Lamprey
Observed In
Lake Ontario
   1959
 St. Lawrence
Seaway opens,
  allowing
 ocean-going
 to the Great
   Lakes
    1800-1960
      1921
    Sea lamprey
   expand Into the
    upper Great
    Lakes due to
   alteration to the
   Wetland Canal
   1988
Zebra mussels
 Identified In
 Lake St. Cl air
    1994
  Asian carp
 (bighead and
 silver) escaped
from aqua culture
 ponds into ttie
 lower Mississippi
River due to floods
    2002
  Asian carp
  discovered
 50 miles from
 Lake Michigan
in the Illinois River
 and 21 miles
downstream of the
electrical «persal
   barrier
  2006
 Bloody red
  shrimp
 detected
in Muskegon,
 Michigan
            1982
            Spiny
           water flea
         detected in Lake
            Ontario
        1900
     Round goby first
     reported In St.
       Clair Rrver
          1998
      Fishhook waterflea
     fCeropoag/s pengcV)
      Identified In Lake
         Ontario
         2003
       The North
      America strain
       of the Viral
      Hemorrhaglc
     Septlcemla (VMS)
      virus found in
      Lake St. Clalr
   2010
  Use of
  eDNA
testing shows
 that Asian
 Carp are
 likely within
Chicago Area
 Waterway
  System
          2009
        Asian carp
        found seven
          miles
        downstream
          of the
         electrical
         dispersal
          barrier
  Early Detection and Control. The EPA and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service will continue to
  conduct monitoring surveys that will detect new invaders in Great Lakes locations. U.S. Fish
  and  Wildlife  Service  and  the  Bureau  of Indian Affairs will  support  on-the-ground
  implementation of Aquatic Nuisance Species Management Plans for Great Lake states and
  tribes, which includes conducting five  rapid response  exercises to demonstrate  and refine
  multi-agency response capabilities. The Natural Resources  Conservation Service, U.S. Forest
  Service,  and  National  Park  Service  will   work with agricultural  producers  and  other
  landowners to implement practices that reduce terrestrial invasive species on over 600 acres.
  The  Great Lakes Fishery Commission will  advance sea lamprey control  methods  using
  pheromones and telemetry, and the  U.S. Army Corp of Engineers will enhance  the use of
  barriers to further reduce  sea lamprey populations. The EPA will issue  competitive grants to
  communities  and   organizations  to  reduce or   control   terrestrial  invasive  species on
  approximately  1,000 acres. In FY 2011, the EPA significantly surpassed its target for acres
  managed to control  populations of invasive species. The target was set at 1,500 acres and the
  Agency managed to control 13,045 acres.
                                              284

-------
Nearshore
                Health
and
                                  What is the "Nearshore"?
                                  The aquatic nearshore begins at the shoreline and generally extends
                                  offshore to a depth of 20-30 meters deep. Terrestrial nearshore areas
                                  range from narrow beaches to inland features influenced by Great
                                  Lakes processes.
Nonpoint   Source   Pollution.
Great  Lakes  nearshore  water
quality has become degraded, as
evidenced   by:  eutrophication;
harmful algal blooms  caused by
Microcystis       or        other
cyanobacteria;  the green  algae
Cladophora    forming     thick
odorous  mats  which  can  wash
onto beaches; outbreaks  of avian
botulism; and no-swim advisories
at   swimming   beaches.   The
environmental  stressors  causing
these     problems      include:
excessive nutrient loadings from
both point and nonpoint sources,
including       runoff      from
agricultural     acreage;     high
concentrations of bacteria and other pathogens; and building and development in shoreline areas,
which removes or disrupts habitat and alters nutrient and contaminant runoff patterns.

Nonpoint  sources  are now  the primary contributors of many Great Lakes pollutants, because
control  strategies implemented thus far have not been sufficient.  It is noteworthy that some
control strategies, such as implementation of watershed management practices, can have multiple
benefits, including simultaneous reductions in runoff of soils, nutrients, and pesticides.

Principal actions proposed to improve the health of Great Lakes nearshore areas include:
                                         Legend
   Identification  and  Remediation  of  Sources  of    GLRI Priority: Impaired Watersheds
   Impairments. To reduce the number and severity of   low>rf««wv«r^ji    SaeirawRiu.rM,
   the types of ecosystem disruptions discussed above,       ^4fl.^L.L        MaumeeRiv.r,on
   Natural Resources Conservation Service, U.S. Forest
   Service, U.S. Army Corps  of Engineers,  National
   Park Service, U.S. Geological Survey, the National
   Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
   and the EPA will collaborate to: understand linkages
   between  nearshore  impairments  and  their  causal
   agents; enhance or implement practices to reduce the
   causal agents, including the export of nutrients  and soils to the nearshore waters; establish
   and implement total maximum daily loads and Watershed Action Plans for phosphorus and
   other non-toxic pollutants; and evaluate the effectiveness of such efforts.  The agencies will
   focus primarily on the watersheds highlighted in the Action Plan, with special attention  on
   three (Maumee River, Lower Fox River/Green Bay, and Saginaw River) in order to address
   excessive phosphorus inputs, the occurrence of Harmful Algal blooms, or the occurrence of
   nuisance algae (Cladophora) in the corresponding nearshore areas.
                                           285

-------
•   Reduce or Eliminate Sources of Great Lakes Beach Contamination. To assist local health
    officials in better protecting beach-goers, the  EPA and  partner agencies will  implement
    actions to reduce, manage, or eliminate sources  of  bacteriological,  algal  or chemical
    contamination that have been identified through, or are consistent with, sanitary surveys at
    Great Lakes beaches.

Habitat and Wildlife. Many factors threaten the health of habitat and wildlife in the Great Lakes
watershed. They have been impacted  by development, competition from invasive species,  the
alteration  of natural lake level  fluctuations  and flow regimes from dams  and other control
structures, toxic compounds from urban development, poor land management practices, and non-
point sources of pollution. These impacts have led to an altered food web, a loss of biodiversity,
and poorly functioning ecosystems. The principal actions proposed to protect and  restore Great
Lakes habitat and wildlife include:

•   Protection and Restoration of Native Species and Habitats.  Agencies will  implement
    protection and restoration actions to improve habitat and restore wildlife. Federal agencies,
    including the U.S. Army Corp of Engineers, Bureau of Indian Affairs, the EPA, Federal
    Highway  Administration, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Great Lakes Fishery  Commission,
    NOAA, National Park Service, Natural Resources Conservation Service, U.S. Forest Service,
    U.S. Geological Survey, and Animal and Plant Health  Inspection Service will continue to
    implement projects to reduce sedimentation and nutrient inputs, restore natural hydrological
    regimes, improve  water quality, and protect  and restore habitat including islands,  beaches,
    sand dunes, and upland areas.  Long-term results will include restoration and  protection of
    6,500 acres of wetlands and associated uplands as well as coastal, upland, and island habitats,
    and restored critical  habitat for native species. As of FY 2011, the  EPA has protected,
    restored, and enhanced a total of 9,624  acres of wetlands and wetland-associated uplands and
    is adjusting its targets for 2012 and beyond, given that it has met the goal already.

•  Improvement of Aquatic Ecosystem Resiliency. U.S. Forest Service, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
    Service,  U.S.  Geological  Survey,  U.S.  Army  Corp  of Engineers,  Federal  Highway
    Administration,  Bureau  of Indian   Affairs,  and  National  Park  Service  will  begin
    implementation of projects to remove large woody debris in floodplains and streams, replace
    barrier culverts to restore  fish  passage and stream/river connectivity,  and restore forested
    edges in riparian areas.  Long-term  results will include benefits to populations of key species
    such as lake sturgeon, brook trout  and migratory birds; removal of 25 fish passage barriers;
    and restoration of 250 miles of stream to promote fish passage and  stream bank stabilization.

Accountability, Education, Monitoring, Evaluation, Communication, and Partnerships.
Oversight,  coordination,  and  communication are critical to Great Lakes Restoration Initiative
success, as are a comprehensive and efficient accountability system and well-defined metrics to
track progress. Measuring ecosystem function  and the impact of  Great Lakes Restoration
Initiative  projects  also  is  important.  Principal  efforts  related to information gathering  and
education and outreach include:
                                          286

-------
•  Evaluation of Program Effectiveness and  the  Health of the Great  Lakes Ecosystem
   Using the Best Available  Science. The EPA will work with all Great Lakes Restoration
   Initiative agencies to continue implementation of the Great Lakes Accountability System to
   incorporate transparency and accountability  throughout the Initiative.  The  Great Lakes
   Accountability System provides easy access  to information  for planning, budgeting, grant
   activities, and tracking results.

   Federal agencies will improve existing programs that assess the physical,  biological, and
   chemical integrity of the Great Lakes. The EPA, in coordination with other federal and state
   agencies,  will establish and implement  a  statistically-valid  assessment tool,  using a
   probability-based design, of Great Lakes water resources. The EPA and U.S. Geological
   Survey will continue to refine and use indicators  that better reflect the health of the Great
   Lakes ecosystem.

   The EPA will continue to implement the Coordinated Science and Monitoring Initiative with
   other federal  agencies,  state agencies,  and Environment Canada to address  lake-specific
   science and  monitoring needs  in Lake Ontario in 2013 (to be followed by  Lakes Erie,
   Michigan,  Superior, and Huron in consecutive years). The EPA and U.S.  Geological Survey
   will continue to develop the necessary infrastructure for uniform data quality management
   and real-time information access.

•  Enhanced Communication, Partnerships,  and  Outreach. The EPA and  NOAA will
   directly engage in education and outreach activities,  including the  incorporation of Great
   Lakes protection and  stewardship criteria into a variety of educational materials.  The EPA
   and NOAA will foster additional engagement and communication of stewardship principles
   through the Bay Watershed Education  & Training program, a program new to the Great
   Lakes.

   The EPA will lead and support coordination and collaboration among Great Lakes partners to
   ensure that Initiative actions, projects, and programs are efficient, effective, and consistent
   with the US-Canada Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement. The Department of State will
   support the Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement through cooperative efforts with Canadian
   partners on issues of binational importance. Partnerships will be advanced and resources and
   capabilities leveraged through  existing collaborative  efforts  such as the  Great Lakes
   Interagency  Task Force and its Regional Working  Group, the US-Canada Binational
   Executive Committee, the State of the Lakes  Ecosystem Conference, the US-Canada Great
   Lakes Binational Toxics Strategy, Lakewide  Management Plans, the Coordinated  Science
   Monitoring Initiative  and   Great Lakes  Fisheries management. With and  through  the
   Lakewide  Management Plans, partner agencies  will  implement Lakewide  Management
   Plans, programs, and projects, using public fora to assist with the transfer and dissemination
   of information.

Funding Allocations. The EPA has led the Interagency  Task  Force process  to  develop  the
following funding allocations for member agencies. Final funding allocations will be informed
by the results of the first  years of the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative and  the need  for
                                          287

-------
adjustments to Great Lakes priorities. The EPA, following consultation with members of the
Interagency Task Force, will determine the programs and projects for funding.

     Summary of FY 2010, FY 2011, FY 2012, and FY 2013 Allocations by Focus Area and by Agency
                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
Focus Area
Toxic Substances and Areas of Concern
Invasive Species
Nearshore Health and Nonpoint Source Pollution
Habitat and Wildlife Protection and Restoration
Accountability, Education, Monitoring, Evaluation,
Communication, and Partnerships
TOTAL
FY 2010
Allocation
$146,946
$60,265
$97,331
$105,262
$65,196
$475,000
FY2011
Allocation
$100,400
$57,500
$49,250
$63,000
$29,250
$299,400
FY 2012
Allocation
$106,300
$57,500
$54,800
$56,800
$24,100
$299,500
FY 2013
Allocation
$110,500
$57,500
$55,000
$54,000
$23,000
$300,000
Agency Allocations

DHS-USCG
DOC-NOAA
DOD-USACE
DOI-BIA
DOI-NPS
DOI-FWS
DOI-USGS
DOT-FHWA
DOT-MARAD
HHS-ATSDR
USDA-APHIS
USDA-FS
USDA-NRCS
EPA, GLFC, IJC and Misc.
Interagency Agreements
Multiple Agencies: Asian
Carp*
TOTAL
FY 2010
Allocation (actual)
$6,350
$30,537
$49,587
$3,416
$10,505
$69,349
$23,717
$2,500
$4,000
$5,500
$1,885
$15,458
$34,092
$218,104

$475,000
FY 2011
Allocation
$2,725
$18,289
$31,425
$6,316
$4,861
$48,690
$14,532
$1,218
$2,695
$2,196
$637
$8,890
$16,788
$140,138

$299,400
FY 2012
Allocation
$2,700
$13,300
$44,000
$4,200
$3,400
$44,600
$10,700
$1,200
$2,400
$2,200
$1,100
$6,700
$24,200
$138,800

$299,500
FY 2013
Allocation
$1,900
$23,600
$27,700
$4,000
$3,200
$33,000
$7,700
$1,000
$2,300
$1,800
$900
$6,300
$23,400
$143,700
$19,500
$300,000
* Agency GLRI funding for Asian carp is included in agency totals through FY 2012. Agency GLRI allocations
for Asian carp have not yet been determined for FY 2013.
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(626) Number of Areas of Concern in the Great Lakes where all management actions
necessary for delisting have been implemented (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
1

FY 2011
1
2
FY 2012
3

FY 2013
4

Units
AOCs

                                          288

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(628) Acres managed for populations of invasive species controlled to a target level
(cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
1,000

FY 2011
1,500
13,045
FY 2012
15,500

FY 2013
18,000

Units
Acres

Measure
Target
Actual
(629) Number of multi-agency rapid response plans established, mock exercises to
practice responses carried out under those plans, and/or actual response actions
(cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
4

FY 2011
4
8
FY 2012
12

FY 2013
15

Units
Number
Responses
/Plans

Measure
Target
Actual
(632) Acres in Great Lakes watershed with USDA conservation practices
implemented to reduce erosion, nutrients, and/or pesticide loading.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
2

FY 2011
2
62
FY 2012
8

FY 2013
20

Units
Percent
Acres

Measure
Target
Actual
(634) Number of acres of wetlands and wetland-associated uplands protected,
restored and enhanced (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
5,000

FY 2011
5,000
9,624
FY 2012
11,000

FY 2013
13,000

Units
Acres

Measure
Target
Actual
(635) Number of acres of coastal, upland, and island habitats protected, restored and
enhanced (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
15,000

FY 2011
15,000
12,103
FY 2012
15,000

FY 2013
20,000

Units
Acres

Measure
Target
Actual
(636) Number of species delisted due to recovery.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
0

FY 2011
0
1
FY 2012
1

FY 2013
2

Units
Species

Measure
Target
Actual
(637) Percent of days of the beach season that the Great Lakes beaches monitored by
state beach safety programs are open and safe for swimming.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
90

FY 2013
90

Units
Percent
Days

289

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(433) Improve the overall ecosystem health of the Great Lakes by preventing water
pollution and protecting aquatic systems (using a 40-point scale).
FY 2006
21
21.1
FY 2007
21
22.7
FY 2008
21
23.7
FY 2009
No Target
Established

FY 2010
No Target
Established

FY
2011
23.4
21.9
FY
2012
21.9

FY 2013
23.4

Units
The 40-
point
scale has
no unit

Measure
Target
Actual
(606) Cubic yards of contaminated sediment remediated (cumulative from 1997) in
the Great Lakes.
FY 2006
3.2
4.1
FY 2007
4.5
4.5
FY 2008
5.0
5.5
FY 2009
5.9
6
FY 2010
6.3
7.3
FY 2011
8
8.4
FY 2012
9.1

FY 2013
9.6

Units
Cubic
Yards
(Million)

Measure
Target
Actual
(620) Cumulative percentage decline for the long-term trend in concentrations of
PCBs in whole lake trout and walleye samples.
FY 2006
5
6
FY 2007
5
6
FY 2008
5
6
FY 2009
5
6
FY 2010
10
43
FY 2011
37
44
FY 2012
40

FY 2013
43

Units
Percent
Decline

Measure
Target
Actual
(625) Number of Beneficial Use Impairments removed within Areas of Concern
(cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
16
11
FY 2009
21
12
FY 2010
20
12
FY 2011
26
26
FY 2012
33

FY 2013
41

Units
BUIs
Removed

Measure
Target
Actual
(627) Number of nonnative species newly detected in the Great Lakes ecosystem.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
1.1

FY 2011
1.0
0.83
FY 2012
0.8

FY 2013
0.8

Units
Species

Measure
Target
Actual
(630) Five-year average annual loadings of soluble reactive phosphorus (metric tons
per year) from tributaries draining targeted watersheds.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
0

FY 2011
0
Data
Unavailable
FY
2012
0.5

FY 2013
1.0

Units
Metric
Tons/Year

290

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(633) Percent of populations of native aquatic non-threatened and non-endangered
species self-sustaining in the wild (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
33%;
48/147

FY 2011
33%;
48/147
31%;
46/147
FY 2012
33%;
48/147

FY 2013
34%;
50/147

Units
Species

Measure
Target
Actual
(623) Cost per cubic yard of contaminated sediments remediated (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
200
122
FY 2010
200
125
FY 2011
200
144
FY 2012
200

FY 2013
200

Units
Dollars/
Cubic
Yard

The EPA will track and report on progress through annual reporting on the 28 measures set forth
in the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative Action Plan. The EPA also will report on the subset of
those measures in the table below, including reporting progress  on each of the Great Lakes
Restoration Initiative focus areas  of the Initiative, through the federal  planning and  budget
process.

Much has been accomplished under the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative since the Initiative
began, including the following:

    •   the  Presque Isle, Pennsylvania Area of Concern (AOC) will be delisted  this  year, now
       that all necessary management actions are complete;
    •   14 Beneficial Use Impairments at 9 different AOCs have been removed;
    •   1 million cubic yards of contaminated sediments have been remediated;
    •   the  Lake Erie watersnake has been removed from the Federal  List of Endangered  and
       Threatened Wildlife;
    •   swimming  bans  and advisories  are  at a  five-year  low at Chicago's Lake Michigan
       beaches;
    •   hundreds of river-miles  have been cleared for fish passage by removing or bypassing
       barriers;
    •   over 20,000 acres of wetland, coastal, upland, and island  habitat have been protected,
       restored, or enhanced;
    •   over 13,000 acres are being managed in order to keep populations of invasive  species
       controlled to a target level; and
    •   GLRI has been central to the Administration's coordinated efforts keeping self-sustaining
       Asian carp populations out of the Great Lakes.

There  also  have  been  administrative  accomplishments which  include  issuing two  sets of
Interagency Agreements with all key federal agencies; securing $15.8 million in matching funds
and initiating three Great Lakes Legacy Act  remediation projects; starting over 20 projects in
                                          291

-------
anticipation of Great Lakes Legacy Act remediation; and conducting grant competitions through
which almost $200 million in grants were awarded by the EPA alone.

The  EPA is  working to make  even greater progress, particularly  in restoration of Areas of
Concern. To  accelerate Areas of Concern remediation under the Great Lakes Legacy Act, the
EPA is working in closer partnership with the Great Lakes states and the other federal agencies.
The  EPA will  continue to  work to generate match  funding  from industry  and Potentially
Responsible  Parties (PRPs), to  coordinate  with  Superfund  and RCRA  corrective action
programs, and to seek to "dovetail" regulatory and enforcement actions with Great Lakes Legacy
Act projects.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$270.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$118.0 / +0.9 FTE) This increase provides programmatic FTE and associated
       workforce costs to better manage implementation of the Great Lakes Restoration
       Initiative. The additional  resources include 0.9 FTE and associated payroll of $118.0.

   •   (+$92.0) This increase supports implementation of priority projects that will help achieve
       the goals, objectives, and targets of the GLRI Action Plan.

Statutory Authority:

1990 Great Lakes Critical Programs Act; Great Lakes Legacy Reauthorization Act of 2008;
Clean Water Act; Coastal Wetlands Planning, Protection, and Restoration Act of 1990; Estuaries
and  Clean Waters  Act of 2000; North American Wetlands  Conservation Act; US-Canada
Agreements; Water Resources Development Act; 1909 The Boundary Waters Treaty; 1978 Great
Lakes Water  Quality Agreement;  1987 Great  Lakes Water Quality Agreement; 1987 Montreal
Protocol on Ozone Depleting Substances; 1996 Habitat Agenda; 1997 Canada-U.S. Great Lakes
Bi-national Toxics Strategy.

The EPA is again proposing the  statutory language pertaining to  administrative provisions which
was  first  included  in the FY  2010 Department of  the Interior, Environment, and Related
Agencies  Appropriations  Act.  Among  other  things,  the  language  would  give   the EPA
independent statutory interagency agreement  authority and implementation  grant authority to
support the Initiative and the Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement, and additional sediment
remediation authority. Continuation of this authority is important to the success  of the  Initiative.
Agencies are  expected to use numerous other statutory authorities, intrinsic to their programs, in
support of the Initiative.
                                          292

-------
                                                  Geographic Program: Chesapeake Bay
                                                      Program Area: Geographic Programs
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$42,414.3
$42,414.3
48.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$57,299.0
$57,299.0
53.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$72,618.0
$72,618.0
53.6
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$15,319.0
$15,319.0
0.4
Program Project Description:

In May 2009, President Obama signed Executive Order 13508 to focus work on restoring the
Chesapeake Bay. The purpose of the Executive Order is  "to protect and restore the health,
heritage, natural resources,  and social and  economic  value  of the nation's largest estuarine
ecosystem and the natural sustainability of its watershed." The  Executive Order declared the Bay
a "national treasure" while simultaneously acknowledging that the past 25 years had not seen
sufficient progress in restoring the health of the Bay and its watershed. The Executive Order also
tasked a team of federal agencies to draft a way forward for protection and restoration of the
Chesapeake watershed. This team — the Federal Leadership Committee for the Chesapeake Bay
— is chaired by the  Administrator of the EPA and includes senior  representatives from the
Departments  of  Agriculture,  Commerce,   Defense,  Homeland   Security,  Interior,  and
Transportation.

Also, in May 2009, the Chesapeake  Executive  Council pledged  to put in place by 2025  all
practices necessary to restore the  Bay's water quality standards  for  dissolved oxygen, water
clarity,  and chlorophyll. Part of this strategy to accelerate the pace of  Bay restoration and
become more accountable included the establishment of specific two-year milestones for each
jurisdiction  to  reduce pollution  to  the  Bay  and   its   rivers.  These  milestones   contain
"contingencies" and are subject to ongoing EPA oversight and backstopping actions where they
fall short. On December 29, 2009, the  EPA sent a letter to the Chesapeake Bay jurisdictions that
outlined the details of a  new  accountability framework and  potential  federal  actions for
inadequate plans or  failure to meet the  established performance milestones.

In May  2010,  the  Federal  Leadership  Committee released  the  Strategy for Protecting and
Restoring the Chesapeake Bay Watershed [EPA-903-R-10-003]. The strategy is organized
around four Goal Areas of work:  1) Restore Water Quality; 2) Restore Habitat; 3) Sustain Fish
and Wildlife;  and 4)  Conserve Land  and Increase Public Access, as  well as four Supporting
Strategies:  1) Expand  citizen  stewardship; 2)  Develop  environmental markets;  3) Respond to
climate change; and 4) Strengthen science. The goals laid out in the strategy represent objectives
to be accomplished  through 2025 by the federal government in  close partnership with state, local,
and  nongovernmental  partners  using  an  adaptive  management   approach  supported  by
Chesapeake<5Y
-------
Committee and the Chesapeake Bay program's Executive Council agreed to a  process for
coordinating  and,  where  appropriate,  integrating  the  goals, outcomes,  and actions of the
Chesapeake Bay program with the goals, outcomes, and actions described in the Executive Order
strategy.  The  proposal  is  to  design the  path forward to update  the  commitments in the
Chesapeake 2000  Agreement  through a  four stage  process. It is  expected  that  any new
agreements would be implemented beginning in 2013 and would be extended through 2025.

Actions for which the EPA is primarily responsible under the Executive Order strategy include,
but are not limited to:

•   Providing  expectations  for and  directing  the  development  of  Phase  II  watershed
    implementation plans (final versions of which are expected in March 2012) by  the six Bay
    watershed  states (Delaware, Maryland, New  York, Pennsylvania, Virginia,  and  West
    Virginia) and the District of Columbia (D.C.);

•   Establishing  evaluation protocols for  the  watershed implementation  plans for  achieving
    loading reduction targets under the Chesapeake Bay Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) to
    achieve progress toward water quality goals;

•   Maintaining and improving a water quality monitoring network that allows the EPA and the
    Chesapeake Bay jurisdictions to evaluate  the  effectiveness  of planned and implemented
    actions in reducing pollution in the Bay  and its tributaries;

•   Implementing a Compliance and Enforcement Strategy for the Bay watershed with a stronger
    emphasis on compliance with existing laws;

•   Undertaking new rulemakings to reduce nutrient and sediment loadings to the  Chesapeake
    Bay from concentrated animal feeding  operations (CAFOs), stormwater, new or expanding
    sources of nutrient  and/or sediment,  and other  pollutant  sources, as the EPA deems
    necessary;

•   Establishing an enhanced partnership with the U.S. Department of Agriculture to accelerate
    the adoption of conservation practices by agricultural interests in the Bay watershed; and

•   Working with federal partners to expand the understanding of the toxic contaminant problem
    in the Bay and its watershed and developing contaminant reduction outcomes and strategies.

On December 29, 2010,  the EPA established the Chesapeake  Bay TMDL, a  historic and
comprehensive "pollution  diet"  with rigorous accountability measures to initiate  sweeping
actions to restore clean water in the  Chesapeake Bay and the region's streams, creeks, and rivers.
The TMDL is required under federal  law and responds to consent decrees in Virginia and
Washington D.C. dating to the late 1990s. It also is a keystone  commitment of the Executive
Order strategy. The TMDL - the largest ever developed by the EPA - includes pollution limits to
meet water quality standards in the Bay and its tidal rivers. The TMDL is designed to ensure that
all nitrogen, phosphorus and sediment pollution control efforts needed to fully restore the Bay
and its tidal rivers are in place by 2025, with controls, practices and actions in place by 2017 that
                                          294

-------
would achieve  60 percent of the necessary reductions.  The TMDL is supported by rigorous
accountability measures to ensure cleanup commitments are met, including short-and long-term
benchmarks, a tracking and accounting system for jurisdiction activities, and federal contingency
actions that can be employed if necessary to spur progress. In August 2011, the EPA provided
the  Chesapeake  Bay jurisdictions  with  planning  targets  for  the Phase II  Watershed
Implementation Plans. These planning targets for nitrogen, phosphorus, and sediment represent
the actions, assumptions, and level of effort necessary to meet the final allocations in the TMDL.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA is  requesting $72.6 million for  the Chesapeake Bay program, which
includes  work  under Executive Order  13508.  Work under Executive  Order 13508  can be
categorized according to the Goal Areas and Supporting Strategies identified in the Executive
Order    strategy   (available   at   http://executiveorder.chesapeakebay.net/category/Reports-
Documents.aspx). Most of the EPA's direct efforts center around the  first goal,  restore water
quality, achieved primarily through implementation of the Chesapeake Bay TMDL and support
for the Bay jurisdictions in implementing  their Watershed Implementation  Plans. Additional
Goal Areas supported by EPA and its federal partners include Recover Habitat, Sustain Fish and
Wildlife, and Conserve Land and Increase Public Access.

The  schedule for  this work is  established in  annual action  plans released by the  Federal
Leadership Committee, the first of which was released in September 2010. The success of this
work will  be  documented  in annual  progress reports released  by the  Federal  Leadership
Committee.  The second annual action plan and first annual progress report are planned  for
release early  in calendar year 2012. Executive Order 13508 requires publication  of the annual
action plans and progress reports by the Federal  Leadership Committee. Similar reporting is
required by Section 117(h) of the Clean Water Act.

Highlights of the EPA's Actions to Restore Clean Water

The  EPA's  focus  in FY  2013 will be to continue to improve  the  rate of progress in  the
Chesapeake Bay watershed by meeting the President's expectations as described in Executive
Order  13508, using the Agency's existing  statutory authority. The focus will be to continue
implementing the Chesapeake Bay  TMDL, developing more  rigorous regulations, providing
states with the tools necessary  for effective regulatory implementation, creating better tools for
scientific analysis and accountability, and supporting regulatory compliance and enforcement. In
FY 2013, over 75  percent  of the  requested new funding  would be used to increase state
implementation and accountability grants worth a total of $32.1 million. These grants  are key
tools for Bay watershed states in implementing  their Watershed Implementation Plans  and  the
EPA is working to ensure that the states provide support to local governments as they take  the
on-the-ground actions  necessary to achieve the goals of the Chesapeake Bay  TMDL.  The
requested FY 2013  funding  also will allow the EPA to continue to implement key initiatives
under  Executive Order   13508,  including:  implementing  the  TMDL;  assisting states in
implementing their Phase II watershed implementation plans and conducting evaluations  of them
for reasonable  assurance;  maintaining enhanced oversight of state permitting and compliance
actions for the  various sectors; developing  new regulations for animal feeding operations and
                                          295

-------
stormwater discharges;  expanding and improving  a publicly accessible TMDL tracking and
accountability system; deploying technology to integrate discrete Bay data systems and  to
present the data in an accessible accountability system called ChesapeakeSfatf; implementing a
Bay-specific  enforcement  and  compliance initiative;  and  moving  forward  on  the Bay's
challenges related to toxic contaminants.

The Chesapeake Bay program partnership is using independent program performance evaluation
to critically review components of the Chesapeake Bay program and support enhanced adaptive
management efforts. The EPA also will join the states in establishing two-year milestones for the
outcomes outlined in the Executive Order strategy.  The first set of two-year milestones is to be
released early in calendar year 2012 and covers calendar years 2012 and 2013.

A centerpiece of the EPA's FY 2013 activities is the implementation  of the nation's largest and
most complex TMDL for the entire Chesapeake Bay watershed.  A TMDL is essentially a plan
that defines how much of a particular pollutant may be discharged into a particular waterbody
while allowing the waterbody to meet its water quality standards and  designated uses. The EPA
released the final TMDL in December 2010. Prior to that release, the Bay jurisdictions developed
watershed implementation plans that included specific  timelines for enhancing programs and
implementing actions to reduce pollution, with all measures needed to reach the TMDL pollution
load limits in  place  no later than  2025. In FY  2011 and FY 2012,  the Chesapeake Bay
jurisdictions developed and will implement second-generation watershed implementation plans
that define how the jurisdictions' TMDL allocations will be achieved, in part, through local
efforts. In FY 2011, the EPA met or  exceeded its goals for implementing nitrogen, phosphorus,
and sediment reduction actions to achieve final TMDL allocations. The EPA expects  controls,
practices and actions in place by 2017 that would achieve 60 percent of the necessary reductions.

In FY 2013, the EPA  will use its  technical  and scientific analyses capabilities to  provide
implementation support and guidance to the states and thousands of local governments that will
be  instrumental  in meeting the TMDL allocations. The  EPA will  assist  the jurisdictions  in
making scientifically informed determinations of the most effective ways to meet their TMDL
obligations that will provide individually tailored solutions. Also, the EPA will continue to work
with the Bay jurisdictions  to refine and implement  state-developed offset and trading programs
to aid in identifying cost-effective  solutions  for  meeting the  TMDL  waste  load and load
allocations throughout the watershed.

In FY 2013, the EPA also will continue the development and implementation of new national
regulations that include provisions and actions that will help protect and restore the Chesapeake
Bay. In addition to many other impacts, these national rulemakings under the Clean Water Act
will reduce  nitrogen, phosphorus, and sediment pollution from  CAFOs and  other pollutant
discharges.

The EPA will use its resources to develop the  scientific underpinnings of the  new national
regulations,  which likely  will  include enhanced understanding  of  the  loads  contributed  by
various pollution sources in specific geographic areas.
                                          296

-------
The EPA will continue to support implementation of environmental market mechanisms as a
means of achieving the goals of the TMDL. Environmental market approaches show promise for
encouraging innovation and investment in conservation, improving  accountability, reducing
costs of restoration, expanding opportunities for landowners, and creating new private incentives
for conservation and restoration. The basic premise of an environmental market is that an entity
that needs to reduce its effects on the environment can purchase credits to achieve an equivalent
or greater amount of environmental improvement. The Chesapeake Bay TMDL establishes the
expectation that the Bay jurisdictions will expand or establish nutrient credit trading and offset
programs to allow development while continuing to reduce pollutant loads to the Bay and its
tributaries. The EPA also is participating in the  federal Environmental Markets Team, which
includes more than 12 agencies working together to foster the expansion of water quality trading
and other environmental markets.

To ensure that  the states are able to meet the EPA's expectations under the TMDL and new
rulemakings,  the EPA will continue its broad range  of grant programs. The EPA will direct
investments toward local governments and watershed organizations based on their ability to
reduce nutrient  and sediment loads via key sectors such as development and agriculture  in urban
and rural areas.  The  EPA  has continued to improve its guidance  for  accountability  and
implementation grants that ensures  a high level of accountability for the use of these resources.
These grants are an essential  part of achieving the goals established for the Chesapeake  Bay and
its watershed.

The  EPA's  Chesapeake  Bay  program  has established a  high level  of  accountability  and
transparency.  ChesapeakeStat is a key element  in the  next generation of tools the EPA is
developing to significantly enhance the accountability of program partners. ChesapeakeStat is a
web  based, geo-enabled  tool for performance-based interactive  decision-making  for all Bay
partners.  The system allows  the public to track progress and become informed and engaged in
restoring the Bay. ChesapeakeStat will leverage the parallel effort being undertaken to develop a
common Chesapeake  data  enterprise which will allow for timely access to a wealth  of
environmental data from across the partnership.  The Chesapeake Executive  Council  recently
endorsed the use of ChesapeakeStat as a decision-support tool for the Chesapeake Bay Program.
In FY 2013, the Agency will continue refining and improving ChesapeakeStat to serve as the
vehicle for organizing information, data, and geography. The Chesapeake Bay Program's Goal
Implementation  Teams will be responsible for providing  and updating content  and  the
Management Board will be using the ChesapeakeStat tool for decision-making.

To support the TMDL, the EPA will improve and expand the Bay Tracking and Accountability
System to ensure that the Bay jurisdictions are effectively implementing the TMDL. The EPA
will support an expansion of sampling sites in the Chesapeake Bay program's water quality
monitoring network to better  track TMDL progress. The sampling sites will provide better
measurements of nutrient and sediment load changes for major sources of pollution in more
localities. The EPA will invest in bringing more non-traditional monitoring partners, including
watershed organizations, permittees, and local governments into the monitoring network,
increasing the data available to assess stream and Bay health and responses to management
actions.
                                          297

-------
Ensuring that the regulated community complies with the appropriate regulations is an essential
responsibility for achieving the goals established for the Chesapeake Bay and its watershed. In FY
2013, the continued implementation  of the Compliance and Enforcement  Strategy for the Bay
Watershed will target sources of pollution impairing the Bay in the watershed and airshed. The
EPA's multi-year, multi-state strategy combines the Agency's water, air and waste enforcement
authorities to address violations of federal environmental laws resulting in nutrient, sediment, and
other pollution in the Bay.

Enforcement resources will  support  the Agency's priority  to restore  the Chesapeake Bay by
providing information about wet weather sources of pollution. This will result in an increase in
knowledge, use, transparency,  and public access to data about wet weather sources through: a)
building  an  electronic reporting module for getting non-major permit data into the  Integrated
Compliance Information System (ICIS)-NPDES to pilot with states in the Chesapeake Bay; b)
building  and  deploying  targeted  tools to help  identify the  most  significant sources of
noncompliance and  discharges  of  pollutants  most  responsible  for  the  impairment of  this
important water body; and c) making all non-confidential enforcement data available, with easy-
to-use tools to aid in the public's ability to use and understand the data.

In addition, enforcement resources will support the Agency's priority to restore the Chesapeake
Bay by providing more information to the public and regulators about wet weather sources of
pollution. Following on work planned for FY 2012, the  EPA will begin use of a new electronic
reporting tool for obtaining non-major permit data from wet weather sources in the Chesapeake
Bay. EPA will use this new data to 1) deploy targeting tools to help identify the most significant
sources of noncompliance and discharges of pollutants  most responsible for the  impairment of
this important water body and 2) make this new data publicly available, with easy-to-use tools to
aid in the public's ability to use and understand the data.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(cb6) Percent of goal achieved for implementing nitrogen reduction actions to
achieve the final TMDL allocations, as measured through the phase 5.3 watershed
model.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
1
8
FY 2012
15

FY 2013
22.5

Units
Percent
Goal
Achieved

Measure
Target
Actual
(cb7) Percent of goal achieved for implementing phosphorus reduction actions to
achieve final TMDL allocations, as measured through the phase 5.3 watershed
model.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
1
1
FY 2012
15

FY 2013
22.5

Units
Percent
Goal
Achieved

                                          298

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(cb8) Percent of goal achieved for implementing sediment reduction actions to
achieve final TMDL allocations, as measured through the phase 5.3 watershed
model.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
1
11
FY 2012
15

FY 2013
22.5

Units
Percent
Goal
Achieved

Measure
Target
Actual
(234) Reduce per capita nitrogen loads (pounds per person per year) to levels
necessary to achieve Chesapeake Bay Total Maximum Daily Load allocations.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012


FY 2013
15.17

Units
Pounds/
Person/
Year

For FY 2013, EPA, along with the other agencies involved in responding to the President's
Executive Order,  will be working toward the 12 outcomes articulated in the  Executive Order
strategy document.  These  outcomes relate to the  specific actions  identified in the strategy.
Shorter-term goals are identified in the annual Executive Order action plan and the federal two-
year milestones to be released in FY 2012.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$264.0)  This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$62.0 / +0.4 FTE) This increase reflects the need for additional staffing on Chesapeake
       Bay protection and restoration, which is a Presidential and Administrator priority. In FY
       2013,  continued implementation  of the Chesapeake Bay TMDL, including  review  and
       implementation of the Phase II Watershed Implementation  Plans,  will  necessitate  a
       significant commitment of human resources. The additional resources  include 0.4 FTE
       and associated payroll  of $62.0.

    •   (+$14,353.0) This increase represents an increase in implementation and accountability
       grants  to  the six Chesapeake Bay  states and  the District  of Columbia to facilitate
       implementation of their Watershed Implementation Plans  and integration of state  and
       local efforts  as well as an increase in monitoring grants to  the states and the District to
       support measurement  of progress and  establishment of future milestones. This funding
       has proven essential to the Bay watershed jurisdictions in supporting the wide range of
       activities necessary to achieve the pollution  reductions required by the  Chesapeake Bay
       TMDL. This increase includes a $3,000.0 transfer from Innovative Nutrient and Sediment
       Reduction Grants.

    •   (+$3,640.0) This increase represents additional funding for key efforts  in  implementing
       the Chesapeake Bay TMDL, including support for engagement of local authorities  and
                                          299

-------
       stakeholders,  support  for the Chesapeake Bay Program partnership,  development  of
       analytical  tools  to  allow jurisdictions  to assess  their  progress  in  implementation,
       enforcement and compliance assurance to enhance accountability, and general expenses
       necessary for program maintenance.

   •   (-$3,000.0) This decrease represents a transfer from Innovative Nutrient and Sediment
       Reduction grants, which  received historically  high  levels of funding  in FY 2012,  to
       implementation  and  accountability  grants   for  the  Chesapeake  Bay  watershed
       jurisdictions.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. 26 et seq. - Sections 1267 and 1313; Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA),  42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq; Clean Air Act (CAA), 42 U.S.C. 85 et seq.
                                          300

-------
                                                Geographic Program: San Francisco Bay
                                                      Program Area: Geographic Programs
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$4,357.2
$4,357.2
2.1
FY 2012
Enacted
$5,838.0
$5,838.0
2.5
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$4,857.0
$4,857.0
2.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($981.0)
($981.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

The EPA has a diverse and active history of working with state, federal, and other stakeholders
throughout the  entire  San Francisco Bay-Delta estuary to protect water quality and ecosystem
health. Currently, the EPA's highest program priority in the Bay-Delta is  working with state
water quality agencies to ensure water quality programs in the Delta are sufficiently protective
and are consistently implemented. The  Interim Federal Action  Plan ("Interim Plan") for the
California Bay-Delta, issued in December 2009, signaled the federal  government's intent to
protect and restore this critically important ecosystem - one that provides water to 25 million
residents, sustains one of the most productive agricultural  sectors in  the  country, and, until
recently, supported a commercial  and recreational fishing industry that normally contributed
hundreds of millions of dollars annually  to the California economy. The Interim Plan contained
four cross-cutting federal priorities: 1) work in closer partnership with the State of California and
local  authorities to ensure smarter water use and  restore healthy ecosystems; 2) encourage
smarter supply and use of Bay-Delta water; 3) work in  a focused and expedited manner to
address the degraded Bay-Delta Ecosystem; and 4) help deliver  drought  relief services and
ensure integrated Bay-Delta flood risk  management.  The Department  of the  Interior and the
Council on Environmental Quality co-chair the Federal Leadership Committee for the Bay-Delta,
which oversees implementation  of the Interim Plan. Other member agencies are the Departments
of Commerce, Agriculture, the Army (Civil Works), and the Environmental  Protection  Agency.
Each of these departments and their agencies are responsible for commitments under the Interim
Plan.

Improving water supply reliability and restoration of threatened and listed species remain the
priority. The federal government is participating with the State of California and stakeholders in
the development of the Bay-Delta Conservation Plan, a long-term plan for ecosystem restoration
and water management. In addition, over the past two years, the Obama  Administration has
recognized that despite  the careful  planning for  the Bay-Delta Conservation  Plan,  more
immediate actions are needed to address the California water crisis. The EPA, for example, in an
effort to assess  the effectiveness of current water quality programs in the Bay-Delta and its
tributaries, issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking in 2011 focusing on water quality
impacts to Bay-Delta aquatic  life from  pollutants  such as  ammonia,  selenium, pesticides,
                                          301

-------
emerging contaminants and water quality factors (such as salinity and temperature) that restrict
estuarine habitat and fish migration.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the San Francisco Bay-Delta Estuary program will focus on the following activities,
most of which (the first seven) support Goal 3 of the Interim Federal Action Plan — Addressing
the  Degraded Bay-Delta Ecosystem:

       •   Participate in a state/federal partnership to balance the competing water needs among
          agriculture, urban uses and the environment, especially the agency commitments in
          the Interim Federal Action Plan of December 2009;

       •   Improve the effectiveness of Clean Water Act programs to restore water quality and
          protect  wetlands  and  streams  in the  Bay-Delta watershed,  following  up on the
          Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking related to Bay-Delta Estuary water quality
          issued in 2011;

       •   Support the California Water Boards in implementing their Bay-Delta Strategic Plan,
          particularly in developing Delta water quality standards  and Total Maximum Daily
          Loads;

       •   Work  with  the  state-federal partnership  to  establish a regional  water quality
          monitoring and assessment program for the Delta and its tributaries, integrating the
          information needs of all agencies in a more efficient and effective system;

       •   Provide scientific support to  further the understanding of the Bay-Delta ecosystem
          collapse, especially the causes and  methods for reversing the  decline of pelagic
          organisms and salmonids  in the Delta, focusing on factors related to contaminants and
          estuarine water quality;

       •   Provide technical  support to the  Bureau of Reclamation's program to  restore the
          health  of the  San Joaquin River  (San Joaquin River Restoration Settlement Act),
          Public Law 111-11;

       •   Support activities that predict, mitigate, and adapt to the effects of climate change on
          the Bay-Delta watershed;

       •   Support restoration of streams and wetlands and the development  of measures  to
          minimize the methylation of mercury in wetlands;

       •   Continue  a  competitive grant program to  implement projects  that improve water
          quality and restore habitat in San Francisco Bay watersheds; and

       •   Strengthen ongoing  implementation  of the  San Francisco Estuary  Partnership's
          Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plan by supporting a new strategic
                                          302

-------
          plan. Encourage focus on reducing urban runoff impacts on water quality through
          watershed planning, Low Impact Development, and Total Maximum Daily Load
          implementation.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems
objective. Currently, there are no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$9.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-$990.0) This eliminates the congressionally directed increase in FY 2012.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Water Act.
                                         303

-------
                                                     Geographic Program: Puget Sound
                                                     Program Area: Geographic Programs
                                                        Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$38,113.8
$38,113.8
8.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$29,952.0
$29,952.0
7.9
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$19,289.0
$19,289.0
8.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($10,663.0)
($10,663.0)
0.1
Program Project Description:

The Puget Sound Program works to protect and restore Puget Sound, which has been designated
as an estuary of national significance under the Clean Water Act National Estuary Program. The
Environmental  Protection  Agency's  efforts  are  focused  on  the  following  high-priority
environmental activities consistent with  the State of Washington's 2020 Puget  Sound Action
Agenda:

    •  Improving water quality and upgrading shellfish bed classifications;

    •  Managing stormwater and protecting habitat by implementing effective local watershed
       protection plans;

    •  Reducing sources of toxics and nutrients;

    •  Restoring and protecting nearshore habitat; and

    •  Improving monitoring, performance management, and the science needed to understand
       and address the issues facing Puget Sound.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Puget Sound Program will strengthen partnerships with  state agencies, tribes,
and local  governments to effectively  implement actions to protect and restore Puget Sound
ecological functions. The goal  of the Puget Sound National Estuary Program's Comprehensive
Conservation and Management Plan (CCMP), approved in calendar year 2009, is to restore and
maintain  the Puget Sound  Estuary's environment by 2020, so  that it will support balanced,
indigenous populations of shellfish, fish and wildlife, and support the extensive list of recognized
uses of Puget Sound. The program competitively provides federal funds to state, tribal, and local
partners to implement the CCMP with special focus on the following areas:

    •  Restoring and protecting nearshore habitat -  especially  habitat  needed to  restore
       endangered Pacific Salmon stocks - by implementing projects identified as priorities in
                                          304

-------
   consultation with federal, tribal, state, and local partners. The EPA's target is to restore
   and protect approximately  five  thousand acres of tidally and  seasonally-influenced
   estuarine wetlands in FY 2013;

•  Addressing growth management and land-use issues that impact habitat recovery efforts,
   by working with federal, tribal, state, and local partners;

•  Improving water quality by supporting local efforts to identify sources of pathogen
   pollution and implementing  improved practices to reduce those sources. The universe of
   potentially recoverable shellfish  areas in Puget Sound closed  due to nonpoint source
   pollution  is  approximately  10,000 acres. The goal is to protect human health by
   upgrading harvest classifications of 3,880 acres (7,758 cumulative acres) of commercial
   shellfish beds in FY 2013.  In 2011,  a downgrading of approximately 4,000  acres in
   Samish Bay occurred  due  to nonpoint  pollution exacerbated by La Nina  weather
   conditions. The Puget Sound  Program is strategically  directing resources in FY 2012,
   and beyond,  to address the  pathogen pollution problem impacting shellfish harvest in
   Puget  Sound. By  facilitating  increased cooperation among local jurisdictions  through
   pollution   identification  correction  (PIC)  programs,  sources  of  potential  fecal
   contamination are being tracked down and corrected. Health districts in the Puget Sound
   basin  are  systematically identifying  failing  on-site  septic  systems  and providing
   assistance  for  repair  and  maintenance.  Conservation district and  county land  use
   departments are conducting  parcel to parcel inspections of unregulated small farms,  aka
   "hobby farms" where farm animals  or pets might be contributing to bacterial fecal
   coliform loading in small streams, and tributaries and where land application of manure
   fertilizer may be contributing  to nonpoint source runoff pollution. As potential sources
   are identified, land owners are connected to local and regional sources of technical  and
   financial assistance for implementing best management practices to control these sources
   of fecal water pollution. If pollution sources are identified and land owners are contacted
   but remain out of compliance with applicable ordinances, the landowners are referred to
   local enforcement jurisdictions if correcting actions are not implemented. The program is
   addressing this both in the near-term - focusing on  specific geographical locations (e.g.
   Samish Bay), and in the long-term for the universe of potentially recoverable shellfish
   acres basin-wide in Puget Sound;

•  Providing technical and financial  support to local governments through the Puget Sound
   program's lead organization  state agency for watersheds to reduce the adverse impacts of
   stormwater on the health of watersheds. Stormwater is a leading  stressor on watershed
   health as identified in the 2020 Action Agenda;

•  Reducing  discharges   of toxics and  nutrient  pollution  by  identifying  emerging
   contaminants of concern, controlling  sources of persistent, bioaccumulative pollutants,
   and preventing  nutrient inputs from  on-site septic systems and agricultural  sources.
   Toxics and nutrient pollution control efforts are strategically directed through the Puget
   Sound program's lead organization state agency with projects implemented at the local
   level and across the basin; and
                                       305

-------
       Strengthening monitoring, performance management, and science. Continuing support
       will allow monitoring of  indicators  for  accountability purposes; database support;
       refinement of pathogen, nutrient and toxics loading,  circulation and fate models; and
       watershed assessment work to support more effective implementation activities related
       to water quality and salmon recovery.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(psl) Improve water quality and enable the lifting of harvest restrictions in acres of
shellfish bed growing areas impacted by degrading or declining water quality.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
450
1,566
FY 2009
600
1,730
FY 2010
1,800
4,453
FY 2011
4,953
1,525
FY 2012
3,878

FY 2013
7,758

Units
Acres

Measure
Target
Actual
(ps3) Number of nearshore, riparian, and wetland habitat acres protected or
restored.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
2,310
4,413
FY 2009
3,000
5,751
FY 2010
6,500
10,062
FY 2011
12,363
14,629
FY 2012
19,063

FY 2013
24,063

Units
Acres

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$15.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$12.0 / +0.1 FTE) This increase in FTE and associated payroll provides additional
       staffing support for Puget Sound activities. These resources include 0.1 FTE and
       associated payroll of $12.0.

    •   (-$10,690.0) This eliminates the congressionally directed increase in FY 2012.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Water Act; Water Resources Development Act of 1996; Water Resources Development
Act of 2000; Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976; Comprehensive Environmental
Response Compensation  and Liability Act; Economy  Act  of  1932;  Intergovernmental
Cooperation Act; Clean Air Act;  Safe Drinking Water  Act;  Toxic Substances  Control Act;
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act; Pollution Prevention Act; Marine Protection,
Research, and Sanctuaries Act; National Environmental Education Act.
                                          306

-------
                                                     Geographic Program: South Florida
                                                      Program Area: Geographic Programs
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$1,643.8
$1,643.8
2.8
FY 2012
Enacted
$2,058.0
$2,058.0
3.9
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$1,700.0
$1,700.0
3.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($358.0)
($358.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

The federal government has made substantial progress in Everglades restoration over the past 18
months.  Several key  projects have commenced which, when complete, will help  to restore
critical flows to Everglades National Park and protect the Everglades ecosystem. The U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers began construction of one mile of bridging on the Tamiami Trail under the
Modified Waters Delivery authority, the C-lll spreader canal, the C-44 Indian River Lagoon
South project, and the Biscayne Bay  Coastal Wetlands project.  The U.S. Fish and  Wildlife
Service and the U.S. National Park Service are involved in  efforts to eradicate a wide variety of
invasive  species throughout the region. In  calendar year  2010,  the  U.S. Department  of
Agriculture acquired easements  on  26,000  acres under the Wetlands Reserve Program  in the
Fisheating Creek watershed, preserving working agricultural lands that also provide critical
water storage and filtration. These are important successes and key milestones in the restoration
of the Everglades ecosystem.

The Administration also has studied the need for additional water flow to Everglades National
Park with additional bridging along the Tamiami Trail. A final Environmental Impact Statement
was released in late calendar year 2010. Additionally, the U.S. Department of Agriculture and
the  U.S. Department of  Interior are  partnering with farmers  and  ranchers north of Lake
Okeechobee to protect the agrarian landscape and implement conservation measures that benefit
the entire Everglades ecosystem.

The Environmental Protection Agency's South Florida program  coordinates activities  in the
Florida Keys,  where water quality and habitat are directly affected by the pollution from, and
restoration efforts in, the Everglades. The EPA implements,  coordinates, and facilitates activities,
including the Clean Water Act Section 404 Wetlands Protection Program, the Comprehensive
Everglades Restoration Program, the Water Quality Protection Program for the Florida Keys
National  Marine  Sanctuary, the Florida Keys National  Marine Sanctuary Water  Quality
Monitoring Program,  the Coral Reef Environmental Monitoring Program, the Benthic Habitat
Monitoring Program, the Southeast  Florida Coral Reef Initiative  as directed by the U.S. Coral
Reef Task Force, the  Brownfields Program, and other programs.  For more information, please
visit: http://www.epa.gov/Region4/water/southflorida/.
                                          307

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The EPA South Florida program targets efforts to protect and restore various communities and
ecosystems impacted by  environmental  problems.  In  FY  2013,  the EPA will focus on the
following activities:

   •   Finalize numeric nutrient water quality criteria for Florida's estuarine and coastal waters
       by  November 15,  2012. The EPA is presently scheduled  to propose numeric  nutrient
       water quality criteria by March 15, 2012;

   •   Continue  coordinating and facilitating the ongoing implementation of the Water Quality
       Protection Program  for  the  Florida Keys National  Marine  Sanctuary,  including
       management of long-term status and trends monitoring projects (water quality, coral reef,
       and seagrass) and the associated data management program;

   •   Continue to implement the Keys Wastewater and Stormwater Master Plan; provide public
       education through the Keys Waterways Outreach Program;  and implement the  water
       quality, coral reef and seagrass monitoring programs within the Florida Keys National
       Marine Sanctuary;

   •   Continue post-implementation monitoring of the Little Venice area in Marathon,  Florida.
       In calendar year 2004, the 540 residents of Little Venice serviced by antiquated  septic
       systems or cesspit  disposal were connected to an advanced centralized wastewater
       system. Along with reduced bacterial loads, data are showing decreased nutrients within
       seagrass tissue and evidence of improved water quality near  canals;

   •   Provide monetary and/or technical/managerial support for priority environmental  projects
       and programs in South Florida, including:

              o   Southeast Florida Coral Reef Initiative;
              o   Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary Water Quality Monitoring Program;
              o   Benthic Habitat (seagrass) Monitoring Program;
              o   Florida  Keys  National   Marine Sanctuary  Coral Reef Evaluation and
                 Monitoring Program; and
              o   Water Quality Protection Strategy for the South Florida Ecosystem

   •   Implement the Wetlands Conservation, Permitting, and Mitigation Strategy;

   •   Support collaborative  efforts through  interagency workgroups/committees/task forces,
       including:  South Florida Ecosystem Restoration Task Force;  Florida Bay  program
       Management Committee; U.S.  Army Corps of Engineers; and Florida Keys National
       Marine Sanctuary Water Quality Protection Program Steering Committee;

   •   Under a consent decree, continue assistance with the development of Total Maximum
       Daily Loads for South Florida; and
                                          308

-------
       Assist with the development of and tracking of National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
       System and other permits, including discharge limits that are consistent with state and
       federal law and federal court consent decrees.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(sf3) At least seventy-five percent of the monitored stations in the near shore and
coastal waters of the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary will maintain
Chlorophyll a(CHLA) levels at less than or equal to 0.35 ug 1-1 and light clarity (Kd)
levels at less than or equal to 0.20 m-1.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
75
85.4
FY 2012
75

FY 2013
75

Units
Percent
Stations

Measure
Target
Actual
(sf4) At least seventy-five percent of the monitored stations in the near shore and
coastal waters of the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary will maintain
dissolved inorganic nitrogen (DIN) levels at less than or equal to 0.75 uM and total
phosphorus (TP) levels at less than or equal to 0.25 uM.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
75
73.6
FY 2012
75

FY 2013
75

Units
Percent
Stations

Measure
Target
Actual
(sf5) Improve the water quality of the Everglades ecosystem as measured by total
phosphorus, including meeting the 10 ppb total phosphorus criterion throughout the
Everglades Protection Area marsh.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
Maintain
Not
Maintained
FY 2009
Maintain
Not
Maintained
FY2010
Maintain
Not
Maintained
FY 2011
Maintain
Not
Maintained
FY
2012
Maintain

FY
2013
Maintain

Units
Parts/Billion

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$14.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$372.0) This decrease reduces water quality monitoring stations from 155 to 105 sites;
       reduces the frequency of seagrass monitoring from quarterly to twice a year; and coral
       monitoring in Dry Tortugas will be eliminated. The reduction will also eliminate funding
       for the centralized database for coral, water quality,  and seagrass data.

Statutory Authority:

Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary and Protection  Act  of  1990;  National  Marine
Sanctuaries  Program  Amendments  Act of  1992;  Clean  Water  Act;   Water  Resources
Development Act of 1996; Water Resources Development Act of 2000.
                                          309

-------
                                                Geographic Program: Long Island Sound
                                                      Program Area: Geographic Programs
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$6,154.3
$6,154.3
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$3,956.0
$3,956.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$2,962.0
$2,962.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($994.0)
($994.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Environmental Protection Agency supports the protection and restoration of Long Island
Sound through its Long Island Sound Office, established under Section 119 of the Clean Water
Act, as amended. The EPA assists the states in implementing the  Sound's 1994 Comprehensive
Conservation and Management Plan, developed under Section 320 of the Clean Water Act. The
EPA and States of Connecticut and New York work in partnership with regional water pollution
control agencies, scientific researchers, user groups, environmental organizations, industry, and
other  interested organizations and individuals to restore and protect the Sound and its critical
ecosystems.

The  Comprehensive  Conservation and Management  Plan  (CCMP)  identified  six critical
environmental problem areas that require sustained and coordinated action to address: the effects
of hypoxia on  the ecosystem, including living marine resources and  commercially valuable
species, such as the American lobster; the impacts of toxic contamination in the food web and on
living resources; pathogen contamination and pollution; floatable debris; the impacts of habitat
degradation and  loss on the health  of living resources;  and  the  effects  of land use and
development on the Sound, its human population, and public access to its resources. The CCMP
also  identifies  public  education, information,  and participation as priority action items  in
protecting and restoring the Sound.

The Long Island Sound  Study has developed agreements to guide and prioritize implementation
of the Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plan - such  agreements were developed in
1996, 2003, and 2006. Most recently, the Long Island Sound Study developed an Action Agenda
that identifies priority actions from 2011 to 2013 and sets the stage  for a more comprehensive
update to the Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plan that is planned for 2014.44

The States of New York and Connecticut are actively reducing nitrogen through their innovative
and nationally-recognized  pollution  trading  programs.  In  calendar year 2010,  106 sewage
treatment  plants in New York and Connecticut discharged  33,705 trade-equalized pounds per
day of nitrogen to Long Island Sound, a significant decrease in loads. In calendar year 2011, with
44 The Action Agenda is available at http://longislandsoundstudv.net/about/our-mission/sound-agreements/action-agenda-2011-
20137
                                           110

-------
EPA financial assistance, the states restored or protected 361 acres of critical coastal habitat, and
reopened  0.2  miles of river  corridors to diadromous fish passage through  construction of
fishways or removal of barriers to fish passage. The EPA will work with the states, through the
Long Island Sound Futures Fund Grant Program, to continue to assist in restoring and protecting
critical     habitat    and    reopening    rivers    to    fish     passage.    Please    see
http://www.longislandsoundstudy.net for further information.45
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The EPA will  continue  to  oversee  implementation of  the Long  Island  Sound  Study
Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plan in FY 2013 by coordinating the cleanup and
restoration actions of the Long Island Sound Study Management Conference as authorized under
Sections 119 and 320 of the Clean Water Act.

In FY 2013, the EPA will focus on the following:

    •   Reducing the area of the seasonally impaired fish and shellfish habitats through continued
       emphasis on lowering Long Island Sound nitrogen loads to alleviate low oxygen levels (a
       condition called hypoxia). Specifically, the Long Island Sound Office will work with the
       States  of New  York  and Connecticut  to  revise  and implement the nitrogen Total
       Maximum Daily Load first approved by the EPA in April 2001; the EPA will continue its
       efforts  to include the upland States of Massachusetts, New Hampshire, and  Vermont in
       this regulatory framework;

    •   Coordinating priority watershed protection  programs  through the Long Island Sound
       Management Conference partners to ensure that efforts are directed toward priority river
       and stream reaches that affect Long Island Sound. The EPA will use the principles of its
       Healthy Watershed Initiative in working with partners to ensure that watershed protection
       and nonpoint source pollution controls will help reduce the effects of runoff pollution on
       rivers and  streams  discharging to  the Sound.  Restoration  and protection  efforts  will
       increase  streamside  buffer zones as natural  filters of  pollutants  and  runoff  and
       development of local ordinances to create and protect stream buffers;

    •   Supporting  state and  local monitoring  (year-round  and seasonal) for water  quality
       indicators including:  biological  indicators,  such as chlorophyll  a,  and  environmental
       indicators such as dissolved oxygen levels, temperature, salinity, and water clarity. This
       monitoring will assist Management  Conference partners  in assessing  environmental
       conditions that may contribute to impaired water quality and in developing strategies to
       address impairments;

    •   Assisting state and local partners in protecting and restoring critical coastal habitats to
       improve the productivity of tidal wetlands, inter-tidal zones, and other key habitats that
45 For more information:
https://www.cfda.gov/index?s=program&mode=form&tab=stepl&id=6504cc92476fD5523fc836b5dc099c2f
                                            111

-------
       have been adversely affected by unplanned development, overuse, or land use-related
       pollution effects;
       Promoting stewardship of the thirty-three  ecologically  and recreationally  significant
       stewardship areas to support compatible public access and uses of the Sound's key land
       resources;

       Coordinating with the Long Island Sound Citizens Advisory Committee to develop an
       educated population  that is  aware of  significant environmental problems and  that
       understands the management approach to, and their role in, correcting problems;

       Coordinating with the Long Island Sound Science and Technical Advisory Committee in
       conducting focused scientific  research into  the causes and  effects of pollution on  the
       Sound's living marine resources, ecosystems, water quality, and human uses to assist
       managers and  public decision-makers  in developing policies and strategies  to address
       environmental, social, and human health impacts; and

       Continuing  to  work  with  all  stakeholders  to  update  the  1994  Comprehensive
       Conservation and Management Plan for Long Island Sound by 2014, incorporating  the
       latest science and including recommendations on coastal and marine spatial management
       and coastal resiliency.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(Ii5) Percent of goal achieved in reducing trade-equalized (TE) point source nitrogen
discharges to Long Island Sound from the 1999 baseline of 59,146 TE Ibs/day.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
52
70
FY 2011
72
Data
Avail
3/2012
FY 2012
74

FY 2013
76

Units
Percent
Goal
Achieved

Measure
Target
Actual
(Ii8) Restore, protect or enhance acres of coastal habitat from the 2010 baseline of
2,975 acres.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
218

FY 2013
480

Units
Acres

Measure
Target
Actual
(Ii9) Reopen miles of river and stream corridors to diadromous fish passage from the
2010 baseline of 17.7 river miles by removal of dams and barriers or by installation
of bypass structures.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
28

FY 2013
51

Units
Miles

                                           112

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  (-$994.0) This eliminates a congressionally directed increase in FY 2012.

Statutory Authority:

Long Island Sound Restoration Act, P.L. 106-457 as amended by P.L. 109-137; 33 U.S.C. 1269.
Long Island Sound Stewardship Act, P.L. 109-353; 33 U.S.C.

-------
                                                    Geographic Program: Gulf of Mexico
                                                      Program Area: Geographic Programs
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$4,881.6
$4,881.6
13.2
FY 2012
Enacted
$5,455.0
$5,455.0
12.9
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$4,436.0
$4,436.0
13.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,019.0)
($1,019.0)
0.1
Program Project Description:

Over the past three years, the federal government has renewed its commitment to the Gulf Coast
region. A series of Administration efforts have sought to better coordinate agencies'  activities,
strengthen  the  working relationship with Gulf Coast states and  foster collaboration among
governments, the public, and diverse stakeholders to build on existing plans designed to address
Gulf restoration.

The Deepwater Horizon  oil spill expanded  the scope and visibility of restoration needs in a
region that had long experienced ecological impacts and highlighted the connection between
ecological health and the human environment. Secretary of the Navy Ray Mabus recognized this
critical fact in  his restoration  recommendation to the President, outlining clearly the linkages
between  economic,  human,  and environmental health and the importance of ending  long-term
environmental  decline in this region. The President  incorporated  many  of the Secretary's
ecosystem restoration recommendations when he signed Executive Order 13554, establishing the
Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Task Force (GCERTF) on October 5, 2010, giving the Task
Force a mission to restore and protect the Gulf ecosystem for future generations.

The Task Force, chaired by  the Environmental Protection Agency,  includes the five Gulf states
and 11 federal  agencies in unprecedented collaboration. Included within its scope  are efforts to
address the myriad of unique environmental challenges facing this ecologically rich,  culturally
diverse, and economically important region. These challenges include: significant coastal land
and wetlands loss, degraded  water quality, depletion of marine resources, coastal erosion and the
adverse effects of climate change. The Task Force,  charged with developing a strategy for the
long-term restoration and conservation of the diverse ecosystems  of the Gulf Coast that will
ensure its long-term environmental,  economic,  and health benefits, presented the Gulf of Mexico
Regional  Ecosystem  Restoration  Strategy  to  the  President  on December 2,  2011. This
Restoration Strategy builds upon existing research, planning and program efforts throughout the
Gulf that have generated wide interest and participation by Gulf-based citizens, businesses,
scientists, industries, and governments.

The EPA's Administrator chairs the Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Task Force. In 2013, the
EPA will lead the  interagency (federal  and state)  and tribal governments' coordination and
                                           114

-------
technical  support required to continue implementation of the Task Force's  Gulf of Mexico
Regional Ecosystem Restoration Strategy.  In  addition,  in 2013, the EPA will coordinate the
development and delivery of the Task Force's first biennial report to the President on progress
achieved toward the goals outlined in the  Restoration Strategy as specified by the Executive
Order. The Administration also supports the need for ongoing efforts and legislative language to
allow the use of fines and penalties obtained from parties responsible for the oil spill to the Gulf
Coast region. These funds will be an important resource for critical ecosystem activities by the
Task Force.

The EPA's efforts in the Gulf of Mexico also directly support collaborative, multi-organizational
Gulf states-led partnerships that share important goals  for the future  of the Gulf Coast. The
partnerships include the Gulf of Mexico Alliance, a regional ocean governance partnership of the
five Gulf States, the Mississippi River/Gulf of Mexico Watershed  Nutrient  (Hypoxia) Task
Force, and the National Ocean Council. In  FY 2011, EPA surpassed  its target of restoring 202
impaired segments by restoring 286 segments.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Gulf of Mexico Regional Ecosystem Restoration Strategy included four priority long-term
restoration goals:  restore  and conserve habitat; restore water quality; replenish and protect living
coastal and marine resources; and enhance community resilience. FY 2013 activities of the Gulf
of Mexico partnerships will include:

Restore and Conserve Habitat

Reversing  ongoing  habitat  degradation and preserving the remaining healthy habitats  is
necessary to protect the communities, cultures, and economy of the Gulf Coast. For decades, the
Gulf Coast has endured  extensive damage  to key habitats such as coastal  wetlands, estuaries,
barrier islands, upland habitats, seagrass beds,  oyster reefs, corals, and offshore habitats. The
overall wetland loss in the Gulf area is on the order of fifty percent and protection of the critical
habitat that remains is essential to restoring the health of the Gulf aquatic system. The EPA has a
goal of restoring, enhancing, or protecting 30,600  cumulative acres of important coastal and
marine habitats by  FY 2013. In FY 2011,  the  EPA surpassed its target of 30,000 cumulative
acres. Success relies on joint efforts by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,
environmental organizations, the Gulf of Mexico Foundation, and  area universities to  identify
and restore critical habitat. The EPA will enhance cooperative planning and programs across the
Gulf states and federal  agencies to protect wetland and estuarine habitat.

The wise management of sediments for wetland creation, enhancement, and sustainability is of
critical importance to the Gulf Coast region, especially given locally high rates of subsidence, or
settling, and the regionwide  threat from potential future impacts of  climate change,  including
rising water levels. To successfully sustain and enhance coastal ecosystems, a broad sediment
management effort is needed that incorporates beneficial use of dredge material, and other means
of capturing all available  sediment resources. The GCERTF agencies, including the EPA, and the
Gulf of Mexico Alliance, Habitat Conservation and Restoration Team, have worked extensively
with the five Gulf States to develop and implement  a  Gulf Regional Sediment  Management
                                           115

-------
Master  Plan  that  endorses  best  practices  for  sediment  management,  outlines  technical
considerations, and recommends solutions  for the most beneficial use of this resource  (i.e.
dredged material). The Master Plan technical framework  document is posted for review and
supplemental state plans are being developed.46

Healthy estuaries and coastal  wetlands depend  on a balanced  level of nutrients. Excessive
nutrient levels can have negative impacts such as reducing the abundance of recreationally and
commercially important fishery species. An excess amount of nutrients is identified as one of the
primary problems facing Gulf estuaries and coastal waters. Over the next several years, the Gulf
states will establish criteria for nutrients in  coastal  ecosystems that will guide regulatory, land
use, and water quality protection decisions. The challenge is to prevent or reduce the man-made
sources of nutrients to levels that maintain ecosystem productivity and restore beneficial uses. In
FY 2013, the EPA will support Gulf state nutrient  criteria pilots and will develop science and
management tools for the characterization of nutrients in coastal ecosystems.  Because the five
Gulf states face similar nutrient management challenges at both the estuary  level and as the
receiving water for the entire Mississippi River  watershed,  the Gulf  of Mexico  Alliance
Partnership is an important venue to build and test management tools to reduce nutrients in Gulf
waters and achieve healthy  and resilient coastal ecosystems.

Any strategy to improve the overall health of the entire Gulf of Mexico must include  a focused
effort to reduce the size of the hypoxic zone in the northern Gulf. Actions to address this problem
must focus on reducing both localized pollutant addition throughout the Basin and on nutrient
loadings from the Mississippi River.  The EPA, in cooperation  with  states and other federal
agencies,  supports  the  long-term target  to reduce the  size  of the  hypoxic  zone  from
approximately 17,350 square kilometers to less than  5,000 square kilometers, measured as a five-
year running average.  In working to accomplish this goal, the EPA, states, and other federal
agencies, such as U.S. Department of Agriculture,  will continue implementation of core clean
water programs and partnerships and efforts to coordinate allocation of technical assistance and
funding to priority areas around the Gulf.

Specifically,  in FY 2013, the EPA will address excessive nutrient loadings that contribute to
water quality impairments  in  the basin and, ultimately,  to hypoxic conditions in  the Gulf of
Mexico. Working with the  Gulf Hypoxia Task Force, Gulf of Mexico Alliance and other states
within the  Mississippi/Atchafalaya River Basins, other  federal  agencies,  and the Gulf Coast
Ecosystem Restoration Task Force, the EPA will help develop and implement nutrient reduction
strategies that include an accountability framework  for point and nonpoint  sources contributing
nitrogen and phosphorus loading to the Gulf as well as watershed plans that provide a road map
for addressing nonpoint sources. The EPA will continue to coordinate with the U.S. Department
of Agriculture  and with federal and  state  partners to  support  monitoring best  management
practices and water quality  improvement through work with the partner organizations and states
and to leverage resources to focus wetland restoration and development and habitat restoration
efforts towards projects within the  Mississippi River Basin that will sequester  nutrients, as
appropriate, from targeted watersheds and tributaries.
46 http://www.gulfofmexicoalliance.org/pdfs/GRSMMP Technical Framework Dec 09.pdf
                                            116

-------
Education and  outreach  are essential to accomplish the EPA's goal of healthy and resilient
coastal habitats. Gulf residents and decision-makers need  to  understand  and appreciate  the
connection between the ecological health of the Gulf of Mexico and its watersheds and coasts,
their own health, the economic vitality  of their communities, and their overall quality of life.
There also is a  nationwide need for a better understanding of the link between the health of the
Gulf of Mexico and the U.S. economy. The EPA's long-term goal is to increase awareness and
stewardship of Gulf coastal resources and promote action among Gulf citizens. In 2013, the Gulf
of Mexico Program  will foster regional  stewardship and  awareness of Gulf coastal resources
through  annual Gulf Guardian  Awards  and  will  support   initiatives  that  include  direct
involvement from underserved and underrepresented populations and enhance local capacity to
reach these populations.

Restore Water Quality

The  Clean Water Act provides authority and resources that are essential  to protecting water
quality in the Gulf  of Mexico and in the larger Mississippi  River Basin, which contributes
pollution, especially oxygen demanding nutrients, to the Gulf. Enhanced monitoring and research
is needed in the Gulf Coast region to make data more readily available. The EPA regional offices
and the Gulf of Mexico Program Office will work with states to continue to  maximize  the
efficiency and utility of water quality monitoring efforts for local managers by coordinating and
standardizing state and federal water quality data collection activities in the Gulf region. These
efforts will assure the continued effective implementation of core clean water programs, ranging
from discharge  permits, to nonpoint pollution controls, to wastewater treatment, to protection of
wetlands. The Gulf of Mexico Program is working with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, and U.S.  Geological Survey in support of this
goal.

A central pillar of the strategy to restore the health of the Gulf is restoration of water quality and
habitat in priority coastal  watersheds.  These watersheds, which include  impaired segments
identified by states around the Gulf, will  receive targeted technical and financial assistance to
restore impaired waters. The FY 2013 goal is to fully attain water quality standards in at least
360 of these segments. In FY 2011, EPA surpassed its target of restoring 202 impaired segments
by restoring 286 segments.

Enhance Community Resilience

The Gulf Coastal communities continuously face and adapt to various challenges of living along
the Gulf of Mexico such as storm risk, sea-level rise, land and habitat loss,  depletion of natural
resources, and  compromised water quality.  The economic, ecological, and social losses from
coastal hazard events have grown as population growth places people in harm's way and as the
ecosystems' natural resilience is compromised by development and pollution. In order to sustain
and grow the Gulf  region's  economic  prosperity,  individuals,  businesses, communities, and
ecosystems  all  need  to be more adaptable to change. In FY 2013, the GCERTF  agencies will
assist with the  development of information, tools,  technologies, products,  policies, or public
decision  processes that can be used by  coastal  communities to increase resilience to coastal
natural hazards and sea level rise. The EPA is working collaboratively with multiple agencies
                                           117

-------
that  share responsibility  in this  area including the  National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric
Administration's Sea Grant Programs and the U.S. Geological Survey.

Replenish and Protect Living Coastal and Marine Resources

Living coastal and  marine resources are showing visible signs of distress, such as depleted
species population and degraded habitats. Decision-makers  must  protect these resources and
allow them to survive and thrive in a changing environment, while supporting the needs  of
communities who depend on them for their livelihoods. A primary focus should be to  strengthen
and build programs to promote resource management that focuses on the needs and functions of
the ecosystem as a  whole, facilitating improved fisheries management and species  protection
efforts and restoring depleted populations of living coastal  and marine resources. Successful
restoration of living  coastal and  marine resources  will  entail a robust  monitoring effort,
implementation of  species restoration  plans, and  targeted reintroduction and re-stocking  of
depleted resources.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(22b) Improve the overall health of coastal waters of the Gulf of Mexico on the
Good/Fair/Poor scale of the National Coastal Condition Report.
FY 2006
2.4
2.4
FY 2007
2.4
2.4
FY 2008
2.5
2.2
FY 2009
2.5
2.2
FY 2010
2.5
2.4
FY 2011
2.5
2.4
FY 2012
2.4

FY 2013
2.4

Units
Scale

Measure
Target
Actual
(xgl) Restore water and habitat quality to meet water quality standards in impaired
segments in 13 priority coastal areas (cumulative starting in FY 2007).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
64
131
FY 2009
96
131
FY 2010
96
170
FY 2011
202
286
FY 2012
320

FY 2013
360

Units
Impaired
Segments

Measure
Target
Actual
(xg2) Restore, enhance, or protect a cumulative number of acres of important coastal
and marine habitats.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
18,200
25,215
FY 2009
26,000
29,344
FY 2010
27,500
29,552
FY 2011
30,000
30,052
FY 2012
30,600

FY 2013
30,600

Units
Acres

For FY 2013, the Gulf of Mexico Program will continue to support specific challenges designed
to restore and enhance the environmental and economic health of the Gulf of Mexico through
cooperative partnerships and in support of the goals of the Strategy developed by the Gulf Coast
Ecosystem Restoration Task Force.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (-$160.0) This decrease is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.
                                           118

-------
   •   (+$14.0 / +0.1 FTE) This increase provides additional staffing support for Gulf Coast
       activities. The additional resources include 0.1 FTE and associated payroll of $14.0.

   •   (-$873.0) This reduces congressionally directed funding.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Water Act (CWA).
                                            119

-------
                                                   Geographic Program: Lake Champlain
                                                        Program Area: Geographic Programs
                                                          Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                         Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$6,732.1
$6,732.1
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$2,395.0
$2,395.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$1,399.0
$1,399.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($996.0)
($996.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

Lake Champlain  was designated as a resource of national significance by the Lake Champlain
Special Designation Act (Public Law 101-596) that was signed into law on November 5, 1990,
and  amended in 2002.  A management plan for the watershed, "Opportunities for Action,"
(revised in 2010) was developed to  achieve the goal of the Act: to bring together people with
diverse interests  in the lake to  create a  comprehensive pollution  prevention, control,  and
restoration plan for protecting the future  of the Lake  Champlain  Basin. The Environmental
Protection  Agency's efforts  to protect  Lake  Champlain support the  successful  interstate,
interagency,  and international  partnerships  undertaking  the implementation of  the Plan.
"Opportunities for  Action"  is designed to address various threats to Lake Champlain's water
quality, including phosphorus loadings, invasive species, and toxic substances.47

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Through a collaborative and transparent process, the EPA works with state and local partners to
protect and  improve the Lake Champlain Basin's water quality,  fisheries, wetlands, wildlife,
recreation, and cultural resources. FY 2013  activities include:

    •  Working  with  federal, state,  provincial,  and local partners to  address high  levels of
       phosphorous by  implementing priority  actions  to  reduce phosphorus  loads from  all
       categories of sources (point, urban, and agricultural nonpoint);48

    •  Working with federal, state, and provincial partners to implement actions included in the
       revised "Opportunities for Action" management plan, developing a system to track
       implementation of those  actions, and tying these  actions to an adaptive management
       framework for evaluating results;
47 For additional information see: http://www.epa.gov/NE/eco/lakechamplain/index.html
 http: //www. lcbp.org
 http: //nh. water, usg s. go v/champlain_feds
 http://www.cfda.gov
48 The Phosphorus Total Maximum Daily Load for the Vermont portion of Lake Champlain is currently being revised. Additional
information will be available in FY 2012.
                                           320

-------
•  Implementing an  adaptive management framework  for  evaluating  the  results  of
   management efforts in the Lake Champlain Basin on water quality and other ecosystem
   indicators.  This adaptive management plan will integrate and complement the ongoing
   critical  source area studies with sub-watershed management practices. This plan will
   evaluate phosphorus  Total Maximum  Daily Load allocations through quantitative
   methods and will be an extension of the current monitoring regime for Lake Champlain
   and  tributaries. The adaptive management plan  will include current and future Total
   Maximum  Daily Load implementation scenarios  and identify cost-effective alternatives
   to attain Total Maximum Daily Load allocations;

•  Developing and implementing a tracking system for investments in Lake  Champlain
   Basin restoration;

•  Preventing the introduction of an  invasive form of Didymosphenia geminata into the
   Lake Champlain Basin from the neighboring  Connecticut River watershed  by expanding
   education and outreach on detection and spread prevention methods;

•  Monitoring the Lake  Champlain Basin for  possible introduction of invasive species,
   including Asian carp and spiny waterflea;

•  Combating the recent introduction of Asian  clam in the Lake Champlain Basin (Lake
   George) to help prevent its spread to other waterbodies in the basin;

•  Monitoring the  population of alewives, a recent  invasive  species  affecting  Lake
   Champlain, and  expanding efforts to educate the public on the perils of transporting
   baitfish. Efforts also include harmonizing baitfish regulations in Vermont and New York,
   as well  as working to remove and/or prevent  the entry or dispersal of this and other fish,
   invasive plants, and invertebrates in the Lake  Champlain  Basin;

•  Working with partners, such as the Army Corps of Engineers and the New York State
   Canal Corporation,  to devise  means to  reduce the likelihood that new invasive species
   can enter Lake Champlain from the  Great Lakes through the Champlain Canal;

•  Continuing work to understand the high seasonal concentrations of toxic cyanobacteria,
   particularly microcystin, in the northern reaches  of Lake Champlain by monitoring the
   dynamics of its species composition, concentration, and toxicity levels;  reporting on its
   potential health impacts; and providing  necessary information to the  health departments
   of New York and Vermont to close beaches, drinking water intakes, or take other actions
   as necessary;

•  Implementing recommendations resulting  from the climate change studies (water quality,
   precipitation, and flow) to reduce the impacts of climate change on water  quality in the
   Lake Champlain Basin;
                                      321

-------
   •   Developing new approaches to stormwater control from urban areas in conjunction with
       state partners;

   •   Supporting the Lake Champlain Basin Program as it evaluates the 2011 Lake Champlain
       Basin  flooding impacts and investigates the development of flood mitigation plans for
       future events; and

   •   Continuing  water quality and biological sampling for the Lake  Champlain Long-Term
       Water Quality and Biological Monitoring Program. Water quality sampling (temperature,
       chlorophyll  a, water chemistry, etc) and quantitative biological sampling (phytoplankton,
       zooplankton, and mysids, etc) is conducted throughout a network of stations that includes
       15 lake stations and 22 tributary stations.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems
objective. Currently, there are no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$996.0) This eliminates a congressionally directed increase from FY 2012.

Statutory Authority:

1909 The Boundary Waters Treaty; 1990 Great Lakes  Critical Programs Act; 2002  Great Lakes
and Lake Champlain Act; Clean Water Act; North American Wetlands Conservation Act; U.S.-
Canada Agreements; National Heritage Areas Act of 2006; Water Resources Development Act
of 2000 and 2007.
                                         322

-------
                                                           Geographic Program: Other
                                                     Program Area: Geographic Programs
                                                       Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                       Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$40,507.3
$40,507.3
9.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$3,246.0
$3,246.0
8.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$4,441.0
$4,441.0
8.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,195.0
$1,195.0
0.1
Program Project Description:

The Environmental Protection Agency targets efforts to protect and restore various communities
and  ecosystems  impacted by environmental  problems.  This program  is  in  line with  the
Administrator's emphasis on  maintaining a place-based focus.  Under this program, the Agency
develops and implements community-based approaches to mitigate diffuse sources of pollution
and cumulative risk for geographic areas. The  Agency also fosters community efforts  to build
consensus and mobilize local resources to target highest risks.

Community Action for a Renewed Environment

Through the Community Action  for a  Renewed Environment  (CARE) program, the EPA
provides funding, tools, and technical support  that enable communities to create collaborative
partnerships  to take effective  actions to address local environmental problems. The Community
Action for a Renewed Environment program delivers funding through two types of cooperative
agreements. In the smaller Level I agreements, the community, working with the EPA, creates a
collaborative problem-solving group of community stakeholders  that includes business, local
organizations,  and  government.  That  group assesses  the  community's  toxic  exposure,
environmental  problems  and  priorities, and begins to identify  potential solutions. In the larger
Level II agreements, the community, working with the EPA, selects and funds projects that
reduce risk and improve the environment in the community. For each of the Community Action
for a Renewed Environment communities, the EPA works together with the community to see
their problems  holistically, the way they see them, and forms cross-media teams to manage and
implement the cooperative agreements.

Since its launch  in 2005, the CARE program  has awarded over  $16 million in grants to 101
communities in 39 states with over 1,700 partners engaged.  CARE  communities  have visited
over 4,000 homes providing information and/or environmental testing; worked to reduce risks in
almost 300 schools and provided environmental information to over 2,800 businesses and 50,000
individuals.
                                         323

-------
Since its launch in calendar year 2005, the Community  Action  for a Renewed Environment
program has awarded over $16 million in grants to 101 communities in 40 states with over 1,700
partners engaged.  These  communities are working  to  address  one or more of the EPA's
priorities:  air pollution (92%); climate  change (54%); safety of  chemicals (76%); cleanup of
communities (73%); and water issues (87%). Between 2005 and 2009, 68 CARE communities
leveraged  an additional $15 million in funding - with local partners providing an additional $2
million  in  in-kind   services;  visited  over  4,000   homes  providing  information  and/or
environmental  testing;  worked to  reduce  risks in  almost  300  schools;  and  provided
environmental information to over 2,800 businesses and 50,000 individuals.

The Community Action for a Renewed Environment program ended its successful demonstration
period in FY 2010. In  FY 2013, the EPA is requesting statutory authority to award CARE Level
II "implementation" grants  in  order to continue  funding activities  such  as environmental
restoration projects and ongoing community program operations that were previously allowable
as part of the demonstration phase of the program. Without the  statutory authority, EPA can
continue to award CARE Level  I cooperative agreements under statutes (e.g.  section 103 of the
Clean Air Act,  section 104 of the Clean Water Act, section 8001 of the  Solid Waste Disposal
Act,  and section  10 of the  Toxic Substances Control  Act)  which authorizes  the Agency to
provide financial assistance for research, studies, training and  demonstration projects.  The
demonstration authorities may not be used to support implementation activities of communities
who  had not demonstrated the CARE process under Level I. Thus, in FY 2013, CARE Level II
cooperative  agreements that cover implementation activities using the demonstration authorities
of seven environmental statutes are only available to applicants that received a CARE Level I
cooperative agreement by FY 2009.

The Northwest Forest Program

The  Northwest  Forest  Program  supports interagency  coordination,  watershed  assessment,
conservation, and restoration efforts across seven states in the Pacific Northwest. In addition to
supporting protection  of drinking water and Total Maximum Daily Load implementation, the
Northwest Forest Program includes two collaborative, watershed-scale monitoring programs that
help  characterize watershed conditions across 70 million acres of  Forest Service and Bureau of
Land Management administered lands in the Northwest.  This monitoring provides status and
trend information for aquatic and riparian habitats, and supports adaptive management and state
water quality/watershed health programs.

The Lake Pontchartrain Basin Restoration Program

Through a collaborative and voluntary effort, the Lake Pontchartrain Basin Restoration Program
strives to  restore the  ecological health of the Basin  by developing and funding  restoration
projects within the sixteen parishes in the basin. The program continues to support the efforts of
the Lake Pontchartrain Basin Foundation to restore and preserve  the water quality, coast, and
habitats of  the entire Lake Pontchartrain Basin. The  Lake Pontchartrain  Basin  Foundation
conducts sampling of the lake and tributary water quality to support related scientific and public
education projects.
                                          324

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA and partner agencies  will protect and restore various communities and
ecosystems impacted  by various  sources of pollution. These collaborative  and transparent
community-based approaches will decrease the cumulative risk for geographic areas. The EPA's
FY 2013 efforts will focus on the following:

Community Action for a Renewed Environment

Total FY 2013 funding of $2.1 million in the Community  Action for a Renewed Environment
program will address pollution problems in underserved communities (90 percent of Community
Action  for a Renewed Environment projects are in Environmental  Justice  communities of
concern). The EPA will help communities use collaborative processes to select and implement
local actions and will award federal funding for projects to reduce exposure to toxic pollutants
and local environmental problems. In FY 2013, the EPA is requesting new grant authority to
implement  the Community Action for a Renewed Environment program to continue serving
communities across the nation.

In FY 2013, the Community Action for a Renewed Environment program will provide support to
communities to help them understand and improve their local environments and health by:

    •   Selecting and awarding up to 20 assistance  agreements to create and  strengthen local
       partnerships, local capacity, and civic  engagement  to improve local environments and
       health, and to ensure sustainability of environmental  health efforts over time;

    •   Providing technical support and  training to help  Community Action for a  Renewed
       Environment  communities   build   partnerships,  improve   their  understanding  of
       environmental risks from all sources, set priorities, and take actions to reduce risks;

    •   Improving community access to EPA programs and helping communities utilize these
       programs to reduce risks; and

    •   Conducting outreach  to share lessons learned by  Community Action for a  Renewed
       Environment communities and encouraging other communities to build partnerships and
       take actions to reduce risks.

Northwest Forest

Federal and  state partners  implement  shared responsibilities  for  aquatic  monitoring  and
watershed assessment. Efforts include refinement and utilization of monitoring approaches and
modeling  tools  and  increased integration   of monitoring  framework designs,  monitoring
protocols, and watershed health indicators. In FY 2013, the  EPA will request $1.4 million in the
Northwest Forest Program for the following activities:
                                         325

-------
       Continue stream reach sampling  on 643 stream reaches  and watershed condition/trend
       monitoring  in  510   sub-watersheds  in  California,  Oregon,  Idaho,  Montana,  and
       Washington;
       Use remote sensed data and Geographic Information Systems data layers and field data to
       support a ten- and fifteen-year trend assessment on 5,679 6* field watersheds49 in Oregon,
       Washington, Northern California, Montana, Idaho, Nevada, and Utah;
    •   Utilize upslope analysis, in-channel assessments, emerging research, and decision support
       models to inform management decisions and refine future monitoring efforts;

    •   Compile temperature and macroinvertebrate data and establish approximately 530 year-
       round temperature monitoring stations to support state water quality and aquatic habitat
       reporting, including 303(d) listings;

    •   Complete/utilize field reviews  of grazing activities and evaluate stream  and  riparian
       conditions to tie back to monitoring trends and inform necessary management changes;

    •   Refine shade models to assist managers in prioritizing restoration opportunities to address
       stream temperature and sediment issues;

    •   Utilize aquatic monitoring to detect invasive species in streams and riparian areas; and

    •   Assist in  development of implementation-ready Total Maximum Daily  Loads and Best
       Management Practices for forestry practices in five Oregon coastal basins.

Lake Pontchartrain

The program will work to restore the ecological health of the Lake Pontchartrain Basin. In FY
2013, the EPA will request $955 thousand in the Lake Pontchartrain Basin Program  for the
following activities:

    •   Continuing  implementation  of  the Lake Pontchartrain Basin Program  Comprehensive
       Management Plan50 and Comprehensive Habitat Management Plan to support:

              o  Planning and design  of consolidated wastewater treatment systems to support
                  sustainable infrastructure;
              o  Repair and replacement studies to improve existing wastewater systems;  and
              o  Investigation and design of stormwater management systems.
49 A 6th field watershed is a hydrological unit. Watersheds in the United States were delineated by the U.S. Geological Survey
using a national standard hierarchical system based on surface hydrologic features and are classified into the following types of
hydrologic units: First-field (region); Second-field (sub-region); Third-field (accounting unit); Fourth-field (cataloguing unit);
Fifth-field (watershed); and Sixth-field (sub-watershed). For more information visit: http://water.usgs.gov/GIS/huc.html.
50 http://www.saveourlake.org/management-plan.php
                                            326

-------
   •   Conducting water quality monitoring outreach and public education projects that address
       the goals of the Lake Pontchartrain Basin Program Comprehensive Management Plan to:

             o  Improve the management of animal waste lagoons by educating and assisting
                 the agricultural community on lagoon maintenance techniques;
             o  Protect and restore critical habitats  and encourage sustainable growth  by
                 providing  information  and  guidance   on  habitat  protection  and  green
                 development techniques;  and
             o  Reduce pollution at its source and mitigate any impacts to Lake Pontchartrain
                 from the past major oil spill.

Performance Targets:

Work  under these programs supports the Protect and  Restore Watersheds  and  Aquatic
Ecosystems objective. Currently, there are no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$20.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$2,069.0) This increase provides  funding for the  Community Action for a Renewed
       Environment (CARE) program. This funding will  support awarding up  to 20 CARE
       assistance agreements to communities to improve local environment and health.

   •   (-$997.0)  This  eliminates  the  congressionally directed  funding  increase for Lake
       Pontchartrain in  FY  2012.  This  reduction  will  reduce  EPA  support  for  the
       implementation  of the Lake Pontchartrain Basin Program Comprehensive Management
       Plan, including water quality and infrastructure improvements and coastal restoration.

   •   (+$89.0) This increase will  support  enhanced monitoring  activities in the Northwest
       Forest program.

   •   (+$14.0  /  +0.1  FTE)  This reflects  an increase  for additional staffing  support for the
       Northwest Forest program that supports interagency  coordination, watershed assessment,
       conservation, and restoration  efforts across seven states in the Pacific  Northwest. The
       additional resources include 0.1 FTE and associated payroll of $14.0.

Statutory Authority:

The Lake Pontchartrain Basin Restoration  Act of 2000, codified as Clean Water Act §121,  33
U.S.C. §1273, directed the EPA to establish a Lake Pontchartrain Basin Restoration Program "to
restore the ecological  health of the  Basin  by developing and funding restoration projects and
related scientific and public education projects."  Clean Water Act §121(b); Clean Water Act,
Section 104(b)(3); Water Resources Development  Act of 1996; Water Resources Development
Act of 2000; Economy Act of 1932; Intergovernmental Cooperation Act; Clean Air Act, Section
                                          327

-------
103(b)(3); Solid Waste Disposal Act, Section 8001 (a); Toxic Substances Control Act, Section
10(a) as supplemented by P.L.  106-74 (1999); Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide
Act  Section 20(a) as  supplemented by P.L. 106-74 (1999);  Pollution Prevention Act; Marine
Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act, Section 203; and National Environmental Education
Act, Section 102(2)(F).
                                          328

-------
Program Area: Homeland Security
              329

-------
                                   Homeland Security: Communication and Information
                                                       Program Area: Homeland Security

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$4,215.9
$4,215.9
16.4
FY2012
Enacted
$4,249.0
$4,249.0
15.9
FY2013
Pres Budget
$4,217.0
$4,217.0
16.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($32.0)
($32.0)
0.1
Program Project Description:

The White House,  Congress,  and the Department of Homeland  Security (DHS) have  defined
their expectations of EPA during a homeland security incident through a series of statutes,
presidential  directives,  and national plans. EPA uses the Homeland  Security Collaborative
Network (HSCN),  a  cross-agency  leadership  group,  to  support  its  ability to  effectively
implement this broad range of homeland security responsibilities, ensure consistent development
and implementation of homeland security policies and procedures, avoid duplication, and build a
network of partnerships. EPA's homeland  security program also capitalizes on the  concept of
"dual-benefits"  so  that  its homeland security efforts enhance and integrate  with EPA's core
environmental programs that serve to protect human health and the environment.

Timely and  effective environmental information also is a key component to the protection of
human health and  the environment  during an  emergency.  Homeland  security information
technology  efforts  are  closely coordinated  with the  agencywide  information  security  and
infrastructure activities, which are  managed in the  Information  Security  and Information
Technology  (IT)/Data Management programs. These IT support programs also enable video
contact  among  localities, headquarters,  Regional  offices,  and laboratories  in  emergency
situations.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013,  EPA's Homeland Security Program will:

•  Support  federal, state, and local efforts to prevent,  protect, mitigate, respond, and  recover
   from natural disasters, acts of terrorism,  and other emergencies.

•  Update and maintain a homeland security strategy and workplan for planning, preparedness,
   response, and recovery for nationally significant incidents  to ensure a coordinated approach
                                          330

-------
   to EPA's  activities and resources that  are  in  unison with government-wide,  homeland
   security priorities and requirements.

•  Focus on maintaining the Agency's level of preparedness to respond and recover from a
   significant  event  through  maintenance  of personnel  and equipment  capabilities  and
   capacities.

•  Fill  critical knowledge and technology gaps that may be essential  for an effective EPA
   response, including working with  our interagency partners to define collective capabilities
   and resources that may contribute to closing common homeland security gaps.

•  Ensure that interagency intelligence-related planning and operational requirements are met.
   This will be achieved through coordination with the U.S. Intelligence Community, including
   the Office of the Director for National Intelligence, the Department of Homeland Security,
   the Central Intelligence Agency,  the  National  Security  Agency, the Federal Bureau of
   Investigation, the Department of Defense, and the White House National Security Staff.

•  Track emerging national/homeland security issues, through close coordination with the U.S.
   Intelligence Community, in order to anticipate  and avoid crisis situations and  target the
   Agency's efforts proactively against threats to the United States.

The  EPA's FY  2013  resources  also  will  support national  cybersecurity  efforts through
monitoring across the Agency's IT infrastructure to detect, remediate, and eradicate malicious
software or Advanced Persistent Threats (APT) from the EPA's computer and data networks and
through improved detection capabilities. The EPA will  enhance internal Computer Security
Incident Response Capability (CSIRC) to ensure rapid identification and reporting of suspicious
activity and will increase training and awareness of cybersecurity threats. The EPA personnel are
active participants in Government  Forum  of Incident Response Teams (GFIRST), a DHS-led
group of experts from incident response and security response teams. Indicators and warnings are
shared between the EPA incident responders and their cleared counterparts in other agencies and
with the Intelligence Community.

Performance Targets:

Work under this  program  supports  multiple  strategic  objectives.  Currently,  there are  no
performance measures for this specific  program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$60.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$16.07+0.1 FTE) This increase  reflects  additional program support  funding. The
       additional resources include 0.1 FTE and associated payroll of $16.0.

   •   (-$108.0) This represents a decrease in resources that support homeland security efforts.
                                          331

-------
Statutory Authority:

Homeland Security Presidential Directives, 5 U.S.C. 101 et seq. - Sections HSPD 1-25 and
National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP), 42 U.S.C. 3231 et
seq. -  Sections 300, 300.1, 300.2, 300.3, 300.4, 300.5, 300.6 and 300.7 and Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. 9606 et seq. -
Sections 101-128, 301-312 and 401-405 and Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA),
42 U.S.C. 6962 et  seq. - Sections 1001, 2001,  3001 and 3005  and Safe Drinking Water Act
(SOWA) Amendments, 42 U.S.C. 300 et seq. -  Sections 1400, 1401, 1411, 1421, 1431,  1441,
1454 and 1461 and Clean Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C.  1314 et seq. - Sections 101, 102, 103,
104, 105, 107, and  Clean Air Act (CAA) Amendments, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. - Sections 102,
103, 104 and  108 and Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C. 2611 et seq. - Sections
201, 301 and  401 and Federal Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), 7 U.S.C. 36
et seq. - Sections 136a - 136y and Bio Terrorism Act of 2002, 42. U.S.C. 201 et seq. - Sections
303, 305, 306 and 307 and Homeland Security Act of 2002,  116 U.S.C. 2135 et seq. - Sections
101, 102,  103, 201, 202, 211-215, 221-225,  231-235  and 237 and  Post-Katrina Emergency
Management Reform Act, 6 U.S.C. 772 et seq. - Sections 501, 502,  503, 504, 505, 506, 507,
508, 509, 510, 511, 512 and 513  and Defense Against Weapons of Mass Destruction Act, 50
U.S.C.  2302 et seq.  - (Title XIV of Public Law 104-201).
                                         332

-------
                                    Homeland Security: Critical Infrastructure Protection
                                                         Program Area: Homeland Security
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                         Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                                                        Objective(s): Protect Human Health

                                                      Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$2,411.5
$18,498.7
$9.1
$20,919.3
28.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$1,063.0
$11,361.0
$0.0
$12,424.0
24.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$2,087.0
$9,779.0
$0.0
$11,866.0
24.4
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,024.0
($1,582.0)
$0.0
($558.0)
-0.4
Program Project Description:

This program includes a number of the EPA activities that coordinate and support the protection
of the nation's critical public infrastructure from terrorist threats.  The EPA activities  support
effective information sharing and dissemination to help protect critical water infrastructure.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Information Sharing Networks & Water Security

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to build its capacity to identify and respond to threats to
critical national water infrastructure. The EPA's wastewater and drinking water security efforts
will continue to support the water sector by providing access to information sharing tools and
mechanisms that  provide timely information  on contaminant  properties,  water treatment
effectiveness, detection technologies, analytical protocols, and laboratory capabilities for use in
responding  to  a water contamination  event. The EPA  will  continue to support effective
communication  conduits to  disseminate threat  and incident information  and to serve  as a
clearinghouse  for  sensitive information.  The EPA promotes  information sharing between  the
water sector and such groups as environmental professionals and scientists,  emergency services
personnel, law enforcement, public health agencies, the intelligence community, and technical
assistance providers. Through this exchange, water systems can obtain up-to-date information on
current technologies in water security, accurately assess their vulnerabilities to terror acts, and
work cooperatively with public health officials, first responders, and law enforcement officials to
respond effectively in the event of an emergency.
                                          333

-------
The EPA continues to engage with available information-sharing networks to promote drinking
water and wastewater utilities'  access to up-to-date security information. This effort ensures that
these  utilities have access to a comprehensive range of important materials,  including tools,
training, and protocols,  some of which may be sensitive and therefore not generally available
through other means. In addition to collaborating with information sharing networks, the EPA
will continue to develop materials to ensure that utilities will have the most updated information.
This work will enable participating water utilities of all sizes to gain access to a rapid notification
system. Participating utilities receive  alerts  about changes in the homeland security advisory
level  or about  regional and national trends in  certain types of water-related incidents. For
example, should there be types of specific water related incidents that are re-occurring, the alerts
distributed to the  utilities will  make note of the increasing multiple occurrences or "trends" of
these  incidents. Information sharing networks allow the water sector not only to improve their
understanding of the latest water security and resiliency protocols and threats, but also to reduce
their risk by enhancing their ability to prepare for  an emergency. The FY 2013 request level for
the information sharing networks is $1.1 million.

In FY 2013, the EPA is requesting $1.0 million for planning and implementing Regional Centers
of Expertise for Water Security Teams. Currently, all ten regions have water emergency response
teams that are available to assist in responses to  large-scale or multiple environmental impact
events. The Agency will use these resources to enhance regional response capabilities in two
Regional Centers of Expertise. These Regional  Centers will provide  desk and field staff in
instances where an incident may overwhelm other regions' more modest  emergency response
capabilities. Each region will retain a core emergency response capability, but these Regional
Centers will ensure that EPA has a robust ability to fulfill its Emergency Support Function-3
(Public Work and Engineering) responsibilities under the National Response Framework.

Performance Targets:

Work under this  program  supports  multiple strategic objectives.  Currently, there  are  no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$5.0)  This increase reflects  the recalculation of base workforce costs and  a  cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$1,000.0) This reflects an increase for planning and implementing Regional Centers of
       Expertise for Water Security Teams. This increase reflects funds needed to implement the
       selected approaches resulting from  the review of options and requirements  for Regional
       Centers of Expertise for Water  Security Teams. EPA will implement the Regional Center
       approach in FY 2013 and reduce long-term  costs.

   •   (+$19.0) This reflects an increase to provide additional smaller systems with resources to
       access water information sharing networks.
                                          334

-------
Statutory Authority:

SOW A, 42 U.S.C. §300f-300j-9 as added by Public Law 93-523 and the amendments made by
subsequent enactments, Sections - 1431, 1432,  1433, 1434, 1435;  CWA, 33 U.S.C.  §1251  et
seq.; Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Emergency and Response Act of 2002.
                                        335

-------
                      Homeland Security: Protection of EPA Personnel and Infrastructure
                                                         Program Area: Homeland Security

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's  six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office  of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Building and Facilities
Hazardous Substance SuperrUnd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$6,497.0
$592.0
$8,269.1
$669.1
$16,027.2
7.3
FY2012
Enacted
$5,966.0
$578.0
$7,044.0
$1,170.0
$14,758.0
3.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$5,999.0
$579.0
$8,038.0
$1,172.0
$15,788.0
3.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$33.0
$1.0
$994.0
$2.0
$1,030.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

This portion of EPA's Homeland Security Program is composed of the following elements: (1)
Physical  Security - assessing the physical security of Agency facilities, overseeing the mitigation
of physical security vulnerabilities, and providing related subject matter expertise; (2) Personnel
Security  - initiating and adjudicating personnel security investigations; and (3) National Security
Information - classifying and safeguarding National Security Information.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

With respect to the nationwide protection of EPA Buildings and Critical Infrastructure, in FY
2013, the Agency will continue performing  onsite vulnerability assessments; identifying and
recommending  security risk mitigations; overseeing  access  control measures;  determining
physical  security measures for new construction and  leases; identifying and protecting Agency
critical infrastructure; and managing security equipment lifecycle.

As part of the Investigative and Related Personnel Security Functions, the Agency will continue
designating position risk levels; initiating background investigations; adjudicating investigative
results; determining employee suitability and contractor fitness to work for or on behalf of the
Agency;  determining eligibility to access classified National Security Information (NSI); and
maintaining personnel security records.

Finally, with respect to the Protection of Classified National Security Information (NSI) at EPA,
the Agency will continue classifying and declassifying NSI; identifying, marking, safeguarding,
and transmitting NSI; providing mandatory NSI security education and training; conducting on-
                                          336

-------
site NSI inspections and vulnerability assessments; overseeing EPA's Sensitive Compartmented
Information Program and Industrial Security Program; and developing and managing databases.

Performance Targets:

Work under  this  program supports multiple strategic  objectives. Currently, there are no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    • (+$13.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
      living adjustment for existing FTE.

    • (+$20.0) This increase provides support to the EPA's Personnel Access Security System
      (EPASS) as part of the Investigative and Related Personnel Security Functions.

Statutory Authority:

The National Security Strategy; Intelligence Reform  and Terrorism Prevention Act  of 2004;
Executive Orders 10450, 13526, 13467, 13488, 12829, 12333, and 12968; Title 5 CFR Parts 731
and 732;  32  CFR Part 2001; Privacy  Act; Interagency Security Committee  (ISC)  Physical
Security Criteria for Federal Facilities; ISC  Facility Security Level Determinations for Federal
Facilities; Homeland Security Presidential Directive 7 (HSPD-7).
                                          337

-------
Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach
                    338

-------
                           Children and Other Sensitive Populations: Agency Coordination
                                              Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).
                               Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                        Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$8,790.8
$8,790.8
17.3
FY 2012
Enacted
$7,481.0
$7,481.0
18.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$10,923.0
$10,923.0
30.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$3,442.0
$3,442.0
12.7
Program Project Description:

The Agency coordinates and  advances protection of children's environmental health through
regulatory development, science policy, program implementation, communication and effective
results measurement as an explicit part of the its mission to protect human health. The children's
health protection effort is directed by the 1997 Executive Order  13045, Protection of Children's
Health from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks and the 2010 memorandum from the
Administrator, EPA 's Leadership  in  Children's Environmental Health.  Legislative mandates
such as the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA), the Safe Drinking Water
Amendments  of 1996,  and the Food Quality Protection Act of  1996 also direct the Agency to
protect children and other vulnerable life stages.51

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, EPA will use a variety  of approaches to protect children from environmental health
hazards,  for  example,  children's health  concerns  are  addressed  during  the regulatory
development process, the implementation of community-based programs, research, and outreach.
At the same time,  the  program will evaluate quarterly EPA's performance to ensure that it is
meeting its Office's Strategic Plan goals  and  objectives  and  making  steady progress.  The
Children's Health program will take  the lead in ensuring  that EPA's programs and  regional
51 The Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 directs EPA to produce guidelines on the safe siting of schools and
guidelines to states on school environmental health programs in order to protect children from environmental hazards where they
learn.
The 1996 amendments to the Safe Drinking Water Act require EPA to strengthen protection of children by considering the risk to
the most vulnerable populations and life stages when setting standards.
The Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996 amended the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) and
the Federal Food Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) to include stricter safety standards for pesticides, especially for infants and
children, and a complete reassessment of all existing pesticide tolerances.
                                            339

-------
offices are successful in their efforts to protect children's environmental health. The Office of
Children's Health Protection (OCHP)  was reorganized during  FY  2010  and the increased
resources  in FY 2013  will support the  capacity of the two primary divisions in OCHP - the
Program Implementation and Coordination Division and the Regulatory Support and  Science
Division.  The resources will allow the program to actively  participate in approximately 25
regulatory workgroups to ensure that EPA implements the nation's environmental laws using the
best science to address the potential for adverse health effects from  environmental factors in
vulnerable age  groups;  to  work  with  national  organizations  to  incorporate   children's
environmental health into existing programs and use  indicators  to measure improvements in
health in vulnerable age groups;  and to fund projects  that help to align multiple community-
based programs to  build capacity to  address  critical issues affecting children's health  in
underserved communities.

The following are planned activities in FY 2013:

•   As part of the Agency's emphasis on healthy communities, the program will work internally
    and with other agencies, states and tribes to expand coordinated implementation of successful
    community-based programs to  improve children's health outcomes. Internally, EPA will
    continue improving coordination across the  Agency to ensure that policies and programs
    explicitly consider and use the most up-to-date data and methods for protecting children from
    heightened public health risks.

•   Serve  as  a co-lead of the interagency effort with  the Department of Health and Human
    Services and participation from other related agencies to improve  federal government-wide
    support in implementing legislative mandates under the EISA and coordinating outreach and
    technical assistance.

•   Address the potential for unique exposures, health effects, and health risks in children during
    the development of Agency regulations and policies.

•   Coordinate with internal  and  external research partners to fill critical knowledge gaps on
    children's unique vulnerabilities.

•   Improve EPA's risk assessment and science policies and their implementation tools to ensure
    they  address  unique,  early-life  health  susceptibilities including  those for  multiple
    environmental hazards and stressors.

•   Share  scientific data for the development of standards, policies, and guidance that protect
    children  domestically  and  internationally  (i.e.,  coordination with the  World Health
    Organization) by eliminating potentially  harmful prenatal  and  childhood exposures  to
    pesticides and other toxic  chemicals.
                                           340

-------
•  Increase environmental health knowledge (i.e., working the Pediatric Environmental Health
   Specialty Units (PEHSU)) of health care providers related  to  prenatal and  childhood
   exposures and health outcomes with a focus on vulnerable groups through outreach activities.

•  Create new targets and update current targets for office goals and  objectives established in
   the Agency's Office of Children's Health Protection Strategic Plan.

•  Increase transparency and coordination with states,  local  communities,  schools  and the
   general  public  by supporting a strong  communications  and outreach effort  to share
   information and provide technical assistance, tools and materials to schools and stakeholder
   groups.

(In FY 2013, the Children and other  Sensitive Populations: Agency Coordination program will
be funded at $10.9 million and 30.9 FTE.)

Performance Targets:

Work under this program  supports  EPA's Goal  4:  Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals  and
Preventing Pollution, Objective 1: Ensure Chemical Safety. Currently, there are no performance
measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012  Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$214.0) This decrease reflects the  recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$1,604.07 +7.5 FTE) This increase supports the coordination and implementation of
       EISA, providing technical assistance to states and communities on implementation of
       voluntary  school  siting and environmental  health guidelines.  The resources  will also
       support  the  Agency's emphasis  on Healthy  Communities.  These resources include
       $1,125.0 in associated payroll  and 7.5 FTE.

   •   (+$465.0)  This reflects an increase in grants  for the Agency's emphasis on Healthy
       Communities.  Funding is for coordinating  expertise and  efforts  across  programs to
       provide  technical assistance,  develop and  implement tools and models,  and support
       communication and  outreach.  In particular,  the program will  continue improving
       coordination across the Agency to ensure that policies and programs explicitly consider
       and use the most up-to-date data and methods for protecting children from heightened
       public health risks.  Funding  is also for grants to enhance state and tribal efforts to
       improve conditions in schools to enhance student  health and performance.  These grants
       will help communities protect  children's health where children learn.

   •   (+$1,587.07 +5.2 FTE) This increase reflects the commitment in the Agency's Strategic
       Plan to ensure protection  of children's health in our decisions across all EPA programs.
       The Children's Health Protection program will work across  the Agency to use a variety
       of approaches, including  regulation, enforcement,  research,  outreach, community-based
                                          341

-------
       programs,  and partnerships to protect children from environmental hazards.  These
       resources include $780.0 in associated payroll and 5.2 FTE.

Statutory Authority:

Executive Order  13045; Energy Independence  and  Security Act  of 2007; Food Quality
Protection Act of 1996; Safe Drinking Water Act Amendments of 1996.
                                         342

-------
                                                              Environmental Education
                                           Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                 Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$6,962.2
$6,962.2
15.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$9,699.0
$9,699.0
19.5
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($9,699.0)
($9,699.0)
-19.5
Program Project Description:

This program has ensured that Environmental Education, using a science-based approach and
effective education practices, has been used as a tool to promote the protection of human health
and  the  environment,  and  has encouraged  student academic achievement. Environmental
Education has taught the public about choices and environmental stewardship to  produce the
next generation of environmentally literate citizens and stewards, and has generated support for
environmental policy. The National Environmental Education Act has provided a foundation for
the activities that the Agency has conducted under this program project.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

No new activities or funding is planned for this program in FY 2013.  The Agency is eliminating
its Environmental  Education program  in  order to focus our  limited resources on further
integrating environmental education activities into existing environmental programs under a
streamlined approach. In FY 2012, EPA established the Intra-Agency Environmental Education
Workgroup to incorporate  environmental literacy and stewardship  activities across  all EPA
programs. By aligning environmental education  and outreach  activities with the  appropriate
national programs, EPA is improving the  accountability  and outcomes  of these activities.
Elimination  of the Environmental Education  program will allow EPA to better  leverage its
resources for environmental outreach activities which will be carried out under a streamlined and
coordinated approach, thus better serving the public while promoting environmental literacy. The
Agency also will enhance efforts to develop additional public-private  partnership to  help support
environmental education stakeholders.

Performance Targets:

There are no current performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$9,699.07-19.5 FTE) This eliminates the Environmental Education program. These
       resources include $2,414.0 in associated payroll for 19.5 FTE.
                                          343

-------
Statutory Authority:

National Environmental Education Act (PL 101-619); Section 103 of the Clean Air Act; Section
104 of the Clean Water Act; Section 8001 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act; Section 1442 of the
Safe Drinking Water Act; Section  10 of the Toxic Substances Control Act;  Section 20 of the
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act.
                                          344

-------
                                   Congressional, Intergovernmental, External Relations
                                           Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$53,544.3
$2.1
$53,546.4
374.5
FY2012
Enacted
$47,638.0
$0.0
$47,638.0
356.6
FY2013
Pres Budget
$52,896.0
$0.0
$52,896.0
360.6
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$5,258.0
$0.0
$5,258.0
4.0
Program/Project Description:

The Congressional, Intergovernmental and External Relations program provides vital executive
and logistical support for EPA's Administrator. In addition to the Administrator's Immediate
Office (IO), resources in this program support five additional headquarters offices that contribute
to the Agency's ability  to  meet  its commitments  and to protect  human health  and the
environment, including the Office of Congressional and Intergovernmental Relations (OCIR), a
portion of the Office of External Affairs and Environmental Education (OEAEE),  the Office of
Federal Advisory Committee Management  and Outreach  (OFACMO), the Office  of Executive
Services (OES), and the Office of the Executive Secretariat (OEX). Funding in this  program also
supports vital  needs in EPA's  10  Regional  Administrator's offices across  the  country.  The
activities conducted  by these headquarters and  regional offices are  the  critical link  to the
Agency's  engagement with outside  entities including Congress, state and local governments,
nongovernmental organizations,  national and community associations, and the public. Within
this program, functions include but are not limited to: responding to Congressional requests for
information; providing written and oral testimony briefings, and briefing materials; as well as
outreach and  coordination to state  and local governments; maintaining public  relations and
communication with the press; and the management of EPA's Federal Advisory Committee Act
(FACA)  process.  This program also includes functions that support the administrative
management services involving correspondence control  and records management  systems;
human resource  management, budget formulation and execution and information  technology
services.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Immediate Office of the Administrator  (IO) provides management, leadership  and  direction
for EPA's programs and activities and  develops  the guidance  necessary to  ensure the
achievement of the Agency's strategic goals and priorities. To ensure that regional views and
                                          345

-------
priorities are considered in the formulation of its policies and during major phases of decision
making, each regional Office of the Regional Administrator works closely with the IO and the
Office of Regional Operations to address national, regional and local environmental  concerns.
These three units work in unison with government policy makers, states, tribes, and the public by
communicating Agency proposals, actions, policies, research, and data through mass media, print
publications,  and the web.  In FY 2013, resources in IO will  support mandatory IT  and
telecommunications costs. In addition, the Immediate Office will be undertaking a review of the
functions housed within the  Office of the Administrator organization, with a goal of reducing
overall size by 10%. The Agency believes that some efficiencies can be implemented that will
allow the Office of the Administrator to continue to manage, lead and direct EPA's programs and
activities while ensuring achievement of the Agency's strategic goals and priorities. (In FY 2013,
the headquarters Office of the Administrator and Deputy Administrator will be funded at a level
of $3.5 million and 21.8 FTE)

The Office of Congressional and Intergovernmental Relations (OCIR) along with their regional
counterparts lead EPA's interactions with Congress,  governors,  and  other state  and  local
officials. In FY 2013,  OCIR  will prepare EPA's officials for hearings and meetings with
members of Congress,  oversee  responses to  written inquiries and  oversight requests  from
members of Congress, and coordinate and provide technical assistance and briefings to members
of Congress and staff on legislative areas of interest.  OCIR will work with program  offices to
prepare nominees for confirmation  hearings. In addition, OCIR will coordinate with the White
House's Office of Legislative and Intergovernmental Affairs and the Council  for Environmental
Quality on issues related to achieving the  goals and priorities of the Agency.

OCIR's  Intergovernmental   Office will  serve  as  the  Agency's  liaison to  state  and  local
government  officials and  will  manage the  Administrator's  Local  Government  Advisory
Committee and the Small Community Advisory Subcommittee. These  activities will help to
ensure that  EPA's policies and regulations  consider  specific impacts  on  state  and  local
governments. The office will also monitor regulations to ensure that proper consultation with
state and local governments takes place  in accordance with Federalism  guidelines. The  office
will  continue  to  work  closely with program offices  to  more fully integrate the National
Environmental Performance  Partnerships System (NEPPS) framework and principles into the
Agency's core business practices.  NEPPS is  a  performance-based system  of environmental
protection designed to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of  state-EPA partnerships. By
focusing EPA and state resources  on the most  pressing environmental problems and taking
advantage of the unique capacities of each partner, performance partnerships may help achieve
the greatest  environmental  and human health  protection. OCIR's efforts will  support EPA's
strategic plan and the Administrator's priority for building on state partnerships. (In FY 2013, the
headquarters Office of Congressional and Intergovernmental Relations will be funded at a level
of $8.2 million and 58.8 FTE)

The  Office of Federal Advisory Committee Management and Outreach  (OFACMO) creates
uniform policy and guidance and has oversight responsibility for the Agency's FACA committee
management process. It surveys committee members and stakeholders, identifies and shares best
practices,  and provides  training  to Agency Designated Federal Officers (DFOs), committee
chairpersons, and committee members. This work will  ensure that  EPA's 50 federal  advisory
                                          346

-------
committees  (FACs)  and sub-committees  are  in  compliance with  FACA requirements and
administrative  guidelines provided  by the  General  Services  Administration's Committee
Management Secretariat.  In FY 2013, OFACMO will conduct comprehensive "oversight/assist"
visits to ensure that EPA's federal advisory committees comply with notice, open meeting,
public document, and record keeping requirements. These visits will help reduce practices that
expose the committees to legal  challenges and vulnerability. In addition, this office is responsible
for managing five FACs: the Good Neighbor Environmental Board, the National  Advisory
Committee,  the  Governmental  Advisory  Committee,  the  National Advisory  Council  for
Environmental  Policy and Technology,  and  the  Farm,   Ranch  and Rural  Communities
Committee.

In FY 2013, OFACMO  will also implement a strategic outreach initiative to environmental
justice  and  science-based  groups, schools and  organizations  to  increase  the  number of
underrepresented and underserved communities on  EPA's  federal  advisory  committees.  An
enhanced pool  will  allow  DFOs  and program  offices to have  participation on existing
committees from individuals, communities and groups that have traditionally been underserved
and/or underutilized  on EPA's committees. Such  an approach will allow the  Agency to have
balanced, diverse points of views, a key component of the FACA process. OFACMO will create
and maintain a pool  of diverse candidates in a central "diversity" database that will be a key
resource for the Agency's advisory committees. Further, the program will visit  Regional offices
to brief managers and staff on the benefits that advisory committees bring to their programs.

To strengthen its public participation function,  OFACMO will implement a plan to expand the
conversation on environmentalism.  This will include integrating new technologies,  including
videoconferencing, webcasting, and other forms of social media, with other communication and
outreach efforts.  By  using these tools, OFACMO  can ensure links between EPA's federal
advisory  committees.  Moreover, it  will  allow the office  to  hold public meetings,  attend
conferences, and form partnerships with Minority Academic Institutions, the National Science
Foundation,  and other science/policy based organizations. (In FY 2013, the headquarters  Office
of Federal Advisory Committee Management and Outreach  will be funded at a level of $2.2
million and 12.1 FTE)

The Office of External Affairs and Environmental Education (OEAEE) leads EPA in providing a
consistent, transparent flow of  information  from the Agency's headquarters and regional offices
to the public, the media, federal, state and local government entities and stakeholders.  In  FY
2013,  EPA's  headquarters and regional  offices  of External Affairs will increase their
responsiveness  to the media by streamlining internal processes to meet reporters' deadlines. The
office will research and evaluate  new multimedia and web application tools to determine  if they
are more effective than current tools in providing stakeholders, including citizens and local, state,
and  Tribal  governments, transparent, accurate  and comprehensive  information on  EPA's
activities  and   policies.   In  FY 2013,  resources  in OEAEE   will  support mandatory
IT/telecommunications costs. Additionally, the offices will strengthen their customer service by
reaching out to  stakeholders, including faith-based, neighborhood, multilingual,  educational, and
health groups, so that citizens  have a better understanding of the actions that EPA is taking to
protect people's health and the  environment.  External  affairs will  use  traditional and social
media, the website,  and other innovative channels such as webinars, virtual town halls,  public
                                          347

-------
service  announcements,  photo projects,  and videos to  reach  students, communities,  and
multilingual populations to inform  them  of health  and environmental issues and  receive
feedback.  Finally,  the  Agency  will  retool the  overall  education  effort  by  integrating
environmental outreach and training  activities within core EPA environmental programs, thus
better serving the  public.  OEAEE  will  lead and coordinate  the Agency's revamped  and
streamlined environmental outreach and literacy effort. (In FY 2013, the headquarters Office of
External Affairs and Environmental Education will be funded at a level of $7.3 million and 51.2
FTE)

As the central administrative management  component of the Office of the Administrator (AO),
the   Office of Executive  Services  (OES)  provides  advice,  tools,  and  assistance for  the
organization's programmatic operations  including human  resources management, budget and
financial management, information technology management and security. In FY 2013, Executive
Services will manage the utilization of AO's resources, track and develop projections associated
with payroll utilization to ensure sound fiscal management, and achieve cost  savings wherever
possible. OES also will assist  other  organizations  by  creating cost-effective  information
technology solutions   (i.e.,  database tools  and  systems),  assess resource  needs, prepare
organizational materials, oversee the office's IT and telecommunications resources, and process
and report on personnel actions. (In FY 2013, the headquarters Office of Executive Services will
be funded at a level of $3.8 million and 22.0 FTE)

The  Office of  the Executive  Secretariat (OEX)  serves  as  the  correspondence, records
management and Freedom of Information  Act (FOIA) hub of the  Office of the Administrator.
OEX manages  executive  correspondence,  oversees  the   FOIA  process,  maintains   the
Administrator's  and Deputy  Administrator's records,  ensures  that OA meets its records
management responsibilities and  manages the Correspondence Management System, a major
agency  information technology application.  In  FY 2013,  resources  in  OEX  will support
mandatory  IT/telecommunications costs. In FY 2013, OEX will assist  staff,  national-program
offices and regional offices in implementing paperless technologies for correspondence, records
management  and FOIA processing,  ensuring greater efficiency,  improved accountability and
reduced cost, such as physical records storage at the Federal Records Center. OEX anticipates
results consistent with those detailed  in its FY 2011 Federal Managers'  Financial Integrity Act
letter, including significant reductions in initial correspondence processing times, lower costs to
requesters accessing records through the FOIA and lower storage costs for paper records stored
offsite. (In FY 2013, the headquarters Office of Executive Secretariat will be funded at a level of
$2.1 million and 14.6 FTE)

Performance Targets:

Work under  this  program  supports multiple strategic objectives.  Currently, there  are  no
performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  (+$735.0) This  increase reflects the recalculation  of base workforce costs and a cost of
      living adjustment for existing FTE.
                                          348

-------
   •   (+$540.07+4.0 FTE) This reflects an increase in FTE to better reflect current utilization
       rates,  while taking  into consideration FY 2013  programmatic priorities.  Minor FTE
       increases (less than  +0.5 FTE per office) will be  proportionally allocated across all six
       headquarters and 10 regional  offices and will support the capacity of all  16  offices to
       engage with outside entities  including  Congress,  state and local governments, non-
       governmental organizations, national and community associations, and the public. The
       change includes 4.0 FTE, and $540.0 in associated payroll.

   •   (+$1,403.0)  This   redirects  resources  to   cover basic  and   mandatory  IT  and
       telecommunications  support costs for on board workforce. Examples of support areas
       include desktop services, telephone and Local Area Network (LAN). These resources are
       needed to enable employees  to  carry out their  day-to-day operations  supporting  the
       Agency's mission. This also redirects resources for non-pay base contract and general
       expenses to support the  outreach and coordination efforts for six EPA headquarters
       offices and ten Regional Administrator's offices.

   •   (+$2,590.0) These additional resources provide minimal level of basic support for the
       Agency to  respond  to  the public and essential stakeholders  in a timely and  effective
       manner. These  resources also will  be used  for print publications, web  and records
       management and executive correspondences. These resources also enable the Agency to
       respond to more than 1,800 congressional requests and letters in a timelier manner.

   •   (-$10.0) This reflects a reduction for the Administrator's Representational  Fund as the
       Agency will not be  hosting the Commission for Environmental Cooperation meeting in
       FY2013.

Statutory Authority:

As provided in Appropriations Act funding; Federal  Advisory Committee Act; Environmental
Impact  Assessment  Act;  North American Free  Trade  Agreement  Implementation Act;
Residential Lead Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act; North American Anti-Epileptic Drug
Pregnancy Registry;  La Paz Agreement U.S./Mexico Border; Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act
                                          349

-------
                                                                     Exchange Network
                                            Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$17,816.6
$1,431.0
$19,247.6
37.3
FY2012
Enacted
$17,724.0
$1,431.0
$19,155.0
29.6
FY2013
Pres Budget
$23,008.0
$1,433.0
$24,441.0
31.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$5,284.0
$2.0
$5,286.0
1.4
Program Project Description:

The Exchange Network (EN) is a standards-based, secure approach for the EPA and its state,
Tribal, and territorial partners to exchange and share environmental data. The EN facilitates and
streamlines electronic reporting, sharing, integration,  analysis and use of environmental data
from many different sources. Through its use of technology and data standards,  open source
software,  shared  services  and  reusable tools  and applications, the EN  offers  its  partners
tremendous potential for environmental data management and analysis.

The Central Data Exchange52 (CDX) is the  largest component within the EN program. CDX is
the electronic gateway through which environmental  data enters the  Agency. It enables fast,
efficient and  more accurate environmental data  submissions  from state and  local governments,
industry and tribes to the EPA. It also provides a  set of core services for the entire Agency, rather
than each agency program building its  own duplicative services. The reuse of existing core
Agency services  like CDX promotes   a  leaner  and  more  cost-effective  approach to an
organization's information technology infrastructure. In  addition, use of CDX as a core set of
services provides a common way to promote data integration and sharing with states, since CDX
serves as the EPA's connection to the EN and supports some network-wide services as well, such
as EN authentication and authorization. CDX resources support infrastructure  for development,
testing and production of sophisticated hardware and  software; data exchange and Web form
programs;  built-in  data  quality checks;  standards-setting  projects with  states,  Tribes  and
territories  for electronic reporting; and significant security and quality assurance activities. By
reducing the  data management burden on EPA  programs, CDX helps environmental programs
focus their resources on enforcement and programmatic work, rather than data collection  and
handling.
 1 For more information on the Central Data Exchange, please visit: http://www.epa.gov/cdx/
                                          350

-------
 The CDX program also supports the Automated Commercial Environment (ACE), a data system
 being developed by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) for importers and exporters to
 use to submit reports to over 40 agencies and for CBP to make admissibility decisions about
 products  and shipments at US ports of entry. The Integrated Trade Data System (ITDS) is the
 governance group that coordinates participating governmental agencies in decisions about ACE.
 The EPA will use ACE to assist in making decisions about the admissibility of imports that are
 regulated by the EPA under six  national programs that need to exchange data with the ACE
 system. The Agency  is building  CDX and EN services to assist EPA program offices in this
 effort, which is mandated by the Security and Accountability for Every (SAFE) Port Act and
 Executive Order  13439. The six EPA  programs  are:  Engines;  Fuels;  Toxic Substances;
 Pesticides; Ozone Depleting Substances; and Hazardous Waste.

Other tools and services in the EN program include the Facility Registry System (FRS) and the
other registries within the System of Registries (SoR). The FRS is a widely used source  of
mapping and environmental data about facilities. It supports a multimedia display and integration
of a wide variety of environmental information keyed to  single or  multiple facilities. Among
other applications of FRS, users can apply the  data in understanding homeland security threats,
prioritizing enforcement, and integrating data across  disparate datasets. FRS also  serves a key
point of entry for the public interested in the EPA's data stores. The registries provide a platform
to link data across data systems, environmental programs and even other agencies' data, enabling
the EPA to bring data together for greater understanding of environmental issues. The registries
are key integrators that promote discovery, access,  sharing and understanding of the EPA's
information and assets.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

 In FY 2013 the Exchange Network program  will fundamentally shift in emphasis from partners
 reporting  data to the  EPA, to an EPA-led effort to use Exchange Network resources for data
 sharing and integration and expansion of geospatial data capabilities. Development in these areas
 will enable  the EPA  and its partners  to perform robust analysis of multimedia environmental
 problems  and environmental conditions that  cross jurisdictional boundaries.  Through migrating
 shared EN services to the cloud, the program anticipates freeing up additional resources for EPA
 and its partners to apply to these data integration and analysis capabilities.

In FY 2013, the EN program will develop services that encourage innovative data sharing and
analysis while reducing the  cost  and burden of reporting.  The program will pilot projects that
transform  the EN from a closed partnership of states and Tribes  to a more open platform  of
services that the public  or  third parties can use to develop tools  and  applications to make
environmental data reporting, sharing and analysis faster, simpler and  cheaper, which includes an
expansion of CDX and EN data publishing capabilities. The EN program also will increase the
amount of critical environmental  data flowing, expand the program's  role in sharing data among
partners, and provide increased business value through reduced burden. It will provide better data
quality, timeliness and accessibility while making the EN simpler and less costly to implement.
Finally, pending the results of research from  calendar years 2011 and 2012, CDX and some EN
services will transition wholly or in part to a cloud-based infrastructure to  save money and gain
efficiencies in FY 2013.
                                          351

-------
The EPA continues to leverage the EN to achieve Agency information goals and priorities while
increasing efficiency.  In collaboration with the EPA, the Environmental Council  of the States
(ECOS) accepts the EN as the standard approach for EPA, state, tribe and territory data sharing.
At the end of calendar year 2011, 60 percent of states reporting to the EPA's ten priority national
systems use the EN, representing a doubling of EN use within 18 months. Tribal use of the EN
grew by 20 percent during calendar year 2011.

In FY 2013, CDX will continue to support the Transportation of Air Quality (TAQ) program in
implementing  the Renewable Fuel  Standard through several  interconnected  systems.  The
systems include the  TAQ Registration system,  TAQ Fuels Reporting System  and the EPA
Moderated  Transaction  System  (EMTS). EMTS  provides  an  electronic  marketplace for
transactions of Renewable Fuel  Information as well  as traditional electronic  reporting to the
EPA. CDX will also increase electronic reporting to the EPA by meeting several new reporting
requirements under the Toxic Substances Control Act, Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program and
other priority data collections across EPA program offices

Several new enhancements to CDX are underway and will continue to be rolled out in FY 2013.
Major activities include a complete redesign of the CDX interface to comply with new usability
standards, improving the quality of user registration data and raising the efficiency of the EPA's
user identity management.  The program also will  complete the automated process for validating
identities of individuals  registering with CDX, resulting in  a reduction in cost to the Agency
from  $30 to  $0.60  per user and additional resource  and time  savings  for  the  regulated
community. CDX also is conducting a complete review of its existing architecture and preparing
a three-year plan  to obtain additional efficiencies through consolidation and standardization of
services, and leveraging new technology like cloud computing. Finally, CDX will launch a suite
of collection and  publishing services, providing the transport of data from the EPA  to trusted
partners and the public. This role and expansion of CDX will be  pursued now through FY 2013
as part of system architecture redesign.

In FY 2013 the program will reduce its ACE/ITDS expenditures by $1.5M. Most of the major
system component build-outs are expected to be completed by early FY 2013. If the current
schedule for CBP continues as planned, this funding reduction will not impact EPA's ability to
continue participating in the partnership with CBP.

Planned activities in FY  2013 for the  System of Registries will continue efforts to  allow greater
sharing and better understanding of the EPA's data.  This includes metadata providing services at
the system, dataset, and data element levels:

•  At the information system level, The Registry of EPA Applications and Databases (READ)
   inventories EPA data systems;
•  At the dataset level,  the  Environmental Dataset Gateway (EDG) inventories EPA datasets
   and non-EPA datasets used across  the EPA;
•  At the data element level, the Data Element Registry Services (DERS) is a central repository
   for data dictionaries and code sets. DERS will  enable the EPA to meet Office of Management
   and Budget requirements for conforming to a federal-wide standardization effort (National
   Information Exchange Model - NIEM).
                                          352

-------
The EPA also is implementing a new approach to connecting data from disparate sources that
has the potential to transform the  public's access to information and improve their ability to
create innovative software applications, develop integrated portraits of Agency data and connect
it to data across the Internet that may offer useful comparisons or provide additional insight. This
new technology, which is called "Linked Open Data," models the data from each EPA program
and installs it onto a specific platform that then can be linked with similarly modeled data on the
Internet.  This creates a virtual searchable database (although not in a database) on the Web. The
EPA will continue to expand on its pilots of this approach in FY 2013 with additional data sets to
demonstrate how this technology might begin to replace existing ways of searching, discovering,
connecting and linking data together over the Internet, instead of storing it in large database silos
where data cannot be compared to each other.

The EPA will continue to improve Information Technology (IT) management by working with
program  offices and states and tribes to develop complete data dictionaries. In addition to basic
IT information management, this work will make it possible to cross-walk data elements to data
standards and to data flows through CDX. It will help states and tribes determine how their
systems map to EPA program systems and  will enable programmers, such as those for Data.gov,
to better understand the meaning of a data element in a dataset.

Planned activities in FY 2013 for the Facility Registry Service include:

   •   Continuing to improve  FRS data quality and its utilization across the EPA and states by
       building on initiatives  in FY  2011 and  FY 2012 to build a strong FRS data stewards
       network and community of interest;
   •   Improving data access  by providing better tools for data stewards to correct data,  and
       making FRS data available through  multiple Web services;
   •   Enhancing FRS data with value-added attributes and capabilities  to  support improved
       analysis and access and adding additional  spatial geographies and  attributes as well as
       emerging semantic Web technologies;
   •   Improving synchronization with EPA program information systems to support the EPA's
       enforcement programs  and to offer near-real-time data feeds that will assist emergency
       responders; and,
   •   Moving FRS  to a public or private "cloud" to save money and gain added efficiencies,
       building on initiatives in FY 2011 and FY 2012 to make the FRS architecture more agile.

In FY 2013, the EN program will expand upon the Agency's efforts to transition to twenty-first
century technology and increase e-reporting by expanding the use of the EN with an additional
investment of $6.4 million. The EPA will create an open platform "electronic reporting file" data
exchange standard, modeled after that used by the IRS to collect tax data.  The intent is to take
advantage of the expertise of the private sector to create new electronic reporting tools for three
National  Pollution Discharge  Elimination System data flows.  These private sector electronic
reporting tools would be based on EPA and Exchange Network data standards and protocols and
would  replace the largely paper-based reporting systems that evolved over the past 30 years.
Further, in those programs where the EPA has  already built electronic reporting tools, the private
sector may enhance these tools to support  industry needs and, over the longer term, enable the
                                          353

-------
EPA largely to eliminate the need to continue to fund the operation and maintenance of these
tools.

By employing twenty-first century technology,  the Agency  will increase the number  of
electronic submissions to the EPA across all media, such as air, water and soil, resulting in faster
and easier compliance in submitting  data to the EPA.  To support this effort, the  Exchange
Network program will provide technical assistance and guidance to the vendor community and,
internally, enhancements to the EN and CDX technologies. Among other examples, the program
will  provide technical  assistance  with standards, guidelines  and  procedures, data delivery
protocols and internal enhancements to EN services such as user registration. An Agency help
desk also will support the vendor community to ensure  compliance and interoperability with
Agency requirements. EN technologies also will support large industry partners interested in
submitting data directly from their enterprise resource systems to the EPA.

This $6.4 million investment promotes the use of 21st century technology to increase  the EPA's
monitoring and reporting capabilities to better detect violations that impact public health, reduce
transaction costs for the regulated community, and better  engage the public to drive behavioral
changes in compliance.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(052) Number of major EPA environmental systems that use the CDX electronic
requirements enabling faster receipt, processing, and quality checking of data.
FY 2006
29
32
FY 2007
36
37
FY 2008
45
48
FY 2009
50
55
FY 2010
60
60
FY 2011
60
64
FY 2012
67

FY 2013
72

Units
Systems

Measure
Target
Actual
(053) States, tribes and territories will be able to exchange data with CDX through
nodes in real time, using standards and automated data-quality checking.
FY 2006
50
42
FY 2007
55
57
FY 2008
55
59
FY 2009
60
59
FY 2010
65
69
FY 2011
65
72
FY 2012
80

FY 2013
85

Units
Users

Measure
Target
Actual
(999) Total number of active unique users from states, tribes, laboratories, regulated
facilities and other entities that electronically report environmental data to EPA
through CDX.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
Baseline
Year
56,200
FY 2012
58,000

FY 2013
60,000

Units
Users

EPA has revised  an  existing Performance Measure for the Exchange Network program.  The
revised Performance  Measure allows the Agency to track the number of active, individual users
of the Central Data Exchange, rather than all user accounts. By focusing on active, individual
users, EPA can build a more accurate portrayal of current CDX usage.
                                          354

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •  (+$80.0)  This increase is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •  (+0.4 FTE) This increase reflects current utilization rates while taking into consideration
       FY 2013  programmatic priorities in supporting new enhancements to CDX.

    •  (+$332.0) This increase reflects a redirection of resources from IT/Data Management to
       the Exchange Network for the data standards program. This enables the sharing and
       exchange of data by standardizing data, ensuring that different organizations can use a
       term, a system name, or a chemical substance name and have it mean the same thing to
       each of them.

    •  (-$1,500.0) This  change  reduces  the  Automated  Commercial  Environment  (ACE)
       resources for development, expected to be completed in FY 2013. Remaining funds for
       this activity support nationwide testing and maintains the partnership with CBP.

    •  (+$6,403.07+1.0 FTE) This increase in funding enables the Central Data Exchange to
       expand e-reporting and employ twenty-first century technology by designing, developing,
       and implementing for EPA programs a suite of robust data collection  and publishing
       services for the public. These services will enable the public to report data to or request
       data directly from EPA systems, expediting the transfer and sharing of data. All EN
       stakeholders will  benefit  from increased  efficiencies  in data  reporting and  greater
       availability of environmental data. This funding will also support the prototyping of these
       same services  for the entire Exchange Network.  This  expands the EN's platform of
       services to facilitate the public's interaction with environmental information at the EPA
       and on the EN. The additional resources include $153.0 associated payroll for 1.0 FTE.

    •  (-$31.0) This change reflects  a decrease in funding for contracts for the Central  Data
       Exchange.

 Statutory Authority:

Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 42 United States Code 553 et seq. and Government
Information Security Act  (GISRA), 40 U.S.C.  1401 et seq. - Sections 3531, 3532, 3533, 3534,
3535 and  3536 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
(CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. 9606 et seq. - Sections 101-128, 301-312 and 401-405 and Clean Air Act
(CAA) Amendments, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. - Sections 102, 103, 104 and 108 and Clean Water
Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. 1314 et seq. - Sections 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 107, and 109 and Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C. 2611 et seq. - Sections 201, 301 and 401 and Federal
Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), 7 U.S.C. 36 et seq. - Sections 136a - 136y
and Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA), 7 U.S.C. 136 et seq. - Sections 102, 210, 301 and 501
and  Safe Drinking Water Act (SOWA) Amendments, 42 U.S.C. 300 et seq. - Sections 1400,
1401,  1411, 1421, 1431, 1441, 1454 and 1461 and  Federal  Food,  Drug and Cosmetic Act
(FFDCA), 21  U.S.C. 346 et seq. and Emergency Planning and  Community Right-to-Know Act
                                          355

-------
(EPCRA), 42 U.S.C. 11001 et seq. - Sections 322, 324, 325 and 328 and Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA), 42 U.S.C. 6962 et seq. - Sections 1001,  2001, 3001 and 3005 and
Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA),  39 U.S.C. 2803 et seq. - Sections 1115,
1116, 1117, 1118 and 1119 and Government Management Reform Act (GMRA), 31 U.S.C. 501
et seq. - Sections 101, 201, 301, 401, 402, 403, 404 and 405 and Clinger-Cohen Act (CCA), 40
U.S.C. 1401 et seq. - Sections  5001, 5201,  5301, 5401, 5502, 5601 and 5701and  Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.  - Sections 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,
112 and  113 and Freedom of Information Act (FOIA),  5 U.S.C. 552 et seq and  Controlled
Substances Act (CSA), 21 U.S.C. 802 et seq. - Sections 801, 811, 821,  841, 871, 955 and 961;
Privacy Act; Electronic Freedom of Information Act, Security and Accountability of Every
(SAFE)  Port  Act, Executive Order 13439.  Exchange Network Program  funding has been
provided by the annual appropriations for EPA: FY 2002 (Public Law 107-73), FY 2003 (Public
Law 108-7), FY 2004 (Public Law  108-199) FY 2005 (Public Law 108-447) and FY 2006
(Public Law 109-54), FY 2007  (Public Law 110-5), FY 2008  (Public Law 110-161), and FY
2009 (Public Law 111-8)
                                        356

-------
                                                           Small Business Ombudsman
                                           Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                Objective(s): Promote Pollution Prevention

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$3,106.9
$3,106.9
9.2
FY 2012
Enacted
$2,693.0
$2,693.0
9.9
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$3,018.0
$3,018.0
10.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$325.0
$325.0
0.1
Program Project Description:

The Asbestos and Small Business Ombudsman (ASBO), a component of the Office of Small
Business Programs, and the small  business activities located in the Office of Policy's (OP)
Office of Regulatory Policy and Management (ORPM) serve as the Agency's leading advocate
for small business regulatory issues. The ASBO reaches out to the small business community by
partnering with state Small Business Environmental Assistance Programs (SBEAPs) nationwide
and hundreds of small business trade associations. These partnerships provide the information
and perspective EPA needs to help small businesses achieve their environmental goals. This is a
comprehensive program that provides networks, resources, tools, and forums for education and
advocacy  on behalf of small  businesses.53 ORPM advises program  offices in analyzing and
considering the  impacts  of its  regulatory actions  on  small  entities (i.e., small  business,  small
government  and  small   non-governmental  organizations),  identifying  less  burdensome
alternatives, and leading EPA's implementation of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA).

The core ASBO functions include participating in the regulatory development process, operating
and supporting  the program's hotline  and homepage,  participating in EPA's program and
regional offices'  small business related meetings, and supporting internal and external  small
business activities. The ASBO helps small businesses learn about new actions and developments
within EPA, and helps EPA learn about the concerns and needs of small businesses. The ASBO
partners with state SBEAPs in order to reach an ever increasing number of small businesses, and
to assist them with updated and new approaches for improving their environmental performance.
The ASBO provides technical  assistance in the form of workshops, conferences, hotlines, and
training forums designed to help small businesses  become better environmental performers and
helps  our partners provide the assistance that small  businesses need.

ORPM guides analysis and consideration  of the potential impact of its regulatory  actions on
small  entities and supports development of less burdensome alternatives. This includes advising
program offices on analytic approaches, including consistent guidance, and technical assistance
in estimating the potential economic impact of EPA's actions on small business. ORPM leads
EPA's implementation of the RFA,  as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement
Fairness Act (SBREFA), to address potential burdens from EPA's regulations on small entities.
 Please refer to: http://www.epa.gov/sbo
                                         357

-------
Under the RFA, EPA evaluates the impact of its regulations on small businesses and engages
with small entity representatives, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and the Small
Business Administration  (SBA)  to understand the impacts  of and identify less burdensome
alternatives for rulemakings that could significantly impact these entities. Specifically, unless the
Agency certifies that a rule does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number
of small entities, the RFA requires a formal analysis of the potential adverse economic impacts
on small entities, completion of a Small Business Advocacy Review Panel (proposed  rule stage),
preparation of a Small Entity Compliance Guide (final rule stage), and Agency review of the rule
within 10 years  of promulgation.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Asbestos and Small Business Ombudsman program will:

•   Lead EPA's efforts to limit potential adverse impacts on small  entities by assisting program
    offices in characterizing the possible impacts of its regulations and  considering alternative
    requirements.

•   Guide EPA's implementation of the RFA including Small Business Advocacy Panels for
    regulations that might have a significant adverse economic impact on  a substantial number of
    small entities by soliciting  input from Small Entity Representatives (SERs) and collaborating
    with the Office of Management and Budget and the Small Business Administration.

•   Expand quality and efficiency of technical and regulatory assistance to  small businesses by
    providing enhanced information to small  business owners,  communities, trade associations
    and  other audiences on recent regulatory  actions  and media program offices through a toll
    free hotline. Support  and  promote EPA's Small Business Strategy by encouraging small
    businesses, states, and trade associations to comment on EPA's proposed regulatory actions,
    as well  as  providing updates  on  the Agency's rulemaking  activities in the quarterly
    Smallbiz@EPA electronic bulletin.

•   Serve as the Agency's point of contact for the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act by
    coordinating efforts with the Agency's program  offices to further reduce the  information
    collection burden for small businesses with fewer than 25 employees.

•   Participate  with  the  Small Business  Administration  and  other federal  agencies in
    Business.gov. Business.gov  is an official site of the U.S. Government that helps small
    businesses understand their legal requirements, and locate government services supporting
    the nation's  small business community. This work helps to improve services  and reduces the
    burden on small businesses by guiding them through government rules and regulations. EPA
    also will support and promote a state-led multi-media small business initiative and coordinate
    efforts within the Agency.

•   Strengthen  and support   partnerships  with  state  Small  Business  SBEAP's  and  trade
    associations, and recognize state SBEAPs, small businesses, and trade associations that have
    directly impacted the improved environmental performance of small businesses. Develop a
                                          358

-------
   compendium of small  business environmental assistance success stories that demonstrate
   what really works.

Under this program, resources of $1.7 million and 5.0 FTE support the Office of Small Business
Programs. The remaining $1.3 million and 5.0 FTE in this program support the Office of Policy,
Office of Regulatory  Policy  and Management's  activities related to the  Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program  supports EPA's Goal 4:  Ensuring  the  Safety of  Chemicals and
Preventing  Pollution,  Objective 2:  Promote  Pollution Prevention.  Currently, there  are no
performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$33.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce  costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$292.0/ +0.1 FTE) This represents an increase in funding to improve the quality and
       efficiency  of technical  and  regulatory assistance to small  businesses by  providing
       enhanced information to small business owners,  communities,  trade associations and
       other audiences on  recent regulatory actions and media  program offices through  a toll
       free hotline.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Air Act (CAA),  section 507.
                                          359

-------
                                                     Small Minority Business Assistance
                                           Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO),  Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
52,277.5
$2,277.5
8.1
FY2012
Enacted
$2,079.0
$2,079.0
9.7
FY2013
Pres Budget
$2,291.0
$2,291.0
9.8
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$212.0
$212.0
0.1
Program Project Description:

The Agency's Small Minority Business Assistance Program encompasses the Agency's Office of
Small Business Programs'  (OSBP) Direct Procurement,  Disadvantaged  Business  Enterprise
(DBE), and Minority Academic Institutions (MAI) programs.  This program provides technical
assistance to small businesses, headquarters, and regional office employees to ensure that small,
disadvantaged, women-owned, Historically Underutilized Business Zone (HUBZone), service-
disabled veteran-owned small  businesses (SDVOSBs), and MAIs receive a fair share of EPA's
procurement dollars and grants, where applicable.  This program enhances the ability of these
businesses to participate in the protection of human health and the environment. The functions
involve  accountability for evaluating  and  monitoring  contracts,  grants,  and cooperative
agreements entered into, and on behalf of EPA's headquarters and regional offices. This will
ensure that the Agency's contract  and  procurement practices comply with federal laws and
regulations regarding the utilization of small and disadvantaged businesses, direct procurement
acquisitions, indirect procurement assistance, and further the policies and mandates of Executive
Orders associated with the MAI program.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, under the Agency's OSBP  Direct Procurement program, small and disadvantaged
business procurement experts will  provide training,  technical assistance, and consultation to
headquarters and regional program  office  personnel and small business owners to ensure that
Small  Disadvantaged  Businesses  (SDBs),  Women-Owned  Small  Businesses  (WOSBs),
HUBZone firms,  and SDVOSBs  receive a  fair share  of EPA's procurement  dollars. EPA
negotiates a number of national goals with the Small Business Administration (SBA) every two
years, which are targeted at increasing opportunities for the above mentioned categories of small
businesses. (In FY 2013, the  funding for  the Small Minority Business  Assistance Program is
$2.29 million and 9.8 FTE).
                                         360

-------
In FY 2013, EPA's Small Minority Business Direct Procurement Program  will continue the
implementation of applicable provisions of the 2010 Small Business Jobs and Credit Act, and the
Women-Owned Small Business (WOSB) regulation54 enacted in 2011. EPA works to eliminate
unnecessary  contract bundling to  help  ensure  opportunities for America's  small  business
community.  Contract bundling  requires certain conditions  to obtain contracts  that  small
businesses cannot provide because of their size. Strong emphasis will be placed on implementing
the WOSB Rule,  authorizing contracting  officers to restrict competition to eligible WOSBs for
certain federal  contracts in industries in which the  SBA has determined  that WOSBs are
underrepresented or substantially underrepresented in federal procurement. The Agency also will
emphasize contracting with SDVOSBs, as mandated by Executive Order 13360, which requires
increased federal contracting opportunities for this group of entrepreneurs. For both the WOSB
and SDVOSB programs "strong emphasis" will include targeted  training  of EPA acquisition
professionals on  the utilization of the  programs;  targeted outreach and  counseling  to the
SDVOSB and WOSB communities on how to successfully navigate EPA procurement process;
specific review of EPA procurements to ensure the utilization of both programs; and providing
technical assistance to EPA program  offices  to  assist  in the identification of SDVOSBs and
WOSBs for their procurement needs.

As a result of the Supreme Court's decision mAdamndv. Pena, 115 S. Ct. 2097 (1995), EPA
promulgated  the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Rule (40 CFR Part 33).  EPA's
implementation of the DBE Rule requires that EPA's grant recipients perform good faith efforts
to ensure that DBEs have  an  opportunity to compete for contracts funded by EPA's assistance
agreements. Under  its DBE Program, EPA has  a statutory goal of ten percent  utilization of
Minority Business  Enterprises/Worn en-Owned  Business Enterprises  for  research conducted
under the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, as well as a statutory eight percent goal for all
other programs. The DBE program encourages the Agency and its financial assistance recipients
to meet these indirect procurement  goals. This includes training EPA grant personnel  on the
scope and utilization of the DBE Program; providing technical assistance and training to EPA
grant recipients on the requirements of the DBE Program; targeted outreach  efforts to encourage
minority and women owned businesses to seek contract opportunities funded by EPA grants; and
monitoring the program  through the  compilation and analysis of required grantee DBE program
reports. These efforts will  enhance the ability of America's small and disadvantaged businesses
to help the Agency protect  human health and the environment while creating  more jobs.

Under its MAI program,  the Agency develops strategies,  collects data, provides technical
assistance, and produces reports on its efforts to meet the initiatives of Executive  Order  13216,
Increase Participation of Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders in Federal Programs; Executive
Order  13230, President's   Advisory Commission on  Educational  Excellence  for Hispanic
Americans;  Executive Order  13256,  President's Board of Advisors  on Historically Black
Colleges and Universities  (HBCUs);  and Executive Order  13270,  Tribal  Colleges  and
Universities (TCUs). Specific activities under this  program for FY 2013  include, preparing
Agency-wide reports on MAI accomplishments, as required  by all  four Executive  Orders;
preparing  Agency-wide plans to support MAIs, as  required by  all four  executive orders;
redirecting  resources to  maintain core mission support contracts as well as support programs;
54 Please see: http://frwebgatel.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/PDFgate.cgi?WAISdocID=DHurqp/0/2/0&WAISaction=retrieve for further information.
                                          361

-------
providing internal  and external technical assistance and training on the MAI  Program; and
managing an Agency-wide contract to provide the Agency with a diverse pool of interns.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports multiple goals and strategic objectives. Currently, there are no
performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$37.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$175.07 +0.1 FTE) These resources allow the program to maintain core mission support
       contracts  as well  as  support programs  such as EPA's Minority Academic Institution
       (MAI) internship program.

Statutory Authority:

Small Business Act, sections 8 and 15,  as amended; Executive Orders 12073, 12432, 12138,
13256, 13270,  13230, 13360 and 13216; P.L. 106-50; Clean Air Act.
                                         362

-------
                                            State and Local Prevention and Preparedness
                                            Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                 Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$13,063.2
$13,063.2
51.2
FY 2012
Enacted
$13,320.0
$13,320.0
57.5
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$14,852.0
$14,852.0
62.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,532.0
$1,532.0
5.4
Program Project Description:

EPA's Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention Program is the national regulatory
framework to prevent, prepare for and respond to catastrophic accidental chemical releases at
industrial  facilities throughout the United States. This  program includes the  Clean Air Act
Section 112(r) Risk Management program and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-
to-Know Act  (EPCRA) program.  The purpose  of these programs is to prevent devastating
accidents  such as the  1984 accident at  Union  Carbide in  Bhopal India,  which resulted  in
thousands of deaths and  at least  200,000  injuries, and the  domestic  chemical accidents  in
Pasadena and Texas City, Texas which resulted in hundreds of injuries and dozens of deaths.

Accidents at chemical facilities have resulted in injury and death, severe environmental damage,
and great financial loss.  Accidents reported to EPA since 2005 by the current universe of Risk
Management Program facilities have resulted in approximately 60 worker and public deaths,
over 1,300 injuries, nearly 200,000 people sheltered in place, and more than $1.6 billion in on-
site and off-site damages. States and communities often lack the strong infrastructure needed to
address these emergencies or to prevent them from happening in the first place.

The Risk  Management Program  provides the foundation for  community  and hazard response
planning by requiring facilities to take preventative measures,  as well as collecting and sharing
data to assist other stakeholders  in preventing and responding to releases of all types. Taken
together, the Risk Management Program and EPCRA establish a structure, within which federal,
state,  local, and Tribal partners can work together to protect the public, the economy, and  the
environment from chemical risks.

Under Section 112(r) of the Clean Air Act,  EPA's regulations  require that facilities handling
more than a threshold quantity of certain extremely hazardous substances must implement a Risk
Management Program. The Risk  Management Program requires  regulated  chemical facilities to
conduct the following:

   •   Perform a hazard  assessment  that estimates the  harmful effects  of serious  chemical
       releases from  the facility and describes the facility's history of serious accidents;
                                          363

-------
   •   Implement accident prevention measures such as using written safe operating procedures,
       maintaining the mechanical integrity  of chemical process equipment, safely managing
       process and equipment changes, investigating process incidents, and other measures that
       aim to prevent serious accidents;

   •   Implement an emergency response program that minimizes  the harmful effects of any
       chemical release that may occur; and

   •   Prepare and submit a risk management plan (RMP) to EPA. RMPs are collated within a
       single national database that contains current and historical chemical hazard information
       for approximately 13,000 U.S. chemical facilities.

The  RMP  describes the approach  the  facility is  taking  to  prevent  and mitigate  chemical
accidents. The plan addresses the hazards of the chemicals used by the facility,  the potential
consequences of worst case and other accidental chemical release scenarios, the facility's five
year accident history, the chemical  accident prevention program in place at the  site, and the
emergency response program used  by the site to minimize  the impacts  on the public and
environment should a chemical release occur.

Every dollar spent on basic chemical accident prevention measures and preparedness for prompt
response by businesses  and by  EPA's  compliance assistance efforts  potentially saves  from
hundreds to tens of thousands of dollars  that would be spent to clean up community resources,
food supplies, sensitive  environmental areas, recover the use  of key assets, restore economic
vitality, and to protect human health from the harm associated with chemical accidents.

Facilities are required to update their RMP at least once every five years, or sooner if major
changes are made at the  facility. EPA provides RMP data to state and local emergency planning
entities, and to other federal agencies, such as the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and
the U.S. Chemical Safety Board. In the case of DHS, that agency's  Chemical Facility Anti-
Terrorism Standards (CFATS) rule is similar to Risk Management Program regulation, except
that CFATS addresses acts of malfeasance, in contrast to the Risk Management Program's focus
on accidental events. RMPs are also made available to the public at federal reading rooms, in
redacted form.

Under  EPCRA,  State Emergency Response Commissions (SERCs)  and Local Emergency
Planning Committees (LEPCs) were formed to serve as the infrastructure for local emergency
planning and to inform the public about chemicals in their community. In order to accomplish
this goal, the requirements of EPCRA stipulate that facilities provide information to the SERCs
and LEPCs about the chemical they produce, use, and store. LEPCs use this information to
develop local emergency response plans and work with facilities to reduce chemical  risks and
improve chemical safety, as well as  make available to the public information on the chemicals
risks in their community. EPCRA covers several hundred thousand facilities;  significantly more
than the number of facilities that are required to submit an RMP.
                                          364

-------
 FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Clean Air Act requires EPA to conduct audits and inspections at RMP facilities to ensure
their compliance with the regulations. EPA has identified approximately 13,000 RMP facilities
nationwide.  These  facilities  represent the largest  identified  stockpiles of highly toxic and
flammable industrial chemicals  in the United States. Of these,  approximately 1,900  facilities
have been designated as "high-risk" based upon their accident history, extremely large quantity
of chemicals on site, or proximity to large residential populations. While EPA is responsible for
oversight of all RMP  facilities, the Agency  places  special  focus on high-risk RMP  facilities
because of their potential for causing great damage to the public and environment in the event of
an accident. However,  oversight and inspections  at high-risk facilities require more resources,
including technical experts and time, due to their  complex processes, larger scale, and  potential
risk. Therefore, less high-risk facilities can be inspected with current resources.

As part of its ongoing RMP efforts, EPA will continue to work with state and local governments
to  provide  grants,  technical  support, outreach, and  training. EPA also  will work  with
communities to provide chemical risk information about local facilities, as well as helping them
understand how the chemical risks may affect their citizens through the issuance of appropriate
guidance.

EPA will continue to support ongoing  development of emergency planning and response tools
such as the  Computer-Aided Management of Emergency Operations (CAMEO) software suite.
With this information and these tools,  communities are better prepared to reduce and mitigate
hazardous chemical  releases that may occur. EPA will  also  conduct inspections at  facilities
subject to EPCRA, both to support State and local implementation of the program  and to ensure
that facilities comply with the statute's  chemical inventory reporting and emergency release
notification provisions.

EPA will continue  to  maintain  the RMP database,  which is  the nation's  premier source for
information  on chemical  process risks, and will share data with  other federal,  state, Tribal and
local partners that need the best and latest information on U.S. hazardous chemical facility risks.
In addition,  EPA will continue to conduct analyses of RMP data to identify regulated facilities,
chemical accident trends, and industrial sectors that may be more  accident-prone. These analyses
will help the Agency focus efforts  on  compliance inspections, regulatory enforcement actions
and outreach toward those facilities that potentially pose the most risk to communities  and gain
knowledge on the effectiveness of risk management measures.

In FY 2013, EPA will continue to focus attention on identifying where the  most significant
vulnerabilities exist, in  terms of scale and potential risk, which includes the following activities:

    •   Provide national coordination for chemical accident prevention and emergency  response
       planning program policy, inspections, compliance, and enforcement;

    •   Conduct program  oversight, monitoring, and support for the CAMEO system;

    •   Conduct training for EPA and state implementing agency RMP and EPCRA inspectors;
                                           365

-------
   •   Continue efforts to identify facilities that did not file RMPs by comparing the list of
       current RMP facilities against other available data sources; and

   •   Conduct EPCRA compliance inspections at regulated facilities.

In FY 2013, EPA is requesting an increase to its chemical accident  prevention and emergency
planning programs  in  order to increase inspections and  reduce  risks at high risk  chemical
facilities. These additional  resources  will be  devoted to inspections conducted  at  high-risk
facilities in order to find and  address problems before they become disasters.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(CH2) Number of risk management plan audits and inspections conducted.
FY 2006
400
550
FY 2007
400
628
FY 2008
400
628
FY 2009
400
654
FY 2010
400
618
FY 2011
560
630
FY 2012
530

FY 2013
500

Units
Audits

The funding requested will enable EPA to conduct 500 RMP inspections in FY 2013. Without the
requested increase in funding,  the target  will decrease to  460 annual inspections. EPA will
conduct 30 percent of its RMP inspections at high-risk facilities during FY 2013.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$681.0 / +5.4 FTE) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and
       a cost of living adjustment for existing FTE. It also includes  5.4 FTE and  associated
       payroll for inspectors dedicated to high risk facilities.

   •   (+$851.0) This increase  reflects additional resources devoted to more high-risk facility
       inspections. The resources will support an additional 40 RMP inspections, including at
       least 12 high-risk facility inspections in densely populated areas.

Statutory Authority:

Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA),  42 U.S.C.  11001 et seq. -
Sections  11001-11023 and the Clean Air Act, as amended by the Chemical Safety Information,
Site Security, and Fuels Regulatory Relief Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. - Section 112(r).
                                          366

-------
                                                                   TRI / Right to Know
                                           Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                     Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$16,634.5
$16,634.5
49.1
FY 2012
Enacted
$16,322.0
$16,322.0
50.5
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$17,354.0
$17,354.0
57.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,032.0
$1,032.0
6.7
Program Project Description:

The EPA's success in carrying out its mission of protecting human health and the environment
depends on having timely, high-quality, meaningful information. The Toxics Release Inventory
(TRI) program55 supports the EPA's mission, while also reflecting the Administration's Open
Government principles of transparency, participation  and collaboration. Each year, the TRI
program receives data on over 650 toxic chemicals from approximately 20,000  industrial and
federal facilities and makes the data readily available to the public.

TRI data helps inform communities about toxic chemical releases and other waste management
issues  in their  surrounding  area  and can be  used to help ensure  facility compliance with
environmental laws and regulations, as well as to  encourage pollution prevention and source
reduction activities. Due to the broad scope and timeliness of the data, TRI has become a premier
source of  toxic  chemical  information  for  communities,  non-governmental  organizations,
industrial  facilities  and  government   agencies.  It  also   fulfills  the  Agency's  statutory
responsibilities  under Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know
Act of 1986 (EPCRA) and Section 6607 of the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 (PPA).

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to take steps to enhance the regulatory foundation of TRI to
help  ensure  that communities have  access to timely and meaningful data on toxic chemical
releases. As part of this effort, the TRI program will clarify certain TRI reporting requirements
(e.g., reporting requirements for metal mining facilities) and explore other TRI opportunities.

The TRI program provides facilities with  an online reporting application, known as TRI-MEweb,
which includes a number of data validation features  and facilitates the  electronic preparation and
submission of TRI reports through the EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX). To better leverage
efficiencies  gained by using TRI-MEweb,  the EPA is considering  mechanisms to improve
reporting under TRI. In addition, the EPA will continue to encourage greater participation in the
TRI  Data Exchange (TDX), thereby helping to reduce reporting burdens  on TRI facilities.
Facilities located in TDX-participating states can  submit their federal  and state TRI  reports
 ' http://www.epa.gov/tri/
                                          367

-------
simultaneously through the EPA's CDX, rather than submitting separate reports to the EPA and
the state.

TRI  will  continue to  conduct  data  quality analyses  on reported data and  provide related
compliance assistance  and  enforcement  support to the EPA's Enforcement  and  Compliance
Assurance program. This will help ensure the accuracy  and completeness of the TRI data. Also
in FY 2013, the TRI program will continue to make the data available to the public soon after the
July  1 reporting deadline through downloadable data files, which are available through the TRI
website and Data.gov,  and  online analytical tools, such as Envirofacts and TRI Explorer.  In
addition, the program will continue to develop the annual TRI National Analysis, which includes
national trends in toxic chemical releases and other waste management, industry sector profiles,
and parent company analyses, as well as TRI information for certain urban communities, large
aquatic ecosystems, and Indian country and Alaska Native Villages.

The TRI program will continue to work with outside organizations, such as the Environmental
Council of the States, to foster stakeholder discussions and collaboration in analyzing and using
the TRI data. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to engage a wide range of TRI stakeholders
(industry, government, academia, non-governmental organizations, and the public) in discussion,
analysis, and use of TRI data across the country.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(998) EPA's TRI program will work with partners to conduct data quality checks to
enhance accuracy and reliability of environmental data.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012


FY 2013
500

Units
Quality
Checks

In the FY 2013 President's Budget, EPA will begin to use a new Performance Measure for the
TRI program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$198.0) This increase is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+0.7 FTE) This increase reflects current utilization rates while taking into consideration
       FY 2013 programmatic priorities in supporting the expansion of electronic TRI reporting
       capabilities.

    •   (+$834.0 / +6.0 FTE)  This change is a realignment of resources, including shifting 6.0
       FTE and $834.0 associated payroll from the IT/Data Management program to the TRI
       program to reflect current efforts being performed for TRI.
                                          368

-------
Statutory Authority:

Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (EPCRA)
and Section 6607 of the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 (PPA).
                                       369

-------
                                                              Tribal - Capacity Building
                                           Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective(s): Strengthen Human Health and Environmental Protection in Indian Country

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$13,892.7
$13,892.7
82.2
FY 2012
Enacted
$13,736.0
$13,736.0
87.3
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$15,062.0
$15,062.0
88.1
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,326.0
$1,326.0
0.8
Program Project Description:

Under federal  environmental statutes, the EPA has responsibility for protecting human health
and the environment in Indian country. Since adopting the EPA Indian Policy in 1984, the EPA
has worked with tribes on a government-to-government basis  in recognition of the federal
government's trust responsibility to federally-recognized tribes.

The EPA's American Indian Environmental program leads the  Agency-wide  effort to ensure
environmental   protection  in  Indian  country.  Please  see http://www.epa.gov/indian/ and
http://www.epa.gov/indian/policyintitvs.htm for more information.

The EPA's strategy for this program has two  major components:

   •  Work with  federally-recognized tribes who want to create an environmental program
      through: direct technical assistance;  implementation of the Indian General Assistance
      Program (GAP); development of joint strategic plans; and development  of measures for
      tracking progress made toward achieving environmental program goals.
   •  Gather, track,  analyze and provide the information and data necessary to access, review,
      and prioritize tribal environmental conditions for joint planning uses and to determine the
      effectiveness of the EPA and tribal programs in improving  environmental conditions.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The EPA's Indian Policy affirms the principle that the Agency has a government-to-government
relationship with tribes and that the "EPA recognizes tribes as the primary parties for setting
standards, making  environmental  policy decisions, and managing programs for reservations,
consistent with agency standards  and  regulations." To that end, the EPA "encourage[s] and
assist[s] tribes  in assuming regulatory and program management responsibilities," primarily
through  the "treatment in a manner similar to a state" (TAS) processes available under several
environmental  statutes.

Capacity Building:  The  EPA continues  to encourage  development  of tribal  capacity  to
implement federal environmental programs through the use  of the EPA technical assistance and
                                          370

-------
the GAP program, including the use of Direct Implementation Tribal Cooperative Agreement
(DITCA) authority. In FY 2013, the Agency plans to target technical assistance and support to
tribal governments'  requests in order to help them build capacity to acquire TAS  status for
environmental programs.
                         Number of Tribes with TAS (cumulative)
   10
The  EPA historically  has relied on the development  of individual Tribal Environmental
Agreements  (TEAs)  or similar tribal environmental  plans that address  and support  priority
environmental multi-media concerns  in  Indian Country as another tool  in building  tribal
capacity. In FY 2013, the EPA plans to direct resources to support the development of TEAs.

In FY 2011, the Agency supported environmental research projects with eight Tribal Colleges
and Universities to help address issues of concern in tribal communities. In FY 2012, the  Agency
was  only able to support two such projects.  The value of the information developed  through
these projects is high and they have demonstrated direct links to developing both the capacity
within these communities to address  the environmental issues,  as well as the ability to  focus
resources and  leverage support on issues of high environmental and health concern in  tribal
communities that were otherwise not being addressed. In FY 2013, the Agency will  fund an
additional four research projects with Tribal Colleges and Universities.

Indian General Assistance Program Capacity Building Support: In FY 2013, the EPA will
be working with tribal governments to develop and implement strategic plans under the Indian
General Assistance Program (GAP) framework to assist them in  identifying key procedures and
milestones leading to building capacity for specific programs. These planning tools are resource
intensive and will be a top priority for the program in FY 2013.
                                          371

-------
In 2005,  the EPA instituted an annual review process for the national GAP grant program to
ensure effective  management of grant resources. This effort included  targeted and intensive
review of Regional GAP programs and individual GAP grant files. Regional reviews of the GAP
program by the Agency will resume in FY 2013; they were not conducted in FY 2011 or FY
2012. All GAP  grantees must submit a  standardized work plan which includes milestones,
deliverables, and links to the Agency's strategic plan.  Standardized workplans improve the
quality and consistency of environmental  and public health benefit characterization associated
with the capacity building activities.

GAP Online Database: GAP Online is an internet-based database used by tribes and the EPA to
develop, review, and archive GAP work plans and progress reports.  The EPA will continue to
support, enhance, and use the GAP Online database to centralize and integrate program data and
assign  accountability for data quality related to GAP performance.  The system serves as the
primary tool to collect national information on the activities and progress made by GAP grant
recipients. The system also is used to respond to the needs of multiple program  stakeholders,
including Congress, other government agencies, and tribes.  The EPA and tribes use the database
to both negotiate and track progress with individual grantees, and as an easily accessible record
to help mitigate the negative impacts from relatively high rates of staff turnover in many tribal
environmental  departments. In addition, GAP Online is  one of the key tools the EPA uses to
evaluate  overall program effectiveness  by  describing  specific  activities  rather than broad
descriptions of overall program performance. Beginning in FY 2010, all approved work plans
were required to be entered into GAP Online. In FY 2013, the EPA will implement significant
enhancements  to GAP  Online to allow for improved capabilities to  assess progress achieved
through individual  grant  projects  and collect  data  for  the  development  of outcome and
performance measures for environmental improvements in  Indian Country.  The enhanced GAP
Online, in conjunction with FY 2012 updated grant program guidance, significantly advances the
Agency's efforts to quantify  outcome-based results in Indian country and  demonstrate the
progress made in environmental program capacity building through GAP resources, consistent
with    recommendations   from    the    EPA's     Office    of    Inspector   General.
(http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2008/20080219-08-P-0083.pdf).

Tribal Program Management System:  The EPA's American Indian Environmental  Office
(AIEO) has  a  suite  of applications  that   track  environmental  conditions  and program
implementation in Indian country.  One application, the Tribal Program Management  System
(TPMS), tracks progress in achieving the performance targets under Goal 3, Objective 4 of the
EPA's 2011-2015 Strategic Plan - "Strengthen Public Health and Environmental  Protection in
Indian Country" and other EPA metrics. EPA staff use TPMS to establish program performance
commitments for future  fiscal years and to  record  actual program performance for overall
national program management.  TPMS  serves as the performance database for  the  strategic
targets, annual  performance measures, and program assessment measures that are associated with
Goal 3, Objective 4. FY 2013 resources will be used to support this database.

National Tribal Operations Committee: Nineteen tribal government leaders and the Agency's
Senior Leadership Team  serve  on the EPA's National Tribal Operations Committee (NTOC).
The  tribal leaders, known as the National Tribal Council (NTC), as a  subset of the  NTOC,
provide recommendations and  feedback to  the  Agency on environmental issues of national
                                         372

-------
significance affecting tribes. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to implement recommendations
of the NIC including strengthening the cross-agency and interagency partnerships, developing
an updated policy reflecting current important progress in the area of Indian law, and other core
program activities that guide and support the work of the Agency with tribes in Indian Country.

Performance Targets:

Work under  this program supports  multiple  strategic  objectives. Currently, there are  no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  (+$143.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
      living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •  (+$1,183.0 / +0.8 FTE) This increase supports tribal capacity efforts through developing
      and implementing individual environmental strategic plans between each tribe and EPA,
      implementing required IT data modifications to strengthen management on the over 500
      annually awarded GAP  grants, and capturing improved indicators for assessing tribes'
      and EPA's progress on environmental program capacity  development. The additional
      resources include 0.8 FTE and associated  payroll of $105.0.

Statutory Authority:

Annual  Appropriation Acts; Indian  Environmental  General  Assistance Program  Act;  PPA;
FIFRA;  CAA; TSCA; NEPA;  CWA; SOW A;  RCRA; CERCLA;  NAFTA;  MPRSA; Indoor
Radon Abatement Act; OP A; and additional authorities.

Work within this Tribal Capacity Building Program  supports  the above authorities  as well as
additional  statutory authorities that influence environmental protection and affect human health
and environmental protection in Indian country.
                                         373

-------
Program Area: International Programs
                374

-------
                                                                       US Mexico Border
                                                      Program Area: International Programs
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                 Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$4,872.0
$4,872.0
21.3
FY 2012
Enacted
$4,313.0
$4,313.0
20.9
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$4,490.0
$4,490.0
19.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$177.0
$177.0
-1.7
Program Project Description:

The 2,000 mile border between the United States and Mexico is one of the most complex and
dynamic regions in the world. This region accounts for three of the ten poorest counties in the
U.S., with an unemployment rate 250-300 percent higher than the rest of the United States.56 In
addition, over 430,000 of the 14 million people in the region live in 1,200 colonias57 which are
unincorporated communities characterized by substandard housing and unsafe drinking water.

Rapid population growth in the border region has resulted in: unplanned development; increased
demand for land and energy; traffic congestion; increased generation of waste; inadequate waste
treatment; and insufficient disposal facilities.  This has resulted in increased contamination of
water bodies; increased air pollution and transboundary transport of contaminates; and increased
frequency of chemical emergencies. As a result of the degradation of the environment in the
region, border residents, including U.S. citizens, suffer from health problems that may be closely
linked  to the  contamination of air, the inappropriate treatment of the water and wastewater,
improper management of pesticides, and the illegal or inadequate disposal of solid and hazardous
waste.

The maturation of the U.S.-Mexico Environmental Border Program continues to be a binational
strategic effort designed "to protect the  environment  and public health" in the U.S. Mexico
Border region, consistent with the "principles  of sustainable development." Border 2020 is the
latest cooperative partnership  implemented under the  1983 La Paz Agreement.58 It builds on
previous binational efforts which emphasized a regional bottom-up approach to decision making,
priority setting, and project implementation.

Border 2020 has identified six long-term strategic goals to address the serious  environmental
and environmentally-related public  health challenges including the  impact  of  transboundary
transport of pollutants in the border region. The six goals are: reduce conventional air pollutant
and emissions; improve water quality and water infrastructure sustainability and reduce exposure
to contaminated water; materials management and clean sites; improve environmental and public
 'http://www.nmsu.edu/~bec/BEC/Readings/10.USMBHC-TheBorderAtAGlance.pdf
 ' http ://www.borderhealth. org/border regioaphp
 8 http://www.epa.gov/border2012/
                                           375

-------
health  through chemical safety; enhance joint preparedness  for environmental response; and
compliance assurance and environmental stewardship.

The U.S. EPA and the Mexican Environment Secretariat (SEMARNAT) will continue to closely
collaborate with the ten border states (four U.S. / six Mexican), 26 U.S. federally recognized
Indian  tribes, and local communities in prioritizing and implementing projects that address their
particular needs.

Note: The Border water and wastewater infrastructure programs are described in the State and
Tribal  Assistance Grants (STAG) appropriation, Infrastructure  Assistance:  Mexico Border
Program.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The EPA and SEMARNAT will build on the successful air  quality work conducted  thus far,
which  has resulted in a significant decrease in pollutants and  improved public health.  In FY
2013, the EPA will focus on reducing criteria pollutant emissions and work toward attainment of
respective national ambient air quality standards, through information sharing, capacity-building,
and public outreach and education within the border region.

Watersheds in the U.S.-Mexico border region are shared bilaterally, with rivers flowing from one
country to the other or forming the international boundary (usually flowing north from Mexico
into  the U.S.).  The border  region  faces significant  challenges associated with the  shared
watersheds that are exacerbated by high population growth rates and potential  impacts of climate
change. Under the water goal, Mexico and the U.S. will work bilaterally to identify and reduce
surface water contamination  in  specific high priority  waterbodies or watersheds to  ensure
availability of adequate water supply for the citizens in the border region.

Annex II  of the  1983  La Paz agreement establishes cooperative measures  for preparing and
responding to oil and hazardous substance incidents along the U.S.-Mexico inland border. Based
on the La Paz Agreement, the U.S. and Mexico support each other during incidents that may
occur along  shared international borders. U.S. and Mexican personnel and equipment may cross
the borders to respond to environmental emergencies. The EPA and local responders also work
with Mexican counterparts  to perform joint exercises  of contingency plans  and  discuss
preparedness and response issues. These preparedness activities as well as  responses to real
world incidents necessitate conducting binational emergency preparedness training and exercises
at sister cities in FY 2013 to protect citizens  from chemical incidents and  other emergencies
along the border region.

Performance Targets:

Work  under this  program  supports multiple strategic objectives. Currently,  there are  no
performance measures for this specific program.
                                           376

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •  (-$193.0 / -1.7 FTE) This decrease is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce
       costs and a cost of living adjustment for existing FTE. This reduction reflects slowing of
       programmatic bi-national outreach efforts  on providing safe drinking water and reducing
       the risk of exposure to hazardous waste.  The reduced  resources include 1.7  FTE and
       associated payroll of $193.0.

    •  (+$370.0) This increase  provides  for funds to improve the environment and protect the
       health of the nearly 12 million people living along the US/Mexico border. It augments bi-
       national outreach efforts towards  addressing environmental and human health  issues by
       cleaning the air, strengthening watershed  protection efforts on streams entering the US,
       and ensuring  emergency  preparedness  along the  U.S.-Mexico  border. Projects are
       identified with input from the citizens and implemented at the local level.

Statutory Authority:

In conjunction with NEPA section 102(2)(F)59: CAA  103(a), 42 USC 7403(a); CWA  104(a)(l)
and  (2),  33  USC  1254(a)(l)  and  (2); SDWA 1442(a)(l),  42 USC 300j-l(a)(l); SWDA
8001(a)(l), 42 USC 6981(a)(l); FIFRA §17(d)  and 20(a)  , 7 U.S.C.  §136o(d) and 136r(a);
TSCA§10(a) of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA),  15 U.S.C. §2609(a) (in consultation
and  cooperation with the Department of Health and Human Services and with other appropriate
departments and  agencies);  MPRSA 203(a)(l),  33 USC 1443(a)(l), 42  USC  4332; Annual
Appropriation Acts.
59Section 102(2 )(F) of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), 42 U.S.C. §4332(2 )(F), directs all Federal agencies,
where consistent with the foreign policy of the United States, to lend appropriate support to initiatives, resolutions and programs
designed to maximize international cooperation in anticipating and preventing a decline in the quality of the world environment.
EPA construes the explicit authority to conduct education and training and to render technical assistance contained in the statutes
cited above, as supplemented by §102(2)(F) of NEPA, as implicitly supporting activities which will benefit foreign governments
and foreign, international, and domestic organizations in the international arena to protect the quality of the environment.


                                             377

-------
                                                        International Sources of Pollution
                                                      Program Area: International Programs
                              Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                       Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$8,731.0
$8,731.0
43.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$7,659.0
$7,659.0
44.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$8,466.0
$8,466.0
44.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$807.0
$807.0
0.2
Program Project Description:

To achieve our domestic environmental objectives, it is important to keep abreast of emerging
environmental issues and to collaborate with domestic and foreign partners to address foreign
sources of pollution that impact the United States (U.S.) and the global  commons, such as the
open  ocean and the atmosphere. It also is important for the U.S. to work  with international
partners  to address the impacts of pollution from the U.S. on  other countries  and the global
environment. Key  countries such as Canada, Mexico, Brazil, China,  and  vital regions including
Asia,  Africa, Latin America, and the Middle East, are necessary partners in addressing these
issues.  The  EPA  has  identified  six priority  areas for  international  action:  Build  Strong
Environmental  and Legal  Structures; Improve Access to Clean Water;  Improve Air Quality;
Limit Global Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions and Other Climate Forcing Pollutants; Reduce
Exposure to Toxic Chemicals; and Reduce Hazardous Waste and  Improve Waste Management.

Air quality in the U.S. is affected by other countries' emissions  of criteria pollutants (e.g., PM,
NOx, SOx, lead,  ozone,  carbon monoxide) and air toxics (e.g., mercury,  persistent organic
pollutants). These  emissions can have a detrimental impact on the U.S. environment and public
health directly through land borders, shared natural resources,  and transport of pollutants in the
atmosphere,  food  chains, or other vectors. Harmful air pollutants  can  be transported across
oceans and continents and can have a negative impact on  air quality and health far from their
original sources.60 Foreign sources of pollution may include emissions of air pollutants, mercury,
toxics, greenhouse gases,  and improperly  managed  waste streams (including  marine  debris,
hazardous wastes,  and used electronics). As we better understand the interdependences of global
ecosystems and the transport of pollutants,  it becomes clear that the actions  of other countries
affect the U.S. environment and vice versa.

The EPA engages bilaterally,  regionally, and multilaterally (e.g., United Nations Environment
Program, International Maritime  Organization, the Arctic Council, and multilateral agreements
such as  the International Convention  for the Prevention of Pollution from  Ships) to address
sources of pollution and address domestic and global environmental challenges. An important
EPA  focus  is building  the  capacity  of  international partners to establish  environmental
60 National Academies of Science, September, 2009, Global Sources of Local Pollution: An Assessment of Long-Range
Transport of Key Air Pollutants to and From the United States, National Academies Press; http://www.nap.edu.
                                           378

-------
institutions, enact and enforce effective laws and regulations, and have the technical abilities and
tools to assess and measure environmental conditions, policies, and programs.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to engage sovereign governments to meet and discuss issues
of mutual  interest with the  objective of improving  international  cooperation  and enhancing
opportunities through effective consultation and collaboration.

Specifically,  the EPA will continue to address  air pollution and air  quality with international
partners that contribute  significant pollution  to the  environment  and who  are committed  to
improving their environmental performance. For example, China is  improving its clean air laws
with advice and lessons learned from the United States. Indonesia is collaborating with the EPA
in improving air quality in the key and important mega-city of Jakarta. The EPA will work with
selected countries  in the  Caribbean to enhance their monitoring capabilities and assist  in
developing regional air quality standards.

In FY  2013,  the EPA will continue its work in the Partnership  for Clean Fuels and Vehicles
(PCFV), a global partnership that has worked to reduce air pollution from the global fleet. The
EPA was a founding member and has been a critical player in this highly successful partnership.
Lead in gasoline causes significant harm to children and adults and the PCFV has successfully
focused on eliminating lead from fuel around the world (only  six countries continue to use
leaded gasoline). The Partnership is now focusing on reducing sulfur in diesel and gasoline fuels
and on facilitating the introduction of cleaner and more efficient vehicles. As the  global car fleet
is predicted to triple by 2050, with most of that increase in  the developing world,61 reducing
harmful vehicle emissions is critical both because of human health impacts and GHG emissions.
The EPA also will continue its efforts to reduce transboundary pollution from ships. The EPA is
working with  the  International Maritime  Organization  to  develop  efficiency standards  for
international  shipping that will reduce harmful effects from shipping and also is working with
Mexico to address its emissions from shipping, which adversely affect human health in Mexico
and in bordering U.S. states.

Mercury is an environmental contaminant that is toxic  at very low levels to human health and the
environment.   Exposure  to  even  low  levels  of   methyl  mercury  can  cause  serious
neurodevelopmental effects,  particularly in children.  Because mercury travels  long distances,
more than  70% of the mercury deposited to land and water in the United States comes from
global  sources, which reaches U.S. citizens primarily through fish consumption.  Thus, reducing
the harm to the American public from mercury requires international action.

The U.S. agreed, in an international meeting of governments in 2009,62 to negotiate a global
treaty to reduce mercury emissions.63 The EPA, working with the  State Department, has a major
role in these international negotiations, which seek to  reduce use  of mercury in products and
industrial processes, to  reduce emissions from numerous sectors, to prevent further mining  of
61IEA 2008 Energy Technology Perspectives 2008—Scenarios and Strategies to 2050, International Energy Agency, Paris.
62 http://www.unep.org/Documents.Multilingual/Default.asp?DocumentID=566&ArticleID=6083&l=en&t=long.
63 Governing Council of the United Nations Environmental Program, February 2009.
                                           379

-------
mercury, and to ensure the safe handling of mercury in waste streams and in storage. The EPA
has participated in the three negotiating sessions held to date, providing technical  and policy
information, developing negotiating positions in the USG interagency process, and participating
in the negotiations. The EPA will continue to play a significant role in the negotiation process,
which will continue through 2013.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to strengthen partnerships to solve environmental problems
and build capacity in areas such as green growth technologies and environmental laws and legal
institutions.  For example, the  EPA will lead  USG efforts in the  Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (OECD) to advance the new Green Growth  Strategy promoting
green jobs and sustainable urban development worldwide and will  work with the Global Shale
Gas Initiative  and European Union to promote environmentally-sound approaches to shale gas
development.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue and expand  our activities in the Arctic. Working with Alaska,
tribes, federal  agencies, and the private sector, the EPA is building international support for U.S.
environmental  policy objectives through the Arctic Council on a range of topics, including
mercury use and transport, hazardous waste, and black carbon. Of particular note is the EPA's
assessment of the impacts of  short-lived climate forcers including black carbon,  tropospheric
ozone, and methane in the Arctic. The EPA has begun pilot project activity in the Arctic to better
understand the costs and benefits of black carbon reductions in these remote locations.

Collaboration  with global  partners is needed to build awareness of water pollution issues and to
promote watershed protection.  For FY 2013, the EPA  will continue to promote clean water and
drinking water programs in Africa, Asia, and Latin America, focusing on  improving the quality
of water sources  and managing other environmental  risks. Through an exchange of technical
expertise and  capacity building efforts,  the EPA will  work with partners to develop programs
that promote cost-effective and sustainable  drinking water and wastewater approaches in key
countries and will share lessons learned globally.

In FY 2013, the EPA will strengthen implementation of global, regional, and national programs
to address electronic waste (e-waste) and promote  sound reuse and recycling of discarded used
electronics. The EPA will  partner with other nations and international organizations, such as UN
University StEP (Solving the E-waste Problem), to begin tracking the international movement of
e-waste, and to provide "eWaste best practices" through education and demonstration projects in
developing countries. These efforts will help  reduce  risks from exposure to toxic substances
contained in e-waste such as  lead,  mercury,  cadmium, perfluorinated  chemicals,  hexavalent
chromium, and barium through awareness raising,  capacity building for inspections in ports to
detect cases of noncompliance, and enabling improved inter-ministerial and inter-governmental
information  sharing  and  collaboration  to  address  e-waste  issues. These  efforts  support the
National Strategy for Electronics Stewardship report64 released in July 2011.
64 http://www.epa.gov/osw/conserve/materials/ecvcling/taskforce/docs/strategy.pdf
                                           380

-------
Performance Targets:

Work  under  this  program  supports  multiple  strategic  objectives.  Currently,  there are  no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •  (+$110.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and  a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •  (+$315.0) This increase provides funds to engage other Arctic  nations  in  efforts to
       identify, prioritize,  and mitigate key  sources  of hazardous  waste, mercury, and  black
       carbon. It strengthens EPA's efforts to address and reduce significant sources of pollution
       in the Arctic affecting the U.S., indigenous populations, and other Arctic countries.  To do
       so,  the U.S. will demonstrate U.S. technologies and partner with other Arctic countries to
       reduce emissions and improve health and the environment.

    •  (+$382.0 / + 0.2 FTE) This increase augments programmatic international environmental
       efforts to strengthen capacity building efforts, promote green economies, especially in the
       area of green technology,  work with  the United  Nations  and  with other  countries
       bilaterally to address electronic waste management,  and strengthen environmental laws
       and legal institutions. The additional resources include 0.2 FTE and associated payroll of
       $31.0.

Statutory Authority:

In conjunction with NEPA section  102(2)(F)65:  CAA  103(a), 42 USC 7403(a); CWA  104(a)(l)
and  (2), 33  USC  1254(a)(l)  and (2); SDWA  1442(a)(l), 42  USC   300j-l(a)(l); SWDA
8001(a)(l), 42  USC 6981(a)(l); FIFRA §17(d) and 20(a) , 7 U.S.C. §136o(d)  and 136r(a);
TSCA§10(a) of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA),  15 U.S.C. §2609(a) (in consultation
and  cooperation with the Department of Health and Human  Services and with other appropriate
departments and agencies); MPRSA 203(a)(l), 33 USC 1443(a)(l), 42 USC 43.
65 Section 102(2 )(F) of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), 42 U.S.C. §4332(2 )(F), directs all Federal agencies,
where consistent with the foreign policy of the United States, to lend appropriate support to initiatives, resolutions, and programs
designed to maximize international cooperation in anticipating and preventing a decline in the quality of the world environment.
EPA construes the explicit authority to conduct education and training and to render technical assistance contained in the statutes
cited above, as supplemented by §102(2)(F) of NEPA, as implicitly supporting activities which will benefit foreign governments
and foreign, international, and domestic organizations in the international arena to protect the quality of the environment.
                                             381

-------
                                                                  Trade and Governance
                                                      Program Area: International Programs
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                      Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$6,230.1
$6,230.1
20.4
FY 2012
Enacted
$5,632.0
$5,632.0
16.1
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$6,178.0
$6,178.0
16.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$546. 0
$546.0
0.2
Program Project Description:

The nexus  of environmental protection and international trade has long been a priority for the
EPA.  The EPA has  played  a  key  role  in ensuring that trade-related  activities sustain
environmental protection since the  1972 Trade Act mandated interagency  consultation by the
U.S. Trade Representative (USTR) on trade policy issues. Since trade influences the nature and
scope of economic activity, and therefore the levels of pollution emissions and natural resource
use, the EPA seeks to mitigate the potential domestic and global environmental effects from
trade, and to prevent any potential conflicts with domestic environmental mandates. EPA also
works to enhance the ability of our trading partners to protect their environments and develop in
a sustainable manner. The EPA's work helps to level the playing field with our trade partners
and create export opportunities for the United States. U.S.  trade with the world has grown rapidly
from $34.4 billion in 1960 to $3.223  trillion in 2010,  as  stated by the U.S. Census Bureau,
Foreign  Trade  Division.66  This  increase  underscores the  importance  of addressing  the
environmental consequences associated with trade.

The EPA is a member of the Trade Policy Staff Committee (TPSC) and the Trade Policy Review
Group (TPRG), which are interagency mechanisms that are organized and coordinated by USTR
to provide advice, guidance, and clearance to the USTR in the development of U.S. international
trade and investment policy.

The  EPA  is the  lead  U.S.  agency  to  implement  the  North  American  Agreement on
Environmental Cooperation (NAAEC).  Beyond its primary objective to foster the protection and
improvement of the environment in the  region, NAAEC's creation represented a commitment by
the  U.S., Canada, and Mexico to integrate environmental  protection  considerations into  their
trade negotiations. When the North American Free Trade  Agreement (NAFTA) came into effect
in 1994, it created the biggest free trade area in the  world  at the time, with a  combined
population  of 400 million people and an aggregated GDP of over $7 trillion.67 Booming trade
after NAFTA ratification has led to increasing traffic  congestion  and related environmental
consequences.
66 http://www.census.gov/foreign-trade/statistics/historical/goods.pdf.
67 US Census Bureau, Foreign Trade Division, Annual 2010 Trade Highlights, www. census, gov/foreign-
trade/statistics/highlights/annual.html, accessed August 17,2009.
                                           382

-------
Beyond NAFTA, the EPA plays an important role in several trade negotiating fora, including the
World Trade Organization (WTO) and regional and bilateral free trade agreements. The EPA
also participates in the development and delivery of U.S. positions in other trade and economic
fora,  such as the Organization  for Economic Cooperation and  Development  (OECD), Asia
Pacific Economic Cooperation,  and  Bilateral Investment Treaties. To engage a variety  of
domestic stakeholders,  the USTR and the EPA  co-host the Trade and Environment Policy
Advisory Committee (TEPAC), a Congressionally-mandated advisory group that provides advice
and information in connection with the development, implementation, and administration of U.S.
trade policy.

To address trade-related environmental issues, the EPA performs four major functions. First,  by
contributing to the development,  negotiation,  and implementation  of  environment-related
provisions in all new U.S. free  trade agreements (FTAs), the  EPA helps to ensure that U.S.
trading partner countries improve and  enforce their domestic environmental laws. The EPA also
works with the USTR to promote  environmental  protection through liberalized  trade  in
environmentally  preferable  goods and  services.  Secondly,  the EPA  develops the U.S.
Government's (USG) environmental review of each new free trade agreement. Third, the EPA
helps  to negotiate and implement the  environmental cooperation agreements that parallel each
trade  agreement, such as the  NAAEC. These agreements assist our trading partners to develop
effective  and efficient environmental  protection standards. Fourth, the  EPA provides technical
and policy guidance to avoid potential  conflicts  between trade commitments and the EPA's
statutory  obligations to implement domestic environmental  laws and policies. Together,  the
EPA's contributions help create and build demand for  environmental technologies and export
opportunities for U.S. manufacturers.

As part of the implementation of free trade agreements, the EPA continues to have a central role
in developing and managing programs  to build good environmental governance. These programs
help protect human health and the environment, while helping to ensure that U.S.  companies and
communities  compete on an  equal footing in the international marketplace. In particular,  the
EPA works with U.S. trading partners to help them meet their obligations under trade agreements
to  enforce  their own  environmental  laws.  Through  leadership in the  Commission   on
Environmental Cooperation (CEC), the OECD, and other international entities, the EPA supports
environmental performance reviews of other countries. These reviews help facilitate the sharing
and continual improvement of good  governance  best practices (such as  providing access to
information,  collaborating   with  diverse  stakeholders,  and  providing   transparency   in
environmental decision making). Beyond support of environmental performance reviews,  the
EPA ensures that capacity building  activities are incorporated throughout the CEC's annual work
plans.

FY 2013  Activities and Performance  Plan:

During FY  2013, the  EPA  will  continue to play an important  role as  we  move  towards
conclusion of the negotiations of the Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement  (TPP), which is
designed  to promote trade throughout the trans-Pacific region. The TPP will include specific
provisions relating to the environment,  where core commitments will be made by all TPP Parties.
In addition, environmental issues  have  emerged as important elements  of  the negotiations,
                                         383

-------
including  the  provisions  regarding  investment,  services, market access,  and regulatory
coherence. In assisting the USTR to develop and negotiate the environmental provisions of the
TPP  agreement,  the EPA will contribute  to  the associated environmental  reviews  and
environmental cooperation agreements,  and advocate greater attention to key  environmental
concerns (e.g., invasive species and air pollution) associated with the movement of traded goods.
The EPA also will continue to provide input to new bilateral or regional free trade agreements,
and other trade and investment agreements.

The EPA also will provide targeted  capacity building support under  the TPP, similar  to
governance and capacity building under previously negotiated U.S. free trade agreements. With
recently negotiated agreements with South Korea, Panama, and Colombia, the EPA will provide
appropriate capacity building assistance, which may include strengthening legal  and regulatory
frameworks  to promote health,  environment,  and green economy  and related  expansion  of
opportunities for U.S. business, especially in the area of green technologies. The  priorities for a
majority of this cooperative work are established through a State Department chaired and led
inter-agency process in which the EPA is a full member, with additional input provided by the
USTR-led inter-agency process.

As the first environmental cooperation agreement under a trade  agreement, the NAAEC paved
the way for many of the EPA's subsequent efforts under other Free Trade Agreements and serves
as  a  good  example  of the EPA's  approach to trade related  work.  The CEC  promotes
environmental cooperation in North America and addresses environmental issues from a regional
perspective, with a particular focus on those issues that arise in the context of deeper economic,
social, and environmental linkages.

In FY 2013, the EPA will support  CEC activities that establish compatible approaches for
identifying and tracking chemicals in commerce in North America and will begin a project that
will improve understanding of the transboundary movements (flows) of used and end-of-life
electronic waste (e-waste) in and from this region. The second priority focus begins the transition
to low-carbon economies by  improving  the  comparability  of greenhouse  gas emissions
inventories at the national, state, and local levels  in Canada, Mexico,  and the  United States.
Recognizing that climate change could disproportionately affect some communities,  the EPA
also will promote  trilateral support to community-based adaptations to enhance resilience to
impacts from climate change that affect both physical and social environments. The third priority
is to green the economies in North America and the EPA will participate in a trilateral green
building construction task force to identify opportunities in the construction of green buildings in
North America. This project will establish a Trilateral Green Building Construction Task Force,
building on the work of the Canada-Mexico Partnership and the government counterparts in the
United States  to foster improved understanding and identify opportunities associated with the
construction  of  green buildings  in  North  America.  Initially,  the Parties will  identify  the
appropriate officials who will together determine the best way to drive changes needed to better
support the  construction of  green buildings and  use  of green building materials in North
America. The EPA also will work with Canada and Mexico to green supply chains of the North
American automotive industry.

The EPA is a major player in the preparations for the Rio+20 Conference to be held in June
2012. An important theme of this conference is the green economy, which promotes sustainable
                                          384

-------
practices in multiple areas, including energy,  waste minimization, transportation, and greener
chemistry around the world. The EPA will play an important role in FY 2013, ensuring that the
United States implements commitments made in Rio. The EPA also is working on the other Rio
theme of environmental  governance. The EPA will be working to ensure that  international
environmental governance (i.e., the system of ensuring that global commitments are met and
global goals achieved) is managed in a more  efficient and  effective  manner in these resource
constrained times.

Performance Targets:

Work  under this program  supports multiple strategic objectives.  Currently,  there are  no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$32.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$514.0 / + 0.2  FTE)  This increase augments international trade environmental efforts
       through providing technical and policy capacity assistance under the FTAs (e.g., South
       Korea,  Colombia,  and Panama).  This leads  to  strengthening legal and  regulatory
       frameworks  and  promotes  health, environment, and  green economy. The additional
       resources include 0.2 FTE and associated payroll of $28.0.

Statutory Authority:

In conjunction with  NEPA section 102(2)(F)68: CAA 103(a), 42 USC 7403(a); CWA 104(a)(l)
and  (2), 33 USC  1254(a)(l)  and  (2); SDWA  1442(a)(l),  42 USC 300j-l(a)(l);  SWDA
8001(a)(l),  42 USC 6981(a)(l); FIFRA §17(d)  and 20(a) , 7  U.S.C. §136o(d)and  136r(a);
TSCA§10(a) of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA),  15 U.S.C. §2609(a) (in consultation
and cooperation with the Department of Health and Human Services and with other appropriate
departments and  agencies);  MPRSA 203(a)(l), 33 USC 1443(a)(l), 42 USC 4332; Annual
Appropriation Acts; Executive  Order 12915  (May  13,  1994)  (implementation of NAFTA
environmental  side  agreement); Executive  Order 13141   (Environmental  Review  of Trade
Agreements); Executive Order 13277 (Delegation of Certain Authorities and Assignment of
Certain Functions Under the Trade Act of 2002), as amended  by E.G. 13346 (July 8, 2004).
68 Section 102(2 )(F) of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), 42 U.S.C. §4332(2 )(F), directs all Federal agencies,
where consistent with the foreign policy of the United States, to lend appropriate support to initiatives, resolutions, and programs
designed to maximize international cooperation in anticipating and preventing a decline in the quality of the world environment.
EPA construes the explicit authority to conduct education and training and to render technical assistance contained in the statutes
cited above, as supplemented by § 102(2 )(F) of NEPA, as implicitly supporting activities which will benefit foreign governments
and foreign, international, and domestic organizations in the international arena to protect the quality of the environment.
                                            385

-------
Program Area: IT / Data Management / Security
                   386

-------
                                                                   Information Security
                                            Program Area: IT / Data Management / Security

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6)  support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$7,831.2
$847.2
$8,678.4
14.5
FY2012
Enacted
$6,786.0
$728.0
$7,514.0
15.2
FY2013
Pres Budget
$6,868.0
$728.0
$7,596.0
15.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$82.0
$0.0
$82.0
0.1
Program Project Description:

Information is a strategic resource to the EPA. It allows each program office to fulfill its mission
in support of the protection of human health and the environment. The Agency's  Information
Security program is designed to protect the confidentiality, availability  and integrity of the
EPA's  information assets. The  protection  strategy includes,  but is  not limited to,  policy,
procedure and practice  management; information security awareness,  training and education;
risk-based  governance and  system assessments; weakness remediation;  operational security
management; incident response and handling;  and  Federal Information Security Management
Act (FISMA) compliance and reporting.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Effective information security requires vigilance  and adaptation to new challenges every day.
Agency security  practitioners respond to  increasingly  creative and sophisticated  attempts to
breach  protections.  In  FY  2013,  the  EPA's integrated efforts will  allow the  Agency's
Information Security Program to take a more proactive role in dealing with these threats.

The EPA will continue  to protect, defend and sustain its information  assets by improving its
Information Security program. The Agency will  continue to focus on  training and awareness,
asset definition and management, compliance, incident management, knowledge and information
management,  risk management and technology management. Secondary activities  in FY 2013
include, but are  not limited  to,  access management, measurement and analysis,  and  service
continuity.  These efforts will strengthen the Agency's ability to ensure operational resiliency.
The final result  is  an information security  program that can  rely on effective and efficient
processes and documented plans when threatened by disruptive events.
                                          387

-------
Concurrently, the EPA will continue its performance-based information security activities with a
particular emphasis  on  risk management,  incident  management and information security
architecture. These three areas are critical to the Agency's Information Security program. They
are also key components of federal requirements, such as the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) information security initiatives, including: Trusted Internet Connection  (TIC); Domain
Name  Service  Security  (DNSSec);  and the Federal Desktop  Core Configuration (FDCC).
Controls implementing these requirements, which will be operational  throughout FY 2013,  are
rapidly enhancing the Agency's security  requirements  for  information  policy, technology
standards and practices.

The EPA will  support and expand  continuous monitoring to detect  and remediate Advanced
Persistent Threats to the Agency's Information  Technology  (IT) networks.  The EPA will
enhance our internal Computer Security Incident Response Capability  (CSIRC) to ensure  the
rapid identification, alerting and reporting of suspicious activity. CSIRC's primary function is to
detect unauthorized attempts to access, destroy, or alter EPA data and information resources. The
incident response capability includes components such as tool integration, detection and analysis,
forensics, and  containment and  eradication  activities. To help ensure  tools,  techniques, and
practices are current,  CSIRC monitors new trends in information security and threat activity.
Additionally, the EPA will continue implementing Homeland Security Presidential Directive 12
(HSPD-12)  requirements for logical access as identified in the Federal  Information Processing
Standards  (FIPS)  201,  Personal Identity  Verification  (PIV)  of  Federal Employees and
Contractors.

Performance Targets:
Outcome
Measure
Target
Actual
Percent of Federal Information Security Management Act reportable systems that are
certified and accredited.
FY 2006
100
100%
FY
2007
100
100%
FY
2008
100
100
FY
2009
100
100
FY
2010
100
100
FY
2011
100
100
FY
2012
100

FY
2013


Units
Percent

Work under this program supports multiple strategic objectives. Currently, there are no specific
performance measures for this Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$23.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment to existing FTE.

    •   (+0.1 FTE) This increase reflects current utilization rates while taking into consideration
       FY 2013 programmatic priorities supporting incident management, risk management and
       technology management.

    •   (+$59.0) This change reflects a slight increase in contract funding for the Agency's IT
       Security Program.
                                          388

-------
Statutory Authority:

Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA), 44 United States Code 3541 et seq. -
Sections 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 401 and 402 and Government Performance and Results Act
(GPRA),  39 U.S.C. 2803 et seq. - Sections 1115, 1116, 1117, 1118 and 1119 and Government
Management Reform Act (GMRA), 31 U.S.C. 501 et seq. - Sections 101, 201, 301, 401, 402,
403, 404 and 405 and Clinger-Cohen Act (CCA), 40 U.S.C. 1401 et seq. - Sections 5001, 5201,
5301,  5401, 5502, 5601 and 5701 and Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. -
Sections 104, 105, 106,  107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112 and 113 and Freedom of Information Act
(FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552 et seq. and Electronic Freedom of Information Act (EFOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552
et seq. - Sections 552(a)(2), 552 (a)(3), 552 (a)(4) and 552(a)(6).
                                        389

-------
                                                                  IT / Data Management
                                            Program Area: IT / Data Management / Security

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Hazardous Substance SuperrUnd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$96,614.1
$3,483.7
$47.7
$17,640.0
$117,785.5
493.4
FY2012
Enacted
$87,939.0
$3,652.0
$0.0
$15,339.0
$106,930.0
490.7
FY2013
Pres Budget
$88,893.0
$4,047.0
$0.0
$14,855.0
$107,795.0
488.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$954.0
$395.0
$0.0
($484.0)
$865.0
-2.4
Program Project Description:

High quality, readily available and usable data is a strategic resource that, along with associated
information services and analytical  applications, supports the  Agency's mission of protecting
public health and the environment. Information Technology/Data Management (IT/DM) program
activities support the Administration's goals of transparency, participation,  engagement and
collaboration to  expand the conversation on  environmentalism. IT/DM  also supports  the
expansion of the  Agency's IT services that enable citizens, regulated facilities, and states and
other entities to interact with EPA electronically to get the information they need, to understand
what it means, and to submit  and share environmental data with the least cost and burden. This
program  also provides essential technology to Agency staff, enabling them to conduct their work
effectively and efficiently.

Mission activities across the Agency require and rely upon better information and tools. In broad
terms, IT/DM supports these mission priorities by providing the  critical IT  infrastructure and
data management support needed for: 1) rapid, secure and efficient communication; 2) exchange
and storage of data,  analysis  and computation; 3) access to  the scientific, regulatory and best
practice information  needed by Agency staff, the regulated community and the public; and 4)
analysis  support  for interpreting and understanding environmental information.  The IT/DM
program  is  integral  to the implementation of agencywide systems,   such  as the Exchange
Network) and  the  Integrated  Compliance  Information System  (ICIS).  IT/DM  provides
agencywide services, such as IT training, library resources, application development support and
statistical consulting. IT/DM also  administers  agencywide programs  such as Section 508
compliance, privacy,  security and records management.
                                          390

-------
The work performed under IT/DM encompasses more than 30 distinct activities. For descriptive
purposes they can be categorized into the following major functional areas: information access;
Geospatial  information and analysis; Envirofacts; IT/Information Management (IT/EVI) policy
and planning; electronic records  and content management; OneEPA Web (formerly Internet
Operations and Maintenance Enhancements, or IOME); information reliability and privacy; and
IT/EVI infrastructure.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the IT/DM program will continue to work with EPA program offices on the Healthy
Communities priority.  The  program will focus  on:  1)  increasing the availability  of plain-
language information and tools on air toxics for at-risk communities, including information on
environmental health issues affecting schools and children; 2) maintaining Web 2.0 collaboration
tools (including wikis, blogs and social networking tools) to increase transparency, coordination
and collaboration among  states, tribes, local communities,  schools and the general public as they
share lessons learned, best practices and an evolving understanding of the environment; and 3)
maintaining the EPA's technology infrastructure to provide the capacity needed to support use of
information technologies in outreach programs. The program will continue to work with the
National Advisory  Council for  Environmental Policy and Technology (NACEPT)  and the
Environmental  Council of the States (ECOS) on  the best way to communicate environmental
information to  diverse  and underserved communities to  encourage  participation in healthy
community efforts.

In FY  2013, the EPA will initiate a coordinated effort with the Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations program and the IT/DM program to reconfigure EPA's workspace. This effort creates
a series of critical technological needs for the workforce to  function effectively and efficiently.
The Agency is redirecting $3.0 million to enhance workplace flexibility at the EPA and take
advantage of available technology, resulting in reductions to the office space requirements of the
Agency and a more efficient and collaborative workplace.  Despite the very constrained fiscal
environment, the Agency must take action to reduce long-term  costs. The redirected resources
are necessary for the success of this effort and will enable  the Agency to reconfigure existing
space  and  reduce  the  Agency's overall  footprint while  supporting  the  government-wide
Telework Enhancement Act of 2010 and providing options for a mobile work space.

The EPA is committed to providing employees with secure information technology resources to
help  them accomplish their work more effectively, either from the office or an alternate work
location. One EPA Workplace - the EPA's intranet site that provides EPA personnel with easy
access  to the most widely used online  Agency resources  - and the ability to log  onto the site
remotely are key components  of the EPA's  strategy  for facilitating  telework across the
Agency. In FY 2013, the  Agency will upgrade existing telepresence technology to allow Agency
workers to utilize video  conferencing from any location. Moreover, the Agency will invest in
technical solutions to  ensure effective  records management when employees are  teleworking.
The Agency will also evaluate the results of pilot projects of collaboration tool suites (which will
be conducted in FY 2012) to assess their viability in supporting the Agency's  mission and also
evaluate potential cloud  offerings that  would support  a "cloud first" strategy. This $3 million
redirection will help  EPA  invest  in  information technology  that will improve employees'
                                          391

-------
productivity regardless of their geographical location and provide employees with the resources
they need to telework effectively.

The IT/DM program will focus on developing discovery tools and data publishing infrastructure
for facilitating access to EPA data assets, including an automated capability to access and query
data from programmatic databases. This work also will  promote interactions with the developer
community and encourage public participation. The EPA will continue to seek opportunities to
leverage the creativity  of the  public  to  address  environmental  or human  health problems,
building upon the lessons learned from implementing the  "EPA Apps  for  the Environment
Challenge," where the EPA challenged developers to create a broad range of applications that aid
in environmental and public health protection. Other tools are being developed for more specific
use with programmatic  datasets,  such as Toxics  Release  Inventory (TRI), air, water  and
enforcement. Work also will include the conversion of existing data into a number of different
data formats, such as open Geospatial standards, to  enhance  data integration  and collaboration.
Final products will be available in the form of Web services and syndicated feeds to a variety of
users inside and outside the EPA, including publishing the data through the Exchange Network.

IT/DM will support the EPA's One EPA Workplace and OneEPA Web initiatives. OneEPA Web
focuses Web resources on priority topics and unifies EPA.gov.  One EPA Workplace leverages
the OneEPA Web concepts and  lessons learned  to redesign  and transform the EPA's  intranet,
EPA@Work. The ultimate goal of One EPA Workplace is to provide employees with uniform
access to enterprise Web-based  tools,  applications  and resources regardless  of their  physical
location. Both efforts will allow the EPA to invest Web resources based  on  Agency priorities,
improve search capabilities,  create a unified  Web governance and professionalize the  Web
workforce.

In FY 2013,  the EPA will continue working towards an open platform "e-file" data exchange
standard for use in expanding the use of electronic reporting of environmental data. The IT/DM
program will  assist in this effort  by helping program offices convert paper-based  reporting
requirements into  the required data elements for electronic reporting and by establishing security
and authentication standards that would allow commercial  software vendors to offer compatible
reporting software packages to states,  regulated facilities, and other entities.  The same  open
platform "e-file"  approach has  been successful  for the Internal Revenue Service.  With these
improvements to the  Agency's  electronic  reporting  capabilities,  the Agency will have  a
centralized   and  secure  service-based   storage  mechanism  for compliance monitoring  and
enforcement  data from the states and  its partners. In addition to  compliance  benefits,  this
initiative will promote transparency and data integration. Enhancing compliance data systems to
allow  electronic  reporting will  allow better  integration  with  other  environmental  and
demographic data. With better quality and more comprehensive environmental data EPA and its
stakeholders  can  develop  a  more informed  approach  to developing future  regulations  and
programs to protect public health and the environment.

The following summarizes major IT/DM program categories and the activities being conducted
within each of them:
                                          392

-------
       Information  Access  and  Analysis  -  FY  2013  activities  will  continue  making
       environmental information accessible  and understandable to  all users, which includes
       maintaining the Agency's libraries and  digitization of resources,  and developing and
       maintaining Web 2.0 applications to support necessary program-specific blogs, wikis,
       networking and collaboration activities.

       In FY  2013,  the  Agency  will  implement One  EPA  Workplace,  which  includes
       agencywide collaboration tools, to provide employees with uniform access to enterprise
       Web-based tools, applications and resources both in the office and  remotely. As part of
       the One EPA Workplace effort, the EPA will redesign the intranet to enhance usability
       and functionality; implement single sign-on; improve intranet  search capabilities; ensure
       employees can securely access the EPA's network information;  and—depending on the
       results of pilot projects conducted in FY 2012—provide  access to  social collaboration,
       enterprise networking, Web conferencing and expertise locators.

       Emphasis will continue in FY  2013  on EPA's  support for Transparency and  Open
       Government  participation, which includes streamlined  contributions to Data.gov. Key
       activities will ensure that access to critical data (e.g., regulated  facilities, toxic releases) is
       increased through Data.gov and the Agency's GeoData Gateway, providing opportunities
       for collaboration  and  intergovernmental  partnerships,  reducing  duplication  of data
       investments  and offering  the public easy  access to  important  federal  services  for
       businesses. Core Web 2.0 activities  will continue to be  funded to  support necessary
       program-specific blogs, wikis and collaboration activities. (In  FY 2013, the Information
       Access activities will be funded at $0.33 million in payroll funding  and $2.53 million in
       non-payroll funding.)

       Geospatial Information and Analysis69 - In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to expand
       its role in providing  support for  place-based analysis  of human health  as  well  as
       environmental  conditions and trends  across the  country. Geospatial information and
       analysis play a critical role in the Agency's ability to respond rapidly and effectively in
       times of  emergency,  in  addition to  meeting everyday program  and  region-specific
       business needs.

       The  Agency  provides  a core  set of central/enterprise, reusable  Geospatial IT services
       encompassing data,  analytics, infrastructure, hosting and development via the EPA
       GeoPlatform   and  associated enterprise  licenses  for  software and  data.  Numerous
       Geospatial and non-Geospatial data and applications are  integrated and linked into the
       GeoPlatform  to increase the power of place-based analytics at the Agency. In FY 2013,
       the  Geospatial  program   will  support  several  tools,  including   Enviromapper70,
       MyEnvironment71 and  EPA Earth, which is  a mapping and analysis program that will
       provide basic GIS capabilities to non-GIS experts across the EPA.
69 For more information on the Geospatial program, please visit: http://www.epa. gov/geospatial/
70 For more information on Enviromapper, please visit: http: //www. epa. go v/emefdata/em4efhome
71 For more information on MyEnvironment, please visit: http://www. epa. go v/mvenvironment
                                           393

-------
       By  implementing  Geospatial  data, applications  and services  as a holistic enterprise
       solution, the Agency saves time and money, assures compatibility and reduces the need
       for multiple subscriptions to software,  data and analytical services. Throughout FY 2013,
       the  Agency will continue to consolidate Geospatial tools and capabilities to expand the
       capabilities of the EPA GeoPlatform, our  shared technology enterprise for  Geospatial
       information and analysis. Additionally, EPA continues to play a leadership role in both
       the  Federal Geographic Data  Committee and the Geospatial Line of Business. In FY
       2013, EPA staff will continue to work with their partners from other agencies to define
       shared services offerings for geospatial technology that will drive more effective and cost
       efficient capabilities for data and technology sharing across government.  (In FY 2013,
       the  Geospatial Program activities will be funded at $3.96 million in payroll funding and
       $5.57 million in non-payroll funding.)

   •   Envirofacts72 - This area supports a single point  of access to EPA databases containing
       information about environmental activities that may affect air, water and land anywhere
       in the United States. It houses data that has been collected from regulated entities and the
       states, then makes  that data accessible to  environmental  professionals, the regulated
       community, citizen groups and  state and EPA employees through an easy-to-use, one-
       stop access point. Supporting  approximately 3-4 million  hits per month,  Envirofacts
       ensures access to critical data (e.g.,  regulated facilities, toxic releases) through Data.gov
       and enhances partnerships with other data providers and software developers to increase
       the  information available  to the people  who need  it most. (In  FY 2013,  Envirofacts
       activities will be funded at $0.35 million in payroll funding and $1.66 million  in non-
       payroll funding.)

   •   IT/IM Policy and Planning - This  category supports the EPA's Enterprise Architecture
       and the Capital Planning and Investment Control   (CPIC) process to assist the Agency in
       making better-informed decisions on IT/IM investments and resource allocations. In FY
       2013, the EPA will continue to review  information systems and databases for redundancy,
       streamline  and  systematize the planning  and budgeting for  all IT/IM activities,  and
       monitor the progress and performance of all IT/IM activities and systems. Specifically,
       the  EPA will  continue  to conduct   structured  portfolio  reviews  for all  major IT
       investments following the Federal TechStat investment review model to control costs and
       identify efficiencies. The Agency does not  currently have any high-risk IT projects. (In
       FY  2013, the IT/IM Policy and Planning activities will be funded at $11.74 million in
       payroll funding and $3.70 million in non-payroll funding.)

   •   Electronic  Records and Content Management - In FY 2013, activities in this  area
       include the creation of  systems and  the establishment and maintenance of processes that
       convert paper documents into  electronic documents  and convert paper-based processes
       into systems that manage the electronic documents and rely less on paper documents. FY
       2013  activities  also will  see greater  access to a standard set  of tools  to support and
       improve  electronic discovery processes across the Agency. These activities will reduce
       costs, improve accessibility and improve security for all of the documents entered into the
72 For more information on Envirofacts, please visit: http://www.epa.gov/enviro
73 For more information on the Capital Planning and Investment Control Process, please visit: http: //www.epa. go v/OEI/cpic/


                                           394

-------
   system, and support litigation efforts. Electronic documents require less storage space and
   do not need a filing staff to manage the paper records.  A single copy  of an electronic
   document can be accessed simultaneously by numerous individuals and from virtually
   any location.

   Using a collaborative process, in FY 2013  the Agency will continue implementing the
   Electronic Content Management System (ECMS) project, an enterprise-wide multimedia
   solution designed to manage and organize environmental data and documents for EPA
   headquarters, regional offices,  field offices and laboratories. An agencywide process for
   electronic discovery will be in place with support available to all programs and regions
   across the Agency.  Previously fragmented data storage approaches will be converted into
   a single standard platform that is accessible to everyone,  reducing data and document
   search time while improving security and information retention efforts.

   In FY 2013, the ECMS project will be entering an operations and maintenance stage,
   which will offer efficiencies as the results of the collaborative process used to implement
   the records repository and other similar system-to-system transfers of data are realized.
   Certain tools developed for specific systems (e.g.  Email BulkLoader Tool)  during the
   development stages of the project have shown to  have broader applicability for  other
   systems within the Agency. These tools will be modified to  meet the needs of  these
   systems and thus expand the number of Agency data systems  capable of utilizing the
   ECMS repository. Further integration will occur as ECMS and its email bulk loading tool
   are used to enhance the Agency's Email Optimization Project. (In FY 2013, the Electronic
   Records and Content Management activities will be funded at $0.59  million in  payroll
   funding and $1.90 million in non-payroll funding.)

•  OneEPA  Web [formerly  Internet  Operations  and  Maintenance  Enhancements
   (IOME)]  - The EPA  maintains  over 200  top-level pages that facilitate access to the
   varied information  resources available on the EPA website for Agency staff, partners,
   stakeholders and the public. The EPA is consolidating the infrastructure associated with
   the Internet and the Web CMS investment under the OneEPA Web umbrella. OneEPA
   Web  will support the EPA's  website and Web Content Management System, while
   modernizing the EPA's existing Web infrastructure to provide the most  contemporary
   technology to the EPA's website. The Agency should realize  substantial functional and
   technical improvements through this restructuring. (In FY 2013, the  OneEPA Web IT/EVI
   activities will be funded at $2.34 million in non-payroll funding.)

•  Information Reliability and Privacy  -  In FY 2013, the  EPA will continue to In FY
   2013, the EPA will continue to protect information in a manner that is consistent with its
   privacy needs and validate data sources are authoritative to ensure data  collected by the
   Agency are reliable.These efforts apply to environmental  information, including data that
   are submitted by and shared among the states, tribes and territories, as well as other  types
   of information, such  as business  information that is reported by various industry
   communities,  and  personal information for all EPA  employees. (In FY  2013, the
   Information Reliability and Privacy activities will be funded at  $0.50 million in  payroll
   funding and $1.65 million in non-payroll funding.)
                                       395

-------
   •   IT/IM Infrastructure -  This area  supports the  foundation  from which  all EPA
       employees—those supporting information technology infrastructure, administrative and
       environmental programs—conduct—Agency business. More specifically, these  activities
       include the provision  of desktop computing equipment, network connectivity, e-mail,
       application  hosting, remote access,  telephone  services  and maintenance, Web  and
       network servers, and IT related maintenance. The investment supports a distributed EPA
       workforce at over 100 locations, including EPA Headquarters, all ten regions and the
       various labs and ancillary offices.  The  Internet age has required the adoption of an
       anywhere/anytime model  and,  through successive strategic information technology
       investments, the Agency has ensured that the EPA's IT infrastructure is able to meet
       burgeoning IT demands.

       In 2007 the EPA began an nitiative to consolidate  data centers and incorporate industry
       best management practices  and virtualization  across its data centers. The Agency has
       completed a phased virtualization program across the National  Computer Center—the
       EPA's primary data center—including optimizing the  efficient use of floor space and
       turning off air handlers. Currently, the EPA is hosting more than 200 individual Agency
       business applications in an innovative shared hosting environment offering with many of
       the features of private cloud services. Over the next three years, the EPA will consolidate
       small data centers and computer rooms in various locations across the country in an effort
       to gain more efficiencies. Virtualization efforts will be expanded in FY 2013, with efforts
       focused on application and desktop virtualization.

       In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to build on the use of multi-year leasing that sustains
       and renews technical services (e.g.,  desktop hardware, software and maintenance)  in a
       stable, least-cost manner as technologies change. The EPA will expand and support the
       Agency's cloud computing initiative in support of the Agency's 25-Point Implementation
       Plan and enable a mobile workforce.  Guidance on cloud computing, along with GSA
       applications and services, are still in development. The Agency is committed to using
       cloud computing technologies and  will take advantage  of  those technologies  where
       feasible. The Agency's IT investments have not yet evaluated cloud  computing and will
       be updating their current alternatives analysis by  September 2013. (In  FY 2013, the
       IT/IM Infrastructure activities will be funded  at $26.66 million  in payroll funding and
       $25.44 million in non-payroll funding.)

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports multiple  strategic objectives. Currently, there are no specific
performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$333.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.
                                          396

-------
•  (+$455.0 / +3.3 FTE) This increase reflects current utilization rates of FTE required to
   maintain the Agency's IT services that enable the workforce to carry out its functions and
   ensure continuity in data access by the public.

•  (-$834.0 / -6.0 FTE) This change is a realignment of resources, including 6.0 FTE and
   $834.0 associated payroll, from the IT/Data Management program to the Toxics Release
   Inventory (TRI) program to reflect current efforts being performed for TRI.

•   (+$3,000.0)  This redirection reflects the  Agency's support for expanded telework,
   consolidating space and the creation of "One EPA Workplace" effort, which includes the
   digitization of records to enable effective telework. This redirection  also  includes the
   pilot  of collaboration tools  and software applications. These redirected resources will
   facilitate the continued consolidation of space and reduction in the Agency's footprint.

•  (+$750.0)  These  additional resources  support  the Agency's efforts  to modernize
   compliance reporting and will enhance the Agency's electronic reporting capabilities for
   environmental data. These activities will  allow the Agency to offer a centralized, secure
   service-based  storage  mechanism for compliance monitoring  and enforcement  data
   submissions from the states and its partners, increase the speed at which reporting can be
   accomplished and reduce the burden of reporting.

•  (-$332.0) This reduction reflects a redirection of resources from IT/DM to the Exchange
   Network for the data standards program. The data standards work is central to supporting
   the Exchange  Network  because  it services the System of Registries, which enables the
   sharing and exchange of data by ensuring that different organizations  can use a term, a
   system name,  or a chemical substance name and have it mean the same thing to each of
   them.

•  (-$70.0) This reduction reflects the discontinuation of the program's use of the Integrated
   Resource Management System (IRMS), which will not be necessary under the Agency's
   new financial system, Compass.

•  (-$685.0) This  change reflects a reduction in funding for  Internet Operations and
   Maintenance Enhancements  due to efficiencies gained in the  Agency's utilization  of
   OneEPA Web.

•  (-$1,403.0) This reduction reflects a disinvestment in the Agency's Portal application,
   which has reached its end of life. The One EPA Workplace effort will provide the same
   services to the Agency more efficiently.

•  (-$260.0) This reduction reflects the discontinuation of the Environmental Information
   Symposium in favor  of using Web-based training and  collaboration  tools to support
   discussions on new technology developments and IT training.
                                       397

-------
Statutory Authority:

Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 42 U.S.C. 553 et seq. and Government Information
Security Act (GISRA), 40 U.S.C. 1401 et seq. - Sections 3531, 3532, 3533,  3534, 3535 and
3536 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability  Act (CERCLA),
42 U.S.C. 9606 et seq. - Sections 101-128, 301-312 and 401-405 and Clean  Air Act (CAA)
Amendments, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. - Sections 102, 103, 104 and 108 and Clean Water Act
(CWA), 33 U.S.C. 1314 et seq. - Sections 101,  102, 103, 104,  105, 107,  and 109 and Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C. 2611 et seq. - Sections 201, 301 and 401 and Federal
Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), 7 U.S.C. 36 et seq. - Sections 136a - 136y
and Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA), 7 U.S.C. 136 et seq. - Sections 102, 210, 301 and 501
and Safe Drinking Water Act (SOWA) Amendments, 42  U.S.C. 300 et seq. - Sections  1400,
1401, 1411, 1421, 1431, 1441,  1454 and  1461 and Federal  Food,  Drug and Cosmetic Act
(FFDCA), 21 U.S.C. 346 et seq. and Emergency  Planning and  Community  Right-to-Know Act
(EPCRA), 42 U.S.C.  11001 et seq. - Sections 322, 324, 325 and 328 and Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA), 42 U.S.C. 6962 et seq. - Sections  1001, 2001,  3001 and 3005 and
Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA), 39 U.S.C. 2803 et seq. - Sections  1115,
1116, 1117, 1118 and 1119 and Government Management Reform Act (GMRA), 31 U.S.C. 501
et seq. - Sections 101, 201, 301, 401, 402, 403, 404 and 405 and Clinger-Cohen Act (CCA), 40
U.S.C. 1401 et seq. - Sections  5001, 5201,  5301,  5401, 5502, 5601 and 5701and Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. - Sections  104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,
112 and  113  and Freedom  of Information Act  (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552  et seq. and Controlled
Substances Act (CSA), 21 U.S.C. 802 et seq. - Sections 801, 811, 821, 841, 871, 955 and 961
and Electronic Freedom of Information Act (EFOIA), 5 U.S.C.  552 et seq. - Sections 552(a)(2),
552 (a)(3), 552 (a)(4) and 552(a)(6).
                                        398

-------
Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review
                          399

-------
                                                                   Administrative Law
                             Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General  (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$5,260.3
$5,260.3
33.9
FY2012
Enacted
$5,198.0
$5,198.0
33.3
FY2013
Pres Budget
$5,392.0
$5,392.0
33.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$194.0
$194.0
0.4
Program Project Description:

This program supports EPA's Administrative Law Judges (ALJ) and the Environmental Appeals
Board (EAB) or the Board. The ALJ preside in hearings and issue initial decisions in cases
initiated by EPA's enforcement program concerning environmental violations. The EAB issues
final decisions in environmental adjudications (primarily enforcement and permit-related), that
are on appeal to the Board. The EAB also serves as the final approving body for proposed
settlements of enforcement actions initiated by the Agency. ALJ issue orders and decisions under
the authority of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) and the various environmental statutes
that establish  administrative  enforcement authority.  The EAB  issues  decisions under  the
authority delegated by the Administrator. The decisions reflect findings of fact and conclusions
of law.

By adjudicating disputed matters, the ALJ  and EAB will further the Agency's mission to protect
human health and the environment. The ALJ presides over hearings and issue initial decisions in
cases brought by the Agency's enforcement program against those accused of violations under
various  environmental  statutes. The  right of affected persons to  appeal  those  decisions is
conferred  by various statutes, regulations and  constitutional due  process  rights. The EAB
adjudicates administrative appeals in  a thorough, fair and  timely  manner.  In approximately
ninety percent of cases decided by the Board, no  further  appeal  is taken to federal court,
providing a final resolution to the dispute.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the ALJ will convene formal hearings in the location of the alleged violator or
violation, as required by  statute. The  ALJ also  will implement an  electronic filing system to
achieve  significant  reductions in: mailing  delays for all parties,  mailing  costs for alleged
violators, and requests for paper documents from the ALJ. This system will  make case docket
management more secure  while simultaneously promoting transparent government operations by
                                          400

-------
posting  public documents to the web in real-time. ALJ will  offer public training events on
administrative hearing procedures for EPA employees and the regulated community, as well as
work with EAB to support international judicial environmental training efforts.

The  Board will also  evaluate the EAB's April 2011 Standing Order governing procedures in
Clean Air Act New Source Review appeals for appropriate follow-up action. In addition, the
EAB will work to streamline resolution of appeals through its  alternative dispute resolution
(ADR) program. In 2011, use of the Board's ADR program successfully resolved an appeal by
Wild Earth Guardians  of a  Clean  Air Act Title  V operating permit issued to BP  America
Production Company by EPA Region 8. The Board currently  has  five additional requests for
Board ADR negotiations,  which will be conducted in 2012, and in FY 2013 the board expects a
similar number of ADR negotiation requests.  The Board also  will update its electronic filing
system in order to make  the system more user-friendly and allow users to file pleadings and
retrieve  electronic filings more  quickly.  In FY 2013, resources  will be provided to  maintain
EPA's  hearing room.  In addition,  the  Board  will support judicial environmental training
consistent with Agency priorities.

Performance Targets Narrative:

Work under  this program supports multiple  strategic  objectives.  Currently, there are  no
performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   • (+$115.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and  a cost of
      living  adjustment for existing FTE.

   • (+$79.0) This represents resources provided to maintain  EPA's central  Hearing Room
      used by the Office of the Administrative Law Judges and by the Environmental Appeals
      Board which provides a venue to listen to oral arguments for cases that  require formal
      hearings.

   • (+0.4 FTE) This increase reflects current FTE utilization rates for supporting case docket
      management by timely posting of documents on the web for public access.

Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA); Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA); Clean Water Act; Clean Air Act; Toxic
Substance Control Act (TSCA); Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act  (RCRA);  Safe
Drinking  Water  Act  (SDWA);  Emergency  Planning and Community  Right-to-Know  Act
(EPCRA); Administrative Procedure Act (APA); as  provided in Appropriations Act funding.
                                         401

-------
                                                          Alternative Dispute Resolution
                              Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals  to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$1,271.2
$814.9
$2,086.1
5.7
FY2012
Enacted
$1,194.0
$844.0
$2,038.0
7.2
FY2013
Pres Budget
$1,477.0
$877.0
$2,354.0
7.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$283.0
$33.0
$316.0
0.1
Program Project Description:

The Agency's General Counsel and Regional Counsel Offices provide environmental Alternative
Dispute Resolution (ADR) services. EPA utilizes ADR as a method for preventing or resolving
conflicts prior to engaging in formal litigation  and includes the provision of legal counsel,
facilitation, mediation and consensus building. The intent is to offer cost-effective processes to
resolve disputes and improve Agency decision making.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to provide conflict prevention and ADR services to EPA
headquarters  and regional  offices and external  stakeholders on  environmental matters. The
national ADR program assists in developing effective ways to anticipate, prevent and resolve
disputes and  makes neutral third parties - such as facilitators  and mediators  - more readily
available for those purposes. As in previous years, the Agency expects to support at least 60 non-
Superfund  cases  with neutral  third party  support in areas including:  tribal consultation,
Environmental Justice, community engagement and collaborative dialogues.

Additionally, these  resources will enable the Agency to make efforts to  provide ADR and
collaboration advice and conflict coaching to 174 non-Superfund cases where headquarters and
regions are working with stakeholders to improve environmental results. The Agency expects to
provide at least 20 training events, reaching at least 500 EPA employees to continue to build the
Agency's capacity to resolve environmental issues in the most efficient way and to achieve the
Agency's strategic objectives. Under EPA's  ADR policy and the OMB/CEQ memorandum on
Environmental Conflict Resolution74, the Agency encourages the use of ADR  techniques to
74 See http://www.ecr.gov/pdf/OMB CEO Joint Statement.pdf. An updated OMB/CEQ memorandum on environmental conflict
resolution is currently under final Agency review.
                                          402

-------
prevent and resolve disputes with external parties in many contexts, including: adjudications,
rulemaking, policy development,  administrative  actions, civil judicial  enforcement actions,
permit issuance, protests of contract awards, administration of contracts and grants, stakeholder
involvement, negotiations, and litigation.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program  supports all five of the Agency's strategic goals. Currently, there are
no performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$32.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+0.1 FTE) This change reflects the current FTE utilization rate for ADR services.

    •   (-$7.0) This decrease in  travel costs reflects a continuing effort to reduce the Agency's
       travel footprint and expand the use of video-conferencing and internet-based  training.

    •   (+$156.0) This  increase provides resources enabling the Agency to continue offering
       cost-effective processes  to  resolve  disputes and improve  Agency  decision-making.
       Resources will provide non-Superfund cases with  neutral third party support and enable
       the delivery of ADR training.

    •   (+$102.0) This increase provides resources  to  cover  basic and mandatory IT  and
       telecommunications support costs for on-board workforce. Examples of support areas
       include desktop services, telephone and Local Area Network (LAN). These resources are
       needed to enable  employees to carry out their day-to-day operations supporting the
       Agency's mission.

Statutory Authority:

Administrative Dispute Resolution Act (ADRA) of 1996, 5 United States Code (U.S.C.) Sections
571, 572, and 573, Negotiated Rulemaking Act of 1996,  5 U.S.C. Sections 563, 565, 566, and
568; EPA's General Authorizing Statutes.
                                          403

-------
                                                      Civil Rights / Title VI Compliance
                             Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the  Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC),  Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$11,740.4
$11,740.4
69.6
FY2012
Enacted
$11,618.0
$11,618.0
71.1
FY2013
Pres Budget
$13,974.0
$13,974.0
74.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$2,356.0
$2,356.0
3.4
Program Project Description:

EPA's Office of  Civil Rights  (OCR) provides policy direction  and guidance  on equal
employment  opportunity,  civil  rights,  affirmative  employment,  diversity,  and  reasonable
accommodations for the Agency's program offices, Regional offices and laboratories. EPA's
Civil Rights Program includes:

   •   Intake and processing of  Title VI complaints of discrimination from the public about
       EPA's financial assistance recipients, complaint adjudication, and civil rights compliance
       reviews;

   •   Intake and processing of Title VII complaints of discrimination from Agency employees
       and applicants for employment, and complaint adjudication;

   •   Implementation of processes and programs in support of reasonable accommodation; and

   •   Affirmative employment and diversity program planning and implementation.

Program  functions also include  accountability  for implementation,  program  evaluation  and
compliance monitoring  of the Civil Rights Act  of 1964  (Titles  VI, VII, IX), statutory
requirements and executive orders covering civil rights, affirmative employment, persons with
disabilities, alternative dispute resolution, and reasonable accommodations.

OCR  interprets policies and regulations and ensures compliance with civil  rights laws, Equal
Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) directives and equal employment initiatives. The
office also upholds the civil rights of EPA's employees and prospective employees as required
by federal laws, statutes and Executive Orders.
                                         404

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the priorities of EPA's Civil Rights program will include:

Title VI

To  enable the Agency to reduce  the Title VI complaint backlog and process complaints in a
timely manner, additional resources are provided to this program. These resources will also
enable the Agency to address recommendations from a March 2011  Deloitte report  which
recommended that the Agency improve the following functions: Title VI case management and
tracking issues, staff development and standard operating procedures. Additional FTE are needed
for  the following tasks: conduct jurisdictional analyses on complaints received by the Agency;
convene  a review committee comprised of EPA program and regions offices to conduct a
preliminary analysis of cases; lead deliberations on how the cases will be managed (including the
scientific and technical analysis needed to make determinations and findings); develop a strategic
approach for prosecution of the cases at headquarters and regions; and coordinate  other cross-
functional efforts related  to Title VI Complaints. Additional funding will be used to enhance a
database  which tracks the life cycle of Title VI complaints to assist with efficiently processing
and tracking complaints.  Additionally, the Agency plans to do the following activities  in FY
2013:

•   Partner with the Office of General Counsel (OGC) and the Office of Grants and Debarment
    to identify EPA financial assistance recipients that have frequent occurrences  of Title VI
    complaints. This will help OCR ensure the  effective utilization of compliance review
    resources, aid EPA in ensuring the recipients'  compliance with federal civil rights laws and
    regulations, and provide the public greater assurance of recipients' equitable implementation
    of environmental policies.

•   Increase the number of compliance reviews conducted of EPA financial assistance recipients.
    This  should increase recipients' compliance  with  federal  civil rights laws, statutes,  and
    regulations, thereby providing the public with an equitable administration  of environmental
    services;

•   OCR will collaborate with  the National  Program and regional  offices to develop  and
    implement effective processes to (1) reduce the Title VI complaint backlog and (2) provide
    the public with the timely processing of new Title VI complaints;

•   Increase outreach regarding the use of Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) to  members of
    the public (complainants) and recipients to create a  better understanding of mutual concerns
    and constraints, as well as the benefit to parties when resolving an outstanding complaint;

•   Provide training on the mediation process to collateral duty mediators to  ensure consistent
    approaches nationally towards the informal resolution of Title VI complaints, and to  ensure
    that the public and recipients are provided with a fair process.
                                          405

-------
Title VII

The Agency is providing additional resources to increase effectiveness in managing the Title VII
complaint process. These  resources will also enable the Agency to address recommendations
from a March 2011 Deloitte report which recommended that the Agency improve the following
functions: Title  VII  case  management  and tracking  issues,  staff development and standard
operating procedures. Additional FTE will enable EPA  to  efficiently  address the cycle of
backlogs  and conduct  work  within the  established  regulatory timeframes.  They will  be
responsible for the following tasks: develop and approve investigation plans; evaluate Reports of
Investigation for completeness; interpret and  integrate guidance from the  Office  of General
Counsel; and write Final Agency Decisions.  Additional funding also will be used to enhance a
database which  tracks  the  life cycle of Title  VII complaints and assists with  efficiently
processing and tracking complaints. Additionally,  the Agency plans to do the following activities
in FY 2013:

•  Develop an EEO counselor training curriculum to include certification training,  technical
   guidance, and provide ongoing  mentoring and  coaching to  ensure  that  employees  and
   applicants for employment receive high quality counseling services;

•  Provide legal review and analysis of complex cases, and assist with the completion of Final
   Agency Decisions. These functions will  provide OCR with the necessary expertise to aid in
   the more timely adjudication of Title VII complaints;

•  Engage parties early in the Title Vn process on the benefits of ADR. This will create a better
   understanding of concerns and constraints by both parties;

•  Create a group of collateral duty mediators to  assist with the informal resolution of Title VII
   complaints.  Provide training  on the mediation process  to ensure the use of consistent
   approaches.

•  Develop EEO training programs to inform EPA Las Vegas  Laboratory employees of their
   rights and responsibilities regarding the EEO laws, statutes and regulations;

•  Periodically,  monitor the implementation of EPA's policy on harassment/discrimination in
   the workplace based on sexual  orientation, status as a parent,  marital status and political
   affiliation by examining the number and bases of these complaints filed in the Agency;

•  Update the on-line mandatory training for the No FEAR Act to present the information in a
   more user friendly format.

Reasonable Accommodations

•  Develop and implement a new policy to improve the delivery of services to EPA employees
   and applicants for employment with disabilities. OCR will use an iterative bargaining process
   involving the Office of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), OGC,  Labor
   Employee Relations and the Agency's Bargaining Unions;
                                          406

-------
•  Offer training to managers, track accommodation requests and decisions, and monitor the
   Agency's compliance with the statutes, EEOC regulations and the Agency's policy and
   procedures related to the reasonable accommodation of qualified applicants and employees
   with disabilities.

Affirmative Employment and Diversity

•  In accordance with the Administrator's directive, expand efforts to engage headquarters and
   the regions in developing a model civil rights program at EPA. OCR will use the Equal
   Employment Opportunity Commission's (EEOC) Management Directive  (MD)-715 Report
   as a  guide  for EPA's  affirmative employment  efforts. OCR will  establish a metric  to
   determine progress in achieving "model  EEO status" and on a quarterly basis, monitor the
   regions'  and headquarters  program offices' MD-715 Action Plans which describe their
   efforts to accomplish planned activities.

Performance Targets:

Work under  this  program supports multiple strategic objectives.  Currently,  there are no
performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget Dollars (in Thousands):

   •  (+$409.0) This increase reflects the  recalculation of base workforce  costs and cost of
      living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •  (+$128.0) This change reflects the required general expenses to provide basic support for
      OCR on board  staff in order for the Office to perform its duties efficiently.

   •  (+$1,819.07 +3.4 FTE) This increase  supports  the Agency's  Title VI and Title VII
      programs' effort to meet statutory requirements for the timely processing of cases; reduce
      the number of Title VI complaints; raise the awareness of Title  VI requirements to
      recipients of EPA's funds; and improve the management of Title VII EEO complaints.
      Additional  extramural resources  will  enable  the Agency to develop  a database  to
      effectively track the life cycle of both Title VI and Title VII complaints. These resources
      include $469.0 of associated payroll for the 3.4 FTE.

Statutory Authority:

Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended (42 U.S.C. §2000d to 2000d-7); 40 C.F.R.
Part 7; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; Section 13 of the Federal Water Pollution
Control  Act Amendments  of 1972; Title  IX of the Education  Act amendments of 1972; Age
Discrimination Act of 1975; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended (42 U.S.C.
§2000e et seq.);  Equal Pay Act of 1963 (29 U.S.C.  §206(d)); Section 501 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973; Americans with Disabilities  Act  of 1990 (42 U.S.C. §12101); ADA Amendments
Act of 2008, Older Workers Benefit Protection Act (OWBPA) as amended; Age Discrimination
                                          407

-------
in Employment Act (ADEA) of 1967, as amended (29 U.S.C. § 621-634); Equal Employment
Opportunity Commission (EEOC) Management Directive 715).
                                      408

-------
                                                  Legal Advice: Environmental Program
                              Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$42,286.6
$711.9
$42,998.5
239.5
FY2012
Enacted
$40,746.0
$682.0
$41,428.0
249.5
FY2013
Pres Budget
$45,840.0
$755.0
$46,595.0
253.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$5,094.0
$73.0
$5,167.0
3.7
Program Project Description:

This program provides legal representational services, legal counseling and legal support for all
the Agency environmental activities.75 The legal support provided by this program is essential to
the Agency's core mission and goes to every aspect of the Agency's Strategic Plan. It provides
legal counsel on issues arising under all EPA's environmental statutes including, but not limited
to: the Clean Air Act (CAA), the Clean Water  Act (CWA), the  Safe Drinking Water Act
(SOWA), the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), the Pollution Prevention Act, the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act  (FIFRA), the Federal Food, Drug, and  Cosmetic
Act,  the Emergency  Planning and Community  Right-to-Know Act  (EPCRA), the  Marine
Protection,  Research  and  Sanctuaries  Act,  the  Resource Conservation and  Recovery Act
(RCRA), the Oil Pollution Act (OPA), and the Administrative Procedures Act (APA).

If the Agency wants to limit the amount of a dangerous chemical in the air we breathe, in the
water we drink, or in the food we eat, this program provides counsel on the Agency's authority
to take that action,  and  provides the advice  and  support  necessary  to the regulatory process.
When that  action is then challenged in court,  this program defends it. This program plays a
central role in all statutory and regulatory interpretation and all guidance  development under
EPA's environmental authorities. This program provides essential legal advice for every petition
response, every judicial  response and every emergency response.  It provides counsel on every
major action the Agency takes.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, OGC  will  continue to provide full  legal support for  all  the EPA programs, in
response to Agency needs, to  advance the Administrator's  priorities,  and in  support  of the
Strategic Plan Goals. In FY 2013, OGC expects the Agency to need increased legal support in its
 ' Resources for legal services to support Agency Operations are included in the Legal Advice: Support program.
                                          409

-------
efforts to reduce environmental and human health risks. For example, in FY 2013, the EPA will
continue providing extensive legal support towards the Deep Water  Horizon investigation
requiring additional IT and telecommunications, contracts and general expenses support.

The following chart provides concrete examples from FY 2011 of the types of support that OGC
provides to the  Agency and how that support lines up with EPA's Strategic Plan Goals. OGC
expects to provide similar support in FY 2013, which includes analyzing defensibility of Agency
actions,  drafting significant  portions of  final Agency actions, and actively  participating in
litigation. These examples illustrate OGC's important role in implementing the Agency's core
priorities and mission.
EPA  Strategic
Plan Goal
Specific EPA OGC Support
Goal 1 -

Climate
Change and
Air Quality
   1.  Successfully defended multiple motions to stay  the greenhouse  gas
       regulations and the related SIP actions including drafting of greenhouse
       gas permitting guidance and defending against litigation challenges.
   2.  Assisted in the drafting  of the proposed and final Mercury and  Air
       Toxics Standards (MATS) rule.
   3.  Provided extensive legal support including  counseling and drafting
       assistance on proposed greenhouse gas and fuel economy standards for
       model year 2017-2025 light-duty vehicles as part of a coordinated
       National Program.
   4.  Assisted the Agency in the development and promulgation of the Non
       Hazardous Secondary Materials rule under RCRA.
Goal 2 -

Improving
Water Quality
   1.  Assisted in developing proposed guidance to define scope of federal
       regulatory authority under the Clean Water Act (CWA) for waters of
       the United States.
   2.  Obtained a favorable court decision upholding a CWA veto of a permit
       that would have caused degradation of over 60,000 acres of wetlands in
       Mississippi.
Goal 3-

Cleaning up
Communities
and
Sustainable
Development
   1.  Drafted  and  facilitated  execution  of  EPA's  Memorandum  of
       Understanding with UNEP to promote  environmental cooperation &
       capacity building.
   2.  Advanced the initiative on EJ by providing key support for EPA's Plan
       EJ2014.
   3.  Provided key legal support to OITA on the Tribal Consultation Policy..
   4.  Counseled the Agency in its revision of the Definition of Solid Waste
       rule.
                                          410

-------
Goal 4 -

Safety of
Chemicals and
Prevention of
Pollution
3.
Issued and  successfully litigated first "for Cause" revocation of
tolerances  in the  U.S.  for  carbofuran,  a  pesticide  that  poses
unacceptable risks to the environment, workers, and consumers.
Assisted in the use of the Agency's TSCA subpoena authority to obtain
critical information from hydrofracking companies.
Negotiated the speedy  removal from  the  market  of the herbicide
Imprelis, after it was discovered that Imprelis can be toxic to certain
kinds of trees.
Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports all five of the Agency's strategic goals. Currently, there are
no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$850.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$2,588.07 +3.7 FTE) This increase will enable the EPA to continue to provide legal and
       day-to-day office operations support. These resources enable FTE to perform research,
       filing and documentation and provide legal support to enable the Agency to defend itself
       on hundreds of important judicial matters and cases and enable OGC to provide essential
       legal advice for every  response and provide counsel on every major action the Agency
       takes. These resources include 3.7 FTE and associated payroll of $625.0.

    •   (+$1,656.0) This  increase  provides  resources to  fund OGC's  Lexis  and  Westlaw
       contracts. These contracts provide vital research tools needed by OGC  attorneys when
       offering sound legal counsel and  advice to  Agency leadership. This level also provides
       resources to fund basic and mandatory IT and telecommunications support costs for the
       on board workforce. These resources are needed to enable employees to effectively carry
       out their day-to-day operations supporting the Agency's mission.

Statutory Authority:

Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 United States Code (U.S.C.) 2601 et seq.; Pollution Prevention
Act, 42 U.S.C. 13101 et seq.;  Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. 136
et seq.; Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic  Act,  21  U.S.C. 346a; Emergency Planning and
Community Right-to-Know Act, 42 U.S.C. 11023; Federal Water Pollution Control Act,  33
U.S.C. 1251 et  seq.; Safe Drinking  Water Act, 42 U.S.C. 300f et seq.; Marine Protection,
Research and  Sanctuaries Act of 1972, 33 U.S.C. 1401 et seq.; Solid  Waste Disposal Act as
Amended by the Resource Conservation and  Recovery Act (RCRA), 42 U.S.C.  §6901 et seq.,
Sections 2002, 3001 - 3023, 4001 - 4010, 6001 - 6004, 7003 - 7006, 8001 - 8007, and 9001 -
9010; Clean Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. §  1321, Section 311; Oil Pollution Act (OPA),  33
U.S.C. § 2701 - 2762, Sections 1001 -  7002; Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-
Know Act (EPCRA), 42 U.S.C. § 11001 et seq., Sections 302-304, 311-313, and 325, 326;
                                          411

-------
Mercury Export Ban Act (MEBA),  Public Law No.  110-414; EPA's General Authorizing
Statutes.
                                        412

-------
                                                          Legal Advice: Support Program
                               Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$15,692.6
$15,692.6
84.0
FY2012
Enacted
$14,260.0
$14,260.0
85.6
FY2013
Pres Budget
$16,064.0
$16,064.0
86.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,804.0
$1,804.0
0.7
Program Project Description:

This program provides legal representational services, legal counseling and legal support for all
activities necessary for EPA operations.76 It provides legal counsel on issues including,  but not
limited  to:  Ethics,  Employment  Law,   Intellectual  Property  Law,  Information Law,
Appropriations, Grants, Contracts, Claims, and all aspects of Civil Rights law.

For example, if an EPA program office needs to know how to respond to a FOIA, whether it may
spend  money on a certain activity, how to  create a trademark for a voluntary program (i.e.,
Energy Star), or what to do when a plaintiff files a tort claim against the Agency, this program is
the source of answers, options, and advice.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY  2013, OGC will continue to provide full legal support for all EPA programs to respond to
Agency needs, to advance the Administrator's priorities77, and in support of the Strategic Plan
Goals. In FY 2013, the Agency  anticipates its legal support  needs will increase to implement
Executive Order 12898 and comply with the Civil Rights Act of 1964. For example, in FY 2013,
this program will continue to support the evaluation and reform of the Title VI program, giving
emphasis to the evaluation of potential long-term institutional changes to the Agency's Title VI
complaint process.  This  ongoing  support will require adequate resources for program  offices.
These  resources will  include office equipment and support and increased funding for Westlaw
and Lexus contracts.
76 Resources for legal services to support Environmental Programs are included in the Legal Advice: Environmental program.
77 See Lisa Jackson, "Seven Priorities for EPA's Future," available at: http://blog.epa.gov/administrator/2010/01/12/seven-
priorities-for-epas-future/.
These priorities mirror the goals above and also include: expanding the conversation on environmentalism, strengthening
partnerships, and improving internal operations.
                                           413

-------
The following chart provides concrete examples from FY2011 of the types of support that OGC
provides to the  Agency and how that support lines up with EPA's Strategic Plan Goals. OGC
expects to provide similar support in FY 2013, which includes analyzing defensibility of agency
actions, drafting significant  portions of final  Agency  actions,  and  actively participating  in
litigation.  These examples illustrate OGC's important role in implementing the Agency's core
priorities and mission.
Strategic Goal
or other
EPA priority
Goal 4;
Transparency
Transparency
Goal 1;
GoalS
Goals 1, 3, 4.
All Goals,
Transparency,
Internal
Operations
Goal 2
Internal
Operations
Expanding the
Conversation
Specific EPA OGC Activity
Completed confidential business information determinations that allowed for
disclosure of an aggregated list of components of dispersants used in response
to the BP oil spill.
Co-chaired the Deputy Administrator's FOIA Task Force that identified key
improvements to EPA's FOIA regulations and policies.
Took several critical actions to protect the government's Energy Star
trademark, including working with the Department of Justice to file the first
judicial complaint for Energy Star infringement in several years.
Assisted in EPA's response to the Fukushima nuclear power plant incident by
resolving Stafford Act funding issues associated with radiation monitoring
activities conducted under the Agency's RadNet system.
Issued a legal opinion, allowing the revision of the Agency's Supplemental
Environmental Projects (SEP) Policy.
Obtained a legal opinion from the Unites States Department of Justice's Office
of Legal Counsel concurring in OGC's government- wide interpretation of the
Clean Water Act regarding appropriations for stormwater management.
Provided essential direction, analysis, and drafting assistance in the
development and filing of EPA's Annual EEO Program Status Report
Assisted in EPA's investigation of complaints of discrimination by assistance
recipients under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, including advanced
settlement negotiations.
Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports all five of the Agency's strategic goals. Currently, there are
no performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$363.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.
                                          414

-------
   •   (+$1,257.0) This increase provides resources to fund EPA's Lexis and Westlaw contracts.
       These contracts provide vital research tools needed by  EPA attorneys when offering
       sound legal counsel and advice to Agency leadership. Providing resources to support both
       contracts also offers lower costs for the  Agency. This level also provides resources to
       fund basic  and  mandatory IT and telecommunications support costs  for the on board
       workforce. These resources are needed to enable employees to carry out their day-to-day
       operations supporting the Agency's mission.

   •   (+$184.07 +0.7  FTE) This increase reflects  anticipated legal support to  implement
       Executive Order 12898 and comply with the Civil Rights Act of 1964. This increase will
       enable EPA to provide resources to additional  staff including IT and telecommunication
       support and other general office  expenses. The 0.7 FTE and associated  payroll of $119.0
       will support these activities.

Statutory Authority:

Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 United States Code (U.S.C.) §§ 2000d - 2000d-7;
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 2 U.S.C. § 794; Section 13 of the Federal Water
Pollution  Control  Act  Amendments  of 1972, 33 U.S.C.  §1251; Title IX of the Education
Amendments of 1972,  20 U.S.C. §§ 1681  - 1688; The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, 42
U.S.C. §§6101-6107; Section 311 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C.  1251 et seq.;  Oil Pollution
Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. 2701 et seq.; EPA's General Authorizing Statutes.
                                          415

-------
                                                       Regional Science and Technology
                              Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$3,178.6
$3,178.6
2.1
FY2012
Enacted
$2,591.0
$2,591.0
2.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$3,307.0
$3,307.0
2.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$716.0
$716.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Regional Science and Technology program (RS&T) activities support all of the Agency's
national programs (including  but not  limited  to  the  Agency's  water, air,  Superfund,  and
enforcement programs) and strategic goals, by supplying laboratory analysis, field monitoring
and sampling, and building Tribal capacity for environmental monitoring and assessment.  The
resources in this program support the purchase of equipment for the regional laboratories, field
investigation teams, and mobile laboratory units, as well as equipment required for laboratory
quality assurance and quality control.

The RS&T program provides essential expertise for a multitude of national programs, including
but not limited to ambient  air, water  quality, monitoring activities,  and  areas involving
environmental biology, microbiology, chemistry, enforcement and criminal investigations.  The
EPA has made significant strides toward improving environmental data collection and laboratory
analytical  capacity and capability to strengthen  science-based decision-making. The program's
applied science expertise is used to develop and modify analytical methods for specialty work
such as emerging chemicals of concern and also provides scientific consultation to Agency, state,
and Tribal partners. Funding for equipment is essential for continued progress and enhanced
capabilities in order to respond to emergencies, emerging environmental issues, and  improve
efficiencies in analysis, field investigations, and data collection.

The RS&T program provides in-house expertise and technical capabilities in the generation of
data  for Agency decisions  and differs from the Agency's research operation by focusing on
applied science  needs rather than short or long term research. RS&T resources  support the
development of critical and  timely environmental data, rapid data review in emerging situations,
and  development  of  enhanced  capabilities for environmental assessment of contaminants,
unknowns, or chemical warfare agents in the proper environmental management of accidents and
natural disasters.
                                          416

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, RS&T resources will continue to support regional implementation of the Agency's
statutory mandates through lab and field operations for environmental sampling and monitoring.
Regional laboratories perform  environmental analytical  testing,  monitoring, special  studies,
method  development,  quality  assurance  oversight, and data management support.  Direct
laboratory  support  also increases  efficiencies  in  regional  program  management  and
implementation by allowing the regional offices to focus on addressing  environmental issues
which may be specific to certain geographic areas in the nation (e.g., resource extraction, wood
treating operations, oil refining, etc.).

In FY 2013, the Agency requests additional resources to ensure the necessary capital equipment
to perform analytical  work and support equipment purchase, upgrade and maintenance. The need
for equipment technology upgrades is driven by Agency core mission activities that include the
demand for higher sensitivity, lower detection limits and higher sample throughput. Technology
upgrades also support improved data quality  and laboratory efficiency through laboratory
automation. Without  adequate resources, the regional laboratories' ability will be impacted in the
following ways:

    •   Diminished agency-wide enforcement stature:  regional laboratories perform forensic
       analysis on a wide variety  of samples collected as part of criminal investigations and
       enforcement actions. These analyses require high quality defensible  laboratory data.

    •   Diminished capacity  to support agency-wide  science  priorities:  regional  laboratories
       explore the impacts of emerging contaminants  such as pharmaceuticals, personal  care
       products, flame retardants and biological contaminants. Reductions in capital equipment
       budgets will  severely  impact regional  ability  to support  methods  development and
       applied science.

EPA's regional laboratories contribute to various aspects of the Agency's performance measures
in each  of  the  Agency's major programs  including  cross  media performance  results and
measures. For example, the Civil and Criminal Enforcement programs'  performance assessment
measures are  supported  through  significant  technical  and analytical activities for civil and
criminal enforcement cases pertaining to the Resource  Conservation and  Recovery Act, Toxic
Substances Control Act, Clean Water Act, Safe Drinking Water Act and  Superfund programs.
With  specialized equipment  such as  Gas   Chromotography,  Ion-Capture Mass Spectrum,
Automated Pump stations, Water Purification systems, and Centrifuges for  biosolids preparation,
laboratories are able  to analyze samples associated with a variety of illicit activities including
unpermitted discharges, illegal storage and/or disposal of hazardous wastes, and illegal dumping.
Resulting data are used by the Agency's Criminal Investigation Division and by  Assistant U.S.
Attorneys to support prosecution of civil and criminal  cases. Other examples of activities that
support results measurement include operating laboratory equipment such as Standard Reference
Photometers, which  are used to ensure that the national  network of ozone  ambient monitors
accurately  measure  ozone  concentrations in  support of Mobile Source and  Air  Toxics
performance assessment measures.
                                          417

-------
In FY 2013, EPA plans to continue improving its regional laboratories by purchasing additional
capital equipment or upgrading existing equipment to support field investigation teams, mobile
laboratory units and laboratory quality assurance and quality control. In FY 2013,  increased
resources  will  provide more efficient analytical support for identifying and  assessing risks
associated with pesticides and other high risk chemicals. The increase in resources will allow the
regional laboratories to have the capacity  to support Agency-wide science priorities such as
exploring  the  impacts  of emerging  contaminants  such as  pharmaceuticals, personal  care
products, flame retardants and biological contaminants. It will also assist the Agency with its
enforcement efforts by providing analytical equipment to perform forensic analysis on a wide
variety of samples collected as part of criminal investigations and enforcement actions. These
analyses require high quality defensible laboratory data. A cornerstone of laboratory wide quality
systems is continued investment  in laboratory  infrastructure and maintenance of  analytical
equipment.

Performance Targets:

Work under this  program  supports multiple  strategic objectives. Currently, there  are no
performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$8.0)  This  increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and  a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$708.0) This increase in reflects the  funding needed to adequately maintain  the
       function of the  regional  science laboratories. These  funds support the purchase  of
       equipment for the regional laboratories, field investigation teams, and mobile laboratory
       units, as well as equipment required for laboratory quality assurance and quality control.

Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive Environmental  Response,  Compensation and Liability Act; Clean Water  Act;
Clean Air Act; Toxic Substances Control Act; Safe Drinking Water Act;  Pollution Prevention
Act; Resource Conservation and Recovery  Act; Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide
Act.
                                          418

-------
                                                   Integrated Environmental Strategies
                             Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6)  support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$17,908.7
$17,908.7
74.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$14,754.0
$14,754.0
54.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$16,326.0
$16,326.0
53.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,572.0
$1,572.0
-1.1
Program Project Description

The  Integrated  Environmental  Strategies  program supports  the  Agency's smart growth and
sustainable design work, as well as strategic environmental management activities that address
cross-cutting and emerging policy issues. This program provides tools and resources to help
communities become more environmentally and economically resilient, develops strategies to
help businesses  advance their environmental  and  economic goals, and  promotes effective
management policies  and practices within the Agency. This work is in high demand by
universities, citizen groups, the business community, and all levels  of government because of the
great promise it holds to produce lasting economic, environmental,  and public health benefits.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan

Program activities planned for FY 2013 include:

Promoting Smart Growth and Sustainable Design

Since 1996, EPA's smart growth  and  sustainable  design work has helped community and
government leaders improve  the environmental  outcomes of their development decisions. EPA
accomplishes this by:

   •  Conducting research  and developing tools that help  communities  see the connection
       between development  and the environment, the economy, and public health.
   •  Providing technical assistance to states, regions, and local and Tribal governments.
   •  Engaging and leveraging activities with other federal agencies.
                                         419

-------
Conducting research and developing tools. EPA's research on emerging trends serves  as the
foundation for developing tools that will be useful to communities and all levels of government.
For example,  EPA researched the water quality benefits of smart growth  strategies such as
redevelopment and high density.  This research led to a number of resources  for state and local
governments, including a water quality scorecard to help communities protect water resources
and support economic development. This scorecard is now the basis for technical assistance to
local governments seeking to align their water infrastructure investments with their community
development goals. In FY13, EPA will:

   •   Develop tools and information on options for equitable  development for disadvantaged
       communities.
   •   Provide a  range of performance measures and tools to help rural, suburban, and urban
       communities assess their smart growth approaches.
   •   Develop tools and policy options to help communities reduce their energy use and carbon
       emissions through better development and location decisions.

Providing  technical assistance.  EPA  provides direct  technical assistance to state and local
governments to help them grow  their economies  and create jobs while  reducing pollution. An
example of this  work is EPA's assistance to the California Department  of Transportation
(Caltrans).  Caltrans wanted to ensure that its transportation investments were contributing to
multiple state  goals, from  housing and economic development to sustainability and climate
protection.  The state contributed over $500K  to EPA's initial investment to  develop principles
for Smart Mobility investments, performance measures  to guide project selection, and place
types to guide  location efficient investment. The resulting publication,  "Smart Mobility 2010: A
Call  to Action," and workshops provide a framework to guide state and local agencies making
key transportation investment decisions. Caltrans  is working to  incorporate the framework into
everything  from long-range planning to project management.

There is tremendous demand for this work.  Since 2005, EPA has received more than 1,100
technical assistance applications representing over $43M in requested funding. During this same
time period, EPA has assisted over 150 communities.  This  work is the cornerstone  of  EPA's
smart growth approach to development-related challenges in communities.

In FY  2013, the  Smart  Growth  program will be funded at $8.5 million under the Integrated
Environmental Strategies program and $1.3 million under the Brownfields program.  EPA will
maximize these resources by providing technical assistance to  tribal,  state,  regional  and local
governments and  ensuring, to the  extent possible, that the  results in one community  can be
replicated  in  other  communities. Emphasis will be  placed  on  the  economic and  fiscal
implications of the strategies. In FY 2013, EPA will also deliver technical assistance to about 40
communities by working with third-party organizations.

Engaging federal partners. In FY 2013, EPA will continue to partner with other federal agencies
to meet the growing demand from communities for direct technical assistance. In June 2009,
EPA, the U.S. Department  of Transportation,  and the U.S. Department  of Housing and  Urban
Development  formed the  Partnership  for  Sustainable  Communities  to  help  protect the
environment by providing communities with more  options for public  transportation and better
                                          420

-------
access to green, affordable housing.  EPA will work with other federal agencies to strengthen
coordination and ensure efficient use of funds. EPA will also work to make our resources and
those from other federal agencies easier for communities to understand and access.

In FY 2013, EPA will work with the  Federal  Emergency Management Agency to develop
guidelines  and procedures  to help  communities  prepare for disasters  and rebuild more
sustainably after a disaster. EPA will  continue to  provide support to other federal agencies, such
as the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Economic Development Administration, and the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for activities including  jointly delivering technical
assistance to rural Appalachian communities and  proposing sustainability language to include in
grant solicitations and other guidance  documents.  This assistance helps these agencies protect the
environment  through  their   community development  programs,  policies, regulations,  and
resources, while meeting their core agency objectives.

Strategic Environmental Management

Strategic environmental management  addresses overarching management issues across programs
and regions to maximize  Agency efficiency and effectiveness. These activities include program
analysis, coordination and decision-making support to ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of
Agency management policies and practices; rigorous program evaluation to improve program
design and outcomes; and the analysis and management of emerging cross-cutting environmental
policy issues.

Program analysis considers  measurement information  and other data to inform senior level
decision-making on  management and other issues. Decision-making is  conducted through a
series  of regularly  scheduled meetings  of Agency leadership which examine  how relevant
organizations, program activities, regulations, policies, and practices are contributing as planned
to agency priorities. Progress toward Agency strategic goals is also advanced through the regular
review  of  key metrics. Business  process  improvement  techniques  and  other strategic
management practices for enhancing  operational  effectiveness and efficiency are also identified
and deployed to continually improve Agency programs and operations.

Periodic systematic assessments in the form of program evaluation studies are used to gather
empirical  evidence  of program  effectiveness  and efficiency. Program  evaluation  studies
objectively assess Agency programs'  efficiency and  cost-effectiveness, assess programs' ability
to attain outcomes  and objectives and  identify  alternative  approaches  for  effective program
streamlining  and  to  improve results.  EPA will use  rigorous evaluation methods;  contract
independent,  objective third-party  evaluators  to  conduct  studies  as  appropriate;   ensure
transparency of evaluation studies; and ensure that data are made available to external evaluators
to assess programs. EPA is committed to using various multimedia tools to publicly  disseminate
evaluation findings regardless of whether conclusions are consistent with Agency expectations.
In FY 2013, EPA will continue using on-line training and technical assistance to build additional
Agency capacity to conduct in-house performance management activities (e.g.,  logic modeling,
strategy mapping, performance measurement, and program evaluation).
                                          421

-------
Another aspect of strategic environmental  management involves addressing  emerging,  cross-
cutting policy issues to ensure that these issues receive prompt and appropriate attention by the
Agency. This may also involve conducting analysis to ensure understanding of the issues and
develop potential strategies for Agency action on these issues. During FY 2013, the Agency will
focus on priority issues that advance environmental protection, competitiveness, and economic
growth. These issues will include the need to help businesses reduce energy, water and material
use while improving production efficiency and cutting costs; the growing demand for improving
the availability  and usability  of  information  in EPA  databases  for  businesses, investors,
communities and others; the need for a strategy to support corporate and municipal sustainability
efforts in areas of mutual interest; and the definition of EPA's role in ensuring greater clarity and
better information in the market for sustainable products (as part of a cross-agency effort). This
reflects  a transition from the Greener Economy program to a more modest level of effort on
emerging, cross cutting issues.

In FY 2013, EPA intends  to focus additional resources on  its business process improvement
(e.g., Lean Government) efforts to realize important cost, time and/or efficiency savings in three
Agency processes. Candidate processes  will be carefully chosen to increase the likelihood of
realized time savings,  process  streamlining, and  ultimately  enhanced environmental  program
effectiveness. This dedication of resources  to streamlining approaches is intended to increase
capacity to focus EPA's limited resources on the most mission critical activities.

Performance Targets:

Work under this  program supports  multiple  strategic  objectives.  Currently,  there are  no
performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$188.0) This  increase reflects  the recalculation of base workforce costs  and cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$153.07 +1.0  FTE) This increase in  resources provides for implementation EPA's
       program evaluation  strategy and builds evaluation capacity, which is consistent with the
       Administration's  Program   Evaluation  Initiative.  The  change  includes   $153.0  in
       associated payroll.

    •   (+$1,058.07 +1.5 FTE)  This reflects an increase in  funding to  support  smart growth
       technical assistance to greater  number of states, tribes, and localities through contracts
       and  grants.  Expanding smart growth technical  assistance to a broader  number of
       communities will result in greater  environmental benefits by reducing air emissions,
       preventing  and  controlling storm-water  runoff, and supporting  sustainable design
       approaches. At the same time,  such  investments can help  local  governments create new
      jobs  and grow their economies.  The  additional funding will also be  used to enhance
       measurement of benefits to communities  as  a result of the technical assistance. The
       change includes 1.5  FTE, and $230.0 in associated payroll.
                                          422

-------
   •   (-$150.0) This reflects a redirection of resources within the Sustainable  Communities
       program. As part of the conversation on expanding the use of the Community Action for
       Renewed Environment (CARE)  model; these resources will be  used for the  CARE
       program.

   •   (-$551.07 -3.6 FTE) This reflects a transition from the Greener Economy  program to a
       more modest level of effort on emerging, cross-cutting issues.  The reduced resources
       include 3.6 FTE and associated payroll of $551.0.

   •   (+$500.0)  This reflects an increase for the Leaning  Agency  Processes  activity. The
       additional resources will be used to prepare a proposal to plan, conduct and follow up  on
       at least three LEAN projects in priority areas. EPA intends to focus additional resources
       on its business process improvement (e.g., Lean Government) efforts to realize important
       cost, time and/or efficiency savings in three priority processes. Candidate processes will
       be  carefully  chosen  to  increase  the  likelihood of  realized  time  savings,  process
       streamlining, and ultimately  enhanced environmental program effectiveness. Ultimately
       this dedication of resources to streamlining approaches is intended to increase the focus
       of EPA's limited resources on the most mission critical activities.

   •   (+$374.0) This increase reflects realignments and corrections to resources for telephone,
       Local Area Network (LAN), and other telecommunications and IT security requirements.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Water Act (CWA), Section 104(b)(3); Clean Air Act (CAA), Section 104(b)(3).
                                          423

-------
                                        Regulatory/Economic-Management and Analysis
                             Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel  (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General  (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$20,329.8
$20,329.8
94.3
FY2012
Enacted
$15,256.0
$15,256.0
100.4
FY2013
Pres Budget
$23,345.0
$23,345.0
101.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$8,089.0
$8,089.0
1.1
Program Project Description:

The Regulatory, Economic, Management and Analysis program resources are used to assess and
consider impacts of EPA's regulations on businesses, government entities, and  the economy
more broadly. Outreach and consultation are also priorities with a goal to make information on
EPA's regulatory activities available  to the public to improve transparency and encourage
meaningful participation. The  program ensures consistent and appropriate economic analysis of
policy  options; reviews and  improves economic analyses (including  benefit-cost  analyses)
prepared by  regulatory programs,  develops,  identifies and analyzes  regulatory  and non-
regulatory approaches; considers interactions between regulatory actions  in various program
offices; and addresses policy priorities, including the consideration of employment impacts and
other impacts on the economy.

Objectives of the program include:

   •   Ensuring that  Agency  decision-making processes are invested with  high-quality, timely
       science and information and that an appropriate range of alternatives are considered
       during the development of regulatory actions.

   •   Leading periodic review of existing regulations to identify obsolete or overly burdensome
       provisions or those that need strengthening (under new EO 13563: Improving Regulation
       and Regulatory  Review). This work  includes  management,   analysis,   and  quality
       assurance of Agency's implementation of EO 13563,  a retrospective  study of the  costs of
       regulation to  improve  the  Agency's  estimates  of costs  in future  rulemakings;
       consideration of public recommendations for regulatory review; and ensuring appropriate
       public access to agency progress.

   •   Ensuring the  appropriate implementation of  the  Administrative  Procedures Act,
       Congressional Review Act, and the Paperwork Reduction Act.
                                          424

-------
   •   Delivering sound  and timely economic,  science, and  regulatory analyses to support
       informed management decisions throughout the Agency.

   •   Providing information on the full societal impacts of reducing  environmental risks,
       including  the  expected distribution  of the costs, benefits  and impacts of regulatory
       options.

   •   Ensuring that  regulations are consistent with  statutory  and executive order directives,
       such as EO 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review) and EO 13132 (Federalism).

   •   Ensuring consistency among policies and procedures for the development of rules across
       program offices.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Program activities planned for FY 2013 include:

   •   Managing the Agency's internal Action Development Process, Economic Guidelines., and
       related requirements (e.g., OMB Circular A-4 on Regulatory Analysis). The program
       ensures  appropriate engagement  across EPA's headquarters and  regional offices  and
       provides  consistent internal policies, procedures,  training, resources,  and tools to EPA
       staff. EPA will review and revise its economic guidelines so that they remain current with
       advancements and reflect best practices in the profession.78

   •   Maintaining regulatory planning and tracking  tools to facilitate timely decisions  and
       coordination across programs.

   •   Reviewing existing rules to  determine more effective  and efficient  ways to improve
       compliance reporting,  with an emphasis towards electronic reporting and monitoring.

   •   Leading EPA's review of regulatory actions from other agencies and Departments.

   •   Participating  in the development of  the  Agency regulatory actions  to  ensure  that
       regulations address statutory and executive order directives (e.g., conducting benefit-cost
       analysis  for  every economically significant  regulation)  and  policy   priorities,  and
       providing technical assistance when needed to help meet Agency goals, such as  finding
       less burdensome approaches to achieve environmental protection.

Performance Targets:

Work  under this program supports multiple strategic  objectives.  Currently, there  are  no
performance measures for this specific program project.
78 Please refer to: http://vosemite.epa.gov/ee/epa/eed.nsf/webpages/Guidelines.html
                                           425

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$854.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$1,798.07 +0.3 FTE) This increase supports  continued implementation of Executive
       Order 13563 (Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review) to perform a retrospective
       analysis of Agency rules that may be outmoded, ineffective, insufficient, or excessively
       burdensome, and to modify, streamline,  expand, or repeal them in accordance with what
       has been learned.  This increase  will support the analysis of estimated costs  of past
       regulations  as  well as an examination of opportunities to consolidate regulations to
       reduce  complexity for the  regulated community, and ease resource  requirements for
       upcoming rules. This includes 0.3  FTE and $48.0 in associated payroll resources.

    •   (+$1,048.07 +0.3 FTE) This increase supports the  development, refinement and peer
       review of methodologies to examine and thoroughly estimate the employment impacts of
       Agency regulations. This effort also will help meet EPA's public commitment in looking
       back at previous regulations. This includes 0.3 FTE and  $48.0 in associated  payroll
       resources.

    •   (+$1,614.07 +0.5 FTE) This increase will be used to improve Agency-wide regulatory
       impact analysis, including better estimates of the economic  impacts  of regulations. This
       work will include  new efforts to better capture the  actual cost burden on firms from
       regulations  (including impacts on small business and governmental  agencies), better
       understanding  of the  impact of regulations when the economy  is at less than full
       employment,  and  tools to  characterize  impacts on competitiveness.  EPA  already
       quantifies the costs, benefits, and economic impacts of individual regulations; however,
       the current  state of the economy has placed extra emphasis on how regulations effect
       economic growth and job creation. In order to improve our  estimates of costs, EPA will
       also conduct assessments of actual compliance costs and  analyze  economic data and
       actual practices in the  fields of manufacturing and pollution control technologies. These
       data will be used to both improve cost-benefit analyses of major rules going forward as
       well as target opportunities  to reduce costs in regulatory design. This includes 0.5 FTE
       and $80.0 in associated payroll resources.

    •   (+$750.0) This  increase  supports  consultations  with  state  and local  government
       representatives on  regulations  that are  expected to result  in significant state or local
       government  expenditures or which  might preempt state laws,  consistent with the
       President's  executive  orders on Federalism and the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
       (UMRA). These resources  will  also enhance  the  transparency of EPA's regulatory
       development activities, including: providing public information on our regulatory policy
       agenda on a real-time  basis; pursuing opportunities to improve communication through
       internet and social media tools; and releasing data related  to EPA's annual regulatory
       activities. This includes working  with state government representatives to reduce costs
       and improve implementation of  federal regulations  through  a joint EPA-state project
                                          426

-------
       investigating opportunities to improve consideration of implementation issues throughout
       the regulation development process.

   •   (+$1,500.0) This increase will enable the Agency to incorporate recommendations from
       the National Academy of Sciences and utilize high-quality outside technical peer reviews
       of influential methods  and models. These resources will support  efforts  to  develop
       analytical tools to improve risk assessment methods used in quantifying human health
       benefits, particularly to children, of regulations. This work will include developing new,
       more accurate methods for assessing cancer and non-cancer risks from toxic chemicals.
       These efforts also will result in developing improved risk assessment methods  to serve
       economic analyses, and methods to address uncertainties in risk and economic analyses.

   •   (+$525.0) This increase will support the refinement of methodologies to estimate costs
       and benefits of the Agency's water quality rules, including pressing  issues like nutrient
       and sediment loading impacts on major national estuaries, like the Chesapeake Bay, as
       well as evaluating benefits in the nation's urban waters. EPA will solicit support from the
       scientific community to develop new research tools and methods, utilizing EPA's Science
       to Achieve Results (STAR), Economic and Decision Sciences program.

Statutory Authority:

Toxic Substances Control Act sections 4, 5,  and 6 (15 United States Code (U.S.C.) 2603, 2604,
and 2605); Clean Water Act sections 304 and 308 (33 U.S.C. 1312, 1314, 1318,  1329-1330,
1443);  Safe Drinking Water Act section 1412 (42 U.S.C. 210, 300g-l); Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act/Hazardous and  Solid Waste Amendment : (33 USC 40(IV)(2761),  42 USC
82(VIII)(6981-6983)); Clean Air Act: 42 USC 85(I)(A)(7403, 7412, 7429, 7545, 7612);
Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation and Liability  Act:   42  U.S.C.
103(III)(9651); Pollution Prevention Act (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109); FTTA.
                                          427

-------
                                                                 Science Advisory Board
                              Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support  offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General  (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$6,074.9
$6,074.9
28.4
FY2012
Enacted
$5,135.0
$5,135.0
26.6
FY2013
Pres Budget
$6,727.0
$6,727.0
28.6
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,592.0
$1,592.0
2.0
Program Project Description:

Congress established EPA's Science Advisory Board (SAB) in 1978 and gave it a broad mandate
to advise the Administrator on a wide range of highly visible and important scientific matters to
ensure that  EPA's  technical products are of the highest  quality. The  SAB and  two other
statutorily mandated chartered Federal Advisory Committees, the Clean Air Scientific Advisory
Committee and the  Advisory Council on Clean Air Compliance Analysis draw on a balanced
range of non-EPA  scientists and technical specialists from  academia,  communities, states,
independent research  institutions,  and industry.  This program   provides  management  and
technical support to these Advisory committees charged with providing  EPA's Administrator
with independent advice and peer review  on scientific and technical aspects of environmental
problems, regulations, and research planning.79

FY 2013 Activities  and Performance

In FY 2013, the  SAB will conduct approximately 36  reviews  and produce  approximately 36
reports to provide  scientific and technical  advice on the technical  basis of EPA's  actions
including  National  Drinking  Water  Standards for drinking  water  contaminants, National
Ambient Air Quality Standards for criteria  air  pollutants, ambient water quality  criteria,  risk
management technologies, economic benefit methods  and  analyses, and EPA's research  and
science programs. SAB will  also focus on  reviews of environmental chemicals available on the
Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS), in response to the recent Government Accountability
Office (GAO)80 and EPA's Office of Inspector  General (OIG) report81. GAO and EPA's OIG
believes that EPA's  effectiveness in  assessing and managing chemical risks is hampered in  part
by limitation on the  Agency's authority to regulate chemicals under the Toxic Substances Control
Act (TSCA) and other statues. GAO  notes that EPA's IRIS viability is at risk because the Agency
79 Please refer to: http://www.epa.gov/sab/ for further information.
 1 Please refer to: http://www.gao.gov/assets/590/586620.pdf for further information.
81
  Please refer to: http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2011/Mgt Challenges FY 2011.pdf for further information.
                                          428

-------
had been unable to complete timely and credible  chemical  assessments. In response  to this
concern, the EPA is establishing a Chemical Assessment Advisory Committee within the SAB to
review chemical assessments and provide independent advice to EPA on IRIS assessments. The
committee will  also discuss the results of the chemical reviews and make recommendations to
EPA to strengthen  the IRIS program. The committee will be augmented with chemical specific
experts and in FY 2013 additional resources are being requested to allow SAB to conduct peer
reviews of between 8 to 10 IRIS chemical assessments. These resources will ensure that current
and future IRIS assessments are based on objective and peer-reviewed science that will result in
enhance protection of public human health. Finally, in FY 2013, the SAB will provide resources
to enhance IT support, committee member accessibility to the public and ensure that the  overall
SAB is adequately managing grants. (In FY 2013, the funding for the  Science Advisory Board
will be $6.73 million and 28.6 FTE)

Performance Targets:

Work  under  this  program supports multiple strategic  objectives.  Currently, there are no
performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$128.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce  costs and  a  cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$312.0) This provides resources to contracts, grants and travel dollars to  support the
       overall function of the Science Advisory Board.  This funding will  enhance SAB's video-
       conferencing system, improve grant management  and enable committees and panels to
       travel each year to meetings to ensure that the committee is providing scientific  advice to
       the Administrator and congressional committees which is readily available and accessible
       to the public.

   •   (+$94.0) This provides  resources to cover basic and mandatory IT/telecommunications
       support costs. Examples of support areas include desktop  services, telephone and Local
       Area Network (LAN). These resources are  needed to enable employees to carry out their
       day-to-day operations supporting the Agency's mission.

   •   (+$1,058.07 +2.0 FTE) This increase reflects an increase in non-pay resources to increase
       the number of technical  assessments of IRIS chemicals. This increase will ensure that the
       newly formed  Chemical Assessment Advisory Committee performs additional IRIS
       reviews  in  FY 2013 and  increases the processing time  of reviews. This  increase in
       funding will bring  the new committee to an operational status as well as support the costs
       for additional IRIS reviews. These resources include 2.0 FTE and associated payroll of
       $308.0 to oversee,  coordinate and support the advisory committees and panels who assist
       the Agency with independent advice and review of IRIS chemicals.
                                          429

-------
Statutory Authority:

Environmental Research, Development, and Demonstration Authorization Act; 42 United States
Code (U.S.C.) § 4365; Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. C; Clean Air Act (CAA)
Amendments of 1977; 42 U.S.C. 7409(d)(2); CAA Amendments of 1990; 42 U.S.C. 7612.
                                        430

-------
Program Area: Operations and Administration
                   431

-------
                                                 Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
                                              Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Building and Facilities
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$320,540.2
$69,436.1
$30,254.7
$903.0
$519.5
$80,056.2
$501,709.7
405.0
FY2012
Enacted
$319,777.0
$72,019.0
$29,326.0
$915.0
$535.0
$80,541.0
$503,113.0
417.4
FY2013
Pres Budget
$331,316.0
$75,485.0
$33,931.0
$843.0
$513.0
$79,622.0
$521,710.0
416.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,539.0
$3,466.0
$4,605.0
($72.0)
($22.0)
($919.0)
$18,597.0
-0.9
Program Project Description:

Environmental Program and Management (EPM) resources in the Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations program are used to fund rental of office and laboratory space, utilities, and security.
This program also is  used to  manage activities and  support  services in many centralized
administrative areas within the  EPA,  including health  and safety, environmental compliance,
occupational  health,  medical monitoring,   fitness/wellness and  safety,  and environmental
management functions. Resources for this program also support a full range of ongoing facilities
management services, including facilities maintenance and operations, space planning, shipping
and  receiving,  property management,  printing and   reproduction,  mail  management,  and
transportation services. Funding is allocated among the major appropriations for the Agency.

This program also includes the Agency's Protection Services Detail (PSD) that provides physical
protection for the  Administrator, by coordinating security  arrangements during routine  daily
activities,  as well as in-town and out-of-town  events. The PSD coordinates all personnel and
logistical requirements including scheduling, local support, travel arrangements, and  managing
special equipment needed to carry out its protective function.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The  Agency reviews space needs on a regular basis, and continues to implement a  long-term
space consolidation plan that includes reducing the number of occupied facilities, consolidating
space within  the remaining facilities,  and reducing the square footage  where practical. Since
2006, the  EPA has released approximately 380,000 square feet of space at headquarters and
                                          432

-------
facilities nationwide, resulting in a cumulative annual rent avoidance of over $12.8 million. The
Agency's Space Strategy efforts continue to pursue several long-term policy options that could
lead to further efficiencies and potential reductions to the Agency's real property footprint. These
achieved savings and potential savings partially  offset the EPA's escalating rent and security
costs.  For example,  replacement leases for regional offices in Boston,  Kansas  City,  San
Francisco, and Seattle are significantly higher than those previously negotiated. The Agency will
continue to manage its lease  agreements with the  General  Services  Administration and  other
private landlords by conducting reviews and verifying that billing statements are correct. For FY
2013, the Agency is requesting a total of $171.15 million for rent, $10.66 million for utilities,
and $31.49 million for security in the EPM appropriation.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to improve operating efficiency  and  encourage the use of
advanced technologies and energy sources. The EPA will continue to direct resources towards
acquiring alternative fuel vehicles and more fuel-efficient passenger cars and light trucks to meet
the goals set by Executive Order (EO) 1342382, Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy,
and Transportation Management.  Additionally, the Agency will attain the Executive Order's
environmental  performance goals related  to buildings  through  several  initiatives, including
comprehensive facility energy audits, re-commissioning,  sustainable building design in Agency
construction  and alteration projects, energy  savings performance contracts to achieve energy
efficiencies, the use of off-grid energy equipment, energy load reduction strategies, green power
purchases,  and the use of Energy Star rated products and  building  standards. The EPA will
continue to  improve the  cohesion  and management of its  laboratory enterprise  and  take
advantage of potential efficiencies. In FY 2013, the Agency plans to reduce energy utilization (or
improve energy efficiency) by approximately 37 billion British Thermal Units or  three percent.
The EPA expects to end FY 2013 using approximately 24 percent less energy than it did in FY
2003.

EO 13514, Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and Economic Performance,  expands
upon  EO 13423 and requires additional reductions to greenhouse gas emissions. The EPA will
meet the requirements of EO 13514 through:

    •   Managing  existing building systems  to  reduce  consumption of energy,  water,  and
       materials;
    •   Identifying  opportunities to  consolidate and dispose of existing  assets,  optimize real
       property and portfolio performance, and reduce environmental impacts; and
    •   Implementing best management practices  in  energy-efficient  management  of  real
       property including Agency labs and data centers.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to provide transit subsidy to eligible applicants  as directed by
EO 13150  Federal  Workforce Transportation. The  EPA will  continue its  integration of
Environmental Management Systems (EMS) across the Agency, consistent with requirements of
EO 13423. The EPA will  advance the implementation of Safety  and  Health Management
82 Information is available at http: //www. fedcenter. gov/programs/eo 13 514A Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and
Economic Performance', and http: //www. fedcenter. go v/pro grams/eo 13423 A Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy, and
Transportation Management


                                           433

-------
Systems to identify and mitigate potential safety and health risks in the workplace to ensure a
safe working environment.

As part of the Agency's commitment to promoting employee health and wellness, and supporting
OPM's and OMB's wellness initiative, the Agency collected data to compile an inventory of
wellness services available to its employees. The data is being used to establish a core program
of services for the EPA  and will provide a baseline level of employee participation in those
services. In FY 2012, a long-term action plan will be finalized and directed at achieving an OPM
goal of 75 percent employee participation in core program services. In FY  2013, the EPA will
implement its action plan with the goal of increasing employee participation by 50 percent from
the  baseline level of 2012. It is hoped that the availability and increased utilization of wellness
services will result in  a  healthier and more productive work force  with lower  medical costs
consistent with the President's goal  in EO 13507.  In the interim, the EPA has a short-term plan
that includes the following initiatives:

    •   Work with the  General Services Administration (GSA) to expand health  and wellness
       programs in GSA-owned and  leased  facilities. Some  options include healthier food
       choices, increasing fitness center activities,  and expanding health unit capabilities.
    •   Enhance  outreach  efforts   to  employees to  increase  fitness  center  memberships,
       registration for  seminars and educational programs, and inoculations and screenings in
       health units.
    •   Establish or expand sports competitions and fitness challenges to build or strengthen our
       fitness programs nationwide.
    •   Offer more health educational classes and seminars to increase employee attendance and
       participation.

The Agency will continue its plans to enhance  workplace flexibility at the EPA through seeking
opportunities to consolidate  and dispose of existing assets, optimize real property  and portfolio
performance, and reduce environmental impacts. Through planned moves of regional offices due
to expiration of leases, the Agency  will incorporate space  reconfiguration to reduce the overall
space footprint and support the government-wide telework initiative. With the out-year rent costs
projected to continue to rise, the space consolidation will help offset some of the increases.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(010) Cumulative percentage reduction in Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Scopes 1 & 2
emissions.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
1
79.5
FY 2011
0.4
59
FY 2012
6.4

FY 2013
11.9

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(098) Cumulative percentage reduction in energy consumption.
FY 2006
2
o
5
FY 2007
6
9
FY 2008
9
13
FY 2009
12
18
FY 2010
15
18.3
FY 2011
18
18.1
FY 2012
21

FY 2013
24

Units
Percent

                                           434

-------
The Agency has surpassed its initial targets for the greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions goal in part
due to green power purchases. EPA's GHG reduction effort is accomplished through a range of
energy  conservation  efforts,  including the  purchase  of renewable  energy  credits.  Further
information on the Agency's  energy/GHG reduction initiative can be found  in the Agency's
Strategic             Sustainability             Performance             Plan            at
http://www.epa.gov/planandbudget/strategicplan.html.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$899.0)  This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-0.1 FTE)  This change reflects a  slight decrease  in FTE for facility  management
       activities.

   •   (+$623.0)  This change is the net effect of projected contractual rent increases and the rent
       reduction realized from space consolidation efforts.

   •   (-$545.0) This reflects a decrease in utility costs at agency-wide facilities nation-wide.

   •   (+$2,270.0) This change reflects an increase in security contractual costs.

   •   (+$19.0) This  reflects an increase in transit subsidy costs based on projected enrollment
       for this entitlement.

   •   (+$4,454.0) The FY 2012 levels provided represent an 11 percent reduction for managing
       EPA's  facility  operations,  including building maintenance,  property  management,
       transportation, and health and safety operations at  all EPA facilities nationwide.  The
       requested  funding level  will provide for these basic operations,  which  also  include
       custodial contracts, labor and warehouse costs, and grounds maintenance and operating
       costs for regional  laboratories.  This funding also  will  allow the Agency to  continue
       implementation of the President's EO 13514 in managing existing building systems to
       reduce consumption of energy, water, and materials.

   •   (+$2,968.0) This increase supports regional  moves in Kansas City (Region 7) and San
       Francisco  (Region 9). As part of the Agency's  ongoing  consolidation  plans, EPA will
       look to enhance workplace flexibility in these regions through space reconfiguration and
       support the government telework initiative.

   •   (+$851.0)  This reflects an increase in operations and maintenance costs at EPA owned
       regional laboratories.

Statutory Authority:

Federal Property and Administration Services Act; Public Building Act; Annual Appropriations
Act; Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act; CWA; CAA; RCRA;
                                          435

-------
TSCA; NEPA; CERFA; D.C. Recycling Act of 1988; Energy Policy Act of 2005; Executive
Orders 10577, 12598, 13150 and 13423; Emergency Support Functions (ESF) #10 Oil and
Hazardous Materials Response Annex; Department of Justice United States Marshals Service,
Vulnerability Assessment of Federal Facilities Report; Presidential Decision Directive 63
(Critical Infrastructure Protection).
                                         436

-------
                                               Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance
                                              Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$85,541.1
$1,093.7
$30,349.3
$116,984.1
544.0
FY2012
Enacted
$72,290.0
$512.0
$21,632.0
$94,434.0
536.9
FY2013
Pres Budget
$78,817.0
$509.0
$24,066.0
$103,392.0
540.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$6,527.0
($3.0)
$2,434.0
$8,958.0
3.8
Program Project Description:

Activities under the Central Planning, Budgeting and Finance program support the management
of integrated  planning, budgeting, financial  management,  performance  and accountability
processes, and systems to ensure effective stewardship of resources.  This includes developing,
managing, and supporting a goals-based management system consistent with the Government
Performance and Results Modernization Act (GPRMA) for the Agency that involves strategic
planning and accountability for environmental, fiscal, and managerial results; providing policy,
systems, training,  reports,  and  oversight essential for  the financial  operations of the EPA;
managing  the  agencywide  Working Capital Fund;  providing financial payment and support
services for the EPA through three finance centers, as well as specialized fiscal and accounting
services for many EPA programs; and  managing the Agency's annual budget process.  Also
included is the EPA's Environmental  Finance Program that provides grants to a network of
university-based Environmental Finance Centers which deliver financial outreach services, such
as technical assistance, training, expert advice, finance education, and full cost pricing analysis
to states, local  communities and small businesses.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Agency will continue to provide high-quality resource stewardship to ensure that all Agency
programs operate with fiscal responsibility and management integrity and are efficiently and
consistently  delivered  nationwide and  demonstrate results.  This is accomplished  through
leadership in better understanding program results and promoting effectiveness.

In FY 2013, the Agency will be working to migrate Payroll Accounting/Time and Attendance
services to the Department of the Interior's National Business Center (NBC), a shared service
provider, with final go-live expected in FY 2014. This effort is part of the Agency's larger
                                          437

-------
initiative to implement the Human Resources Line of Business (HR LoB), which will ultimately
automate and integrate the Agency's human resources, time/attendance and payroll information
technology tools and reduce costs to the Agency. Work  associated with  the migration will
involve the development of guidance and reporting tools, as well as modification to the Compass
financial system, which was  launched in October 2011. The project was selected as the next in
the Agency's financial  systems modernization effort, in line with  the OMB financial systems
sequencing guidance. It replaces the placeholder effort in the  FY 2012 request (replacement
formulation system) which will be implemented at a later date. This work will be framed by the
Agency's Enterprise Architecture  and  will make use of enabling technologies for e-Gov
initiatives.

 In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to improve its transparency, accountability, and effectiveness
of operations through improved coordination and integration of internal control assessments over
financial activities as required under revised OMB Circular A-123 as well as controls over
programmatic  operations  under the Federal Manager's  Financial Integrity  Act  (FMFIA).
Improvements in internal controls  will  further support the EPA's  initiatives  for improved
financial performance. The EPA also will continue to ensure improved accessibility to data to
support accountability,  cost  accounting,  budget and performance integration, and management
decision-making.

Since the implementation of the Improper  Payments Information  Act of 2002, the  EPA has
reviewed, sampled, and monitored its  payments to protect against  erroneous payments. The
Agency  is consistently  well under the government-wide  threshold of  2.5 percent,  with  an
average error rate of less than one percent across all categories (grants, contracts, commodities,
and the State Revolving Funds). For example, the EPA conducted statistical  sampling of Clean
Water and Drinking  Water State Revolving Fund payments to ensure controls are in place for
our largest grant programs.  In FY 2013, the EPA will  continue these activities to reduce the
potential for improper payments pursuant to the Improper Payments Information Act of 2002, as
amended by the Improper Payments Elimination  and Recovery Act of 2010 (IPERA), (P.L. 111-
204).

Performance Targets:

Work  under this  program  supports multiple  strategic objectives.  Currently,  there  are  no
performance measures for this specific Program Project.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$2,378.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce  costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$1,616.0) This decrease reflects reductions to non-systems contracts,  including training,
       A-123 reviews, and IT security risk assessments.

    •   (-$814.07 -0.5 FTE) This reflects a reduction to the Environmental  Finance Centers grant
       program which includes $64.0 in associated  payroll for .5  FTE.  In  implementing this
                                          438

-------
       reduction, EPA will restructure the environmental finance center grants to minimize the
       impact of this reduction on the services being provided by these centers.

   •   (+$2,501.07 -5.9 FTE) This net change reflects the funding of a full year of maintenance
       for the Compass financial system (formerly known as FSMP) which became operational
       in October 2011. The change in resources includes a reduction of $762.0 to reflect IFMS
       maintenance costs eliminated by the introduction of the Compass system and $909.0 in
       associated payroll for 5.9 FTE. This reduction offsets the increase in contracting costs for
       Compass system maintenance for the full year and the necessary support for the interface
       with the HRLoB.

   •   (+$3,532.07 +15.6 FTE) This increase supports Payroll Accounting/Time and Attendance
       costs associated with migration to the Department of the Interior's National Business
       Center (NBC), a shared service center provider, to implement the Human Resources Line
       of Business (FIR LoB). This change in resources includes an internal redirection of 15.6
       FTE from other systems and associated payroll increase of $2,153.0.

   •   (+$255.0)  This increase reflects the mandatory payment to  the DFAS  for increased
       contract costs for agencywide payroll processing.

   •   (+$291.07  -5.5 FTE) This  change reflects the net  effect of a  reduction in planned
       enhancements to financial  and budget reporting capabilities and postponement of the
       development of new reports essential to support core financial management duties and an
       increase related to realignments  of smaller IT financial  applications. This change also
       partially offsets the HR LoB requirements. Funding changes include $704.0 in associated
       payroll for the 5.5 FTE reduced.

Statutory Authority:

Annual Appropriations Act;  CCA; CSA; E-Government Act  of  2002; EFOIA; the EPA's
Environmental Statutes, and the FGCAA; FAIR; Federal Acquisition Regulations, contract law
and the EPA's Assistance Regulations (40 CFR Parts 30, 31, 35, 40,45,46,  47); FMFIA(1982);
FOIA; GMRA(1994); IPIA; IPERA (2010); IGA of 1978 and Amendments of 1988; PRA; PR;
CFOA (1990); GPRA (1993);  GPRMA (2010); The Prompt Payment Act (1982); Title 5, USC;
National Defense Authorization Act.
                                         439

-------
                                                               Acquisition Management
                                              Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$30,688.2
$148.2
$23,672.0
$54,508.4
353.4
FY2012
Enacted
$33,175.0
$163.0
$24,111.0
$57,449.0
357.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$35,727.0
$161.0
$25,961.0
$61,849.0
353.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$2,552.0
($2.0)
$1,850.0
$4,400.0
-3.5
Program Project Description:

Environmental  Program  and  Management  (EPM)  resources  in this  program  support
contract/acquisition management activities at Headquarters, regional offices, Research Triangle
Park,  North Carolina,  and Cincinnati, Ohio,  facilities.  Sound contract management  fosters
efficiency and  effectiveness  assisting all  of the EPA's  programs.  The  EPA  focuses  on
maintaining a high level of integrity in the management of its procurement activities.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, between the Superfund and EPM accounts, at least $3 million in total acquisition
management resources will be used by the EPA to train and develop its acquisition workforce,
and to  strengthen its contractor training  program—two  efforts  that mirror  the  President's
guidelines for civilian agencies in the Acquisition Workforce Development Strategic Plan for FY
2010-2014. Resources will support the recruitment, retention, and hiring of additional members
of the acquisition workforce as defined by the  Office of Federal  Procurement Policy Act, as
amended (41 U.S.C.  401  et seq.). Acquisition management  also  will address  information
technology needs that support management and the acquisition workforce. In addition, the EPA
will take the following steps to achieve acquisition savings efficiencies:

   •  Eliminate contracts that are similar to or redundant in scope, or are no longer necessary to
      achieve the Agency's programmatic needs;
   •  Eliminate  contracts that may be combined with  other  Agency acquisitions to  realize
      greater buying power via economies of scale; and
   •  Use government wide  procurement  sources where available to reduce the need for new
      contracts. To date, we have used this type of vehicle for office supplies and mail delivery.
                                          440

-------
       As new government wide contracts become available, we will use them if they meet our
       requirements.

In FY 2013, the Agency will work  to  implement options for a Centers of Expertise for
contracting. There are opportunities to consolidate duplicative functions and expertise to cost-
optimize the Agency's contracting functions. During FY 2012, the Agency will develop a more
tailored set of options and associated potential savings as well as concerns. Upon determining the
appropriate structure for the Agency's  Centers of Expertise, EPA will implement them in FY
2013.

In addition, the EPA will reinforce its  contract oversight responsibilities through  A-123 Entity
Level Assessments, increased targeted oversight training for acquisition management personnel,
and Simplified Acquisition Contracting Officer (SACO) reviews. These measures will further
strengthen the EPA's acquisition management business processes and enhance contract oversight.
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(009) Increase in number and percentage of certified acquisition staff (1102)
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
335/80

FY 2013
335/80

Units
Number/
Percent

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$668.0) This increase is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$942.0) This increase funds licenses for the EPA Acquisition System (EAS). As the
       number of EAS users in the  Agency has increased it has become necessary to procure
       more licenses. The agencywide user-base maximizes the streamlining, internal control
       and efficiency gains provided by the system. There is an additional $979.0 in Superfund
       to fund the licenses.
       (+$942.0)  This  increase reflects  funds needed for a Center of Expertise  (COE)  for
       Acquisition Management. EPA's FY 2012 study will identify opportunities to realign the
       Agency's  contracting  functions into  a COE  for  Acquisition Management. Costs  to
       implement the COE for Acquisition Management may include permanent moves,  space
       build-out, technology needs, travel, training, and other set-up costs. There is an additional
       $979.0 in Superfund to fund COE activities.
Statutory Authority:

EPA's  Environmental  Statutes;  annual  Appropriations  Acts;
Procurement Policy Act, as amended (41 U.S.C. 401 et seq.).
FAR.  Office  of  Federal
                                          441

-------
                                         Financial Assistance Grants / IAG Management
                                             Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$26,770.6
$3,322.3
$30,092.9
186.1
FY2012
Enacted
$24,002.0
$3,128.0
$27,130.0
174.9
FY2013
Pres Budget
$25,910.0
$3,174.0
$29,084.0
176.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,908.0
$46.0
$1,954.0
1.1
Program Project Description:

Grants and Interagency Agreements comprise over half of the Agency's budget. Environmental
Program and Management (EPM) resources in  this program support activities related to the
management of Financial Assistance Grants/Interagency Agreements (IA), and to suspension and
debarment at Headquarters and within Regional offices. The key components of this program are
ensuring that the EPA's management of grants and lAs meet the highest fiduciary standards, and
that  grant  funding produces measurable  environmental results.  This program focuses on
maintaining a high  level of integrity in the management of the EPA's assistance agreements, and
fostering relationships with state, local and tribal governments to support the implementation of
environmental programs.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013,  the EPA will  maintain  focus on key  objectives under its FY 2009-2013  Grants
Management Plan.  These objectives include  strengthening accountability, ensuring competition,
achieving  positive  and measurable environmental  outcomes, implementing a comprehensive
post-award monitoring program and promoting standardization and streamlining.83 The  Grants
Management Plan  provides  a framework for extensive improvements in grants management at
the technical  administrative level, programmatic oversight level and at the executive decision-
making level  of the Agency.

The  EPA  will continue to  reform grants management by conducting on-site and pre-award
reviews of grant recipients and applicants, improving systems support, performing indirect cost
rate and unliquidated obligation reviews, providing tribal technical assistance and implementing
its agency-wide training program for project officers, grant specialists, and managers. This will
 'US EPA,EPA Grants Management Plan. EPA-216-K-0 8-001, October 2008, http://www.epa.gov/ogd/EO/fmalreport.pdf.
                                          442

-------
also include reforms to policy, oversight and business processes to make the most efficient use of
available resources.

Also, to continue strengthening grants management, the EPA, working with the states, has issued
a new policy that replaces  the  State Grant Performance Measures Template. The policy is
intended to 1) enhance accountability for achieving grant performance objectives; 2) ensure that
state grants are aligned  with the Agency's Strategic Plan; and 3) provide for more consistent
performance  reporting. To achieve those objectives,  the policy requires  that state categorical
grant work-plans and associated  progress reports prominently display three essential elements:
the EPA Strategic  Plan  Goal; the EPA Strategic Plan Objective; and work-plan commitments
plus time frame. Regional offices and states will begin to transition to the new policy in FY 2012
with the goal  of 100 percent compliance for all grants awarded on or after October 1, 2012.

The EPA is also working with the states to improve the timeliness of state grant awards and the
management  of unliquidated obligations. This effort will  identify reforms to expedite/streamline
the grant award process and accelerate grantee outlays. The agency will have a policy in place
effective October 1, 2012 to address these issues.

The EPA plans to  delay its participation in the Grant Management Line of Business (GMLoB)
initiative until FY 2014 and continue using its legacy system, the Integrated Grants Management
System (IGMS) to allow time for the development of a system more suited to the Agency's
needs.  EPA completed Fit Gap analyses of the Health and Human Services GMLoB  system,
Grants Solutions, and the Prism Grants product. Significant gaps were identified between EPA
business processes  and these systems. The Agency is conducting a business transformation effort
to streamline  grants business processes in FY 2012 and FY 2013 and will evaluate shared  agency
alternatives available in the FY 2014-2015 timeframe, prior to selecting a GMLoB system. Once
a more suitable option arises and  business process  streamlining efforts are  completed, the
Agency will migrate to the most cost-effective alternative.

Performance Targets:

Work  under  this  program  supports  multiple  strategic  objectives.  Currently, there   are no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$447.0) This increase reflects the recalculation  of base workforce costs and a  cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$136.0 /  +1.1  FTE) This increase reflects current utilization rates while taking into
       consideration FY 2013 programmatic priorities  for grants management. The reduced
       level  for grants  management  in FY 2012 impacted the Agency's efforts to  provide
       adequate tribal technical assistance. The  1.1 FTE and associated payroll of $136.0 will
       assist  the Agency in providing this additional support to tribes.
                                          443

-------
   •   (+$1,373.0) This change reflects  an  increase in operations and  maintenance contract
       expenses for the Integrated Grants Management System during the time that EPA delays
       participating in the GMLoB in order to find a more suitable and cost effective IT system
       which will support the streamlining of the Agency's business processes.

   •   (-$48.0) This change reflects a decrease in requested contributions for the Grants.gov E-
       Government initiative.

Statutory Authority:
EPA's Environmental Statutes; Annual  Appropriations Acts; Federal  Grant and Cooperative
Agreement Act; Title 2 Code of Federal Regulations; Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations, Parts
30, 31, 35, 40, 45, 46, and 47; American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009.
                                          444

-------
                                                        Human Resources Management
                                             Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO),  Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$46,839.9
$8,924.4
$55,764.3
295.0
FY2012
Enacted
$37,839.0
$6,346.0
$44,185.0
275.3
FY2013
Pres Budget
$39,428.0
$7,558.0
$46,986.0
249.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,589.0
$1,212.0
$2,801.0
-25.8
Program Project Description:

Environmental  Programs  and  Management  (EPM) resources for the  Human  Resources
Management program support activities that influence the broad spectrum of human capital and
human resources management services throughout the Agency. As requirements and initiatives
change, the Agency continually evaluates and improves human resource functions in outreach,
recruitment, hiring, developing and nourishing the workforce to  increase management and
employee satisfaction, and to help the Agency achieve its mission.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY  2013,  the  Agency will continue to focus  on implementing  the  Administration's
comprehensive hiring reform in the Federal government.  Over the past year, the federal human
resources community  has placed significant focus on implementing Executive Memorandum
"Improving the Federal Recruitment and Hiring Process. " Executive departments and agencies
were required to "overhaul the way they recruit and hire our civilian workforce." In addition,
managers and  supervisors must  assume leadership  roles in  recruiting and  selecting  highly-
qualified employees  from all  segments of society  and will  be held  accountable for  these
responsibilities. The key facets of hiring reform are:  to ease the hiring process while raising the
bar on candidate quality; to increase  engagement  of agency  leaders in  the recruitment and
selection process and to monitor agency efforts to increase the speed and quality of hiring.

In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to focus on the following initiatives: utilizing data to drive
business  decisions  and  process; streamlining the recruitment  process;  transitioning  from  a
manual  process to  an automated process to reduce hiring time; institutionalizing workforce
planning and incorporating it in the Agency's budget communications; increasing management
involvement and manager accountability  with performance standards; automating the Senior
                                         445

-------
Executive Service (SES) hiring process; and, developing a new three year Accountability Plan
that addresses the Agency's audit schedule through FY 2014.
In addition, the Agency uses a system of Shared Service Centers (SSCs) to handle all non-SES
human resources transactional  functions for the  EPA's  17,000 plus  employees. The  SSCs
continue to track timeliness and monitor the quality of customer service, through formal and
informal processes.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue efforts to improve the quality of work  life for employees as
part of our One Great Place to Work initiative. The Agency is committed to fostering a work
environment that  nurtures and advances the talents, drive and interests of all employees. This
initiative is built around  three  principal areas:  supportive  work environment,  professional
development, and benefits  and  amenities. A major component of EPA's One Great Place to
Work initiative is the development of an enhanced telework policy that would allow employees
to work  outside of the office a majority of their  duty time. Focusing on  appropriate telework
eligibility selection criteria,  collaboration  tools,  training, and clearly  defined performance
expectations will  help improve  the employee work/life balance. The Agency will continue to
utilize our One EPA. One Great Place to Work intranet site to announce new plans and activities,
and publicize programs that help employees develop their careers, enjoy their work environment,
balance work and personal demands, and lead healthier lives.

In addition, the EPA will continue to streamline human resources management by employing the
E-Government  initiative and the Human Resources Line of Business (HR LoB) program. HR
LoB offers government-wide, cost effective, and standardized HR solutions while providing core
functionality to support the  strategic management of human capital. In May 2011, an agreement
between  the EPA and the Department of Interior  (DOI)'s National Business Center (NBC) for
HR and payroll was signed to begin preliminary planning and pre-migration activities to align
the Agency with NBC systems.  The Agency has made significant progress  in establishing
required  documentation for  a secure method of transferring files to and from the EPA and NBC
and critical support for managing the migration efforts for both systems once in place. Migration
to NBC's system is presently scheduled for the third quarter 2014.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(007) Percent of GS employees (DEU) hired within 80 calendar days.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
15
18
FY 2012
20

FY 2013
20

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(008) Percent of GS employees (all hires) hired within 80 calendar days
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
23
21
FY 2012
25

FY 2013
25

Units
Percent

                                          446

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$686.07-23.6 FTE) This increase represents a net change in the recalculation of base
       workforce costs and a  cost of living adjustment for existing FTE and results from FTE
       change in eliminating  centralized resource for Environmental Careers Intern Program.
       This Program will continue to operate with the dedication and management of existing
       resources from participating EPA programs.

   •   (-$100.07 -0.9 FTE) This  change reflects  a redirection of FTE from Human Resource
       management services to Grants Management to support the Agency's ability to continue
       to provide tribal technical assistance.

   •   (+$7.0) This reflects an increase in workers compensation.

   •   (+$50.0) This reflects an increase in resources for the EPA's childcare subsidy to reflect
       expected demand.

   •   (+$101.0) This change  increases resources for the EPA's Sign Language program.

   •   (+$585.0) This increase reflects fees the Agency must pay to DOT for EPA to transition
       its HR and payroll services to align with the NBC systems.

   •   (+$260.0) This  change reflects funding required for EPA to continue processing FIR
       actions using the People-Plus system while the Agency works to migrate to the DOI's
       NBC system.

Statutory Authority:

Title V United States Code.
                                          447

-------
Program Area: Pesticides Licensing
               448

-------
                                     Pesticides: Protect Human Health from Pesticide Risk
                                                         Program Area: Pesticides Licensing
                              Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                       Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$61,686.0
$4,118.8
$65,804.8
458.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$58,208.0
$3,757.0
$61,965.0
447.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$58,971.0
$3,919.0
$62,890.0
443.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$763.0
$162.0
$925.0
-4.0
Program Project Description:

The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), section 3(c)(5), states that the
Administrator shall register a pesticide if it is determined that, when used in accordance with
labeling  and common practices, the product "will  not  generally cause  unreasonable adverse
effects on the environment." FIFRA defines "unreasonable adverse effects on the environment"
as "any unreasonable risk to man or the environment."84

The EPA's Pesticides Program screens new pesticides before they reach the market and ensures
that pesticides already in commerce are safe when used in accordance with the label. As directed
by FIFRA, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), and  the  Food Quality
Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996 as well as the Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act
(PRIRA) that amended  FIFRA and FFDCA,  the EPA  is  responsible for registering and re-
evaluating  pesticides to  protect consumers, pesticide users, workers  who may be exposed to
pesticides,  children, and other sensitive populations. To comply with statutory  mandates, the
EPA must conduct risk assessments using the latest scientific methods to determine the risks that
pesticides pose to human health, as  well as plants, animals, and ecosystems which are not the
targets of the pesticide.  The risk  assessments are peer reviewed and regulatory decisions are
posted for  review and comment to ensure that these actions are transparent and stakeholders,
including at-risk populations, are engaged in decisions affecting their health and environment.85
As part  of the regulatory process,  the Agency must  establish tolerances  for the  maximum
allowable pesticide residues on food and feed. In setting these food  tolerances, EPA  must
balance the risks and benefits of using the pesticide, consider cumulative and aggregate risks,
and ensure the protection of vulnerable, at risk populations including children and tribes.

The EPA began promoting reduced risk pesticides in  1993 by giving  registration priority to
pesticides that have lower toxicity to humans  and non-target organisms such as birds, fish, and
plants; low potential for  contaminating groundwater;  lower use  rates; low pest  resistance
84 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended. January 23, 2004. Section 3(a), Requirement of Registration
(7 U.S.C. 136a). Available online at http://www.epa.gov/opp00001/regulating/laws.htm.
85
  The public can see what dockets are currently opened and provide comments at http://www. epa. gov/pesticides/.
                                           449

-------
potential; and compatibility with Integrated Pest Management (IPM).86  Several  countries and
international organizations  also have instituted programs to facilitate  registering reduced risk
pesticides. The EPA works  with the international scientific community and the Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) member countries to  register  new reduced-
risk pesticides and establish related tolerances (maximum residue limits).  Through these efforts,
the EPA can help reduce risks to Americans from foods imported from other countries.

The Agency's  regional  offices provide frontline  risk management that  ensures  the decisions
made during EPA's registration and reevaluation processes are implemented in pesticide use. For
example, millions of America's  workers are exposed to pesticides  in occupations such  as
agriculture, lawn care, health care, food preparation, and landscape maintenance. Each year, the
risk assessments  that the  EPA  conducts yield extensive  risk-management requirements  for
hundreds of pesticides and uses. The EPA works to reduce the number and severity of pesticide
exposure incidents by promulgating regulations under the Worker Protection Standard, training
and certifying  pesticide applicators, assessing  and managing risks, and developing effective
communication, environmental outreach, and training programs.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will review and register new pesticides,  new uses for  existing pesticides,
and other registration requests in accordance with statutory requirements. To  further advance the
EPA's cross cutting strategy of working for environmental justice and children's health, the EPA
will  process  these  registration  requests with  special consideration  given to   susceptible
populations, especially children. Specifically, the EPA will focus on the foods commonly eaten
by  children in  order to  reduce pesticide exposure to  children where  the science identifies
potential  concerns. Pesticide  registration actions focus  on the evaluation of pesticide products
before they enter the market.87 EPA will review pesticide data and implement  use restrictions and
instructions needed to ensure that pesticides used according to label directions will not result in
unreasonable  risk. During its pre-market  review, EPA  will  consider human  health and
environmental concerns as well as the pesticide's potential benefits.

During FY 2013,  the EPA will continue to implement registration review of existing pesticides
and develop work plans  for pesticides entering the review pipeline. The goal of the registration
review process is  to  review pesticide registrations every fifteen years to ensure that pesticides
already in the  marketplace meet the most current scientific  standards  and address concerns
identified after the original  registration.88 EPA will rely less on contract support to perform risk
assessments as the Agency continues to more efficiently operate within these activities using
existing FTE. The statute requires that we  periodically review pesticides currently on the market.
The first round of these reviews is due in FY 2022. Implementation of the program, as mandated
86 See U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Pesticides: Health and Safety, Reducing Pesticide Risk internet site:
http://www.epa.gov/pesticides/health/reducing.htm.
87 See U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Pesticides: Topical & Chemical Fact Sheets, Pesticide Registration Program
Internet site: http://www.epa.gov/pesticides/factsheets/registration.htm.
88 See U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Pesticide Tolerance Reassessment and Reregistration Internet site:
http://www.epa.gov/oppsrrdl/reregistration/index.htm review.
                                            450

-------
by statute, supports the EPA's priorities including assuring the safety of chemicals and protecting
America's waters.

Reregi strati on Eligibility Decisions (REDs) reflect necessary changes brought to light during the
reregi strati on process. As  part  of  RED  implementation,  the  EPA will continue to address
activities vital to effective "real world" risk reduction. These activities include reviewing product
label amendments that incorporate the mitigation measures from the REDs; publishing proposed
and  final product  cancellations;  promoting  partnerships  which  provide  fast/effective risk
reduction; and  approving product reregi strati on s.  On a priority basis, the Agency  also will
complete  certain proposed and  final tolerance  rulemakings  to  implement the changes  in
tolerances and tolerance revocations required in the REDs. The end result of these activities is
protecting human  health by implementing statutes and taking regulatory actions  to ensure
pesticides continue to be available and safe when used in accordance with the  label.

In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to work towards our commitment in environmental justice
and protection of children's health. The EPA will continue to provide locally-based technical
assistance and guidance by partnering with states  and tribes on  implementation of pesticide
decisions. Technical  assistance  support  and  outreach including workshops,  demonstration
projects, briefings, and informational meetings in areas including  pesticide  safety training and
use of lower risk pesticides will continue at a slower pace, due to the shift of resources to other
priorities, such as regulatory work. The EPA will leverage expertise from other program offices
to create new pesticide safety and lower  risk pesticides resources as well as create enhanced
mechanisms to ensure their use.

In keeping with the EPA's priority of expanding the conversation  on the environment, the
Agency will continue to engage the public, the scientific community,  and other stakeholders in
its policy development and implementation. This will encourage a  reasonable  transition for
farmers and  others from the older, potentially more hazardous pesticides, to the newer pesticides
that have been registered using the latest available scientific information. To address the fiscal
climate in FY 2013, EPA has made the strategic decision to incrementally  reduce support for
several  outreach activities and to focus limited resources  on other core activities specifically
those activities  associated with registration and  registration review.  Some  of the outreach
activities affected include stewardship activities such as IPM, incident reporting  and analysis
support and  training, including certification of applicators. The Agency will  continue to review
and update,  as appropriate, the pesticide review and use policies to ensure compliance with the
latest scientific methods keeping true to its commitment of advancing science,  research, and
technological innovation. The  EPA will continue to emphasize the registration of reduced risk
pesticides, including biopesticides, in order to provide  farmers and other pesticide users with
new alternatives. In FY 2013, the Agency, in collaboration with the United States Department of
Agriculture  (USDA),  will  work to ensure that minor use registrations receive appropriate
support. The EPA  also will ensure that needs are met for reduced  risk pesticides for minor use
crops. EPA will assist farmers and other pesticide users in learning about new, safer products and
methods of using  existing  products through  workshops, demonstrations,  small grants, and
materials available on the web site and in print.
                                           451

-------
As the Agency continues efforts to better leverage partner capacity, EPA will continue to engage
states, tribes, and the private sector, encouraging them to assume a bigger role in implementing
regulatory decisions. The EPA will continue support for implementation and enforcement of
pesticide specific rules and decisions made. Additionally, the EPA will initiate efforts towards
establishing a self-monitoring  and/or self-certification process and self-reporting requirements
for components of its regulatory programs.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(091) Percent of decisions completed on time (on or before PRIA or negotiated due
date).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
99
99.7
FY 2011
99
98.4
FY 2012
99

FY 2013
99

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(143) Percentage of agricultural acres treated with reduced-risk
FY 2006
17
18
FY 2007
18
20
FY 2008
18.5
21
FY 2009
20
21.5
FY 2010
21
21
FY 2011
21
Data
Avail
10/2012
pesticides.
FY 2012
22

FY 2013
22.5

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(012) Percent reduction of children's exposure to rodenticides.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
10
0
FY 2012
5

FY 2013
5

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(Jll) Reduction in moderate to severe exposure incidents associated with
organophosphates and carbamate insecticides in the general population.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
10

FY 2013
15

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(J15) Reduction in concentration of targeted pesticide analytes in children.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
50,50

FY 2013
No Target
Established

Units
Percent

Work under this program supports multiple performance objectives.  Some of this program's
performance measures  are program outputs, which represent statutory requirements to ensure
that pesticides entering the marketplace are safe for human health and the environment and when
used in accordance with the packaging label present a reasonable certainty of no harm. While
program outputs are not the optimal measures of risk reduction, they do provide a means for
realizing benefits in that the program's safety review prevents dangerous  pesticides  from
entering the marketplace.
In FY 2013, the EPA will continue the implementation of FIFRA, FFDCA,  PRIRA, FQPA and
ESA, in fulfilling the Agency's commitments to protect human health and the environment
                                          452

-------
through our regulatory programs. In order to provide better accountability, the Agency will track
these areas through the measures indicated above.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •  (+$989.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •  (+$14.07+0.1 FTE) This increase reflects additional resources for pesticides licensing.
       This program provides protection  to  human health from potential pesticide risk  by
       ensuring that when a  pesticide  is  used according to the label, it will result in  "no
       unreasonable adverse effects"  on human health. Some of the work performed in this
       program includes efforts which conduct regulatory programs as mandated by statute. Risk
       assessments and risk management related to human health effects, tolerance evaluation
       and tolerance setting for food use pesticides are a large part of this effort. The additional
       resources  include 0.1 FTE and  associated payroll of $14.0.

    •  (-$1,240.0)  This decrease  affects the pesticides stewardship implementation activities.
       Impacts will be reduced outreach and training efforts for growers, pesticide applicators
       and  workers, as well  as  negatively  affect the effective  adoption of risk mitigation
       measures.

    •  (+$1,000.0)  This  increase  provides  resources to  integrate  environmental  outreach
       activities through an intra-agency workgroup, disseminate information to the public and
       increase transparency about pesticide safety and the use  of lower risk pesticides. These
       resources  will be available to educate the public, specifically teachers, informal educators
       and parents. These  environmental outreach activities will support EPA's core mission to
       expand the conversation on environmentalism.

Statutory Authority:

Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA);89 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), §408 and 409, Food
Quality Protection Act (FQPA); and Endangered Species Act (ESA).
89 Pesticides Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA) expires at the end of FY2012, contingent on PRIRA being
reauthorized prior to FY 2013, the Agency expects to continue the collection of Maintenance Fees for review of existing pesticide
registrations, as well as the collection of Enhanced Registration Service Fees for the accelerated review of new pesticide
registration applications in 2013.


                                            453

-------
                                   Pesticides: Protect the Environment from Pesticide Risk
                                                          Program Area: Pesticides Licensing
                              Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                        Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$41,265. 6
$1,995.2
$43,260.8
318.4
FY 2012
Enacted
$37,854.0
$2,289.0
$40,143.0
287.6
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$37,960.0
$2,604.0
$40,564.0
284.1
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$106.0
$315.0
$421.0
-3.5
Program Project Description:

The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), section 3(c)(5), states that the
Administrator shall register a pesticide if it is  determined that, when used in accordance with
labeling  and common  practices, the product "will  not  generally  cause unreasonable adverse
effects on the environment." FIFRA defines "unreasonable adverse effects on the environment"
as "any unreasonable risk to man or the environment, taking into account the economic, social,
and environmental costs and benefits of the use of any pesticide."90

In complying with FIFRA, the EPA must conduct  risk assessments using the latest scientific
methods to determine the risks that pesticides  pose  to human health and ecological effects on
plants, animals, and ecosystems that are not the  targets of the pesticide. The Agency's regulatory
decisions are posted for review and comment to ensure that these actions are transparent and that
stakeholders,  including  at risk populations,  are  engaged  in  decisions  which affect  their
environment.  Under  FIFRA,  the  EPA  must determine that  a pesticide will  not  cause
unreasonable  adverse effects on the environment. For food uses of pesticides, this  standard
requires  the EPA to  determine that food residues of the pesticide are  "safe."  For other risk
concerns, the EPA must balance the risks of the  pesticides with benefits provided from the use of
a product. To ensure unreasonable risks are  avoided, the EPA may impose risk  mitigation
measures such as modifying use rates or application methods, restricting uses, or denying uses.
In some regulatory decisions, the EPA may determine that uncertainties in the risk determination
need to be reduced and may  subsequently  require monitoring of environmental conditions, such
as effects on water sources or the development  and submission of additional laboratory or field
study data by the pesticide registrant.

In addition to FIFRA  responsibilities, the Agency  has  responsibilities under the Endangered
Species Act (ESA).91  Under ESA, the EPA must ensure that pesticide regulatory  decisions will
90 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended. January 23, 2004. Section 3(a), Requirement of Registration
(7 U.S.C. 136a). Available online at http://www.epa.gov/opp00001/regulating/laws.htm.
91 The Endangered Species Act of 1973 sections 7(a)l and 7 (a)2; Federal Agency Actions and Consultations, as amended (16
U.S.C. 1536(a)). Available at U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Endangered Species Act of 1973 internet site:
http://www.fws.gov/endangered/laws-policies/section-7.html
                                            454

-------
not destroy or adversely modify designated critical habitat or result in likely jeopardy to the
continued existence of species listed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) or National
Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) as threatened or endangered. Given approximately 600 active
ingredients  in more  than  19,000  products—many  of  which  have multiple  uses—and
approximately  1,200 listed species with diverse biological attributes,  habitat requirements, and
geographic range, this presents a great challenge. Where risks are identified, the EPA must work
with FWS and NMFS in a consultation process to ensure these pesticide registrations will meet
the ESA standard. The EPA has instituted processes for consideration  of endangered species
issues. In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to work towards improving compliance with ESA.

A committee of the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) National Research Council (NRC) is
currently examining scientific and technical issues related to the methods and assumptions used
by EPA, the FWS, and the NMFS to  carry out their joint responsibilities under ESA and FIFRA.
In its deliberations, the NRC will focus on the scientific and technical methods and approaches
the agencies use in determining risks to endangered and threatened species  associated with the
use of pesticides.  The range of scientific issues considered by the NAS Committee will include
identifying best available scientific data and information;  considering sub-lethal, indirect, and
cumulative effects; assessing the effects of chemical  mixtures and inert ingredients; the use of
models to assist in analyzing  the effects  of pesticide use; incorporating uncertainties into the
evaluations effectively; and the use of geospatial information and datasets that can be employed
by the agencies in the course of these assessments.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Reduced concentrations of pesticides in water sources are an indication of the efficacy of EPA's
risk assessment, management, mitigation,  and communication activities. Using  sampling data
collected under the U.S.  Geological  Survey (USGS) National  Water Quality  Assessment
(NWQA) program for urban watersheds,  the EPA will continue to monitor the  impact of our
regulatory decisions for three chemicals  of concern—diazinon, chlorpyrifos, and carbaryl.  In
agricultural watersheds,  the program will monitor the impact of our regulatory decisions on
azinphos-methyl and chloropyrifos, and consider whether any additional action is  necessary.92 In
FY 2013, the Agency will continue  to work with USGS to develop sampling plans and refine
program goals.

To measure program effectiveness, the EPA tracks reductions of concentrations  for these four
organophosphate insecticides that most consistently exceeded  the EPA's levels of concerns for
aquatic ecosystems during the last  ten years of  monitoring  by the  USGS NWQA program.
Registration  review  decisions  and associated  Reregi strati on Eligibility Decision   (RED)
implementation for these four compounds will result in lower use rates and the  elimination of
certain uses that  will directly  contribute  to reduced concentrations  of these materials in the
nation's waters. While review of pesticides currently  in the marketplace and implementation of
the decisions made as a result of these reviews are  a necessary aspect of meeting the  EPA's
goals,  they are not sufficient.  Attainment of the  goal to  reduce risks would be significantly
92Gilliom, R.J., et al. 2006. The Qualify of Our Nation's Waters: Pesticides in the Nation's Streams and Ground Water, 1992-
2001. Reston, Virginia: U.S. Geological Survey Circular 1291, p 171. Available on the Internet at:
http://pubs.usgs.gov/circ/2005/1291/.
                                           455

-------
hampered without the availability of alternative products to these pesticides for the consumer.
Consequently, the success of the Registration program in ensuring lower risk and the availability
of effective alternative products plays  a large role in  meeting the environmental outcome of
improved ecosystem protection. Various outreach  and communications  activities including
workshops,  demonstrations, grants, printed materials, and the internet, will be scaled down to
focus on core activities and to accommodate regulatory priorities. The EPA will  continue to
assist pesticide  users  in learning about new, safer products and  methods of using  existing
products at a slower pace.

The EPA will continue to emphasize  protection  of threatened or endangered species  from
pesticide use, while minimizing regulatory burdens on pesticide users. The  EPA will use sound
science and best available data to assess the potential risk of pesticide exposure to federally listed
threatened  or  endangered  species and  will  work  with partners and stakeholders  to improve
complementary information and databases. As pesticides are reviewed throughout the course of
the registration review cycle, databases that describe the location and characteristics of species,
pesticides, and crops will be refined continuously with new information to help ensure consistent
and efficient consideration of potential risks to listed species.

Relying less on contractual support by leveraging internal resources in exposure assessments, the
Agency will continue to implement its  statutory mandates for registration review. Additionally,
during registration review,  the EPA will support obtaining risk mitigation earlier in the process
by encouraging registrants  to agree to changes in uses and applications of a pesticide beneficial
to protecting endangered species prior to the EPA completing consultation with the Services.

 The EPA will  continue to implement use limitations through appropriate label  statements,
 referring pesticide users to EPA-developed Endangered Species Protection  Bulletins, which are
 available on the Internet via Bulletins Live!93 These bulletins will, as appropriate, contain maps
 of pesticide use  limitation areas necessary to ensure protection of listed species and, therefore,
 EPA's compliance with the ESA. Any  such limitations on a pesticide's use will be enforceable
 under  the  misuse provisions  of FIFRA.  Bulletins are a  critical mechanism for ensuring
 protection  of  listed species from  pesticide applications while  minimizing  the  burden  on
 agriculture  and other pesticide users by limiting pesticide use in the smallest geographic area
 necessary to protect the species. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue revising Bulletins Live! to
 provide a more interactive and more  geographically  discrete platform for pesticide users to
 understand the use limitations necessary to protect endangered or threatened species.

 The Agency will continue to provide technical support  for compliance with the requirements of
 the ESA. In FY 2013, within available  resources, the EPA will continue the integration of state-
 of-the-science models, knowledge bases, and analytic  processes to increase productivity and
 better  address  the challenge  of potential  risks  of specific  pesticides  to specific  species.
 Interconnection  of the  various  databases  within  the  program  office will provide improved
 support to the risk assessment process  during registration review by allowing risk assessors to
 more easily analyze complex scenarios  relative to endangered species.
93 http://www.epa.gov/espp/bulletins.htm
                                           456

-------
The EPA will continue to ensure that pesticides already in the marketplace meet the latest safety
standards by conducting risk assessments and issuing regulatory  decisions to mitigate risk to
human health and the environment. In FY 2013, pesticides beginning registration review are
expected to  require comprehensive environmental assessments, including  determining potential
endangered  species impacts resulting in an expanded workload due to the necessity of issuing
data call-ins (DCIs) and conducting additional environmental assessments  for pesticides already
in the review pipeline.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(Oil) Number of Product Reregistration Decisions
FY 2006


FY 2007
545
962
FY 2008
1,075
1,194
FY 2009
2,000
1,482
FY 2010
1,500
1,712
FY 2011
1,500
1,218
FY 2012
1,200

FY 2013
1,200

Units
Decisions

Measure
Target
Actual
(164) Number of pesticide registration review dockets opened.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
70
75
FY 2011
70
81
FY 2012
70

FY 2013
72

Units
Dockets

Measure
Target
Actual
(230) Number of pesticide registration review final work plans completed.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
70
70
FY 2011
70
75
FY 2012
70

FY 2013
72

Units
Work
Plans

Measure
Target
Actual
(276) Percent of registration review chemicals with identified endangered species
concerns, for which EPA obtains any mitigation of risk prior to consultation with
DOC and DOI.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
5

FY 2013
5

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(268) Percent of urban watersheds that do not exceed EPA aquatic life benchmarks
for three key pesticides of concern (diazinon, chlorpyrifos and carbaryl).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
25, 25,
30
40, 0, 30
FY 2009
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY
2010
5, 0, 20
6.7, 0,
33
FY2011
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY
2012
5, 0, 10

FY 2013
No Target
Established

Units
Percent

                                          457

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(269) Percent of agricultural watersheds that do not exceed EPA aquatic life
benchmarks for two key pesticides of concern (azinphos-methyl and chlorpyrifos).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
0, 10
0,8
FY 2011
No
Target
Establis
hed
Biennial
FY 2012
0, 10

FY 2013
No Target
Established

Units
Percent

Some of the measures for this program are program outputs which measure progress towards
meeting the  program's statutory requirements. This is  to  ensure  that pesticides entering the
marketplace are safe for human health and the environment, and when used in accordance with
the packaging label, ensure a reasonable certainty of no harm. While program outputs are not the
best measures of risk reduction, they do provide a means for reducing risk, in that the program's
safety reviews prevent dangerous pesticides from entering the marketplace.

In FY 2013,  the EPA will continue  the implementation  of FIFRA, FFDCA, ESA,  and the
Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act  (PRIRA)94 in the  exercise of the Agency's
responsibilities for the registration and the review activities.  As part of EPA's efforts to improve
accountability, the Agency will track these areas through the  measures above.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$488.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and  a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-$392.07-2.8 FTE) This decrease affects the environmental  stewardship implementation
       activities  and will incrementally reduce outreach  and training efforts  for  growers,
       pesticide applicators and workers, as well as impact  effective adoption of risk mitigation
       efforts. The reduced resources include 2.8 FTE and associated payroll of $392.0.

   •   (+$10.0) This reflects an increase for general expenses and other program support costs.

Statutory Authority:

Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal  Act  (PRIRA); Endangered  Species Act (ESA);
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA);  Toxic Substances Control Act
(TSCA); Food  Quality Protection Act  (FQPA);  Federal Food, Drug,   and Cosmetic Act
(FFDCA).
94 The Pesticides Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA) expires at the end of FY12, contingent on PRIRA being
reauthorized prior to FY 2013, the Agency expects to continue the collection of Maintenance Fees for review of existing pesticide
registrations, as well as the collection of Enhanced Registration Service Fees for the accelerated review of new pesticide
registration applications in 2013.
                                           458

-------
                                     Pesticides: Realize the Value of Pesticide Availability
                                                        Program Area: Pesticides Licensing

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management  (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).
                              Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                      Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                  (Dollars in  Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$13,065.8
$522.8
$13,588.6
97.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$12,532.0
$517.0
$13,049.0
87.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$12,306.0
$575.0
$12,881.0
86.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($226.0)
$58.0
($168.0)
-0.5
Program Project Description:

Within  the Federal  Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide  Act (FIFRA),  the  definition  of
"unreasonable adverse effects  on  the  environment" expands  upon the concept  of protecting
against  unreasonable risks to man or the environment, by adding "taking into account the
economic, social, and environmental costs and benefits of the use of any pesticide."95

Through ongoing education and research in environmentally sound pest remediation methods,
the program  ensures that effective and safe pesticides are available for regular use  and for
emergency situations. Examples of actions  that lead to societal benefits are exemptions granted
under FIFRA Section  18. For  example, in the event of an emergency, such as  a severe pest
infestation, FIFRA Section  18 provides the EPA the authority to temporarily  exempt certain
pesticide uses from registration requirements. Under Section 18, the EPA must ensure that, under
the very limiting  provisions  of the exemption,  such emergency uses  will not present  an
unreasonable risk to the environment.

FIFRA clearly recognizes that there will be societal benefits beyond protection of  human health
and the  environment from the pesticide registration process. Section 3 of FIFRA authorizes EPA
to register products that are identical or substantially  similar to already registered products. The
entry of these new products, also  known as "generics," into  the  market can cause  price
reductions resulting from new competition  and broader access to products. These price declines
generate competition that provides benefits to farmers and consumers.
95 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended. January 23, 2004. Section 3(a), Requirement of Registration
(7 U.S.C. 136a). Available online at http://www.epa.gov/opp00001/regulating/laws.htm
                                           459

-------
The Pesticide Environmental  Stewardship  Program  (PESP)  continues to  encourage  the
implementation of Integrated Pest Management (IPM) through emphasis on minimizing the use
of broad spectrum chemicals and  on maximizing the use of sanitation, biological controls,  and
selective  methods  of application.96  The Agency  will  continue  these  efforts,  including
development  and  dissemination  of  brochures,   education on  potential  benefits  of  IPM
implementation, and outreach on successes of IPM to encourage its use.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The EPA's  statutory  and regulatory functions for  the pesticides program include registration,
product  reregi strati on, registration  review  implementation,  risk reduction  implementation,
rulemaking  and program management. During FY 2013, the EPA will review and register new
pesticides, new uses for existing pesticides, and other registration requests in  accordance with
FIFRA and  the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) standards as well as Pesticide
Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA) timeframes.97 Many of these actions will be for
reduced-risk pesticides which, once registered and used by consumers, will increase benefits to
society. Working together with the affected user communities, through PESP, IPM, and related
activities, the Agency plans to accelerate the adoption of these lower-risk products.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to support the IPM efforts in agriculture to enhance a healthy
environment. The Agency will continue to implement IPM activities that address a wide range of
agricultural  risk issues in food safety and reduce exposure to pesticide drift in communities. By
leveraging partnerships with states and tribes, the EPA will continue to support implementation
of IPM related activities. The Agency will  engage partners in the development of tools  and
informational  brochures to promote IPM efforts  and to  provide guidance to schools, farmers,
other partners, and stakeholders.

Similarly, the Agency will continue its work sharing  efforts with  its international partners.
Through these collaborative activities and resulting international registrations, international trade
barriers will be reduced, enabling domestic users to more readily adopt these newer pesticides
into their crop protection programs and reduce the costs of registration through work sharing.

The Section 18 Program provides exemptions to  growers  for use of pesticides that are not
registered for their crops during emergency situations.  In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to
process incoming requests for emergency exemptions. The economic benefit of the Section 18
Program to  growers is the avoidance of potential losses incurred in the absence of pesticides
exempted under FIFRA's emergency exemption provisions.

The EPA will continue to conduct pre-market evaluations  of efficacy data for  public health
claims and  ensure that the  products  will  work  for their  intended  purposes.  Through  the
96 http://www.epa.gov/pesticides/ipm/
97
  The Pesticides Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA) expires at the end of FY12, contingent on PRIRA being
reauthorized prior to F Y 2013, the Agency expects to continue the collection of Maintenance Fees for review of existing pesticide
registrations, as well as the collection of Enhanced Registration Service Fees for the accelerated review of new pesticide
registration applications in 2013.
                                           460

-------
Antimicrobial Testing Program, the Agency will continue to conduct post-market surveillance to
monitor the efficacy of hospital disinfectants.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(240) Maintain timeliness of Section 18 Emergency Exemption Decisions
FY 2006
45
48
FY 2007
45
36.60
FY 2008
45
34
FY 2009
45
40
FY 2010
45
50
FY 2011
45
52
FY 2012
45

FY 2013
45

Units
Days

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$310.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-$536.07-0.6 FTE) This decrease affects the environmental stewardship implementation
       activities  and will  incrementally reduce outreach and training  efforts for growers,
       pesticide applicators and workers, and may  impact the  adoption  of risk mitigation
       measures. The reduced resources include 0.6 FTE and associated payroll of $82.0.

Statutory Authority:

Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA); Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), as amended; Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) as
amended, §408 and 409; Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA); and Endangered Species Act
(ESA).
                                         461

-------
                                                        Science Policy and Biotechnology
                                                        Program Area: Pesticides Licensing
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                      Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$1,672.9
$1,672.9
6.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$1,754.0
$1,754.0
6.3
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$1,770.0
$1,770.0
6.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$16.0
$16.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The  Science Policy  and Biotechnology Program provides  scientific and  policy  expertise,
coordinates  the EPA intra-agency,  interagency,  and  international  efforts,  and  facilitates
information  sharing related to core science policy issues concerning pesticides, toxic chemicals,
and products derived through biotechnology. Many offices within the EPA  regularly address
biotechnology issues and the coordination among affected offices allows  for coherent and
consistent scientific policy from a broad agency perspective. The Biotechnology Program assists
in formulating the EPA's and  United  States'  positions on  biotechnology  issues,  including
representation on United  States delegations to international meetings. Such international activity
is coordinated with the Department of State. In addition, the Science Policy and Biotechnology
Program provides  for  independent, external  scientific peer  review  through the  Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide  Act Scientific Advisory Panel  (FIFRA SAP), a federal
advisory committee.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The EPA will  continue  to have  a lead role in evaluating the scientific and technical issues
associated with plant-incorporated protectants including those based on  plant viral coat proteins.
The EPA also will, in conjunction with an interagency workgroup, continue to maintain and
further develop the U.S. Regulatory Agencies Unified Biotechnology web site which focuses on
the laws and regulations governing agricultural products of modern biotechnology and includes a
searchable database of genetically engineered crop plants that have completed review and are
approved for use in the United States.98

In addition,  a number of biotechnology  international activities will continue to be supported by
the EPA. Examples include representation on the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development's Working Group on the Harmonization of Regulatory Oversight in Biotechnology
and the  Task Force on the Safety of Food and Feed.

The FIFRA  SAP, operating under the rules and regulations of the Federal Advisory Committee
Act, will continue to serve as the primary external independent scientific peer review mechanism
 http://wwwl.usgs.gov/usbiotechreg/
                                           462

-------
for the EPA's pesticide programs. Scientific peer review is a critical component of the EPA's use
of the best available science.

The FIFRA SAP typically conducts eight to ten reviews each year on a variety of scientific
topics. Specific topics to be placed on the SAP agenda are typically confirmed a few months in
advance of each  session and usually include difficult, new, or controversial scientific issues
identified in the course of EPA's pesticide program activities.

Performance Targets:

Currently, there are no performance measures specific to this program. Work under this program
supports the Chemical and Pesticide Risks objective. Supported programs include the registration
of new pesticides and review of existing pesticides.  The work in the Science  Policy  and
Biotechnology  Program  also  supports  efforts  related  to  toxic  substances, specifically  the
Chemical Risk Review and Reduction program. In addition, science policy and biotechnology
activities assist in meeting targets for measures under other programs such as the Endocrine
Disrupters  Screening Program through, for example, the conduct of the FIFRA SAP meetings.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$20.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base  workforce costs  and a cost of living
       adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-$4.0) This decrease is a minor technical adjustment for administrative expenses.

Statutory Authority:

Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) 7
U.S.C.136(a),136(c),136(e),136(f),136(g),136(j),136(o),136w(a)(b)(d)(e); Toxic Substances
Control Act (TSCA) 15 U.S.C. 2604h (5) (A), 2607b; Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetics Act
(FFDCA) 21 U.S.C. 346a,  371; Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) 5a U.S.C. 9,10,11,12
&14.
                                          463

-------
Program Area: Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
                           464

-------
                                                             RCRA: Waste Management
                            Program Area: Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
                     Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                               Objective(s): Preserve Land

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$67,520.1
$67,520.1
376.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$63,500.0
$63,500.0
368.3
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$67,385.0
$67,385.0
371.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$3,885.0
$3,885.0
2.9
Program Project Description:

The  Waste Management program implements the  Resource Conservation and Recovery  Act
(RCRA), which is critical to comprehensive and protective management of solid and hazardous
materials  from cradle to grave. The comprehensive,  national regulations  define  solid  and
hazardous waste, and impose standards on  anyone who generates, recycles,  transports, treats,
stores, or disposes of waste. The RCRA program's waste management activities play a key role
in supporting U.S.  industries and small businesses. By facilitating the safe management of waste,
it provides a critical service to the U.S. economy while providing jobs to those directly involved
in the waste management sector. This regulatory framework prevents exposures to contaminants
from wastes. The  EPA estimates that three million people live within one mile of hazardous
waste management facilities."

In partnership with the states, the program leverages resources to achieve compliance with the
requirements of the  RCRA waste program. It  protects human health, communities,  and the
environment  through enforceable controls,  including permits that minimize hazardous waste
generation, prevent the release of hazardous constituents from generators  and management
facilities, and provide for safe management of hazardous  wastes.

The RCRA program requires facility  owners or operators to demonstrate that they have financial
mechanisms in place to cover closure, post-closure  and  corrective  action activities.  The EPA's
expertise in  assessing cost estimates and  financial assurance  documentation is essential in
verifying its adequacy. This experience is critical to protecting taxpayer dollars by ensuring that
money will  be available to properly close,  cleanup, and  monitor  the  site if, for example, the
facility is abandoned or the owner goes bankrupt.

The  Waste Management program is essential to safeguard valuable drinking water resources by
preventing hazardous contaminants  from  polluting groundwater  and surface water,  and by
extension drinking water, through permits and other enforceable controls. RCRA requirements
99 Data from EPA's Online Tracking Information System (OTIS)
http://www.epa.gov/compliance/data/svstems/multimedia/aboutotis.html. This population information is from the 2000 census
data for the treatment, storage, and disposal facilities with initial approved controls in place.
                                           465

-------
for municipal  solid waste landfills for liners and leachate collection systems offer protection
from industrial and solid waste contaminants. The program also strives to reduce air emissions
from  hazardous  waste  combustion  and  promote  the management  of waste  in  more
environmentally beneficial and cost-effective ways. New technologies, waste streams, and new
Clean Air Act and Clean Water Act regulations means that the RCRA program must evolve in
order to address new challenges.

Recognizing the benefits of recycling, the EPA is working to provide guidance designed to
encourage solid and hazardous materials recycling with adequate safeguards. The Agency must
ensure that materials are destined for legitimate recycling in order to protect human health  and
the environment. The EPA is also working to ensure that the public is educated about recycling
and solid waste reduction through environmental outreach and training activities.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The RCRA permitting program protects people and ecosystems from  exposure to dangerous
chemicals from hazardous waste generated during the production of goods and services.  The
national RCRA program provides leadership and oversight of states which receive  State  and
Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG) funds  for meeting our legal obligation to the following:

       •  Reassess land disposal permits every five years,

       •  Renew all permits at least every ten years,

       •  Maintain permits by modifying them to address changes in operations, and

       •  Monitor facility performance to ensure that permits continue to protect people  and
          ecosystems from harmful exposures to hazardous pollutants.

In FY 2013, the EPA and the states  will oversee and manage RCRA permits for 10 thousand
hazardous waste units at 2,466 facilities. The EPA is responsible for the continued oversight and
maintenance of the regulatory  controls  at facilities covered by RCRA and directly implements
the entire RCRA program in Iowa and Alaska. 10° The EPA provides leadership, worksharing,  and
support to the 50  states and territories authorized to implement the permitting program.  The
RCRA permitting  program, which ensures the controls remain protective, faces  a significant
workload  of approximately  450  backlog and  80-110  new facilities  added each year. With
declining state resources, the EPA is facing an increasing amount of implementation support
responsibility,  which is expected to continue through FY 2013. This support is at the request of
authorized  states,  for  activities  such  as performing risk  assessments for hazardous  waste
combustor facilities and providing technical assistance on site-specific permitting issues.

The EPA will  continue to work with states to meet the annual target of implementing permits,
initial approved  controls, and updated  controls at  100  RCRA hazardous waste  management
facilities, although with continued financial pressures on the states it is possible that this target
100 http://www.epa.gov/wastes/hazard/tsd/permit/pgprarpt.htm
                                          466

-------
will not be met.101 Based on current levels of state funding, the EPA expects that the existing
backlog of permits will remain constant or increase in the foreseeable future.

As part of the Administrator's goal to reduce the paperwork burden on regulated entities where
feasible, the Agency will request funds in FY 2013 to develop an electronic hazardous waste
manifest (e-manifest) system to reduce the time and cost associated with issuing, maintaining,
using, and processing data from hazardous waste manifests. If fully implemented, the e-manifest
program will reduce the reporting burden for firms regulated under RCRA's hazardous waste
provisions by $76 to $124 million annually.

This system will increase transparency  and public safety, making information on hazardous
waste movement more accessible to the EPA, states, and the public. Contingent upon legislative
authority and funding, the EPA will finalize a rule that will allow tracking  of hazardous waste
using the  e-manifest system. In order to provide information system support on e-manifest, the
EPA is re-prioritizing its hazardous waste database, RCRAInfo, with planned improvements to
assure data quality102 and efforts to develop a user-friendly, web-based, searchable data system to
provide the public with access to data on  hazardous waste generation,  management, and
shipment.

An important objective in  FY 2013 is  ensuring  owners  and operators of hazardous waste
facilities and reclamation facilities provide proof of their ability to pay for the cleanup, closure,
and post-closure care of their facilities. Verifying adequate financial assurance protects taxpayer
dollars, avoiding the risk of sites being addressed by the Superfund program, at the taxpayers'
expense.

The Agency is committed to multiple high  priority regulatory actions under RCRA, including
encouraging proper management of coal  combustion residuals. The  EPA will  meet its court-
ordered December 2012 deadline for finalizing revisions to the definition of solid waste.  This
regulation, when finalized  and implemented,  will promote the safe recycling of hazardous
secondary materials. Increasing the environmentally sound recycling of hazardous secondary
materials is part of moving toward sustainable industrial production.

The  Waste Management program  leads the issuance  of polychlorinated biphenyl  (PCB)
approvals both for demonstration tests of new technologies and for disposal. These approvals
assure that PCB cleanup  technologies operate safely and effectively and that PCB wastes are
safely managed to protect communities. It also provides expertise to the EPA regional  offices,
states,  and the  regulated community on cross-cutting issues of  national  importance  to the
program. The program also implements the PCB disposal and cleanup program.

In FY 2012, the EPA completed the pioneering International Electronic Data Exchange initiative.
This initiative replaced the  paper-based system the governments of the United  States, Canada,
and Mexico  previously used to oversee transboundary shipments  of hazardous  waste and
hazardous recyclable materials with an electronic-based system for the exchange of export notice
101 In addition, the EPA will directly implement the RCRA base program in the states of Iowa and Alaska.
102 The EPA is developing plans to address data quality issues identified by the Agency's Office of Inspector General in a Feb.
2011 report: http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2011/20110207-1 l-P-0096.pdf


                                           467

-------
and  consent information.  Implementation of this new  system in  FY  2013  will  increase
government efficiency, improve data quality, and help the governments provide more timely and
complete information.

The  RCRA program will work with the Department of Agriculture,  the Food and  Drug
Administration, and the Department of Homeland Security to prepare for possible threats to the
food supply in FY 2013. These responsibilities are consistent with specific requirements laid out
in such recent documents as the Food  Safety Modernization Act  of 2010  and the  National
Security Strategy103 that define EPA's role in providing guidance and technical  support to
communities.
Additional work the Waste Management program will pursue in FY 2013 includes the following:

    •  Providing technical expertise for natural or man-made disasters;

    •  Supporting partnership efforts on electronics and the Mexico Border program;

    •  Providing technical waste management assistance to tribes104;

    •  Pursue regulations to improve the management of pharmaceutical waste;

    •  Implement the regulation identifying non-hazardous  secondary materials that are solid
       waste, providing technical support to the regulated community through determinations
       about the scope of the rule and its applicability;

    •  Ensure that  environmental outreach resources are disseminated to the public about
       recycling through an intra-agency workgroup and increase transparency about America's
       solid waste  reduction.  Other outreach activities  include community training through
       issuance  of  grants,  innovative awards, and  collaboration with national environmental
       organizations.  These environmental  outreach activities will support the EPA's  core
       mission to expand the conversation on environmentalism; and

    •  Commence  implementation  of  the   conditional  exemption   for  carbon   dioxide
       sequestration, pursuant to recommendations from the President's Carbon Capture and
       Storage (CCS) Task Force report105.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(HWO) Number of hazardous waste facilities with new or updated controls.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
100
115
FY 2010
100
140
FY 2011
100
130
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Facilities

103 http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/rss viewer/national security strategy.pdf
104
  Of the 574 federally recognized tribes, as of September 2011, 134 have an integrated waste management plan. This is an
increase of 17 tribes from FY 2010.
105 http://www.epa.gov/climatechange/policv/ccs task force.html
                                           468

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$348.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$410.0 / +2.9 FTE) This additional FTE and associated payroll will provide increased
       support for state permitting activities. In addition, these FTE will help support increased
       implementation support responsibility at the request  of authorized  states,  such  as
       performing risk assessments  for hazardous  waste combustor facilities and providing
       technical assistance on site-specific permitting issues.

    •   (+$2,000.0) This increase is for the necessary initial program investments to allow for the
       development of the e-manifest system. Funds will cover IT resources and the services of
       a vendor to build the system from commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) software.

    •   (+$752.0) This increase provides additional competitive grant funding and programmatic
       support for the increased number of tribes that partner with EPA and have an integrated
       waste management plan. The  resources allow the agency to provide technical assistance
       to tribes and tribal organizations for the purpose of addressing solid and hazardous waste
       problems and reducing the risk of improper disposal of solid and hazardous waste.

    •    (+$375.0) This increase is to  provide resources to integrate environmental outreach
       activities  through  an  intra-agency  workgroup  to  create  educational  resources  to
       disseminate information to the public and increase transparency  about solid  waste
       reduction, recycling and other  critical environmental  issues. These resources will  be
       available to educate the public, specifically teachers,  informal educators and parents.
       These environmental outreach activities will  support the EPA's core mission to expand
       the conversation on environmentalism.

Statutory Authority:

Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,  42
United States Code (U.S.C.) 6901  et  seq. - Sections 3004, 3005, 8001  and the Toxic Substance
Control Act, 15 U.S.C. 2605 et seq. -  Section 6.
                                          469

-------
                                                                RCRA: Corrective Action
                             Program Area: Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
                     Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                                 Objective(s): Restore Land

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
537,756.3
$37,156.3
221.3
FY 2012
Enacted
$39,422.0
$39,422.0
244.1
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$40,265.0
$40,265.0
241.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$843.0
$843.0
-3.1
Program Project Description:

The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act directs the EPA to implement a hazardous waste
management program that controls hazardous wastes from cradle-to-grave. An essential element
of the EPA's hazardous waste management program is the statutory requirement that facilities
managing hazardous wastes must clean up releases of hazardous constituents to the environment
which could adversely impact human health and the environment. Cleanups under RCRA are
referred to as corrective action (CA).

The  corrective action program is  responsible for overseeing and  managing cleanups which
protect human health and  the environment.  The EPA focuses its CA resources on the 3,747
operating hazardous waste facilities that are a subset of approximately 6,000  sites with corrective
action obligations.  These facilities  include some of the  most highly contaminated, technically
challenging, and potentially threatening sites the EPA confronts in any of its cleanup programs.106

Unaddressed, RCRA corrective action sites present substantial human and ecological risks from
the release of toxic contaminants to the air, the land,  and to ground and surface waters. The cost
to clean  up  sites under the RCRA program can vary widely, with  some costing less than  $1
million, and others exceeding  $50  million dollars. The length and complexity of the cleanups
also vary and can take from a year to decades to fully remediate and return to productive use.
The total acreage covered by these CA sites, as compiled in RCRAInfo by Regional offices and
state agencies, is approximately 18 million acres.

A successful RCRA corrective action program is critical to preventing Superfund sites, and the
associated resources and expenditures, for facilities that manage and  generate hazardous waste.
By addressing contamination  during the  operational life  of the facility,  when a facility is
financially viable, RCRA saves the taxpayers from bearing the significant  cleanup  costs under
Superfund and shortens the time for completing protective cleanups.
106 There are additional facilities that have corrective action obligations that the EPA does not track under GPRA, as they are
typically smaller, less significant facilities or sites. The EPA recognizes that the total universe of such facilities or sites "subject
to" corrective action universe is between five and six thousand facilities or sites.
                                           470

-------
The EPA leads the national corrective action program, directly implements corrective action in
13 states and territories, and performs as lead regulator at facilities undergoing corrective actions
in authorized states across the country.107 In conjunction with the states, the EPA has established
a long-term goal of constructing cleanup remedies, assuring that human exposures are eliminated
and controlling groundwater migration at 95% of these sites by FY 2020.

The EPA is responsible for ensuring protective cleanups and the Agency has authorized 43 states
and territories  to  directly  implement the program at the majority  of the  sites  with Agency
leadership and support. One part of the Agency's support is worksharing with authorized states.
Due to declining state resources and loss of state technical expertise, the EPA has increased its
worksharing efforts as  well as its direct implementation responsibility, at a cost of slowing the
pace of some cleanups, and not starting new cleanups, to compensate for these declines among
its state partners. These arrangements enable the EPA to rely on states to apply their remaining
resources to implement the RCRA program, while filling gaps with EPA expertise  and resources
so that momentum is maintained at high priority, complex sites.

In addition,  the Agency maintains a national hazardous waste information  system, RCRAInfo,
which is critical for managing  corrective action  and the overall RCRA  program. This data
management system includes providing reporting capabilities  and data analysis support to the
EPA and the states.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The EPA continues  to face  a significant workload to implement protective cleanups for our
nation's most significant corrective  action sites. The American public is looking to  the EPA to
see that these sites are  cleaned up and nearby  communities are protected from the hazards they
pose before  these  facilities become  Superfund sites. Additionally, the CA Program  will pursue
the following:

   •   Controlling human  exposures to toxins at 19 percent of our  baseline sites (almost 700
       sites);

   •   Controlling groundwater at 31 percent of our baseline (almost 1,100 sites); and

   •   Constructing  final remedies at 54 percent of our baseline (almost 2,000 sites).

In FY 2013, the EPA will focus resources on those sites that present the highest risk to human
health and the environment and implement actions to end or reduce  these threats. The Agency
will focus on completing site investigations  to identify threats,  establishing interim remedies to
reduce and eliminate exposure; and selecting and constructing safe, effective long-term remedies
that maintain the viability of the operating facility.
107 State implementation of the CA Program is funded through the STAG (Program Project 11) and matching State contributions.


                                           471

-------
Goals for the end of FY 2013 include the following:

    •   85 percent of the universe of 3,747 facilities will have human exposure under control;

    •   73 percent of the universe of 3,747 facilities will have groundwater migration under
       control; and

    •   51 percent of the universe of 3,747 facilities will have remedies constructed.

The EPA faces many  challenges as it works to achieve the  program  goals.  In addition to
declining state resources, the EPA continues to grapple with hundreds  of very  large, highly
contaminated  sites,  in  addition to  many  small, but  equally  contaminated sites.  Providing
oversight for decade-long cleanups at large sites and resource intensive technical assistance at
small sites weighs on federal and state cleanup resources. In FY 2013, the EPA will work to
maintain  a  sufficient  mix  of technical  assistance  (e.g., site  characterization/sampling,  risk
modeling and  technology  evaluations),  policy  and  technical  guidance  (e.g.,  long-term
stewardship,  vapor intrusion),  and community engagement (e.g., meetings, assistance grants)
equal to the program needs.

Additionally,  the  Agency will evaluate the remaining workload for the corrective action
program, taking into consideration the progress to date and available resources, as recommended
by GAO in its recent report108. This analysis will focus on the resources needed to reach our long-
term goals for completing cleanups at over 3,000 corrective action facilities.

To  improve the accountability, transparency, and effectiveness of cleanup programs, the Agency
initiated the multi-year Integrated Cleanup Initiative (ICI) in FY 2010. The ICI will better utilize
the  EPA's assessment  and  cleanup authorities and  resources to address a greater number of
contaminated  sites, accelerate cleanups, and put sites back into safe, productive use. Ensuring
sustainable future uses for RCRA corrective action facilities is considered in remedy selections
and in the construction  of those remedies. This is consistent with the EPA's emphasis on  land
revitalization. As in previous years, the Agency will continue to provide technical assistance to
authorized states in the  areas of site characterization, sampling, remedy selection, and long-term
stewardship at our 2020 baseline sites.

In addition, the EPA will continue to work to reduce polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) exposure
from improper disposal and spills. PCBs are some of the most persistent, bioaccumulative and
toxic chemicals and contamination is responsible for some of the most expensive RCRA and
Superfund sites.  Specific  activities  include  advising  the  regulated  community on  PCB
remediation and reviewing and acting on disposal applications for PCB remediation waste.
108 Hazardous Waste: Early Goals Have Been Met in EPA's Corrective Action Program but Resource and Technical Challenges
Will Constrain Future Progress (GAO-11-514), July 2011


                                           472

-------
Performance Targets:

Measure


Target

Actual
(CA1) Cumulative percentage of RCRA facilities with human exposures to toxins
under control.
FY 2006




FY 2007




FY 2008




FY 2009
No
Target
Establis
hed
65
FY 2010

69

72
FY 2011

72

77
FY 2012

81


FY 2013

85



Units


Percent



Measure


Target

Actual
(CA2) Cumulative percentage of RCRA facilities with migration of contaminated
groundwater under control.
FY 2006




FY 2007




FY 2008




FY 2009
No
Target
Establis
hed
58
FY 2010

61

63
FY 2011

64

67
FY 2012

69


FY 2013

73



Units


Percent


Measure

Target

Actual
(CAS) Cumulative percentage of RCRA facilities with final remedies constructed.
FY 2006




FY 2007




FY 2008




FY 2009
No
Target
Establis
hed
32
FY 2010

35

37
FY 2011

38

42
FY 2012

46


FY 2013

51


Units

Percent


FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+754.0)  This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$431.0 / -3.1 FTE) This reduces oversight and technical assistance to states in support
       of the RCRA corrective action program and may result in a reduction of site oversight
       and delayed cleanups. The resources include 3.1 FTE and associated payroll of $431.0.

    •   (+$520.0) This reflects an increase  in Regional  Office corrective action  funding to
       provide for an enhanced focus on site investigations to identify threats, the establishment
       of interim remedies to reduce and eliminate  exposure; and the selection and construction
       of safe, effective long-term remedies that maintain the viability of the operating facility.

Statutory Authority:

Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act,  42
United States Code (U.S.C.). 6901 et seq. - Sections 3004, 3005, SOOland the Toxic Substance
Control Act, 15 U.S.C. 2605 et seq. - Section 6.
                                          473

-------
                                                  RCRA: Waste Minimization & Recycling
                             Program Area: Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
                     Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                                Objective(s): Preserve Land

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$12,589.6
$12,589.6
75.8
FY 2012
Enacted
$9,547.0
$9,547.0
53.3
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$9,648.0
$9,648.0
52.4
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$101.0
$101.0
-0.9
Program Project Description:

Section 6902 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) supports the protection of
human health and the environment through the conservation of materials and energy resources.
One foundational purpose of RCRA is to reduce the total quantity of materials that ultimately
become wastes, effectively practicing conservation during the useful life of materials and natural
resources. To achieve this conservation, the EPA advances  Sustainable Materials Management
(SMM) practices to create a cradle-to-cradle perspective. This involves  integrating information
to create  a national focus,  formulating and issuing policy,  and addressing market challenges.
Strong federal leadership and action is needed,  due to the  impacts the  U.S.  economy has on
global materials usage. U.S. raw material use (non-fossil fuel or food) rose 5.1 times more than
the population in the last century.109 Furthermore, materials  management is associated with 42
percent of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions.110

Fostering the cradle-to-cradle approach with our  stakeholders will highlight that waste materials
are commodities that can be utilized to grow key  industries and associated jobs. As a commodity
product, these materials will help prevent the U.S. from draining virgin  resources - including
fossil fuels, minerals and precious metals - thereby promoting our national security as well  as
creating economic benefits from recycling. The EPA will continue to encourage  safe, beneficial
uses of materials that are protective of human health and the environment. SMM requires the
EPA to consider  the human health and environmental impacts associated with the full life cycle
of materials—from raw materials extraction, through transportation, processing,  manufacturing,
and use, as well as reuse,  recycling and disposal. SMM preserves resources in the following
ways:

     •   Minimizing inefficient or unnecessary waste generation;

     •   Encouraging the use of materials with less environmental impact; and
109 Center for Sustainable Systems, U.S. Material Factsheets (2010) and USGS (2007) Effects of Regulation and Technology on
End Uses of Nonfuel Mineral Commodities in the United States.
110 U.S. EPA, OSWER, OCPA. "Opportunities to Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions through Materials and Land Management
Practices." September 2009. Online: http://www.epa.gov/oswer/docs/ghg_land_and_materials_management.pdf
                                            474

-------
    •   Reducing  and offsetting virgin  material consumption through  sustainable  materials
        management, including reusing and recycling materials.

Through the SMM approach, the EPA will  pursue innovation through  leveraging additional
private  sector resources. By coordinating industry and government efforts, barriers that prevent
innovation,  development,  and deployment of SMM solutions  can be eliminated. Through the
involvement of the EPA in SMM, the acceptance of these solutions and technologies  can more
quickly happen at a broad, national level, instead of piece-meal within specific industries.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The implementation of SMM is fundamental to ensuring that adequate resources are  available to
meet today's needs and those of the future. In FY 2013,  the RCRA program will focus on the
advancement of the SMM concept and specifically:

    •   Provide national leadership and direction on materials management;

    •   Provide leadership for the safe and effective reuse/recycling of materials;

    •   Convene meetings with parties who would otherwise not come together—industry,
       government representatives, non-profits,  and others—to pursue solutions  to resource
       conservation;

    •   Develop and promote national solutions for waste management;

    •   Partner  with industry to pursue innovative policies  and solutions to non-regulated
       environmental problems; and

    •   Provide credible scientific information and data.

In FY 2012, the EPA accomplished a complete transition to SMM from the many discontinued
partnership programs of the Resource Conservation Challenge (RCC). Under SMM, the EPA has
developed and  implemented strategically targeted programs with  national impact. The EPA is
initially focusing its SMM work on two targeted  industrial sectors supported by the  Sustainable
Materials Management: The Road Ahead Report.™ These sectors generate large quantities of
waste that can be reused or recycled, offer opportunities to reduce waste prior to generation, and
can minimize environmental impacts of waste. Additionally, these areas of focus have economic
importance to ensure availability and access to needed materials, to be competitive in the world
economy, to effectively address  environmental challenges, and to  ensure national security. The
initial strategy areas include the following:

    •   Sustainable Food Management - the EPA will focus on food, the single largest category
       of municipal solid waste by helping  capture and prevent edible  food from rotting in
111 U.S. EPA OSWER ORCR. Sustainable Materials Management: The Road Ahead.
http://www.epa.gov/osw/inforesources/pubs/vision2.pdf
                                          475

-------
       landfills. The U.S. generated more than 34  million tons of food waste in 2009 and
       recovered or recycled less than three percent of what was generated. Sustainable food
       management includes revised purchasing practices and  increasing food  donation and
       composting. This work will be coordinated with the largest  generators of food waste -
       universities,  events/sports venues,  and grocery  stores.  Further,  the Food Recovery
       Challenge112, which is now part of WasteWise, challenges participants to reduce  as much
       of their food waste as possible113.

    •   Used Electronics - In July 2011, the National  Strategy for Electronics Stewardship
       (NSES)114,  established  a framework  for responsible  electronics  design,  purchasing,
       management, and recycling. The NSES was developed as part of the Interagency Task
       Force  on Electronics  Stewardship and was comprised  of EPA, the  General  Services
       Administration (GSA)  and the Council  on Environmental  Quality (CEQ). The  EPA
       supports various commitments under the  national strategy, including efforts to  increase
       the  amount of used electronics  managed by accredited third party certified electronics
       recyclers via the EPA's Electronics Challenge.  The Electronics  Challenge will help to
       build a safe domestic recycling industry, and capture valuable materials  that will stay
       within the U.S. for reuse. Electronics have valuable resources that, if recovered,  can save
       costs from extraction and environmental harm. For example, reusing one million cell
       phones may result in the recovery of 35,274 pounds of copper, 772 pounds of silver, and
       75 pounds of gold.115

In addition to these targeted  sectors, the EPA has challenged the federal government to lead by
example by reducing its environmental footprint, specifically in waste-related areas as follows:

       •  Federal  Green Challenge (FGC)116 -  the EPA is committed to helping the federal
          government lead by example. The federal government spends more than $400 billion
          annually on goods and services and consumes more than $3.5 billion of energy each
          year. The EPA will continue to use SMM principles to serve as a change agent and
          consultant to other federal agencies. The EPA will help other federal agencies adopt
          specific and integrated waste reduction strategies towards sustainability and  promote
          the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) as a  priority, which furthers the
          goals of Executive Order  13514. For  example, the United  States Postal Service
          (USPS) committed all 30,000+ facilities to participate in the FGC in FY 2012.  In FY
          2013, the EPA will continue to work with the USPS through the sixty-seven  USPS
          district offices to  provide technical assistance  and the several other federal  agencies
          with numerous facilities that have made contact. The EPA estimates that the national
          implementation of the FGC will save the taxpayers more  than $10 million by the end
          of FY 2014.
112 http://www.epa.gov/osw/partnerships/wastewise/challenge/foodrecovery/index.htm
113 http://www.epa.gov/osw/conserve/materials/organics/food/index.htm
114 http://www.epa.gov/wastes/conserve/materials/ecycling/taskforce/
115 US Geological Survey "Recycled Cell Phones - A Treasure Trove of Valuable Metals,'
http://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/2006/3097/fs2006-3097.pdf (July 2006).
116 http://www.epa.gov/federalgreenchallenge/
                                           476

-------
The EPA's SMM work in FY 2013 includes the development of metrics to assist in identifying
data gaps, prioritizing work, and measuring performance. The Agency will continue to invest in
developing and maintaining tools such as the Waste Reduction Model (WaRM) that estimates
accrued materials life cycle benefits in terms of greenhouse gas (GHG) reductions and energy
savings. By considering the impacts throughout the entire life cycle, SMM provides  a platform
for identifying and improving domestic policies, programs, and practices that carefully consider
the effect on the amounts and types of materials used and the full impacts of those choices.

SMM activities funded in FY 2013 will achieve substantial, tangible results in coming years,
including money  savings for the federal government. For instance, through the Federal  Green
Challenge in calendar year 2010,  federal facilities in the EPA's Region 10 reduced  172,786
metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent and saved over $1 million for taxpayers117.

To better support SMM activities, the EPA introduced a new performance measure in FY 2012:
tons of materials  and products offsetting use of virgin materials through sustainable materials
management. This new measure replaces the previous strategic measure regarding  municipal
solid waste and will document the  EPA's success in  diverting tons  of materials from disposal
through the use of SMM.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(MW2) Increase in percentage of coal combustion ash that is beneficially used
instead of disposed.
FY 2006


FY 2007
1.8
-0.7
FY 2008
1.8
1.8
FY 2009
1.8
-6
FY 2010
1.4
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2011
1.4
Data
Avail
12/2013
FY 2012
1.4

FY 2013
1.4

Units
Percent
Increase

Measure
Target
Actual
(MW5) Number of closed, cleaned up, or upgraded open dumps in Indian country or
on other tribal lands.
FY 2006


FY 2007
30
107
FY 2008
30
166
FY 2009
27
129
FY 2010
22
141
FY 2011
45
82
FY 2012
45

FY 2013
57

Units
Dumps

Measure
Target
Actual
(MW8) Number of tribes covered by an integrated solid waste management plan.
FY 2006


FY 2007
27
28
FY 2008
26
35
FY 2009
16
31
FY 2010
23
23
FY 2011
14
17
FY 2012
3

FY 2013
3

Units
Tribes

117 These figures were reported to EPA Region 10 by federal facilities participating in the Federal Green Challenge during CY
2010.
                                           477

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(SMI) Tons of materials and products offsetting use of virgin resources through
sustainable materials management.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
No Target
Established
8,449,458
FY
2012
8,549,50
2

FY 2013
8,650,995

Units
Tons

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$226.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$130.07 -0.9 FTE) This decrease reflects the transition of the program from the RCC to
       the SMM approach. The change in resources reflects both FTE and associated payroll of
       $130.0.

    •   (+$5.0) This increase provides resources to cover basic and enhanced mandatory IT and
       telecommunications support costs for the on board workforce.

Statutory Authority:

Solid Waste Disposal Act,  as amended by the Resource Conservation  and Recovery Act, 42
United States Code 6901 et seq. - Sections 1002, 1003, 2002 and 8001.
                                         478

-------
Program Area: Toxics Risk Review and Prevention
                     479

-------
                                                                    Endocrine Disruptors
                                          Program Area: Toxics Risk Review and Prevention
                              Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                       Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$9,624.6
$9,624.6
14.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$8,255.0
$8,255.0
10.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$7,238.0
$7,238.0
10.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,017.0)
($1,017.0)
-0.8
Program Project Description:

The Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program (EDSP) was established under authorities contained
in the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) and  Safe Drinking Water Act (SOWA).118 The
program consists of several ongoing activities that support a two-tiered approach to the screening
of chemicals for potential disruption to endocrine systems. In Tier 1, chemicals are screened for
their  potential to  interact with endocrine systems (specifically  the estrogen,  androgen, and
thyroid systems). If Tier 1 screening identifies a chemical as having the potential to interact with
endocrine systems,  it may be  further evaluated in appropriate Tier 2 or  targeted tests, if
necessary, to generate effects information that can be used in risk assessment.  Current activities
within the EDSP  include assay development and validation,  priority setting for screening,
establishing policies and procedures, and data evaluation.

Assay development and validation  provides  validated scientific  test  methods  used to screen
pesticides and other chemicals to determine their potential to interact with the endocrine systems
(Tier  1) and, ultimately, to characterize their effects (Tier 2). Currently, EDSP has validated the
11 Tier 1 assays that constitute the Tier 1 screening battery and 1 Tier 2 assay is considered valid
for use. EDSP has also made significant progress toward validating 4 additional Tier 2 assays
with plans to finalize their validation decisions before the end of FY 2013.

Consistent with directives in the  FY  2010 House Appropriations  Committee  Report, on
November 17, 2010 EDSP published a second list of 133 chemicals that includes drinking water
contaminants. In  the first quarter  of FY  2012,  EDSP marked  an important step  in the
continuation of the  program with the  release of the EDSP21 Work  Plan.119 The  work  plan
outlines the steps necessary to transition the screening program from its current state into one
that is less reliant on whole animal based assays and  incorporates  computational models and
higher throughput in vitro methods to screen for the  potential  for endocrine disruption. The
EDSP21 Work Plan  will serve as the road  map for future assay development/validation and
priority setting efforts for the EDSP.
 ' http://water.epa.gov/lawsregs/rulesregs/sdwa/index.cfm
 'http://www.epa.gov/endo/pubs/edsp21 work plan summarv%20 overview final.pdf
                                           480

-------
The EPA's EDSP also will continue to explore the need for assays on hormone systems other
than estrogen (E), androgen (A), and thyroid (T) (e.g., those involved in metabolism and weight
regulation) and also will explore modes of action for E, A, and T disruption that might be missed
in the current Tier 1 screening.

FY 2013 Activities  and Performance Plan:

During  FY  2013,  the Endocrine  Disrupter Screening Program (EDSP) will fulfill  several
milestones including:

       •  Finalizing the inter-laboratory validation of three Tier 2 assays;

       •  Prioritizing and selecting additional chemicals for Tier  1 screening using a process
          informed to  the  extent  practicable by scientifically  peer-reviewed computational
          toxicology-based approaches, e.g., high throughput technology;

       •  Continuing to issue Tier 1 Test Orders for selected chemicals (subject to obtaining an
          approved Information Collection Request);

       •  Evaluating results of Tier  1 screening data submitted for the first list of pesticide
          chemicals to receive test orders;

       •  Conducting  Weight  of Evidence (WoE) evaluations  to  determine which pesticide
          chemicals have the potential to interact with endocrine  systems (Tier 1) and, if so,
          whether they should be further tested for effects (Tier 2); and

       •  Continuing  coordination and  collaboration with  the Research and Development
          Program to determine the applicability of computational toxicology-based approaches
          to assess a chemical's potential to interact with the estrogen, androgen, and thyroid
          systems.

In FY 2013, the EDSP will  continue its work to protect communities from harm  caused by
substances in the  environment that may adversely  affect health  through specific endocrine
effects.  Of note,  in FY 2013, the EDSP will continue reviewing data received in response to the
first set of test orders issued for the Tier 1 screening of pesticide  chemicals. Other activities
expected in FY  2013 include the continuation  of EDSP work with the  EPA's Research  and
Development Program on computational toxicology-based approaches to support priority-setting
and to continue building confidence in these approaches so they  can be increasingly utilized in
the EDSP.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue the multi-year transition away  from  the traditional assays
used in Endocrine  Disrupter Screening Program (EDSP)  through  efforts to  validate and use
computational toxicology and high throughput screening methods. This will allow the Agency to
more quickly, efficiently, and cost-effectively assess potential chemical toxicity. In FY 2013, the
EPA will continue to evaluate endocrine-relevant ToxCast assays.
                                          481

-------
EDSP also will continue to collaborate with international partners, through the Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), to maximize the efficiency  of the EPA's
resource use and promote adoption of internationally harmonized test methods for identifying
endocrine disrupting chemicals. EPA represents the U.S. as either the lead or a  participant in
OECD projects involving the improvement of assay systems including the development of non-
animal prioritization and screening methods and validation of Tier 2 assays.

For more information, please see http://www.epa.gov/endo/.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(E01) Number of chemicals for which Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program
(EDSP) decisions have been completed
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
3
o
6
FY 2012
5

FY 2013
20

Units
Chemicals

Measure
Target
Actual
(E02) Number of chemicals for which EDSP Tier 1 test orders have been issued
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
40
0
FY 2012
40

FY 2013
40

Units
Chemicals

Measure
Target
Actual
(E03) Number of screening and testing assays for which validation decisions have
been reached
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
2
2
FY 2012
4

FY 2013
6

Units
Assays

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$48.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$1,034.07-0.8 FTE) This decrease to the Endocrine Disrupter program is in anticipation
       of the eventual development of the CompTox program. In the near term, computational
       toxicology based approaches will enable the EPA to more efficiently prioritize chemicals
       for screening through currently validated Tier  1  screening assays — thus increasing the
       efficiency in identifying chemicals with the potential to disrupt the endocrine system. In
       the intermediate term, and once validated, computational toxicology approaches will be
       used in place of some of the current  Tier 1  assays to increase the throughput and speed,
       while decreasing both animal usage and cost. The reduced resources include 0.8 FTE and
       associated payroll of $156.0.

    •   (-$31.0) This reflects a reduction to program support costs.
                                          482

-------
Statutory Authority:

Federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) section 408 (p) (21 U.S.C. 346a(p)); Safe
Drinking Water Act (SOWA) 42 U.S.C. 300J-17.
                                        483

-------
                                 Toxic Substances: Chemical Risk Review and Reduction
                                         Program Area: Toxics Risk Review and Prevention
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                     Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$59,752.2
$59,752.2
249.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$56,497.0
$56,497.0
243.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$67,644.0
$67,644.0
246.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,147.0
$11,147.0
2.8
Program Project Description:

Chemicals are employed by U.S. industries to produce widely used items, including consumer
products such as cleansers, paints, plastics and fuels as well as industrial solvents and additives,
in some cases leading to significant public and environmental exposure. While these chemicals
play an important role in people's everyday lives, some may adversely affect human health and
the environment, requiring EPA to take risk management actions to address unreasonable human
health and environmental risks. There are more than 83,000 chemicals identified in the EPA's
Toxic  Substances Control Act  (TSCA) inventory, of which approximately  3,700 are  High
Production Volume (HPV) chemicals that are produced at over 1,000,000 pounds per year and of
which an additional 3,300 chemicals are produced at over 25,000 pounds per year.

Under TSCA, the EPA has significant responsibilities for ensuring that commercial chemicals do
not present unreasonable risk to human health or the environment. The Chemical Risk Review
and  Reduction  program  focuses on assessing and managing the potential risks  of tens of
thousands  of existing chemicals that  entered commerce before TSCA took  effect and on
managing the potential risks of new chemicals before their entry  into commerce. Key program
efforts include ensuring the safety of:

    •   Existing chemicals, by obtaining needed data, assessing those data and taking regulatory
       and non-regulatory actions to eliminate or significantly reduce any unreasonable risk they
       may pose; and

    •   New chemicals, by reviewing and acting on new chemical  notices submitted by industry,
       including Pre-Manufacture Notices (PMNs), to ensure that no unreasonable risk is posed
       when those chemicals are introduced into U.S. commerce.

In September  2009,  Administrator Jackson  announced a fundamental transformation of the
EPA's  approach for ensuring chemical  safety to make significant and long overdue progress in
protecting human health and the environment, particularly from existing chemicals that have not
been tested for adverse health or environmental effects. This new approach, which is reflected in
the FY 2011 - 2015 EPA Strategic  Plan, was developed and implemented throughout FY 2010
and FY 2011, and has as its focal points:
                                         484

-------
    •   Filling information gaps on existing chemicals through  a  range of TSCA information
       gathering  tools  (including  the  Chemical  Data  Reporting rule and  test rules),  and
       expanding  electronic reporting  and increasing  transparency, providing  a  sustainable
       chemical safety information pipeline to support future assessments and risk management
       actions;

    •   Screening  and assessing human  health and environmental  risks posed by  existing
       chemicals, using data from all available sources; and

    •   Eliminating,  reducing,  or  managing  identified  chemical risks using  all  available
       authorities under TSCA and other statutes.120

The need for such a transformation also was supported by the Government Accountability Office
(GAO), which in its January 2009  High-Risk Series121 identified the EPA's  processes for
assessing and controlling toxic chemicals as an area in need of transformation and concluded that
EPA's ability to  protect public health  and the environment  depends on  credible  and timely
assessment of the risks posed by toxic chemicals.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

FY 2013  represents  a  crucial  stage in  the  further implementation of EPA's strengthened
approach in order to meet Administrator Jackson's 2009 directive to make significant progress in
the chemicals program particularly regarding  existing chemicals that have not been tested for
adverse health or environmental  effects  and meet the  goals put forward in the 2011-2015
Strategic Plan to ensure chemical safety  in America. This current budget request will allow EPA
to sustain its success in managing the potential risks of new chemicals entering commerce and to
continue making substantial progress in assessing and ensuring the safety of existing chemicals.

Existing Chemicals Program:

The EPA is requesting resources in FY  2013 to enable continued and long-overdue progress in
ensuring the safety of existing chemicals by supporting three key activity areas described below.

1) Obtaining, Managing, and Making Public Chemical Information:

In FY 2013, the resources requested will  enable the EPA to continue developing a sustainable
chemical safety information pipeline to support future assessments and risk management actions.
The EPA will use  regulatory mechanisms to fill remaining gaps in critical  exposure and health
and safety data for chemicals already  in commerce, improve management of TSCA information
resources and maximize their availability and usefulness to the public.  Specific actions proposed
to be conducted include:
  http://www.epa.gov/oppt/existingchemicals/pubs/Existing.Chem.Fact.sheet.pdf
121 http://www.gao.gov/highrisk/risks/safetv-securitv/epa and toxic chemicals.php
                                           485

-------
Issuing  and implementing  TSCA  Section  4 Test Rules  and Section 8 information
reporting rules to obtain data  needed to evaluate the  safety of existing chemicals,
potentially including:

   o   Obtaining  and processing data required by four TSCA test rules issued between
       2006  and  2012/2013  covering up  to 74  High Production Volume  (HPV)
       chemicals  not sponsored under the HPV Challenge Program, which sought to
       obtain  basic hazard data voluntarily from companies  for the HPV chemicals
       known in the late 1990s;

   o   Issuing  TSCA  test rules covering  approximately  200  chemicals  based  on
       information submitted  to the EPA in FY 2012 under the TSCA Chemical Data
       Reporting  (CDR) Rule,  augmenting  the CDR screening-level, exposure-related
       information with chemical hazard information needed to support screening-level
       risk assessments and the work planning process described in  the Screening and
       Assessing Chemical Risks section below;

   o   Issuing  TSCA  test rules and/or information reporting  rules  for  chemicals
       identified  as candidates  for information  gathering under the work  planning
       process described in the Screening and Assessing Chemical Risks section below;
       and

   o   Obtaining  data  for  several  other  chemicals, including bisphenol A  (BPA),
       polybrominated   diphenyl ethers,  nonylphenol and nonylphenol  ethoxylates,
       toluene disocyanate  (TDI), methylene diphenyl diisocyanate (MDI), and certain
       nanoscale materials.

Processing,  analyzing,   and making public data  reports  submitted under the  2012
Chemical Data Reporting (CDR) rule, formerly the Inventory Update Rule (IUR), for
chemicals produced in volumes of greater than 25,000 pounds per facility per year;

   o   In August 2011, EPA finalized modifications to the CDR rule under Section 8 of
       TSCA making the reporting of chemical use information more transparent, more
       current, more useful, and more accessible to the public.

Increasing transparency by  reviewing all  new TSCA  cases where chemical identity is
claimed as  Confidential Business  information (CBI)  in health and safety studies,
reviewing nearly   4,500 CBI  cases submitted prior to  August 2010,  and,  where
appropriate,  continuing  to challenge CBI claims and make health  and safety  studies
publicly available;

Digitizing over 16,000 TSCA  documents received under TSCA Sections 4, 5 and 8, and
making those data, where appropriate, available to the public; and
                                   486

-------
   •   Expanding electronic reporting to include all TSCA health and safety submissions and
       fully deploying 21st century information technology to more effectively and efficiently
       store and disseminate TSCA information.

EPA is proposing to allocate $13,930/63.5 FTE to this work area in FY 2013.

2) Screening and Assessing Chemical Risks:

In FY 2013, the resources requested will enable the EPA to continue its work to assess the risks
of existing chemicals  to  inform  and  support  development  and  implementation  of  risk
management actions, as appropriate, by:

   •   Identifying  chemicals  as candidates  for  detailed  assessment or  as candidates for
       information gathering action, using a two step process that:

           1)  identifies chemicals that are subject to TSCA and: are carcinogens; are persistent,
              bioaccumulate in the environment and are toxic; are associated with children's
              health; are neurotoxic; are associated with  consumer (particularly children's)
              exposure; or are observed in human biomonitoring studies; and

          2)  prioritizes chemicals  for work planning according to hazard, exposure,  and
              persistence/bioaccumulation

   •   Completing detailed chemical risk assessments of chemicals that began in FY 2012 and
       initiating five to ten additional assessments for chemicals identified as candidates through
       the  two step  work planning process described above, with several of the assessments
       being completed in FY 2013;

   •   Developing hazard characterizations for 450 additional HPV  chemicals using the data
       obtained through TSCA test rules bringing the projected total by the end of FY 2013 to
       2,433 of the 3,761 HPV chemicals identified prior to the 2011 TSCA CDR rule;

   •   Increasing use of mode of action information, chemical categories,  and computational
       toxicology tools such as ToxCast™ (used  to screen chemicals for  the Computational
       Toxicology Research Program) to inform intelligent testing approaches that will improve
       our ability to understand chemical risks;

   •   Developing  new  tools and  improving/expanding  existing methods  such  as  adverse
       outcome pathways and Quantitative Structure Activity Relationships (QSARs) to better
       assess risks from existing chemicals; and

   •   Finalizing rules and beginning to analyze the data EPA will receive through its Nanoscale
       Materials program to  understand  which nanoscale materials are produced, in  what
       quantities they are produced, and  what  other risk-related data are available. EPA will use
       this information to determine whether certain nanoscale materials may present risks to
                                          487

-------
       human health and  the environment  and warrant further assessment, testing, or other
       action.

EPA is proposing to allocate $14,904/44.8 FTE to this work area in FY 2013.

3) Reducing Chemical Risks:

In FY 2013, the resources  requested will support the Agency's rapidly accelerating portfolio of
risk management actions, including:

   •   Advancing consideration and implementation of risk management actions initiated in FY
       2011 and continued through FY 2012 including:

          o  Consideration and potential  implementation of  Section  6  use  restrictions
             addressing    long    chain     perfluorinated     chemicals     (LCPFCs),
             hexabromocyclododecane  (HBCD),   toluene  disocyanate  (TDI),  methylene
             diphenyl diisocyanate (MDI), lead wheel  weights and mercury used in switches
             and certain measuring devices;

          o  Consideration and potential  implementation of Section 5 Significant New Use
             Rules (SNURs)  addressing  certain polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs),
             certain glymes, nonylphenol and nonylphenol  ethoxylates, elemental  mercury in
             products, benzidine dyes, certain phthalates, hexabromocyclododecane (FffiCD)
             and toluene disocyanate (TDI);

          o  Consideration and  potential  implementation  of  Section 5(b)(4)  chemicals  of
             concern listings,  including phthalates, bisphenol  A (BPA),  and other priority
             chemicals; and

          o  Continued development of risk management actions initiated in 2012.

   •   Considering  initiating, as appropriate, five to ten new risk  management actions in FY
       2013 for chemicals identified as candidates through the two step work planning process
       described above  or through  other identification processes,  including Section 6  use
       restrictions/prohibitions  and Section  5  Significant New Use Rules (SNURs), informed
       and supported in some  cases by the detailed chemical risk assessments also described
       above;

   •   Finalizing, by January 1, 2013, the statutory deadline, two regulations implementing ten
       actions mandated under the recently enacted TSCA Title VI Formaldehyde Standards for
       Composite Wood Products Act(Public Law 111-199), which amended TSCA by adding a
       new Title VI establishing national emission standards for formaldehyde in new composite
       wood products;

   •   Conducting alternatives assessments for selected  chemicals, finishing work in FY 2013
       on recently launched assessments for HBCD and phthalates along with four additional
                                          488

-------
       chemicals identified as candidates through the two step work planning process described
       above,  adding to the  inventory  of assessments completed  prior to FY 2013  (BPA,
       decaBDE and NP/NPEs); and

   •   Reviewing and revising certain use authorizations for Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs),
       including a potential proposed  rule relating to PCB  manufacture, processing, use and
       distribution in commerce.

The EPA will continue to work closely with other federal  agencies to coordinate efforts on
addressing identified chemical risks. To ensure that children's health and impacts on minorities,
low income, and indigenous populations are  considered, EPA will exercise its responsibilities
under Executive Order 13045.

For more information on the EPA's efforts to assess and act on existing chemicals, please see
http://www.epa.gov/oppt/chemtest/.

EPA is proposing to allocate $24,644/65.6 FTE to this work area in FY 2013.

New Chemicals Program:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue preventing chemicals that pose unreasonable risks to human
health or the environment to enter into  the  U.S.  market. Each year,  EPA's  New Chemicals
Program reviews  and manages the potential  risks from approximately 1,000 new chemicals,
products of biotechnology, and new chemical nanoscale materials prior to their entry into the
marketplace.

To measure performance under the New  Chemicals Program, the EPA, in FY 2006, adopted a
measure reflecting the program's  statutory mission, establishing a "zero tolerance" performance
standard for the number of new  chemicals or microorganisms introduced into commerce that
pose an unreasonable risk to human health or the environment.

For more information, please see www.epa.gov/opptintr/newchems.

EPA is proposing to allocate $14,166/72.3 FTE to this work area in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(CIS) Percentage of existing CBI claims for chemical identity in health and safety
studies reviewed and, as appropriate, challenged.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
5
5.3
FY 2012
10

FY 2013
20

Units
Percent

                                          489

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(C19) Percentage of CBI claims for chemical identity in health and safety studies
reviewed and challenged, as appropriate, as they are submitted.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
100
100
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(HC1) Annual number of hazard characterizations completed for HPV chemicals
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
230
270
FY 2011
300
318
FY 2012
300

FY 2013
450

Units
Chemicals

Measure
Target
Actual
(247) Percent of new chemicals or organisms introduced into commerce that do not
pose unreasonable risks to workers, consumers, or the environment.
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
97
FY 2010
100
91
FY 2011
100
Data
Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(D6A) Reduction in concentration of PFOA in serum in the general population.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
1

FY 2013
No Target
Established

Units
Percent
Reduction

Measure
Target
Actual
(281) Reduction in the cost per submission of managing PreManufacture Notices
(PMNs) through the Focus meetings as a percentage of baseline year cost per
submission.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
61
50
FY 2011
63
59
FY 2012
65

FY 2013
67

Units
Percent

The EPA is using the measures described above to evaluate program performance.

The EPA will review and, where appropriate, challenge all new TSCA CBI claims for chemical
identity in health and safety studies as they are submitted. In recent years, hundreds of such cases
have been submitted  annually. In  addition, the EPA will  review and, where  appropriate,
challenge twenty percent of the 22,483 CBI claims existing as of August 2010 that have not yet
been reviewed.  To achieve these targets, EPA must take the following steps for both new and
historical submissions: 1) determine if a challenge to the CBI claim is warranted; 2) execute the
challenge if warranted; and 3) where legally defensible, declassify the information claimed as
CBI.

The  cumulative and annual  measures tracking the  percent of new chemicals or organisms
introduced  into commerce that  do not pose  unreasonable  risk  to  human  health  or the
environment, illustrate the effectiveness of the EPA's new chemicals program as a gatekeeper.
This measure analyzes previously reviewed new chemicals with incoming TSCA 8(e) notices of
                                         490

-------
substantial  risk. TSCA  requires that chemical  manufacturers, importers,  processors, and
distributors notify the EPA within thirty days of new information on chemicals that may lead to a
conclusion  of unreasonable risk to  human  health  or  the environment. Information from
approximately thirty  8(e) notices each year is used to check the accuracy of New Chemicals
analytical tools and to make process improvements  for future  review of new chemicals. The
Agency recognizes that this measure does not involve systematic sampling  and testing of all
PMN-reviewed chemicals that have entered U.S.  commerce, but believes nonetheless that it
represents an  efficient approach for using available information to assess  and improve the
effectiveness of the EPA's new chemicals  risk screening tools and decision-making processes.
EPA  continues to explore more robust  options  for tracking  the  performance of the New
Chemicals Program.

In FY 2013,  the EPA will continue making  progress in characterizing the hazards of HPV
chemicals,  which summarizes the adequacy  of data  received  through the HPV Challenge,
identify remaining data needs, and present hazard data in a concise and uniform way. These
hazard characterizations present EPA's perspective on data regarding ecotoxicity, acute toxicity,
mutagenicity,   reproductive   and   developmental   toxicity,   environmental  fate,  and
physical/chemical properties. EPA has completed hazard characterizations  for 1,683  chemicals
through FY 2011 and is targeting completion of hazard characterizations for 300  additional
chemicals in FY 2012 and 450 in FY 2013.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$179.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a  cost  of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$10,968.07+2.8 FTE) This  increase will enable EPA to: initiate five to ten new risk
       management actions targeted at eliminating or reducing existing chemical risks in our
       products, our environment and our bodies; complete alternative assessments for four
       additional chemicals identified as candidates through the two step work planning process
       described in the Screening and Assessing Chemical Risks section above; initiate five to
       ten detailed assessments beyond those  initiated in FY 2012 for chemicals identified  as
       candidates through the two step work planning process described above; issue 75 more
       test rules for existing chemicals in FY 2013 than issued in FY 2012;  increase the number
       of HPV chemicals for which hazard characterizations  will be completed from 300 in FY
       2012 to 450 in FY 2013;  double the percentage of  existing CBI cases reviewed and,
       where appropriate, challenged  (from 10%  (2,200) in FY 2012 to  20%  (4,400) in FY
       2013);  digitize approximately 16,000 TSCA documents;  implement enhancements to IT
       systems and related rules/guidance (e-reporting, etc.). This increase includes 2.8 FTE and
       associated payroll of $420.0.

Statutory Authority:

Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq. - Sections  1-31.
                                          491

-------
                                                          Pollution Prevention Program
                                         Program Area: Toxics Risk Review and Prevention
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                          Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety; Promote Pollution Prevention

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$15,994.6
$15,994.6
73.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$15,389.0
$15,389.0
76.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$15,888.0
$15,888.0
72.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$499. 0
$499.0
-3.5
Program Project Description:

The Pollution Prevention (P2)  program is one of the EPA's primary tools for encouraging
environmental stewardship by  federal  and state  governments,  industry, communities,  and
individuals. The P2 program is designed to eliminate or reduce waste at the point of generation
by: encouraging cleaner production processes and technologies; promoting the development and
use of safer, "greener" materials and products;  and  supporting the implementation of improved
practices, such as the  use of conservation techniques and the reuse of materials in lieu of their
placement into the waste stream. As a result of the P2 program, the EPA and its partners have
achieved significant reductions in the use of hazardous materials, energy and water; reductions in
the generation of greenhouse gases; savings in production, operation  and waste management
costs; and increases in the use of safer chemicals and products. In contributing to the Agency's
mission to reduce chemical risks, the program  is focusing its attention  on chemicals being
identified as candidates for assessment and risk management action under the Toxic Substances
Control Act  (TSCA)  as described in the justification for the  Chemical Risk Review  and
Reduction Program. Additionally, the program  is working to  enhance pollution  prevention
education and outreach resources and disseminate information to the public. The P2 program is
augmented by a counterpart P2 grant program in the State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
account.

The program accomplishes its mission through several  centers of results described below. For
more   information   about   EPA's   Pollution   Prevention    program,   please   see
http ://www. epa.gov/p2/.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Environmentally Preferable Purchasing (EPP) Program

The main goal of the Environmentally Preferable Purchasing (EPP) program is to assist federal
agencies in  complying with "green" purchasing requirements and, in doing so, to stimulate
market demand for products  and services that are more environmentally  benign. The  energy
savings attributable to this program support the  federal objectives for reducing energy use under
                                          492

-------
Executive Order 13514.122 By strengthening the federal government's efforts to lead by example,
EPP also influences the broader market  place by encouraging state and local governments,
businesses, and private individuals to move toward greener products when they make purchasing
decisions.

An important element  of  the EPP  program is the Federal Electronics Challenge (FEC),  a
partnership program in which participating federal agencies and facilities receive resources and
technical assistance for improving electronics management practices and have the opportunity to
qualify for annual recognition if they meet specific goals. The FEC encourages federal facilities
and agencies to purchase  greener electronic products, reduce their impacts  during use, and
manage obsolete electronics in an environmentally safe way. In FY 2013, the FEC will work
collaboratively  with the Federal Green Challenge to increase its reach to a broad audience of
federal agencies.

The EPP program also develops, refines,  and supports the use of tools  that help institutional
purchasers make  procurement decisions that have reduced impact on human health  and  the
environment. A principal  tool  is  the  Electronic  Product Environmental Assessment Tool
(EPEAT), which helps purchasers compare and select desktop computers,  laptops, monitors, and
other electronic equipment  with respect to environmental attributes such as energy savings that
help reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Results associated with use of this tool are quantified123
through a peer-reviewed electronics environmental benefits calculator.124 In FY 2013, EPA will
continue to support the development of new voluntary consensus  standards  for  additional
electronic products, including computer  system  servers, as well as the revision and updating of
the original standard  for computers, and  will  work  to extend the  reach of EPEAT beyond
institutional purchasers to consumers.

In addition to  electronics,  the EPP program will  continue to promote advancements in  the
manufacture and use  of greener products  more broadly, through participation in processes to
develop  voluntary  consensus standards beyond  electronic products and through  continued
dissemination  of  information about  aspects  of  products  that  make them greener.  See
http://www.epa.gov/oppt/epp/pubs/about/about.htm  for  more  information  about  the EPP
program.

EPA is proposing to allocate $2,811.0/11.1  FTE to this work area in FY 2013.

Green Suppliers Network (GSN) and Economy, Energy,  and Environment (E3) Initiative

Under the Pollution Prevention Act, the EPA is authorized to facilitate the adoption of source
reduction techniques  by businesses.  The EPA's  Green  Suppliers Network  (GSN) helps  to
promote this goal by working with large manufacturers to help  small and medium-size suppliers
identify opportunities  to save money and  reduce  their environmental impacts by making their
operations  cleaner and more efficient. The program provides manufacturers with plant-specific
assessments to identify prioritized opportunities to reduce costs and waste, improve productivity
122 http://edocket.access.gpo.gov/2009/pdf/E9-24518.pdf
123 http://www.epeat.net/FastBenefits.aspx
124 http://www.federalelectronicschallenge.net/resources/bencalc.htm
                                           493

-------
and efficiency, and measure greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The GSN will continue to partner
with the National  Institute of Standards and Technology's (NIST) Manufacturing Extension
Partnership (MEP)  program under  the  Department of Commerce as well as state  pollution
prevention programs to deploy the GSN program  across the nation's largest manufacturing
supply chains.

GSN  has grown steadily  in recent years in terms  of the number of manufacturers  that are
participating in "lean and clean" assessments to over 160 industry partners to date.125 In FY 2010,
EPA  began to  phase out the federal  cost  share of  these assessments,  reflecting industry's
understanding of their direct economic value.

In FY 2013, GSN will work with the Department of Energy to strengthen technical assistance
offerings in the energy efficiency and environmental areas. A key goal in FY 2013 will be to
improve GSN's analytic methodologies to support the reporting of more rigorous and transparent
program results.

GSN  operates within the broader framework of the Economy, Energy and Environment (E3)
Initiative, which brings together a suite of several federal agencies, states, and local communities
to help boost economies to achieve their sustainability goals. While the GSN program is focused
on strengthening supply chains, the E3 framework concentrates on working with manufacturers,
including suppliers, within a particular community to help improve their operational and energy
efficiencies, as  well as reduces greenhouse gas  emissions.  Through  the E3 initiative,  these
partnerships enable communities  to achieve a smarter and more efficient  green workforce,
promote sustainable manufacturing and  growth through innovative technology, improve the
regional  economy  by  retaining  jobs,  and  reduce environmental  impacts while  regaining
competitive advantage.

As of the end of 2011, more than 300 small to medium sized manufacturers have benefited from
GSN  and E3  technical assessments. In  FY 2012 and  FY  2013,  the number  of  technical
assessments is expected to increase rapidly as new E3 projects are launched.126

For more information on the Green Suppliers Network, visit www.greensuppliers.gov. For more
information on the E3 initiative, visit www.e3.gov.

EPA is proposing to allocate $3,558.0/19.1 FTE to this work area in FY 2013.

Green Chemistry

The Green Chemistry program fosters the design and marketplace acceptance of chemicals and
chemical processes that reduce adverse environmental and human health impacts as well  as
costs. In reducing  or eliminating  use of hazardous chemicals and generation of waste, Green
Chemistry  substitutes  help   reduce  workplace  exposure  to  dangerous  chemicals  and
manufacturing and  production  processes, reduce  the  need  for end-of-pipe controls,  increase
125 http://www.greensuppliers.gov/ioin/members.html
126 http://www.epa.gov/greensuppliers/e3.html
                                          494

-------
energy  savings and  reduce greenhouse gases.127 One  of the  program's primary vehicles for
achieving these results is the Presidential Green Chemistry Challenge, with its associated awards.
Businesses and academic  non-profit institutions compete for recognition  in  five categories
annually and EPA routinely receives more than 100 nominations for these five awards.

While recognizing the top Green Chemistry innovations is important, in FY 2013, the Green
Chemistry  Program  will  accentuate its existing program by  seeking  to  amplify the  total
innovation (represented by all the nominations  - past and present) through partnerships  with
other federal  agencies that manage  assistance programs for  enterprise  development  and
incubation. The Green Chemistry program will  collaborate with federal partners who  provide
business and enterprise  assistance (such as  intellectual  property management, access to capital,
technology-driven market intelligence, and  manufacturing innovation) to develop an integrated
and  leveraged  model of enterprise assistance  and market  penetration for green chemistry
innovation.  The goal is to push new commercially successful  chemistries  and technologies
toward  achieving greater market penetration, thus further improving the environmental and
human  health  outcomes.  With  several hundred Green Chemistry Challenge  awardees  and
nominees from  recent years, there is a substantial pool of potential opportunities for realizing this
goal.

For more information, see http://www.epa.gov/opptintr/greenchemistry/.

EPA is proposing to allocate $1,407.0/6.4 FTE to this work area in FY 2013.

Design for the Environment

The  Design for the Environment (DfE) Program works in partnership with  a  broad range  of
stakeholders to reduce chemical  risks to people  and the  environment by  promoting the
development and  assessment of safer alternatives. The program provides hazard information on
potential substitutes  for priority chemicals and assists companies in making  product design
improvements that will help reduce risks. DfE convenes partners, including representatives  from
industry and   environmental  groups,  to   evaluate the human health  and   environmental
considerations,  performance and cost of traditional  and alternative technologies, materials and
processes.  As  incentives  for  participating  in the  program and driving  change, DfE offers
technical tools, methodologies, and expertise. This  is especially important to small businesses
that do not have the broad range of scientific and technical expertise needed to conduct a hazard
assessment.  DfE also allows companies making products that  are safer for the  environment to
communicate their leadership to customers through the use of a DfE logo. The EPA's  DfE
program helped companies  reduce  or eliminate the use of more than 650 million pounds  of
hazardous chemicals in calendar year 2010 alone.128

In FY 2013, DfE will expand its Safer Product Labeling program, which differentiates products
that are safer for people and the environment. The program currently allows approximately 500
different manufacturers  the use of its logo on more than 2,700 cleaning and other products that
are safer than similar products currently on the market. DfE has finalized enhancements to its
127 http://www.epa.gov/gcc/pubs/pgcc/technologv.htmltfrenewableResources
128 http://www.epa.gov/dfe/product label consumer.html#consumers
                                           495

-------
Standard for Safer Products - the criteria for determining which products can bear the DfE logo
- that will require ingredient disclosure,  sustainable packaging and limits on volatile organic
compounds in addition to the stringent requirements that currently apply addressing a wide range
of toxicological and environmental endpoints.

This program area also includes the Green Engineering (GE) program which provides leadership
in the development of sustainability  engineering  education materials and incorporation  of
environmentally beneficial approaches and tools such as life-cycle assessment, risk-based tools
and advanced design  techniques in engineering education.  In FY 2013, the GE program will
continue its  efforts to maximize  adoption  of its educational  materials, including two new
textbooks, by colleges and universities.

The GE program also works with industry to reduce the environmental footprints of industrial
processes through implementation of green engineering approaches and tools. In FY 2013, the
program will continue to work with the  pharmaceutical sector and selected other industrial
sectors to extend the useful life of solvents used as chemical manufacturing and formulation aids.
This work has been strengthened by recent  revisions to the EPA's Definition of Solid Waste
(DSW) Rule under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, which have facilitated increase
reuse of solvents in a number of manufacturing sectors.

For more information, please visit http://www.epa.gov/dfe/ and
http://www.epa.gov/opptintr/greenengineering/.

EPA is proposing to allocate $2,407.0/10.4 FTE to this work area in FY 2013.

Partnership for Sustainable Healthcare  (PSH)

This voluntary program, formerly known as Hospitals for a Healthy  Environment (H2E), will
continue to coordinate  agency work  that improves the  environmental performance  of the
healthcare sector by providing technical expertise to the Partnership for Sustainable Healthcare
(PSH), an  independent  non-profit organization with more than 1,250  hospital  partners, and
facilitating cooperative working relationships with  other programs such  as Energy Star, Green
Suppliers Network,  and EPEAT. Also,  PSH is participating in EPA rulemaking workgroups in
the area  of pharmaceutical  waste  management. In  FY 2013, EPA, through  the PSH program,
expects to  start  up  new  GSN- or  E3-related efforts and promote the  use  of additional safer
products in the health care sector.

For more information, please visit http://www.epa.gov/p2/pubs/psh.htm.

EPA is proposing to allocate $184.0/1.2  FTE to this work area in FY 2013.

Pollution Prevention Technical Assistance

As directed by the Pollution Prevention  Act, the P2 program devotes considerable effort towards
assisting industry (primarily small and medium sized businesses), government and the public in
implementing pollution prevention solutions to chemical risk and other environmental protection
                                          496

-------
challenges. The EPA  provides  this technical  assistance in part through Source  Reduction
Assistance (SRA) grants issued annually on a competitive basis. SRA grants support pollution
prevention solutions resulting in energy and water conservation, reduction of greenhouse gases,
and a wide variety of reductions in the use of hazardous materials  and generation of other
pollutants. In FY 2011, the EPA awarded 23 grants for a total of approximately $1.2 million and
a similar number is expected to be awarded in 2012. In FY 2013, EPA expects to award 20 to 30
grants, ranging between $10 thousand and $100 thousand.

The EPA also provides P2 technical assistance  directly through its ten regional offices, which
conduct  a wide  array of P2  activities that  contribute results towards the P2  program's
performance  goals. This work includes:  diesel  emission  reductions on road,  rail  and at ports
through outreach  and training; promotion of green  chemistry  principles to secondary  schools
through webinars and  education  opportunities  that aim  to  reduce  or eliminate use of toxic
chemicals; providing energy  efficiency  training for wastewater treatment plants that includes
energy assessments and best practices; and "Lean and the  Environment" technical assistance for
local businesses resulting in emissions reductions,  waste diversion, and  increased economic
viability.

In FY 2013, the EPA will leverage expertise from other EPA programs to enhance new pollution
prevention education and outreach resources and create mechanisms to ensure their use. Through
an intra-agency working group, each program office will disseminate educational resources and
information to the public. Other outreach activities include community training through issuance
of grants, innovative awards, and collaboration  with national environmental organizations.  The
purpose of these activities will be to ensure that the American public  is educated about pollution
prevention.

Lastly, the EPA supports provision of P2 technical assistance by supporting state and tribal P2
programs and the Pollution  Prevention Information  Network (PPIN) under the companion
Categorical Grants: Pollution Prevention Program. The PPIN includes the Pollution Prevention
Resource Exchange through, which in FY 2013, the EPA is proposing to  house an  interactive
website that builds a community of practice interested in  reducing the environmental impact of
professional sports. The EPA also is planning to advance P2 technical assistance in FY 2013 by
providing an on-line,  one stop  shop  of environmental  information for sports  teams/venue
representatives. These efforts will pilot doing business differently to improve services, leverage
resources, and increase sustainability opportunities for stakeholders.

EPA is proposing to allocate $5,271.0/24.5 FTE to this work area in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(P25) Percent increased in use of safer chemicals
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
No
Target
Est.
60.1
FY 2012
7

FY 2013
7

Units
Percent

                                          497

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(262) Gallons of water reduced through pollution prevention.
FY 2006
0.329
2.27
FY 2007
1.79
1.75
FY 2008
1.64
21.18
FY 2009
1.79
4.67
FY 2010
26.2
29.8
FY 2011
28.6
Data
Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
27.8

FY 2013
24.8

Units
Gallons
(Billions)

Measure
Target
Actual
(263) Business, institutional and government costs reduced through pollution
prevention.
FY 2006
38.2
282.7
FY 2007
44.3
282.7
FY 2008
45.9
227.2
FY 2009
130
276.5
FY 2010
1,060
935.6
FY2011
1,042
Data
Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
847

FY 2013
738

Units
Dollars
Saved
(Millions)

Measure
Target
Actual
(264) Pounds of hazardous materials reduced through pollution ]
FY 2006
401
394
FY 2007
414
386.1
FY 2008
429
469.8
FY 2009
494
605.6
FY 2010
1,625
1,383.7
FY 2011
1,549
Data
Avail
10/2012
jrevention.
FY 2012
1,064

FY 2013
1,030

Units
Pounds
(Millions)

Measure
Target
Actual
(297) Metric Tons of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent (MTCO2e) reduced or offset
through pollution prevention.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
2
1.618
FY 2010
5.9
3.45
FY 2011
5.7
Data
Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
6.8

FY 2013
4.2

Units
MTCO2e
(Millions)

The P2 program aggregates results from all of the programs described above within a transparent
and consistent measurement framework focused on five common measures:

   •   Reduced use of hazardous materials;
   •   Reduced use of water;
   •   Reduced emission of greenhouse gasses;
   •   Reduced costs to businesses, governments and institutions; and
   •   Increased use of safer products.

In the case of the  first four of these measures, performance  targets and results  reflect  a
combination  of new results  produced with the  support  of  each year's  appropriations  plus
"recurring results - results  produced in prior  year's that continue delivering  environmental
benefits over multiple years. Based on feedback from the EPA's Science Advisory Board, the P2
program began  counting  recurring results  in  FY  2010  for an  appropriate and  reasonable
                                          498

-------
timeframe (specific to each  of the program's results-generating activities) to realize fully the
ongoing benefits of program activities. The recurring results component reaches a plateau when
an old recurring year drops off for every new recurring year being added. If recent prior results
are greater than older prior results dropping off, the recurring result component in a given year
could go up even if the new annual results came down. Thus, in a given year, it is theoretically
possible  to have net higher results  on a lower budget.  However,  such a trend could  not be
sustained for long.

In 2010, the most recent year for which data are available, the P2 program reduced 1,384 million
pounds of hazardous materials, saved $935.6 million dollars, conserved 29.8 billion gallons of
water and reduced greenhouse gas  emissions by  3.45 million metric tons of carbon  dioxide
equivalents (MMTCO2E). In 2013, the program has set targets to reduce  1,030 billion pounds of
hazardous materials, save $738  million dollars, conserve 24.8 billion gallons of water,  and
reduce 4.18 million metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalents.

The Design for the Environment (DfE) chemicals of concern efficiency measure and the Federal
Electronics Challenge (FEC) efficiency measure ended  in  2010  and 2011 respectively. Both
measures were eliminated once the programs were able to reach optimal efficiency in each area.

In FY 2012, the EPA began tracking the percent increase in the use of safer chemicals from the
2009  baseline of 476 million gallons. The EPA expects to achieve a 7% increase in FY 2013,
contributing to achievement of the P2 Program's commitment in the EPA's new Strategic Plan to
increase the use of safer chemicals by 40% by 2015.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$174.0) This increase reflects the recalculation  of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$514.07-3.5  FTE) This reduction in FTEs and  payroll is offset by increases in contract
       and grant funding to enable the program to  make continued  progress through the
       Economy, Energy and Environment (E3) Initiative in working with manufacturers to help
       improve their operational and  energy efficiencies  and,  through the  Design  for the
       Environment  (DfE) program, to add new sector products that  are differentiated with
       labels indicating  that they are safer  for  people and  the environment. The  reduced
       resources include 3.5 FTE and associated payroll of $514.0.

    •   (+$589.0) This increase offsets reductions in FTE and payroll  to enable the program to
       make continued progress through the Economy, Energy  and Environment (E3) Initiative
       in working with manufacturers to help improve  their operational and energy efficiencies
       by increasing training opportunities for  companies, increase the development  of new
       manufacturing standards for additional electronic sectors under the EPEAT component of
       the EPP program,  provide for increased numbers of grants through the Source Reduction
       Assistance grants under the P2 Technical Assistance program and, through the Design for
       the Environment (DfE) program, add new sectors products that are differentiated with
       labels indicating that they are safer for people and the environment.
                                          499

-------
   •   (+$250.0) This increase  is to provide resources to integrate environmental outreach
       activities through an intra-agency workgroup to create educational resources and training
       to  disseminate information to the public about pollution prevention and other critical
       environmental issues.  These environmental outreach activities will support EPA's core
       mission to expand the conversation on environmentalism.

Statutory Authority:

Pollution Prevention Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. et seq. - Sections 6601-6610; Toxic Substances
Control Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C. 2601  et seq. - Section 10.
                                          500

-------
                                          Toxic Substances: Chemical Risk Management
                                         Program Area: Toxics Risk Review and Prevention
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                     Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$6,868.6
$6,868.6
39.1
FY 2012
Enacted
$6,032.0
$6,032.0
32.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$3,739.0
$3,739.0
20.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($2,293.0)
($2,293.0)
-12.5
Program Project Description:

The Chemical Risk Management (CRM) program supports national efforts aimed at mitigating
chemical  risk  and exposure  through reductions  in use  and safe removal,  disposal,  and
containment of certain prevalent, high-risk chemicals - known generally  as legacy chemicals.
Some of these chemicals were widely used in commerce and introduced into the environment
before their risks were known. In FY 2013, the CRM Program will focus on ensuring proper use
of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), limiting exposures to PCBs in schools and other buildings,
and encouraging the use of non-mercury products both domestically and through international
mercury use reduction partnerships.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)

In FY 2013, the EPA will be reducing the PCB program activities within the CRM program in
order to focus efforts  on other environmental priorities. It will focus PCB efforts  on reducing
potential risks from exposure to PCBs found  in caulk129 and fluorescent light ballasts.130 These
materials were used in  some schools and other buildings from  the 1950s through the 1970s and
may contain PCBs that could pose risks to exposed children and adults over time. To minimize
any potential health risks, the EPA will continue to provide school administrators and building
managers with  information and recommendations about managing PCBs in  caulk and ballasts
together with tools to help avoid or minimize human exposure. The PCBs program reduction will
impact guidance on light ballasts and building caulk containing PCBs in schools, as well as the
program's ability  to provide direction  to school administrators and other building managers in
determining how  to respond to the presence of PCBs in their facilities. The Agency also will
assist communities as well as building and facility managers in identifying potential problems
and,  if necessary, will  assist with the development of plans for PCB testing and removal. The
EPA  also will  update  existing guidance for  school administrators and building managers as
research on cost-effective remediation and abatement measures is completed.
  http://www.epa.gov/pcbsincaulk/
  'http://www.epa.gov/epawaste/hazard/tsd/pcbs/pubs/ballasts.htm.
                                          501

-------
Please see the Chemical Risk Review and Reduction (CRRR) program for information on EPA's
work on reviewing existing authorizations for specific uses of PCBs.

Mercury

Within the CRM program, the EPA's work in FY 2013  to reduce mercury risks will focus on
actions to facilitate use of non-mercury thermometers in  industrial settings and on continuation
of international mercury partnerships to promote voluntary reductions in mercury use.

Specifically, the Agency  will continue working in collaboration with the National  Institute for
Standards and Technology (NIST) and the American Petroleum Institute to field test the use of
non-mercury thermometers in the petroleum sector. In addition, EPA will  continue to work with
ASTM to update test methods to allow for the use of alternatives to mercury measuring devices.

The Agency will  continue to support voluntary global reductions in the use of mercury through
existing international partnerships formed  under auspices of the United  Nations Environment
Programme (UNEP). International action to reduce mercury will benefit U.S. citizens because
the majority of the mercury deposition within our borders originates abroad. In FY 2013,  the
Agency will  continue to implement a range  of partnerships  to address  the  use, storage, and
disposal of mercury in developing countries, including partnerships to address mercury products
and the storage  and supply  of mercury. Particular emphasis  will be placed on reductions of
mercury  use  in health care  settings and schools and the development  of options for proper
mercury  waste storage in those  institutions.  The program  will continue to  track mercury
reductions  from the UNEP mercury  partnerships and build from successful pilots  and lessons
learned from these projects. For more information, please  see http://www.epa.gov/mercury/.

Please see the Chemical Risk Review and Reduction (CRRR) program for information on EPA's
work on developing regulations to  control  mercury use in  switches, relays, and measuring
devices.

Asbestos/Fibers

In FY  2013, the EPA will be eliminating the fibers program. However, some parts of the fibers
program are administered in  some states; and EPA will continue to encourage additional states to
implement programs that  meet the federal requirements for accrediting trainers (11 states do not
yet meet this  requirement). State requests to implement the asbestos in schools rule will require
formal EPA delegation before taking effect (38 states have not been delegated to administer the
asbestos  in schools rule). EPA's worker protection rule  applies in 25 states that do not have
OSHA-approved health and  safety plans. EPA also will continue to use existing information in
responding to asbestos inquiries received  by the TSCA Hotline.  EPA will provide asbestos-
related grants to 12 states in  FY 2013 to do inspections on behalf of EPA and forward violations
to EPA for follow-up.
                                          502

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports EPA's objective to manage risks from well-known chemicals.
There are no specific performance measures for this program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$100.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$2,393.07-12.5 FTE) This decrease reflects  elimination of the fibers program activities
       and a reduction to PCBs program activities. EPA has devoted considerable  resources to
       both PCB & fibers over many years implementing a framework aimed at mitigating those
       threats and must at this time redirect asbestos resources to other environmental priorities
       and reduce resources  allocated  to  PCBs. The PCBs  program reduction  will impact
       guidance on light ballasts and building caulk containing PCBs in schools, as well as the
       program's ability  to provide direction to  school administrators and  other  building
       managers in determining how to respond to the presence of PCBs in their facilities. The
       reduced resources include 12.5 FTE and associated payroll of $1,701.0.

Statutory Authority:

Pollution Prevention Act  of 1990, 42 U.S.C. et seq. - Sections 6601-6610; Toxic Substances
Control Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq. - Section 10.
                                          503

-------
                                             Toxic Substances: Lead Risk Reduction Program
                                              Program Area: Toxics Risk Review and Prevention
                                Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                            Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                      (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$14,140.9
$14,140.9
83.4
FY 2012
Enacted
$13,798.0
$13,798.0
84.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$14,698.0
$14,698.0
85.8
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$900.0
$900.0
1.0
Program Project Description:

Recent data  show significant progress  in the continuing  effort to  eliminate childhood lead
poisoning as a public health concern. The EPA has historically measured progress by tracking
reductions  in the number  of children with elevated blood lead levels  of 10 micrograms per
deciliter or higher. Data released in 2010 by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC) indicate that the incidence of childhood blood lead levels at or exceeding  10 micrograms
per deciliter has  declined from approximately 1.6 percent of children in  2002 to 0.9 percent  of
children through  2006, the most recent  time frame for  which the CDC data  are capable  of
supporting a statistically reliable estimate due to the extremely low number of children with
blood lead levels of 10 micrograms per  deciliter or higher in subsequent sampling periods.131
These results, together with other recent data,132  suggest that the federal government's goal  of
eliminating  the  incidence  childhood  blood lead  concentrations  at that level  by 2010 has
essentially been achieved.133

Results of recent studies, however,  indicate  adverse health effects to  children at extremely low
blood levels, below 10 micrograms per deciliter.134 In response to this new information and the
fact that approximately 38 million homes in the U.S.  have  lead-based paint,135 the EPA is now
targeting reductions  in the number of children  with blood lead levels of 5 micrograms per
131 Federal Interagency Forum on Child and Family Statistics America's Children: Key National Indicators of Well-Being, 2011
http://www.childstats.gov/americaschildren/phenviro4.asp.
132 For example, the median blood lead concentration for children ages 1-5 dropped from about 15 ug/dL in 1976-1980 to about
1 ug/dL in 2005-2008. (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2008). America's children and the environment. Measure Bl:
Lead in the blood of children, available at http: //www. epa. go v/envirohealth/children/bodv burdens/b 1 - graph, html. )
133 "President's Task Force on Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks to Children"
http://www.cdc.gov/nceh/lead/about/fedstrategy2000.pdf
134 U.S.EPA. Air Quality Criteria for Lead (September 29, 2006)
http://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/CFM/recordisplav.cfm?deid=l 58823
Rogan WJ, Ware JH. Exposure to lead in children - how low is low enough? N Engl J Med.2003;348(16): 1515-1516
http://www.precaution.org/lib/rogan.nejm.20030417.pdf
Lanphear BP, Homung R, Khoury J, et al. Low-level environmental lead exposure and children's intellectual function: an
international pooled analysis. Environ Health Perspect. 2005; 113(7): 894-899
http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.go v/articlerender.fcgi?doi=10.1289/ehp.7688
135 Jacobs, D.E.; Clickner, R.P.; Zhou, J.Y.; Viet, S.M.; Marker, D.A.; Rogers, J.W.; Zeldin, B.C.; Broene, P.; and Friedman, W.
(2002). The prevalence of lead-based paint hazard in U.S. housing. Environmental Health Perspectives, 110(10): A599-A606
                                               504

-------
deciliter or higher. The lead program also tracks the disparities in blood lead levels between low-
income children and non-low-income children. The program uses these performance measures to
track progress toward eliminating childhood lead poisoning in vulnerable populations.

EPA's Lead Risk Reduction  program contributes to the goal of eliminating childhood lead
poisoning by:

    •  Establishing standards governing lead hazard  identification and abatement practices and
       maintaining a national pool of professionals trained and  certified to implement those
       standards;

    •  Providing information to housing occupants so they can make informed decisions and
       take actions about lead hazards in their homes; and

    •  Establishing a national pool of certified firms and individuals who are trained to carry out
       renovation and repair and painting projects while adhering  to the lead-safe work practice
       standards and to minimize lead dust hazards created in the course of such projects.

For more information, please see http://www.epa.gov/lead.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, EPA plans to continue implementing the lead-based  paint abatement program and
the Renovation, Repair,  and Painting  (RRP)  Rule;  work to fulfill a federal  court settlement
agreement to issue a  final  rule for renovations on the  exteriors  of public  and  commercial
buildings  by February 15, 2014; determine whether renovations  on the interior of public and
commercial buildings; create lead-based paint hazards and, if so, issue a proposed rule regulating
these renovations; begin  updating the residential dust  lead hazard standard, as needed; and
continue providing education and outreach on the hazards of lead and lead-based paint and on
EPA's lead rules.

Information on state and tribal grants for implementation of lead programs is presented in the
Categorical  Grant: Lead budget justification narrative.

Revise and Implement the Renovation, Repair, and Painting (RRP)  Rule

In FY 2013, EPA will continue to implement the Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) Rule to
address lead hazards created by renovation, repair, and  painting activities in homes and child-
occupied facilities.136 Through calendar year 2011, twelve states have been authorized to enforce
and administer this program. In the remaining non-authorized states, tribes, and territories, EPA
continues to accredit training providers, track training class notifications (i.e., classes scheduled,
classes cancelled and renovators certified),  and certify renovation  firms. EPA also will assist in
the development and review  of state and tribal applications  for authorization to administer
training and certification programs, provide information to renovators and homeowners, provide
oversight  and guidance to all authorized  programs, and  disseminate model training courses for
136 http://www.epa.gov/lead/pubs/faq2.htm
                                           505

-------
lead-safe work practices. Through calendar year 2011, EPA has accredited 600 training providers
and more than 116,900 renovation firms have been certified.

Shortly after its promulgation, several petitions were filed challenging the RRP rule. On August
24, 2009, EPA signed an agreement with  environmental and children's health advocacy groups
in settlement  of their  petitions.137 The agreement  called for the Agency to undertake  two
rulemakings to  revise  certain  provisions of  the RRP rule  and two additional rulemakings,
including an Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPR), to address work in public and
commercial buildings not covered by the RRP  rule. The first two rules - known as the "Opt Out
Rule" and "Clearance Rule" — have been issued.138 In FY 2013, EPA will continue work on the
two remaining rules covering public and commercial buildings:

   •    "Exterior Rule": As noted  in the Settlement Agreement, the Agency anticipates issuing
       an NPRM to  establish  work practice  requirements for renovations on the exterior of
       public  and commercial  buildings other than  child-occupied facilities by June 15, 2012
       with final action on the Exterior NPRM by February 15, 2014. In FY 2013,  the Agency
       will  be responding to  public comments  on the  NPRM and conducting the  analysis
       necessary to take final action by that date.

   •    "Interior Rule": The Agency consulted with the EPA Science Advisory Board (SAB) on
       a risk  assessment  methodology to evaluate the  hazards posed by renovations in the
       interior of public and commercial  buildings not covered by the final RRP  rule. In FY
       2013, the Agency  will  evaluate the  results  of  the SAB  review  and conduct additional
       analysis necessary  to  determine whether it is necessary to issue proposed work practice
       requirements for this category of renovations.

Revisit the Lead Dust Standard and Definition of Lead-Based Paint

On August 10, 2009, EPA received a petition  requesting the Agency to lower lead  dust hazard
standards and  to modify the definition of  lead-based paint in its regulations promulgated under
Sections 401 and 403  of the Toxic Substances Control  Act (TSCA).  EPA responded to the
petition on October 22, 2009, agreeing to revisit the current lead dust hazards  standard and to
work with  the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) to reconsider the
definition of lead-based paint in its regulations.139 In FY 2013, the Agency will continue analysis
in support of the dust lead hazard standards rulemaking and work with HUD to  determine if the
definition of lead-based paint should be modified.
137 "Lead; Amendment to the Opt-out and Recordkeeping Provisions in the Renovation, Repair, and Painting Program: Lead,
Final Rule." Federal Register 74 (28 October 2009): 55506-55524. Print.
http://www.epa.gov/fedrgstr/EPA-TOX/2009/October/Dav-28/t25986.pdf

138 http://epa.gov/lead/pubs/regulation.htm
139 http://www.epa.gov/opptintr/chemtest/pubs/petitions.html
                                           506

-------
Provide Education & Outreach

In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to provide education and outreach to the public on the
hazards of lead-contaminated paint, emphasizing compliance assistance and outreach to support
implementation of the RRP rule and to increase public awareness about preventing childhood
lead poisoning.

Particular attention will  be devoted to educating low-income communities on lead hazards in
support of the program's goal to reduce disparities in blood lead levels between low-income
children and other children. Finally, EPA will continue to provide support to the National Lead
Information Center (NLIC) to disseminate information to the public through a telephone hotline
and in electronic form.
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(008) Percent of children (aged 1-5 years) with blood lead levels (>5 ug/dl).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
3.5
Data
Avail
11/2012
FY2011
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY
2012
1.5

FY 2013
No Target
Established

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(009) Cumulative number of certified Renovation Repair and Painting firms
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
100,000
59,143
FY 2011
100,000
114,834
FY 2012
140,000

FY 2013
152,000

Units
Firms

Measure
Target
Actual
(10D) Percent difference in the geometric mean blood level in low-income children 1-5
years old as compared to the geometric mean for non-low income children 1-5 years
old.
FY 2006
29
35.6
FY 2007
No
Target
Establis
hed
Biennial
FY 2008
29
23.5
FY 2009
No
Target
Establis
hed
Biennial
FY 2010
28
Data
Avail
10/2012
FY 2011
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY
2012
13

FY 2013
No Target
Established

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(10A) Annual percentage of lead-based paint certification and refund applications
that require less than 20 days of EPA effort to process.
FY 2006


FY 2007
90
92
FY 2008
91
91
FY 2009
92
92
FY 2010
92
96
FY 2011
92
95
FY 2012
95

FY 2013
95

Units
Percent

                                          507

-------
Nationally, lead-based paint exposure from deteriorated paint or renovation, repair and painting
activities is the single largest source of lead poisoning. However, recent studies indicate adverse
health effects to children at  blood lead levels lower than previously recognized.  EPA  is now
targeting reductions in the number  of children with blood lead levels of 5 micrograms per
deciliter or higher.

EPA will work towards reducing the percentage of children with blood lead levels above 5 ug/dL
to 1.5 percent. Data are collected from the Centers for Disease  Control and Prevention's (CDC)
National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES). NHANES is recognized as the
primary database in the United States for national blood lead statistics.

The Lead Program also tracks the disparities in blood lead levels between low-income children
and non-low-income children.  The program uses  this performance measure to track progress
toward eliminating childhood lead poisoning in vulnerable populations. EPA's long-term goal, as
reflected  in the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan, is to close the gap between the geometric
mean blood lead levels  among low  income children  versus non-low-income  children,  from a
baseline percentage difference of 43.6 percent (1999-2002) to a difference of 10 percent by FY
2015, with an interim target for FY 2012 of 13 percent. According to the NHANES data, an
overall downward  trend with some  variation has been observed with recent data showing a
percent difference of 35.6 percent from 2003-2006 and 23.4 percent from 2005-2008.

In FY 2010, the Lead program introduced a supporting output measure that tracks the number of
firms certified in Renovation, Repair and Painting activities. This measure will not be subject to
the data lags of the biomonitoring measures described above.  It  shows the total programmatic
impact as the number of firms certified. EPA's goal is to increase the number  of certified firms
from zero in FY 2009 to 152,000 in FY 2013.

The  Lead program's annual efficiency measure tracks  improvements in  processing time for
certification  applications  for  lead-based  paint  professionals and for  refund  applications.
Certification work  represents a significant portion of the lead budget and overall efficiencies in
management of certification activities will result in numerous opportunities to improve program
management effectiveness. Since 2004, the percent of certification applications processed under
20 days has increased from 77 to 92 percent, with most recent progress in FY 2011 at 95 percent.
The FY 2013 targets sustain this high level of achievement.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$164.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base  workforce costs and a  cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$736.07+1.0 FTE) This reflects an increase to improve the EPA's  ability to implement
       the Lead Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) rule, which took effect April 22, 2010,
       and to fulfill a federal court settlement agreement  and  an Agency response to a TSCA
       citizen's petition binding  the EPA to undertake  several additional Lead rulemaking
       actions. The additional  resources will  enable the EPA to keep pace in  its rulemaking
       actions being conducted under the court settlement and to increase efforts to inform the
                                          508

-------
       public  of the  need to use  trained and  certified  RRP contractors when  conducting
       renovation projects in the presence of lead-based paint. This increase includes 1.0 FTE
       and associated payroll  of $141.0.

Statutory Authority:

Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq. - Sections 401-412.
                                          509

-------
Program Area: Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)
                       510

-------
                                                                             LUST / UST
                                   Program Area: Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)
                     Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                  Objective(s): Preserve Land; Restore Land

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$11,622.7
$13,926.8
$25,549.5
120.6
FY 2012
Enacted
$12,846.0
$11,962.0
$24,808.0
132.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$12,283.0
$11,490.0
$23,773.0
130.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($563.0)
($472.0)
($1,035.0)
-2.0
Program Project Description:

These  funds support EPA staff and extramural expenses used  for preventing releases  from
underground storage tanks (USTs). The EPA works with state140, tribal and inter-agency partners
to prevent releases from USTs from occurring, thereby reducing cleanup costs while protecting
human health  and the environment. Potential  adverse effects from the use of contaminants of
concern such as benzene, methyl-tertiary-butyl-ether (MTBE),  alcohols, or lead scavengers in
gasoline and the concurrent cost associated with cleaning up these contaminants underscore the
emphasis on promoting compliance with UST requirements141.

As of September 30, 2011, there were approximately 590,000 federally-regulated active USTs at
approximately 212,000 sites across the country,  which are regulated by the UST technical
regulations,  and of these active tanks, 70.9 percent were in significant operational compliance
with both the release prevention and leak detection requirements142. This means that almost 30
percent of tanks were not in compliance and a considerable amount of work remains. Preventing
petroleum releases into the environment has been one of the primary goals of the Underground
Storage Tank  (UST) program since its  inception.  The EPA and  its partners have made major
progress  in  reducing the number  of new releases, but thousands of new releases  are still
discovered each year. A main  cause of these  releases is  the  lack  of proper operation and
maintenance of UST systems, which is why the EPA proposed revisions to the UST regulations
in FY 2012 that address these and other important issues143.

The  EPA provides  national support and guidance to  the UST  program  and  oversight of
associated state and tribal grant funding to ensure performance goals are achieved.
140 States as referenced here also include Territories as described in the definition of "State" in the Solid Waste Disposal Act.
141 See Statutory Authority section.
142 See definition of significant operational compliance http://www.epa.gov/oust/cat/PMDefinitions.pdf
143
  See http://www.gpo.gov/fdsvs/pkg/FR-2011-11-18/pdf/201 l-29293.pdf
                                           511

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

A primary focus of the UST program in FY2013 will be to maintain efforts to meet the statutory
mandate for EPA or the states to inspect every  tank at least  once  every three  years, and to
implement other leak prevention requirements such as operator  training, prohibition of delivery
for non-complying facilities, and secondary containment  or financial  responsibility for tank
manufacturers and installers.144

Any changes that result from a final rule145 will  require subsequent state adoption, applicable
updates to state regulations, and updates to state program approval once implemented.

In FY 2013, the EPA will work closely with its partners to continue core program priorities to
bring UST systems  into compliance and keep them in compliance. These activities include
continuing to support core development and implementation of state and tribal UST programs;
assisting states in conducting inspections, providing training to  promote and enforce violations
discovered during the inspections;  and assisting other  federal  agencies to improve  their
compliance at UST facilities. The EPA will also provide technical and compliance assistance and
expert consultation to its partners in the states, tribes and other agencies on both policy and
technical matters to  strengthen the network of its federal,  state and local partners,  specifically
communities and  vulnerable populations. The EPA will  provide training opportunities  and
assistance tools to better prepare UST inspectors and better inform UST owners.

The EPA is working to strengthen its efforts to  ensure the effectiveness of required financial
assurance mechanisms,146 and to create incentives  for improved  compliance by tank  owners and
operators. In FY2013, EPA will continue to work toward better ensuring compliance with these
requirements through  a workgroup  of  EPA, state  and  other interested  stakeholders.  This
workgroup is tasked to improve the effectiveness of the two most  common financial assurance
mechanisms in the tanks program, insurance  and  state funds, as well as other  mechanisms that
the workgroup finds to be important.

The EPA has the primary responsibility to implement the UST program in Indian country and to
maintain information on USTs  located in Indian country. Most tribes do not have independent
programmatic resources. Thus, the EPA's role is critical in implementing the UST prevention
and compliance program in Indian country.

To  ensure an  effective and safe transition to  alternative fuels  and  to  identify potentially
widespread and avoidable environmental and health impacts, the EPA will continue to work with
states and tribes  to assess and ensure UST compatibility  with alternative fuels.  This issue is
particularly important given  the EPA's approval of additional ethanol mixtures, such as El5 for
use in certain vehicles, which will result in certain petroleum retailers storing El5  and/or E85 in
144 For more information on these and other activities please refer to http://www.epa. gov/oust/fedlaws/epact 05.htm.
145 See footnote 3
146 ,
 ' See http://www.epa.gov/oust/fedlaws/280 h.pdf
                                           512

-------
their USTs.147 In FY 2013, the EPA will focus resources on responding to the increased use of
biofuels by assessing and ensuring biofuel compatibility148.

Additionally, there are many petroleum brownfields sites that are predominately old gas  stations
that blight the environmental and economic health of surrounding neighborhoods. EPA works to
enable communities to bring formerly contaminated properties into productive use. While the
UST program and the Brownfields program jointly focus attention and resources on the  cleanup
and reuse of petroleum-contaminated  brownfield sites, the UST program provides technical
expertise on petroleum-specific brownfields efforts. The UST program contributes to area-wide
planning approaches that can help communities revitalize areas that include petroleum sites. For
the last few years, EPA has been implementing  a petroleum brownfield three-year action plan
produced in 2008. Update and implementation of a revised three-year action plan  is a program
priority in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results in Categorical Grant: Underground
Storage Tanks Program  Project and can be found in the Performance Eight Year Array in Tab
11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$273.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-$836.0  / -0.6 FTE) This  change reflects both a decrease in EPA FTE and $81.0 in
       associated payroll and a  decrease  in  extramural  funding that provides  grants  to
       organizations who support states and tribes with training and other technical assistance
       and development.

Statutory Authority:

Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Energy Policy  Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.  -
Section 8001 and Sections 9001 -9011.
147 Ethanol fuel mixtures have "E" numbers which describe the percentage of ethanol in the mixture by volume, for example, E85
is 85% anhydrous ethanol and 15% gasoline.
148 See compatibility requirement at 40 CFR 280.32
                                           513

-------
Program Area: Water: Ecosystems
              514

-------
                                          National Estuary Program / Coastal Waterways
                                                         Program Area: Water: Ecosystems
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$31,528.9
$31,528.9
44.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$27,014.0
$27,014.0
48.6
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$27,304.0
$27,304.0
48.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$290.0
$290.0
0.1
Program Project Description:

The  goal of the National  Estuary/Coastal  Waterways program is to restore  the physical,
chemical, and biological integrity of estuaries of national significance and coastal watersheds by
protecting and restoring water quality and living resources.149 Major project efforts include:

   •   Aligning National Estuary Program (NEP)/Coastal Waterways policy with Executive
       Order 13547 that directs federal agencies to assume stewardship responsibility for our
       nation's  ocean,  our coasts,  and the  Great Lakes; integrating  the  National Estuary
       Program/Coastal  Waterways program  into  the EPA's implementation  of  the  Nine
       National Priority Objectives of the  National Ocean Policy, a new framework for all
       Federal  agencies to work together  to  protect  ocean  resources; and  maintaining and
       forming  partnerships with  other federal agencies responsible for implementing the
       National Policy;150

   •   Supporting  the  28   National   Estuary   Programs'   continued   implementation  of
       Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans as well as implementation of Clean
       Water Act core programs in their estuarine watersheds;

   •   Monitoring  and assessing coastal  water  quality conditions in the  estuary  and the
       associated upstream waters  of the  estuary to be addressed  by  the Comprehensive
       Conservation and Management  Plans, results of which are  described in the  National
       Coastal  Condition Reports;

   •   Identifying  healthy  and  impaired  watershed  components,   including   significant
       impairments that are outside the  area addressed by the Comprehensive Conservation and
       Management Plans  that  could affect the water  quality and  ecological integrity of the
       estuary; and

   •   Supporting enhancement of the National Estuary Programs' capacity to develop and
       implement climate change adaptation strategies.
149 For more information, visit http ://www. epa. gov/owow/estuaries.
150 For more information visit http://www.whitehouse.gov/administration/eop/ceq/initiatives/oceans. The nine National Priority
Objectives are on page 6.
                                           515

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Estuarine and  coastal waters are among the most environmentally and economically valuable
natural resource in the nation. Resources in FY 2013 will support: (1) continued implementation
of the National Policy for the Stewardship of the Ocean, Coasts, and Great Lakes; (2) the EPA's
goal of protecting estuaries of national significance and other estuarine/coastal watersheds; and
(3) protecting and restoring additional acres of habitat in National Estuary Program study areas
covered by each National Estuary Program's  Comprehensive Conservation Management Plan.
This work will be undertaken in partnership with states, tribes, coastal communities, and other
partners.

The National Estuary Program

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue support of the National Estuary Program by providing $16.8
million in Clean Water Act Section 320 grants for the 28 NEPs ($600 thousand per NEP). This
flagship watershed protection program will help address continuing and emerging threats to the
nation's  estuarine  resources.   The EPA  will  continue  support  of NEP  Comprehensive
Conservation and Management Plan implementation as well as implementation of Clean  Water
Act core  programs. Specifically, the EPA's activities include:

    •   Supporting the 28 NEPs' continued  efforts to exercise local and regional leadership by
       targeting protection and restoration of estuarine resources and promoting  environmental
       sustainability, including sustainable land practices, through Comprehensive Conservation
       and Management Plan implementation. The EPA oversight  of NEP Comprehensive
       Conservation and Management Plan implementation includes the ongoing review of the
       NEPs'  environmental programs, projects, and  results, and  of the NEP  leveraging of
       partner resources; and

    •   Supporting efforts to achieve the EPA's goal of protecting and restoring 100 thousand
       additional acres of habitat in FY 2013, and promoting alignment of NEP restoration goals
       with those of federal, Tribal, state, regional,  and local agencies. Since 2002, over one
       million acres of habitat have been protected or restored within National Estuary Program
       study areas.

The effects of climate change,  such as  rising sea  levels, changes in precipitation patterns,
increases in  intensity  of and  damage  from  storms,  and  changes in  commercially-and
ecologically-significant species' distribution, as well as the impacts of coastal development, are a
growing  concern in U.S. coastal watersheds. The EPA will  continue working with our NEP and
non-NEP partners  to  identify, develop, and  promote  strategies aimed at: (1)  improving the
resilience  of  coastal  watershed communities  and  ecosystems  and (2)  enhancing   those
communities' capacity to adapt to emerging climate change impacts.

The program will continue implementing its enhanced NEP data reporting and tracking system.
The system tracks progress in NEP efforts to meet ambitious annual and long-term habitat
protection and  restoration targets.
                                          516

-------
Coastal Monitoring and Assessment

In FY 2013, the program will lead the effort to strengthen knowledge of our coasts and oceans by
monitoring and  assessing the nation's  coastal waters.  Along  with federal, state,  and local
partners, the EPA will continue to track and report on coastal waters' health and progress toward
meeting NEP/Coastal Watershed  strategic targets by issuing future editions of a National Coastal
Condition Report,  supporting efforts to monitor and assess U.S.  coastal waters, and developing
additional indicators of coastal ecosystem health. The National Coastal Condition Report is the
only statistically-significant  measure  of coastal  water quality  that covers  both national  and
regional scales.  The National Coastal Condition Report includes  indicators covering coastal
water quality, sediment quality, benthic condition, coastal habitat, and fish tissue contamination.
The  fourth National  Coastal Condition Report, based largely  on the  EPA's Research  and
Development Program's National Coastal Assessment's data from 2003-2006, is expected to be
released in FY 2012.

Information on  coastal  ecological conditions, generated by the National  Coastal  Condition
Report, can be used by resource managers  to efficiently and effectively target water quality
actions and manage those actions to maximize benefits. The National Coastal Condition Report
is based on data gathered by various federal, state, and local  sources using a probability design
that allows extrapolation to represent all coastal waters of a state, region, and the entire U.S.

Other Coastal Watersheds

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue other  coastal watershed work,  including:

   •   National Ocean Policy: The EPA will support the implementation of the Nine National
       Priority Objectives of the National  Ocean Policy, with a particular focus on the Water
       Quality and Sustainable Practices on Land, Climate Change and Ocean Acidification and
       Ecosystem Based Management Priority Objectives.

   •   Large Aquatic Ecosystems:  The EPA will  foster  collaboration  among the Agency's
       ecosystem-based efforts, such as  the Chesapeake Bay and the Great Lakes,  and national
       water  programs with  the goal of  improving the  health  of the nation's large aquatic
       ecosystems and strengthening  links among these programs  and  to  the national  water
       programs. These coordination activities complement  resources  in other programs for
       individual ecosystems (e.g. Great  Lakes, Long Island Sound, Puget Sound, and  San
       Francisco Bay).

   •   Climate Ready Estuaries:  The EPA will continue to strengthen the capacity of NEPs and
       other coastal watershed entities to lead coastal communities' adaptation to the impacts of
       climate change. The agency will provide technical assistance to the NEPs as they: (1)
       develop  and  implement "Climate-Ready  Estuary" models  assessing  watersheds'
       vulnerabilities  to climate  change; (2)  develop  and implement climate adaptation
       strategies; (3)  engage and educate  stakeholders about climate change impacts in their
       coastal areas; and (4) share lessons learned with other  coastal managers. The agency also
       will help promote increased resilience among NEPs and  enhance the climate adaptation
                                          517

-------
       capacity of NEPs and other coastal watershed communities through partnerships with
       other  federal agencies.  The partnerships  will provide tools,  training,  and scientific
       expertise to  communities working to build their capacity to prepare for and manage
       climate change impacts.

   •   Gulf Hypoxia: The EPA's role in implementing the Action Plan for Reducing, Mitigating,
       and Controlling Hypoxia in the Northern Gulf of Mexico will not only require overall
       leadership in coordinating activities among federal and state agencies, but also places the
       EPA in the lead role for actions in the plan. A key goal is to improve water quality in the
       Mississippi River Basin and the Gulf of Mexico by implementing approaches to reduce
       nitrogen and phosphorus pollution into the Basin  and to the Gulf. Effective nutrient
       reduction in the Gulf will be coordinated with other Hypoxia Task Force agencies (e.g.
       U.S. Department of Agriculture and U.S. Geological Survey) in high priority watersheds.
       Resources in this program are particularly focused on support for the Gulf Hypoxia Task
       Force  and complement  other  coordination  and  implementation resources  in the
       Geographic Program: Gulf of Mexico and Surface Water Protection Program.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(202) Acres protected or restored in National Estuary Program study areas.
FY 2006
25,000
140,033
FY 2007
50,000
102,462.9
FY 2008
50,000
83,490
FY 2009
100,000
125,410
FY 2010
100,000
89,985
FY 2011
100,000
62,213
FY 2012
100,000

FY 2013
100,000

Units
Acres

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$162.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$15.0 / +0.1 FTE) This increase provides additional resources to enhance
       estuarine/coastal watersheds support. The additional resources include 0.1 FTE and
       associated payroll of $15.0.

    •   (+$113.0) This increase reflects support for protecting and enhancing water quality and
       living resources in estuaries and coastal watersheds.

Statutory Authority:

1990  Great Lakes Critical Programs Act;  2002 Great Lakes and Lake Champlain Act; Clean
Water Act; Estuaries and Clean Waters Act of 2000; Protection and Restoration Act of 1990;
North American Wetlands Conservation  Act;  Water Resources Development Act;  1909  The
Boundary Waters Treaty; 1987 Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement; 1987 Montreal Protocol
on  Ozone Depleting Substances;  1996 Habitat Agenda;  1997 Canada-U.S. Great Lakes Bi-
national Toxics Strategy; Coastal Wetlands Planning; U.S.-Canada Agreements.
                                          518

-------
                                                                               Wetlands
                                                         Program Area: Water: Ecosystems
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$28,297.6
$28,297.6
168.1
FY 2012
Enacted
$21,160.0
$21,160.0
162.5
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$27,685.0
$27,685.0
161.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$6,525.0
$6,525.0
-0.6
Program Project Description:

The  Environmental Protection  Agency's  Wetlands Protection Program is  divided  into two
programmatic areas: the Clean Water Act  Section 404 regulatory program and the state, tribal,
and local government program, which includes a focus on wetland scientific, outreach, financial
support, and coordination efforts. Both areas  rely on authorities established under the Clean
Water Act intended to ensure effective, scientifically based, and coordinated efforts to protect the
nation's water resources. The Wetlands Program operates under the broad national goal of "no
net loss" of wetlands in the  Section 404  regulatory program and also  works to increase the
quality  and quantity  of wetlands nationwide. Major activities  of  the Wetlands Protection
Program include development and dissemination of guidance, information, and scientific tools to
improve management and public understanding of wetland  programs and legal requirements;
review of Section 404 permit applications submitted by the  U.S. Army  Corps of Engineers or
authorized  states; and management of financial assistance to support  development of state and
tribal wetland protection programs under the Clean Water Act.

Wetlands  provide numerous functions that are  critical to the nation's public  health and
environmental integrity.  They improve water quality; recharge water supplies, including public
drinking water; provide  many recreational  opportunities, including hunting and fishing; reduce
flood risks;  provide fish and wildlife habitat; and support valuable recreational and commercial
fishing and  shellfish industries.  The EPA's Wetlands Protection Program relies on partnerships
with other  programs within the EPA and with other  federal agencies;  state, tribal, and  local
governments; private landowners; and the  general public to improve protection of our nation's
valuable wetland resources. Working with  our partners, the EPA works to provide a consistent
and effective national approach to wetlands protection.

FY 2013 Activities and  Performance Plan:

Improve Clean Water Act Review of Surface Coal Mining: Beginning in FY 2009, the  EPA
significantly enhanced collaboration with the Department of the Interior and the Army Corps of
Engineers to implement  a Memorandum of Understanding to reduce the harmful environmental
consequences of Appalachian surface coal mining operations.  In October 2011, the United States
District Court for the District of Columbia set aside the Enhanced  Coordination Procedures
                                          519

-------
developed by the EPA and the Department of the Army to review 79 pending permit applications
associated with Appalachian surface coal mining discharges. In response to the Court's decision,
the EPA and the Corps have ceased using the Enhanced Coordination Procedures pending
potential appeal.

Consistent with the Clean Water Act and existing regulations and memoranda, the EPA will
continue in FY 2013 to collaborate with the Army Corps of Engineers, as appropriate, to review
proposed discharges of dredged or fill material pursuant to Clean  Water Act Section 404. It is
through this  regular  interaction  that  both the EPA and the Army Corps of Engineers  work
together most effectively to  share information,  identify  issues  of concern,  and   reach
environmentally responsible permit outcomes. This results in more timely reviews and allows
projects which meet the requirements of the law and minimize avoidable delays to proceed. The
EPA also continues to coordinate with other EPA and state programs, including the Section 402
permitting, Section 303 water quality  standards,  and Section 401 water quality certification
programs, to assure more effective and coordinated review of new  surface coal mining projects.
The request reflects EPA's continuous analysis of program priorities and needs in light of current
program levels and supports the full range of wetlands protection activities. Full funding of the
program will  enable the Agency to  assist the  Corps of Engineers and permit  applicants in
reviewing proposed  projects,  identifying  environmental concerns, minimizing  impacts, and
working together toward timely and defensible permit decisions that meet the requirements of
the law.

The EPA also will work to  strengthen the scientific basis for Section 404  permit reviews,
including efforts to work with companies, the Corps, and States to  encourage mine designs that
result in lower impacts to aquatic resources and water quality. The Agency also will work to
develop and disseminate improved technical information regarding the environmental and public
health effects of pollutants from mining-related discharges to waters  of the U.S. Based on its
review  in 2010 of existing  regulatory authorities and  procedures,  the EPA will improve
interagency  coordination  and  collaboration  and  strengthen watershed-scale  and  cumulative
impact  assessment of proposed  surface coal  mines. The agency  also will work to promote
rigorous analysis of  these  operations  under  the National  Environmental  Policy Act and
Environmental  Justice  Executive Order 12898  in  order  to   better  reduce  the harmful
environmental consequences of proposed surface coal mining projects.

Improve Efforts to  Compensate for  Unavoidable Wetlands  Impacts:  In FY  2013,  the
Agency, working with  the Army Corps  of Engineers  and other partners, will continue  to
implement the joint Army Corps of Engineers-EPA Compensatory Mitigation Rule finalized in
FY 2008, which was designed to: (1) improve the effectiveness of compensatory mitigation to
replace lost aquatic resource functions and area; (2) expand public participation in compensatory
mitigation decision making; and  (3) increase the efficiency and predictability of the mitigation
project review process. The EPA's primary goal is to avoid or minimize aquatic resource losses.
Where unavoidable losses of functions through restoration and enhancement must occur,  the
EPA promotes using a watershed approach and flexible tools such as mitigation banking to help
offset lost aquatic resource functions. The  EPA will place greater  emphasis on assessment and
monitoring of aquatic resource function, in order to develop  functionally based  crediting and
debiting protocols and achieve ecological performance standards at compensation sites. The EPA
                                          520

-------
will continue to focus on wetland and stream corridor restoration to regain lost aquatic resources.
In addition, the EPA and the Army Corps of Engineers will provide technical training in targeted
regions, in addition to providing our annual training course on mitigation banking and in-lieu fee
programs for interagency review teams.

Strengthen State and Tribal Wetlands Program Efforts: In FY 2013, the EPA will work with
its state and tribal  partners to strengthen their wetland programs in the areas of monitoring and
assessment, voluntary restoration and protection, regulatory programs (including Clean Water
Act Section 401 certification), and wetland water quality standards. The Agency will assist states
and tribes to develop and implement broad-based  and integrated monitoring  and  assessment
programs that improve wetland data for decision-making on wetlands within watersheds, address
significant stressors,  report on conditions, and geo-locate wetlands on the landscape. In addition,
the EPA will continue to work with states and tribes interested in assuming administration of the
Clean Water Act Section 404 program and approve state programs consistent with the Section
404 program requirements. In support of state and tribal  wetland  programs, the  EPA will
continue to administer Wetland Program Development Grants under Clean Water Act 104(b)(3),
with a focus  in FY 2013 on working more efficiently with states and  tribes to achieve specific
program development outcomes, and providing targeted technical assistance to states and tribes.
The EPA is encouraging states and tribes to prepare wetland program plans to prioritize capacity-
building activities. The EPA also works in partnership with non-governmental organizations and
state,  tribal,  and local agencies to conserve and restore wetlands and other  waters through
watershed planning  approaches, voluntary and incentive-based  programs,  improved  scientific
methods, information and education, and building the capacity of state and local programs.151

Continue the National Wetland Condition Assessment:  The National  Wetland  Condition
Assessment  is one of a series  of National Aquatic Resource Surveys  designed  to  assess the
condition  of  our nation's waters while advancing state capacity to monitor and assess aquatic
resources. Development  of the  National Wetland  Condition Assessment  builds on  the
accomplishments of  the U.S. Fish and Wildlife  Service and their production of  national reports
on status and trends  in wetland acreage. When taken together, the National Wetland Condition
Assessment and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Wetland Status and Trends results will, over
time, be used to measure progress toward attainment of the national goal to increase the quantity
and quality  of the nation's wetlands. The National Wetland Condition Assessment will  be
published in FY 2014 and will represent the first ever statistically valid comprehensive survey of
national wetland condition.

Clarify Scope of Clean Water Act Protections for Waters of the U.S.: Another key activity in
FY 2013 will be the  EPA's continued work, in coordination with the Army Corps  of Engineers,
to clarify the geographic scope of waters protected under the Clean Water Act. Over the past
decade, interpretations of Supreme Court rulings have removed some critical waters from federal
protection and have caused confusion about which waters and wetlands are  protected from
pollution.  The EPA and the Army Corps  of Engineers are exploring opportunities  for providing
additional  clarity  that  are  consistent  with the  Clean  Water Act and  court  decisions;
understandable, predictable, and fair; and protect waters important for public health, water
151 For more information, visit http://www.epa.gov/owow/wetlands/ or http://www.cfda.gov.
                                           521

-------
quality, and the environment. On a day-to-day basis, the EPA will continue to assist the Army
Corps of Engineers in jurisdictional determinations, including site visits.

Lead Interagency Team to Study and Address  Coastal Wetlands Loss: The EPA leads an
Interagency collaboration with other federal agencies, including U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, the United States Department of Agriculture,
United  States  Geological  Survey, the Army  Corps  of Engineers, and Federal Highway
Administration, to better understand  the factors contributing  to wetland  losses and  identify
actions that could reduce or reverse trends in coastal wetland loss. In FY 2013, the EPA will use
the Agency's wetland  program resources and authorities to improve coastal wetland resource
protection  and  restoration collaboration with other agencies.  The Gulf of Mexico also will
remain  an  area of emphasis and  attention, in  light of documented wetland losses. Although
wetland acreage is increasing nationally, wetlands in coastal watersheds are declining. The U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service reports the loss of 84.1  thousand acres of coastal wetlands between
2004 and 2009.152 This  is a concern because wetlands are nurseries for many fish and shellfish of
commercial and recreational importance and play key roles as storm buffers and floodwater
storage.

Strengthen Wetlands  Information: In FY 2013, the EPA will work with our federal partners to
increase development of data and information for the digital Wetlands Data Layer in the National
Spatial Data Inventory. This baseline data is essential for local, state, tribal,  regional and federal
agencies so they  can better  manage and conserve wetlands in the face of challenges posed by
climate change  and other stressors.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(4E) In partnership with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, states, and tribes,
achieve no net loss of wetlands each year under the Clean Water Act Section 404
regulatory program.
FY 2006
No Net
Loss
Data Not
Available
FY 2007
No Net
Loss
Data Not
Available
FY 2008
No Net
Loss
Data Not
Available
FY 2009
No Net
Loss
No Net
Loss
FY 2010
No Net
Loss
No Net
Loss
FY 2011
No Net
Loss
No Net
Loss
FY 2012
No Net
Loss

FY 2013
No Net
Loss

Units
Acres

Measure
Target
Actual
(4G) Number of acres restored and improved under the 5-Star, NEP, 319, and great
water body programs (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
75,000
82,875
FY 2009
88,000
103,507
FY 2010
110,000
130,000
FY 2011
150,000
154,000
FY 2012
170,000

FY 2013
180,000

Units
Acres

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •    (+$664.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.
152 Status and Trends of Wetlands in the Conterminous United States 2004 to 2009, available at:
http://www.fws.gov/wetlands/StatusAndTrends/index.html.
                                           522

-------
   •   (-$82.0 /  -0.6 FTE) This  reduction  reflects reduced  support  for  development  and
       implementation of the Wetlands Program. The reduced  resources include 0.6 FTE and
       associated payroll of $82.0.

   •   (+$5,943.0) The  request reflects  EPA's continuous analysis of program priorities  and
       needs in light of current program levels and will allow the EPA to maintain progress and
       regain momentum on high priority activities constrained  in 2012. Funds will support the
       EPA's  implementation  of core Clean Water Act responsibilities under Section 404,
       including timely  review of Section 404 permits, science reviews needed for defensible
       permits and support for  state efforts to  establish and implement effective wetlands
       protection programs.

Statutory Authority:

1990 Great Lakes Critical Programs Act; Great Lakes and Lake Champlain Act; Clean Water
Act; Coastal Wetlands Planning, Restoration and Restoration Act of 2002; Estuaries and Clean
Waters  Act of  2000; North  American Wetlands  Conservation Act;  Wetlands  Resources
Development Act; 1909 The Boundary Waters Treaty; Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement of
1978; 1996 Habitat Agenda; 1997 Canada-U.S. Great Lakes Bi-national Toxics Strategy; U.S.-
Canada Agreements.
                                          523

-------
Program Area: Water: Human Health Protection
                    524

-------
                                                                   Beach / Fish Programs
                                             Program Area: Water: Human Health Protection
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                                                        Objective(s): Protect Human Health
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$2,896.2
$2,896.2
7.8
FY 2012
Enacted
$2,552.0
$2,552.0
7.5
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$702.0
$702.0
3.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,850.0)
($1,850.0)
-3.6
Program Project Description:

These programs support the Agency's efforts to protect people from health risks from swimming
in contaminated recreational waters and eating contaminated fish  and shellfish.  Recreational
waters,  especially  beaches  in coastal areas  and  the  Great  Lakes, provide  recreational
opportunities for millions of Americans. However, swimming in some recreational waters, or
eating locally caught fish  or shellfish, can pose  a risk of illness  as a result of exposure to
microbial pathogens, mercury, or other pollutants.

Beach Program:
The Beach Program has protected human health by reducing exposure in coastal and Great Lakes
recreational waters to fecal pathogens or pathogen indicators. Agency activities have included: 1)
issuing guidance to improve state beach monitoring and public notification  programs, including
effective strategies  to  communicate public health risks  to  the public;  2) developing  and
disseminating sound scientific risk assessment methods  and criteria for use in  evaluating
recreational water quality, prioritizing beach waters for monitoring, and notifying beach users of
health  risks  or closure of beaches;  and 3)  providing  publicly accessible  Internet-based
information about local beach monitoring and notification activities.153

Fish Contamination Program:
The Fish Contamination Program includes fish  advisories and fish tissue contamination studies.
The  Fish Advisory Program  provides sound science, guidance,  technical assistance,  and
nationwide information to state, tribal, and federal agencies on the human health risks associated
with eating locally caught fish with contaminants at levels of concern.  The  Agency pursues the
following activities to support this program: 1) publishing criteria guidance that states and tribes
can use to adopt health-based water quality standards, assess their waters, and establish permit
limits; 2) developing and  disseminating sound scientific risk assessment methodologies  and
guidance that states and tribes can use to sample, analyze, and assess fish tissue in support of
waterbody-specific  or regional consumption  advisories, or  to determine that no consumption
advice is necessary; 3) developing and disseminating  guidance that states and tribes can use to
communicate the risks of consuming chemically contaminated  fish; and 4) gathering, analyzing,
 ' For more information, visit http: //water, epa. go v/tvpe/oceb/beaches/.
                                           525

-------
and disseminating information to the public and health professionals that inform decisions on
when and where to fish and how to prepare fish caught for recreation and subsistence.

Mercury contamination in fish and shellfish is a special concern and the EPA and Food and Drug
Administration  issued  a  joint advisory  concerning  eating  fish  and  shellfish. Mercury
contamination of fish and shellfish occurs  locally as well as in ocean-caught  fish. At higher
levels, it causes adverse health effects, especially in developing fetuses and young children.

The  fish tissue contaminant studies  sample  and  analyze fish tissue in different types of
waterbodies -  in fish caught and consumed  by recreational and  subsistence fishers -  for
chemicals that  are of concern  for human  health. The program tracks the concentrations of
persistent, bio-accumulative, and toxic compounds (PBTs) that are known to be present in U.S.
waters. The studies also  are a surveillance tool  for detecting contaminants of emerging concern
(CECs),  such as Pharmaceuticals, polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs), and perfluorinated
compounds (PFC). Agency activities include:  1) designing and implementing  independent or
collaborative  statistically-representative human  health fish tissue studies; 2) analyzing data and
preparing reports; and 3) disseminating reports and data that help to inform the public (especially
recreational  and subsistence  fishers)  and the  states, where  states  might decide to conduct
additional monitoring to determine if fish have contamination levels  that warrant issuing a fish
consumption advisory.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Beach Program:
   •   To help meet the fiscal challenges of FY 2013, the EPA has  reviewed its programs for
       areas  where  any potential  efficiencies  and  streamlining can  yield  savings  and  is
       eliminating the Beach Program. Over the course of the  Beach Program, the EPA has
       provided important guidance and significant funding which successfully supported  states
       and local governments in establishing their own programs. These state programs now
       have the technical expertise  and procedures to continue beach monitoring without federal
       support.

Fish Contamination Program:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to:

   •   Address total blood mercury concentrations through collaboration and redirection of
       ongoing work, where possible, to  the Food and Drug Administration on joint guidance
       issued to the public and encourage and  support the states' implementation of their Fish
       Advisory Programs;

   •   Update science and public  policy to assess and manage the  risks and benefits of fish
       consumption,  including updating national guidance for assessing the safety of consuming
       recreationally and subsistence caught seafood; and
                                          526

-------
       Provide technical support to  states  in  the  operation  of their monitoring programs,
       determining  acceptable  levels  of contaminant  concentrations,  and  developing and
       managing fish advisories.
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(fsl) Percent of women of childbearing age having mercury levels in blood above the
level of concern.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
5.5
Data
Unavailable
FY
2009
5.2
2.8
FY 2010
5.1
Data
Unavailable
FY
2011
4.9
FY 2012
4.9
Data
Unavailable
FY 2013
4.9

Units
Percent
Women

As a result of this disinvestment, the Agency will no longer be able to support the following
performance measures:

   •   SS-1:  Number of waterborne disease outbreaks  attributable to  swimming in or other
       recreational contact with coastal and Great Lakes waters measured as a 5-year average.

   •   SS-2:  Percent of days of beach season that coastal and Great Lakes beaches, monitored
       by State beach safety programs, are open and safe for swimming.

In addition, the Agency's Environmental Justice Strategies will need to be revised to reflect the
diminished scope of the fish advisory program.

EPA also will deactivate the IT systems associated with these activities and archive the historical
data from these systems.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$2.0) This decrease reflects the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs
       and a cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-$544.0 / -3.6 FTE) This decrease reflects a reduction to the Fish Advisory Program. The
       EPA will not be able to maintain  the  National Listing of Fish Advisories (NLFA)
       database and  report on the amount  of rivers  and lakes that have fish advisories. The
       Agency will redirect ongoing work, where possible, to the Food and Drug Administration
       on joint guidance issued to the public and also will encourage  and support the states'
       implementation of their Fish Advisory Programs. The reduced resources include 3.6 FTE
       and associated payroll of $544.0.

   •   (-$1,304.0) This reduction reflects the elimination of the Beach Program. The Agency is
       proposing to eliminate certain mature program activities that are well-established, well-
       understood, and where there is the possibility  of maintaining some of the human health
       benefits through implementation at the local level.
                                          527

-------
Statutory Authority:

Clean Water Act; Beaches Environmental Assessment and Coastal Health Act of 2000; 33
U.S.C. 1313.
                                         528

-------
                                                                Drinking Water Programs
                                             Program Area: Water: Human Health Protection
                                                          Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                                                        Objective(s): Protect Human Health
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$104,689.8
$3,724.2
$108,414.0
566.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$98,547.0
$3,782.0
$102,329.0
583.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$104,613.0
$3,639.0
$108,252.0
581.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$6,066.0
($143.0)
$5,923.0
-1.5
Program Project Description:

The EPA's Drinking Water Program is based on a multiple-barrier approach to protect public
health from unsafe drinking water. Under this approach, the EPA protects public health through:
(1) source water assessment  and protection programs; (2)  promulgation of new or revised,
scientifically sound National Primary Drinking  Water Regulations;  (3) training,  technical
assistance, environmental outreach and financial assistance programs to enhance public water
systems' capacity to comply with existing and new regulations; (4) underground injection control
programs; (5) and the implementation of National Primary Drinking Water Regulations by state
and tribal drinking water programs through regulatory, non-regulatory, and voluntary programs
and policies to ensure safe drinking water.154

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Safe drinking water is critical to  protecting human health. More than 300 million Americans rely
on the safety of tap water provided by public water systems that are subject to national drinking
water standards.155 In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to protect sources of drinking water from
contamination  by:  (1)  developing new and revising existing  drinking  water  standards;  (2)
supporting states, tribes, and water systems in implementing standards; (3) promoting sustainable
management of drinking water infrastructure;  and (4)  implementing the underground injection
control program. For FY 2013, the Agency's goal is that 92 percent of the population  served by
community water systems will  receive drinking water that  meets all applicable health-based
standards. Since FY 2008, the Agency has  met or surpassed its community water system goals.
In FY 2011, 93.2  percent of the population  served by community water  systems (CWSs)
received drinking water meeting all applicable health-based drinking water standards, surpassing
that year's performance target  of 91 percent.  In  addition, CWSs in FY 2011  provided  safe
drinking water  97.4 percent of person months (all persons served by community water systems
times 12 months), surpassing the performance target of 95 percent.
154 For more information, please see http://www.epa.gov/safewater and https://www.cfda.gov for more information.
155 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS/FED),
http://water.epa.gov/scitech/datait/databases/drink/sdwisfed/index.cfm.
                                           529

-------
As part of the Administrator's priority to protect America's waters, the Agency will continue to
implement the Drinking Water Strategy in FY 2013.156 The Strategy is the EPA's approach to
expand public health protection for drinking water. In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to use
the input provided by stakeholders in FY 2011 and FY 2012 to identify better ways to:

   •   Address contaminants in groups rather than one at a time to accelerate advancement of
       drinking water protection;

   •   Foster development of new innovations in drinking water technologies (especially those
       applicable  to  small systems)  to address  health  risks posed by  a broad  array  of
       contaminants;

   •   Use the authority of multiple statutes to help protect drinking water; and

   •   Partner with the states to share more complete data from monitoring at public water
       systems (PWSs).

Drinking Water Implementation

In FY 2013,  the Agency will  continue to work with states to implement requirements for risk-
based  rules  to  ensure  that  systems install  appropriate  levels  of  treatment.  These include
requirements  to  protect against Cryptosporidium (Long-Term  2 Enhanced Surface Water
Treatment Rule  or "LT2"), to control disinfection byproducts (Stage 2 Disinfectants  and
Disinfection  Byproducts Rule or "Stage 2"), and  to ensure quality  water from groundwater
sources (Ground Water Rule). The EPA will  assist states in implementing public water system
health requirements for drinking water contaminants, including those  addressed by the Arsenic
Rule and the Lead and Copper Rule.

While most small systems consistently provide safe, reliable drinking water to their customers,
many small systems face a number of challenges in their ability to achieve and maintain system
sustainability. These challenges include: aging infrastructure, increased regulatory requirements,
workforce shortages/high-turnover,  increasing  costs,  and  declining  rate  bases. Difficulties
achieving compliance are reflected in recent performance trends. For example, in FY 2011, 81.2
percent of the Indian Country population served by CWSs received drinking water that met all
applicable health-based standards, missing the performance  target of 87 percent. The EPA will
continue  to implement its  small systems approach to  help these systems, which includes the
following principles: (1) every person served  by a PWS should receive safe drinking water; (2)
provide small systems a hand-up and not a hand-out; (3) employ a variety of strategies to address
the full spectrum of needs; (4) ensure long-term sustainability of small systems; and (5) target
assistance to those small systems that are most in need.

The EPA, in concert with the states and other stakeholders, will focus on rule compliance and
system sustainability to ensure clean and safe  water. This will be accomplished by working with
the  states  to  improve their capacity  development and  operator certification  programs  and
156 For more information, please see http://water.epa.gov/lawsregs/rulesregs/sdwa/dwstrategv/index.cfm for additional
information.
                                           530

-------
continuing to partner with the United States Department of Agriculture's (USDA) Rural Utilities
Service to  promote  water and wastewater  system  sustainability,  water  sector  workforce
opportunities in rural America, and coordinate infrastructure funding, as appropriate. The EPA
also will  further  promote  water system  partnerships,  including  voluntary restructuring or
combining of  systems  unable to provide the  necessary  technical,  managerial,  or financial
resources to achieve compliance and long-term sustainability.

The EPA will continue work, initiated in FY 2012, to replace obsolete and expensive-to-maintain
drinking water information  system technology.  The Agency  is requesting an increase of $1.2
million to upgrade the EPA's  Safe Drinking Water Information System/Federal (SDWIS/Fed).
These funds will:

    •   Support efficient sharing of drinking water data between states and the Agency;

    •   Enable  states to  more  effectively and efficiently allocate  resources  and  technical
       assistance to  systems in non-compliance  and most in need, including  those serving less
       than 10 thousand people;

    •   Reduce the EPA's total cost of system ownership;

    •   Decrease costs that states currently have to maintain individual data systems so they can
       utilize those funds to support systems; and

    •   Enable  faster implementation  of drinking  water  rules and  provide tools  to ensure
       consistent determinations for compliance with drinking water rules.

In addition,  the EPA will be able to develop the capability to post more drinking water data on
the Internet. This increased transparency will instill confidence that America's drinking water
meets  stringent EPA standards and is safe for  public consumption. The investment also  will
allow  for better  targeting of  federal  and state funding  and  technical  assistance  resources.
Specifically, the EPA will be able to review data related to existing drinking water regulations
with reduced burden  on its regulatory partners.

Also,  a companion  increase  in  Public  Water  System  Supervision  Grant  Program  (PWSS)
resources  is requested  to replace the  EPA developed,  state-operated  Safe Drinking Water
Information System  (SDWIS/State) with a new  and more efficient  system. The EPA estimates
that replacing SDWIS/Fed and SDWIS/State will  save $15 million over 10  years. These  cost
efficiencies  and system improvements will  enable states to acquire data more quickly and more
easily  target resources to programs in non-compliance. Specific activities associated with the
state funding are described in the PWSS state grant narrative of the budget.

The EPA also will continue the following activities in order to facilitate compliance with rules:

  •  Support  states  in their efforts  to  assist small systems  in attaining and maintaining the
     technical, managerial, and financial capacity to consistently meet regulatory requirements
     and  achieve  long-term  sustainability through  the use of  cost-effective  treatment
                                           531

-------
     technologies, proper disposal of treatment residuals, and  compliance with contaminant
     requirements,  including monitoring  under the arsenic and radionuclide rules  and rules
     controlling microbial pathogens and disinfection byproducts;

  •  Oversee  the national  Public Water System  Supervision  (PWSS)  program  efforts by
     establishing priorities, developing guidance, measuring program results, and administering
     the PWSS Grants;

  •  Directly implement the Aircraft Drinking Water Rule, which affects over 5,000 aircraft;

  •  Carry out the Drinking Water Program where the EPA has primacy (e.g., Wyoming, the
     District of  Columbia, and  tribal  lands)  and where states have not yet adopted  new
     regulations;

  •  Provide  guidance,  training  (including webcasts and  on-line  training), and technical
     assistance to states,  tribes, laboratories, and  utilities on the implementation of drinking
     water regulations, especially  the Ground Water Rule and the Lead and Copper Rule, and
     begin to provide guidance and technical assistance to implement the newly Revised Total
     Coliform Rule. The EPA also will work with states to promote  best practices related to the
     operation and maintenance  of small systems in support of long-term  compliance with
     existing regulations;

  •  Provide training and technical assistance to  states  and to water systems  that need to
     increase their treatment to comply with Stage 2  and LT2.  Compliance with new health-
     based requirements for water  systems serving at least  50,000 people under LT2 and Stage 2
     begins March 31, 2012 and continues through October 1, 2012;

  •  Work with  other programs,  through an intra-agency  workgroup, to create educational
     resources to disseminate information  to the  public  and increase transparency about
     America's drinking water standards,  pollution runoff, and improving water quality. Other
     outreach activities include community training  through issuance of grants,  innovative
     awards, and collaboration with national environmental organizations.  These resources will
     be available to  educate the  public  about water  quality  issues  and  support EPA's  core
     mission to expand the conversation on environmentalism; and

  •  Develop technical guidance  and  other follow-up activities related to the Revised Total
     Coliform Rule, which the Agency plans to promulgate in 2012.

Drinking Water Standards

To assure the American  people that their  water is safe  to drink,  the EPA's  drinking water
regulatory program monitors for a broad array of contaminants, evaluates whether contaminants
are of public  health  concern,  and regulates, where needed. As part of  the Drinking Water
Strategy, the Agency will continue to focus on regulating groups of drinking water contaminants
to more effectively address potential risks. In addition, the EPA will expand its communication
                                           532

-------
with states, tribes, and communities, thereby improving confidence in the quality of drinking
water.

The Agency will  continue to assess the available information on health effects and occurrence
data in drinking water to determine which Contaminant Candidate List (CCL 3) contaminants
have sufficient information to make a determination whether to regulate the contaminant under
SDWA. SDWA requires the Agency to make regulatory determinations on at least five CCL
contaminants every five years in addition to reviewing existing rules every six years. To meet
this statutory requirement, the EPA expects to make preliminary  determinations for at least five
CCL 3  contaminants in  2012 and, after taking public comment,  will make final  regulatory
determinations in  2013. If the Agency identifies any contaminant(s) for regulation, the EPA will
start any proposed regulation in 2013 to meet the SDWA requirement that the EPA must propose
the regulation(s) within 24 months after making the final regulatory determination. The Agency
also will  continue  to evaluate  and  address drinking water risks  through other activities  to
implement the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) including:

  •  Proposing a regulation, in 2013, to  address  a group of carcinogenic  volatile organic
     compounds  (cVOCs)  as  part of  the  Drinking Water  Strategy  announced  by the
     Administrator  in  March  2010.  This  group  will   include  tetrachloroethylene  and
     trichloroethylene, which were  announced as  candidates for revised regulations  in the
     Agency's second Six Year Review. The group also may include additional regulated and
     unregulated  cVOCs. EPA will  propose a regulation to address these contaminants as a
     group rather than individually in order to provide public health protection more quickly and
     also  allow utilities to more effectively and efficiently plan for improvements;

  •  Proposing a  perchlorate regulation in 2013, evaluating public comments on the proposed
     perchlorate regulation, analyzing new information provided by commenters, and beginning
     to prepare the final perchlorate regulation for promulgation;

  •  Developing revisions to the Lead and Copper Rule. Input has been sought through expert
     panels, public workshops, Agency work groups, and other stakeholder meetings, as well as
     the peer reviewed scientific literature. In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to evaluate the
     long-term  issues identified in the national review of the  revised Lead and Copper Rule with
     an expectation to publish proposed revisions to the Lead and Copper Rule in 2014;

  •  Developing  the fourth Contaminant Candidate List (CCL 4) of unregulated contaminants
     with the greatest potential to  occur  in  public  water systems and  which may require
     regulation due to the potential for human  health concerns. The EPA expects to publish the
     proposed CCL 4 in 2013 and the final CCL 4 in 2014;

  •  Continuing,  under the  SDWA requirement,  to review each  existing national primary
     drinking water regulation (NPDWR) no less than every six years (Six-Year Review) and
     revise the NPDWR(s),  if appropriate. The EPA will continue to identify those NPDWRs
     for which current health effects assessments,  changes  in technology,  and/or other  factors
     provide a  health or technical  basis to  support a regulatory revision that  will maintain  or
                                          533

-------
     strengthen public health  protection.  The EPA expects to complete the third Six-Year
     Review in 2016; and

  •  Collaborating with stakeholders to better understand water quality issues in distribution
     systems.

In accordance  with the EPA's  Final  Plan for Periodic Retrospective  Review of Existing
Regulations, the Agency will: (1) Review the Lead and Copper Rule to seek ways to simplify
and clarify requirements imposed on drinking water systems to maintain safe levels of lead and
copper in drinking water; (2) Review the Consumer Confidence Report (CCR) Rule and issue
technical guidance on alternative methods for CCR delivery; and (3) Review the Long-Term 2
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule by  assessing  and analyzing new data/information
regarding occurrence, treatment,  analytical methods, health  effects and risk from all  relevant
waterborne pathogens to evaluate whether there are new or additional ways to manage risk while
assuring equivalent or improved public health protection.

Sustainable Infrastructure and Sustainable Systems

With the aging of the nation's infrastructure and a growing need for investment, the drinking
water  and wastewater sectors face a  significant  challenge to maintain  and  advance the
achievements attained in protecting  public health and the environment. The EPA's water and
wastewater sustainability efforts are  designed to promote  more effective management of water
utilities in order to continuously improve their performance and achieve  long-term sustainability
in their infrastructure, operations,  and other facets of their business.

The EPA will continue to encourage  drinking water utilities to be sustainable through successful
business  practices by  providing funding,  technical  assistance,  and  training including the
following:

  •  Providing states with funds, through the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF)
     capitalization grants, for low-interest loans to assist utilities with financing drinking water
     infrastructure needs. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to work in concert with the states
     to ensure federal financial assistance supports utility compliance with SDWA standards and
     achieves public health protection objectives of SDWA. The EPA also will work with states,
     tribes, and utilities to promote technical, financial,  and managerial capacity as a critical
     means to meet infrastructure needs, to further enhance system performance and efficiency,
     and to ensure compliance;

  •  Continuing to provide effective  oversight of the DWSRF funds;

  •  Partnering with states and utility associations as part of the Agency's Clean Water and Safe
     Drinking Water Infrastructure Sustainability Policy to promote upfront planning processes
     to help ensure that projects are environmentally and financially  sustainable,  as well as
     partnership   relationships  between  more  capable  and  less capable utilities,   where
     appropriate;
                                           534

-------
  •  Continuing to partner with states to leverage capacity development programs to facilitate
     the voluntary adoption of sustainable practices by drinking water utilities including asset
     management programs,  water and energy  efficiency,  and  source  water  protection
     approaches to manage water resources; and

  •  Continuing to work with  states, other federal agencies, and stakeholders to address operator
     workforce issues, promote water and energy efficiency, and identify options for utilities in
     response to climate change impacts and water resource limitations.

Additionally, in FY 2013, the Agency will publish the required fifth DWSRF Needs Survey. The
survey reports infrastructure needs that are required to protect public health, such as projects to
ensure compliance with the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA). The survey will  document 20-
year capital investment needs of public water systems that are eligible to receive DWSRF monies
- approximately  53,000 community water systems and 21,400  not-for-profit non-community
water systems. The  EPA also will publish data concerning the drinking water infrastructure
needs of tribes and Alaskan Native Villages as a special focus  of this survey. As directed by the
SDWA, the EPA will use the results of the survey to set the state DWSRF allocations beginning
in FY 2014.

Source Water Protection

The EPA will continue supporting state and local  efforts to  identify and address  current and
potential sources  of  drinking water contamination. These efforts are integral to the sustainable
infrastructure effort because source water protection can reduce the need for additional  drinking
water treatment and the associated additional infrastructure costs and energy usage. Success has
resulted from these efforts,  as in FY 2011, 90.7 percent of CWSs met all applicable health-based
standards through approaches that included source water protection, surpassing the performance
target of 90 percent. In FY 2013, the Agency will:

  •  Continue to work to promote source water protection for better management of sources of
     contamination (e.g. sources of nutrients, on-site wastewater systems) by providing training,
     technical assistance, and technology transfer capabilities to states and localities;

  •  Continue to work with national, state, and local stakeholder organizations and the multi-
     partner  Source  Water Collaborative to encourage collaboration at the state and watershed
     levels to protect drinking water sources. The EPA also will work with other federal
     agencies to support state and local source water protection actions; and

  •  Continue working with  states  and  other  stakeholders to characterize current and future
     pressures on Water Availability, Variability  and Sustainability (WAVS),  including the
     potential effects of climate change.

Underground Injection Control (UIC)

The UIC program safeguards current and  future drinking water from the underground injection
of contaminants. The UIC program regulates the construction, operation, permitting, and closure
                                           535

-------
of injection wells that place fluids underground for storage, disposal, enhanced recovery of oil
and gas, and minerals recovery. In FY 2013, the Agency will:

   •   Work to meet emerging permitting demands:
           o   Injection of fluids for aquifer storage and recovery, stormwater, and desalination
              associated with water supply needs; and
           o   Injection of uranium solution  mining fluids  and of produced water disposal
              associated with energy exploration activities;

   •   Ensure proper oversight of hydraulic fracturing operations where diesel fuel is used by:
           o   Implementing permitting guidance  under SDWA's Class II UIC program for
              hydraulic fracturing injection activities using diesel fuels which will be final in
              2012;and
           o   Working with our state and  tribal  representative organizations to develop  and
              implement voluntary strategies for encouraging the use of alternatives to diesel in
              hydraulic fracturing and improving compliance with other Class  II regulations,
              including risks from induced seismic events and radionuclides in disposal wells;

   •   Implement the new Class VI Geologic Sequestration (GS) rulemaking:

           o   Conduct webinars for the regulated community and implementing authorities to
              facilitate rule implementation and comprehension of guidance recommendations,
              and prepare additional implementation materials for the rule;
           o   Review  and  process (by rulemaking) Class VI primacy  applications from states
              and tribes; and
           o   Provide  technical assistance to states to analyze  complex modeling, monitoring,
              siting, and financial assurance data for new GS projects

   •   Continue to  direct  national  UIC  program efforts to protect underground  sources of
       drinking  water (USDW)  by establishing  priorities,  developing  guidance, measuring
       program results, administering the UIC Grants; and

   •   Continue  activities  to  work with the states  to populate  the  UIC database with all
       inventoried wells (approximately 700 thousand in that year) for all states and tribes (69
       UIC programs).

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(E) Percent of the population in Indian Country served by community water systems
that receive drinking water that meets all applicable health-based drinking water
standards.
FY 2006
90
86.6
FY 2007
87
87
FY 2008
87
83
FY 2009
87
81.2
FY 2010
87
87.2
FY 2011
87
81.2
FY 2012
87

FY 2013
87

Units
Percent
Population

                                           536

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(aa) Percent of population served by CWSs that will receive drinking water that
meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards through approaches
including effective treatment and source water protection.
FY 2006
93
89
FY 2007
94
91.5
FY 2008
90
92
FY 2009
90
92.1
FY 2010
90
92
FY 2011
91
93.2
FY 2012
91

FY 2013
92

Units
Percent
Population

Measure
Target
Actual
(aph) Percent of community water systems that have undergone a sanitary survey
within the past three years (five years for outstanding performance).
FY 2006
95
94
FY 2007
95
92
FY 2008
95
87
FY 2009
95
88
FY 2010
95
87
FY 2011
95
92
FY 2012
95

FY 2013
95

Units
Percent
CWSs

Measure
Target
Actual
(apm) Percent of community water systems that meets all applicable health-based
standards through approaches including effective treatment and source water
protection.
FY 2006
93.5
89.3
FY 2007
89
89
FY 2008
89.5
89
FY 2009
90
89.1
FY 2010
90
89.6
FY 2011
90
90.7
FY 2012
90

FY 2013
90

Units
Percent
Systems

Measure
Target
Actual
(dw2) Percent of person months during which community water systems provide
drinking water that meets all applicable health-based standards.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
95
97
FY 2009
95
97.2
FY 2010
95
97.3
FY 2011
95
97.4
FY 2012
95

FY 2013
95

Units
Percent
Months

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

  •  (+$707.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
     living adjustment for existing FTE.

  •  (-$217.0 / -1.6 FTE) This reduces resources dedicated to regulatory development and
     implementation assistance to the states and systems. The reduced resources include 1.6
     FTE and associated payroll of $217.0.

  •  (+$114.0) This reflects an increase for program support  costs.

  •  (+$1,200.0) This increase will support upgrading the Safe Drinking Water Information
     System (SDWIS) to improve compliance monitoring and data flow and quality. This also
     will enable states to more efficiently receive drinking water data, thereby improving
     program management and support statutorily required reviews of existing regulations.
     Specifically, the EPA will be able to review data related to existing drinking water
     regulations with reduced burden on its regulatory partners.
                                          537

-------
  •   (+$3,387.0) This increase will allow the EPA to fund a wide range of activities to protect
     drinking  water that were delayed due  to reductions in FY 2012.  Key elements include
     developing and providing technical assistance and tools to states to facilitate small system
     compliance, performing oversight of state drinking water programs (program reviews were
     reduced from 16 to 8 in FY 12) to identify problems and improve the quality of drinking
     water program data in  SDWIS, and enabling work associated with regulating a group of
     carcinogenic volatile organic compounds.

  •   (+$875.0) This  increase is to provide resources to  integrate  environmental  outreach
     activities through an intra-agency  workgroup to increase transparency about America's
     drinking  water standards, pollution  runoff,  improving water  quality and  other critical
     environmental issues.  These environmental  outreach activities will support EPA's core
     mission to expand the conversation on environmentalism.

Statutory Authority:

SOW A; CWA.
                                          538

-------
Program Area: Water Quality Protection
                 539

-------
                                                                        Marine Pollution
                                                    Program Area: Water Quality Protection
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$15,570.5
$15,570.5
44.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$12,898.0
$12,898.0
43.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$11,587.0
$11,587.0
43.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,311.0)
($1,311.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

The  goals  of the  Marine Pollution Program  are  to  ensure  marine ecosystem  protection by
controlling point source and vessel discharges, managing dredged material and ocean dumping,
developing regional and international collaborations, monitoring ocean and coastal waters, and
managing  other marine issues,  such  as marine  debris,  invasive  species,  and  the  marine
transportation system. The Environmental Protection Agency works to integrate its management
of the oceans and coasts across federal agencies and with state,  tribal, and local governments.156

Major areas of effort include:

   •   Developing and implementing regulations and technical guidance to control pollutants
       from vessel operational discharges and point source ocean discharges and issuing permits
       for materials to be dumped in ocean waters;

   •   Designating,  monitoring,  and  managing  ocean dumping  sites  and  implementing
       provisions of the National Dredging Policy;

   •   Participating with other federal agencies (including: U.S. Coast Guard, U.S. Army Corps
       of Engineers, Department of State, U.S. Department of the Interior, National Oceanic and
       Atmospheric Administration, and Navy) in  international marine protection programs, to
       develop international standards  that address vessel-related transport of aquatic invasive
       species, harmful antifoulants, operational discharges from vessels,  dumping of wastes
       and other matter at sea, and  marine debris. The EPA is Head of the U.S. Delegation for
       the  London Convention/London Protocol Scientific Groups, Alternate Head of the U.S.
       Delegation  for the London  Convention/London Protocol  Consultative Meeting  of the
       Parties, and a  member of the U.S. Delegation to the Marine Environmental Protection
       Committee; and

   •   Working with  a wide variety of stakeholders to develop and implement ecosystem-based
       management tools, strategies, and plans for coastal ecosystems in  order to restore and
  See http://water.epa.gov/type/oceb/index.cfm for more information.
                                           540

-------
       maintain the health of  coastal aquatic communities on a priority  basis, including
       promotion of dredged material management in a watershed context.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Ocean and coastal waters are environmentally and economically valuable to the nation. To
protect and improve water quality on a watershed basis, the EPA will support implementation of
the National Policy for Stewardship of the Ocean, Our Coasts, and Great Lakes157 by working
with states, tribes, agencies, and stakeholders on enhancing the quality of our valuable coastal
and ocean resources and applying sustainable marine and land use practices. The health of ocean
and coastal waters, as well as progress toward meeting strategic targets, will be tracked through
periodic issuance of National Coastal Condition reports, which are a cooperative  project with
federal and state agencies and by identifying monitoring efforts to increase our knowledge of our
oceans and coasts.

Key FY 2013 actions include:

Controlling Vessel Operational Discharges

    •   Develop management practices and associated  performance standards for discharges
       incidental to the normal operation of recreational vessels;

    •   Evaluate and respond to rulemaking requests to revise the EPA vessel sewage standards
       under the Clean Water Act;

    •   Support implementation and reissuance of the Vessel General Permit (Clean Water Act,
       Section 402);

    •   Coordinate with the U.S.  Coast Guard and with other EPA offices on activities related to
       the control  of sewage discharges from vessels;

    •   Participate  on the U.S. delegation to the Marine Environment Protection Committee of
       the International Maritime Organization  to develop international standards and guidance
       under the International Convention for the Prevention  of Pollution from Ships and other
       International Maritime Organization conventions addressing operational discharges from
       ships; and

    •   Support a nationally consistent policy for the designation of no discharge zones for vessel
       sewage. Increase awareness and understanding of the no discharge zone  program by
       making maps of no discharge zones available on the EPA's website.

Managing the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act / Ocean Dumping Management
Program (including Dredged Material)
  http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/executive-order-stewardship-ocean-our-coasts-and-great-lakes
                                           541

-------
The Agency will monitor active dredged material ocean dumping sites to ensure the achievement
of environmentally  acceptable conditions, as reflected in Site Management and Monitoring
Plans:

   •   On an annual basis, the EPA regional offices  will determine whether dredged material
       ocean dumping sites are achieving environmentally acceptable conditions, as defined by
       each Site Management and Monitoring Plan.  Corrective actions will be taken  by the
       appropriate parties should a site not achieve acceptable conditions.

   •   As co-chair of the National Dredging Team, the EPA will  continue working with the
       Army Corps of Engineers to implement a tracking system for beneficial use of dredged
       materials (as an alternative to dumping in ocean or coastal waters).

   •   Work with other federal  agencies and the international  community to develop guidance
       on sub-seabed carbon sequestration and address any requests for carbon sequestration in
       the  sub-seabed  or by ocean  fertilization,  including  any  required permitting  under
       MPRSA.

   •   Ensure that U.S. policy and procedures regarding ocean dumping are consistent with the
       London Convention of 1972 and 1996 London Protocol.

   •   Work with other federal agencies to draft proposed amendments to Title I of the Marine
       Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act, also known as the  Ocean Dumping Act, to
       enable Congress to ratify the 1996 London Protocol, which the U.S. signed in 1998.

   •   Manage the ocean dumping vessels tracking system that is used to determine compliance
       with a general permit under Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act for ocean
       dumping of vessels in the United States.

Monitoring and Assessment

During FY 2013, the EPA will collect environmental data from several offshore areas for use in
the designation of: (1) dredged material disposal sites and (2) monitor, as required, the 67 active
dredged material ocean disposal sites.

In FY  2012, the EPA will initiate  an  analysis of the Ocean Dumping Program, including the
monitoring requirements. The anticipated completion date of the analysis is in FY 2013.

Reducing Marine Debris

   •   Work with other members of the Interagency Marine Debris Coordinating Committee to
       assess, reduce, and prevent marine debris per  the Marine Debris Research, Prevention,
       and Reduction Act of 2006.

   •   Lead an EPA workgroup tasked with developing a  comprehensive approach to address
       the types, sources, movement, and impacts of marine debris.
                                          542

-------
Interagency Collaborations for Ocean and Coastal Protection

   •   Continue to participate in the implementation of the objectives laid out in the Final
       Recommendations of the Interagency Oceans Policy Task Force, which were adopted by
       Executive Order 13547. The National Policy for the Stewardship of the Ocean, Our
       Coasts, and Great Lakes, and the Framework for Coastal and Marine Spatial Planning
       strengthen the work that the federal government  conducts with states,  tribes, and
       stakeholders to protect vital resources in our waters.

   •   Continue to participate on  the U.S. Coral  Reef Task Force by supporting coral reef
       ecosystem protection through ongoing efforts to reduce impacts from land-based sources
       of pollution, rising water temperatures, ocean acidification, and vessel discharges.

   •   Participate on the  Cabinet-level Committee on the Marine  Transportation  System  to
       identify strategic goals and actions required to meet the present and future needs of the
       users of the marine transportation system. The EPA promotes the environmentally sound
       integration of marine transportation with other modes of transportation and with other
       ocean,  coastal,  and Great  Lakes  uses,   such  as  dredging  and dredged  material
       management,  reducing pollutant sources during operations and cargo handling, reducing
       environmental impacts, and responding to accidents.

   •   Participate on an interagency work group  tasked to review and make recommendations in
       a report to Congress on best management practices  for the storage  and  disposal  of
       obsolete vessels owned or operated by the federal government.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(co5) Percent of active dredged material ocean dumping sites that will have achieved
environmentally acceptable conditions (as reflected in each site's management plan).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
95
99
FY 2009
98
99
FY 2010
98
90.1
FY 2011
98
93
FY 2012
95

FY 2013
95

Units
Percent
Sites

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$159.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$1,470.0) This reduction reflects limits in ocean monitoring and assessment to those
       activities that are required by regulation.

Statutory Authority:

Certain Alaskan Cruise Ship Operations Act (PL  106-554); Clean Boating Act (PL 110-288);
Clean Water Act; Coastal Zone Act Reauthorization Amendments of 1990; Federal Insecticide,
                                          543

-------
Fungicide and Rodenticide Act; Liberty Ship Act (16 U.S.C. §§ 1220, et seq.); Marine Debris
Research, Prevention and Reduction Act of 2006; Marine Plastic Pollution Research and Control
Act of 1987; Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act; National Defense Authorization
Act for Fiscal Year 2004,  Section 3516; National Environmental Policy Act, Section 102; NISA
of 1996;  North American Free Trade Agreement; Ocean Dumping Ban Act of 1988; Olympic
Air Pollution Control Authority; Pension Protection Act; Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act; Safe Drinking Water Act; Shore Protection Act; Toxic Substances  Control Act;  Water
Resources Development Act; Wet Weather Water Quality Act of 2000.
                                         544

-------
                                                                Surface Water Protection
                                                    Program Area: Water Quality Protection
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$217,119.1
$217,119.1
1,100.3
FY 2012
Enacted
$203,856.0
$203,856.0
1,093.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$211,574.0
$211,574.0
1,095.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$7,718.0
$7,718.0
1.9
Program Project Description:

The Surface Water Protection Program, under the Clean Water Act, directly supports efforts to
protect, improve, and restore  the quality of our nation's rivers, lakes, and streams. The EPA
works with states and tribes to make continued progress toward the clean water goals identified
in the  Agency's  Strategic  Plan  by  implementing  core  clean  water programs, including
accelerating innovations that  implement programs on  a  watershed basis.  The program also
integrates environmental outreach and training activities  to educate the public on improving
water quality.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will focus its work with states, interstate agencies, tribes and others in key
areas of the National Water Program. The  main components and requested funding levels are:
water quality standards and technology ($49 million); National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) ($42  million); water  monitoring ($23  million); TMDLs ($28  million);
watershed  and  nonpoint   source   management  ($31  million);  sustainable infrastructure
management ($19 million); water infrastructure grants management ($13 million); and Clean
Water Act Section 106 program management ($7 million).

Water Quality Criteria and Standards:
Water  quality criteria and standards  provide the scientific and regulatory foundation for water
quality protection  programs under the Clean Water Act. The criteria define which waters are
clean  and which waters are impaired,  and thereby serve as benchmarks  for decisions  about
allowable pollutant loadings into waterways.158

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to support state and tribal programs by providing scientific
water  quality  criteria  information, which will  include  conducting  scientific  studies and
developing or improving criteria  for nutrients, pathogens, and chemical pollutants in  ambient
water.  The EPA will continue to work with state and tribal  partners to help them  develop
standards that  are "approvable"  under the  Clean Water Act, including providing  advance
 ! For more information, visit http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/.
                                           545

-------
guidance  and technical  assistance,  where  appropriate, before the  standards  are  formally
submitted to the EPA.

Excessive nutrients continue to be one of the leading causes for impaired waters. A key element
to making progress is the development of numerical nutrient water quality standards. However,
many states lack the technical and financial resources to develop them. The EPA will continue its
efforts to work with states to accelerate adoption of state numerical nutrient standards.

National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System and Effluent Guidelines:
In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to implement and support the core water quality programs
that control point source discharges. The NPDES program requires point source dischargers to be
permitted and requires pretreatment programs to control discharges from industrial and other
facilities to the nation's wastewater treatment plants. The EPA will continue to work with states
to structure the permit program to better support comprehensive protection of water quality on a
watershed basis and also  support the recent increases in  the scope of the program arising from
court orders  and environmental issues. The EPA will  focus on several  other  key strategic
objectives for the NPDES and effluent guideline programs, such as:

   •   Conduct regional program assessments and permit quality reviews to ensure the health
       and integrity of the NPDES program. The EPA is transit!oning state program assessments
       and permit quality reviews of state permits to the  EPA regional  offices while integrating
       permitting and  enforcement oversight in the regions and headquarters and promoting
       transparency of these integrated NPDES reviews. The EPA will continue to address
       workload concerns in permit issuance, focus resources on priority permits that have the
       greatest benefit for water quality,  encourage trading and watershed-based permitting, and
       foster efficiency in permitting program operations through the use of electronic reporting
       and other streamlining tools. The foundation of these efforts is to reinforce  nationally the
       importance of strong science and the adherence to  the law;

   •   Collaborate with partner organizations to promote the use  of green  infrastructure in
       stormwater permits and in plans to control overflows in combined and  separate sanitary
       sewer systems;

   •   Implement  strategies  to improve  management  of pretreatment programs.  Strategies
       include:  implementation of pretreatment program results;  promotion  of a Measures
       Handbook for Publicly Owned Treatment Works that will be  finalized in FY  2012 to
       discuss the environmental links between the regulation, their  oversight activities, and
       their watershed impact; and updated checklists and  guidance for Publicly Owned
       Treatment Works' program development;

   •   Assist states  to address permitting  issues arising from unconventional  oil and  gas
       extraction, such as shale gas and coal-bed methane, in a timely manner that is consistent
       with state water quality standards and  CWA technology requirements;
                                          546

-------
   •   Continue to work with states and permittees to resolve issues related to overflows in
       separate sanitary sewer systems and bypasses at the treatment plant to ensure that water
       quality is protected during wet weather events;

   •   Provide assistance to  states  to  develop technology and water  quality-based  permit
       conditions that address new waste streams, such as those from flue gas desulfurization;

   •   Continue to develop a final  effluent guideline  to  address Flue  Gas  Desulfurization
       wastewater on a consistent, national basis; and

   •   Continue to develop  effluent guidelines to address on a consistent,  national basis
       discharges from shale gas. Issue a proposed rule that will  address discharges from coal-
       bed methane extraction wells on a consistent, national basis.

In FY 2013, the EPA also will continue to focus on a number of wet weather and other NPDES
program areas. These  areas of increased environmental concern emphasize the need to engage
the network of federal, state, and local partners to take actions that are needed to protect the
environment.

   •   The Clean Water Act regulations for Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations (CAFOs)
       were revised in 2003 and further revised in 2008 in response to a 2n  Circuit Court ruling.
       In the fall of 2011, the EPA proposed a regulation to obtain basic facility information
       from all CAFOs, pursuant to a settlement agreement on  litigation arising from the 2008
       regulatory revisions. In 2013, the EPA expects to continue to develop  implementation
       guidance  and work with states and tribes to fully implement the  2008 CAFO  and the
       facility information rule to assure that all  CAFOs that discharge pollutants obtain NPDES
       permit coverage. The EPA also will work with permitting authorities to identify which
       CAFOs need to obtain permit coverage and provide the tools and information needed to
       prevent discharges. In addition, the EPA will  monitor the number of facilities covered by
       stormwater and CAFO permits.

   •   The Agency is developing a rule to strengthen stormwater regulations. This rulemaking
       will propose requirements for stormwater discharges from,  at minimum, newly developed
       and redeveloped  sites.  In late 2008,  the  National  Academies  of  Sciences/National
       Research Council issued an assessment  of the national  stormwater program and made
       recommendations to better address pollution from stormwater.  Stormwater is a main
       contributor of nutrients and  sediments, which  are  two of the  top three pollutants
       impairing waters in the United States.  The  proposed rule will  consider the following
       actions:

          o   Development of performance standards for discharges from  newly developed and
              redeveloped sites to better address stormwater management as projects are built;

          o   Consideration of options for expanding the protections of the municipal separate
              storm sewer systems (MS4) program; and
                                          547

-------
          o  Consideration of options for establishing and implementing a municipal program
             to reduce discharges from existing development.

   •   In response to the Chesapeake Bay Executive Order 13508 and settlement agreement, the
       EPA will conduct  significant new regulatory, permitting, modeling,  reporting,  and
       planning efforts to protect and restore the water quality in the Chesapeake Bay watershed.
       Examples of these  actions include development of a national stormwater regulation,
       which will address the type of water quality problems prevalent in the Bay watershed and
       elsewhere.  In   addition,  the EPA  will  continue  to   support states  in effectively
       implementing the NPDES program to improve the health of the watershed.

   •   As  a  result of a 2006  court ruling,  approximately 70 thousand vessels that  were
       previously exempt from permitting are now covered by an NPDES permit. On December
       18,  2008, the EPA  issued a  new NPDES general  permit, the Vessel General Permit
       (VGP), to regulate 26 types of discharges, including ballast water from vessels operating
       in U.S. waters. The  EPA  is developing tools and training to implement the VGP and to
       provide outreach to  the regulated community. Ballast water discharges have introduced
       numerous aquatic invasive species, resulting in severe degradation of many ecosystems
       and billions of dollars of economic impacts.

   •   The EPA is beginning research and development of the next Vessel General Permit. The
       current VGP expires on  December  19, 2013. The EPA  proposed a  new  VGP in
       November 2011, and plans to  take final  action by November 30, 2012,  a full year before
       the expiration of the existing VGP. In order to better inform the EPA's understanding of
       ballast water discharges, the Agency jointly commissioned two scientific studies with the
       U.S. Coast Guard. Information from both reports (with National Academy of Sciences
       and Science Advisory Board) will be considered by the  EPA in developing appropriate
       ballast water limits in the next VGP.

   •   As a result of a court  ruling, in 2011, the EPA issued a general permit to pesticide
       applicators  that discharge to waters  of the U.S. The EPA must assist and oversee 44
       authorized states in developing their own general permits and assist in a national effort to
       educate the pesticides  application industry regarding how to comply with  the new
       permits. The EPA also  must develop and assist states in  implementing changes to their
       enforcement programs for pesticides. Pesticides that are  applied to water—or  that enter
       water as a result of off-target application of specific pesticides—may be highly toxic and
       may cause fish kills,  die-offs of crabs, lobsters, bird deaths, and human illnesses.

Monitoring and Assessment:
In FY 2013, the EPA will continue working with  the states and tribes to implement the
Monitoring Initiative, begun in  2005, which  includes enhancements to state  and  interstate
monitoring programs consistent with  their individual monitoring  strategies and collaboration on
statistically-valid surveys of the nation's waters. Through  the Monitoring and  Assessment
Partnership, the  EPA will  work with states to develop and apply innovative and efficient
monitoring tools and techniques  to optimize availability of high-quality data to  support Clean
Water Act  program needs and to expand the use of monitoring data and geo-spatial tools for
                                          548

-------
water resource protection to set priorities and evaluate effectiveness of water protection. This
will allow the EPA, states, and tribes to continue to report on the condition of the nation's waters,
and make significant progress  toward assessing trends in water condition in a scientifically-
defensible manner.

As part of the National Survey effort, the EPA, states and tribes will collaborate to conduct field
sampling for the second  National Rivers and Streams Assessment to determine  changes since
2008 and 2009. This rivers-and-streams survey will be conducted in FY 2013 and 2014, and the
report will be completed  in FY  2016.  A report for the National Wetland Condition Assessment
will be issued in calendar year  2014.  A portion of the FY 2013 Clean Water Act Section 106
Monitoring Initiative funds will be allocated for the second year of sampling for the National
Rivers and Streams Assessment  in 2014.

In FY 2013, the EPA will work closely with states as they continue to enhance their monitoring
programs. The EPA stresses the importance of using statistical surveys to generate statewide
water  quality  assessments,  targeted  monitoring  approaches to  develop  and  evaluate  local
protection and restoration activities and the transmission of water quality  data to the  national
storage and retrieval warehouse using the new Water Quality Exchange protocol. The  publicly
accessible Storage  and Retrieval (STORET) data warehouse, using the Water Quality Exchange
framework, makes  it easier for states, tribes, and other organizations to submit water quality data
and share the data over the Internet. The EPA is currently  evaluating the  progress states have
made in establishing fluid processes for transmitting their water quality data to STORET and is
considering  enhancements in 2013 based on this evaluation. The EPA  will assist tribes  in
developing monitoring strategies appropriate to their water quality programs and  encourage
tribes to provide data in a format accessible for storage in the EPA data systems.

The EPA's goal is  to achieve greater integration of federal, regional, state, and local monitoring
efforts and to connect monitoring and assessment activities  across geographic scales, in a cost-
efficient and effective  manner,  so that scientifically defensible monitoring data is available  to
address issues and  problems from the national to the local level. The EPA will continue to work
with states, tribes, and other partners to address research and technical needs related to sampling
methods, analytical  approaches, and  data management.  The EPA will continue to  promote
application of monitoring and  assessment tools to support  state  and Tribal management  of
nutrient pollution.

Total Maximum Daily Loads:
Development and implementation of TMDLs for 303(d) listed impaired waterbodies is a critical
tool for meeting water quality restoration goals. TMDLs focus on clearly defined environmental
goals and establish a pollutant budget, which is then implemented via permit requirements and
through local, state, and federal watershed plans  and programs.  In FY 2013,  the EPA will
continue to encourage  states to organize schedules for TMDLs to address all pollutants on an
impaired segment, when possible. Where multiple  impaired segments are clustered within a
watershed, the EPA encourages  states to organize restoration activities across the watershed (i.e.,
apply a watershed  approach). To assist in the development of watershed TMDLs, the EPA has
developed two resources:  1) a Draft Handbook for Developing Watershed Total Maximum Daily
                                          549

-------
Loads'™ and 2) a draft memorandum on Developing Multi-jurisdictional TMDLs.160 To assist in
developing TMDLs for waters impaired by storm water-source pollutants, the EPA released a
number of documents,  including: 1) Incorporating Green Infrastructure Concepts into  Total
Maximum  Daily Loads,161  and 2) updated guidance  on how to more  effectively  address
stormwater impairments under two Clean Water Act Programs: 303(d) TMDLs and NPDES
Stormwater. The updated guidance will assist in the translation of TMDLs wasteload allocations
into NPDES  Stormwater permits, as well as  support innovative approaches,  such as Impervious
Cover Total Maximum Daily Loads, to address the considerable number of waterbodies polluted
by  stormwater discharges.  To assist  states in  developing TMDLs  for waters impaired by
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs), the EPA released the PCB TMDL Handbook. EPA also is
working with partners to develop and implement activities and watershed plans to restore certain
waters outside the TMDL process where appropriate (e.g., TMDLs alternatives). Cumulatively,
states and the EPA have made significant progress in the development and approval of Total
Maximum Daily Loads and have completed more than 49 thousand TMDLs through FY 2011.

Nonpoint Source Management:
Nonpoint source management is the integral piece to addressing most of the remaining water
quality problems and threats  in the United States.  Protection and restoration of water quality on a
watershed basis requires a careful assessment of the nature and sources of pollution, the location
and setting within the watershed, the relative influence on water quality, and the amenability to
preventive or control methods. In FY 2013,  the EPA will support efforts of states, tribes, other
federal agencies, and local communities to develop and implement watershed-based plans that
successfully address  all of these factors to restore waters through the national Nonpoint Source
Program (Section 319) while also continuing  to protect those waters that are healthy.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to provide nonpoint source program leadership and technical
support to states, municipalities, watershed organizations, and concerned citizens by:

    •   Continuing coordination with the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) to ensure that
       federal resources, including grants under Section 319 and Farm Bill  funds, are managed
       and targeted  to collaboratively agreed-upon watersheds to  maximize water quality
       improvement in impaired waters and protection in all others.  Also, the EPA will continue
       to work with the U.S.  Forest Service, Bureau of Land Management, and other federal
       agencies with land management responsibilities to address water quality impairments;

    •   Creating,  supporting, and promoting  technical  tools  that  states  and  tribes  need  to
       accurately assess water quality problems and analyze and implement solutions;

    •   Implementing a Web-based tool to support watershed planning, "Watershed Central,"
       including the integration of the Watershed  Plan Builder within Watershed Central.162
       Watershed Central is an outreach tool designed to assist users to develop and implement
       effective  watershed  management programs.  The  site includes guidance, tools,  case
159 www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl/pdf/ draft handbook.pdf
160 www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl/pdf/document mercury tmdl elements.pdf
161 www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl/stormwater/pdf/tmdl_lid_final.pdf
162 For more information, visit http://www.epa.gov/watershedcentral
                                           550

-------
       studies, and data sets to help share information, analyze data, and identify opportunities
       to initiate or strengthen watershed efforts;

   •   Assuring accountability for results through (1) use of the EPA's nonpoint source program
       grants  tracking system (GRTS), which will continue to track the nationwide pollutant
       load reductions achieved for phosphorus, nitrogen, and sediment and (2) tracking the
       remediation of waterbodies  that had been primarily impaired by nonpoint sources and
       that were subsequently restored so that they may be removed from the Section 303(d) list
       of impaired waters;163

    •  Focusing on the development and dissemination  of new tools to promote Low-Impact
       Development (LID), thereby preventing new nonpoint sources of pollution, particularly
       including analyses designed to assist in the EPA's efforts to promulgate an effective
       stormwater  rule  designed  to   minimize  post-development  runoff.   Low-Impact
       Development is  an innovative,  comprehensive land  planning  and engineering design
       approach with a goal  of maintaining and  enhancing the pre-development water quality
       and flow in urban and developing watersheds.164 LID can be used as part of an integrated
       Smart Growth strategy; to reduce stormwater runoff;

    •  Implementing the Healthy Watersheds Strategy, in cooperation with states, academia and
       non-governmental  organizations, which  focuses  on  protection of the  watersheds of
       healthy waters (as well as healthy components  of other watersheds).  This  strategy
       includes the publication of a guide to protect aquatic ecosystems, the publication of a
       detailed Healthy Watersheds agenda with both short- and long-term components, and
       enhancement of the EPA's Healthy Watersheds Website,165 which is replete with tools for
       assessment of healthy  watersheds  and implementation of approaches to maintain their
       health, as well as information on successful state and local approaches that are already
       underway;

    •  Targeting efforts  within critical watersheds to implement  effective  strategies that can
       yield significant progress in addressing nonpoint source nutrient pollution. Specifically,
       the EPA will continue to support state efforts to design and implement nutrient reduction
       strategies  and to design watershed  plans;  promote  sustainable  agricultural practices;
       collaborate to leverage and focus the  most effective nutrient  and sediment reduction
       practices; work to leverage resources of federal and state partners to address development
       and wetland restoration; and support critical  monitoring needs to inform decision-
       making.

In 2011, the EPA completed a detailed evaluation of how states are using Section 319 resources,
including for implementation of Total Maximum Daily Loads and restoring impaired waters. In
FY 2012, the EPA began implementing program refinements based on this study with emphasis
on improving program accountability and ensuring that states are using cost effective approaches
to protect and restore their waters.  In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to implement program
163 For more information, visit www.epa.gov/nps/success.
164 For more information, visit www. epa. gov/owow/nps/lid/lidlit.html
165 For more information, visit www. epa. gov/healthvwatersheds
                                           551

-------
reforms and accountability to provide  assistance to states to revise their  nonpoint source
programs  in order to accelerate water quality  improvements  and restoration  with a focus on
increased  accountability and enhanced targeting of the funds to ensure timely implementation of
nonpoint  source controls.  As part of this effort, EPA  will issue revised  Section 319 grant
guidance by November 2012 that will  require States to update their nonpoint  source plans and
implement monitoring in selected high priority watersheds.

Sustainable  Infrastructure:
The EPA  will continue to  implement its Sustainable  Infrastructure Strategy and work with its
partners to facilitate the voluntary adoption of  effective management practices by water sector
utilities. The EPA will provide a limited amount of training and technical support to water and
wastewater utilities, local communities, and municipalities as they strive to achieve the long-term
sustainability of their  operations  and  infrastructure.  The  Agency will  work with other  key
partners, such as local officials and academia, to help increase public understanding and support
for sustaining the nation's water infrastructure.

The program will work with other EPA programs, through an intra-agency workgroup, to create
educational  resources to  disseminate information to the public and increase transparency about
the Clean  Water Act and pollution runoff. The purpose of these activities will  be to ensure that
the American public is educated  about water quality issues. Other outreach activities include
community  training through  issuance of  grants,  innovative  awards, and  collaboration with
national environmental organizations. These  resources will  be available to educate the public,
specifically  teachers, informal educators, and parents. These environmental outreach activities
will support EPA's core mission to expand the conversation on environmentalism.

One  of the  key components of the  Agency's broader efforts to ensure  long-term sustainable
water infrastructure is its water-efficiency labeling effort called WaterSense. WaterSense gives
consumers a reference tool to identify and  select water-efficient products with the intent of
reducing national water and wastewater infrastructure needs by reducing water demand  and
wastewater flow, allowing for deferred or downsized capital projects. Through January 2012, the
Agency had issued  voluntary  specifications  for  three   water-efficient  service  categories
(certification programs for irrigation system auditors, designers, and installation and maintenance
professionals) and five product categories (residential  toilets, bathroom faucets and accessories,
residential showerheads,  commercial flushing urinals,  and weather-based  irrigation controllers).
The program also has  a new  homes specification that provides benchmark criteria for water-
efficient new homes, designed to save water indoors as well as outdoors.  Product  specifications
include water efficiency as well as performance criteria  to  ensure that products not only save
water but  also work as  well as standard products in the marketplace. Products may only bear the
WaterSense label after being independently certified to ensure  that they meet WaterSense
specifications.

In FY 2013, the Agency expects to release a final specification for commercial pre-rinse spray
valves (in collaboration  with  ENERGY STAR).  The Agency will continue to research other
product and service categories  including  residential plumbing  and irrigation, commercial
kitchens, and laboratories, and may move to develop specifications based on the outcome of that
                                           552

-------
research. The program also will promote best management practices developed to support the
commercial and institutional sector.

In a short timeframe, WaterSense has become a national symbol for water efficiency among
utilities, plumbing manufacturers, and consumers. Awareness of the WaterSense label is growing
every day.  As of January 2012, more than nine hundred different  models of high-efficiency
toilets, more than three thousand faucet models and accessories, 90 models of flushing urinals,
and five hundred  models of showerheads had earned the WaterSense label. Cumulative savings
in the program due to products shipped through the end of 2010 (the most recent year for which
there  is data)  exceeds 125 billion gallons and $2.0 billion in water,  sewer, and energy bill
savings. The program is continuing to build participation in its labeling program for residential
new homes. As of January 2012, the program had signed up more than one hundred builders and
labeled more than 83 homes. The program anticipates that the market for water-efficient homes
will improve as market surveys indicate that construction of green homes is recovering from the
economic downturn more quickly than standard homes.

In addition to working with manufacturers, retailers, and builders to deliver labeled products and
homes to consumers, the EPA continues to partner with utilities, irrigation professionals, and
community organizations to  educate consumers on the benefits of switching to water-efficient
products. As of January 2012, the program  had more  than  2.4 thousand partners,  including
utilities from across the country, that  are adopting WaterSense as  a key component of their
water-efficiency,  energy  efficiency, and  climate adaptation efforts.  A  strong  network  of
stakeholders across the nation will build awareness  of the  need for  efficient use  of water.
WaterSense also is  working within the federal government to ensure that  it leads by example
through the use  of water-efficient products and practices as part of supporting efforts to
implement Executive Order 13154, Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and Economic
Performance.

Policy and oversight of the  Clean Water State Revolving  Funds, which provide low-interest
loans to help finance wastewater treatment facilities and other water quality projects, also are
supported by this program.  In managing the Clean Water State Revolving  Funds,  the  EPA
continues to work with states to meet several key objectives:

   •   Fund  projects  designed  as  part  of  an  integrated  watershed approach to  sustain
       communities, encourage and support green infrastructure, and preserve and create jobs;

   •   Link projects to environmental results through the use of water quality and public health
       data;

   •   Maintain the excellent financial condition of the funds;

   •   Continue to  support  states' efforts in developing integrated priority lists to address
       nonpoint source pollution, estuary protection, and wastewater projects; and
                                          553

-------
   •   Work with  state  and local partners  to  implement  a  sustainability policy including
       management and pricing to encourage conservation and to provide adequate long-term
       funding for future capital needs.

In FY 2013, states will complete voluntary submission of data and documents for  review and
potential inclusion in the Clean Watersheds Needs Survey (CWNS) 2012 Report to Congress.
The EPA will analyze the approved data and use it to draft the CWNS 2012 Report to Congress.
The EPA also will  convene states  at an End  of  Survey Meeting in the Spring of FY 2013  to
review the Report to Congress. The CWNS  documents capital needs and compiles technical
information for publicly-owned wastewater collection and treatment facilities, combined sewer
overflows (CSOs) control facilities, stormwater management facilities, decentralized  wastewater
(septic) treatment systems,  and nonpoint source (NPS) pollution control. CWNS  data supports
funding prioritization and  outreach activities  as well as permitting and other watershed-based
management activities.

The Agency also will  provide oversight  and support for Congress!onally-mandated projects
related to water and wastewater infrastructure as well as management and oversight of grant
programs, such as the Section 106 grants,  the Mexico Border program, and the Alaska Native
Villages program.

Healthy Communities:
In FY  2013,  the  Agency will  continue to  assist  communities,  particularly underserved
communities, to support local efforts to  restore and protect the quality of their urban waters. The
EPA will implement this Urban Waters program as part of the Urban Waters Federal  Partnership
which includes eleven federal agencies  working to revitalize urban waters and the communities
that surround them. This work also supports the  President's America's Great Outdoors (AGO)
initiative.

Many urban waters are impaired by pathogens, excess nutrients, and contaminated sediments that
result  from sanitary  sewer  and  combined  sewer overflows, polluted runoff from  urban
landscapes,  and  legacy   contamination.  The   EPA  will   assist  communities,   particularly
underserved communities,  in restoring urban waterways  and the surrounding  land through
partnerships with  governmental and  non-governmental  organizations.  Areas of  focus may
include  innovative  community  engagement   and  public  outreach,  risk  screening  and
communication, environmental education, sustainable financing, technical support and training,
and development of a local urban waters vision plan.

The EPA will use a portion of the program  funding  for grants of $40 to $60 thousand and
targeted technical assistance to communities  to accelerate measurable improvements in water
quality. Under the Urban  Waters Federal  Partnership, the EPA will  coordinate with member
agencies to deliver technical assistance to  seven  pilot communities to help them advance their
water restoration and community revitalization goals. The Agency will use lessons learned from
both the grantee projects and the federal partnership pilots to develop tools for use by other
communities across the nation.
                                          554

-------
In addition, the EPA plans to address urban water issues by reorienting existing programs. The
EPA will take regulatory actions to address water quality problems impacting urban waters, for
example,  developing  recreational  water quality  criteria.  The EPA will  promote  green
infrastructure, such as expanding successful  low-impact development and green streets pilot
programs, and at the same time encourage the incorporation  of skills training and employment
opportunities as part of these projects. The EPA will engage both underserved communities near
urban waters and the practitioners who assist them via expanded outreach efforts, using both
traditional and innovative methods, such as social media.

Surface Coal Mining:
The EPA will continue to use its sections 402 and 404 authorities to significantly reduce the
harmful effects of Appalachian surface coal mining operations. Section 402 and 404 activities
will include interagency coordination,  project reviews, training,  and technical  assistance. The
EPA will continue its work to improve watershed-scale/cumulative impact analysis and increase
its  focus  on identifying and  reducing potential  impacts  on socially  and  economically
disadvantaged communities.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(bpp) Percent of submissions of new or revised water quality standards from states
and territories that are approved by the EPA.
FY 2006
90.9
89
FY 2007
85
85.6
FY 2008
87
92.5
FY 2009
85
93.2
FY 2010
85
90.9
FY 2011
85
91.8
FY 2012
85

FY 2013
87

Units
Percent
Submissions

Measure
Target
Actual
(bps) Number of TMDLs that are established or approved by the EPA [total TMDL]
on a schedule consistent with national policy (cumulative). [A TMDL is a technical
plan for reducing pollutants in order to attain water quality standards. The terms
"approved" and "established" refer to the completion and approval of the TMDL
itself.]
FY 2006
20,275
22,648
FY 2007
25,274
26,844
FY 2008
33,801
35,979
FY 2009
38,978
41,866
FY 2010
44,560
46,817
FY 2011
49,375
49,663
FY 2012
52,218

FY 2013
54,773

Units
TMDLs

Measure
Target
Actual
(bpv) Percent of high-priority EPA and state NPDES permits (including tribal) that
are issued in the fiscal year.
FY 2006
95
98.5
FY 2007
95
104
FY 2008
95
119
FY 2009
95
144
FY 2010
95
138
FY 2011
100
132
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
80

Units
Percent
Permits

Measure
Target
(uwl) Number of urban water projects initiated addressing water quality issues in
the community.
FY 2006

FY 2007

FY 2008

FY 2009

FY 2010

FY 2011

FY 2012
3
FY 2013
o
J
Units
Projects
                                          555

-------
Actual









Measure
Target
Actual
(uw2) Number of urban water projects completed addressing water quality issues in
the community.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
0

FY 2013
0

Units
Projects

Measure
Target
Actual
(L) Number of water body segments identified by states in 2002 as not attaining
standards, where water quality standards are now fully attained (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007
1,166
1,409
FY 2008
1,550
2,165
FY 2009
2,270
2,505
FY 2010
2,809
2,909
FY 2011
3,073
3,119
FY 2012
3,324

FY 2013
3,524

Units
Segments

Measure
Target
Actual
(wq2) Remove the specific causes of water body impairment identified by states in
2002 (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
4,607
6,723
FY 2009
6,891
7,530
FY 2010
8,512
8,446
FY 2011
9,016
9,527
FY 2012
10,161

FY 2013
10,711

Units
Causes

Measure
Target
Actual
(wq3) Improve water quality conditions in impaired watersheds nationwide using the
watershed approach (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
40
60
FY 2009
102
104
FY 2010
141
168
FY 2011
208
271
FY 2012
312

FY 2013
352

Units
Watersheds

Measure
Target
Actual
(bpr) Loading (pounds) of pollutants removed per program dollar expended.
FY 2006
233
233
FY 2007
285
331
FY 2008
332
332
FY 2009
368
368
FY 2010
371
371
FY 2011
377
377
FY 2012
385

FY 2013
385

Units
Pounds

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$1,240.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$1,357.0) This increase reflects enhanced support to urban communities, especially
       underserved  communities, working  to achieve their water restoration goals.  Support
       includes community-based projects such as demonstration  projects as well as technical
       support and training related to: voluntary monitoring, risk screening and communication,
       green infrastructure,  source  water protection, community stewardship,  visioning  and
       planning, and sustainable financing.  This work also supports the President's America's
       Great Outdoors (AGO) initiative.
                                          556

-------
   •   (+$4,246.0 1+1.9 FTE) This increase reflects the EPA's advancement with work that
       was significantly cut-back, stopped or delayed due to funding reductions in the FY 2012
       enacted budget.  This  includes a wide-range of activities to  restore and  maintain the
       chemical, physical, and biological integrity of the Nation's waters. These resources will
       allow the  Agency  to uphold  its side of  a vital partnership with  state and  local
       governments and with the public, particularly critical at this time due to fragile financial
       conditions across the country. Key elements include: development and implementation of
       TMDLs, support the water quality monitoring program, support partnerships with states
       to  address  nonpoint source  pollution, NPDES permit  issuance support and oversight,
       WaterSense new product development, Agency efforts to promote sustainability, and
       strengthening of water and wastewater infrastructure.  The additional resources  include
       1.9 FTE and associated payroll of $344.0.

   •   (+$875.0)  This increase  is based on Agency priorities to provide resources to the public
       and disseminate information about the Clean Water Act, watershed protection, pollution
       runoff, and other critical environmental issues. These environmental outreach activities
       will support the EPA's core mission to expand the conversation on environmentalism.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. - Various Sections 1251  to 1387.
                                           557

-------
Program Area: National Priorities
              558

-------
                                            Water Quality Research and Support Grants
                                                         Program Area: National Priorities
                                                        Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                                                       Objective(s): Protect Human Health
                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$14,975.0
$4,992.0
$19,967.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($14,975.0)
($4,992.0)
($19,967.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

In FY 2012, Congress appropriated $14.975M for an Environmental Protection: National Priority
competitive grant program to provide rural and urban communities with technical assistance to
improve water quality and provide safe drinking water. The EPA was instructed to award grants
on a competitive basis and give priority to not-for-profit organizations that: conduct activities
that are national in scope; can provide a 10 percent match, including in-kind contributions; and
are supported by a majority of small community water systems, currently provide multi-state
regional technical assistance, or currently provide assistance to private well owners. The Agency
was directed to allocate funds to grantees within 180 days of enactment of this Act.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

There is no request for this program in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:

There are no performance measures for this program in FY 2013.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$14,975.0) This eliminates congressionally directed funding provided in FY 2012. The
       EPA is not requesting funds to support this grant program in FY 2013.

Statutory Authority:

SOW A, 42U.S.C. §300j-lc, Section 1442. CWA 104(b)(3).
                                          559

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

Table of Contents - Inspector General

Resource Summary Table	562
Program Projects in IG	562
Program Area: Audits, Evaluations And Investigations	563
   Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations	564
                                       560

-------
561

-------
                            Environmental Protection Agency
            FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

                          APPROPRIATION: Inspector General
                                Resource Summary Table

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Inspector General
Budget Authority
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals1

$46,627.9
292.8
FY 2012
Enacted

$41,933.0
293.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$48,273.0
300.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$6,340.0
7.0
*For ease of comparison, Superfund transfer resources for the audit and research functions are shown in the
Superfund account.

                      Bill Language: Office of the Inspector General

For necessary expenses of the Office of Inspector General in carrying out the provisions of the
Inspector  General Act  of 1978,  as  amended,   $48,273,000,  to  remain  available  until
September 30,  2014.   (Department of  the Interior,  Environment,  and Related  Agencies
Appropriations Act, 2012.)

                                 Program Projects in IG

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
Program Project
Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations
Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations
Subtotal, Audits, Evaluations, and
Investigations
TOTAL, EPA
FY2011
Actuals

$46,627.9
$46,627.9
$46,627.9
FY 2012
Enacted

$41,933.0
$41,933.0
$41,933.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$48,273.0
$48,273.0
$48,273.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$6,340.0
$6,340.0
$6,340.0
*For ease of comparison, Superfund transfer resources for the audit and research functions are shown in the
Superfund account.
1 The FY 2011 Actuals exclude $3,664.8 thousand in American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 resources.
                                           562

-------
Program Area: Audits, Evaluations And Investigations
                       563

-------
                                                  Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations
                                       Program Area: Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office of
Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Inspector General
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals2
$46,627.9
$8,943.7
$55,571.6
342.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$41,933.0
$9,939.0
$51,872.0
358.1
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$48,273.0
$10,864.0
$59,137.0
365.8
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$6,340.0
$925.0
$7,265.0
7.7
Program Project Description:

The  EPA's Office  of  Inspector  General (OIG) provides audit,  program  evaluation, and
investigative services and products that fulfill the requirements of the Inspector General Act, as
amended, by identifying fraud, waste, and abuse in Agency, grantee and contractor operations,
and by  promoting economy,  efficiency,  and effectiveness  in the operations  of the Agency's
programs. OIG activities add value and enhance public trust by providing the Agency, the public,
and Congress with independent analyses and recommendations that help the EPA management
resolve  risks and challenges,  achieve opportunities  for  savings, and  implement actions for
safeguarding  the EPA  resources  and accomplishing the  EPA's  environmental  goals.  OIG
activities also prevent and detect fraud in the EPA programs and operations, including financial
fraud, laboratory  fraud,  and cyber crime. The OIG consistently provides a significant positive
return on investment to the public in the form of recommendations for improvements in the
delivery of the EPA's mission, reduction in risks, costs  savings, efficiencies, recoveries, and
integrity through law enforcement.

In addition, the EPA Inspector General serves as the IG for the U.S. Chemical Safety and Hazard
Investigation Board (CSB) providing the full range of audit, evaluation and investigative services
specified by the Inspector General Act, as amended. Specifically, the OIG will conduct financial
audits of the CSB and express an opinion on whether the financial statements are  presented in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The  OIG will also perform program
evaluations to determine whether the CSB's recommendations achieve positive  change on trends
in chemical safety,  and follow-up on recommendations made  to the  CSB  by  the General
Accountability Office. Further, we will follow-up on recommendations made by the CSB to the
EPA as well as conduct investigations as needed.
' The FY 2011 Actuals exclude $3,664.8 thousand in American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 resources.
                                          564

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The EPA OIG will assist the Agency and the CSB in their efforts to reduce environmental and
human health risks by making recommendations to improve program operations, save taxpayer
dollars,  and resolve  previously identified major management challenges and internal control
weaknesses. In FY 2013, the OIG will  continue focusing on areas  associated with risk, fraud,
waste, and cyber  intrusions, and will  expand its attention to making recommendations that
improve operating efficiency, transparency,  secured and  trustworthy  systems, and the  cost
effective attainment  of the EPA's strategic goals and positive environmental impacts. As the
Agency is increasingly challenged to do more with less, the elevated risk  of fraud, waste and
abuse and need to find greater efficiencies within the Agency significantly magnifies the role,
tasks  and challenges of the OIG to help protect  EPA's  program  and operational  integrity.
Historically, the EPA  OIG provides a  significantly positive return on investment in terms of
monetary, program improvement and loss prevention benefits.

OIG plans will be implemented through audits, evaluations, investigations, and follow-up reviews
in compliance with the Inspector General Act, applicable Professional  Standards of the U. S.
Comptroller General, and the Quality Standards for Federal Offices  of Inspector General of the
Council of Inspectors  General on Integrity and Efficiency.  The following types of audits are
conducted: (1) program performance audits of Agency operations, including those focused on the
award and  administration  of grants and contracts; (2) financial  statement audits; (3) financial
audits of grantees  and contractors;  (4)  efficiency audits,  and  (5)  information resources
management audits. In addition, program evaluations will be conducted in the areas of the EPA's
mission objectives for  improving and protecting the environment and public health via reviews
of:  (1) air and research; (2) water and enforcement;  (3) cross-media,  and (4) special reviews
generated by Hotlines  or Congressional requests. The OIG will also conduct investigations of,
and seek prosecution for,  criminal activity and  serious misconduct in the  EPA programs and
operations that undermine Agency integrity, the public trust, and create imminent environmental
risks,  as well as, seek civil judgments to  obtain recovery and restitution of financial losses. Major
areas  of investigative focus include:  financial fraud,  infrastructure/terrorist threat, program
integrity, employee integrity, and theft of intellectual or sensitive data.

A significant portion  of audit resources will be devoted to mandated work assessing the financial
statements of the EPA and the CSB as required by the Chief Financial  Officers Act. OIG work
also will include assessing the information security practices of the EPA and the CSB as required
by  the  Federal Information  Security Management Act  and oversight  of audits of the EPA
assistance agreement recipients conducted pursuant to the Single Audit Act. The OIG will
examine the delivery of national programs, as  well as specific cross-regional and single region
issues in response to stakeholder concerns.

Based on prior work, cross-Agency risk  assessment,  Agency challenges,  including  those
associated with the Chemical Safety Board, future priorities, and extensive stakeholder input, the
OIG will concentrate its resources on efforts in the following themes and prospective assignment
areas  during FY 2013:
                                           565

-------
 Sound And Economical Financial Management

   •  improper payments/ institutional controls;
   •  annual financial statements;
   •  examination of progress in establishing cost accounting systems;
   •  financial audits of costs claimed by grantees and contractors, including those with ARRA
      funds;
   •  effectiveness of cost recovery and cost determination/estimating;
   •  fee collections (e.g., lead and radon);
   •  grant and contract administration; and
   •  information technology capital investments.

Efficient Processes and Use of Resources
   •  management of the EPA's process improvement activities;
   •  Working Capital Fund;
   •  examination of the operational efficiency opportunities at the EPA;
   •  consolidation of functions including hotlines, labs, etc.
   •  facilities management;
   •  organizational structure;
   •  partnering or coordination with other agencies to maximize efficiencies; and
   •  information technology enterprise architecture management.

Ensuring the Integrity of Science and Information
   •  protection from advanced persistent threats to steal/modify data;
   •  Federal Information Security Act compliance;
   •  assuring  integrity  of  research  processes  by  the EPA's  Office of  Research  and
      Development;
   •  Agency efforts to enhance its capability to respond to cyber-attacks;
   •  data quality and databases;
   •  information technology and data management (governance, service delivery and analytic
      capacity);
   •  cyber security/infrastructure development; and
   •  assessment of processes to ensure protection  and security  of information systems from
      fraud, waste and abuse.

Addressing  At-Risk  Populations,   Chronic  and  Emerging  Environmental   Health
Challenges
   •  children's health agenda and national ambient air quality standards;
   •  progress in advancing the EPA's environmental justice program;
   •  assessment of scientific research on environmental etiology of autism;
   •  addressing ozone and particulate matter health risks in major urban areas;
                                           566

-------
   •  energy and natural resources (exploration/extraction of oil, natural gas, and coal);
   •  blood lead levels;
   •  adoption of innovative pollution control techniques/strategies;
   •  air pollution in major urban areas;
   •  reducing diesel emissions;
   •  implementation of multi-pollutant strategies for air pollution;
   •  protecting estuaries and coastal waters; and
   •  the EPA's international responsibilities.

Assessing Risk Management and Performance Measurement
   •  the EPA measurement and reporting on long-term safety/site reuse;
   •  implementation  of Federal  Managers  Integrity  Act,  Federal  Information  Security
      Management Act and Government Performance and Results Act;
   •  fish consumption advisories;
   •  accuracy of air quality models;
   •  disaster response; and
   •  homeland  security and emergency preparedness and response  including the Chemical
      Safety and Hazard Investigation Board.

Reviewing Effectiveness of Stewardship, Sustainability and
Prevention
   •  use of waivers from secondary treatment requirements of the Clean Water Act;
   •  land reuse and revitalization; and
   •  sustainability importance in relationship to Agency decision-making processes including
      Tribal programs.

Assessing Program Integrity, Oversight, Enforcement and Efficient Rulemaking
      oversight of delegated program/data systems/relationships with states/regions;
      regulatory reform and elimination of duplicative programs;
      grant/contract  results  in the achievement of intended environmental objectives (Clean
      Water State Revolving Fund and Drinking Water State Revolving Fund);
      data systems/requirements for state oversight;
      use of interim guidance by the EPA;
      the EPA's relationships with regions and states.
Investigations

OIG investigations focus on identifying criminal activity pertaining to Agency programs. The
OIG will conduct investigations into allegations, and seek prosecution for: 1) fraudulent practices
in awarding, performing, and paying the EPA contracts, grants, or other assistance agreements; 2)
program fraud or other acts that undermine the integrity of, or confidence in Agency programs,
                                           567

-------
and create imminent environmental risks; 3) laboratory fraud relating to data, and false claims for
erroneous  laboratory  results  that  undermine  the  bases  for  decision-making,  regulatory
compliance, or enforcement actions, and 4) intrusions into and attacks against the EPA's network
supporting program data,  as  well  as  incidents of computer misuse  and theft of  intellectual
property or sensitive/proprietary data. Special attention will be directed towards identifying the
tactics, techniques, and procedures that are being utilized by cyber criminals to obtain the EPA's
information for their own motives. The OIG will directly assist the EPA senior leadership as well
as  federal cyber criminal,  counterintelligence,   and counterterrorism  communities through
collaboration with the OIG counterparts in other federal agencies. Analyzing the intruded systems
along with known national intelligence data will allow the OIG to help the Agency determine if
systems are under attack and whether key information  has been exfiltrated. It will enable the OIG
to understand  and  anticipate acts  of intelligence  gathering  to  recommend risk reduction
techniques and products to the EPA and other federal law  enforcement agencies, and to  pursue
judicial remedies. OIG investigations will also pursue  civil actions for recovery and restitution of
financial losses, and administrative actions to prevent  unscrupulous  persons and businesses from
participating in the EPA's programs.

Follow-up and Policy/Regulatory Analysis

To further promote economy, efficiency  and effectiveness, the OIG will conduct follow-up
reviews of Agency  responsiveness to OIG recommendations to determine if appropriate actions
have been  taken and intended improvements have been  achieved. This process will serve as a
means for  keeping  the EPA leadership apprised  of accomplishments,  opportunities  for needed
corrective actions, and facilitate greater accountability for results from OIG operations.

OIG also conducts reviews and analysis of proposed and existing policies, rules, regulations and
legislation  to identify vulnerability  to waste, fraud  and abuse. These  reviews also  consider
possible duplication, gaps  or  conflicts with existing authority,  leading to recommendations for
improvements in their structure, content and application.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(35B) Environmental and business recommendations or risks identified for
corrective action.
FY 2006
925
1,024
FY 2007
925
949
FY 2008
971
624
FY 2009
903
983
FY 2010
903
945
FY 2011
903
2011
FY 2012
903

FY 2013
950

Units
Recommendations

Measure
Target
Actual
(35D) Criminal, civil, administrative, and fraud prevention actions.
FY 2006
80
121
FY 2007
80
103
FY 2008
80
84
FY 2009
80
95
FY 2010
75
115
FY 2011
80
160
FY 2012
85

FY 2013
85

Units
Actions

                                           568

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(35A) Environmental and business actions taken for improved performance or risk
reduction.
FY 2006
303
407
FY 2007
318
464
FY 2008
334
463
FY 2009
318
272
FY 2010
334
391
FY 2011
334
315
FY 2012
334

FY 2013
375

Units
Actions

Measure
Target
Actual
(35C) Return on the annual dollar investment, as a percentage of the OIG budget,
from audits and investigations.
FY 2006
150
1610
FY 2007
150
189
FY 2008
150
186
FY 2009
120
150
FY 2010
120
36
FY 2011
120
151
FY 2012
110

FY 2013
120

Units
Percent

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$2,392.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$3,948.0 / +7.0FTE) This increase is required to perform vital audits and investigations.
       These resources include 7.0FTE and associated payroll of $1,064.0 to adequately support
       audits and evaluations and address the increased risk of vulnerabilities to fraud waste and
       abuse.

Statutory Authority:

Inspector General Act, as amended; Inspector General Reform Act; Reports Consolidation Act;
Single Audit Act; CFO Act; GMRA; PRIA; RCRA; FFMIA; FISMA; FQPA; TSCA.

Inspector General Reform Act:

The following information is provided pursuant to the requirements of the Inspector General
Reform Act:

    •   the aggregate budget request from the Inspector General for the operations of the OIG is
       $59,137,000 ($48,273,000 Inspector General; $10,864,000 Superfund Transfer);
    •   the  aggregate  request in the  President's  Budget  for  the  operations of the OIG is
       $59,137,000 ($48,273,000 Inspector General; $10,864,000 Superfund Transfer);
    •   the portion of the  aggregate request in the President's  Budget needed  for training is
       $850,000 ($695,000 Inspector General; $155,000 Superfund Transfer);
    •   the portion of the  aggregate request in the President's  Budget needed  to support  the
       Council of the Inspectors General  on Integrity  and Efficiency (CIGIE)  is  $168,807
       ($138,422 Inspector General; $30,385 Superfund Transfer).

"I certify as the Inspector General of the Environmental Protection Agency that the amount I have
requested for training satisfies all OIG training needs for FY 2013".
                                          569

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents - Buildings and Facilities

Resource Summary Table	571
Program Projects in B&F	571
Program Area: Homeland Security	572
   Homeland Security: Protection of EPA Personnel and Infrastructure	573
Program Area: Operations and Administration	575
   Facilities Infrastructure and Operations                                        576
                                       570

-------
                           Environmental Protection Agency
           FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
                      APPROPRIATION: Building and Facilities
                              Resource Summary Table

                                (Dollars in Thousands)

Building and Facilities
Budget Authority
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals

$38,523.8
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted

$36,370.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$41,969.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$5,599.0
0.0
                        Bill Language: Buildings and Facilities

For construction, repair, improvement, extension, alteration, and purchase of fixed equipment or
facilities of, or for use by,  the Environmental Protection Agency,  $41,969,000, to remain
available  until expended. (Department of the Interior, Environment, and Related Agencies
Appropriations Act, 2012.)

                              Program Projects in B&F

                                (Dollars in Thousands)
Program Project
Homeland Security
Homeland Security: Protection of EPA
Personnel and Infrastructure
Operations and Administration
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
Subtotal, Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
TOTAL, EPA
FY2011
Actuals

$8,269.1

$30,254.7
$30,254.7
$38,523.8
FY 2012
Enacted

$7,044.0

$29,326.0
$29,326.0
$36,370.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$8,038.0

$33,931.0
$33,931.0
$41,969.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$994.0

$4,605.0
$4,605.0
$5,599.0
                                         571

-------
Program Area: Homeland Security
              572

-------
                      Homeland Security:  Protection of EPA Personnel and Infrastructure
                                                        Program Area: Homeland Security

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office of
Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office  of the  Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Building and Facilities
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$6,497.0
$592.0
$8,269.1
$669.1
$16,027.2
7.3
FY2012
Enacted
$5,966.0
$578.0
$7,044.0
$1,170.0
$14,758.0
3.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$5,999.0
$579.0
$8,038.0
$1,172.0
$15,788.0
3.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$33.0
$1.0
$994.0
$2.0
$1,030.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

This program ensures that mandated physical security measures are in place to safeguard the
Agency's workforce, facilities, assets, and mission. The program also protects classified national
security information through construction and build-out of Secure Access Facilities (SAFs) and
Sensitive Compartmented Information  Facilities (SCIFs). The work under the Building and
Facilities appropriation supports larger physical security improvements to leased and  owned
space.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, EPA will continue to mitigate physical vulnerabilities in EPA facilities; incorporate
physical security measures in new construction, new leases, and major renovations; and provide a
full range of security improvements, all in accordance with the Interagency Security Committee
Physical Security Criteria for federal facilities.   EPA will continue to  install upgraded Physical
Access Control Systems  (PACS) as mandated by Homeland  Security  Presidential Directive  12
(HSPD -12) and its implementing standards. Additionally, the Agency will expand or realign
existing laboratories for homeland security support  activities and protect critical infrastructures.
Construction and build-out of SAFs and SCIFs will be carried out as needed.

Performance Targets:

Work under this  program  supports multiple  strategic  objectives.  Currently,  there  are no
performance measures for this specific program.
                                          573

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$994.0) This reflects an increase to incorporate physical  security  measures in  new
       construction, new leases, and major renovations.

Statutory Authority:

Executive Order 13526; 32 CFR 2001; Interagency Security Committee Physical Security Criteria
for Federal Facilities.
                                          574

-------
Program Area: Operations and Administration
                   575

-------
                                                  Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
                                               Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office of
Administration and  Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Building and Facilities
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$320,540.2
$69,436.1
$30,254.7
$903.0
$519.5
$80,056.2
$501,709.7
405.0
FY2012
Enacted
$319,777.0
$72,019.0
$29,326.0
$915.0
$535.0
$80,541.0
$503,113.0
417.4
FY2013
Pres Budget
$331,316.0
$75,485.0
$33,931.0
$843.0
$513.0
$79,622.0
$521,710.0
416.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,539.0
$3,466.0
$4,605.0
($72.0)
($22.0)
($919.0)
$18,597.0
-0.9
Program Project Description:

Buildings and Facilities (B&F) appropriation activities include design, construction, repair, and
improvement projects for buildings occupied by the EPA, whether federally owned or leased.
Construction and alteration projects costing more than $150 thousand must use B&F funding.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013,  B&F  resources  will be used for  facility-related construction  and repair and
improvement (R&I) of the EPA's real estate inventory. The EPA's inventory includes WWII era
buildings, such as research facilities (most being 30 or more years old) that have been modified to
meet  evolving research  requirements  and other programmatic needs,  and which continue  to
deteriorate with time. Good stewardship practices ensure that physical conditions,  functionality,
and research capabilities are not compromised.

In addition, resources will be used to comply with various requirements and Agency goals set out
in Executive  Orders  (EO)  13514 and 13423 \ the Energy Policy  Act of 2005, the Energy
Independence  and Security Act of 2007 (EISA), new alternative fuel regulatory requirements, and
regulatory mandates associated with soil  and water pesticides testing.  The Agency will  apply
funds to meet Federal  facility environmental objectives related to energy efficiency (annual
1 Information is available at http: //www. fedcenter. gov/programs/eo 135147, Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and
Economic Performance; and http://www.fedcenter.gov/programs/eol3423A Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy, and
Transportation Management.
                                           576

-------
energy use reductions of three percent per year through FY 2015), water conservation (annual
water use reductions of two percent per year through FY 2020), advanced metering, stormwater
management, upgrading 15 percent of EPA's existing real estate portfolio to meet the standards of
"high performance sustainable" green building standards by FY 2015, and reducing fossil fuel use
in new buildings.

Agency Building and Facility projects for FY 2013 include the following multi-year efforts:

   •   National Vehicle and Fuel Emissions Lab (NVFEL) Modernization, Ann Arbor, MI.
       This project enables the EPA to meet the demands of new science testing and research
       methods. EISA legislation requires  the  Agency to test four-wheel-drive  vehicles and
       heavy duty vehicles. Only by making significant modifications to the NVFEL Lab will  the
       Air and Radiation program be able  to meet these new testing requirements while still
       maintaining their other mandated testing programs.

   •   Andrew W.  Breidenbach Environmental Research Center  (AWBERC), Cincinatti,
       OH. Infrastructure Replacement Project Phase 5 - the final  phase of the mechanical
       system replacement. This project will provide all new fume hoods and mechanical fans
       and ductwork which will serve the AWBERC facility for the next 30 years. It also will
       renovate outdated casework and laboratory systems to meet current research functions of
       the Agency.

   •   Build-out of the new Region 9  office lease, San Francisco, CA. Mission-related
       improvements of the new Regional office in San Francisco such  as conferencing facilities,
       emergency operations center, teleworking center, public information center and  library, as
       well as the use of commissioning and other energy and water reduction strategies.

   •   Renovations at the  Main  Laboratory, Research  Triangle  Park (RTP),  NC. This
       project will reallocate lab and office space to allow  researchers in the Reproductive
       Toxicology Division to move out of a leased facility and into owned labs adjacent to their
       fellow researchers. This move will save the Agency over $2 million annually in rent and
       utility costs and will make a full return on investment in 10 years.

   •   Retrofitting  the  air  handling  system   and  infrastructure in a wing  of the
       Environmental Effects Research  Lab, Narragansett,  RI. The current air handling
       system is at the end of its useful life and, if not addressed, will potentially impact science
       research and the health and safety of staff. The required additional funds will permit
       continuity in quality research by the Program and Regional Offices so as to comply with
       regulatory and  enforcement missions. This project also will reduce energy usage to help
       the Agency meet its target of 3 percent energy reduction per year pursuant to EO 13514.

   •   Replacement of fume  hoods  and air handlers  at the Air and  Radiation lab,
       Montgomery, AL. This project will significantly reduce energy  usage.
                                          577

-------
   •   Improving operating efficiency and sustaining safe work environments at facilities in
       Corvallis, OR, Narragansett, RI, and RTF, NC. These projects will lower energy usage
       and the emission of greenhouse gases.

The funding requested is essential to the Agency's ability to comply with the relevant Executive
Orders, EISA, and the Energy Policy Act.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance  results in the Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations program project under the  EPM appropriation and  can be found in the Performance
Eight Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$4,605.0)   This increase  supports  facility-related  construction  and  repair  and
       improvement (R&I) of the EPA's real estate inventory. In addition, resources will be used
       to comply with various requirements and Agency goals set out in Executive Order (EO)
       13514 and 13423.

Statutory Authority:

Federal Property and Administration Services Act; Public Building Act; Annual Appropriations
Act;  Robert T.  Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency  Assistance Act;  CWA; CAA; RCRA;
TSCA; NEPA;  CERFA; D.C. Recycling Act of 1988; Energy Policy Act of 2005; Executive
Orders 10577, 12598,  13150, 13423, and 13514; Emergency Support Functions (ESF) #10 Oil
and Hazardous Materials Response Annex; Homeland Security Presidential Decision Directive 63
(Critical Infrastructure Protection).
                                         578

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

Table of Contents - Superfund

Resource Summary Table	581
Program Projects in Superfund	581
Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation	585
   Radiation: Protection	586
Program Area: Audits, Evaluations and Investigations	588
   Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations                                       589
Program Area: Compliance	593
   Compliance Monitoring	594
Program Area: Enforcement	596
   Environmental Justice	597
   Superfund: Enforcement	599
   Superfund: Federal Facilities Enforcement	603
   Criminal Enforcement	605
   Forensics Support	608
Program Area: Homeland Security	610
   Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response, and Recovery	611
   Homeland Security: Protection of EPA Personnel and Infrastructure	616
Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach	618
   Exchange Network	619
Program Area: IT / Data Management / Security	623
   Information Security	624
   IT / Data Management	626
Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review	631
   Alternative Dispute Resolution	632
   Legal Advice: Environmental Program	634
Program Area: Operations and Administration	637
   Facilities Infrastructure and Operations	638
   Financial Assistance Grants / IAG Management	641
   Acquisition Management	644
   Human Resources Management	646
                                      579

-------
   Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance	649
Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities	652
   Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities	653
Program Area: Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability	656
   Human Health Risk Assessment	657
Program Area: Superfund Cleanup	660
   Superfund: Emergency Response and Removal	661
   Superfund: EPA Emergency Preparedness	666
   Superfund: Federal Facilities	669
   Superfund: Remedial	675
   Superfund: Support to Other Federal Agencies                                686
                                      580

-------
                           Environmental Protection Agency
            FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
                  APPROPRIATION: Hazardous Substance Superfund
                               Resource Summary Table

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Hazardous Substance Superfund
Budget Authority
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals

$1,450,268.3
3,181.0
FY 2012
Enacted

$1,213,808.0
3,159.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$1,176,431.0
3,104.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

($37,377.0)
-55.1
 *For ease of comparison, Superfund transfer resources for the audit and research functions are shown in the
 Superfund account.

                     Bill Language: Hazardous Substance Superfund
                              (including transfers of funds)

 For  necessary  expenses  to  carry  out the  Comprehensive   Environmental Response,
 Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), as amended, including sections lll(c)(3),
 (c)(5), (c)(6), and (e)(4) (42 U.S.C. 9611) $1,176,431,000, to remain available until expended,
 consisting of such sums as are available in the Trust Fund on September 30, 2012, as authorized
 by section 517(a) of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA) and up
 to $1,176,431,000 as a payment from general revenues to the Hazardous Substance Superfund
for purposes as authorized by section 517(b)  of SARA, as amended: Provided,  That funds
 appropriated under this heading may be allocated to other Federal agencies in accordance with
 section 111 (a) of CERCLA: Provided further, That of the funds appropriated under this heading,
 $10,864,000 shall be paid to the "Office of Inspector General" appropriation to remain available
 until  September  30, 2014,  and $23,225,000 shall be paid to  the  "Science and Technology"
 appropriation to  remain available until September 30, 2014. (Department  of the Interior,
 Environment, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2012.)

                            Program Projects in Superfund

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
Program Project
Indoor Air and Radiation
Radiation: Protection
Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations
Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations
Compliance
FY2011
Actuals

$2,478.4

$8,943.7

FY 2012
Enacted

$2,468.0

$9,939.0

FY 2013
Pres Budget

$2,637.0

$10,864.0

FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$169.0

$925.0

                                         581

-------
Program Project
Compliance Incentives
Compliance Monitoring
Subtotal, Compliance
Enforcement
Environmental Justice
Superfiind: Enforcement
Superfund: Federal Facilities Enforcement
Civil Enforcement
Criminal Enforcement
Enforcement Training
Forensics Support
Subtotal, Enforcement
Homeland Security
Homeland Security: Critical Infrastructure
Protection
Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response,
and Recovery
Decontamination
Laboratory Preparedness and Response
Homeland Security: Preparedness,
Response, and Recovery (other
activities)
Subtotal, Homeland Security: Preparedness,
Response, and Recovery
Homeland Security: Protection of EPA
Personnel and Infrastructure
Subtotal, Homeland Security
Information Exchange / Outreach
Congressional, Intergovernmental, External
Relations
Exchange Network
Subtotal, Information Exchange / Outreach
IT / Data Management / Security
Information Security
IT / Data Management
Subtotal, IT / Data Management / Security
FY 2011
Actuals
$5.6
$1,192.5
$1,198.1

$1,128.7
$179,163.7
$9,271.8
$4.4
$7,845.9
$20.6
$2,456.2
$199,891.3

$9.1

$6,557.0
$5,710.4
$32,036.8
$44,304.2
$669.1
$44,982.4

$2.1
$1,431.0
$1,433.1

$847.2
$17,640.0
$18,487.2
FY2012
Enacted
$0.0
$1,221.0
$1,221.0

$583.0
$165,534.0
$10,296.0
$0.0
$7,903.0
$0.0
$2,419.0
$186,735.0

$0.0

$5,898.0
$5,626.0
$29,075.0
$40,599.0
$1,170.0
$41,769.0

$0.0
$1,431.0
$1,431.0

$728.0
$15,339.0
$16,067.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$1,223.0
$1,223.0

$613.0
$166,309.0
$8,592.0
$0.0
$7,680.0
$0.0
$1,214.0
$184,408.0

$0.0

$5,868.0
$5,644.0
$29,257.0
$40,769.0
$1,172.0
$41,941.0

$0.0
$1,433.0
$1,433.0

$728.0
$14,855.0
$15,583.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
$2.0
$2.0

$30.0
$775.0
($1,704.0)
$0.0
($223.0)
$0.0
($1,205.0)
($2,327.0)

$0.0

($30.0)
$18.0
$182.0
$170.0
$2.0
$172.0

$0.0
$2.0
$2.0

$0.0
($484.0)
($484.0)
582

-------
Program Project
Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review
Alternative Dispute Resolution
Legal Advice: Environmental Program
Subtotal, Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic
Review
Operations and Administration
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
Rent
Utilities
Security
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
(other activities)
Subtotal, Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Financial Assistance Grants / IAG Management
Acquisition Management
Human Resources Management
Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance
Subtotal, Operations and Administration
Research: Sustainable Communities
Research: Sustainable and Healthy
Communities
Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability
Human Health Risk Assessment
Superfund Cleanup
Superfund: Emergency Response and Removal
Superfund: EPA Emergency Preparedness
Superfund: Federal Facilities
Superfund: Remedial
Superfund: Support to Other Federal Agencies
Brownfields Projects1
FY 2011
Actuals

$814.9
$711.9
$1,526.8


$43,776.9
$3,320.8
$7,034.5
$25,924.0
$80,056.2
$3,322.3
$23,672.0
$8,924.4
$30,349.3
$146,324.2

$21,347.9

$3,737.6

$242,375.9
$10,473.9
$32,555.5
$707,200.8
$5,908.0
$1,403.5
FY2012
Enacted

$844.0
$682.0
$1,526.0


$47,032.0
$3,760.0
$8,269.0
$21,480.0
$80,541.0
$3,128.0
$24,111.0
$6,346.0
$21,632.0
$135,758.0

$17,677.0

$3,337.0

$189,590.0
$9,244.0
$26,199.0
$564,998.0
$5,849.0
$0.0
FY2013
Pres Budget

$877.0
$755.0
$1,632.0


$46,005.0
$3,455.0
$8,594.0
$21,568.0
$79,622.0
$3,174.0
$25,961.0
$7,558.0
$24,066.0
$140,381.0

$17,798.0

$3,316.0

$188,500.0
$8,179.0
$26,765.0
$531,771.0
$0.0
$0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$33.0
$73.0
$106.0


($1,027.0)
($305.0)
$325.0
$88.0
($919.0)
$46.0
$1,850.0
$1,212.0
$2,434.0
$4,623.0

$121.0

($21.0)

($1,090.0)
($1,065.0)
$566.0
($33,227.0)
($5,849.0)
$0.0
1 In 1995, EPA initiated the Brownfields Program via brownfield 'pilot' projects as authorized by CERCLA and funded through
the Hazardous Substance Superfund appropriation. After the Small Business Liability Relief and Brownfields Act passed into
law, starting with the FY 2003 Enacted Budget, funding for the Brownfields Program was appropriated out of the Environmental
Programs Management and State and  Tribal Assistance Grant appropriations. In FY 2011, funds originally provided under the
'pilot' projects from the Superfund appropriation were deobligated. In order to retain the same purpose as when  the funds were
                                                       583

-------
Program Project
Subtotal, Brownfields Projects
Subtotal, Superfund Cleanup
TOTAL, EPA
FY 2011
Actuals
$1,403.5
$999,917.6
$1,450,268.3
FY2012
Enacted
$0.0
$795,880.0
$1,213,808.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$755,215.0
$1,176,431.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
($40,665.0)
($37,377.0)
*For  ease of comparison,  Superfund  transfer resources for the audit and research functions are shown in the
Superfund account.
first appropriated, the deobligated funds were recertified to Brownfields Projects. Therefore, FY 2011 Actuals include $1,403.5
thousand of Superfund prior year resources.
                                                     584

-------
Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                 585

-------
                                                                   Radiation: Protection
                                                   Program Area: Indoor Air and Radiation
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                    Objective(s): Reduce Unnecessary Exposure to Radiation

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$11,156.0
$2,275.4
$2,478.4
$15,909.8
79.6
FY 2012
Enacted
$9,616.0
$2,094.0
$2,468.0
$14,178.0
75.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$9,760.0
$2,126.0
$2,637.0
$14,523.0
76.1
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$144.0
$32.0
$169.0
$345.0
0.7
Program Project Description:

This program addresses potential radiation risks found at some Superfund and hazardous waste
sites.  Through this program, the  EPA ensures that Superfund site clean-up  activities reduce
and/or mitigate the health and environmental risk of radiation to safe levels. In addition, the
program makes  certain that appropriate clean-up technologies  and methods are  adopted to
effectively and efficiently reduce the health and environmental hazards associated with radiation
problems encountered at these sites, some of which are located near at-risk communities. Finally,
the program ensures that appropriate technical assistance is provided on remediation approaches
for National Priorities List (NPL) and non-NPL sites.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY  2013,  EPA's National Air  and  Radiation Environmental  Laboratory  (NAREL) in
Montgomery, Alabama, and Radiation and Indoor Environments National Laboratory (R&IE) in
Las Vegas, Nevada, will  continue  to provide  analytical  support  to  manage  and  mitigate
radioactive releases and exposures. These nationally recognized  laboratories routinely provide
analytical and technical support for the characterization and cleanup of Superfund and Federal
Facility sites. Laboratory support focuses on providing high  quality data to support Agency
decisions at sites across the country. Both of these laboratories also provide specialized technical
support on-site, including field measurements using unique tools and capabilities. In addition,
both laboratories provide data evaluation and assessment,  document review, and field support
through ongoing fixed and  mobile capability. Thousands of radiochemical  and mixed waste
analyses are performed annually at NAREL on a variety of samples from contaminated sites.
NAREL is EPA's only laboratory with this in-house mixed waste analytical capability. R&IE and
NAREL also provide field-based analytical capability for screening and identifying radiological
contaminants at NPL and non-NPL sites  across the country, including mobile scanning, in-situ
analysis, and air sampling equipment and expert personnel.
                                          586

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results in the Radiation: Protection program
found under the Environmental Program Management Tab and can be found in the Performance
Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$81.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce  costs and a  cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$3.0)  This  reflects an  increase for  contract  support for analysis  for radiation
       remediation at Superfund sites.

    •   (+$85.0) This reflects an increase in laboratory security, operations and maintenance, and
       utilities fixed costs.

    •   (+0.1 FTE) This reflects an increase in FTE to support the radiation lab.

Statutory Authority:

CERCLA, as amended by the SARA of 1986.
                                         587

-------
Program Area: Audits, Evaluations and Investigations
                       588

-------
                                                 Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations
                                      Program Area: Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Inspector General
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$46,627.9
$8,943.7
$55,571.6
342.7
FY2012
Enacted
$41,933.0
$9,939.0
$51,872.0
358.1
FY2013
Pres Budget
$48,273.0
$10,864.0
$59,137.0
365.8
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$6,340.0
$925.0
$7,265.0
7.7
Program Project Description:

The  EPA's Office of  Inspector General  (OIG)  provides  audit,  program  evaluation, and
investigative services and products that fulfill the requirements of the Inspector General Act, as
amended, by identifying fraud, waste, and abuse in Agency, grantee and contractor operations,
and by promoting  economy,  efficiency, and effectiveness in  the operations  of the Agency's
Superfund program. OIG activities add value, promote transparency and enhance public trust by
providing the Agency, the public, and Congress with independent analyses and recommendations
that help the EPA management resolve risks and challenges, achieve opportunities for savings,
and implement actions  for safeguarding the EPA resources and  accomplishing  the  EPA's
environmental  goals. OIG activities also prevent and detect fraud in the EPA programs and
operations, including financial fraud, laboratory  fraud, and cyber crime. The OIG consistently
provides a significant positive  return on investment to the public in the form of recommendations
for improvements  in the delivery  of the  EPA's  mission,  reduction in  risks,  costs savings,
efficiencies, recoveries, and integrity through law enforcement.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The EPA's OIG will assist the Agency in its efforts to reduce environmental and human health
risks by making recommendations to  improve  Superfund program operations,  save taxpayer
dollars,  and resolve previously  identified major management challenges and internal control
weaknesses. In FY 2013, the  OIG will  continue focusing on areas associated with  risk, fraud,
waste,  and cyber intrusions,  and will expand its  attention to making recommendations that
improve operating efficiency, transparency, secured and  trustworthy systems, and the cost
effective attainment of the EPA's strategic  goals and positive environmental impacts related to
the Superfund program.  As the Agency is increasingly challenged  to do more with less,  the
elevated risk of fraud, waste and abuse and need to find greater efficiencies within the Agency
significantly magnifies the role, tasks and challenges of the OIG to help protect EPA's program
                                          589

-------
and operational integrity.  Historically, the EPA OIG provides a significantly positive return on
investment in terms of monetary, program improvement and loss prevention benefits.

OIG plans will be implemented through audits,  evaluations,  investigations, and follow-up
reviews in compliance with the Inspector General Act, applicable Professional Standards of the
U. S. Comptroller General, and the Quality Standards for Federal Offices of Inspector General of
the Council of Inspectors General on Integrity and Efficiency. The following types of audits are
conducted: (1)  program  performance  audits,  including  those focused on  the  award  and
administration of grants and contracts; (2) financial audits of grantees and contractors;
(3) efficiency  audits; and (4)  information resources management audits. In addition, program
evaluations will be conducted in the areas of the EPA's mission objectives for improving and
protecting the environment and public health via reviews of Superfund and other land issues. The
OIG will also  conduct investigations of, and seek prosecution for, criminal activity and  serious
misconduct in the  EPA's  Superfund program and operations that undermine Agency integrity,
the public  trust, and create imminent environmental risks, as well as, seek civil  judgments to
obtain  recovery and  restitution of financial  losses. Areas of investigative emphasis include
financial fraud, infrastructure/terrorist threat, program  integrity, employee integrity, and theft of
intellectual or sensitive data.

Audits and Evaluations

OIG audits and program evaluations related to Superfund will identify program  and management
risks and determine if the EPA is efficiently and effectively reducing human health risks; taking
effective enforcement actions;  cleaning up hazardous waste; restoring previously polluted sites to
appropriate uses; and ensuring long-term stewardship of  polluted sites. OIG  assignments will
include:  (1) assessing the adequacy of internal controls in the EPA  and  its  grantees and
contractors to protect resources; (2) proj ect management to ensure that the EPA and its grantees
and contractors have clear plans and accountability for performance progress; (3) enforcement to
evaluate whether there is consistent,  adequate and  appropriate application  of the laws and
regulations  across  jurisdictions  with  coordination  between  federal,  state and local  law
enforcement activities; and (4) grants and contracts to verify that such awards are made based
upon uniform risk assessment and  capacity to account  and perform,  and that  grantees and
contractors perform with integrity and value.

Prior audits and evaluations of the  Superfund program have identified numerous barriers to
implementing  effective resource management and program improvements.  Therefore, the OIG
will concentrate its resources on efforts in the following prospective assignment areas:

   •  accuracy of costs claimed  by  Superfund contractors to comply with contract terms and
      conditions;
   •  effectiveness of strategies and plans for implementing institutional controls at Superfund
      sites;
   •  long-term stewardship of contaminated sites  to include safety  and appropriate reuse of
      Superfund sites;
   •  Superfund cost management and actions  for preventing cost overruns and project delays,
      including the use of fixed-price contracts;
                                           590

-------
   •  Superfund state cost share recovery;
   •  Superfund amounts reported in financial statements; and
   •  the reliability and validity of environmental data used to  support actions and reported
      results.

The OIG also will  evaluate ways to minimize fraud, waste, and abuse, and maximize results
achieved from Superfund contracts and assistance agreements.

Investigations

OIG investigations  focus on identifying criminal activity pertaining to the Superfund program.
The OIG will conduct investigations into allegations,  and seek prosecution for:  1) fraudulent
practices in awarding, performing,  and paying the EPA Superfund contracts, grants, or other
assistance  agreements;  2)  program  fraud  or other acts  that undermine the integrity of,  or
confidence in  the Superfund program,  and create imminent environmental  risks;  3) laboratory
fraud relating to Superfund data, and false claims for erroneous laboratory results that undermine
the bases for Superfund decision-making, regulatory compliance, or enforcement actions; and
4) intrusions into and attacks against the EPA's network supporting Superfund data, as well as
incidents of computer misuse and theft of intellectual property or sensitive/proprietary Superfund
data.  Special  attention  will  be directed  towards identifying  the  tactics,  techniques, and
procedures that are  being utilized by cyber criminals to obtain the EPA's information for their
own motives.  The OIG will directly assist the  EPA senior leadership as well as  federal cyber
criminal, counterintelligence,  and counterterrorism communities through collaboration with the
OIG counterparts in other federal agencies. Analyzing the intruded systems along with known
national intelligence data will allow the OIG to help the Agency determine if systems are under
attack and whether key information has been exfiltrated. It will enable the OIG to understand and
anticipate acts of intelligence gathering to recommend risk reduction techniques and products to
the EPA and  other federal law enforcement agencies, and to pursue judicial remedies. OIG
investigations  will also pursue civil actions for recovery and restitution  of financial losses, and
administrative actions to prevent unscrupulous persons and businesses from participating in the
EPA's Superfund program.

Follow-up and Policy/Regulatory Analysis

To further promote economy,  efficiency and  effectiveness, the  OIG will  conduct follow-up
reviews of Agency responsiveness to OIG  recommendations for the  Superfund program  to
determine  if  appropriate actions have been taken,  and intended improvements have been
achieved. Of particular concern are recommendations for improved cost documentation for better
recovery of costs from Responsible Parties. This process will keep the EPA leadership informed
of  accomplishments,  apprised of  needed  corrective actions,  and  will  facilitate   greater
accountability for results from OIG operations. Oversight  of the Agency  audit management
process ensures that action  on all opportunities for improvements identified through OIG reports
are appropriately taken.

Additionally, as directed by the IG Act,  the OIG will review and analyze proposed and  existing
policies, rules, regulations and legislation pertaining to  the Superfund program to  identify
                                           591

-------
vulnerability to waste, fraud and abuse. These reviews also consider possible duplication, gaps or
conflicts with existing authority, leading to recommendations  for  improvements in their
structure, content and application.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports  performance results in the Audits, Evaluations, and
Investigations program project under the OIG appropriation and can be found in the Performance
Eight Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from the FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$1,098.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$97.0 / +0.7 FTE) This increase is vital to support audits and investigations and, the
       increased risk of vulnerabilities to fraud waste and abuse.

    •   (-$270.0) This reflects a realignment of non-payroll resources to more accurately reflect
       actual utilization of resources.
Statutory Authority:

Inspector General Act, as amended; Inspector General Reform Act; SARA; CERCLA.

Inspector General Reform Act:

The following information is provided pursuant to the requirements of the Inspector General
Reform Act:

   •   the aggregate budget request from the Inspector General for the operations of the OIG is
       $59,137,000 ($48,273,000 Inspector General; $10,864,000 Superfund Transfer);
   •   the aggregate request  in  the  President's Budget  for  the  operations of  the OIG is
       $59,137,000 ($48,273,000 Inspector General; $10,864,000 Superfund Transfer);
   •   the portion of the  aggregate request in the President's Budget needed  for training is
       $850,000 ($695,000 Inspector General; $155,000 Superfund Transfer);
   •   the portion of the  aggregate request in the President's Budget needed to support the
       Council of the Inspectors  General  on Integrity and Efficiency (CIGIE)  is $168,807
       ($138,422 Inspector General; $30,385 Superfund Transfer).

   "I certify as the Inspector General of the Environmental Protection Agency that the amount I
   have requested for training satisfies all OIG training needs for FY 2013".
                                          592

-------
Program Area: Compliance
          593

-------
                                                                Compliance Monitoring
                                                              Program Area: Compliance
                                                     Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws
                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$109,266.9
$111.2
$1,192.5
$110,570.6
624.1
FY 2012
Enacted
$106,707.0
$138.0
$1,221.0
$108,066.0
626.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$125,209.0
$142.0
$1,223.0
$126,574.0
634.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$18,502.0
$4.0
$2.0
$18,508.0
7.8
Program Project Description:

The  Compliance  Monitoring program  reviews  and evaluates the activities  of the regulated
community to determine compliance with applicable laws, regulations, permit conditions,  and
settlement agreements by conducting compliance inspections/evaluations, investigations, record
reviews, information requests, and by responding to tips and complaints from the public.  The
program conducts these activities to determine whether conditions that exist at Superfund sites
may present imminent and substantial endangerment to human health or the  environment and to
verify whether regulated sites are in compliance with environmental laws and regulations.

The Superfund portion of the Compliance Monitoring program focuses on providing information
and system support for monitoring compliance with Superfund-related environmental regulations
and contaminated site clean-up agreements. The  program also ensures the security and integrity
of its compliance information systems.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Superfund-related compliance monitoring activities are mainly reported and  tracked through the
Agency's  Integrated Compliance Information  System (ICIS).  In  FY 2013, the Compliance
Monitoring program will  include support  and ongoing  enhancements to  ICIS  for continued
support of the federal Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program. The EPA will continue
to ensure  the security and  integrity of these  systems, and  will use ICIS data  to  support
Superfund-related regulatory enforcement program activities. In FY 2013, the Superfund portion
of this program for ICIS-related work is $190 thousand.

The  EPA  also will continue to make  Superfund-related compliance monitoring information
available to the  public through the Enforcement and  Compliance History On-line (ECHO)
website.  This site provides communities with information on compliance status.  The EPA  will
continue to develop additional tools and data for public use.
2 For more information, refer to: http://www.epa-echo.gov/echo/
                                          594

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program also  supports performance results in  the Compliance Monitoring
Program Project under EPM and can be found in the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  (+$6.0)  This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
      living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •  (-$4.0) This reflects a small reduction in support for monitoring Superfund compliance.

Statutory Authority:

CERCLA as amended; RCRA;  CWA; SOW A;  CAA; TSCA; EPCRA; RLBPHRA; FIFRA;
ODA; NAAEC; LPA-US/MX-BR; NEPA.
                                        595

-------
Program Area: Enforcement
           596

-------
                                                                 Environmental Justice
                                                             Program Area: Enforcement
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$8,407.0
$1,128.7
$9,535.7
34.4
FY 2012
Enacted
$6,848.0
$583.0
$7,431.0
32.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$7,161.0
$613.0
$7,774.0
32.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$313.0
$30.0
$343.0
0.1
Program Project Description:

The EPA  is committed  to  fostering  public  health  and  sustainability  in  communities
disproportionately  burdened  by  pollution through  integrating  and  addressing  issues  of
environmental justice (EJ) in the EPA's programs and policies as part of day-to-day business.
Implementation of Plan EJ 2014 by the  Agency's programs  and Regional  Offices is a key
component to this  commitment. The  EPA's  Environmental Justice  program  supports the
implementation of Plan EJ 2014 and is the focal point for facilitating this integration by building
the capacity of the Agency to  address environmental justice issues, promoting accountability,
promoting agency action on critical environmental justice issues, and fostering the community's
voice. The EJ program conducts outreach  to overburdened communities and provides technical
assistance that empowers low income and minority communities  to  take action to  protect
themselves from  environmental harm. The Superfund portion of the program focuses on issues
that affect communities  at or near  Superfund sites.  The  Environmental  Justice program
complements  and  enhances the  Agency's  community  outreach, like the Solid Waste and
Emergency Response program's Community Engagement Initiative, and other work done under
the Superfund program at  affected sites. The Agency also supports state and tribal environmental
justice programs and conducts outreach and technical assistance to states, local governments, and
other stakeholders on environmental justice issues.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA  will continue to implement environmental justice activities  in support of
the Superfund program consistent with the vision and commitments outlined in the  Agency's FY
2011-2015  Strategic Plan Cross-Cutting Fundamental Strategy for Environmental Justice and
Children's Health and Plan EJ 2014.

In FY 2013,  the EJ program will continue to  promote  the active engagement of community
groups,  other federal agencies,  states, local governments, and tribal governments  to recognize,
support, and advance environmental protection and public health for overburdened  communities.
The EJ  program  will guide the EPA's efforts  to empower communities to protect themselves
from environmental harms.  These efforts build healthy and  sustainable neighborhoods that
                                          597

-------
enable disadvantaged groups  to  participate in  the  new  green economy through  technical
assistance.

In FY 2013, the EJ program will continue to partner with other programs within the Agency to
create scientific analytical methods, a legal foundation, and public engagement practices that
enable the incorporation of environmental justice considerations in the EPA's  regulatory and
policy decisions.  Finally,  the  EJ program  will continue to  support  the Agency's efforts  to
strengthen internal mechanisms to integrate environmental justice including  communications,
training, performance management, and accountability measures.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports activities that benefit disproportionately burdened  minority,
low-income, and  tribal  populations.  Currently, there  are  no  performance measures for this
specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$17.0) This increase  reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and  a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$13.0) This  reflects realignments  and corrections to resources for  telephone, Local
       Area Network (LAN), and other telecommunications  and IT security requirements.

Statutory Authority:

Executive Order 12898; CERCLA, as amended.
                                          598

-------
                                                               Superfund: Enforcement
                                                              Program Area: Enforcement
                                                      Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws
                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$179,163.7
$179,163.7
924.2
FY 2012
Enacted
$165,534.0
$165,534.0
922.5
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$166,309.0
$166,309.0
889.4
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$775.0
$775.0
-33.1
Program Project Description:

The EPA's Superfund Enforcement program protects communities by ensuring that responsible
parties conduct  cleanups,  preserving  federal dollars  for  sites where there  are no  viable
contributing parties. The Superfund Enforcement program ensures prompt site cleanup and uses
an "enforcement first" approach that maximizes the participation of liable and viable parties in
performing and paying for cleanups. In both the remedial and removal programs, the Superfund
Enforcement program initiates civil, judicial,  and administrative  site remediation cases. The
Superfund  Enforcement program also provides  litigation, legal and  technical  enforcement
support on Superfund enforcement actions and emerging issues. The Superfund  Enforcement
program develops waste cleanup enforcement policies and provides guidance and  tools that
clarify potential  environmental  cleanup  liability, with specific  attention  to  the reuse and
revitalization of contaminated properties. In  addition, the Superfund Enforcement program
ensures that responsible parties  cleanup  sites  to reduce direct  human  exposure  to hazardous
pollutants  and contaminants by providing  long-term human health protections, which ultimately
make contaminated properties available for reuse.

The EPA negotiates cleanup agreements with Potentially Responsible Parties (PRP) at hazardous
waste sites and, where negotiations fail, either takes enforcement actions to require cleanup or
expends Superfund appropriated  dollars to remediate the sites, sometimes in combination. The
Department of Justice (DOJ) supports the EPA's Superfund  Enforcement program through
negotiations and judicial actions to  compel PRP cleanup and to recover appropriated monies
spent on cleanup. In tandem with this approach, the EPA has implemented  various reforms to
increase fairness, reduce transaction costs, promote  economic  development, and make sites
available for appropriate reuse. The EPA  also works to ensure that required legally enforceable
institutional controls and financial assurance  requirements are in place at  Superfund sites to
ensure the long-term protectiveness of Superfund cleanup remedies.

The  Agency promotes the "polluter pays" principle,  cleaning  up more  sites  and preserving
appropriated  dollars for  sites without viable  PRPs.  The cumulative value of  private  party
commitments for cleanup is just over $36 billion ($30.5 billion for cleanup work and $5.8 billion
in cost recovery).
                                          599

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Throughout FY  2013,  the  Superfund Enforcement program will  ensure PRP participation in
cleanups while promoting fairness in the enforcement process and will continue to recover costs
from PRPs when the EPA expends appropriated funds. The Agency's goal is to maximize PRP
participation by  reaching a settlement or taking an enforcement action by the time a remedial
action starts for at least 99 percent of non-federal Superfund sites that have viable, liable parties.
The EPA has reached a settlement or taken an enforcement action on 98 percent or more of non-
federal Superfund sites with viable,  liable parties since FY 2010. The Agency also seeks to
ensure trust fund stewardship through cost recovery efforts in order to recover response costs that
have been expended from the Superfund from responsible parties.

In FY 2013, the  Agency will negotiate remedial design/action cleanup agreements and removal
agreements at contaminated properties to address contamination impacting local communities.
When appropriated  dollars are used to  clean up sites, the program  will seek  to recover  the
associated cleanup costs from the PRPs. If future work remains at a site, recovered funds may be
placed in a site-specific special account pursuant to the agreement.  Special accounts are sub-
accounts within the EPA's Superfund Trust Fund. In accordance with the terms of the settlement
agreement, the EPA uses special account resources to finance site-specific CERCLA response
actions at the site for which the account was established. The Agency will continue its efforts to
establish and maximize the effectiveness of special  accounts to facilitate cleanup by improving
tracking and planning for special account funds.

Special   accounts  save taxpayers  significant  resources.  In FY  2011,   the  EPA  created
approximately 106 Special Accounts, collected $352.3 million for response work and accrued
$12.8 million in  interest for a total of $365.1 million. The Agency disbursed or obligated $343.6
million  for response work. The EPA also closed  53 Special Accounts and transferred $5.1
million from Special Accounts into the general part of the Superfund Trust Fund.

Since 1989, the  EPA has created 1,129 Special Accounts, collected  $3.7 billion for response
work and accrued $391.4 million in interest for a total of $4.1 billion.  The Agency has disbursed
$1.9 billion, has obligated but not yet disbursed $287.1 million, and designated an additional
$141.6 million to performing parties in settlements. The EPA  has closed 137 Special Accounts
and transferred $19.2 million from Special Accounts into the general part of the Superfund Trust
Fund.

In FY 2013, the  Agency will provide the Department of Justice with  $23.65  million through an
Interagency Agreement. Funding will provide  support for the EPA's Superfund Enforcement
program  through such actions  as negotiating  consent decrees with  PRPs, preparing judicial
actions  to compel  PRP  cleanup, and  litigating to  recover monies  spent in cleaning  up
contaminated sites.  The  EPA's  Superfund Enforcement  program  is responsible  for case
development and preparation, referral to the DOJ and post-filing actions, and for  providing case
and cost  documentation support for the docket of current cases with the DOJ. The program also
ensures that the  EPA meets cost recovery  statute of limitation deadlines, resolves cases, issues
bills for oversight,  and makes  collections in a timely  manner.  By pursuing  cost recovery
settlements, the program promotes the principle that polluters should either perform or pay for
                                          600

-------
cleanups. This approach preserves appropriated resources to address contaminated sites where
there  are no viable, liable PRPs. The Agency's  expenditures will  be recouped as much as
possible  through   administrative  actions  and  Comprehensive Environmental  Response,
Compensation,  and Liability Act (CERCLA) Section 107  case  referrals.  The  Agency  will
continue to refer delinquent accounts receivable to the DOJ for debt collection enforcement.

In FY 2011, the Superfund Enforcement program secured private  party  commitments  that
exceeded $3.3 billion. Of this amount, PRPs have committed to future response work with an
estimated value of approximately $3  billion; PRPs have also agreed to reimburse the Agency for
$298.6 million  in past costs; and PRPs have been billed by the EPA for approximately  $74
million in oversight costs. During the past ten years, the Superfund civil enforcement investment
has resulted in an average return of eight dollars for every one appropriated dollar invested in the
program. The total  commitments obtained from responsible parties  over that ten year  period
exceeded $14 billion.

In consideration of budget constraints, the EPA has assessed its priorities in compliance and
enforcement efforts in order to embrace new approaches that can help achieve the  Agency's
goals  more efficiently and effectively.  Reductions in the EPA's FY 2013 budget submission for
the Superfund Enforcement  program will be directed towards FTE for PRP searches, cleanup
settlements, and cost recovery while maintaining external contract support for these  activities,
reflecting the Agency's priorities in compliance and enforcement efforts.

During FY 2013, the Office of the Chief Financial Officer within the EPA will continue to
perform the financial management aspects of Superfund cost recovery  and the  collection of
related debt to the federal government. These  efforts include tracking and managing Superfund
delinquent  debt, maintaining the Superfund  Cost Recovery Package Imaging and On-Line
System  (SCORPIOS),  and using SCORPIOS to  prepare cost documentation packages.  The
program will continue to refine and streamline the cost documentation process to gain further
efficiencies, provide the DOJ case support for Superfund sites, and calculate indirect cost and
annual allocation rates to be applied to direct costs incurred by the EPA for site  cleanup.  The
program also will continue to maintain the accounting and billing of Superfund oversight costs
attributable to responsible parties. These costs represent the EPA's cost of overseeing Superfund
site cleanup efforts by responsible parties as stipulated in the terms of settlement agreements.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(078) Percentage of all Superfund statute of limitations cases addressed at sites with
unaddressed total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.
FY 2006


FY 2007
100
98
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY 2011
100
100
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Units
Percent

                                          601

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(285) Percentage of Superfund sites having viable, liable responsible parties other
than the federal government where EPA reaches a settlement or takes an
enforcement action before starting a remedial action.
FY 2006
90
100
FY 2007
95
98
FY 2008
95
95
FY 2009
95
100
FY 2010
95
98
FY 2011
95
100
FY 2012
99

FY 2013
99

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(417) Millions of cubic yards of contaminated soil and groundwater media EPA has
obtained commitments to clean up as a result of concluded CERCLA and RCRA
corrective action enforcement actions.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
300

FY 2013
300

Units
Million
Cubic
Yards

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •    (+$2,236.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •    (-$1,345.0 / -33.1 FTE) This  reflects a net reduction in resources associated with PRP
       searches,  cleanup negotiations, litigation, and settlements. This net change will maintain
       contract services supporting PRP searches, settlements, and cost recovery for Superfund
       sites. With  the reduction in program  personnel,  it is  critical that necessary tools  are
       available to support the remaining workforce in their enforcement efforts. The reduction
       in funding includes $4,535.0 associated payroll for 33.1 FTE.

   •    (-$900.0)  This decrease  reflects a reduction  to CERCLA litigation support  provided
       through an  Interagency Agreement with the  Department of Justice. The  reduction is
       commensurate with the reduction in the EPA's program levels.

   •    (+$784.0) This net increase reflects a correction to projected costs for the Superfund Cost
       Recovery Package Imaging and On-Line System (SCORPIOS), to better reflect actual
       operations and maintenance costs and the redistribution of telecommunication resources.
       Offsetting this increase includes reductions in lower priority IT systems and  non-systems
       contracts  supporting  A-123  Internal  Controls  and  A-136  Financial Reporting
       Requirements.

Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation,  and  Liability  Act;  CERCLA;
SBLRBRERA; CERFA; NEPA; AEA; UMTRLWA;  PHSA; Safe Drinking Water Act; CCA;
FGCAA; FAIR;  Federal Acquisition Regulations; FMFIA; FOIA; GMRA; IPIA; IGA;  PRA;
Privacy Act; CFOA; Government Performance  and  Results Act;  The Prompt Payment Act;
Executive Order 12241; Executive Order 12656.
                                         602

-------
                                               Superfund: Federal Facilities Enforcement
                                                              Program Area: Enforcement
                                                      Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$9,271.8
$9,271.8
55.6
FY 2012
Enacted
$10,296.0
$10,296.0
66.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$8,592.0
$8,592.0
54.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,704.0)
($1,704.0)
-12.6
Program Project Description:

The Superfund Federal Facilities Enforcement program ensures, consistent with law, that sites
with federal entities performing Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,  and
Liability Act (CERCLA) responses and CERCLA sites with federal ownership are monitored
and appropriate enforcement responses are pursued. After years of service and operation, some
federal facilities contain environmental contamination, such as hazardous wastes, unexploded
ordnance, radioactive wastes, or other toxic substances. To enable the cleanup and reuse of such
sites, the Federal Facilities Enforcement program identifies  and coordinates creative solutions
that ensure the integrity of cleanup and protect both human health and the environment. These
enforcement solutions help restore facilities so they can once again  serve an important role in the
economy and welfare of local communities and our country.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Pursuant to CERCLA Section 120, the EPA must enter into Interagency Agreements (lAs) with
responsible federal entities  to ensure protective cleanup at a  timely pace. Priority areas for FY
2013 include ensuring that: 1) all  federal facility sites on the National Priorities List have lAs,
which provide enforceable  schedules for the progression of the entire cleanup; 2) these lAs are
monitored for compliance; 3)  formerly  utilized defense  sites with federal involvement are
evaluated for action; and 4) federal sites that are transferred to new owners are transferred in an
environmentally responsible manner. The EPA will monitor progress (milestones) in existing
lAs,  resolve  disputes, take appropriate enforcement  actions to  address noncompliance,  and
oversee remedial work being conducted at federal facilities. The EPA also works to ensure that
required legally enforceable institutional controls and five-year review requirements are in place
at Superfund sites to ensure the long-term protectiveness of cleanup actions. In addition, the EPA
will continue its work with affected agencies to resolve outstanding compliance and enforcement
policy issues relating to the  cleanup of federal facilities.

The EPA's  FY 2013  budget submission for the Superfund Federal  Facilities Enforcement
program reduces  its cleanup  oversight activities at federal facilities. However, it is critically
important, especially in a time of declining resources, that we continually assess our priorities
and embrace new approaches that can  help achieve our goals more  efficiently  and  effectively.
                                          603

-------
The Superfund Federal Facilities program will continue to focus its resources on the highest
priority cases.

The Superfund Federal Facilities Enforcement program works closely with the EPA's Federal
Facilities Cleanup and Reuse programs to support their strategic programmatic goals to clean up
federal contaminated sites and make them safer for their communities and available for other
economically productive uses.

Performance Targets:

Work under this  program also  supports performance results in the  Superfund  Enforcement
Program Project and can be found in the Performance Eight Year Array in Appendix A.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  (+$173.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
      living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •  (-$1,877.0 / -12.6 FTE) This reflects a reduction in support for compliance assistance and
      cleanup oversight activities at federal facilities.  The decreased resources include $1,877.0
      associated payroll for 12.6 FTE.

Statutory Authority:

CERCLA;  SBLRBRERA;  DBCRA;  Defense  Authorization Amendments;  BRAC;  PPA;
CERFA;  NEPA; AEA; UMTRLWA; PHSA; DRAA;  SOW A;  Executive Orders 12241, 12656
and 12580.
                                         604

-------
                                                                  Criminal Enforcement
                                                              Program Area: Enforcement
                                                      Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$51,623.3
$7,845.9
$59,469.2
299.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$48,123.0
$7,903.0
$56,026.0
295.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$51,900.0
$7,680.0
$59,580.0
298.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$3,777.0
($223.0)
$3,554.0
2.8
Program Project Description:

The  EPA's Criminal Enforcement program investigates and  helps  prosecute  violations of
Superfund and Superfund-related laws, which involve criminal behavior or knowing of criminal
behavior on the part of the violator. EPA criminal investigators ("Special Agents") work closely
with forensic scientists, attorneys, technicians,  engineers, and other specialists to protect the
public and the  environment by uncovering and developing  cases for prosecution by Federal,
state, tribal, and local prosecutors. These cases include Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) violations and associated violations  of Title 18 of
the United States Code  such as fraud, conspiracy,  obstruction of justice, and false statements.
Successful  prosecutions deter other potential parties, eliminate the incentive for  companies to
"pay to pollute,"  and help ensure that businesses that  follow  the  rules do  not face unfair
competition from those that break the rules.

The  EPA's Special  Agents conduct  all aspects  of  CERCLA  case  development,  including
providing  prosecutorial  support.  Special Agents evaluate  leads, interview witnesses, serve and
support search  warrants, review documentary  evidence  (including data from environmental
inspections, other databases, and files), collect field forensic evidence using specialized sampling
and monitoring equipment, and testify in court. Agents also assist in  plea negotiations and in
planning sentencing  conditions that will  require defendants to undertake projects to improve
environmental  conditions  or  develop  environmental  management systems   to enhance
performance.

These  efforts support  environmental  crimes prosecutions  primarily by  the United States
Attorneys  and the Department of Justice's Environmental Crimes Section, but occasionally by
state, tribal, and  local prosecutors. Criminal enforcement attorneys provide  legal and policy
support for  all  of  the  program's responsibilities including forensics  and expert witness
preparation, information law, and personnel  law to ensure  that program activities are carried out
in accordance with legal requirements and the policies of the Agency.

The EPA  Special Agents also participate in task forces and  specialized training at the Federal
Law Enforcement Training Center along with other federal, state, and local  law enforcement
                                          605

-------
officials. These joint efforts  and training help  build  state, local,  and tribal environmental
enforcement expertise, which helps them protect their communities and offer valuable leads to
the EPA's program.3

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Criminal Enforcement program  will continue to investigate and assist in the
prosecution  of CERCLA related cases with significant environmental, human  health, and
deterrence impacts. The Criminal Enforcement program continues to "tier" significant CERCLA
cases based upon  categories of human  health and environmental impacts (e.g., death, serious
injury, human exposure, remediation), release and discharge characteristics (e.g., hazardous or
toxic pollutants, continuing violations), and subject  characteristics (e.g., national corporation,
recidivist violators).

The  Criminal Enforcement program will continue to  enhance its collaboration and coordination
with  the Civil Enforcement  program to ensure that  the  enforcement  program responds  to
Superfund violations as effectively as possible. Enforcement is accomplished by employing an
effective regional  case  screening process  to  identify  the  most appropriate  civil  or  criminal
enforcement responses  for a  particular  violation  and by taking criminal enforcement actions
against long-term or repeated significant non-compliers where appropriate.

The  EPA's Criminal Enforcement program is  committed to fair and  consistent enforcement of
federal  laws  and  regulations, balanced with the  flexibility to  respond to  region-specific
environmental problems. In FY 2013, criminal enforcement will continue to use management
oversight controls  and national policies to ensure that violators in similar circumstances receive
similar treatment under  federal environmental  laws. Consistency is promoted by evaluating all
investigations  from the national perspective, overseeing all investigations to ensure compliance
with  program priorities, conducting  regular "docket  reviews"  (detailed review of all open
investigations  in each Regional Office), and periodically reviewing  and revising policies and
programs.

In FY 2013, the program will continue to use data from the electronic Criminal Case Reporting
System (CCRS). The program also seeks to deter Superfund-related environmental crime by
increasing the  volume and quality  of leads reported to the EPA by the public through the tips and
complaints link on the EPA's  website.4 The EPA's fugitive website  enlists the public and law
enforcement agencies help in apprehending defendants who have fled the country, are in hiding
to avoid prosecution for alleged environmental crimes,  or are in hiding to avoid sentencing for
crimes for which they have been found guilty. During FY 2011, two fugitives were added to the
website and two former fugitives who were captured in prior years were sentenced.

It is  critically  important, especially in a time of declining resources, that we continually assess
our priorities and embrace new approaches that can help achieve our goals more efficiently and
effectively. The EPA's FY  2013  budget submission for the  Criminal Enforcement program
 For more information visit: http://www.epa.gov/compliance/criminal/index.html
4For more information visit: http://www.epa.gov/fugitives/
                                           606

-------
reduces administrative and legal positions. The program will continue to focus all of its criminal
investigative resources on the highest priority cases.

Performance Targets:

Work under  this program  also  supports performance results in the Criminal Enforcement
Program Project under EPM and can be found in the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$129.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-$352.0 / -3.7 FTE) This reduction is taken from support for lower priority casework.
       The reduced resources include $617.0 associated payroll for 3.7 FTE.

Statutory Authority:

CERCLA;  EPCRA; Pollution Prosecution Act;  Title 18  General Federal  Crimes (e.g., false
statements,  conspiracy); Power of Environmental Protection Agency (18 U.S.C. 3063).
                                         607

-------
                                                                       Forensics Support
                                                               Program Area: Enforcement
                                                       Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                  Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$16,354.3
$2,456.2
$18,810.5
99.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$15,269.0
$2,419.0
$17,688.0
104.2
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$15,593.0
$1,214.0
$16,807.0
96.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$324.0
($1,205.0)
($881.0)
-8.0
Program Project Description:

The  Forensics  Support program  provides  specialized scientific and technical support for the
nation's  most complex Superfund civil and criminal enforcement cases, as well as technical
expertise for Agency compliance efforts. The EPA's National Enforcement Investigations Center
(NEIC)  is  a fully accredited  environmental forensics  center  under International Standards
Organization  17025, the  main  standard  used  by  testing  and  calibration laboratories,  as
recommended by the National Academy of Sciences.5 Laboratory accreditation is the recognition
of  technical  competence  through  a  third-party  assessment  of  a  laboratory's   quality,
administrative,  and technical systems. It also provides the general public and users of laboratory
services  a  means of identifying those laboratories which have successfully  demonstrated
compliance with established international standards. The NEIC's accreditation standard has been
customized to cover both laboratory and field activities.

The  NEIC maintains  a sophisticated chemistry laboratory and a corps of highly  trained media
experts, inspectors, and scientists. The NEIC works closely with the EPA Criminal Investigation
Division to  provide  technical support  to  criminal  investigations (e.g.,  sampling, analysis,
consultation,  and testimony). The NEIC also works closely with the regional offices to  provide
technical assistance,  consultation, on-site inspection, investigation, and case resolution services
in support of the Agency's Civil Enforcement program.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The NEIC will  continue to support the Agency's national enforcement priorities and support the
technical aspects of  criminal investigations. In order to stay at  the forefront  of environmental
enforcement  the NEIC continues using customized laboratory  methods  to identify potentially
responsible parties. In response to Superfund case needs, the NEIC conducts applied  research
and  development to  identify and deploy new capabilities and  to  test and/or enhance existing
methods and techniques involving environmental measurement and  forensic situations.
 Strengthening Forensic Science in the United States: A Path Forward, National Academy of Sciences, 2009, available at
http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php7record id=12589
                                           608

-------
In FY 2013,  the  NEIC will continue to function under rigorous International  Standards
Organization  17025 requirements  for  environmental  data measurements  to  maintain its
accreditation. The  program utilizes  advanced technologies to support field measurement and
laboratory analyses, as well as identification of pollution sources at Superfund and other waste
sites. In addition, the NEIC provides expert consultation in support of regional and Department
of Justice Superfund cost recovery efforts.

It is critically important, especially in a time of declining resources, that we continually assess
our priorities and embrace new approaches that can help achieve our goals more efficiently and
effectively.  The EPA's  FY 2013 budget submission for the Forensics program includes  a
decrease in  support for NEIC in order to focus its limited resources in support of the highest
priority cases.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the objective to improve compliance under Goal 5.  Currently,
there are no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands)

   •   (+$50.0) This increase is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-$1,264.0 / -8.9 FTE) This decrease is a reduction for  NEIC  support. This change
       includes a reduction of $1,264.0 associated payroll for 8.9 FTE.

   •   (+$9.0) This reflects an increase for fixed costs in NEIC's lab operations.

Statutory Authority:

CERCLA; EPCRA.
                                          609

-------
Program Area: Homeland Security
              610

-------
                              Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response, and Recovery
                                                        Program Area: Homeland Security
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                               Objective(s): Restore Land

                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                     Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$1,272.8
$41,536.8
$44,304.2
$87,113.8
177.8
FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$30,034.0
$40,599.0
$70,633.0
176.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$29,708.0
$40,769.0
$70,477.0
176.8
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
($326.0)
$170.0
($156.0)
0.4
Program Project Description:

EPA's  Homeland  Security Preparedness,  Response, and  Recovery  program  develops and
maintains  an agency-wide capability to respond to large-scale catastrophic incidents with an
emphasis on those  involving chemical, biological, and radiological (CBR) agents. The program
builds upon EPA's long standing emergency response and removal program, which is responsible
for responding to and cleaning up both oil and hazardous substance releases. EPA's homeland
security effort builds upon these responsibilities by maintaining a level of expertise, training, and
preparedness specifically focused  on threats associated with  CBR agents.  This capability,
implemented as a comprehensive all-hazards approach to emergency response, is a cornerstone
of national preparedness and is an essential element of national resiliency.

The Agency Homeland Security program implements a broad range of activities for a variety of
internal and multi-agency efforts that are consistent with the Department of Homeland Security's
(DHS') National Response Framework. As mandated in Homeland Security  Presidential
Directives (HSPDs) #5, #8, #9, #10, and #22, the Agency  leads or supports many aspects of
preparing for and responding to a nationally significant incident which may contain CBR agents.
Other Federal agencies, including DHS, the Department of Defense, and the Department of
Health and  Human Services,  rely upon  EPA's  unique and critical environmental  response
capability and expertise for CBR agents, and look to EPA to:

   •   sustain and  operate a national environmental laboratory for chemical warfare agents and
       biological threats;
   •   provide expertise on decontamination and waste disposal methods following the release
       of a CBR agent;
   •   provide technical support and expertise during a response in evaluating environmental
       and human health risks associated with the release of CBR agents; and
                                          611

-------
   •   strengthen the Agency's own internal  response  capabilities,  as well as coordinated
       Federal, state, and local emergency response efforts through training, exercises, and the
       maintenance of specialized field equipment.

EPA Homeland Security assets; trained personnel, laboratory capabilities, and decontamination
technical expertise, provide a safety net for CBR responses, as the EPA is solely responsible for
environmental  sampling  and  decontamination  during  a  CBR  response.  The  agency's
Decontamination Team serves as an important federal technical resource for decontamination of
building infrastructures and environmental media. The Homeland Security lab resources focus on
improving national environmental laboratory capabilities and capacities to be better prepared to
analyze the high volume of environmental CBR samples expected during national emergencies.
This program helps EPA have the capacity for understanding and responding to complex CBR
incidents in a reasonable time  frame  as well as have a basic level of institutional expertise for
advising time critical and emergency cleanups. To meet this challenge, EPA will continue to use
a comprehensive approach which includes internal partnerships on research priorities and brings
together agency assets to implement efficient and effective responses.

In addition, through research, development, and technical support activities, EPA's Homeland
Security Research Program (HSRP) enhances the nation's preparedness, response, and recovery
capabilities  for  homeland  security  large-scale  catastrophic incidents  involving  chemical,
biological, or radiological threats and attacks. When terrorist attacks and natural disasters occur,
sustainable environmental  approaches  enhance the resiliency and  speed of recovery of the
communities that are affected.  The HSRP will continue to develop and validate environmental
sampling, analysis, and human health risk  assessment  methods for known and  emerging
biological, chemical, and radiological  threat agents.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Agency's homeland security emergency response and  preparedness program
will continue to concentrate on four core areas:

   1)  maintaining a highly skilled, well-trained, and well-equipped response workforce that has
       the  capacity to respond to simultaneous incidents as  well  as threats  involving CBR
       substances;
   2)  developing more effective site characterization, decontamination, and clearance options
       for  site  reoccupation, to ensure that the nation  can  quickly recover  from  nationally
       significant incidents;
   3)  ensuring maintenance of capability to analyze Chemical Warfare Agent (CWA) samples
       while working to build and maintain EPA biological agent laboratory analyses capability
       and capacity; and
   4)  implementing the EPA's National Approach to Response (NAR) to effectively manage
       EPA's emergency response assets during large-scale activations.

EPA activities in support of these efforts include the following:
                                          612

-------
•  Maintain the skills of EPA's On-Scene Coordinators (OSCs) through specialized training,
   exercises, and equipment. This professional development provides staff with information
   on new technologies and supports direction to optimize an efficient and cost effective
   response process. In FY 2013, EPA and its federal, state, and tribal homeland response
   partners will participate in  exercises and trainings designed to test and improve EPA's
   response capabilities.

•  Sustain the Agency's responder base during large-scale catastrophic incidents by training
   volunteers of the Response Support Corps (RSC) and members of Incident Management
   Teams (EVITs). These volunteers provide critical support to Headquarters and Regional
   Emergency Operations Centers and assist with operations in the field. To ensure technical
   proficiency, this cadre of response personnel requires initial training and routine refresher
   training.

•  Operate the Environmental Response Laboratory Network (ERLN), sustain and operate
   consolidated CWA and biological labs, continue mobile  capability through Portable
   High-Throughput  Integrated  Laboratory Identification  Systems (PHILIS)  units, and
   coordinate development of radio-analytical capability.  The Agency will  continue  to
   participate with the DHS led Integrated Consortium of Laboratory Networks  to leverage
   federal, state, and commercial capabilities.

•  EPA is frequently responsible for the decontamination phase of a significant incident.
   Decontamination is not possible without sampling and lab analyses to delineate and
   characterize  the  site,  to confirm successful  decontamination,  and  for decisions on
   clearance to re-enter the site.  To assist with site characterization, EPA fixed  and mobile
   lab capabilities are needed; mobile labs, such as PHILIS, for deploying to sites for high
   volume analyses, and fixed  labs for providing added capacity and quality assurance.

•  Implement the NAR to maximize regional interoperability and to ensure that EPA's
   OSCs will be able to respond to terrorist threats and large-scale catastrophic incidents in
   an effective and nationally consistent manner.

•  Continue  to maintain one Airborne Spectral Photometric Environmental  Collection
   Technology (ASPECT) aircraft. ASPECT provides direct assistance to first responders by
   detecting  chemical and  radiological vapors, plumes, and  clouds with real  time data
   delivery. ASPECT is especially needed when other assets cannot be deployed to a release
   (road and/or infrastructure damage,  personnel concerns, etc.). ASPECT  assistance is
   often requested by other agencies and is a rapid  response resource,  with sample data
   being available within five minutes.

•  Maintain  the Emergency  Management  Portal  (EMP) modules. EMP ties together
   prevention,  preparedness,  and response  information  to  allow  EPA's  emergency
   management community access to information they need to respond  to and efficiently
   store  decontamination  related data  and  track  field  personnel,  equipment,  and
   reconnaissance data from large and small  sites. During large-scale incidents, the public
   can view site related data on a daily basis.
                                       613

-------
   •   Maintain Environmental Response Team (ERT) personnel and equipment in a state of
       readiness for response to  potential  homeland security  incidents. As the  agency inland
       scientific support  coordinator,  the  ERT  also  will maintain  the  capacity  to  provide
       required health and safety and  response readiness training to federal, state, local,  and
       tribal responders.

   •   Continue to develop and validate environmental sampling, analysis, and human health
       risk assessment methods for known  and emerging chemical, biological, and radiological
       threat agents. These sampling and analysis methods are critical to ensuring appropriate
       response and recovery actions and developing necessary laboratory support capacity. The
       human health risk  assessment methods also are extremely important to decision makers
       who are faced with determining when decontaminated facilities and equipment can be
       returned to service. This decontamination and  consequence management research will
       produce  data,  information, and technologies  to further  assist  EPA in  developing
       standards, protocols, and capabilities to recover from and mitigate the risks associated
       with biological attacks.

In FY 2013, EPA  will begin to plan and implement a Regional Center of Expertise for CWA
Laboratories  to  support response  and recovery.  The Agency will conduct  an  analysis to
determine how to  most effectively maintain  this capability and capacity  at selected Regional
laboratories. EPA  will be evaluating the most effective and efficient means  of consolidating
facilities and equipment and developing a highly skilled and mobile staff with the appropriate
expertise. This consolidation is expected to  result in better performance with the ability to work
on response strategies for novel/non-traditional agents, the efficient maintenance  of response
capability during  non-event  periods, and  the  development of a  viable, cost-effective  surge
strategy to sustain operations for extended response periods.

Performance Targets:

Work  under  this  program  supports multiple strategic  objectives.  Currently,  there are  no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+ $280.0)  This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$128.0) This  reflects an increase for research to develop and test cleanup technologies
       for radiological contamination that could result from terrorist attacks or nuclear disasters.
       This research will  give the response community better information on performance  and
       cost of remediation technologies, thereby supporting improved decision-making.

   •   (+$23.0) This reflects the net result  of realignments of infrastructure FTE and resources
       such as equipment  purchases and repairs, travel, contracts, and general expenses that are
       proportionately allocated across programs to better align with programmatic priorities.
                                           614

-------
   •   (+$2,000.0) This increase  is for planning and implementing a Regional Emergency
       Response Center of Expertise for CWA. This increase reflects funds needed to implement
       the  selected approaches resulting from the review  of options and  requirements  for
       Center(s) of Expertise for CWA laboratories.

   •   (-$2,261.0 / -0.3 FTE) This reflects delays  in planned training  and participation in
       exercises and also reflects delays in equipment upgrades. The reduced resources include
       0.3 FTE and associated payroll of $45.0.

Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation, and Liability  Act (CERCLA), as
amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA), 42 U.S.C.  9601 et
seq. -  Sections 104, 105, 106; Clean Water Act (CWA) 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.; Oil Pollution
Act, 33 U.S.C. 40.
                                         615

-------
                     Homeland Security: Protection of EPA Personnel and Infrastructure
                                                        Program Area: Homeland Security

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's  six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office  of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Building and Facilities
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$6,497.0
$592.0
$8,269.1
$669.1
$16,027.2
7.3
FY2012
Enacted
$5,966.0
$578.0
$7,044.0
$1,170.0
$14,758.0
3.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$5,999.0
$579.0
$8,038.0
$1,172.0
$15,788.0
3.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$33.0
$1.0
$994.0
$2.0
$1,030.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

This program's  activities  ensure  that EPA's physical  structures  and assets are secure and
operational and that certain physical security measures are in place to help safeguard staff in the
event of an emergency. The program also includes the personnel security clearance process, the
protection of any classified information, and the provision of necessary secure communications.

EPA's  policy is to  have a comprehensive continuity of operations program (COOP) in place  to
ensure  continuity of its essential functions under all emergency circumstances. Under Homeland
Security Presidential  Directive 20  (HSPD-20),  EPA  is  required to designate  an Agency
Continuity Coordinator charged with ensuring that EPA's continuity program is consistent with
federal policies. The Solid  Waste and Emergency Response Program's Emergency Management
program is responsible for developing EPA's Continuity Plan.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to follow the requirements outlined in the Department  of
Homeland  Security/Federal Emergency  Management Agency's (FEMA) Federal Continuity
Directive (FCD)  1. FCD-1 requires EPA to develop a continuity plan that ensures  its ability  to
accomplish its mission-essential functions  from an alternative  site, with limited  staffing and
without access to resources available during normal activities.

Consistent with a review of its needs and priorities pursuant to the directive, EPA will undertake
a number of activities, including but not limited to the following:
                                          616

-------
   •   Conduct annual reviews of the Headquarters and Regional COOP plans and update the
       plans, as needed, to reflect current operations;
   •   Conduct exercises of COOP deployment, activation of essential personnel to the COOP
       site,  and implementation  of its essential functions from its remote alternate site(s),
       including interagency operations. In FY 2013, EPA plans to support training activities
       and participate  in a major  interagency COOP exercise  and an EPA internal COOP
       exercise with Headquarters and Regional offices; and
   •   Show progress toward meeting the requirements of National Communications System
       Directive (NCSD) 3-10 through the purchase, installation, and  maintenance of secure
       communications equipment.

Performance Targets:

Work  under this program supports multiple strategic  objectives.  Currently,  there  are  no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$2.0) This reflects an increase to support general Headquarters COOP activities.

Statutory Authority:

Public Health Service Act Amendments, 42 U.S.C. 201 et seq. -  Section 2801; Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. - Sections
104,  105, and 106.
                                         617

-------
Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach
                    618

-------
                                                                      Exchange Network
                                            Program Area: Information Exchange / Outreach

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to  achieve their objectives.  This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$17,816.6
$1,431.0
$19,247.6
37.3
FY2012
Enacted
$17,724.0
$1,431.0
$19,155.0
29.6
FY2013
Pres Budget
$23,008.0
$1,433.0
$24,441.0
31.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$5,284.0
$2.0
$5,286.0
1.4
Program Project Description:

The Exchange Network (EN) is a standards-based,  secure approach for the EPA and its state,
Tribal and territorial partners to exchange and share environmental data. The EN facilitates and
streamlines electronic  reporting,  sharing, integration, analysis and use of environmental data
from many different sources to support the Superfund program. Through its use of technology
and data standards, open source software,  shared services and reusable tools and applications, the
EN offers its partners tremendous potential for environmental data management and analysis.

The Central Data Exchange6 (CDX) is the largest component within the EN program. CDX is the
electronic gateway through which environmental data enters the Agency. It enables fast, efficient
and more accurate environmental data submissions  from state and local governments, industry
and tribes to the EPA. It also provides a set of core services rather than each agency program
building its own duplicative  services. The reuse of existing central services like CDX promotes a
leaner and  more cost-effective  enterprise  architecture  for the Agency, enables  more robust
central services and provides a common way to promote data integration and sharing with states
since CDX serves as the EPA's connection  to the EN. CDX resources support infrastructure for
development, testing and production; sophisticated  hardware and software;  data exchange and
Web form programs; built-in data quality checks; standards-setting projects with states, Tribes
and territories  for  e-reporting; and significant  security and quality  assurance activities. By
reducing the data management burden on EPA programs, CDX helps environmental  programs
focus  their resources  on  enforcement and Superfund  programmatic  work,  rather than data
collection and manipulation.

Other tools and services in the EN program include  the Facility Registry System (FRS) and the
other registries  within  the System of Registries (SoR). The  FRS is a widely used source of
6 For more information on the Central Data Exchange, please visit: http://www.epa.gov/cdx/
                                           619

-------
mapping and environmental data about facilities. It allows a multimedia display and integration
of environmental information keyed to single  or multiple facilities. It also shows Superfund
cleanup sites and links to  status  pages about the  progress of the work  at the site. FRS also
provides CERCLIS data locations  (Superfund data from the  Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System). The Superfund program uses FRS
to improve the quality of CERCLIS  data. Among other applications of FRS, users can apply the
data in understanding homeland security threats, prioritizing enforcement, and integrating data
across disparate datasets. FRS also serves as a key point of entry for the public interested in the
EPA's data stores. The registries  within the SoR provide basic  management of its Information
Technology (IT) assets. The registries make it possible to link data across programs including the
air,  water and Superfund databases and other programs, enabling the EPA to bring data together
for  greater understanding of environmental issues. The registries are the  integrators that promote
access, sharing and understanding  of the EPA's information and assets.

 FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

 Several new enhancements to CDX  are underway and will continue to be rolled out in FY 2013.
 Major activities include a complete redesign of the CDX interface to comply with new usability
 standards, improving the quality of user registration data and raising the efficiency of the EPA's
 user identity management.  The program also will complete the automated process for validating
 identities of individuals registering with CDX, resulting in a reduction in cost to the  Agency
 from $30 to $.60 per user and additional resource and time savings to the  regulated community.
 CDX also is conducting a complete review of its existing architecture and  preparing a three-year
 plan to achieve additional efficiencies through consolidation and standardization of services and
 leveraging new  technology, such as cloud computing. Finally,  CDX is primed to  serve as the
 data publishing engine for the Agency by providing the transport of data from the EPA, not only
 to trusted partners, but potentially the public. This role and expansion of CDX will be  pursued
 through FY 2013 as part of the architecture redesign.

In FY 2013, the EN program will develop services that encourage innovative data sharing and
analysis while lowering the  cost and  reporting burden.  The program  will pilot projects that
transform the EN from  a closed partnership with states and Tribes to a more open platform of
services that the public or third  parties can use  to develop tools and  applications  to  make
environmental data reporting,  sharing and analysis faster, simpler and cheaper. This also includes
an expansion of CDX and EN data publishing capabilities. The EN program also will increase the
amount of critical environmental  data and expand the program's  role in sharing  data among
partners, provide increased  business value through  reduced burden and  build on prior efforts to
provide better data quality, timeliness and accessibility while making the EN simpler and less
costly to implement. Finally,  pending the  results of research in calendar  years 2011 and 2012,
CDX will transition its Exchange  Network services to a cloud-based infrastructure environment
to save money and gain added efficiencies in FY 2013.
                                           620

-------
Planned activities in FY 2013 for the Facility Registry Service include:

    •  Continuing to improve FRS data quality and its utilization across the EPA and states by
       building on initiatives in FY 2011  and FY  2012 to build a strong FRS data stewards
       network and community of interest;
    •  Improving  data access by  providing better tools  for data stewards to correct data, and
       making FRS data available  through multiple Web services;
    •  Enhancing  FRS data with  value-added  attributes  and capabilities to support improved
       analysis and access and adding additional spatial geographies and attributes and emerging
       semantic Web technologies;
    •  Improving synchronization with EPA program information systems to support the EPA's
       Enforcement and Compliance program and to offer near-real-time data feeds that will
       assist emergency responders; and
    •  Moving FRS to a public or private  "cloud" to save money and gain added efficiencies,
       building on initiatives in FY 2011 and FY 2012 to make the FRS architecture more agile.

Planned activities in FY 2013 for the System of Registries will continue efforts to allow greater
sharing and better understanding of the EPA's data. This includes metadata providing services at
the system, dataset and data element levels:

•   At the information system level, The Registry of EPA Applications and Databases (READ)
    inventories EPA data systems;
•   At the  dataset  level, the Environmental Dataset Gateway (EDG) inventories EPA datasets
    and non-EPA datasets used across the EPA;
•   At the data element level, the Data Element Registry Services (DERS) is a central repository
    for data dictionaries and code  sets. DERS will enable the EPA to meet OMB requirements
    for conforming to a  federal-wide standardization effort (National Information Exchange
    Model - NIEM).

Performance Targets:

Work under this program  supports the performance measures in the Exchange Network Program
Project under the EPM appropriation. These measures can also be found in the Eight Year Table
of Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •  (+$2.0) This change reflects a small increase in  contractual  costs for the Central  Data
       Exchange.

Statutory Authority:

Federal Advisory  Committee Act (FACA),  42 United  States Code 553  et seq. and Government
Information Security Act (GISRA), 40 U.S.C.  1401  et seq. - Sections 3531, 3532, 3533, 3534,
3535 and 3536  and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation  and Liability Act
(CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. 9606 et seq. - Sections 101-128, 301-312 and 401-405 and Clean Air Act
                                          621

-------
(CAA) Amendments, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. - Sections 102, 103, 104 and 108 and Clean Water
Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C.  1314 et seq. - Sections 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 107, and 109 and Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C. 2611 et seq. - Sections 201, 301 and 401 and Federal
Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), 7 U.S.C. 36 et seq. - Sections 136a - 136y
and Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA), 7 U.S.C. 136 et seq. - Sections 102, 210, 301  and 501
and Safe Drinking Water Act (SOWA) Amendments, 42 U.S.C. 300 et seq. -  Sections 1400,
1401, 1411,  1421,  1431,  1441, 1454  and 1461  and Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act
(FFDCA), 21 U.S.C. 346 et seq. and Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
(EPCRA), 42 U.S.C. 11001 et seq.  - Sections 322, 324, 325 and 328 and Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA), 42 U.S.C.  6962 et seq. - Sections 1001, 2001, 3001 and 3005 and
Government Performance  and Results  Act (GPRA),  39 U.S.C.  2803  et seq. -  Sections 1115,
1116, 1117, 1118 and 1119 and Government Management Reform Act (GMRA), 31  U.S.C. 501
et seq. - Sections 101, 201, 301, 401, 402, 403, 404 and 405 and Clinger-Cohen  Act (CCA), 40
U.S.C. 1401  et seq. -  Sections  5001,  5201,  5301, 5401, 5502,  5601  and 5701and Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. - Sections  104,  105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,
112 and  113 and Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552 et seq. and Controlled
Substances Act (CSA),  21  U.S.C. 802 et seq. - Sections 801, 811, 821, 841, 871, 955 and 961;
Privacy Act; Electronic Freedom  of Information Act,  Security  and Accountability of Every
(SAFE) Port  Act, Executive Order  13439. Exchange Network Program funding has been
provided by the annual  appropriations for EPA: FY 2002 (Public Law 107-73), FY 2003 (Public
Law 108-7), FY  2004  (Public Law  108-199) FY 2005 (Public Law  108-447) and FY 2006
(Public Law  109-54), FY  2007  (Public Law 110-5), FY 2008  (Public Law 110-161),  and FY
2009 (Public Law 111-8).
                                        622

-------
Program Area: IT / Data Management / Security
                    623

-------
                                                                   Information Security
                                            Program Area: IT / Data Management / Security

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$7,831.2
$847.2
$8,678.4
14.5
FY2012
Enacted
$6,786.0
$728.0
$7,514.0
15.2
FY2013
Pres Budget
$6,868.0
$728.0
$7,596.0
15.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$82.0
$0.0
$82.0
0.1
Program Project Description:

Information is a strategic resource to the EPA. It allows each program office to fulfill its mission
in support of the protection of human health and the environment.  The Agency's Information
Security program is designed to protect the  confidentiality, availability and  integrity of the
EPA's information assets. The protection strategy for the Superfund program includes, but is not
limited to, policy, procedure and practice management; information security  awareness, training
and  education;  risk-based  governance  and  system  assessments;  weakness remediation;
operational security management;  incident response and  handling; and Federal Information
Security Management Act (FISMA) compliance and reporting.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Effective information security faces new challenges  every day. Agency information  security
practitioners are constantly responding to increasingly creative and sophisticated attempts to
breach  protections.  In  FY  2013,  the  EPA's integrated efforts  will  allow the  Agency's
Information Security program to take a more proactive role in dealing with  these threats under
the Superfund program.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to protect, defend and sustain its information assets related to
the Superfund program through continued improvement to the Information  Security program.
The Agency will continue to focus on training and awareness, asset definition and management,
compliance, incident management, knowledge and information management, risk management
and technology management.  Secondary activities  in FY 2013  include, but  are not limited to,
access  management, measurement  and  analysis,  and  service continuity.  These efforts will
strengthen the Agency's ability to  ensure  operational  resiliency resulting  in an information
security program that can rely on effective and efficient processes and documented plans when
threatened by disruptive events.
                                          624

-------
Concurrently, the EPA will continue its performance-based information security activities with a
particular  emphasis  on risk management, incident  management  and information  security
architecture. These three areas are critical to the Agency's Information Security program.  They
are also key components of federal requirements, such as the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB)  information security  initiatives, including: Trusted Internet Connection  (TIC); Domain
Name  Service  Security (DNSSec); and the Federal Desktop Core  Configuration (FDCC).
Controls implementing  these requirements,  which will be operational throughout FY 2013, are
rapidly  enhancing the  Agency's security requirements for information  policy, technology
standards and practices.

The  EPA will support  and expand continuous monitoring to detect and remediate Advanced
Persistent Threats to the  Agency's Information Technology (IT)  networks.  The EPA will
enhance our internal Computer Security Incident Response Capability  (CSIRC) to ensure the
rapid identification, alerting and reporting of suspicious activity. CSIRC's primary function is to
detect unauthorized attempts to access, destroy, or alter EPA data and  information resources. The
incident response capability includes components such as  tool integration, detection and analysis,
forensics,  and containment and  eradication activities. To help ensure tools, techniques, and
practices are current, CSIRC monitors new trends in information security and threat activity.
Additionally, the EPA will continue implementing Homeland Security Presidential Directive 12
(HSPD-12) requirements for logical access as identified in the Federal  Information Processing
Standards  (FIPS)  201, Personal Identity Verification (PIV)  of  Federal Employees and
Contractors.

Performance Targets:

Work  under this  program  supports  multiple  strategic objectives.  Currently, there  are  no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA), 44 United States Code 3541 et seq. -
Sections 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 401 and 402 and Government  Performance and Results Act
(GPRA), 39 U.S.C. 2803 et seq. - Sections 1115, 1116,  1117, 1118  and 1119 and Government
Management Reform Act (GMRA), 31 U.S.C. 501 et seq. -  Sections 101, 201, 301, 401, 402,
403, 404 and 405  and Clinger-Cohen Act (CCA), 40 U.S.C. 1401  et seq. - Sections 5001,  5201,
5301, 5401, 5502, 5601 and 5701and Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. -
Sections 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,  112 and 113 and Freedom of Information Act
(FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552 et seq.  and Electronic Freedom of Information Act (EFOIA),  5 U.S.C. 552
et seq. - Sections 552(a)(2), 552 (a)(3), 552 (a)(4) and 552(a)(6).
                                          625

-------
                                                                 IT / Data Management
                                            Program Area: IT / Data Management / Security

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$96,614.1
$3,483.7
$47.7
$17,640.0
$117,785.5
493.4
FY2012
Enacted
$87,939.0
$3,652.0
$0.0
$15,339.0
$106,930.0
490.7
FY2013
Pres Budget
$88,893.0
$4,047.0
$0.0
$14,855.0
$107,795.0
488.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$954.0
$395.0
$0.0
($484.0)
$865.0
-2.4
Program Project Description:

High quality, readily available and usable data serves as a strategic resource that supports the
Agency's mission  of protecting  public health and the environment. Information  Technology
/Data  Management  (IT/DM)  program  activities  support the  Administration's  goals of
transparency,  participation,  engagement  and  collaboration  to expand  the conversation on
environmentalism. IT/DM also delivers essential services to Agency staff to allow them to
conduct their work in support of Superfund programs.

IT/DM reflects four themes:  facilitating mission activities through better information and tools;
improving  Agency work processes  to  promote  efficiencies; increasing  transparency  and
innovation  in  Agency work  processes; and supporting the work force with reliable  tools and
services. This program  houses the entire critical IT  infrastructure needed for: 1) rapid and
efficient communication; 2)  exchange and  storage of data, analysis and computation; and 3)
access to the scientific, regulatory and best-practice infrastructure needed by Agency staff, the
regulated community  and the public. These  functions are  integral to the implementation of
Agency information technology programs and systems like the Exchange Network.

This program  manages  and coordinates  the  Agency's Enterprise  Architecture and develops
analytical tools to  ensure sound  environmental decision-making. The program implements the
Agency's E-Government (E-Gov) responsibilities and it designs, and develops and manages the
Agency's Internet and intranet resources.

More specifically, the IT/DM program: (1)  supports development, collection, management and
supports the Agency in strategic planning at the national, program and regional levels; (2)
provides a  secure,  reliable and capable information infrastructure based on a sound enterprise
                                          626

-------
architecture which includes data standardization, integration and public access; (3) manages the
Agency's Quality System ensuring the EPA's processes and data are of good quality and adhere
to  federal  guidelines;  and  (4)  supports  regional  information  technology  infrastructure,
telecommunications and administrative and environmental programs.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the following IT/DM activities will be provided for the Superfund program:

    •  Geospatial Information and Analysis7 - In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to expand
       its  role in providing  support for place-based analysis  of human  health  as well  as
       environmental  conditions and trends  across the country. Geospatial  information and
       analysis play a critical role in the Agency's ability to respond rapidly and effectively in
       times  of  emergency,  in  addition  to  meeting  everyday program and region-specific
       business needs.

       The Agency provides  a core set of central/enterprise,  reusable Geospatial  IT services
       encompassing  data, analytics, infrastructure,  hosting  and development via the EPA
       GeoPlatform and  associated  enterprise  licenses  for  software  and  data.  Numerous
       Geospatial and non-Geospatial data and applications are  integrated and linked into the
       GeoPlatform to increase the power of place-based analytics at the Agency. In FY 2013,
       the  Geospatial  program  will   support   several  tools,  including  Enviromapper8,
       MyEnvironment9 and  EPA Earth, which is a  mapping and  analysis program that will
       provide basic GIS capabilities to non-GIS experts across EPA.

       By implementing Geospatial data,  applications and  services  as  a  holistic enterprise
       solution, the Agency saves time and money, assures compatibility and  reduces the need
       for multiple subscriptions to software, data and  analytical services.  Throughout FY 2013,
       the Agency will continue to  consolidate Geospatial tools  and capabilities to  expand the
       capabilities of  the EPA GeoPlatform, our shared technology enterprise for Geospatial
       information and analysis.  Additionally, EPA continues to play a leadership role in both
       the Federal Geographic Data Committee and  the Geospatial Line of  Business.  In  FY
       2013, EPA staff will continue to work with their partners from  other agencies to define
       shared services offerings for geospatial technology that will drive more effective and cost
       efficient capabilities for data and technology sharing across government.  (In FY 2013, the
       Geospatial Program activities will be funded, under the Superfund appropriation, at $0.08
       million in payroll funding and $0.75 million in non-payroll funding.)

    •  Envirofacts - Envirofacts will continue to  serve as the Agency's premier single gateway
       to various program and facility data, including Superfund, serving stakeholders within the
       federal government as  well as the public. Supporting approximately 3-4 million hits per
       month, Envirofacts offers popular queries and  place-based reporting  and  communicates
7 For more information on the Geospatial program, please visit: http://www.epa.gov/geospatial/
8 For more information on Enviromapper, please visit: http://www.epa.gov/emefdata/em4ef.home
9 For more information on MyEnvironment, please visit: http://www.epa.gov/myenvironment
                                           627

-------
       environmental information to the public. (In FY 2013, the Envirofacts activities will be
       funded, under the Superfund appropriation, at $0.34 million in non-payroll funding).

       IT/Information Management (IT/IM) Policy and Planning - This category  supports
       the EPA's Enterprise Architecture and the  Capital Planning and Investment Control10
       (CPIC) process to assist the Agency in making better-informed decisions on  IT/IM
       investments  and resource  allocations. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to review
       information systems and data bases for redundancy, streamline and systematize planning
       and budgeting for all IT/IM  activities, and monitor the progress and performance of all
       IT/IM activities and systems. Specifically, the EPA will continue to conduct structured
       portfolio reviews for all major IT investments following the Federal TechStat investment
       review model to control costs and identify efficiencies. The Agency does not currently
       have  any high-risk IT projects. (In FY 2013, the IT/IM Policy and Planning activities will
       be funded, under the Superfund  appropriation, at $1.05  million in payroll funding and
       $0.11 million in non-payroll funding.)

       Electronic Records and Content Management - FY 2013 activities in this area will
       continue to  enhance  systems and processes,  convert  paper  documents  into electronic
       documents,  convert  paper-based  processes  into  systems  that  rely  less  on  paper
       documents, and manage the electronic documents. FY 2013 activities also will  create
       greater access to a standard set  of tools to  support and improve electronic discovery
       processes across the Agency. These activities will reduce  costs, improve accessibility,
       improve security for all of the documents entered into  the system, and support litigation
       efforts. Electronic documents are more efficient, because they require less storage space
       and do not  require  a filing staff to  manage the paper records. A single copy of an
       electronic document can be accessed  simultaneously by numerous individuals and from
       virtually any location. (In FY  2013,  Electronic Records and Content Management
       activities will be funded, under the Superfund appropriation, at $0.33 million in non-
       payroll funding).

       OneEPA Web  [formerly Internet  Operations  and  Maintenance  Enhancements
       (IOME)] - FY  2013 activities in this area will continue implementing and maintaining
       the EPA home page (www.EPA.gov) and over 200 top-level  pages that facilitate access
       to the many information resources available on the EPA website. In addition, OneEPA
       Web  supports Web hosting for all of the Agency's websites  and pages. The EPA website
       is the primary delivery mechanism for environmental information to EPA staff, partners,
       stakeholders and the public, and is becoming a valuable resource for emergency planning
       and response. (In FY  2013, IOME activities  will be  funded, under  the Superfund
       appropriation, at $0.36 million in non-payroll funding).

       Information Reliability and Privacy - In FY 2013,  the EPA will  continue to protect
       information in a manner that is consistent with its privacy needs and validate data sources
       are authoritative to ensure data collected by the Agency are reliable.These efforts apply to
       environmental information,  including data that is submitted  by and shared among the
       states, tribes and territories, as well  as other types  of information, such as  business
10 For more information on the Capital Planning and Investment Control Process, please visit: http://www.epa.gov/OEI/cpic/


                                          628

-------
       information that is reported by various industry communities, and personal information
       for all EPA employees. (In FY 2013, the Information Reliability and Privacy activities
       will be  funded,  under the Superfund appropriation,  at $0.30  million in non-payroll
       funding.)

   •   IT/IM Infrastructure - Infrastructure forms the foundation by which all EPA employees
       - those  supporting both administrative and environmental  programs - conduct Agency
       business. More  specifically,  these  activities  include  desktop  computing, network
       connectivity,  e-mail,  application  hosting,  remote  access,  telephone   services  and
       maintenance, Web and network servers,  IT-related maintenance, and electronic records
       and data. The investment supports a distributed EPA workforce at over 100 locations,
       including EPA Headquarters, all  ten regions,  the labs and  ancillary offices. Through
       successive strategic information  technology  investments the Agency will continue to
       ensure that the EPA's IT infrastructure is able to  effectively meet burgeoning mission,
       reporting and administrative demands.

       Currently, the EPA is hosting more than  200  individual Agency business applications in
       an innovative shared hosting environment offering many of the features of private cloud
       services. In 2007 the EPA began an initiative to consolidate data centers and incorporate
       industry best management practices and virtualization across its data centers. The Agency
       has completed a phased virtualization program across the National Computer Center - the
       EPA's primary data center - including optimizing the efficient use of floor  space  and
       turning off air handlers. Virtualization efforts will be expanded in FY 2013, with efforts
       focused on application and desktop virtualization.

       In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to build on the use of multi-year leasing that sustains
       and renews technical services (e.g., desktop  hardware, software and maintenance) in a
       stable least-cost manner as technologies  change. The EPA will expand and support the
       Agency's cloud computing initiative in support  of the Agency's 25-Point Implementation
       Plan and enable a mobile workforce. Guidance on  cloud  computing along with GSA
       applications  and services are still in development. The Agency is committed to using
       cloud computing technologies and  will take advantage of  those technologies, where
       feasible, in supporting  and furthering the mission of the EPA. (In FY 2013,  the IT/IM
       Infrastructure activities will be funded at $3.20 million in payroll  funding  and  $8.33
       million in non-payroll funding.)

Performance Targets:

Work  under this  program  supports multiple  strategic  objectives. Currently,  there are  no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$138.0) This increase reflects of the recalculation of base  workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.
                                          629

-------
   •   (+0.1 FTE) This increase reflects current utilization rates while taking into consideration
       FY  2013   programmatic  priorities  including  promoting  efficiencies,   increasing
       transparency and innovation in Agency work processes, and supporting the work force
       with reliable tools and services.

   •   (-$200.0) This change  reflects a reduction in funding  for  Internet  Operations  and
       Maintenance Enhancements.

   •   (-$151.0) This reduction reflects a  disinvestment  in the  Agency's Portal  application,
       which has reached end of life. The OneEPA effort will provide the same services to the
       Agency more efficiently.

   •   (-$116.0) This change reflects a reduction in contract funding supporting the Agency's
       Enterprise Architecture program.

   •   (-$155.0) This reduction reflects efficiencies gained in information management support
       services.

Statutory Authority:

Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 42 U.S.C. 553  et seq. and Government  Information
Security Act (GISRA),  40 U.S.C.  1401 et seq. - Sections 3531, 3532, 3533,  3534, 3535  and
3536 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA),
42 U.S.C. 9606 et  seq. - Sections 101-128, 301-312 and 401-405 and Clean Air  Act (CAA)
Amendments, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. - Sections  102, 103, 104 and 108 and Clean Water  Act
(CWA), 33 U.S.C.  1314 et seq. -  Sections 101,  102, 103, 104,  105, 107,  and 109 and Toxic
Substances Control  Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C. 2611 et seq. - Sections 201, 301 and 401  and Federal
Insecticide Fungicide  and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), 7 U.S.C. 36 et seq. - Sections 136a - 136y
and Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA), 7 U.S.C. 136 et seq. - Sections 102, 210, 301 and  501
and Safe Drinking  Water Act (SOWA) Amendments, 42 U.S.C.  300 et seq. - Sections 1400,
1401,  1411, 1421,  1431, 1441, 1454 and  1461  and Federal  Food,  Drug and Cosmetic  Act
(FFDCA), 21 U.S.C. 346 et seq. and Emergency Planning and  Community Right-to-Know  Act
(EPCRA), 42 U.S.C. 11001 et seq. - Sections 322, 324, 325 and 328 and Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA), 42  U.S.C. 6962 et seq.  - Sections  1001, 2001,  3001  and 3005  and
Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA), 39 U.S.C. 2803  et seq. - Sections 1115,
1116, 1117, 1118 and 1119 and Government Management Reform Act (GMRA), 31 U.S.C.  501
et seq. - Sections 101, 201, 301, 401, 402, 403, 404 and 405 and Clinger-Cohen Act (CCA), 40
U.S.C. 1401 et  seq. - Sections 5001, 5201, 5301,  5401, 5502, 5601 and 5701and Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. - Sections 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,
112 and  113  and Freedom of Information  Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C.  552  et seq. and Controlled
Substances Act  (CSA), 21 U.S.C. 802 et seq. - Sections 801, 811, 821,  841, 871, 955 and  961
and Electronic Freedom of Information Act (EFOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552 et  seq. - Sections 552(a)(2),
552 (a)(3), 552 (a)(4) and 552(a)(6).
                                         630

-------
Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review
                          631

-------
                                                          Alternative Dispute Resolution
                              Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives.  This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$1,271.2
$814.9
$2,086.1
5.7
FY2012
Enacted
$1,194.0
$844.0
$2,038.0
7.2
FY2013
Pres Budget
$1,477.0
$877.0
$2,354.0
7.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$283.0
$33.0
$316.0
0.1
Program Project Description:

The General Counsel and Regional Counsel Offices provide environmental Alternative Dispute
Resolution services (ADR). EPA utilizes ADR as a method for preventing or resolving conflicts
prior to engaging in formal litigation and includes the provision of legal counsel, facilitation,
mediation and consensus building advice and support. Funding supports the use of ADR in the
Superfund program's extensive legal work with communities and Potentially Responsible Parties
(PRP). The intent is to offer cost-effective processes to resolve  disputes  and improve Agency
decision making.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to provide conflict prevention and ADR services to EPA
headquarters and regional offices and external stakeholders on Superfund program matters. The
national ADR program assists  in developing effective ways to anticipate, prevent, and resolve
disputes and  makes neutral third parties -  such as  facilitators and mediators  - more  readily
available for those purposes. As in previous years, the Agency  expects to  support at least 30
Superfund cases with  neutral third party support in areas including:  community engagement,
allocation negotiations between PRPs, record of decision discussions and Environmental Justice
issues related to the cleanup and restoration of Superfund sites.

Additionally,  the Agency  expects to  provide  ADR and  collaboration advice  and conflict
coaching for at least 86 Superfund cases where headquarters programs and regions are working
with stakeholders to improve environmental results.  Finally, the Agency  expects to provide at
least 20 training events, reaching at least 500 EPA employees (Superfund and non-Superfund), to
continue to build the Agency's capacity to resolve environmental issues in the most efficient way
to achieve the Agency's strategic  objectives. Under EPA's ADR Policy and the OMB/CEQ
                                          632

-------
memorandum on Environmental Conflict Resolution11, the Agency encourages the use of ADR
techniques to prevent and resolve disputes with external parties in many contexts, including:
adjudications,  rulemaking,  policy  development, administrative and civil judicial enforcement
actions, permit issuance, protests  of contract awards, administration of contracts and grants,
stakeholder involvement, negotiations, and litigation.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports all five of the Agency's strategic goals. Currently, there are
no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$7.0)  This  increase reflects the  recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$26.0) This  redirection  enables the Agency to  continue offering cost-effective
       processes to  resolve disputes and improve Agency  decision-making.  Resources will
       provide Superfund cases with neutral third party support and enable the delivery of ADR
       training. The increase in this area also provides resources to fund basic and mandatory IT
       and telecommunications support costs for on-board workforce.

Statutory Authority:

Administrative Dispute Resolution Act (ADRA) of 1996, 5 United States Code (U.S.C.) Sections
571, 572, and  573, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,  and Liability Act
(CERCLA), Section 1111; EPA's General Authorizing Statutes.
1' See http://www.ecr.gov/pdf/OMB CEO Joint Statement.pdf. An updated OMB/CEQ memorandum on environmental conflict
resolution is currently under final Agency review.
                                           633

-------
                                                   Legal Advice: Environmental Program
                              Program Area: Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support  offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$42,286.6
$711.9
$42,998.5
239.5
FY2012
Enacted
$40,746.0
$682.0
$41,428.0
249.5
FY2013
Pres Budget
$45,840.0
$755.0
$46,595.0
253.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$5,094.0
$73.0
$5,167.0
3.7
Program Project Description:

This program provides legal representational  services,  legal counseling and legal  support for
Agency  environmental   activities  under  the   Comprehensive  Environmental   Response,
Compensation  and Liability Act. Funding supports legal advice  needed in the  Superfund
program's extensive work with Potentially Responsible Parties (PRPs) and other entities and
landowners involved in the program. For example, if EPA needs to know what level of a certain
contaminant is acceptable under Federal law at a given Superfund site, this program provides the
legal analysis and advice to inform that decision.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

OGC will assist the Agency in its priorities, including Agency cross-cutting strategies. OGC will
also assist the Agency in carrying out its environmental mission as indicated in its FY 2011-2015
Strategic Plan.  The Strategic Plan represents a commitment to EPA's core values of science,
transparency, and the rule of law; it identifies the measurable environmental and  human health
outcomes the public can expect over the next five years;  and it describes how EPA plans to
                    1 9
achieve those results.
12 The Plan identifies five strategic goals to guide the Agency's work:
Goal 1: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
Goal 2: Protecting America's Waters
Goal 3: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
Goal 4: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
Goal 5: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                           634

-------
In FY 2013, OGC will continue to provide full legal support for all EPA programs, to respond to
Agency needs, to advance the Administrator's priorities13, and in support of the Strategic Plan
Goals. This support will require additional contract and IT and telecommunications  assistance
for Lexis and Westlaw for research and general expenses. In FY 2013, the Agency anticipates an
increased need for legal support in its efforts to assist the Agency in its mission to protect human
health and the environment.

The following chart contains examples from FY 2011 of the types of support that OGC provides
to the Agency and how that support lines up with EPA's Strategic Plan Goals.  OGC expects to
provide similar support in  FY 2013, which includes analyzing defensibility of Agency actions,
drafting significant portions of Agency actions, and actively participating in  litigation. These
examples illustrate OGC's important role in implementing the Agency's  core priorities  and
mission.
EPA Strategic Plan Goal
Goal 3 (cleaning up
communities);
Goal 5 (enforcing
environmental laws)
Goal 3 (cleaning up
communities)
Specific EPA OGC Activities
Successfully defended against a constitutional challenge, up to the
US Supreme Court, by General Electric (GE) to the Agency's
authority to issue orders under CERCLA section 106.
Successfully defended a challenge to the Agency's decision to list
the US Magnesium site to the National Priorities List.
Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports all five of the Agency's strategic goals. Currently, there are
no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$6.0) This increase reflects the recalculation  of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (+$67.0) This increase provides resources to fund  OGC's Lexis and Westlaw contracts.
       These  contracts provide vital  research tools  needed by  OGC attorneys when offering
       sound  legal counsel  and advice to Agency leadership. The increase in this area also
       provides resources  to fund general equipment, IT  and telecommunications support and
       office support costs. These resources are needed to enable  employees to effectively carry
       out their day-to-day operations supporting the Agency's mission.
13 See Lisa Jackson, "Seven Priorities for EPA's Future," available at: http://blog.epa.gov/administrator/2010/01/12/seven-priorities-for-
epas-fiiture/. These priorities mirror the goals above and also include: expanding the conversation on environmentalism,
strengthening partnerships, and improving internal operations.


                                            635

-------
Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive  Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA),  42
United States Code (U.S.C.) § 9601 - 9659, Sections 101 - 310; the EPA's General Authorizing
Statutes.
                                        636

-------
Program Area: Operations and Administration
                   637

-------
                                                 Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
                                              Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six  (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Building and Facilities
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$320,540.2
$69,436.1
$30,254.7
$903.0
$519.5
$80,056.2
$501,709.7
405.0
FY2012
Enacted
$319,777.0
$72,019.0
$29,326.0
$915.0
$535.0
$80,541.0
$503,113.0
417.4
FY2013
Pres Budget
$331,316.0
$75,485.0
$33,931.0
$843.0
$513.0
$79,622.0
$521,710.0
416.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,539.0
$3,466.0
$4,605.0
($72.0)
($22.0)
($919.0)
$18,597.0
-0.9
Program Project Description:

Superfund appropriation in the Facilities Infrastructure and Operations Program is used to fund
rental of laboratory and office space, utilities, security, and also to manage activities and support
services in many centralized administrative areas for the Superfund Program.  These include
health and  safety,  environmental  compliance,  occupational   health,  medical  monitoring,
fitness/wellness and  safety,  environmental  management functions, facilities maintenance and
operations,  space planning, shipping  and receiving,  property management, printing and
reproduction, mail management, and transportation services.  Funding is allocated  among the
major appropriations for the Agency.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Agency reviews space  needs  on a  regular basis,  and is  implementing a long-term space
consolidation plan that includes reducing the number of occupied facilities, consolidating space
within the remaining facilities, and reducing the square footage where practical. Since 2006, the
EPA  has released approximately 380,000 square feet of space  at headquarters and  facilities
nationwide, resulting in a cumulative annual rent avoidance of over $12.8 million. The Agency's
Space Strategy efforts  continue to pursue several long-term policy options that could lead to
further efficiencies  and potential  reductions to the Agency's real  property  footprint. These
achieved savings  and potential  savings partially offset the EPA's escalating rent and  security
costs. For  example, replacement  leases for regional  offices in Boston,  Kansas City, San
Francisco, and Seattle are significantly higher than those previously negotiated.  The Agency will
continue to manage its lease agreements with the  General  Services Administration and other
                                          638

-------
private landlords by conducting reviews and verifying that billing statements are correct. For FY
2013, the Agency is requesting a total of $46.01 million for rent, $3.46 million for utilities, and
$8.59 million for security in the Superfund appropriation.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to  improve operating efficiency and encourage the use of
new,  advanced technologies, and  energy sources. The EPA will  continue to direct resources
towards acquiring alternative fuel vehicles and more fuel-efficient passenger cars and light trucks
to meet the goals set  by Executive Order (EO) 1342314, Strengthening Federal Environmental,
Energy, and Transportation Management. Additionally, the Agency will  attain the Executive
Order's  environmental performance goals  related  to buildings  through  several  initiatives,
including comprehensive facility energy audits, re-commissioning, sustainable building design in
Agency construction  and alteration projects, energy savings performance  contracts to  achieve
energy efficiencies, the use of off-grid energy equipment, energy load reduction strategies, green
power purchases, and the use of Energy Star rated products and building standards. The EPA
will continue to improve the  cohesion and management of its laboratory enterprise and take
advantage of potential efficiencies. In FY 2013, the Agency plans to reduce energy utilization (or
improve energy efficiency) by approximately 37 billion British Thermal Units or three percent.
The EPA expects to end FY 2013  using approximately 24 percent  less energy than it did in FY
2003.

EO 13514, Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and Economic Performance, expands
upon EO 13423 and requires additional reductions to greenhouse gas emissions. The EPA will
meet the requirements of EO 13514 through:

•      Managing  existing building systems to  reduce  consumption  of energy,  water,  and
       materials;
•      Identifying opportunities to  consolidate and dispose of existing assets,  optimize  real
       property; and portfolio performance, and reduce environmental impacts; and
•      Implementing  best management  practices  in  energy-efficient  management  of  real
       property including Agency labs and data centers.

The EPA will  continue to provide transit subsidy to eligible applicants as directed by EO
1315015  Federal  Workforce   Transportation.   The  EPA  will  continue  its  integration  of
Environmental Management Systems (EMS) across the Agency, consistent with requirements of
Executive Order 13423 and 13514. The EPA will advance the implementation of  Safety and
Health Management  Systems  to identify  and mitigate potential safety  and health risks in the
workplace. The EPA will continue  to provide safety, health, and environmental services that help
maintain the EPA's readiness to respond to national emergencies while protecting its employees
and responsibly managing the environmental and safety hazards of samples associated with
weapons of mass destruction.
14 Information is available at http: //www. fedcenter. gov/programs/eo 13 514/, Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and
Economic Performance', and http: //www. fedcenter. go v/pro grams/eo 134237, Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy, and
Transportation Management
15 Additional information available at http://ceq.eh.doe.gov/nepa/regs/eos/eol3150.html
                                           639

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the performance measures in the Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations Program Project under the Environmental Program and Management appropriation
and can be found in the Performance Eight Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (-$20.0) This decrease is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-0.8 FTE) This change decreases FTE for facility management services.

    •   (-$1,027.0) This change reflects the net effect of projected contractual rent increases and
       rent reduction realized from space consolidation efforts, and re-allocation of costs among
       major appropriations.

    •   (-$305.0) This reflects a net decrease  in utility costs due to space consolidation of office
       space and re-allocation of costs among major appropriations.

    •   (+$325.0) This change reflects an increase in security.

    •   (-$792.0) This reduction reflects a decrease in moves and space reconfiguration cost.

    •   (+$546.0) This reflects an increase in operations  and  maintenance costs at the EPA's
       owned Regional laboratories.

    •   (+$5.0) This reflects an increase in transit subsidy based on projected needs.

    •   (+$349.0) The FY 2012 levels provided represent an 11 percent reduction for managing
       EPA's  facility operations, including  building  maintenance,  property management,
       transportation, and health and safety operations at all EPA facilities nationwide. The
       requested funding  level will  provide for these basic operations, which also include
       custodial contracts, labor and  warehouse costs, and grounds maintenance and operating
       costs for regional laboratories. This  funding  also will allow the  Agency to continue
       implementation of the President's EO 13514 in managing  existing building systems to
       reduce consumption of energy, water,  and materials.

Statutory Authority:

Federal Property and Administration Services Act; Public  Building Act; Annual Appropriations
Act; Robert T.  Stafford Disaster Relief and  Emergency Assistance Act; CWA; CAA; RCRA;
TSCA; NEPA;  CERFA; D.C. Recycling Act of 1988; Energy Policy Act of 2005;  Executive
Orders 10577,  12598, 13150 and  13423; Emergency Support  Functions (ESF)  #10 Oil and
Hazardous  Materials  Response  Annex;  Presidential   Decision   Directive  63   (Critical
Infrastructure).
                                          640

-------
                                         Financial Assistance Grants / IAG Management
                                             Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$26,770.6
$3,322.3
$30,092.9
186.1
FY2012
Enacted
$24,002.0
$3,128.0
$27,130.0
174.9
FY2013
Pres Budget
$25,910.0
$3,174.0
$29,084.0
176.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,908.0
$46.0
$1,954.0
1.1
Program Project Description:

Grants and Interagency Agreements comprise more than half of the Agency's budget. Superfund
resources in this program support activities related to the management of Financial Assistance
Grants/Interagency Agreements  (lAs), and to suspension  and debarment at headquarters and
within Regional offices. The key components of this program  are  ensuring that the EPA's
management of grants and  lAs  meets the highest fiduciary  standards, and  that grant funding
produces measurable environmental results. This program focuses on maintaining a high level of
integrity in the management of the EPA's assistance agreements, and fostering relationships with
state,  local and tribal governments  to support the implementation of environmental programs.
Sound grants  management fosters efficiency and effectiveness  assisting  all of the EPA's
programs.  A substantial portion of the Superfund program is implemented through lAs with the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and the Coast  Guard.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will  maintain focus on key objectives under its FY  2009-2013 Grants
Management Plan. These objectives include  strengthening accountability, ensuring competition,
achieving  positive environmental  outcomes,  implementing a  comprehensive  post-award
monitoring  program  for  Superfund  grants  and lAs, and promoting  standardization  and
streamlining.16 The Grants Management Plan provides a framework for extensive improvements
in grants management at the technical administrative level,  programmatic oversight level, and at
the executive decision-making level of the Agency.

The EPA  will continue to  reform  grants management by conducting  on-site and pre-award
reviews of grant recipients and applicants, improving systems support, performing indirect cost
 5 US EPA,EPA Grants Management Plan. EPA-216-K-0 8-001, October 2008, http://www.epa.gov/ogd/EO/fmalreport.pdf.
                                         641

-------
rate and unliquidated obligation reviews, providing tribal technical assistance, and implementing
its agency-wide training program  for  project officers, grant specialists, and  managers.  The
Agency also will administer a similar set of internal controls for lAs. For both  grants and  lAs,
the Agency will continue to reform policy,  oversight and business processes to make the most
efficient use of available resources.

The EPA is also working with the states to improve the timeliness of state grant awards and the
management of unliquidated obligations. This  effort will identify reforms to expedite/streamline
the grant award process and accelerate  grantee outlays. The agency will have a policy in place
effective October 1, 2012 to address these issues.

The EPA is also working with the states to improve the timeliness of state grant awards and the
management of unliquidated obligations. This  effort will identify reforms to expedite/streamline
the grant award process and accelerate  grantee outlays. The agency will have a policy in place
effective October 1, 2012 to address these issues.

The EPA plans to delay its participation in  the Grant Management Line of Business  (GMLoB)
initiative until FY 2014 and continue using its  legacy system, the Integrated Grants Management
System (IGMS) to allow time for the  development of a system more suited to the Agency's
needs.  EPA completed Fit  Gap analyses of the Health and Human Services GMLoB system,
Grants Solutions, and the Prism Grants product. Significant gaps were identified between EPA
business processes and these systems. The Agency is conducting a business transformation effort
to streamline grants business processes in FY 2012 and FY 2013 and will evaluate shared agency
alternatives available in the  FY 2014-2015 timeframe, prior to selecting a GMLoB system. Once
a more suitable option arises and business  process  streamlining  efforts are  completed,  the
Agency will migrate to the most cost-effective  alternative.

Performance Targets:

Work  under  this  program  supports multiple  strategic objectives.  Currently, there are no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from the FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$45.0) This increase is the net effect  of the  recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$1.0) This change reflects an increase in operations and maintenance contract expenses
       for  the  Integrated  Grants  Management System   during the time  that EPA  delays
       participating in the GMLoB in order to find a more  suitable and cost effective IT system
       which will support the streamlining of the Agency's business processes.

Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive  Environmental   Response,   Compensation,  and  Liability  Act;  EPA's
Environmental Statutes; Annual Appropriations Acts; Federal Grant and Cooperative Agreement
                                          642

-------
Act; the Economy  Act;  Title 2  Code of Federal Regulations;  Title 40  Code of Federal
Regulations, Parts: 30, 31, 35, 40, 45, 46, and 47; American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of
2009.
                                         643

-------
                                                               Acquisition Management
                                             Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management  (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in  Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$30,688.2
$148.2
$23,672.0
$54,508.4
353.4
FY2012
Enacted
$33,175.0
$163.0
$24,111.0
$57,449.0
357.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$35,727.0
$161.0
$25,961.0
$61,849.0
353.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$2,552.0
($2.0)
$1,850.0
$4,400.0
-3.5
Program Project Description:

Sound contract management fosters efficiency and effectiveness assisting  all of the EPA's
programs. Resources in this program fund support contracts, and acquisition management for
Superfund  related activities at  headquarters,  Regional offices,  Research Triangle  Park, and
Cincinnati offices. Much of the Superfund program is implemented through contracts. The EPA
focuses on maintaining a high level of integrity in the management of its procurement activities.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, between the  Superfund and Environmental  Program  and Management (EPM)
accounts, at least  $3 million in total acquisition management resources will be used by the EPA
to train  and develop  its acquisition workforce,  and to  strengthen  its contractor  training
program—two  efforts  that  mirror  the  President's guidelines  for  civilian  agencies in  the
Acquisition Workforce Development Strategic Plan for FY 2010-2014.  In addition, resources will
support the recruitment, retention, and hiring of additional members of the acquisition workforce
as defined by the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act, as amended (41 U.S.C. 401 et seq.).
Acquisition management also will  address information technology needs  that  support
management and the acquisition workforce. In  addition, the EPA will take the following steps to
achieve acquisition efficiencies:

    •   Eliminate contracts that are similar to or redundant in scope, or are no longer necessary to
       achieve the Agency's programmatic needs;
    •   Eliminate  contracts  that may be combined with other Agency  acquisitions to realize
       greater buying power via economies of scale; and
    •   Use government wide procurement sources where available to reduce the need for new
       contracts. To date, we have used this type of vehicle for office supplies and mail delivery.
                                          644

-------
       As new government wide contracts become available, we will use them if they meet our
       requirements.

In FY 2013, the Agency will work to implement  options for a Centers of Expertise for
contracting. There are opportunities to consolidate duplicative functions and expertise to cost-
optimize the Agency's contracting functions. During FY 2012, the Agency will develop a more
tailored set of options and associated potential savings as well as concerns. Upon determining the
appropriate structure for the Agency's Centers of Expertise, EPA will  implement them in FY
2013.

In addition, the EPA will reinforce its contract oversight responsibilities through A-123 Entity
Level Assessments,  increased targeted oversight training for acquisition  management personnel,
and Simplified Acquisition Contracting Officer (SACO) reviews. These measures will further
strengthen the EPA's acquisition management business processes and enhance contract oversight.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results in the Acquisition Management
Program Project under the EPM appropriation and can be found in the Performance Eight Year
Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$108.0) This decrease reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (-3.5 FTE) This decrease reflects current utilization rates while taking into consideration
       FY 2013 programmatic priorities.

   •   (+$979.0) This increase funds licenses for the EPA Acquisition System (EAS). As the
       number of EAS users in the Agency has increased it has become necessary to procure
       more licenses.  The agency-wide user-base maximizes the streamlining, internal control
       and efficiency gains provided by the system. There is an additional $942.0 in EPM to
       fund the licenses.

   •   (+$979.0) This  increase reflects  funds needed  for a Center of Expertise (COE) for
       Acquisition Management. EPA's FY 2012 study will identify opportunities to realign the
       Agency's contracting functions into  a COE  for Acquisition Management.  Costs to
       implement the COE for Acquisition Management may include permanent moves,  space
       build-out, technology needs, travel, training, and other set-up costs. There is an additional
       $942.0 in EPM to fund COE activities.

Statutory Authority:
EPA's Environmental Statutes; Annual Appropriations Acts; contract  law.  Office of Federal
Procurement Policy Act, as amended (41 U.S.C. 401 et seq.).
                                          645

-------
                                                        Human Resources Management
                                             Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$46,839.9
$8,924.4
$55,764.3
295.0
FY2012
Enacted
$37,839.0
$6,346.0
$44,185.0
275.3
FY2013
Pres Budget
$39,428.0
$7,558.0
$46,986.0
249.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,589.0
$1,212.0
$2,801.0
-25.8
Program Project Description:

Superfund  appropriation  resources for the Human Resources Management program  support
activities that influence the broad spectrum of human capital and human resources management
services throughout the Agency. As requirements and initiatives change, the Agency continually
evaluates  and improves  Superfund program  related human  resource functions in outreach,
recruitment, hiring, developing and nourishing the workforce to increase  management and
employee satisfaction, and to help the Agency achieve its mission.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY  2013,  the  Agency  will continue to  focus  on implementing  the Administration's
comprehensive hiring reform in the Federal government. Over the past year, the federal human
resources community  has placed significant  focus  on implementing Executive  Memorandum
"Improving the Federal Recruitment and Hiring Process. " Executive departments and agencies
were required to "overhaul the way they recruit and hire our civilian  workforce." In addition,
managers  and supervisors must  assume leadership roles in  recruiting and selecting  highly-
qualified employees  from all  segments of society and will  be held accountable  for  these
responsibilities. The key facets of hiring reform are: to ease the hiring process while raising the
bar on candidate quality; to increase  engagement  of agency  leaders in the recruitment and
selection process and to monitor agency efforts to increase the speed and quality of hiring.

In FY 2013, the Agency will  continue to focus on the following initiatives: utilizing data to drive
business  decisions and process; streamlining  the  recruitment process; transitioning  from a
manual  process to an automated process to reduce hiring time; institutionalizing workforce
planning and incorporating it in the Agency's budget communications; increasing management
involvement and manager accountability with  performance standards; automating  the Senior
                                         646

-------
Executive Service (SES) hiring process; and, developing a new 3 year Accountability Plan that
addresses the Agency's audit schedule through FY 2014.

In addition, the Agency uses a system of Shared Service Centers (SSCs) to handle all non-SES
human resources transactional  functions  for  the  EPA's  17,000 plus  employees. The  SSCs
continue to track timeliness and monitor  the quality of customer service, through formal and
informal processes.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue efforts to improve the quality of work  life for employees as
part of our One Great Place to Work initiative. The Agency is  committed to fostering a work
environment that  nurtures and advances the talents, drive and interests of all employees. This
initiative  is built around  three  principal areas:  supportive  work environment,  professional
development, and benefits and amenities.  A major component of the One  Great Place to Work
initiative is the development  of an enhanced  telework policy that would allow employees to
work outside of the office a majority  of their duty time. Focusing on  appropriate telework
eligibility selection criteria,  collaboration  tools,  training, and clearly  defined performance
expectations will  help improve  the employee  work/life balance. The Agency will continue to
utilize our One EPA, One Great Place to Work intranet site to announce new plans and activities,
and publicize programs that help employees develop their careers, enjoy their work environment,
balance work and personal demands, and lead healthier lives.

In addition, the EPA will continue to streamline human resources management by employing the
E-Government initiative and the Human Resources Line of Business (HR LoB) program. HR
LoB offers government-wide, cost effective, and standardized HR solutions while providing core
functionality to support the  strategic management of human capital. In May 2011, an agreement
between the EPA and the Department of Interior (DOI)'s National Business Center (NBC) for
HR and payroll was signed to begin preliminary planning and pre-migration activities to align
the Agency with NBC  systems. The Agency has made significant progress  in establishing
required documentation for  a secure method of transferring files to and from EPA and NBC and
critical support  for managing the migration efforts once both systems are in place. Migration to
NBC's system is presently scheduled for March 2014.

Performance Targets:

Work under  this program  also  supports the performance results in  the Human Resources
Management Program Project under the EPM appropriation and can be found in the Performance
Eight Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted  Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (-$111.0) This decrease is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-1.3 FTE) This reduces FTE for Human Resources Management as the Agency seeks to
       absorb these reductions through administrative efficiencies.
                                          647

-------
   •   (+$3.0) This reflects an increase in workers compensation.

   •   (+$665.0) This increase reflects fees the Agency must pay to DOT for EPA to transition
       its HR and payroll services to align with the NBC systems.

   •   (+$655.0)  This  change  reflects funding required for  EPA  to continue processing HR
       actions using the People-Plus system while the Agency works to migrate to the DOI's
       NBC system.

Statutory Authority:

Title V USC, FAIR Act.
                                          648

-------
                                               Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance
                                             Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$85,541.1
$1,093.7
$30,349.3
$116,984.1
544.0
FY2012
Enacted
$72,290.0
$512.0
$21,632.0
$94,434.0
536.9
FY2013
Pres Budget
$78,817.0
$509.0
$24,066.0
$103,392.0
540.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$6,527.0
($3.0)
$2,434.0
$8,958.0
3.8
Program Project Description:

The EPA's financial management community maintains a strong partnership with the Superfund
program. The Office  of the  Chief Financial Officer (OCFO) recognizes and  supports this
continuing  partnership by providing a full  array of financial management  support services
necessary to pay Superfund bills and recoup cleanup and oversight costs for the Trust Fund.
OCFO manages Superfund  activities under the  Central Planning, Budgeting  and Finance
program  in support  of  integrated planning,  budget formulation and  execution,  financial
management, performance and accountability processes, financial cost recovery, and the systems
to ensure effective stewardship of Superfund resources.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to provide high-quality resource stewardship to ensure that
all Agency programs operate  with fiscal responsibility and  management integrity, and  are
efficiently and consistently delivered nationwide and demonstrate results. The EPA will continue
to provide direction and support for the Superfund program in financial management activities;
implementing  cost  accounting  requirements; financial  payment  and support services; and
Superfund-specific fiscal and accounting services.

In FY 2013, the Agency plans to migrate Payroll Accounting/Time and Attendance services to
the Department of the Interior's National Business Center (NBC), a shared service provider, with
final go-live  expected in FY 2014. This effort is part of the Agency's larger initiative  to
implement a Human Resources Line of Business (HR LoB), which will ultimately automate and
integrate the  Agency's human resources, time/attendance and payroll information technology
tools and reduce costs to the Agency. Work associated with the migration will  involve ensuring
that the appropriate tools are in place for Superfund site-specific cost recovery and  accounting of
                                          649

-------
personnel time, as well as modifications to the Compass financial management system, which
launched in October 2011. The project was selected as the next in the Agency's financial systems
modernization effort, in line with the OMB financial systems sequencing guidance. It replaces
the placeholder effort in the FY 2012  request (replacement formulation system) which will be
implemented at a later date. This work will be framed by the Agency's Enterprise Architecture
and make use of enabling technologies for e-Gov initiatives.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to improve its transparency, accountability, and effectiveness
of operations through improved coordination and integration of internal control assessments over
financial activities as required under  revised OMB Circular A-123 as well as controls over
programmatic operations  under the  Federal  Manager's Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA).
Improvements in  internal controls  will further  support  the EPA's  initiatives for improved
financial performance.  The EPA also will  continue to ensure improved accessibility to data to
support accountability, cost accounting, budget and performance integration, and management
decision-making.

Since the implementation  of the Improper Payments Information Act  of 2002, the EPA has
reviewed, sampled, and monitored  its payments to protect against erroneous payments.  The
Agency  is  consistently well under the  government-wide threshold of 2.5  percent,  with an
average  error  rate  of less  than   1  percent  across  all  categories  (grants,  contracts,  and
commodities). In FY 2013, the EPA will  continue these  activities to reduce the potential  for
improper payments pursuant to the Improper Payments Information Act of 2002 as amended, by
the Improper Payments Elimination and Recovery Act of 2010 (IPERA), (P.L. 111-204).

Performance Targets:

Work  under this  program  supports  multiple strategic objectives. Currently,  there  are  no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$484.0)  This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$147.07 -3.1 FTE) This net change reflects the elimination of IFMS maintenance costs
       due  to the introduction of the Compass system offset by an increase in contracting costs
       for Compass  system maintenance for the full year and the necessary support for  the
       interface with the HR LoB. This change partially offsets total HR LoB requirements.  The
       reduced resources include $446.0 in  associated payroll for 3.1 FTE.

    •   (-$267.0) This decrease reflects reductions to non-systems contracts, including training,
       A-123  reviews, and  IT  security  risk assessments, and partially offsets the HR LoB
       requirements.

    •   (+$110.0 / -0.4 FTE) This  change reflects  the net effect  of  a reduction in planned
       enhancements to financial and budget reporting capabilities and postponement of  the
                                          650

-------
       development of new reports essential to support core financial management duties and an
       increase related to realignments of smaller IT financial applications. This change also
       partially offsets the HR LoB requirements. Funding changes include a reduction of $49.0
       in associated payroll for the 0.4 FTE.

   •   (+$2,254.0 / +3.9 FTE) This change reflects a redirection of resources to support Payroll
       Accounting/Time and Attendance costs associated with migration to the Department of
       the Interior's National Business Center  (NBC), a shared service center  provider, to
       implement the Human Resources Line of Business (HR LoB). This change in resources
       includes $550.0 in associated payroll for 3.9 FTE.

Statutory Authority:

Annual Appropriations Act; CCA; CERCLA; CSA;  E-Government Act  of 2002; EFOIA; the
EPA's Environmental Statutes,  and the  FGCAA;  FAIR; Federal  Acquisition  Regulations,
contract law and the  EPA's Assistance Regulations  (40CFR Parts 30, 31, 35,  40,45,46, 47);
FMFIA(1982); FOIA; GMRA(1994); IPIA; IPERA (2010); IGA  of 1978 and Amendments of
1988; PRA;  PR; CFOA (1990);  GPRA (1993); GPRMA (2010); The Prompt Payment Act
(1982); Title 5 USC.
                                         651

-------
Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities
                     652

-------
                                        Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities
                                         Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                 Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$192,436.1
$501.6
$1,204.3
$21,347.9
$215,489.9
627.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$170,741.0
$396.0
$613.0
$17,677.0
$189,427.0
612.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$165,730.0
$490.0
$618.0
$17,798.0
$184,636.0
620.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($5,011.0)
$94.0
$5.0
$121.0
($4,791.0)
8.2
Program Project Description:

The Sustainable and Healthy Communities Research Program (SHCRP) will conduct integrated,
transdisciplinary research to provide decision makers with tools, methods, and information to
assess current conditions at Superfund sites,  evaluate the implications of alternative remediation
approaches and technologies, and implement the latest science in policies and implementation. In
doing so, the SHCRP is responsive to the Superfund law requirements for "...a comprehensive
and coordinated Federal program of research, development, demonstration, and training for the
purpose of promoting the development of alternative and innovative treatment technologies that
can be  used in response actions  under the CERCLA program."
addresses the Administrator's priority of cleaning up our communities.
                                                                17
This research  directly
The EPA recognizes that efforts focused on assessing and reducing environmental risks, alone,
do not fully address the needs of the United States in the increasingly complex 21st Century. As
international organizations adapt to these social, environmental, and economic,  issues, the EPA
is simultaneously integrating these key factors into all aspects of the Agency's work. To this end,
the EPA will use more sophisticated and transdisciplinary approaches to solve these crosscutting
challenges.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The SHCRP will fund research projects related to groundwater, vapor intrusion, contaminated
sediments, and restoring contaminated land.

Groundwater  research will aid in the development and  evaluation of methods, approaches,
techniques, and models to assess  and manage contaminated ground  water at Superfund sites.
Additionally,  research  will  address source elimination  and  plume management  to  reduce
17 Section 209 (a) of Pub. L. 99-499
                                          653

-------
exposures via drinking water and vapor intrusion. Adoption of technologies from this research
program has resulted in documented cost and time savings in cleaning up contaminated sites18.

Vapor intrusion research continues to develop screening, sampling, and modeling approaches to
assess risks from contaminant migration and the need  for mitigation in homes, schools, and
places of employment. The program and regional offices will use this science in developing and
implementing guidance for  the  vapor intrusion pathway in  site ranking and  in remedial
investigations.

Contaminated sediment research will  address characterization, including passive methods and
biotic  indicators,  remediation  options,  and  remedy performance to  enhance  cleanup  of
contaminated  sediments,  leading to  restored  ecological  functioning  and  lifting of  fish
consumption advisories. The science developed in this research is applied by the EPA regions to
improve the cost effectiveness of sediment remediation cleanups and achieve the human health,
environmental, and economic benefits of a cleanup project on a lake or river.

Research  in  support of  restoring contaminated land will provide  site-specific  and general
technical support to the EPA program offices and regions evaluating options for remediation of
Superfund  sites.   This  work  is  request-driven   as  decision-makers  encounter  complex
hydrogeologic  settings,  mixtures of  contaminants,  uncertain  pathways  of  exposure,  and
performance issues with the tools and technologies available to Superfund policymakers and site
managers. Data on the type of technical  support requests provides feedback to the research
program to evaluate and improve research products.

Performance Targets:

Work under this  program  also  supports performance results in  the SHCRP  Science &
Technology and can be found in the Performance in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$183.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce  costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$62.0 / +0.9 FTE) This reflects the net result of realignments of infrastructure FTE and
       resources such  as  equipment  purchases and repairs,  travel,  contracts, and general
       expenses that are  proportionately allocated  across  programs  to  better  align  with
       programmatic priorities. Additional resources include 0.9 FTE and associated payroll of
       $123.

Statutory Authority:

CERCLA, Section 105(a) (4) and Section 115 read together with Executive Order 12580, 42.
U.S.C. 9605 (a) (4) and 9615; Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
18 Land Research Program Science Applications Through Partnerships: A Progress Report 2005-2009
http://www.epa.gov/landscience/partnerships/index.htm
                                          654

-------
Liability Act (CERCLA) 104(i) and 42 U.S.C. 9660 - Sec. 311 (c) 42 U.S.C. 9602 - Section 102,
Section 311, 42 U.S.C 9604 (i) (1); Superfund Amendments Reauthorization Act 42 U.S.C. 7401
- Sec. 209 (a) and Sec. 403 (a, b).
                                         655

-------
Program Area: Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability
                          656

-------
                                                         Human Health Risk Assessment
                                 Program Area: Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                     Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$46,140.1
53,737.6
$49,877.7
200.6
FY 2012
Enacted
$39,553.0
53,337.0
$42,890.0
193.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$40,505.0
$3,316.0
$43,821.0
195.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$952.0
($21.0)
$931.0
2.5
Program Project Description:

The EPA's research informs Agency decisions and regulatory actions to protect human health
and the environment more effectively. The research produces the scientific information and tools
that the EPA needs to meet its legal, statutory, and policy requirements.

The Human Health Risk  Assessment (HHRA) research program's vision is to generate timely,
credible human health risk assessments that lay the foundation to support priority Agency risk
management  decisions. Designed as the interface between the  EPA's research program and
Agency decision makers, the HHRA program provides state-of-the-science, independently peer
reviewed human health risk assessments for chemicals that find their way into our air, water, and
soil. The multidisciplinary HHRA program plays a unique and pivotal role within the EPA and,
consequently, the HHRA program's singular position enables the Agency to better predict and
prevent risk.

As the HHRA program continues to integrate to best align with other EPA research programs, it
provides theme oriented  risk-based approaches for assessments and methods necessary to guide
the EPA's actions to protect public health and the environment. These multidisciplinary themes
are  designed  to meet the complex challenges of the 21st Century  through  modernizing risk
assessment, aligning with partner-identified needs, and crosscutting with other national research
programs.

Outside of the Agency, the HHRA program's benchmark products help build close relationships
with federal,  state, and international partners in both accessing data and through collaborative
risk assessment development activities and training. In addition, the program includes a sizable
component of technical support to meet partner and stakeholder needs.

The HHRA's assessments directly support  other facets of the  Agency's strategic goals by
integrating the science for media-specific chemical hazards and providing assessment methods to
ensure air quality, protect America's waters, and clean up our communities.  For example,  the
Provisional Peer Reviewed Toxicity Values (PPRTVs) are used at contaminated Superfund sites
supporting Superfund  Technical   Support  Centers  within  the  Sustainable  and  Healthy
                                          657

-------
Communities Research Program.  These efforts further the EPA's strategic goals  to  protect
America's waters, advance sustainable development, and ensure the safety of chemicals.

The Superfund portion of the HHRA program is comprised of:

   •   Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) health hazard and dose-response assessments;
       and
   •   Community Risk and Technical Support.

IRIS health hazard and dose-response assessments: Based on the expressed needs of the EPA's
Solid Waste and Emergency Response program, the HHRA program prepares the IRIS hazard
characterization and dose-response profiles for environmental pollutants of specific relevance to
Superfund site assessments and remediation. As of January 2011, more than 550 health hazard
assessments were  available through  the  IRIS database  and the majority of these chemical
assessments are relevant to Superfund's decision making.

Community Risk and Technical Support (CRTS)'. The HHRA scientists rapidly assess problems
and formulate an approach for evaluating potential exposure and risk, estimate doses based on a
variety of factors, and estimate risks. A key component to community risk is the development of
the PPRTVs, which enables the Solid Waste and Emergency Response Program to make clean
up decisions at contaminated Superfund sites. Where the IRIS values are unavailable, the HHRA
program  develops the PPRTVs for evaluating chemical specific exposures at Superfund sites.
The EPA's Superfund Technical Support Centers provide support for these PPRTV assessments.
As of August 2011,  new or renewed PPRTVs were available for 328 chemicals. The  HHRA
scientists also provide crucial technical support for emerging problems. Traditionally, the EPA
has used the risk assessment paradigm to assess exposures and  risks to  single  chemicals.
However, the  EPA  is now moving  in  the  direction of community-based cumulative risk
assessment approaches to more accurately assess risk to human health.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to develop the IRIS assessments for environmental pollutants
of specific relevance to Superfund  site assessments and remediation.

In response to the recommendations  made by the National Academy of Sciences April 2011
report,19  the Agency is working to strengthen the IRIS process and  database. All  new IRIS
assessment documents will be shorter, clearer, more visual,  and transparent. Documents will be
rigorously edited to eliminate inconsistencies, address redundancies, and include more graphical
and tabular representations. For assessments  begun prior  to  the NAS report, the  EPA will
incorporate the recommendations in a phased approach.

Communities have an urgent need for coordinated assistance to assess and address issues of
chemical and other environmental  contamination. Through the CRTS activities, in FY 2013, the
HHRA program will continue  to provide  essential technical assistance to the EPA's programs
and regions. The HHRA program will provide rapid risk assessments,  combining problem
19 http: //www8 .nationalacademies. org/onpinews/newsitem. aspx?RecordID= 13142
                                          658

-------
formulation and state-of-the-art exposure information and tools with hazard information. Chief
among these projects is the continuing development of the PPRTVs. The HHRA program will
develop the PPRTVs for evaluating chemical specific exposures at Superfund sites. The EPA's
Superfund Technical  Support Centers  will  provide consultative support  for  the  PPRTV
assessment development.  These values  are derived for use in the EPA's Superfund Program
when a value is not available in the IRIS database. This work will improve the EPA's ability to
access critical applied expertise when dealing with environmental health problems.

Performance Targets:

Work under  this program also supports performance results in HHRA Science & Technology
and can be found in the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$96.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$6.0 / +0.2 FTE) This reflects the net result of realignments of infrastructure FTE and
       resources such  as  equipment  purchases and repairs, travel,  contracts,  and general
       expenses  that  are  proportionately  allocated  across  programs to better  align  with
       programmatic priorities.  This includes an increase of 0.2 FTE and  $30.0  associated
       payroll.

    •   (-$111.0) This reflects a reduction to development of the Provisional Peer Reviewed
       Toxicity Values (PPRTVs),  which  are used by the EPA's Superfund and  Resource
       Conservation  and  Recovery  Act (RCRA)  hazardous waste programs when the more
       extensive Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) assessments are unavailable.

Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments, 42 U.S.C.  7403 et seq. - Sections 103, 108,  109,  and 112; CERCLA
(Superfund,  1980), Section 209(a) of Public Law 99-499; FIFRA (7 U.S.C. s/s 136 et seq.
(1996), as amended), Sec. 3(c)(2)(A); FQPA PL  104-170; SDWA (1996) 42 U.S.C. Section
300J-18;  TSCA (Public Law 94-469): 15 U.S.C. s/s 2601 et seq.  (1976), Sec. 4(b)(l)(B), Sec.
4(b)(2)(B).
                                         659

-------
Program Area: Superfund Cleanup
              660

-------
                                          Superfund: Emergency Response and Removal
                                                        Program Area: Superfund Cleanup
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                               Objective(s): Restore Land

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$242,375.9
$242,375.9
294.4
FY 2012
Enacted
$189,590.0
$189,590.0
291.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$188,500.0
$188,500.0
290.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,090.0)
($1,090.0)
-1.0
Program Project Description:

The Superfund Emergency Response and Removal program (SF Removal) has the capability to
respond to a contamination incident, regardless of cause and without an upper limit in terms of
scale. SF Removal is a "backbone" or foundational capability of national response, and as such,
it is a capability that is essential to national resilience.

More than 30 thousand actual and threatened releases of contaminants are reported to the EPA
each year, many of which  threaten the  health and welfare of the communities  in which they
occur. The threat is not only to human health, but also to the economic viability of a community,
the continued availability of critical infrastructure and key assets, and of course, to the natural
environment upon which both life and lifestyle depends.

Response  requirements  arise as a result  of:  natural  disasters  such  as  Hurricane Katrina,
Mississippi River flooding  and  tornados such as those that devastated Tuscaloosa and Joplin;
industrial contamination such as chemical releases to air, water or soil; and acts of terror such as
the attack on the World  Trade  Center.  Responses may be launched  in order to  contain and
remove a contaminant such as  arsenic,  but may also be  undertaken  to address a  radiological
event or even biological contamination. In all  these cases, the  federal  response involved the SF
Removal program. Future responses of this nature, as well  as responses to hundreds of events
annually that do not garner national attention, will be carried out under this program.

The EPA's On-Scene Coordinators (OSCs) respond and/or provide technical assistance every
day. This assistance is carried out in support of local, state and tribal first responders who often
are untrained or not equipped to manage certain types of emergency responses. Responding to
and removing the source  of contamination is vital to the health and well-being of the impacted
community, and the EPA's role as this "safety net" is a fundamental part of the national response
system and is heavily relied upon to deal with environmental  emergencies.  Preservation of our
environment and the recovery and restoration of critical assets is vital to our economy and the
health of our communities.

The SF Removal program trains, equips  and deploys resources in order to manage, contain and
remove the contaminants  that will, if left unaddressed, pose an imminent threat to public health
                                          661

-------
and/or have a critical environmental impact on communities. This capability is the EPA's 24-
hour-a-day response  capability, and is a cornerstone element of the National  Contingency Plan.
The  SF Removal program is  identified by  the White House  as  a Primary  Mission Essential
Function (PMEF). Specifically, the EPA's PMEF is to prevent,  limit,  mitigate or  contain
chemical, oil, radiological, biological, and hazardous materials during and in the aftermath of an
accident, natural or  man-made  disaster  in the United  States,  and  provide environmental
monitoring, assessment and reporting in support of domestic incident management as part of the
National Response Framework (NRF).

The  SF Removal program was initially designed and has been consistently used to complement
several  Superfund response areas including Agency homeland security activities20. SF Removal
resources address releases that pose an imminent threat to public health or welfare and the
environment, while  the Remedial program  addresses more long-term  cleanup  activities. SF
Removal therefore partners with the Remedial  program, as needed,  for  assessment  and site
cleanup  activities involving  National Priorities  List  (NPL),  Non-NPL,  and  Potentially
Responsible Party PRP actions.

The  SF Removal program is  also  available to  support  other elements of the EPA (such as
Brownfields),  other  federal  partners (such as the Department of Homeland Security and the
Federal Emergency Management Agency under the National Response Framework (NRF), and
state, local  and tribal first responders, who will often turn to the SF Removal program personnel
as subject matter experts and "reach back" liaisons into the rest of the EPA and into the larger
federal  support  capability. In  this sense,  the  SF Removal personnel have  become  a critical
element of the  emergency  response capability  in communities all across  America,  and are
performing a vital service in support of national resiliency at the grassroots level  and on a day-to-
day basis, creating a model for interagency and cross-government cooperation.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the SF  Removal  program's focus is to continue to be a key  federal responder to
contamination events, managing risks to human health, the economic viability of communities
and the environment. The program will also  focus on providing response support to state, local,
tribal and potentially  responsible parties when their response capabilities are exceeded.

The  EPA's federal  OSCs manage and/or provide support for emergency responses,  removal
assessments, site stabilizations, and cleanup response  actions at NPL and  non-NPL sites.  The
EPA will continue to conduct readiness training for federal OSCs  to develop and enhance their
critical  skills and expertise to respond to,  assess, mitigate, and clean up thousands of releases,
regardless of the cause. OSCs training opportunities which include  specialized technical skills in
chemistry,  biology,  hydrology, geology, etc.,  have been  utilized increasingly  in  national
responses (e.g., Deepwater Horizon, Hurricane Katrina).

As state and local agencies face economic hardships, the SF Removal program  support services
are called  upon  more  frequently to adequately  manage  contamination  and  protect American
20 The EPA Homeland Security program, in turn, has developed into providing critical technical expertise, assets and support
during nationally significant incidents, including those involving the release of chemical, biological, and radiological substances.


                                          662

-------
communities. The EPA OSCs bring  a unique  and critical level of expertise and ability to  a
response. They are  able to determine the need for federal responses and can then direct the
response to threats that endanger human health and the environment.

In FY 2013, the EPA will  continue to respond to environmental emergencies and  conduct
removal actions based upon the risk to human  health and the environment in urban, rural and
tribal communities. In recent years, emergency response and removal activities have grown more
complicated, such as large lead and asbestos cleanups, requiring more resources and time to
complete. These activities  often require the attention and focus of SF Removal program OSCs
who have unique capabilities, with knowledge of specific hazardous substances, health and
safety issues, and/or the utilization of emerging technologies.

The EPA will continue to support the National Response Center (NRC), which  is the federal
entry point for reporting all oil and chemical discharges into the environment anywhere in the
United States and its territories. The NRC  serves as the sole 24-hour-a-day contact  point to
receive incident reports under the National Response System and disseminate reported release
reports to the responding federal OSC. The EPA will also support the United States Coast Guard
(USCG) Strike Teams who assist the EPA OSC onsite during CERCLA removal actions.

The Environmental  Response Team (ERT) was established in the National Contingency Plan
(NCP) as the inland scientific federal support coordinator. The ERT provides assistance at the
scene of hazardous  substance releases, offering expertise in such areas as treatment, biology,
chemistry, hydrology, geology, and engineering. In FY 2013, the ERT will continue to provide
support for the  full range of  emergency  response  actions,  including  unusual or complex
emergency  incidents. In such cases, the  ERT brings in special equipment and experienced
responders, and provides the OSC or lead responder with knowledge and advice.

Recently, the EPA initiated a multi-year Integrated Cleanup Initiative (ICI) to
    •  better leverage  the EPA's  assessment  and cleanup authorities  in  an integrated and
       transparent fashion;
    •  address a greater number of contaminated sites more efficiently and accelerate the pace
       of cleanups where possible;
    •  and to put those sites back into productive use while continuing to protect human health,
       the environment, and the economic viability of communities.

By coordinating the relevant  tools available  in each  of the  cleanup  programs (Superfund
Remedial, Removal, and  Federal Facilities; Brownfields; Underground Storage Tanks; and
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act Corrective Action), the EPA will better leverage the
resources available to address needs at individual sites.

The EPA has developed an implementation plan to further describe the goal and objectives of the
ICI and to identify ongoing or new actions the Agency will advance with our partners during the
upcoming years. Under this initiative, the EPA  is exploring different options for leveraging the
SF Removal and Brownfield authorities to further advance cleanup and reuse of contaminated
sites. This  is  found at the  "Integrated Cleanup Initiative's  Best Practices for Leveraging
Brownfields and SF Removal Authorities to Cleanup More Sites for Reuse" paper  located at
                                          663

-------
http://www.epa.gov/oswer/integratedcleanupactions.htm#Action.  This  is  just  one of  several
examples of the efforts undertaken through this new initiative. Collectively, the actions establish
a framework of activities, milestone dates, and deliverables that will effectively address a greater
number of contaminated sites, accelerate the pace of cleanups, return sites  to reuse, and increase
information transparency across all of the EPA's cleanup programs.

As part of the President's Open Government Initiative, the EPA is working to improve the ways
in which the  Agency communicates important information back to the community.  One tool
developed to  achieve this goal is a  Sampling  Methodology  Scale that  provides easy-to-
understand, color-coded information on  contamination levels that exceed certain thresholds (e.g.
red, yellow and green). The EPA is evaluating the effectiveness of the color-coding methodology
to explain sampling  results being piloted at Superfund remedial and removal sites that were
selected in FY 2011  in all ten Regions, and develop a report on  the results of the pilots by the
end of FY 2012.  The  results could help determine the potential for expanded use  of this
methodology in FY 2013 and beyond.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(132) Superfund-lead removal actions com
FY 2006
195
157
FY 2007
195
200
FY 2008
195
215
FY 2009
195
214
pleted annually.
FY 2010
170
199
FY 2011
170
214
FY 2012
170

FY 2013
170

Units
Removals

Measure
Target
Actual
(135) PRP removal completions (including voluntary, AOC, and UAO actions)
overseen by EPA.
FY 2006
115
93
FY 2007
120
151
FY 2008
125
157
FY 2009
130
154
FY 2010
170
192
FY 2011
170
191
FY 2012
170

FY 2013
170

Units
Removals

Measure

Target

Actual
(Cl) Score on annual Core NAR
FY 2006




FY 2007




FY 2008




FY 2009
No
Target
Establis
hed
84.3
FY 2010

55

87.9
FY 2011

60

77.5
FY 2012

70


FY 2013

72


Units

Percent


With aggressive outreach and enforcement, the EPA has continued its effort to identify viable
Potentially Responsible Parties (PRPs) to conduct removal actions, and have been available to
assist and advise them. In FY 2013, the EPA will oversee 170 PRP removal actions (including
voluntary, Administrative Order on Consent [AOC], and Unilateral Administrative Order [UAO]
actions). In addition, the EPA will conduct 170 Superfund-lead removal actions where no viable
PRP has been identified.

The EPA will continue to implement  its annual assessment  of its response and  removal
preparedness via the Core National Approach to Response (Core NAR) assessment, which grew
                                          664

-------
out of its Core Emergency Response program and assessment. Core NAR addresses day-to-day
preparedness  for removal  actions for Regions,  Special Teams, and  Headquarters, as well as
national preparedness for chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear incidents. The target for
FY 2013 is a readiness score of 72 percent.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$843.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$140.0 / -1.0 FTE) This  redirects 1.0 regional FTE from SF Removal to the Superfund
       Remedial program  to effectively  align current and future work load. Ongoing work at
       large,  high-profile and long-term remediation sites has required this shift in personnel.

    •   (-$1,793.0)  This reduction to  contracts  reflects a decrease in response action funding
       support, resulting in completing  fewer  removal actions annually.  This  reduction will
       affect fund-lead action removals  while the Agency continues to focus on encouraging
       viable Potentially Responsible Parties, when available, to conduct removal actions.

Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation  and Liability Act, as  amended, 42
United States Code SC 9601 et seq.  - Sections 104, 105 and 106.
                                          665

-------
                                              Superfund: EPA Emergency Preparedness
                                                        Program Area: Superfund Cleanup
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                               Objective(s): Restore Land

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$10,473.9
$10,473.9
43.4
FY 2012
Enacted
$9,244.0
$9,244.0
44.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$8,179.0
$8,179.0
42.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,065.0)
($1,065.0)
-1.1
Program Project Description:

The EPA implements the Emergency Preparedness program in coordination with the Department
of Homeland Security (DHS) and other federal agencies to deliver federal hazard assistance to
state, local, and tribal governments during natural disasters and terrorist incidents. The Agency
carries out this  responsibility under  multiple statutory  authorities as well as the National
Response Framework (NRF), which provides the  comprehensive federal structure for managing
national emergencies. The EPA  is the designated lead  for the  NRF's Oil and Hazardous
Materials Response Annex - Emergency Support Function  #10 which covers responsibilities for
responding to releases of hazardous materials, oil, and other contaminants. As such, the Agency
participates and leads applicable interagency committees  and workgroups to develop national
planning and implementation policies at the operational level.

The EPA is also designated as the lead agency for the National Response System (NRS), the
Nation's comprehensive environmental program which integrates emergency  preparedness and
response. The NRS, established over 40 years  ago, assures that federal, state, tribal,  local and
private responders are linked through emergency planning and preparedness functions.  Area
Committees, Local Emergency Planning  Committees and Regional Response Teams provide
avenues for oil, hazmat, community  and facility preparedness and readiness  to ensure that
responses  are coordinated  and organized  in  a  manner  that  maximizes the  efficiency and
effectiveness  of  planning  and  execution.  This leadership and  the resulting community
preparedness is an essential element of national resiliency,  and is a model for efforts now being
launched under the broader "Homeland Security" effort. The EPA continues to work closely with
DHS and other federal partners in developing similar levels of community preparedness focused
on security concerns.

The EPA's leadership in federal preparedness begins with its chairing the 16-agency National
Response Team (NRT) and continues through its  co-chairing, with the US Coast Guard, the 13
Regional Response Teams (RRTs) throughout the United States and trust territories. These teams
coordinate the actions of federal,  state, local,  and tribal partners to prevent, prepare for, and
respond to emergencies,  and, of course, provide  an all hazard response capability. The Superfund
Emergency Preparedness program supports  the Agency's  priorities  of building state and  tribal
partnerships and protecting human health and the environment by cleaning up communities when
                                          666

-------
environmental emergencies and disasters occur. In FY 2013, the federal preparedness program is
undergoing a reduction in scope and the EPA's continued implementation of the program will be
extended across a longer timeline.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA's preparedness activities will focus on addressing key priority lessons
learned from actual  responses. For the immediate  future,  the EPA will reduce  its level of
participation  in National Level Exercises (NLEs) as appropriate  to reflect budget constraints,
restricting its participation primarily to personnel resources and minimizing travel. One example
of a NLE  is NLE 2011.  This exercise was a congressionally mandated series of exercises
designed to evaluate the federal government's ability to implement response and recovery plans
in support of state, local  and private sector responders following a catastrophic earthquake in the
New Madrid Seismic Zone.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to lead the NRT and co-chair the 13 RRTs throughout the
United States, but will limit contracted  support staff or Subject Matter Experts (SMEs), relying
more heavily on internal staff. The NRT and RRTs coordinate federal partner actions to prevent,
prepare for, respond  to,  and recover from releases of hazardous substances, oil spills, terrorist
attacks, major disasters, and other emergencies, whether accidental or intentional. The NRT and
the RRTs  are the  only  active environmentally-focused  interagency  executive  committees
addressing  oil and hazardous substance emergencies and serve as multi-agency coordination
groups supporting our responders when convened as incident specific teams.

Building on the large scale federal investment to better  structure responses that have taken place
since  Hurricane  Katrina and current efforts  to enhance  national  emergency  response
management, NRT agencies will continue implementation of the National Incident Management
System and the NRF. NRT agencies will improve notification and response procedures, develop
response technical  assistance  documents,  implement  and  test  incident  command/unified
command systems across all  levels  of government and the private sector,  and  assist in the
refinement of Regional Contingency Plans and Local Area Plans.

In FY 2013,  the EPA will continue to participate in training and National Level Exercises to
continue fostering a  working relationship between state,  local, tribal, and federal responders
implementing the National Preparedness System.  However, participation by the EPA  personnel
will be reduced as necessary given tightening budgets.

The EPA also will  continue  to provide staff support as  needed during  national  disasters,
emergencies, and high profile and large-scale responses carried out  under the  NRF. When
activated under the NRF, the EPA  supports incident  specific activities  at  the NRT,  RRTs,
Domestic Resilience Group, and the National  Operations Center. Such support during a response
is normally funded on an incident specific basis through the Stafford Act or various trust funds.
Additionally, the EPA involvement on corrective  action work will be limited to the top priority
lessons learned, primarily from  actual response actions  and those not requiring extramural
support.
                                          667

-------
As part of its strategy for improving effectiveness, the Agency will continue to improve response
readiness in FY 2013 through information obtained from application of the Agency's National
Approach to Response  (NAR). The EPA's NAR ensures efficient  use of emergency response
assets within the  Agency  by maintaining highly skilled technical personnel in the field and
ensuring their readiness to respond to releases of dangerous materials without compromising
health and safety.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the Restore Land objective under Goal 3. Currently, there are
no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change  from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  (+$192.0)  This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce  costs and a cost of
      living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •  (-$1,257.0  / -1.1 FTE) This  reflects a reduction in discretionary spending due to budget
      constraints, with most of the reduction being to extramural spending. The EPA will
      reduce  its  participation in National Level Exercises  as appropriate, and limit support to
      NRT/ RRT meetings while maintaining our national leadership responsibilities for those
      inter-agency groups. To the  extent possible, the EPA will maintain its readiness support
      through review and application of the Agency's resources. The reduced resources include
       1.1 FTE and associated payroll of $162.0.

Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, 42
United States Code 9601 et seq. - Sections 104, 105 and 106; Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief
and Emergency Assistance Act, as amended, 42 United States Code 5121 et seq.
                                          668

-------
                                                            Superfund: Federal Facilities
                                                         Program Area: Superfund Cleanup
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                                Objective(s): Restore Land

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
532,555.5
$32,555.5
145.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$26,199.0
$26,199.0
133.9
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$26,765.0
$26,765.0
142.2
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$566.0
$566.0
8.3
Program Project Description:

The Superfund Federal Facilities Response program oversees and provides technical assistance
for the protective and efficient cleanup and reuse of federal facility sites. Nationwide, there are
thousands of federal facilities that are contaminated or potentially contaminated with hazardous
waste, military munitions, radioactive waste, and  a variety of other toxic contaminants.  These
facilities include various types of sites, such as active realigning and closed military installations,
current and former nuclear weapons production facilities, landfills, and Formerly Used Defense
Sites  (FUDS). Often,  the EPA and the other federal  agencies implementing the remedies face
unique challenges due to the types of contamination present, the size of the facility, the extent of
contamination, ongoing facility operation needs, complex community involvement requirements,
and complexities related to the redevelopment of the facilities.

The EPA fulfills a number of statutory and regulatory obligations at federal  facilities, including
assessing sites for potential listing on the Superfund National Priorities  List (NPL), conducting
oversight at NPL sites where cleanup is being  completed by other federal agencies such  as the
Department of Defense (DOD)  and the  Department of Energy (DOE), enforcing statutorily
required federal  facility agreements (FFAs),  reviewing property  transfers, and maintaining the
Federal Agency Hazardous Waste Compliance Docket (Docket).

The EPA's oversight  authority, primarily exercised at NPL sites, provides a review of federal
cleanups that ensures  work being conducted by other federal agencies is in  agreement with the
site cleanup plans,  and is protective of  human  health  and the  environment. Although other
federal agencies are designated as the lead for the cleanup actions at their sites, the EPA provides
additional value to the cleanup process by ensuring that federal agencies are more efficient and
accountable in protecting human health  and the  environment.  The  EPA,  as required by the
Comprehensive  Environmental Response, Compensation,  and  Liability Act (CERCLA), is
responsible  for activities  such as:  1) reviewing  and  approving site cleanup documents; 2)
participating in site meetings with the affected communities; 3) making final  remedy selection
decisions for NPL sites; and 4) monitoring schedules as outlined in the FFAs. These FFAs state
that the EPA has the  final decision  making authority for  remedy selection  to ensure the
protection of human health and the environment from releases of hazardous substances. Decision
documents, which support final remedy selection,  are subject to statutorily required review and
                                          669

-------
assessment by the EPA in accordance with the milestones and timeframes established in the
FFA. The EPA's role provides substantive value in assisting other federal agencies in achieving
their program cleanup goals.

The Superfund Federal Facilities Response program ensures the limited statutory responsibilities
related to the transfer of  contaminated  federal properties at NPL  sites are in compliance.
CERCLA provides limited authority  to  the EPA for  property transfers,  which  includes the
approval for transfers prior to implementation of remedies (i.e., early transfer at NPL sites), and
for determinations that remedies are Operating Properly and Successfully (OPS) at both NPL and
non-NPL sites.

The Superfund Federal Facilities Response program supports the Agency's priorities of cleaning
up communities and building strong state and Tribal partnerships. For more information about
the program, please refer to http://www.epa.gov/fedfac/.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

At NPL  properties that  remain under federal jurisdiction  and control, the EPA  will continue
assisting and holding accountable other  federal agencies  to ensure the cleanup  remedies are
protective. The EPA's oversight responsibilities at federal  facility  sites  are consistent  with
private party cleanups and are required by law.

In addition to fulfilling its statutory responsibilities on NPL properties, the EPA,  as part of the
Section 120(d) of CERCLA, is required to take steps to assure that a Preliminary Assessment
(PA) be completed by federal facilities that manage hazardous waste or from which a reportable
quantity of hazardous substances has been released. Such sites are to be listed on the Docket and
the EPA evaluates these facilities for potential response action or inclusion on the NPL. As of
December 2011,  there  are 2,297 facilities listed on the Docket, of which an estimated  250
facilities require further assessment. The Agency's oversight provides for both technical capacity
and a framework of accountability to ensure the highest priority releases are addressed and listed
on the NPL. Gone unchecked, federal facilities may succumb to  competing priorities where
environmental protection is not the primary mission; thus the American public would not be
afforded  the necessary independent oversight in validating environmental cleanup  decisions and
the efficient and effective use of taxpayer dollars.

To ensure the long-term protectiveness of the remedies, the Agency will continue monitoring and
overseeing the progress  and improving the quality and consistency of five-year reviews being
conducted at federal sites where waste has been left in place and land use is restricted. Five-year
reviews are required under Section 121(c) of CERCLA and are designed to ensure that remedies
originally selected jointly,  or by  the EPA alone remain protective over the  long-term where
hazardous substances are left in place. The other federal agencies are responsible for writing the
five-year review report and making a determination of whether the remedy remains protective.
The EPA's role is to review the protectiveness statements submitted by the other federal agency
and to  either agree or make its own independent decision. In response to the October 2010 and
September 2011 Federal Cleanup Dialogue meetings,  and to complement the new five-year
review policy issued on August 1, 2011, the EPA is working with the DOD  and the DOE to
improve the technical quality, timeliness,  and cost of the five-year review reports  and to ensure
                                          670

-------
that the community is aware of the information in the report. In FY 2013, the EPA will review
approximately 30 federal NPL five-year review reports in order to fulfill statutory requirements
and to inform the public regarding the protectiveness of remedies at those NPL sites.

In an effort to improve the accountability, transparency,  and effectiveness of the EPA's cleanup
programs, the Agency initiated  a multi-year Integrated Cleanup Initiative (ICI) in FY 2010
(http://www.epa.gov/oswer/integratedcleanup.htm).  The initiative  will  better utilize  EPA's
assessment and cleanup authorities in an integrated and transparent fashion, to address a greater
number of contaminated sites, accelerate the pace of cleanups where possible, and put those sites
back into productive use while protecting human health and the environment.  By coordinating
the relevant tools available in each of the cleanup  programs (Superfund Remedial, Federal
Facilities; Brownfields; Underground Storage Tanks  and RCRA Corrective Action),  the EPA
will better leverage the resources available  to address needs at individual federal  facility sites.
The EPA's outreach to other federal agencies on the importance of timely and  high priority
reviews is part of this initiative.

The EPA has developed an implementation plan to further describe the goal and objectives of the
ICI and to identify ongoing or new actions the Agency will advance with our partners during the
upcoming years. In addition, to  accurately  gauge the impact of the program,  in  FY  2011 the
Agency began tracking a new annual performance Superfund measure, Remedial Action Project
Completions, which  includes federal facility sites, and  will enable us to  further demonstrate
incremental cleanup  progress and further optimize the  work within the cleanup pipeline. The
Superfund Federal Facilities Response program's site  evaluation project (FFSEP)  is being
implemented  under the ICI Implementation Plan. The FFSEP  provides  information on the
progress of federal facility sites utilizing the ICI framework of evaluating all three  phases of the
cleanup process (starting,  advancing, and  completing  cleanups). This ensures a timely and
adequate the EPA characterization of site cleanup progress at sites where the cleanup progress is
unknown or  undocumented. The  FFSEP  addresses issues raised  in the U.S.  Government
Accountability Office's March 2009 Report to Congress entitled "Superfund -  Greater EPA
Enforcement  and  Reporting Are Needed  to Enhance Cleanup at DOD Sites."  For  more
information on ICI, please visit: http://www.epa.gov/fedfac/documents/ici_accomp.htm.

As part of the ICI, the EPA and the DOD continue to engage in a project aimed at harmonizing
cleanup and reporting metrics at federal Superfund sites. The EPA/DOD Goal Harmonization
Workgroup, which was established in FY 2009, provides a process for the two Agencies to work
collaboratively on determining consistent and transparent approaches for performance measures
used to indicate progress at federal Superfund sites. The Workgroup has resulted in  a cooperative
approach to better facilitate and align future cleanup goals and targets, while also demonstrating
clearer understanding of the cleanup processes. In December 2011, the EPA and the DOD jointly
released a  document  highlighting  recommendations   resulting  from  the EPA/DOD  goal
harmonization     workgroup.    For      the     full      report,     please     refer     to:
http://www.epa.gov/fedfac/pdf/dod-
epa_goal_harmonization_workgroup_recommendations_fmal.pdf  The EPA and the DOD will
continue engaging in this effort for the foreseeable future.
                                          671

-------
In FY  2013, the  Superfund  Federal Facilities Response  program will continue to  focus on
accelerating cleanups at federal  facilities and putting the sites back into  productive use while
protecting human health and the environment. As of October 2011, there were 173 federal sites
on the final NPL. In spite of the small number of federal sites on the NPL, the large size of these
federal  sites results  in  the  Superfund Federal Facilities  Response program contributing
significantly  to  Superfund pipeline  accomplishments. In  FY 2011, the  Superfund Federal
Facilities Response program signed  58 of the  96 (60 percent)  Records of Decisions at all
Superfund sites;  started 51 of the 121 (42 percent) Remedial Action Projects; and completed 59
of the 134 (44 percent) Remedial Action Projects that were  reported by  the entire Superfund
program.

The Federal Facilities Response  Site Activity Chart represents the  known universe of hazardous
substances released into the environment at Federal Facilities, active remediation classified by
NPL vs. Non NPL status and construction completed at NPL Federal Facilities.

                     Superfund Federal Facilities Response Site  Activity
             1.302 Federal Facility T_ niverse
HActive Docket N
 NPL (677]
QUActive N o rt Do cket
 Nan NPL (254]

DNPL Docket (143]


HKPL Kan Docket
 (25]
• Archived D'a cket
 (1,011]
a Ar cKiv ed. Kan
 Do cket Cl 37]
                                    1,104 Active Federal Facilities
                       DActive Docket Kan KPL
                         (677]
                       •Active Noti Docket Kan
                         NPL (250]
                       a K PL Do cket (143]   (
                                        f
                       nKFLKon Docket (25] \
           931Active>onXPLFederal Facilities
       n Study Pending
         (B62]
       D Study       ..
         Underlay C3 7]

       D Remedy
         Selected O]

       • Design
         Under\vHy (1]

       • Construction
         Under-way (22]
                                                       173 >TLFederal Facilities
                                         d Study Pending CO]

                                         •-. Study Underway (4j  / '

                                         H Remedy Selected £5]  .

                                                rnder\vsy (2]
                                         rn Construction LTnder^vav
                                          (92]
                                         BS Construction
                                          Completed/Deleted (70]

                        70 Construction Completed Federal Facilities
                     D CC and Deleted (IS]

                     D CC and not Deleted
                      (SS]
Progress is determined by most advanced operable unit. Chart results generated from CERCLIS data, October 17, 2011.
                                             672

-------
A comprehensive evaluation of the overall Superfund Contracting Strategy began in FY 2009 to
define the next generation of Superfund site cleanup  contracts.  The Agency's  Contract 2010
Strategy  ( http://www.epa.gov/oswer/docs/contracts_2010_strategy_report.pdf) was released in
March 2011,  and in FY 2013 the Agency will begin across the board changes identified in the
Strategy  to improve program management and  increase efficiency.  The program anticipates
implementing recommendations that will provide flexibility to achieve cost and time efficiencies.
For  instance, opportunities to  eliminate duplication  and unnecessary processes  are being
considered along with whether there are ways to restructure the way we are currently performing
acquisitions.

In FY 2013, the EPA  will  continue  strengthening  oversight  and  technical  assistance,  as
appropriate, at DOD's military munitions response sites on  the NPL.  These military  munitions
response sites contain unique chemical and explosive compounds. Emerging contaminants and
human health hazards,  such as vapor intrusion, require direct  Agency oversight  as  federal
agencies  reopen various site assessment and cleanup activities to address such contamination.
The Agency will  continue supporting DOD at selected Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC)
installations that have been closed or realigned during the first four rounds of BRAC (BRAC I -
IV).  This includes, but  is not  limited to, meeting and expediting  statutory  obligations  for
overseeing cleanup and  facilitating property transfer.  The EPA's BRAC  I - IV accelerated
cleanup program, which is steadily ramping down, continues to be funded 100 percent by DOD
through an interagency agreement (IA). The current BRAC IA, which was signed on February
28, 2011, is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2016. The FY  2013 request does not include
additional support for BRAC-related services to the DOD at those facilities affected by the fifth
round of BRAC in 2005.

The proposed legislation titled the Civilian Property Realignment Act includes language to create
a Civilian Property Realignment Board to investigate disposal  and consolidation opportunities
for federal property and present recommendations to  Congress for a direct vote. The  federal
government is the largest property owner and manager in the United States, with an inventory of
over 1 million buildings, structures, and land parcels. It is anticipated that a certain percentage of
these properties will require site characterization under CERCLA before they can be transferred.
In FY 2013, the Federal Facilities Response program will partner  with other federal agencies on
site characterization of any Civilian Real Property transfers,  consistent with the EPA's authority
under CERCLA.

Performance Targets:

Performance  goals  and measures  in the Strategic Plan for the Superfund Federal Facilities
Response program are currently a component of the overall Superfund Remedial  program's
measures. The Superfund  Federal Facilities  Response  program's ability  to meet  its  annual
performance  targets is dependent on work performed by the responsible federal agencies NPL
sites.
                                          673

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$368.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$198.0 / +1.3 FTE)  Resources will enable the Federal Facilities Response program to
       provide additional  oversight and technical support on NPL documents, as well as work
       with the other federal  agencies on improving the technical quality and timeliness of the
       statutorily required five year review. These resources include $186.0 associated payroll
       for 1.3 FTE.

   •   (+7.0 FTE) This reflects a conversion of reimbursable FTE from the BRAC program to
       the Federal Facilities Response  program. The additional reimbursable FTE  will support
       increased workload needs at such sites as the U.S. Military's buildup in Guam, DOE and
       U.S. Coast Guard.  Sufficient reimbursable FTE are retained to support BRAC program
       needs, which continue to decline as more BRAC sites are cleaned up or transferred.

Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation  and  Liability Act, as amended, 42
United States Code 9601 et seq. - Section 120; the Solid Waste  Disposal Act, as amended by the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 United States  Code 6901 et seq. - Section 7003;
and the Defense Base Closure and Realignment Acts of 1988,  1990, 1992, 1994,  and 2004 as
amended by the  National Defense  Authorization  Acts  and  the Base Closure  Community
Redevelopment and Homeless Assistance Act.
                                         674

-------
                                                                   Superfund: Remedial
                                                         Program Area: Superfund Cleanup
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                                Objective(s): Restore Land

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$707,200.8
$707,200.8
974.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$564,998.0
$564,998.0
934.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$531,771.0
$531,771.0
937.3
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($33,227.0)
($33,227.0)
2.5
Program Project Description:

The  Superfund Remedial program protects the American public and its resources by making
communities safer, healthier, and more economically viable. It is responsible for implementing
the federal  program  aimed at longer term  cleanup at the nation's  largest,  most complex
contaminated sites, and oversees the cleanup work at both Fund-lead and Potentially Responsible
Parties (PRP)-lead National Priorities List (NPL) and non-NPL sites.

Superfund sites exist  in hundreds of American communities and can either encompass a very
small footprint or cover thousands of acres (land and/or water bodies).  Sites have combinations
of contaminated soils, buildings, sediments, surface water,  air, and groundwater. The sites are
located  in all types of communities from rural  to large urban settings. Many are located in
economically  distressed   communities  that  suffer  from  disproportionate   and  adverse
environmental exposures.

Since its inception in December, 1980, the Superfund Remedial program  has assessed nearly
50,000  sites and currently has  over  13,700  active, contaminated sites21.  Program activities
include  assessing a site for degree and scope of contamination, developing cleanup strategies,
designing  and constructing remedies, and long-term monitoring of certain  remedies. The EPA
also  supports making  formerly contaminated  sites community assets, having placed more than
500 NPL  sites into reuse over the past decade. Throughout this process the program actively
engages the communities, local governments,  states, tribes, investors, and PRPs to  ensure site-
progress information is shared and opportunities for feedback are provided.

Cleanup activities at Superfund sites can increase social well-being by improving human health
and amenities, restoring ecosystems, and improving land productivity. The human health benefits
of remediating contaminated sites include reduced mortality risk from illness and  acute fatalities,
and reduced morbidity risk from asthma, nausea, cancer, birth defects, adverse reproductive or
developmental  disorders,  and other illnesses or injuries.  Ecosystems can be improved by
removing pollutants from contaminated sites that may impact drinking water supplies or fishery
habitats. To  empirically estimate the social benefits of land cleanup, one can  examine how values
of properties  near  contaminated sites change due  to  cleanup. A working paper by  Duke
 ' Data are from CERCLIS, the program's information management system, as of 12/27/11.
                                          675

-------
          99
University  examined properties around Superfund sites across the United States and estimated
economic housing values,  within 1  kilometer of a site, appreciated  19 percent  as  a result  of
remedial activities from 1990 to 2000.

For   more   information  about  the   Superfund   Remedial   program,   please   refer   to
http ://www. epa.gov/superfund.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan

In FY 2013, in recognition  of budget constraints, the EPA is proposing a $33.2 million reduction
in the Superfund remedial budget as compared to the FY 2012 Enacted  level of $564.9 million.
The Agency will place a priority on its two key environmental indicators and expects to achieve
the  same  number  of additional  sites  with   controlled human exposures and  controlled
groundwater migration as in FY 2012 (10 and 15 respectively). However, the scope of the budget
reduction will result  in fewer  EPA-lead projects  started  across the  board and  a drop  in
completions in some categories.

In FY 2013, the Superfund Remedial  program's top priority remains reducing risk to human
health and the  environment. To  achieve this  goal,  the Remedial program will continue  to
investigate actual or potential releases of contaminants at sites, and where appropriate, designate
certain sites as national priorities by placing them on the NPL. For sites on the NPL, the Agency
will  focus on completing the ongoing project phases (remedial  investigation/feasibility study,
remedy design, and remedy construction) as opposed to starting  new project phases. The EPA
will  not  reduce its  statutory  mandated actions  to operate ground  water remedies  it has
constructed or activities that  monitor and assess the protectiveness of the constructed remedies.
The program will continue to place emphasis on promoting site reuse in affected communities.

In FY 2013,  the program will  continue to balance the workload throughout the  Superfund
remedial site cleanup process. There will be a renewed emphasis  on improving the Agency's
leveraging of appropriated  and  Potentially Responsible Party  (PRP)  funds to  minimize
reductions to program performance.

FY 2013  will mark the fourth year of the Agency's multi-year Integrated Cleanup Initiative
(ICI)23. The EPA will focus on the following:

       (1) Optimizing Site Cleanups

The Agency has emphasized  efforts to  achieve greater efficiencies in cleanup. Among the many
efforts in this area is one  aimed at optimizing response-activities. In  FY 2013, optimization
activities focus on better technical support, technical transfer, and training on best management
practices (BMPs) to Regions and other stakeholders, as well as, bringing forward the  lessons
learned from third party review of operating remedies to actions earlier in the response pipeline.
The  benefits  of optimization  are  expected to include more  cost-effective expenditure  of
Superfund dollars, reduced energy/carbon footprint,  improved protection of human  health and
22 Gamper-Rabindran, S., R. Mastromonaco, andC. Timmins. 2011. "Valuing the Benefits of Superfund Site Remediation: Three
Approaches to Measuring Localized Externalities." NBER Working paper 16655 [online] http://www.nber.org/papers/wl6655
23 For additional information on the Agency's ICI please refer to https://www.epa.gov/oswer/integratedcleanup.htm


                                           676

-------
the environment (HHE), expedited consensus and improved decision-making, and acceleration of
the pace of project/site completion.

       (2)  Contracts 2010

The Agency's Contract 2010 Strategy24 was released in March 2011 and in FY 2013 the Agency
will begin across-the-board changes identified in the Strategy. Building on  the  Strategy and
studies that examined the state of the Remedial program and evaluated what other agencies are
doing, the program anticipates implementing recommendations that will provide flexibility to
achieve cost and time efficiencies.  In addition, communication is vital to improved efficiencies
and as a result  Integrated Regional Management Teams will be tasked with reporting on their
acquisition strategy as well as acquisition challenges.

       (3) Managing to Completion

In FY 2013, OSWER will continue to implement the measure, "Number of remedial action (RA)
projects  completed  at  Superfund  NPL  sites."  This measure  augments the  long-standing
construction completion measure by reporting  incremental progress in protecting human health
and the environment. In the first year of this measure in FY 2011, the EPA exceeded its target of
103  RA completions by  29 projects achieving 132  completions.  To further  the project
management focus, the Superfund Remedial program is exploring the possibility of establishing
formal project baselines to better understand and track site progress.

       (4) Pilots

Nine  pilot projects  were  initiated during  FY 2011  to  explore cost effective  options  for
accelerating remedial action projects and for otherwise improving the way the Agency manages
Superfund remedial projects to completion. Four pilots were completed by the end of FY 2011,
while the remaining pilots  will be  completed  in FY 2012 and FY 2013. One pilot  expedited
RD/RA settlement negotiations by  seven months, resulting in a settlement with the responsible
parties to perform the  site construction;  Construction  Completion (CC) at  this  site is now
expected one year earlier than previously planned. A second pilot achieved CC two years ahead
of schedule  while another  pilot  achieved  a  CC one year  earlier than originally planned. The
fourth completed  pilot achieved three remedial  action project completions one fiscal year earlier
than anticipated.  Lessons learned from these  pilots will be applied as  broadly as possible at
Superfund remedial sites across the country.

The following is a high-level depiction of Superfund remedial  site activity as of 12/27/11. The
diagram shows how  sites progress  through the remedial pipeline from site assessment through
NPL  deletion.  Later  sections  describe  in more  detail  the Superfund program  workload
throughout each phase of the pipeline.
24 See http://www.epa.gov/oswer/docs/contracts_2010_strategv_report.pdffor more information on the Contracts 2010 Strategy


                                           677

-------
(NPL)
 O Aclive Site
  (13.743)
 I Archived Sites
  (36.1 ID)
All Superfund Site Activity

(Includes Federal Facilities)
   49.853 Sile Universe
EPA & PRP Lead Superfund Site Activity

(Excludes Federal Facilities)
                      13,743 Active Sites
       Non-NPLAclwe(12,OB1-62
       Prop™*)]
                              1.652 NPL Sues (1.298 Final. 354 Deleted)
  1234
      J Study Pending (13 - 3 titRv]

      • StudyorDesigniW-133wiRv)

      j Consltuctan Underway i31S)

      • ConslrLcton Completed (CCJ(1.121)

      • Deteted Defett«l [3}
                            Q CC and Deleted (351)


                            • CC arv* no! Deleted (770)
                                                                   • study Pending (13] 1.475 NPl Sites (1,137 Final, 338 Deleted)
                                                                                    CC and Deleted
                                                                                    (3361
        (1) Site Assessment

By the  beginning of FY 2013, the Agency  expects  to have performed a cumulative total  of
approximately 90,800 Superfund remedial  assessments. In the beginning of FY 2012 there were
approximately 3,200 sites awaiting an assessment decision. In the FY 2013, Budget request, the
EPA plans to reduce the total number of completed Superfund remedial site assessments to 650.
This strategic measure  accounts for all remedial assessments performed at sites addressed under
the Superfund Remedial program.


Site Assessment Completions
Final NPL Sites
Fiscal Year Achieved/Estimates
FY11 FY12 FY13
Achieved
1,020
25
Est.
900
15-25
Est.
650
15-25
1 The "study pending" category refers to sites that have been listed to the NPL where no PJ/FS work has begun.
2 The "study or design" category refers to NPL sites where the most advanced action at the site has, at minimum, started PJ/FS
work but where no construction has begun.
3 The "construction underway" category refers to NPL sites where the most advanced action at the site has, at minimum, started
RA work and where the site is not yet construction complete.
4 The "construction completed" category refers to the universe of sites where construction is complete. In some instances RA
projects may continue after construction completion has been achieved.
                                                 678

-------
In developing the Hazard Ranking System (HRS) in the 1980s, the science regarding the risks
posed by exposure to vapor intrusion in buildings did not exist, so this potential pathway has not
yet been accounted for in placing sites on the NPL. In order to reflect the science that evolved
over the past two decades and protect public health, in FY 2013 the EPA will continue to work
on incorporating this exposure concern into the HRS. Although subsurface intrusion sites have
the potential to pose a higher level of risk than other exposure routes, the EPA does not expect an
increase in  site  assessments  due to this HRS  addition.  The  EPA expects that there will be
realignment and reprioritization for subsurface intrusion evaluations.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue its investigation to determine the best approach to address
potentially harmful sites, including listing them on the NPL. The current NPL has 1,652 sites (as
of 12/27/11). In order to achieve budget savings and to meet the minimum statutory requirement,
the EPA expects one final NPL rule making during FY 2013. This is a reduction from two rules
annually. The Agency estimates,  consistent with prior years,  that there will still be between 15 -
25 sites added to the NPL each year.

In instances where NPL listing is not pursued, the EPA also facilitates site cleanups equivalent to
those at NPL sites through Superfund Alternative Approach (SAA) agreements between the EPA
and a viable, liable and cooperative PRP(s). Through these agreements, the EPA enables  site
remediation while ensuring  a site cleanup consistent with national NPL site remediation policy.
The EPA's enforcement posture at these sites is equivalent to that at NPL sites; stakeholders are
afforded opportunities for participation equivalent to what they would have as sites listed on the
NPL. Since the SAA guidance was  issued in 2002,  there have been 51  SAA  agreements
addressing 67 sites.

       (6) Site Characterization and Remedy Selection

At NPL and SAA sites, the EPA  will continue with remedial activities that include remedial
investigations and feasibility studies to review site conditions and evaluate strategies for cleanup,
taking into consideration reasonably anticipated future land use. Multiple  cleanup  actions are
required at many sites to address all the contamination. In FY 2013, the EPA expects to select at
least 50 remedies at EPA- and PRP-lead sites.

In addition, as a result of state level budget cuts, some sites  that were previously  deferred to
states are currently under consideration for return as EPA-lead  sites. At the end of FY 2011,
there were 516 ongoing Remedial Investigation/ Feasibility Study (RI/FS) projects underway by
the EPA or PRPs. Of the over 500 NPL and SAA sites with any ongoing Superfund work, it is
estimated that 370 still require additional  RI/FS work before all the remedies  needed  are
selected.

The number of EPA-lead RI/FS projects started in FY 2013 may decrease by as much as 50% as
part of  the budget reduction. Priority will be given to completing ongoing RI/FS in lieu of
starting new ones. This will  delay as many as 15 new EPA-lead RI/FS start projects in FY 2013.
                                          679

-------


RI/FS Ongoing Projects (EPA)
RI/FS Ongoing Projects (PRP)
Total RI/FS Ongoing Projects
Fiscal Year Achieved/Estimates
FY11
Achieved
243
273
516
FY12
Est.
245
274
519
FY13
Est.
230
270
500

RI/FS Start (EPA)
RI/FS Starts (PRP)
Total RI/FS Starts
30
14
44
22
11
33
15
15-20
30-45

RODs - EPA/PRP-Lead
53
42
50-55
       (7) Remedial Design and Construction

Before selected remedies can be built, design plans to guide the construction are needed. The
Remedial  Designs  (RDs)  provide  the technical  specifications  for  cleanup  remedies and
technologies that include a series of engineering reports, documents, specifications, and drawings
that detail the steps to be taken to meet the goals established in the Record of Decision (ROD).
The RD may include sampling, pilot tests, and treatability studies.

In FY 2013, priority will be given to completing RDs that are ongoing. Budget constraints will
delay as many as 10 new EPA-lead RD projects.


RD Ongoing Projects (EPA)
RD Ongoing Projects (PRP)
Total RD Ongoing Projects
Fiscal Year Achieved/Estimates
FY11 FY12 FY13
Achieved
93
133
226
Est.
96
134
230
Est.
95
125
225

RD Starts (EPA)
RD Starts (PRP)
Total RD Starts
27
26
53
27
20
47
15
25
40

RD Completions (EPA)
RD Completions (PRP)
Total RD Completions
33
37
70
28
31
59
30
30
60
                                          680

-------
Following the design of the remedy,  construction or implementation of the cleanup remedy,
called the Remedial Action (RA), is performed by the EPA (or states with Agency resources) or
PRPs under EPA or state oversight. A given remedy may contain multiple actions or projects29
depending on the nature of the remedy  selected, covering discrete areas of contamination such as
groundwater,  for example, as a separate project  than  soil remediation. Funding for the  EPA
Superfund construction projects is critical to  achieving risk reduction  and  restoration of
contaminated sites to allow productive reuse.

The Agency places a priority on completing construction projects. At the end of FY 2011  there
were  177  remedial construction projects being  built  by the  EPA. For  all of the currently
identified EPA-lead projects (planned and ongoing),  it  is estimated that their total cost will
ultimately exceed $3 billion. Special account, state cost share, and appropriated resources are all
critical elements of providing the resources necessary to conduct remedial cleanup work. In FY
2011,  the EPA obligated  approximately  $535  million from appropriated  resources,  PRP
settlements and state cost share funds towards approximately 335 construction projects30. These
projects are estimated to have resulted in the creation or retention of approximately 6,000 jobs31.
There were several remedial projects that could have used additional funding to conduct  more
work and four EPA-lead construction projects were not funded in FY 2011.

It is expected that appropriated funding for RA projects will be reduced by approximately $25
million in FY 2013. To the  extent possible, the EPA will take steps  to fund projects at optimal
levels. As a result, some projects may take longer to complete.

In FY 2013, the Agency does not plan  to start any new construction projects. In addition, to
manage the Remedial program's fiscal constraints and continue funding  ongoing EPA-lead RA
projects, the Agency plans to constrain the number of new construction  projects  funded during
FY 2012. This is estimated to delay the construction of 35 to 40 projects by the end of FY 2013.
Despite this approach,  the EPA will continue to examine the human health and  environmental
risks  posed by sites in the pipeline and make determinations on the reallocation  of  funds  from
ongoing construction projects, if appropriate.
29 Projects represent discrete actions taken to implement a site cleanup remedy as described in the Record of Decision. They are
typically defined to address discrete problems, such as specific media (e.g., groundwater contamination),  areas of a site (e.g.,
discrete areas of contamination), or particular technologies (e.g., soil vapor extraction). A given remedy may contain multiple
actions or projects depending on the nature of the remedy selected.
30 This number includes Construction Projects, Long Term Remedial Actions, and Five Year Reviews.
31 This estimate uses the Office of Management and Budget pricing factor of $92,000 per job to calculate jobs created or
maintained resulting from the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act efforts.


                                             681

-------
The EPA will continue to track site-wide construction completions for EPA-, PRP-, and Federal
facility-lead sites as an interim  measure of progress toward making  sites ready for reuse and
achieving  long term cleanup goals. In  FY 2013, the EPA will work  to achieve  site-wide
construction completion at  19 additional  sites as well as the 115 individual project completions
(approximately 35 EPA-lead, 40 PRP-lead, and 40 Federal facility-lead)32.


Fiscal Year Achieved/Estimates
FY11 FY12 FY13
Achieved
Est.
Est.

RA Ongoing Projects (EPA)
RA Ongoing Projects (PRP)
Total RA Ongoing Projects

RA Starts (EPA)
RA Starts (PRP)
Total RA Starts
177
330
507

26
43
69
170
325
495

TBD
29
TBD
135
315
450

TBD
40
TBD

RA Completions (EPA)
RA Completions (PRP)
Total RA Completions*
35
39
74
41
44
85
35
40
75

Construction Completions (CC)
22
22
19
              ' The total number of completions shown does not equate to the measure target
              due to the exclusion of Federal Facility projects.
       (8) Post- Construction

The EPA will continue to give attention to post-construction completion activities to ensure that
Superfund  response  actions  provide  for the long-term protection of  human  health  and  the
environment. At the end of FY 2011,  there were 344 long  term response actions to restore
ground water or surface water, 98 by the EPA and 246 by PRPs. Funds to conduct these actions
are part of the EPA's remedial action budget.

A significant statutorily  required post-construction  activity is a Five-Year  Review33,  which
generally is  necessary when hazardous substances  remain  on-site, above levels that permit
unrestricted use and unlimited exposure. In FY 2013, the EPA plans to  conduct over 200 Five-
Year Reviews.
32 Using ARRA funds, the EPA was able to complete 16 construction projects ahead of schedule. As of the end of FY 2011, 95%
of the ARRA funds were fully expended. At its peak, the Superfund Remedial ARRA resources created or retained upward of
1,100 jobs.
33 Five-Year Reviews are used to evaluate the implementation and performance of all components of the implemented remedy
and to determine whether the remedy remains protective of human health and the environment. The Five-Year Review includes
not only the physical remedy itself, but also institutional controls necessary to manage the use of the site. The EPA develops an
annual Report to Congress describing the protectiveness of remedies as found through Five-Year  Reviews; including those
conducted by federal agencies and reviewed by the EPA through the Superfund Federal Facilities Response program.
                                              682

-------


Ongoing Long Term Response Actions
Five Year Review Completions (EPA and
PRP Lead)
Fiscal Year Achieved/Estimates
FY11 FY12 FY13
Achieved
344
184
Est.
343
189
Est.
340
216
       (9) Environmental Indicators

The EPA reports against two environmental indicator measures to document progress achieved
toward providing human health and environmental protection34. The EPA places a high priority
on these two key environmental indicators. The Agency, in FY 2013, plans to achieve control of
all identified unacceptable human exposures at a net total of  10 additional  sites, bringing the
program's cumulative total to  1,368  sites  under control; this is  consistent with prior  years'
accomplishments. The Agency will also prioritize resources and increase management focus so
that progress continues at these sites.

The EPA determines whether contamination in groundwater is within safe levels, and there is no
movement in surface water bodies; maintaining stable and controlled water bodies enables the
Agency  to  protect  human  health  and  the  environment.  Consistent   with FY   2012
accomplishments,  in FY 2013,  the  EPA  expects to  achieve  control  of  the migration of
contaminated groundwater through engineered remedies or natural processes at a net total of 15
additional sites, bringing the program's cumulative total to 1,081 sites under control.

       (10) Site Reuse

Revitalizing communities and  ensuring the long-term  protection  of  human health  and the
environment remains a  high  priority for the EPA at Superfund sites. The Sitewide Ready for
Anticipated  Use measure communicates that all cleanup goals for an entire  site have been
achieved for both current and reasonably anticipated future land uses. The measure reflects the
high priority the EPA places on  land revitalization as an integral part of the Agency's mission for
the Superfund program as well as the  priority the EPA is  now placing on post-construction
activities at  NPL sites.  In FY 2013, the EPA expects to achieve a net total of 60 sites qualified
for this  designation (down from 65 in FY 2012) bringing the program's cumulative total to 665
sites  that are  ready for re-use.  The  target  change  reflects reductions to  the Superfund
Enforcement program which is critical to implementation of institutional  controls.

Other Actions to Improve Program Efficiency

In FY 2013, the EPA plans  to complete the consolidation  of Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and  Liability Information System,  (CERCLIS) into the Superfund
Enterprise Management System (SEMS). By consolidating CERCLIS along with the Superfund
Document Management System (SDMS) and the Institutional Controls Tracking System (ICTS),
34 The Human Exposure environmental indicator is designed to document the progress achieved toward providing long term
human health protection by measuring the incremental progress achieved in controlling unacceptable current human exposures at
NPL sites.
                                          683

-------
the Superfund Remedial program will  realize  efficiencies in the administration and security
associated  with the  single  system  as supposed  to three separate systems. Additionally,
efficiencies will be gained in the reduction of the number of contracts to support the systems
from three contracts to one.

The Agency  strives  to ensure that its activities use natural  resources and  energy efficiently,
reduce negative impacts on the environment,  minimize or eliminate pollution at its source, and
reduce waste to the greatest extent possible.  In FY 2013, the EPA will continue its efforts to
advance green remediation practices and identify new opportunities and tools to make "greener"
decisions across Superfund cleanup sites. An example  of where the Agency has already reduced
its environmental footprint is the Summitville site in Colorado, where the EPA and the Colorado
Department of Public Health and Environment installed a micro-hydroelectric turbine at the site
to meet a portion of the site's electricity needs.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(115) Number of Superfund remedial site assessments completed.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
900
1,020
FY 2012
900

FY 2013
650

Units
Assessments

Measure
Target
Actual
(141) Annual number of Superfund sites with remedy construction completed.
FY 2006
40
40
FY 2007
24
24
FY 2008
30
30
FY 2009
20
20
FY 2010
22
18
FY 2011
22
22
FY 2012
22

FY 2013
19

Units
Completions

Measure
Target
Actual
(151) Number of Superfund sites with human exposures under control.
FY 2006
10
34
FY 2007
10
8
FY 2008
10
24
FY 2009
10
11
FY 2010
10
18
FY 2011
10
10
FY 2012
10

FY 2013
10

Units
Sites

Measure
Target
Actual
(152) Number of Superfund sites with contaminated groundwater migration under
control.
FY 2006
10
21
FY 2007
10
19
FY 2008
15
20
FY 2009
15
16
FY 2010
15
18
FY 2011
15
21
FY 2012
15

FY 2013
15

Units
Sites

Measure
Target
Actual
(170) Number of remedial action project completions at Superfund NPL sites.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
103
132
FY 2012
130

FY 2013
115

Units
Completions

                                           684

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(S10) Number of Superfund sites ready for anticipated use site-wide.
FY 2006


FY 2007
30
64
FY 2008
30
85
FY 2009
65
66
FY 2010
65
66
FY 2011
65
65
FY 2012
65

FY 2013
60

Units
Sites

The  Superfund Remedial program reports its activities and progress toward long-term human
health  and environmental  protection  via several  measures that encompass the entire cleanup
process. For FY 2013 the program is reducing four of its six performance targets from FY 2012
levels,  assuring  focus  on human health and  environmental  protection  while balancing the
program's long-term site cleanup workload in a resource constrained environment.

Note: Performance goals and measures for the  Superfund Federal Facilities Response program
are a component of the Superfund Remedial program's measures.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$2,771.0) This increase  reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$338.0 / +2.5 FTE) This redirects 1.0 regional FTE and $135.0 associated payroll from
       Superfund Removal  to Superfund  Remedial  to  effectively  align current  and future
       workloads. In addition, this increases the Superfund Remedial program by 1.5  regional
       FTE and $203.0  associated payroll. Ongoing work at large, high-profile, and long-term
       remediation sites has required this shift in personnel.

   •   (-$36,336.0) This reduction downsizes the overall Superfund Remedial program to give
       priority to completing projects at various  stages  in the response process as  opposed to
       starting new project phases. This reduction will  have effects on program performance
       throughout the remedial pipeline leading to a reduction in the number of site assessments,
       remedial  investigation/feasibility  studies (RI/FSs),  remedial  designs  (RDs),  remedial
       actions (RAs),  and  post-construction  operations.  It  will  also lead  to  a  decline in
       performance outputs for four of the six Remedial program's performance measures. The
       Agency will place  a priority  on  its two key environmental indicators and expects to
       achieve the same  number of additional  sites with  human exposures controlled  and
       groundwater migration controlled as in FY 2012 (10 and 15 respectively).

Statutory Authority:

The  Superfund program was established by,  and operates pursuant to,  the  Comprehensive
Environmental Response,  Compensation and  Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. sec. 9601  et  seq., as
amended, and Executive Order 1580 (January 23, 1987).
                                          685

-------
                                          Superfund: Support to Other Federal Agencies
                                                       Program Area: Superfund Cleanup
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                              Objective(s): Restore Land

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$5,908.0
$5,908.0
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$5,849.0
$5,849.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($5,849.0)
($5,849.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

Other federal  agencies  are  given  responsibilities under  the  Comprehensive  Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) as further defined under the National Oil
and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP). Since the inception of CERCLA,
automatic transfers were provided  to Agencies from the EPA's Superfund appropriation to
support their responsibilities.  Over time,  as the agencies'  roles and responsibilities became more
defined, the agencies developed their own mission-specific programs around their areas of
expertise as the need  for their support extended  beyond Superfund-specific activities. As of FY
2012, there were only three agencies that  still received automatic transfers from the Superfund
appropriation.  These  agencies include  the  Department of  the Interior (DOT), the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), and the United States Coast Guard (USCG).
With the roles and responsibilities between federal agencies  more succinctly defined, the EPA
has found that automatic transfers are outdated and that interagency assistance agreements which
can be entered on an as-needed basis are more appropriate.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

This program is being discontinued in FY 2013. Funding for support services by other Federal
Agencies may be pursued on an as-needed basis. The Agency has determined that an automatic
transfer to other federal agencies is no longer required and interagency assistance agreements are
more appropriate.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the Restore Land Objective under Goal 3. Currently, there are
no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted  Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •  (-$5,849.0) The automatic transfers to USCG ($4,462),  NOAA ($916) and DOI ($471)
      are being discontinued.
                                         686

-------
Statutory Authority:
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 United States
Code 9601 et seq. - Sections 104, 105 and 120.
                                        687

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

Table of Contents - Leaking Underground Storage Tanks

Resource Summary Table	690
Program Projects in LUST	690
Program Area: Enforcement	692
   Civil Enforcement	693
Program Area: Operations and Administration	695
   Facilities Infrastructure and Operations                                       696
   Acquisition Management	698
   Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance	700
Program Area: Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)	702
   LUST/UST	703
   LUST Cooperative Agreements	706
   LUST Prevention	709
Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities	712
   Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities	713
                                      688

-------
689

-------
                           Environmental Protection Agency
            FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
               APPROPRIATION: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
                               Resource Summary Table

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Budget Authority
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals

$118,851.3
67.0
FY 2012
Enacted

$104,142.0
69.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$104,117.0
68.1
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

($25.0)
-1.6
         Bill Language: Leaking Underground Storage Tank Trust Fund Program

For necessary expenses to carry out leaking underground storage tank cleanup activities
authorized by subtitle I of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended, $104,117,000, to remain
available until expended, of which $71,687,000 shall be for carrying out leaking underground
storage tank cleanup activities authorized by section 9003(h) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act,
as amended; $32,430,000 shall be for carrying out the other provisions of the Solid Waste
Disposal Act specified in section 9508(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended: Provided,
That the Administrator is authorized to use appropriations made available under this heading to
implement section  9013 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act to provide financial assistance to
federally recognized Indian tribes for the development and implementation of programs to
manage underground  storage tanks.  (Department of the Interior, Environment, and Related
Agencies Appropriations Act, 2012.)

                              Program Projects in LUST

                                (Dollars in Thousands)
Program Project
Enforcement
Civil Enforcement
Compliance
Compliance Assistance and Centers
IT / Data Management / Security
IT / Data Management
Operations and Administration
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
FY2011
Actuals

$644.0

$32.9

$47.7


FY 2012
Enacted

$789.0

$0.0

$0.0


FY 2013
Pres Budget

$792.0

$0.0

$0.0


FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$3.0

$0.0

$0.0


                                         690

-------
Program Project
Rent
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
(other activities)
Subtotal, Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Acquisition Management
Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance
Subtotal, Operations and Administration
Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)
LUST/UST
LUST Cooperative Agreements
LUST Prevention
Subtotal, Underground Storage Tanks (LUST /
UST)
Research: Sustainable Communities
Research: Sustainable and Healthy
Communities
Subtotal, Research: Sustainable and Healthy
Communities
TOTAL, EPA
FY 2011
Actuals
$695.0
$208.0
$903.0
$148.2
$1,093.7
$2,144.9

$13,926.8
$64,459.5
$37,093.9
$115,480.2

$501.6
$501.6
$118,851.3
FY2012
Enacted
$695.0
$220.0
$915.0
$163.0
$512.0
$1,590.0

$11,962.0
$58,956.0
$30,449.0
$101,367.0

$396.0
$396.0
$104,142.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$636.0
$207.0
$843.0
$161.0
$509.0
$1,513.0

$11,490.0
$57,402.0
$32,430.0
$101,322.0

$490.0
$490.0
$104,117.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($59.0)
($13.0)
($72.0)
($2.0)
($3.0)
($77.0)

($472.0)
($1,554.0)
$1,981.0
($45.0)

$94.0
$94.0
($25.0)
691

-------
Program Area: Enforcement
           692

-------
                                                                      Civil Enforcement
                                                              Program Area: Enforcement
                                                     Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws
                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$179,391.2
$644.0
$2,209.6
$4.4
$182,249.2
1,203.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$177,290.0
$789.0
$2,286.0
$0.0
$180,365.0
1,205.1
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$188,957.0
$792.0
$2,968.0
$0.0
$192,717.0
1,205.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,667.0
$3.0
$682.0
$0.0
$12,352.0
0.6
Program Project Description:

To  protect  our nation's  groundwater  and drinking water  from  petroleum  releases  from
Underground Storage Tanks (UST),  the Civil  Enforcement  program  provides  compliance
assistance tools,  technical assistance,  and training  to  promote  and enforce UST  systems
compliance and cleanups.1

The Civil Enforcement program's overarching goal is to assure compliance with the nation's
environmental laws to protect human health and the environment. The program collaborates with
the Department of Justice and states, local agencies, and Tribal governments to ensure consistent
and fair enforcement of all environmental laws and regulations. The program seeks to address
violations that threaten communities, level the economic playing field by ensuring that violators
do not realize an  economic benefit from noncompliance, and deter future violations. The Civil
Enforcement program develops, litigates, and settles administrative and civil judicial cases
against serious violators of environmental laws. Compliance with environmental laws improves
when regulated  entities, federal agencies, and the public have easy access to tools that help them
understand these laws and find efficient, cost-effective means for putting them into practice.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to integrate assistance into its enforcement and compliance
assurance  efforts. The  Agency will  continue to obtain state  commitments  to increase their
inspection and  enforcement presence where state-specific UST compliance goals  are not met.
The Agency and  states  will use innovative compliance  approaches, along with outreach and
education tools, to bring more USTs into compliance and to promote UST cleanups. The Agency
also  will  continue  providing  guidance  to  foster the  use  of new technology  to  enhance
compliance.
 For more information refer to: www.epa.gov/swerust 1 /cat/index.htm.
                                          693

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results in the Civil Enforcement Program
Project under EPM and can be found in the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$20.0) This increase is the net effect of the recalculation of base workforce costs and a
       cost of living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+0.1 FTE) This increase reflects current utilization rates for UST enforcement activities.

   •   (-$17.0) This change reflects a modest reduction in expenses for the LUST enforcement
       program and a decrease in telecommunication resources.

Statutory Authority:

PPA; CERFA; NEPA; AEA; UMTRLWA; RCRA.
                                         694

-------
Program Area: Operations and Administration
                   695

-------
                                                 Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
                                              Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Building and Facilities
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$320,540.2
$69,436.1
$30,254.7
$903.0
$519.5
$80,056.2
$501,709.7
405.0
FY2012
Enacted
$319,777.0
$72,019.0
$29,326.0
$915.0
$535.0
$80,541.0
$503,113.0
417.4
FY2013
Pres Budget
$331,316.0
$75,485.0
$33,931.0
$843.0
$513.0
$79,622.0
$521,710.0
416.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,539.0
$3,466.0
$4,605.0
($72.0)
($22.0)
($919.0)
$18,597.0
-0.9
Program Project Description:

The Facilities Infrastructure and Operations program provides activities and support services in
many centralized administrative areas at the EPA. Leaking Underground Storage Tank (LUST)
appropriation for this program support a full range of ongoing facilities management services
including rental  payments for laboratory  and office facilities, health and safety, environmental
compliance, occupational  health, medical monitoring, fitness, wellness, safety, environmental
management functions, facilities maintenance and operations, security, space planning, shipping
and  receiving,   property  management,   printing  and  reproduction, mail  management,  and
transportation services. Funding is allocated among the major appropriations for the Agency.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Agency will continue to manage its lease agreements with General Services Administration
and other private landlords by  conducting  rent reviews  and verifying  that  monthly billing
statements are correct. The EPA will provide transit subsidy to eligible applicants as directed by
Executive Order 13ISO2  Federal  Workforce Transportation. For  FY 2013, the Agency is
requesting a total of $0.64 million for rent in the LUST appropriation.
2 Additional information available at http://ceq.eh.doe.gov/nepa/regs/eos/eol3150.html
                                          696

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results in the Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations Program Project under the EPM appropriation and can be found in the Performance
Eight Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (-$59.0) This change reflects the net effect of projected contractual rent increases, the
       rent reduction realized from space consolidation efforts, and a redirection of $41.0 from
       the Facilities  Infrastructure   and  Operations  program  to  the  LUST Cooperative
       Agreements program.

    •   (-$7.0) This reflects a reduction in transit subsidy costs based on projected needs.

    •   (-$6.0) This reflects a reduction in resources for facilities operations in the regions.

Statutory Authority:

Federal Property and Administration Services Act; Public Building Act; annual  Appropriations
Acts; CWA; CAA; D.C. Recycling Act of 1988; Executive Orders 10577 and 12598; Homeland
Security Presidential Decision Directive 63 (Critical Infrastructure Protection).
                                          697

-------
                                                              Acquisition Management
                                             Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM),  Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$30,688.2
$148.2
$23,672.0
$54,508.4
353.4
FY2012
Enacted
$33,175.0
$163.0
$24,111.0
$57,449.0
357.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$35,727.0
$161.0
$25,961.0
$61,849.0
353.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$2,552.0
($2.0)
$1,850.0
$4,400.0
-3.5
Program Project Description:

Leaking Underground Storage Tanks (LUST) resources in the Acquisition Management program
support contract and acquisition management  activities  at headquarters, Regional  offices,
Research Triangle Park, and Cincinnati offices. Sound contract management fosters efficiency
and effectiveness assisting all of the EPA's programs. The EPA focuses  on maintaining a high
level of integrity in the management of its LUST-related procurement activities.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Agency will continue to refine electronic government capabilities and enhance
the education of its contract workforce. In addition, LUST resources will continue to support the
full range of acquisition management activities for the underground tanks programs.

In FY  2013, acquisition management resources  will enable the EPA to train and develop its
acquisition workforce, and to strengthen its contractor training program—two efforts that mirror
the President's guidelines  for civilian agencies in the Acquisition Workforce Development
Strategic Plan for FY 2010-2014. In addition, resources will support the  recruitment, retention,
and hiring of additional members  of the acquisition workforce as defined  by the  Office of
Federal Procurement Policy Act, as amended (41 U.S.C. 401 et seq.). Acquisition management
also will address information technology needs  that support management and the acquisition
workforce.
                                          698

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the performance results in  the Acquisition Management
Program Project under the EPM appropriation and can be found in the Performance Eight Year
Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$2.0) This change reflects a slight decrease in contractual expenses for procurement
       activities.

Statutory Authority:

EPA's Environmental Statutes; Annual Appropriations Acts; FAR; contract law. Office of
Federal Procurement Policy Act, as amended (41 U.S.C. 401 et seq.)
                                         699

-------
                                              Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance
                                             Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO),  Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$85,541.1
$1,093.7
$30,349.3
$116,984.1
544.0
FY2012
Enacted
$72,290.0
$512.0
$21,632.0
$94,434.0
536.9
FY2013
Pres Budget
$78,817.0
$509.0
$24,066.0
$103,392.0
540.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$6,527.0
($3.0)
$2,434.0
$8,958.0
3.8
Program Project Description:

The EPA's financial management community maintains a strong partnership with the Leaking
Underground Storage Tank (LUST) program. Activities under the Central Planning, Budgeting
and Finance  program support the  management of integrated planning, budgeting,  financial
management, performance and accountability processes,  and  systems to  ensure  effective
stewardship of resources.  This includes developing,  managing, and supporting a goals-based
management  system consistent with the Government Performance and Results Modernization
Act  (GPRMA)  for  the  Agency that involves  strategic  planning and  accountability  for
environmental, fiscal, and managerial results; providing policy, systems, training, reports,  and
oversight essential for the financial operations of the EPA; managing the Agencywide Working
Capital  Fund; providing  financial payment and support services for the EPA through three
finance  centers, as well as specialized fiscal and accounting services for many EPA programs;
and managing the Agency's annual budget process.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Agency will continue to ensure sound financial and budgetary management of the LUST
program through the use of routine and ad hoc analysis, statistical sampling, and other evaluation
tools. In addition, more structured and more targeted use of performance measurement has led to
a better  understanding of program impacts  as well  as opportunities for improvement to increase
effectiveness.

Since  the  implementation  of the Improper Payments  Information Act of 2002, the  EPA  has
reviewed,  sampled, and monitored its payments to protect against  erroneous payments. The
Agency consistently exceeds the government-wide performance goal of 2.5  percent, with an
average error rate  of less  than  1  percent  across  all  categories (grants,  contracts,  and
                                         700

-------
commodities).  In FY 2013, the EPA will continue these activities to reduce the potential for
improper payments pursuant to the Improper Payments Information Act of 2002 as amended, by
the Improper Payments Elimination and Recovery Act of 2010 (IPERA), (P.L. 111-204).

Performance Targets:

Work under this  program supports multiple  strategic  objectives.  Currently, there are  no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  (-$15.0) This net decrease reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
      living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •  (-0.3 FTE) This change reflects  current utilization  of FTE for financial management
      services.

   •  (+$12.0) This net increase in contracting provides a full year of maintenance costs for the
      Compass financial management  system (formerly  known as FSMP)  which became
      operational in October 2011, and includes a reduction of $21.0 of contract resources to
      support LUST Cooperative Agreements.

Statutory Authority:

Annual Appropriations Act; CCA; Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Energy Policy
Act,  42  U.S.C. 6901 et seq. Sections 9001 - 9011; CSA; E-Government Act of 2002; EFOIA;
the EPA's Environmental Statutes, and the  FGCAA; FAIR; Federal Acquisition Regulations,
contract law and the EPA's Assistance  Regulations  (40CFR Parts  30, 31, 35, 40,45,46, 47);
FMFIA  (1982); FOIA; GMRA(1994);  IPIA; IPERA (2010); IGA of 1978 and Amendments of
1988; PRA; PR; CFOA (1990); GPRA (1993); GPRMA  (2010);  The Prompt Payment Act
(1982); Title 5  USC.
                                        701

-------
Program Area: Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)
                       702

-------
                                                                             LUST / UST
                                   Program Area: Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)
                     Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                  Objective(s): Preserve Land; Restore Land

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$11,622.7
$13,926.8
$25,549.5
120.6
FY 2012
Enacted
$12,846.0
$11,962.0
$24,808.0
132.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$12,283.0
$11,490.0
$23,773.0
130.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($563.0)
($472.0)
($1,035.0)
-2.0
Program Project Description:

These funds support EPA staff and extramural expenses used for Leaking Underground Storage
Tank (LUST)  cleanup  efforts.  The  federal  LUST  program  supports  the  oversight  and
implementation of LUST cleanup programs in states3 and directly implements assessments and
cleanups of contaminated sites in Indian country.  The EPA ensures program  efficiency and
effectiveness, providing  oversight, administrative and technical support of program activities,
and leadership with respect to performance goals and  financial accountability.  The EPA also
supports states and tribes by funding technical  studies and analyses (e.g.,  innovative and
environmentally friendly approach to corrective action), forums for information exchange, and
training  opportunities  to continually make program  implementation efficient  and effective.
Providing such support and training at the national  level helps  all states and  tribes, without
requiring duplicative effort across the country.

The EPA has primary responsibility for implementing the LUST program in Indian country, and
will use a portion of its LUST funding for these activities,  including funding the assessment and
cleanup of orphaned/abandoned sites, which would otherwise have no other source of funding.
With few exceptions,  tribes do not have independent programmatic resources. Thus, the EPA's
role is critical in ensuring the protection of Indian country.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will  lead  states in the  continued  development and implementation of
backlog reduction strategies to reduce the remaining backlog of open, unaddressed releases. The
EPA's Backlog  Study4 helped identify potentially promising strategies to address the many
remaining cleanups. As of September 2011, 82.5 percent (or 413,740) of all reported leaks have
been addressed, leaving a remainder  of 87,983 old leaks that have not yet been cleaned up.5 The
 States as referenced here also include Territories as described in the definition of "State" in the Solid Waste Disposal Act.
4 See The National LUST Cleanup Backlog: A Study Of Opportunities, September 2011,
http://www.epa.gov/OUST/catftacklog.html
 Refer to Semi-Annual Report Of UST Performance Measures End Of Fiscal Year 2011  ((October 1,2010 - September 30,
 2011), dated November 2011; http://www.epa.gov/OUST/cat/ca_l 1 _34.pdf
                                           703

-------
EPA, states, and tribes will build on the findings from the backlog study to refine and move
forward with  reducing the cleanup backlog.  In partnership with  state and tribal programs,
backlog reduction strategies will leverage best practices and support management, oversight and
enforcement activities at unaddressed LUST sites. These  activities are central to the EPA's
Integrated Cleanup Initiative.

The  EPA  provides national guidance on technical issues facing the LUST program. The EPA
will  continue in FY 2013 to seek ways to better characterize sites still requiring remediation and
provide guidance and technical support regarding cleanup approaches and technologies. One area
of particular focus is to support  the development and implementation of petroleum vapor
intrusion guidance, and to provide training to help investigators evaluate potential risk from this
exposure pathway.

The  EPA will  also focus its efforts to monitor the soundness of financial mechanisms serving as
financial assurance for LUST sites,  including insurance and  state cleanup funds. The Agency
publicized guidance  for  overseeing  state  funds in  January  20126  and  is  piloting  the
implementation of that guidance and evaluation tools. Starting in FY 2013, the EPA intends to
begin annual reviews of all  active state funds to assure that money is available for cleanups when
needed. Given the difficult economic times, the  EPA not only seeks to identify funding issues
but also work collaboratively with states to seek ways to  cover and control remediation costs and
limit governmental liabilities.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to strive for improved engagement of local communities with
stakeholder input in enhancing state and tribal  public involvement of policies and processes.
EPA developed several helpful documents  for community engagement in the LUST program7,
and is working with states and tribes to share successful practices and tools that will help tailor
community engagement to the specific circumstances at LUST sites.

To address leaking Underground Storage Tanks (USTs) in Indian country, the EPA will provide
support for:

   •  Site assessments, investigations and remediation of high priority sites;
   •  Enforcement against responsible parties; cleanup of soil and/or groundwater;
   •  Alternate water supplies; Cost recovery against UST owners and operators;
   •  Technical expertise and assistance;
   •  Response activities;
   •  Oversight of responsible party lead cleanups; and
   •  Support and assistance to tribal governments.
6 See http://www.epa.gov/oust/states/state-fund-soundness-guidancel-26-2012.pdf
7 See http://www.epa.gov/oust/communityengagement/index.htm
                                           704

-------
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(113) Number of LUST cleanups completed that meet risk-based standards for
human exposure and groundwater migration in Indian Country.
FY 2006
30
43
FY 2007
30
54
FY 2008
30
40
FY 2009
30
49
FY 2010
30
62
FY 2011
38
42
FY 2012
42

FY 2013
45

Units
Cleanups

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$491.0) This increase  reflects the recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$499.0 / -1.4 FTE) This change reflects both a decrease in FTE and associated payroll,
       and a decrease in extramural funding that provides grants to organizations that support
       states and tribes with training and other  technical  assistance and  development.  The
       reduction includes 1.4 FTE and associated payroll of $193.0.

    •   (-$464.0) This change will reduce the EPA extramural contract  support for conducting
       cleanups in Indian country  and is expected to reduce the number of site assessments and
       cleanups by about 5-10 percent of prior years' accomplishments8.

Statutory Authority:

Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Energy Policy Act, 42 United States Code 6901 et
seq. - Section 8001(a) and Sections 9001-9014.
 Over the past five years (FY2007-FY2011) EPA has completed an average of 49 cleanups per year in Indian
country
                                          705

-------
                                                            LUST Cooperative Agreements
                                    Program Area: Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)
                     Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                                  Objective(s): Restore Land

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$64,459.5
$64,459.5
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$58,956.0
$58,956.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$57,402.0
$57,402.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,554.0)
($1,554.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

The EPA provides Leaking Underground Storage Tank (LUST) cleanup  resources to states9
through cooperative agreements authorized under  Section 9003(h) of the Solid Waste Disposal
Act (SWDA) for the  oversight and cleanup of petroleum  releases from underground  storage
tanks  (USTs).  States  in  partnership  with  the  EPA pursue  assessments  and  cleanups  of
contaminated sites  to  protect human health and the  environment.  As of September 30, 2011,
413,740 reported releases have been addressed, leaving a backlog of 87,983 old leaks that have
not yet been cleaned up10. Remediation costs average between $100 thousand and $400 thousand
per UST release, depending on the presence of groundwater contamination. Eighty percent of the
funds appropriated  to  the Agency for corrective action must be distributed to the  States under
cooperative agreements.11  LUST corrective action funding awarded under Section 9003(h)(7) of
the  Solid Waste Disposal Act  is  subject to  an annual, formula driven, allocation process
developed by the Agency.

States are co-regulators, along with the EPA, of the LUST program. Federal grant dollars support
state programs and the oversight of assessments and  cleanups at LUST sites.  States use LUST
cleanup  grant funds  to  administer state corrective action programs,  oversee  cleanups by
responsible parties,  and undertake  necessary enforcement actions.  Federal grants support the
infrastructure of state LUST programs so that private and state resources can be applied  to
finance necessary  field work.  Field  work  includes determining  the  extent and degree  of
contamination,  and removing  or  otherwise  addressing the contamination  associated  with
federally regulated tank releases. Forty states12 have separate state LUST cleanup funds that pay
for most of the field work for LUST cleanups. Collectively,  states raise and spend $600 to $700
million annually13 to support their state funds. These funds have taken on the liability for eligible
tank owners within their states by serving as a financial assurance mechanism.
 States as referenced here also include Territories as described in the definition of "State" in the Solid Waste Disposal Act.
10 Refer to Semi-Annual Report Of UST Performance Measures End Of Fiscal Year 2011 (October 1,2010 - September 30,
 2011), dated November 2011; http://www.epa.gov/OUST/cat/ca 11 34.pdf
11 See the Energy Policy Act of 2005, http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/PLAW-109publ58/html/PLAW-109publ58.htm
12 There are 36 state funds that accept new releases and an additional 7 that have "sunset," meaning that they stopped accepting
 claims. Because the span of these "sunset" funds varies, the program has characterized this number as approximately 40 states.
13 ASTSWMO State Fund Survey 2011
http://www.astswmo.org/Files/Policies and  Publications/Tanks/2011 State Funds  Survey/Summary 2011.pdf
                                            706

-------
Federal resources from the federal LUST Trust  Fund also pay for cleanups in cases of an
emergency and where a responsible party cannot be found or is unable to pay for a cleanup (i.e.,
orphaned or abandoned sites). In many states, there are no other funds available for this purpose.
In cases where the responsible party is unwilling to pursue timely corrective action, the Fund can
be used to pay for assessment and cleanup activities and support the state program's pursuit of
cost recovery. When the LUST  Trust Fund is used, tank owners/operators are liable to the state
for costs incurred and are subject to cost recovery actions.14

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to administer Cooperative Agreements to the states to aid in
the completion of LUST cleanups. Building upon EPA's recent Backlog Study15, the EPA's
LUST  cleanup program will develop and implement backlog reduction strategies that are
informed by the findings of the study. EPA, states and tribes will work together to identify and
implement the most promising  potential strategies. The program will focus on increasing the
efficiency of LUST  cleanups nationwide,  leveraging private and state  resources and enabling
community redevelopment. Funds will  support the management, oversight, and  enforcement
activities at unaddressed LUST sites. The backlog reduction efforts will  leverage current best
practices (e.g. remedy optimization) and disseminate such information among states, territories,
and tribes. Backlog reduction  efforts  will target high  priority sites  and examine potential
economies-of-scale  savings from  commonly owned or geographically  proximate sites.  These
efforts  support the Agency's Integrated Cleanup Initiative (ICI) to address a greater number of
contaminated sites and accelerate cleanups.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(112) Number of LUST cleanups completed that meet risk-based standards for
human exposure and groundwater migration.
FY 2006
13,600
14,493
FY 2007
13,000
13,862
FY 2008
13,000
12,768
FY 2009
12,250
12,944
FY 2010
12,250
11,591
FY 2011
12,250
11,169
FY 2012
11,250

FY 2013
10,100

Units
Cleanups

To improve the LUST program and better monitor the impact of exposures on human health, the
EPA created  a  long-term performance measure that counts the number of completed cleanups
that meet risk-based standards for human exposure and groundwater migration. In FY 2011,
11,169 sites met these standards,  1,081 fewer  sites than the FY 2011 target. This reduction is
attributed to  the  complexity of remaining sites, increased  state  staff workload in a fiscally
constrained/reduced economic environment, a decrease in  available state resources  and the
increasing cost  of cleanups.  In FY 2013,  the EPA has set a goal of 10,100 cleanups achieving
these  standards, a decrease  from  the FY 2012 target of 11,250.  Additionally,  the downward
adjustment is attributed to the completion of 1,000 Recovery Act-funded sites in FY 2011.
14 Refer to http://www.epa.gov/OUST/ltffacts.htm
15 See The National LUST Cleanup Backlog: A Study Of Opportunities, September 2011,
http://www.epa.gov/oust/cat/backlog.html
                                          707

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$1,554.0)  This change  reflects a reduction in funding  available for cooperative
       agreements  for  LUST cleanup activities and  will result in approximately 150 fewer
       cleanups in FY 2013. This is based on an EPA estimate that states can either directly fund
       or oversee approximately 100 sites for every $1  million in grant funding. This is based on
       conversations with states regarding their use of the funding, and the relative impact of
       funding increases or decreases.

Statutory Authority:

SWDA of 1976, as  amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
(Subtitle  I), Section 9003 (h)(7).
                                          708

-------
                                                                       LUST Prevention
                                   Program Area: Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                               Objective(s): Preserve Land

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$37,093.9
$37,093.9
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$30,449.0
$30,449.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$32,430.0
$32,430.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,981.0
$1,981.0
0.0
Program Project Description:
                                                                                       16
The EPA provides Leaking Underground Storage Tank (LUST) assistance agreements to states
and tribal  partners to prevent releases from underground storage tanks (USTs) thereby reducing
cleanup costs and protecting human health and the environment. Preventing petroleum releases
into the environment has been one of the primary goals of the Underground Storage Tank (UST)
program since its inception. The EPA and its partners have made major progress in reducing the
number of new releases, but thousands of new releases are still discovered each year. A main
cause of these releases is the lack of proper operation and maintenance of UST systems, which is
why the EPA proposed revisions to the UST regulations in FY 2012 that address these and other
important  issues1 .

As of September 30, 2011,  there were approximately 590 thousand federally-regulated active
USTs at approximately 212 thousand sites across the country, which are regulated by the UST
technical regulations, and of these active tanks, 70.9  percent were in  significant operational
                                                                       1 &  r-M-,
compliance with both the release prevention and  leak detection requirements . This  means that
almost 30  percent of tanks were not in compliance and considerable work  remains.
The passage of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPAct) and the concurrent funding provided to
implement the requirements of the EPAct continue to yield a number of tangible results across
the UST program. The EPAct authorized the use of appropriations from the LUST Trust Fund
for assistance agreements to states for inspections and other release prevention and compliance
assurance activities. In addition, assistance agreements to tribes can support the development and
implementation  of programs (e.g., inspection capacity)  and  to work towards  improving
compliance of USTs in Indian country19.

With LUST assistance agreements and authorities, states continue to work toward meeting their
mandatory three year inspection cycle for all their tanks. Prior to the EPAct, some states were
averaging 10 years or more between inspections. The Agency continues to see an increase in
compliance and a continued decrease in releases. In FY 2011, the Agency set an annual target of
  States as referenced here also include Territories as described in the definition of "State" in the Solid Waste Disposal Act.
17 See http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2011-1 l-18/pdf/201 l-29293.pdf
18 See definition of significant operational compliance http://www.epa.gov/oust/cat/PMDefinitions.pdf
19 See http://www.epa.gov/OUST/fedlaws/Tribal%20Strategy 080706r.pdf
                                           709

-------
reducing the number of confirmed releases at UST facilities to less than 8,550 releases, a five
percent improvement over the FY 2010 target. In FY 2011 5,998 new releases were reported.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will  continue to provide  assistance agreements to states and tribes, and
intertribal consortia for  activities authorized by  the EPAct.20  States rely primarily on federally
funded assistance agreements to maintain inspection  frequency, and to ensure compliance and
decrease confirmed releases. LUST  assistance agreements may be used by States for inspections
and other release prevention and compliance assurance activities for federally-regulated USTs, as
well as for enforcement activities related to release  prevention. Funding for these assistance
agreements is subject to  an annual, formula driven, allocation process developed by the Agency

A main cause of releases is  the lack  of proper operation and maintenance of UST systems, which
is why the EPA proposed revisions to the UST regulations in FY  2012 that address these and
other important issues21. Any changes that result from a final rule22  will require subsequent state
adoption, applicable updates to state regulations,  and updates to state  program approval. This
could require substantial work from EPA and states in  FY2013.

Major activities in FY 2013 will include core program  priorities such as inspecting UST facilities
to meet the three-year inspection requirement, and assisting states in adopting measures (e.g.,
delivery prohibition,  secondary containment, operator training,  etc.), as required by the EPAct
and the EPA's grant guidelines.  These activities are geared toward bringing UST  systems into
compliance with release detection and release prevention requirements and minimizing future
releases.

Because the EPA is responsible  for implementation of the UST regulations on tribal lands,  the
LUST assistance agreements will provide  assistance with  all aspects  of the tribal prevention
programs (e.g., developing inspection capacity). To help prevent future releases, the EPA will
work with tribes to  develop their  capacity to  administer  UST programs,  such as providing
funding to support training  for tribal staff and educating owners and operators in Indian country
about  UST requirements. With few exceptions, tribes do not have independent programmatic
resources. Thus, the EPA's funding  is critical in advancing the UST prevention and compliance
program in Indian Country.
20 Refer to http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=109 cong public Iaws&docid=f:publ058.109.pdf (scroll
 to Title XV - Ethanol And Motor Fuels, Subtitle B - Underground Storage Tank Compliance, on pages 500-513 of the pdf file).
21 See http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2011-1 l-18/pdf/201 l-29293.pdf
22 See Federal Register Proposed Rule: Revising Underground Storage Tank Regulations—Revisions to Existing
Requirements and New Requirements for Secondary Containment and Operator Training, November 18, 2011,
http://www.gpo .go v/fdsys/pkg/FR-2011-11 -18/pdf/2011-29293 .pdf


                                            710

-------
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(ST6) Increase the percentage of UST facilities that are in significant operational
compliance (SOC) with both release detection and release prevention requirements
by 0.5% over the previous year's target.
FY 2006
66
62
FY 2007
67
63
FY 2008
68
66
FY 2009
65
66
FY 2010
65.5
69
FY 2011
66
71
FY 2012
66.5

FY 2013
67

Units
Percent

Work under this program also supports performance results in Categorical Grant: Underground
Storage Tanks and the performance measures can be found in the Performance Eight Year Array
in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$1,981.0) This increase reflects funds available for assistance agreements to the states
       for the purpose of carrying out the LUST prevention program.

Statutory Authority:

Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. - Sections 9001-9011 and Energy
Policy Act of 2005 42 USC 15801 - Section  1529.
                                         711

-------
Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities
                     712

-------
                                        Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities
                                         Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                 Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$192,436.1
$501.6
$1,204.3
$21,347.9
$215,489.9
627.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$170,741.0
$396.0
$613.0
$17,677.0
$189,427.0
612.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$165,730.0
$490.0
$618.0
$17,798.0
$184,636.0
620.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($5,011.0)
$94.0
$5.0
$121.0
($4,791.0)
8.2
Program Project Description:

The  Sustainable and Healthy  Communities Research  Program  (SHCRP)  focuses  on  the
assessment and  cleanup  of leaks  at  fueling stations.  Research emphasizes  identifying  the
environmental impacts of existing  and new biofuels coming into the marketplace, including
unintended consequences.  The EPA's  research program provides the  scientific foundation for
Agency actions to protect America's land and groundwater resources impacted by the nation's
over 600 thousand underground fuel storage tanks. The purpose of the Leaking  Underground
Storage Tank (LUST) component of EPA research is the prevention and control of pollution at
LUST sites.  This work is of high importance to state environmental programs.

The EPA recognizes that efforts focused on assessing and reducing environmental risks are not
enough to address the needs of the United States in the increasingly complex 21st Century. As
international organizations adapt to these social, environmental, and economic issues, the EPA is
simultaneously integrating these key factors into all aspects of the Agency's work. To this end,
the EPA will use more sophisticated and transdisciplinary approaches  to solve the crosscutting
challenges that its current approaches cannot.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

FY 2013 research under the  SHCRP will continue to focus on providing decision makers with
tools, methods, and information to assess and evaluate the implications of alternative remediation
techniques, policies,  and management  actions, and  to identify indicators to measure results.
Specifically,  the  SHCRP will conduct research  on contaminated  sites under the  LUST
appropriation.  This  research  will support  improved  characterization  and remediation of
contaminated sites with the intent of reducing human and ecological impacts at an accelerated
pace, at lower cost, and with the intent of returning properties  to productive use that enhances
communities.
                                          713

-------
Working with the EPA's Underground Storage Tanks  program,  this research  program will
deliver improved characterization and  remediation  methods for fuels released  from leaking
underground  storage tanks. Fuel component transport and biodegradation are influenced  by
today's higher ethanol content in automotive fuels. The research will address contaminant plume
elongation and the attendant risks to communities from the many underground storage tanks at
fueling stations located in close proximity to residences  and residential water supplies. A tool
will be developed to assist communities and states in assessing the remediation that needs to be
conducted to  protect local  ground  water resources. This will  ultimately  reduce costs  to
communities while ensuring future water resources.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results in SHCRP Science & Technology
and can be found in the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$17.0) This increase reflects the  recalculation  of base workforce costs  and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$77.0) This reflects the net  result of realignments  of infrastructure resources such as
       equipment purchases and  repairs, travel,  contracts, and general expenses to better align
       with programmatic priorities.

Statutory Authority:

Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984;  Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,
Subtitle I, Leaking Underground Storage Tank (LUST) Trust Fund; Energy Policy Act of 2005;
Safe Drinking Water  Act,  Section 1442.  42  U.S.C. 300J-1;  Solid Waste and Disposal  Act,
Section 8001,  as amended; Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. 6901;
Solid Waste Disposal  Act (SWDA), 42 U.S.C.  6901 - Section 1002,  42 U.S.C. 6905 - Section
1006; Solid Waste Disposal Act, Section 8001. 42 U.S.C. 6981.
                                          714

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

Table of Contents - Oil Spill	

Resource Summary Table	717
Program Projects in Oil Spills	717
Program Area: Compliance	719
   Compliance Monitoring	720
Program Area: Enforcement	722
   Civil Enforcement	723
Program Area: Oil	725
   Oil Spill: Prevention, Preparedness and Response	726
Program Area: Operations  and Administration	730
   Facilities Infrastructure and Operations	731
Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities	733
   Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities                               734
                                       715

-------
716

-------
                           Environmental Protection Agency
           FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
                        APPROPRIATION: Oil Spill Response
                              Resource Summary Table

                                (Dollars in Thousands)

Oil Spill Response
Budget Authority
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals

$19,680.7
110.4
FY 2012
Enacted

$18,245.0
101.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$23,531.0
118.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$5,286.0
17.5
                       Bill Language: Inland Oil Spill Programs

For expenses necessary to carry out the Environmental Protection Agency's responsibilities
under the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, $23,531,000, to be derived from the Oil Spill Liability trust
fund, to remain available until expended. (Department of the Interior, Environment, and Related
Agencies Appropriations Act, 2012.)

                            Program Projects in Oil Spills

                                (Dollars in Thousands)
Program Project
Compliance
Compliance Assistance and Centers
Compliance Monitoring
Subtotal, Compliance
Enforcement
Civil Enforcement
Oil
Oil Spill: Prevention, Preparedness and
Response
Operations and Administration
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
Rent
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
(other activities)
FY2011
Actuals

$5.4
$111.2
$116.6

$2,209.6

$15,630.7


$437.0
$82.5
FY 2012
Enacted

$0.0
$138.0
$138.0

$2,286.0

$14,673.0


$437.0
$98.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$0.0
$142.0
$142.0

$2,968.0

$19,290.0


$426.0
$87.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

$0.0
$4.0
$4.0

$682.0

$4,617.0


($11.0)
($11.0)
                                         717

-------
Program Project
Subtotal, Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Subtotal, Operations and Administration
Research: Sustainable Communities
Research: Sustainable and Healthy
Communities
Subtotal, Research: Sustainable and Healthy
Communities
TOTAL, EPA
FY 2011
Actuals
$519.5
$519.5

$1,204.3
$1,204.3
$19,680.7
FY2012
Enacted
$535.0
$535.0

$613.0
$613.0
$18,245.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$513.0
$513.0

$618.0
$618.0
$23,531.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($22.0)
($22.0)

$5.0
$5.0
$5,286.0
718

-------
Program Area: Compliance
          719

-------
                                                                Compliance Monitoring
                                                              Program Area: Compliance
                                                     Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws
                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$109,266.9
$111.2
$1,192.5
$110,570.6
624.1
FY 2012
Enacted
$106,707.0
$138.0
$1,221.0
$108,066.0
626.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$125,209.0
$142.0
$1,223.0
$126,574.0
634.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$18,502.0
$4.0
$2.0
$18,508.0
7.8
Program Project Description:

The EPA's Compliance Monitoring program includes a range of activities and tools designed to
improve compliance with environmental laws.  Regulated entities, federal  agencies,  and the
public benefit from easy access to tools that help them understand these laws and find efficient,
cost-effective means for putting them into practice.

This portion of the  Compliance Monitoring  program is designed to  prevent  oil spills. The
program uses compliance and civil enforcement tools and strategies to prepare for and respond to
any oil spill affecting the inland waters of the United States.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Pursuant to the Clean Water Act (CWA) Section 311  (oil spill and hazardous  substances)
requirements, the Agency  will  continue in  FY  2013 to provide compliance assistance  to
regulated entities. The program will assist them in  understanding their legal requirements under
the CWA and provide them with cost effective  compliance strategies to help prevent oil spills.

There  is   currently  a  universe  of  over 600  thousand Spill  Prevention,   Control, and
Countermeasure (SPCC) regulated facilities under the EPA's purview, including  a subset  of
roughly 4,300 facilities that are subject to Facility Response Plan (FRP) requirements. The EPA
ensures that the management and oversight  of the enforcement and compliance program is
enhanced by the integration of information from the FRP and SPCC data systems with the EPA's
Integrated  Compliance  Information  System   (ICIS). This  integration  provides  the EPA the
opportunity to effectively analyze enforcement and compliance resources  on  areas of high risk,
and increase the transparency of this enforcement and compliance  data to the public.
                                          720

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports performance results in the Compliance Monitoring program
project in the Environmental Programs and Management (EPM) appropriation and can be found
in the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11. Work under this program project supports the
Agency's Priority Goal, addressing water quality (specified in full in Appendix A).

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$3.0) This increase reflects the  recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$1.0) This reflects a small increase in support for compliance tools assisting in oil spill
       prevention.

Statutory Authority:

OP A;  CWA;  CERCLA; PPA; NEPA;  PHSA;  DREAA;  SOW A; Executive Order 12241;
Executive Order 12656.
                                         721

-------
Program Area: Enforcement
           722

-------
                                                                      Civil Enforcement
                                                               Program Area: Enforcement
                                                      Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$179,391.2
$644.0
$2,209.6
$4.4
$182,249.2
1,203.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$177,290.0
$789.0
$2,286.0
$0.0
$180,365.0
1,205.1
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$188,957.0
$792.0
$2,968.0
$0.0
$192,717.0
1,205.7
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,667.0
$3.0
$682.0
$0.0
$12,352.0
0.6
Program Project Description:

This portion of the  Civil Enforcement program  is designed to prevent oil spills using civil
enforcement and compliance assistance approaches, as well as to prepare for and respond to any
oil spills affecting the inland waters of the United States. Pursuant to Clean Water Act Section
311 (Oil Spill and Hazardous Substances) requirements, the EPA's Civil Enforcement program
will  develop policies,  issue administrative cleanup orders,  refer civil judicial actions to the
Department of Justice, assess civil penalties for violations of those orders or for spills into the
environment, provide compliance assistance to regulated entities to assist them in understanding
their legal requirements under the Clean Water Act, and assist in the recovery of cleanup  costs
expended by  the government.  The program provides  support  for  field  investigations and
inspections  of spills,  as well  as  Spill Prevention, Control,  and Countermeasure (SPCC)
compliance assistance.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Civil Enforcement program will continue efforts to ensure compliance to
prevent oil spills. These efforts  are particularly  critical given the number of SPCC regulated
facilities (over 600 thousand facilities) and the comparatively modest number of inspection and
enforcement personnel. The Agency's  efforts will be focused on high-risk facilities with the
greatest potential to impact public health and the  environment.  Many of these facilities are
offshore or over water, which requires a large investment of enforcement resources to follow up
on violations discovered during complex inspections or enforcement  investigations. Travel  costs
are requested for facility oversight and meeting coordination with other  regulatory agencies  (e.g.,
U.S. Coast Guard, U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service).  Additionally, the EPA will address violations
related to facility response plans and response planning.

The EPA's response to the Deepwater Horizon oil spill will continue in FY 2013 as we provide
primary support for  the U.S. Department of Justice's civil  action against BP,  Anadarko, and
others  responsible for the Deepwater Horizon oil  spill. The Department of Justice filed its
                                          723

-------
complaint on behalf of the EPA, the U.S. Coast Guard and other federal plaintiffs in December
2010. The EPA is actively participating  in this litigation, responding to discovery  requests,
document production,  requests  for  admission,  and other litigation-related  activities.  This
litigation is expected to continue throughout FY 2012 and into FY 2013.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the performance measures in the Civil Enforcement program
project under EPM. These measures can also be  found in the Performance Eight-Year Array in
Tab  11. Work under this program project supports the Agency's Priority Goal of addressing
water quality. A list of the Agency's Priority Goals can be found in Appendix A.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$336.0) This increase reflects  the recalculation of base workforce costs and  a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

   •   (+$346.0 / +0.8 FTE) This increase is provided for Deepwater Horizon litigation support
       discovery management,  and  the continuing civil  investigation  against existing and
       potential  additional defendants. The additional resources include  $122.0 associated
       payroll  for 0.8 FTE. Existing resources  for oil spill investigations are limited and cannot
       adequately support the resource demands of the Deepwater Horizon case.

Statutory Authority:

OP A: CWA: CERCLA: NEPA: Pollution Prosecution Act.
                                          724

-------
Program Area: Oil
       725

-------
                                        Oil Spill: Prevention, Preparedness and Response
                                                                       Program Area: Oil
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                                Objective(s): Restore Land

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Oil Spill Response
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$15,630.7
$15,630.7
94.5
FY 2012
Enacted
$14,673.0
$14,673.0
82.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$19,290.0
$19,290.0
99.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$4,617.0
$4,617.0
16.7
Program Project Description:

The Oil Spill program protects U.S. waters by preventing, preparing for, and responding to oil
spills.  The  EPA  conducts oil  spill  prevention,  preparedness, compliance  assistance  and
enforcement activities associated with more than 600 thousand non-transportation-related oil
storage  facilities that the EPA  regulates through  its spill prevention program.  The  Spill
Prevention, Control and Countermeasures (SPCC)  regulation and the Facility Response Plan
(FRP) regulation establish the Oil Spill program prevention regulatory framework. The National
Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP) establishes the framework for
some of the EPA's preparedness responsibilities, such as the development of Area Contingency
Plans (ACPs). The EPA has responsibility for Subpart J of the NCP regulation, which includes a
Product Schedule that lists bioremediation, dispersants, surface washing, surface collection and
other agents that may be used to remediate oil spills. Finally, pursuant to the NCP, the EPA
serves as the lead responder for cleanup of all inland zone spills, including transportation-related
spills from pipelines, trucks, and other transportation systems.

The discharge of oil into U.S. waters  from  facilities can threaten human health,  cause severe
environmental damage, and induce great financial loss to businesses at all levels of government
and the public. For example,  the Deepwater Horizon (DWH) oil spill disaster resulted in 11
deaths, over 200 million gallons of spilled  oil, and untold economic and environmental damage.
States and communities often lack the infrastructure and resources to  address these national level
emergencies or to work with oil facilities to prevent these discharges from happening in the first
place.

The EPA accesses the Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund, administered by the U.S. Coast Guard, to
obtain  reimbursement for site-specific spill  response activities. More than thirty  thousand oil
discharges and hazardous substance releases occur in the U.S. every year, with a large number of
these spills occurring  in the inland zone for which the EPA has jurisdiction. The EPA regional
offices respond to about two  hundred of  these oil spills each year. On average, one spill of
greater than one hundred  thousand gallons occurs every month from the EPA-regulated oil
storage  facilities  and the  inland oil  transportation  network. For  more information, refer to
http://www.epa.gov/oilspill/.
                                          726

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to conduct inspections to (1) ensure appropriate and effective
prevention measures, (2) review and approve FRPs which document facilities' plans and ability
to respond to spills, (3) conduct exercises to maintain a coordinated level of preparedness, and
(4) work to revise and update existing regulations and processes that better characterize the
regulated universe and address risk.

As a result  of DWH lessons learned, the EPA is focusing on revisions  to Subpart J of the
National Oil and Hazardous  Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP) that stipulates the
criteria for listing and managing the use of dispersants and other chemical and biological agents
used to mitigate oil spills. The EPA will continue to analyze potential revisions to Subpart J and
comments from stakeholders in order to:
    •   Incorporate the  latest  scientific knowledge This includes the expansion of efficacy and
       toxicity testing  for dispersants and bio-agents, as well as  for other oil spill  mitigating
       products that address environmental toxicity;

    •   Develop new protocols and methods to address the bioaccumulation and degradation of
       surfactants and solvents found in many NCP products; and

    •   Expand the provisions on how products are delisted.

The EPA will  continue the work with  state, local, tribal, and federal officials to strengthen Area
Contingency Plans (ACPs) and Regional  Contingency Plans. These enhancements will include
the following:

    •   Revising guidance to better ensure consistency and improving plans  based on experience
       such as the DWH and other large and small oil spills;

    •   Further discussion  and coordination at National Response Team (NRT) and Regional
       Response Teams (RRTs) meetings; and

    •   Conducting more enhanced preparedness exercises.

Comprehensive FRP and  SPCC  data maintained in the National Oil Database will be  an
important enhancement for the Plans  and  related exercises. The ACPs detail the responsibilities
of various parties in the event of a spill/release,  describe unique geographical features, sensitive
ecological resources, drinking water intakes for the area covered, and identify available response
equipment and its location.

The Plans also provide key information to responders and all  stakeholders regarding potential
impacts and potential options available to OSCs and responders; this includes the highest priority
resources  to protect, potential mechanical or chemical  countermeasure  response options, and
other resource considerations. Additionally,  the EPA and U.S. Coast Guard will continue to
collaborate with the NRT and RRTs to review and revise ACPs to  reflect lessons learned during
the DWH response and other relevant oil spill responses.
                                          727

-------
In FY 2013, the Agency is requesting additional funding to increase the number of inspectors in
the oil program and to protect the integrity of the oil storage network. To achieve this, the
Agency will conduct targeted assessment of high-risk facilities, implement a plan for third party
audits, and leverage technology to aid in the development of a National Oil database.

The  EPA will  focus on inspections  of  regulated high-risk oil facilities to better implement
prevention approaches.  Trained  EPA inspectors will utilize their skills to review, audit,  and
analyze all aspects of the complicated processes at these high-risk facilities. The EPA will also
begin deployment of the third party audit program to help improve the  efficiency of targeting
inspection resources. These third party audits will target facilities that are not high-risk with the
intent to reach a greater number of facilities than under the current inspection protocol.

In FY 2013, the EPA will establish a National Oil Database to help streamline the process for
assisting facilities with compliance, to better equip inspectors for more efficient inspection
processes, and inform program management and measurement activities. The lack of facility data
and program effectiveness measurement  has  been a criticism of recent GAO/OMB audits  and
this database directly addresses these concerns. The EPA will finalize development and begin
implementation of this National Oil Database which will include identifying requirements for
electronic submission of FRPs. FRP facilities are currently required to submit their Plans to the
EPA Regional offices, while SPCC facilities maintain their Plans onsite.  The largest oil  storage
facilities and refineries must prepare FRPs to identify response  resources and  ensure their
availability in the event of a worst  case  discharge. FRPs establish communication, address
security,  identify an  individual  with authority  to  implement  response  actions, and describe
training and testing drills at the facility.

The database will also manage information obtained from new and historical SPCC inspections
in an effort to supplement data from states and other sources about the SPCC regulated universe
in lieu of a costly registration requirement. The EPA will  continue to develop guidance for Oil
Spill program inspectors  on how to properly utilize and manage this database  and ensure
consistent data entry. The National Oil Database will be the primary implementation tool used to
maintain data and measure program efficacy.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(337) Percent of all FRP inspected facilities found to be non-compliant which are
brought into compliance.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
15
48
FY 2011
30
48
FY 2012
35

FY 2013
40

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(338) Percent of all SPCC inspected facilities found to be non-compliant which are
brought into compliance.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
15
36
FY 2011
30
45
FY 2012
35

FY 2013
40

Units
Percent

                                           728

-------
The EPA's regulated universe includes approximately 4,500 FRP facilities and over 600,000
SPCC facilities. In FY 2013, the EPA's goal is that 40 percent of FRP facilities found to be non-
compliant during FY 2010 through FY 2012 will be brought into compliance by the end of the
fiscal  year. The EPA will emphasize emergency preparedness, particularly through the use of
unannounced drills and exercises, to ensure facilities and responders can effectively implement
response plans. Similar to the FRP measure mentioned above, the EPA's goal is that 40 percent
of SPCC facilities found to be non-compliant during FY 2010 through FY 2012 will be brought
into compliance by the end of FY 2013.

The Agency is on track to meet its current long-term oil strategic plan measure of bringing 60
percent of facilities into compliance by the end of FY 2015 (both SPCC and FRP).

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  (+$487.0) This recalculation of base workforce costs and a cost of living adjustment for
      existing FTEs.

   •  (+$4,130.0 /  +16.7 FTE) The increase will support FRP (high-risk) inspections,  develop
      the third party audit program and establish a National Oil Database. With the additional
      resources,  barring any  unforeseen national  disaster and/or  responses  of national
      significance  in  FY 2013, the  funding request will allow an  additional 130 FRP
      inspections. These resources include $2,255.0 associated payroll for 16.7 FTE.

Statutory Authority:

Section  311  of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended by  section 4202 of the Oil
Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA). The regulatory framework includes National Oil and Hazardous
Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP) under 40 CFR Part 300. Subpart J is  a section of
the NCP which stipulates the criteria for listing and managing the use of dispersants and other
chemical  and biological  agents used  to mitigate  oil  spills. The Oil  Pollution  Prevention
regulation (40 CFR Part 112) includes the SPCC and FRP regulatory requirements. The  purpose
of the SPCC requirements is to help facilities prevent a discharge of oil into navigable waters or
adjoining shorelines while the focus of the FRP requirements is to prepare a plan that describes
equipment, personnel  and strategies  to  respond to  an oil  discharge to navigable waters  or
adjoining shorelines.
                                          729

-------
Program Area: Operations and Administration
                   730

-------
                                                 Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
                                              Program Area: Operations and Administration

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives.  This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Building and Facilities
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$320,540.2
$69,436.1
$30,254.7
$903.0
$519.5
$80,056.2
$501,709.7
405.0
FY2012
Enacted
$319,777.0
$72,019.0
$29,326.0
$915.0
$535.0
$80,541.0
$503,113.0
417.4
FY2013
Pres Budget
$331,316.0
$75,485.0
$33,931.0
$843.0
$513.0
$79,622.0
$521,710.0
416.5
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$11,539.0
$3,466.0
$4,605.0
($72.0)
($22.0)
($919.0)
$18,597.0
-0.9
Program Project Description:

The Facilities  Infrastructure and Operations Program Inland Oil Spill Response appropriation
supports a wide range  of activities and  services  within many centralized administrative areas
such as facility operations, rental of office and  laboratory  space,  security, health and safety,
environmental  compliance, space planning,  property  management,  occupational  health,  and
medical monitoring functions at the EPA. Funding is allocated among the major appropriations
for the Agency.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The  Agency  will continue  to manage  its  lease agreements  with the  General  Services
Administration and other private landlords  by  conducting rent  reviews  and verifying  that
monthly billing statements are  correct.  The EPA will continue to provide transit subsidy to
eligible applicants as directed by Executive Order 13150 Federal Workforce Transportation. For
FY 2013,  the  Agency  is requesting a total of $0.43  million for rent in  the Inland Oil Spills
appropriation.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the performance results  in the  Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations Program Project under the EPM appropriation and can be found in the Performance
Eight Year Array in Tab 11.
                                          731

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (-$11.0) This change reflects a reduction in transit subsidy  costs based on projected
       needs.

    •   (-$11.0) This change is the net effect of projected contractual rent increases and the rent
       reduction realized from space consolidation efforts.

Statutory Authority:

Federal Property and Administration Services Act; Public Building Act; Annual Appropriations
Act; CWA; CAA; D.C. Recycling Act of 1988; Executive Orders 10577 and 12598; Department
of Justice United States Marshals Service, Vulnerability Assessment of Federal Facilities Report;
Presidential Decision Directive 63 (Critical Infrastructure Protection).
                                          732

-------
Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities
                     733

-------
                                         Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities
                                         Program Area: Research: Sustainable Communities
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                 Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Science & Technology
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$192,436.1
$501.6
$1,204.3
$21,347.9
$215,489.9
627.9
FY 2012
Enacted
$170,741.0
$396.0
$613.0
$17,677.0
$189,427.0
612.7
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$165,730.0
$490.0
$618.0
$17,798.0
$184,636.0
620.9
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($5,011.0)
$94.0
$5.0
$121.0
($4,791.0)
8.2
Program Project Description:

The Sustainable and Healthy Communities Research Program (SHCRP) seeks to protect human
and ecosystem health from the negative impacts of oil spills. The EPA is the lead Federal on-
scene coordinator for inland oil spills with responsibilities for oil spill preparedness and response
and associated  research. The EPA's  research,  planned in concert with our  sister agencies,
supports the EPA's lead role in developing protocols for testing spill response  products  and
agents, and develops and evaluates response approaches involving dispersants,  bioremediation,
and other additives. Other agencies address booms, skimmers, and other engineering responses.

The EPA recognizes that efforts focused on assessing and reducing environmental risks, alone,
do not fully address the needs of the United States in the increasingly complex 21st Century. As
international organizations adapt to these social, environmental, and economic issues, the EPA is
simultaneously integrating these key factors into all aspects  of the Agency's work. To this end,
the EPA will use more sophisticated and transdisciplinary approaches to solve these crosscutting
challenges.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to strengthen its planning and delivery of science for the
SHCRP through implementation of integrated transdisciplinary research to assess oil  spill issues
from a systems perspective.

There are two main problem areas where this perspective will be applied in FY 2013. First, the
EPA will continue to develop or revise protocols to  test oil spill control agents or products for
listing on the National Contingency Plan (NCP) Product Schedule and other activities deemed
necessary by the EPA's Emergency Management program. Second, the Agency will  continue to
conduct studies on the effectiveness of bioremediation of petroleum-based oil, vegetable oil, and
biodiesels. EPA  anticipates conducting research on dispersants performance and behavior in
deep water and arctic spills in collaboration with the Department of  the Interior's Bureau of
                                          734

-------
Ocean Energy Management, Regulation and Enforcement (BOEMRE) and Canada's Department
of Fisheries and Oceans.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results in SHCRP Science & Technology
and can be found in the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$22.0) This increase reflects the recalculation of base workforce  costs and a cost of
       living adjustment for existing FTE.

    •   (-$17.0) This reflects the net result of realignments of infrastructure resources such as
       equipment purchases and repairs, travel, contracts, and general expenses to better align
       with programmatic priorities.

Statutory Authority:

Oil Pollution Act, 33 U.S.C. §2701 et seq.; Clean Water Act (CWA), §311, 33 U.S.C. §1321.
                                         735

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents - State and Tribal Assistance Grants

Resource Summary Table	738
Program Projects in STAG	740
Program Area: Categorical Grants	742
   Categorical Grant: Beaches Protection	743
   Categorical Grant: Brownfields                                               745
   Categorical Grant: Environmental Information	747
   Categorical Grant: Hazardous Waste Financial Assistance                       750
   Categorical Grant: Lead	754
   Categorical Grant: Nonpoint Source (Sec. 319)	757
   Categorical Grant: Pesticides Enforcement	761
   Categorical Grant: Pesticides Program Implementation                         763
   Categorical Grant: Pollution Control (Sec. 106)                                766
   Categorical Grant: Pollution Prevention                                       772
   Categorical Grant: Public Water System Supervision (PWSS)	774
   Categorical Grant: Radon	777
   Categorical Grant: State and Local Air Quality Management	779
   Categorical Grant: Toxics Substances Compliance                              784
   Categorical Grant: Tribal Air Quality Management                             786
   Categorical Grant: Tribal General Assistance Program                         788
   Categorical Grant: Underground Injection Control (UIC)	792
   Categorical Grant: Underground Storage Tanks	795
   Categorical Grant: Wetlands Program Development	797
Program Area: State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)	799
   Infrastructure Assistance: Clean Water SRF	800
   Infrastructure Assistance: Drinking Water SRF	804
   Infrastructure Assistance: Alaska Native Villages	809
   Brownfields Projects	812
   Diesel Emissions Reduction Grant Program	817
   Infrastructure Assistance: Mexico Border	819
                                       736

-------
737

-------
                            Environmental Protection Agency
            FY 2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification

                 APPROPRIATION: State and Tribal Assistance Grants
                                Resource Summary Table

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Budget Authority
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals

$4,555,997.5
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted

$3,612,937.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$3,355,723.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

($257,214.0)
0.0
                    Bill Language: State and Tribal Assistance Grants

For environmental programs and infrastructure assistance, including capitalization grants for
State revolving funds and performance partnership grants, $3,355,723,000, to remain available
until expended, of which $1,175,000,000 shall be for making capitalization grants for the Clean
Water State Revolving Funds under title VI of the Federal  Water Pollution Control Act, as
amended (the "Act"); of which $850,000,000 shall  be for making capitalization grants for the
Drinking Water State Revolving Funds under section  1452 of the Safe Drinking Water Act, as
amended: Provided,  That for fiscal year 2013, to the extent there are sufficient eligible project
applications, not less than 20 percent of the funds made available under this title to each State
for Clean Water State  Revolving Fund capitalization grants shall be  used by the State for
projects to address  green  infrastructure, water or energy efficiency improvements,  or  other
environmentally innovative activities: Provided further, That for fiscal year 2013, not less than
10 percent of the funds made  available under this title to each State for Drinking  Water State
Revolving Fund capitalization grants shall be used for projects to address green infrastructure,
water or  energy  efficiency improvements,  or other environmentally innovative  activities;
$10,000,000 shall be for architectural, engineering, planning, design,  construction  and related
activities in connection with the construction  of high priority water and wastewater facilities in
the area of the United States-Mexico Border,  after consultation with the appropriate border
commission; $10,000,000 shall be for grants to the State of Alaska to address drinking water and
wastewater infrastructure needs of rural and Alaska Native Villages: Provided further, That, of
these funds: (1) the State of Alaska shall provide a  match of 25 percent; and (2) no more than
5 percent of the funds may be used for administrative and overhead expenses; $93,291,000 shall
be to carry out section 104(k) of the  Comprehensive  Environmental Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), as amended, including grants,  interagency agreements,
and associated program support costs: Provided further,  That not more  than 25 percent of the
amount  appropriated to  carry out section  104(k)  of CERCLA  shall  be used for site
characterization, assessment, and remediation of facilities described in section 101(39)(D)(ii)(II)
of CERCLA; $15,000,000 shall be for grants under title VII, subtitle G of the Energy Policy Act
of 2005, as amended;  and $1,202,432,000 shall be for grants,  including associated program
support costs, to States, federally recognized Tribes,  interstate agencies, tribal consortia, and air
pollution control agencies for multi-media or single  media pollution prevention, control and
abatement and related activities, including activities pursuant to the provisions set forth under
                                           738

-------
this heading in Public Law 104-134, and for making grants under section 103 of the Clean Air
Act for particulate  matter monitoring and data collection activities  subject to terms  and
conditions specified by the Administrator, of which $47,572,000 shall be for carrying out section
128 of CERCLA, as amended,  $15,200,000 shall be for Environmental Information Exchange
Network grants, including associated program support costs, $18,500,000 of the funds available
for grants under section 106 of the Act shall be for  State participation in national- and State-
level statistical surveys of water resources and enhancements  to State monitoring programs,
$15,000,000 of the funds available for grants under section 106 of the Act shall be awarded to
States to achieve nutrient reductions, and, in addition to funds appropriated under the heading
"Leaking  Underground Storage Tank Trust Fund Program" to  carry out the provisions of the
Solid Waste Disposal Act specified in section 9508(c) of the Internal Revenue Code other than
section 9003(h) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended, $1,490,000 shall be for grants  to
States under section 2007 (f) (2)  of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended: Provided further,
That notwithstanding section  603(d)(7)  of  the  Federal  Water Pollution Control Act,  the
limitation on the amounts in a State water pollution control revolving fund that may be used by a
State to administer the fund shall not apply to amounts included as principal in loans made by
such  fund  in fiscal year 2013  and prior  years where such amounts  represent costs  of
administering the fund to the extent that such amounts are or were deemed reasonable by the
Administrator,  accounted for separately from other assets in the fund, and used for  eligible
purposes of the fund, including administration: Provided further, That for fiscal year 2013, and
notwithstanding section 518(f)  of the Act, the Administrator is authorized to use the amounts
appropriated for any fiscal year under section 319 of that Act to  make  grants  to federally
recognized Indian tribes pursuant to sections 319(h) and 518(e) of that Act: Provided further,
That for fiscal year 2013,  notwithstanding the limitation on amounts in section 518(c) of the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act and section 1452(i) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, up to a
total of 2 percent of the funds appropriated for State Revolving Funds under such Acts may be
reserved by the Administrator for grants under section 518(c) and section 1452(i) of such Acts:
Provided further, That for fiscal year 2013, notwithstanding the amounts  specified in section
205(c) of the Federal Water Pollution  Control Act,  up to 1.5 percent of the aggregate funds
appropriated for the Clean Water State Revolving Fund program under the Act less  any sums
reserved under section 518(c) of the Act, may be reserved by the Administrator for grants made
under title II of the Clean Water Act for American  Samoa, Guam,  the Commonwealth of the
Northern Marianas,  and United States  Virgin Islands:  Provided further,  That for fiscal year
2013,  notwithstanding  the limitations  on amounts  specified in section  1452(j)  of the Safe
Drinking  Water Act, up to 1.5 percent of the funds appropriated for the Drinking Water State
Revolving Fund programs under  the  Safe  Drinking  Water  Act  may be reserved  by the
Administrator for grants made under section 1452(j) of the Safe Drinking Water Act: Provided
further, That not more than 30 percent of the funds made available under this title  to each State
for Clean Water State Revolving Fund capitalization grants shall be used by the State to provide
additional subsidy to eligible recipients in the form of forgiveness of principal, negative  interest
loans, or grants (or any combination of these), and shall be so used by the State only where such
funds  are provided as initial  financing for  an eligible recipient or  to  buy,  refinance, or
restructure the debt  obligations of eligible recipients only where such debt was incurred on or
after the date of enactment of this Act,  except that for the Clean Water State Revolving Fund
capitalization  grant appropriation  this section shall only apply to the portion  that exceeds
$1,000,000,000: Provided further, That no funds provided by this appropriations Act to address
                                           739

-------
the water, wastewater and other critical infrastructure needs of the colonias in the United States
along the  United States-Mexico  border  shall be  made  available to a county  or  municipal
government unless that government has established an enforceable local ordinance, or other
zoning rule, which prevents in that jurisdiction the development or construction of any additional
colonia  areas, or the development within an existing colonia the construction of any new home,
business, or other structure which lacks water,  wastewater, or other necessary infrastructure.
(Department of the Interior, Environment,  and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2012.)

                               Program Projects in STAG

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
Program Project
State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
Infrastructure Assistance: Clean Water SRF
Infrastructure Assistance: Drinking Water SRF
Infrastructure Assistance: Alaska Native
Villages
Brownfields Projects
Clean School Bus Initiative
Diesel Emissions Reduction Grant Program
Targeted Airshed Grants
Infrastructure Assistance: Mexico Border
Subtotal, State and Tribal Assistance Grants
(STAG)
Categorical Grants
Categorical Grant: Beaches Protection
Categorical Grant: Brownfields
Categorical Grant: Environmental Information
Categorical Grant: Hazardous Waste Financial
Assistance
Categorical Grant: Homeland Security
Categorical Grant: Lead
Categorical Grant: Local Govt Climate Change
Categorical Grant: Nonpoint Source (Sec. 319)
Categorical Grant: Pesticides Enforcement
Categorical Grant: Pesticides Program
Implementation
Categorical Grant: Pollution Control (Sec. 106)
Monitoring Grants
Categorical Grant: Pollution Control
(Sec. 106) (other activities)
FY2011
Actuals

$1,936,433.5
$1,101,827.8
$10,327.2
$106,685.8
$35.2
$53,586.9
$10,000.0
$14,669.1
$3,233,565.5

$11,001.3
$51,185.5
$9,950.4
$111,206.3
$637.1
$15,599.4
$10,499.5
$201,615.8
$19,930.9
$13,807.8

$15,402.5
$237,114.3
FY 2012
Enacted

$1,466,456.0
$917,892.0
$9,984.0
$94,848.0
$0.0
$29,952.0
$0.0
$4,992.0
$2,524,124.0

$9,864.0
$49,317.0
$9,964.0
$102,974.0
$0.0
$14,512.0
$0.0
$164,493.0
$18,644.0
$13,119.0

$18,433.0
$219,970.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget

$1,175,000.0
$850,000.0
$10,000.0
$93,291.0
$0.0
$15,000.0
$0.0
$10,000.0
$2,153,291.0

$0.0
$47,572.0
$15,200.0
$103,412.0
$0.0
$14,855.0
$0.0
$164,757.0
$19,085.0
$13,140.0

$18,500.0
$246,764.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted

($291,456.0)
($67,892.0)
$16.0
($1,557.0)
$0.0
($14,952.0)
$0.0
$5,008.0
($370,833.0)

($9,864.0)
($1,745.0)
$5,236.0
$438.0
$0.0
$343.0
$0.0
$264.0
$441.0
$21.0

$67.0
$26,794.0
                                          740

-------
Program Project
Subtotal, Categorical Grant: Pollution
Control (Sec. 106)
Categorical Grant: Pollution Prevention
Categorical Grant: Public Water System
Supervision (PWSS)
Categorical Grant: Radon
Categorical Grant: State and Local Air Quality
Management
Categorical Grant: Sector Program
Categorical Grant: Targeted Watersheds
Categorical Grant: Toxics Substances
Compliance
Categorical Grant: Tribal Air Quality
Management
Categorical Grant: Tribal General Assistance
Program
Categorical Grant: Underground Injection
Control (UIC)
Categorical Grant: Underground Storage Tanks
Categorical Grant: Water Quality Cooperative
Agreements
Categorical Grant: Wetlands Program
Development
Subtotal, Categorical Grants
Congressional Priorities
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Subtotal, Congressionally Mandated Projects
TOTAL, EPA
FY 2011
Actuals
$252,516.8
$5,685.0
$109,387.1
$8,720.0
$249,061.4
$1,879.2
$780.3
$5,551.7
$14,365.8
$69,331.2
$11,844.3
$2,759.8
$1,335.5
$26,138.1
$1,204,790.2

$117,641.8
$117,641.8
$4,555,997.5
FY2012
Enacted
$238,403.0
$4,922.0
$105,320.0
$8,045.0
$235,729.0
$0.0
$0.0
$5,081.0
$13,252.0
$67,631.0
$10,852.0
$1,548.0
$0.0
$15,143.0
$1,088,813.0

$0.0
$0.0
$3,612,937.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$265,264.0
$5,039.0
$109,700.0
$0.0
$301,500.0
$0.0
$0.0
$5,201.0
$13,566.0
$96,375.0
$11,109.0
$1,490.0
$0.0
$15,167.0
$1,202,432.0

$0.0
$0.0
$3,355,723.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$26,861.0
$117.0
$4,380.0
($8,045.0)
$65,771.0
$0.0
$0.0
$120.0
$314.0
$28,744.0
$257.0
($58.0)
$0.0
$24.0
$113,619.0

$0.0
$0.0
($257,214.0)
741

-------
Program Area: Categorical Grants
              742

-------
                                                   Categorical Grant: Beaches Protection
                                                          Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                                                        Objective(s): Protect Human Health
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$11,001.3
$11,001.3
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$9,864.0
$9,864.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($9,864.0)
($9,864.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

This program awards grants to eligible coastal and Great Lakes states, territories, and tribes to
monitor water quality at beaches and to notify the public, through beach advisories and closures,
when water quality exceeds applicable standards. The Beach Grant Program is a collaborative
effort between the EPA and states, territories, local governments, and tribes to help ensure that
recreational waters are safe for swimming. Congress created the program with the passage of the
Beaches  Environmental Assessment and Coastal  Health Act in October 2000 with the goal of
reducing risk to the public of waterborne disease related to the use of recreational water.

The EPA has awarded grants to eligible states, territories, and tribes using an allocation formula
developed  in consultation with  states and other organizations. The allocation has taken into
consideration beach season length, shoreline miles, and coastal county population.l

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

To help  meet the fiscal challenges  of FY 2013, the EPA has reviewed its programs for areas
where any potential  efficiencies  and streamlining can yield savings. As  a result, the EPA is
proposing that this grant program be terminated at the end of FY 2012. While beach monitoring
continues to be important to protect human health and especially sensitive individuals, states and
local governments now have the technical expertise and procedures to continue beach monitoring
without federal  support, as a result of the significant technical guidance and financial support the
Beach Program has provided.

No additional funding will be provided for the  following: (1) implementing monitoring and
notification programs consistent with  the EPA's National Beach  Guidance  and Required
Performance Criteria for Grants and (2) submitting monitoring  and advisory data to the EPA so
that the  Agency can  provide this information to the public in a timely and easily accessible
manner.
 See http: //water, epa. go v/grants funding^eachgrants/index. cfm and https: //www.cfda. go v
                                           743

-------
Performance Targets:

This proposed disinvestment means that the Agency will no longer retain the following measure:

   •   SS-1:  Number of waterborne disease outbreaks attributable to swimming in or other
       recreational contact with coastal and Great Lakes waters measured as a 5-year average.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$9,864.0) This reduction reflects the elimination of the Beach Program. The Agency is
       proposing to eliminate certain mature program activities that are well-established, well-
       understood, and where there is the possibility of maintaining some of the human health
       benefits through implementation at the local level.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Water Act; Beach Act of 2000.
                                         744

-------
                                                         Categorical Grant: Brownfields
                                                         Program Area: Categorical Grants
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                 Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$51,185.5
$51,185.5
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$49,317.0
$49,317.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$47,572.0
$47,572.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,745.0)
($1,745.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

The  Brownfields program  is designed  to  help  states, tribes, local  communities, and other
stakeholders in environmental revitalization and economic redevelopment to work together to
plan, inventory, assess, safely cleanup, and reuse Brownfields. Brownfields are real property, the
expansion, redevelopment, or reuse of which may be complicated by the presence or potential
presence of a hazardous substance, pollutant,  or contaminant. Economic changes over several
decades have left thousands of communities with these contaminated properties and abandoned
sites.

As  authorized  under  Section  128(a) of the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), categorical grants are provided to states and tribes
to establish core capabilities and enhance their Brownfields response programs. State and Tribal
response programs address contaminated Brownfields sites that do not require federal action, but
need assessment and/or cleanup before the sites are considered to be ready for reuse. States and
tribes may use grant funding provided under this program in the following ways:

   •   Developing a public record;

   •   Creating an inventory of brownfields  sites;

   •   Developing oversight and enforcement authorities or other mechanisms and resources;

   •   Developing mechanisms and resources to provide meaningful opportunities for public
       participation;

   •   Developing  mechanisms  for  approval  of a  cleanup  plan  and  that verification  and
       certification cleanup efforts are complete;

   •   Capitalizing a Revolving Loan Fund for Brownfields-related work;

   •   Purchasing environmental insurance;
                                          745

-------
   •   Developing  state and  Tribal tracking and  management  systems for land use  and
       institutional controls; and

   •   Conducting  site-specific  related  activities,  such  as  assessments  and  cleanups at
       brownfields sites.2

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013,  the EPA  will continue to issue  grants establishing and enhancing eligible state,
territorial and Tribal response programs under CERCLA 128(a). As part of this assistance, the
EPA also will continue to provide resources to states and tribes for their response programs to
oversee assessment  and cleanup activities at brownfield sites. In FY 2013, the EPA will place
renewed emphasis on building response program capacity of states and tribes to  address the
assessment and cleanup of sites with actual or perceived contamination that will increase the
number of acres ready  for reuse, an important first step in revitalizing communities across the
country. Specifically, the state and Tribal response grant program will continue to place a greater
emphasis  on the importance  of tracking  institutional controls and engineering controls on
brownfield sites.

In FY 2013, the EPA is reducing grants in this program by $1.7 million. The EPA will manage
this reduction in a way that minimizes the impact to tribal and state response programs making
meaningful progress in  developing their programs by ensuring that core programmatic functions
are funded rather than increasing capacity of well-established programs.

Performance Targets:

Work under  this program  also supports performance results in State and  Tribal Assistance
Grants: Brownfields Projects and can be found  in the Performance Eight Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$1,745.0) This reflects a reduction in the  amounts available for response program grants
       to  states, tribes and territories. The EPA will manage this reduction in  a  way  that
       minimizes the impact to Tribal and state response programs making meaningful progress
       in developing their programs by ensuring that core programmatic functions are funded
       rather than increasing capacity of well-established programs.

Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended by the
Small Business Liability Relief and Brownfields Revitalization Act, 42 United States Code. 6901
et seq. - Section 128.
2 Refer to http://www.epa.gov^ownfields/state_tribal/index.html.


                                          746

-------
                                          Categorical Grant: Environmental Information
                                                        Program Area: Categorical Grants

Goal: Provide Agencywide support for multiple goals to achieve their objectives. This support
involves Agencywide activities primarily provided by EPA's six (6) support offices - the Office
of Administration and Resources Management (OARM), Office  of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO), Office of Environmental Information (OEI), Office of General Counsel (OGC), Office
of the Administrator (OA), and the Office of Inspector General (OIG).

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$9,950.4
$9,950.4
0.0
FY2012
Enacted
$9,964.0
$9,964.0
0.0
FY2013
Pres Budget
$15,200.0
$15,200.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$5,236.0
$5,236.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Exchange Network (EN) is a standards-based, secure approach for the EPA and its state,
Tribal, and territorial partners to exchange and share environmental data. The EN facilitates and
streamlines electronic reporting,  sharing, integration, analysis and use  of environmental data
from many different sources, supporting information-driven decision making. Through its use of
technology and data standards, open source  software,  shared services, and reusable tools and
applications, the EN offers its partners tremendous data management efficiencies. Success stories
include the Toxic Release Inventory's State Data Exchange, where 32 states have eliminated the
need for industry to duplicate reporting data  to both the EPA and  the state, and the Emissions
Inventory System, which receives all state data through the EN.

Exchange Network grants provide funding to states, territories, federally-recognized Indian tribes
and Tribal  consortia to support their participation in the  EN. These  grants help EN partners
acquire and develop the hardware and software needed to  connect  to the EN; to use the EN to
collect, report  and  access  the  data they  need  with greater efficiency;  and  to  integrate
environmental data across programs.

The grant program has enabled  the EN to  become the standard  approach  for reporting and
sharing environmental  data.  In collaboration  with  the EPA,  the Environmental Council of the
States  (ECOS) accepts  the EN as the standard approach for EPA, state,  tribe and territory data
sharing. Based on current trends, 60 percent of reporting from the states to the EPA's ten  priority
national systems will use the EN by the end of calendar year 2011;  a doubling of EN use within
18 months. Tribal use of the EN will grow by  20 percent during calendar year 2011.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Expansion  of the EN is key to achieving potential environmental  and health benefits that the
EN's  data  management capabilities can yield, including protecting vulnerable populations,
                                          747

-------
enhancing scientific analysis and strengthening the collaborative network of federal, state, Tribal
and  local partners. The EN enables fast, efficient and  more accurate environmental data
submissions from state and local governments, industry and tribes to the EPA, thus reducing the
long-term reporting burden for these entities. In addition, demand for access to  the  EN  is
growing  as  more partners recognize the value of the  EN in terms  of  data  management
efficiencies  and the ability to  access and integrate  timely and high-quality  data  to address
environmental problems.

The EN is on track to support state reporting for nine of the ten national priority programs by the
end of FY 2012 and all ten by the end of FY  2013. As a result, in FY 2013, the Exchange
Network Grants program will emphasize the following activities  to achieve  this and related
Exchange Network program goals:

   •   Complete  full implementation of the EN  by providing funds for development and
       deployment  of the  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act  Information  System
       (RCRAInfo) data exchange.  This  system  is the most complex of the ten systems
       identified as priorities and, therefore, slower to be completed by states.

   •   Incorporate new systems into the EN, including greenhouse  gas emissions inventory, the
       Assessment  Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Tracking & Implementation System
       (ATTAINS), and the Air Facilities System.  Funds will be  used  to develop and deploy
       data exchanges for reporting to and/or receiving data from these systems.

   •   Transition interested partners to cloud-based  network nodes; partners can use grant funds
       to migrate existing  data exchanges,  significantly reducing  long-term  operations and
       maintenance costs. Cloud-based nodes will be especially attractive for  partner agencies
       that implement a single program (e.g. beaches, safe drinking water) where there may not
       be a business need to develop and operate a node for them.

   •   Expand Tribal participation in the EN  and  continue to leverage grant resources  by
       funding Tribal partnerships that seek to build the information management capacity; fund
       Tribal data exchanges using cloud-based nodes.

   •   Expand the  EN  to  local governments by  offering grants that propose collaboration
       between state and local governments to deploy  data exchanges  at the local level.

   •   Expand data sharing among partners through data publishing  (making data available on
       demand); solicit software applications that propose to expand existing data exchanges for
       Agency priorities and applications that propose to develop data access services that allow
       EN partners and the public to integrate, link and analyze information from sources across
       the EN.

   •   Focus on the sharing and integration of geographic/geospatial information and geospatial
       data  standards with  environmental information. This focus will  represent a  major step
       forward toward "mainstreaming" geographic information systems (GIS)  into the EN data
       exchanges and will greatly enhance the power and functionality of the EN.
                                          748

-------
In FY 2013, the  EN program will  support the Agency's efforts  to transition to twenty-first
century technology and increase e-reporting by expanding the use of the EN. The EN will enable
the development of tools, processes and technology for the public to participate in data collection
and exchange with EPA on a real-time basis. Funds for this initiative will be needed to support
the following:  establishing the governance  framework and  process  for setting standards,
guidelines and procedures, and reviewing and certifying commercial vendor-developed software;
defining  data  delivery  protocols  and  technical  specifications;  and communicating  and
coordinating  with  vendors (including  the  development of a  certification  process  and
implementation).  The funds will  support expanding and developing advanced data transport
services  that  include:   registration/identity  management   (including  identity  proofing);
interoperating  with  vendor-developed software (using  standard protocols); security controls;
documentation  and  agreements;  compliance  with the  Cross Media Electronic Reporting
Regulation; and data transformation, distribution and help desk support and coordination.

Performance Targets:

Work  under this program  supports  multiple strategic objectives. Currently, there  are  no
performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$5,000.0) This increase enables Exchange Network state, Tribal and territorial partners
       to expand  e-reporting by adapting, installing and implementing a suite of data collection
       and publishing services. In FY 2013, the EPA  will  target these  additional resources
       toward  states that do  not  yet have  the  capabilities to comply  with e-reporting
       requirements under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System.

   •   (+$236.0)  This reflects  an  increase to assist states and tribes in meeting inflation costs
       associated with state and tribal program implementation.

Statutory Authority

Exchange Network Grant Program has been provided by the annual appropriations for EPA: FY
2002 (Public Law 107-73), FY 2003 (Public Law 108-7), FY 2004 (Public Law  108-199) FY
2005 (Public Law 108-447) and FY 2006 (Public  Law 109-54), FY 2007  (Public Law 110-5),
FY 2008 (Public Law 110-161), FY 2009 (Public  Law 111-8),  and FY 2010 (Public Law 111-
88).
                                          749

-------
                                 Categorical Grant: Hazardous Waste Financial Assistance
                                                            Program Area: Categorical Grants
                     Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                    Objective(s): Preserve Land; Restore Land

                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$111,206.3
$111,206.3
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$102,974.0
$102,974.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$103,412.0
$103,412.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$438.0
$438.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) authorizes and directs the EPA to assist
state programs through the Hazardous Waste Financial Assistance Grants program. These state
grants provide resources for authorized states to implement  a hazardous waste management
program,  and amount to well  over half of the total resources available in state program budgets.
Through these  programs, the  EPA and the states protect human health and the environment by
preventing the  release of millions of tons of hazardous wastes  from hazardous waste generators
and management facilities.3 The EPA estimates that three million people live  within one mile of
hazardous waste management facilities.4

EPA sets standards that are protective across the  U.S.  by issuing comprehensive regulations for
managing solid and hazardous materials  from cradle to grave.  The regulations  define solid and
hazardous waste, and also impose strict standards on anyone who generates, recycles, transports,
treats,  stores, or disposes of waste. In partnership with the states, the RCRA permitting program
leverages compliance.  It protects human  health, communities and the  environment through
enforceable controls, including permits that minimize hazardous waste generation, prevent the
release of hazardous constituents from generators and management facilities,  and provide for its
safe management.

These  grant  resources  also assist states  in ensuring the  safe  clean up of past and continuing
releases through the RCRA corrective action program.  The EPA and states focus their corrective
action resources on 3,747 operating hazardous waste facilities. These facilities  include some of
the most highly contaminated, technically challenging, and potentially threatening sites the EPA
and states confront in any of their cleanup programs.5 Unaddressed RCRA  corrective action sites
present substantial risks from the release of toxic contaminants to  the air, on  the land,  and to
3 Authorized states conduct most direct implementation of the permitting, corrective action and enforcement components of the
RCRA hazardous waste management program.
4 Data from EPA Online Tracking Information System (OTIS),
http://www.epa.gov/compliance/data/svstems/multimedia/aboutotis.html
5 There are additional facilities that have corrective action obligations that the EPA does not track under GPRA, as they are
typically smaller, less significant facilities or sites. The EPA recognizes that the total universe of such facilities or sites "subject
to" corrective action universe is between five and six thousand facilities or sites.
                                            750

-------
ground and surface waters. In FY 2011,  77 percent of these facilities had human exposures to
toxins under control,  56 percent had migration of contaminated ground water under control and
42 percent had final remedies constructed.

The cost to clean up sites under the RCRA program can vary widely, with some costing less than
$1 million, and others exceeding $50 million. The length and complexity of the cleanups also
vary and can take from a year to decades  to fully remediate and return the site to productive use.
By addressing contamination during the operational life of the facility,  and before a facility goes
bankrupt, RCRA saves the taxpayers from bearing the significant cleanup costs  under Superfund
and drastically shortens the time for completing protective cleanups.

This program applies to all 50 states and 6 territories. Currently, 48 states and 2 territories are
authorized to implement the RCRA program with  regulatory direction and  oversight from the
EPA.  The  Agency  provides funding  assistance through  the  Hazardous Waste Financial
Assistance  Grants  program and participates in  worksharing  with  authorized states.  When
appropriate, these grants are also used  to support tribes in conducting  hazardous waste work in
Indian Country. In addition, the EPA will directly implement the RCRA program in the  states of
Iowa and Alaska.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Hazardous Waste Financial Assistance Grants includes funding for the following:

    •   Issuing and renewing permits to hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal (TSD)
       facilities within the permitting universe of 2,466 facilities;

    •   Overseeing clean-ups of releases at 3,747 TSD and priority facilities;

    •   Inspecting facilities;

    •   Taking appropriate enforcement actions; and

    •   Maintaining data, support systems, and authorized regulations, for implementing  these
       programs.

State work is crucial to meeting key program goals, and  state commitments toward the national
goals are negotiated into state grant agreements. Due to economic difficulties, many states are
reducing their matching funds to the minimum required match; one dollar for every three federal
grant dollars. Previous to 2008, many states overmatched the federal grant, with  the national total
exceeding $50 million.6
6 The State RCRA Subtitle C Core Hazardous Waste Management Program Implementation Costs - Final Report (Association of
State and Territorial Solid Waste Management Officials (ASTSWMO), January 2007) noted that States contributed
approximately $87 million towards the total program costs, which exceeded the required State match by approximately $53
million. ASTSWMO has since indicated that total State contributions have fallen significantly.


                                            751

-------
In conjunction with the  states, the EPA established a goal of constructing cleanup remedies,
assuring that  human exposures are eliminated  and controlling groundwater migration at 95
percent of sites by FY 2020. The Agency has  authorized 43 states and territories to directly
implement the program at the majority of the sites with leadership and support from the EPA. In
FY 2013, the Agency and states continue to face a significant workload to implement protective
cleanups for our nation's most significant operational cleanup sites.

At the beginning of FY 2013, the remaining RCRA workload will include the following:

    •   Controlling  human exposures  to toxins at  19 percent of our baseline sites (almost 700
       sites);

    •   Controlling groundwater at 31 percent of our baseline (almost 1,100 sites); and

    •   Constructing final remedies at 54 percent of our baseline (almost 2,000 sites).

Because states implement RCRA, the EPA's  ability to meet these goals, as well as  goals for
issuing  permits, permit renewals, and other approved controls, may be  negatively impacted by
state fiscal  constraints.

In FY 2013, the EPA will focus resources on those sites that present the highest risk to human
health and  the environment and implement actions to end or reduce these threats. In addition, a
small percentage (<1 percent) of STAG resources  may be used to fund the agency's multi-year
grant with the non-profit Association of State and Territorial Solid Waste Management Officials
(ASTSWMO), which provides common services to states and  ensures the close coordination of
state and EPA management.

The Agency and  states will  utilize  site investigations to identify threats;  establish  interim
remedies to reduce and  eliminate exposure; and select and construct safe, effective long-term
remedies that maintain the viability of  the operating  facility.  The EPA and states continue to
grapple with hundreds of very large, highly  contaminated sites and many small but  equally
contaminated  sites. Providing oversight for decades-long cleanups at large sites and resource
intensive technical assistance at small sites diminishes the available cleanup resources.

Additionally, the Agency will evaluate the remaining workload for the corrective action program
taking into consideration the progress  to date and available resources, as recommended by GAO
in its recent report7. This analysis will  focus  on the  resources needed  to reach our long-term
goals for completing cleanups at over 3,000 corrective action facilities.

Resources will be used to issue facility  specific initial permits and review and improve permits
when they are  modified or renewed. The  national RCRA program  provides  leadership for
meeting our legal obligation to the following:

       •   Reassess land disposal permits every five years;
 Hazardous Waste: Early Goals Have Been Met in EPA's Corrective Action Program but Resource and Technical Challenges
Will Constrain Future Progress (GAO-11-514), July 2011.


                                           752

-------
          Renew all permits at least every ten years;


          Maintain permits by modifying them to address changes in operations; and
       •  Monitor facility performance to ensure that permits continue to protect people and
          ecosystems from harmful exposures to hazardous pollutants.

In FY 2013, the EPA and authorized states will  oversee  and manage RCRA  permits  for
approximately 10,000 hazardous waste units at 2,466 facilities. The RCRA permitting program
faces a significant  workload  to  ensure controls remain  protective. Due to  declining state
resources, the EPA  has received an increasing  number of requests from authorized states  for
direct implementation support, such as taking over the cleanup work at specific RCRA corrective
action sites within a  state  or doing the  risk assessments for state permits.  The prioritization of
assisting states in program implementation comes at a cost to  EPA in that it delays other efforts
like corrective action, permitting, and hazardous waste delistings.

States will continue to work to meet the annual target of implementing permits, initial approved
controls, and updated controls  at 100 RCRA hazardous waste management facilities. Based on
current levels of state  funding, the EPA expects that the  current permit backlog  will remain
reasonably constant in the  foreseeable future since the new workload added each year is almost
the same as the annual accomplishments.

An important objective in FY 2013  is  ensuring owners and  operators  of hazardous waste
facilities and reclamation facilities provide proof of their ability to pay for the cleanup,  closure,
and post-closure care of their facilities. Verifying adequate financial assurance protects taxpayer
dollars, avoiding the risk of sites being addressed by the Superfund program.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program  supports performance results in  the RCRA Waste  Management and
RCRA Corrective Action  program projects and can  be found in the Performance Eight Year
Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$438.0) This funding will be used to increase the total amount of grants made to states
       for the purpose of issuing and renewing permits,  overseeing cleanups, and inspecting
       facilities.

Statutory Authority:

Solid Waste  Disposal Act, as  amended by the  Resource  Conservation and Recovery  Act, 42
United States Code  6901 et seq. - Section 3011, and the Department of Veterans  Affairs and
Housing and Urban Development and Independent Agencies Appropriations Act;  Public Law
105-276; 112 Stat. 2461, 2499 (1988).
                                          753

-------
                                                                       Categorical Grant: Lead
                                                               Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                            Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                      (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$15,599.4
$15,599.4
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$14,512.0
$14,512.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$14,855.0
$14,855.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$343. 0
$343.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

Recent data  show significant progress  in the  continuing  effort to  eliminate childhood lead
poisoning as a public health concern. The EPA has historically measured progress by tracking
reductions  in the number  of children with elevated blood lead levels  of 10 micrograms per
deciliter or higher. Data released in 2010 by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC) indicate that the incidence of childhood blood lead levels at or exceeding  10 micrograms
per deciliter has  declined from approximately 1.6 percent of children in  2002 to 0.9 percent  of
children through  2006, the most recent  time frame for  which the CDC data  are capable  of
supporting a statistically reliable estimate due to the extremely low number of children with
blood lead levels of 10  micrograms per deciliter or higher in subsequent sampling periods.8
These results, together with other recent data,9 suggest that the federal  government's goal  of
eliminating  the  incidence  childhood  blood lead  concentrations  at that level  by  2010 has
essentially been achieved.
10
Results of recent studies, however, indicate adverse health effects to children at extremely low
blood levels, below 10 micrograms per deciliter.11  In response to this new information and the
                                                                               19     -^^
fact that approximately 38 million homes in the U.S. have lead-based paint,   the EPA is  now
targeting reductions  in the number of children with blood lead levels  of 5 micrograms  per
deciliter or higher. The lead program also tracks the disparities in blood lead levels between low-
8 Federal Interagency Forum on Child and Family Statistics .America's Children: Key National Indicators of Weil-Being, 2011
http://www.childstats.gov/americaschildren/phenviro4.asp.
9 For example, the median blood lead concentration for children ages 1-5 dropped from about 15 ug/dL in 1976-1980 to about 1
ug/dL in 2005-2008. (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2008). America's children and the environment. Measure Bl:
Lead in the blood of children, available at http: //www. epa. go v/envirohealth/children/bodv  burdens/b 1 - graph, html.}
10 "President's Task Force on Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks to Children"
http://www.cdc.gov/nceh/lead/about/fedstrategy2000.pdf
11 U.S.EPA. Air Quality Criteria for Lead (September 29, 2006)
http://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/CFM/recordisplav.cfm?deid=l 58823
Rogan WJ, Ware JH. Exposure to lead in children - how low is low enough? N Engl J Med.2003;348(16): 1515-1516
http://www.precaution.org/lib/rogan.neim.20030417.pdf
Lanphear BP, Homung R, Khoury J, et al. Low-level environmental lead exposure and children's intellectual function: an
international pooled analysis. Environ Health Perspect. 2005; 113(7): 894-899
http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/artic lerender.fcgi?doi=10.1289/ehp.7688
12 Jacobs, D.E.; Clickner, R.P.; Zhou, J.Y.; Viet, S.M.; Marker, D.A.; Rogers, J.W.; Zeldin, B.C.; Broene, P.; and Friedman, W.
(2002). The prevalence of lead-based paint hazard in U.S. housing. Environmental Health Perspectives, 110(10): A599-A606
                                               754

-------
income children and non-low-income children. The program uses these performance measures to
track progress toward eliminating childhood lead poisoning in vulnerable populations.

The EPA's Lead Risk Reduction Program contributes to the goal of eliminating childhood lead
poisoning by:

   •   Establishing standards governing lead hazard identification and abatement practices and
       maintaining a national pool of professionals trained and certified to  implement those
       standards;

   •   Providing information to housing occupants so they  can make informed decisions and
       take actions about lead hazards in their homes; and

   •   Establishing a national pool of certified firms and individuals who are trained to carry out
       renovation and repair and painting projects while adhering to the lead-safe work practice
       standards and to minimize lead dust hazards created in the course of such projects.

The Lead Categorical  Grant Program  contributes to  the lead program's goals by providing
support to authorized  state  and tribal  programs that administer  training  and  certification
programs for lead professionals and renovation contractors. The program also conducts outreach
activities to educate populations deemed most at risk of exposure to lead from  lead-based paint,
dust and soil. See http://www.epa.gov/lead for more information.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY  2013, the program will  continue providing  assistance to states, territories, the  District of
Columbia, and  tribes to develop and implement authorized programs for the  lead-based paint
abatement program to  operate  in lieu of the federal program. Additionally, the program will
provide support to those  entities to develop and implement authorized Renovation, Repair and
Painting  (RRP) programs.  The EPA directly  implements these  programs  in  all  areas of the
country that are not authorized to  do so. Activities conducted as part of this  program include
accrediting training programs,  certifying individuals and firms,  and providing education and
compliance assistance to those subject to the abatement and RRP regulations and the general
public.

Through calendar year 2011,  thirty-nine  states  and  territories, three tribes, the District of
Columbia, and Puerto Rico have been authorized to run the lead-based paint abatement program.
In addition, twelve states have become authorized to administer the RRP  program. As a result,
the number of lead-certified renovation, repair, and painting firms increased from roughly 59,000
in 2010 to over 114,000 in 2011. In FY 2013, the  Lead Categorical Grant program will provide
assistance to existing authorized state  and tribal  lead programs.  The EPA also  will provide
assistance, using a targeted approach, to states and tribes interested  in becoming authorized to
run the RRP program.
                                          755

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results listed in EPM Lead Risk Reduction
program and can be found in the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$343.0) This increase represents additional funds  to support implementation  of the
       Lead Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) rule, which took effect April 22, 2010.
       Increased funds will support  improved  direct  implementation  efforts  by the EPA,
       including improvements  to its certifications tracking system and  increased levels of
       support through grants to states  and tribes authorized to implement the RRP program.

Statutory Authority:

Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq. - Section 404(g).
                                         756

-------
                                           Categorical Grant: Nonpoint Source (Sec. 319)
                                                         Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                                        Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$201,615.8
$201,615.8
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$164,493.0
$164,493.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$164,757.0
$164,757.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$264.0
$264.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

Nonpoint source  pollution,  caused by runoff that carries  excess  nutrients, toxics  and other
contaminants to waterbodies, is the greatest remaining source of surface and groundwater quality
impairments  and  threats in the United States. There are currently 41.2 thousand waterbodies
listed as impaired. Nonpoint sources are the primary cause of impairment in over 75  percent of
these impaired waters and nonpoint sources figure significantly in all but ten percent of the other
waterbody impairments. Grants under Section 319 of the Clean Water Act are provided to states,
territories, and tribes to help them implement their EPA approved nonpoint source management
programs by remediating  past nonpoint  source pollution and preventing or minimizing new
nonpoint source pollution.  To help reduce nonpoint source pollution,  the EPA and the  U.S.
Department of Agriculture (USD A) will enhance coordination to achieve improvements in water
quality  and  ecosystem health by targeting resources and helping landowners implement
voluntary stewardship practices.

Section 319  broadly authorizes states to use a range  of tools to implement their  programs,
including: regulatory and  non-regulatory programs, technical  assistance, financial assistance,
education,  training,  technology  transfers,  and demonstration  projects.13 Implementation  of
watershed-based plans helps states achieve load reductions contained  in Total Maximum Daily
Loads to achieve water quality standards.  These implementation projects have allowed states to
remediate 356 waterbodies that were primarily impaired by nonpoint source pollution so that
they now meet water quality standards.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The pervasiveness of nonpoint source pollution requires cooperation and involvement from the
EPA, other  federal  agencies,  the states,  local  governments, nonprofit organizations, and
concerned citizens to address nonpoint source pollution problems. In FY 2013,  the EPA will
work closely with and support  the  many  efforts of states,  interstate agencies,  tribes, local
governments and communities, watershed groups, the USDA and  other federal agencies, and
others to develop and implement their local watershed-based plans and restore surface water and
groundwater nationwide.
 See https: //www.cfda. go v for more information.
                                          757

-------
In FY 2013, states will continue to  develop and implement watershed-based plans to restore
impaired waterbodies to meet water quality standards.  These  watershed-based plans,  a key
emphasis of the national nonpoint source control program, will support the strategic goal of more
waters attaining designated uses and enable states to determine the most cost-effective means to
meet their water quality goals. Plans  include an analysis of sources and relative  significance of
pollutants of concern; identification of cost-effective  techniques to  address  those  sources;
availability of needed resources, authorities, and community involvement to effect change; along
with monitoring to enable states and local communities to track progress and make changes over
time to meet their water quality goals. Full requirements for these plans are described in detail in
the nonpoint source  program  grant guidelines. The EPA's website includes examples  of
watershed-based plans 4 and links to state websites with numerous additional plans. The Mill
Creek, Pennsylvania watershed plan,15 for example, provides a detailed 20-page list of 600 best
management practices that need to be implemented on 200 farms in the watershed to restore river
water quality, including the precise acreage and linear feet of the practice, modeled results, and
site-by-site costs. This planning approach clarifies what all watershed participants' roles should
be to achieve clean water.

The EPA will continue to forge  and  strengthen strategic partnerships with the agricultural and
forestry communities, and other groups that have an interest in achieving water quality goals in a
cost-effective manner. Agricultural sources of pollution  in the form of animal waste, fertilizer,
and sediments have a particularly profound effect on water quality. For FY 2013,  EPA will issue
new grant  guidance that will link 319 funding with States having  updated nonpoint source
management programs, implementing  monitoring in selected high  priority watersheds, and
addressing other changes to better address nonpoint source pollution. As part of this effort, EPA
will work closely with the USD A to ensure that federal resources — including both Section 319
grants and Farm Bill funds — are managed in a coordinated manner to protect water quality from
agricultural  pollution sources. This will  include ensuring states  develop  and implement their
watershed-based  plans  in  close  cooperation  with  state  conservationists, soil  and  water
conservation districts, and all other interested parties within the watersheds.

In 2013, the  EPA and the USD A will work collaboratively in high priority, focused watersheds
to address agricultural nonpoint source pollution. The  goal of our collaboration is to coordinate
Agency efforts, thereby increasing conservation on the ground to better protect water resources
from nonpoint sources of pollution, including nitrogen and phosphorus.

This EPA and the USDA collaboration will support ready and willing stakeholders (including
agricultural  producers, NGOs,  universities, and  state and local water quality, resource and
agricultural  leaders) to implement watershed plans in priority watersheds. The agencies will
deliver voluntary  conservation  systems  on the  ground, pursue innovative  approaches  to
conservation, and evaluate results compared to expected outcomes.
14http://iaspub.epa.gov/watershedplan/examples.do ?pageld=52&navld=40
15http://files.dep.state.pa.us/Water/Watershed%20Management/lib/watershedmgmt/nonpoint_source/implementation/mill_creek_
plan.pdf
                                            758

-------
The  EPA  will  continue  to  work  closely  with a  broad set of partners  to promote the
implementation  of  low-impact development practices  that  can  prevent new development
activities from harming water quality as well as  assist in the  restoration of waterbodies when
previously developed areas are redeveloped. Runoff from developed and developing areas is a
leading source of degradation to urban/suburban streams. Working with states, cities, developers,
watershed associations, and others, the EPA will continue to spread knowledge and adoption of
low-impact development practices.

The Clean Water Act provides that  Clean Water State Revolving Funds loans can be used to
implement projects pursuant to a state nonpoint source  pollution management program. The EPA
will continue to track the steady increases in the cumulative dollar value and number of nonpoint
source projects financed with Clean Water  State Revolving  Fund loans to  prevent polluted
runoff. The EPA will encourage state, tribal,  and local governments to use Clean Water State
Revolving Fund loans to finance nonpoint source projects, where appropriate.

Additionally, in 2011, the EPA completed a detailed evaluation of how states are using Section
319 resources,  including for  implementation of Total  Maximum Daily Loads  and restoring
impaired waters. In FY 2012, the EPA will begin implementing program refinements based  on
this study with emphasis on improving program accountability and ensuring that states are using
cost effective approaches to protect and restore their waters. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue
to implement program reforms and accountability.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(bpf) Estimated annual reduction in millions of pounds of phosphorus from nonpoint
sources to water bodies (Section 319 funded projects only).
FY 2006
4.5
11.8
FY 2007
4.5
7.5
FY 2008
4.5
3.5
FY 2009
4.5
3.5
FY 2010
4.5
2.6
FY 2011
4.5
Data
Avail
4/2012
FY 2012
4.5

FY 2013
4.5

Units
Pounds
(Million)

Measure
Target
Actual
(bpg) Estimated additional reduction in million pounds of nitrogen from nonpoint
sources to water bodies (Section 319 funded projects only).
FY 2006
8.5
14.5
FY 2007
8.5
19.1
FY 2008
8.5
11.3
FY 2009
8.5
9.1
FY 2010
8.5
9.8
FY 2011
8.5
Data
Avail
4/2012
FY 2012
8.5

FY 2013
8.5

Units
Pounds
(Million)

                                          759

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(bph) Estimated additional reduction in thousands of tons of sediment from nonpoint
sources to water bodies (Section 319 funded projects only).
FY 2006
700
1,200
FY 2007
700
1,200
FY 2008
700
2,100
FY 2009
700
2,300
FY 2010
700
2,100
FY 2011
700
Data
Avail
4/2012
FY 2012
700

FY 2013
700

Units
Tons
(Thousand)

The program's output measures are to reduce the amount of runoff of phosphorus, nitrogen, and
sediment through Section 319 funded projects, which usually take several years to implement.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$264.0)  This reflects  an  increase for state  nonpoint source  programs, including
       implementation of nonpoint source projects and statewide nonpoint source protection
       activities.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Water Act Section 319.
                                         760

-------
                                               Categorical Grant: Pesticides Enforcement
                                                         Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                                      Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$19,930.9
$19,930.9
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$18,644.0
$18,644.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$19,085.0
$19,085.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$441.0
$441.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Pesticides Enforcement grants program ensures pesticide product and user compliance with
provisions of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). Areas of focus
include inspections to reduce  chemical risks  and protect vulnerable populations. Additionally,
the program provides compliance assistance to the regulated community through such resources
as the EPA's  National   Agriculture Compliance Assistance Center,  seminars,  guidance
documents,  brochures, websites,  and outreach to foster knowledge  of  and compliance with
environmental laws pertaining to  pesticides.16 The program also sponsors training for state and
tribal inspectors through the Pesticide Inspector Residential Training Program (PIRT)  and for
state and tribal managers through the Pesticide Regulatory Education Program (PREP).

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to award state and tribal pesticides enforcement grants to
assist in the implementation of the compliance and enforcement provisions  of FIFRA. These
grants support  state and tribal compliance and enforcement activities designed to protect the
public and the environment from  harmful chemicals and pesticides. Enforcement and pesticides
program grant  guidance is issued to focus  regional,  state and tribal efforts on the  highest
priorities. The  EPA's support to state  and tribal  pesticide  programs  emphasizes reducing
chemical risks by: conducting targeted inspections of pesticide use involving six acutely toxic
agricultural  pesticides with the  highest incident rates; implementing container/containment
requirements; and  conducting targeted pesticide producer establishment inspections of facilities
such as contract manufacturers or fumigant producers.  These grants  also will help  states and
tribes protect vulnerable populations by  conducting compliance (inspection) and enforcement
activities, including those  involving worker  protection at  pesticide  producing establishments
located in environmental justice areas. States will continue inspecting facilities for compliance
with pesticide requirements.
 ' For additional information, refer to: www.epa.gov/compliance/state/grants/fifra.html
                                           761

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the strategic objective to Ensure Chemical Safety. Currently,
there are no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$441.0) This increase will provide states with additional funding for inspections and
       enforcement to reduce chemical risks and protect vulnerable populations.

Statutory Authority:

Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act.
                                          762

-------
                                     Categorical Grant: Pesticides Program Implementation
                                                            Program Area: Categorical Grants
                               Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                         Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                    (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$13,807.8
$13,807.8
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$13,119.0
$13,119.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$13,140.0
$13,140.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$21.0
$21.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The EPA's mission, as related to pesticides, is to protect human health and the environment from
pesticide  risk and to  realize the value of pesticide availability  by considering the economic,
social, and  environmental costs and benefits of the use of pesticides.1? The Agency provides
grants to  states, tribes and other partners, including universities,  non-profit organizations, other
federal agencies, pesticide users, environmental groups,  and other entities, as necessary, to assist
in strengthening and implementing the EPA's pesticide programs. The program focuses on areas
such  as worker safety activities (including worker protection  and certification and training of
                                                        1 &
pesticide  applicators), protection of endangered species,   protection of water resources from
pesticides, and promotion of environmental  stewardship and Integrated Pest Management related
activities. The Agency achieves this goal through implementation of its statutes and regulatory
actions.

Pesticides program implementation grants ensure that pesticide regulatory decisions made at the
national  level  are translated into results  at the local level. EPA provides resources for those
closest to the  source  of potential risks from pesticides since they are in a position to better
evaluate risks and implement risk reduction measures. Stakeholders at the local level, including
states and tribes,  provide essential support in implementing pesticides programs. The Agency
engages  stakeholders,  including states in  the regulatory process, and considers  their input
regarding effectiveness and soundness of regulatory decisions. The states and tribes also develop
data  to measure  program  performance. Under pesticide  statutes,  responsibility for ensuring
proper pesticide use is in large part delegated to states and tribes.  Grant resources allow states
and tribes to be more effective regulatory partners.
17 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended January 23, 2004. Section 3(a), Requirement of Registration
(7 U.S.C. 136a). Available online at http://www.epa.gov/opp00001/regulating/laws.htm

18 The Endangered Species Act of 1973 sections 7(a)l and 7 (a)2; Federal Agency Actions and Consultations, as amended (16
U.S.C. 1536(a)). Available at U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Endangered Species Act of 1973 internet site:
http://www.fws.gov/endangered/laws-policies/section-7.html
                                             763

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Certification and Training/Worker Protection Programs

Through the Certification and Training/Worker Protection programs, the EPA protects workers,
pesticide applicators/handlers, employers,  and the public from the potential  risks posed by
pesticides in their homes and work environments. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to provide
assistance and grants to implement the Certification and Training/Worker Protection programs.
Grants fund maintenance and improvements in training networks, safety training to workers and
pesticide handlers, development of Train the Trainer courses, workshops, and development and
distribution of outreach materials. The Agency's partnership with states and tribes in educating
workers, farmers, and employers on the safe use of pesticides and worker safety will  continue to
be a major focus. See http://www.epa.gov/oppfeadl/safety/applicators/applicators.htm  for more
information.

Endangered Species Protection Program (ESPP)

The ESPP protects federally  listed threatened or  endangered  animals  and plants  whose
populations are  threatened  by  risks associated  with pesticide use.  The EPA complies  with
Endangered Species Act (ESA) requirements to  ensure  that its regulatory decisions will not
likely jeopardize the  continued  existence of species listed as endangered  and threatened,  or
destroy or  adversely modify habitat designated as critical to those species'  survival. The  EPA
will provide grants to states, tribes and other partners, as described above, for projects supporting
endangered species protection.  Program implementation  includes outreach,  communication,
education related to use limitations,  review and distribution of endangered species protection
bulletins, and mapping and development of endangered species protection plans. These  activities
support the Agency's mission to protect the environment from pesticide risk.

Protection of Water Sources from Pesticide Exposure

Protecting  the  nation's water  sources from possible   pesticide contamination  is  another
component of the  EPA's  environmental protection efforts.  The Agency provides  funding,
through cooperative agreements, to states, tribes, and other partners  to investigate and respond to
water resource  contamination by  pesticides. Stakeholders and partners, including states and
tribes, are expected to evaluate local pesticides uses that have the potential to contaminate water
resources and take steps to prevent or  reduce contamination where  pesticide concentrations
approach or exceed levels of concern.

The EPA's Cooperative Agreements for pesticides  typically include  the  following three-tier
approach:

    1.  Evaluate: Pesticides that may have the potential to threaten water quality locally;
    2.  Manage: If the evaluation identifies that the pesticide may be found at levels  locally that
       pose water  quality  concerns, take actions to manage those  pesticides  and mitigate
       exposure; and
                                           764

-------
   3.  Demonstrate Progress: For pesticides that are actively managed, examine available data
       and trends to demonstrate improvement in water quality.

Pesticide Environmental Stewardship Program (PESP):

The PESP forms partnerships between the EPA and pesticide user groups to reduce pesticide use
and  risk through  development and implementation  of pollution prevention strategies and
Integrated Pest Management  (IPM) techniques. PESP currently has almost 200 partners and
supporters. They range from federal partners (e.g., Department of Defense) to state partners (e.g.,
Maryland Department of Agriculture) to trade associations and individual companies.

The EPA will continue to support risk reduction by providing assistance to promote the use of
safer  alternatives  to traditional chemical  pest control  methods.19  The  EPA  supports the
development and evaluation of new pest management technologies that contribute to reducing
both health and environmental risks from pesticide use.

The Agency will support implementation of Tribal pesticide  programs through grants. Tribal
program outreach activities support tribal capacity to protect human health by reducing risk from
pesticides in Indian country. This task is challenging given that aspects of Native Americans'
lifestyles, such as subsistence fishing or consumption  of plants, that were specifically grown as
food and possibly  exposed to pesticides not intended for food use, may increase exposure to
some chemicals or create unique chemical exposure scenarios. For additional  information, see
http://www.epa.gov/oppfeadl/tribes/.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program  supports the following  programs  through  grants to states, tribes,
partners,  and  supporters:  Certification  and Training/Worker  Protection, Endangered  Species
Protection Program (ESPP), Field Activities, Pesticides in Water, Tribal Program, and Pesticide
Environmental Stewardship Program.

Currently, there are no specific performance measures for this program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$21.0) This increase provides  additional funds to support integrated pest management
       activities.

Statutory Authority:

Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIRA), Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide  Act (FIFRA); Federal Food,  Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA);  Food  Quality
Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996; Endangered Species Act (ESA).
19 For additional information, see http://www.epa.gov/pesp/.
                                          765

-------
                                           Categorical Grant: Pollution Control (Sec. 106)
                                                          Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                                          Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                         Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$252,516.8
$252,516.8
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$238,403.0
$238,403.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$265,264.0
$265,264.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$26,861.0
$26,861.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

Section 106 of the Clean Water Act authorizes the EPA to provide federal assistance to states
(including  territories  and the District of Columbia), tribes  qualified under Clean  Water Act
Section 518(e),  and interstate  agencies  to  establish  and maintain adequate measures for the
prevention and control of surface and groundwater pollution from  point and nonpoint sources.
Prevention and  control  activities  supported through these grants include providing permits,
monitoring and assessment, water quality standards development, Total Maximum Daily Load
(TMDL) development,  surveillance  and  enforcement, water  quality planning,  advice and
assistance to local agencies, training, and public information. Section 106 grants also may be
used to provide "in-kind" support through an EPA contract, if requested by a state or tribe.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to work  with states, interstate agencies, and tribes to foster a
"watershed approach" as the guiding principle  of their clean water programs. This approach
conducts and  assesses monitoring efforts,  develops Total  Maximum Daily Loads,  and writes
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits with the goal of sustaining
and improving the entire  watershed.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Section 106  Grant Program supports prevention  and control measures that improve water
quality. In FY 2013, EPA will  designate a portion of  the requested additional $26.86 million in
Section 106 funding to continue to strengthen the base state, interstate and tribal programs, to
address TMDL, wet weather issues,  and provide  adequate funding to meet and expand tribal
water quality programs. In FY 2013, the EPA will designate $15.0 million of the additional funds
for states that commit to strengthening their nutrient  management  efforts  consistent with EPA
Office of Water guidance issued in March  2011. This initiative will work in conjunction with
activities being  carried  out by states and  tribes using  Section  319 and  U.S.  Department  of
Agriculture, a funding and  focus on  key principles that are guiding and that have  guided the
Agency technical assistance and collaboration with the states.20 The Framework will  be used for
20 The eight key principles are identified in the March 16, 2011, memorandum "Working in Partnership with States to Address
Phosphorus and Nitrogen Pollution through Use of a Framework for State Nutrient Reductions (Framework)"
                                           766

-------
awarding  the  additional Section 106  funds to implement nutrient reduction activities. The
Monitoring Initiative will remain at $18.5 million.

Monitoring and Assessment:

The  EPA's  goal  is to achieve greater integration  of federal, regional,  state, and  local level
monitoring efforts to connect monitoring and assessment activities across geographic scales and
to serve multiple Clean Water Act programs in a cost-efficient and effective manner. Continued
funding will ensure that scientifically defensible monitoring data are available to address issues
and problems at each of these scales.

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue working with states and tribes to enhance their water quality
monitoring programs. Monitoring Initiative funds for states and  tribes will continue to support
the  statistically-valid National  Aquatic Resource  Surveys  of national and  regional  water
conditions and support implementation of state and Tribal monitoring strategies. In FY  2013,
$18.5 million will  be designated for  states and tribes under the Initiative: $8.5  million for
monitoring as  part of statistically-valid reports on national water condition, and $10.0 million to
implement monitoring strategies.

Through the Monitoring and Assessment Partnership, the EPA will work with states to develop
and  apply innovative and efficient monitoring tools and techniques to optimize availability of
high quality data to  support Clean Water Act program needs and to expand the use of monitoring
data and  geo-spatial  tools  for water  resource  protection to set priorities  and  evaluate
effectiveness of water protection. This will allow the EPA, states, and tribes to continue to report
on the condition of the nation's waters, and make significant progress toward assessing trends in
water condition in a scientifically-defensible manner.

As part of the National Surveys, the EPA,  states, and tribes will  collaborate  to  conduct field
sampling for the  second National Rivers and Streams Assessment to determine changes since
2008/2009. This  rivers-and-streams  survey will be conducted in FY 2013  and 2014 and the
report will be  completed in FY 2016. A portion of the FY 2013 Clean Water  Act Section 106
Monitoring Initiative funds will be  allocated for the second year of sampling  for the National
Rivers  and  Streams  Assessment in  2014.  A report  for the  National Wetland  Condition
Assessment will be issued in 2013 (the field work for this report occurred in 2011).

Review and Update Water Quality Standards:

States and authorized tribes will continue to review and update their water quality standards as
required by the Clean Water Act. The  EPA encourages states to continually review  and update
water quality criteria in their standards to reflect the latest scientific information from the EPA
and other  sources. The EPA's goal for  FY 2013 is that 64.3 percent of states and territories will
have updated their standards within the past three years to reflect the latest scientific information.
Additionally, the EPA places a high priority on state adoption of numeric water quality criteria
for nitrogen and  phosphorus as part of a  partnership with states to address  these pollutants
through use of a framework for state nutrient reductions. Finally,  the EPA will continue to work
with tribes that want to establish water quality standards.
                                           767

-------
Develop Total Maximum Daily Loads:

In impaired watersheds, EPA policy advises states to develop TMDLs, critical tools for meeting
water restoration goals, within eight to thirteen years from the time the impairment is identified
on a 303(d) list. While the pace of TMDL completion has been affected as states have begun to
tackle more challenging TMDLs, such as broad-scale mercury and nutrient TMDLs, they are still
encouraged by the EPA to develop TMDLs as expeditiously as practicable. Also, the EPA will
continue to work  with  states to facilitate accurate, comprehensive, and  georeferenced  water
quality  data made available to the public via the Assessment Total  Maximum Daily Load
Tracking and Implementation System. States and the EPA have made significant progress in the
development  and  approval of TMDLs. As of FY11, States  have developed  more than 41
thousand TMDLs; however, over 54 thousand TMDLs remain to be completed. TMDLs are an
important water quality management tool,  as  they identify applicable water quality targets for
restoring impaired waters and establish point  and  nonpoint source loading limits.  States will
continue to  use  Section 106 funding  to address the number of TMDLs  that remain  to be
completed and to develop TMDLs that more readily facilitate implementation of point and
nonpoint source load reductions.

Issue Permits:

The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System program requires point source dischargers
to be permitted and requires pretreatment programs to control discharges from industrial and
other facilities to  the nation's wastewater treatment plants. The EPA is working with states to
structure the permit program to better support comprehensive protection of water quality on  a
watershed basis as well as to address recent increases in the permit universe arising from court
orders and environmental concerns.  In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to work with states to
advance the integrity of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System program and to
integrate permit program and enforcement oversight so that the most significant actions affecting
water quality are  included  in an accountability system and are addressed. The EPA also will
work with states to optimally balance competing priorities, schedules for action items based on
the significance of the action, and program revisions. States are encouraged to seek opportunities
to incorporate efficiency tools such as electronic reporting, watershed permitting, and trading.

As  updates  are  made  to  the  National Pollutant Discharge Elimination  System  (NPDES)
regulations and program requirements, the EPA continues to work with states to incorporate new
requirements  into their regulations.  For example, EPA continues to review and approve State
NPDES Concentrated Animal Feeding  Operations  statutes,  permits, regulations,  and technical
standards. In FY 2012, the EPA issued  a precedent-setting general permit for the application of
pesticides. In FY 2012 and FY 2013, the EPA will continue to work with the 46 authorized states
as they develop their NPDES pesticides general permits and  assist in a national effort to educate
the pesticides application industry regarding how to comply with the new permits.

Reduction and control of stormwater is  a key management approach to improving water quality
impacted by wet weather events. Stormwater discharges are  a significant cause of water quality
impairment,  especially in urban areas where rainwater flows over  impervious cover, carrying
pollutants and erosive flows into the nation's waterbodies. The states will  be implementing the
                                          768

-------
newly  revised stormwater regulations to better protect  the  nation's waters from stormwater
discharges. The EPA intends to propose more protective standards on discharges from newly
developed and redeveloped sites. Through collaboration  with states and partner organizations,
green infrastructure management approaches will be used to promote prevention, reduction, and
elimination of water pollution caused by wet weather events.

Conducting Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement:

Despite significant progress reducing water pollution from the largest sources, the country still
faces serious regulatory and compliance challenges in attaining the water quality goals of the
Clean Water Act. In October 2009, the Agency issued its Clean Water Act Action Plan to reduce
pollution sources  and achieve more consistent compliance performance. In implementing this
plan, the EPA issued the Interim Guidance to Strengthen Performance in the NPDES Program on
June 22, 2010. This guidance directs EPA  Regional Offices and states  to  expand National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System planning to include  consideration of enforcement and
permitting in an integrated way and to take action where states have demonstrated long-standing
problems with permit  quality or enforcement programs. In  addition, the EPA and state co-
regulators have collaboratively  researched and debated  a wide range of  new approaches for
fundamentally changing approaches to the NPDES permitting and enforcement program. This
constructive dialogue between state Clean Water Act agencies and the EPA has facilitated a
long-term, goal-oriented commitment to improving compliance with the Clean Water Act. These
new approaches, which address numerous challenges  facing the  EPA and state agencies, are
included in the document titled, "Clean Water Action Plan Implementation Priorities: Changes to
Improve Water Quality, Increase Compliance, and Expand Transparency" issued on May 11,
2011. In FY 2013, the EPA will continue working closely with states to implement the Interim
Guidance and to begin implementing these new approaches.

The EPA regions  and states will work to develop compliance monitoring plans pursuant to the
October, 17, 2007 Compliance Monitoring Strategy. This  Strategy allows flexibility for adapting
to state-specific universes and compliance priorities.

Working with Tribal Water Pollution Control Programs:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to work with tribal programs to expand activities that address
water quality and pollution problems on tribal lands. Working  with tribal governments, EPA will
continue to monitor the implementation of the Clean Water Act Section 106 Tribal Guidance,
which sets out a framework for tribes to establish, implement, and expand their Water Pollution
Control Programs.
                                          769

-------
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(bpk) Number of TMDLs that are established by states and approved by the EPA
[state TMDL] on a schedule consistent with national policy (cumulative). [A TMDL
is a technical plan for reducing pollutants in order to obtain water quality standards.
The terms "approved" and "established" refer to the completion and approval of the
TMDL itself.]
FY 2006
15,428
17,682
FY 2007
20,232
21,685
FY 2008
28,527
30,658
FY 2009
33,540
36,487
FY 2010
39,101
38,749
FY 2011
41,235
41,231
FY 2012
43,781

FY 2013
46,331

Units
TMDLs

Measure
Target
Actual
(bpl) Percent of high-priority state NPDES permits that are issued in the fiscal year.
FY 2006
95
96.4
FY 2007
95
112
FY 2008
95
120
FY 2009
95
147
FY 2010
95
142
FY 2011
100
135
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
80

Units
Percent
Permits

Measure
Target
Actual
(bpn) Percent of major dischargers in Significant Noncompliance (SNC) at any time
during the fiscal year.
FY 2006
22.5
20.2
FY 2007
22.5
22.6
FY 2008
22.5
23.9
FY 2009
22.5
23.3
FY 2010
22.5
23.5
FY2011
22.5
Data
Avail
3/2012
FY2012
22.5

FY2013
22.5

Units
Percent
Dischargers

Measure
Target
Actual
(bpw) Percent of states and territories that, within the preceding 3-year period,
submitted new or revised water quality criteria acceptable to the EPA that reflect
new scientific information from the EPA or sources not considered in previous
standards.
FY 2006
66
66.1
FY 2007
67
66.1
FY 2008
68
62.5
FY 2009
68
62.5
FY 2010
66
67.9
FY 2011
64.3
69.6
FY 2012
64.3

FY 2013
64.3

Units
Percent
States and
Territories

Measure
Target
Actual
(L) Number of water body segments identified by states in 2002 as not attaining
standards, where water quality standards are now fully attained (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007
1,166
1,409
FY 2008
1,550
2,165
FY 2009
2,270
2,505
FY 2010
2,809
2,909
FY 2011
3,073
3,119
FY 2012
3,324

FY 2013
3,524

Units
Segments

Measure
Target
Actual
(bpm) Cost per water segment restored.
FY 2006
1,358,35
1
576,618
FY 2007
615,694
512,735
FY 2008
684,200
547,676
FY 2009
708,276
570,250
FY 2010
771,000
581,281
FY 2011
681,445
578,410
FY 2012
721,715

FY 2013
685,885

Units
Dollars

                                      770

-------
A key performance measure for the Water Pollution Control Program is the percentage of water
body segments,  identified by  states  in 2002 as not attaining standards,  where water quality
standards are now attained. State partners play a key role in developing and implementing plans
and documenting progress. The agency has been successful in meeting or exceeding performance
targets and continues to target, through an allocation formula, a portion of the appropriated funds
to support statistically-valid surveys of water condition.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$26,861.0)  This reflects an  increase to strengthen the base state, interstate and tribal
       programs, to provide additional resources to address TMDL, monitoring, and wet weather
       issues and for states to improve their water quality programs relating to the management
       of nutrients. EPA requests $15.0 million of the increase for states to improve their water
       quality programs relating to the management of nutrients.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. 1256 - Section 106.
                                          771

-------
                                                 Categorical Grant: Pollution Prevention
                                                         Program Area: Categorical Grants
                             Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                 Objective(s): Promote Pollution Prevention

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$5,685.0
$5,685.0
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$4,922.0
$4,922.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$5,039.0
$5,039.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$117.0
$117.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The  Pollution Prevention  (P2)  program, described under  the  Environmental Program  and
Management (EPM) account, is one of the EPA's primary tools for encouraging environmental
stewardship by federal and state governments, industry, communities, and individuals. The P2
program is designed to eliminate or reduce waste at the point of generation by:  encouraging
cleaner production  processes and technologies; promoting the development and use of safer,
"greener" materials  and products; and supporting the implementation of improved practices, such
as the use of conservation techniques and the reuse of materials in lieu of their placement into the
waste stream. As a result of the P2 program, the EPA and its partners have achieved significant
reductions in the use of hazardous materials, energy and water; reductions in the generation of
greenhouse gases; savings in production,  operation and waste management costs; and increases
in the use of safer chemicals and products. These efforts advance the Administrator's priorities to
take  action on climate change and reduce chemical risks. In contributing to the Agency's mission
to reduce chemical  risks, the program is focusing its attention on chemicals being  identified as
candidates for assessment and risk management action under the Toxic Substances Control Act
(TSCA), as described in the justification for the Chemical Risk Review and Reduction program.

The  P2  Categorical Grants program  augments  the P2 program in providing P2  technical
assistance by supporting state and tribal P2 programs and the Pollution Prevention Information
Network.

FY 2013 Activities  and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the P2 Grant program will continue supporting states and state entities (i.e., colleges
and universities) and federally-recognized tribes and intertribal  consortia  in their efforts to help
businesses identify  environmental strategies and solutions for reducing or eliminating pollution
at the source.  The program supports projects  that  reflect comprehensive  and  coordinated
pollution prevention planning and implementation efforts within the state or tribe to ensure that
businesses and industry have ample opportunities to implement pollution prevention as a cost-
effective way of meeting or exceeding federal and state regulatory requirements.
                                          772

-------
P2  grants are awarded by the EPA's Regional  Offices. This enables the Agency to focus
resources  on targeted  regional priorities. In addition to supporting traditional P2 technical
assistance programs, many states use P2 Grants to assist businesses by  initiating regulatory
integration projects to implement pollution prevention strategies in state core media programs,
train  regulatory staff  on P2 concepts  and best practices, and  examine opportunities for
incorporating pollution prevention into permits, inspections, and enforcement. States also have
established programs in non-industrial sectors such as hospitality, agriculture, energy, health, and
transportation.

The Agency also will continue to  support the Pollution Prevention Information Network (PPIN)
Grant program. These  grants fund the services of a network of regional  centers,  collectively
called the Pollution Prevention Resource Exchange (P2Rx), that provide  high quality, peer-
reviewed information to state technical assistance centers. In FY 2013, the EPA will strengthen
and streamline P2Rx by reducing the number of centers in order to focus more on the functions
that the centers perform and improve delivery of services to customers. For example, in FY
2013, the EPA is proposing to use P2Rx to house an interactive website that builds a community
of practice interested in reducing the environmental impact of professional sports. The EPA also
is planning  to  provide an on-line,  one stop  shop  of  environmental  information for  sports
teams/venue representatives.

For more information,  please  see  http://www.epa.gov/p2/pubs/grants/index.htm#p2grant  and
www.p2rx.org.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results listed  in the Pollution Prevention
program description under the EPM  account and can be found in the Performance Eight-Year
Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$117.0) This increase is for pollution prevention grants to enable increased support for
       state  and tribal pollution prevention technical assistance activities. This increase will
       enable EPA to issue  two to five additional  P2 grants through the program's annual
       competitive process to produce reductions in uses of hazardous materials and water,
       reductions  in greenhouse gas  emissions,  and  reductions  in costs to  businesses,
       governments, and institutions.

Statutory Authority:

Pollution Prevention Act (PPA) of 1990,  42 U.S.C. 13101  et seq. - Sections 6601-6610; Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.
                                          773

-------
                             Categorical Grant: Public Water System Supervision (PWSS)
                                                          Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                                          Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                                                         Objective(s): Protect Human Health

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$109,387.1
$109,387.1
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$105,320.0
$105,320.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$109,700.0
$109,700.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$4,380.0
$4,380.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Public Water System Supervision (PWSS) program provides grants to states and tribes with
primary enforcement authority (primacy) to implement and enforce National Primary Drinking
Water Regulations.  These grants help to  ensure  the safety  of  the  nation's  drinking  water
resources and protect public health. The states are the primary implementers  of the national
drinking water program and ensure that the systems within their jurisdiction are in compliance
with drinking water rules.

National Primary  Drinking Water Regulations  set  forth  monitoring,  reporting, compliance
tracking, and enforcement elements to ensure that  the nation's drinking water supplies do not
contain substances at  levels that may pose  adverse health  effects.  These grants are a key
implementation  tool under the Safe Drinking Water  Act and support  the  states'  role  in  a
federal/state partnership of providing safe drinking water supplies to the public. States use these
grant funds to:

    •   Provide technical assistance to owners and operators of water systems;
    •   Maintain compliance data systems;
    •   Compile  and analyze compliance information;
    •   Respond  to violations;
    •   Certify laboratories;
    •   Conduct laboratory analyses;
    •   Conduct sanitary surveys; and
    •   Build state capacity.

Some states and tribes do not have primary enforcement authority. Funds allocated to the State of
Wyoming, the District of Columbia, and Indian tribes without primacy are used to support  direct
implementation activities by the EPA  or for developmental grants to Indian  tribes to develop
capacity for primacy.21
21 For more information see:
http: //www. epa. go v/safewater/pws/pwss .html
https://www.cfda.gov/index?s=program&mode=form&tab=stepl&id=cca066b833c552bdGc9ffDlle576c7f
                                           774

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to provide PWSS grants to support state and tribal efforts to meet
existing drinking water standards. States and tribes will work to ensure that systems can acquire
and maintain basic implementation capabilities and a full suite of expertise to provide public
health protection. These resources also will be used by states and tribes as they provide technical
assistance and training to help meet the evolving needs of the small water systems. The grants
have indeed been successful in helping small water systems achieve compliance with standards.
In FY 2011, 90.7 percent of community water systems (CWSs) met all applicable health-based
standards, surpassing  the performance target  of 90 percent.  The program also resulted in safe
drinking water in FY 2011, as 93.2 percent of the population served by CWSs received drinking
water that met all applicable health-based drinking water standards, surpassing the performance
target of 91 percent.

Additionally, the EPA is requesting a  $4 million increase in FY  2013 to replace the outdated
Safe Drinking Water Information System/State Version (SDWIS/State) system to improve data
quality  and  enable states to more efficiently receive drinking water data, thereby improving
program management. The EPA will use the funding for associated program support costs or in-
kind assistance for the benefit of the states in replacing SDWIS/State. This will reduce the need
for  state resources to maintain individual compliance databases,  enabling increased resources
towards providing compliance assistance. The EPA will fund its  share of the joint effort with
Environmental Program and Management  appropriation funding. Replacing SDWIS/Fed and
SDWIS/State will save $15 million over 10 years.

 States and tribes will use their PWSS funds to ensure that:
   •   Public drinking water systems of all sizes achieve or remain in compliance;
   •   Public drinking water systems of all sizes are meeting newer health-based standards and are
       prepared for recent regulatory requirements (e.g., Long-Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water
       Treatment Rule or "LT2,"  Stage  2 Disinfectants  and Disinfection Byproducts Rule or
       "Stage 2," and Ground Water Rule or "GWR");
   •   Data are complete, accurate and submitted to the EPA in a timely manner, and that any data
       quality issues are identified and addressed; and
   •   All systems are having sanitary surveys conducted according to the required schedules.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(aa) Percent of population served by CWSs that will receive drinking water that
meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards through approaches
including effective treatment and source water protection.
FY 2006
93
89
FY 2007
94
91.5
FY 2008
90
92
FY 2009
90
92.1
FY 2010
90
92
FY 2011
91
93.2
FY 2012
91

FY 2013
92

Units
Percent
Population

                                           775

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(apm) Percent of community water systems that meets all applicable health-based
standards through approaches including effective treatment and source water
protection.
FY 2006
93.5
89.3
FY 2007
89
89
FY 2008
89.5
89
FY 2009
90
89.1
FY 2010
90
89.6
FY 2011
90
90.7
FY 2012
90

FY 2013
90

Units
Percent
Systems

The performance measures that directly relate to the Public Water System  Supervision grant
program are the population and the number of community water systems that supply drinking
water meeting all health-based standards.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$4,000.0)  This  reflects  an increase to  the  PWSS program  to  replace  the  EPA-
       developed, state-operated SDWIS/State with a new, more  efficient system. The EPA
       estimates that replacing  SDWIS/Fed and SDWIS/State will save $15 million  over  10
       years. These cost efficiencies and system improvements will  enable states to acquire data
       more  quickly and, therefore, more effectively and  efficiently allocate resources and
       technical assistance to systems  in non-compliance  and most in need, including those
       serving less than 10,000 people. This funds the state share of a joint effort.

   •   (+$380.0) This increase is for states to provide greater technical assistance and oversight.

Statutory Authority:

SOW A, 42 U.S.C. §300f-300j-9 as added by Public Law 93-523 and the amendments made  by
subsequent enactments, Section 1443.
                                          776

-------
                                                              Categorical Grant: Radon
                                                        Program Area: Categorical Grants
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                        Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$8,720.0
$8,720.0
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$8,045.0
$8,045.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($8,045.0)
($8,045.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

Indoor radon is the second-leading cause of lung cancer and the main cause of lung cancer for
non-smokers. The EPA's non-regulatory radon program promotes public action to reduce the
health risk from indoor radon. The EPA has assisted states and Tribes through technical support
and the State  Indoor Radon Grants (SIRG)  program,  which provided categorical grants to
develop, implement, and enhance programs that assess and  mitigate  radon risk. Section 306 of
the Indoor Radon Abatement Act (IRAA) authorizes radon grant assistance to states, as defined
by TSCA Title III. The EPA targeted this funding to support states with the greatest populations
at highest risk. The average annual award per state has been $160,000. The EPA supplemented
grant  dollars with  technical support to transfer "best practices" among states that promote
effective program implementation across the nation.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will eliminate funding for the SIRG program and focus the Agency's
efforts toward  maintaining public outreach efforts, encouraging action in the marketplace and
driving progress at the federal level.  Exposure to radon gas  continues to be an important risk to
human health,  and  over the 23 years of its  existence EPA's radon  program has provided
important guidance and significant funding to help States establish their own programs.

The elimination of the SIRG will transfer responsibility to  state and local radon programs for
maintaining  the number of homes with high radon levels that are mitigated, the number of new
homes that are built with radon resistant new construction, and the number of schools with high
radon levels  that are mitigated or built with radon resistant new construction.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program also supports performance results in the Indoor Air: Radon Program
under the Environmental Program Management Tab and can be found in the Performance Eight-
Year Array in Tab 11.
                                          777

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (-$8,045.0) This is a mature program that has achieved significant progress over the 23
       years of its existence in mitigating radon exposure and building capacity at the local and
       state government level  to continue  radon protection efforts without federal support. If
       states maintain their existing programs, there is the possibility of sustaining some of the
       human health benefits through implementation at the state or local level.

Statutory Authority:

CAA Amendments of 1990;  Radon Gas and Indoor Air Quality Research Act; Title IV of the
SARA of 1986; TSCA, Section 6, Titles II and Title III (15 U.S.C. 2605 and 2641-2671); and
IRAA, Section 306.
                                          778

-------
                             Categorical Grant: State and Local Air Quality Management
                                                         Program Area: Categorical Grants
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                 Objective(s): Address Climate Change; Improve Air Quality

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$249,061.4
$249,061.4
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$235,729.0
$235,729.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$301,500.0
$301,500.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$65,771.0
$65,771.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

This program  includes funding for multi-state,  state, and local  air pollution control agencies.
Section 103 of the Clean Air Act (CAA) provides the EPA with the authority to award grants to a
variety of agencies, institutions, and organizations, including the air pollution control agencies
funded  from the STAG appropriation, to conduct and promote  certain types of research,
investigations,  experiments,  demonstrations, surveys,  studies,  and  training related  to air
pollution. Section 105 of the CAA provides the EPA with the authority to award grants to state
and local air pollution control agencies to  develop and implement continuing programs for the
prevention and control of air pollution  and for the implementation of National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS)  set to protect public health and the environment. The continuing
programs funded under  section  105  include development and implementation of emission
reduction measures, development and operation  of air quality monitoring networks,  and  a
number of other air  program areas. Section 106 of the CAA provides the EPA with the authority
to fund interstate air pollution transport commissions to develop or carry out plans for designated
air quality control regions.

FY 2013 Activities  and Performance  Plan:

State Implementation Plans (SIPs) provide  a blueprint for the programs and activities that states
carry  out to achieve and  maintain NAAQS. There are a number of events that  trigger  SIP
updates.  For example, when the EPA  promulgates a new NAAQS, affected states must update
their SIPs within three years.  Currently, states are  experiencing an increased workload resulting
from the EPA's commitment to review each NAAQS according to CAA deadlines. In FY 2013,
states will focus on implementing the revised lead,  nitrogen dioxide (NO2), sulfur dioxide (SO2)
NAAQS, the current PM, and ozone NAAQS. This includes the 1997  PM 2.5 NAAQS, the 2006
24-hour PM 2.5 NAAQS, the  1-hour ozone NAAQS (through anti-backsliding requirements), the
1997  8-hour ozone  NAAQS,  and the  2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS. The NAAQS revisions are
setting ambitious standards to protect public health and States will  need  to develop SIPs that
include  the use of innovative  strategies to meet these standards.  SIP  preparation for some
pollutants is complicated due to the regional nature of air pollution that requires additional and
more complicated modeling, refined emissions inventories, and greater stakeholder involvement.
States also are addressing new types  of air pollution sources,  such as biomass facilities  and
                                          779

-------
agricultural sources,  and preparing new and more complicated planning strategies to address
greenhouse gases (GHGs). In FY 2013, the EPA will work with states to develop approvable SIP
submissions and provide technical assistance in implementing their plans for the NAAQS and
regional haze.

In FY 2013, states with approved or delegated  permitting programs will continue to implement
new GHG, 862, and nitrogen dioxide (NC>2) permitting requirements as part of their programs.
The Agency is working with states to implement common sense permitting requirements on the
largest emitters of greenhouse gases. This request insures that  our partners have the resources
needed to efficiently review and approve Clean Air Act permits.  State permitting authorities need
additional resources  to effectively  handle an influx  of new permitting actions, especially  to
handle sources that are new to air permitting. Under EPA's Tailoring Rule, there are sources that
will need state  issued permits for the first time due to their GHG  emissions and there are  an
increased number of preconstruction permitting actions triggered by GHG emissions from new
and modified emission sources. These requirements have strained permitting authorities already
dealing with budget shortfalls and personnel retention issues. Funding in FY 2013 will assist in
avoiding delays in evaluating  and  approving  preconstruction permits for  all pollutants and
operating permits that address  GHGs. Issuing these pre-construction and operating permits in a
timely manner is important to prevent delays for project construction.

In 2006, the EPA revised the PM2.5 NAAQS for 24-hour concentrations. Although the final 2006
rule did  not revise the air monitoring network design  criteria, a number of states  voluntarily
shifted monitoring equipment to new locations to investigate possible problem areas with respect
to the revised NAAQS. The final rule also provided that there be a better balance of filter-based
and continuous monitoring methods employed to  ensure more objectives would be served by
each agency's network. EPA grants support states' monitoring networks,  while fulfilling state,
regional  and partner needs to  ensure attainment with clean air standards. The EPA currently is
reviewing the PM NAAQS as part of the  subsequent 5-year cycle. Additional changes to PM2.5
monitoring networks  are  possible, based on potential changes to the NAAQS that will  be
finalized in 2013. EPA is implementing a  four-year phased transition of the funding mechanism
of the  PM2.5  network. The PM2.5 monitoring network has been funded under section 103
authority of the  CAA, which provides 100% federal funding.  By FY 2017, the PM2.5 monitoring
network will be completely funded under section 105 authority of the CAA, which provides cost-
sharing between the EPA and the states at 60% and 40% respectively.

An important  new multi-pollutant monitoring  site network (NCore) became operational on
January 1, 2011. This network serves multiple objectives such as measuring long-term  trends  of
air pollution, validating models, and providing  input to health and atmospheric science studies.
The EPA worked closely with the states to implement this network of approximately 80 stations
across the nation. NCore stations require measurements for particles, including filter-based and
continuous mass  for PM2.s; chemical  speciation  for PM2.s; and PMio-2.5 mass.  Stations also
measure  gases such as carbon monoxide (CO),  862, nitrous oxides, and ozone, and record basic
meteorology.

The EPA is exploring the use  of the rural  portion of the NCore network as a partial base for the
assessment of NC>2 and 862 concentrations supporting the secondary NAAQS. The establishment
                                          780

-------
of a pilot NC>2 and SO2 ambient network in partnership with the CASTNET network is under
consideration. The EPA proposed the 862 and NC>2 secondary NAAQS in July 2011 and plans to
finalize the NAAQS by March 2012.

Resources are needed for monitoring costs associated with lead emissions, an especially high risk
for children. In October 2008, the EPA revised the NAAQS  for lead to a level ten times tighter
than the previous standards. To ensure protection under the  revised NAAQS, the EPA worked
with states to improve  the lead monitoring network by placing monitors in areas with sources,
such as industrial facilities, that emit one ton or more of lead per year. This portion of the lead
network, which includes approximately 100 monitoring stations, began operation on January 1,
2010. Subsequent monitors  must be placed near sources that  emit over one-half ton of lead
(which requires an additional 90 monitors), to provide lead measurements at approximately 65 of
the 80 NCore multi-pollutant monitoring stations for purposes such as assessing trends and non-
source concentrations, and to conduct 12-month monitoring studies at  15 general aviation (non-
jet) airports across the  nation. These additional lead monitoring requirements took effect at  the
end of 2011.

In March 2008, EPA strengthened the ozone NAAQS by revising the 8-hour standard  to a level
of 0.075 ppm. To support the robust ozone monitoring network that is already operating in most
urban areas across the  country,  EPA plans to finalize changes to the  ozone  monitoring season
requirements to support the 0.075 ppm NAAQS. Changes to  the ozone monitoring season are to
begin on the first day of the new ozone monitoring season in FY 2013.

As part of its commitment to review each NAAQS according to the  CAA,  the EPA finalized
revisions to the NC>2  NAAQS in January 2010. Revisions to the NC>2 NAAQS  also have
substantial implications for monitoring,  including the potential deployment  of up to  167 new
monitoring stations in locations not currently being monitored. The EPA is working closely with
states on the NC>2 monitoring network  design, and has supported a phased approach to  the
monitoring program that will result in the deployment of several near-road sites in late 2012.  The
EPA developed a comprehensive near-road monitoring Technical Assistance Document in 2011
and consulted with CAS AC on two occasions to ensure independent review of the structure and
content. States will use this document to identify and propose candidate near-road NC>2 stations
by July 2012 as part of their annual monitoring network plans.

The EPA finalized a revised SO2 primary NAAQS in 2010. The monitoring requirements  are
expected to result in a required network  size of approximately  129 monitors  nationwide,  which
will begin operation by January 2013. A  majority of these monitoring requirements are expected
to be met by existing  sites  already operated  by  state and local agencies. Any new monitors
needed to meet these requirements were proposed as part of annual monitoring network plans
that were due in July 2011.

The EPA finalized a review of the CO NAAQS in August 2011. The review will result  in modest
changes to the CO monitoring network. States will be required to establish CO monitors  at a
subset of the near-road monitoring sites required by the NO2 NAAQS in a transition that will
span several years, but be completed no later  than January 1, 2015. The EPA expects that this
network transition will involve the relocation of existing CO monitors.
                                          781

-------
This program also supports state and local efforts to characterize air toxics problems and take
measures to reduce health risks from air toxics,  most often  through  actions to enforce EPA
regulations.  New  and revised  New Source  Performance  Standards  (NSPS)  and Maximum
Achievable Control Technology (MACT) standards have increased the workload for states as
they are the delegated authority to enforce many of these standards. These standards will create
important and lasting improvements in public health and additional support is need by states to
understand and implement these new standards. This funding also supports characterization work
that includes collection and analysis of emissions data and monitoring  of ambient air toxics. In
FY 2013, funds for air toxic ambient monitoring also will support the  National Air Toxics
Trends Stations (NATTS), consisting of 27 air toxics monitoring sites  operated and maintained
by state and local  air pollution control agencies across the country, and the associated quality
assurance, data analysis, and methods support. Finally, this program  supports state efforts to
monitor compliance and enforce Maximum Available Control Technology  (MACT) standards
for major sources and regulations to control emissions from area sources.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(M92) Cumulative percentage reduction in the number of days with Air Quality
Index (AQI) values over 100 since 2003, weighted by population and AQI value.
FY 2006
17
39
FY 2007
21
42
FY 2008
25
52
FY 2009
29
59
FY 2010
33
70
FY 2011
37
Data
Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
50

FY 2013
80

Units
Percent
Reduction

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

•   (+$24,271.0)  This reflects an  increase  to  support expanded core  state workload  for
    implementing revised and more stringent NAAQS and monitoring industry compliance with
    EPA stationary  source regulations. These resources provide vital assistance to  states and
    localities to design, implement and fund plans to ensure attainment with the standards to
    improve air quality in communities across the nation.

•   (+$1,500.0) Funding is requested to support the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule. The STAG
    funds will  be used by states to facilitate the  collection, review and use of greenhouse gas
    emissions data collected under the EPA's Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program (GGRP) and
    linked state-based reporting programs. Specifically,  states would use the STAG funds:  to
    develop data management systems to transfer and receive greenhouse gas data to work with
    the EPA on adding capabilities to the EPA's reporting tools; to carry out state-specific review
    and verification  tasks related to reported greenhouse gas emissions data, to conduct training
    and outreach  to affected facilities and other stakeholders;  and to  promote the use and
    publication of greenhouse gas emission data.

•   (+$25,000.0) This reflects  an increase to provide state and local agencies the resources to
    develop the capacity to permit large sources of greenhouse gas emissions. State,  tribal, and
    local permitting  authorities need additional resources to effectively handle an influx of new
    permitting  actions, especially  to  handle sources that are new to  air permitting. State
                                          782

-------
   permitting authorities have primary responsibility to review permit applications and issue
   permits.

•  (+$15,000.0) This reflects an increase for additional state air monitors required by revised
   NAAQS. The EPA has made a commitment to review each of the NAAQS every five years,
   as required by the Clean Air Act. For each revision,  states may be required to establish new
   monitoring sites, sometimes using new types of monitoring equipment.

Statutory Authority:

CAA, Sections 103, 105, and 106.
                                          783

-------
                                       Categorical Grant: Toxics Substances Compliance
                                                         Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                                      Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                 Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
55,557.7
$5,551.7
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$5,081.0
$5,081.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$5,201.0
$5,201.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$120.0
$120.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Toxics Substances Compliance grants program builds environmental partnerships with states
and tribes to strengthen their ability to address environmental and public health threats from
toxic substances such as Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs), asbestos, and lead-based paint. State
grants are used to ensure compliance with standards for the proper use, storage and disposal of
PCBs.   Proper  handling  prevents  persistent  bio-accumulative   toxic  substances  from
contaminating food and water. The asbestos funds ensure compliance  with standards to prevent
exposure of school children, teachers, and staff to asbestos fibers in school buildings. The funds
also support compliance with other Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) asbestos regulations
such as the Asbestos Ban and Phase-out Rule. The program assures that asbestos  and lead
abatement workers have received proper training and certification to ensure protection during the
abatement process and minimize the public's exposure to these harmful toxic substances.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA's Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program will continue to award
state and tribal  grants to assist in the implementation of compliance and enforcement provisions
of TSCA.  These grants protect the public and the environment from PCBs,  asbestos, and lead-
based paint.  States receiving grants for the  PCB program  and for  asbestos  programs must
contribute 25 percent of the total cost of the program being funded. For all three programs, funds
are used to train inspectors including train-the-trainer; provide inspection equipment including
sampling and personal protective equipment;  and fund travel  and salary costs  associated with
conducting inspections. The EPA also plans to continue to incorporate technology such as the
use of  portable personal computers  and inspection  software  to  improve efficiency  in  the
inspection process and support state and tribal  inspection programs. For asbestos, there  are
approximately 1,000 inspections conducted annually by the states funded under this program; for
PCBs,  states conduct approximately 350 inspections a year;  for lead-based  paint, there  are
approximately 6,000 inspections a year. The EPA's inspection coverage in these states is focused
on oversight, training, and support.  States provide valuable coverage  which is critical  to
providing  protections to  communities  against  PCB  contamination,   preventing exposure  to
asbestos fibers to school age children, teachers, and custodial staff in schools, and protecting the
public from lead paint contamination.
                                          784

-------
Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the strategic objective to Ensure Chemical Safety. Currently,
there are no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$120.0)  This increase  will  provide  the  states with  additional  funds to address
       environmental and public health threats from toxic substances such as PCBs, asbestos,
       and lead-based paint.

Statutory Authority:

Toxic Substances Control Act.
                                         785

-------
                                      Categorical Grant: Tribal Air Quality Management
                                                        Program Area: Categorical Grants
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                        Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$14,365.8
$14,365.8
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$13,252.0
$13,252.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$13,566.0
$13,566.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$314.0
$314.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

This program includes funding for Tribal air pollution control agencies and/or Tribes. Through
Clean Air Act (CAA) section 105 grants, Tribes may develop and implement programs for the
prevention and control of air pollution and implementation of national primary and secondary
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). Through CAA Section 103 grants, Tribal air
pollution control  agencies or Tribes, colleges, universities, and  multi-Tribe jurisdictional  air
pollution  control  agencies  may  conduct and promote research, investigations, experiments,
demonstrations, surveys, studies, and training related to ambient or indoor air pollution on Tribal
lands.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Tribes will assess environmental and public health  conditions  on Tribal lands by developing
emission inventories and, where  appropriate, siting and operating air quality monitors. Tribes
will continue to develop and implement air pollution control programs for  Indian Country to
prevent and address air quality concerns. The EPA will continue to fund organizations for the
purpose of providing technical support, tools, and training for Tribes to build capacity to develop
and implement programs, as appropriate, and will work to reduce the number of days in violation
of the Air Quality Index. This program supports the  agency's priority of building strong Tribal
partnerships.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports the performance  results in Federal Support for  Air Quality
Management  under  Environmental Programs and Management Tab and can be found  in the
Performance Eight-Year Array in  Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$314.0)  This reflects an increase to support programs as they implement air programs
       on tribal lands.
                                          786

-------
Statutory Authority:




CAA, Sections 103 and 105.
                                         787

-------
                                  Categorical Grant: Tribal General Assistance Program
                                                        Program Area: Categorical Grants
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective(s): Strengthen Human Health and Environmental Protection in Indian Country

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$69,331.2
$69,331.2
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$67,631.0
$67,631.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$96,375.0
$96,375.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$28,744.0
$28,744.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

In 1992, Congress established the Indian Environmental General Assistance Program (GAP) to
provide a mechanism for federal efforts to assist tribal governments in assuring environmental
protection  on Indian lands.  The  purpose  of GAP  is  to support development of  tribal
environmental protection  programs.  Please see  http://www.epa.gov/aieo/gap.htm  for  more
information.

GAP provides general assistance grants to build capacity to administer environmental regulatory
programs that may be authorized by the EPA in Indian country and provides technical assistance
in the development of programs to address environmental issues on Indian lands. GAP grants
help build the basic components of a tribal environmental program which may include planning,
developing, and establishing administrative, technical, legal, enforcement, communication, and
outreach infrastructure.  GAP grants build a strong foundational tribal environmental program
from which tribes are more prepared to apply  for and  successfully take  advantage  of media-
specific environmental programs. Some uses of GAP funds include the following:

    •  Assess the status of a tribe's environmental condition;

    •  Develop appropriate environmental programs and ordinances;

    •  Develop  the  capacity to administer  environmental regulatory programs that may be
       delegated by the EPA on Indian lands;

    •  Conduct  public education and outreach efforts to  ensure that tribal communities  are
       informed and able to participate in environmental decision-making; and

    •  Promote  communication and  coordination between federal, state, local and  tribal
       environmental officials.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, GAP grants will assist tribal  governments in  building environmental capacity to
                                          788

-------
assess  environmental  conditions, utilize available federal  and other information, and  build
environmental programs tailored to their needs. As part of the EPA's tribal program, the EPA is
requesting an additional $28.7 million for GAP to increase the base funding tribes are able to
receive. Much of the  base  funding is used  to  pay for hiring,  training,  and  support  of
environmental professionals who develop tribal  environmental programs; the majority of the
increased request for FY 2013 reflects adjustments which have not been made for over a decade
for this base funding, at a rate generally consistent with inflation. This will help to reduce staff
turn-over rates and thereby enhance longer-term sustainability of the programs being developed.
Furthermore,  the increase will  allow sufficient resources for  tribes to address a wider set of
program responsibilities as is necessary with program growth over time. Finally, the additional
funds will support targeted initiatives aimed at national and regional concerns that may leverage
or reduce resource needs in the future.

GAP funds  are  a key  means  by which  tribes  leverage EPA and other federal  funding to
contribute towards a higher overall level of  environmental and human health protection per
dollar  invested.  Many  tribes have expressed the need to start  implementing high priority
environmental programs, and by  increasing GAP grant funding, tribes will develop  stronger,
more sustainable environmental programs and allow more tribes to more effectively advance to
program  implementation.  These  GAP  grants also will  be  used  to develop environmental
education  and outreach  programs,  develop  and implement integrated solid waste management
plans, and alert the EPA to serious conditions  that pose immediate public health and ecological
threats.
Building on the environmental planning framework developed in FY 2011 for tribes and the EPA
to follow in building tribal environmental capacity, the EPA will expand  tribal program capacity
in FY 2013 and track progress along clear pathways within each major EPA  environmental
program area. The effort will identify key program development and implementation milestones
for  each tribal  government (i.e., steps from needs assessment and program  planning through
enforcement and performance  measurement), the key  requirements of each  step, and  the
available technical and funding resources to achieve program goals. The goal is to establish a
roadmap for each tribal government program and track progress in achieving program capacity.
                                          789

-------
The Inspectors General of the EPA and the Department of Interior jointly released a report in
May 2007, "Tribal Successes, Protecting the Environmental and Natural Resources," which
highlights successful environmental protection practices by tribes.  The EPA's tribal activities
were positively viewed in this report. The EPA will continue efforts to further assist tribes in
establishing environmental  protection through collaboration, partnerships, and other practices
that  lead  to  tribal success.  See "Tribal  Success,  Protecting the Environment  and Natural
Resources"   (http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2007/20070503-2007-P-00022JT.pdf)   for  more
information.

In FY 2013,  the EPA will  continue to be responsive to the Inspector General's Audit Report,
"Framework for Developing Tribal Capacity Needed in the Indian General Assistance Program"
(Report No.  08-P-0083)22  by  institutionalizing a  GAP  "Guidebook  for  Building Tribal
Environmental Capacity," which includes an enhanced  approach to the EPA-tribal partnership.
This will be implemented through strategic environmental program planning and more effective
use of GAP funding as a means to achieve tribal capacity.

An independent program  evaluation of GAP was conducted to determine GAP's effectiveness in
building tribal environmental capacity. The report concluded that GAP is successful in building a
foundation of environmental capacity among tribes, as defined as a capability in one or more of
five  indicator areas -  technical,  legal,  enforcement,  administrative,  and  communications.
Although the extent of capacity building varies across indicator areas for tribes, GAP funding is
essential for tribes to achieve their environmental goals. See "Evaluation of the Tribal General
Assistance Program (GAP)" at (http://www.epa.gov/evaluate/pdf/ GAPFinalReport.pdf) for more
information.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(5PQ) Percent of Tribes implementing federal regulatory environmental programs in
Indian country (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
6
14
FY 2009
7
13
FY 2010
14
14
FY 2011
18
17
FY 2012
22

FY 2013
24

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(5PR) Percent of Tribes conducting EPA approved environmental monitoring and
assessment activities in Indian country (cumulative.)
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
21
42
FY 2009
23
40
FY 2010
42
50
FY 2011
52
52
FY 2012
54

FY 2013
57

Units
Percent

 1 http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2008/20080219-08-P-0083.pdf
                                          790

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$28,744.0) This reflects an increase in the base funding available for GAP grants to
       tribes, which would generally increase the average funding amount of grants to eligible
       tribes by 40% per tribe, as compared to average historic funding levels, which were last
       adjusted in 1999. This percent increase is generally consistent with consumer price index
       (CPI) inflation calculations and provides tribes with an appropriate base foundation to
       build their capacity to address environmental issues on Indian lands. This increase will
       help to reduce staff turn-over rates and thereby enhance longer-term sustainability of the
       programs being developed.  It will further the EPA's partnership and collaboration with
       tribes to address a wider set of program responsibilities  and challenges.  The EPA also
       will  fund focused  targeted  assistance  on long-standing and  mutually  agreed-upon
       concerns in Indian country.

Statutory Authority:

Indian Environmental General Assistance Program Act, 42 U.S.C.  § 4368b (1992), as amended.
                                          791

-------
                                 Categorical Grant: Underground Injection Control (UIC)
                                                          Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                                                        Objective(s): Protect Human Health

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$11,844.3
$11,844.3
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$10,852.0
$10,852.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$11,109.0
$11,109.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$257.0
$257.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Underground Injection Control grant program is implemented by federal,  state, and tribal
government  agencies  that  oversee  underground  injection  activities  in order  to  prevent
contamination of underground sources of drinking water. Underground injection is the placement
of fluids beneath the earth's  surface in porous rock formations through wells  or other similar
conveyance systems. Billions of gallons  of fluids  are injected underground, including the
majority of hazardous wastewater that is land disposed. In recent years, the use of injection has
expanded to include injection of water for later use, and injection for the long-term storage of
carbon dioxide (CO2).

When wells are  properly sited, constructed, and operated, underground injection is an effective
method of managing fluids. The Safe Drinking Water Act established the Underground Injection
Control program to provide safeguards so that injection wells do not endanger current and future
underground sources of drinking water. The most  accessible underground freshwater is stored in
shallow  geological  formations  (i.e.,  shallow  aquifers)  and  is  the  most  vulnerable  to
contamination from improper practices.

The EPA provides  financial  assistance, in the form of grants, to states and tribes that  have
primary  enforcement authority  (primacy)  to  implement and  manage Underground Injection
Control programs. Eligible Indian tribes who demonstrate an intent to achieve primacy may also
receive  grants for the initial  development  of Underground Injection Control programs and be
designated  for "Treatment As a State" if their programs are approved. Where  a jurisdiction is
unable or unwilling to  assume primacy, the EPA  uses grant funds for  direct implementation of
federal Underground Injection Control requirements. The EPA directly implements programs in
ten states and shares responsibility in seven states. The EPA also administers the Underground
Injection Control programs for all but two tribes.23
23 See the following websites for more information:
https://wwwcfda. gov/index?s=program&mode=form&tab=stepl &id=c 1307f57fe8bec34fl a65660eff495a8&cck= 1 &au=&ck=
and http://water.epa.gov/type/groundwater/uic/index.cfm
                                           792

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Ensuring  safe  underground  injection of fluids,  including  waste fluids, is a  fundamental
component of a comprehensive source water protection program that, in turn, is a key element in
the Agency's  multi-barrier  approach  to  providing  clean  and  safe  drinking  water.  The
Underground Injection Control program continues to manage or close the approximately 500
thousand shallow injection wells (Class V)24 to protect our groundwater resources. The requested
funding  allows  states and  tribes to administer  Underground  Injection Control  permitting
programs, provide program oversight, implementation tools, and public outreach, and ensure that
injection wells are safely operated.

Geologic Sequestration (GS) is the process of injecting CC>2 captured from an emission source
(e.g.,  a power plant or industrial facility) into deep,  subsurface rock formations for long-term
storage. It  is part of a process known as "carbon capture and storage," or CCS. The EPA's
Underground Injection Control program regulates underground injection of CC>2. In December
2010, a rule was finalized which established a new class of underground injection well—Class
VI—with new federal requirements to allow the injection of CC>2 for the purpose of GS.  The rule
built on, and tailored,  existing Underground Injection Control regulatory components including
siting, construction, operation, monitoring and  testing,  and closure for  injection  wells  that
address the pathways through which underground sources of drinking water (USDWs) may be
endangered. In addition to protecting USDWs,  the  rule provides  a regulatory framework to
implement a consistent approach to permitting GS projects across the U.S. and  supports the
development of a potentially key climate change mitigation technology.

On September 15, 2011, the EPA published a notice  in the Federal Register indicating that the
EPA will implement the Class VI GS program as  no states have applied for or received  approval
for Class VI primacy either through a state UIC program revision or through a new application
from states without any UIC primary enforcement authority. Therefore, in FY 2013, until states
receive Class VI primacy approval, the EPA will continue to carry  out regulatory functions for
Class VI GS wells along with other classes of wells  for which EPA has direct implementation
responsibility. The EPA will continue to process primacy applications and permit applications
for carbon  sequestration projects related to Class VI wells. States and the EPA also will process
Underground  Injection Control  permits for other nontraditional  injection streams  such as
desalination brines and treated waters injected for storage  and recovered at a later time. In FY
2013, within  the resources available, the EPA  (where the EPA directly  implements)  will
implement guidance for permitting hydraulic fracturing where diesel  fuels are used.
24 As represented in calendar year 2011 annual inventory.
                                          793

-------
Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(aps) Percent of Classes I, II and III salt solution mining wells that have lost
mechanical integrity and are returned to compliance within 180 days, thereby
reducing the potential to endanger underground sources of drinking water.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
90

FY 2013
90

Units
Percent
(Class
Wells)

Measure
Target
Actual
(apt) Number of Class V motor vehicle waste disposal wells (MVWDW) and large
capacity cesspools (LCC) [approximately 23,640 in FY 2010] that are closed or
permitted (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011


FY 2012
20,840

FY 2013
24,327

Units
Wells

The program has  developed an annual performance measure to demonstrate the protection of
source water quality. The EPA also has developed annual  performance measures for the
Underground Injection Control program  that are  indicators of the program's effectiveness in
preventing contamination of underground  sources of drinking water and protecting public health.
These annual performance measures will be tracked beginning in FY 2012.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget  (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$257.0) This reflects an increase to assist states and tribes in meeting costs associated
       with state and tribal program implementation.

Statutory Authority:

SOW A, 42U.S.C. §300j-2, Section 1443.
                                         794

-------
                                          Categorical Grant: Underground Storage Tanks
                                                          Program Area: Categorical Grants
                    Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                                               Objective(s): Preserve Land

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$2,759.8
$2,759.8
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$1,548.0
$1,548.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$1,490.0
$1,490.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($58.0)
($58.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

Underground Storage Tanks  (UST) State and Tribal Assistance Grant (STAG) funds provide
grants to states25 under Section 2007 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, available to support core
program activities as well as the leak prevention activities under Title XV, Subtitle B of the
Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPAct).

STAG grants to states focus attention on the need to bring all UST systems into compliance with
release detection and release prevention requirements and continue to implement the provisions
of the EPAct. States will continue to use the UST  categorical grant funding to implement their
leak prevention and  detection programs.  Specifically, with these UST categorical grants, states
will fund such activities as: seeking state program  approval to operate the UST program in lieu
of the Federal program, approving specific technologies to detect leaks from tanks, ensuring that
tank owners  and operators are complying with notification and  other requirements, ensuring
equipment compatibility, conducting inspections, and implementing operator training.

UST STAG  funds  meet a critical  need in the UST program, filling a gap left  by Leaking
Underground Storage Tank (LUST) prevention grant funding.  The Energy  Policy Act of 2005
(EPAct) expanded the eligible use of LUST funds to include certain release prevention/detection
activities, but it did not authorize LUST funds for  all prevention/detection activities. States that
don't have sufficient state resources to fund core program activities that are  not authorized by
EPAct need STAG funds to fund those core program activities. Approximately 15 states per year
have received STAG funds.

While UST releases  have declined over the years,  continued prevention and detection activities
are necessary to maintain our progress and limit future releases.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the program's focus will continue to enhance compliance with release detection and
release prevention requirements, and implement the provisions of the EPAct.26 Funding from the
 ' States as referenced here also include Territories as described in the definition of "State" in the Solid Waste Disposal Act.
 ' For more information on grant guidelines under EPAct see: http://www.epa.gov/OUST/fedlaws/epact_05.htm.
                                           795

-------
STAG account is primarily intended for states' core UST prevention activities (which are not
LUST eligible) such as, compliance assistance, state program approvals, and technical equipment
reviews and approvals.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(ST1) Reduce the number of confirmed releases at UST facilities to five percent (5%)
fewer than the prior year's target.
FY 2006
<10,000
8,361
FY 2007
<10,000
7,570
FY 2008
<9,000
7,364
FY 2009
<9,000
7,168
FY 2010
<9,000
6,328
FY 2011
<8,550
5.998
FY 2012
<8,120

FY 2013
<7,715

Units
Releases

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (-$58.0) This reflects a  slight reduction in  grant resources  available to the states to
       conduct core UST prevention activities.

Statutory Authority:

Solid  Waste  Disposal  Act of 1976, as  amended  by the  Superfund Amendments  and
Reauthorization Act of 1986 (Subtitle I), Section 2007(f), 42 U.S.C. 6916(f)(2), and the Energy
Policy Act, Section 9011, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.
                                         796

-------
                                      Categorical Grant: Wetlands Program Development
                                                          Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                                          Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                         Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$26,138.1
$26,138.1
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$15,143.0
$15,143.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$15,167.0
$15,167.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$24.0
$24.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Wetland Program Development Grants (WPDGs) were authorized by Congress beginning in
FY 1990 to assist states, tribes, and local governments in meeting the national goal of an overall
increase in the acreage and improved condition of wetlands. Grants  are used to develop new or
refine existing state and tribal wetland  programs in one or more of the following areas: (1)
monitoring and  assessment;  (2) voluntary restoration and protection; (3) regulatory programs
including Section 401 certification and Section 404 authorization; and (4) wetland water quality
standards. States and tribes develop program elements based on their goals and resources. Grants
support development of state and tribal wetland programs  that further the goals of the Clean
Water Act  and improve water quality in watersheds throughout the country. Grants are awarded
on a competitive basis under the authority of Section 104(b)(3) of the Clean Water Act. Funding
is  split among the EPA regional offices  according to the number of states and territories per
regional  office.  Each regional office  is required, by regulation, to compete the award  of these
funds to states, tribes, local governments, interstate agencies, and intertribal consortia.27

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Strong state and tribal wetland programs are an essential complement to the Federal Clean Water
Act Section 404 regulatory program. The WPDGs are the EPA's primary resource for supporting
state and tribal wetland program development. Resources in FY 2013 will assist states and tribes
in strengthening wetland protection through documenting stresses or improvements to  wetland
condition, providing incentives for wetland restoration and protection, and developing regulatory
controls to avoid,  minimize, and compensate for wetland impacts. Under the Enhancing State
and Tribal  Programs effort, the EPA is providing targeted technical assistance to complement
                               r\Q                                      ^^
projects funded  under the grants.   In addition to the Enhancing State and Tribal Program, the
EPA  Five-Star  Restoration  Program provides  approximately 30  challenge grants, technical
support and  opportunities for information exchange to enable community-based restoration
projects while bringing together students, conservation corps, other youth groups, citizen groups,
27For more information, visit http://www. epa. gov/owow/wetlands/initiative/#financial and
http://water.epa.gov/grants funding/wetlands/estp.cfm.
28 For more information on the core elements of a state/tribal wetland program and the ESTP initiative, visit:
 http://www.epa.gov/owow/wetlands/initiative/estp.html.
                                           797

-------
corporations,  landowners,  and government  agencies to provide environmental education and
training through projects that restore wetlands, streams, and coasts.

The target of the WPDGs is to substantially build or increase the capacity in wetland regulation,
monitoring and assessment,  water  quality  standards,  and restoration and protection  in
states/tribes. This includes assistance to states, tribes, and local governments to build or refine
their wetlands programs and for the 5-Star Restoration Challenge Grant program.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(4G) Number of acres restored and improved under the 5-Star, NEP, 319, and great
water body programs (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
75,000
82,875
FY 2009
88,000
103,507
FY 2010
110,000
130,000
FY 2011
150,000
154,000
FY 2012
170,000

FY 2013
180,000

Units
Acres

Measure
Target
Actual
(4E) In partnership with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, states, and tribes,
achieve no net loss of wetlands each year under the Clean Water Act Section 404
regulatory program.
FY 2006
No Net
Loss
Data Not
Available
FY 2007
No Net
Loss
Data Not
Available
FY 2008
No Net
Loss
Data Not
Available
FY 2009
No Net
Loss
No Net
Loss
FY 2010
No Net
Loss
No Net
Loss
FY 2011
No Net
Loss
No Net
Loss
FY 2012
No Net
Loss

FY 2013
No Net
Loss

Units
Acres

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$24.0)  This reflects an increase to provide support toward developing and refining
       existing state and tribal wetland programs.

Statutory Authority:

1990 Great Lakes Critical Programs  Act; 2002 Great Lakes and Lake Champlain Act;  Clean
Water Act; Coastal Wetlands Planning,  Protection, and Restoration Act of 1990; Estuaries and
Clean Waters Act of 2000; North American Wetlands Conservation Act; Water Resources
Development Act;  1909 The  Boundary Waters  Treaty;  1978 Great  Lakes Water Quality
Agreement; 1987 GLWQA;  1996 Habitat Agenda; 1997 Canada-U.S. Great Lakes Bi-national
Toxics Strategy; U.S.-Canada Agreements.
                                          798

-------
Program Area: State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
                         799

-------
                                              Infrastructure Assistance: Clean Water SRF
                                    Program Area: State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
                                                          Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                         Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$1,936,433.5
$1,936,433.5
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$1,466,456.0
$1,466,456.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$1,175,000.0
$1,175,000.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($291,456.0)
($291,456.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

The  Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) program provides funds to capitalize state
revolving loan funds that finance infrastructure improvements for public wastewater systems and
projects to improve water quality. The CWSRF is the largest source of federal funds for states to
provide loans and  other forms of assistance for constructing wastewater treatment facilities,
implementing nonpoint source management plans, and developing and implementing estuary
conservation and management plans. This  program  also includes  a  provision  for  set-aside
funding for tribes to address serious water infrastructure problems and associated health impacts.
This federal investment is designed to be used in concert with other sources of funds to address
water quality needs.29

As of June 2011, the CWSRF  has offered over 30 thousand  assistance agreements to local
communities, providing over $89.5 billion in affordable financing for wastewater infrastructure,
nonpoint source pollution control, and estuary management projects.30 These projects are critical
to the continuation  of the  public health and  water  quality gains of  the past 30  years. The
revolving nature of the funds and substantial state contributions has greatly multiplied the federal
investment.  The EPA estimates that  for every federal dollar contributed, more than two dollars
have been provided to municipalities. The  CWSRF program measures and tracks the average
national rate at which  available funds are loaned, assuring that the fund expeditiously supports
the EPA's  water quality goals.  Trends  also  show  that communities have been  intensively
utilizing the CWSRF, as the CWSRF utilization rate has exceeded its performance targets since
FY 2006; in FY 2011, the CWSRF  utilization rate was 98 percent, surpassing its performance
target of 94.5 percent.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to implement a Sustainable Water Infrastructure Policy that
focuses on working with states and communities to promote system-wide planning that helps
29 See http://water.epa.gov/grants funding/cwsrf/cwsrf index.cfm for more information.
30
  Clean Water State Revolving Fund National Information Management System. US  EPA, Office of Water, National
Information Management System Reports: Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF).  Washington, DC (As of June 30,
2011).
                                           800

-------
align system goals for sustainability with other community sustainability priorities, analyzing a
range of infrastructure alternatives, including green and decentralized alternatives, and ensuring
that systems have the financial capacity and rate structures to construct, operate, maintain, and
replace  infrastructure over time. As part of that strategy,  the EPA is working to ensure that
federal dollars provided through the State Revolving Funds act as a catalyst for efficient system-
wide planning, improvements in technical, financial and managerial capacity;  and the design,
construction, and ongoing management of sustainable water infrastructure.

The Administration has strongly supported  the SRFs, having requested and/or received totaling
approximately $18 billion since 2009; since their inception, over $52 billion has been provided.
This significant level of federal capitalization, combined with the  state match and repayments,
has allowed states to finance tens of thousands of water infrastructure projects that protect human
health and the environment. At the level requested in the President's Budget,  states will still be
able to provide over $6 billion annually in  water infrastructure loans to municipalities over the
long term.  Additionally, the  EPA  will work to target  assistance to small and underserved
communities with limited ability to repay loans. A number of systems also will have access to
capital through the Administration's proposed Infrastructure Bank.

Recognizing the substantial remaining need for additional wastewater infrastructure as well as
the historical  effectiveness and efficiency of the CWSRF program, the Agency's FY  2013
request  includes $1.175  billion for the CWSRF. This federal  investment,  along  with  other
traditional sources of financing, will enable substantial  progress toward the nation's clean water
needs and sustainable infrastructure priorities and will  significantly contribute to the long-term
environmental goal  of attaining designated uses. The Agency has  made substantial progress in
this area since FY 2007. In FY 2011, 3,119 waterbody segments  were identified by States in
2002 as not attaining standards, where water quality standards are now fully attained, surpassing
the performance target of 3,070 segments. In addition, 86.7 percent of all major publicly-owned
treatment works (POTWs)  complied with their permitted wastewater discharge  standards in FY
2011, meeting the performance target of 86.7 percent. To achieve these significant outcomes, the
EPA continues to work with states to meet several key objectives,  such as:

   •  Funding projects designed as part of an integrated watershed approach;
   •  Linking projects to environmental results; and
   •  Maintaining the excellent fiduciary condition of CWSRF.

The EPA measures performance by  using the  CWSRF  benefits  reporting  system, which is
designed to track public health and environmental goals progress under both the base program
and projects funded under ARRA. The benefits reporting system  allows the program to  more
effectively link CWSRF financing to the protection and restoration of our nation's waters.

In FY 2013, the Agency is requesting a Tribal set-aside of up to two percent, and a territories set-
aside of up  to 1.5 percent of the funds appropriated from the CWSRF. Resources for the tribes
and territories will provide much needed assistance to  these communities and help  meet long-
term performance goals and address significant public health concerns. The 2002 Johannesburg
World Summit adopted the goal of reducing the number of people lacking access to safe drinking
water and basic sanitation by 50 percent by calendar year 2015. The EPA will support this goal
                                           801

-------
through the Clean Water State Revolving Fund Indian Set-Aside,  which will provide for the
development of sanitation facilities for tribes.

In FY 2013, the Agency requests that not more than 30 percent of the CWSRF monies made
available to each state be used to provide additional subsidy to eligible recipients in the form of
forgiveness of principal,  negative interest loans, or grants  (or any  combination of these).  The
additional subsidization would be limited to initial financings for eligible recipients or to buy,
refinance, or restructure the debt obligations of eligible recipients  only where such debt  was
incurred on or after the enactment of this Act. This provision only applies to the portion of the
CWSRF capitalization grant appropriation that exceeds $1 billion.

In FY 2013, the Agency, to the extent there are sufficient  eligible  project applications,  will
assure that not less than 20 percent of the portion of a capitalization grant made available shall be
for projects, or portions of projects, that include green infrastructure, water or energy efficiency
improvements, or  other environmentally  innovative  activities. The  resulting  projects  will
enhance community and utility  sustainability.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(bpb) Fund utilization rate for the CWSRF.
FY 2006
93.3
94.7
FY 2007
93.4
96.7
FY 2008
93.5
98
FY 2009
94.5
98
FY 2010
92
100
FY 2011
94.5
98
FY 2012
94.5

FY 2013
94.5

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(L) Number of water body segments identified by states in 2002 as not attaining
standards, where water quality standards are now fully attained (cumulative).
FY 2006


FY 2007
1,166
1,409
FY 2008
1,550
2,165
FY 2009
2,270
2,505
FY 2010
2,809
2,909
FY 2011
3,073
3,119
FY 2012
3,324

FY 2013
3,524

Units
Segments

Measure
Target
Actual
(bpc) Percent of all major publicly owned treatment works (POTWs) that comply
with their permitted wastewater discharge standards.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
86
86
FY 2009
86
Data Not
Available
FY 2010
86
86.9
FY 2011
86
86.7
FY 2012
86

FY 2013
86

Units
Percent
POTWs

Since 2001, fund utilization has remained relatively stable and strong at over 90 percent. This
national ratio is an aggregate of fund activity in the 51 individual CWSRF programs (50 states
and Puerto Rico).  Small year-to-year fluctuations in the value of the national ratio are expected
and reflect annual  funding decisions made by each state based on its assessment and subsequent
prioritization of state water quality needs and the availability of financial resources. The Agency
expects the loan commitment rate to continue to be strong.
                                            802

-------
FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (-$291,456.0) This reduces resources for states, which the Agency will apply with an
       allotment formula to states based on the Clean Water Act formula.  This reduction in
       resources maintains  the balance  between  the  need for reducing federal  spending  and
       ensuring  that there  is sufficient investment  in our nation's  water and  wastewater
       infrastructure.

Statutory Authority:

CWA; 33 U.S.C  1381 et.seg.- Title VI.
                                          803

-------
                                          Infrastructure Assistance: Drinking Water SRF
                                   Program Area: State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                                                        Objective(s): Protect Human Health

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$1,101,827.8
$1,101,827.8
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$917,892.0
$917,892.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$850,000.0
$850,000.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($67,892.0)
($67,892.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) is designed to support states in helping
public water systems finance the  costs of infrastructure improvements needed to achieve or
maintain compliance with Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) requirements  and to protect public
health. To reduce public health risks and to help ensure safe drinking water nationwide, the EPA
makes capitalization grants to states, so that they can provide low-cost loans and other assistance
to eligible public water systems. The program emphasizes that,  in addition to maintaining the
statutory focus on assisting the greatest public health risks first, states can utilize  additional tools
to assist small  and disadvantaged communities, and fund programs that encourage pollution
prevention as a tool for ensuring safe drinking water. The DWSRF is a key component of the
EPA's Sustainable Infrastructure Initiative.

States have considerable   flexibility to  tailor their  DWSRF  program  to their  unique
circumstances.  This flexibility ensures that  each  state has the opportunity to carefully  and
strategically consider how best to achieve the maximum public health protection. For example,
states can:

   •   Establish programs to provide additional subsidies,  including negative interest loans or
       principal forgiveness to communities that the state determines to be disadvantaged;

   •   Determine  the proper balance between infrastructure  investment and set-aside use for
       authorized  SDWA program development and implementation. Historically, the  states
       have set aside an annual average of 16 percent of the funds awarded to them for program
       development, and 4 percent to run the program; and

   •   Set-aside capitalization grant funds to provide  other types of assistance to encourage
       more efficient and sustainable drinking water  system management and to fund programs
       to protect source water from contamination.

For FY 2010 to FY 2013, appropriated funds will be allocated to the states in accordance with
each  state's  proportion of total drinking water infrastructure need as determined by the most
                                           804

-------
recent Needs Survey and Assessment.31 Also, there is a statutory requirement that each state and
the District of Columbia receive no less than one percent of the  allotment.  Trends show that
these funds have indeed been allocated by the states in a timely manner. In fact,  the DWSRF
utilization has exceeded its performance target since FY 2006 with the FY 2011 utilization rate
of 90 percent surpassing the performance target of 89 percent.

The federal investment is designed to be used in concert with other sources of funds to address
drinking water infrastructure needs. States are required to provide  a 20 percent match for their
capitalization grant.  Some states elect to leverage their capitalization  grants through the  public
debt markets to enable the state to provide more assistance. These features, coupled with the
revolving fund design of the program, have enabled the states to provide assistance equal  to 177
percent of the federal capitalization invested in the program since its inception in 1997. In other
words, for every $1 the federal government invests in this program,  the states, in total, have been
able to deliver $1.77 in assistance to water systems.

Prior to allotting  funds to the states,  the EPA is required to reserve certain national level
allotments.32 Two million dollars must, by statute, be allocated to small systems monitoring for
unregulated contaminants. The EPA will continue to reserve up to 2 percent (up from 1.5 percent
as outlined in Section 1452(i) of SDWA, as amended) of appropriated funds for Indian tribes and
Alaska Native Villages. These funds are awarded either directly to  tribes or, on behalf of tribes,
to the Indian Health Service through interagency agreements. The EPA will continue to set aside
up to 1.5 percent for territories (up from 0.33 percent as outlined in Section 1452 (j) of SDWA,
as amended).33

While most small systems consistently provide safe, reliable drinking water to their customers,
many small systems face a number of challenges in their ability to  achieve and maintain system
sustainability. These challenges include aging infrastructure, increased regulatory requirements,
workforce  shortages/high-turnover, increasing costs, and  declining rate bases.  The EPA will
continue to implement its small systems approach to help these systems attain and maintain the
technical, managerial and financial capacity to consistently meet  regulatory requirements and
achieve long-term sustainability. This approach resulted in high system compliance in FY 2011,
as 90.7  percent of community water systems (CWSs) met all applicable health-based standards,
surpassing  the performance target of 90 percent. In addition, the goal of providing drinking water
in compliance was achieved, as 93.2  percent of the population served by CWSs in FY 2011
received drinking water meeting all applicable health-based drinking water standards,  surpassing
the performance  target of 91  percent. This success reached  each of the U.S. Pacific  Island
Territories  in FY 2011,  as well, as 87 percent of the population was served by CWSs meeting all
applicable  health-based drinking water standards (on  a four-quarter  rolling  average  basis),
surpassing  the performance target of 75 percent.

The EPA and  the states will continue extensive and detailed oversight  of the DWSRF. The
Agency will continue to work with the states to improve their capacity  development and operator
31 The 2007 Needs Survey was released in 2009.
32 Safe Drinking Water Act Sections 1452(i)(l), 1452(i)(2), 1452(j), and 1452(o), as amended
33 For more information please see:
https://www.cfda.gov/index?s=program&mode=form&tab=stepl&id=d33d92f2df290eOc2365599cb09f0669
                                            805

-------
certification programs to ensure effective and ongoing compliance with the SDWA.  The EPA
will  continue to  partner with the United States Department of Agriculture's  Rural Utilities
Service to target  funding and promote system sustainability as well as  avoiding duplication of
effort.  The  EPA also will further  promote water system partnerships,  including  voluntary
restructuring or combining of systems unable to provide the necessary technical, managerial, or
financial resources  to achieve  compliance and long-term sustainability. Finally,  the EPA, in
concert with the  states and other stakeholders, will continue to focus on rule compliance and
system sustainability to ensure clean and safe water.

The DWSRF program provides access to financing  and offers a limited subsidy to help utilities
address long-term needs associated with water infrastructure. Most DWSRF assistance is offered
in the form of loans which water utilities repay from the revenues they generate through the rates
they charge their  customers for service. Our nation's water utilities face the  need  to significantly
increase the rate at which they invest in drinking water infrastructure repair and  replacement to
keep pace with their aging infrastructure, much of which is approaching the end of its useful life.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Administration proposes to reduce funding for  the EPA's Clean Water and Drinking Water
State Revolving Funds (SRFs) which provide capitalization grants to states. States provide a 20
percent match  and  then make  loans to municipalities  for  water  infrastructure projects, with
repayments  returned to  each state's own revolving fund, allowing them to finance additional
projects.

The  Administration has   strongly  supported  the  SRFs, having  requested  and/or  received
approximately $18 billion since 2009; since their inception, over $52 billion has  been provided.
This significant level of federal  capitalization, combined with the  state match and repayments,
has allowed states to finance tens of thousands of water infrastructure projects that protect human
health and the environment. At the level requested in the President's Budget, states will still be
able  to provide over $6 billion  annually in water infrastructure loans to municipalities over the
long-term.  Additionally, the EPA  will  work  to target  assistance to  small  and underserved
communities with limited ability to repay loans. A  number of systems also will  have access to
capital through the Administration's proposed Infrastructure Bank.

In FY 2013, the  EPA is requesting a total  of $850 million to fund approximately 390 new
infrastructure improvement projects to public drinking water systems.  The requested funding for
this program will support needed infrastructure investments to rebuild  and enhance America's
drinking water infrastructure.

As outlined in Section 1452(d)(2) of the SDWA, up  to 30 percent of a state's capitalization grant
may be used for subsidization. For FY 2013, the EPA will encourage states to utilize the subsidy
to assist small systems with standards compliance.  In addition,  not less than  10 percent of the
funds made available under this title to each State for Drinking Water State Revolving Fund
capitalization grants shall be used for projects to address green infrastructure, water  or energy
efficiency improvements, or other environmentally innovative activities.
                                           806

-------
In FY 2013, the EPA will continue to implement a Sustainable Water Infrastructure Policy that
focuses on working with states and communities to promote system-wide planning that helps
align system goals for sustainability with other community sustainability priorities, analyzing a
range of infrastructure alternatives, including green and decentralized alternatives, and ensures
that systems have the financial capacity and rate structures to construct, operate, maintain, and
replace  infrastructure over time. As  part of that  strategy, the EPA is  working to ensure that
federal dollars provided through the State Revolving Funds act as a catalyst for efficient system-
wide planning, improvements in technical,  financial, and managerial capacity; and the design,
construction, and ongoing management of sustainable water infrastructure.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(ape) Fund utilization rate for the DWSRF.
FY 2006
83.3
86.9
FY 2007
85
88
FY 2008
86
90
FY 2009
89
92
FY 2010
86
91.3
FY 2011
89
90
FY 2012
89

FY 2013
89

Units
Percent

Measure
Target
Actual
(aa) Percent of population served by CWSs that will receive drinking water that
meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards through approaches
including effective treatment and source water protection.
FY 2006
93
89
FY 2007
94
91.5
FY 2008
90
92
FY 2009
90
92.1
FY 2010
90
92
FY 2011
91
93.2
FY 2012
91

FY 2013
92

Units
Percent
Population

Measure
Target
Actual
(apm) Percent of community water systems that meets all applicable health-based
standards through approaches including effective treatment and source water
protection.
FY 2006
93.5
89.3
FY 2007
89
89
FY 2008
89.5
89
FY 2009
90
89.1
FY 2010
90
89.6
FY 2011
90
90.7
FY 2012
90

FY 2013
90

Units
Percent
Systems

Measure
Target
Actual
(pil) Percent of population in each of the U.S. Pacific Island Territories (served by
community water systems) that meets all applicable health-based drinking water
standards, measured on a four-quarter rolling average basis.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
72
79
FY 2009
73
80
FY 2010
73
82
FY 2011
75
87
FY 2012
80

FY 2013
82

Units
Percent
Population

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (-$67,892.0)  This reflects  a reduction  for  drinking  water infrastructure projects.
       Combined with the FY  2009 appropriation  ($829 million), American Recovery  and
       Reinvestment Act (ARRA)  funding ($2 billion), the FY 2010  enacted appropriation
       ($1.387 billion), the FY 2011 enacted appropriation ($963.1  million), and the FY 2012
                                          807

-------
       enacted appropriation ($917.9 million), approximately $6 billion will have been invested
       through  federal capitalization grants awarded to the DWSRF over the course of five
       years. As part of the Administration's  long-term  strategy, the EPA is implementing a
       Sustainable  Water  Infrastructure Policy  that  focuses  on  working  with states  and
       communities to enhance technical, managerial, and financial capacity.

Statutory Authority:

SOW A, 42U.S.C. §300j-12, Section 1452.
                                          808

-------
                                         Infrastructure Assistance: Alaska Native Villages
                                   Program Area: State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$10,327.2
$10,327.2
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$9,984.0
$9,984.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$10,000.0
$10,000.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$16.0
$16.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Alaska Rural and Native Village (ANV) program addresses the lack of basic drinking water
and sanitation infrastructure (i.e., flushing toilets and running water) in vulnerable rural and
Native Alaska  communities. In many of these at-risk  communities, 'honeybuckets' and  pit
privies are the sole means of sewage collection and disposal. Alaskan water and sewer systems
are challenged by issues associated with  small  system size in addition to the complications of
permafrost and a shortened construction season.

The EPA's grant to the State of Alaska provides funding to underserved communities to improve
or construct drinking water  and wastewater treatment facilities. Investment in wastewater and
drinking  water infrastructure reduces health impacts from exposure to raw sewage and drinking
water contaminants. The federal government pays for most of the healthcare costs of American
Indians  and  Alaska  Natives  (most recently  authorized by  the 2010 Indian Health  Care
Improvement Act).

The State of Alaska is best positioned to deliver services as it coordinates  across federal agencies
and with the communities themselves. The State uses a risk-based  prioritization process to fund
projects  that  will have  the greatest public health and environmental benefit.  The  EPA ANV
program  funding also supports training, technical assistance, and educational programs related to
the financial management and operation and maintenance of sanitation systems. These training,
technical assistance,  and  educational programs not only provide  economic  opportunities  for
communities  facing  often greater than 50 percent unemployment  but also  protect the  federal
investment in infrastructure.

Access to water and sanitation for  serviceable Alaskan native village and  rural  community
populations has increased from 60 percent in 1998 to 92  percent in 2010  (Indian Health Service
Sanitation Deficiency Tracking and Reporting System). However, 99.3 percent of the non-
Tribal/non-native population in the U.S. has access to water and sanitation (US Census 2000).
                                          809

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Alaska Rural and Native  Village program is administered by the State of Alaska and
provides infrastructure funding to Native Villages and rural Alaska communities that lack access
to basic sanitation. The FY 2013 request of $10 million will fund a portion of the need  in rural
Alaskan homes and will be used to maintain the existing level  of wastewater and drinking water
services that meets public health standards, given increased regulatory requirements on drinking
water systems and the rate of construction of new homes in rural Alaska. Additionally,  the FY
2013 request will continue to support training, technical  assistance, and educational  programs
related to protecting existing federal investments in infrastructure.

In FY  2013,  the Agency will continue to work with the  State of Alaska to address  sanitation
conditions and determine how to maximize the value of the federal investment in rural  Alaska.
The EPA will continue  to implement the  Alaska Rural  and Native Village  "Management
Controls Policy" (adopted in June  2007) to ensure that funds  are used efficiently by  allocating
them to projects that are  ready  to proceed or progressing satisfactorily. The Agency  has made
great strides  in implementing more focused and intensive  oversight of the Alaska Rural and
Native Village grant program through cost analyses, post-award monitoring, and timely closeout
of projects. The EPA also has collaborated with the State of Alaska to establish program goals
and objectives, which are incorporated  directly  into the  state  priority  system for selecting
candidate projects.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(Opb) Percent of serviceable rural Alaska homes with access to drinking water
supply and wastewater disposal.
FY 2006


FY 2007
92
92
FY 2008
94
91
FY 2009
96
91
FY 2010
98
92
FY 2011
92
Data
Avail
5/2012
FY 2012
93

FY 2013
91

Units
Percent
Homes

Measure
Target
Actual
(Opd) Percent of project federal funds expended on time within the anticipated
project construction schedule set forth in the Management Control Policy.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
94
90.5
FY 2010
94.5
85
FY 2011
95
Data
Avail
5/2012
FY 2012
95.5

FY 2013
95

Units
Percent
Projects

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   (+$16.0) This reflects an increase for infrastructure to Native Villages and rural Alaska
       communities that lack access to basic sanitation.
                                          810

-------
Statutory Authority:

Safe Drinking Water Act (SOWA) Amendments of 1996, Public Law 104-182, Section 303. 33
U.S.C. § 1263a. Public Lawl 12-74, Consolidated Appropriations Act 2012.
                                        811

-------
                                                                        Brownfields Projects
                                     Program Area: State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
                      Goal: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                   Objective(s): Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

                                    (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Hazardous Substance Superfimd34
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$106,685.8
$1,403.5
$108,089.3
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$94,848.0
$0.0
$94,848.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$93,291.0
$0.0
$93,291.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($1,557.0)
$0.0
($1,557.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

Economic changes over several  decades have left thousands of communities with contaminated
properties and abandoned  sites  known  as brownfields.35 The Agency's Brownfields program
coordinates a  federal, state, Tribal, and  local  government approach to assist  in addressing
environmental   site  assessment  and  cleanup   through  grants  and  cooperative  agreements
authorized by  the  Comprehensive Environmental  Response,  Compensation, and Liability Act
(CERCLA) Section 104(k)  and related authorities."
36
Under this program, the EPA will provide: 1) assessment cooperative agreements for recipients
to inventory,  characterize,  assess, and conduct cleanup and redevelopment planning related to
Brownfields sites; 2) targeted Brownfields assessments performed under the EPA contracts and
interagency agreements with federal partners; 3) cleanup  cooperative agreements for recipients
to clean up sites they own; 4) capitalization cooperative agreements  for Revolving Loan Funds
(RLFs) to provide low interest loans and  subgrants  for  cleanups; 5) assessment and cleanup
cooperative agreements for recipients to inventory, characterize, assess and  conduct cleanup and
redevelopment planning related  to Brownfields petroleum sites; 6)  environmental workforce
development  and  job  training  cooperative agreements  to  recruit,  train, and  place  local,
unemployed residents of solid and hazardous waste-affected communities with the  skills needed
to secure  full-time employment in  the  environmental  field;  and  7)  financial assistance to
localities,  states, tribes, and non-profit  organizations  for  research, training, and  technical
assistance for Brownfields-related activities. In addition, the EPA will offer technical assistance,
research, and training assistance to individuals and organizations from the EPA's contractors and
34 In 1995, EPA initiated the Brownfields Program via brownfield 'pilot' projects as authorized by CERCLA and funded through
the Hazardous Substance Superfund appropriation. After the Small Business Liability Relief and Brownfields Act passed into
law, starting with the FY 2003 Enacted Budget, funding for the Brownfields Program was appropriated out of the Environmental
Programs Management and State and Tribal Assistance Grant appropriations. In FY 2011, funds originally provided under the
'pilot' projects from the Superfund appropriation were deobligated. In order to retain the same purpose as when the funds were
first appropriated, the deobligated funds were recertified to Brownfields Projects. Therefore, FY 2011 Actuals include $1,403.5
thousand of Superfund prior year resources.
35 Refer to http://www.epa.gov/swerosps/bf/index.html.
36 Under CERCLA 104(k)(12)(B), the Brownfields program must allocate 25 percent of the funds appropriated to carry out
CERCLA 104(k) to address sites contaminated by petroleum.
                                             812

-------
federal partners under interagency agreements to  facilitate  the  inventory, assessment,  and
remediation of Brownfields sites, community involvement, and site preparation.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

In FY 2013, the Brownfields program will continue to foster federal, state, local, and public-
private partnerships to return properties to  productive economic use  in  communities. This
program will support the following activities, as described below:

    •  Funding will support at least 155 assessment cooperative agreements (estimated $33.9
      million)  that recipients may use  to  inventory, assess,  cleanup and  plan reuse at
      Brownfields sites, as authorized under CERCLA 104(k)(2). In FY 2013, the EPA expects
      to continue the Assessment Coalition option which allows three or more eligible entities
      to submit one grant proposal for up to $1.0 million to assess sites and target more areas.
      In order  to  maximize assessment  funding,  the  EPA  anticipates awarding these
      cooperative agreements at lesser amounts due to low  draw downs in the first  year of
      existing  cooperative agreements. In this fiscal year, the Agency will continue to increase
      programmatic emphasis on direct assessment grants to help meet the growing demand for
      this type of grant.

    •  The Agency will award approximately 9 RLF cooperative agreements (estimated $6.1
      million)  of up to  $1.0  million each.  In order to  maximize RLF  funding,  the EPA
      anticipates awarding these  cooperative agreements at lesser amounts due to low draw
      downs in  the  first year of existing  cooperative agreements. Additionally,  the EPA
      anticipates providing supplemental funding (estimated $5.4 million) to existing high
      performing RLF recipients. The RLF program enables eligible entities to make loans and
      subgrants for the cleanup of properties and encourages communities to leverage other
      funds  into their RLF  pools and cleanup  cooperative  agreements as authorized under
      CERCLA 104(k)(3) and (4).

    •  Funding will support approximately 56 direct cleanup cooperative agreements (estimated
      $11.4 million)  to enable eligible entities to clean up properties that the recipient owns.
      The Agency will award direct cleanup cooperative agreements of up to $200,000 per site
      to eligible entities and non-profits, as authorized under CERCLA 104(k)(3).

    •  Funding will also  support assessment  and cleanup  of abandoned underground  storage
      tanks  (USTs)  and other petroleum contamination found on Brownfields properties
      (estimated $23.3 million) for  up to  approximately 45  Brownfields communities, as
      authorized under CERCLA  104(k)(2)  and  CERCLA  104(k)(3).  The Brownfields Law
      requires  the program to select the highest ranking proposals. In order to award funding to
      the highest ranked proposals, the EPA is requesting the flexibility  to use up to 25 percent
      of its CERCLA104 (k) funding to address petroleum contaminated sites versus an exact
      25 percent identified by statute. The current 25 percent set-aside restricts the brownfields
      program from  selecting higher-ranked applicants who requested hazardous  substances
      funding. Elimination of the 25 percent set-aside requirement would provide the EPA with
      the  flexibility  to select  the highest ranked project, regardless  of the type of money
                                          813

-------
       requested and therefore meet the demand of the communities applying for the various
       brownfields grants.  For example, hazardous substances funding requests account for
       approximately  68 percent of all brownfields funding requests in the  past three  years,
       while the demand for petroleum funding hovers around 32 percent of brownfields funds
       requested. Allowing flexibility  in the 25  percent set-aside requirement will provide the
       EPA with the flexibility to select the highest ranked projects, regardless of the type of
       money requested.

       Environmental Workforce Development and  Job  Training  cooperative  agreements
       (estimated $3 million) will provide funding for approximately 12 cooperative agreements
       of up to $250,000 each for a two year period. This funding will provide job training for
       community residents to take advantage of new jobs leveraged by the assessment and
       cleanup of Brownfields, as authorized under CERCLA 104(k)(6), as well as other "green
       jobs" opportunities.

       The EPA will  provide  funding for Targeted Brownfields  Assessments in  communities
       without access to other assessment resources or those that lack the capacity to manage a
       Brownfields assessment grant.  These assessments will be performed through contracts
       and interagency agreements, as authorized by CERCLA 104(k)(2) and the terms  of the
       EPA's appropriation act. This includes an estimated $3.4 million to perform Targeted
       Brownfields Assessments for 35 communities.
   •   Funding will also support additional training, research,  and technical  assistance grants
       and cooperative agreements and direct services from contractors and under interagency
       agreements (estimated $5.9 million), as authorized under CERCLA 104(k)(6).

During FY 2013, the Brownfields Program will  continue to  support the Agency's  ongoing
Brownfields Area-Wide Planning efforts. The cooperative agreements awarded and technical
assistance provided for brownfields area-wide planning helps communities identify viable reuses
of brownfields properties, as well as associated infrastructure  investments and environmental
improvements needed, which will help lead to site cleanup and area revitalization.

The first  round of brownfields area-wide planning pilots (23 pilot projects) were selected in FY
2010  with an expected completion date of December 2012.  The EPA is facilitating initial
coordination with other federal/ state/tribal agencies and other EPA programs, as appropriate, as
the pilot  projects move forward. The EPA expects to select a new round of multi-year projects
during FY 2012, which will continue through FY 2013 and  beyond. In FY 2013, the EPA is
committed to maintaining  eligibility for area-wide planning  activities within the Targeted
Brownfields Assessment program.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(B29) Brownfield properties assessed.
FY 2006
1,000
2,139
FY 2007
1,000
1,371
FY 2008
1,000
1,453
FY 2009
1,000
1,295
FY 2010
1,000
1,326
FY 2011
1,000
1,784
FY 2012
1,200

FY 2013
1,200

Units
Properties

                                          814

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(B32) Number of properties cleaned up using Brownfields funding.
FY 2006
60
88
FY 2007
60
77
FY 2008
60
78
FY 2009
60
93
FY 2010
60
109
FY 2011
60
130
FY 2012
120

FY 2013
120

Units
Properties

Measure
Target
Actual
(B34) Jobs leveraged from Brownfields activities.
FY 2006
5,000
5,504
FY 2007
5,000
5,209
FY 2008
5,000
5,484
FY 2009
5,000
6,490
FY 2010
5,000
5,177
FY 2011
5,000
6,447
FY 2012
5,000

FY 2013
5,000

Units
Jobs

Measure
Target
Actual
(B37) Billions of dollars of cleanup and redevelopment funds leveraged at
Brownfields sites.
FY 2006
1
1.48
FY 2007
0.9
1.69
FY 2008
0.9
1.48
FY 2009
0.9
1.06
FY 2010
0.9
1.40
FY 2011
0.9
2.14
FY 2012
1.2

FY 2013
1.2

Units
Dollars
(Billions)

Measure

Target

Actual
(B33) Acres of Brownfields pro]
FY 2006
No
Target
Establis
hed
1,598
FY 2007
No
Target
Establis
hed
2,399
FY 2008

225

4,404
jerties made ready for reuse.
FY 2009

1,000

2,660
FY 2010

1,000

3,627
FY 2011

1,000

6,667
FY 2012

3,000


FY 2013

3,000


Units

Acres


The Brownfields program has recently undertaken a review of available performance data, which
has resulted in the increase for several performance targets. Beginning in FY 2012, targets for
brownfields assessments will increase from 1,000 to 1,200; properties cleaned up will increase
from 60  to 120;  acres ready for reuse will  increase from  1,000 to 3,000; and cleanup and
redevelopment dollars leveraged at brownfields sites will increase from 0.9 to 1.2 billion dollars.
It is important to note that the Brownfields Program will be able to meet these targets based on
the funded activity of the previous 3 to 5  years. Reduced funding for the program in FY 2013
will yield reduced outputs and outcomes relative to the performance targets beginning in 2014
and continuing in subsequent years due to the lagged effect of the funding.

The EPA's performance measures for the Brownfields program are mainly based on outputs and
outcomes of assessment, cleanup and RLF cooperative agreements. These outputs and outcomes
depend on the maturity of each cooperative agreement, which usually has a performance period
range of three  to  five  years.  For assessment  and cleanup  cooperative  agreements,  the
performance period is three years, and five  years for RLF cooperative agreements.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted  Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  (-$1,557.0) This reflects a reduction in the funding  available  for awarding assessment,
      RLF and cleanup  cooperative agreements as authorized under 104(k)(2) and CERCLA
                                          815

-------
       104(k)(3). For example, the agency may provide one less RLF ($1,000.0) and up to three
       fewer cleanup or assessment grants.

Statutory Authority:

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended by the
Small Business Liability Relief and Brownfields Revitalization Act, 42 United States Code 9601
et seq. - Sections 101, 104 (k), and 107.
                                         816

-------
                                              Diesel Emissions Reduction Grant Program
                                   Program Area: State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
                           Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                         Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$53,586.9
$53,586.9
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$29,952.0
$29,952.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$15,000.0
$15,000.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
($14,952.0)
($14,952.0)
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Diesel Emissions Reduction Act (DERA) Grant Program provides immediate, cost-effective
emission  reductions from existing  diesel  engines through  engine retrofits,  rebuilds and
replacements;  switching to cleaner fuels; idling  reduction strategies; and other clean  diesel
strategies. The DERA program was initially authorized in sections 791-797 of the Energy Policy
Act of 2005. On January 4, 2011, the President signed into law the Diesel Emissions Reduction
Act of 2010, which modifies and reauthorizes the EPA's Diesel Emission Reduction Program
through FY 2016.

Given that diesel engines can stay in service for as  long as 30 years, reducing emissions from
pre-2007 diesel engines remains an important public health challenge facing certain parts of the
country. The DERA program covers older, dirtier diesel engines, used in both road and nonroad
vehicles, that are not subject to stringent emissions  standards put in place on 2007 and newer
model  year engines. While the DERA grants accelerate the  pace  at which dirty engines are
retired or retrofitted, pollution emissions from the legacy fleet will be reduced over time without
additional DERA funding as portions of the fleet turnover and are replaced with new engines that
meet  modern emissions  standards.  However,  even  with  attrition through fleet  turnover,
approximately 1.5 million old diesel engines would  still remain in use in 2030. Retrofitting or
replacing  diesel  engines reduces particulate matter  (PM)  emissions up  to 95 percent, smog-
forming emissions, such as hydrocarbons (HC) and nitrogen oxide (NOx), up to 90 percent, and
greenhouse gases up to  20 percent in the upgraded vehicles with engine replacements.

Through FY 2010, the DERA program reduced the emissions of approximately 53,000  diesel
vehicles, vessels or equipment.  Based on EPA's experience to date, every $1 million of DERA
program grants/loans successfully leveraged at least  $2 million in additional funding assistance.
These projects have or will eliminate tens of thousands of tons of pollution from the air we
breathe. According to these same estimates,  every $1 spent retrofitting or replacing the  oldest
and most polluting diesel engines leads to $13 in health benefits.
                                          817

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The FY 2013 budget includes a new approach designed to transition the DERA program away
from ongoing Federal support. The modified funding strategy will use rebates and revolving loan
funds to concentrate resources on communities in a limited set of high exposure areas such as
near ports and freight distribution hubs.

The federal monies spent under the $15 million request would be split into two categories. The
first category would  allocate funds to  a new  rebate  program  established  under DERA's
reauthorization. Through the rebate mechanism, the Agency would be able to more  efficiently
and precisely target the awards toward  the  dirtiest,  most polluting engines.  The second
component would allocate funds towards national low-cost revolving  loans or other financing
programs that help fleets reduce diesel emissions. Providing grants for revolving loan programs
will subsidize retrofits and replacements of older  engines without  the  need for  additional
infusions of Federal grant dollars.

Both approaches would be available to private fleets for the first time.

Performance Targets:

Work  under this program  supports  multiple strategic objectives.  EPA assesses program
performance by tracking the number of projects completed and the resulting emission reductions.

Work under this  program also  supports  performance results in the Federal  Support for Air
Quality Management Program in Environmental Programs and Management and can be found in
the Performance Eight-Year Array in Tab 11.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    *   (-$14,952.0)  Funding is reduced for the DERA program. In lieu of the current DERA
       funding strategy,  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA) will  use rebates on
       purchases  of pollution control technology  and grants to  establish revolving loans to
       reduce diesel pollution in a targeted set of communities.

Statutory Authority:

Energy Policy Act of 2005, Sections 741 and 791-797; P. L. 111-364.
                                          818

-------
                                                Infrastructure Assistance: Mexico Border
                                   Program Area: State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
                                                         Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$14,669.1
$14,669.1
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$4,992.0
$4,992.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$10,000.0
$10,000.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$5,008.0
$5,008.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The United  States and Mexico share more than two thousand miles of common border. More
than  14.6 million  people live  in  the border area. The rapid increase  in population  and
industrialization in the border  cities  has overwhelmed existing  wastewater treatment  and
drinking water supply facilities.  Lack of drinking water and wastewater services poses both a
public health and environmental  risk to communities. The close proximity and intermingling of
border communities that have poor  quality drinking water and sanitation pose a serious risk of
disease  transmission.  Untreated sewage  pollutes waters  that flow north into the U.S.  from
Tijuana, Mexicali, and Nogales, into the Rio Grande, or into the Pacific Ocean. The EPA works
closely with its program  partners to  evaluate public health  and environmental needs and to
provide  U.S.-Mexico Border Water Infrastructure Program  grant  funding to  underserved
communities for the planning, design,  and construction of high priority water and wastewater
treatment facilities along the border.

The  EPA implements the Border  Water  Infrastructure  Program in collaboration with U.S.
federal, state, and local partners and with Mexican water agencies to reduce the discharge of raw
sewage into  our shared waterways. Treating these waters after they have been  contaminated and
have crossed the border into the United States is neither technically nor financially feasible. The
EPA's Border Water Infrastructure  Program has the authority to work with Mexican agencies
and provide the wastewater  collection and treatment  necessary to prevent untreated sewage
discharge into our shared waterways. U.S. citizens benefit from all projects, whether located in
the U.S.  or  Mexico, as  all funded projects must demonstrate that they can provide a positive
public health and/or environmental benefit to the United States, such as treating raw sewage at
the source. The program thus  provides the most effective way to protect public health and water
quality along the border.

To date, the program has funded 97 projects. More than five million people are benefiting from
78 completed projects and more  than eight million people will benefit once the 19 projects that
are under construction are completed. These projects stimulate local economies through public
health-related economic gains, job creation and increased demand for goods and services.
                                           819

-------
FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:
In FY 2013, the U.S.-Mexico Border Water Infrastructure Program will continue to fund high
priority water  and wastewater infrastructure projects.  The FY 2013 request of $10 million will
fund  a  portion of the need in border communities.  Projects that receive funding have been
evaluated and ranked using a risk-based prioritization system, which enables the program to
direct grant funding  to  projects that  demonstrate human  health benefits, cost-effectiveness,
institutional capacity and sustainability. EPA coordinates at local,  national, and binational levels
to assess the  environmental  needs and  making prioritization funding decisions.  All  program
funding will be invested in projects that, whether located in the United States or Mexico, provide
a positive public health and/or environmental benefit to the United States. The demonstration of
a U.S.  benefit is one  of the fundamental eligibility criteria for  projects seeking  program
assistance.

The U.S.-Mexico Border Water Infrastructure Program will continue to work with the 10 border
States (four U.S. and six Mexican) and local communities to improve the region's water quality
and public health. The U.S. and Mexican governments will collaborate on water infrastructure
projects to reduce health risks to residents including sensitive populations of children and elders
who may currently lack access to safe drinking water and sanitation.  Additionally,  by providing
homes with access to basic sanitation,  the  EPA and its partners  will reduce the discharge of
untreated wastewater into surface water and  groundwater. The  Border Water Infrastructure
Program  also  will  continue  to  expedite  project  completions and  actively  manage the
disbursement of unliquidated construction funding.

The Border Water Infrastructure Program has a portfolio of construction-ready projects that are
awaiting funding. It is anticipated that most of the requested FY 2013  funding (approximately 80
percent)  will   fund  these  construction-ready  projects.  A significantly  smaller  portion
(approximately 20 percent) will fund the planning and design of new projects, with the purpose
of continuing to build and thus maintain a portfolio  of projects that  are ready for  construction.
Final decisions on use of FY 2013 funding will be based on balancing the construction  needs of
fully designed  projects with the planning and design needs of prioritized projects.

Performance Targets:
Measure
Target
Actual
(4pg) Loading of biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) removed (million pounds/year)
from the U.S.-Mexico border area since 2003.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY 2011
108.2
108.5
FY 2012
115

FY 2013
121.5

Units
Million
Pounds/Year

                                           820

-------
Measure
Target
Actual
(xb2) Number of additional homes provided safe drinking water in the U.S.-Mexico
border area that lacked access to safe drinking water in 2003.
FY
2006


FY
2007
1,200
(Annual)
1,276
(Annual)
FY
2008
2,500
(Annual)
5,162
(Annual)
FY
2009
1,500
(Annual)
1,584
(Annual)
FY 2010
28,434
(Cumulative)
52,130
(Cumulative)
FY 2011
54,130
(Cumulative)
54,734
(Cumulative)
FY 2012
1,000
(Annual)

FY
2013
3,000
(Annual)

Units
Homes

Measure
Target
Actual
(xb3) Number of additional homes provided adequate wastewater sanitation in the U.S.-
Mexico border area that lacked access to wastewater sanitation in 2003.
FY
2006


FY
2007
70,750
(Annual)
73,475
(Annual)
FY
2008
15,000
(Annual)
31,686
(Annual)
FY
2009
105,500
(Annual)
43,594
(Annual)
FY 2010
246,175
(Cumulative)
254,125
(Cumulative)
FY 2011
461,125
(Cumulative)
513,041
(Cumulative)
FY
2012
10,500
(Annual)

FY 2013
27,000
(Annual)

Units
Homes

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   (+$5,008.0) This  increase reflects  funding to provide critical  drinking  water  and
       wastewater services to border residents that reduce public health risks and improve the
       environment for U.S. citizens.

Statutory Authority:

Treaty entitled "Agreement between the United States of America and the United Mexican States
on Cooperation for the Protection and Improvement of the Environment in the  Border Area,
August 14, 1983;" Public Law 112-74, Consolidated Appropriations Act 2012.
                                         821

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents - Program Performance and Assessment

PERFORMANCE: STRATEGIC GOALS 1-5 EIGHT-YEAR ARRAY	824
   GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR
   QUALITY	824
   GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS                          837
   GOAL 3: CLEANING UP COMMUNITIES AND ADVANCING SUSTAINABLE
   DEVELOPMENT	869
   GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING
   POLLUTION	883
   GOAL 5: ENFORCING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS                       895
PERFORMANCE: RESEARCH EIGHT-YEAR ARRAY	901
   NPM: AA RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT                           901
PERFORMANCE: ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS EIGHT-YEAR ARRAY
	916
   NPM: OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATION AND RESOURCES MANAGEMENT   916
   NPM: OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION                   918
   NPM: INSPECTOR GENERAL                                        919
VERIFICATION/VALIDATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA	922
                                  822

-------
823

-------
                             PERFORMANCE: STRATEGIC GOALS 1-5 EIGHT-YEAR ARRAY
               (Boxes shaded gray indicate that a measure has been terminated for FY 2012 and beyond, therefore, data are no longer collected.)
   GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
   Reduce greenhouse gas emissions and develop adaptation strategies to address climate change, and protect and improve air quality.	
Objective 1 - Address Climate Change: Reduce the threats posed by climate change by reducing greenhouse gas emissions and taking actions
that help communities and ecosystems become more resilient to the effects of climate change	
Program Area
(1) Address
Climate
Change
Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, additional programs from across EPA will promote practices to help Americans save energy and
conserve resources, leading to expected greenhouse gas emissions reductions of 740. 1 MMTCO2Eq.From a baseline without
adoption of efficient practices. This reduction compares to 500.4 MMTCO2Eq. Reduced in 2008. (Baseline FY 2008:
ENERGY STAR 140.8 MMTCO2Eq., Industrial Programsl 314.2 MMTCO2Eq., SmartWay Transportation Partnership 5.9
MMTCO2Eq., Pollution Prevention Programs 6.5 MMTCO2Eq., Sustainable Materials Management Programs2 34.3
MMTCO2Eq., WaterSense Program 0.4 MMTCO2Eq., Executive Order 135143 GHG Reduction Program 0.0 MMTCO2Eq.)
(PM G02) Million metric tons of carbon equivalent (MMTCO2E) of greenhouse gas reductions in the buildings sector.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
97.2
110.4
FY 2007
107.8
132.4
FY 2008
118.8
140.8
FY 2009
130.2
143.4
FY 2010
143.0
163.5
FY2011
156.9
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
168.7

FY 2013
182.6

Unit
MMTCO2e
Additional Information: The baseline in 2004 is 89.5 million metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent reductions. To serve as a basis for comparison in future years, EPA
used the 2004 baseline to project into the future assuming no impact on greenhouse gas emissions from U.S. climate change programs. The baseline was developed as part
of an interagency evaluation of the U.S. climate change programs in 2002, which built on similar baseline forecasts developed in 1993 and 1997 in the U.S. Climate
Change Action Report (2002). Baseline data for carbon emissions related to energy use is based on data from the Energy Information Agency (EIA) and from EPA's
Integrated Planning Model of the U.S. electric power sector. Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, including nitrous oxide and other high global
warming potential gases are maintained by EPA.
(PM G06) Million metric tons of carbon equivalent (MMTCO2E) of greenhouse gas reductions in the transportation
sector.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
2.2
2.2
FY 2007
3.3
4.2
FY 2008
5.5
5.9
FY 2009
9.5
6.0
FY 2010
7.2
7.0
FY2011
9.0
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
11.3

FY 2013
14.0

Unit
MMTCO2e
   GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                             824

-------
Program Area
Performance Measures and Data
                  Additional Information: The baseline in 2004 is 0.7 million metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent reductions from the SmartWay program. To serve as a basis for
                  comparison in future years, EPA projected from the 2004 baseline into the future assuming no impact on greenhouse gas emissions from U.S. climate change programs.
                  The baseline was developed as part of an interagency evaluation of the U.S. climate change programs in 2002, which built on similar baseline forecasts developed in 1993
                  and 1997 in the U.S. Climate Change Action Report (2002). Baseline data for carbon emissions related to energy use is based on data from the Energy Information
                  Agency (EIA) and from EPA's Integrated Planning Model of the U.S. electric power sector. Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, including nitrous
                  oxide and other high global warming potential gases are maintained by EPA.	
                  (PM G16) Million metric tons of carbon equivalent (MMTCO2E) of greenhouse gas reductions in the industry sector.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
212.0
251.9
FY 2007
229.6
267.3
FY 2008
248.3
289.7
FY 2009
267.3
293.7
FY 2010
304.0
362.8
FY2011
346.2
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
372.9

FY 2013
421.9

Unit
MMTCO2e
                  Additional Information: The baseline in 2004 is 201 million metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent reductions from ENERGY STAR for the Industrial Sector, Non-
                  CO2 Partnership Programs, Combined Heat and Power Partnership, Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP), and the Landfill Rule. To serve as a basis for
                  comparison in future years, EPA projected from the 2004 baseline into the future assuming no impact on greenhouse gas emissions from U.S. climate change programs.
                  The baseline was developed as part of an interagency evaluation of the U.S. climate change programs in 2002, which built on similar baseline forecasts developed in 1993
                  and 1997 in the U.S. Climate Change Action Report (2002). Baseline data is based on data from the Energy Information Agency (EIA) and from EPA's Integrated
                  Planning Model of the U.S. electric power sector. Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential
                  gases are maintained by EPA.	
                  Strategic Measure: By 2015, EPA will integrate climate change science trend and scenario information into five major
                  scientific models and/or decision-support tools used in implementing Agency environmental management programs to further
                  EPA's mission, consistent with existing authorities (preference for one related to air quality, water quality, cleanup programs,
                  and chemical safety). (Baseline FY 2010: 0 scientific models)	
                  (PM ADI) Cumulative number of major scientific models and decision support tools used in implementing
                  environmental management programs that integrate climate change science data.	

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
3

FY 2013
4

Unit
Major
Models and
Tools
                  Additional Information: To ensure EPA's mission, EPA will build resilience to climate change by integrating considerations of climate data into major scientific models
                  and decision support tools. Many of the outcomes EPA is working to attain are sensitive to climate, and every action EPA takes must be resilient to these fluctuations. The
                  FY 2011 baseline is 0 major scientific models/decision support tools.	
                  Strategic Measure: By 2015, EPA will account for climate change by integrating climate change science trend and scenario
   GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                                       825

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
information into five rule-making processes to further EPA's mission, consistent with existing authorities (preference for one
related to air quality, water quality, cleanup programs, and chemical safety). (Baseline FY 2010: 0)
(PM AD2) Cumulative number of major rulemakings with climate sensitive, environmental impacts, and within existing
authorities, that integrate climate change science data.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
l

FY 2013
2

Unit
Major
Rulemakings
Additional Information: To ensure EPA's mission, EPA will build resilience to climate change by integrating considerations of climate data into major rule making
processes. Many of the outcomes EPA is working to attain are sensitive to climate, and every action EPA takes must be resilient to these fluctuations. The FY 201 1
baseline is 0 major proposed rules.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, EPA will build resilience to climate change by integrating considerations of climate change
impacts and adaptive measures into five major grant, loan, contract, or technical assistance programs to further EPA's mission,
consistent with existing authorities (preference for one related to air quality, water quality, cleanup programs, and scientific
research). (Baseline FY 2010: 0)
(PM ADS) Cumulative number of major grant, loan, contract, or technical assistance agreement programs that
integrate climate science data into climate sensitive projects that have an environmental outcome.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
l

FY 2013
2

Unit
Major
Programs
Additional Information: To ensure EPA's mission, EPA will build resilience to climate change by integrating considerations of climate data into grant, loan, contract, and
technical assistance programs. Many of the outcomes EPA is working to attain are sensitive to climate, and every action EPA takes must be resilient to these fluctuations.
The FY 201 1 baseline is 0 programs
(PM G17) Percentage of registered facilities that submit required and complete GHG data by the annual reporting
deadline.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent of
Facilities
Additional Information: The Greenhouse Gas Reporting Registry tracks the number registered facilities emitting greenhouse gases. Approximately 13,000 reporters will
be required to submit reports by September 30, 201 1 (the first reporting cycle), but the exact number of required reporters is unknown and may vary each year.
GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                   826

-------
Objective 2 - Improve Air Quality: Achieve and maintain health-based air pollution standards and reduce risk from toxic air pollutants and
indoor air contaminants.
Program Area
(1) Reduce
Criteria
Pollutants and
Regional Haze
Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, the population-weighted average concentrations of ozone (smog) in all monitored counties will
decrease to .073 ppm compared to the average of 0.078 ppm in 2009.
(PM A01) Annual emissions of sulfur dioxide (SO2) from electric power generation sources.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
10,300,000
9,300,000
FY 2007
9,900,000
8,900,000
FY 2008
9,400,000
7,600,000
FY 2009
9,400,000
5,700,000
FY 2010
8,450,000
5,166,000
FY2011
6,000,000
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
6,000,000

FY 2013
6,000,000
	
Unit
Tons
Emitted
Additional Information: The baseline in 1980 is 17.4 million tons of SO2 emissions from electric utility sources. Statutory SO2 emissions capped in 20 10 at 8.95 million
tons, approximately 8.5 million tons below 1980 emissions level. "Allowable SO2 emission level" consists of allowance allocations granted to sources each year under
several provisions of the Act and additional allowances carried over, or banked, from previous years. This inventory was developed by National Acid Precipitation
Assessment Program (NAPAP) and is used as the basis for reductions in Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments. The data is contained in EPA's National Air Pollutant
Emissions Trends Report. Targets for this measure through 2010 are based on implementation of the Acid Rain Program alone whereas the (lower) target of 6 million tons
for 201 1 and 2012 recognizes implementation of the Cross State Air Pollution Rule program in eastern states in combination with the nationwide Acid Rain Program
(PM M9) Cumulative percentage reduction in population-weighted ambient concentration of ozone in monitored
counties from 2003 baseline.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
5
7
FY 2007
6
6
FY 2008
8
9
FY 2009
10
13
FY 2010
ll
15
FY2011
12
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
13

FY 2013
15

Unit
Percent
Reduction
Additional Information: The baseline in 2003 is 15,972 million people parts per billion. The ozone concentration measure reflects improvements (reductions) in ambient
ozone concentrations across all monitored counties, weighted by the populations in those areas. To calculate the weighting, pollutant concentrations in monitored counties
are multiplied by the associated county populations.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, the population-weighted average concentrations of inhalable fine particles in all monitored
counties will decrease to 10.5 |ig/m3 compared to the average of 1 1.7 |ig/m3 2009.
(PM M91) Cumulative percentage reduction in population-weighted ambient concentration of fine particulate matter
(PM-2.5) in all monitored counties from 2003 baseline.

FY 2006
FY 2007
FY 2008
FY 2009
FY 2010
FY2011
FY 2012
FY 2013
Unit
   GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                            827

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Target
Actual
2
7
3
8
4
13
5
17
6
23
15
Data Avail
12/2012
16

29

Percent
Reduction
Additional Information: The baseline in 2003 is 2,581 million people micrograms per cubic meter. The PM-2.5 concentration reduction annual measure reflects
improvements (reductions) in the ambient concentration of fine particulate matter PM-2.5 pollution across all monitored counties, weighted by the populations in those
areas. To calculate this weighting, pollutant concentrations in monitored counties are multiplied by the associated county populations.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx) to 14.7 million tons per year compared to the 2009
level of 19.4 million tons emitted.
(PM O34) Cumulative millions of tons of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) reduced since 2000 from mobile sources.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
2.03
2.03
FY 2007
2.37
2.37
FY 2008
2.71
2.71
FY 2009
3.05
3.05
FY 2010
3.39
3.38
FY2011
3.73
3.73
FY 2012
4.07

FY 2013
4.41

Unit
Tons
Reduced
Additional Information: The baseline in 2000 for Nitrogen Oxide emissions from mobile sources is 1 1 .8 million tons. The 2000 Mobile6 inventory is used as the baseline
for mobile source emissions.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce emissions of direct particulate matter (PM) to 3.9 tons per year compared to the 2009
level 4.2 million tons emitted.
(PM P33) Tons of PM-10 Reduced since 2000 from mobile sources.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
74,594
74,594
FY 2007
87,026
87,026
FY 2008
99,458
99,458
FY 2009
111,890
111,890
FY 2010
124,322
124,322
FY2011
136,755
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Tons
Reduced
Additional Information: The 2000 Mobile6 inventory is used as the baseline for mobile source emissions. The 2000 baseline for PM-10 emissions from mobile sources is
613,000 tons.
(PM P34) Cumulative tons of PM-2.5 reduced since 2000 from mobile sources.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
73,460
73,460
FY 2007
85,704
85,704
FY 2008
97,947
97,497
FY 2009
110,190
110,190
FY 2010
122,434
122,434
FY2011
136,677
136,677
FY 2012
146,921

FY 2013
159,164

Unit
Tons
Reduced

GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                   828

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
(PM M92) Cumulative percentage reduction in the number of days with Air Quality Index (AQI) values over 100 since
2003, weighted by population and AQI value.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
17
39
FY 2007
21
42
FY 2008
25
52
FY 2009
29
59
FY 2010
33
70
FY2011
37
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
50

FY 2013
80

Unit
Percent
Reduction
Additional Information: The baseline in 2003 for the Air Quality Index (AQI) is zero percent reduction and the 2004 result is a 15.5% reduction. The AQI is an index for
reporting daily air quality. An AQI value of 100 generally corresponds to the national air quality standard for the pollutant, which is the level EPA has set to protect public
health. AQI values below 100 are generally thought of as satisfactory. When AQI values are above 100, air quality is considered to be unhealthy for certain sensitive
groups of people and then for everyone as AQI values get higher.
(PM M93) Cumulative percentage reduction in the number of days with (AQI) values over 100 since 2003 per grant
dollar allocated to the states in support of the NAAQS.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
21
28
FY 2007
21
31
FY 2008
25
34
FY 2009
29
31
FY 2010
33
43
FY2011
37
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
41

FY 2013

Unit
Percent
Reduction

(PM M94) Percent of major NSR permits issued within one year of receiving a com

Target
Actual
FY 2006
70
70
FY 2007
75
83
FY 2008
78
79
FY 2009
78
76
FY 2010
78
46
FY2011
78
Data Avail
12/2012
plete permit application.
FY 2012
78

FY 2013
78

Unit
Percent
Issued
Additional Information: The baseline in 2004 is 61%. New Source Review (NSR) requires stationary sources of air pollution to get permits before they start construction.
Permits are legal documents that the source must follow, and they specify what construction is allowed, what emission limits must be met, and often how the source must
be operated. Usually NSR permits are issued by state or local air pollution control agencies, and the EPA issues the permit in some cases.
(PM M95) Percent of significant Title V operating permit revisions issued within 18 months of receiving a complete
permit application.

Target
FY 2006
91
FY 2007
94
FY 2008
97
FY 2009
100
FY 2010
100
FY2011
100
FY 2012
100
FY 2013
100
Unit
Percent
GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                   829

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Actual
91
81
85
87
82
Data Avail
12/2012


Issued
Additional Information: The baseline in 2004 is 100%. Operating permits are legally enforceable documents that permitting authorities issue to air pollution sources after
the source has begun to operate. Usually Title V permits are issued by state or local air pollution control agencies, and the EPA issues the permit in some cases. Title V
permits must be renewed every five years.
(PM M96) Percent of new Title V operating permits issued within 18 months of receiving a complete permit application.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
83
83
FY 2007
87
51
FY 2008
91
72
FY 2009
95
70
FY 2010
99
67
FY2011
99
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
99

FY 2013
99

Unit
Percent
Issued
Additional Information: The baseline in 2004 is 75%. Operating permits are legally enforceable documents that permitting authorities issue to air pollution sources after
the source has begun to operate. Usually Title V permits are issued by state or local air pollution control agencies, and the EPA issues the permit in some cases. Title V
permits must be renewed every five years.
(PM MM8) Cumulative percentage reduction in the number of days to process State Implementation Plan revisions,
weighted by complexity.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
1.2
3.3
FY 2009
2.4
1.8
FY 2010
2.9
14
FY2011
3.1
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
3.1

FY 2013
3.1

Unit
Percent
Reduction
Additional Information: When a State Implementation Plan (SIP) is received by a Regional office for processing, the submittal is assigned a complexity factor. For most
SIP elements the complexity factor will be 1.0, which corresponds to the overall processing time of 14 months. Under certain circumstances, in particular for SIP elements
that are very complex such as attainment demonstrations for metropolitan statistical areas (MSAs) and for all redesignation requests, a complexity factor of 1 .28,
corresponding to a review time of 1 8 months will be assigned.
(PM MM9) Cumulative percentage reduction in the average number of days during the ozone season that the ozone
standard is exceeded in non-attainment areas, weighted by population.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
19
37
FY 2009
23
47
FY 2010
26
56
FY2011
29
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
45

FY 2013
50

Unit
Percent
Reduction
Additional Information: The baseline in 2003 is zero.
GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                   830

-------
Program Area

(2) Reduce Air
Toxics
Performance Measures and Data
(PM N35) Limit the increase of Carbon Monoxide (CO) emissions from mobile sources compared to a 2000 baseline.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
1.01
1.01
FY 2007
1.18
1.18
FY 2008
1.35
1.35
FY 2009
1.52
1.52
FY 2010
1.69
1.69
FY2011
1.86
1.86
FY 2012
2.02

FY 2013
2.19

Unit
Tons
Emitted
Additional Information: The baseline in 2000 for Carbon Monoxide emissions from mobile sources is 79.2 million tons. The 2000 Mobile6 inventory is used as the
baseline for mobile source emissions.
(PM O33) Cumulative millions of tons of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) reduced since 2000 from mobile sources.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
1.03
1.03
FY 2007
1.20
1.20
FY 2008
1.37
1.37
FY 2009
1.54
1.54
FY 2010
1.71
1.71
FY2011
1.88
1.88
FY 2012
2.05

FY 2013
2.23

Unit
Tons
Reduced
Additional Information: The baseline in 2000 for Volatile Organic Compounds emissions from mobile sources is 7.7 million tons. The 2000 Mobile6 inventory is used as
the baseline for mobile source emissions.
(PM O39) Tons of pollutants (VOC, NOX, PM, CO) reduced per total emission reduction dollars spent.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
.011
.011
FY2011
.012
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
.012

FY 2013
.013

Unit
Tons per
Dollar

Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce emissions of air toxics (toxi city- weighted for cancer) to 4.2 million tons from the 1993
toxi city-weighted baseline of 7.2 million tons
(PM 001) Cumulative percentage reduction in tons of toxicity-weighted (for cancer risk) emissions of air toxics from
1993 baseline.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
34
38
FY 2007
35
39
FY 2008
35
40
FY 2009
36
40
FY 2010
36
40
FY2011
36
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
37

FY 2013
42

Unit
Percent
Reduction
Additional Information: The baseline in 1993 is 7.24 million tons. The toxicity-weighted emission inventory utilizes the National Emissions Inventory (NEI) for air
toxics along with the Agency's compendium of cancer and non-cancer health risk criteria to develop a risk metric that can be tabulated on an annual basis. Air toxics
GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                   831

-------
Program Area

(4) Reduce
Exposure to
Indoor
Pollutants
Performance Measures and Data
emissions data are revised every three years with intervening years (the two years after the inventory year) interpolated utilizing inventory projection models.
(PM 002) Cumulative percentage reduction in tons of toxicity-weighted (for non-cancer risk) emissions of air toxics from
1993 baseline.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
58
52
FY 2007
58
53
FY 2008
59
53
FY 2009
59
53
FY 2010
59
53
FY2011
59
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
59

FY 2013
58

Unit
Percent
Reduction
Additional Information: The baseline in 1993 is 7.24 million tons. The toxicity-weighted emission inventory utilizes the National Emissions Inventory (NEI) for air
toxics along with the Agency's compendium of cancer and non-cancer health risk criteria to develop a risk metric that can be tabulated on an annual basis. Air toxics
emissions data are revised every three years with intervening years (the two years after the inventory year) interpolated utilizing inventory projection models.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, the number of future premature lung cancer deaths prevented annually through lowered radon
exposure will increase to 1,460 from the 2008 baseline of 756 future premature lung cancer deaths prevented.
(PM R50) Percentage of existing homes with an operating radon mitigation system compared to the estimated number
of homes at or above EPA's 4pCi/L action level.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
No Target
Established
9.4
FY 2007
No Target
Established
10.3
FY 2008
ll.l
11.0
FY 2009
11.5
12.0
FY 2010
12.0
12.3
FY2011
12.5
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
13.3

FY 2013
13.9

Unit
Percent of
Homes
Additional Information: The baseline in 2003 is 6.9 percent of homes with radon operating mitigation systems. Radon causes lung cancer, and is a threat to health
because it tends to collect in homes, sometimes to very high concentrations. As a result, radon is the largest source of exposure to naturally occurring radiation.
(PM R51) Percentage of all new single-family homes (SFH) in high radon potential areas built with radon reducing
features.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
No Target
Established
27.4
FY 2007
No Target
Established
28.6
FY 2008
30.0
31.0
FY 2009
31.5
36.1
FY 2010
33.0
40.1
FY2011
34.5
Data Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
36.0

FY 2013
37.5

Unit
Percent of
Homes
Additional Information: The baseline in 2003 is 20.7 percent of all new single-family homes. Radon causes lung cancer, and is a threat to health because it tends to
collect in homes, sometimes to very high concentrations. As a result, radon is the largest source of exposure to naturally occurring radiation.
GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                   832

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, the number of people taking all essential actions to reduce exposure to indoor environmental
asthma triggers will increase to 7.6 million from the 2003 baseline of 3 million. EPA will place special emphasis on children at
home and in schools, and on other disproportionately impacted populations.
(PM R16) Percentage of the public that is aware of the asthma program's media campaign.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
>20
33
FY 2007
>20
Data Not
Avail
FY 2008
>20
Data Not
Avail
FY 2009
>20
33
FY 2010
>30
Data Avail
4/2012
FY2011
>30
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
>30

FY 2013
>30

Unit
Percent
Aware
Additional Information: The baseline in 2003 is 27%. Public awareness is measured before and after the launch of a new wave of the campaign. "Data not available"
indicates a time point that was not included in the assessment plan.
(PM R17) Additional health care professionals trained annually on the environmental management of asthma triggers.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
2,000
3,582
FY 2007
2,000
4,582
FY 2008
2,000
4,558
FY 2009
2,000
4,614
FY 2010
2,000
4,153
FY2011
2,000
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
3,000

FY 2013
3,000

Unit
Professionals
Trained
Additional Information: The baseline in 2003 is 2,360 trained health care professionals. Asthma is a serious, life-threatening respiratory disease that affects millions of
Americans. In response to the growing asthma problem, EPA created a national, multifaceted asthma education and outreach program to share information about
environmental factors that trigger asthma.
(PM R22) Estimated annual number of schools establishing indoor air quality management plans consistent with EPA
guidance.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
1,200
1,200
FY 2007
1,100
1,346
FY 2008
1,100
1,614
FY 2009
1,000
1,765
FY 2010
1,000
2,448
FY2011
1,000
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
1,000

FY 2013
1,000

Unit
Schools
Additional Information: The baseline in 2003 is 3,200 schools. Significant progress has been realized as a result of key program investments that drive bottom line
results. The EPA remains concerned about and committed to improving the health of America's children and the staff at the schools they attend. Targets reflect realistic
estimates of the progress that regional/state/local leadership will achieve.
Objective 3 - Restore the Ozone Layer: Restore the earth's stratospheric ozone layer and protect the public from the harmful effects of UV
radiation.
   GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                            833

-------
Program Area
(1) Reduce
Consumption
of Ozone-
depleting
Substances
Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, U.S. consumption of hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs), chemicals that deplete the Earth's
protective ozone layer, will be less than 1,520 tons per year of ozone depletion potential from the 2009 baseline of 9,900 tons
per year. By this time, as a result of worldwide reduction in ozone-depletion substances, the level of "equivalent effective
stratospheric chlorine" (EESC) in the atmosphere will have peaked at 3.185 parts per billion (ppb) of air by volume and begun
its gradual decline to less than 1.8 ppb (1980 level).
(PM SOI) Remaining US Consumption of hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs), chemicals that deplete the Earth's
protective ozone layer, measured in tons of Ozone Depleting Potential (ODP).

Target
Actual
FY 2006
<9,900
6,205
FY 2007
<9,900
6,296
FY 2008
<9,900
5,667
FY 2009
<9,900
3,414
FY 2010
<3,811
2,435
FY2011
<3,811
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
<3,700

FY 2013
<3,700

Unit
ODP Tons
Additional Information: The baseline in 1989 for Ozone Depleting Substances consumed is 15,240 tons. The base of comparison for assessing progress is the domestic
consumption cap of Class II HCFCs as set by the Parties to the Montreal Protocol. Each Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS) is weighted based on the damage it does to the
stratospheric ozone - this is its ozone-depletion potential (ODP). Beginning on January 1, 1996, the cap was set at the sum of 2.8 percent of the domestic ODP -weighted
consumption of CFCs in 1989 plus the ODP -weighted level of HCFCs in 1989. Consumption equals production plus import minus export.
(PM S17

Target
Actual
Total federal dollars spent per school joining the SunWise program.
FY 2006
560
544
FY 2007
525
484
FY 2008
485
414
FY 2009
455
385
FY 2010
433
405
FY2011
433
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
433

FY 2013


Unit
Dollars per
School

Objective 4 - Reduce Unnecessary Exposure to Radiation: Minimize unnecessary releases of radiation and be prepared to minimize impacts
should unwanted releases occur.
Program Area
(1) Prepare for
Radiological
Emergencies
Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: Through 2015, EPA will maintain a 90 percent level of readiness of radiation program personnel and assets
to support federal radiological emergency response and recovery operations, maintaining the 2010 baseline of 90 percent.
(PM R34) Percentage of most populous US cities with a RadNet ambient radiation air monitoring system, which will
   GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                           834

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
provide data to assist in protective action determinations.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
67
67
FY 2007
80
87
FY 2008
85
92
FY 2009
90
98
FY 2010
95
100
FY2011
100
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: The baseline is 55% for the 100 most populous cities.
(PM R35) Level of readiness of radiation program personnel and assets to support federal radiological emergency
response and recovery operations.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
78
78
FY 2007
80
83
FY 2008
85
87
FY 2009
90
90
FY 2010
90
97
FY2011
90
Data Avail
6/2012
FY 2012
90

FY 2013
90

Unit
Percent
Readiness
Additional Information: The baseline in 2005 is a 50% level of readiness. The level of readiness is measured as the percentage of response team members and assets that
meet scenario-based response criteria.
(PM R36) Average time before availability of quality assured ambient radiation air monitoring data during an
emergency.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
1.9
1.9
FY 2007
1.3
1.3
FY 2008
1.0
0.8
FY 2009
0.8
0.8
FY 2010
0.7
0.5
FY2011
0.7
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
0.5

FY 2013
0.5

Unit
Days
Additional Information: The baseline in 2005 is 2.5 days. The average time in availability is measured as time in days between collection and availability of data for
release by EPA during emergency operations.
(PM R37) Time to approve site changes affecting waste characterization at DOE waste generator sites to ensure safe
disposal of transuranic radioactive waste at WIPP.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
105
100
FY 2007
90
86
FY 2008
80
75
FY 2009
70
75
FY 2010
70
66
FY2011
70
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
70

FY 2013
70

Unit
Days
GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                   835

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Additional Information: The baseline in 2004 is 150 days.
(PM R38) Population covered by Radiation Protection Program monitors per million dollars invested.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
3,471,000
3,471,000
FY 2007
4,159,000
4,418,000
FY 2008
4,729,000
4,536,000
FY 2009
5,254,000
5,228,000
FY 2010
5,779,000
Data Avail
4/2012
FY2011
5,779,000
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Population
per Million
Dollars

GOAL 1: TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
                                                   836

-------
   GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
   Protect and restore our waters to ensure that drinking water is safe, and that aquatic ecosystems sustain fish, plants and wildlife, and
   economic, recreational, and subsistence activities.
Objective 1 - Protect Human Health: Reduce human exposure to contaminants in drinking water, fish and shellfish, and recreational waters,
including protecting source waters.	
Program Area
(1) Water Safe
to Drink
Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, 90 percent of community water systems will provide drinking water that meets all applicable
health-based drinking water standards through approaches including effective treatment and source water protection. (2005
baseline:89 percent. Status as of FY 2009: 89 percent.)
(PM F) Percent of community water systems for which minimized risk to public health through source water protection
is achieved.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
No Target
Established

FY 2009
No Target
Established

FY 2010
No Target
Established

FY2011
50
40.2
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
CWSs
Explanation of Results: The target of 50 percent was established during the development of the 2006- 1 1 Strategic Plan. As the target has remained unchanged, the
measure has not performed as well as the program initially anticipated; however, performance has improved over each year.
Additional Information: In 2002, community water systems for which minimized risk to public health through source water protection is achieved was at 8 percent.
(PM aa) Percent of population served by CWSs that will receive drinking water that meets all applicable health-based
drinking water standards through approaches including effective treatment and source water protection.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
93
89
FY 2007
94
91.5
FY 2008
90
92
FY 2009
90
92.1
FY 2010
90
92
FY2011
91
93.2
FY 2012
91

FY 2013
92

Unit
Percent
Population
Additional Information: In 2005, 89 percent of the population served by community water systems received drinking water that met applicable drinking water standards.
(PM ape) Fund utilization rate for the DWSRF.

Target
FY 2006
83.3
FY 2007
85
FY 2008
86
FY 2009
89
FY 2010
86
FY2011
89
FY 2012
89
FY 2013
89
Unit
Percent
   GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                              837

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Actual
86.9
88
90
92
91.3
90


Additional Information: In 2005 , the fund utilization rate for the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund was 85 percent.
(PM apd) Number of additional projects initiating operations.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
425
399
FY 2007
433
438
FY 2008
440
445
FY 2009
445
480
FY 2010
450
668
FY2011
500
840
FY2012 FY2013

Unit
Proj ects
Additional Information: In 2005, 2,61 1 Drinking Water State Revolving Fund projects initiated operations (annual).
(PM apg) People receiving drinking water that meets all applicable health-based standards per million dollars spent to
manage the national drinking water program.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
No Target
Established

FY 2009
No Target
Established

FY 2010
No Target
Established

FY2011
131,000
124,165
FY 2012 FY 2013


Unit
People/Milli
on
Explanation of Results: EPA missed its target for this measure due to the difficulty of small drinking water systems in maintaining their managerial, technical, and
financial capacity.
Additional Information: In 2005, 128,493 people were receiving drinking water that met all applicable health-based standards per million dollars spent to manage the
national drinking water program.
(PM aph) Percent of community water systems that have undergone a sanitary survey within the past three years (five
years for outstanding performance).

Target
Actual
FY 2006
95
94
FY 2007
95
92
FY 2008
95
87
FY 2009
95
88
FY 2010
95
87
FY2011
95
92
FY 2012 FY 2013
95 95

Unit
Percent
CWSs
Explanation of Results: This measure was not met as a result of fewer state resources. Sanitary surveys are resource- intensive efforts as state staffer contractors must
physically visit the system to perform a sanitary survey.
Additional Information: In 2007, 92 percent of community water systems had undergone a sanitary survey. Prior to FY 2007, this measure tracked states rather than
community water systems in compliance with this regulation.
(PM apj) Percent of identified Class V motor vehicle waste disposal wells and other high-priority Class V wells closed or
permitted.
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     838

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
80
91
FY2011
76
92
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Wells
Additional Information: "Sensitive ground water protection areas" are defined by the UIC primacy program director but at a minimum must include groundwater-based
community water system source water areas. In 2005, 72 percent of Class V wells were closed or permitted.
(PM apm) Percent of community water systems that meets all applicable health-based standards through approaches
including effective treatment and source water protection.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
93.5
89.3
FY 2007
89
89
FY 2008
89.5
89
FY 2009
90
89.1
FY 2010
90
89.6
FY2011
90
90.7
FY 2012
90

FY 2013
90

Unit
Percent
Systems
Additional Information: In 2005, 89 percent of community water systems met all applicable health-based drinking water standards.
(PM apn) Percent of data for violations of health-based standards at public water systems that are accurate and
complete in SDWIS/FED for all MCL and TT rules.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
No Target
Established

FY 2009
No Target
Established

FY 2010
No Target
Established

FY2011
90
Data Avail
1/2014
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent Data
Additional Information: In 2003, 65 percent of data for violations of health-based standards at public water systems were accurate and complete in SDWIS/FED for all
MCL and TT rules.
(PM apo) Percent of deep injection wells that are used to inject industrial, municipal, or hazardous waste (Class I) that
lose mechanical integrity and are returned to compliance within 180 days, thereby reducing the potential to endanger
underground sources of drinking water.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
92
96
FY2011
92
83
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Wells
Explanation of Results: The number of wells that lost mechanical integrity was very small (22). In returning 18 of the 22 wells back into compliance within the 180 days,
the percentage (86 percent) doesn't completely express the complexity of having a small universe. The measure has been revised to account for classes I, II, and III wells,
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     839

-------
Program Area

Performance
Measures and
Data



collectively allowing for a broader universe. The hope is that this change provides an improved measure while eliminating the challenge of the smaller universe with
separate classes. Knowing how many wells that will lose mechanical integrity (MI) in a given year is very critical to establishing the target for this measure. It is nearly
impossible to predict how many wells will lose mechanical integrity in a given year. Many regions estimate the target based on historical trends and how many wells they
believe they can address within the 180 days. When more wells lose mechanical integrity than anticipated, it becomes more difficult to achieve the target. In addition, the
measure is hampered by its very low universe. For example, out of the 22 wells nationally, some regions may only have 3 wells, and if their target is 100 percent, but
they're only able to return 2 of 3 wells back into compliance within the 1 80 days, then missing 1 immediately drops them to 67 percent. For many regions, this measure is
pretty much all or nothing. The measure has been revised in the NWPG for 2012 to account for all three classes of wells together rather than separately. We anticipate this
change will improve the denominator so that the measure is less of a hit or miss due to the smaller denominator.
Additional Information: In 2009, 100 percent of Class I wells that lost mechanical integrity were returned to compliance within 180 days.
(PM app) Percent of deep injection wells that are used to enhance oil/natural gas recovery or for the injection of other
(Class II) fluids associated with oil and natural gas production that have lost mechanical integrity and are returned to
compliance within 180 days, thereby reducing the potential to endanger underground sources of drinking water.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
89
89
FY2011
89
86
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Wells
Explanation of Results: The number of wells that lost mechanical integrity was very small (22). In returning 18 of the 22 wells back into compliance within the 180 days,
the percentage (86 percent) doesn't completely express the complexity of having a small universe. The measure has been revised to account for classes I, II, and III wells,
collectively allowing for a broader universe. The hope is that this change provides an improved measure while eliminating the challenge of the smaller universe with
separate classes. Knowing how many wells will lose mechanical integrity (MI) in a given year is very critical to establishing the target for this measure. It is nearly
impossible to predict how many wells that will lose mechanical integrity in a given year. Many regions estimate the target based on historical trends and how many wells
they believe they can address within the 1 80 days. When more wells lose mechanical integrity than anticipated, it becomes more difficult to achieve the target. In addition,
the measure is hampered by its very low universe. For example, out of the 22 wells nationally, some regions may only have 3 wells, and if their target is 100 percent, but
they're only able to return 2 of 3 wells back into compliance within the 1 80 days, then missing 1 immediately drops them to 67 percent. For many regions, this measure is
pretty much all or nothing. The measure has been revised in the NWPG for 2012 to account for all three classes of wells together rather than separately. We anticipate this
change will improve the denominator so that the measure is less of a hit or miss due to the smaller denominator.
Additional Information: In 2009, 90 percent of Class II wells that lost mechanical integrity were returned to compliance within 180 days.
(PM apq) Percent of deep injection wells that are used for salt solution mining (Class III) that lose mechanical integrity
and are returned to compliance within 180 days, thereby reducing the potential to endanger underground sources of
drinking water.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
93
75
FY2011
93
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Wells
Additional Information: In 2009, 100 percent of Class III wells that lost mechanical integrity were returned to compliance within 180 days.
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     840

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
(PM aps) Percent of Classes I, II and III salt solution mining wells that have lost mechanical integrity and are returned
to compliance within 180 days, thereby reducing the potential to endanger underground sources of drinking water.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
90

FY 2013
90

Unit
Percent
(Class
Wells)
Additional Information: There is no fixed point that can be used as a baseline for this measure, since the activity that we are monitoring - "MI Loss" - has not yet
occurred. The universe of wells losing mechanical integrity is not static.
(PM apt) Number of Class V motor vehicle waste disposal wells (MVWDW) and large capacity cesspools (LCC)
[approximately 23,640 in FY 2010] that are closed or permitted (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
20,840

FY 2013
24,327

Unit
Wells
Additional Information: OW will be establishing a baseline this year, as it is our first year reporting. This can be problematic, however, since regions don't know exactly
how many new facilities they will identify.
(PM dw2) Percent of person months during which community water systems provide drinking water that meets all
applicable health-based standards.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
95
97
FY 2009
95
97.2
FY 2010
95
97.3
FY2011
95
97.4
FY 2012
95

FY 2013
95

Unit
Percent
Months
Additional Information: In 2005, community water systems provided drinking water that met all applicable health-based drinking water standards during 95 percent of
"person months."
(PM pil) Percent of population in each of the U.S. Pacific Island Territories (served by community water systems) that
meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards, measured on a four-quarter rolling average basis.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
72
79
FY 2009
73
80
FY 2010
73
82
FY2011
75
87
FY 2012
80

FY 2013
82

Unit
Percent
Population
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     841

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Additional Information: In 2005, 95 percent of the population in American Samoa, 10 percent in the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI)and 80
percent of Guam were served by CWSs that received drinking water that meets all applicable health-based standards. This measure is on a four-quarter rolling average
basis.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, 88 percent of the population in Indian Country served by community water systems will receive
drinking water that meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards. (2005 baseline: 86 percent. Status as of FY
2009:81 percent.)
(PM E) Percent of the population in Indian Country served by community water systems that receive drinking water
that meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
90
86.6
FY 2007
87
87
FY 2008
87
83
FY 2009
87
81.2
FY 2010
87
87.2
FY2011
87
81.2
FY 2012
87

FY 2013
87

Unit
Percent
Population
Explanation of Results: Almost all tribal water systems are small; many of these systems have poor source water quality, and there is difficulty supporting sustainable
pricing for water services.
Additional Information: In 2005, 86 percent of the population served by community water systems received drinking water that met applicable drinking water standards.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, in coordination with other federal agencies, provide access to safe drinking water for 136,100
American Indian and Alaska Native homes. (FY 2009 baseline: 80,900 homes. Universe: 360,000 homes.)
(PM Gpa) Percent of Alaska population served by public water systems in compliance with Safe Drinking Water Act
regulatory requirements.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
No Target
Established

FY 2008
No Target
Established

FY 2009
No Target
Established

FY 2010
No Target
Established

FY2011
100
Data Avail
6/2012
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Households

(PM dw5) Percent of homes on tribal lands lacking access to safe drinking water.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
No Target
Established

FY 2009
No Target
Established

FY 2010
No Target
Established

FY2011
8
8.5
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Households
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     842

-------
Program Area

(2) Fish and
Shellfish Safe
to Eat
(3) Water Safe
for Swimming

Performance Measures and
Data

Explanation of Results: The percent of tribal homes that lack access to safe drinking water missed the target for a couple of reasons. The percent calculation is based on a
static 2003 baseline, and since 2003, there has been an increase in the total number of tribal homes included in the Indian Health Service (IHS) data system and an increase
in the need for basic drinking water infrastructure to serve homes which previously had access to safe drinking water. As a result, the Agency has recategorized this
measure to an indicator measure. The agency is now measuring the number of homes "provided" access to safe drinking water (in coordination with other federal
agencies) rather than a percentage of homes. The Agency has established targets for and begun reporting against this new matrix.
Additional Information: In 2005, 11 percent of homes on tribal lands lacked access to safe drinking water. The 2011 universe is currently 385,822.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce the percentage of women of childbearing age having mercury levels in blood above the
level of concern to 4.6 percent. (2002 baseline: 5.7 percent of women of childbearing age have mercury blood levels above
levels of concern identified by the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES).)
(PM fsl)

Target
Actual
Percent of women of childbearing age having mercury levels in blood above the level of concern.
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
5.5
Data
Unavailable
FY 2009
5.2
2.8
FY 2010
5.1
Data
Unavailable
FY2011
4.9
Data
Unavailable
FY 2012
4.9

FY 2013
4.9

Unit
Percent
Women
Explanation of Results: EPA has received data for this measure from the CDC's National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) and is in the process of
analyzing and validating the information.
Additional Information: Baseline is 7.8 percent based on data collected in 1999-2000. Universe is population of women of childbearing age.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, maintain the percentage of days of the beach season that coastal and Great Lakes beaches
monitored by state beach safety programs are open and safe for swimming at 95 percent. (2007 baseline: Beaches open 95
percent of the 679,589 days of the beach season (beach season days are equal to 3,647 beaches multiplied by variable number of
days of beach season at each beach). Status as of FY 2009:95 percent.)
(PM pi3) Percent of days of the beach season that beaches in each of the U.S. Pacific Island Territories monitored under
the Beach Safety Program will be open and safe for swimming.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
70
80
FY 2009
80
81
FY 2010
80
80
FY2011
82
77
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent Days
Explanation of Results: Specific reasons for not meeting the target are unknown, but the lower than expected result may be due to an increase in precipitation (which can
cause an increase in indicator bacteria detected at beaches). This measure is scheduled to be deleted in FY 2012.
Additional Information: In 2005, beaches were open and safe 64 percent of the beach season in American Samoa, 97 percent in the CNMI & 76 percent in Guam.
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     843

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
(PM ssl) Number of waterborne disease outbreaks attributable to swimming in or other recreational
coastal and Great Lakes waters measured as a 5-year average.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
2
0
FY 2009
2
0
FY 2010
2
0
FY2011
2
0
contact with
FY2012 FY2013 Unit



Outbreaks
Additional Information: Very few outbreaks have been reported over the ten years of data reviewed in consideration of a baseline for this measure. In 2005, two
waterborne diseases were reported. Universe is not applicable to this baseline.
(PM ss2) Percent of days of beach season that coastal and Great Lakes beaches monitored by state beach safety
programs are open and safe for swimming.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
94
97
FY 2007
92.6
95.20
FY 2008
92.6
95
FY 2009
93
95
FY 2010
95
95
FY2011
95
95
FY 2012 FY :
95

1013 Unit
Percent
Days/Season
Additional Information: In 2005, beaches were open 96% of the 743,036 days of the beach season (i.e., beach season days are equal to 4,025 beaches multiplied by
variable number of days of beach season at each beach).
Objective 2 - Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems: Protect the quality of rivers, lakes, streams, and wetlands on a
watershed basis, and protect urban, coastal, and ocean waters.	
 Program Area
                                           Performance Measures and Data
  (1) Improve
Water Quality
     on a
  Watershed
     Basis
Strategic Measure: By 2015, attain water quality standards for all pollutants and impairments in more than 3,360 water bodies
identified in 2002 as not attaining standards (cumulative). (2002 universe: 39,798 water bodies identified by states and tribes as
not meeting water quality standards. Water bodies where mercury is among multiple pollutants causing impairment may be
counted toward this target when all pollutants but mercury attain standards but must be identified as still needing restoration for
mercury; 1,703 impaired water bodies are impaired by multiple pollutants, including mercury, and 6,501  are impaired by
mercury alone. Status as of FY 2009: 2,505 water bodies attained standards.)	
(PM L) Number of water body segments identified by states in 2002 as not attaining standards, where water quality
standards are now fully attained (cumulative).


FY 2006
FY 2007
FY 2008
FY 2009
FY 2010
FY2011
FY 2012
FY 2013
Unit
   GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                              844

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Target
Actual


1,166
1,409
1,550
2,165
2,270
2,505
2,809
2,909
3,073
3,119
3,324

3,524

Segments
Additional Information: 2002 baseline: 39,798 water bodies identified by states and tribes as not meeting water quality standards. Water bodies where mercury is among
multiple pollutants causing impairment may be counted toward this target when all pollutants but mercury attain standards but must be identified as still needing
restoration for mercury; 1 ,703 impaired water bodies are impaired by multiple pollutants, including mercury, and 6,501 are impaired by mercury alone.
(PM bpa) CWSRF long-term revolving level ($billion/yr).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
No Target
Established

FY 2008
No Target
Established

FY 2009
No Target
Established

FY 2010
No Target
Established

FY2011
3.4
Data
Unavailable
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Dollars
(Billion)/Yea
r
Explanation of Results: The $3.4 billion target assumed a set level of federal funding through 201 1 . ARRA, FY 2010 and FY 201 1 appropriations have greatly impacted
this assumption.
Additional Information: In 2001, $3.9 billion of Clean Water SRF dollars were at the long term revolving level. The $3.4 billion was a forecasted average of what the
CWSRFs could provide once federal capitalization ended. It was developed under the assumption that federal capitalization would continue until 201 1 and then cease. It
was also assumed that it would take approximately 4 to 5 years for the federal funds to work through the program. The $3.4 billion was calculated by taking a 25-year
average over the projection period of 2015 through 2040.
(PM bpb) Fund utilization rate for the CWSRF.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
93.3
94.7
FY 2007
93.4
96.7
FY 2008
93.5
98
FY 2009
94.5
98
FY 2010
92
100
FY2011
94.5
98
FY 2012
94.5

FY 2013
94.5

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: In 2002, 91 percent was used as the baseline for this measure. It was calculated using data collected annually from all 51 state CWSRF programs
(50 states and Puerto Rico).
(PM bpc) Percent of all major publicly owned treatment works (POTWs) that comply with their permitted wastewater
discharge standards.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
86
86
FY 2009
86
Data
Unavailable
FY 2010
86
86.9
FY2011
86
86.7
FY 2012
86

FY 2013
86

Unit
Percent
POTWs

GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     845

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
(PM bpf) Estimated annual reduction in millions of pounds of phosphorus from nonpoint sources to water bodies
(Section 319 funded projects only).

Target
Actual
FY 2006
4.5
11.8
FY 2007
4.5
7.5
FY 2008
4.5
3.5
FY 2009
4.5
3.5
FY 2010
4.5
2.6
FY2011
4.5
Data Avail
4/2012
FY 2012
4.5

FY 2013
4.5

Unit
Pounds
(Million)
Explanation of Results: EPA collects this information in its Grants Reporting and Tracking System (GRTS) for Section 319-funded on-the-ground implementation
projects that will reduce phosphorus loads to water bodies. States are not required to enter this information into GRTS until after one full year of project implementation so
that field data can be collected to support the model calculations. Results are expected by April 2012.
Additional Information: In 2005, there was a reduction of 558,000 Ibs of phosphorus from nonpoint sources.
(PM bpg) Estimated additional reduction in million pounds of nitrogen from nonpoint sources to water bodies (Section
319 funded projects only).

Target
Actual
FY 2006
8.5
14.5
FY 2007
8.5
19.1
FY 2008
8.5
11.3
FY 2009
8.5
9.1
FY 2010
8.5
9.8
FY2011
8.5
Data Avail
4/2012
FY 2012
8.5

FY 2013
8.5

Unit
Pounds
(Million)
Explanation of Results: EPA collects this information in its Grants Reporting and Tracking System (GRTS) for Section 319-funded on-the-ground implementation
projects that will reduce phosphorus loads to water bodies. States are not required to enter this information into GRTS until after one full year of project implementation so
that field data can be collected to support the model calculations. Results are expected by April 2012.
Additional Information: In 2005 , there was a reduction of 3 .7 million Ibs of nitrogen from nonpoint sources.
(PM bph) Estimated additional reduction in thousands of tons of sediment from nonpoint sources to water bodies
(Section 319 funded projects only).

Target
Actual
FY 2006
700
1,200
FY 2007
700
1,200
FY 2008
700
2,100
FY 2009
700
2,300
FY 2010
700
2,100
FY2011
700
Data Avail
4/2012
FY 2012
700

FY 2013
700

Unit
Tons
(Thousand)
Explanation of Results: EPA collects this information in its Grants Reporting and Tracking System (GRTS) for Section 319-funded on-the-ground implementation
projects that will reduce phosphorus loads to water bodies. States are not required to enter this information into GRTS until after one full year of project implementation so
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     846

-------
Program Area
Performance Measures and Data
                   that field data can be collected to support the model calculations. Results are expected by April 2012.

                   Additional Information: In 2005, there was a reduction of 1.68 million tons of sediment from nonpoint sources.
                   (PM bpk) Number of TMDLs that are established by states and approved by the EPA [state TMDL] on a schedule
                   consistent with national policy (cumulative).  [A TMDL is a technical plan for reducing pollutants in order to obtain
                   water quality standards. The terms "approved" and "established" refer to the completion and approval  of the TMDL
                   itself.]

Target
Actual
FY 2006
15,428
17,682
FY 2007
20,232
21,685
FY 2008
28,527
30,658
FY 2009
33,540
36,487
FY 2010
39,101
38,749
FY2011
41,235
41,231
FY 2012
43,781

FY 2013
46,331

Unit
TMDLs
                   Explanation of Results: In FY 2011, States developed 2,482 TMDLs. Alabama, Kentucky, and South Carolina had several TMDLs with technical and/or legal issues that
                   still need to be resolved, and most states continue to suffer due to budget shortfalls. Additionally, Region 10 states are developing watershed TMDLs, which require a
                   significant amount of resources and time.

                   Additional Information: Cumulatively, more than 40,000 state TMDLs were completed through F Y 2011. A TMDL is a technical plan for reducing pollutants in order to
                   attain water quality standards. The terms "approved" and "established" refer to the completion and approval of the TMDL itself.	
                   (PM bpl) Percent of high-priority state NPDES permits that are issued in the fiscal year.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
95
96.4
FY 2007
95
112
FY 2008
95
120
FY 2009
95
147
FY 2010
95
142
FY2011
100
135
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
80

Unit
Percent
Permits
                   Explanation of Results: States have continued their efforts in coordination with the EPA Regions to maintain strong performance in the issuance of their high priority
                   permits. When states establish their lists each year, they designate a pool of priority permits and commit to issuing a certain number of these in the fiscal year. If a State is
                   able to issue permits designated as priority ahead of schedule, they receive credit toward the current fiscal year target, which may result in issuing more permits than
                   originally targeted.

                   Additional Information: Priority Permits are permits in need of reissuance that have been identified by states as environmentally or programmatically significant. The
                   annual universe of Priority Permits includes the number of permits selected as priority, from which a subset will be issued in the current fiscal year. In 2005, 104% of the
                   designated priority permits were issued in the fiscal year. Starting in FY2013, results can no longer exceed 100% issuance due to a refinement of the measure definition,
                   and the target was revised accordingly. The universe used to calculate percentage results changed from the number of permits committed to issuance in the current fiscal
                   year to the total number of permits selected as priority.	
                   (PM bpm) Cost per water segment restored.


Target
FY 2006
1,358,351
FY 2007
615,694
FY 2008
684,200
FY 2009
708,276
FY 2010
771,000
FY2011
681,445
FY 2012
721,715
FY 2013
685,885
Unit
Dollars
   GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                                          847

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Actual
576,618
512,735
547,676
570,250
581,281
578,410



Additional Information: The cost per water segment restored was $1,544,998 in 2004.
(PM bpn) Percent of major dischargers in Significant Noncompliance (SNC) at any time during the fiscal year.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
22.5
20.2
FY 2007
22.5
22.6
FY 2008
22.5
23.9
FY 2009
22.5
23.3
FY 2010
22.5
23.5
FY2011
22.5
Data Avail
3/2012
FY 2012
22.5

FY 2013
22.5

Unit
Percent
Dischargers
Explanation of Results: The FY 201 1 EOY data is not available at this time due to the current DMR reporting cycle. Final EOY data will be available March 2012.
(PM bpp) Percent of submissions of new or revised water quality standards from states and territories that are
approved by the EPA.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
90.9
89
FY 2007
85
85.6
FY 2008
87
92.5
FY 2009
85
93.2
FY 2010
85
90.9
FY2011
85
91.8
FY 2012
85

FY 2013
87

Unit
Percent
Submissions
Additional Information: In 2004, the baseline was 87.6 percent submissions approved. Approval rates are expected to decline in 20 1 1 and 20 12 due to the increasing
complexity of technical and policy issues that rose in state standards revisions submitted to the EPA.
(PM bpr) Loading (pounds) of pollutants removed per program dollar expended.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
233
233
FY 2007
285
331
FY 2008
332
332
FY 2009
368
368
FY 2010
371
371
FY2011
377
377
FY 2012
385

FY 2013
385

Unit
Pounds
Additional Information: The loading (pounds) of pollutants removed per program dollar expended was 122 in 2004.
(PM bps) Number of TMDLs that are established or approved by the EPA [total TMDL] on a schedule consistent with
national policy (cumulative). [A TMDL is a technical plan for reducing pollutants in order to attain water quality
standards. The terms "approved" and "established" refer to the completion and approval of the TMDL itself.]

Target
Actual
FY 2006
20,275
22,648
FY 2007
25,274
26,844
FY 2008
33,801
35,979
FY 2009
38,978
41,866
FY 2010
44,560
46,817
FY2011
49,375
49,663
FY 2012
52,218

FY 2013
54,773

Unit
TMDLs
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     848

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Additional Information: Cumulatively, EPA and states completed more than 49,000 TMDLs through FY 201 1 . A TMDL is a technical plan for reducing pollutants in
order to attain water quality standards. The terms "approved" and "established" refer to the completion and approval of the TMDL itself.
(PM bpt) Percent of waters assessed using statistically valid surveys.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
54
54
FY 2007
54
54
FY 2008
65
65
FY 2009
65
65
FY 2010
82
82
FY2011
100
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Waters
Additional Information: In 2000, 31 percent of waters were assessed using statistically valid surveys.
(PM bpv) Percent of high-priority EPA and state NPDES permits (including tribal) that are issued in the fiscal year.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
95
98.5
FY 2007
95
104
FY 2008
95
119
FY 2009
95
144
FY 2010
95
138
FY2011
100
132
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
80

Unit
Percent
Permits
Explanation of Results: States and EPA have continued their efforts in coordination with the EPA Regions to maintain strong performance in the issuance of their high
priority permits. When states establish their lists each year, they designate a pool of priority permits and commit to issuing a certain number of these in the fiscal year. If a
State or EPA Region is able to issue permits designated as priority ahead of schedule, they receive credit toward the current fiscal year target, which may result in issuing
more permits than originally targeted.
Additional Information: Priority Permits are permits in need of reissuance that have been identified by states or EPA Regions as environmentally or programmatically
significant. The annual universe of Priority Permits includes the number of permits selected as priority, from which a subset will be issued in the current fiscal year. In
2005, 104% of the designated priority permits were issued in the fiscal year. Starting in FY2013, results can no longer exceed 100% issuance due to a refinement of the
measure definition, and the target was revised accordingly. The universe used to calculate percentage results changed from the number of permits committed to issuance in
the current fiscal year to the total number of permits selected as priority.
(PM bpw) Percent of states and territories that, within the preceding 3-year period, submitted new or revised water
quality criteria acceptable to the EPA that reflect new scientific information from the EPA or sources not considered in
previous standards.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
66
66.1
FY 2007
67
66.1
FY 2008
68
62.5
FY 2009
68
62.5
FY 2010
66
67.9
FY2011
64.3
69.6
FY 2012
64.3

FY 2013
64.3

Unit
Percent
States and
Territories
Additional Information: In 2004, the baseline was 70% of states and territories submitting acceptable water quality criteria reflecting new scientific information. In
response to an EPA national priority, states are focusing on adopting water quality criteria for nutrients (e.g., nitrogen, phosphorus). Because developing these criteria is a
complex multi-year process for many states, EPA expects some decline in performance in the short term.
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     849

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
(PM cr2) Clean up acres of known contaminated sediments (cumulative starting FY 2006).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
5
10
FY 2010
20
20
FY2011
60
63
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Acres
Additional Information: In 2006, 400 acres of known highly contaminated sediments were found in the main-stem of the Lower Columbia and Lower Willamette Rivers.
(PM cr3) Demonstrate a reduction in mean concentration of contaminants of concern found in water and fish tissue
(cumulative starting in FY 2006).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
10
Data Avail
3/2012
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Mean
Concentratio
n
Additional Information: In 2005, 5 sites demonstrated a reduction in mean concentration of certain contaminants of concern found in water and fish tissue.
(PM pi2) Percent of time that sewage treatment plants in the U.S. Pacific Island Territories comply with permit limits
for biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) and total suspended solids (TSS).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
67
67
FY 2009
62
65
FY 2010
62
52
FY2011
63
50
FY 2012
64

FY 2013 Unit


Percent Time
Explanation of Results: The EOY result reflects continued noncompliance at Guam treatment plants (Guam plants were in compliance only 21% of the time in FY1 1).
We expect this trend to continue in FY12.
Additional Information: The sewage treatment plants in the Pacific Island Territories complied 59 percent of the time with BOD and TSS permit limits.
(PM wq2) Remove the specific causes of water body impairment identified by states in 2002 (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
4,607
6,723
FY 2009
6,891
7,530
FY 2010
8,512
8,446
FY2011
9,016
9,527
FY 2012
10,161

FY 2013
10,711

Unit
Causes
Additional Information: In 2002, an estimate of 69,677 specific causes of water body impairments were identified by states.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, improve water quality conditions in 330 impaired watersheds nationwide using the watershed
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     850

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
approach (cumulative). (2002 baseline: Zero watersheds improved of an estimated 4,800 impaired watersheds of focus having
one or more water bodies impaired. The watershed boundaries for this measure are those established at the "12-digit" scale by
the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS). Watersheds at this scale average 22 square miles in size. "Improved" means that one or
more of the impairment causes identified in 2002 are removed for at least 40 percent of the impaired water bodies or impaired
miles/acres or there is significant watershed-wide improvement (as demonstrated by valid scientific information) in one or more
water quality parameters associated with the impairments. Status as of FY 2009: 104 improved watersheds.)
(PM uwl) Number of urban water projects initiated addressing water quality issues in the community.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
3

FY 2013
3

Unit
Proj ects
Additional Information: This measure tracks progress in the implementation of grants that help communities access, improve, and benefit from their urban waters and
surrounding land. Projects that address water quality in the community will be tracked through grantee reporting and can include the following activities (as authorized
under Section 104(b)(3) of the Clean Water Act): planning, outreach, training, studies, monitoring, and demonstration of innovative approaches to manage water quality.
(PM wq3) Improve water quality conditions in impaired watersheds nationwide using the watershed approach
(cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
40
60
FY 2009
102
104
FY 2010
141
168
FY2011
208
271
FY 2012
312

FY 2013
352

Unit
Watersheds
Additional Information: In 2002, there were 10 watersheds improved of an estimated 4,800 impaired watershed of focus having 1 or more water bodies impaired. The
watershed boundaries for this measure are those established at the "12-digit" scale by the U.S. Geological Survey. Watersheds at this scale average 22 square miles in size.
"Improved" means that that one or more of the impairment causes identified in 2002 are removed for at least 40 percent of the impaired water bodies or impaired
miles/acres, or there is significant watershed- wide improvement, as demonstrated by valid scientific information, in one or more water quality parameters associated with
the impairments.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, in coordination with other federal agencies, provide access to basic sanitation for 67,900
American Indian and Alaska Native homes. (FY 2009 baseline: 43,600 homes. Universe: 360,000 homes.)
(PM Opb) Percent of serviceable rural Alaska homes with access to drinking water supply and wastewater disposal.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
92
92
FY 2008
94
91
FY 2009
96
91
FY 2010
98
92
FY2011
92
Data Avail
5/2012
FY 2012
93

FY 2013
91

Unit
Percent
Homes
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     851

-------
Program Area

(2) Improve
Coastal and
Ocean Waters
Performance Measures and Data
Additional Information: In 2003, 77 percent of serviceable rural Alaska homes had access to drinking water supply and wastewater disposal.
(PM wq6) Percent of homes on tribal lands lacking access to basic sanitation.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
No Target
Established

FY 2009
No Target
Established

FY 2010
No Target
Established

FY2011
6
8.6
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Homes
Explanation of Results: The percent of tribal homes lacking access to basic sanitation target was not met for two reasons; 1 .) the percent calculation is based on a static
2003 baseline and since 2003 there has been an increase in the total number of tribal homes included in the Indian Health Service (IHS) data system and 2.) An increase in
the need for basic sanitation infrastructure to serve homes which previously had access to basic sanitation. As a result, the Agency has re-categorized this measure as an
indicator and is now measuring, identifying targets, and reporting out on the number of homes provided basic sanitation (in coordination with other federal agencies)
rather than a percentage of homes.
Additional Information: In 2005, 6.64 percent of homes on tribal lands lacked access to basic sanitation.
(PM uw2) Number of urban water projects completed addressing water quality issues in the community.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
0

FY 2013
0

Unit
Proj ects
Additional Information: As this is a new measure, it is not anticipated that any projects will be completed in FY 2013.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, improve regional coastal aquatic ecosystem health, as measured on the "Good/Fair/Poor" scale of
the National Coastal Condition Report. (FY 2009 baseline: National rating of "Fair" or 2.8, where the rating is based on a 4-
point system ranging from 1 to 5, in which "1" is "Poor" and "5" is "Good" using the National Coastal Condition Report
indicators for water and sediment, coastal habitat, benthic index, and fish contamination.)
(PM sf3) At least seventy-five percent of the monitored stations in the near shore and coastal waters of the Florida Keys
National Marine Sanctuary will maintain Chlorophyll a(CHLA) levels at less than or equal to 0.35 ug 1-1 and light
clarity (Kd) levels at less than or equal to 0.20 m-1.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
75
85.4
FY 2012
75

FY 2013
75

Unit
Percent
Stations
Additional Information: In 2005, total water quality was at chl < 0.2 ug/1, light attenuation < 0. 13/meter, DIN < 0.75 micromolar, and TP < 0.2 micromolar.
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     852

-------
Program Area
Performance Measures and Data
                 (PM sf4) At least seventy-five percent of the monitored stations in the near shore and coastal waters of the Florida Keys
                 National Marine Sanctuary will maintain dissolved inorganic nitrogen (DIN) levels at less than or equal to 0.75 uM and
total phosphorus (ir) levels at less than or eq

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


ual to 0.25 uM.
FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
75
73.6
FY 2012
75

FY 2013
75

Unit
Percent
Stations
                 Explanation of Results: In 2010, a total of 1,000 stations exhibited dissolved inorganic nitrogen (DIN) levels at less than or equal to 0.75uM for results of 84.3% that met
                 the target. Total phosphorus numbers did not achieve the measure with 738 of 1,003 stations meeting the target for results of 73.6%.

                 Additional Information: The baseline for DIN is <0.75 uM (76.3 percent); TP < 0.25 uM (89.9 percent).	
                 (PM sf5) Improve the water quality of the Everglades ecosystem as measured by total phosphorus, including meeting the
                 10 ppb total phosphorus criterion throughout the Everglades Protection Area marsh.	

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
Maintain
Not
Maintained
FY 2009
Maintain
Not
Maintained
FY 2010
Maintain
Not
Maintained
FY2011
Maintain
Not
Maintained
FY 2012
Maintain

FY 2013
Maintain

Unit
Parts/Billion
                 Explanation of Results: This measure is tracked in 2 parts: 1) Water year 2011 annual geometric mean total phosphorus (TP) concentration throughout the Everglades
                 Protection Area did not meet the 10 ppb water quality criterion in the impacted portions of the Refuge, WCA2 and WCA3. 2) Water year 2011 annual phosphorus load
                 reductions for the Stormwater Treatment Areas (STA) did not meet their permit discharge limits. Inflow phosphorus concentrations to the Everglades continue to exceed
                 the lOppb criterion, in spite of significant progress.

                 Additional Information: In 2005, the average annual geometric mean phosphorus concentrations were 5 ppb in the Everglades National Park, 10 ppb in Water
                 Conservation 3A, 13 ppb in the Loxahatchee National Wildlife Refuge, and 18 ppb in Water Conservation Area 2A; annual average flow-weighted from total phosphorus
                 discharges from Stormwater Treatment Areas ranged from 13 ppb for area 3/4 and 98 ppb for area 1W.  Effluent limits will be established for all discharges, including
                 Stormwater Treatment Areas.
                 Strategic Measure: By 2015, 95 percent of active dredged material ocean dumping sites, as determined by the 3-year average,
                 will have achieved environmentally acceptable conditions (as reflected in each site's management plan and measured through
                 onsite monitoring programs). (2009 baseline: 99 percent. FY 2009 universe is 65.) (Due to variability in the universe of sites,
                 results vary from year to year (e.g., between 85 percent and 99 percent). While this much variability is not expected every year,
                 the results are expected to have some change each year.)	
                 (PM co5) Percent of active dredged material ocean dumping sites that will have achieved environmentally acceptable
                 conditions (as reflected in each site's management plan).	
   GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                                    853

-------


Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
95
99
FY 2009
98
99
FY 2010
98
90.1
FY2011
98
93
FY 2012
95

FY 2013
95

Unit
Percent Sites
Program Area
Performance Measures and Data
                   Explanation of Results: Gulfport Western Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Sites (ODMDS) has exceeded the minimum depth limitation. The Miami ODMDS has
                   elevated PCB levels. In addition, multiple Gulf of Mexico (ODMDSs) likely do not meet environmentally acceptable conditions due to the Deep Water Horizon Oil Spill
                   and need to be evaluated.

                   Additional Information: The baseline was calculated in 2005 at 60 sites.	
                   Strategic Measure: By 2015, working with partners, protect or restore an additional (i.e., measuring from 2009 forward)
                   600,000 acres of habitat within the study areas for the 28 estuaries that are part of the National Estuary Program. (2009
                   baseline: 900,956 acres of habitat protected or restored, cumulative from 2002-2009. In FY 2009, 125,437 acres were protected
                   or restored.)	
                   (PM 202) Acres protected or restored in National Estuary Program study areas.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
25,000
140,033
FY 2007
50,000
102,462.9
FY 2008
50,000
83,490
FY 2009
100,000
125,410
FY 2010
100,000
89,985
FY2011
100,000
62,213
FY 2012
100,000

FY 2013
100,000

Unit
Acres
                   Explanation of Results: There are a large number of variables that affect the habitat acres actually reported at EOY. Two of the biggest factors affecting the NEP's work
                   and acres reported are: 1) the economy (non-federal match is a significant challenge because state and local budgets have been severely cut), 2) the number of larger
                   ready-to-go projects has greatly diminished over these last years, leaving much smaller projects. We expect these factors will continue to influence our results in the
                   future. Therefore, we are working to determine a more appropriate target for the future.

                   Additional Information: 2009 Baseline: 900,956 acres of habitat protected or restored; cumulative from 2002-2009.	
                   (PM 4pc) Program dollars per acre of habitat protected or restored.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
510
401
FY 2007
505
492
FY 2008
500
909
FY 2009
500
659
FY 2010
500
2,046
FY2011
500
2,454
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Dollars
                   Explanation of Results: Our target was missed due to receiving unexpected appropriations and fewer than expected habitat acres protected or restored in FY 2011. There
                   are a large number of variables that affect the habitat acres actually reported at the end of the year. Two of the biggest factors affecting the NEPs' work and therefore acres
                   reported are: 1) the economy (non-federal match is a significant challenge because state and local budgets have been severely cut so funds are extremely tight), and 2) the
                   number of larger ready to go projects has greatly diminished over these last year's leaving much smaller ones. FY 2011 was the last year for reporting on this performance
                   measure.

                   Additional Information: In 2004, $519 program dollars per acre of habitat protected or restored.	
   GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                                          854

-------
Program Area
(3) Increase
Wetlands
Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, working with partners, achieve a net increase of wetlands nationwide, with additional focus on
coastal wetlands, and biological and functional measures and assessment of wetland condition. (2004 baseline: 32,000 acres
annual net national wetland gain.)
(PM 4E) In partnership with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, states, and tribes, achieve no net loss of wetlands each
year under the Clean Water Act Section 404 regulatory program.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
No Net Loss
Data Not
Available
FY 2007
No Net Loss
Data Not
Available
FY 2008
No Net Loss
Data Not
Available
FY 2009
No Net Loss
No Net Loss
FY 2010
No Net Loss
No Net Loss
FY2011
No Net Loss
No Net Loss
FY 2012
No Net Loss

FY 2013
No Net Loss

Unit
Acres
Additional Information: EPA receives data for this measure from the Army Corps of Engineers (ACE). ACE recently finalized its database and was able to collect actual
data for the first time in FY 2009.
(PM 4G) Number of acres restored and improved under the 5-Star, NEP, 319, and great water body programs
(cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
75,000
82,875
FY 2009
88,000
103,507
FY 2010
110,000
130,000
FY2011
150,000
154,000
FY 2012
170,000

FY 2013
180,000

Unit
Acres
Additional Information: This measure describes the wetland acres restored through only EPA programs. Information on the national status of wetland gains and losses
regardless of the cause is provided every five years by the USFWS. The most recent report noted an annual net loss of 13,800 acres.
(PM Opd) Percent of project federal funds expended on time within the anticipated project construction schedule set
forth in the Management Control Policy.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
94
90.5
FY 2010
94.5
85
FY2011
95
Data Avail
5/2012
FY 2012
95.5

FY 2013
95

Unit
Percent
Proj ects
Explanation of Results: Data available May 2012
Additional Information: A baseline had been set in 2008 of 93.5 percent.
(PM crl) Protect, enhance, or restore acres of wetland habitat and acres of upland habitat in the Lower Columbia River
watershed (cumulative starting FY 2006).
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     855

-------
Program Area

(4) Improve
the Health of
the Great
Lakes
Performance

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
8,000
12,986
FY 2009
10,000
15,700
Measures and Data
FY 2010
16,000
16,000
FY2011
16,300
16,661
Additional Information: In 2005 , 96,770 acres of wetlands were available for protection, enhancement or restoration

FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Acres
in the Lower Columbia River Estuary.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, prevent water pollution and protect aquatic systems so that the overall ecosystem health of the
Great Lakes is at least 24.7 points on a 40-point scale. (2009 baseline: Great Lakes rating of 22.5 (expected) on the 40-point
scale where the rating uses select Great Lakes State of the Lakes Ecosystem indicators based on a 1- to -5 rating system for each
indicator, where "1" is "Poor" and "5" is "Good".)
(PM 433
systems i

Target
Actual
1 Improve the overall ecosystem health of the Great Lakes by preventing water pollution and protecting aquatic
using a 40-point scale).
FY 2006
21
21.1
FY 2007
21
22.7
FY 2008
21
23.7
FY 2009
No Target
Established

FY 2010
No Target
Established

FY2011
23.4
21.9
FY 2012
21.9

FY 2013
23.4

Unit
The 40-point
scale has no
unit
Explanation of Results: The Great Lakes Index score of 21 .9 does not indicate worsening environmental conditions in the Great Lakes over the long term. Rather, the
change is a result of an adjustment to one of the eight index components - beach closures. In 2010, 62% of Great Lakes beaches were reported as open more than 95% of
the swimming season. This represents a large decrease from the previous year (82%), and caused the beach closure component of the index to drop from a "2" to a " 1 . "
While this gives the appearance that beach - and therefore general Great Lakes - conditions are deteriorating, approximately the same number of beaches did not meet the
95% threshold in 2010 as in 2009. This is attributable to a more rigorous standard of reporting. Prior to 2010, states had been considering non-monitored beaches as open
and safe for swimming for 100% of the beach season because the lack of monitoring resulted in no closings. The inclusion of non-monitored beaches in the category of
"beaches meeting the criteria of being open more than 95% of the swimming season" raised the number of beaches considered safe for swimming, and in turn raised the
percentage. In 2010, non-monitored beaches were no longer reported by states, which resulted in a smaller number of beaches monitored and counted in this component of
the index.
Starting in FY12, the beach closure component of the index will be revised to assess the percentage of days of the beach season that the Great Lakes beaches monitored by
state beach safety programs are open and safe for swimming. This component will then be consistent with the national beach program measure and the revised Great
Lakes beach program measure under the GLRI Action Plan.
Additional Information: The ecosystem health index for the Great Lakes in 2002 was 20. Index value for 20 10 = 22.7. This was previously a long-term measure, so no
data is included for FY 2009 or FY 2010.
(PM 620) Cumulative percentage
walleye samples.

FY 2006
FY 2007
decline for the long-term trend in concentrations
FY 2008
FY 2009
FY 2010
FY2011
of PCBs in whole lake trout and
FY 2012
FY 2013
Unit
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     856

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Target
Actual
5
6
5
6
5
6
5
6
10
43
37
44
40

43

Percent
Decline
Additional Information: On average, total PCB concentrations in whole Great Lakes top predator fish have recently declined 5 percent annually - average concentrations
at Lake sites from 2002 were: L Superior-9ug/g; L Michigan- 1 .6ug/g; L Huron- .8ug/g L Erie- 1 .8ug/g; and L Ontario- 1 .2ug/g.
(PM 625) Number of Beneficial Use Impairments removed within Areas of Concern (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
16
11
FY 2009
21
12
FY 2010
20
12
FY2011
26
26
FY 2012
33

FY 2013
41

Unit
BUIs
Removed
Additional Information: Under the GLRI, EPA collaborated extensively with state and federal partners to conduct proj ects supporting the removal of the following
beneficial use impairments: 'Restrictions on Drinking Water' BUI at Rochester Embayment AOC (11/3) and Detroit River AOC (7/9); 'Beach Closing' BUI at Kalamazoo
River AOC (3/3), Lower Menominee AOC (3/3), Waukegan Harbor AOC (9/28), Manistique River AOC (5/5/10 - not previously counted); 'Restrictions on Dredging'
BUI at St. Clair River AOC (3/3), Muskegon Lake AOC (9/26), and White Lake AOC (9/30); Added Costs to Agriculture or Industry' BUI at Rochester Embayment AOC
(7/9) and Grand Calumet River AOC (9/30); 'Eutrophication' BUI at Deer Lake AOC (9/26); 'Bird or Animal Deformities' BUI at Deer Lake AOC (9/26); and 'Tainting of
Fish and Wildlife' BUI at St. Clair River AOC (1 1/17/09 - not previously counted).
(PM 626) Number of Areas of Concern in the Great Lakes where all management actions necessary for delisting have
been implemented (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
l

FY2011
l
2
FY 2012
3

FY 2013
4

Unit
AOCs
Additional Information: Universe of 3 1 ; baseline of 1 .
(PM 627) Number of nonnative species newly detected in the Great Lakes ecosystem.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
l.l

FY2011
1.0
0.83
FY 2012
0.8

FY 2013
0.8

Unit
Species
Additional Information: During the ten-year period prior to the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative (2000-2009), thirteen new invasive species were believed to be
discovered within the Great Lakes. This is a baseline rate of invasion of 1 .3 species per year. NOAA scientists have since reclassified the detection dates of three species
based on a reassessment and categorization of available data. This alters the baseline to 1.0 species per year (10 species from 2000-2009). The FY 20 12 target of 0.8 is
based on this new baseline of 1 . 0 species per year. This target also assumes the same rate of detection (one species over the five years of the Action Plan) as the original
targets.
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     857

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
(PM 628) Acres managed for populations of invasive species controlled to a target level (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
1,000

FY2011
1,500
13,045
FY 2012
15,500

FY 2013
18,000

Unit
Acres
Explanation of Results: This result is higher than anticipated. The unprecedented level of funding for invasive species work capitalized on a backlog of projects and
appears to have achieved economies of scale due to significantly larger projects. Approximately 4,800 acres of this effort contribute to efforts to protect, restore, and
enhance costal habitat (GL-12) and are also included in the results for that measure. Reporting for this measure relies heavily upon receiving and validating information
from funding recipients (grantees, states, federal agencies, sub-grantees).
Additional Information: There were zero acres managed for populations of invasive species controlled to a target level in 2005.
(PM 629) Number of multi-agency rapid response plans established, mock exercises to practice responses carried out
under those plans, and/or actual response actions (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
4

FY2011
4
8
FY 2012
12

FY 2013
15

Unit
Number
Responses/Pi
ans
Additional Information: There were zero multi-agency rapid response plans established, mock exercises to practice responses carried out under those plans, and/or actual
response actions in 2005.
(PM 630) Five-year average annual loadings of soluble reactive phosphorus (metric tons per year) from tributaries
draining targeted watersheds.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
0

FY2011
0
Data
Unavailable
FY 2012
0.5

FY 2013
1.0

Unit
Metric
Tons/Year
Explanation of Results: Sufficient historical data does not currently exist to allow for calculation of 5-year averages through the 2010 water year for the Saginaw,
Genesee, and St. Louis Rivers. This measure tracks changes in the five-year average annual loadings of SRP. Under the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative, improved
phosphorus data are now being collected in all five targeted watersheds (Fox, Saginaw, Maumee, St. Louis, and Genesee) to better estimate annual loadings of soluble
reactive phosphorus (SRP). Some historical data reflecting five years or more of sampling does exist for the Fox and Maumee Rivers, allowing for loads to be estimated.
While limited data is available, the assessment of these 5-year average annual loadings illustrate the inherent problems with tracking changes to SRP loadings from
tributaries, given the yearly variability of rainfall and other climatic factors; therefore, results of this measure may not indicate a trend from year to year.
Additional Information: This measure is being reported in percent reductions of five-year average annual loadings of soluble reactive phosphorus (metric tons per year).
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     858

-------
Program Area
Performance Measures and Data
                   The existing measure cannot provide technically sound and statistically valid results sufficient to provide long-term trend information. The program proposes to develop a
                   replacement for this measure in the summer of 2012.	

                   (PM 631) Percentage of beaches meeting bacteria standards 95 percent or more of beach days.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
86

FY2011
87
62
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Beaches
                   Explanation of Results: The measure has been changed for FY 2012 so that it only counts monitored beaches and is consistent with the national coastal and Great Lakes
                   beach measure. Reasons for missing the target included a change in reporting so that non-monitored beaches were not counted as "open."
                   Additional Information: The baseline is 86 percent (2006).	

                   (PM 632) Acres in Great Lakes watershed with USDA conservation practices implemented to reduce erosion, nutrients,
                   and/or pesticide loading.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
2

FY2011
2
62
FY 2012
8

FY 2013
20

Unit
Percent
Acres
                   Explanation of Results: In FY 2011,268,107 acres in the Great Lakes watershed were put into USDA conservation practices to reduce erosion, nutrients and/or pesticide
                   loadings under Farm Bill Programs. This represents a 62 percent increase over the baseline of 165,000 acres (based on FY 2008 data). The significant increase in FY 2011
                   is a combined result of greater funding (base USDA programs and GLRI) and increased participation inNRCS programs. The acres tracked in this measure are not
                   cumulative but are for new conservation practices implemented in a given fiscal year. The percent increase will vary considerably from year to year due to funding, the
                   conservation universe, and the difficulty of conservation practices.

                   Additional Information: The baseline is 165,000 acres in the Great Lakes watershed with USDA conservation practices implemented to reduce erosion, nutrients, and/or
                   pesticide loading.	

                   (PM 633) Percent of populations of native aquatic non-threatened and non-endangered species self-sustaining in the wild
                   (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
33%; 48/147

FY2011
33%; 48/147
31; 46/147
FY 2012
33%; 48/147

FY 2013
34%; 50/147

Unit
Species
                   Explanation of Results: Actions have been taken which we believe will increase the percentage of populations self-sustaining in the wild; however, this environmental
                   indicator will require additional time for the impacts to affect species populations. We expect that the actions taken will realize the targets established, albeit on a delayed
                   schedule. Lake Huron whitefish and lake trout populations (two species targeted to meet this measure) are making significant progress in measurable population metrics,
                   but the impacts of our efforts will not be fully known for several years, since lake trout are a long-lived, slow-growing, late maturing species that does not recruit to most
   GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                                           859

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
sampling gears until age 5+.
Additional Information: In 2009, 27 percent of populations of native aquatic non-threatened and non-endangered species were self-sustaining in the wild.
(PM 634) Number of acres of wetlands and wetland-associated uplands protected, restored and enhanced (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
5,000

FY2011
5,000
9,624
FY 2012
11,000

FY 2013
13,000

Unit
Acres
Additional Information: There were zero acres of wetlands and wetland-associated uplands protected, restored and enhanced in 2005 through GLRI.
(PM 635) Number of acres of coastal, upland, and island habitats protected, restored and enhanced (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
15,000

FY2011
15,000
12,103
FY 2012
15,000

FY 2013
20,000

Unit
Acres
Explanation of Results: Funding delays and permitting process delays have slowed project implementation. These project areas are expected to be protected, restored, or
enhanced in CY 20 12.
Additional Information: There were zero acres of coastal, upland, and island habitats protected, restored and enhanced in 2005.
(PM 636) Number of species delisted due to recovery.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
0

FY2011
0
i
FY 2012
l

FY 2013
2

Unit
Species
Additional Information: There were zero species delisted due to recovery in 2005.
(PM 637) Percent of days of the beach season that the Great Lakes beaches monitored by state beach safety programs
are open and safe for swimming.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
90

FY 2013
90

Unit
Percent Days
Additional Information: Results do not indicate a worsening of beach conditions since approximately the same number of beaches did not meet the 95% threshold in 2010
as in 2009. The measure was revised for FY 2012 so that it only counts monitored beaches and is consistent with the national coastal and Great Lakes beach measure (SS-
SP9.N1 1). Furthermore, non-monitored beaches are not counted as "open."
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     860

-------
Program Area

(5) Improve
the Health of
the
Chesapeake
Bay Ecosystem
Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, remediate a cumulative total of 10.2 million cubic yards of contaminated sediment in the Great
Lakes. (2009 baseline: Of the 46.5 million cubic yards once estimated to need remediation in the Great Lakes, 6.0 million cubic
yards of contaminated sediments have been remediated from 1997 through 2008.)
(PM 606) Cubic yards of contaminated sediment remediated (cumulative from 1997) in the Great Lakes.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
3.2
4.1
FY 2007
4.5
4.5
FY 2008
5.0
5.5
FY 2009
5.9
6.0
FY 2010
6.3
7.3
FY2011
8
8.4
FY 2012
9.1

FY 2013
9.6

Unit
Cubic Yards
(Million)
Additional Information: 7.3 million cubic yards of contaminated sediments were remediated from 1997 through 2009 of the 46.5 million requiring remediation.
(PM 623) Cost per cubic yard of contaminated sediments remediated (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
200
122
FY 2010
200
125
FY2011
200
144
FY 2012
200

FY 2013
200

Unit
Dollars/Cubi
cYard
Additional Information: In 2006, the cost per cubic yard of contaminated sediments remediated was $115.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, achieve 50 percent (92,500 acres) of the 185,000 acres of submerged aquatic vegetation
necessary to achieve Chesapeake Bay water quality standards. (2008 baseline: 35 percent, 64,912 acres.)
(PM 233) Total nitrogen reduction practices implementation achieved as a result of agricultural best management
practice implementation per million dollars to implement agricultural BMPs.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
47,031
43,529
FY 2008
48,134
45,533
FY 2009
49,237
49,660
FY 2010
49,237
49,660
FY2011
49,237
Data
Unavailable
FY 2012
49,660

FY 2013


Unit
Pounds/Doll
ars
(Millions)
Explanation of Results: Not able to track this measure since FY 2010 (due to the development of the Bay TMDL). Measure replaced with PM 234.
Additional Information: The 2001 baseline is 43,289.
(PM cbl) Percent of submerged Aquatic Vegetation goal of 185,000 acres achieved based on annual monitoring from
previous goal.

FY 2006
FY 2007
FY 2008
FY 2009
FY 2010
FY2011
FY 2012
FY 2013
Unit
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     861

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Target
Actual




No Target
Established

No Target
Established

No Target
Established

45
43




Percent
Acres
Additional Information: In 1985, 21percent of the Submerged Aquatic Vegetation goal of 185,000 acres was achieved (38,226 acres).
(PM cb6) Percent of goal achieved for implementing nitrogen reduction actions to achieve the final TMDL allocations,
as measured through the phase 5.3 watershed model.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
l
8
FY 2012
15

FY 2013
22.5

Unit
Percent Goal
Achieved
Additional Information: The FY 2010 baseline is 0 percent. The universe is 100 percent goal achievement by December 31, 2025 (FY 2026). FY 2013 target is a
placeholder and will be revised after finalization of Phase 2 WIPs being developed in association with Bay TMDL.
(PM cb7) Percent of goal achieved for implementing phosphorus reduction actions to achieve final TMDL allocations, as
measured through the phase 5.3 watershed model.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
l
l
FY 2012
15

FY 2013
22.5

Unit
Percent Goal
Achieved
Additional Information: The FY 2010 baseline is 0 percent. The universe is 100 percent goal achievement by December 31, 2025 (FY 2026). FY 2013 target is a
placeholder and will be revised after finalization of Phase 2 WIPs being developed in association with Bay TMDL.
(PM cb8) Percent of goal achieved for implementing sediment reduction actions to achieve final TMDL allocations, as
measured through the phase 5.3 watershed model.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
l
ll
FY 2012
15

FY 2013
22.5

Unit
Percent Goal
Achieved
Additional Information: The FY 2010 baseline is 0 percent. The universe is 100 percent goal achievement by December 31, 2025 (FY 2026). FY 2013 target is a
placeholder and will be revised after finalization of Phase 2 WIPs being developed in association with Bay TMDL.
(PM 234) Reduce per capita nitrogen loads (pounds per person per year) to levels necessary to achieve Chesapeake Bay
Total Maximum Daily Load allocations.
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     862

-------
Program Area

(6) Restore
and Protect
the Gulf of
Mexico
Performance Measures and Data

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012


FY 2013
15.17

Unit
Pounds/Pers
on/Year
Additional Information: FY 1986 baseline is 27.4 pounds of nitrogen/person/year. Universe is 10.57 pounds of nitrogen/person/year by December 31, 2025 (FY 2026).
(PM cb2) Percent of Dissolved Oxygen goal of 100 percent standards attainment achieved based on annual monitoring
from the previous calendar year and the preceding 2 years.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
No Target
Established

FY 2009
No Target
Established

FY 2010
No Target
Established

FY2011
40
38.5
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Dissolved
Oxygen
Additional Information: Historic data for measure changed due to new assessment method adopted during development of the Bay TMDL. Results from FY 201 1 reflect
new method, The revised historic results are FY 2006: 35.2 percent; FY 2007: 32.3 percent; FY 2008: 40.5 percent; FY 2009: 42. 1 percent; FY 2010: 39.4 percent.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce releases of nutrients throughout the Mississippi River Basin to reduce the size of the
hypoxic zone in the Gulf of Mexico to less than 5,000 km2, as measured by the 5-year running average of the size of the zone.
(Baseline: 2005-2009 running average size is 15,670 km2.)
(PM 22b) Improve the overall health of coastal waters of the Gulf of Mexico on the Good/Fair/Poor scale of the National
Coastal Condition Report.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
2.4
2.4
FY 2007
2.4
2.4
FY 2008
2.5
2.2
FY 2009
2.5
2.2
FY 2010
2.5
2.4
FY2011
2.5
2.4
FY 2012
2.4

FY 2013
2.4

Unit
Scale
Explanation of Results: The NCCR IV assessment is based on environmental stressor and response data collected by the states of Florida, Alabama, Mississippi,
Louisiana, and Texas from 2003-2006. The hurricanes of 2005 (Katrina and Rita) significantly affected the data collected and Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana did not
collect data in 2005 except for water quality indicators in Mississippi. These factors influenced the overall condition score which represents no significant change from the
previous ratings in NCCR II and III but did not improve.
Additional Information: In 2008, the Gulf of Mexico rating of Fair/Poor was 2.2, where the rating is based on a 5-point system in which 1 is Poor and 5 is Good and is
expressed as an aerially weighted mean of regional scores using the National Coastal Condition Report II indicators: water quality index, sediment quality index, benthic
index, coastal habitat index, and fish tissue contaminants.
(PM xgl) Restore water and habitat quality to meet water quality standards in impaired segments in 13 priority coastal
areas (cumulative starting in FY 2007).
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     863

-------
Program Area

(7) Restore
and Protect
the Long
Island Sound
Performance Measures and Data

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
64
131
FY 2009
96
131
FY 2010
96
170
FY2011
202
286
FY 2012
320

FY 2013
360

Unit
Impaired
Segments
Additional Information: In 2008, the Gulf of Mexico coastal wetlands habitats included 3,769,370 acres.
(PM xg2) Restore, enhance, or protect a cumulative number of acres of important coastal and marine habitats.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
18,200
25,215
FY 2009
26,000
29,344
FY 2010
27,500
29,552
FY2011
30,000
30,052
FY 2012
30,600

FY 2013
30,600

Unit
Acres
Additional Information: In 2008, 25,215 acres were restored, enhanced, or protected in the Gulf of Mexico.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce the maximum area of hypoxia in Long Island Sound by 15 percent from the pre-TMDL
average of 208 square miles as measured by the 5-year running average size of the zone. (Baseline: Pre-total maximum daily
load (TMDL) average conditions based on 1987-1999 data is 208 square miles. Post-TMDL includes years 2000-2014.
Universe: The total surface area of Long Island Sound is approximately 1,268 square miles; the potential for the maximum area
of hypoxia would be 1,268 square miles.)
(PM H5) Percent of goal achieved in reducing trade-equalized (TE) point source nitrogen discharges to Long Island
Sound from the 1999 baseline of 59,146 TE Ibs/day.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
52
70
FY2011
72
Data Avail
3/2012
FY 2012
74

FY 2013
76

Unit
Percent Goal
Achieved
Additional Information: The 2000 TMDL baseline is 59,146 Trade-Equalized (TE) pounds/day. The 2014 TMDL target is 22,774 TE pounds/day.
(PM H8) Restore, protect or enhance acres of coastal habitat from the 2010 baseline of 2,975 acres.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
218

FY 2013
480

Unit
Acres
Additional Information: The 2010 baseline is 2,975 acres. The long-term goal of this measure was significantly exceeded in FY 2010. EPA revised this measure in FY
2012 to measure acres instead of percent of goal achieved. EPA establishes annual targets with partners to measure annual progress. Out-year estimates are based on
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     864

-------
Program Area

(8) Restore
and Protect
the Puget

Performance Measures and
Data


continued state progress, feasibility, and funding for habitat restoration projects.
(PM H9) Reopen miles of river and stream corridors to diadromous fish passage from the 2010 baseline of 17.7 river
miles by removal of dams and barriers or by installation of bypass structures.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
28

FY 2013
51

Unit
Miles
Additional Information: The long-term goal of this measure was significantly exceeded in FY 2010. The EPA revised this measure in FY 2012 to measure river miles
instead of percent of goal achieved. The EPA will establish annual targets with partners to measure annual progress. Out-year estimates are based on continued state
progress, feasibility, and funding for fish passage and bypass projects. The EPA revised its FY 2012 target for this measure in the FY 2013 submission due to a
miscalculation. It is not a reflection of reduced effort.
(PM H6) Percent of goal achieved in restoring, protecting or enhancing
baseline of 1,199 acres.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
33
740
240 acres of coastal habitat from the 2008
FY2011
50
890
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent Goal
Achieved
Explanation of Results: Achieved 890 percent of the 2014 habitat acres goal. The 2014 target was significantly exceeded in FY 201 1 due partially to increased prior year
appropriations that enabled the leveraging of funding for acquisitions of several properties that helped exceed expectations for this measure.
Additional Information: The Long Island Sound Study established a goal to restore or protect 240 additional acres of coastal habitat from 2009-2014, from a 2008
baseline of 1,199 acres.
(PM H7) Percent of goal achieved in reopening 50 river and stream miles to diadromous fish passage from the 2008
baseline of 124 miles.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
33
72
FY2011
50
72
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent Goal
Achieved
Additional Information: The Long Island Sound Study established a goal to reopen 50 river/stream miles to diadromous fish passages in 2009-2014, from a 2008 baseline
of 124 miles.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, improve water quality and enable the lifting of harvest restrictions in 4,300 acres of shellfish bed
growing areas impacted by degraded or declining water quality in the Puget Sound. (2009 baseline: 1,730 acres of shellfish beds
with harvest restrictions in 2006 had their restrictions lifted. Universe: 30,000 acres of commercial shellfish beds with harvest
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     865

-------
Program Area
Sound Basin
(9) Sustain and
Restore the
Performance Measures and Data
restrictions in 2006.)
(PM psl) Improve water quality and enable the lifting of harvest restrictions in acres of shellfish bed growing areas
impacted by degrading or declining water quality.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
450
1,566
FY 2009
600
1,730
FY 2010
1,800
4,453
FY2011
4,953
1,525
FY 2012
3,878

FY 2013
7,758

Unit
Acres
Explanation of Results: In FY 201 1, Puget Sound's Samish Bay 4,037 acres were placed under new harvest restrictions primarily due to pathogen pollution. Also, in FY
201 1, there were 1,109 acres in Puget Sound that had harvest restrictions lifted. The net loss in harvestable acres for FY 201 1 is 2,928 acres; an EOY FY cumulative total
of 1,525 acres.
Additional Information: The universe of potentially recoverable shellfish beds in Puget Sound closed due to nonpoint source pollution is approximately 10,000 acres. In
2010, 4,453 acres (cumulative) of shellfish-bed growing areas had improved water quality, resulting in the lifting of harvest restrictions. In 201 1, a downgrading of
approximately 4,000 acres in Samish Bay occurred due to non-point pollution exacerbated by La Nina weather conditions. The Puget Sound program is strategically
directing resources in FY 2012 and beyond to address the pathogen pollution problem impacting shellfish harvest in Puget Sound. The program is addressing this both in
the near term - focusing on specific geographical locations (e.g. Samish Bay), and in the long term for the universe of potentially recoverable shellfish acres basin- wide in
Puget Sound.
(PM ps2) Remediate acres of prioritized contaminated sediments.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
100
123
FY 2009
125
123.1
FY 2010
123
123.1
FY2011
127
123
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Acres
Explanation of Results: Work anticipated to meet this measure was delayed. The additional acres projected for remediation in FY 201 1 are still being worked on to
complete the clean-up (expected in February 2012).
Additional Information: In 2008, 123 acres of prioritized contaminated sediments were remediated.
(PM ps3) Number of near shore, riparian, and wetland habitat acres protected or restored.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
2,310
4,413
FY 2009
3,000
5,751
FY 2010
6,500
10,062
FY2011
12,363
14,629
FY 2012
19,063

FY 2013
24,063

Unit
Acres
Additional Information: In 2008, 4,413 acres (cumulative) of tidally- and seasonally-influenced estuarine wetlands were restored.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, provide safe drinking water or adequate wastewater sanitation to 75 percent of the homes in the
U.S. -Mexico Border area that lacked access to either service in 2003. (2003 Universe: 98,515 homes lacked drinking water, and
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     866

-------
Program Area
U.S.-Mexico
Border
Environmental
Health
Performance Measures and Data
690,723 homes lacked adequate wastewater sanitation, based on a 2003 assessment of homes in the U.S.-Mexico Border area.
2015 target: 73,886 homes provided with safe drinking water, and 518,042 homes with adequate wastewater sanitation.)
(PM 4pg) Loading of biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) removed (million pounds/year) from the U.S.-Mexico border
area since 2003.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
108.2
108.5
FY 2012
115

FY 2013
121.5

Unit
Million
Pounds/Year
Additional Information: The baseline starts in 2003 with zero pounds of biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) removed.
(PM xb2) Number of additional homes provided safe drinking water in the U.S.-Mexico border area that lacked access
to safe drinking water in 2003.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
1,200
(Annual)
1,276
(Annual)
FY 2008
2,500
(Annual)
5,162
(Annual)
FY 2009
1,500
(Annual)
1,584
(Annual)
FY 2010
28,434
(Cumulative)
52,130
(Cumulative)
FY2011
54,130
(Cumulative)
54,734
(Cumulative)
FY 2012
1,000
(Annual)

FY 2013
3,000
(Annual)

Unit
Homes
Additional Information: Units and Baseline: "Additional homes" represents the number of existing households that are provided access (i.e., connected) to safe drinking
water as a result of Border Environment Infrastructure Fund (BEIF)- supported projects. The program measures from a baseline of zero additional homes since this
measure was developed in 2003. Universe: The known universe is the number of existing households in the U.S.-Mexico border area lacking access to safe drinking water
in 2003 (98,515 homes). The known universe was calculated from U.S. Census and the Mexican National Water Commission (CONAGUA) sources. This measure was
modified from cumulative to annual beginning in FY 2012 to better capture annual program progress.
(PM xb3) Number of additional homes provided adequate wastewater sanitation in the U.S.-Mexico border area that
lacked access to wastewater sanitation in 2003.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
70,750
(Annual)
73,475
(Annual)
FY 2008
15,000
(Annual)
31,686
(Annual)
FY 2009
105,500
(Annual)
43,594
(Annual)
FY 2010
246,175
(Cumulative)
254,125
(Cumulative)
FY2011
461,125
(Cumulative)
513,041
(Cumulative)
FY 2012
10,500
(Annual)

FY 2013
27,000
(Annual)

Unit
Homes
Additional Information: Units and Baseline: "Additional homes" represents the number of existing households that are provided access (i.e., connected) to adequate
wastewater sanitation as a result of Border Environment Infrastructure Fund (BEIF)- supported projects. The program measures from a baseline of zero additional homes
since this measure was developed in 2003. Universe: The known universe is the number of existing households in the U.S.-Mexico border area lacking access to adequate
wastewater sanitation services in 2003 (690,723). The known universe of unconnected homes was calculated from U.S. Census and the Mexican National Water
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     867

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Commission (CONAGUA) sources. This measure was modified from cumulative to annual beginning in FY 2012 to better capture annual program progress.
GOAL 2: PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS
                                                     868

-------
GOAL 3: CLEANING UP COMMUNITIES AND ADVANCING SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
Clean up communities, advance sustainable development, and protect disproportionately impacted low-income, minority, and tribal
communities. Prevent releases of harmful substances and clean up and restore contaminated areas.
Objective 1 - Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities: Support sustainable, resilient, and livable communities by working with local,
state, tribal, and federal partners to promote smart growth, emergency preparedness and recovery planning, brownfield redevelopment, and the
equitable distribution of environmental benefits.

Program Area
(2) Assess and
Cleanup
Brownfields


Performance
Measures and Data

Strategic Measure: By 2015, conduct environmental assessments at 20,600 (cumulative) brownfield
of the end of FY 2009, EPA assessed 14,600 properties.)


properties. (Baseline: As
(PM B29) Brownfield properties assessed.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
1,000
2,139
FY 2007
1,000
1,371
FY 2008
1,000
1,453
FY 2009
1,000
1,295
FY 2010
1,000
1,326
FY2011
1,000
1,784
FY 2012
1,200

FY 2013
1,200

Unit
Properties
Explanation of Results: In FY 201 1, the Agency embarked on a major data improvement effort to collect additional data and prior existing data. The Agency is increasing
the target for this measure in FY 2012.
Additional Information: The program which this measure supports receives funds from ARRA. However, the targets above are not estimated based on these additional
funds. ARRA resources and performance measures for EPA's Brownfields program are tracked separately on EPA's internet site
http://www.epa.gov/recovery/plans.htmWquarterly and the government-wide ARRA site www.recovery.gov.
Strategic
(Baseline
Measure: By 2015, make an additional 17,800 acres of brownfield properties
: As of the end of FY 2009, EPA made 1 1,800 acres ready for reuse.)
ready for reuse from the 2009 baseline.
(PM B33) Acres of Brownfields properties made ready for reuse.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
No Target
Established
1,598
FY 2007
No Target
Established
2,399
FY 2008
225
4,404
FY 2009
1,000
2,660
FY 2010
1,000
3,627
FY2011
1,000
6,667
FY 2012
3,000

FY 2013
3,000

Unit
Acres
Explanation of Results: In F Y 20 1 1 , the Agency embarked on a maj or data improvement effort to collect additional data and prior existing data. The Agency is increasing
the target for this measure in FY 2012.
Additional Information: The program which this measure supports receives funds from ARRA. However, the targets above are not estimated based on these additional
funds. ARRA resources and performance measures for EPA's Brownfields program are tracked separately on EPA's internet site
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                       869

-------
Program Area

(3) Reduce

Performance
Measures and
Data


http://www.epa.gov/recovery/plans.htmWquarterly and the government-wide ARRA site www.recovery.gov.
(PM B32) Number of properties cleaned up using Brownfields funding.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
60
88
FY 2007
60
77
FY 2008
60
78
FY 2009
60
93
FY 2010
60
109
FY2011
60
130
FY 2012
120

FY 2013
120

Unit
Properties
Explanation of Results: In FY 201 1, the Agency embarked on a major data improvement effort to collect additional data and prior existing data. The Agency is increasing
the target for this measure in FY 2012.
Additional Information: The program which this measure supports receives funds from ARRA. However, the targets above are not estimated based on these additional
funds. ARRA resources and performance measures for EPA's Brownfields program are tracked separately on EPA's internet site
http://www.epa.gov/recovery/plans.htmWquarterly and the government-wide ARRA site www.recovery.gov.
(PM B34) Jobs leveraged from Brownfields activities.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
5,000
5,504
FY 2007
5,000
5,209
FY 2008
5,000
5,484
FY 2009
5,000
6,490
FY 2010
5,000
5,177
FY2011
5,000
6,447
FY 2012
5,000

FY 2013
5,000

Unit
Jobs
Explanation of Results: In FY 201 1, the Agency embarked on a major data improvement effort to collect additional data and prior existing data. The Agency is increasing
the target for this measure in FY 2012.
Additional Information: The program which this measure supports receives funds from ARRA. However, the targets above are not estimated based on these additional
funds. ARRA resources and performance measures for EPA's Brownfields program are tracked separately on EPA's internet site
http://www.epa.gov/recovery/plans.htmWquarterly and the government-wide ARRA site www.recovery.gov.
(PM B37) Billions of dollars of cleanup and redevelopment funds leveraged at Brownfields sites.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
1.0
1.48
FY 2007
0.9
1.69
FY 2008
0.9
1.48
FY 2009
0.9
1.06
FY 2010
0.9
1.40
FY2011
0.9
2.14
FY 2012
1.2

FY 2013
1.2

Unit
Dollars
(Billions)
Explanation of Results: In FY 201 1, the Agency embarked on a major data improvement effort to collect additional data and prior existing data. The Agency is increasing
the target for this measure in FY 2012.
Additional Information: The program which this measure supports receives funds from ARRA. However, the targets above are not estimated based on these additional
funds. ARRA resources and performance measures for EPA's Brownfields program are tracked separately on EPA's internet site
http://www.epa.gov/recovery/plans.htmWquarterly and the government-wide ARRA site www.recovery.gov.
Strategic
Measure: By 2015, continue to maintain the Risk Management Plan (RMP) prevention program and further reduce
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   870

-------
Program Area
Chemical
Risks at
Facilities and
in
Communities
Performance Measures and Data
by 10 percent the number of accidents at RMP facilities. (Baseline: There was an annual average of 190 accidents based on
RMP program data between 2005-2009).
(PM CH2) Number of risk management plan audits and inspections conducted.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
400
550
FY 2007
400
628
FY 2008
400
628
FY 2009
400
654
FY 2010
400
618
FY2011
560
630
FY 2012
530

FY 2013
500

Unit
Audits
Additional Information: Between F Y 2000 and F Y 20 1 1 , more than 6,800 Risk Management Plan audits/inspections were completed.
Objective 2 - Preserve Land: Conserve resources and prevent land contamination by reducing waste generation, increasing recycling, and
ensuring proper management of waste and petroleum products.	
Program Area
(1) Waste
Generation
and Recycling
Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, increase the amount of municipal solid waste reduced, reused, or recycled by 2.5 billion pounds.
(At the end of FY 2008, 22.5 billion pounds of municipal solid waste had been reduced, reused, or recycled.)
(PM MW9) Billions of pounds of municipal solid waste reduced, reused, or recycled.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
19.5
23.7
FY 2010
20.5
22.6
FY2011
21
Data Avail
12/2012
FY 2012
22

FY 2013


Unit
Pounds
(Billions)
Additional Information: EPA is discontinuing this measure in FY 2013. FY 2012 data will be available December 2013.
(PM SMI) Tons of materials and products offsetting use of virgin resources through sustainable materials management.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
No Target
Established
8,449,458
FY 2012
8,549,502

FY 2013
8,650,995

Unit
Tons
Additional Information: New measure to reflect the national program shift from waste management to sustainable materials management. This new measure replaces our
retired waste management measure, "Billions of pounds of municipal solid waste reduced, reused or recycled." The FY 201 1 results will be used as the baseline for this
new measure.
   GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                           871

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, increase beneficial use of coal combustion ash to 50 percent from 40 percent in 2008.
(PM MW2) Increase in percentage of coal combustion ash that is beneficially used instead of disposed.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
1.8
-0.7
FY 2008
1.8
1.8
FY 2009
1.8
-6
FY 2010
1.4
Data Avail
12/2012
FY2011
1.4
Data Avail
12/2013
FY 2012
1.4

FY 2013
1.4

Unit
Percent
Increase
Additional Information: In 2008, approximately 136 million tons of coal combustion ash was generated, and 40 percent was used rather than landfilled. Data lag for FY
2010 and FY 201 1 results is two years, to allow for the use of finalized survey numbers in the budget cycle.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, increase by 78 the number of tribes covered by an integrated waste management plan compared
to FY 2009. (At the end of FY 2009, 94 of 572 federally recognized tribes were covered by an integrated waste management
plan.)
(PM MW8) Number of tribes covered by an integrated solid waste management plan.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
27
28
FY 2008
26
35
FY 2009
16
31
FY 2010
23
23
FY2011
14
17
FY 2012
3

FY 2013
3

Unit
Tribes
Additional Information: The baseline for this measure was set at zero, in response to new criteria for reporting identified in 2006. Beginning in FY 2012, RCRA Program
grant funding supporting the development of integrated waste management plans is no longer available. However, the performance target may be achieved with the
assistance of other funding sources, including tribes, other EPA programs, or other federal agencies. Technical assistance to the tribes, such as that provided through tribal
circuit riders, will remain available. At the end of FY 2011, 134 of 574 federally recognized tribes were covered by an integrated waste management plan.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, close, clean up, or upgrade 281 open dumps in Indian country and on other tribal lands compared
to FY 2009. (At the end of FY 2009, 412 open dumps were closed, cleaned up, or upgraded. As of April 1, 2010, 3,464 open
dumps were listed in the Indian Health Service Operation and Maintenance System Database, which is dynamic because of the
ongoing assessment of open dumps.)
(PM MW5) Number of closed, cleaned up, or upgraded open dumps in Indian country or on other tribal lands.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
30
107
FY 2008
30
166
FY 2009
27
129
FY 2010
22
141
FY2011
45
82
FY 2012
45

FY 2013
57

Unit
Dumps
Explanation of Results: Leveraged available EPA resources and tribal funds to greatly accelerate the expected pace of open tribal lands.
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   872

-------
Program Area

(2) Minimize
Releases of
Hazardous
Waste and
Petroleum
Products

Performance
Measures and Data
Additional Information: The baseline for this measure was set at zero, in response to new criteria for reporting identified in 2006.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, prevent releases at 500 hazardous waste management facilities with initial approved controls or
updated controls resulting in the protection of an estimated 3 million people living within a mile of all facilities with controls.
(Baseline: At the end of FY 2009, it was estimated that 789 facilities will require these controls out of the universe of 2,468
facilities with about 10,000 process units. The goal of 500 represents 63 percent of the facilities needing controls.)
(PM HWO) Number of hazardous waste facilities with new or updated controls.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
100
115
FY 2010
100
140
FY2011
100
130
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Facilities
Explanation of Results: Regional offices and their state counterparts were able to maintain a high permit renewal rate, which accounts for over half of the reported results.
Additional Information: There are an estimated 894 facilities that will require initial approved or updated controls out of the universe of 2,450 facilities.
(PM HWE) Number of facilities with new or updated controls per million dollars of program cost.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
2.00
3.36
FY 2008
3.64
3.72
FY 2009
3.68
3.75
Additional Information: EPA is discontinuing this measure in FY 2013. FY 2012
FY 2010
3.72
3.91
FY2011
3.75
4.01
FY 2012
3.79

FY 2013


Unit
Facilities
is the last year that results will be reported.
(PM PBS) Number of pounds of priority chemicals reduced from all phases of the manufacturing lifecycle through
source reduction and/or recycling.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
0.5
1.3
FY 2008
1.0
5.7
FY 2009
1.0
7.1
FY 2010
0.8
3.7
FY2011
2.0
12.3
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Million
Pounds
Explanation of Results: Several Regions reported unexpected results from their partners, partly due to the closeout of this measure. Region 6 was able to challenge and
encourage a partner to make a significant component substitution which accounted for almost half the national total.
Additional Information: The National Partnership Environmental Program (NPEP) has over 260 partners, including many federal and state facilities, who have removed
more than nearly 30 million pounds of priority chemicals through both source reduction and recycling activities.
Strategic Measure: Each year through 2015, increase the percentage of UST facilities that are in significant operational
compliance (SOC) with both release detection and release prevention requirements by 0.5 percent over the previous year's
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   873

-------
Program Area



target. (Baseline: This
Performance
means an increase of facilities in SOC
Measures and Data

from 65.5 percent in 2010 to 68 percent

in 2015.)


(PM ST6) Increase the percentage of UST facilities that are in significant operational compliance (SOC) with both
release detection and release prevention requirements by 0.5% over the previous year's target.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
66
62
FY 2007
67
63
FY 2008
68
66
FY 2009
65
66
FY 2010
65.5
69
FY2011
66
71
FY 2012
66.5

FY 2013
67

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Implementing the 2005 Energy Policy Act requirements, EPA and states are inspecting infrequently inspected facilities, and are finding many out
of compliance, impacting our ability to achieve compliance rate goals. As a result, the significant operational compliance targets have been adjusted to reflect a 0.5 percent
increase each year to maintain aggressive goals.
Strategic Measure: Each year through 2015, reduce the number of confirmed releases at UST facilities to 5 percent fewer than
the prior year's target. (Baseline: Between FY 1999 and FY 2009, confirmed UST releases averaged 8,1 13.)
(PM ST1) Reduce the number of confirmed releases at UST facilities to five percent (5%) fewer
target.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
<10,000
8,361
FY 2007
<10,000
7,570
FY 2008
<9,000
7,364
FY 2009
<9,000
7,168
FY 2010
<9,000
6,328
FY2011
<8,550
5.998
FY 2012
<8,120

than the prior year's
FY 2013
<7,715

Unit
Releases
Explanation of Results: EPA attributes this success to the implementation of its program and the impact of statutorily required three year inspections. The target decreases
by 5 percent per year, so the program recognizes that as implementation of the prevention program and the inspection cycle proceeds over time, the target can be more
aggressive and expect fewer confirmed releases.
Additional Information: Between F Y 2006 and F Y 20 1 1 , confirmed UST releases averaged 7,132.

Objective 3 - Restore Land: Prepare for and respond to accidental or intentional releases of contaminants and clean up and restore polluted sites.
Program Area
(2) Emergency
Preparedness
and Response
Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, achieve and maintain at least 80 percent of the maximum score
Response (NAR) evaluation criteria. (Baseline: In FY 2009, the average Core NAR Score was
regions, and special teams prepared for responding to emergencies).
on the Core National Approach to
84 percent for EPA headquarters,
(PM Cl) Score on annual Core NAR.
   GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                            874

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
No Target
Established
84.3
FY 2010
55
87.9
FY2011
60
77.5
FY 2012
70

FY 2013
72

Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: The value of 77.5 is a composite score that includes both Core ER and Core CBRN for all 10 Regions, EPA HQ and EPA Special Teams. The
Regional scores are only the Core ER portion of the evaluation.
Additional Information: In FY 2009, the average Core NAR Score was 84 percent for EPA headquarters, regions, and special teams prepared for responding to
emergencies.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, complete an additional 1,700 Superfund removals through Agency-financed actions and through
oversight of removals conducted by potentially responsible parties (PRPs). (Baseline: In FY 2009, there were 434 Superfund
removal actions completed including 214 funded by the Agency and 220 overseen by the Agency that were conducted by PRPs
under a voluntary agreement, an administrative order on consent or a unilateral administrative order).
(PM 132) Superfund-lead removal actions completed annually.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
195
157
FY 2007
195
200
FY 2008
195
215
FY 2009
195
214
FY 2010
170
199
FY2011
170
214
FY 2012
170

FY 2013
170

Unit
Removals
Explanation of Results: The Removal program is designed to respond to threats as they arise. It is difficult to predict how many will occur in a year. However, due to the
experience and expertise of EPA's On-Scene Coordinators, EPA is able to quickly and effectively respond to those that do occur.
Additional Information: Between 2006 and 201 1 EPA completed an average of 200 Superfund-lead removal response actions.
(PM 135) PRP removal completions (including voluntary, AOC, and UAO actions) overseen by EPA.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
115
93
FY 2007
120
151
FY 2008
125
157
FY 2009
130
154
FY 2010
170
192
FY2011
170
191
FY 2012
170

FY 2013
170

Unit
Removals
Additional Information: In F Y 20 1 0, EPA will begin implementing a new measure to track removals undertaken by potentially responsible parties, either voluntarily or
pursuant to an enforcement instrument, where EPA has overseen the removals. Between 2006 and 201 1, EPA completed an average of 156 PRP-lead removal response
actions.
(PM 136) Superfund-lead removal actions completed annually per million dollars.

FY 2006
FY 2007
FY 2008
FY 2009
FY 2010
FY2011
FY 2012
FY 2013
Unit
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   875

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Target
Actual
0.91
1.02
0.92
1.04
0.93
1.05
0.94
1.30
0.95
1.97
0.96
2.04
0.97



Removals
Additional Information: EPA is discontinuing this measure in FY 2013. FY 2012 is the last year that results will be reported.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, no more than 1.5 million gallons will be spilled annually at Facility Response Plan (FRP)
facilities, a 15 percent reduction from the annual average of 1.7 million gallons spilled from 2005-2009.
(PM 325) Gallons of oil spilled to navigable w
preparedness at Facility Response Plan (FRP

Target
Actual
FY 2006
No Target
Established
Triennial
FY 2007
No Target
Established
Triennial
FY 2008
90,000
152,165
aters per million program dollar spent annually on prevention and
facilities.
FY 2009
No Target
Established
Triennial
FY 2010
No Target
Established
Triennial
FY2011
81,000
Data Avail
3/2012
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Gallons
Additional Information: EPA is discontinuing this measure in FY 2012. FY 201 1 is the last year that results will be reported.
(PM 337) Percent of all FRP inspected facilities found to be non-compliant which are brought into compliance.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
15
48
FY2011
30
48
FY 2012
35

FY 2013
40

Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Since the establishment of this measure, there has been a change in focus in the program to bring facilities into compliance. The measure does not
have Regional Commitments, and due to the short history of this measure (baseline established in 2010), it is difficult to establish expectations for Regional performance.
Despite this difficulty, the Agency intends to increase the target percentage by 5 percent each year from 201 1 through 2013.
Additional Information: New measure in F Y 20 1 0.
(PM 338) Percent of all SPCC inspected facilities found to be non-compliant which are brought into compliance.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
15
36
FY2011
30
45
FY 2012
35

FY 2013
40

Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Since the establishment of this measure, there has been a change in focus in the program to bring facilities into compliance. The measure does not
have Regional Commitments, and due to the short history of this measure (baseline established in 2010), it is difficult to establish expectations for Regional performance.
Despite this difficulty, the Agency intends to increase the target percentage by 5 percent each year from 201 1 through 2013.
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   876

-------
Program Area

(3) Cleanup
Contaminated
Land
Performance Measures and Data
Additional Information: New measure in F Y 20 1 0.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, complete 93,400 assessments at potential hazardous waste sites to determine if they warrant
Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) remedial response or other cleanup
activities. (Baseline: As of 2010, the cumulative total number of assessments completed was 88,000.)
(PM 115) Number of Superfund remedial site assessments completed.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
900
1,020
FY 2012
900

FY 2013
650

Unit
Assessments
Additional Information: This measure accounts for all remedial assessments performed at sites addressed under the Superfund program. At the end of FY 201 1, the
cumulative total number of assessments completed was 89,916.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, increase to 84 percent the number of Superfund final and deleted NPL sites and RCRA facilities
where human exposures to toxins from contaminated sites are under control. (Baseline: As of October 2009, 70 percent
Superfund final and deleted NPL sites and RCRA facilities have human exposures under control out of a universe of 5,330.)
(PM 151) Number of Superfund sites with human exposures under control.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
10
34
FY 2007
10
8
FY 2008
10
24
FY 2009
10
11
FY 2010
10
18
FY2011
10
10
FY 2012
10

FY 2013
10

Unit
Sites
Additional Information: Through FY 201 1, Superfund had controlled human exposures at 1,348 final and deleted NPL sites. The FY 2010 through FY 2012 targets
represent the expected total from base funding plus ARRA.
(PM 157) Human exposures under control per million dollars.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
6.1
6.9
FY 2008
6.4
7.6
FY 2009
6.7
8.5
FY 2010
7.0
7.9
FY2011
7.3
7.5
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Sites
Additional Information: EPA is discontinuing this measure in FY 2012. FY 201 1 is the last year that results will be reported.
(PM CA1) Cumulative percentage of RCRA facilities with human exposures to toxins under control.

Target
FY 2006

FY 2007

FY 2008

FY 2009
No Target
FY 2010
69
FY2011
72
FY 2012
81
FY 2013
85
Unit
Percent
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   877

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data

Actual






Established
65

72

77





Additional Information: There is a universe of 3,746 low, medium, and high National Corrective Action Prioritization System-ranked facilities.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, increase to 78 percent the number of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) facilities
with migration of contaminated groundwater under control. (Baseline: At the end of FY 2009, the migration of contaminated
groundwater was controlled at 58 percent of all 3,746 facilities needing corrective action.)
(PM CA2) Cumulative percentage of RCRA facilities with migration of contaminated groundwater under control.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
No Target
Established
58
FY 2010
61
63
FY2011
64
67
FY 2012
69

FY 2013
73

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: There is a universe of 3,746 low, medium, and high National Corrective Action Prioritization System-ranked facilities.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, increase to 56 percent the number of RCRA facilities with final remedies constructed. (Baseline:
At the end of FY 2009, all cleanup remedies had been constructed at 32 percent of all 3,746 facilities needing corrective action.)
(PM 117) Percent increase of final remedy components constructed at RCRA corrective action facilities per federal,
state, and private sector dollars per year.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
3
6
FY 2008
3
7
FY 2009
3
40
FY 2010
3
-9
FY2011
3
-11.7
FY 2012
3

FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Increase
Explanation of Results: The 11. 7 percent decrease inefficiency in FY 2011 is due to the complexity of sites currently in the corrective action pipeline. As some of the
smaller and less complex sites are cleaned up, the remaining universe has a greater proportion of more complicated sites which takes more resources to clean up, meaning
a longer time frame.
Additional Information: EPA is discontinuing this measure in FY 2013. FY 2012 is the last year that results will be reported.
(PM CAS) Cumulative percentage of RCRA facilities with final remedies constructed.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
No Target
Established
32
FY 2010
35
37
FY2011
38
42
FY 2012
46

FY 2013
51

Unit
Percent
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   878

-------
Program Area
Performance Measures and Data
                Additional Information: There is a universe of 3,746 low, medium and high National Corrective Action Prioritization System-ranked facilities.
                Strategic Measure: Each year through 2015, reduce the backlog of LUST cleanups (confirmed releases that have yet to be
                cleaned up) that do not meet state risk-based standards for human exposure and groundwater migration by 1 percent. This
                means a decrease from 21 percent in 2009 to 14 percent in 2015.(At the end of FY 2009, there were 100,165 releases not yet
                cleaned up.)	
                (PM 112) Number of LUST cleanups completed that meet risk-based standards for human exposure and groundwater
                migration.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
13,600
14,493
FY 2007
13,000
13,862
FY 2008
13,000
12,768
FY 2009
12,250
12,944
FY 2010
12,250
11,591
FY2011
12,250
11,169
FY 2012
11,250

FY 2013
10,100

Unit
Cleanups
                Explanation of Results: Completing cleanups continues to get more challenging. Many states are facing significant staff and resource constraints, while at the same time
                cleanup costs are rising.

                Additional Information: Through FY 2011, EPA completed a cumulative total of 413,740 leaking underground storage tank cleanups. The program which this measure
                supports receives funds from ARRA. The FY 2010 through FY 2012 targets represent the expected total from base funding plus ARRA.	
                Strategic Measure: Each year through 2015, reduce the backlog of LUST cleanups (confirmed releases that have yet to be
                cleaned up) in Indian country that do not meet applicable risk-based standards for human exposure and groundwater migration
                by 1 percent. This means a decrease from 28 percent in 2009 to 22 percent in 2015.	
                (PM 113) Number of LUST cleanups completed that meet risk-based standards for human exposure and groundwater
                migration in Indian Country.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
30
43
FY 2007
30
54
FY 2008
30
40
FY 2009
30
49
FY 2010
30
62
FY2011
38
42
FY 2012
42

FY 2013
45

Unit
Cleanups
                Additional Information: Through F Y 2011, EPA completed a cumulative total of 961 leaking underground storage tank cleanups in Indian country, out of a universe of
                1,284 confirmed releases. This is a subset of the national total of 413,740 leaking underground storage tanks cleanups completed.	
                Strategic Measure: By 2015, ensure that 799 Superfund NPL sites are "sitewide ready for anticipated use." (Baseline:-As of
                October 2009, 409 final and deleted NPL sites had achieved "sitewide ready for anticipated use.")	
                (PM 162) Number of Federal Facility Superfund sites where all remedies have completed construction.
                           FY2006    FY2007    FY 2008    FY 2009    FY 2010     FY2011    FY 2012    FY 2013
                                                                  Unit
  GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                               879

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Target
Actual
51
55
56
59
60
61
64
65
68
69
70
70




Sites
Additional Information: EPA is discontinuing this measure in FY 2012 because the Federal Facility Program has limited control over achieving this output and is
dependent on the lead Federal agencies' budget, contracts, and timeliness. The number of Federal Facility Superfund sites completing construction has always been
reported as part of the overall Superfund Construction Completion measure (PM 141). FY 201 1 is the last year that results will be reported in a separate measure.
(PM 163) Cumulative number of Federal Facility Superfund sites where the final remedial decision for contaminants at
the site has been determined.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
61
70
FY 2007
76
71
FY 2008
81
73
FY 2009
77
77
FY 2010
92
82
FY2011
104
82
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Sites
Explanation of Results: Measure not met due to a variety of factors including delayed cleanup schedules, new contamination, funding shortfalls, documentation issues,
weather conditions, and change of site personnel.
Additional Information: EPA is discontinuing this measure in FY 2012 because the Federal Facility Program has limited control over achieving this output and is
dependent on the lead Federal agencies' budget, contracts, and timeliness. FY 201 1 is the last year that results will be reported under this measure.
(PM S10) Number of Superfund sites ready for anticipated use site-wide.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
30
64
FY 2008
30
85
FY 2009
65
66
FY 2010
65
66
FY2011
65
65
FY 2012
65

FY 2013
60

Unit
Sites
Additional Information: Through FY 201 1 , EPA's Superfund program had ensured that 540 final and deleted NPL sites met the criteria to be determined ready for
anticipated use site-wide.
(PM 141) Annual number of Superfund sites with remedy construction completed.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
40
40
FY 2007
24
24
FY 2008
30
30
FY 2009
20
20
FY 2010
22
18
FY2011
22
22
FY 2012
22

FY 2013
19

Unit
Completions
Additional Information: Through FY 2011, Superfund had completed construction at 1,120 final and deleted NPL sites. The program which this measure supports
receives funds from ARP%A. The FY 2010 through FY 2012 targets represent the expected total from base funding plus ARP%A.
(PM 152) Number of Superfund sites with contaminated groundwater migration under control.

FY 2006
FY 2007
FY 2008
FY 2009
FY 2010
FY2011
FY 2012
FY 2013
Unit
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   880

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Target
Actual
10
21
10
19
15
20
15
16
15
18
15
21
15

15

Sites
Explanation of Results: Superfund reviews ground-water data regularly during its 5-year Review of Completed Remedies. Until the 5th year, the program cannot
accurately predict whether a contaminated plume has stabilized or not. In FY1 1, several sites underwent the 5th year review in the 4th quarter. Based on the data, Regions
determined that the sites should be categorized as Under Control, which resulted in exceeding the target.
Additional Information: Through FY 2011, Superfund had controlled groundwater migration at 1 ,05 1 final and deleted NPL sites.
(PM 170) Number of remedial action project completions at Superfund NPL sites.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
103
132
FY 2012
130

FY 2013
115

Unit
Completions
Explanation of Results: This is a new measure. Substantial effort was made to clarify relevant guidance, stress the importance of finalizing RA completion documentation
in a timely manner, hold contractors, responsible parties, and other federal agencies accountable for deadlines and submitting documentation. Projects were completed
using base funding plus ARRA.
Additional Information: Since program inception through the end of FY 201 1, Superfund had completed 2,830 remedial action projects at final and deleted NPL sites.
The program which this measure supports receives funds from ARRA. The FY 2010 through FY 2012 targets represent the expected total from base funding plus ARRA.
Objective 4 - Strengthen Human Health and Environmental Protection in Indian Country: Support federally-recognized tribes to build
environmental management capacity, assess environmental conditions and measure results, and implement environmental programs in Indian
country.	
Program Area
(1) Improve
Human Health
and the
Environment
in Indian
Country
Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, increase the percent of tribes implementing federal regulatory environmental programs in Indian
country to 18 percent. (FY 2009 baseline: 13 percent of 572 tribes).
(PM 5PQ) Percent of Tribes implementing federal regulatory environmental programs in Indian country (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
6
14
FY 2009
7
13
FY 2010
14
14
FY2011
18
17
FY 2012
22

FY 2013
24

Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: While a substantial increase was made in the number of total tribes with TAS approval in FY 201 1, the total percentage of tribes implementing
federal regulatory programs barely missed the target due to tribes moving from the use of DITCAs (a portion of how the measure is calculated) to other cooperative
   GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                          881

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and
Data


agreements such as PPGs.
Additional Information: There are 572 tribal entities that are eligible for GAP funding. The Strategic Measure refers to the total number of tribes and inter-tribal consortia
that are eligible for GAP funding.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, increase the percent of tribes conducting EPA-approved environmental
assessment activities in Indian country to 50 percent. (FY 2009 baseline: 40 percent of 572 tribes).
(PM 5PR) Percent of Tribes conducting EPA approved environmental
country (cumulative.)

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
21
42
FY 2009
23
40
FY 2010
42
50
monitoring
and
monitoring and assessment activities in Indian
FY2011
52
52
FY 2012
54

FY 2013
57

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: There are 572 tribal entities that are eligible for GAP funding. The Strategic Measure refers to the total number of tribes and inter-tribal consortia
that are eligible for GAP funding.
(PM 5PS) Percent of Tribes with an environmental program (cumulative).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
57
57
FY 2009
60
64
FY 2010
65
68
FY2011
70
72
FY 2012
73

FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: There are 572 tribal entities that are eligible for GAP funding. The Strategic Measure refers to the total number of tribes and inter-tribal consortia
that are eligible for GAP funding. During the past four years, significant progress has been made in GAP, adding environmental programs for almost 75 tribes. In efforts to
focus the EPA's suite of annual performance to the most important and useful information, the EPA will no longer be collecting this specific data in future years.
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                  882

-------
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
Reduce the risk and increase the safety of chemicals and prevent pollution at the source.
Objective 1 - Ensure Chemical Safety:
Reduce the risk of chemicals that enter our products,
our environment, and our
bodies.


Program Area
(1) Protect
Human Health
from Chemical
Risks



Performance
Measures and
Data



Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce by 40 percent the number of moderate to severe exposure incidents associated with
organophosphates and carbamate insecticides in the general population. (Baseline is 316 moderate and severe incidents reported
to the Poison Control Center (PCC) National Poison Data System (NPDS) in 2008 for organophosphate and carbamate
pesticides.)
(PM 143) Percentage

Target
Actual
FY 2006
17
18
of agricultural acres treated with reduced-risk pesticides.
FY 2007
18
20
FY 2008
18.5
21
FY 2009
20
21.5
Explanation of Results: Data Lags one year.
Additional Information: Baseline year is 1998 using Doane Marketing Research,
reported end of calendar year.
FY 2010
21
21
FY2011
21
Data Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
22

FY 2013
22.5

Unit
Percent
Inc. a private sector research database. Baseline was 3.6% of total acreage. Results are
(PM Jll) Reduction in moderate to severe exposure incidents associated with organophosphates and carbamate
insecticides in the general population.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
10

FY 2013
15

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Moderate to severe exposure incidents reported during 2008 is 316 as reported in the American Association of Poison Control Centers' National
Poisoning Data System.
Strategic
(Baseline
Measure: By 2014, reduce the percentage of children with blood
is 3.0 percent in the 2005-2008 sampling period.)
lead levels above 5 ig/dl to 1.0 percent or less.
(PM 008) Percent of children (aged 1-5 years) with blood lead levels (>5 ug/dl).

FY 2006
FY 2007
FY 2008
FY 2009
FY 2010
FY2011
FY 2012
FY 2013
Unit
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                    883

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Target
Actual








3.5
Data Avail
11/2012
No Target
Established
Biennial
1.5

No Target
Established

Percent
Additional Information: Data released by CDC from the National Health and Nutritional Evaluation Survey (NHANES) in March of 2009 estimated 4.1% of children
aged 1-5 with lead poisoning (blood lead levels of 5 ug/dl or greater) from 2003/4 sampling data. Data for this measure are reported biennially.
(PM 009) Cumulative number of certified Renovation Repair and Painting firms

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
100,000
59,143
FY2011
100,000
114,834
FY 2012
140,000

FY 2013
152,000

Unit
Firms
Explanation of Results: Twelve states are now authorized to implement the RRP Program and contributed additional Firm Certifications to those processed by EPA in
states without authorized programs.
Additional Information: The baseline is zero in 2009. This year was chosen because 2010 is the first year that firms will submit applications to EPA to become certified.
Over time, firms will either become certified directly through EPA (tracked through Federal Lead-based Paint Program (FLPP) or through an authorized State program
(tracked through grant reports/ACS).
(PM 10A) Annual percentage of lead-based paint certification and refund applications that require less than 20 days of
EPA effort to process.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
90
92
FY 2008
91
91
FY 2009
92
92
FY 2010
92
96
FY2011
92
95
FY 2012
95

FY 2013
95

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Baseline for percentage of lead-based paint certification and refund applications that require less than 20 days of EPA effort to process is 87% in
2008, which is taken from the Federal Lead Based Paint Program (FLPP) database records.
(PM 10D) Percent difference in the geometric mean blood level in low-income children 1-5 years old as compared to the
geometric mean for non-low income children 1-5 years old.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
29
35.6
FY 2007
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2008
29
23.5
FY 2009
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2010
28
Data Avail
10/2012
FY2011
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2012
13

FY 2013
No Target
Established

Unit
Percent
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   884

-------
Program Area
Performance Measures and Data
                Additional Information: Baseline for percent difference in the geometric mean blood level in low-income children 1-5 years old as compared to the geometric mean for
                non-low income children 1-5 years old is 32% in 1999-2002. Data for this measure is reported biennially.	
                 Strategic Measure: By 2014, reduce the percent difference in the geometric mean blood lead level in low-income children 1 to
                 5 years old as compared to the geometric mean for non-low income children 1 to 5 years old to 10.0 percent. (Baseline is 23.4
                 percent difference in the geometric mean blood lead level in low-income children 1 to 5 years old as compared to the geometric
                 mean for non-low-income children 1 to 5 years old in 2005-2008.)	
                 (PM D6A) Reduction in concentration of PFOA in serum in the general population.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
l

FY 2013
No Target
Established
Unit
Percent
Reduction
                Additional Information: Baselines are derived from the Centers for Disease Control's National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) concentration data
                in the general population and results are reported biennially. PFOA baselines are based on 2005/2006 geometric mean data in serum: 3.92 ng/L.	
                 Strategic Measure: By 2014, reduce concentration for the following chemicals in children: non-specific organophosphate
                 metabolites by 75 percent and chlorpyrifos metabolite (TCPy) by 75 percent. (Baselines are derived from the Centers for
                 Disease Control and Prevention's National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) metabolite concentration data
                 in children and results are reported biennially. Pesticide baselines are based on 2001-2002 data for non-specific
                 organophosphate metabolites (0.55 imol/L) and chlorpyrifos metabolite (TCPy) (16.0 ig/L).)	
                 (PM 012) Percent reduction of children's exposure to rodenticides.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
10
0
FY 2012
5

FY 2013
5

Unit
Percent
                 Explanation of Results: Mitigation actions not yet fully represented by the data.

                 Additional Information: The total number of confirmed and likely rodenticide exposures to children in 2008 is 11,674 based data from the Poison Control Centers'
                 National Poison Data System.
                 (PM 091) Percent of decisions completed on time (on or before PRIA or negotiated due date).


Target
FY 2006

FY 2007

FY 2008

FY 2009

FY 2010
99
FY2011
99
FY 2012
99
FY 2013
99
Unit
Percent
  GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                                 885

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Actual




99.7
98.4



Explanation of Results: In order to ensure adequate protection to human health and the environment, EPA delayed registration decisions on certain actions until measures
sufficient to allow these protections were in place. Some of the issues involved in seven of the actions included pollinator risk, impurities, and child resistant packaging. In
these cases, the registrants were unwilling to allow a time extension and negotiation of the PRIA due date. An additional nine actions were delayed because the chemical
associated with those actions was the subject of a lawsuit. All existing registrations for the chemical were vacated in response to the lawsuit, and therefore the pending
PRIA actions associated with amendments to those registrations could not move forward within the PRIA time frame.
Additional Information: Baseline for decisions completed on time is 99.9% in 2008.
(PM 164) Number of pesticide registration review dockets opened.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
70
75
FY2011
70
81
FY 2012
70

FY 2013
72

Unit
Dockets
Explanation of Results: The chemical cases in FY 201 1 required less effort than average cases reviewed. Future (pending) cases are expected to be more resources
intensive. Exceeding the goal is a result of closing cases that involved active ingredients for which there are no longer active registrations. Because there are no active
registrations, these cases did not require risk assessments. When a case is closed a count is given for docket / workplans target(s). The remaining cases have active
registrations and will require full-fledged risk assessments.
Additional Information: Baseline for registration review work dockets is 71 opened in 2008.
(PM J15) Reduction in concentration of targeted pesticide analytes in children.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
50,50

FY 2013
No Target
Established

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: NHANES (2001-2002 baseline) measure is based on NHANES 95th percentile concentrations for six no-specific organophosphate analytes (0.55
umol/L), and a chlorpyrifos- specific metabolite (TCPy) (16.0 ug/L). Data for this measure are reported biennially.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, complete endocrine disrupter screening program (EDSP) decisions for 100 percent of chemicals
for which complete EDSP information is expected to be available by the end of 2014. (Baseline is no decisions have been
completed through 2009 for any of the chemicals for which complete EDSP information is anticipated to be available by the
end of 2014. EDSP decisions for a chemical can range from determining potential to interact with the estrogen, androgen, or
thyroid hormone systems to otherwise determining whether further endocrine related testing is necessary.)
(PM E01) Number of chemicals for which Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program
completed
(EDSP) decisions have been
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   886

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
3
3
FY 2012
5

FY 2013
20

Unit
Chemicals
Additional Information: FY 2010 baseline is 1 1 chemicals for which EDSP decisions have been completed. Several factors will impact the schedule for completing EDSP
decisions including, for example, the number of pesticide cancellations and other actions that will remove a chemical from commerce and/or discontinue manufacture and
import, the number of pesticide cancellations involving minor agricultural uses, the number of pre-enforcement challenges to test orders, unforeseen laboratory capacity
limits, and unforeseen technical problems with completing the Tier 1 assays for a particular chemical.
(PM 240) Maintain timeliness of Section 18 Emergency Exemption Decisions

Target
Actual
FY 2006
45
48
FY 2007
45
36.60
FY 2008
45
34
FY 2009
45
40
FY 2010
45
50
FY2011
45
52
FY 2012
45

FY 2013
45

Unit
Days
Explanation of Results: Active Ingredients with significant risks elements required more time to review.
Additional Information: Baseline for SI 8 decisions is 45 days in 2005.
(PM 247) Percent of new chemicals or organisms introduced into commerce that do not pose unreasonable risks to
workers, consumers, or the environment.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
97
FY 2010
100
91
FY2011
100
Data Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Data lag
Additional Information: Baseline for percent of new chemicals or organisms introduced into commerce that do not pose unreasonable risks to workers, consumers, or the
environment was developed from a 2 year analysis from 2004-2005 comparing 8(e) reports to New Chemical submissions and is 100%.
(PM 281) Reduction in the cost per submission of managing PreManufacture Notices (PMNs) through the Focus
meetings as a percentage of baseline year cost per submission.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
61
50
FY2011
63
59
FY 2012
65

FY 2013
67

Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Target missed due to revision of baseline cost and because final PMN e-reporting rule allowed paper submissions to continue longer than
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   887

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
anticipated when targets were set and provided option for submitting via CDs through first half of FY 2012, resulting in lower than anticipated portion of submissions
coming in electronically.
Additional Information: Baseline for percent reduction from baseline year the cost per submission of managing PMNs through the Focus meeting is $160 in FY 2009.
The current cost per submission is $65.60.
(PM 282) Annual reduction in the production adjusted risk based score of releases and transfers of IUR chemicals from
manufacturing facilities

Target
Actual
FY 2006
3.0
0.27
FY 2007
2.6
5.09
FY 2008
2.5
Data Avail
10/2012
FY 2009
2.4
Data Avail
10/2012
FY 2010
2.2
Data Avail
10/2012
FY2011
2.0
Data Avail
10/2012
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
% RSEI Rel
Risk
Explanation of Results: Results for FY 2004 - FY 2006 are revised to reflect changes made in the RSEI model that calculates them and reflect revisions made by facilities
to prior years TRI reports. FY 2007 target exceeded significantly in part due to these changes. The FY 2008 - 2010 data are still undergoing quality review. Measure
terminates in FY 2012 so no future target adjustments are warranted.
Additional Information: Baseline for the analysis of IUR chemicals using the Risk Screening Environmental Indicators Model in 1998 was zero percent. 1998 was
selected as the baseline year because this was the first year that most of these chemicals were targeted through the HPV challenge program. Targets for this measure were
established in 2004, however, a 35% reduction has been observed from 1998-2006.
(PM Ar5) Number of countries completing phase out of leaded gasoline, (incremental)

Target
Actual
FY 2006
7
7
FY 2007
No Target
Established
13
FY 2008
7
7
FY 2009
4
2
FY 2010
3
3
FY2011
l
2
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Countries
Additional Information: As of 2006, the baseline is 159 countries, out of a universe of 194, that have phased out lead gasoline. Since 2006, 186 countries have completed
the phase out of leaded gasoline. As a result of these successes, EPA's two performance measures related to the Partnership will no longer be tracked after FY 201 1 .
(PM Ar8) Number of countries introducing low sulfur in fuels, (incremental)

Target
Actual
FY 2006
2
5
FY 2007
No Target
Established
14
FY 2008
2
5
FY 2009
3
2
FY 2010
9
5
FY2011
2
5
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Countries
Additional Information: As of 2006, out of a universe of 194, 39 countries introduced low-sulfur gasoline. Since 2006, 61 countries introduced low-sulfur gasoline. As a
result of these successes, EPA's two performance measures related to the Partnership will no longer be tracked after FY 201 1 .
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                  888

-------
Program Area

(2) Protect
Ecosystems
from Chemical
Risks
Performance
Measures and
Data



(PM E02) Number of chemicals for which EDSP Tier 1 test orders have been issued

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
40
0
FY 2012
40

FY 2013
40

Unit
Chemicals
Explanation of Results: Test orders for the first list of 67 pesticide chemicals were issued in FY 2010 (baseline). Before test orders for additional chemicals can be issued,
amendment to the existing Information Collection Request (ICR) is necessary. Once the ICR is amended and approved, test orders for additional chemicals can be ordered.
The Agency is in the process of developing the ICR amendment and related documents.
Additional Information: FY 2010 baseline is 67 chemicals for which EDSP Tier 1 test orders have been issued.
(PM EOS) Number of screening and testing assays for which validation

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


decisions have been reached
FY2011
2
2
FY 2012
4

FY 2013
6

Unit
Assays
Additional Information: FY 2010 baseline is 15 screening and testing assays for which validation decisions have been reached. There are several steps within the
validation process including: preparation of detailed review papers, performance of prevalidation studies, validation by multiple labs, and peer reviews. A decision to
discontinue validation efforts for a particular assay could occur during any of these steps while a decision to accept an assay as validated occurs after all the steps are
successfully completed.
(PM HC1) Annual number of hazard characterizations completed for HPV chemicals

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
230
270
FY2011
300
318
FY 2012
300

FY 2013
450

Unit
Chemicals
Additional Information: The cumulative baseline through FY 2009 is 1,095. This is made up on US and internationally sponsored Hazard Characterization through 2009.
International HCs started being produced in the early 1990's and US sponsored HCs started to be produced in 2007. Through FY 201 1 1,683 hazard characterizations have
been completed.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, no watersheds will exceed aquatic life benchmarks for targeted pesticides. (Based on FY 1992-
2001 data from the watersheds sampled by the USGS National Water Quality Assessment (NAWQA) program, urban
watersheds that exceed the National Pesticide Program aquatic life benchmarks are 73 percent for diazinon, 37 percent for
chlorpyrifos, and 13 percent for carbaryl. Agricultural watersheds that exceed the National Pesticide Program aquatic life
benchmarks are 18 percent for azinphos-methyl and 18 percent for chlorpyrifos.)
(PM Oil) Number of Product Re-registration
Decisions





GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   889

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
545
962
FY 2008
1,075
1,194
FY 2009
2,000
1,482
FY 2010
1,500
1,712
FY2011
1,500
1,218
FY 2012
1,200

FY 2013
1,200

Unit
Decisions
Explanation of Results: The number of products subject to review has declined. Outyear targets were reduced in expectation of continued decline.
Additional Information: Actual in FY 2005 is 501 product re-registrations.
(PM 230) Number of pesticide registration review final work plans completed.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
70
70
FY2011
70
75
FY 2012
70

FY 2013
72

Unit
Work Plans
Explanation of Results: In FY 201 1 the Agency was able to close cases that involved active ingredients for which there are no longer active registrations. Because there
are no active registrations, these cases did not require risk assessments. When a case is closed a count is given for docket / work plans performance. The remaining cases
have active registrations and will require risk assessments.
Additional Information: Baseline for final work plans for registered pesticides reviewed is 47 in 2008.
(PM 268) Percent of urban watersheds that do not exceed EPA aquatic life benchmarks for three key pesticides of
concern (diazinon, chlorpyrifos and carbaryl).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
25,25,30
40, 0, 30
FY 2009
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2010
5, 0, 20
6.7,0,33
FY2011
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2012
5,0,10

FY 2013
No Target
Established

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Based on FY 1992 - 2001 data from the watersheds sampled by the USGS National Water Quality Assessment (NAWQA) program, urban
watersheds that exceeded the National Pesticide Program aquatic life benchmarks are 73% for diazinon, 37% for chlorpyrifos, and 13% for carbaryl. Data for this measure
are reported biennially.
(PM 269) Percent of agricultural watersheds that do not exceed EPA aquatic life benchmarks for two key pesticides of
concern (azinphos-methyl and chlorpyrifos).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
0,10
0,8
FY2011
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2012
0,10

FY 2013
No Target
Established

Unit
Percent
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   890

-------
Program Area

(3) Ensure
Transparency
of Chemical
Health and
Safety
Information
Performance Measures and Data
Additional Information: Based on FY 1992 - 2001 data from the watersheds sampled by the USGS National Water Quality Assessment (NAWQA) program, agricultural
watersheds that exceeded the National Pesticide Program aquatic life benchmarks are 18% for azinphos-methyl and 18% for chlorpyrifos. Data for this measure are
reported biennially.
(PM 276) Percent of registration review chemicals with identified endangered species concerns, for which EPA obtains
any mitigation of risk prior to consultation with DOC and DOI.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
5

FY 2013
5

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: The baseline is 0% for each annual reporting period as percentages are not cumulative. The data is tracked by OPP using internal tracking
numbers. The data is obtained from ecological risk assessments and effects determinations prepared to support a registration review case.
Strategic Measure: Through 2015, make all health and safety studies available to the public for chemicals in commerce, to the
extent allowed by law. (Baseline is 21,994 confidential business information (CBI) cases of Toxic Substances Control Act
(TSCA) health and safety studies as defined in TSCA Section 3(6) that were submitted for chemicals potentially in commerce
between the enactment of TSCA and January 21, 2010.)
(PM CIS) Percentage of existing CBI claims for chemical identity in health and safety studies reviewed and, as
appropriate, challenged.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
5
5.3
FY 2012
10

FY 2013
20

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Prior to August 20 1 0, 22,483 existing TSCA CBI claims for chemical identity, which potentially contain health and safety studies, had not been
reviewed or challenged, where appropriate. Through FY 201 1 that number has declined to roughly 21,300.
(PM C19) Percentage of CBI claims for chemical identity in health and safety studies reviewed and challenged, as
appropriate, as they are submitted.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
100
100
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Prior to August 20 1 0, 0% of TSCA CBI cases with claims for chemical identity, which potentially contain health and safety studies, had been
reviewed or challenged, where appropriate.
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                  891

-------
Objective 2 - Promote Pollution Prevention: Conserve and protect natural resources by promoting pollution prevention and the adoption of
other stewardship practices by companies, communities, governmental organizations, and individuals.	
Program Area
(1) Prevent
Pollution and
Promote
Environmental
Stewardship
Performance Measures and Data
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce 15 billion pounds of hazardous materials cumulatively through pollution prevention.
(Baseline is 4.8 billion pounds reduced through 2008.)
(PM 264) Pounds of hazardous materials reduced through pollution prevention.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
401
394
FY 2007
414
386.1
FY 2008
429
469.8
FY 2009
494
605.6
FY 2010
1,625
1,383.7
FY2011
1,549
Data Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
1,064

FY 2013
1,030

Unit
Pounds
(Millions)
Explanation of Results: Incomplete data due to data lag from Regions and Centers.
Additional Information: Baseline is 4.8 billion pounds reduced from 1997 through 2008. Commencing in 2010 targets and results incorporate both new annual results and
recurring results for up to 10 prior years for each of the six individual Pollution Prevention programs.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce 9 million metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent (MMTCO2Eq.) cumulatively through
pollution prevention. (Baseline is 6.5 MMTCO2Eq. reduced through 2008. The data from this measure are also calculated into
the Agency's overall GHG measure under Goal 1.)
(PM 297) Metric Tons of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent (MTCO2e) reduced or offset through pollution prevention.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
2
1.618
FY 2010
5.9
3.45
FY2011
5.7
Data Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
6.8

FY 2013
4.2

Unit
MTCO2e
(Millions)
Explanation of Results: Incomplete data due to data lag from Regions and Centers.
Additional Information: Baseline is 6.5 MMTC02e reduced through from 1997 through 2008. Commencing in 2010 targets and results incorporate both new annual
results and recurring results for up to 10 prior years for each of the six individual Pollution Prevention programs.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce water use by an additional 24 billion gallons cumulatively through pollution prevention.
(Baseline is 51 billion gallons reduced through 2008.)
(PM 262) Gallons of water reduced through pollution prevention.

FY 2006
FY 2007
FY 2008
FY 2009
FY 2010
FY2011
FY 2012
FY 2013
Unit
   GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                            892

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Target
Actual
0.329
2.27
1.79
1.75
1.64
21.18
1.79
4.67
26.2
29.8
28.6
Data Avail
10/2012
27.8

24.8

Gallons
(Billions)
Explanation of Results: Incomplete data due to data lag from Regions and Centers.
Additional Information: Baseline is 51.3 billion gallons reduced from 1997 through 2008. Commencing in 2010 targets and results incorporate both new annual results
and recurring results for up to 10 prior years for each of the six individual Pollution Prevention programs.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, save $1.2 billion through pollution prevention improvements in business, institutional, and
government costs cumulatively. (Baseline is $3.1 billion saved through 2008.)
(PM 263) Business, institutional and government costs reduced through pollution prevention.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
38.2
282.7
FY 2007
44.3
282.7
FY 2008
45.9
227.2
FY 2009
130
276.5
FY 2010
1,060
935.6
FY2011
1,042
Data Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
847

FY 2013
738

Unit
Dollars
Saved
(Millions)
Explanation of Results: Incomplete data due to data lag from Regions and Centers.
Additional Information: Baseline is 3.1 billion dollars saved from 1997 through 2008. Commencing in 2010 targets and results incorporate both new annual results and
recurring results for up to 10 prior years for each of the six individual Pollution Prevention programs.
Strategic Measure: Through 2015, increase the use of safer chemicals cumulatively by 40 percent. (Baseline: 476 million
pounds of safer chemicals used in 2009 as reported to be in commerce by Design for the Environment program.)
(PM 239) Annual number of chemicals with final values for Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGL).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
37
37
FY 2009
6
4
FY 2010
14
15
FY2011
20
7
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Chemicals
Explanation of Results: FY 201 1 performance has been hampered by delays in the transition to new contract support vehicles and uncertainty over FY 201 1 and future
program funding levels, which prompted the program to allocate available resources in a manner that placed priority on developing information supporting technical
aspects of the AEGL values development process (preparing dossiers for consideration by the review committee) at the expense of supporting the work to formally publish
the final values. Final Values for 7 chemicals will be published in September, 201 1 . The FY 201 1 target will be achieved in the first quarter of FY 2012 supported by
resources already allocated to the program.
Additional Information: Baseline from program initiation in 1996 through 2008 is 37 chemicals.
(PM P25) Percent increased in use of safer chemicals
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   893

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
No Target
Est.
60.1
FY 2012
7

FY 2013
7

Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: No target was established for FY 20 1 1 since this was a new measure for F Y 20 1 2 . In F Y 20 1 1 , the Program made substantial one year progress
through heavy reliance on leveraging partner resources. The level of FY 201 1 success is not expected to be achieved in future years. Third-parties, paid for by product
manufacturers and approved by DfE, now conduct a significant portion of the product reviews for manufacturers who seek the DfE label and manage the CleanGredients
database, a marketplace for chemicals that meet DfE criteria. While the third-parties gather ingredient information, conduct literature reviews, and summarize their
findings in a report, DfE maintains quality control over the process by reviewing each and every report and application for the DfE label. These activities have allowed
DfE to meet the growing demand for the DfE label.
Additional Information: Baseline is 476 M Ibs. of safer chemicals in commerce in 2009 as reported by Design for the Environment.
(PM 298) Energy savings per dollar invested in the Federal Electronics Challenge (FEC) program.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009
1.31 M
1.66M
FY 2010
1.89
1.24M
FY2011
2.19M
Data Avail
10/2012
FY 2012
2.32 M

FY 2013


Unit
BTUs/$
Explanation of Results: Incomplete data due to data lag from Regions and Centers.
Additional Information: The baseline for energy saved per dollar invested in 2007 is 0.79 M BTUs/$.
GOAL 4: ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
                                                   894

-------
   GOAL 5: ENFORCING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
   Protect human health and the environment through vigorous and targeted civil and criminal enforcement. Assure compliance with
   environmental laws.
Objective 1 - Enforce Environmental Laws: Pursue vigorous civil and criminal enforcement that targets the most serious water, air, and
chemical hazards in communities. Assure strong, consistent, and effective enforcement of federal environmental laws nationwide.	
Program Area
(1) Maintain
Enforcement
Presence
Performance
Strategic
baseline:
Measures and
Data



Measure: By 2015, conduct 105,000 federal inspections and evaluations (5-year cumulative). (FY 2005-2009
21,000 annually)
(PM 409) Number of federal inspections and evaluations.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
19,000

FY 2013
17,000

Unit
Inspections/
Evaluations
Additional Information: FY 2005-2009 baseline: 21,000 annually. The FY 2012 President's Budget provides additional resources to the Office of Enforcement and
Compliance Assurance to strengthen its monitoring program and expand the use of electronic reporting. The President's Budget also provides additional resources to
EPA's Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response for enforcement and compliance activities for two programs: Oil Spill Prevention and Preparedness, and the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act Hazardous Waste and Risk Management Programs.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, initu
2005-2009 baseline: 3,900 annuall}


ite 19,500 civil judicial an
0
d administrative enforcement cases (5-year cumulative). (FY
(PM 410) Number of civil judicial and administrative enforcement cases initiated.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
3,300

FY 2013
3,200

Unit
Cases
Additional Information: FY 2005-2009 baseline: 3,900 cases annually.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, conclude 19,000 <
2005-2009 baseline: 3,800 annually)

;ivil judicial
and administrative enforcement cases (5-year cumulative). (FY
(PM 411) Number of civil judicial and administrative enforcement cases concluded.

FY 2006
FY 2007
FY 2008
FY 2009
FY 2010
FY2011
FY 2012
FY 2013
Unit
   GOAL 5: ENFORCING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
                                                           895

-------
Program Area

Performance Measures and Data
Target
Actual












3,200

3,000

Cases
Additional Information: FY 2005-2009 baseline: 3,800 annually.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, maintain review of the overall compliance status of 100 percent of the open consent decrees.
(Baseline 2009: 100 percent)
(PM 412) Percentage of open consent decrees reviewed for overall compliance status.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: FY2009 baseline: 100 percent.
Strategic Measure: Each year through 2015, support cleanups and save federal dollars for sites where there are no alternatives
by: (1) reaching a settlement or taking an enforcement action before the start of a remedial action at 99 percent of Superfund
sites having viable responsible parties other than the federal government; and (2) addressing all cost recovery statute of
limitation cases with total past costs greater than or equal to $200,000. [Baseline: 99 percent of sites reaching a settlement or
EPA taking an enforcement action (FY 2007-2009 annual average); 100 percent cost recovery statute of limitation cases
addressed (FY 2009)]
(PM 418) Percentage of criminal cases having the most significant health, environmental, and deterrence impacts.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
43

FY 2013
43

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: FY2010 baseline: 36 percent.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, increase the percentage of criminal cases with charges filed to 45 percent. (FY 2006-2010
baseline: 36 percent)
(PM 420) Percentage of criminal cases with charges filed.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
40

FY 2013
40

Unit
Percent
GOAL 5: ENFORCING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
                                              896

-------
Program Area

(2) Support
Taking Action
on Climate
Change and
Improving Air
Quality
(3) Support
Protecting
America's
Performance Measures and Data
Additional Information: FY 2006-2010 baseline: 36 percent.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, maintain an 85 percent conviction rate for criminal defendants. (FY 2006-2010 baseline: 85
percent)
(PM 419) Percentage of criminal cases with individual defendants.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
75

FY 2013
75

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: FY 2006-2008 baseline: 78 percent.
(PM 421) Percentage of conviction rate for criminal defendants.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
85

FY 2013
85

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: FY 2006-20 10 baseline: 87 percent.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce, treat, or eliminate 2,400 million estimated pounds of air pollutants as a result of
concluded enforcement actions (5-year cumulative). (FY 2005-2008 baseline: 480 million pounds, annual average over the
period)
(PM 400) Millions of pounds of air pollutants reduced, treated, or eliminated through concluded enforcement actions.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
480
410
FY2011
480
1,100
FY 2012
480

FY 2013
480

Unit
Million
Pounds
Explanation of Results: Each year a small number of big cases provide the majority of pollutant reductions, which makes setting targets for pollutant reduction measures
highly uncertain. This year 1 case provided 64% of the total air pollutant reductions.
Additional Information: FY 2005-2008 Average Baseline: 480 million pounds, annual average over the period.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce, treat, or eliminate 1,600 million estimated pounds of water pollutants as a result of
concluded enforcement actions (5-year cumulative). (FY 2005-2008 baseline: 320 million pounds, annual average over the
period)
GOAL 5: ENFORCING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
                                              897

-------
Program Area
Waters
(4) Support
Cleaning Up
Communities
and Advancing
Sustainable
Development
Performance
(PM 402) Millions of

Target
Actual
FY 2006


pounds of water pollutants reduced,
FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


Measures and
Data


treated, or eliminated through concluded enforcement actions.
FY 2010
320
1,000
FY2011
320
740
FY 2012
320

FY 2013
320

Unit
Million
Pounds
Explanation of Results: Each year a small number of big cases provide the majority of pollutant reductions, which makes setting targets for pollutant reduction measures
highly uncertain. This year 2 water cases account for over half of the total of water pollutant reductions.
Additional Information: FY 2005-2008 Average Baseline: 320 million pounds, annual average over the period. For FY 2010, two stormwater home builder actions
contributed to more than half of the one billion pound pollutant reduction result.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce, treat, or eliminate 32,000 million estimated pounds of hazardous waste as a
concluded enforcement actions (5-year cumulative). (FY 2008 baseline: 6,500 million pounds)
(PM 405) Millions of

Target
Actual
FY 2006


pounds of hazardous waste reduced,
FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


result of
treated, or eliminated through concluded enforcement actions.
FY 2010
6,500
11,800
FY2011
6,500
3,600
FY 2012
6,500

FY 2013
6,500

Unit
Million
Pounds
Explanation of Results: The hazardous waste metric is generally dominated by results from one or two very big cases. This results in substantial variability in this
measure from year to year.
Additional Information: FY 2008 Baseline: 6,500 million pounds. The results for this measure are driven by a small number of very large cases and do not necessarily
represent typical annual results. For example, in FY 2010 over 99% of the total 1 1 .75 billion pounds of hazardous waste reduced, treated, or eliminated came from two
cases - CF Industries Inc. (9.87 billion pounds) and Exxon Mobil Oil Corporation (1 .86 billion pounds).
Strategic Measure: By 2015, obtain commitments to clean up 1,500 million cubic yards of contaminated soil and groundwater
medial as a result of concluded CERCLA and RCRA corrective action enforcement actions (5-year cumulative). (FY 2007-
2009 baseline: 300 million cubic yards of contaminated soil and groundwater media, annual average over the period)
(PM 078) Percentage of all Superfund statute
equal to or greater than $200,000.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
100
98
FY 2008
100
100
of limitations cases addressed at sites
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
Additional Information: In FY 2009, the Agency will have addressed 100 percent of Cost Recovery
than $200,000.
FY2011
100
100
with unaddressed total past costs
FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
at all NPL and non-NPL sites with total past costs equal to or greater
GOAL 5: ENFORCING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
                                              898

-------
Program Area

(5) Support
Ensuring the
Safety of
Chemicals and
Preventing
Pollution
(6) Enhance
Strategic


Performance
Measures and
Data


(PM 285) Percentage of Superfund sites having viable, liable responsible parties other than the federal government
where EPA reaches a settlement or takes an enforcement action before starting a remedial action.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
90
100
FY 2007
95
98
FY 2008
95
95
FY 2009
95
100
FY 2010
95
98
FY2011
95
100
FY 2012
99

FY 2013
99

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: In FY 1998 approximately 70 percent of new remedial work at NPL sites (excluding Federal facilities) was initiated by private parties. In FY
2003, a settlement was reached or an enforcement action was taken with non-Federal PRPs before the start of the remedial action at approximately 90 percent of
Superfund sites.
(PM 417) Millions of cubic yards of contaminated soil and groundwater media EPA has obtained commitments to clean
up as a result of concluded CERCLA and RCRA corrective action enforcement actions.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
300

FY 2013
300

Unit
Million
Cubic Yards
Additional Information: FY 2007-2009 baseline: 300 million cubic yards of contaminated soil and groundwater media, annual average over the period.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, reduce, treat, or eliminate 19.0
result of concluded enforcement actions (5-year cumulative).
the period)
million estimated pounds of toxic and pesticide pollutants as a
(FY 2005-2008 baseline: 3.8 million pounds, annual average over
(PM 404) Millions of pounds of toxic and pesticide pollutants reduced, treated, or eliminated through concluded
enforcement actions.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
3.8
8.3
FY2011
3.8
6.1
FY 2012
3.8

FY 2013
3.8

Unit
Million
Pounds
Explanation of Results: Each year a small number of big cases provide the majority of pollutant reductions, which makes setting targets for pollutant reduction measures
highly uncertain.
Additional Information: FY 2005-2008 Average Baseline: The program used existing data to estimate results for FY 2005-2008, which yielded an approximate average
baseline of 3.8 million pounds. FY 2010 results were driven by a small number of enforcement cases, which yielded the majority of the 8.3 million pounds addressed.
Strategic Measure: By 2015, increase the percentage of criminal cases having the most
deterrence impacts to 50 percent. (FY 2010 baseline: 36 percent)
significant health, environmental, and
GOAL 5: ENFORCING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
                                              899

-------
Program Area
Deterrence
through
Criminal
Enforcement
Performance Measures and Data
(PM 408) Percent of closed cases with criminal enforcement consequences (indictment, conviction, fine, or penalty).

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
33
35
FY2011
33
37
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: FY 2006-2008 Average Baseline: 33%.
GOAL 5: ENFORCING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
                                              900

-------
                                PERFORMANCE: RESEARCH EIGHT-YEAR ARRAY
  (Boxes shaded gray indicate that a measure has been terminated for FY 2012 and beyond, therefore, data are no longer collected.)

The following measures are associated with EPA's research programs. In 2012, EPA reorganized its research programs to focus on
sustainability and to better address Agency priorities and stakeholders' needs.  Correspondingly, EPA developed new measures
associated with these "sustainable research" programs. While there are  fewer measures in 2012 than previously, the new measures
comprehensively assess EPA's research. For example, EPA used to measure the completion of research by "long term goal." Moving
forward, EPA will report the completion of research by "program." The new measures utilize a similar but more aggregated approach
to allow for more meaningful and concise data collection. The table below reflects past and existing measures.

NPM: AA RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Performance Measures and Data
(PM AC1) Percentage of products completed on time by Air, Climate, and Energy research program.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: A research product is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task. Research products may require translation or synthesis before integration into an
output ready for partner use." This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products. Working with its partners, each program develops a list of planned research
products and their associated outputs. The list reflects all products the program plans to complete by the end of each fiscal year. The estimated completion date is based on when the output is needed
for partner use and when the research products are needed to be transformed into the output. The actual product completion date is self-reported. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned
products each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs.
(PM AC2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients for use in taking action on climate change or improving air quality.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Research outputs result from the translation or synthesis of one or more research products into the format compatible with the partner's decision needs. "Delivery of a
research output" means that the output is transferred to ORD's research partner ready for the intended partner use. EPA identifies and describes the planned outputs in the program's Research
Program Strategic Plan. At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned outputs each year
so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the process for developing and modifying program
outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner
utility.
ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                          901

-------
                                                               Performance Measures and Data
(PM CS1) Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Chemical Safety for Sustainability research program.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: A research product is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task. Research products may require translation or synthesis before integration into an
output ready for partner use." This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products. Working with its partners, each program develops a list of planned research
products and their associated outputs. The list reflects all products the program plans to complete by the end of each fiscal year. The estimated completion date is based on when the output is needed
for partner use and when the research products are needed to be transformed into the output. The actual product completion date is self-reported. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned
products each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs.	
(PM CS2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients and partners to improve their capability to advance the
environmentally sustainable development, use, and assessment of chemicals.	

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Research outputs result from the translation or synthesis of one or more research products into the format compatible with the partner's decision needs. "Delivery of a
research output" means that the output is transferred to ORD's research partner ready for the intended partner use. EPA identifies and describes the planned outputs in the program's Research
Program Strategic Plan. At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned outputs each
year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the process for developing and modifying program
outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner
utility.	
(PM HC1) Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Sustainable and Healthy Communities research program.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: A research product is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task. Research products may require translation or synthesis before integration into an
output ready for partner use." This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products. Working with its partners, each program develops a list of planned research
products and their associated outputs. The list reflects all products the program plans to complete by the end of each fiscal year. The estimated completion date is based on when the output is needed
for partner use and when the research products are needed to be transformed into the output. The actual product completion date is self-reported. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned
products each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs.	
(PM HC2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients, partners, and stakeholders for use in pursuing their sustainability
goals.	
       ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                                              902

-------
                                                               Performance Measures and Data

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Research outputs result from the translation or synthesis of one or more research products into the format compatible with the partner's decision needs. "Delivery of a
research output" means that the output is transferred to ORD's research partner ready for the intended partner use. EPA identifies and describes the planned outputs in the program's Research
Program Strategic Plan. At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned outputs each year
so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the process for developing and modifying program
outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner
utility.
(PM HS1) Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Homeland Security research program.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: A research product is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task. Research products may require translation or synthesis before integration into an
output ready for partner use." This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products. Working with its partners, each program develops a list of planned research
products and their associated outputs. The list reflects all products the program plans to complete by the end of each fiscal year. The estimated completion date is based on when the output is needed
for partner use and when the research products are needed to be transformed into the output. The actual product completion date is self-reported. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned
products each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs.	
(PM HS2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients and partners to improve their capabilities to respond to
contamination resulting from homeland security events and related disasters.	

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Research outputs result from the translation or synthesis of one or more research products into the format compatible with the partner's decision needs. "Delivery of a
research output" means that the output is transferred to ORD's research partner ready for the intended partner use. EPA identifies and describes the planned outputs in the program's Research
Program Strategic Plan. At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned outputs each
year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the process for developing and modifying program
outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner
utility.
(PM RA1) Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Human Health Risk Assessment research program.
              FY 2006    I   FY2007    I   FY 2008   I    FY 2009   I    FY 2010   I    FY2011   I    FY 2012    I    FY 2013
Unit
       ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                                               903

-------
Performance Measures and Data
Target
Actual












100

100

Percent
Additional Information: A research product is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task. Research products may require translation or synthesis before integration into an
output ready for partner use. " This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products. Working with its partners, each program develops a list of planned research
products and their associated outputs. The list reflects all products the program plans to complete by the end of each fiscal year. The estimated completion date is based on when the output is needed
for partner use and when the research products are needed to be transformed into the output. The actual product completion date is self-reported. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned
products each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs.
(PM RA2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients and partners for use in informing human health decisions.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Research outputs result from the translation or synthesis of one or more research products into the format compatible with the partner's decision needs. "Delivery of a
research output" means that the output is transferred to ORD's research partner ready for the intended partner use. EPA identifies and describes the planned outputs in the program's Research
Program Strategic Plan. At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned outputs each year
so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the process for developing and modifying program
outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner
utility.
(PM RA6) Number of regulatory decisions in which decision-makers used HHRA peer-reviewed assessments (IRIS, PPRTVs, exposure
assessments and other assessments)

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
no target
established

FY 2013
20

Unit
Number
Additional Information: The measure calculates the percent of Agency regulatory decisions for which clients use HHRA peer-reviewed health assessments. The measure is calculated by reviewing
regulatory decisions and Records of Decision (ROD) made by EPA program offices in recent years, determining how many quantitative health assessment values were used in these EPA program
decisions, and what percentage of these values had been developed by the HHRA Program.
(PM RA7) Annual milestone progress score for completing draft IRIS health assessments.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
50

FY 2013
50

Unit
Score
ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                 904

-------
                                                                  Performance Measures and Data
Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that includes such factors as client interest, complexity of science, and level of effort required. Points are scored by multiplying the weight of each
assessment by the number of milestones completed in the assessment process. The program plans to target an average score of 50 points each year beginning in 2009, representing a steady and
timely completion of draft assessments throughout each fiscal year. Near-term targets are based on the large volume of ongoing assessments that have not been released in draft due to the change in
the process for external review. This measure will be assessed as a rolling average with potential annual excess rolled over to the next target year so as to provide incentives for completion of more
milestones.
(PM RA8) Annual progress score for finalizing IRIS health assessments.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
20

FY 2013
20

Unit
Score
Additional Information: This measure tracks the program's ability to make progress in finalizing and releasing IRIS assessments under LTG1. The annual score, tracked cumulatively throughout the
year, is based on the relative weighting of each chemical. Chemicals are weighted using a 3-tier system that includes client interest, complexity of science, and level of effort required. Points are
scored by multiplying the weight of each assessment by the number of milestones completed in the assessment process. The program plans to target an average score of 20 points each year
beginning in 2009, representing a steady and timely completion of final assessments throughout each fiscal year. Near-term targets are based on the large volume of ongoing assessments that have
not been finalized due to the change in the process for external review and completion. This measure will be assessed as rolling average.	
(PM SW1) Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Safe and Sustainable Water Resources research program.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: A research product is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task. Research products may require translation or synthesis before integration into an
output ready for partner use." This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products. Working with its partners, each program develops a list of planned research
products and their associated outputs. The list reflects all products the program plans to complete by the end of each fiscal year. The estimated completion date is based on when the output is needed
for partner use and when the research products are needed to be transformed into the output. The actual product completion date is self-reported. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned
products each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs.	
(PM SW2) Percentage of planned research outputs delivered to clients and partners to improve the Agency's capability to ensure clean and
adequate supplies of water that support human well-being and resilient aquatic ecosystems.	

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
100

FY 2013
100

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Research outputs result from the translation or synthesis of one or more research products into the format compatible with the partner's decision needs. "Delivery of a
research output" means that the output is transferred to ORD's research partner ready for the intended partner use. EPA identifies and describes the planned outputs in the program's Research
       ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                                                  905

-------
                                                                  Performance Measures and Data
Program Strategic Plan. At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned outputs each year
so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the process for developing and modifying program
outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner
utility.	
(PM H29) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of public health outcomes long-term goal.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	
(PM H30) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of mechanistic data long-term goal.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
92
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
75
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Delay in report of publications describing the potential usefulness of in vitro liver models for screening and mode of action prediction. This report was completed in
December 2011.

Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	
(PM H31) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of aggregate and cumulative risk long-term goal.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
87.5
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: A no-cost extension was granted on a report on interpreting biomarkers using physiologically-based pharmacokinetic modeling. The no-cost extension was necessary to
provide the extramural researchers with the time necessary to  successfully complete their project and to thereafter submit the final report. Two unanticipated developments necessitated the extension.
First, an instrument malfunction required the replenishment of additional cell cultures. Second, newly acquired data have led the researchers to revise the assumptions underlying their model.	
       ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                                                 906

-------
                                                                 Performance Measures and Data
Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	
(PM H32) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of the susceptible subpopulations long-term goal.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
64
FY2011
100
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	
(PM H35) Percentage of planned actions accomplished toward the long-term goal of reducing uncertainty in the science that supports
standard setting and air quality management decisions. (Research)	

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
94
FY 2007


FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
80
FY2011
100
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Beginning in FY 2008, this measure will track the program's success in completing its planned outputs on time. Prior to FY 2008, the measure tracked success in completing
both planned outputs and planned actions in response to independent review recommendations.	
(PM H66) Percentage of planned outputs (in support of WQRP long-term goal #1) delivered

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
92
FY2011
100
90
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Resources and research on a review of published vertebrate gene expression in fathead minnow were redirected to more effectively focus on higher priority efforts related to
sustainability, partners' needs, and Administrator's priorities.

Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
       ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                                                 907

-------
                                                                    Performance Measures and Data
appropriate and ambitious.
(PM H68) Percentage of planned outputs (in support of WQRP long-term goal #2) delivered

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
86
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
85.7
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: A draft assessment report on flowing waters was delayed due to our partners' delay in forming data analysis teams. The report is expected to be completed in December
2012.

Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	
(PM H70) Percentage of planned outputs (in support of WQRP long-term goal #3) delivered

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
92
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
66.7
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: A report on the effects of CAFOs on ground water quality was delayed to support the development of the Safe and Sustainable Water Resources program and higher priority
efforts related to sustainability, partners' needs, and Administrator's priorities. This CAFO study involves comprehensive data from different analytical labs for seven study sites. The study includes
antibiotic data from USGS. An instrument failure prevented analysis completion for one of the sites. ORD decided to delay this report to allow these data to be included and to better tailor this report
to the Safe and Sustainable Water Resources framework (established during 2011). EPA's wastewater decision makers are aware of this delay. EPA's report has been peer-reviewed and
recommended for publication with revisions, which are now in progress. Completion is expected in the second quarter of FY12.

Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners'  needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs  engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	
(PM H72) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of efficient and effective clean-ups and safe disposal of contamination wastes.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
92
FY 2009
100
85
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
80
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
        ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                                                    908

-------
Performance Measures and Data
Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.
(PM H73) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of water security initiatives.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
83
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
80
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.
(PM H76) Percentage of Global publications rated as highly cited publications.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
22
25
FY 2008
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2009
23
25
FY 2010
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY2011
24
Data Not
Collected
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Due to program restructuring and discontinuation of programmatic BOSC reviews, funds for bibliometric analyses were redirected to an interagency initiative supporting the
development of a data infrastructure that will aid in more effective assessment of the long term impacts of research. Since bibliometric analyses were not conducted in FY 201 1 , no data were
collected for this measure and therefore will not be available to report.
Additional Information: The criteria and the "highly cited" rankings will be provided using "Thomson's Essential Science Indicator (ESI)
(PM H77) Percentage of Global publications in high impact journals.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007
23.6
24.1
FY 2008
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2009
24.6
24.1
FY 2010
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY2011
25.6
Data Not
Collected
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Due to program restructuring and discontinuation of programmatic BOSC reviews, funds for bibliometric analyses were redirected to an interagency initiative supporting the
ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                 909

-------
                                                              Performance Measures and Data
development of a data infrastructure that will aid in more effective assessment of the long term impacts of research. Since bibliometric analyses were not conducted in FY 2011, no data were
collected for this measure and therefore will not be available to report.

Additional Information: The criteria and the "impact factor" rankings will be provided using "Thomson's Journal Citation Reports (JCR)	
(PM H79) Percentage of planned outputs delivered under the Global Change research program.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Annual research outputs will be outlined in the program's revised Multi-Year Plan. This measure will track progress toward completing those milestones across the
program.	
(PM H83) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of HHRA Technical Support Documents.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
No Target
Established
81
FY 2007
90
81
FY 2008
90
89
FY 2009
90
100
FY 2010
90
100
FY2011
90
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility.  In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	
(PM H89) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of the manage material streams, conserve resources and appropriately
manage waste long-term goal.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
83.3
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: A delay in research on the use of organic- based permeable reactive barrier (PRB) systems for the treatment of heavy metals and arsenic occurred so that researchers could
focus on higher priority Hydraulic Fracturing work. Research is expected to be completed in FY 2012.

Additional Information: Annual research outputs are included in the program's Multi-Year Plan (MYP). Outputs in support of this long-term goal include reports on technologies, methods, and
models to manage material streams and reduce uncertainty in assessments. Additional details are described in the MYP.	
(PM H90) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of the mitigation, management and long-term stewardship of contaminated
       ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                                             910

-------
Performance Measures and Data
sites long-term goal.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
96
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
66.67
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: A report on dispersant effectiveness was delayed so that researchers could attend to higher priority efforts.
Additional Information: Annual research outputs are included in the program's Multi-Year Plan (MYP). Outputs in support of this long-term goal include reports, technologies, methods, and models
related to the characterization and remediation of contaminated sites. Additional details are described in the MYP.
(PM H91) Peer-reviewed publications over FTE.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
.79
Data Not
Collected
FY 2007
.80
Data Not
Collected
FY 2008
.81
0.73
FY 2009
.82
Data Not
Collected
FY 2010
.83
Data Not
Collected
FY2011
.84
Data Not
Collected
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Publications
Explanation of Results: Due to program restructuring and discontinuation of programmatic BOSC reviews, funds for bibliometric analyses were redirected to an interagency initiative supporting the
development of a data infrastructure that will aid in more effective assessment of the long term impacts of research. Since bibliometric analyses were not conducted in FY 201 1, no data were
collected for this measure and therefore will not be available to report.
Additional Information: The universe of peer-reviewed publications includes 1 ) journal articles, 2) books and book chapters, and 3) EPA reports, where at least one EPA author is listed or where the
publication is the result of an EPA grant. If a publication includes more than one EPA author, that publication is counted only once. Materials submitted for publication but not yet published are not
included. FTE are actual program full time equivalents. The program is also submitting data on extramural vs. intramural costs to support the measure. Data and targets are based on a three year
moving average.
(PM 106) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of the SP2 program's long-term goal one.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
80
FY 2007
100
86
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
88
FY2011
100
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Annual research outputs are included in the program's Multi-Year Plan. At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual
outputs. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned outputs each year.
(PM 108) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of the SP2 program's long-term goal two.

Target
FY 2006
100
FY 2007
100
FY 2008
100
FY 2009
100
FY 2010
100
FY2011
100
FY 2012

FY 2013

Unit
Percent
ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                 911

-------
Performance Measures and Data
Actual
100
100
100
100
100
100



Additional Information: Annual research outputs are included in the program's Multi-Year Plan. At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual
outputs. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned outputs each year.
(PM 110) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of the SP2 program's long-term goal three.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
80
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: Annual research outputs are included in the program's Multi-Year Plan. At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual
outputs. The program strives to complete 100% of its planned outputs each year.
(PM 119) Percentage of Ecological Research publications rated as highly-cited publications.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2007
20.4
21.10
FY 2008
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2009
21.4
Data Avail
11/2012
FY 2010
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY2011
22.4
Data Not
Collected
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Due to program restructuring and discontinuation of programmatic BOSC reviews, funds for bibliometric analyses were redirected to an interagency initiative supporting the
development of a data infrastructure that will aid in more effective assessment of the long term impacts of research. Since bibliometric analyses were not conducted in FY 2011, no data were
collected for this measure and therefore will not be available to report.
Additional Information: This metric provides a systematic way of quantifying research performance and impact by counting the number of times an article is cited within other publications. The
"highly cited" data are based on the percentage of all program publications that are cited in the top 10% of their field, as determined by "Thomson's Essential Science Indicator" (ESI). Each analysis
evaluates the publications from the last ten year period, and is timed to match the cycle for independent expert program reviews by the Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC). This "highly cited"
metric provides information on the quality of the program's research, as well as the degree to which that research is impacting the science community. As such, it is an instructive tool both for the
program and for independent panels such as the BOSC in their program reviews.
(PM 120) Percentage of Ecological research publications in "high-impact" journals.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2007
20.3
20.80
FY 2008
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY 2009
21.3
Data Avail
11/2012
FY 2010
No Target
Established
Biennial
FY2011
22.3
Data Not
Collected
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Due to program restructuring and discontinuation of programmatic BOSC reviews, funds for bibliometric analyses were redirected to an interagency initiative supporting the
ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                 912

-------
                                                               Performance Measures and Data
development of a data infrastructure that will aid in more effective assessment of the long term impacts of research. Since bibliometric analyses were not conducted in FY 2011, no data were
collected for this measure and therefore will not be available to report.

Additional Information: This measure provides a systematic way of quantifying research quality and impact by counting those articles that are published in prestigious journals. The "high impact"
data are based on the percentage of all program articles that are published in prestigious journals, as determined by "Thomson's Journal Citation Reports" (JCR). Each analysis evaluates the
publications from the last ten year period, and is timed to match the cycle for independent expert program reviews by the Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC). This "high impact" metric provides
information  on the quality of the program's research, as well as the degree to which that research is impacting the  science community. As such, it is an instructive tool both for the program and for
independent panels such as the BOSC in their program reviews.	
(PM121) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of State, tribe, and EPA office needs for causal diagnosis tools and methods to
determine causes of ecological degradation.	

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
86
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
88
FY2011
100
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	
(PM 122) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of State, tribe, and EPA office needs for environmental forecasting tools and
methods to forecast the ecological impacts of various actions.	

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
83
FY 2009
100
93
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
62.5
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: A delay in research on Lyme disease projections and scenarios was delayed due to a landcover classification incompatibility in scenarios delivered by USGS. The
incompatibility is now being addressed and research can continue once resolved.

Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	
(PM 123) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of State, tribe, and EPA office needs for environmental restoration and
services tools and methods to protect and restore ecological condition and services.	
              FY 2006
FY 2007
FY 2008
FY 2009
FY 2010
FY2011
FY 2012
FY 2013
Unit
       ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                                              913

-------
Target
Actual
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
93
100
100
100
75




Percent
                                                                 Performance Measures and Data
Explanation of Results: Research on limitations of curve number relationship between rainfall and runoff was delayed due to weather-related limitations. The research output is expected to be
delivered by April 2012.

Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	
(PM128) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of STS's goal that decision makers adopt ORD-identified and developed
metrics to quantitatively assess environmental systems for sustainability.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
66.67
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Research on the impact of current bio fuels policies has been delayed in order to address critical needs of the ACE program. The research output is expected to be complete
by March 2012.

Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	
(PM 129) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of STS's goal that decision makers adopt OKD-developed decision support
tools and methodologies.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
87.5
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Research on a decision support tool integrating life cycle assessment methods with material flow approaches was slightly delayed in order to address critical needs of the
ACE program. This research is expected to be complete in February 2012.

Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
       ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                                                914

-------
                                                               Performance Measures and Data
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	

(PM130) Percentage of planned outputs delivered in support of STS's goal that decision makers adopt innovative technologies developed or
verified by ORD.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: At the end of the fiscal year, the program reports on its success in meeting its planned annual outputs (detailed in the program's Multi-Year Plan). The program strives to
complete 100% of its planned outputs each year so that it can best meet EPA and other partners' needs. To ensure the ambitiousness of its annual output measures, ORD has better formalized the
process for developing and modifying program outputs, including requiring that ORD programs engage partners when making modifications. Involving partners in this process helps to ensure the
ambitiousness of outputs on the basis of partner utility. In addition, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) periodically reviews programs' goals and outputs and determines whether they are
appropriate and ambitious.	

(PM 134) Percentage of planned risk management research products delivered to support EPA's Office of Water, Regions, water  utilities,
and other key stakeholders to manage public health risk.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
93
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
100
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: The outputs tracked by this measure demonstrate progress towards completing DWRP's long term goal 1, which supports the Office of Water (OW) in rule implementation,
simultaneous compliance, and evaluating the effectiveness of risk management decisions. ORD's work under this goal also supports OW, regions, states, utilities, and key stakeholders in protecting
sources of drinking water, managing water availability, improving water infrastructure sustainability, increasing water and energy use efficiency, and responding to short and long-term water
resource impacts of environmental stressors such as climate change, population growth and land use changes.	

(PM 135) Percentage of planned methodologies, data, and tools delivered in support of EPA's Office of Water and other key stakeholders'
needs for developing health risk assessments under the SDWA.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
86
FY2011
100
90
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Research on leak, purge and gas permeability testing methods was slightly delayed in order to attend to more critical needs of the SSWR program, and to more effectively
focus on efforts related to sustainability, partners' needs, and Administrator's priorities. Research is expected to be completed in FY 2012.

Additional Information: The outputs tracked by this measure demonstrate progress towards completing DWRP's long term goal 1, which primarily supports the Office of Water in decisions relating
to: Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR), regulating/not regulating contaminants on the Contaminant Candidate List (CCL), the six year review, and the Underground Injection	
       ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                                              915

-------
                                                      Performance Measures and Data
Control (UIC) program. ORD's work under this goal also supports regions and key stakeholders in meeting simultaneous compliance requirements while also aiding risk assessors in developing risk
assessments that inform regulatory decisions.	
                         PERFORMANCE: ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS EIGHT-YEAR ARRAY
        (Boxes shaded gray indicate that a measure has been terminated for FY 2012 and beyond, therefore, data are no longer collected.)

      NPM: OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATION AND RESOURCES MANAGEMENT




Performance Measures and Data
(PM 007) Percent of GS employees (DEU) hired within 80 calendar days.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
15
18
FY 2012
20

FY 2013
20

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: In FY 2009, 10.7% of GS employees Designated Employee Unit (DEU) were hired on average in 189.2 days.
(PM 008) Percent of GS employees (all hires) hired within 80 calendar days

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011
23
21
FY 2012
25

FY 2013
25

Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: Metric was not met due to external factors that lengthen the hiring process such as the number of days a vacancy must be announced per the
Collective Bargaining Unit; a new hire's availability to report within the established time frame; and the selecting office's review time (e.g., receipt of incomplete vacancy
packages, Subject Matter Expert review of certificates, and final selection by management).
Additional Information: In FY 2009, 14.6% of GS employees (other than DEU) were hired on average in 163 days.
(PM 009) Increase in number and percentage of certified acquisition staff (1102)

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012
335/80

FY 2013
335/80

Unit
Number/
Percent
Additional Information: There were 304 GS-1102 Staff on board as of July 26, 2010. There were 240 GS-1 102 Staff, 78.9%, certified as of September 2, 2010.1
      ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                                   916

-------



Performance Measures and Data
(PM 010) Cumulative percentage reduction in Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Scopes 1 & 2 emissions.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010
1.0
79.5
FY2011
0.4
59
FY 2012
6.4

FY 2013
11.9

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: On October 8, 2009, the President signed Executive Order 13514, "Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and Economic Performance,"
requiring all Federal Agencies to reduce their Green House Gas Scope 1 and 2 emissions (EPA committed to a 25% reduction by FY 2020 from a FY 2008 baseline).
EPA's FY 2008 GHG Scope 1 and 2 emissions were 140,720 mTCO2e's. The Energy Policy Act of 2005 requires each federal agency to reduce energy use intensity by
3% annually through FY 2015. For the Agency's 29 reporting facilities, the FY 2003 energy consumption of British Thermal Units (BTUs) per square foot is 346,518
BTUs per square foot. EPA reset its annual/intermediate Scope 1 and 2 GHG reduction goals in its June 201 1 Strategic Sustainability Performance Plan (S2P2).
(PM 098) Cumulative percentage reduction in energy consumption.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
2
3
FY 2007
6
9
FY 2008
9
13
FY 2009
12
18
FY 2010
15
18.3
FY2011
18
18.1
FY 2012
21

FY 2013
24

Unit
Percent
Additional Information: On January 24, 2007, the President signed Executive Order 1 3423, "Strengthening Federal Environment, Energy, and Transportation
Management," requiring all Federal Agencies to reduce their Green House Gas intensity and energy use by 3% annually through FY 2015. For the Agency's 29 reporting
facilities, the FY 2003 energy consumption of British Thermal Units (BTUs) per square foot is 346,518 BTUs per square foot.
ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                 917

-------
NPM: OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION





Performance Measures and Data
(PM 052) Number of major EPA environmental systems that use the CDX electronic requirements enabling faster
receipt, processing, and quality checking of data.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
29
32
FY 2007
36
37
FY 2008
45
48
FY 2009
50
55
FY 2010
60
60
FY2011
60
64
FY 2012
67

FY 2013
72

Unit
Systems
Additional Information: The Central Data Exchange program began in FY 200 1 to enable States, Tribes and others to send environmental data to EPA through a
centralized electronic process.
(PM 053) States, tribes and territories will be able to exchange data with CDX through nodes in real time, using
standards and automated data-quality checking.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
50
42
FY 2007
55
57
FY 2008
55
59
FY 2009
60
59
FY 2010
65
69
FY2011
65
72
FY 2012
80

FY 2013
85

Unit
Users
Additional Information: The Central Data Exchange program began in FY 200 1 to enable States, Tribes and others to send environmental data to EPA through a
centralized electronic process.
(PM 998) EPA's TRI program will work with partners to conduct data quality checks to enhance accuracy and
reliability of environmental data.

Target
Actual
FY 2006


FY 2007


FY 2008


FY 2009


FY 2010


FY2011


FY 2012


FY 2013
500

Unit
Quality
Checks
Additional Information: This metric will allow EPA to for the first time report on performance of the Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) program. Data checks will improve
the accuracy and reliability of environmental data.
(PM 999) Total number of active unique users from states, tribes, laboratories, regulated facilities and other entities that
electronically report environmental data to EPA through CDX.

Target
FY 2006

FY 2007

FY 2008

FY 2009

FY 2010

FY2011
Baseline Year
FY 2012
58,000
FY 2013
60,000
Unit
Users
ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                               918

-------




Performance Measures and Data
Actual





56,200



Additional Information: This metric replaces PM 054, which is being discontinued. PM 999 measures the total number of active individual CDX users. This new metric
only includes users who have logged in within the previous two years (active users). Each distinct user is counted only once, regardless of the number of different
accounts, roles, or locations. This new metric will provide a more accurate portrayal of current CDX usage by focusing programmatic assessment on active unique users,
screening out dormant accounts, test accounts, and multiple accounts registered to the same user.
(PM 054) Number of users from states, tribes, laboratories, and others that choose CDX to report environmental data
electronically to EPA.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
47,000
62,000
FY 2007
55,000
88,516
FY 2008
100,000
127,575
FY 2009
130,000
184,109
FY 2010
210,000
231,700
FY2011
210,000
Data Not
Reported
FY 2012


FY 2013


Unit
Users
Explanation of Results: This metric is being discontinued. PM 999 will now more accurately measure CDX usage by screening out inactive users and multiple accounts
from the same user.
Additional Information: Zero. The Central Data Exchange program began in FY 2001. Prior to that there were no users.
(PM 408) Percent of Federal Information Security Management Act reportable systems that are certified and
accredited.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
100
100
FY 2007
100
100
FY 2008
100
100
FY 2009
100
100
FY 2010
100
100
FY2011
100
100
FY 2012
100

FY 2013


Unit
Percent
Additional Information: FISMA assigns specific responsibilities to Federal agencies and National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) to strengthen information
system security. The continued goal, as required by FISMA, is for the Agency to achieve a continuous 100% compliance status with Certification and Accreditation
(C&A) of all reportable systems.
NPM: INSPECTOR GENERAL


Performance Measures and Data
(PM 35A) Environmental and business actions taken for improved performance or risk reduction.

Target
FY 2006
303
FY 2007
318
FY 2008
334
FY 2009
318
FY 2010
334
FY2011
334
FY 2012
334
FY 2013
375
Unit
Actions
ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                               919

-------





Performance Measures and Data
Actual
407
464
463
272
391
315



Explanation of Results: While the OIG achieved over 94% of this target inFY2011,this measure represents subsequent intermediate outcome actions taken by the
Agency on OIG recommendations as well as any long- term outcome improvements achieved as a result of those actions. Actions taken on OIG recommendations are
dependent upon the complexity of the recommendation and how quickly the Agency acts to implement them, which is out of the OIG's control. Generally there is a 2 to3
year time lag to implement OIG recommendation, but the Agency often seeks and has extended the completion dates beyond the normal lag time making the predictability
of results difficult. More complex OIG recommendations from a fewer number of OIG reports in previous years have made achievement of this target more difficult.
Additional Information: The baseline is a moving average for the three most recent years. For the period concluding with fiscal year 20 1 0, the baseline is 375 actions.
(PM 35B) Environmental and business recommendations or risks identified for corrective action.

Target
Actual
FY 2006
925
1,024
FY 2007
925
949
FY 2008
971
624
FY 2009
903
983
FY 2010
903
945
FY2011
903
2011
FY 2012
903

FY 2013
950

Unit
Recommend
ations
Explanation of Results: The number of OIG results in terms of recommendations and risk identified has generally reflected the staffing levels of the OIG and the types of
audits and evaluations performed. More complex evaluations and audits have fewer total but more complex recommendations and risks identified. The type of work
changes as the OIG identifies different areas of risks requiring reviews. The number of recommendations dramatically increased in FY 201 1 as the OIG included 1 137
findings from Single Audit review of ARRA grant recipients. The non-ARRA portion of recommendations identified was 874.
Additional Information: In F Y 2009 the OIG established a revised baseline of 865 environmental and business recommendations or risks identified for corrective actions.
The baseline was adjusted to reflect an average of the actual reported results for the period FY 2006-2008. The baseline has generally decreased to reflect the transfer of
DCAA audit oversight from the OIG directly to the EPA, and a significant gap between the OIG ceiling and actual staffing levels.
(PM 35C) Return on

Target
Actual
FY 2006
150
1610
the annual dollar investment, as a percentage of the OIG budget, from audits and investigations.
FY 2007
150
189
FY 2008
150
186
FY 2009
120
150
FY 2010
120
36
FY2011
120
151
FY 2012
110

FY 2013
120

Unit
Percent
Explanation of Results: The OIG has been fairly consistent in the dollar level of questioned costs, cost efficiencies identified from audits and evaluation, and fines,
penalties and settlements from investigations. Some years may have vast differences from the normal level, often dependent upon an extraordinary recovery from a
criminal case settlement of great magnitude as in FY 2006, or a significant decrease in FY 2010, as we focused resources on fewer quantitative monetary reviews in
preference to more qualitative reviews such as internal controls. During FY2011,theOIG refocused its efforts on areas of monetary benefit resulting in both a significant
increase over the results of FY 2010, but also significantly exceeding the target for FY 201 1 .
Additional Information: The baseline reflects potential dollar return on investment as a percentage of OIG budget from identified opportunities for savings, questioned
costs, fines, recoveries and settlements. The baseline is a moving average for the three most recent years. For the period concluding with fiscal year 2010, the baseline is
112%.
(PM 35D) Criminal, civil, administrative, and fraud prevention actions.
ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                 920

-------


Performance

Target
Actual
FY 2006
80
121
FY 2007
80
103
FY 2008
80
84
FY 2009
80
95
Measures and Data
FY 2010
75
115
FY2011
80
160
FY 2012
85

FY 2013
85

Unit
Actions
Explanation of Results: Results from Investigative work is extremely unpredictable since the nature of the work itself is response oriented (to indicators of fraud, wrong
doing, or allegations received) and dependent upon the subsequent actions of the Department of Justice. However, OIG investigative results have generally correlated to
the levels of investigative staffing and have increased steadily since FY 2008 - a trend we anticipate to continue as the OIG continues to reach its authorized staff level.
Our Office of Investigations exceeded its target by 100% as a result of 1) its ability to increase its staffing level closer to its authorized level; 2) extraordinary number of
administrative actions in the form of debarments and suspensions and disciplinary actions resulting from investigative cases; and, 3) an increased number of proactive
fraud prevention outreach briefings with other federal, state and local organizations.
Additional Information: In F Y 2009 the OIG established a revised baseline of 80 criminal, civil and administrative actions, which has remained constant over time.
ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                                 921

-------
             VERIFICATION/VALIDATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA

Beginning with the EPA's FY 2013 budget, the Agency has developed Data Quality Records
(DQRs) to  present validation/verification information for selected  performance measures,
consistent with  guidance from the Office of Management and Budget. A DQR documents the
management controls,  responsibilities,  quality  procedures, and other metadata associated with
the data lifecycle for an  individual performance measure, and is intended  to  enhance the
transparency, objectivity,  and  usefulness of  the  performance result.  To  access a  pdf file
containing      all     current     Data     Quality     Records,      please     go     to
http://www.epa.gov/planandbudget/annualplan/fy2013.html.
ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS
                                         922

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents - Appendix A

Coordination with Other Federal Agencies	925
   Environmental Programs	925
   Enabling Support Programs	962
Major Management Challenges	970
EPA User Fee Program	985
Working Capital Fund	989
List of Acronyms	990
STAG Categorical Program Grants	998
Program Projects By Program Area	1009
Discontinued Programs	1023
   Clean School Bus Initiative                                                 1024
   Federal Support for Air Toxics Program	1025
   Local Government Climate Change Grants	1026
   Targeted Airshed Grants	1027
   Categorical Grant: Water Quality Cooperative Agreements	1028
   Categorical Grant: Targeted Watersheds	1029
   Categorical Grant: Homeland Security                                       1030
   Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response, and Recovery                     1032
   Categorical Grant: Sector Program                                          1034
   Compliance Assistance and Centers	1035
   Compliance Incentives	1036
   Enforcement Training	1037
Expected Benefits of the President's E-Government Initiatives	1038
Superfund Special Accounts	1046
American Recovery and Reinvestment Act	1050
EPA Budget by National Program Manager and Major Office	1051
Fiscal Year 2013: Consolidations, Realignments, or Other Transfers of Resources	1055
Physicians' Comparability Allowance (PCA) Worksheet for PY 2011	1056
Proposed FY 2013 Administrative Provisions	1059
                                       923

-------
924

-------
               COORDINATION WITH OTHER FEDERAL AGENCIES

                               Environmental Programs

Goal 1- Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality

Objective: Address Climate Change

Voluntary climate protection programs government-wide stimulate the development and use of
renewable energy technologies and energy efficient products that will help reduce greenhouse
gas emissions. The effort is led by EPA and DOE with significant involvement from USDA,
HUD, and the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).

Agencies throughout the government make significant contributions to the climate  protection
programs. For example, DOE pursues actions such as promoting the research, development, and
deployment of advanced technologies (for example, renewable energy sources).  The Treasury
Department  administers proposed  tax  incentives  for  specific investments  that will  reduce
emissions. EPA is responding to the President's directive to work with NHTSA to develop a
coordinated national  program that  will set further  standards to improve fuel efficiency  and
reduce GHG emissions for light-duty vehicles for model years 2017 and later. EPA is broadening
its public information  transportation choices  campaign as a joint  effort  with DOT. EPA
coordinates with  each  of the above-mentioned  agencies to  ensure that our  programs  are
complementary and in no way duplicative.

The 2009 Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)  on ENERGY  STAR,  signed by EPA  and
DOE, defines clear lines of responsibility between the Agencies that build upon and leverage
their respective areas of expertise and outlines a number of program enhancements that will drive
greater efficiency for American consumers and greater efficiency  in homes and  buildings. As
part of the MOU, EPA  and DOE developed an annual  work plan detailing key work across the
two Agencies and highlighting their cooperative work  on energy efficiency in commercial  and
residential buildings and the products and equipment that go into these buildings. For example,
in 2011, EPA and DOE will be expanding the program for ENERGY STAR products to include
verification testing run by certification bodies (CBs)  as  well  as DOE's parallel, targeted
verification testing.

EPA works primarily with the Department of State, USAID, and DOE as well as with regional
organizations in implementing climate-related programs and projects. In addition, EPA partners
with others  worldwide, including international  organizations such  as  the United Nations
Environment  Programme, the United Nations  Development Programme, the United Nations
Economic Commission for  Europe, the International  Energy Agency, the OECD, the World
Bank, the Asian Development Bank, and our colleagues in Canada, Mexico, Europe, and Japan.

An example of EPA's coordination with other federal agencies, as well as international partners,
is the Global Methane Initiative (formerly known as the Methane to Markets Partnership). GMI
is an international public-private initiative  that  advances  cost-effective, near-term methane
recovery and use as a clean energy source in four sectors: agriculture, coal mines, landfills, and
oil and gas  systems. These  projects  reduce greenhouse gas emissions in the near term  and

                                          925

-------
provide a number of important environmental and economic co-benefits. There are 40 partner
countries and over 1,000 members of the Project Network, including private sector, NGO, and
multilateral organizations such as the World Bank, the Asian Development Bank, and the Inter-
American Development Bank. EPA is the lead  agency from the USG and coordinates with
Department of State, DOE, USD A, USAID, and the US Trade and Development Agency.

The Agency coordinates its global change research with other federal agencies through the U.S.
Global Change Research Program (USGCRP).1 EPA's global change research efforts focus on
understanding the impacts  of climate change  to  air quality,  water  quality,  and  aquatic
ecosystems, and include efforts to improve models that address air and water pollution formation
and transport in  the  context  of  a changing climate.  These modeling efforts require close
coordination  with other agencies  to use the results  of global-scale models as input to more
detailed regional models that describe pollutant formation and transport at levels needed by local
and state resource managers. This work includes research to better understand the emissions,
transport, and impacts to health and climate of black  carbon.  Additional coordination of global
change  research occurs through the National  Science and  Technology Council's  (NSTC's)
CENRS Subcommittee on Water Availability and Quality.

Objective: Improve Air Quality

The EPA cooperates with other federal, state, Tribal, and local agencies to achieve goals related
to ground level ozone and paniculate matter (PM) and to ensure the actions of other agencies do
not interfere with state plans for attaining and maintaining the National Ambient Air Quality
Standards. EPA continues to work closely with the  Department of Agriculture  (USDA), the
Department of Interior (DOI), and the Department of Defense (DOD) in developing a policy that
addresses prescribed burning at silviculture and agricultural operations. EPA, the Department of
Transportation (DOT), and the Army Corps of Engineers (COE)  work with state and  local
agencies to integrate transportation and air quality plans, reduce traffic congestion, and promote
livable communities. EPA continues to work with the Department of the Interior (DOI), National
Park Service (NFS),  and U.S. Forest Service in implementing its regional haze  program and
operating the Interagency Monitoring of Protected Visual  Environments (IMPROVE) visibility
monitoring network. The operation and analysis of data  produced by this air monitoring system
is an  example of the  close coordination of efforts  between the EPA and state  and Tribal
governments.

For pollution assessments and transport,  EPA  is working with the National Aeronautics and
Space Administration (NASA) on technology transfer  using satellite imagery. EPA will work to
further  distribute NASA  satellite  products   and  National   Oceanic  and   Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA) air quality forecast products to Regions,  states, local  agencies,  and
Tribes to provide a better understanding of air quality on a day-to-day basis and to assist with air
quality forecasting. EPA works with NASA to develop a better understanding of PM formation
using  satellite data. EPA works  with the  Department of the Army  on advancing emission
measurement technology and with  NOAA for meteorological support for our modeling and
monitoring efforts. EPA collects real-time ozone and PM measurements from State and  local
 For more information, see .

                                          926

-------
agencies, which are used by both NOAA and EPA to improve and verify Air Quality Forecast
models.

EPA's AIRNow program (the national real-time AQI reporting and forecasting system) works
with the National Weather Service (NWS) to coordinate NOAA air quality  forecast guidance
with state and local agencies for air quality forecasting efforts and to render the NOAA model
output in  the  EPA Air Quality Index (AQI), which  helps  people determine appropriate air
quality-protective behaviors. The AIRNow program also collaborates with the U.S. National
Park Service and the U.S. Forestry Service in receiving air quality  monitoring observations, in
addition to  observations from  over  130 state,  local,  and Tribal  air agencies. AIRNow also
collaborates with NASA in a project to incorporate satellite data with air quality observations.

To better understand the magnitude, sources, and causes of mobile source pollution, EPA works
with the Department  of Energy (DOE)  and DOT to  fund  research projects. A program  to
characterize exhaust emissions from light-duty gasoline vehicles is co-funded by DOE and DOT.
Other  DOT mobile  source projects  include  TRANSEVIS  (TRansportation ANalysis and
SEVIulation  System) and other transportation modeling projects; DOE is funding these projects
through the National  Renewable Energy Laboratory.  EPA also works closely with DOE on
refinery cost modeling analyses and the development of clean  fuel programs. For mobile sources
program outreach, the Agency is  participating in a  collaborative  effort with DOT's  Federal
Highway Administration (FHWA) and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) to educate the
public about the impacts of transportation choices on traffic congestion, air quality, and human
health. This community-based public education  initiative also includes the Centers for Disease
Control (CDC). In addition, EPA is working with DOE to identify opportunities in the Clean
Cities  program. EPA  also works with other federal agencies, such as the U.S.  Coast Guard
(USCG), on air emission issues, and other programs targeted to reduce air toxics from mobile
sources are coordinated with DOT.  These partnerships can involve policy assessments and toxic
emission reduction strategies in different regions  of the country. EPA continues to work with
DOE, DOT, and other agencies as needed on the requirements of the Energy Policy Act of 2005
and the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007.

To develop air pollutant emission factors and emission estimation algorithms for aircraft, ground
equipment,  and military  vehicles, EPA partners with the  Department  of Defense.  This
partnership will provide for the joint undertaking of air-monitoring/emission factor research and
regulatory implementation.

To  reduce air toxics emissions that may inadvertently increase  worker  exposure, EPA is
continuing to  work closely  with the Department of Labor's Occupational  Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) to coordinate the development of EPA and  OSHA standards. EPA also
works  closely with  other  health  agencies such as  the  CDC,  the National Institute  of
Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS), and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health on health risk characterization for both toxic and criteria air pollutants.
EPA is also contributing air quality data to the CDC's Environmental Public Health Tracking
Program, which is made publicly available and used by state and local public health agencies. To
assess  atmospheric deposition and characterize ecological effects, EPA works with NOAA, the
                                          927

-------
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the National Park Service (NFS), the U.S. Geological
Survey (USGS), the USDA, and the U.S. Forest Service (USFS).

EPA has worked extensively with the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) on the
National Health and Nutritional Evaluation Study to identify mercury accumulations in humans.
EPA also has worked with DOE on the Fate of Mercury study to characterize mercury transport
and traceability in Lake Superior. EPA is a partner with the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention in the development of the National Environmental Public Health Tracking Network,
providing air quality indicators as well as air pollution health effects expertise.

To improve  our understanding of environmental issues related to the agricultural sector, EPA is
working closely with the USDA and others to reduce emissions and improve air quality while
supporting a sustainable agricultural sector. Our  approach to  the agriculture sector  includes
scientific assessment,  outreach and  education, and implementation/compliance. The scientific
assessment will ensure  that we  are all guided by  sound science. Because  we do not have
adequate emissions estimates for this sector, we need to develop an understanding of emissions
profiles and  establish monitoring and measurement protocols, technology transfer, and a research
agenda. Through outreach and education, we will instill  a long-term commitment to working
with the agricultural community; build respect and  trust; and identify, promote, and quantify
new/existing control technologies. We also will encourage partnerships between EPA, USDA,
and their established partners and utilize existing USDA infrastructure (e.g., Extension Service,
NRCS,  land grant colleges and universities, and Farm Bill  programs). Additionally, we will
engage in active dialogue with agriculture community. Our implementation/compliance approach
will  fully institute policies  and practices  to ensure that  farming  and land management
communities continue to consider air quality as an integral part of their resource management.
An  appropriate mix of voluntary and regulatory programs will be implemented and we will
utilize USDA infrastructure to  implement air quality programs and  compliance assistance where
practical.

In developing  regional and international air quality programs and  projects, and in working on
regional agreements, EPA works with NOAA, NASA, DOE, USDA, USAID, and OMB, as well
as  with  regional  organizations.   EPA's  international  air quality  management  program
complements EPA's programs  on children's health, Trade and the Environment, climate change,
and trans-boundary air pollution.  In  addition, EPA partners with other organizations worldwide,
including the United Nations  Environment Programme, the European Union,  the Organization
for  Economic  Development and Cooperation,  the United Nations Economic Commission for
Europe, the  North  American Commission for Environmental Cooperation, the World Bank, the
Asian Development Bank, the Clean Air Initiative for  Asian Cities, the Global Air Pollution
Forum,  and  our air quality colleagues  in several countries, including Canada, Mexico, Europe,
China, and Japan.

EPA works closely, through a variety of mechanisms, with a broad range of federal, state, Tribal,
and local government agencies, industry, non-profit organizations, and individuals,  as well  as
other nations, to promote more effective approaches to identifying and solving indoor air quality
(IAQ) problems. At the  federal level, EPA works closely  with several departments or agencies
on healthy homes, healthy schools, healthy buildings,  and international issues. Examples include:
                                          928

-------
Healthy Homes
    •   Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) to reduce the burden of asthma — by
       coordinating research, building community capacity,  raising  public  awareness,  and
       promoting the adoption of reimbursement for asthma care services, with a  special
       emphasis on controlling indoor environmental exposures — and to track progress on this
       objective;
    •   Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) to improve IAQ in homes;
    •   Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC)  to identify and  mitigate the health
       hazards of consumer products designed for indoor use;
    •   Department of Energy (DOE) to address IAQ in home weatherization programs; and
    •   Department of Agriculture (USDA) to encourage USDA extension agents to  conduct
       local projects designed to improve indoor air quality.
    •   EPA plays a leadership  role on the President's Task Force on Environmental Health
       Risks and Safety Risks to  Children,  particularly with respect  to  asthma  and school
       environmental health issues.
    •   EPA  is  a member  of the  National Asthma  Education and Prevention  Program
       Coordinating Committee and the Federal Liaison Group on Asthma—the overarching
       coordination groups that focus on national asthma control efforts.

Healthy Schools
    •   Department of Education (DoEd) on a wide range of school related indoor environmental
       quality initiatives, including development of voluntary  guidelines mandated under the
       Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 for siting of school facilities and state
       school environmental health programs, as well as the establishment of a DoEd-led Green
       Ribbon Schools initiative; and
    •   Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for  Disease Control and Prevention
       to promote healthy, asthma-friendly schools, and track progress on this objective.

Other Healthy Buildings
    •   As a co-chair of the Federal Interagency Committee on Indoor Air Quality (CIAQ), EPA
       coordinates the exchange of information on lAQ-related research and activities. The co-
       chair  agencies include the CPSC, DOE, NIOSH  and OSHA, and  another 20 Federal
       departments and agencies participate as members.

International
    •   U.S.  Government-wide  Cookstoves  Interagency Working  Group, whose members
       include  the Department  of  State, Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Agency  for
       International Development,  Department of Energy,  and Department of Health  and
       Human  Services, to  improve health, livelihood, and  quality  of  life in  developing
       countries by reducing exposure to indoor air pollution from  household  energy  use
       through public-private partnership  initiatives such as the Partnership for Clean Indoor
       Air and the Global Alliance for Clean Cookstoves.
                                          929

-------
EPA coordinates its air quality research with other federal agencies through the Subcommittee
on Air Quality Research  of the NSTC Committee  on Environment and Natural Resources and
Sustainability  (CENRS). The Agency and NIEHS co-chaired the subcommittee's Particulate
Matter Research Coordination Working  Group, which produced  a strategic plan3 for federal
research  on the health and environmental  effects, exposures, atmospheric  processes, source
characterization  and  control  of fine airborne  particulate  matter. EPA coordinates  specific
research  projects  with other federal agencies, where  appropriate,  and  supports  air-related
research  at  universities and nonprofit organizations  through its  Science  to  Achieve Results
(STAR) research grants program.

EPA works  with other federal agencies to coordinate U.S. participation  in the Arctic Mercury
Project, a partnership established in 2001 by the eight member states of the Arctic  Council—
Canada, Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, Russia, Sweden, and the U.S.

EPA will partner  with the Army, as part of the Army's Net Zero Initiative, to  develop and
demonstrate innovative energy technologies  to accomplish the Army's goal of net zero energy,
water and waste  by 2020.

Objective: Restore the Ozone Layer

EPA works very closely with the Department of State and other federal agencies in international
negotiations among Parties to the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer
and in developing  the implementing regulations. While the environmental goal of the Montreal
Protocol  is  to protect the ozone layer,  the ozone depleting  substances  it  controls  also  are
significant greenhouse gases.  Therefore,  this work also protects  the Earth's climate system.
According to a 2007 study published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences,4
chemical controls  implemented under the Montreal Protocol will - by 2010 - have delayed  the
onset of serious  climate effects by a decade.  EPA works on several multinational environmental
agreements to simultaneously protect the ozone layer and climate system, including  working
closely with the  Department of State and other Federal agencies, including OMB, OSTP, CEQ,
USD A, FDA, Commerce, NOAA, and NASA.

EPA works with other agencies, including the Office of the United States Trade Representative
and Department  of Commerce, to analyze potential trade implications in stratospheric protection
regulations that affect imports and exports. EPA leads a task force with the Department of Justice
(DOJ), Department of Homeland Security (DHS), Department of Treasury, and other agencies to
curb the illegal importation of ozone-depleting substances (ODS). Illegal import of ODS has  the
potential to prevent the United States from meeting the goals of the Montreal Protocol to restore
the ozone layer.

EPA has  continued discussions  with DOD to assist in the  effective transition from ODS and
high-GWP substitutes to a suite of substitutes with lower global warming potential (GWPs).
2 For more information, see .
3 For more information, see .
4 Guus J. M. Velders, Stephen O. Andersen, John S. Daniel, David W. Fahey, and Mack McFarland;
The Importance of the Montreal Protocol in Protecting Climate; PNAS 2007 104:4814-4819; published online before print
March 8, 2007; doi:10.1073/pnas.0610328104.

                                           930

-------
EPA works with USDA and the Department of State to facilitate research, development,  and
adoption of alternatives to methyl bromide. EPA collaborates with these agencies to prepare U.S.
requests  for critical use exemptions of methyl bromide. EPA is providing input to USDA on
rulemakings for methyl bromide-related programs. EPA also consults with USDA on domestic
methyl bromide needs.

EPA coordinates closely with Department of State and FDA to ensure that sufficient supplies of
chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) are available for the production of life-saving metered-dose inhalers
for the treatment of asthma and other lung diseases. This partnership between EPA and FDA
combines the critical  goals of protecting public health and limiting damage to the stratospheric
ozone layer.

EPA's SunWise program works with the National Weather Service (NWS) to coordinate the UV
Index,  a forecast of the next  day's ultraviolet radiation levels, which helps people determine
appropriate sun-protective behaviors. The SunWise program also collaborates with the CDC
when developing  new sun safety and skin cancer prevention resources,  including  a  shade
planning guide, state-specific  skin cancer fact sheets,  and other school- and community-based
resources.  SunWise  collaborates  with  state  and local governments  through the  SunWise
Communities program. SunWise is a successful environmental and  health education program
that teaches children  and  their caregivers how to protect themselves from overexposure to the
sun through the use of classroom,  school,  and community-based components. More than 22,000
schools have received SunWise teaching materials—reaching more  than  one million  students
over the life of the program. The most recent study of the program, conducted in 2006-2007,
found that for every dollar invested in  SunWise, between approximately $2 and $4 in medical
care costs  and  productivity losses are saved, and concluded that from a cost/benefit and cost-
effectiveness perspective, it is worthwhile to educate children about sun safety.5

EPA coordinates with NASA and NOAA to monitor the state of the stratospheric ozone layer
and  to  collect  and  analyze  UV  data, including  science assessments  that  help  the public
understand what the  world may  have looked like  without the Montreal Protocol and  its
amendments.6 EPA works with NASA on assessing  essential  uses  and other exemptions for
critical shuttle  and rocket needs,  as well as effects of direct emissions of high-speed aircraft
flying in the stratosphere.
-^^                  -^^              "7                                           &        r-M-,
EPA works with DOE on  GreenChill  and Responsible Appliance Disposal (RAD)  efforts. The
GreenChill  Advanced Refrigeration  Partnership  is an  EPA  cooperative  alliance  with  the
supermarket industry and other stakeholders to promote advanced technologies,  strategies,  and
practices  that reduce  refrigerant  charges and emissions of ozone-depleting substances  and
greenhouse gases. EPA's RAD Program is a partnership program that protects the ozone layer
 Jessica W. Kyle, James K. Hammitt, Henry W. Lim, Alan C. Geller, Luke H. Hall-Jordan, Edward W. Maibach, Edward C. De
Fabo, Mark C. Wagner; "Economic Evaluation of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's SunWise Program: Sun
Protection Education for Young Children." Pediatrics, Vol. 121 No. 5 May 2008, pp. el074-e!084
 The Ozone Layer: Ozone Depletion, Recovery in a Changing Climate, and the "World Avoided;" Findings and Summary of the
U.S. Climate Change Science Program Synthesis and Assessment Product 2.4; November 2008.
 For more information, see: www.epa.gov/greenchill
8 For more information, see: www.epa.gov/ozone/partnerships/rad

                                            931

-------
and reduces emissions of greenhouse gases through the recovery of ozone-depleting chemicals
from old refrigerators, freezers, air conditioners, and dehumidifiers.

EPA coordinates with the Small Business Administration (SBA) to ensure that proposed rules
are developed in accordance with the Small Business Regulatory Flexibility Act.

Objective: Reduce Unnecessary Exposure to Radiation

EPA works primarily with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), Department of Energy
(DOE),  and Department of Homeland Security (DHS) on multiple radiation protection issues.
EPA has ongoing planning and guidance  discussions with DHS on Protective Action Guidance
and general emergency  response activities, including exercises responding to  nuclear related
incidents.  As the  regulator of DOE's Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (WIPP) facility, EPA has to
continually coordinate oversight activities  with DOE to keep the facility operating in compliance
with its regulations.  EPA also  works with tribes to  address public  health and  environmental
issues with uranium mining. EPA is a member of the interagency Radiation Source Protection
and Security Task Force, established in the Energy Policy Act to improve the security of
domestic radioactive sources. EPA also is a working member of the  interagency Nuclear
Government Coordinating Council  (NGCC), which  coordinates  across government and  the
private sector on issues related to security, communications, and emergency management within
the nuclear sector.

For emergency preparedness purposes, EPA coordinates closely with other federal  agencies
through the Federal Radiological Preparedness Coordinating Committee and other coordinating
bodies. EPA participates in planning and implementing table-top and field exercises including
radiological anti-terrorism activities, with  the NRC, DOE, Department of Defense (DOD),
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS), and DHS.

EPA works closely with  other federal agencies when developing radiation policy guidance under
its Federal Guidance authority. This authority was transferred to EPA from the Federal Radiation
Council in 1970 and tasks the Administrator with making radiation protection recommendations
to the President.  When signed by the  President,   Federal Guidance recommendations  are
addressed to all federal agencies and are published in the Federal Register. Risk managers at all
levels of government use this information to assess health risks from radiation exposure and to
determine appropriate levels for clean-up of radioactively contaminated sites. EPA's radiation
science is widely relied on and is the objective foundation for EPA, other federal agencies, and
states to develop radiation risk management policy, standards, and guidance.

EPA is a charter member and co-chairs the  Interagency  Steering Committee on Radiation
Standards (ISCORS). ISCORS was created at the direction of Congress. Through quarterly
meetings and the activities of its six subcommittees, member agencies are kept  informed of
cross-cutting issues  related  to radiation  protection,  radioactive  waste management,  and
emergency preparedness and response.  ISCORS  also helps   coordinate U.S.  responses to
radiation-related issues internationally.

Promoting international assistance, EPA serves as an expert member of the International Atomic
Energy Agency's  (IAEA) Environmental Modeling for Radiation Safety, Naturally-Occurring

                                          932

-------
Radioactive Materials Working Group. Additionally, EPA remains an active contributor to the
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development's (OECD) Nuclear Energy Agency
(NEA). EPA serves on both the NEA Radioactive Waste Management Committee (RWMC) and
the Committee on Radiation Protection and Public Health (CRPPH). Through the RWMC, EPA
is  able to exchange information with other NEA member  countries on the management and
disposal  of high-level and transuranic waste. Through participation on the  CRPPH and its
working  groups, EPA has been successful in bringing a  U.S. perspective to international
radiation protection policy.

Goal 2- Protecting America's Waters

Objective: Protect Human Health

Collaboration with Public and Private Partners on Critical Water Infrastructure Protection

The EPA coordinates  with other federal agencies, primarily Department of Homeland Security,
Centers for Disease Control,  Food and Drug Administration, and Department of Defense, on
biological,  chemical,  and  radiological contaminants of high concern,  and how to detect and
respond to their presence in drinking water and wastewater systems. A close linkage with the
FBI and the Intelligence Analysis Directorate in Department of Homeland Security, particularly
with respect to ensuring the timely  dissemination of  threat  information through existing
communication networks,  will  be  continued.  The  Agency is strengthening its  working
relationships with the Water Research Foundation, the Water Environment Research Foundation,
and other research institutions to increase our knowledge on technologies to detect contaminants,
monitoring protocols and techniques, and treatment effectiveness.

EPA will continue to work  with  the US  Army Corps  of Engineers  to refine coordination
processes among federal partners engaged in providing emergency response support to the water
sector. These efforts will include refining existing standard operating procedures, participating in
cross-agency training opportunities, and planning multi-stakeholder water sector  emergency
response exercises. EPA will be determining how US Army Corps of Engineers and the EPA are
to  clarify their roles and responsibilities under the new National Disaster Recovery Framework.

Geologic Sequestration

The  EPA  coordinates with  federal  agencies to plan  and obtain  research-related data,  to
coordinate  regulatory programs, and  to  coordinate implementation of regulations to protect
underground sources of drinking water during geologic sequestration  activities. The EPA works
with the  Department of Energy to  plan research  on monitoring, modeling, verification, public
participation, and other topics related to Department of Energy -sponsored geologic sequestration
partnership programs.  The EPA also coordinates with U.S. Geological Survey, Internal Revenue
Service, Department of Interior, and Department of Transportation to ensure that Safe Drinking
Water Act regulations for geologic  sequestration sites are appropriately coordinated with efforts
to  deploy  projects,  map  geologic sequestration capacity,  provide  tax incentives for  CC>2
sequestration, and manage the movement of CO2 from capture facilities to geologic sequestration
sites.
                                          933

-------
Collaboration with U.S. Geological Survey

The EPA and U.S. Geological Survey have established an Interagency Agreement to coordinate
activities and information exchange in the areas of unregulated contaminants occurrence, the
environmental relationships affecting  contaminant  occurrence, protection  area delineation
methodology, and analytical methods.  This  collaborative effort has  improved the quality of
information to support risk management decision-making at all levels of government, generated
valuable new data, and eliminated potential redundancies.

Sustainable Rural Drinking and Wastewater Systems

In 2011, the EPA and U.S. Department of Agriculture-RD-RUS signed a new memorandum of
agreement - Promoting Sustainable Rural Water and Wastewater Systems. The EPA and U.S.
Department of Agriculture have agreed to work together  to increase the sustainability of rural
drinking water and wastewater systems to ensure the protection of public health, water quality,
and sustainable communities. The MOA addresses the following four areas: 1) Sustainability of
Rural  Communities  - promote  asset  management  planning, water and  energy efficiency
practices, and other sustainable utility management practices; 2) System Partnerships - educate
communities  and utilities  on the types of partnership  opportunities that can lead to increased
compliance and  reduced costs, and encourage struggling  systems to explore these options; 3)
Water  Sector Workforce - work together to promote careers in the water sector to attract a new
generation of water professionals to rural systems; and 4) Compliance of Small Rural  Public
Water and Wastewater Systems with Drinking Water and Clean Water Regulations - partner and
provide timely regulation training to water and wastewater  systems in rural areas.  In addition, the
two agencies will work to address funding for infrastructure projects that aid in  the compliance
of national drinking water and clean water regulations.

Tribal Access Coordination

In 2003, the EPA and its federal partners  in the Department of Agriculture,  Department of
Housing and Urban Development, Department of Health and Human Services, and Department
of Interior set a very ambitious  goal to  reduce the number of homes without access  to safe
drinking water.   This goal  remains ambitious due to the  logistical  challenges, capital and
operation, and maintenance costs involved in providing access.  The EPA is working with its
federal partners to coordinate spending and address some  of the challenges to access on Tribal
lands, and expects to make measureable progress on the access issue.

Source Water Protection

The EPA is coordinating with U.S. Department of Agriculture and U.S. Geological Survey as
part of a 3-organization collaborative to support state and  local implementation of source water
protection actions. In addition, the EPA  works with U.S. Geological  Survey on coordinating
mapping of source water areas on a national  scale with the National Hydrography Database, as
well as working with the U.S. Department of Agriculture and the Department of Education.
                                          934

-------
Data Availability, Outreach and Technical Assistance

The EPA coordinates with U.S. Geological Survey, U.S. Department of Agriculture (Forest
Service, Natural Resources Conservation Service, Cooperative State Research,  Education, and
Extension  Service, Rural  Utilities  Service, Centers  for  Disease Control,  Department of
Transportation, Department of Defense, Department  of Energy,  Department  of the  Interior
(National  Park Service and Bureau of Indian Affairs,  Land Management, and Reclamation),
Department of Health and Human  Services (Indian Health Service) and the Tennessee Valley
Authority.

Research

While EPA is the federal  agency mandated to ensure safe drinking water, other federal and non-
federal entities are conducting research that complements EPA's research priority contaminants
in drinking water. For example, the  CDC and  NIEHS conduct health effects and exposure
research. FDA also performs research on  children's risks.

Many of these research activities are being conducted in collaboration with EPA scientists. The
private sector, particularly the water treatment industry, is conducting research in such areas as
analytical methods, treatment technologies, and the development  and maintenance of water
resources. Cooperative research efforts  have been ongoing with the American Water Works
Association, Water Research Foundation and other  stakeholders to coordinate drinking water
research. EPA also is working with USGS to evaluate performance of newly developed methods
for measuring microbes in potential drinking water sources.

EPA has developed joint research initiatives with NOAA and USGS for linking monitoring data
and field study information with available toxicity data and assessment models for developing
sediment criteria.

In addition, EPA is coordinating research with DOE and USGS to  understand and address the
potential human health and environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing.

Objective: Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

Watersheds

Protecting  and restoring  watersheds will depend largely on the direct involvement of many
federal agencies and state, Tribal, and local governments who manage the multitude of programs
necessary to address water quality on a watershed basis. Federal agency involvement will include
U.S.  Department  of Agriculture  (Natural Resources  Conservation Service,  Forest  Service
Agency,  and  Agriculture Research  Service),  Department  of the  Interior (Bureau of Land
Management, Office of Surface Mining, U.S. Geological Survey, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
and  the  Bureau of Indian  Affairs), National Oceanic and  Atmospheric Administration,
Department of Transportation,  and Department of Defense (Navy and  US Army  Corps of
Engineers).  At the state level, agencies  involved in watershed  management typically include
departments of natural  resources or the  environment, public health agencies, and forestry and
recreation  agencies.  Locally, numerous agencies are  involved, including regional planning

                                          935

-------
entities such as councils of governments, as well as local departments of environment, health,
and recreation who frequently have strong interests in watershed projects.

National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Program

Since inception of the NPDES program under Section 402 of the Clean Water Act, the EPA and
the authorized states have developed  expanded relationships with various  federal agencies to
implement pollution controls for point sources. The EPA works closely with the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service and the National Marine Fisheries Service  on  consultation for protection of
endangered species through a Memorandum of Agreement. The EPA works with the Advisory
Council on Historic Preservation on National Historic Preservation Act implementation.  The
EPA  and  the  states  rely on monitoring data from U.S. Geological Survey to help confirm
pollution  control  decisions. The  Agency also works closely with  the Small  Business
Administration and the Office of Management and Budget to ensure that regulatory programs are
fair and reasonable.  The Agency coordinates with NOAA  on efforts to ensure that NPDES
programs support coastal and national estuary efforts and with the Department of the Interior on
mining issues.

Joint Strategy for Animal Feeding Operations

The Agency  is working  closely with the U.S. Department  of Agriculture to  implement the
Unified National Strategy for Animal Feeding Operations (AFO Strategy) finalized on March 9,
1999. The Strategy sets forth a framework of actions that U.S. Department of Agriculture and the
EPA will take to minimize water quality and public health impacts from improperly managed
animal wastes in a manner  designed to preserve and  enhance the long-term sustainability of
livestock production. The EPA's recent revisions to the Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations
Regulations (effluent guidelines and NPDES permit regulations)  will be a key  element of the
EPA and U.S. Department of Agriculture's plan to address water pollution from CAFOs.  The
EPA and U.S. Department of Agriculture senior management meet routinely to ensure effective
coordination across the two agencies.

Clean Water State Revolving Fund

The EPA's State Revolving  Fund program, Department of Housing and Urban  Development's
Community Development Block Grant program, and the U.S. Department of Agriculture's Rural
Development  foster  collaboration  on  jointly  funded  infrastructure  projects through:  (1)
coordination of the funding  cycles of the three federal agencies;  (2) consolidation of plans of
action (operating plans,  intended use  plans, strategic  plans,  etc.); and (3) preparation of one
environmental review document, when possible, to  satisfy the requirements of all participating
federal agencies.  A coordination group  at the  federal  level has been formed to further these
efforts and maintain lines of communication. In many states, coordination committees have been
established with representatives from the three programs.

In implementation of the Indian set-aside grant program under Title VI of the Clean Water Act,
the EPA works closely with the Indian Health Service to administer grant funds to the various
Indian tribes,  including determination of the priority ranking system for the various wastewater
                                          936

-------
needs in Indian Country. The EPA and U.S. Department of Agriculture Rural Development
partner to provide coordinated financial and technical assistance to tribes.

Federal Agency Partnerships on Impaired Waters Restoration Planning

The federal government owns about 30 percent of the land in the United States and administers
over 90 percent of these public lands through four agencies: Forest Service, Fish and Wildlife
Service, National Park Service, and Bureau of Land Management. In managing these extensive
public lands, federal agencies have a substantial influence on the protection and restoration of
many waters of the United States.   Land management agencies' focus on  water issues has
increased significantly, with the Forest Service, Fish and Wildlife Service, and Bureau of Land
Management all initiating new water quality and watershed protection efforts. The EPA has been
conducting joint national assessments with these agencies to enhance watershed protection and
quantify restoration  needs on federal lands.  EPA's joint national  assessments of Fish  and
Wildlife Service and Forest Service properties have already documented the extent and type of
impaired waters within  and near these  agencies' lands,  developed GIS databases, reported
national summary  statistics, and developed interactive reference products (on any scale, local to
national), accessible to staff throughout the agencies. Similar joint assessments are planned with
the other major federal land management agencies. These  assessments have already influenced
the agencies in positive ways. The Forest  Service and the Fish and Wildlife Service have
performance  measures that involve  impaired waters.  The Forest Service used  their national
assessment data to institute improvements  in a national  monitoring  and Best Management
Practices training program  as well as develop a watershed condition framework for proactively
implementing restoration on priority National Forest and Grassland watersheds.  Also, under a
Memorandum of Agreement between the EPA and Forest Service, numerous aquatic restoration
projects have been jointly funded and carried out. The Fish and Wildlife Service is using their
national assessment data to inform agency planning on water conservation, quality, and quantity
monitoring and management in  the National  Wildlife Refuge  System, and also is using the
assessment in  National  Fish  Hatcheries System  planning.  Further and their  Contaminants
Program,  the EPA  assessments   and datasets  are making  significant  contributions  to the
government-wide National Fish  Habitat  Action Partnership 2010 national assessment of fish
habitat  condition  and  the  restoration  and  protection  efforts  of 17  regional  Fish Habitat
Partnerships. Also, EPA has provided geospatial analysis  from the agencies atmospheric mercury
deposition modeling to the National Park Service for each of the properties they manage. This
analysis  shows not only the amount of  mercury falling onto a particular  watershed but  also
allocates the deposition among major contributing U.S. and global sources.

Monitoring and Assessment of Nation's Waters

The EPA works with federal, state, and Tribal partners to strengthen water monitoring programs
to support a range of management needs and to develop tools to improve how we manage and
share water data  and  report environmental results.  The  EPA's  Monitoring and  Assessment
Partnership is a forum for the EPA, states, tribes and interstate organizations to collaborate on
key program directions for assessing the condition  of the nation's  waters in a nationally
consistent and representative manner.  The EPA is co-chair, along with U.S. Geological Survey,
of the National Water Quality Monitoring Council, a national  forum for scientific discussion of
strategies and technologies to improve water quality monitoring  and data sharing. The  council

                                           937

-------
membership  includes other federal  agencies,  state  and  Tribal agencies,  non-governmental
organizations, academic institutions, and the private sector.

Nonpoint Sources Pollution Controls

The EPA will continue to work closely with its federal partners to achieve our goals for reducing
pollutant discharges from nonpoint sources, including reduction targets for sediments, nitrogen,
and phosphorous. Most significantly, the EPA will continue to work with the U.S. Department of
Agriculture,  which has  a key  role  in  reducing sediment  loadings  through its continued
implementation  of the  Environmental Quality Incentives  Program,  Conservation  Reserve
Program, and other conservation programs. U.S. Department of Agriculture also plays a major
role in reducing nutrient discharges. The EPA also will continue to work closely with the Forest
Service and Bureau of Land Management especially on the vast public lands that comprise 30
percent of all land in the United States. The EPA will work with these agencies, U.S.  Geological
Survey, and the states to  document improvements in land management and water quality.

The EPA also will work with other federal agencies to advance a watershed approach to federal
land and resource management to help ensure that federal land management agencies serve as a
model for water quality  stewardship in the prevention of water pollution and the restoration of
degraded water resources. Implementation of a watershed approach will  require coordination
among  federal agencies at a watershed scale and collaboration with  states, tribes, and other
interested stakeholders.

Marine Pollution Prevention

The EPA works closely with a number of federal agencies including the U.S. Coast Guard, U.S.
Army   Corps of Engineers,  Department  of  State,  National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric
Administration, and others to prevent pollution  from  both land-based and  ocean-based  sources
from entering the marine environment.

Specifically,  the EPA will continue to work closely with U.S. Army Corps  of Engineers on
standards for permit review, as well as  site selection/designation and monitoring related to
dredged material management. The EPA will continue to work with the U.S. Coast Guard in the
development of best management  practices  and discharge standards under the Clean Boating
Act. The EPA also works  closely with  the U.S. Coast  Guard on  addressing ballast water
discharges.

In addition, the EPA works closely with a number of other federal agencies to prepare reports to
Congress as well as review reports from  other  agencies. For example, the EPA works  with a
number of federal agencies on the Interagency Marine Debris Coordinating Committee, which
prepares periodic reports to Congress  on the progress of marine debris prevention efforts per the
Marine Debris Research, Prevention, and Reduction Act of 2006.

The EPA also participates with other federal  agencies (including: U.S. Coast Guard, U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers, Department of State, U.S. Department of the Interior, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration, and U.S.  Navy) on a number of international forums on marine
                                          938

-------
protection programs, to develop international standards that address vessel-related transport of
aquatic invasive species, harmful antifoulants, operational discharges from vessels, dumping of
wastes and other matter at sea, and marine debris. The EPA is Head of the U.S. Delegation for
the London Convention / London Protocol  (LC / LP) Scientific Group, Alternate Head of the
U.S. Delegation for the LC / LP Consultative Meeting of the Parties, and a member of the U.S.
Delegation to the Marine Environmental Protection Committee.

The EPA works closely with the U.S. Coast Guard on addressing ballast water discharges.

National Estuary Program

The National Estuary Program is comprises 28 community-based organizations that protect and
restore estuarine and coastal watershed a long-term Comprehensive Conservation Management
Plan that focuses on the unique challenges of to their estuarine watershed. Each Comprehensive
Conservation Management Plan includes priority actions that NEP  will take to address  the
estuary's problems  and identifies the role each partner will play in implementing the  actions.
Effective implementation of the Comprehensive  Conservation Management Plan depends to a
great extent on the  long-term commitment,  collaboration,  and involvement of federal and state
agency partners. Federal partners that are typically engaged in implementing the management
plan  include  the   EPA's  Water  Programs;   the  National  Oceanic   and   Atmospheric
Administration's National  Estuarine Research Reserves, Sea Grant, and Habitat Protection and
Restoration Programs;  the U.S. Fish  and Wildlife  Service's Coastal Program;  and the U.S.
Department of  Agriculture's Natural Resource Conservation Service and Forest Service.  Other
NEP partners include state natural resource agencies; municipal government planning agencies
and water  utilities; regional planning  agencies;  universities; industry;  non-governmental
organizations, and community members.

The EPA and National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration have signed a Memorandum of
Agreement to facilitate collaboration between the two agencies and to enhance the capacity of
coastal managers in helping communities  to  adapt to climate change  and to  become  more
resilient.  Collaborative efforts include designing  and presenting workshops on how to  develop
local  climate adaptation strategies; providing information to coastal managers such as  the
National  Estuary Program  Directors and local planners on incorporating climate change into
local decision making about ecosystem restoration; identifying climate change indicators in order
to monitor and assess trends in local water quality and living resource conditions; and enhancing
the capacity of local land  trusts with integrating climate adaptation strategies into their land
conservation planning.

National Ocean Policy

The EPA will support implementation of the Executive Order that establishes the  Nation's first
comprehensive  national policy for stewardship of the  ocean, U.S.  coasts and the Great Lakes.
The Executive  Order  strengthens ocean governance and coordination, establishes  guiding
principles for ocean management,  and adopts a flexible  framework  for effective coastal and
marine spatial planning.
                                          939

-------
Wetlands

The EPA, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric,  Administration, U.S. Geological Survey, U.S. Department of Agriculture (and
Federal Highway Administration) currently coordinate on a range of wetlands activities. These
activities include:  studying and  reporting on wetlands trends in the United States, diagnosing
causes of coastal  wetland loss, updating  and standardizing the digital map  of the  nation's
wetlands,  statistically surveying the condition of the nation's wetlands, and developing methods
for better  protecting wetland function.  Coastal  wetlands remain a  focus  area of  current
interagency wetlands collaboration. The  agencies meet monthly and are conducting a series of
coastal wetlands reviews to identify causes and prospective tools and approaches to address the
84,100acreloss over  five years in  marine and  estuarine wetlands that U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service documented in the 2011 "Status and Trends of Wetlands in the Conterminous United
States: 2004 to 2009" report. Additionally, the EPA and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers work
very closely together in implementing the wetlands regulatory program under Clean Water Act
Section 404.  Under the regulatory program, the  agencies  coordinate  closely  on  overall
implementation of the permitting decisions made annually under Section 404 of the Clean Water
Act, through the headquarters offices as well as the ten EPA Regional Offices and 38 U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers District Offices. The agencies also coordinate closely on policy development
and litigation.  The EPA and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers are committed to achieving the goal
of no net loss of wetlands under the Clean Water Act Section 404 program.

Great Lakes

The Interagency Task Force,9 created by EO 13340, is charged with increasing and improving
collaboration and  integration  among federal  agencies involved  in  Great Lakes environmental
activities.  The Task  Force provides overall guidance regarding the Initiative and coordinates
restoration of the Great Lakes, focusing on outcomes such  as, e.g., cleaner water and sustainable
fisheries.  The EPA  is  leading  the  Interagency  Task Force  to implement the Great  Lakes
Restoration Initiative.

Following announcement of the Initiative in 2009, the EPA led development of a FY 2010 - FY
2014  Great Lakes Restoration  Initiative Action Plan (Action  Plan)  which targets the most
significant environmental problems of the Great Lakes ecosystem. Members of the Interagency
Task Force enter into interagency  agreements to fund activities intended to achieve the goals,
objectives, and targets in the Action Plan. This effort builds upon previous coordination  and
collaboration by the  Great Lakes National Program Office pursuant to the mandate in Section
118 of the Clean Water Act to "coordinate action of the Agency with the actions of other federal
agencies and state and local authorities..." The Great Lakes National Program Office supports the
Great Lakes Restoration Initiative,  the Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement, and other efforts
to improve the Great Lakes and,  under the direction of the EPA's Great Lakes National Program
Manager,  is leading  the implementation of  Great Lakes restoration activities by the federal
agencies and their partners. Coordinated activities to implement the Initiative include:
9 The Interagency Task Force includes eleven agency and cabinet organizations: EPA; Department of State, DOI, USDA,
Department of Commerce, Department of Housing and Urban Development, Department of Transportation, DHS, Army, Council
on Environmental Quality, and Department of Health and Human Services.

                                           940

-------
   •  jointly establishing funding priorities for ecosystem restoration;
   •  protecting the Great Lakes from invasive species, including Asian carp;
   •  coordinating habitat protection and restoration with states, tribes, USFWS, and NRCS;
   •  coordinating development and implementation of Lakewide Management Plans for each
      of the Great Lakes and for Remedial Action Plans  for the 30 remaining U.S./binational
      Areas of Concern;
   •  coordinating programs and funding efforts to accelerate progress in delisting Areas  of
      Concern and to reduce phosphorus runoff and effects in a targeted group of watersheds;
   •  coordinating  state, federal, and  provincial partners,  both  to  implement  monitoring
      programs and to utilize the results from that monitoring activity to manage environmental
      programs; and
   •  working with Great Lakes  states,  U.S. Geological Survey, and the U.S. Army Corps  of
      Engineers on dredging issues.

Chesapeake Bay

The  Chesapeake Bay  Program  is  a partnership of  several federal  agencies, states, local
governments,  nongovernmental  organizations,  academic  institutions,  and  other  interested
stakeholders. Only through the coordinated efforts of all of these entities will the preservation
and restoration of the Chesapeake Bay  be achieved. Recognizing this need for coordination,
office directors from the federal agencies  that form the Chesapeake Bay  Program meet on a
regular basis. This group includes representatives of:

   •  Environmental Protection Agency
   •  Department of Commerce, National  Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
   •  Department of the Interior, National  Park Service
   •  Department of the Interior, U.S. Geological Survey
   •  Department of the Interior, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
   •  Department of Agriculture,  U.S. Forest Service
   •  Department of Agriculture,  Natural Resources Conservation Service
   •  Department of Agriculture,  Farm Services Agency
   •  Department of Agriculture,  Office of Environmental Markets
   •  Department of Defense, U.S. Navy
   •  Department of Defense, U.S. Army
   •  Department of Defense, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
   •  Department of Transportation
   •  Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Coast Guard
   •  Other agencies as deemed appropriate

The  EPA also is  the lead agency  representing  the federal government  on the Chesapeake
Executive Council, which oversees  the  policy direction of  the Chesapeake Bay Program.  In
addition to the EPA Administrator, the Chesapeake Executive Council consists of the governors
of the Bay states, the mayor of the District of Columbia,  the chair  of the Chesapeake Bay
Commission, and the Secretary of Agriculture.
                                          941

-------
President Obama's May 2009 Executive Order on Chesapeake Bay Protection and Restoration
has brought the federal agencies interested in the Bay and its  watershed  to a new level of
interagency  coordination  and cooperation.  The  Executive  Order  established the  Federal
Leadership Committee (FLC) for the Chesapeake Bay, which is chaired by the EPA and includes
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Department of Commerce, Department of Defense, Department
of Homeland Security, Department of the  Interior, and Department of Transportation. FLC
members are Secretary and Administrator level executives. FLC members  are represented in
more regular meetings of the Federal Leadership Committee Designees, which includes Assistant
Secretary and Assistant Administrator level executives. Daily development of deliverables under
the Executive Order is conducted by the Federal Office Directors' group. Working together, the
FLC agencies released a coordinated implementation strategy on May 12, 2010. These agencies
also  coordinate on the development  of an annual action plan and annual progress report required
by the Executive Order.

Many of the  efforts resulting from the Executive  Order and described in the implementation
strategy will  necessitate and foster increased and improved federal  coordination. Revitalized
efforts  to improve and  account for agricultural best management practices depend upon
cooperation between the EPA, U.S. Department of Agriculture,  U.S. Geological Survey, and
others.  The  EPA is participating  on the interagency Environmental  Markets Team that  is
assisting  in the  development of a  market-based approach under the  Chesapeake Bay Total
Maximum Daily Load.  The EPA,  Department of the  Interior,  and NOAA will expand the
understanding of the toxic contaminant problem  in the Bay  and its watershed and develop
contaminant reduction outcomes and strategies. The EPA, Department of Transportation, and the
Department  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development  will provide  technical  assistance to
communities  that  undertake  development  of integrated  transportation,  housing,  and water
infrastructure plans. The Executive Order strategy includes  many other examples of how federal
agencies  are  coordinating their efforts to  protect and restore the Chesapeake Bay  and its
watershed.

Gulf of Mexico

The President signed Executive Order 13554, establishing the Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration
Task Force on October 5, 2010, giving the Task Force a mission to restore and protect the Gulf
ecosystem for future generations. Chaired by the Environmental Protection Agency, the Task
Force includes the five Gulf states and the following federal agencies:

   •  Council on Environmental Quality
   •  Department of Agriculture
   •  Department of Commerce
   •  Department of Defense
   •  Department of the Interior
   •  Department of Justice
   •  Department of Transportation
   •  Domestic Policy Council
   •  Office of Management and Budget
   •  Office of Science and Technology Policy

                                          942

-------
In unprecedented collaboration, the Task Force, charged with developing a strategy for the long-
term restoration and conservation of the diverse ecosystems of the Gulf Coast that will ensure its
long-term environmental, economic, and health benefits, presented the Gulf of Mexico Regional
Ecosystem Restoration Strategy to the President on December 2, 2011. This Restoration Strategy
builds  upon existing  research,  planning and program efforts  throughout the Gulf that have
generated wide interest and participation by Gulf-based citizens, businesses, scientists, industries
and governments. In 2013, the EPA's responsibilities entail the ongoing interagency (federal and
state)  and Tribal  governments'  coordination  and  technical  support  required  to  continue
implementation of the Task Force's Gulf of Mexico Regional Ecosystem Restoration Strategy.

Research

The Committee on Environment, Natural Resources, and Sustainability (CENRS) is coordinating
the research efforts among federal agencies to assess the impacts of nutrients  and hypoxia in the
Gulf of Mexico.

Urban wet weather flow research is being coordinated with other organizations such  as the Water
Environment Research Foundation's Wet Weather  Advisory Panel, the ASCE Urban Water
Resources Research Council,  the COE, and  USGS. Research on the characterization and
management of pollutants from  agricultural operations (e.g., CAFOs) is being coordinated with
USDA through workshops and other discussions.

EPA is pursuing collaborative research projects with the USGS to utilize water quality data from
urban  areas  obtained through  the  USGS National  Ambient Water Quality  Assessment
(NAWQA) program, showing levels of pesticides that are even higher than in many agricultural
area streams. These data have potential uses for identifying sources of urban pesticides and EPA
will evaluate how the USGS data could be integrated into the Geographic Information System
(GIS) database system.

The EPA also is working to collaborate  with the American Water Works Association, the Global
Water Research Coalition, the National Research Council, Institute for Research in Construction,
the American Society of Civil Engineers and several university research organizations including
Penn  State University,  the University of Houston,  Louisiana  Tech University,  and  the
Polytechnic University of New York, on water infrastructure research.

The EPA will continue work under the MOA with the USCG and the State of Massachusetts on
ballast water treatment technologies and mercury continuous emission monitors. The agency also
coordinates technology verifications with NOAA (multiparameter water quality  probes); DOE
(mercury  continuous emission monitors);  DoD (explosives  monitors,  PCB detectors,  dust
suppressants); USDA (ambient ammonia monitors); Alaska and Pennsylvania (arsenic removal);
Georgia, Kentucky, and Michigan (storm water treatment); and Colorado and New York (waste-
to-energy technologies).

EPA participates in the Multi-Resolution Land  Characterization (MRLC)  consortium. This
federal partnership for national  environmental assessment produces  a set of digital land-cover
databases.  Collaborators include  NOAA, USFS,  USGS, LANDFIRE, BLM,  NRCS,  NFS,
                                          943

-------
NASA, USFWS, and OSM.

EPA will partner with the Army,  as part of the  Army's Net Zero Initiative, to develop and
demonstrate innovative water technologies to accomplish the Army's goal of net zero energy,
water and waste by 2020.

Community Water Priorities/Urban Waters

In response  to early stakeholder feedback, the EPA has been working with senior executives
from eleven federal agencies to form an Urban Waters Federal Partnership, with support from
the White House Domestic Policy Council. Agencies include:

•  Department of the Interior
•  Department of Agriculture
•  Department of Commerce - National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)
•  Department of Commerce - Economic Development Administration
•  Army Corps of Engineers
•  Department of Transportation
•  Department of Housing and Urban Development
•  Department of Health and Human Services - Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
•  Department of Health and Human  Services - National Institute of Environmental  Health
   Sciences
•  Corporation for National and Community  Service

This partnership seeks to help  communities - especially underserved communities - transform
overlooked  urban  waters  into  treasured centerpieces and  drivers  of urban  revival.  The
partnerships will advance urban waters goals of:  empowering and supporting communities in
revitalizing their urban  waters and the surrounding land; helping communities establish and
maintain safe and equitable public  access to their urban waterways; and linking urban water
restoration   to  other  community  priorities  such  as  employment,   education,   economic
revitalization, housing, transportation, health,  safety, and quality of life. To meet these goals, the
partnership will leverage member agencies' authorities, resources, expertise, and local support.
This federal partnership  will advance an action agenda including the selection of Urban Waters
Federal Partnership Pilots for place-based projects, the identification of policy actions needed to
integrate federal  support to communities and  to remove barriers to local and community action,
and other actions such as sharing information and providing  information on urban waters to
communities in the nation.

San Francisco Bay-Delta

The  Interim Federal Action Plan for  the  California Bay-Delta, issued in December 2009,
signaled the federal government's intent to protect and restore this critically important ecosystem
- one that provides water to 25  million residents, sustains one of the most productive agricultural
regions in  the country,  and until recently  supported  a commercial and  recreational fishing
industry  that normally  contributed hundreds of millions of dollars annually to  the California
economy. Improving water  supply reliability and restoration of threatened and listed species

                                           944

-------
remains the priority.  The federal government is participating with the state and stakeholders in
the development of the Bay-Delta Conservation Plan, a long-term plan for ecosystem restoration
and  water management.  Further,  U.S.  Department of  the  Interior,  U.S. Department  of
Agriculture, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, the EPA  and the U.S. Army
Corps  of Engineers have undertaken a number of other activities to restore  habitat, increase
water efficiency, and improve water quality.

Puget Sound Program

The Puget Sound Program works to protect and restore Puget Sound, which  has been designated
as an estuary of national significance under the Clean Water Act National Estuary Program. In
addition to working with state agencies, Puget Sound tribes, the government of Canada, local
governments, and non-profit organizations, EPA Region 10 initiated and chairs the Puget Sound
Federal Caucus.

The Puget Sound Federal Caucus is made up of thirteen federal agencies which have entered into
a Memorandum of Understanding10 to better integrate, organize and focus federal efforts in the
Puget Sound ecosystem. Through the Caucus, EPA and other member agencies are aligning
resources and strengthening federal coordination on Puget Sound protection,  science, recovery,
resource management and outreach efforts. By these actions, federal agencies can contribute
significantly to the restoration and protection of Puget Sound. Examples of Puget Sound federal
caucus work include a comprehensive cross-agency assessment of federal authorities and actions
directed towards recovery of habitat for endangered salmon species. Additionally, EPA, the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and the U.S. Army Corp  of Engineers all
participate in the Washington Shellfish Initiative- an agreement launched in December 2011
among federal and state government, tribes, and the shellfish industry to restore and expand
Washington's shellfish resources to promote clean-water commerce and create family wage jobs.

The federal agencies that participate in the Puget Sound Federal Caucus are:

     •  Federal Highway Administration
     •   Federal Transit Administration
     •   National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
     •   National Park Service
     •   National Resource Conservation Service
     •   Navy Region Northwest
     •   U.S. Army
     •   U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
     •   U.S. Coast Guard
     •   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
     •   U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
     •   U.S. Geological Survey
     •   U.S. Forest Service
10 http://www.epa.gov/pugetsound/pdf/pugetsound_federalcaucus_mou_l 3signators.pdf

                                          945

-------
Goal 3-Cleaning Up Our Communities

Objective: Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities

Brownfields

EPA continues to lead the Brownfields Federal Partnership, which includes more than 20 federal
agencies dedicated to the cleanup and redevelopment of brownfields properties. Partner agencies
work together to prevent, assess, safely clean up, and redevelop brownfields. The Brownfields
Federal Partnership's on-going efforts include promoting the Portfields and Mine-Scarred Lands
projects and looking for additional opportunities to jointly promote community revitalization by
participating  in  multi-agency collaborative projects, holding regular  meetings with federal
partners, and supporting regional efforts to coordinate federal revitalization support to  state and
local agencies.

Sustainable Communities

In June 2009, EPA, the U.S. Department of Transportation, and the U.S. Department of Housing
and Urban Development formed the Partnership for Sustainable Communities to help protect the
environment by providing communities with more options for public transportation and better
access  to green,  affordable  housing. In FY13, EPA will build on the successes of the past two
years to achieve four goals:

   (1) Make EPA's resources and assistance easier for communities to understand and access.
   (2) Identify and remove barriers to cleaning up and redeveloping contaminated land.
   (3) Provide communities  with implementation strategies and  assistance to address specific
       barriers to more efficient and more cost-effective growth and development.
   (4) Promote environmental justice.

In addition, in FY13, EPA will institutionalize assistance to the Federal Emergency Management
Agency by developing guidelines and procedures to help communities prepare for disasters and
rebuild more sustainably after a disaster. EPA will  continue to provide similar support to other
federal agencies, such as the U.S. Department of Agriculture,  Centers for Disease Control, and
the National  Oceanic and  Atmospheric Administration.  This assistance helps these  agencies
protect the environment through their community development programs, policies, regulations,
and resources, while meeting their core agency objectives.  EPA also co-sponsors the Governor's
Institute on Community Design with HUD and DOT. The institute works with  governors and
their cabinets to improve environmental and public health outcomes of community development.

Environmental Justice

EPA will  continue  its  work  in  partnership  with other federal agencies to  address the
environmental and public health issues facing communities with environmental justice concerns.
In 2013, the Agency will continue its efforts to work  collaboratively and constructively with all
levels of government, and throughout the public and private sectors. The issues range from lead
exposure, asthma,  safe  drinking water and sanitation systems  to hazardous waste  clean-up,
                                          946

-------
renewable energy/wind power development, and sustainable environmentally-sound economies.
EPA and its federal partners are utilizing EPA's collaborative problem-solving model, based on
the experiences  of federal collaborative partnerships,  to improve the federal  government's
effectiveness in addressing the environmental and public health concerns facing communities. As
the lead agency for environmental justice pursuant to Executive Order 12898, EPA shares its
knowledge and experience and offers assistance to other federal agencies as they  enhance their
strategies to integrate environmental justice into their programs, policies, and activities.

U. S. -Mexico Border

The Governments of Mexico and  the United  States agreed,  in  November  1993, to assist
communities on both  sides of the border in coordinating and carrying  out environmental
infrastructure projects. The agreement between Mexico and the United States furthers the goals
of  the North American Free  Trade Agreement  and  the  North  American Agreement on
Environmental Cooperation. To this purpose, the governments established two international
institutions, the Border Environment Cooperation Commission (BECC) and the North American
Development Bank (NADBank), which manages the Border Environment Infrastructure Fund
(BEIF), to support the financing and construction of much needed environmental infrastructure.

The BECC,  with headquarters in Ciudad Juarez, Chihuahua, Mexico, assists local communities
and other  sponsors in developing and implementing environmental infrastructure  projects. The
BECC also  certifies projects as  eligible  for  NADBank financing. The NADBank, with
headquarters in San Antonio, Texas, is  capitalized in equal shares by the United States and
Mexico. NADBank provides new financing to supplement existing sources of funds  and foster
the expanded participation of private capital.

A significant number of residents along the U.S.-Mexico border area are without basic services
such as potable  water and wastewater treatment and the problem  has become  progressively
worse in the last few decades. Over the last several years, EPA  has continued to work with the
U.S. and Mexican Sections of the International Boundary and Water Commission  and Mexico's
national water commission, Comision Nacional del Agua (CONAGUA), to further efforts to
improve drinking water and wastewater services to communities within 100 km on the U.S. and
300 km on the Mexico side of the U.S.-Mexico border. The U.S.-Mexico Border 2012 Program
represents a successful joint effort between the U.S. and Mexican governments in  working with
the 10 Border States and local communities to improve the  region's environmental health,
consistent with the principles of sustainable development. Over  the last several years, EPA has
continued  to work with the U.S. and Mexican Sections of the International Boundary and Water
Commission and  Mexico's  national  water  commission,  Comision  Nacional  del  Agua
(CONAGUA), to  further  efforts  to  improve  drinking  water and  wastewater services to
communities within 100 km on the U.S. and 300 km on the Mexico side of the U.S.-Mexico
border.
                                          947

-------
Research

Research in ecosystems protection is coordinated government-wide through the Committee on
Environment, Natural Resources, and Sustainability (CENRS). EPA actively participates in the
CENRS and all work is fully consistent with, and complementary to, other Committee member
activities.  EPA scientists staff two CENRS Subcommittees:  the  Subcommittee on Ecological
Systems (SES) and the Subcommittee on Water Availability and Quality (SWAQ).  EPA has
initiated discussions within the SES on the subject of ecosystem  services, and potential ERP
collaborations are being explored with the U.S. Geological Service  (USGS)  and with USDA
Forest Service. Within SWAQ, the ERP has contributed to an initiative for  a comprehensive
census of water availability and quality, including the use of Environmental Monitoring and
Assessment Program methods and ongoing surveys as data sources. In addition, EPA has taken a
lead role with USGS in preparing a SWAQ document outlining new challenges for integrated
management of water resources, including strategic needs for monitoring and modeling methods,
and  identifying water requirements  needed to  support the ecological integrity of  aquatic
ecosystems.

Consistent with the broad scope of the  EPA's  ecosystem  research efforts,  EPA has  had
complementary and joint programs with FS, USGS, USDA, NOAA, BLM, USFS, NGOs, and
many others  specifically to minimize duplication, maximize scope,  and maintain a  real time
information flow. For example, all of these organizations work together to produce the National
Land Cover Data used by all landscape ecologists nationally. Each contributes  funding, services
and research to this uniquely successful effort.

EPA expends  substantial effort coordinating its research with other federal agencies,  including
work with DoD in its  Strategic Environmental Research and Development Program  (SERDP)
and the Environmental Security Technology Certification Program, DOE and its Office of Health
and  Environmental Research.  EPA also conducts collaborative laboratory research with DoD,
DOE,  DOT  (particularly  the  USGS),  and NASA to improve  characterization  and  risk
management options for dealing with subsurface contamination.

The  Agency  also is working  with NIEHS,  which manages  a large basic research program
focusing  on Superfund issues, to advance fundamental  Superfund research.  The Agency for
Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) also provides critical health-based information
to assist EPA in making effective cleanup decisions.  EPA works with these  agencies  on
collaborative  projects,  information exchange,  and identification of research  issues and has a
MOU with each agency. EPA,  Army Corps of Engineers, and Navy recently signed a MOU to
increase collaboration and coordination in contaminated  sediments research.  Additionally, the
Interstate  Technology  Regulatory  Council  (ITRC)  has  proved  an  effective  forum  for
coordinating federal and state activities and for defining  continuing research needs through its
teams on topics including permeable reactive barriers, radionuclides, and Brownfields. EPA has
developed  an MOU11  with several other agencies  [DOE,  DoD, NRC, USGS,  NOAA,  and
USDA] for multimedia modeling research and development.
1' For more information please go to: Interagency Steering Committee on Multimedia Environmental Models MOU,
http://www.iscmem.org/Memorandum.htm

                                          948

-------
Other research efforts involving coordination include the unique controlled-spill field research
facility  designed in  cooperation  with the  Bureau  of Reclamation.  Geophysical research
experiments and development  of software  for  subsurface characterization and  detection of
contaminants are being conducted with the  USGS and DOE's Lawrence Berkeley National
Laboratory.

The Agency coordinates its research fellowship  programs with other federal agencies and the
nonprofit  sector  through  the National Academies'  Fellowships Roundtable, which  meets
biannually.12

EPA is coordinating with DoD's Strategic Environmental Research and Development Program
(SERDP)  in an  ongoing partnership, especially  in the areas of sustainability research and of
incorporating materials lifecycle analysis into the manufacturing process  for weapons  and
military equipment. EPA's  People, Prosperity, and Planet (P3) student design competition for
sustainability will partner with NASA, NSF, OFEE, USAID, USD A, CEQ, and OSTP.

Several federal agencies sponsor research on variability and susceptibility in risks from exposure
to environmental contaminants. EPA collaborates with a number of the Institutes within the NIH
and CDC. For example, NIEHS conducts  multi-disciplinary  biomedical research programs,
prevention and intervention efforts, and communication strategies. The NIEHS program includes
an effort to study the effects of chemicals, including pesticides and other toxics,  on children.
EPA collaborates with NIEHS in supporting  the Centers for Children's Environmental Health
and Disease Prevention, which study whether and  how environmental  factors  play a  role in
children's health and with the National Institute on Child Health and Human Development on the
development and implementation of the National Children's Study.

Objective: Reserve Land

Pollution prevention activities entail coordination with other federal departments and agencies.
For example, EPA coordinates with the General Services Administration (GSA) on the use of
safer products for indoor painting and cleaning, with the Department of Defense (DoD) on the
use of safer paving  materials for parking lots, and with the Defense Logistics Agency on safer
solvents. The program  also works with the National Institute of Standards and Technology and
other groups to develop standards for Environmental Management Systems.

In addition to business, industry, and other non-governmental  organizations, EPA works with
federal,  state, Tribal, and local governments to encourage reduced generation  and safe recycling
of wastes. Partners in this effort include the Environmental Council of States and the Association
of State and Territorial Solid Waste Management Officials.

The federal government is the  single largest potential  source  for "green" procurement  in the
country, for office products as well as products for industrial use. EPA works with the Office of
Federal Environmental Executive and other federal agencies and departments in advancing the
purchase and use of recycled-content and other "green" products. In  particular, the Agency is
currently engaged with other organizations within the Executive  Branch to  foster compliance
12 For more information, see .

                                           949

-------
with Executive Order 13423, and in tracking and reporting purchases of products made with
recycled contents, in promoting electronic  stewardship, and  achieving waste  reduction and
recycling goals.

In addition, the Agency is currently engaged with the DoD, the Department of Education, the
Department  of Energy (DOE), the  U.S. Postal  Service, and other agencies to foster proper
management of surplus electronics equipment, with a preference for reuse and recycling. With
these agencies, and in cooperation  with the electronics industry, EPA and  the Office of the
Federal Environmental Executive launched the Federal Electronics Challenge which will lead to
increased reuse and recycling of an  array of computers and other electronics  hardware used by
civilian and military agencies.

Objective: Restore Land

Super/and Remedial Program

As referenced above, the Superfund Remedial program coordinates with several other federal
agencies, such as ATSDR  and NIEHS, in providing  numerous Superfund related services in
order to accomplish the program's mission.

The  U.S. Army Corps of Engineers also substantially contributes to the cleanup of Superfund
sites by providing technical support for the design  and construction of many  fund-financed
remediation projects through site-specific interagency  agreements. This federal partner has the
technical design and  construction expertise and contracting capability needed to  assist EPA
regions in implementing a number  of Superfund remedial action  projects.  This  agency also
provides technical  on-site  support  to Regions  in  the enforcement  oversight of numerous
construction projects performed by private Potentially Responsible Parties.

Superfund Federal Facilities Program

The  Superfund Federal Facilities program coordinates with federal agencies, states, tribes, state
associations, and others to implement its statutory responsibilities to ensure cleanup and property
reuse.  The program provides technical and regulatory  oversight at federal facilities to ensure
human health and the environment are protected.

EPA has  entered into Interagency  Agreements  (lAGs) with DOD, DOE,  and other  federal
agencies to  expedite the  cleanup  and  transfer of  federal properties. A  Memorandum  of
Understanding has  been negotiated with DOD  to continue the Agency's  oversight support
through September 30, 2011 for the acceleration of cleanup and property transfer at specific Base
Realignment and  Closure (BRAC) installations affected by the first four rounds of BRAC.  In
addition, EPA is currently in negotiations with DOD to extend BRAC oversight support through
FY 2016.  EPA has signed lAGs with the DOE to expedite the cleanup  and  to support DOE's
efforts of reducing the footprint at the  Savannah River Site, Oak Ridge  Reservation,  Hanford,
and the Idaho National Laboratory sites using DOE's ARRA funding. EPA also has signed an
IAG with DOE to provide funding for EPA Region 9  to conduct  a radiological  study  to
determine the radiological contamination in soil and groundwater at the Santa Susana site. EPA
                                          950

-------
will continue to provide technical input regarding innovative and flexible regulatory approaches,
streamlining  of  documentation,  integration  of projects,  deletion of sites from  the  National
Priorities List, field assessments, and development of management documents and processes.

Super fundFinancial Responsibility Regulations

EPA currently is developing new regulations that will require facilities in the hardrock mining
and  mineral  processing,  chemical  manufacturing, petroleum  refining,  and  electric  power
generation industry to provide appropriate financial  responsibility  demonstrations for damage to
human health and the environment that may be the result of those  manufacturing activities. This
effort will require close coordination with the DOT (BLM) and USDA (Forest Service) related to
mining/mineral  processing activities on  federal lands, and DoD and DOE regarding the other
industrial facilities that will be potentially impacted.

Resource Conservation and Recovery Act

The RCRA Waste Management and Corrective Action programs  coordinate closely with other
federal agencies, primarily the DoD and DOE, which have many sites in the corrective action
and permitting universe. Encouraging federal facilities to meet the RCRA Corrective Action and
Waste Management permitting program's goals remains a top priority.

RCRA programs also coordinate with the  Department  of Commerce,  the Department  of
Transportation,  and the Department of State to ensure the safe movement of domestic and
international shipments of hazardous waste.

Leaking Underground Storage Tanks

States and territories use the LUST Trust Fund in addition to other resources to administer their
corrective action programs,  oversee  cleanups by responsible  parties,  undertake  necessary
enforcement actions, and pay for cleanups in cases where a responsible party cannot be found or
is unwilling or unable to pay for a cleanup.

States are key to achieving long-term strategic goals and objectives. Except in Indian country
where EPA  directly funds  oversight and clean-up  activities, EPA  relies  on state agencies  to
implement the   LUST program,  including  overseeing  cleanups by responsible  parties  and
responding to emergency LUST releases. LUST cooperative agreements awarded by EPA  are
directly given to the states to assist them in implementing their oversight and programmatic role.

Emergency Preparedness and Response

EPA plays a major role in reducing the risks that accidental and intentional releases of harmful
substances and oil pose to human health and the environment. EPA  implements the Emergency
Preparedness program in coordination with the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and
other federal agencies to deliver federal assistance to state, local, and Tribal governments during
natural disasters  and other major environmental incidents. This requires continuous coordination
                                          951

-------
with many federal, state and local agencies. The Agency participates with other federal agencies
to develop national planning and implementation policies at the operational level.

The  National Response Framework (NRF), under the  direction  of the DHS, provides for the
delivery of federal assistance to states to help them deal with the consequences of terrorist events
as well as natural and other significant disasters. EPA maintains the lead responsibility for the
NRF's Emergency Support Function covering inland hazardous materials and petroleum releases
and  participates in the Federal Emergency Support Function Leaders  Group which addresses
NRF planning and implementation at the operational level.

EPA coordinates  its  preparedness  activities  with DHS,  FEMA, the  Federal  Bureau  of
Investigation, and other federal agencies,  states, and local governments. EPA  will continue to
clarify its roles  and responsibilities to ensure that Agency security programs are consistent with
the national homeland security strategy.

Super fundEnforcement (see  Goal 5)

Oil Spills

Under the Oil  Spill  Program, EPA works with other federal agencies such as U.S. Fish and
Wildlife  Service, the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG), NOAA, FEMA, DOT, DOT,  DOE, and other
federal agencies  and states, as well as with local  government authorities to  develop  Area
Contingency Plans. The Department of Justice also provides assistance to agencies with judicial
referrals  when  enforcement  of  violations becomes  necessary.  EPA will  have an  active
interagency agreement with  the USCG providing  continued support for the National Response
Center and oil spill response technical assistance. EPA and the USCG work in coordination with
other federal authorities to implement the National Preparedness for Response Program.

Objective: Strengthen Human Health and the Environment in Indian Country

EPA works under two important Tribal infrastructure  Memoranda of  Understandings (MOU)
amongst  five federal agencies. EPA, the Department of the Interior, Department  of Health and
Human  Services, Department of Agriculture,  and  the Department  of Housing  and Urban
Development work as partners to improve infrastructure on  Tribal lands and currently focus
efforts on providing access to safe drinking water and basic wastewater facilities to tribes.

The  first, or umbrella MOU, promotes  coordination  between  federal Tribal  infrastructure
programs, including  financial services, while allowing  federal programs to retain their unique
advantages.  It  is fully expected that the efficiencies and  partnerships  resulting from  this
collaboration will directly  assist tribes with their infrastructure needs. Under the umbrella MOU,
for the first time, five federal departments  joined together and agreed to work across traditional
program  boundaries  on Tribal infrastructure issues.  The second MOU, addressing a specific
infrastructure issue, was created under the umbrella authority and addresses the issue of access to
safe  drinking water and wastewater facilities on Tribal lands. Currently, the five federal agencies
are  working together to develop solutions for  specific geographic areas  of concern (Alaska,
                                           952

-------
Southwest), engaging in coordination of ARRA funding, and promoting cross-agency efficiency.
These activities are completed in coordination with federally recognized tribes.

For more information, please see the web link:  http://www.epa.gov/tribalportal/mous.htm.

Additionally, EPA is continuing to work closely with other federal  agencies as well as the
Domestic Policy Council  to  implement  President Obama's  directive regarding the Tribal
consultation process. The President's November 5*, 2009 Memorandum directs each executive
department to develop a detailed plan to implement Executive Order (EO) 13175, "Consultation
and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments," issued by President Clinton in 2000. Under
EO 13175, "all departments and agencies are  charged with engaging in regular and meaningful
consultation and collaboration with Tribal officials in  the development of federal policies that
have Tribal implications, and are responsible  for strengthening the government-to-government
relationship between the United States and Indian tribes."

On May 4, 2011, EPA released  its final policy on consultation  and coordination with Indian
tribes.  EPA is  among the  first of the federal agencies to finalize its consultation policy in
response to President Obama's first tribal leaders summit in November 2009, and the issuance of
Executive Order 13175 to establish regular and meaningful consultation and collaboration with
tribal officials in the development of Federal policies that have tribal implications.

Goal 4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution

Objective: Chemical and Pesticide Risks

Coordination with state lead  agencies and with  the  USDA provides added impetus to the
implementation of the Certification  and Training program.  States also provide essential activities
in developing and implementing  the Endangered Species and Worker Protection programs and
are involved in numerous  special  projects and investigations, including  emergency response
efforts.  The  Regions provide technical guidance  and assistance to the states and tribes in the
implementation of all pesticide program activities.

EPA uses a range of  outreach and coordination  approaches for pesticide users,  agencies
implementing various pesticide programs  and projects, and the general public. Outreach and
coordination activities are  essential to  effective  implementation of  regulatory  decisions.  In
addition, coordination activities protect workers and endangered species, provide training for
pesticide applicators, promote integrated pest  management and environmental  stewardship, and
support for compliance through EPA's Regional programs and those of the states and tribes.

In addition to  the training that  EPA provides to farm workers  and restricted  use pesticide
applicators, EPA works with the  State Cooperative Extension Services designing and providing
specialized training for various groups. Such training includes instructing private applicators on
the proper use of personal protective equipment and application equipment calibration, handling
spill and injury situations, farm family safety,  preventing pesticide spray drift, and pesticide and
container disposal. Other specialized training is provided to public works employees on  grounds
                                          953

-------
maintenance, to pesticide control operators on proper insect identification, and on weed control
for agribusiness.

EPA coordinates with and uses information from a variety of federal, state and international
organizations and  agencies in our  efforts  to  protect the safety of  America's health and
environment from hazardous or higher risk pesticides. In May 1991, the USDA implemented the
Pesticide Data Program (PDF) to collect objective  and statistically reliable  data on pesticide
residues on food commodities.  This action was in response to public concern about the effects of
pesticides on human health and environmental quality. EPA uses PDF data to improve dietary
risk assessment to support the registration of pesticides for minor crop uses.

PDF is critical to implementing the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA). The system provides
improved data collection of pesticide residues, standardized analytical and reporting methods,
and sampling of foods most likely consumed by infants and children. PDF  sampling, residue,
testing and data  reporting are  coordinated by  the  Agricultural Marketing  Service  using
cooperative agreements with ten participating states representing all regions of the country. PDF
serves as a showcase for federal-state cooperation on pesticide and food safety issues.

FQPA requires EPA to consult with other government agencies on major decisions. EPA, USDA
and FDA work closely together via working committees  to deal with a variety of issues that
affect the involved agencies' missions. For example, agencies  work together on residue testing
programs and on enforcement actions  that involve pesticide  residues  on food, and agencies
coordinate review  of antimicrobial  pesticides. The  Agency coordinates  with USDA/ARS in
promotion and communication of resistance management strategies.  Additionally, EPA actively
participates in the Federal Interagency Committee on Invasive Animals and Pathogens (ITAP)
which includes members from USDA, DOL, DoD, DHS and  CDC  to coordinate planning and
technical  advice among federal  entities  involved in  invasive  species  research, control and
management.

While EPA is responsible  for making registration and tolerance decisions, the Agency relies on
others to carry out some of the enforcement activities. Registration-related requirements under
FIFRA are enforced by the states.  The HHS/FDA enforces tolerances for most foods and the
USDA/Food Safety and Inspection Service enforces  tolerances for meat, poultry and some egg
products.

EPA's objective is to promote improved health and environmental protection, both domestically
and worldwide. The success of this objective is  dependent on  successful coordination not only
with  other  countries,  but  also  with  various international  organizations  such  as the
Intergovernmental Forum  on Chemical Safety  (IFCS), the North  American Commission on
Environmental Cooperation (CEC), OECD,  the United Nations Environment  Program (UNEP)
and the CODEX Alimentarius  Commission. NAFTA and cooperation with Canada and Mexico
play an integral part in the harmonization  of data  requirements. These partnerships serve to
coordinate policies, harmonize guidelines, share information,  correct deficiencies, build other
nations' capacity to reduce risk, develop strategies to deal with potentially harmful pesticides and
develop greater confidence in the safety of the food supply.
                                          954

-------
The nexus of environmental protection and international trade has long been a priority for EPA
engagement. EPA has played a key role in ensuring trade-related activities sustain environmental
protection since the  1972 Trade  Act mandated inter-agency  consultation  by the U.S.  Trade
Representative  (USTR)  on trade  policy issues. EPA is a member of the  Trade Policy Staff
Committee (TPSC) and the Trade Policy Review Group (TPRG), interagency mechanisms that
are organized and coordinated by USTR to provide advice, guidance and clearance to the USTR
in the development of U.S. international trade and investment policy.

To effectively  participate in the international agreements on  Persistent  Organic Pollutants
(POPs), heavy metals, EPA must continue to coordinate with other federal agencies and external
stakeholders, such as Congressional  staff, industry, and environmental groups.  Similarly, the
Agency typically coordinates with FDA's National Toxicology Program,  the CDC/ATSDR,
NIEHS and the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC)  on matters relating to OECD test
guideline harmonization.

EPA  also works closely with the Department of State  in leading the technical and  policy
engagement for the United States Government at international negotiations  on global mercury.
EPA provided the impetus for UNEP's Global Mercury Program, and the agency continues to
work  with developing  countries  and with  other  developed countries in  the context of that
program. In addition to the Department of State, EPA collaborates closely with several federal
agencies including DOE  and USGS;  and has  developed a strong network of domestic private
sector and non-governmental partners  interested in working on this issue.

EPA is a leader in global  discussions  on mercury and was instrumental in the launch of UNEP's
Global Mercury Program, and the agency will  continue to work with developing countries and
with other developed countries in the  context of that program. In addition, we have developed a
strong network of domestic partners interested in working on this issue, including the DOE and
the USGS.

One of the Agency's most valuable partners on pesticide issues is the  Pesticide Program
Dialogue Committee (PPDC), which brings together a broad cross-section of knowledgeable
individuals from organizations  representing  divergent  views  to discuss pesticide regulatory,
policy and  implementation issues.  The  PPDC  consists  of members from  industry/trade
associations, pesticide user and commodity groups, consumer and environmental/public interest
groups and others.

The PPDC  provides a   structured environment for meaningful information exchanges  and
consensus building discussions,  keeping the  public involved in  decisions that affect  them.
Dialogue with outside groups is essential if the Agency is to remain responsive to the needs of
the affected public, growers, and industry organizations.

EPA relies on data from HHS to help assess the risk of pesticides to children. Other collaborative
efforts that go beyond our reliance on the data they collect include developing and validating
methods to analyze domestic and imported food  samples for organophosphates, carcinogens,
neurotoxins  and  other chemicals of concern. These  joint efforts protect  Americans  from
unhealthful pesticide residue levels.
                                          955

-------
EPA's chemical testing data provides information for the OSHA worker protection programs,
NIOSH for research,  and the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) for informing
consumers about products through labeling.  EPA frequently consults with these  Agencies on
project design, progress and the results of chemical testing projects.

The success of EPA's lead program is due in part to effective coordination with  other federal
agencies, states and Indian Tribes through the President's Task Force on Environmental Health
Risks and Safety Risks to Children. EPA will continue to coordinate with HUD to clarify how
new rules may affect existing EPA and HUD  regulatory programs, and with the FHWA and
OSHA on worker protection issues. EPA will continue to work closely with state  and federally
recognized Tribes to ensure that authorized state  and Tribal  programs continue to  comply with
requirements established under TSCA, that the ongoing federal accreditation certification and
training program for lead professionals is administered effectively, and states and tribes adopt the
Renovation and Remodeling and the  Buildings and Structures Rules when  these rules become
effective.

EPA has an Interagency Agreement with HUD on coordination of efforts on lead-based paint
issues. As a result of the agreement, EPA and HUD have co-chaired the President's Task Force
since  1997. There are  fourteen other federal agencies including CDC and DoD  on the Task
Force. HUD  and EPA also maintain the National  Lead  Information  Center  and share
enforcement of the Disclosure Rule.
Coordination on safe  PCB disposal  is an  area of ongoing emphasis with the  DoD,  and
particularly with the U.S. Navy, which has  special concerns regarding PCBs encountered during
ship  scrapping. Mercury  storage and safe  disposal  also  are  important issues  requiring
coordination with the Department of Energy  and  DoD as they develop  alternatives and  explore
better technologies for storing and disposing high risk chemicals.

Research

ToxCast™ is EPA's part of the  multi-agency  Tox21 collaboration that is  currently screening
nearly 10,000 environmental chemicals for potential toxicity in high-throughput screening assays
at the Nffl Chemical Genomics Center (NCGC).  EPA contributes under an  MOU  with NIEHS'
National Toxicological Program, FDA's Center for Drug Evaluation and Research,  and NCGC's
National Human Genome Research Institute.  EPA  also has an agreement to provide NCGC
funding to support the  effort. ToxCast is  currently  finishing  Phase II in which  1,000 of the
10,000  chemicals are being  screened in an additional -700 assays through EPA supported
contracts with a dozen laboratories around the country. The data from these innovative, rapid
testing methods will be made available to risk assessors.

The Next  Generation (NexGen) of Risk Assessment is a multi-agency project, chaired by EPA,
that builds upon ToxCast research  efforts. CDC's ATSDR and  the  State of California's
Environmental Protection Agency participate  in addition to most Tox21  collaborators. Using the
wealth of data currently being generated on  molecular systems biology and gene-environment
interactions, NexGen will develop approaches to  make these data useful for human  health risk
assessment. The goal is to make risk assessments faster, less expensive, and more  scientifically
robust. In  particular, NexGen  is intended to help assess the array of chemicals that are potential
                                          956

-------
environmental contaminants  of concern that are too  numerous  to  address by  traditional
approaches.

EPA coordinates its nanotechnology research with other federal  agencies through the National
Nanotechnology  Initiative (NNI),13 which is managed under the Subcommittee  on Nanoscale
Science, Engineering and Technology (NSET) of the NSTC Committee on Technology (CoT).
The Agency's Science to Achieve Results (STAR) program, which awards research grants to
universities and non-profit organizations, has issued its recent nanotechnology grants 4 jointly
with NIOSH, NIEHS, and NSF.

EPA coordinates its research on endocrine  disrupters with other federal  agencies through the
interagency working group on endocrine disrupters under the auspices of the Toxics and Risk
Subcommittee of the CENR. EPA coordinates its biotechnology research through the interagency
biotechnology research working group and the agricultural biotechnology  risk analysis working
group of the Biotechnology Subcommittee of NSTC's Committee  on  Science.

EPA coordinates with  ATSDR through a memorandum of understanding on the development of
toxicological  reviews and toxicology profiles, respectively. EPA also consults with other federal
agencies about the science of individual IRIS assessments as well as improvements to the IRIS
Program through  an interagency working group including public health  agencies (e.g., CDC,
ATSDR, NIOHS, and NIEHS).  The Agency contracts with the National Academy of Sciences
(NAS) on very difficult and  complex human health risk assessments through consultation or
review.

Homeland Security research  is conducted in collaboration with numerous agencies, leveraging
funding across multiple programs  and producing synergistic results. EPA's National Homeland
Security Research Center (NHSRC) works closely with the DHS to assure that EPA's efforts are
directly supportive of DHS priorities. EPA  also is working with DHS to provide support and
guidance to DHS in the startup of their University Centers of Excellence program. Recognizing
that the DoD has significant expertise and facilities related to biological and  chemical warfare
agents, EPA  works closely with the Edgewood Chemical and Biological Center (ECBC), the
Technical  Support Working  Group, the Army Corps of Engineers, and other Department of
Defense organizations to address areas of mutual interest and concern. In  conducting biological
agent research, EPA also is collaborating with CDC. EPA works with DOE to access and support
research conducted by DOE's  National Laboratories,  as well  as to obtain data related to
radioactive materials.

In addition to these major collaborations, the NHSRC  has relationships  with numerous  other
federal agencies, including the U.S. Air Force, U.S. Navy, FDA, USGS and NIST. Also, the
NHSRC is working with state and  local emergency response personnel to understand better their
needs and build relationships, which will enable the quick deployment of NHSRC products. In
the water infrastructure arena, the NHSRC  is providing information to the Water Information
Sharing Networks program. The NAS has also been engaged to provide advice on the long-term
direction of the water research and  technical support program.
13 For more information, see .
14For an example, see .

                                          957

-------
Objective: Promote Pollution Prevention

EPA is involved in  a broad range of pollution prevention (P2) activities which  can yield
reductions in waste generation and energy consumption in the public and private sectors. For
example, the Environmental Performance through Pollution Prevention and Innovation
Environmental Preferable  Purchasing  (EPP) initiative, which implements Executive Orders
12873  and 13101,  promotes the use of cleaner products by federal agencies. This is aimed at
stimulating demand for the development of such products by industry.

This effort includes a number of demonstration projects  with other federal Departments and
agencies, such as the National Park Service (NFS) (to use Green Purchasing as a tool to achieve
the sustainability goals of the parks), the Department of Defense (DoD) (use of environmentally
preferable  construction  materials),  and  Defense   Logistics   Agency  (identification   of
environmental attributes for products in its purchasing system). The program also is working
within  EPA to "green" its  own operations. The program  also works with  the Department  of
Commerce's National Institute of Science  and Technology  (NIST)  to develop a life-cycle based
decision support tool for purchasers.

Under  the Suppliers' Partnership for the Environment program and its umbrella program, the
Green  Suppliers' Network  (GSN), EPA's P2  Program is  working closely with NIST and its
Manufacturing Extension Partnership Program to provide technical assistance to the process  of
"greening" industry supply  chains. The EPA also is working with the Department of Energy's
(DOE) Industrial Technologies Program to provide energy audits and technical assistance  to
these supply chains.

The Agency  is required to review environmental impact  statements and other major actions
impacting the environment and  public health proposed  by all  federal  agencies, and make
recommendations to the proposing federal agency on  how to remedy/mitigate those impacts.
Although  EPA is  required under Section 309 of the Clean Air Act (CAA) to review and
comment on proposed federal actions, neither the National Environmental Policy Act nor Section
309 CAA require a federal agency to modify its proposal to accommodate EPA's concerns. EPA
does have authority under these statutes to  refer major disagreements with other federal agencies
to the  Council on Environmental  Quality. Accordingly, many of  the beneficial  environmental
changes or mitigation that EPA recommends must be negotiated with the  other federal agency.
The majority of the actions EPA reviews are proposed by the Forest Service, Department  of
Transportation  (including  the  Federal   Highway   Administration  and  Federal   Aviation
Administration), USAGE, DOI (including  Bureau of Land  Management, Minerals Management
Service and National Parks Service), Department of Energy (including the Federal Regulatory
Commission), and the Department of Defense.
                                          958

-------
Goal 5- Enforcing Environmental Laws

Objective: Address pollution problems through  vigorous  and targeted civil and criminal
enforcement. Assure compliance with environmental laws.

The Enforcement and Compliance Assurance Program coordinates closely with the Department
of Justice (DOJ) on all civil and criminal environmental enforcement matters. In addition, the
program coordinates with other agencies on specific environmental issues as described herein.

The Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program coordinates with the Chemical Safety and
Accident Investigation Board, OSHA, and  the Agency for  Toxic Substances and Disease
Registry in preventing and responding to accidental releases  and endangerment situations, with
the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) on Tribal issues relative  to compliance with environmental
laws on Tribal lands, and with the  Small Business Administration (SBA) on the implementation
of the  Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act  (SBREFA).  The program also
shares information with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) on cases which require defendants to
pay civil penalties, thereby assisting the IRS in assuring compliance with tax laws. In addition, it
collaborates with the  SBA to maintain current environmental compliance information  at
Business.gov, a website initiated as an e-government initiative in 2004 to help small businesses
comply with government regulations. The program also works with a variety of federal agencies,
including the Department of Labor (DOL),  and the IRS to organize a Federal  Compliance
Assistance Roundtable to address cross-cutting compliance assistance issues.  Coordination also
occurs with the United States Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE) on wetlands issues.

The  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture/Natural  Resources  Conservation  Service
(USDA/NRCS) has a  major role in determining whether areas on  agricultural lands meet the
definition of wetlands for purposes of the Food Security Act. Civil Enforcement coordinates with
USDA/NRCS on these issues also.  EPA's Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program also
coordinates with USDA on the regulation of animal feeding operations and on food safety issues
arising  from the misuse of pesticides and  shares joint jurisdiction with the  Federal Trade
Commission (FTC) on pesticide labeling and advertising. Coordination also occurs with Customs
and Border Protection on implementing the secure International Trade Data  System across  all
federal agencies and on pesticide imports. EPA and the Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
share jurisdiction over general-purpose disinfectants used on non-critical surfaces  and  some
dental  and medical equipment surfaces (e.g., wheelchairs).  The Agency has entered into  an
agreement with Housing and Urban Development (HUD) concerning enforcement of the Toxic
Substance Control Act (TSCA) lead-based paint notification requirements.

The Criminal Enforcement program coordinates with other  federal  law enforcement agencies
(i.e., Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), Customs, DOL, U.S. Treasury, United States Coast
Guard  (USCG),  Department of the Interior (DOI) and DOJ) and with international, state and
local law enforcement organizations  in the investigation and prosecution  of environmental
crimes.  EPA also actively works with DOJ to establish task forces that bring together federal,
state, and local law enforcement organizations to address environmental crimes. In addition, the
program has an Interagency Agreement with the Department of Homeland  Security (DHS) to
provide specialized criminal  environmental  training to federal, state, local, and  Tribal law
                                          959

-------
enforcement personnel at the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center (FLETC) in Glynco,
GA.

Under Executive Order 12088, EPA is directed to provide technical assistance to other federal
agencies to  help ensure their compliance with all environmental laws. The Federal Facility
Enforcement program coordinates  with  other  federal agencies,  states, local,  and  Tribal
governments to ensure compliance by federal agencies with all environmental laws. In FY 2013,
EPA also will continue its efforts to support the FedCenter, the Federal Facilities Environmental
Stewardship and Compliance Assistance Center (www.fedcenter.gov), which is now governed
by a board of more than a dozen contributing federal agencies.

The Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program  collaborates with the  states and tribes.
States perform the vast majority of inspections,  direct compliance assistance, and enforcement
actions. Most EPA statutes envision a partnership between EPA and the states under which EPA
develops national standards and policies and the states implement the program under authority
delegated by EPA. If a state does not seek approval  of a program, EPA must implement that
program in the state. Historically, the level of state approvals has increased as programs mature
and state capacity expands, with many of the key environmental programs approaching approval
in nearly all  states. EPA will increase its effort to coordinate  with states on training, compliance
assistance, capacity building, and enforcement. EPA  will continue to enhance the network of
state and Tribal compliance assistance providers.

The Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program chairs the Interagency  Environmental
Leadership Workgroup established by Executive Order 13148. The Workgroup consists of over
100 representatives  from most federal  departments and agencies. Its mission  is to assist all
federal agencies with meeting the mandates of the Executive Order, including implementation of
environmental management systems and environmental compliance auditing programs, reducing
both releases  and  uses of toxic  chemicals,  and compliance with  pollution prevention and
pollution reporting requirements. In FY 2013, the program also will work  with its Regions, states
and directly with a  number of other federal agencies to improve Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA), Clean Water Act (CWA), and other statutory  compliance at federal
facilities, which array the full range of Agency tools to promote compliance in an effective and
efficient manner.

EPA works  directly with Canada and Mexico bilaterally and in the Trilateral Commission for
Environmental Cooperation (CEC). EPA's border activities require close coordination with the
Bureau of Customs and Border Protection, the Fish and Wildlife Service, the DOJ, and the States
of Arizona, California, New Mexico, and Texas. EPA is the lead agency and coordinates U.S.
participation in the CEC. EPA works with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA), the Fish and Wildlife Service,  and the U.S. Geological Survey on CEC projects to
promote biodiversity cooperation and with the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative to reduce
potential trade and environmental impacts such as invasive species.
                                          960

-------
Super fund Enforcement

As required by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
(CERCLA) and Executive Order 12580, the Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program
coordinates with other federal agencies  in their use of CERCLA enforcement authority. This
includes the coordinated use of CERCLA enforcement authority at individual hazardous waste
sites that are located on both nonfederal land (EPA jurisdiction) and federal lands (other agency
jurisdiction). As required by  Executive  Order  13016, the Agency also  coordinates the use of
CERCLA Section 106 administrative order authority by other departments and agencies.

EPA also coordinates with the Departments of the Interior, Agriculture, and Commerce to ensure
that appropriate and timely notices, required under CERCLA, are sent to the Natural Resource
Trustees to commence the Natural Resource Damage Assessment process. The Department of
Justice also provides assistance to EPA with judicial referrals seeking recovery of response costs
incurred by the U.S.,  injunctive relief to implement response actions, or enforcement of other
CERCLA requirements.

Under Executive Order 12580, the Superfund  Federal Facilities  Enforcement program assists
federal agencies in complying with CERCLA. It ensures that 1) all federal facility sites on the
National Priorities List have interagency agreements, also known as Federal Facility Agreements
or FFAs, which provide enforceable schedules for the progression  of the entire cleanup; 2) these
FFAs are monitored by EPA for compliance; 3) federal sites that are transferred to new owners
are transferred  in an environmentally responsible manner; and 4)  assistance is  available, to the
extent possible, to assist federal facilities in complying with their cleanup responsibilities. It is
this program's  responsibility  to ensure that federal agencies,  by  law, comply with Superfund
cleanup obligations "in the same manner and to the same extent" as private entities. After years
of service and  operation, some federal facilities contain  environmental contamination, such as
hazardous wastes, unexploded ordnance, radioactive wastes, or other toxic substances. To enable
the cleanup  and reuse of such sites, the Federal Facilities Enforcement program coordinates
creative solutions that protect both  human health and  the  environment. These enforcement
solutions help  restore  facilities so they can once again serve an important role in the economy
and welfare of local communities and  the country.
                                          961

-------
               COORDINATION WITH OTHER FEDERAL AGENCIES

                              Enabling Support Programs
Office of the Administrator (OA)

The Office of the Administrator (OA) supports the leadership of the Environmental Protection
Agency's  (EPA) programs and activities to protect human health and safeguard the air, water,
and land upon which life depends.  Several program responsibilities include Congressional and
intergovernmental relations, regulatory management and economic analysis, homeland security -
including  intelligence coordination, the Science Advisory Board,  children's health,  the small
business program, and environmental training and outreach.

 The Office of Congressional and Intergovernmental Relations (OCIR) is the Agency's principal
point of contact for Congress, state and local governments. As liaison to the Agency's major
programs, key functions include:  developing EPA's legislative agenda; facilitating coordination
and  responses  to  requests  from Congress, state  and local governments; coordinating the
appearance of witnesses and preparing them for Congressional hearings, including confirmation
hearings;  managing   the   Agency's  Congressional  and  gubernatorial  correspondence;
managing/moritoring environmental issues through interaction with state and local governments
(and other related entities); managing EPA's Local Government Advisory Committee and the
National Environmental Performance Partnership System (NEPPS).  OCIR coordinates testimony
and questions for the record with the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The office
coordinates EPA's review of testimony of other agencies,  and coordinates legislative  proposals
needing interagency review. OCIR also coordinates with other Federal agencies on issues and/or
activities involving state and local governments.

EPA's Office of Policy (OP) interacts with a number of federal agencies during its rulemaking
activities.  Per  Executive  Order  12866 - Regulatory Planning  and Review,  OP submits
"significant" regulatory actions to OMB for interagency review prior to signature and publication
in the Federal Register. Under the Congressional Review Act (CRA), rules are submitted to each
House of Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. Regulatory actions and
other information are published through the Office of the Federal Register. For regulations that
may  have a significant economic impact  on  a  substantial number of  small  entities, OP
collaborates with the Small Business Administration (SBA) and OMB.

OP collaborates with other  federal agencies in the collection of economic data used in the
conduct of economic cost-benefit analyses of environmental  regulations and policies;  and  other
natural  resource agencies (e.g.,  the  United States Department of  Agriculture  (USDA), the
Department  of the Interior (DOI),  and  the National Oceanic Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA))  to foster improved interdisciplinary research and reporting of economic information.
This is achieved by supporting workshops and symposiums on environmental economics topics
(e.g.,  economic valuation of ecosystem services, adoption  of flexible regulatory mechanisms to
achieve  environmental goals) and  measuring health and  welfare  benefits (e.g.,  represent the
Agency's  issues in cross-agency groups charged with informing USDA efforts to establish
                                          962

-------
markets for ecosystem services). Working with the USDA and the Department of Energy (DOE),
OP continues to evaluate and improve climate change integrated assessment models and develop
measures  of the social damages attributable  to Greenhouse  Gas (GHG) emissions.  This
information  is used to generate  estimates of the social cost of  carbon  (SCC), which enables
federal agencies to better incorporate climate impact assessments  and  estimates of associated
economic damages into policy and regulatory analyses.

OP also works  with the National  Institute of Standards  and Technology  (NIST) and  its
Manufacturing Extension Partnership (MEP) program to help the MEP Centers deliver assistance
on  environmental  and energy matters as part of their services to small  and medium-sized
businesses. Under the Suppliers' Partnership for the Environment program and its umbrella
program, the Green Suppliers'  Network (GSN),  OP provides technical assistance to the process
of "greening" industry supply chains. OP is working with the DOE's Industrial Technologies
Program to provide energy audits and technical assistance to these supply chains. Toolkits on the
integration of environmental and energy considerations into "lean  manufacturing" techniques are
widely used by MEP centers. OP is  assisting the centers in  developing  their "sustainable
manufacturing" tools and curriculum. OP participates in interagency activities organized by the
Commerce Department's Sustainable  Manufacturing  Initiative.  The  "Lean  Manufacturing"
toolkits are also used by the Department of Defense (DoD) for training.

The Office of Children's Health Protection (OCHP) provides leadership for cross-Agency efforts
to protect children from exposure to toxins, pollution, and other environmental health threats in
their homes,  schools,  and communities. Children are at greater risk of harm from exposure to
environmental toxins than adults because of their unique physiology and behavior patterns. The
OCHP ensures that children's unique vulnerabilities  are carefully considered in Agency policy
and regulatory development and that children's  environmental health is central  in outreach and
public education activities. OCHP works with  other federal departments and  agencies,  state,
Tribal, and local governments to coordinate diverse program  and  research efforts to help ensure
that children's environmental health is protected where they live, learn, work, and play.

The EPA's  Office of  Homeland Security  (OHS)  works  closely with many  other federal
departments and agencies to  meet the goals of presidential homeland security directives and
plans. These efforts include working through the Interagency Planning Committees (IPCs) and
other avenues to ensure that the EPA's efforts are integrated into,  and can build upon, the efforts
of other federal agencies. OHS also coordinates the development  of responses to inquiries from
the White House, Department of Homeland Security (DHS), Congress, and others with oversight
responsibilities for homeland  security efforts. EPA's ability  to effectively implement its broad
range of homeland security responsibilities is significantly enhanced through coordination with
other federal agencies. OHS  also has  a  strong partnership with  various elements of the
Intelligence Community and collaborates with them on a weekly, if not daily basis, to ensure that
interagency intelligence-related planning and operational requirements are met. This is achieved
through coordination with the Office of the Director for National Intelligence, the Department of
Homeland Security, the Central Intelligence Agency,  the National Security Agency, the Federal
Bureau of Investigation, the Department of Defense, and the  White House National  Security
Staff.
                                           963

-------
The Science Advisory Board (SAB) primarily provides the Administrator with independent peer
reviews and advice on the scientific and technical aspects of environmental issues to inform the
Agency's environmental decision-making. Often, the Agency program office seeking the SAB's
review and advice has identified the federal agencies  interested in the scientific topic at issue.
The SAB coordinates with those federal agencies by providing notice of its activities through the
Federal Register, and, as appropriate, inviting federal agency experts to participate in the peer
review or advisory activity. The  SAB, from time to time,  also convenes science workshops  on
emerging issues and invites federal agency participation through the greater federal scientific and
research community.

The Office of Small Business Programs (OSBP) works with the Small Business Administration
(SBA) and  other federal agencies to increase  the participation  of small  and disadvantaged
businesses  in EPA's procurements.  OSBP works with  the SBA to develop EPA's goals for
contracting  with  small  and  disadvantaged businesses; address  bonding  issues  that pose  a
roadblock for small businesses  in  specific  industries,  such as  environmental  clean-up and
construction; and address data-collection issues that  are  of concern to Offices  of Small and
Disadvantaged Business Utilization (OSDBU) throughout the federal government. OSBP works
closely with regional and headquarters program offices and the Center for Veterans Enterprise to
increase the amount of EPA procurement dollars awarded to  Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned
Small  Businesses (SDVOSB).  OSBP,  through its  Minority  Academic Institutions  (MAI)
Program, also works  with  the Department of Education and the White House Initiative  on
Historically Black Colleges and  Universities (HBCU) to  increase the institutional  capacity of
HBCUs and to create opportunities for them to work with federal agencies, especially in the area
of scientific research  and  development. OSBP  coordinates with  the  Minority  Business
Development Agency, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, and
many other federal agencies to provide outreach to small disadvantaged businesses and Minority-
Serving Institutions throughout the United States and the trust territories. OSBP's Director is an
active participant in the Federal OSDBU Directors' Council (www.osdbu.gov). The OSDBU
Directors' Council collaborates to support major outreach efforts to small  and disadvantaged
businesses, SDVOSB, and minority academic institutions via conferences, business fairs, and
speaking engagements. The OSBP's Asbestos and Small Business Ombudsman program partners
with SBA and other federal agencies to  ensure that small business concerns are considered in
regulatory development  and compliance  efforts,  and to provide networks, resources, tools, and
forums for education and advocacy on behalf of small businesses across the country.
Office of the Chief Financial Officer (OCFO)

OCFO makes active contributions to standing interagency management committees, including
the Chief Financial Officers  Council,  focusing  on improving resources  management  and
accountability  throughout  the  federal  government.   OCFO  actively  participates  on  the
Performance Improvement Council which coordinates and develops strategic plans, performance
plans,  and performance  reports as  required by  law  for the  Agency. In  addition,  OCFO
participates in numerous OMB-led E-Gov initiatives such as the Financial  Management  and
Budget Formulation and Execution Lines of Business and has interagency agreements with the
DoD for processing agency payroll. OCFO provides a Relocation Resource  Center capable of
                                          964

-------
managing "one-stop shopping" domestic  and international  relocations. The  EPA currently
provides services internally to EPA, as well as  externally  to  the  Transportation  Security
Administration (TSA), USD A, and U.S.  Department of Labor (DOL). OCFO also participates
with the Department of  Commerce's (DOC) Bureau of Census in maintaining the  Federal
Assistance Awards Data System (FAADS). OCFO also coordinates appropriately with Congress
and other federal agencies, such as the  Department of Treasury, the OMB, the Government
Accountability Office (GAO), and the General Services  Administration (GSA).  In addition,
throughout FY  2012 and  FY 2013, the  OCFO,  in  collaboration  with EPA's Office of
Administration and  Resources Management and Office of Environmental Information, will be
working with the Department of the Interior's National Business Center (NBC), which is an
OMB-approved Human Resource Line  of Business  shared  services  center. OCFO  plans to
migrate the EPA's existing time and attendance IT system services to NBC, as well  as move
payroll services from DoD's Defense Finance and Accounting Services (DFAS) to NBC.

Office of Administration and Resources Management (OARM)

The OARM is committed to working with federal partners that focus on improving management
and accountability throughout the  federal  government. The  OARM provides  leadership and
expertise  to  government-wide  activities  in various  areas  of human  resources,  grants
management,  contracts  management,  and homeland security. These activities include  specific
collaboration efforts with federal agencies and departments through:

    •      Chief Human Capital Officers, a group of senior leaders that discuss human capital
           initiatives across the federal government;

    •      The Legislative and Policy  Committee, a committee comprised of  other federal
           agency  representatives  who assist the  Office  of  Personnel  Management in
           developing plans and policies for training and development across the government;
           and

    •      The  Chief  Acquisition  Officers  Council, the  principal  interagency  forum  for
           monitoring  and improving the federal acquisition system.  The Council  also  is
           focused on promoting the President's specific initiatives and policies in all aspects of
           the acquisition system.

The  OARM  is  participating in government-wide  efforts  to  improve the effectiveness and
performance  of  federal  financial  assistance programs,  simplify application and reporting
requirements, and to improve the delivery of services to the public.  This includes membership on
the Grants Policy Committee, the  Grants Executive Board, and the Grants.gov User's Group.
The EPA also participates in the Federal Demonstration Partnership to reduce the administrative
burdens associated with research grants.
                                          965

-------
In addition, throughout FY 2012 and FY 2013, the OARM, in collaboration with EPA's Office
of the Chief Financial Officer and the Office of Environmental Information, will be working
with the Department of the Interior's National  Business  Center  (NBC), which  is an OMB-
approved Human Resource Line of Business shared services center. The OARM plans to migrate
the existing EPA HR functions to NBC, which offers HR transactional processing, compensation
management and payroll processing, benefits administration, time and attendance,  and HR
reporting.

The OARM is also working with the OMB, the GSA, the DHS, and the DOC's National Institute
of Standards and Technology to implement the Smart Card program.

Office of Environmental Information (OEI)

To support the EPA's overall mission, OEI collaborates with a number of other federal agencies,
states, and tribal governments on  a variety of initiatives,  including making government  more
efficient  and transparent,  protecting human health and  the  environment,  and  assisting in
homeland security. OEI  is primarily involved in the information technology (IT), information
management (IM), and information security aspects of the projects it collaborates on.

The Chief Information Officer's (CIO) Council: The CIO Council is the principal interagency
forum for improving practices in the design,  modernization, use,  sharing, and performance of
federal information  resources. The Council  develops  recommendations for IT  management
policies, procedures, and standards; identifies opportunities to share information resources; and
assesses and addresses the needs of the federal IT workforce.

E-Rulemaking:  The  EPA  serves  as   the  Program  Management  Office (PMO)  for the
eRulemaking Program. The eRulemaking program's mission addresses two areas: to improve
public access, participation in, and understanding of the rulemaking process and to improve the
agencies' efficiency and  effectiveness in promulgating  regulations. The eRulemaking  Program
maintains a public website, www.Regulations.gov, that enables the general public to access and
make comments on various documents that are published in the Federal Register,  including
proposed regulations and  agency-specific notices. The Federal Docket Management System
(FDMS) is the agency-side of Regulations.gov and enables the various agencies to administer
public submissions regarding  regulatory and other documents posted by the  agencies on the
Regulations.gov website. The increased public access to  the agencies' regulatory process enables
a more informed public  to provide supporting technical/legal/economic analyses to strengthen
the agencies' rulemaking vehicles. The  Program Management Office (PMO) coordinates the
operations of the eRulemaking Program through its 38 partner Departments and  Independent
agencies  (comprising more  than  165   agencies,  boards, commissions,  and offices).  This
coordination is realized through the administrative boards that work with the PMO on day-to-day
operations, ongoing enhancements, and long-range planning for program development. These
administrative boards (the  Executive  Committee and the Advisory Board)  have representative
members from each  partner agency and deal with contracts, budget, website improvements,
improved public  access, records management, and a host of other regulatory concerns that were
formally only agency-specific  in nature.  The coordination with the  partner agencies allows for a
more uniform and consistent rulemaking process across government. This coordination is further
                                          966

-------
realized by the fact that more than 90 percent of all federal rules promulgated annually are
managed through the eRulemaking Program.

The National Environmental Information Exchange Network (EN): The EN is a partnership
among  states,  tribes,  and  the  EPA.  It  is revolutionizing the exchange of environmental
information by allowing these partners to share data efficiently and securely over the Internet.
This approach is providing real-time access  to  higher  quality  data while saving  time and
resources, for all of the partners. Leadership for the EN is provided by the Exchange Network
Leadership Council (ENLC), which is co-chaired by OEI  and a state partner. The ENLC works
with representatives from the EPA, state environmental  agencies,  and tribal  organizations to
manage the Exchange Network. FY 2013 will be a critical year for the Exchange Network to
complete its current strategic plan to flow data across the spectrum of the EPA's programs.

Automated Commercial Environment/International Trade Data  System (ACE/ITDS): ACE
is the system being  built by Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to ensure that its customs
agents  have the information they need to decide how to  handle goods and merchandise being
shipped into, or out of, the  United  States. ITDS  is the organizational framework by  which all
government agencies with import/export responsibilities participate in the development of the
ACE system. ACE will be a  single, electronic point of entry for importers and exporters to report
required information to the appropriate agencies. It also will be the  way those agencies provide
CBP with information about potential imports/exports. ACE eliminates the need, burden, and
cost of paper reporting. It also allows importers and exporters to report the same information to
multiple federal agencies with a single submission.

The EPA has the responsibility and legal authority to make sure  pesticides,  toxic chemicals,
vehicles and engines, ozone-depleting substances, and other commodities entering the country
meet our environmental, human health, and safety standards. The EPA's ongoing collaboration
with CBP on the ACE/ITDS project will greatly improve  information exchange between the
EPA and CBP. As a result,  Customs officers at our nation's borders will  have the information
they need to admit products that meet our environmental  regulations, and to interdict goods or
products that do not comply  with the Agency's regulations.

The EPA's work on ACE/ITDS builds on the technical  leadership in using Web services to
exchange data developed by  the Central Data Exchange and Exchange Network (CDX/EN). As a
result of our advocacy and the interest of other participating federal agencies, CBP will be using
Web services to  exchange data with the agencies  participating in ACE/ITDS.  In FY  2013, the
EPA expects to implement pilot data exchanges between  five EPA  programs and Customs and
Border Protection at selected Ports of Entry so that full-scale development of the data exchanges
can occur. The Agency will share the  results with the other participating federal agencies
participating in this project and offer the EPA's Web services model those agencies interested in
using this option. The EPA has developed an installer for our data exchange software which will
make it easy for other agencies to install it in their environments. Alternatively, the EPA could
provide its data exchange technology to interested agencies on a fee for service basis. Sharing
and  reusing  data  exchange  technology  across the federal government  for ACE/ITDS
implementation will save  money  and  create efficiencies by  eliminating redundancies in
infrastructure spending by each agency that needs to exchange data with CBP.
                                          967

-------
The EPA also will be collaborating with CBP and other interested agencies on using ACE/ITDS
to automate checks of import documentation. Automating document review is absolutely critical
for agencies such as the EPA that have limited staff at the ports, providing a "virtual presence" at
the more than 300 ports nation-wide.

Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) Support: The EPA's Automated
Security Self-Evaluation and Reporting Tool (ASSERT) provides federal managers with some of
the  information  they need,  from an enterprise perspective, to make timely and  informed
decisions regarding the level of security implemented on their information resources. It helps
agencies understand  and  assess their security risks, monitor corrective  actions,  and provide
standardized and automated FISMA reports. Federal agencies using the EPA's FISMA Reporting
Solution, and ASSERT, include: the EPA, and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC).

Geospatial Information:  The EPA works extensively with DOI, NOAA U.S. Geological Survey
(USGS), the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), the USD A, and the DHS
on developing and implementing geospatial approaches to support various business areas. It also
works with 25 additional federal agencies through the activities of the federal Geographic Data
Committee (FGDC) and the OMB Geospatial Line of Business (GeoLoB) for whom OEI leads
several key initiatives. The EPA is  one of only  two agencies (the other being  the National
Geospatial Intelligence Agency) that participate in the FGDC Coordinating Committee, Steering
Committee, and Executive Steering Committees, as well as on the Federal  Geospatial Advisory
Committee, a Federal Advisory Committee (FACA) to the DOI. A key component of this work
is developing  and  implementing the National  Spatial Data  Infrastructure  (NSDI). The key
objective for the NDSI is to make a comprehensive array of national spatial data - data that
portray features associated with a location or which  is tagged with geographic information and
can be attached to  and portrayed on maps ,- easily accessible to both governmental and public
stakeholders. Use of this data, in tandem with analytical applications, supports several key EPA
and  government-wide business  areas.  These include:   ensuring  that  human health  and
environmental  conditions  are represented in the  appropriate contexts for targeting  and decision
making, enabling the  assessment, protection, and remediation of environmental conditions, and
aiding emergency first responders and other homeland security activities.  Through efforts such
as the, National Environmental Information Exchange Network, National Environmental Policy
Act (NEPA) Assist, EPA Metadata Editor, Facilities Registry System (FRS) Web Services, and
My Environment. OEI also works closely with its  state, Tribal, and  international partners. This
collaboration enables  consistent implementation of data acquisition and development, standards,
and technologies supporting the efficient and cost effective sharing and use of geographically
based data and services.

Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS): The OEI  works with the Office  of
the  Science Advisor  (OSA) to support the EPA's  involvement in the GEOSS initiative. Other
partners in this initiative are: the U.S. Group on Earth Observations (USGEO), and a significant
number of other federal agencies, including NASA, NOAA, USGS, HHS, the Department  of
Energy (DoE), DoD,  USDA, the Smithsonian, the National Science  Foundation (NSF), USDA,
State, and the Department of Transportation (DOT). Under the ten-year strategic plan published
by the  Office of Science  and Technology Policy  (OSTP) in 2005,  the OEI and the OSA are
leading  the  EPA's development of the  environmental component of  the Integrated Earth
                                         968

-------
Observation System  (LEGS), which will be the U.S. federal contribution to the international
GEOSS effort. Earth observation  data, models, and  decision-support systems will  play an
increasingly important role in finding solutions for complex problems, including adaptation to
climate change. The OEI also coordinates with the OMB and OSTP to connect the interagency
GEOSS work with our Open Government and Data.gov activities.

Chesapeake Bay Program: Operating under Executive Order No. 13508, the EPA is working to
help restore the Chesapeake Bay. Federal Partners in this initiative are: the NOAA; the Natural
Resources Conservation Service; the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service;  the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers;  the USGS; the U.S.  Forest Service; the National Park Service;  and the U.S. Navy
(representing the Department of Defense). The States of New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania,
Delaware,  Maryland,  West  Virginia,  Virginia,  and  the  District  of  Columbia,  also are
participating in the effort. Using the Exchange Network (the EPA's existing network facilitating
data snaring  among  and with the  states and  tribes),  the OEI will continue  to  facilitate data
exchange for the agencies working on  the Chesapeake Bay. Additionally,  OEI  is leading the
design of a comprehensive data management system to be used by all partners in the Chesapeake
Bay Program.

Office of the Inspector General (OIG)

The EPA Inspector General is a member of the Council of Inspectors  General on Integrity and
Efficiency (CIGIE), an organization comprised of Federal Inspectors  General (IG), GAO, and
the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). The CIGIE coordinates and improves the way IGs
conduct audits, investigations, and internal operations. The CIGIE also promotes joint projects of
government-wide interest and reports annually to the President on the collective performance of
the IG community. The EPA OIG coordinates criminal investigative  activities with other law
enforcement  organizations  such as the FBI,  Secret  Service, and Department  of Justice. In
addition,  the  OIG participates with various inter-governmental audit  forums and professional
associations to exchange information, share best practices, and obtain/provide training. The OIG
also promotes collaboration among the EPA's partners and stakeholders in the  application of
technology, information, resources, and law enforcement efforts through its outreach activities.
Further, the EPA OIG initiates and participates in  collaborative audits,  program evaluations, and
investigations with OIGs of agencies with an environmental mission such as the DOI and USD A,
and with other federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies as prescribed  by the IG Act, as
amended.  The OIG,  as required by the IG Act,  coordinates and  shares  information with the
GAO. Additionally, the OIG serves as the Inspector General of the U.S. Chemical Safety and
Hazard Investigations Board.
                                          969

-------
                       MAJOR MANAGEMENT CHALLENGES

Introduction

The  Reports  Consolidation Act of 2000 requires the Inspector General  to identify the most
serious  management challenges facing the EPA, briefly  assess the agency's  progress  in
addressing them, and report annually.

The  EPA has established a mechanism for identifying  and addressing  its  key management
challenges. As  part of its Federal  Management Financial  Integrity Act  process,  EPA senior
managers meet with  representatives  from the  EPA's  Office of  Inspector General,  the
Government Accountability Office, and the Office of Management and  Budget to hear their
views on the  EPA's key management challenges. EPA managers also use audits, reviews, and
program evaluations conducted internally  and  by OIG,  GAO, and OMB to assess  program
effectiveness  and identify potential  management issues. The EPA recognizes that management
challenges, if not addressed adequately, may prevent the agency from effectively meeting its
mission. The  EPA remains committed to addressing all management issues in a timely manner
and will address them to the fullest extent of its authority.

The discussion that follows summarizes each of the management challenges the EPA's  OIG and
GAO have identified and presents the agency's response.

1.   Addressing Emerging Climate Change Issues

Summary of Challenge: GAO notes that while climate change poses management challenges for
the federal government at large, for the EPA, climate-change-related challenges pertain to legal
and  administrative  barriers.   These  include  ongoing efforts  to  reduce carbon emissions;
difficulties in coordinating activities  involving numerous other agencies and other  levels of
government; and efforts to account for and manage data on greenhouse gas emissions.

Agency Response: Over the past several years, the EPA has taken several important actions to
address  climate change. Currently, the EPA plays a key role in developing and implementing
President Obama's ambitious climate change agenda. For instance, the agency is participating in
strategic discussions and providing technical advice and analysis on the full range of domestic
climate policies and technologies.

Additionally,  the EPA is taking regulatory actions to address climate change. In December 2010,
the EPA issued a series of rules that put the necessary regulatory framework in place to ensure
that 1) industrial facilities can get Clean Air Act permits covering their greenhouse gas emissions
when needed  and 2) facilities  emitting GHGs at levels below those established in the Tailoring
Rule do not need to obtain Clean Air Act permits. The EPA continues responding to the 2007
Supreme Court decision in Massachusetts v. EPA. The EPA leads the development of multiple
mobile source programs to address  GHG emissions from light-duty passenger vehicles, heavy-
duty vehicles, ocean-going vessels, and aircraft. In addition, the EPA has deferred permitting
requirements for biogenic carbon dioxide emissions and has engaged the scientific community to
                                          970

-------
study how to treat these emissions in the context of Clean Air Act permitting. With regard to
stationary  sources,  the EPA is proceeding with analyses of GHG emissions  and potential
measures to reduce them as part of its obligations to review and revise new source performance
standards, consistent with the requirements of the Clean Air Act.

Recognizing that climate change cuts across many  programs and offices within the agency,
senior leadership is taking steps to expand and improve communication and coordination on
emerging  climate change issues.  These  processes will  ensure that the agency receives
information and input, draws effectively on its resources, and provides useful information to its
stakeholders around the country.

Finally,  the EPA continues to  deliver on all  commitments under  its ongoing voluntary
partnership programs  to reduce GHGs, focused on energy efficiency, transportation, and other
sectors. Experience and knowledge gained through these programs  are also informing the EPA's
input into the broader  climate policy discussion.

2.    Reducing Pollution in the Nation's Waters

Summary  of Challenge: According to GAO, among the nation's most pressing water quality
problems with which EPA and other stakeholders struggle are the considerations of diffuse, or
 "non-point" sources  of pollution and the  challenges posed by deterioration  in the nation's
premier watersheds, such as the Chesapeake Bay and Great Lakes. GAO believes multi-billion
liabilities associated with replacing and upgrading the nation's aging water infrastructure are a
looming issue, that if not sufficiently addressed, will impact water quality.

Agency Response: The EPA partners with  federal, state, and local agencies and with others to
reduce pollution in the nation's waters, but many pollution  sources are difficult to monitor and
regulate.

The National  Pollutant Discharge  Elimination  System regulations for Concentrated Animal
Feeding Operations require  the EPA  and authorized states to issue permits for an expanded
universe of CAFOs  (compared to those covered by the  1974 regulations)  that discharge or
propose to  discharge to U.S. waters. In 2002, about 4,000 CAFOs were permitted out of a total of
12,800 CAFOs. Today, the EPA estimates that approximately 14,500 of the total 19,300 CAFOs
may need  permits, yet only 8,300 of  these CAFOs  have NPDES  permits to date. In addition,
inspections will require substantial effort to  determine whether CAFOs will discharge and are in
compliance with their new nutrient management plans.

The EPA estimated that the NPDES CAFO rule revisions in 2003 and 2008 could potentially
result in an annual pollutant reduction of 56 million  pounds of phosphorus, 110 million pounds
of nitrogen, and 2 billion pounds of sediment. To realize these pollutant reductions, states must
adopt the provisions of the new regulations and then issue  permits consistent with those rules.
Additional  agency  resources are needed  to assist  states  in  developing revised  legislation,
regulations, and/or permits to reflect the new regulations and to oversee state review of NMPs.

                                           971

-------
States need additional resources to revise their programs, to review NMPs for every permitted
CAFO,  and to increase  enforcement and compliance efforts to ensure that  all CAFOs that
discharge seek permit coverage and carry out proper operation and maintenance.

The EPA is continuing to take the lead in working across the federal government and the water
sector to close the water infrastructure gap and move the nation's water infrastructure to a more
sustainable footing. In October of 2010, the  EPA released its Clean Water and Drinking Water
Sustainability Policy, which focuses on efforts to effect change and reduce the infrastructure gap.
The Policy emphasizes: 1) the need for robust and effective planning for water infrastructure; 2)
capacity development and effective utility  management to enhance  the  sustainability of all
aspects of water sector systems; and 3) integrating water infrastructure into cross-sector planning
efforts to foster the sustainability of our communities.  The EPA is actively pursuing a suite of
programs and activities in each of these areas, including efforts to encourage and work with state
SRFs as they incorporate  sustainability considerations into their programs.

Through the Drinking Water  and  Clean Watersheds Needs  Surveys, the  EPA provides a
systematic assessment of national water infrastructure needs. These are reported to Congress
every four years and clearly show that needs are very large and increasing.

The EPA's efforts to coordinate with  other federal agencies are extensive and expanding. The
agency has an  MOU with the Federal Highway Administration to promote  asset management
across the water and transportation  sectors.  We  are actively engaged  with the Departments of
Housing and Urban Development and Transportation  in a partnership to  promote sustainable
communities. Through the EPA's efforts, water infrastructure was included as an element in the
$100M  of HUD regional planning grants that were awarded last year - and that aspect of the
program's goals will be strengthened for the $70M in grants to be awarded this year.

In concert with these regional planning grants, the EPA has worked with HUD to include water
infrastructure as one of several  areas  for which capacity building  grants will  be awarded this
year. The awardee in this area will be charged with assisting planning grant recipients to better
integrate water infrastructure considerations into regional plans.

The EPA's efforts to work with states on water infrastructure  span numerous areas. The capacity
development and  operator certification programs have an  active set of work groups working on
enhancing  efforts in targeted  areas,  such  as  system partnering and managerial capacity.
Sustainability is becoming an important part of the  SRF programs as more states incorporate
incentives for asset management, green infrastructure, energy efficient projects and  numerous
other areas which will help communities recognize and address their individual infrastructure
needs. Through the EPA's leadership, aspects of infrastructure planning are being incorporated
into  NPDES permit programs  in some  states  and  are  also  receiving greater emphasis  in
enforcement actions.

The EPA will also shortly launch an enhanced set of web pages to support  communities as they
seek to close their individual  infrastructure gaps.  The pages  will include a new  area  with

                                           972

-------
resources  specifically  for local  elected  officials  who are  often  key  players  in  making
infrastructure investment decisions.

The sum of the EPA's efforts represents a strong and concerted effort to provide support and
leadership that helps communities organize resources to meet their water infrastructure needs.

To restore clean water in the  Chesapeake Bay, streams, creeks, and rivers, the EPA established
the Chesapeake Bay Total Maximum Daily Load, a historic and comprehensive "pollution diet"
with rigorous accountability measures. The TMDL is required under federal law and responds to
consent decrees in Virginia and the District of Columbia dating back to the late  1990s. The
TMDL—the largest ever developed by  EPA—includes  pollution limits to meet water quality
standards in the Bay and its tidal rivers.  The TMDL is designed  to  ensure that all pollution
control measures  to fully  restore the Bay and its tidal rivers are in place by 2025. The EPA
expects controls,  practices and actions in place by 2017 that would achieve 60 percent  of the
necessary  reduction.  The  TMDL  is supported by rigorous  accountability  measures to ensure
cleanup commitments  are met,  including short-and  long-term benchmarks,  a tracking and
accounting system  for  jurisdiction activities, and  federal contingency  actions that  can be
employed if necessary to spur progress.  The Chesapeake  Bay Program Office is playing  a
significant  role  through  outreach  activities  that  will  help  the  overall  restoration   effort.
Chesapeake Bay  jurisdictions are currently developing  Phase II  Watershed  Implementation
Plans; final versions, which should detail how jurisdictions will meet TMDL expectations and set
forth local  implementation strategies, are  due  in FY 2012.  The TMDL directly addresses the
management challenges identified by OIG.

The EPA is leading implementation of the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative to restore the Great
Lakes ecosystem  through a  coordinated interagency process. Activities include  implementing
practices to reduce the export of nutrients and soils to near-shore waters  and establishing and
implementing  TMDLs  and  Watershed Action Plans  for phosphorus  and other non-toxic
pollutants. The agencies will focus primarily on three geographic watersheds highlighted  in the
Great Lakes Restoration Initiative Action Plan: Maumee River, Lower Fox River/Green Bay, and
Saginaw River.

3.   Safe Reuse of Contaminated Sites

Summary of Challenge: The EPA places increasing emphasis on the reuse of contaminated or
once-contaminated properties and has a performance  measure  to  define a population  of
contaminated sites that are ready for reuse. OIG acknowledges the improvements and efforts the
EPA has made in ensuring the long-term safety of contaminated sites. However, OIG believes
that the EPA  needs improved oversight and management  for  long-term  stewardship  of
contaminated sites, and new  strategies that take the agency beyond merely  encouraging non-
EPA parties to ensure long-term safety and reused sites.

Agency Response: Cleaning up contaminated sites and ensuring their safe reuse over the long
term is an agency priority and central  to the EPA's mission.  The EPA and  state and tribal
response programs continue  our  progress in cleaning sites to protect public health and  the
                                          973

-------
environment and support the safe use of cleaned and stabilized properties. The agency believes
that it is communicating site risks and remedies and information needed to ensure protectiveness.

Whenever  waste is left in place at  sites  on the National Priorities List, the  Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act requires that the remedy at the site be
reviewed at least  once every five  years  to ensure  its continued protectiveness. The  EPA's
national  Superfund  Program  reviews  Five-Year  Reports  at  all  sites  and tracks  any
recommendations for needed further action to ensure implementation.

The EPA and our  state and tribal co-implementers may select institutional controls to control
land and resource use where residual contamination remains in place. Institutional controls help
minimize the potential for exposure to contamination and/or  protect the integrity  of engineered
components. As remedial actions, ICs are  subject to five-year reviews as well as other periodic
monitoring. The agency has developed cross-program guidance, Institutional Controls: A  Guide
to Planning, Implementing, Maintaining and Enforcing Institutional Controls at Contaminated
Waste  Sites, which stresses the need for EPA site managers and attorneys to coordinate with
tribes,  state and local  governments, communities, and other stakeholders to ensure that ICs are
properly implemented, maintained and enforced over their lifetime. The agency will continue to
encourage  State and Tribal  Response Program funding of tracking and management systems for
land use and institutional controls.

The EPA will also continue to develop and maintain information systems like "Cleanups in My
Community," (http://www.epa.gov/cimc), to educate  and inform the public regarding  federally
funded contaminated  site  assessment  and  cleanup activities.  Promoting  reuse  involves
communities in  cleanup and reuse discussions. The EPA will continue to explore new tools to
ensure appropriate  reuse and enhance long-term protectiveness, including:
    •   Ready for Reuse Determinations - environmental status reports on site reuse.
    •   Comfort and Status Letters - convey status of the site remediation and liability issues.
    •   EPA Funded Reuse Planning
    •   Site Reuse  Fact Sheets - highlight  critical  remedial components  in place, long-term
       maintenance activities, and institutional controls.

4.   Pace of Cleanup at Superfund  and other Hazardous Waste Sites

Summary of Challenge: According to GAO, the EPA continues to make progress in identifying
hazardous  waste sites requiring cleanup. However,  recent GAO reports indicate that not only
will cleanup costs be substantial, but problems with the accuracy and completeness of data
prevent the agency from estimating future  cleanup costs. GAO  recommends that the agency
assess the  comprehensiveness and reliability of the data the  agency collects and, if necessary,
improve the data to provide aggregated information.

Agency Response: Since the Superfund Program's  inception, the EPA has provided  a mix of
site-specific and aggregate data  to  Congress through the  annual  budget process and other
avenues to facilitate annual Superfund appropriation decisions. The aggregate information that
GAO recommended the EPA provide to Congress is only one  among a myriad of data points that
                                           974

-------
Congress  considers  to  make informed  decisions. As a  result,  these  data alone are  not
determinative in congressional decision-making.

In its  response to  GAO's  draft report, Litigation Has Decreased and EPA Needs  Better
Information on Site Cleanup and Cost Issues to Estimate Future Program Funding Requirements
(GAO-09-656), the  EPA recognized the importance of informing and educating partners and
stakeholders about the EPA's commitment to and progress toward environmental cleanup. The
EPA noted, as did the GAO report, that there are challenges in concisely describing the multiple
facets of the Superfund Program to assist decision makers. In a subsequent investigation on
remaining construction  funding  needs, (EPA's Estimated Costs to Remediate Existing Sites
Exceed Current Funding Levels,  and More  Sites Are Expected to Be Added to the National
Priorities List  (GAO-10-380), GAO  discovered that  many sites face  significant uncertainty
regarding future site cleanup requirements.  Numerous factors  contribute to this uncertainty,
including the type and extent of contamination at the site, questions about the effectiveness of
remedial  technologies,  shifting  cleanup  standards,  the   viability  and  cooperativeness of
responsible parties,  states'  ability to  provide statutorily required cost share assurances, and
community acceptance of proposed remedies.

Multiplying the risks posed by these uncertainties by the more than 500 NPL sites which have
not yet  achieved construction completion yields a very large range of possible outcomes. As  a
result, aggregate estimates of future costs and performance, especially on an annual basis, are
bounded by large ranges. This limits the precision with which this information can be used to
contribute to annual  appropriation decisions.

The  agency  will continue  to  explore options  for  sharing with Congress and  the  public
information about cleanup progress and plans for future work at sites. In this regard, through the
Integrated Cleanup Initiative which began in 2010, the EPA committed to identify and develop
measures to depict  the  broader  scope of activities that take place throughout the Superfund
cleanup pipeline. Under the 1C I, the Superfund Remedial Program introduced a new remedial
action project completion measure that directly responds to GAO's recommendation to provide
more data on Superfund site progress. This measure provides greater program transparency by
describing  construction  progress at a project level,  which  conforms  more closely to field
activities that can resonate better with a community's  understanding of our cleanup  efforts. In
addition, the  program is exploring  the possibility of  establishing formal project baselines to
better understand and track site progress.

* EPA's Estimated Costs to Remediate Existing Sites Exceed Current Funding Levels, and
More Sites Are Expected to Be Added to the National Priorities List (GAO-10-380)

5.  EPA's Framework  for Assessing and Managing  Chemical Risks / Transforming
    EPA's Processes for Assessing and Controlling Toxic Chemicals

Summary of Challenge: OIG and GAO believe  that the EPA 's effectiveness in assessing and
managing chemical risks is hampered in part by limitations on the agency's authority to regulate
chemicals under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) and other statutes. GAO  notes that
                                           975

-------
EPA 's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) viability is at risk because the agency had been
unable to complete timely and credible chemical assessments. OIG states that as the agency
implements steps to improve its management of chemical risks,  it must have a clear strategy that
formalizes intra-agency coordination and priority.

Agency Response: GAO continues to  identify "Transforming EPA's Processes for Assessing
and Controlling Chemicals"  as a high-risk area,  and  OIG continues  to identify "EPA's
Framework  for  Assessing  and Managing Chemical Risks" as a management  challenge.  In
October 2009, the  EPA acknowledged "Streamlining Chemical Assessments Under IRIS" as an
agency-level weakness under the  Federal Financial Managers' Integrity Act and  has made
progress in addressing concerns raised by both oversight organizations.

Improving IRIS. In May 2009, the agency released  a new IRIS process for completing health
assessments. The goals  of the new process  are to strengthen program management, increase
transparency and expedite the timeliness of health assessments. Since then, the agency's National
Center for Environmental Assessment has completed over 20 assessments, more than the number
of assessments completed in the previous five years.  Key major assessments recently posted
include trichloroethylene and dichloromethane.

Additionally,  the  agency is  making  significant  progress  on health  hazard assessments  of
numerous   high   priority  chemicals   (e.g.,  formaldehyde,  perchloroethylene,  methanol,
benzo[a]pyrene  and Libby asbestos),  including finalizing and  completing milestones for
interagency  science consultation, or external  review for the others. Progress on these and other
IRIS assessments is available at http://www.epa.gov/IRIS/. EPA is also developing assessments
of health  effects for chemicals found in environmental mixtures,  including PAHs, dioxins,
phthalates and PCBs. These cumulative assessments  will  increase the number of chemicals that
are addressed by the IRIS Program and are based upon the expressed needs of the agency. The
EPA's Human Health Risk  Assessment Program will  continue to lead innovation  in risk
assessment science based on expanding scientific knowledge.

The EPA  recently  unveiled a  new database that facilitates public access to  the scientific studies
that underpin key  agency decisions. The Health and Environmental  Research Online database
contains the key studies that the EPA uses to develop environmental risk assessments  and makes
them available to the public. It includes references and data supporting the IRIS Program, which
supports critical  agency policymaking. The HERO database is publicly accessible so anyone can
review the  scientific literature behind  the EPA's science assessments. The HERO database
strengthens the transparency of the science supporting agency decisions.

In July 2011, the EPA announced additional measures to strengthen the scientific quality of IRIS
assessments based  on comments from the National Academy of Sciences.1 The EPA agrees with
the NAS  recommendations for developing draft IRIS assessments  and is fully implementing
them consistent with the NAS' "Roadmap for Revision,"  which viewed the full implementation
of their recommendations as  a multiyear process. Initiatives that are underway include a new
document structure,  establishment  of a dedicated Chemical Assessment Advisory Committee,
early peer consultation, and an improved weight of evidence framework.
                                          976

-------
Assessing and Managing Chemical Risks. The EPA has announced its principles to strengthen
US chemical management laws, initiated a comprehensive effort to enhance the agency's current
chemicals management  program within the limits of existing  authorities,  and is proposing
expansions of that effort in the FY 2013 President's Budget. (A listing of the principles are
available   at   http://www.epa.gov/oppt/existingchemicals/pubs/principles.html).   This   new
approach was introduced in the EPA 's FY 2011 - 2015 Strategic Plan and further developed and
implemented  during FY 2010 and  FY 2011. FY 2013 represents a crucial  stage in furthering
implementation of EPA's strengthened approach.  The agency's President's Budget request will
allow EPA to sustain its success in  managing the potential  risks of new chemicals entering
commerce and to continue making substantial progress in assessing and ensuring the  safety of
existing chemicals.

Existing Chemicals Program Activities: EPA is requesting resources in FY 2013 to  continue
long-overdue progress in ensuring the safety of existing chemicals  by supporting three key
activity areas:

       Obtaining, Managing, and Making Public Chemical Information: Continue developing a
       sustainable chemical safety  information pipeline to support future assessments and risk
       management actions.

       Screening and Assessing Chemical Risks: Continue  assessing the risks of existing
       chemicals to inform and support development and implementation of risk management
       actions, as appropriate.

       Reducing  Chemical  Risks:  Advance  consideration and   implementation  of  risk
       management actions initiated in FY 2011 and continued through FY 2012 and consider
       initiating new risk management actions in FY 2013

New Chemicals Program: In FY 2013, the EPA will continue  preventing the entry into the U.S.
market of chemicals that pose unreasonable risks to human health or the environment. Each year,
the EPA's New Chemicals Program reviews and manages  the potential risks from approximately
1,000 new chemicals, products of biotechnology, and new chemical nanoscale materials prior to
their entry into the marketplace.

Management  of  Endocrine  Disrupting Chemicals:  The  complexity  of the  scientific and
regulatory process associated with the full implementation of the EDSP warrant the designation
of the program  as a management challenge. However, the EDSP  continues to progress towards
full implementation with the on-going evaluation  of chemicals, prioritization of the universe of
chemicals and issuance of test orders. An important step was the  September  30, 2011 EDSP 21
work plan http://www.epa.gov/endo/pubs/edsp21_work_plan_summary%20_overview_fmal.pdf
which outlined the steps necessary  to move the screening program from its  current state into a
new form that is less reliant on whole animal based assays and uses computational models and
higher throughput/shorter time  in vitro  methods to screen  for the potential  for endocrine

                                          977

-------
disruption.  This work plan is an important first step in the development of a Comprehensive
EDSP Management Plan to be completed in 2012.

6.   Ensuring Consistent Environmental Enforcement Compliance

Summary of Challenge: GAO reports that while the EPA  has improved its oversight of state
enforcement programs by implementing the State Review Framework (SRF), the agency still
needs to address  significant non-compliance  and unacceptable  low  levels  of enforcement
activities.

Agency Response: The EPA is  responsible for establishing performance expectations and
conducting oversight of federal environmental programs that have been authorized or delegated
to states. The EPA has utilized a number of different management controls designed to ensure
appropriate program implementation, which vary  across regions and states.  The SRF is one of
those management controls. While  the SRF is an important and regular  systematic look at
performance, the EPA's oversight of state enforcement programs is built on four components,
each playing an important part in building strong performance:

•  Clear expectations set in foundational program documents, policy and guidance:
       -   Memoranda of Agreement, delegation agreements,  state  implementation plans,
          enforcement agreements,  regulations, policy and guidance can all set standards for
          state performance.
•  Annual regional/state integrated planning that includes both permitting and enforcement and
   results in clear,  agreed-upon commitments based on foundational documents:
          Work plans and grant commitments can be used to ensure that limited resources are
          used to address the most important  sources, noncompliance and performance issues.
•  Regular and periodic review of performance that identifies corrective actions to fix problems
   and ensures program improvements:
          The  SRF looks at inspection coverage, identification  of violations, timely and
          appropriate enforcement, penalties  and  accurate and complete reported data. It results
          in recommendations to address deficiencies and tracks their  implementation. The
          agency  is developing an escalation policy to  help regions address  long-standing
          performance issues, including EPA action when  states do not actively enforce all or
          portions of their authorized or delegated programs.
•  Transparent display of performance data to the public that allows comparison of performance
   across states:
          The EPA has publicly  released the SRF metrics and reports, as well as dashboards
          and maps, which have provided the public with  the ability to compare across states
          and apply pressure to states to improve both their data and their performance.

These components form  the basis for the continuous  improvement of state performance and
consistency across states.  For example, one  regional  office has taken  action to address both
permitting and enforcement issues in the State of Illinois that go well beyond the analyses and
recommendations under  SRF. These  actions  have already  yielded significant results and

                                          978

-------
meaningful  improvements to Illinois' program and are a direct result of the region's active
engagement with the state.

In the future, the EPA will be taking a more holistic approach to oversight under the SRF with
the inclusion of Clean Water Act Memoranda of Agreement reviews and permits as an integral
part of the review process. Commensurate with commitments established in the Clean Water Act
Action Plan, the EPA is integrating the evaluation of permitting and enforcement to identify how
well permits and enforcement support improving water quality and public health.

7.   Oversight of Delegation to States

Summary of Challenge: OIG believes  the effectiveness of the EPA's oversight of programs
delegated to states  has  a number of  limitations,  mostly due  to inadequate  oversight and
differences between state and federal policies, interpretations, strategies,  and priorities.  While
the EPA has improved its oversight, particularly in priority setting and enforcement planning
with states, the agency must address the limitations in the availability, quality, and robustness of
program implementation across environmental statues. Additionally, GAO notes concerns about
the EPA 's oversight of state programs and the implications if states are  unable to fulfill core
program requirements given budgetary issues.

Agency  Response:  The EPA acknowledges that state oversight is a  very  complex and  fluid
arena.  Through federal statutes, implementing regulations, and program  design, states are
allowed  flexibility in how they manage and implement environmental  programs.  Within the
EPA, national  program managers are  directly responsible for  state  oversight of individual
programs.  The agency  has committees,  workgroups,  special  projects  and initiatives  to
continuously improve agency programs  delegated to states. Below are  a few examples  of these
programs and the efforts made to enhance oversight or correct issues with state delegation.

Improving  Oversight through Better  Data  Quality.  As  OIG  and GAO have  noted, having
adequate data is important to the EPA's ability to understand and oversee state  programs. The
agency and  its  state partners continually look for ways to improve public  health protection and
data management and  quality. EPA  is  reviewing the  State  Drinking Water  Information
System/FED and State Drinking Water Information System/State to develop the next generation
of SDWIS, which is a key management tool for the drinking water program. In addition, the EPA
is working with state representatives to develop standard definitions for source type utilization-
codes in SDWIS, update standard  operating procedures,  and improve oversight of emergency
wells through enhanced monitoring of emergency sources.

Strengthening State-EPA Implementation of Water Programs. EPA and the states work together
through the Partnership Council of the Office of Water and States to engage states in planning,
budgeting,  and implementation  activities for the national water program. Since its creation in
2008, the PCOWS has engaged regularly to discuss strategic priorities—to ensure that core and
key program  activities  are  given  appropriate  priority in budget  decisions—and  to  identify
opportunities to maximize resources and reduce barriers in support of key joint priorities. For
example, in response to the  President's  February 2011 Memorandum  on Administrative
                                           979

-------
Flexibility, the PCOWS recently identified opportunities to streamline and reduce administrative
burden. In FY 2012, the PCOWS moved to quarterly meetings, thereby increasing the frequency
of EPA collaboration with states.

NPDES Program Withdrawal Requests. The EPA currently has 21 pending National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System authority withdrawal petitions in 16 different states, 3 of which
have been filed since January 1, 2011. The petitions can be broad reaching or focused on narrow
issues. Eight regions have at least one petition filed within their respective states. Resolution of
the last petition occurred in July 2009. Recently, the EPA has redoubled efforts at the national
level  to address  the  concerns  cited  in withdrawal  petitions, increasing withdrawal petition
specific  discussions  with regions, corresponding  states,  and other EPA offices  and senior
managers. The EPA is confident that these recent efforts will increase resolution of petitions.

Improving State Oversight Data Limitations in Our Cleanup Programs. In response to the OIG's
findings that the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania did not collect ground water monitoring data at
the Bruin Lagoon site as  required by the terms of the Superfund State Contract, EPA Region 3
developed new documentation procedures to address any future instances of noncompliance. The
procedures,  as documented  in an October 2010 memorandum from the Director of the Office of
Superfund  Site Remediation, include consulting with Regional Counsel and documenting the
noncompliance in a letter to the state. In instances of continued noncompliance, the issue will be
elevated within the EPA and the state, and counsel will determine necessary actions to ensure a
state carries out its obligations.

The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act Program provides  adequate oversight of state
programs through several  means. For instance,  the EPA  sets national baselines and  state
commitments for grant funding and monitors progress toward these goals under the Government
Performance and  Results Act and through our Annual Commitment System, discussions with
regions (which meet directly with states to assess progress), and  frequent interaction  with
Association of  State and Territorial  Solid Waste Management Officials. The RCRA  program
works closely with ASTSWMO at the board-level as well as in subgroups for particular topics
(e.g.,  corrective action and  permitting). In addition, the EPA works closely with states to  issue
rules  and guidance to address issues of concern and provide implementation assistance for state
programs.

In terms of addressing data limitations, the agency agrees with the OIG audit recommendation as
far  as making  suggestions and recommendations  to the states regarding the importance of
document retention. Each state  creates its  own policy, and the EPA will continue to stress this
during our national conferences, training sessions and  outreach activity.

Improving State-EPA  Collaboration through National Environmental Performance Partnership
System. Through the National Environmental Performance Partnership System, the EPA and the
states have  developed a  strategic, performance-based working relationship based  on a clearer
understanding of mutual issues and priorities and improved allocation of resources. Building on
this successful platform, the EPA and the states are working together to share the workload  more
efficiently and effectively to achieve environmental and public health outcomes.  In FY 2011, the
                                           980

-------
EPA and states collaborated to identify opportunities for enhanced worksharing and resource and
workload flexibility to maintain the effectiveness of core programs, particularly  in light  of
widespread state budget reductions due to the economic downturn. The EPA established a task
force with states and  identified program activities where worksharing  can be more broadly
applied and areas where statutes or regulations prohibit worksharing. In FY 2012, the task force
will identify and promote worksharing  best  practices, investigate ways to make  the EPA's
expertise  more available  to  states through IP As and digital/electronic  resources,  and target
opportunities to expand mutually beneficial joint training opportunities. Also in FY  2012, EPA
will establish  a workgroup of national program managers, regions, and key  support offices to
collect the information needed to define, describe,  and assess the EPA's processes, practices, and
tools for  overseeing state delegations.  The workgroup will  report its findings to  the EPA's
Deputy Administrator  and propose options for next steps as needed to ensure the agency is
carrying out its oversight responsibilities in a coordinated, transparent, and accountable manner.

8.   Need for a Greater Coordination of Environmental Efforts/Coordinating with Other
     Agencies to More Effectively Leverage Limited Resources

Summary of Challenge: According to OIG and GAO, the EPA needs to improve its coordination
with federal and state partners. Specifically, OIG states that a national environmental policy is
needed to help the EPA  improve coordination with  other federal agencies and ensure a
comprehensive approach  to  addressing environmental problems  (OIG  cites climate change,
water  infrastructure,  Chesapeake Bay,  and Mexico  Border as  some  specific  examples  of
programs which would benefit from a coordinated federal approach.) GAO notes that the agency
needs  to  improve  coordination with its federal  and state partners  to reduce administrative
burdens, redundant activities, and inefficient uses of federal resources.

Agency Response: The EPA maintains  the position it stated originally  in  its  April 20,  2010
response to the Draft Special Report: National Environmental Policy and Quadrennial Review
Needed, that a national environmental policy exists in the form of authorizing statutory goals and
mandates in the National Environmental Policy Act. Further, the EPA and other federal agencies
are already coordinating on high priority, complex issues.

For example, the agency routinely coordinates with federal, state and local funding partners to
facilitate  the  delivery of often first time drinking water and  wastewater  services to  small
communities,   while   minimizing   administrative burden.  Coordination,   collaboration  and
leveraging resources in concert with program partners are key aspects  of all phases of US-
Mexico Border Water  Infrastructure Program implementation. In coordination with its partners,
the  agency uses  a  risk-based prioritization process to  identify  and fund  border water
infrastructure projects that will have the greatest public health and environmental benefits.  Also,
the EPA ensures that its resources are used efficiently through a program policy which stipulates
EPA construction grants be used only as a last resort after all other possible funding sources have
been explored, and EPA funding is deemed essential to make affordable high priority projects
which otherwise could not be implemented in communities with limited institutional capacity. In
doing  so, the EPA ensures  that  project funding is  necessary, directed toward the neediest
communities,  coordinated  across  agencies, and  not  duplicative.  The EPA will  continue  to
                                           981

-------
partner, coordinate,  and leverage resources  as  it implements the US-Mexico  Border Water
Infrastructure Program to address the significant public health and environmental needs along the
border.

Additionally, the EPA continues to take the lead in working across the federal government and
water sector to close the water infrastructure gap and move the nation's water infrastructure to a
more sustainable footing. In October 2010,  the EPA  released its Clean  Water and Drinking
Water Sustainability Policy. The policy represents the agency's efforts to bring to define the
focal points for affecting change to reduce the infrastructure gap. The policy emphasizes: 1) the
need for robust  and effective planning for water  infrastructure; 2) capacity development and
effective utility management to enhance the sustainability of all aspects of water sector systems;
and  3) integrating  water  infrastructure  into  cross-sector  planning efforts  to  foster the
sustainability  of our communities. The EPA is  actively pursuing  a suite  of  programs and
activities in each of these areas, including efforts to encourage and work with state SRFs as they
incorporate sustainability considerations into their programs.

The  Chesapeake Bay Program is a partnership of federal agencies,  states, local governments,
nongovernmental organizations, academic institutions, and other interested stakeholders.
President Obama's May 2009 Executive Order on Chesapeake Bay Protection and Restoration
has brought the federal  agencies  interested  in the Bay  and its watershed to a new  level  of
interagency coordination and cooperation.  The  Executive  Order  established the  Federal
Leadership  Committee for the Chesapeake Bay,  which  is chaired by the EPA and includes
Secretary-  and  Administrator-level  executives  of the  U.S.  Departments  of Agriculture,
Commerce,  Defense, Homeland  Security, Interior, and Transportation.  FLC  members are
represented  in more  regular meetings of the FLC Designees, which include Assistant Secretary
and  Assistant Administrator-level executives.  Daily development of deliverables under the
Executive Order is conducted by the Federal Office Directors' group. Working together, the FLC
agencies released a coordinated implementation strategy on May 12, 2010. These agencies also
coordinate on  the development of an annual action plan and annual progress report required by
the Executive Order.

The  EPA's efforts to protect and restore the Bay and its watershed are closely coordinated with
those of the watershed jurisdictions through the  Chesapeake Bay Program partnership. Elected
officials, agency leadership, and staff members  from Delaware, the District  of Columbia,
Maryland, New  York, Pennsylvania,  Virginia, and  West Virginia participate in all levels  of
program leadership. The jurisdictions also are partners in the science and monitoring efforts that
support the program. The support and partnership of the jurisdictions are essential in the success
of the Chesapeake Bay Program.

The  EPA  will  continue  its  efforts  to  coordinate  environmental issues across the federal
government and  with state and local partners.
                                           982

-------
9.   Incorporating Protection of Children's Health:

Summary of Challenge: The EPA 's Strategic Plan reflects the agency's priority for children's
environmental health. However, recent GAO reports find that the agency's leadership needs to
look for additional opportunities to coordinate and collaborate  on the priorities in a more
concrete and actionable way.

Agency Response: Recent GAO  reports and testimonies indicated that the  EPA  needs to
reinvigorate its leadership focus on  children's health.  The  EPA currently has  management
controls in place to coordinate children's health across the agency. As part of its FY 2011 - 2015
Strategic Plan, the EPA developed  an agency-wide cross-cutting  fundamental  strategy for
children's health that includes specific actions to be taken by program and regional offices .  The
agency's Office of Children's Health  and Protection has also  developed a strategic plan which
increases senior management's focus on children's health protection issues.

10.  Limited Capability to Respond  to Cyber Security Attacks

Summary of Challenge. OIG believes that the EPA has limited capacity to effectively respond to
external network  threats  and  that  actions  taken  by  the  agency do not demonstrate  a
comprehensive or systematic approach to network security. The agency needs to  aggressively
enhance its cyber security capabilities and address security weaknesses to strengthen  its ability
to detect and respond to network attacks.

Agency Response:  The EPA acknowledges  that advanced persistent threats  pose  a significant
challenge for the agency,  as well as for all  federal agencies. The EPA continues to make
significant progress in enhancing  situational  awareness across the  agency and increasing
invisibility into network activities. To address  this challenge, the EPA has  identified specific
automated tools to address cyber  security concerns that are being  implemented in a secure
manner. The agency has fully deployed a Security Information and Event Management Tool to
facilitate greater vigilance in log  reviews and activity  monitoring. The agency's Computer
Security Incident Response Capability office  is working to build stronger  relationships with
external organizations, such as the Department of Homeland Security, for  threat intelligence
sharing.

11.  Addressing Workforce Planning

Summary of Challenge. OIG and GAO continue to raise concerns about agency  efforts to
address workload and workforce planning. GAO believes the EPA continues  to face challenges
in identifying its human resource needs, and that  it has not comprehensively  analyzed its
workload and workforce to determine  the optimal workload and staff allocation.  OIG notes  that
the EPA does not have controls and a defined methodology for determining workforce levels
based upon  the workload of the agency. Without data on workload levels, it is difficult for the
agency to define and justify resource levels necessary to carry out the agency's mission.
15 http://www.epa.gov/planandbudget/strategicplan.html
                                           983

-------
Agency Response: As part of ongoing resource management efforts, the EPA has explored and
continues to review how to maximize the productivity of its limited staff and other resources. As
part of its annual budget process, the EPA tracks in detail the use of resources by program (or
media), by program project, by year, by appropriation, and by object class (type of spending).
The EPA also tracks and  reports the results of  its  programs  by strategic  plan goals  and
objectives. Each year, the EPA uses these data to review the relative allocation of resources and
staffing and funding for all its programs as well as specific activities and initiatives.

The EPA is complementing these  management and planning efforts and data by strengthening
both workforce  planning (the type of staff and skills needed)  and workload analytics  (the
capabilities to calculate the level of staffing needed for particular tasks).
Workforce Planning.  The agency  currently acknowledges Workforce  Planning as an internal
control weakness under the Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act. In conjunction with the
agency's annual budget process, the EPA's Office of Administration and Resource Management
is  leading  a collaborative  workforce  planning  initiative to identify the  critical  occupations
required to meet the EPA's current and future mission objectives. Program and regional offices
identified current mission critical and other occupations and considered office-specific retirement
eligibility data to estimate potential attrition and identify anticipated shifts in their occupational
profiles over FY 2012-2015. The agency will continue annual workforce planning in conjunction
with its budget cycle to achieve greater strategic visioning at the national and office levels,
identify new occupations or gaps in existing occupations, focus recruitment and outreach efforts,
and strengthen succession planning.

Workload Analytics. The EPA has undertaken three major initiatives to strengthen  its ability to
understand the level of resources needed for specific functions or tasks. These initiatives address
GAO and OIG concerns about both the agency's ability to capture and evaluate workload data
and to  develop  capabilities  for using workload  data  to analyze specific tasks.  First,  with
contractor support the EPA  conducted a survey to capture over 1,000 frontline managers'  best
estimates of FTE devoted to six critical functions: scientific research, environmental monitoring,
regulatory development,  permitting, enforcement, and financial management.  The survey  also
captured estimates of the workload of major tasks within each function, as well as major work
drivers and work products. Second, the agency reviewed workload analytical efforts of 23 other
federal agencies  regarding their workload planning overall and in specific functional areas they
shared with the EPA, such as science and regulatory development. Third, the EPA's regional
offices piloted efforts to assess some specific regional tasks and how some major variables could
affect these tasks' workload.

The EPA is examining the results of these initiatives to develop practical next steps for EPA
organizations and programs to follow  in collecting and analyzing  workload data on key project
activities. The goal is to develop  analytic tools which can provide common  formats to help
structure and inform high-level workload estimates. The EPA will rely on subject matter experts'
knowledge and experience to develop the  analytical framework,  plan how best to collect and
verify relevant workload data in their areas of expertise,  and efficiently produce  analyses to
inform the agency's resource decision-making processes.
                                           984

-------
                              EPA USER FEE PROGRAM

In FY 2013, EPA will have several user fee programs in operation. These user fee programs and
proposals are as follows:

Current Fees: Pesticides

Fees authorized by the Federal Insecticide,  Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of 1988, as amended
by Public Law 110-94, will expire on September 30,2012. Legislative language will be proposed
to reauthorize and increase these fees to cover a greater portion of EPA's costs of administering
Pesticides registration and reregi strati on programs.

•  Pesticides Maintenance Fee

The Maintenance Fee provides funding for  the Reregi strati on and Registration Review programs
and a certain percentage supports the processing of applications involving inert ingredients.

•  Enhanced Registration Services

Entities seeking  to register pesticides for  use in the United States  pay a fee at the time  the
registration  action request is  submitted  to  EPA  specifically  for  the accelerated pesticide
registration  decision  service.  This process has introduced  new pesticides to the  market more
quickly.

Current Fees: Other

•  Pre-Manufacturing Notification Fee

The Pre-Manufacturing Notification (PMN) Fee is collected for the review and processing of
new chemical pre-manufacturing notifications submitted to EPA by the chemical industry. These
fees  are  paid at  the  time  of  submission of the PMN  for review by EPA's  Toxic Substances
program. PMN fees are authorized by the Toxic Substances Control Act and contain a cap on the
amount the  Agency  may charge for a  PMN  review. EPA is authorized to collect up  to $1.8
million in PMN fees in FY 2013 under current law.

•  Lead Accreditation and Certification  Fee

The Toxic Substances Control Act, Title IV, Section 402(a)(3), mandates the development of a
schedule of  fees  for persons operating lead training programs accredited under the 402/404 rule
and for lead-based paint contractors  certified under this rule.  The training programs ensure that
lead paint abatement is done safely. Fees  collected for this  activity are deposited in the U.S.
Treasury. EPA estimates that $1  million will be deposited in FY 2013.
                                          985

-------
•  Motor Vehicle and Engine Compliance Program Fee

This fee is authorized by the Clean Air Act of 1990 and is administered by the Air and Radiation
Program. Fee collections began in August 1992. Initially, this fee was imposed on manufacturers
of light-duty vehicles, light- and heavy-duty trucks, and motorcycles. The fees cover EPA's cost
of certifying new engines  and vehicles  and monitoring  compliance  of  in-use engines and
vehicles. In 2004, EPA promulgated a rule that updated existing fees and  established fees for
newly-regulated vehicles and engines. The fees established for new compliance programs are
also  imposed  on manufacturers  of heavy-duty,  in-use, and  non-road  vehicles  and engines,
including large diesel  and gas equipment (earthmovers, tractors, forklifts, compressors, etc),
handheld   and  non-handheld  utility  engines  (chainsaws,   weed-whackers,   leaf-blowers,
lawnmowers, tillers, etc.),  marine (boat motors, watercraft, jet-skis), locomotive, aircraft and
recreational vehicles (off-road  motorcycles, all-terrain vehicles, snowmobiles). In 2009, EPA
added fees for evaporative requirements for non-road engines. EPA intends to apply certification
fees to additional industry sectors as new programs are developed. In FY 2013, EPA expects to
collect approximately $21.4 million from this fee program.

By FY 2014, EPA plans to have updated the fees rule to collect an additional $7 million annually
compared to FY 2011.  This $7 million reflects new costs that EPA will incur due to vehicle and
fuels data systems and  lab modernization. To offset these increases, EPA will update its existing
Motor Vehicle and Engine Compliance (MVEC) fee  program and propose a new Fuels Fee
Program that will increase Agency fee collections by approximately $7.0 million annually.16
This includes:

   •   Initiating a rulemaking to establish a new Fuels Program Fee to recover eligible costs
       associated with the implementation of the new Renewable  Fuels program and other core
       Fuels  program  activities,  including  the registration and  reporting  on fuels  and fuel
       additives.  This  action  is estimated to increase fee  collections  by  about $2.0 million
       annually.
   •   Updating  the  existing  MVEC  fee  to capture  expanded cost-recoverable  activities
       associated with  the development, operation, and  maintenance of the Agency's engine and
       vehicle  compliance information  system.  This action is  estimated  to  increase  fee
       collections by about $2.0 million annually.
   •   Updating the existing MVEC Fee Rule to recover costs of the Lab Modernization Project
       currently being funded with Agency funds. This action  is estimated to increase fee
       collections by about $3.0 million annually.

Fee Proposals: Other

•  Enhanced Registration Service Fee

Fees are paid by industry for expedited  processing of certain registration petitions  and the
associated establishment of tolerances for  pesticides to be used in or on food and animal feed.
These Pesticide Registration Service fees are authorized by Section 33 of the Federal Insecticide,
16 Note that this estimated increased fee revenue is contingent upon the lab receiving funding identified to date.

                                           986

-------
Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of 1988, as amended by Public Law  110-94.  Accordingly,
during 2013, the level of registration service fees payable under this section shall be reduced 40
percent below the level in effect on September 30, 2012. Legislative language will be proposed
to reauthorize and increase these fees to cover a greater portion of EPA's program operating
costs.  Currently,  those  who  directly benefit from EPA's registration  services cover only  a
fraction of  the costs to operate the program, leaving the general  taxpayer  to  shoulder the
remaining burden.

•   Pesticides Maintenance Fee

Legislative language will be submitted to  authorize the collection of fees to more closely align
fee collections with program costs. Maintenance fees are paid by the industry to offset the costs
of pesticide  reregi strati on, registration review, and reassessment of tolerances for pesticides used
in or on food and animal feed as required by law. This fee  is authorized in Section 4 of the
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of 1972, as amended by Public Law 110-94.
Authorization to collect the fee will expire on September 30th, 2012. Legislative language will
be  proposed to reauthorize and increase  these fees to cover  a  greater portion of program
operating costs. This proposal relieves the burden on the general taxpayer and finances a portion
of the costs  of operating the Reregi strati on program from those who directly benefit from EPA's
reregi strati on activities.

•   Pre-Manufacturing Notification Fee

Under the current fee structure, the Agency would collect $1.8 million in FY 2013. Legislative
language will be submitted to remove the  statutory cap in the Toxic Substances Control Act on
Pre-Manufacturing Notification Fees. Under this legislative proposal, EPA expects to collect an
additional $4 million in FY 2013 by removing the statutory cap.

•   Energy  Star Fees

The President's Budget proposes to begin  collecting user fees from product manufacturers who
seek to label their products under EPA's Energy Star program. Since 1992, the Energy Star label
has  served  as  an indicator of energy efficiency, helping consumers  and businesses  select
qualifying products and,  increasingly, Energy Star products have qualified for  special rebates,
tax exemptions or credits, and procurement preferences. Fee collection would start in fiscal year
2014 after EPA undertakes a rulemaking process to determine products to be covered by fees and
the level  of fees, and to  ensure that a fee system would not discourage manufacturers from
participating in the program or result in a loss of environmental benefits. Below is  a copy of the
legislative proposal language for the fee, also included in the President's Budget Appendix.

Energy Star User Fees.

(a) Schedule of Energy  Star  User fees.  The Administrator  of the Environmental Protection
Agency may prescribe by regulation, for application in fiscal year 2014 and in subsequent fiscal
years, a schedule of Energy Star fees for  manufacturers of products  that display  the ENERGY
STAR label. The  regulation will ensure  that the fee  imposed on  each manufacturer will
                                           987

-------
approximate, as closely as possible, its proportional share of ENERGY STAR products program
administration costs. The Administrator shall amend this regulation periodically so as to ensure
that the schedule of fees covers such costs.

(b) Collection Procedures.  The Administrator shall prescribe procedures to collect the fees.

(c) Collection, Deposit, and Use:
       (1) there is hereby established in the Treasury of the United States an "Energy Star User
       Fee " account;
       (2) fees  collected under this section shall be  deposited in  the Energy Star User Fee
       account;
       (3)  such fees shall be collected and available for  ENERGY STAR products program
       administration functions performed by  the Agency in  an  amount and  to the  extent
       provided in advance in appropriations acts.

•   Hazardous Waste Electronic Manifest

A legislative proposal will be submitted to authorize the collection of user fees to  support the
development of an  electronic manifest  system for generators  and transporters  of hazardous
waste. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) requires transporters of hazardous
waste to document information on the waste's generator, destination, quantity, and route. The
current tracking system relies upon paper manifests. An electronic manifest  system would
increase transparency and public  safety, making information on hazardous  waste movement
more accessible to the EPA, states, and the public. As part of the Administrator's goal to reduce
the burden on regulated  entities,  where feasible,  the Agency  plans to  continue to work  on
developing an electronic hazardous waste manifest system to reduce the time and cost associated
with complying with regulations governing the transportation of hazardous substances. If fully
implemented, an electronic manifest system is estimated to reduce the reporting burden for firms
regulated under RCRA's hazardous waste provisions by $76  to $124 million annually.1?
17 See EPA's "Improving Our Regulations: Final Plan for Periodic Retrospective Reviews of Existing Regulations," p. 17.
http://www.epa.gov/improvingregulations/documents/eparetroreviewplan-aug2011.pdf

                                            988

-------
                             WORKING CAPITAL FUND

In FY 2013, the Agency begins its seventeenth year of operation of the Working Capital Fund
(WCF). It is a revolving fund, authorized by law to finance a cycle of operations, where the costs
of goods and  services provided are charged to users  on  a fee-for-service basis. The funds
received are available without fiscal year limitation, to continue operations and to replace capital
equipment.  EPA's WCF was implemented under the authority of Section 403 of the Government
Management Reform Act of 1994 and EPA's FY 1997 Appropriations Act. Permanent WCF
authority was contained in the Agency's FY 1998 Appropriations Act.

The Chief Financial Officer (CFO) initiated the WCF  in FY 1997 as part of an effort to: (1) be
accountable to Agency offices,  the Office of Management  and Budget,  and the Congress; (2)
increase the efficiency of the  administrative services  provided to program offices;  and (3)
increase customer service and responsiveness. The Agency has a WCF Board which provides
policy and  planning oversight and advises the CFO regarding the WCF financial position. The
Board, chaired by the Associate  Chief Financial Officer,  is composed of twenty-three permanent
members from the program and regional offices.

Six Agency activities, provided in FY 2012, will continue into FY 2013. These are the Agency's
information technology  and telecommunications  operations, managed by  the Office  of
Environmental Information, Agency postage  costs and background investigations, managed by
the Office  of Administration and  Resources  Management,  and the Agency's core accounting
system, relocation services  and  travel services, which are both managed by the Office of the
Chief Financial Officer.

The Agency's FY 2013 budget request includes resources for these six activities in each National
Program Manager's  submission, totaling approximately $200 million. These estimated resources
may be increased to incorporate program  office's additional service needs during the operating
year. To the extent that these increases are  subject to Congressional reprogramming notifications,
the Agency will comply with all applicable requirements. In FY 2013, the Agency will continue
to market its information technology and relocation  services  to other Federal agencies in an
effort to deliver high quality services external to EPA, which will result in lower costs to EPA
customers.
                                          989

-------
                                                                              Acronyms
                           Environmental Protection Agency
                                   List of Acronyms

AA       Assistant Administrator

ACE/ITDS Automated Commercial Environment/International Trade Data System

ADR      Alternative Dispute Resolution

AGO      America's Great Outdoors

APEC     Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation

ARA      Assistant Regional Administrator

ARRA    American Recovery and Reinvestment Act

ATSDR   Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry

B&F      Buildings and Facilities

CAA      Clean Air Act

CAFO     Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations

CAIR     Clean Air Interstate Rule

CAP      Clean Air Partnership Fund

CARE     Community Action for a Renewed Environment

CASTNet  Clean Air Status and Trends Network

CBEP     Community-Based Environmental Protection

CBP      Customs and Border Protection

CCAP     Climate Change Action Plan

CCS      Carbon Capture and Storage

CCTI     Climate Change Technology Initiative

CEIS      Center for Environmental Information and Statistics

CENRS   Committee on Environment, Natural Resources, and Sustainability


                                         990

-------
                                                                            Acronyms
CERCLA  Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act




CG       Categorical Grant




CSI       Common Sense Initiative




CSO      Combined Sewer Overflows




CWA     Clean Water Act




CWAP    Clean Water Action Plan




DBF      Disinfection Byproducts




DFAS     Defense Finance and Accounting System




DfE       Design for the Environment




EISA     Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007




EJ        Environmental Justice




ELP       Environmental Leadership Project




EN       Enacted (Budget)




EPAct     Energy Policy Act of 2005




EPCRA   Emergency Preparedness and Community Right-to-Know Act




EPM      Environmental Programs and Management




ERRS     Emergency Rapid Response Services




ESC       Executive Steering Committee




ETI       Environmental Technology Initiative




ETV      Environmental Technology Verification




EU       European Union




FAN      Fixed Account Numbers




FASAB   Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board




FCO      Funds Certifying Officer



                                         991

-------
                                                                              Acronyms
FIFRA    Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act




FLC      Federal Leadership Committee




FMFIA    Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act




FQPA     Food Quality Protection Act




FRP      Facility Response Plan




FSMA    Food Safety Modernization Act




FSMP     Financial System Modernization Project




FTE      Full-Time Equivalent




FUDS     Formerly Used Defense Sites




GAPG    General Assistance Program Grants




GHG     Greenhouse Gas




GPRA    Government Performance and Results Act




HHRA    Human Health Risk Assessment




HPV      High Production Volume




HS       Homeland Security




HSWA    Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984




HWIR    Hazardous Waste Identification Media and Process Rules




IAG      Interagency Agreements




ICR      Information Collection Rule




IFMS     Integrated Financial Management System




IPCC     Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change




IRIS      Integrated Risk Information System




IRM      Information Resource Management




ISTEA    Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act



                                          992

-------
                                                                             Acronyms
ITMRA   Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1995-AKA Clinger/Cohen Act




LEPC     Local Emergency Planning Committee




LUST     Leaking Underground Storage Tanks




M&O     Management and Oversight




MACT    Maximum Achievable Control Technology




MTM     Mountaintop Mining




NAAEC   North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation




NAAQs   National Ambient Air Quality Standards




NAFTA   North American Free Trade Agreement




NAPA    National Academy of Public Administration




NAS      National Academy of Sciences




NATA    National-Scale Air Toxics Assessment




NCDC    National Clean Diesel Campaign




NCEA    National Center for Environmental Assessment




NEA      Nuclear Energy Agency




NDPD    National Data Processing Division




NEP      National Estuary Program




NEPPS    National Environmental Performance Partnership System




NESHAP  National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants




NIPP      National Infrastructure Protection Plan




NOA      New Obligation Authority




NPDES   National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System




NPDWRs  National Primary Drinking Water Regulations




NPL      National Priority List



                                         993

-------
                                                                             Acronyms
NPM     National Program Manager




NPR      National Performance Review




NFS      Nonpoint Source




NVFEL   National Vehicle and Fuel Emissions Laboratory




OA       Office of the Administrator




OAM     Office of Acquisition Management




OAR     Office of Air and Radiation




OARM    Office of Administration and Resources Management




OCFO    Office of the Chief Financial Officer




OCHP    Office of Children's Health Protection




OECA    Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance




OEI      Office of Environmental Information




OEM     Office of Emergency Management




OFA      Other Federal Agencies




OFPP     Office of Federal Procurement Policy




OGC      Office of General Counsel




OIG      Office of Inspector General




OMTR    Open Market Trading Rule




OP A      Oil Pollution Act of 1990




OPAA    Office of Planning, Analysis and Accountability




ORD      Office of Research and Development




OSRTI    Office of Superfund Remediation and Technology Innovation




OSWER   Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response




OTAG    Ozone Transport Advisory Group



                                         994

-------
                                                                               Acronyms
ow
Office of Water
PB       President's Budget




PBTs     Persistent Bioaccumulative Toxins




PCB      Polychlorinated Biphenyls




PC&B    Personnel, Compensation and Benefits




PESP     Pesticide Environmental Stewardship Program




PG       Priority Goal




PIRT     Pesticide Inspector Residential Program




P2        Pollution Prevention




PM       Particulate Matter




PNGV    Partnership for a New Generation of Vehicles




POTWs   Publicly Owned Treatment Works




PPG      Performance Partnership Grants




PRC      Program Results Code




PREP     Pesticide Regulatory Education Program




PRIA     Pesticide Registration Improvement Act




PRIRA    Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act




PWSS    Public Water System Supervision




RC       Responsibility Center




RCRA    Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976




RGI      Regional Geographic Initiative




RMP     Risk Management Plan




RPIO     Responsible Planning Implementation Office




RR       Reprogramming Request



                                          995

-------
                                                                              Acronyms
RRP      Renovation, Repair and Painting




RWTA    Rural Water Technical Assistance




S&T      Science and Technology




SALC     Sub-allocation (level)




SARA    Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986




SBIR     Small Business Innovation Research




SBEAPs   Small Business Environmental Assistance Program




SBO      Senior Budget Officer




SBREFA  Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act




SDWA    Safe Drinking Water Act




SDWIS    Safe Drinking Water Information System




SERC     State Emergency Response Commission




SIP       State Implementation Plan




SITE     Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation




SLC      Senior Leadership Council




SPCC     Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasure




SRF      State Revolving Fund




SRO      Senior Resource Official




SSWR    Safe and Sustainable Water Resources




STAG    State and Tribal Assistance Grants




STAR    Science to Achieve Results




STEM    Science, Technology, Engineering and Math




STORS    Sludge-to-Oil-Reactor




SWP     Source Water Protection



                                         996

-------
                                                                                Acronyms
SWTR    Surface Water Treatment Rule




TMDL    Total Maximum Daily Load




TRI      Toxic Release Inventory




TSCA    Toxic Substances Control Act




UIC      Underground Injection Control




USGCRP  U.S. Global Change Research Program




UST      Underground Storage Tanks




WCF     Working Capital Fund




WIF      Water Infrastructure Funds




WIPP     Waste Isolation Pilot Proj ect




WSI      Water Security Initiative




WTO     World Trade Organization
                                          997

-------
STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS

    Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
          (Dollars in Thousands)

STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Grant Title
State and Local Air
Quality Management





State and Local Air
Quality Management




State and Local Air
Quality Management

Statutory
Authorities
CAA, Section 103






CAA, Section 103




CAA, Section 103

Eligible Recipients
Air pollution
control agencies as
defined in section
302(b) of the CAA




Air pollution
control agencies as
defined in section
302(b) of the CAA


Air pollution
control agencies as
defined in section
302(b) of the CAA
Eligible Uses
S/L monitoring and
data collection
activities in support
ofthePM2.5
monitoring network
and associated
program costs.
S/L monitoring and
data collection
activities in support
of the air toxics
monitoring.

S/L monitoring
procurement
activities in support
oftheNAAQS.

FY 20 11 Enacted
(X1000)
$41,875.0







$2,276.0




$5,250.0
FY 20 12 Enacted
Dollars (X1000)
$34,000.0







$2,276.0




$5,250.0
FY2013
Goal/
Objective
Goal 1,
Obj.2






Goal 1,
Obj.2



Goal 1, Obj.2
FY2013
President's
Request
Dollars (X1000)
$30,000.0







$9,850.0




$15,000.0
                   998

-------
STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
    Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
           (Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
State and Local Air
Quality Management


























Statutory
Authorities
CAA, Sections
105,106


























Eligible Recipients
Air pollution control
agencies as defined
in section 302(b) of
the CAA; Multi-
jurisdictional
organizations (non-
profit organizations
whose boards of
directors or
membership is made
up of CAA section
302(b) agency
officers and whose
mission is to support
the continuing
environmental
programs of the
States); Interstate air
quality control
region designated
pursuant to section
107 of the CAA or
of implementing
section 176A, or
section 184 NOTE:
only the Ozone
Transport
Commission is
eligible.
Eligible Uses
Carrying out the
traditional prevention
and control programs
required by the CAA
and associated
program support
costs, including
monitoring activities
(section 105);
Coordinating or
facilitating a multi-
jurisdictional
approach to carrying
out the traditional
prevention and
control programs
required by the CAA
(sections 103 and
106); Supporting
training for CAA
section 302(b) air
pollution control
agency staff (sections
103 and 105);
Supporting research,
investigative and
demonstration
projects (section
103).
FY 20 11 Enacted
(X1000)
$186,106.0
Section 105 grants











$600.0

Section 106 grants




Total: $236,107.0








FY 20 12 Enacted
Dollars (X1000)
$193,603.0
Section 105 grants




$0.0






$600.0

Section 106 grants


Total: $235,729.0










FY2013
Goal/
Objective
Goal 1,
Obj.2




Goal 1,
Obj. 1




















FY2013
President's
Request
Dollars (X1000)
$219,550.0
Section 105
grants


$26, 500.0







$600.0
Section 106

grants


Total:
$301,500.0







                   999

-------
STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
    Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
           (Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title



Tribal Air Quality
Management














Radon





Statutory
Authorities


CAA, Sections
103 and 105;
Tribal
Cooperative
Agreements
(TCA) in annual
Appropriations
Acts.








TSCA, Sections
10 and 306




Eligible Recipients



Tribes; Intertribal
Consortia;
State/Tribal
College or
University











State Agencies,
Tribes, Intertribal
Consortia



Eligible Uses



Conducting air
quality assessment
activities to
determine a Tribe's
need to develop a
CAA program;
Carrying out the
traditional
prevention and
control programs
required by the
CAA and associated
program costs;
Supporting CAA
training for
Federally-
recognized Tribes.
Assist in the
development and
implementation of
programs for the
assessment and
mitigation of radon.
FY 20 11 Enacted
(X1000)


$12,873.0 Section
103 grants




$400.0
Section 105 grants


Total: $13,273.0





$8,058.0





FY 20 12 Enacted
Dollars (X1000)


$12,852.0 Section
103 grants





$400.0 Section
105 grants


Total: $13,252.0





$8,045.0





FY2013
Goal/
Objective

Goal 1,
/~O-i O
UuJ. 2













N/A





FY2013
President's
Request
Dollars (X1000)
$13,166.0
Section 103
grants





$400.0
Section 105
grants

Total:
$13,566.0



$0.0





                   1000

-------
STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
    Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
           (Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
Water Pollution
Control
(Section 106)
Nonpoint
Source (NPS -
Section 3 19)

Wetlands
Program
Development



Public Water
System
Supervision
(PWSS)
Statutory
Authorities
FWPCA, as
amended,
Section 106;
TCA in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
FWPCA, as
amended,
Section
319(h);TCAin
annual
Appropriations
Acts.
FWPCA, as
amended,
Section 104
(b)(3); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.


SDWA,
Section
1443(a); TCA
in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Eligible
Recipients
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia,
Interstate
Agencies
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia

States, Local
Governments,
Tribes,
Interstate
Organizations,
Intertribal
Consortia,
Non-Profit
Organizations
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia
Eligible Uses
Develop and carry out surface and
ground water pollution control
programs, including NPDES
permits, TMDLs, WQ standards,
monitoring, and NPS control
activities.
Implement EPA-approved State
and Tribal nonpoint source
management programs and fund
priority projects, as selected by the
State.

To develop new wetland programs
or enhance existing programs for
the protection, management, and
restoration of wetland resources.



Assistance to implement and
enforce National Primary Drinking
Water Regulations to ensure the
safety of the Nation's drinking
water resources and to protect
public health.
FY2011 Enacted
(XI 000)
$238,786.0
$175,505.0

$16,796.0



$105,489.0
FY2012
Enacted
Dollars (XI 000)
$238,403.0
$164,493.0

$15,143.0



$105,320.0
FY2013
Goal/
Objective
Goal 2,
Obj.2
Goal 2,
Obj.2

Goal 2,
Obj.2



Goal 2,
Obj. 1
FY2013
President's
Request
Dollars (XI 000)
$265,264.0
$164,757.0

$15,167.0



$109,700.0
                   1001

-------
STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
    Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
           (Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
Underground
Injection
Control (UIC)
Beaches
Protection

Hazardous
Waste Financial
Assistance




Statutory
Authorities
SDWA,
Section
1443(b); TCA
in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
BEACH Act of
2000; TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.
RCRA,
Section 3011;
FY 1999
Appropriations
Act (PL 105-
276); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.



Eligible
Recipients
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia,
Local
Governments
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia




Eligible Uses
Implement and enforce regulations
that protect underground sources of
drinking water by controlling Class
I-V underground injection wells.
Develop and implement programs
for monitoring and notification of
conditions for coastal recreation
waters adjacent to beaches or
similar points of access that are
used by the public.
Development & Implementation of
Hazardous Waste Programs




FY2011 Enacted
(XI 000)
$10,869.0
$9,880.0

$103,139.0




FY2012
Enacted
Dollars (XI 000)
$10,852.0
$9,864.0

Obj.2
$94,102.0

Obj. 3
$8,872.0

Total
$102,974.0
FY2013
Goal/
Objective
Goal 2,
Obj. 1
N/A

Goal 3,
Obj.2

Goal 3,
Obj. 3


FY2013
President's
Request
Dollars (XI 000)
$11,109.0
$0.0

Obj.2
$73,508.0

Obj. 3
$29,904.0

Total
$103,412.0
                   1002

-------
STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
    Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
           (Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title



Brownfields











Underground
Storage Tanks
(UST)




















Statutory
Authorities


CERCLA, as
amended by
the Small
Business
Liability Relief
and
Brownfields
Revitalization
Act(P.L. 107-
118);GMRA
(1990);
FGCAA.
SWDA, as
amended by
the Superfund
Reauthorizatio
n Amendments
of 1986
(Subtitle I),
Section
2007(f), 42
U.S.C.
6916(f)(2);
EPActof2005,
Title XV -
Ethanol and
Motor Fuels,
Subtitle B -
Underground
Storage Tank
Compliance,
Sections 1521-
1533, P.L.
109-58,42
U.S.C. 15801.
Eligible
Recipients


States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia









States






















Eligible Uses



Build and support Brownfields
programs which will assess
contaminated properties, oversee
private party cleanups, provide
cleanup support through low
interest loans, and provide certainty
for liability related issues.





Provide funding for States'
underground storage tanks and to
support direct UST implementation
programs.



















FY2011 Enacted
(XI 000)


$49,396.0











$2,495.0






















FY2012
Enacted
Dollars (XI 000)

$49,317.0











$1,548.0






















FY2013
Goal/
Objective

Goal 3,
/~O-i 1
UuJ. 1









Goal 3,
/~O-i O
UuJ. 2




















FY2013
President's
Request
Dollars (XI 000)
$47,572.0











$1,490.0






















                   1003

-------
STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
    Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
           (Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
Pesticides
Program
Implementation





Statutory
Authorities
FFFRA,
Sections 20
and 23; the FY
1999
Appropriations
Act (PL 105-
276); FY 2000
Appropriations
Act(P.L. 106-
74); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.

Eligible
Recipients
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia





Eligible Uses
Implement the following programs
through grants to States, Tribes,
partners, and supporters:
Certification and Training (C&T) /
Worker Protection,
Endangered Species Protection
Program (ESPP) Field Activities,
Pesticides in Water,
Tribal Program, and
Pesticide Environmental
Stewardship Program.


FY2011 Enacted
(XI 000)
$11,424.0 -States
formula



$2,069.0
HQ Programs:
- Tribal
-PREP
-PESP
-EJ


Total: $13,493.0
FY2012
Enacted
Dollars (XI 000)
$11,423.0-
States formula



$1,696.0
HQ Programs:
- Tribal
-PREP
-PESP
-EJ


Total: $13,119.0
FY2013
Goal/
Objective
Goal 4,

UDJ. 1





FY2013
President's
Request
Dollars (XI 000)
$11, 423.0 -States
formula



$1,717.0
HQ Programs:
- Tribal
-PREP
-PESP
-EJ

Total: $13,140.0

                   1004

-------
STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
    Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
           (Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title



Lead















Toxic
Substances
Compliance





Statutory
Authorities


TSCA,
Sections 10
and 404 (g);
FY 2000
Appropriations
Act(P.L. 106-
74); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.






TSCA,
Sections 28(a)
and 404 (g);
TCA in annual
Appropriations
Acts.




Eligible
Recipients


States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia













States,
Territories,
Federally
recognized
TnHifin TVihp'i
UlU-ltlll 1 llUCo,
Intertribal
Consortia, and
Territories of
the U.S.



Eligible Uses



Implement the lead-based paint
activities in the Training and
Certification program through
EPA-authorized State, territorial
and Tribal programs and, in areas
without authorization, through
direct implementation by the
Agency. Activities conducted as
part of this program include issuing
grants for the training and
certification of individuals and
firms engaged in lead-based paint
abatement and inspection activities
and the accreditation of qualified
training providers.

Assist in developing,
maintaining and implementing
compliance monitoring
programs for PCBs, asbestos,
and Lead Based Paint. In
addition, enforcement actions
by : 1) the Lead Based Paint
program, and 2) States that
obtained a "waiver" under the

Asbestos program.
FY2011 Enacted
(XI 000)


$14,535.0















$5,089.0





FY2012
Enacted
Dollars (XI 000)

$11,113.9


404(g) State/
Tribal
Certification




$3,398.1 404(g)
Direct
Implementation


Total: $14,512.0
$ 1,783.0
Lead

$ 3,298 .0
PCB/Asbestos



Total: $5,081.0
FY2013
Goal/
Objective

Goal 4,
f~\Ki 1
UuJ. 1













Goal 5,
Obj. 1





FY2013
President's
Request
Dollars (XI 000)
$11,376.6 404(g)
State/ Tribal
Certification



(T-5 /1 70 /I
3>:>/t 75.4
404(g) Direct
Implementation


Total: $14,855.0



$1,801.0 Lead

$3,400.0
PCB/Asbestos


Total: $5,201.0

                   1005

-------
STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
    Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
           (Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title



Pesticide
Enforcement







Statutory
Authorities


FIFRA
§23(a)(l);FY
2000
Appropriations
Act(P.L. 106-
74); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Eligible
Recipients


States,
Territories,
Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia




Eligible Uses



Assist in implementing cooperative
pesticide enforcement programs.







FY2011 Enacted
(XI 000)


$18,674.0








FY2012
Enacted
Dollars (XI 000)

$18,644.0








FY2013
Goal/
Objective

Goal 5,
/~O-i 1
UuJ. 1






FY2013
President's
Request
Dollars (XI 000)
$19,085.0








                   1006

-------
STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
    Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
           (Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
National
Environmental
Information
Exchange
Network
(NEIEN, aka
"the Exchange
Network")



























Statutory
Authorities
As appropriate,
CAA, Section
103; CWA,
Section 104;
RCRA,
Section 8001;
FIFRA,
Section 20;
TSCA,
Sections 10
and 28;
MPRSA,
Section 203;
SDWA,
Section 1442;
Indian
Environmental
General
Assistance
Program Act of
1992, as
amended; FY
2000
Appropriations
Act(P.L. 106-
74); Pollution
Prevention Act
of 1990,
Section 6605;
FY 2002
Appropriations
Act and FY
2003
Appropriations
Acts.
Eligible
Recipients
States, Tribes,
Interstate
Agencies,
Tribal
Consortium,
Other Agencies
with Related
Environmental
Information
Activities.

























Eligible Uses
Helps States, territories, Tribes, and
intertribal consortia develop the
information management and
technology (IM/IT) capabilities
they need to participate in the
Exchange Network, to continue and
expand data-sharing programs, and
to improve access to environmental
information. These grants
supplement the Exchange Network
investments already being made by
States and Tribes.























FY2011 Enacted
(XI 000)
$9,980.0


































FY2012
Enacted
Dollars (XI 000)
$9,964.0


































FY2013
Goal/
Objective
N/A


































FY2013
President's
Request
Dollars (XI 000)
$15,200.0


































                   1007

-------
STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
    Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
           (Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title



Pollution
Prevention











Tribal General
Assistance
Program







Statutory
Authorities


Pollution
Prevention Act
of 1990,
Section 6605;
TSCA Section
10;FY2000
Appropriations
Act(P.L. 106-
74); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.

Indian
Environmental
General
Assistance
Program Act
(42U.S.C.
4368b); TCA
in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Eligible
Recipients


States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia










Tribal
Governments,
Intertribal
Consortia






Eligible Uses



Provides assistance to States and
State entities (i.e., colleges and
universities) and Federally-
recognized Tribes and intertribal
consortia in order to deliver
pollution prevention technical
assistance to small and medium-
sized businesses. A goal of the
program is to assist businesses and
industries with identifying
improved environmental strategies
and solutions for reducing waste at
the source.
Plan and develop Tribal
environmental protection programs.








FY2011 Enacted
(XI 000)


$4,930.0












$67,739.0









FY2012
Enacted
Dollars (XI 000)

$4,922.0












$67,631.0









FY2013
Goal/
Objective

Goal 4,
/~O-i O
UuJ. 2










Goal 3,
/~O-i /I
UuJ. 4







FY2013
President's
Request
Dollars (XI 000)
$5,039.0












$96,375.0









                   1008

-------
                                                                                               Program/Projects by Program Area
                               Program/Projects by Program Area
                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
Science & Technology
Clean Air and Climate
Clean Air Allowance Trading Programs
Climate Protection Program
Federal Support for Air Quality Management
Federal Support for Air Toxics Program
Federal Vehicle and Fuels Standards and Certification
Subtotal, Clean Air and Climate
Indoor Air and Radiation
Indoor Air: Radon Program
Reduce Risks from Indoor Air
Radiation: Protection
Radiation: Response Preparedness
Subtotal, Indoor Air and Radiation
Enforcement
Forensics Support
FY2011
Actuals


$9,934.0
$18,487.9
$11,054.0
$2,540.1
$100,691.6
$142,707.6

$446.1
$809.8
$2,275.4
$4,181.9
$7,713.2

$16,354.3
FY2012
Enacted


$9,082.0
$16,319.0
$7,091 .0
$0.0
$91 ,886.0
$124,378.0

$210.0
$370.0
$2,094.0
$4,076.0
$6,750.0

$15,269.0
FY2013 Change FY12
President's Enacted to
Budget FY13 PresBud


$9,797.0
$7,760.0
$7,622.0
$0.0
$101,929.0
$127,108.0

$0.0
$379.0
$2,126.0
$4,156.0
$6,661.0

$15,593.0


$715.0
($8,559.0)
$531 .0
$0.0
$10,043.0
$2,730.0

($210.0)
$9.0
$32.0
$80.0
($89.0)

$324.0
Homeland Security
    Homeland Security:  Critical Infrastructure Protection
            Water Security Initiative
            Homeland Security: Critical Infrastructure Protection
            (other activities)
      Subtotal, Homeland Security: Critical Infrastructure
         Protection
    Homeland Security:  Preparedness, Response, and Recovery
            Decontamination
            Laboratory Preparedness and Response
            Safe Building
            Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response, and
            Recovery  (other activities)
      Subtotal, Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response,
         and Recovery
    Homeland Security:  Protection of EPA Personnel and
    Infrastructure
Subtotal, Homeland Security
$12,097.2

 $6,401.5

$18,498.7

$23,537.6
  $100.1
  $791.5

$17,107.6

$41,536.8

  $592.0
$60,627.5
 $2,755.0

$11,361.0

$17,356.0
    $0.0
    $0.0

$12,678.0

$30,034.0

  $578.0
$41,973.0
 $7,023.0

 $2,756.0

 $9,779.0

$17,185.0
    $0.0
    $0.0

$12,523.0

$29,708.0

  $579.0
$40,066.0
($1,583.0)

    $1.0

($1,582.0)

 ($171.0)
    $0.0
    $0.0

 ($155.0)

 ($326.0)

    $1.0
($1,907.0)
                                                           1009

-------
Program/Projects by Program Area
                               Program/Projects  by Program Area
                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
FY2011
Actuals
FY2012
Enacted
FY2013
President's
Budget
Change FY12
Enacted to
FY13 PresBud
IT / Data Management / Security
    IT / Data Management

Operations and Administration
    Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
           Rent
           Utilities
           Security
           Facilities Infrastructure and Operations (other
           activities)
      Subtotal, Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
Subtotal, Operations and Administration
Pesticides Licensing
    Pesticides: Protect Human Health from Pesticide Risk
    Pesticides: Protect the Environment from Pesticide Risk
    Pesticides: Realize the Value of Pesticide Availability
Subtotal, Pesticides Licensing
$3,483.7
$3,652.0
$4,047.0
$395.0
$30,251.9
$20,159.3
$9,300.6
$9,724.3
$69,436.1
$69,436.1
$4,118.8
$1 ,995.2
$522.8
$6,636.8
$35,605.0
$20,162.0
$10,696.0
$5,556.0
$72,019.0
$72,019.0
$3,757.0
$2,289.0
$517.0
$6,563.0
$34,899.0
$20,202.0
$11,066.0
$9,318.0
$75,485.0
$75,485.0
$3,919.0
$2,604.0
$575.0
$7,098.0
($706.0)
$40.0
$370.0
$3,762.0
$3,466.0
$3,466.0
$162.0
$315.0
$58.0
$535.0
Research: Air, Climate and Energy

    Research: Air, Climate and Energy
           Global Change
           Clean Air
           Research: Air, Climate and Energy (other activities)
      Subtotal, Research: Air, Climate and Energy
Subtotal, Research: Air, Climate and Energy
$19,416.9
$91,122.7
$9,216.4
$119,756.0
$119,756.0
$18,276.0
$78,526.0
$2,043.0
$98,845.0
$98,845.0
$20,281.0
$82,853.0
$2,760.0
$105,894.0
$105,894.0
$2,005.0
$4,327.0
$717.0
$7,049.0
$7,049.0
Research: Safe and Sustainable Water Resources

    Research: Safe and Sustainable Water Resources
           Drinking Water
           Water Quality
           Research: Safe and Sustainable Water Resources
           (other activities)
      Subtotal, Research: Safe and Sustainable Water Resources
Subtotal, Research: Safe and Sustainable Water Resources
$50,885.3
$66,573.0
$0.0
$117,458.3
$117,458.3
$50,152.0
$63,274.0
$50.0
$113,476.0
$113,476.0
$51 ,606.0
$69,532.0
$52.0
$121,190.0
$121,190.0
$1,454.0
$6,258.0
$2.0
$7,714.0
$7,714.0
                                                           1010

-------
                                    Program/Projects by Program Area
Program/Projects by Program Area
            (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
Research: Sustainable Communities
Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities
Human Health
Ecosystems
Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities
(other activities)
Subtotal, Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities
Subtotal, Research: Sustainable Communities
Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability
Human Health Risk Assessment
Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability
Endocrine Disrupters
Computational Toxicology
Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability (other
activities)
Subtotal, Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability
Subtotal, Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability
Water: Human Health Protection
Drinking Water Programs
Congressional Priorities
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Water Quality Research and Support Grants
Subtotal, Congressional Priorities
Total, Science & Technology
Environmental Program & Management
Clean Air and Climate
Clean Air Allowance Trading Programs
Climate Protection Program
Energy STAR
Methane to markets
FY2011
Actuals


$52,904.5
$68,740.8
$70,790.8
$192,436.1
$192,436.1

$46,140.1

$10,708.8
$22,412.4
$52,092.4
$85,213.6
$131,353.7

$3,724.2

$5,582.0
$0.0
$5,582.0
$877,269.5


$20,877.3

$52,306.0
$4,863.0
FY2012
Enacted


$45,318.0
$60,806.0
$64,617.0
$170,741.0
$170,741.0

$39,553.0

$16,861.0
$21,177.0
$53,697.0
$91 ,735.0
$131,288.0

$3,782.0

$0.0
$4,992.0
$4,992.0
$793,728.0


$20,811.0

$49,668.0
$5,013.0
FY2013 Change FY12
President's Enacted to
Budget FY13 PresBud


$44,500.0
$60,180.0
$61 ,050.0
$165,730.0
$165,730.0

$40,505.0

$16,253.0
$21 ,267.0
$56,721.0
$94,241.0
$134,746.0

$3,639.0

$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$807,257.0


$20,888.0

$53,872.0
$4,927.0


($818.0)
($626.0)
($3,567.0)
($5,011.0)
($5,011.0)

$952.0

($608.0)
$90.0
$3,024.0
$2,506.0
$3,458.0

($143.0)

$0.0
($4,992.0)
($4,992.0)
$13,529.0


$77.0

$4,204.0
($86.0)
                1011

-------
Program/Projects by Program Area
                  Program/Projects by Program Area
                              (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Registry
Climate Protection Program (other activities)
Subtotal, Climate Protection Program
Federal Stationary Source Regulations
Federal Support for Air Quality Management
Federal Support for Air Toxics Program
Stratospheric Ozone: Domestic Programs
Stratospheric Ozone: Multilateral Fund
Subtotal, Clean Air and Climate
Indoor Air and Radiation
Indoor Air: Radon Program
Reduce Risks from Indoor Air
Radiation: Protection
Radiation: Response Preparedness
Subtotal, Indoor Air and Radiation
Brownfields
Brownfields
Compliance
Compliance Assistance and Centers
Compliance Incentives
Compliance Monitoring
Subtotal, Compliance
Enforcement
Civil Enforcement
Criminal Enforcement
Enforcement Training
Environmental Justice
NEPA Implementation
Subtotal, Enforcement
FY2011
Actuals
$18,357.6
$40,808.6
$116,335.2
$31 ,296.0
$106,081.2
$24,005.5
$5,157.6
$9,690.0
$313,442.8

$5,318.5
$21 ,503.0
$11,156.0
$3,439.8
$41,417.3

$24,443.8

$671.8
$667.3
$109,266.9
$110,606.0

$179,391.2
$51 ,623.3
$410.3
$8,407.0
$17,105.0
$256,936.8
FY2012
Enacted
$15,757.0
$29,043.0
$99,481.0
$27,298.0
$123,469.0
$0.0
$5,570.0
$9,479.0
$286,108.0

$3,895.0
$17,168.0
$9,616.0
$3,038.0
$33,717.0

$23,642.0

$0.0
$0.0
$106,707.0
$106,707.0

$177,290.0
$48,123.0
$0.0
$6,848.0
$17,298.0
$249,559.0
FY2013 Change FY12
President's Enacted to
Budget FY13 PresBud
$18,694.0
$30,498.0
$107,991.0
$34,142.0
$134,841.0
$0.0
$5,643.0
$9,690.0
$313,195.0

$2,198.0
$17,393.0
$9,760.0
$3,083.0
$32,434.0

$25,685.0

$0.0
$0.0
$125,209.0
$125,209.0

$188,957.0
$51 ,900.0
$0.0
$7,161.0
$17,424.0
$265,442.0
$2,937.0
$1,455.0
$8,510.0
$6,844.0
$11,372.0
$0.0
$73.0
$211.0
$27,087.0

($1,697.0)
$225.0
$144.0
$45.0
($1,283.0)

$2,043.0

$0.0
$0.0
$18,502.0
$18,502.0

$11,667.0
$3,777.0
$0.0
$313.0
$126.0
$15,883.0
                                 1012

-------
                                    Program/Projects by Program Area
Program/Projects by Program Area
            (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
Geographic Programs
Great Lakes Restoration
Geographic Program: Chesapeake Bay
Geographic Program: San Francisco Bay
Geographic Program: Puget Sound
Geographic Program: South Florida
Geographic Program: Long Island Sound
Geographic Program: Gulf of Mexico
Geographic Program: Lake Champlain
Geographic Program: Other
Northwest Forest
Lake Pontchartrain
Community Action fora Renewed Environment
(CARE)
Geographic Program: Other (other activities)
Subtotal, Geographic Program: Other
Subtotal, Geographic Programs
Homeland Security
Homeland Security: Communication and Information
Homeland Security: Critical Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response, and Recovery
Decontamination
Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response, and
Recovery (other activities)
Subtotal, Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response,
and Recovery
Homeland Security: Protection of EPA Personnel and
Infrastructure
Subtotal, Homeland Security
Information Exchange / Outreach
Children and Other Sensitive Populations: Agency
Coordination
Environmental Education
Congressional, Intergovernmental, External Relations
FY2011
Actuals

$329,215.5
$42,414.3
$4,357.2
$38,113.8
$1 ,643.8
$6,154.3
$4,881 .6
$6,732.1

$1 ,246.8
$2,598.0
$2,697.5
$33,965.0
$40,507.3
$474,019.9

$4,215.9
$2,411.5

$791.5
$481.3
$1 ,272.8
$6,497.0
$14,397.2

$8,790.8
$6,962.2
$53,544.3
FY2012
Enacted

$299,520.0
$57,299.0
$5,838.0
$29,952.0
$2,058.0
$3,956.0
$5,455.0
$2,395.0

$1 ,294.0
$1 ,952.0
$0.0
$0.0
$3,246.0
$409,719.0

$4,249.0
$1 ,063.0

$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$5,966.0
$11,278.0

$7,481 .0
$9,699.0
$47,638.0
FY2013
President's
Budget

$300,000.0
$72,618.0
$4,857.0
$19,289.0
$1 ,700.0
$2,962.0
$4,436.0
$1 ,399.0

$1,417.0
$955.0
$2,069.0
$0.0
$4,441 .0
$411,702.0

$4,217.0
$2,087.0

$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$5,999.0
$12,303.0

$10,923.0
$0.0
$52,896.0
Change FY12
Enacted to
FY13 PresBud

$480.0
$15,319.0
($981.0)
($10,663.0)
($358.0)
($994.0)
($1,019.0)
($996.0)

$123.0
($997.0)
$2,069.0
$0.0
$1,195.0
$1,983.0

($32.0)
$1,024.0

$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$33.0
$1,025.0

$3,442.0
($9,699.0)
$5,258.0
                1013

-------
Program/Projects by Program Area
                  Program/Projects by Program Area
                              (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
Exchange Network
Small Business Ombudsman
Small Minority Business Assistance
State and Local Prevention and Preparedness
TRI / Right to Know
Tribal - Capacity Building
Subtotal, Information Exchange / Outreach
International Programs
US Mexico Border
International Sources of Pollution
Trade and Governance
Subtotal, International Programs
IT / Data Management / Security
Information Security
IT / Data Management
Subtotal, IT / Data Management / Security
Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review
Administrative Law
Alternative Dispute Resolution
Civil Rights /Title VI Compliance
Legal Advice: Environmental Program
Legal Advice: Support Program
Regional Science and Technology
Integrated Environmental Strategies
Regulatory/Economic-Management and Analysis
Science Advisory Board
Subtotal, Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review
Operations and Administration
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
Rent
Utilities
FY2011
Actuals
$17,816.6
$3,106.9
$2,277.5
$13,063.2
$16,634.5
$13,892.7
$136,088.7

$4,872.0
$8,731 .0
$6,230.1
$19,833.1

$7,831 .2
$96,614.1
$104,445.3

$5,260.3
$1 ,271 .2
$11,740.4
$42,286.6
$15,692.6
$3,178.6
$17,908.7
$20,329.8
$6,074.9
$123,743.1


$161,589.3
$12,566.5
FY2012
Enacted
$17,724.0
$2,693.0
$2,079.0
$13,320.0
$16,322.0
$13,736.0
$130,692.0

$4,313.0
$7,659.0
$5,632.0
$17,604.0

$6,786.0
$87,939.0
$94,725.0

$5,198.0
$1,194.0
$11,618.0
$40,746.0
$14,260.0
$2,591 .0
$14,754.0
$15,256.0
$5,135.0
$110,752.0


$170,529.0
$11,205.0
FY2013 Change FY12
President's Enacted to
Budget FY13 PresBud
$23,008.0
$3,018.0
$2,291 .0
$14,852.0
$17,354.0
$15,062.0
$139,404.0

$4,490.0
$8,466.0
$6,178.0
$19,134.0

$6,868.0
$88,893.0
$95,761.0

$5,392.0
$1 ,477.0
$13,974.0
$45,840.0
$16,064.0
$3,307.0
$16,326.0
$23,345.0
$6,727.0
$132,452.0


$171,152.0
$10,660.0
$5,284.0
$325.0
$212.0
$1,532.0
$1,032.0
$1,326.0
$8,712.0

$177.0
$807.0
$546.0
$1,530.0

$82.0
$954.0
$1,036.0

$194.0
$283.0
$2,356.0
$5,094.0
$1,804.0
$716.0
$1,572.0
$8,089.0
$1,592.0
$21,700.0


$623.0
($545.0)
                                 1014

-------
                                    Program/Projects by Program Area
Program/Projects by Program Area
            (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
Security
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations (other
activities)
Subtotal, Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance
Acquisition Management
Financial Assistance Grants / IAG Management
Human Resources Management
Subtotal, Operations and Administration
Pesticides Licensing
Pesticides: Protect Human Health from Pesticide Risk
Pesticides: Protect the Environment from Pesticide Risk
Pesticides: Realize the Value of Pesticide Availability
Science Policy and Biotechnology
Subtotal, Pesticides Licensing
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
RCRA: Waste Management
eManifest
RCRA: Waste Management (other activities)
Subtotal, RCRA: Waste Management
RCRA: Corrective Action
RCRA: Waste Minimization & Recycling
Subtotal, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
Toxics Risk Review and Prevention
Endocrine Disrupters
Toxic Substances: Chemical Risk Review and Reduction
Pollution Prevention Program
Toxic Substances: Chemical Risk Management
Toxic Substances: Lead Risk Reduction Program
Subtotal, Toxics Risk Review and Prevention
FY2011
Actuals
$27,991.8
$118,392.6
$320,540.2
$85,541.1
$30,688.2
$26,770.6
$46,839.9
$510,380.0

$61 ,686.0
$41 ,265.6
$13,065.8
$1 ,672.9
$117,690.3


$0.0
$67,520.1
$67,520.1
$37,156.3
$12,589.6
$117,266.0

$9,624.6
$59,752.2
$15,994.6
$6,868.6
$14,140.9
$106,380.9
FY2012
Enacted
$29,216.0
$108,827.0
$319,777.0
$72,290.0
$33,175.0
$24,002.0
$37,839.0
$487,083.0

$58,208.0
$37,854.0
$12,532.0
$1 ,754.0
$110,348.0


$0.0
$63,500.0
$63,500.0
$39,422.0
$9,547.0
$112,469.0

$8,255.0
$56,497.0
$15,389.0
$6,032.0
$13,798.0
$99,971.0
FY2013 Change FY12
President's Enacted to
Budget FY13 PresBud
$31 ,486.0
$118,018.0
$331,316.0
$78,817.0
$35,727.0
$25,910.0
$39,428.0
$511,198.0

$58,971.0
$37,960.0
$12,306.0
$1 ,770.0
$111,007.0


$2,000.0
$65,385.0
$67,385.0
$40,265.0
$9,648.0
$117,298.0

$7,238.0
$67,644.0
$15,888.0
$3,739.0
$14,698.0
$109,207.0
$2,270.0
$9,191.0
$11,539.0
$6,527.0
$2,552.0
$1,908.0
$1,589.0
$24,115.0

$763.0
$106.0
($226.0)
$16.0
$659.0


$2,000.0
$1,885.0
$3,885.0
$843.0
$101.0
$4,829.0

($1,017.0)
$11,147.0
$499.0
($2,293.0)
$900.0
$9,236.0
                1015

-------
Program/Projects by Program Area
                     Program/Projects by Program Area
                                    (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)
LUST / UST
Water: Ecosystems
National Estuary Program / Coastal Waterways
Wetlands
Subtotal, Water: Ecosystems
Water: Human Health Protection
Beach / Fish Programs
Drinking Water Programs
Subtotal, Water: Human Health Protection
Water Quality Protection
Marine Pollution
Surface Water Protection
Subtotal, Water Quality Protection
Congressional Priorities
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Water Quality Research and Support Grants
Subtotal, Congressional Priorities
Total, Environmental Program & Management
Inspector General
Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations
Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations
Total, Inspector General
Building and Facilities
Homeland Security
FY2011
Actuals

$11,622.7

$31 ,528.9
$28,297.6
$59,826.5

$2,896.2
$104,689.8
$107,586.0

$15,570.5
$217,119.1
$232,689.6

$750.0
$0.0
$750.0
$2,883,566.0


$46,627.9
$46,627.9


FY2012
Enacted

$12,846.0

$27,014.0
$21,160.0
$48,174.0

$2,552.0
$98,547.0
$101,099.0

$12,898.0
$203,856.0
$216,754.0

$0.0
$14,975.0
$14,975.0
$2,678,222.0


$41 ,933.0
$41,933.0


FY2013
President's
Budget

$12,283.0

$27,304.0
$27,685.0
$54,989.0

$702.0
$104,613.0
$105,315.0

$11,587.0
$211,574.0
$223,161.0

$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$2,817,179.0


$48,273.0
$48,273.0


Change FY12
Enacted to
FY13 PresBud

($563.0)

$290.0
$6,525.0
$6,815.0

($1,850.0)
$6,066.0
$4,216.0

($1,311.0)
$7,718.0
$6,407.0

$0.0
($14,975.0)
($14,975.0)
$138,957.0


$6,340.0
$6,340.0


   Homeland Security: Protection of EPA Personnel and
   Infrastructure
$7,044.0
$8,038.0
$994.0
                                         1016

-------
                                                                                                  Program/Projects by Program Area
                                Program/Projects by Program Area
                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
FY2011
Actuals
FY2012
Enacted
FY2013
President's
Budget
Change FY12
Enacted to
FY13 PresBud
Operations and Administration
    Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
 $30,254.7
 $29,326.0
 $33,931.0
 $4,605.0
Total, Building and Facilities
 $38,523.8
 $36,370.0
 $41,969.0
 $5,599.0
Hazardous Substance Superfund

Indoor Air and Radiation
    Radiation: Protection

Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations
    Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations

Compliance
    Compliance Incentives
    Compliance Monitoring
Subtotal, Compliance
Enforcement
    Environmental Justice
    Superfund: Enforcement
    Superfund: Federal Facilities Enforcement
    Civil Enforcement
    Criminal Enforcement
    Enforcement Training
    Forensics Support
Subtotal, Enforcement
Homeland Security
    Homeland Security:  Critical Infrastructure Protection
    Homeland Security:  Preparedness, Response, and Recovery
            Decontamination
            Laboratory Preparedness and Response
            Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response, and
            Recovery  (other activities)
      Subtotal, Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response,
          and Recovery
    Homeland Security:  Protection of EPA Personnel and
    Infrastructure
Subtotal, Homeland Security
  $2,478.4
  $8,943.7
$199,891.3

     $9.1

  $6,557.0
  $5,710.4

 $32,036.8

 $44,304.2

   $669.1
 $44,982.4
  $2,468.0
  $9,939.0
$186,735.0
     $0.0
  $5,626.0

 $29,075.0

 $40,599.0

  $1,170.0
 $41,769.0
  $2,637.0
 $10,864.0
$5.6
$1,192.5
$1,198.1
$1,128.7
$179,163.7
$9,271 .8
$4.4
$7,845.9
$20.6
$2,456.2
$0.0
$1 ,221 .0
$1,221.0
$583.0
$165,534.0
$10,296.0
$0.0
$7,903.0
$0.0
$2,419.0
$0.0
$1 ,223.0
$1,223.0
$613.0
$166,309.0
$8,592.0
$0.0
$7,680.0
$0.0
$1,214.0
$184,408.0
     $0.0
  $5,644.0

 $29,257.0

 $40,769.0

  $1,172.0
 $41,941.0
   $169.0
   $925.0
     $0.0
     $2.0
     $2.0

    $30.0
   $775.0
($1,704.0)
     $0.0
 ($223.0)
     $0.0
($1,205.0)
($2,327.0)

     $0.0

   ($30.0)
    $18.0

   $182.0

   $170.0

     $2.0
   $172.0
                                                             1017

-------
Program/Projects by Program Area
                        Program/Projects by Program Area
                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
Information Exchange / Outreach
Congressional, Intergovernmental, External Relations
Exchange Network
Subtotal, Information Exchange / Outreach
IT / Data Management / Security
Information Security
IT / Data Management
Subtotal, IT / Data Management / Security
Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review
Alternative Dispute Resolution
Legal Advice: Environmental Program
Subtotal, Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review
Operations and Administration
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
Rent
Utilities
Security
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations (other
activities)
Subtotal, Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
Financial Assistance Grants / IAG Management
Acquisition Management
Human Resources Management
Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance
Subtotal, Operations and Administration
FY2011
Actuals

$2.1
$1 ,431 .0
$1,433.1

$847.2
$17,640.0
$18,487.2

$814.9
$711.9
$1,526.8


$43,776.9
$3,320.8
$7,034.5
$25,924.0
$80,056.2
$3,322.3
$23,672.0
$8,924.4
$30,349.3
$146,324.2
FY2012
Enacted

$0.0
$1 ,431 .0
$1,431.0

$728.0
$15,339.0
$16,067.0

$844.0
$682.0
$1,526.0


$47,032.0
$3,760.0
$8,269.0
$21 ,480.0
$80,541.0
$3,128.0
$24,111.0
$6,346.0
$21 ,632.0
$135,758.0
FY2013 Change FY12
President's Enacted to
Budget FY13 PresBud

$0.0
$1 ,433.0
$1,433.0

$728.0
$14,855.0
$15,583.0

$877.0
$755.0
$1,632.0


$46,005.0
$3,455.0
$8,594.0
$21 ,568.0
$79,622.0
$3,174.0
$25,961.0
$7,558.0
$24,066.0
$140,381.0

$0.0
$2.0
$2.0

$0.0
($484.0)
($484.0)

$33.0
$73.0
$106.0


($1,027.0)
($305.0)
$325.0
$88.0
($919.0)
$46.0
$1,850.0
$1,212.0
$2,434.0
$4,623.0
Research: Sustainable Communities
   Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities

Research: Chemical Safety and Sustainability
   Human Health Risk Assessment
$21,347.9
 $3,737.6
$17,677.0
 $3,337.0
$17,798.0
 $3,316.0
($21.0)
                                              1018

-------
                                                                                       Program/Projects by Program Area
                             Program/Projects by Program Area
                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
Superfund Cleanup
Superfund: Emergency Response and Removal
Superfund: EPA Emergency Preparedness
Superfund: Federal Facilities
Superfund: Remedial
Superfund: Support to Other Federal Agencies
Brownfields Projects
Subtotal, Superfund Cleanup
Total, Hazardous Substance Superfund
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Enforcement
Civil Enforcement
FY2011
Actuals

$242,375.9
$10,473.9
$32,555.5
$707,200.8
$5,908.0
$1 ,403.5
$999,917.6
$1,450,268.3


$644.0
FY2012
Enacted

$189,590.0
$9,244.0
$26,199.0
$564,998.0
$5,849.0
$0.0
$795,880.0
$1,213,808.0


$789.0
FY2013
President's
Budget

$188,500.0
$8,179.0
$26,765.0
$531 ,771 .0
$0.0
$0.0
$755,215.0
$1,176,431.0


$792.0
Change FY12
Enacted to
FY13 PresBud

($1,090.0)
($1,065.0)
$566.0
($33,227.0)
($5,849.0)
$0.0
($40,665.0)
($37,377.0)


$3.0
Compliance
   Compliance Assistance and Centers

IT / Data Management / Security
   IT / Data Management

Operations and Administration
   Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
          Rent
          Facilities Infrastructure and Operations (other
          activities)
     Subtotal, Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
   Acquisition Management
   Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance
Subtotal, Operations and Administration
Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)
   LUST / UST
   LUST Cooperative Agreements
   LUST Prevention
Subtotal, Underground Storage Tanks (LUST / UST)
 $32.9
 $47.7
$695.0
  $0.0
  $0.0
$695.0
  $0.0
  $0.0
$636.0
  $0.0
  $0.0
($59.0)
$208.0
$903.0
$148.2
$1 ,093.7
$2,144.9
$13,926.8
$64,459.5
$37,093.9
$115,480.2
$220.0
$915.0
$163.0
$512.0
$1,590.0
$11,962.0
$58,956.0
$30,449.0
$101,367.0
$207.0
$843.0
$161.0
$509.0
$1,513.0
$11,490.0
$57,402.0
$32,430.0
$101,322.0
($13.0)
($72.0)
($2.0)
($3.0)
($77.0)
($472.0)
($1,554.0)
$1,981.0
($45.0)
                                                      1019

-------
Program/Projects by Program Area
                               Program/Projects  by Program Area
                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
Research: Sustainable Communities
Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities
FY2011
Actuals

$501.6
FY2012
Enacted

$396.0
FY2013
President's
Budget

$490.0
Change FY12
Enacted to
FY13 PresBud

$94.0
Total, Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
$118,851.3
$104,142.0
$104,117.0
 ($25.0)
Oil Spill Response

Compliance
    Compliance Assistance and Centers
    Compliance Monitoring
Subtotal, Compliance
     $5.4
   $111.2
   $116.6
     $0.0
   $138.0
   $138.0
     $0.0
   $142.0
   $142.0
   $0.0
   $4.0
   $4.0
Enforcement
    Civil Enforcement

Oil
    Oil Spill: Prevention, Preparedness and Response

Operations and Administration
    Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
           Rent
           Facilities Infrastructure and Operations (other
           activities)
      Subtotal, Facilities Infrastructure and Operations
Subtotal, Operations and Administration
  $2,209.6
 $15,630.7
   $437.0

    $82.5
   $519.5
   $519.5
  $2,286.0
 $14,673.0
   $437.0
   $535.0
   $535.0
  $2,968.0
 $19,290.0
   $426.0

    $87.0
   $513.0
   $513.0
$4,617.0
 ($11.0)

 ($11.0)
 ($22.0)
 ($22.0)
Research: Sustainable Communities
    Research: Sustainable and Healthy Communities
   1,204.3
   $613.0
   $618.0
   $5.0
Total, Oil Spill Response
 $19,680.7
 $18,245.0
 $23,531.0
$5,286.0
State and Tribal Assistance Grants

State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
    Infrastructure Assistance: Clean Water SRF
    Infrastructure Assistance: Drinking Water SRF
    Infrastructure Assistance: Alaska Native Villages
$1 ,936,433.5
$1,101,827.8
$10,327.2
$1 ,466,456.0
$917,892.0
$9,984.0
$1,175,000.0
$850,000.0
$10,000.0
($291,456.0)
($67,892.0)
$16.0
                                                            1020

-------
                                    Program/Projects by Program Area
Program/Projects by Program Area
            (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
Brownfields Projects
Clean School Bus Initiative
Diesel Emissions Reduction Grant Program
Targeted Airshed Grants
Infrastructure Assistance: Mexico Border
Subtotal, State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
Categorical Grants
Categorical Grant: Beaches Protection
Categorical Grant: Brownfields
Categorical Grant: Environmental Information
Categorical Grant: Hazardous Waste Financial Assistance
Categorical Grant: Homeland Security
Categorical Grant: Lead
Categorical Grant: Local Govt Climate Change
Categorical Grant: Nonpoint Source (Sec. 319)
Categorical Grant: Pesticides Enforcement
Categorical Grant: Pesticides Program Implementation
Categorical Grant: Pollution Control (Sec. 106)
Monitoring Grants
Categorical Grant: Pollution Control (Sec. 106)
(other activities)
Subtotal, Categorical Grant: Pollution Control (Sec. 106)
Categorical Grant: Pollution Prevention
Categorical Grant: Public Water System Supervision (PWSS)
Categorical Grant: Radon
Categorical Grant: State and Local Air Quality Management
Categorical Grant: Sector Program
Categorical Grant: Targeted Watersheds
Categorical Grant: Toxics Substances Compliance
Categorical Grant: Tribal Air Quality Management
Categorical Grant: Tribal General Assistance Program
Categorical Grant: Underground Injection Control (UIC)
Categorical Grant: Underground Storage Tanks
Categorical Grant: Water Quality Cooperative Agreements
Categorical Grant: Wetlands Program Development
Subtotal, Categorical Grants
FY2011
Actuals
$106,685.8
$35.2
$53,586.9
$10,000.0
$14,669.1
$3,233,565.5

$11,001.3
$51,185.5
$9,950.4
$111,206.3
$637.1
$15,599.4
$10,499.5
$201,615.8
$19,930.9
$13,807.8

$15,402.5
$237,114.3
$252,516.8
$5,685.0
$109,387.1
$8,720.0
$249,061 .4
$1 ,879.2
$780.3
$5,551 .7
$14,365.8
$69,331.2
$11,844.3
$2,759.8
$1 ,335.5
$26,138.1
$1,204,790.2
FY2012
Enacted
$94,848.0
$0.0
$29,952.0
$0.0
$4,992.0
$2,524,124.0

$9,864.0
$49,317.0
$9,964.0
$102,974.0
$0.0
$14,512.0
$0.0
$164,493.0
$18,644.0
$13,119.0

$18,433.0
$219,970.0
$238,403.0
$4,922.0
$105,320.0
$8,045.0
$235,729.0
$0.0
$0.0
$5,081 .0
$13,252.0
$67,631.0
$10,852.0
$1 ,548.0
$0.0
$15,143.0
$1,088,813.0
FY2013
President's
Budget
$93,291.0
$0.0
$15,000.0
$0.0
$10,000.0
$2,153,291.0

$0.0
$47,572.0
$15,200.0
$103,412.0
$0.0
$14,855.0
$0.0
$164,757.0
$19,085.0
$13,140.0

$18,500.0
$246,764.0
$265,264.0
$5,039.0
$109,700.0
$0.0
$301 ,500.0
$0.0
$0.0
$5,201 .0
$13,566.0
$96,375.0
$11,109.0
$1 ,490.0
$0.0
$15,167.0
$1,202,432.0
Change FY12
Enacted to
FY13 PresBud
($1,557.0)
$0.0
($14,952.0)
$0.0
$5,008.0
($370,833.0)

($9,864.0)
($1,745.0)
$5,236.0
$438.0
$0.0
$343.0
$0.0
$264.0
$441 .0
$21.0

$67.0
$26,794.0
$26,861 .0
$117.0
$4,380.0
($8,045.0)
$65,771 .0
$0.0
$0.0
$120.0
$314.0
$28,744.0
$257.0
($58.0)
$0.0
$24.0
$113,619.0
                1021

-------
Program/Projects by Program Area
                            Program/Projects by Program Area
                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
Appropriation
Program Area
Program/Project
Sub-Program/ Project
FY2011
Actuals
FY2012
Enacted
FY2013
President's
Budget
Change FY12
Enacted to
FY13 PresBud
Congressional Priorities

   Congressionally Mandated Projects
 $117,641.1
      $0.0
      $0.0
       $0.0
Total, State and Tribal Assistance Grants
$4,555,997.5
$3,612,937.0
$3,355,723.0
($257,214.0)
SUBTOTAL, EPA (Excludes Rescission or Cancellation of Prior
Year Funds)
$9,990,785.0
$8,499,385.0
$8,374,480.0
($124,905.0)
Rescission of Prior Year Funds
      $0.0
 ($50,000.0)
 ($30,000.0)
  $20,000.0
TOTAL, EPA
$9,990,785.0
$8,449,385.0        $8,344,480.0
                   ($104,905.0)
                                                     1022

-------
DISCONTINUED PROGRAMS
           1023

-------
                                                            Clean School Bus Initiative
                                          Program Area: State and Tribal Assistance Grants
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                       Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)


State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears

FY 2011
Actuals
$35.2
$35.2
0.0

FY2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0

FY2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

This program included the development, implementation, and evaluation of a competitive grant
program to equip school buses with diesel retrofit technology or to replace older school buses in
order to reduce toxic air emissions. Because school buses often remain in service for 20 years or
more, this program helped equip our nation's school bus fleet with low-emission technologies
and practices sooner than would otherwise occur through normal turnover of the bus fleet to
newer vehicles meeting more stringent emission standards.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

The Diesel Emissions  Reduction Act (DERA) Grant Program has assumed all responsibilities
formerly associated with the Clean School Bus Grants Program.

Performance Targets:

There are no FY 2013 performance targets associated with this program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

Clean Air Act Amendments,  Title 1  (NAAQS); Clean Air Act Amendments,  Title III (Air
Toxics); Clean Air Act, Sections 103, 105, and 106 (Grants).
                                         1024

-------
                                               Federal Support for Air Toxics Program
                                                    Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                          Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                       Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$24,005.5
$2,540.1
$26,545.6
139.2
FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Federal Support for Air Toxics Program was eliminated in FY 2012 as part of a conversion
to a sector-based, multi-pollutant approach.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

All activities in this program were assumed by the Federal Support for Air Quality Management
Program and the Federal Vehicle and Fuels Standards and Certification Program to support the
conversion to a sector-based, multi-pollutant approach to air quality management.

Performance Targets:

There are no FY 2013 performance targets associated with this program because the funds were
transferred to the Federal Support for Air Quality Management Program and the Federal Vehicle
and Fuels Standards and Certification Program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

CAA (42 U.S.C. 7401-7661f).
                                         1025

-------
                                            Local Government Climate Change Grants
                                                   Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                         Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                  Objective(s): Address Climate Change

                                (Dollars in Thousands)


State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears

FY 2011
Actuals
$10,499.5
$10,499.5
0.0

FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0

FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

This program was to implement a competitive grant program  to assist local communities in
establishing and implementing their own climate change initiatives. The goal of this program
was  to implement  programs,  projects,  and  approaches  that demonstrated  documentable
reductions in greenhouse gases (GHGs) and were replicable elsewhere.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

There is no request for this program in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:

There are no FY 2013  performance targets associated with this  program because the resources
are eliminated.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

CAA (42 U.S.C. 7401-7661f).
                                        1026

-------
                                                            Targeted Airshed Grants
                                                   Program Area: Clean Air and Climate
                         Goal: Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                                      Objective(s): Improve Air Quality

                                (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY 2011
Actuals
$10,000.0
$10,000.0
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

This was an unrequested program provided by Congress in the FY 2010 Enacted Budget.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

There is no request for this program in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:

There are no FY 2013  performance targets  associated with this program because the resources
are eliminated.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

CAA (42 U.S.C. 7401-7661f).
                                        1027

-------
                              Categorical Grant: Water Quality Cooperative Agreements
                                                        Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                                        Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                        Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)


State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears

FY 2011
Actuals
$1,335.5
$1,335.5
0.0

FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0

FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

Under authority of Section 104(b)(3) of the Clean Water Act, the EPA made grants to a wide
variety of recipients, including  states, tribes,  state water pollution control agencies,  interstate
agencies,  and other nonprofit  institutions,  organizations, and  individuals to promote the
coordination of environmentally beneficial activities. This competitive funding vehicle was used
by the EPA's partners  to  further the Agency's goals of providing clean  and safe water.  The
program was designed to fund a broad range of projects, including: innovative water efficiency
programs,  research,  training  and  education,  demonstration,  best   management  practices,
stormwater management planning, and innovative permitting programs and studies related to the
causes, effects, extent, and  prevention of pollution.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

There is no request for this program in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:

There are no current performance measures for this program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

CWA Section 104(b)(3).
                                          1028

-------
                                               Categorical Grant: Targeted Watersheds
                                                       Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                                       Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                       Objective(s): Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems

                                (Dollars in Thousands)


State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears

FY2011
Actuals
$780.3
$780.3
0.0

FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0

FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The  Targeted Watersheds  Grant Program focused  on community-based approaches  and
management techniques to protect and restore the nation's waters.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

There is no request for this program in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:

There are no current performance measures for this program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

Department  of the Interior,  Environment,  and  Related  Agencies  Appropriations Act,  2006;
Public Law 109-54.
                                         1029

-------
                                                 Categorical Grant: Homeland Security
                                                        Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                                       Goal: Protecting America's Waters
                                                      Objective(s): Protect Human Health
                                 (Dollars in Thousands)


State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears

FY 2011
Actuals
$637.1
$637.1
0.0

FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0

FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The Homeland Security Grant program focused on supporting states with coordination activities
for critical water infrastructure security efforts, including coordinating and providing technical
assistance, training, and education within the state or territory on homeland security issues.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

There is no request for this program in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:

There are no performance measures for this program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

SDWA; CWA; Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Emergency and Response Act of 2002.
                                         1030

-------
                                  Homeland Security: Critical Infrastructure Protection
                                                       Program Area: Homeland Security
                                                    Goal: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                                                Objective(s): Enforce Environmental Laws

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY 2011
Actuals
$2,411.5
$18,498.7
$9.1
$20,919.3
28.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$1,063.0
$11,361.0
$0.0
$12,424.0
24.8
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$2,087.0
$9,779.0
$0.0
$11,866.0
24.4
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$1,024.0
-$1,582.0
$0.0
-$558.0
-0.4
Program Project Description:

This program included Superfund activities that coordinated and supported protection of the
nation's critical  public  infrastructure  from terrorist  threats. EPA  provided subject  matter
expertise and training support for terrorism-related  environmental investigations  to  support
responses authorized under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA).  The  program  coordinated the agency's law enforcement/crisis
management  activities  and had  direct responsibilities  pursuant to  the National  Response
Framework (NRF),  Emergency  Support Functions  10 and  13, and  the Oil and  Hazardous
Materials Annex.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Consistent with the FY 2012 Enacted Budget, there is no request for this program in FY 2013 out
of the Hazardous Substance Superfund appropriation.

Performance Targets:

Work under this program supports  multiple strategic objectives.  There are no performance
measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

    •   No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

CERCLA, as amended; Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Emergency and Response Act
of2002.
                                         1031

-------
                              Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response, and Recovery
                                                       Program Area: Homeland Security
                            Goal: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                                                     Objective(s): Ensure Chemical Safety

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
Hazardous Substance Superfimd
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY 2011
Actuals
$1,272.8
$41,536.8
$44,304.2
$87,113.8
177.8
FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$30,034.0
$40,599.0
$70,633.0
176.4
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$29,708.0
$40,769.0
$70,477.0
176.8
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
-$326.0
$170.0
-$156.0
0.4
Program Project Description:

EPA plays a lead role in protecting U.S. citizens and the environment from the effects of attacks
that release chemical, biological, and radiological agents. EPA's Homeland Security Emergency
Preparedness and Response  program develops and maintains an Agency-wide capability to
prepare for and respond to large-scale catastrophic incidents with emphasis on those that may
involve chemical, biological,  and radiological (CBR) agents. EPA continues to increase the state
of preparedness for homeland security incidents. The  response to chemical agents is  different
from the response to biological agents, but for both, the goals are to facilitate preparedness, guide
the appropriate response by  first responders, ensure safe re-occupancy  of buildings  or other
locations, and protect  the production of crops,  livestock, and food in the U.S. In the case of
chemical agents,  EPA develops  new  information to  assist  emergency planners  and first
responders in assessing immediate hazards.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Consistent with the FY 2012 Enacted Budget, there is no request for this program in FY 2013 out
of the Environmental Programs and Management appropriation.

Performance Targets:

There are no performance measures for this program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   No change in program funding.
                                         1032

-------
Statutory Authority:

Public Health Security and Bioterrorism  Emergency and Response Act of 2002;  CERCLA;
SARA; TSCA; Oil Pollution Act; Pollution Prevention Act; RCRA; EPCRA;  SOW A; CWA;
CAA; FIFRA; FFDCA; FQPA; Ocean Dumping Act; Public Health Service Act,  as amended; 42
U.S.C. 201 et seq.; Executive Order 10831  (1970); Public Law 86-373; PRIA.
                                       1033

-------
                                                     Categorical Grant: Sector Program
                                                        Program Area: Categorical Grants
                                         Goal: Compliance and Environmental Stewardship
                Objective(s): Achieve Environmental Protection through Improved Compliance

                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$1,879.2
$1,879.2
0.0
FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Budget
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres Budget
V.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

Sector program grants built environmental partnerships with states and tribes to strengthen their
ability to  address environmental and  public health threats, including  contaminated drinking
water, pollution caused by wet weather events, pesticides in  food, toxic substances, and air
pollution. These capacity building grants supported state and Tribal agencies that are responsible
for implementing authorized, delegated, or approved environmental programs.
19
The EPA has used this grant to support states and tribes in their efforts to build, implement, or
improve compliance capacity for authorized, delegated, or  approved environmental programs.
Specific activities have  included:  1)  improving compliance data collection and quality, 2)
modernizing data systems, 3) improving public access to enforcement and compliance data, and,
4) providing compliance training to states and tribes  to enhance their compliance monitoring
capacity.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Program was discontinued in FY 2011.  There is no request for this program in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:

Currently, there are no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

RLBPHRA; RCRA;  CWA;  SOW A;  CAA; TSCA; EPCRA; FIFRA; ODA; NAAEC; LPA-
US/MX-BR; NEPA; MPRSA.
 For more information, refer to: www.epa.gov/compliance/state/grants/stag/index.html

                                         1034

-------
                                                   Compliance Assistance and Centers
                                                            Program Area: Compliance
                                        Goal: Compliance and Environmental Stewardship
               Objective(s): Achieve Environmental Protection through Improved Compliance

                                (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program &
Management
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$671.8
$32.9
$5.4
$710.1
0.7
FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
FY 2013
Pres Bud
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
FY 2013 Pres Budget
V.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
Program Project Description:

The  EPA's Compliance Assistance program  provides information  to  millions  of regulated
entities and Federal agencies to help them understand and meet their environmental obligations.
This information  lets  regulated entities  know of  their  legal  obligations  under Federal
environmental laws. Compliance assistance resources include Web  sites,  compliance guides,
emission calculators, and training materials aimed at specific business communities or industry
sectors. Additionally, onsite compliance assistance and information is sometimes provided by the
EPA's inspectors during an inspection.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Program was discontinued in FY 2012. There is no request for this program in FY 2013.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •  No change in program funding

Statutory Authority:

RCRA;  CWA; SOW A; CAA; TSCA; EPCRA;  RLBPHRA; FIFRA; ODA; NEPA; NAAEC;
LPA-US/MX-BR.
                                        1035

-------
                                                              Compliance Incentives
                                                            Program Area: Compliance
                                        Goal: Compliance and Environmental Stewardship
               Objective(s): Achieve Environmental Protection through Improved Compliance

                                (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program & Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$667.3
$5.6
$672.9
1.6
FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Bud
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres
Budget v.
FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The EPA's Compliance Incentives program encourages regulated entities to monitor and quickly
correct environmental violations, reduce pollution, and make improvements in regulated entities'
environmental management practices. The EPA uses  a variety of approaches to encourage
entities to self-disclose environmental violations under various environmental statues.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Program was discontinued in FY 2012. There is no request for this program in FY 2013.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 President's Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

RCRA; CWA; SOW A;  CAA; TSCA; EPCRA; RLBPHRA; FIFRA; ODA; NEPA; NAAEC;
LPA-US/MX-BR.
                                        1036

-------
                                                                Enforcement Training
                                                            Program Area: Enforcement
                                         Goal: Compliance and Environmental Stewardship
               Objective(s): Achieve Environmental Protection through Improved Compliance

                                (Dollars in Thousands)

Environmental Program and Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Budget Authority / Obligations
Total Workyears
FY2011
Actuals
$410.3
$20.6
$430.9
0.6
FY 2012
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013
Pres Bud
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
FY 2013 Pres Budget
V.
FY 2012 Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
0.0
Program Project Description:

The  EPA is  required by the Pollution Prosecution Act of 1990  to provide environmental
compliance and enforcement training nationwide through the National Enforcement Training
Institute (NETI). The Enforcement Training program oversees the design and delivery of core
and specialized enforcement courses, through NETI20, that sustain a well-trained workforce to
carry out the Agency's enforcement and compliance goals. Courses are provided to lawyers,
inspectors, civil and criminal investigators, and technical experts at all levels of government.

FY 2013 Activities and Performance Plan:

Program was discontinued in FY 2011. There is no request for this program in FY 2013.

Performance Targets:

Currently, there are no performance measures for this specific program.

FY 2013 Change from FY 2012 Enacted Budget (Dollars in Thousands):

   •   No change in program funding.

Statutory Authority:

PPA; RLBPHRA; RCRA;  CWA;  SDWA;  CAA;  TSCA; EPCRA;  TSCA; FIFRA;  ODA;
NAAEC; LPA-US/MX-BR; NEPA.
 0 For more information, refer to: http://www.epa.gov/compliance/training/neti/index.html

                                         1037

-------
   EXPECTED BENEFITS OF THE PRESIDENT'S E-GOVERNMENT INITIATIVES

Grants.gov
The Grants.gov initiative benefits the EPA and its grant programs by providing a single location
to publish grant opportunities and application packages, and by providing a single site for the
grants community to apply for grants using common forms, processes and systems.  The EPA
believes that the central site raises the visibility of our grants opportunities to a wider diversity of
applicants.  Grants.gov also has allowed the EPA to discontinue support for its own  electronic
grant application system, saving operational, training, and account management costs.

The grants community benefits from savings in postal costs, paper and envelopes. Applicants
save time in searching for Agency grant opportunities and in learning the application systems of
various agencies. At the request of the state environmental agencies, the EPA has begun to offer
Grants.gov application packages for mandatory grants (i.e.,  Continuing Environmental Program
Grants).  States  requested that the Agency  extend usage to  mandatory programs to streamline
their application process.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-04-00-04-0 1 60-24
020-00-04-00-04-0 1 60-24
EPA Contribution
(in thousands)
$428.0
$380.0
Integrated Acquisition Environment
The Integrated Acquisition Environment (IAE) is currently comprised of nine government-wide
automated  applications and/or databases that have contributed to  streamlining the acquisition
business  process across  the government. Beginning in FY12, GSA will begin the process of
consolidating the systems into one central repository called the System for Award Management
(SAM). Until the consolidation is complete, the EPA continues to leverage the usefulness of
some of these systems via electronic linkages between the EPA's acquisition system and the IAE
shared systems. Other IAE systems are not linked directly to the EPA's acquisition system, but
benefit the Agency's contracting staff and vendor community as stand-alone resources.

The EPA's acquisition system uses data provided by the Central Contractor Registry  (CCR) to
replace internally maintained  vendor data.  Contracting officers can download vendor-provided
representation and certification information electronically, via the  Online Representations and
Certifications (ORCA) database,  which allows vendors to submit this information once, rather
than separately for every contract proposal. Contracting officers are able to access the  Excluded
Parties List System (EPLS), via links in the EPA's acquisition system, to identify vendors that
are debarred from receiving contract awards.

Contracting officers also  can link  to the Wage  Determination  Online (WDOL)  to  obtain
information required under the  Service Contract Act and the Davis-Bacon Act.  The EPA's
acquisition system link  to the Federal Procurement Data  System for submission of contract
actions  at  the time of award.  FPDS provides public  access  to government-wide contract
information.  The  Electronic  Subcontracting  Reporting  System (eSRS)  supports  vendor
submission of subcontracting data for contracts identified as requiring this information. The EPA

                                          1038

-------
submits  synopses of  procurement  opportunities over  $25,000  to the  Federal  Business
Opportunities (FBO) website, where the information is accessible to the public. Vendors use this
website to identify business opportunities in federal contracting.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-01-16-04-0230-24
020-00-01-16-04-0230-24
EPA Service Fee (in
thousands)
$133.0
$120.0
Integrated Acquisition Environment Loans and Grants
The Federal Funding Accountability  and Transparency Act (FFATA) requires the agencies to
unambiguously identify  contract, grant, and  loan  recipients  and  determine  parent/child
relationship, address information, etc.  The FFATA taskforce determined that using both the Dun
and Bradstreet (D&B) DUNS  Number (standard identifier for all business  lines)  and  Central
Contractor Registration (CCR), the single point of entry for data collection and dissemination, is
the most appropriate way to accomplish this. This fee will pay for the EPA's use of this service in
the course of reporting grants  and/or loans.  Funds may also be used to consolidate disparate
systems in the new SAM consolidation of Acquisition and grants applications.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-01-16-02-4300-24
020-00-01-16-02-4300-24
EPA Contribution
(in thousands)
$90.0
$90.0
Enterprise Human Resource Integration
The  Enterprise Human Resource  Integration's  (EHRI)  Electronic Official Personnel Folder
(eOPF) is designed to provide a consolidated repository that digitally documents the employment
actions and history of individuals employed by the federal government. The EPA has completed
migration to the federal eOPF  system. This initiative will benefit the Agency  by reducing file
room maintenance costs and improve customer service for employees and productivity for FIR
specialists.  Customer service will improve for employees since they will have 24/7 access to
view and print their official personnel documents and HR specialists will no longer be required
to manually file, retrieve or mail personnel actions to employees thus improving  productivity.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-01-16-03-1219-24
020-00-01-16-03-1219-24
EPA Service Fee (in
thousands)
$403.0
$407.0
Recruitment One-Stop
Recruitment One-Stop  (ROS) simplifies the process of locating and applying for federal jobs.
USAJOBS is a standard job announcement and resume builder website. It is the one-stop for
federal job seekers to search for and apply to positions on-line.  This integrated process benefits
citizens by providing a more efficient process to locate and apply for jobs, and assists federal
agencies in hiring top talent in a competitive marketplace. The Recruitment One-Stop initiative
                                          1039

-------
has increased job seeker satisfaction with the federal job application process and is helping the
Agency to locate highly-qualified candidates and improve response times to applicants.

By integrating with ROS, the Agency has eliminated the need for applicants to maintain multiple
user IDs to apply for federal jobs through various systems. The vacancy announcement format
has been improved for easier readability. The system can maintain up to five resumes  per
applicant, which allows them to create and store resumes tailored to specific skills - this is an
improvement from our  previous system that only allowed one resume per applicant. In addition,
ROS  has  a notification  feature that keeps  applicants updated on the  current status of  the
application, and provides a link to the agency website for detailed information. This self-help
ROS feature allows applicants to obtain up-to-date information on the status of their application
upon request.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-01-16-04-1218-24
020-00-01-16-04-1218-24
EPA Service Fee (in
thousands)
$111.0
$109.0
eTraining
This initiative encourages  electronic learning to improve training,  efficiency and  financial
performance. The EPA recently exercised its option to renew the current Interagency Agreement
with OPM-GoLearn that provides licenses to online training for employees. The EPA purchased
17,000 licenses to prevent any interruption in service to current users.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-01-16-03-1217-24
020-00-01-16-03-1217-24
EPA Service Fee (in
thousands)
$125.0
$125.0
Human Resources Line of Business
The  Human  Resources Line  of Business (HR LoB) provides the federal  government  the
infrastructure to support pay-for-performance systems, modernized HR systems, and the core
functionality necessary for the strategic management of human capital.

The HR LoB  offers common solutions that will enable federal departments and agencies to work
more effectively, and it provides managers and  executives across the federal  government
improved means to meet strategic objectives. The EPA will benefit by supporting an effective
program management activity which evaluates provider performance, customer satisfaction, and
compliance with program goals, on an ongoing basis.

In May 2011, the EPA signed an MOU with the DOI's National Business Center to provide
integrated human resources, time and attendance and payroll services. In so doing, the EPA will
provide managers  and  staff one efficient and  cost  effective  system that offers  additional
functionalities  for integrated recruitment,  entry  on  duty,  learning  management, absence
management,  workforce tracking and position management.
                                          1040

-------
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-01-16-04-1200-24
020-00-01-16-04-1200-24
EPA Contribution
(in thousands)
$66.0
$66.0
Grants Management Line of Business
The EPA manages 106 grant programs that disburse approximately $4 billion annually. The EPA
anticipates the key benefits to the Agency and its customers will include the simplification of
grants  business processes and more timely reporting and delivery of services. The Grants
Management Line of Business automated business  processes will improve consistency across
EPA locations and throughout government, reducing unique local  business requirements and
making it easier for customers to do business across a wide range of agencies. Consortium lead
agencies will spread operations and maintenance (O&M) costs, and development, modernization,
and enhancement (DME) costs across agencies, decreasing the burden that any one agency must
bear.

In FY 2010, the EPA completed detailed Fit/Gap analyses of HHS' Grants Solutions system and
the Compusearch product Prism Grants. In addition, the Agency completed a cost benefit and
alternatives analysis to determine the better Grants Management  Line of Business (GM LoB)
solution.  Based on the size  of the gaps and the projected  cost  of implementation, senior
management  decided to postpone  selection of a  GM  LoB alternative until  the Agency
reexamined its grants process through business process transformation in FY2012 and until GM
LoB implementation could be sequenced appropriately within the Agency administrative system
overhaul including the contracts, finance, human resource and grants systems.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-04-00-04- 1 3 00-24
020-00-04-00-04- 1 3 00-24
EPA Contribution
(in thousands)
$60.0
$59.0
Business Gateway
By creating a single entry-point for business information, such as the e-Forms catalog, Business
Gateway directly benefits the EPA's regulated communities, many of whom are  subject to
complex regulatory requirements across multiple agencies. This initiative also benefits the EPA
by centralizing OMB reporting requirements under the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of
2002. The EPA has over 100 initiatives, activities, and services directed at small business needs.
Many of  those  initiatives are highlighted  to  small businesses through periodic features in
Business.gov. This allows special focus to be brought to bear at critical times to the intended
audiences for those initiatives. In addition, with the launch of the Business.gov Community,
small business users are able to interact on-line where they can discuss, share and ask questions
of other business owners as  well  as industry  and government  experts.  Business.gov also
continues to provide a one-stop compliance tool enabling small and emerging businesses access
to compliance information, forms and tools across the federal government. Business Gateway
supports the EPA's small business activities function by providing the following benefits:
   •   a single point of access for electronic regulatory forms;
                                          1041

-------
   •   "plain English"  compliance guidance,  fact  sheets and  links to checklists for small
       businesses; and
   •   an extensive Web  site with numerous  links to other internal  and external assistance
       sources.

Beginning in FY 2009, the Business Gateway program has been fully funded by the Small
Business Administration (SBA), the managing partner. The EPA plans to continue its partnership
with Business Gateway program, however, there is no EPA contribution required.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-01-16-04-0100-24
020-00-01-16-04-0100-24
EPA Contribution
(in thousands)
$0.0
$0.0
Geospatial Line of Business
The  Geospatial Line of Business (Geo LoB) is  an intergovernmental project to improve the
ability of the public and government to use geospatial  information to support the business of
government and facilitate decision-making.  This  initiative will reduce EPA costs and improve
our operations in several areas.

Currently, EPA's Geo LoB activities include the initiation of an operational Geospatial Platform,
which benefits the EPA by providing opportunities for cost savings and avoidance. By FY 2013,
a Managing Partner organization will be established to  support the implementation of two key
components of  the  Geo LoB:  the OMB  Circular A-16 Supplemental  Guidance  and the
Government-wide Geospatial Platform  will move from the planning into the implementation
stage. Both efforts will  increase access to geospatial data and analytical services for Federal
Agencies, their partners, and stakeholders. Over time,  the EPA intends  to use the Geospatial
Platform for internal  analytical  purposes as well as  to facilitate outward-facing geospatial
capabilities to the public.

The  EPA continues  to  be a leader in  developing the vision and  operational  plans for the
implementation of the A-16 Supplemental Guidance and the Geospatial  Platform.  Throughout
FY 2012, the EPA will be working to provide technology artifacts and lessons learned from our
own  activities for the benefit of our partners in the Geo LoB as well as colleagues in state, local
and tribal government organizations. In FY 2013, we  expect to continue this effort and our
leadership role  in  shaping the direction of these important efforts. The EPA also anticipates
working through the Geo LoB to help reduce costs by providing an opportunity for the EPA and
other agencies to share approaches on procurement consolidation that other agencies can follow.
In early  FY 2010, the first  of these acquisitions became available to the federal community
through the SmartBUY program managed by our Geo LoB partners at GSA.

EPA benefits from Geo LoB in FY 2013 are anticipated to be the same as in prior years.
                                          1042

-------
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-01-16-04-3100-24
020-00-01-16-04-3100-24
EPA Contribution
(in thousands)
$42.0
$42.0
eRulemaking
The  eRulemaking program  is  designed  to  enhance public access and  participation in the
regulatory process through electronic systems; reduce the burden on citizens and businesses in
finding  relevant regulations and commenting on  proposed rulemaking  actions;  consolidate
redundant docket systems; and  improve agency regulatory processes  and the timeliness of
regulatory decisions.

The  eRulemaking program's Federal Docket Management  System (FDMS) currently  supports
174  Federal  entities  including  all  Cabinet-level Departments and independent  rulemaking
agencies which collectively promulgate over 90  percent of all Federal  regulations each  year.
FDMS has simplified the public's participation in the rulemaking process and made the EPA's
rulemaking business processes more accessible as well as transparent. FDMS provides the EPA's
approximately 2,200  registered users  with a  secure,  centralized electronic  repository for
managing the Agency's rulemaking development via distributed management of data and robust
role-based  user  access.  The  EPA  posts regulatory and  non-regulatory  documents  in
Regulations.gov  for  public viewing,  downloading,  bookmarking,  email  notification  and
commenting.  In FY 2011, the EPA posted 1,112 rules and proposed rules, 896 Federal Register
notices, and 78,657 public submissions mRegulations.gov.  EPA also posted 18,086 documents
that  consisted of supporting and related materials associated with  other postings. Overall, the
EPA provides public access to 623,000 documents mRegulations.gov.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-01-16-01-0060-24
020-00-01-16-01-0060-24
EPA Service Fee (in
thousands)
$1,000.0
$1,000.0
E-Travel
E-Travel provides the EPA with efficient and effective travel management services, with cost
savings from  cross-government purchasing  agreements and  improved functionality  through
streamlined  travel policies  and processes, strict  security and privacy  controls, and enhanced
agency oversight and audit capabilities.  EPA employees also will benefit from the integrated
travel planning provided through E-Travel.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-01-01-03-0220-24
020-00-01-01-03-0220-24
EPA Service Fee (in
thousands)
$1,106.0
$1,314.0
Financial Management Line of Business
The Financial Management Line of Business (FM LoB) is a multi-agency effort whose goals
include:  achieving process improvements and cost savings  in  the  acquisition, development,
                                          1043

-------
implementation, and operation of financial management systems. By incorporating the same FM
LoB-standard processes as those used by central agency  systems, interfaces  among  financial
systems will be streamlined and the quality of information available for decision-making will be
improved. In addition, the EPA expects to achieve operational savings in future years because of
the use of the shared service provider for operations and maintenance of the new system.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
020-00-01-01-04-1100-24
020-00-01-01-04-1100-24
EPA Contribution
(in thousands)
$45.0
$45.0
Budget Formulation and Execution Line of Business
The Budget Formulation and Execution Lines of Business (BFE LoB) allow the EPA and other
agencies to access budget-related benefits and services. The Agency has the option to implement
LoB sponsored tools and services.

The EPA has benefited from the BFE LoB by sharing valuable information on what has or hasn't
worked on  the  use  of different budget systems  and software.  This effort has  created a
government only capability for electronic collaboration (Wiki) in which the Budget Community
website allows the EPA to share budget information with OMB (and other federal agencies). The
LoB is working on giving the EPA and other agencies the capability to have secure, virtual on-
line meetings where participants can not  only hear what's been said by conference calling into
the meeting, but also view budget-related presentations directly from their workspace. The LoB
has provided budget-related training to EPA budget employees on OMB's MAX budget system,
and on Treasury's FACTS n statements explaining how it ties to the budget process.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
010-00-01-01-04-3200-24
010-00-01-01-04-3200-24
EPA Contribution
(in thousands)
$105.0
$75.0
Performance Management Line of Business
Following the passage of the Government Performance  and Results  Act (GPRA) in  1993,
agencies developed a  strategic plan, an annual performance plan, and  an annual performance
report. While we have improved the content of these plans, reports, and underlying performance
measures  over the past  twenty years,  they  are still  produced primarily  as static  printed
documents. This traditional printed format, and even the PDF version of it, limits the usefulness
of the performance information contained in the report, for people both within and outside the
agency.  For example, the format does not make it easy  to  see what  other Federal agencies
sharing  similar objectives or  working with the same community are doing,  learn from each
others'  experience, allow  for  frequent updates, or support analysis of the data to  find
relationships and patterns.

In December 2010, Congress enacted the GPRA Modernization Act, signed into law on January
4, 2011. The GPRA Modernization Act shifts the focus of its predecessor from the production of
plans and reports to the active use of goals and performance data  to improve outcomes. Among
                                         1044

-------
other changes,  it  strengthens leadership engagement  in  setting  ambitious  goals, reviewing
progress, and clearly communicating results. The GPRA Modernization Act also requires greater
Congressional consultation as agencies establish their goals.

One of the key changes in the law also included required modernizing the Federal government's
nearly two-decade old performance  reporting framework.  Specifically, the  Act requires  the
following by the end of 2012:
  1.  Development of a single Federal website which provides progress updates on Federal and
     agency Priority Goals, including quarterly measures and milestones;
  2.  Development of a consolidated list of Federal government programs for inclusion  on the
     site; and
  3.  The consolidation  of all agency strategic plans,  annual performance plans, and  annual
     performance reports on this website in a "searchable and machine readable format".

To meet these requirements, the EPA will participate in the Performance Management Line of
Business (PM LoB),  an interagency effort managed by  GSA to develop  government-wide
performance  management capabilities and meet the transparency requirements of the  GPRA
Modernization Act. Beginning in FY 2013, our performance information  will  be  reported
through a Federal website which includes advanced data display and reporting capabilities, the
ability to extract raw data,  and, over time, will  integrate other government-wide data, such as
program, human capital, and spending information. All information currently  provided publicly
will be updated more frequently and will be provided in user-friendly formats that the public can
more easily access and analyze.

We also expect these new capabilities to improve Agency decision-making and enhance external
visibility into EPA's performance and the public's understanding of what the EPA is  trying to
accomplish,  the  challenges faced, results achieved, and  areas needing improvement. Just  as
important, pursuing this effort through an inter-agency collaboration will result in government-
wide efficiencies by not requiring  each agency to build this capability on its own, but instead by
leveraging shared technologies and those developed on a government-wide basis.
Fiscal Year
2012
2013
Account Code
New E-Gov Initiative
New E-Gov Initiative
EPA Contribution
(in thousands)
$0.0
$39.0
                                          1045

-------
                         SUPERFUND SPECIAL ACCOUNTS21

Section 122(b)(3) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act (CERCLA) authorizes the EPA to retain and use funds received pursuant to an agreement
with a Potentially Responsible Party (PRP) to carry out the purpose of that agreement. The EPA
retains such funds in special accounts, which are sub-accounts in  the Superfund Trust  Fund.
Pursuant to the specific agreements, which typically take the form of an Administrative Order on
Consent  or Consent Decree, the EPA uses special  account funds to  finance  site-specific
CERCLA response actions at the site for which the account was established. Through the use of
special accounts, the EPA pursues its "enforcement first" policy - ensuring responsible parties
pay for cleanup - so that appropriated resources from the Superfund Trust Fund are  conserved
for sites  where no viable or liable PRPs can be  identified. Both special account resources  and
appropriated resources are critical to the Superfund program.

Special  account funds are used  to  conduct many different  site-specific CERCLA response
actions, including, but not limited to, investigations to determine the extent of contamination  and
appropriate  remedy  needed, construction  and  implementation of the  remedy, enforcement
activities, and post-construction activities. The EPA also may provide special account funds to a
PRP who agrees to perform work under  an agreement,  as  an incentive (in the form of a
reimbursement) to perform additional work  beyond the PRP's fair share at the site,  which the
EPA might otherwise have to conduct using appropriated resources. Because response actions
may take many years, the full use of special account funds also may take many years. Pursuant to
the agreement, once site-specific work is complete and site risks are addressed, the EPA may use
special account funds to reimburse the EPA for site-specific  costs incurred using appropriated
resources (e.g., reclassification), allowing the latter resources to be allocated to other  sites. Any
remaining special account funds are  generally transferred to the Superfund Trust Fund, where
they are available for future appropriation by Congress to further support cleanup at other sites.

Since the inception of special  accounts through the end  of FY 2011, the EPA  has collected
approximately $3.7 billion from PRPs and  earned approximately $391.4 million in interest. In
addition, the EPA has transferred over $19.2 million to the Superfund Trust Fund. As  of the  end
of FY 2011, over $1.9 billion has been disbursed to finance site response actions and over $287.0
million  has been  obligated  but  not  yet disbursed, which is more  than 54 percent of  the
cumulative funds available in special  accounts. In FY 2011, EPA disbursed $230.6 million from
special accounts for response work at more than 550 sites, which increased  disbursements by
almost 24 percent ($44.6 million) from FY 2010 (excluding reclassifications). The  EPA is
carefully managing more  than  $1.8 billion  that  was available  as of October  1, 2011 and  has
developed multi-year plans to use these funds as expeditiously as possible. The majority of open
accounts (62 percent) have an available balance  of less than $500 thousand, while 3  percent of
open accounts have  approximately 57 percent of the total resources available. The following
table illustrates the cumulative  status of open and closed accounts  for FY 2010 and FY 2011
program  activity as well as planned multi-year uses of the available balance.
21 House Report 111-180 of the FY 2010 Department of the Interior, Environment and Related Agencies Appropriation Bill
directs the Agency to include in its annual budget justification a plan for using special account funds expeditiously. This
information is being provided in response to this request.

                                           1046

-------
The Agency appreciates the Committee's understanding that special account funds are dedicated
to specific sites where remediation  strategies may need to be  developed.22 As of the end of FY
2011, the EPA developed multi-year plans to utilize the available balance and will continue to
fully plan 100 percent of the  funds received  to  conduct  site-specific  response  activities,  or
reclassify and/or transfer excess funds to the Superfund Trust Fund for use at other Superfund
sites. Current plans  indicate that  the  Agency  will  utilize approximately 49 percent  of the
remaining available special account resources over the next five years. The time frame for use of
special  account funds  at a specific site  depends  on  several factors,  including the specific
requirements for fund use set forth in the agreement the funds were collected under, the stage of
site  cleanup, the viability of other responsible parties to conduct site cleanup, and  the nature of
the site contamination, among other things.

Through its  enforcement  efforts, the Agency continues  to receive site-specific settlement funds
that are placed in special  accounts each year, so progress on actual obligation and disbursement
of funds may not be apparent upon  review solely of the cumulative available balance,  as current
special  account balances are used while additional funds may  be deposited. In FY 2010 and FY
2011, the EPA received over $723  million and  over $352 million, respectively, for site-specific
response work; however,  most of these funds were for site response work to occur over multiple
years. EPA will continue to monitor the use of special account  funds to ensure we are conducting
cleanups as quickly and efficiently as possible.
22 House Report  2055 Conference Report of the Military  Construction and Veterans  Affairs,  and Related Agencies
Appropriations Act, 2012 directs the EPA to follow the language in House Report 112-151 with respect to managing the
unobligated balances in the Superfund special accounts. House Report 112-151 states "The Committee continues to have
concerns about the large unobligated balances in the 939  special accounts, which hold site-specific settlement funds from
responsible parties. The Committee similarly understands that funds in these accounts may be dedicated to specific sites where
remediation strategies may still need to be developed. Nonetheless, the Committee expects EPA will accelerate the obligation of
funds within these special accounts in 2012 to address risks posed by contamination at these sites."

                                              1047

-------
                         Special Accounts:
FY 2011 Program Actuals and Future Multi-Year Program Resource Plan
Account Status1
Cumulative Open
Cumulative Closed
FY 2011 Inputs and Outputs to 2010 End Of Fiscal Year (EOFY) Available
Balance










2010 EOFY Available Balance
FY 20 11 Activities
+ Receipts
- Transfers to Superfund Trust Fund (Receipt Adjustment)
+ Interest Earned
- Net Change in Unliquidated Obligations
- Disbursements - For EPA Incurred Costs
- Disbursements - For Work Party Reimbursements under Final
Settlements
- Reclassifications
201 1 EOFY Available Balance2
Multi-Year Plans for EOFY 2010 Available Balance






201 1 EOFY Available Balance
- Estimates for Future EPA Site Activities3
- Estimates for Potential Disbursement to Work Parties Identified in
Final Settlements4
- Estimates for Reclassifications for FYs 201 1-201 35
- Estimates for Transfers to Trust Fund for FYs 201 1-201 35
- Available Balance To Be Assigned6
Number of
Accounts
992
137
$ in Thousands
$1,795,206.4

$352,278.2
($5,130.2)
$12,816.8
($40,496.3)
($219,403.3)
($11,203.2)
($72.539.5)
$1,811,528.9
$ in Thousands
$1,811,528.9
$1,708,630.2
$51,243.4
$41,635.2
$6,235.8
$3,784.2
1 FY 20 1 1 data is as of 10/0 1/20 1 1 . The 20 10 End of Fiscal Year (EOFY) Available Balance is as of 10/0 1/20 10.
2 Numbers may not add due to rounding.
3 "Estimates for EPA Future Site Activities" includes all response actions that EPA may conduct or oversee in the
future, such as removal, remedial, enforcement, post-construction activities as well as allocation of funds to
facilitate a settlement to encourage PRPs to perform the cleanup. Planning data are multi-year and cannot be used
for annual comparisons.
4 "Estimates for Potential Disbursements to Work Parties Identified in Finalized Settlements" includes those funds
that have already been designated in a settlement document, such as a Consent Decree or Administrative Order on
Consent, to be available to a PRP for reimbursements but that have not yet been obligated.
5 "Reclassifications" and "Transfers to the Trust Fund" are estimated for three FYs only.
6 Planning data were recorded in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability
Information System (CERCLIS) as of 10/20/201 1 in reference to special account available balances as of
10/01/201 1. Receipts incurred in the last quarter of the fiscal year may not have been fully planned for use in
CERCLIS at the time of data entry and are reflected in "Available Balance To Be Assigned."
                               1048

-------
                        FY 2012-2013 EPA PRIORITY GOALS
Below are EPA's FY 2012-2013 Priority Goals. Additional information on Priority Goals can be
found on Performance.gov
    1.  Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality Reduce greenhouse
       gas emissions from cars and trucks. Through September 30,  2013, EPA in coordination
       with DOT's fuel  economy standards program will be  implementing vehicle and truck
       greenhouse gas standards that are projected to reduce GHG emissions by 1.2 billion
       metric tons and reduce oil consumption by about 98 billion gallons over the lifetime of
       the affected vehicles and trucks.

    2.  Protecting America's Waters Improve public health protection for  persons served by
       small drinking water  systems by strengthening the technical, managerial, and financial
       capacity of those systems. By September 30, 2013, EPA will engage with twenty states to
       improve small drinking  water  system capability through two EPA  programs,  the
       Optimization Program and/or the Capacity Development Program.

    3.  Protecting America's Waters Improve, restore, or maintain water quality by enhancing
       nonpoint source program accountability, incentives, and effectiveness. By September 30,
       2013,  50% of the states will revise their  nonpoint source program  according to new
       Section 319 grant guidelines that EPA will release in November 2012.

    4.  Cleaning  up Communities and  Advancing  Sustainable Development Clean up
       contaminated sites and make them ready for use. By September 30, 2013, an additional
       22,100 sites will be ready for anticipated use.

    5.  Cross-Programs Increase transparency and reduce burden through e-Reporting.  By
       September 30, 2013,  develop  a  plan to convert existing paper  reports  into electronic
       reporting, establish electronic reporting in at least four key programs,  and adopt a policy
       for including electronic reporting in new rules.
                                         1049

-------
         American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) Budget Status Update
                                 As of February 5, 2012 (Dollars in Thousands)
Approp
STAG
STAG
STAG
STAG
Program Project Description
Clean Water SRF
Drinking Water SRF
Diesel Emissions Grants
Brownfields
Subtotal, STAG
EPM
IG
LUST
SF
Management and Oversight
Audits, Evaluations, &
Investigations
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Superfund: Remedial
Agency Total
Original
Appropriation
$3,969,000.0
$1,980,000.0
$294,000.0
$96,500.0
$6,339,500.0
$81,500.0
$20,000.0
$197,000.0
$582,000.0
$7,220,000.0
Current
Budget (2)
$4,003,006.1
$1,945,838.8
$283,479.2
$95,271.3
$6,327,595.4
$66,908.3
$20,000.0
$187,651.2
$575,249.1
$7,177,403.9
Obligations
(3)
$4,003,006.1
$1,945,838.8
$283,479.2
$95,271.3
$6,327,595.4
$66,908.3
$13,753.2
$187,651.2
$575,249.1
$7,171,157.1
Outlays
$3,650,555.5
$1,811,323.2
$250,971.2
$63,428.2
$5,776,278.0
$59,359.4
$13,464.8
$177,483.6
$553,484.2
$6,580,070.0
Percent
Obligated (3)
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
69%
100%
100%
100%
Percent
Outlayed
91%
93%
89%
67%
91%
89%
67%
95%
96%
92%
(1) This chart shows the financial status for all the ARRA programs appropriated to EPA.
(2) The total budgets of EPA's ARRA programs have changed since ARRA passage due to: States ability to shift funds between
   CW and DW SRF projects, rescissions, and de-obligations of expired funds.
(3) Only the IG may obligate additional funds - the obligation deadlines for all other EPA ARRA programs have passed. The
   current budgets for all other programs are equal to the funds obligated to date.
                                                  1050

-------
EPA Budget by National Program Manager and Major Office
              Dollars in Thousands, Appropriated FTE Only

NPM Major Office
OA Immediate Office
Office of Congressional and Intergovernmental
Relations
Office of External Affairs and Environmental
Education*
Office of Policy
Administrative Law Judges
Children's Health Protection
Environmental Education
Office of Civil Rights
Office of Federal Advisory Committee
Management and Outreach
Environmental Appeals Board
Executive Secretariat
Executive Services
Homeland Security
Science Advisory Board
Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization
Regional Resources
FY 2013 President's Budget
Pay ($K) Non-Pay ($K)
$2,900.0 $631.0
$7,969.0 $266.0
$6,950.0 $5,373.0
$25,680.0 $16,296.0
$2,676.0 $256.0
$2,902.0 $5,384.0
$0.0 $0.0
$6,290.0 $3,709.0
$1,641.0 $547.0
$2,252.0 $208.0
$1,980.0 $129.0
$2,985.0 $840.0
$2,146.0 $405.0
$4,291.0 $2,336.0
$2,226.0 $1,921.0
$30,229.0 $5,798.0
FTE
21.8
58.8
51.2
164.0
18.3
18.9
0.0
44.5
12.1
15.4
14.6
22.0
13.0
28.6
15.8
223.1
$103,117.0 $44,099.0 722.1
*OEAEE includes $5M for new streamlined Cross-NPM Environmental Outreach Program
managed by the Office of the Administrator
OAR Immediate Office $11,697.0 $344,952.0 76.8
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Office of Atmospheric Programs
Office of Transportation and Air Quality
Office of Radiation and Indoor Air
Regional Resources
OARM Immediate Office
Office of Acquisition Management
Office of Administration
Office of Human Resources
Office of Grants & Debarment
OARM Research Triangle Park
OARM Cincinnati Office
Regional Resources
$51,558.0 $34,351.0
$37,592.0 $96,801.0
$55,582.0 $57,683.0
$22,923.0 $18,787.0
$78,799.0 $4,434.0
$258,151.0 $557,008.0
$7,839.0 $15,499.0
$32,766.0 $17,088.0
$23,412.0 $362,783.0
$18,605.0 $12,290.0
$11,182.0 $6,663.0
$10,646.0 $29,639.0
$10,564.0 $16,780.0
$52,265.0 $42,552.0
382.3
264.4
402.6
161.8
608.2
1,896.1
33.0
261.3
129.8
104.4
82.4
95.6
94.5
388.5
                                     $167,279.0    $503,294.0   1,189.5
                             1051

-------
EPA Budget by National Program Manager and Major Office
             Dollars in Thousands, Appropriated FTE Only

NPM Major Office
OCFO Immediate Office
Center for Environmental Finance
Office of Budget
Office of Planning, Analysis and Accountability
Office of Financial Management
Office of Technology Solutions
Office of Financial Services
Office of Resource and Information
Management
Regional Resources
OCSPP Immediate Office
Office of Pesticide Programs
Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics
Office of Science Coordination and Policy
Regional Resources
OECA Immediate Office
Office of Civil Enforcement
Office of Criminal Enforcement, Forensics, and
Training
Office of Compliance
Office of Environmental Justice
Office of Federal Activities
Federal Facilities Enforcement Office
Office of Site Remediation Enforcement
Regional Resources
OEI Immediate Office
EPA Quality Management Program
Office of Planning, Resources, and Outreach
Office of Information Collection
Office of Technology Operations and Planning
Office of Information Analysis and Access
Regional Resources

FY 2013 President's Budget
Pay ($K) Non-Pay ($K)
$2,603.0 $164.0
$1,023.0 $1,417.0
$7,482.0 $6,081.0
$5,775.0 $893.0
$7,267.0 $577.0
$6,781.0 $17,477.0
$15,923.0 $9,400.0
$1,630.0 $1,785.0
$28,993.0 $1,847.0
$77,477.0 $39,641.0
$7,650.0 $1,752.0
$80,239.0 $17,044.0
$47,713.0 $47,224.0
$4,212.0 $5,841.0
$21,674.0 $25,684.0
$161,488.0 $97,545.0
$7,112.0 $2,958.0
$25,876.0 $13,411.0
$60,380.0 $12,608.0
$23,751.0 $57,131.0
$2,654.0 $3,108.0
$4,445.0 $1,449.0
$2,888.0 $550.0
$11,477.0 $30,127.0
$329,050.0 $26,909.0
$467,633.0 $148,251.0
$2,284.0 $6,216.0
$2,497.0 $953.0
$4,201.0 $3,386.0
$9,874.0 $41,866.0
$12,436.0 $15,892.0
$12,970.0 $20,247.0
$22,298.0 $22,053.0
$66,560.0 $110,613.0
FTE
13.9
6.5
51.4
36.5
54.7
40.5
141.1
10.6
235.4
590.6
49.6
552.0
316.2
25.5
166.7
1,110.0
48.1
155.7
367.3
150.2
18.9
31.2
16.8
75.8
2,409.6
3,273.6
15.6
16.1
28.7
66.3
84.5
90.6
174.3
476.1
                           1052

-------
EPA Budget by National Program Manager and Major Office
             Dollars in Thousands, Appropriated FTE Only

NPM Major Office
OGC Immediate Office
Air and Radiation Law Office
Pesticides and Toxic Substances Law Office
Solid Waste and Emergency Response Law
Office
Water Law Office
Other Legal Support*
Regional Resources
FY 2013 President's Budget
Pay ($K) Non-Pay ($K)
$4,667.1 $4,332.3
$7,187.4 $47.0
$3,955.2 $35.0
$2,615.0 $151.0
$3,798.9 $29.0
$12,716.4 $1,101.7
$24,246.0 $574.0
FTE
28.5
41.7
23.0
15.0
22.5
75.3
142.5
$59,186.0 $6,270.0 348.5
*Other Legal Support includes resources for Alternative Dispute Resolution, Civil Rights and
Finance Law, Cross-Cutting Issues, and General Law support.
OIG Immediate Office $2,931.0 $3,230.0 17.7
Office of Audit
Office of Congressional, Public Affairs and
Management
Office of Counsel
Office of Cyber Investigations and Homeland
Security
Office of Investigations
Office of Mission Systems
Office of Program Evaluation
OITA Immediate Office
Office of Regional and Bilateral Affairs
Office of Global Affairs and Policy
Office of Management and International
Services
American Indian Environmental Office
Regional Resources

$11,797.0 $645.0
$2,946.0 $173.0
$2,440.0 $86.0
$0.0 $0.0
$11,607.0 $2,390.0
$6,988.0 $1,551.0
$11,813.0 $540.0
$50,522.0 $8,615.0
$1,062.1 $143.1
$3,728.8 $4,030.9
$3,318.3 $473.6
$2,356.0 $1,333.6
$2,646.8 $2,102.8
$10,330.0 $99,045.0
$23,442.0 $107,129.0
95.9
19.7
16.5
0.0
69.7
53.2
93.1
365.8
6.3
24.7
20.9
16.5
17.9
81.5
167.8
                           1053

-------
      EPA Budget by National Program Manager and Major Office
                       Dollars in Thousands, Appropriated FTE Only
NPM     Major Office
    FY 2013 President's Budget
Pay ($K)     Non-Pay ($K)      FTE
ORD*   Air, Climate, and Energy                        $41,745.0       $64,102.0      308.4
Sustainable and Healthy Communities
Chemical Safety and Sustainability
Safe and Sustainable Water Resources
$84,629.0
$39,036.0
$58,208.0
$99,161.0
$55,248.0
$63,195.0
620.9
293.5
443.5
         Homeland Security: Preparedness, Response,
         and Recovery                                  $9,504.0       $16,893.0       64.7
         Human Health Risk Assessment                  $27,841.0       $16,082.0      195.9
                                                    $260,963.0      $314,681.0    1,926.9
         * ORD does not develop the research budget based on a functional organizational split,
         rather ORD develops an office level allocation of resources after Congressional Action
         during the Operating Plan. This breakout represents a breakout of ORD program projects.

OSWER   Immediate Office                               $9,263.0        $6,282.0       59.0
Federal Facilities Restoration and Reuse Office
Innovation Partnership & Communication
Office
Office of Superfund Remediation and
Technology Innovation
Office of Resource Conservation and Recovery
Office of Underground Storage Tanks
Office of Brownfields and Land Revitalization
Office of Emergency Management
Regional Resources
$2,364.0
$1,256.0
$25,462.0
$26,777.0
$4,739.0
$2,670.0
$11,940.0
$274,456.0
$951.0
$1,802.0
$75,808.0
$10,972.0
$3,015.0
$18,680.0
$34,498.0
$818,455.0
15.0
9.2
173.0
175.7
30.9
19.2
77.8
2,022.7
                                                    $358,927.0      $970,463.0    2,582.5

OW      Immediate Office                              $10,158.0        $9,011.0       68.9
Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water
Office of Science and Technology
Office of Wastewater Management
Office of Wetlands, Oceans and Watersheds
Regional Resources

Subtotal Agency Resources
Less Rescission of Prior Year Funds
Total Agency Resources
$26,344.0
$19,660.0
$14,756.0
$19,201.0
$197,195.0
$287,314.0
$2,342,059.0

$2,342,059.0
$36,080.0
$23,593.0
$15,012.0
$30,188.0
$3,010,928.0
$3,124,812.0
$6,032,421.0
($30,000.0)
$6,002,421.0
188.1
132.2
105.2
126.3
1,502.0
2,122.7
16,772.2

16,772.2
Note: This table presents only EPA FTE funded through Agency appropriations. In FY 2013, EPA's total
request includes 336.8 reimbursable FTE. Funding for Reimbursable FTE is provided from agreements
with other Agencies.
                                          1054

-------
                      Fiscal Year 2013: Consolidations, Realignments, or Other Transfers of Resources
This table shows consolidations, realignments or other transfers of resources and personnel from one program project to another in
order to clearly illustrate a transfer of FY 2013 resources.
Program Project
EPM F8:
IT/Data
Management
EPM D8:
TRI/Right to
Know
EPM 50:
Compliance
Monitoring
EPM 90: NEPA
Implementation
EPM 44:
Civil
Enforcement
EPM 52:
Criminal
Enforcement
Total
Funding
Transferred
From:
($834.0)

($133.0)

($140.0)

Payroll
Transferred
From:
($834.0)

($133.0)

($140.0)

FTE
Transferred
From:
(6.0)

(1.0)

(1.0)

Funding
Transferred
To:

$834.0

$133.0

$140.0
Payroll
Transferred
To:

$834.0

$133.0

$140.0
FTE
Transferred
To:

6.0

1.0

1.0
Program
Project
Total
$88,893.0
$17,354.0
$125,209
$17,424
$188,957.0
$51,900.0
Purpose
This change is a
realignment of resources
from the IT/Data
Management program to
the Toxics Release
Inventory (TRI) program
to reflect current efforts
being performed for TRI.
This change reflects a
transfer from the
Compliance Monitoring
program to the National
Environmental Policy Act
Implementation program
supporting reviews of
energy development
projects occurring in the
Regional Offices.
This change reflects a
transfer from the civil
enforcement program to
the criminal enforcement
program to support the
current regional legal
workload.
                                                           1055

-------
            Physicians' Comparability Allowance (PCA) Worksheet for PY 2011
[The United States Environmental Protection Agency]
Table 1

1) Number of Physicians Receiving PCAs
2) Number of Physicians with One-Year PCA Agreements
3) Number of Physicians with Multi-Year PCA Agreements
4) Average Annual PCA Physician Pay (without PCA payment)
5) Average Annual PCA Payment
6) Number of Physicians
Receiving PCAs by
Category (non-add)
Category I Clinical Position
Category II Research Position
Category III Occupational Health
Category IV-A Disability Evaluation
Category IV-B Health and Medical Admin.
PY2011
(Actual)
8
0
8
$122,683
$21,540

7
1


CY2012
(Estimates)
8
0
8
$123,123
$21,540

7
1


BY 201 3*
(Estimates)
8
0
8
$123,683
$21,540

7
1


       *FY 2013 data will be approved during the FY 2014 Budget cycle.

    7)  If applicable,  list and explain the necessity of any additional physician categories designated by
       your agency (for categories other than I through IV-B). Provide the number of PCA agreements
       per additional category for the PY, CY and BY.	
 EPA expects no additional categories to be applicable in the foreseeable future.
    8)  Provide the maximum annual PCA amount paid to each category of physician in your agency and
       explain the reasoning for these amounts by category.	
 The maximum allowance being paid to a Category II Research Position is $24,382. The sum represents the
 allowance necessary to prevent the employee from seeking employment with the private sector, or at another
 Federal agency, and in accordance with the criteria contained in the EPA PCA Plan, the allowance is deemed to
 represent a sum commensurate with the value of the physician to the agency.

 The maximum allowance being paid to a Category III Occupational Heath Position is $1,648. This is a unique
 position in EPA, and this modest allowance represents the sum necessary to offset a competing job offer of interest
 to the employee.
    9)  Explain the recruitment and retention problem(s) for each category of physician in your agency
       (this should demonstrate that a current need continues to persist).	
 (Please include any staffing data to support your explanation, such as number and duration of unfilled positions and
 number of accessions and separations per fiscal year.)
 Historically, the small number of EPA Research Physicians experiences modest turnover. Essentially,
 use of the allowance by EPA is necessary to support the stability in its small Research Physician
 population and, therefore, it is regarded primarily as a retention tool, although we have been informed by
 our most recent Research Physician hires and our sole emergency response team Physician that the
 EPA job offer would not have been accepted without inclusion of the allowance.
    10) Explain the degree to which recruitment and retention problems were alleviated in your agency
       through the use of PCAs in the prior fiscal year.	
 (Please include any staffing data to support your explanation, such as number and duration of unfilled positions and
 number of accessions and separations per fiscal year.)
 Internal  EPA survey consistently confirms that all of our allowance-receiving physicians are motivated to
 work at  EPA by the mission of the agency, in preference to private practice or employment at another
 Federal  agency. Nevertheless, we are also consistently told that our willingness to pay some  level of
 allowance is usually the difference between the employee's willingness to  remain with EPA in light of the
 altruism and the lure of greater remuneration in  other directions.
                                              1056

-------
    11) Provide any additional information that may be useful in planning PCA staffing levels and
	amounts in your agency.	

 We are well aware that the Office of Personnel Management has predicated its policies in the direction of
 discouraging Federal agencies from using incentive authorities to compete with each other or to raid each other. We
 are convinced that without the availability of the PCA, despite our low turnover rate, we would have difficulty in
 retaining our small number of Research Physicians, not so much to the private sector, but to other Federal agencies
 with significantly more positions that are also paying the allowance. Simply put, we are frequently told by our
 Research Physicians that without the PCA, family pressure would compel transfer from EPA as long as the Physician
 wished to stay with Federal employment.
                                                 1057

-------
Guidance and Instructions for PCA Worksheet

These instructions cover all agencies using or intending to use Physicians' Comparability Allowance
(PCA) payments. Eligibility for PCA is defined in 5 U.S.C. 5948 and 5 CFR part 595. All data should be
submitted in the PCA Worksheet. Data for each question should be supplied for prior fiscal year (PY),
current fiscal year (CY), and budget fiscal year (BY).
For more information on PCA: http://www.opm.gov/oca/pav/html/pca.asp.
Definitions-General
Government Physician: Section 5948(g)(1) of title 5, United States Code, defines "Government physician"
as any individual employed  as a physician or dentist who is paid under: the General Schedule; the Senior
Executive Service; section 5371, relating to certain health care positions; Tennessee Valley Authority Act;
Foreign Service Act;  Central Intelligence Agency Act; section 1202 of the Panama Canal Act of 1979;
section 2 of the National Security Act of May 29, 1959; section 5376 of title 5 relating to certain senior-
level positions; section 5377 of title 5 relating to critical positions; orsubchapter IX of chapter 53 of title 5
relating to special occupational pay systems.
Definitions- Worksheet Data
1) Number of Physicians Receiving PCAs. The total number of agency physicians receiving a  PCA.
2-3) Number of Physicians  with 1-Year and Multi-Year PCA Service Agreements: Under the PCA
program, physicians  may elect to sign a 1-year or multi-year PCA service agreement. Please provide the
number of physicians under 1-year and multi-year agreements in rows 2 and 3.
4) Average Annual PCA Physician Pay (without PCA payment). Average annual compensation per
physician receiving a PCA.  These amounts should exclude the PCA payment, but include base pay and
all other bonuses, incentives (such as recruitment, relocation, and retention incentives) and awards.
5) Average Annual PCA Payment. The average annual PCA paid per physician.
6) Category of Physicians Receiving PCAs. The number of physicians receiving PCAs broken out by
category. Detailed physician category definitions can be found here:
http://www.opm.gov/oca/pay/html/pca.asp.
7) List Any Additional Physician Categories Designated by Your Agency. Pursuant to 5 CFR 595.107, any
additional category of physician receiving a PCA, not covered by categories I through IV-B, should be
listed and accompanied by  an explanation as to why these categories are necessary. In addition, the
number of physician  agreements under these categories, broken out by  category, should be provided.

8) Explanation of the Allowance Amount Paid to Each Category of Physician: Provide reasoning for the
amount of the allowances assigned to each physician category.

9) Explanation of Recruitment and Retention Problem(s): Factors contributing to your agency's physician
recruitment and retention problems should be provided. The explanation should include staffing data,
such as accessions, separations and number and duration of unfilled positions, as support. Where
applicable, provide information by physician category.

10) Explanation of the Degree PCA Alleviates Recruitment and Retention Problem(s): Provide an
explanation of the extent that providing PCAs has prevented  or lessened recruitment and retention
problems. The explanation should  include staffing data, such as accessions, separations and number and
duration of unfilled positions, as support.

11) Additional Information: Provide any additional, relevant information.
                                             1058

-------
                  Proposed FY 2013 Administrative Provisions

To further clarify proposed Administrative Provisions that involve more than a simple annual
extension, were not included in P.L. 112-74, or propose a modification to an existing provision,
the following information is provided.

Community Action for a Renewed Environment
Under terms established by the Administrator, and in addition to funds otherwise available in
other appropriation  accounts for  specific  grant programs, the  Agency may expend funds
appropriated in the Environmental Program and Management account for competitive grants to
communities to implement Community Action for a Renewed Environment (CARE) projects.

CARE is a competitive grant and technical assistance program that offers  an innovative way for
under-served and other communities to take action to reduce toxic pollution. Through CARE,
communities create local collaborative partnerships that implement local  solutions to minimize
exposure to toxic pollutants and reduce their release.  In FY 2013, EPA is requesting new grant
authority to continue this program beyond the demonstration phase.

Cancellation of Unobligated Balances
From unobligated balances available  to carry  out projects  and activities funded through the
State and Tribal Assistance Grants account, $30,000,000 are hereby permanently cancelled:
Provided, That  no  amounts may be  cancelled from amounts that were designated by the
Congress as an emergency requirement pursuant to the Concurrent Resolution on the Budget or
the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985, as amended.

EPA is proposing to cancel $30 million from STAG unobligated balances provided that they
were not designated as an emergency requirement.

Program Funds for Facilities Activities
The  Science and Technology,  Environmental Programs and Management, Office of Inspector
General, Hazardous Substance Superfund, and Leaking Underground Storage Tank Trust Fund
Program Accounts,  are  available for  the construction,  alteration, repair, rehabilitation,  and
renovation of facilities provided that the cost does not exceed $150,000 per project.

The  Building and Facilities threshold was last increased from $75 to  $85  thousand in FY 2004.
During the 2004 to 2011  timeframe, costs for construction, material, and labor increased ranging
from 5 to 9 percent per year. EPA is proposing to reflect these cost increases by raising the per
project threshold from $85 to $150 thousand.

The  $150 thousand  threshold will  apply to the  S&T, EPM, OIG, Superfund,  and LUST
appropriations  and will allow the programs to proceed effectively  and  efficiently to address
immediate, urgent and smaller-scale facility improvements and  will enable the Agency to
maintain adequate operations,  further mission-critical activities and implement  conservation
goals.

                                         1059

-------
Title 42 Hiring Authority
The fourth paragraph under the heading Administrative Provisions of title II of Public Law 109-
54, as amended by the fifth paragraph under such heading of title II of division E of Public Law
111-8 and the third paragraph under such heading of the title II of Public Law 111-88, is further
amended by striking "up to thirty persons at any one time" and inserting "persons".

The current proviso states that the Administrator may, after consultation with the Office of
Personnel Management, employ up to thirty persons at any one time in the Office of Research
and Development under the authority provided in 42 U.S.C. 209. The change proposed in FY
2013 would remove the ceiling of thirty persons at any one time.
Oil Spill Transfer Authority
Notwithstanding section 104 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (42 U.S.C. 9604),  the Administrator may authorize the expenditure or transfer of up
to $10,000,000 from any appropriation in this title, in addition  to the amounts included in the
"Inland Oil Spill Programs" account, for removal activities related to actual oil spills [5 days
after notifying the House and Senate Committees on Appropriations of the intention to expend or
transfer such funds]: Provided, That no funds  shall be expended or transferred under this
authority until the Administrator determines that amounts made available for expenditure in the
"Inland Oil Spill Programs" account will be exhausted within 30 days: Provided further, That
such funds shall be replenished to  the appropriation that was the  source of the  expenditure or
transfer, following EPA's receipt  of reimbursement from the  Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund
pursuant to the Oil Pollution Act of 1990.

This provision, enacted in P.L. 112-74, allows the Administrator to  quickly deploy necessary
resources in response to oil spills by allowing transfers of up to $10 million from  other available
sources within EPA.  The  change  to the language  removes  the requirement for a 5-day
notification period to the House and  Senate Committees on Appropriations, which is left to the
Committee's discretion.
                                          1060

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents - Appendix B

EPA Fiscal Year 2011 Annual Performance Report:	1063
   Introduction	1064
   Strategic Goal 1: Taking Action of Climate Change and Improving Air Quality	1075
   Strategic Goal 2: Protecting America's Waters	1084
   Strategic Goal 3: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development.. 1095
   Strategic Goal 4: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Pollution Prevention	1108
   Strategic Goal 5: Enforcing Environmental Laws	1120
   Enabling and Support Programs	1129
   Progress Toward the EPA's Cross-Cutting Fundamental Strategies	1136
      Expanding the Conversation on Environmentalism	1137
      Working for Environmental Justice and Children's Health	1138
      Advancing Science, Research, and Technological Innovation	1139
      Strengthening State, Tribal, and International Partnerships	1140
      Strengthening EPA's Workforce and Capabilities	1142
                                        1061

-------
1062

-------
EPA Fiscal Year 2011 Annual Performance Report:
       Overview of FY 2011 Performance
                    1063

-------
                   EPA Fiscal Year 2011 Annual Performance Report:
                           Overview of FY 2011 Performance
Introduction

The  EPA's FY 2011 Annual Performance Report  presents environmental  and program
performance results achieved in FY 2011 under the goals  established in its FY 2011-2015
Strategic Plan (http://www.epa.gov/ocfo/plan/plan.htm) and against the performance measures
and  targets established in the agency's FY 2011  Annual  Performance Plan and  Budget
(http://www.epa.gov/budget/index.htm.)

This report is one of three complementary documents the EPA has produced to report its FY
2011  financial   and program  performance  results,  in  compliance  with  the  Government
Performance and Results Act Modernization  Act of 2010 and the Office  of  Management and
Budget implementing guidance. In addition to the FY 2011 APR provided here as part of its FY
2013 Congressional Budget Justification,  the EPA has also issued an FY 2011 Agency Financial
Report and an  FY 2011 Highlights,. The FY  2011 Highlights  presents key  financial  and
performance information  from both the APR and APR in a brief, nontechnical, user-friendly
format. These three reports are available at http://www.epa.gov/planandbudget/results.html.

Approach to Performance Reporting

The EPA strives to more closely connect the results it has achieved with its direction for the
future. Toward  this end, the agency worked to integrate its  annual performance  report and
Congressional Budget Justification more fully  and meaningfully. In  addition to the "Overview of
FY 2011  Performance" provided in this section, the EPA  has  woven  performance results
information and addressed performance reporting  requirements throughout its FY 2013 CJ:

       •   The Introduction and Overview section presents EPA's mission statement and
          organizational structure;
       •   The Goal and Objective Overview section includes FY 2011 performance results
          where helpful to support discussion of future directions;
       •   Appropriation Program/Project Fact Sheets include FY 2011 performance results
          and trend data to provide context for budget decisions; and
       •   The Program Performance and Assessment section presents a detailed, 8-year array
          of performance data—displayed by strategic goal and objective—which provides
          results for each measure established in the agency's FY 2011 Annual Performance
          Plan and includes  explanations for missed or exceeded targets.

Integrating performance and budgeting in this manner advances the agency's strategic planning
and provides context and support for its FY 2013 budget decisions.
                                         1064

-------
Performance Management in FY 2011
          EPA's Performance  Management System
                                 Strategic Planning
                                 FY 2011-2015 Strategic Plan
                                 Futures Work
    Results Measurement,
  Reporting, and Evaluation
       (Accountability)
   • Annual Performance Report
   • Program Evaluation
   • Annual Cross-Cutting Fundamental
     Strategy Progress Reports
   Annual Planning
    and Budgeting
EPA Annual Plan and Budget
Priority Goals
Annual Cross-Cutting Fundamental
Strategy Action Plans
                                    Operations
                                   and Execution
                                National Program Manager
                                Guidance
                                Regional Performance
                                Commitments
                                Regional and State Performance
                                Partnership Agreements (PPAs)
To support achievement of the long-term goals and objectives outlined in its Strategic Plan, the
EPA prepares an Annual Performance Plan and Budget, which commits the agency to a suite of
annual performance  measures. The EPA reports its results against these annual performance
measures and discusses progress toward its longer term strategic goals in its Annual Performance
Report, which the agency includes in its Congressional Budget Justification.

FY 2011 marks the first year of the EPA's implementation of its new FY 2011-2015 Strategic
Plan (http://www.epa.gov/ocfo/plan/plan.htm), released in September 2010. The plan establishes
five goals that support the agency's mission to protect human health and the environment, as
well  as  supporting objectives. The plan also presents a set of five cross-cutting strategies that
stem from the Administrator's priorities and are designed to fundamentally change how the
agency works, both internally and externally, to achieve the mission outcomes articulated under
its five strategic goals. The EPA is implementing these strategies through annual action plans,
which focus its efforts and promote tangible, measurable actions that transform its delivery of
                                        1065

-------
environmental and human health protection. The EPA's FY 2011 Action Plan Progress Reports
are available at http://www.epa.gov/planandbudget/results.html.
                          THE EPA'S STRATEGIC GOALS
                Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                              Protecting America's Waters
             Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                 Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
                             Enforcing Environmental Laws

            THE EPA's  CROSS-CUTTING FUNDAMENTAL STRATEGIES
                    Expanding the Conversation on Environmentalism
                 Working for Environmental Justice and Children's Health
                Advancing Science, Research and Technological Innovation
                 Strengthening State, Tribal, and International Partnerships
                     Strengthening EPA's Workforce and Capabilities

To focus attention on advancing its FY 2011-2015 Strategic Plan, in FY 2011 the EPA instituted
new practices that promote the use of simpler and more meaningful performance information in
managing programs and provide cross-agency  dialogue to inform decision-making. For example,
in FY 2011 the Deputy  Administrator initiated quarterly meetings  with senior leadership to
discuss progress on agency priority goals, and at midyear and the end of the year, on a broader
set of performance measures for each of the agency's strategic goals. Similarly,  agency managers
prepare and discuss action plans for carrying out the cross-cutting fundamental strategies which
shape how the EPA carries out its work. These meetings encourage transparency and discussion
among national program managers and regions on program results and challenges.

The EPA's Priority Goals

The EPA also reports on Priority Goals, a new component of the Administration's performance
management framework.  The EPA's Priority  Goals are specific, measurable, near-term (18- to
24-month) targets, which  align with the agency's long-term and annual performance measures
and communicate the performance improvements the agency will accomplish  using its existing
legislative authority and resources. The EPA's FY 2010-2011 Priority Goals include controlling
greenhouse gas  emissions, improving water quality  and protecting and developing communities.
Results the agency achieved for its FY 2010-2011 Priority Goals are highlighted in the goal-by-
goal discussions which follow.
                                         1066

-------
                         The EPA's FY 2010-2011 Priority Goals
 I EPA  will improve the country's  ability to measure and control Green House Gas  (GHG)
 emissions. Building a foundation for action is essential.
    •   By June 15, 2011, EPA will  make publically available  100 percent of facility-level GHG
        emissions data submitted to EPA in accordance with the GHG Reporting Rule, compliant
        with policies protecting Confidential Business Information (CBI.)
    •   In 2011, EPA, working with DOT, will begin implementation of regulations designed to
        reduce the GHG emissions from light duty vehicles sold  in the US starting with model
	year 2012.	
 II.      Clean water is essential for our quality of life and the health of our communities. EPA will
 take actions over the next two years to improve water quality.
    •   Chesapeake Bay watershed states (including the District of Columbia) will develop and
        submit Phase I watershed implementation plans by the end  of CY 2010 and Phase II plans
        by the end of CY 2011 in support of EPA's final Chesapeake Bay Total Maximum Daily
        Load (TMDL)  and consistent with the expectations and schedule described  in EPA's
        letters of November 4 and December 29, 2009 and June  11, 2010.
    •   Increase pollutant reducing enforcement actions in  waters that  don't meet water quality
        standards, and post results and analysis on the web.
    •   Over the  next two years, EPA will initiate review/revision  of at  least 4 drinking water
	standards to strengthen public health protection.	
 III. EPA will ensure that environmental health and protection is delivered to our communities.
    •   By 2012 EPA will have initiated 20 enhanced Brownfields community level projects that
        will  include a new area-wide planning effort to benefit under-served and economically
        disadvantaged communities.  This will allow those communities to assess and  address a
        single large or multiple Brownfields sites within their boundaries, thereby advancing area-
        wide planning to enable redevelopment of Brownfields properties on a broader scale. EPA
        will  provide technical  assistance, coordinate its  enforcement, water  and air  quality
        programs, and work with other Federal agencies, states, tribes and local governments to
        implement  associated  targeted  environmental   improvements  identified  in  each
        community's area-wide plan.
 The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009

 During  FY 2011, the  EPA  continued to  make  significant  progress  in  implementing its
 responsibilities under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. Since the end of
 FY 2009, the EPA has tracked program performance for six key ARRA-funded environmental
 programs that invest in clean water  and drinking water projects, implement  diesel  emission
 reduction  technologies, clean up  leaking underground storage  tanks,  revitalize and  reuse
 brownfields, and clean up Superfund sites. FY 2011 realized a significant amount of activity as a
 result of ARRA funding. An overview of the number and types of projects  completed with
 ARRA funds in 2011 demonstrates further progress made to advance environmental protection.
 To date the agency has reported on the following accomplishments:
                                          1067

-------
   •   More than 660 projects have been funded to improve or maintain wastewater treatment
       works serving an estimated 79  million Americans, and  more than 265 drinking water
       systems have been brought into compliance, serving over 7.4 million Americans.

   •   Almost 30,000 diesel engines have been retrofitted, replaced or retired.

   •   Hundreds  of contaminated  sites  have been cleaned  up,  including  92  brownfield
       properties,  more  than 1,300 underground  storage tanks and nine Superfund sites.
       Additionally, more than 50 Superfund site cleanups have been accelerated.

To  ensure  accountability and demonstrate progress toward meeting  ARRA goals, the EPA
provides         quarterly         ARRA          performance         updates         at
http://www.epa.gov/recoverv/plans.htmltfquarterly.

The EPA's Human Capital Strategy

A component  of the EPA's FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan, Cross-Cutting Fundamental
Strategy 5,  "Strengthening  EPA's Workforce  and Capabilities," focuses  on human  capital
priorities, as well as internal business processes. Under this cross-cutting fundamental strategy,
the agency seeks to continuously improve its internal management,  encourage innovation and
creativity in all aspects of its work, and ensure that the EPA  is an excellent workplace that
attracts and retains a  topnotch,  diverse workforce,  positioned to  meet  and  address  the
environmental  challenges of the 21st  century. To  achieve this  goal, the  EPA focused on six
areas:  recruiting,  developing,  and retaining a  diverse and creative workforce;  cultivating  a
workplace that values  a high quality  work  life; practicing outstanding resource stewardship;
enhancing communication; integrating energy efficiency  and environmental considerations into
our work practices; and improving the  effectiveness and efficiency of the agency's acquisition
function.

During FY 2011, the agency carried out several targeted actions to achieve the goals of this
crosscutting fundamental strategy. These included reforming the EPA's  hiring process to make  it
easier for applicants to  apply for jobs, as well as increasing the pool of qualified  candidates;
completing  standardized recruitment  packages  for 10  occupations;  launching  a Diversity
Dashboard;  and  conducting  training for hiring officials  across  the EPA  on  targeted outreach
strategies.

More information on the Strengthening the EPA's Workforce and Capacities can be found in the
Cross Cutting Fundamental Strategy section which follows.

Program Evaluations

To improve program effectiveness and efficiency, the Administration emphasized the importance
of using program evaluation to provide the evidence needed to demonstrate that the agency's
programs are meeting their intended outcomes. By assessing how well a program is working and
why, program evaluation can help the EPA identify where activities have the greatest impact on
protecting human  health and the environment, provide the  road  map  needed  to  replicate

                                          1068

-------
successes, and conversely identify areas needing improvement. This is particularly important as
the EPA meets its obligations for transparency and accountability. A summary of those program
evaluations   completed  during  FY   2011   are   available  on   the   following   website:
http://www.epa.gov/planandbudget/results.html.
                                          1069

-------
Summary of FY 2011 Performance Results
                            Reliability of the EPA's Performance Data

  Data used to report performance results are reliable and as complete as possible. Because improvements in human
  health and the environment may not become immediately apparent, there might be delays between the actions we
  have taken and results we can measure. Additionally, we cannot provide results data for several of our
  performance measures for this reporting year. When possible, however, we have portrayed trend data to illustrate
  progress over time. We also report final performance results for prior years that became available in FY 2011.
                                        Administrator
                                       Lisa P. Jackson
                                                              f
  Lisa P. Jackson f                                        Date
  Administrator
In its FY 2011 Annual Performance Plan  and Budget,  the  EPA committed to 238  annual
performance measures,  178 of which had validated measurement data as of the publication date
of this report. In FY 2011, the agency met 127 of these performance measures, 71 percent of the
performance measures for which data were available. The EPA significantly exceeded its targets
for several of its FY 2011 performance measures. In some  cases, a new collaborative effort or a
new approach to the  performance measures  allowed the EPA to accomplish more than  it  had
planned.

The  EPA also faced a number of difficult  challenges  and obstacles  to  success. Despite the
agency's best efforts,  51 performance measures were not met. There are a number of reasons for
missed targets, including an unexpected demand for resources or competing priorities; the effect
of budget cuts  on the agency's state, tribal, and local government partners; and factors outside
the agency's control,  such as weather, technological challenges, or population growth and land
use patterns.

The  EPA is using  performance measures to look at FY 2011  results in terms  of long-term
performance. The agency  has highlighted key performance  trends and challenges related to
specific performance measures under each of its five programmatic goals. These trends  and
                                           1070

-------
challenges are described in this document, along with actions the agency is taking as a result of
the data.

The  EPA will carefully consider its  FY  2011  results  and adjust program  strategies  and
approaches accordingly. The 8-year array included in the Program Performance and Assessment
section of the CJ provides more detailed explanations for missed and  significantly exceeded
targets and discusses the agency's plans to meet these performance measures in the future.

Data Not Available

Because final end-of-year data for some measures were not available when this report went to
press, the EPA is not yet able to report on 60 of its 238 performance measures.  Environmental
results may not become apparent within a fiscal year, and assessing environmental improvements
often requires multiyear information. In  some cases, additional time is needed to understand and
assess factors such as exposure and the resulting impact on human health.

In many cases,  reporting cycles—including some  that  are legislatively  mandated—do not
correspond with the federal fiscal year on which this report is based. Data reported biennially, for
example, are not available for this report but will be provided in next year's Annual Performance
Report.

Extensive quality assurance/quality control processes to ensure  the reliability of performance
data can also delay  reporting. The EPA relies heavily on performance data obtained from state,
tribal and local  agencies, all of which require  time to collect information and review it for
quality. If the EPA is unable to obtain complete end-of-year information from all  sources in time
for this report, FY 2011 results will be available in the Performance and Assessment section of
the FY 2014 Congressional Justification, published in February 2013.
Data Now Available

The EPA is now able to report data from FY  2010 that became available  in FY 2011. These FY
2010 results  are reflected  in  the  8-year array provided  in the Program  Performance  and
Assessment section of the FY 2013  CJ. (Note that the agency's FY 2010  performance measures
were developed under the  goal  structure  of its  2006-2011  Strategic Plan; thus, where
appropriate, some FY 2010 measures are realigned in the 8-year array to  correspond to the goal
structure of the agency's current FY 2011-2015 Strategic Plan.) In summary, final performance
results became available for 41  of the  60 FY 2010 measures  (out of a total  211  FY 2010
performance measures)  for which data  were unavailable at the end  of FY 2010.  Of these 41
performance measures, the EPA met 31 targets.

A Guide to this "Overview of FY 2011 Performance" Section

The pages which follow highlight a few selected FY 2011 regional accomplishments and provide
performance results and information on the agency's progress toward achieving the five strategic
goals and implementing the five cross-cutting fundamental  strategies established in its FY 2011-
2015 Strategic Plan.
                                          1071

-------
For each  of the EPA's  five strategic goals,  the report provides a brief overview,  lists key
programs  or offices that contribute to the goal, summarizes measures met  and missed by
objective,  notes significant FY 2011 highlights and challenges, and discusses results achieved for
Priority Goals  which  support the  strategic goal. In addition, the  agency analyzes selected
performance measures  and trends which represent key initiatives or activities toward achieving
the long-term strategic goal.

For each of the EPA's five  cross-cutting fundamental strategies, the report provides an  overview
of FY 2011 activity and presents bulleted highlights and challenges for FY 2011.
                                          1072

-------
            Highlights    of    Environmental
Region 10 Restoring the Puget Sound Ecosystem

The EPA awarded $3S. 1 million in grants to facilitate the ecosystem
restoration and protection of Puget Sound, the nation's second-
largest estuary. Funded projects include reducing toxic and bacterial
pollution and protecting at-risk watersheds such as the Duwamish
River, an urban waterway in Puget Sound that is currently under
Superfund cleanup. The Port of Seattle and City of Seattle have
committed S33 million to clean up contaminated marine sediment
and soil. Tribes have used the Puget Sound funding to support the
elimination of invasive species and to monitor salmon movement
during the Elwha River Dam removal, the largest project of its kind
in U.S. history.
http://w\vw.epa.gov/pugctsound/
Region 9 Undertaking Uranium Cleanup in Navajo Nation

To address health and environmental impacts of uranium contami-
nation in Navajo Nation, the EPA and Navajo EPA screened 683
structures for potential contamination, completed the demolition
and excavation of 34 structures and 12 residential yards, assessed
452 mines, and started cleanup on the four highest priority mines.
Additionally, the EPA tested 240 wells for ground water contamina-
tion and partnered with Indian Health Services and U.S. Housing
and Urban Development to invest S24.S million in new water lines
serving drinking water to 300 homes. Marking a major accomplish-
ment, the EPA and the Navajo Nation reached agreement on a plan
to clean up the Northeast Church Rock United Nuclear Corporation
mine—the largest mine on the reservation—starting in 2012.
http://w\vw.cpa.gov/rcgion09/NavajoUranium
Region 7 Responding to Joplin, Missouri, Tornado Aftermath

On May 22, 2011, tragedy struck Joplin, Missouri, after an F-5
tornado damaged approximately 8,000 structures in its wake. In
the aftermath of the tornado, the EPA has worked with the Mis-
souri Department of Natural Resources and the Federal Emergency
Management Agency, as well as other state and local partner agencies
and nongovernmental entities, to reuse and recycle more than 156
tons of electronic equipment. 104.000 containers, and 257 tons of
white goods, such as housing materials and propane cylinders. In
addition, the EPA coordinated with partner agencies to conduct rapid
needs assessments, air monitoring for asbestos and particulates, and
household ha/ardous waste operations, as well as provide long-
term community recovery support. The EPA has  maintained public
outreach efforts throughout the response, conducting more than 70
news media interviews that resulted in several hundred news stories
mentioning the agency's cfrbrts.
http://www.epa.gov/joplin/
Region 8 Treating Contaminated Mining Drainage in Colorado

Using S17 million in hazardous waste cleanup funding from the Ameri-
can Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, the EPA and the Colorado
Department of Public Health and Environment constructed a 1,600-gallon-
per-minute water treatment plant at the Summitville Mine Superfund site
to remove heavy metal contaminants from mine drainage before the water
leaves the site and enters the headwaters of the Alamosa River, a tributary
of the Rio Grande River. The project has supported job creation in various
building trades, including mechanics, heavy equipment operators and
truck drivers. In addition, the EPA and the CDPHE installed a micro-
hydropowcr plant at the site, providing 15 to 20 percent of the site's energy
needs and resulting in significant cost savings.
http://w\v\v.epa.gov/regionS/superfund/co/summitville/indcx.html
Region 6 Ensuring Environmental Justice and Public Health in Texas

The EPA finalized approval of a community-based Supplemental Environ-
mental Project to build a SI million health clinic to serve the residents of
Port Arthur, Texas. The clinic is part of the EPA's Environmental Justice
Showcase Community Project, a grassroots program in which the EPA
works with city officials, industry, and state and federal partners to achieve
measurable progress in some of America's most environmentally distressed
communities. In addition, the EPA has helped establish six multi-stakeholder
workgroups designed to improve environmental conditions, health care,
housing, jobs training, energy efficiency and urban redevelopment projects in
the region.
http://www.epa.gov/region06/6dra/oejta/ej/index.html

-------
Accomplishments,    EPA    Regions
      Region 5 Advancing Northeast Ohio's Water Infrastructure
      and Economy

      In July 2011, the EPA reached a Combined Sewer Overflow1 Consent
      Decree with the Northeast Ohio Regional Sc\ver District, mandating a $3
      billion effort to reduce the annual volume of raw sewage discharged from
      4.5 billion gallons to 494 million gallons, including a minimum of S42
      million for large-scale green infrastructure projects spanning the next 25
      years. Green infrastructure management approaches and technologies
      include infiltration, cvapotranspiration, and the capture and reuse of
      stormwater to maintain or restore natural hydrologies. Collectively, the
      implemented control measures will result in the treatment of more than
      98 percent of the wet weather flows in the sewer system.
      http://wuw.epa.gov/compliance/resources/cases/civil/cwa/neorsd.htinl
   Region 4 Improving Air Quality in the Southeast Through Clean Air
   Act Settlement

   In April 2011, the EPA provided a new benchmark for clean power generation in
   the United States through a Clean Air Act settlement with the Tennessee Valley
   Authority that requires the TVA to spend S350 million on environmental mitiga-
   tion projects, including energy efficiency and renewable energy projects. Once
   fully implemented, the pollution controls could reduce emissions of nitrogen
   oxide by 69 percent and sulfur dioxide by 67 percent from the TVA's 2008 emis-
   sion levels. The settlement will also significantly reduce participate matter and
   carbon dioxide emissions, leading to estimated annual monetized health benefits
   ranging from SI I billion  to $27 billion.
   http://wuw.epa.gov/compliance/resources/cases/civil/caa/tvacoal-fired.htinl
Region 1 Providing Training To Prevent Lead
Exposure in New England

As part of an extensive outreach and assistance effort
reaching more than 125,000 people in the New England
region, the EPA accredited 64 training providers, over a
two-year period, to teach more than 134 courses under
the federal lead renovation, repair and painting rule. The
rule requires that firms performing renovation, repair and
painting projects that disturb lead-based paint in pre-1978
homes, childcare facilities and schools be certified by the
EPA and use certified renovators trained to follow lead-safe
work practices. To date, 12,664 New England firms have
been certified, and almost 2,500 courses have been offered,
providing invaluable training to an estimated 75,000
people. Continuing the EPA's effort to achieve compli-
ance and reduce risks. Region 1 issued the first renovation,
repair and painting rule enforcement action in the nation
resulting from a social media video tip.
http://epa.gov/regionl/cnforcement/leadpaint
                                                                           Region 2 Cleaning Up the Hudson River

                                                                           Region 2 marked an important milestone in the cleanup
                                                                           of the Hudson River with the start of the second and final
                                                                           phase of dredging in spring 2011. Over the next five to
                                                                           seven years, General Electric will remove about 2.4 million
                                                                           cubic yards of polychlormated biphenyls contaminated
                                                                           sediment from a 40-mile section of the Upper Hudson
                                                                           River between Fort Edward and Troy, NY. An estimated
                                                                           1.3 million pounds of PCBs were discharged into the
                                                                           river from two General Electric capacitor manufactur-
                                                                           ing plants located in Fort Edward and Hudson Falls over
                                                                           the course of 30 years. General Electric is conducting the
                                                                           dredging project, with EPA oversight, under the terms of a
                                                                           November 2006 legal agreement. Approximately 500 jobs
                                                                           have been created by the cleanup project, and more than
                                                                           550,000 cubic yards of contaminated sediment has already
                                                                           been removed.
                                                                           http://www.epa,gov/hudson/
Region 3 Establishing a "Pollution Diet" for the
Chesapeake Bay

In December 2010, the EPA established the Chesapeake
Bay Total Maximum Daily Load, the nation's most rigor-
ous "pollution diet" for meeting water quality standards
in the Chesapeake Bay and its tidal tributaries, many of
which are a source of drinking water. The Chesapeake Bay
TMDL sets pollution limits that represent a 25-percent
reduction in nitrogen, 24-percent reduction m phospho-
rus and 20-percent reduction in sediment. The TMDL is
designed to ensure that all control measures needed to
meet the jurisdictions' Chesapeake Bay water quality stan-
dards are in place by 2025, with 60 percent of the actions
completed by 2017. The pollution controls could signifi-
cantly improve water quality in streams, creeks and rivers
throughout the region, as well as benefit local economies
through increased use of watershed activities, including
fishing, swimming and boating.
http://wu-w.epa.gOV/reg3wapd/t:rndl/ChesapeakeBay/
indcx.html

-------
Strategic Goal 1: Taking Action of Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
                                1075

-------
                           Strategic Goal 1 at a Glance:
   TAKING ACTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
      Reduce greenhouse gas emissions and develop adaptation strategies
         to address climate change and protect and improve air quality.
                        FY2011 Performance Measures
              Met = 4 Not Met = 0 Data Unavailable = 29 (Total Measures = 33)
              FY 2010 Performance Measures (see chart below)
              Met = 27 Not Met = 4 Data Unavailable = 2 (Total Measures = 33)

Objectives
• Address Climate
Change
• Improve Air Quality
• Restore the Ozone
Layer
• Reduce Unnecessary
Exposure to Radiation
25

20
15

10
5

0
                                           FY 2010 Goal 1 Performance Measures
                                                   (Total Measures: 33)
                                       Objective 1:    Objective 2:
                                        Address      Improve
                                      Climate Change    Air Quality
Objective 3:    Objective 4:
Resto re tti e Redu ce Un necessa ry
Ozone Layer Exposure to Radiation
                        FY 2010 - FY 2011 Priority Goals
By June 15, 2011, EPA will make publicly available 100 percent of facility-level GHG emissions data submitted
to EPA in accordance with the GHG Reporting Rule, compliant with policies protecting Confidential Business
Information (CBI).
In 2011, EPA, working  with DOT, will begin implementation of regulations designed to reduce the GHG emis-
sions from light duty vehicles sold in the US starting with model year 2012.
                             Key Accomplishments
Establishing GHG reporting registry.
Reducing SO2, a precursor to acid rain deposition.
Monitoring radiation levels after Japan power plant disaster.
Testing for clean cookstoves.
                                 Key Challenges
Reducing days of unhealthy air quality.
Reducing toxic air emissions.
                                       1076

-------
Goal 1 Purpose

The  EPA manages  a number of programs related to climate change,  outdoor and indoor air
quality, stratospheric ozone, and radiation, each of which plays a vital role in protecting human
health  and the environment. Under these  programs, the agency and its  partners  have made
substantial progress  in improving air quality and continue to take steps to reduce greenhouse gas
emissions; however, much work remains.

For example, although  nationwide air quality has improved significantly since passage of the
Clean Air Act Amendments in 1990, in 2008,  about 127 million Americans lived in counties that
did not meet air quality standards for at least one pollutant. To support its clean air goals, the
EPA continues striving to meet strategic targets outlined in its FY 2011-2015 Strategic Plan,
such as reducing emissions of particulate matter and ozone. The agency is also working with the
electricity-generating power industry through a cap-and-trade program to reduce sulfur dioxide
and nitrogen oxides, precursors of fine parti culate matter, ozone and acid rain.

Similarly, the agency and its partners continue to face challenges in addressing climate change.
To better understand the changing climate,  the EPA instituted a Priority Goal to ensure that the
nearly  7,000  facilities that emit greenhouse gases report their data through the new Electronic-
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Tool  (EGRT.) Programs under Goal 1 continue to work through
voluntary  partnerships  and  implement  other cost-effective  solutions  to  ensure that  private
industry complies with standards and creates a healthier environment.

Under  these  climate change and air quality objectives, the  EPA committed to 33 FY 2011
performance measures.  Of these 33 measures, the EPA met 5 measures. The agency collects air
and climate data on a calendar year basis that has a  year-long data lag,  which means the EPA
will report 27 of the  2011 performance measures in 2012.

In FY 2010, the EPA committed to 33 performance measures. The agency met [or exceeded] 87
percent and did not meet 13 percent of the measures for which data were available for this report.
(Data were not yet available for two FY 2010 measures.) The full suite of the EPA's FY 2011
measures, including targets, results, and detailed explanations for variances,  is available in the
Performance and Assessment Section of the FY 2013 Congressional Justification.

EPA Contributing  Programs: Acid Rain Program; AirNow; Air Toxics; Clean Air Allowance
Trading Programs;  Clean Air Research; Indoor Air Quality; National Ambient Air Quality
Standards Development and Implementation; Mobile Sources; New  Source  Review; Regional
Haze;  Stratospheric Ozone  Layer Protection Program; Radiation Programs; and Voluntary
Climate Programs.
                                          1077

-------
Priority Goals

In FY 2010, the EPA established two Priority Goals to advance the Strategic Plan objective to
address climate change and reduce greenhouse emissions.
GHG Emissions: Mandatory Reporting Rule
By June 15, 2011, EPA will make publicly available 100 percent of facility-level GHG emissions
data submitted to EPA in accordance with the GHG Reporting Rule, compliant with policies
protecting Confidential Business Information.
Results:  On  October 30, 2009, the EPA published a rule  requiring large greenhouse gas
emissions sources in the United States to report their annual  emissions to the EPA. The first
emissions reports (for 2010) were due on March 31, 2011, and the EPA set a goal to make the
reported  data publicly available by June 15, 2011. However, following conversations with
industry and other external stakeholders, and in the interest of providing high-quality data to the
public, the EPA extended the March 31 reporting deadline to  September 30 and extended the
date for making the data publicly available to December 31, 2011. On September 30, 2011, the
EPA successfully completed the  first  reporting period under  the  EPA's  Greenhouse  Gas
Mandatory Reporting Rule (40 CFR Part 98.) Never before has the  agency had facility-level
GHG data that can be used to guide the development of policies and programs to reduce GHG
emissions nationwide. The success of this data collection effort was  made possible through a
cross-office effort within  the agency to develop a comprehensive, user-friendly, Web-based
electronic reporting tool that nearly 7,000 facilities and suppliers used to submit their data to the
EPA.
GHG Emissions: Light Duty Vehicles
In 2011, EPA, working with the U.S. Department of Transportation, will begin implementation of
regulations designed to reduce the GHG emissions from light duty vehicles sold in the U.S.,
starting with model year 2012.
Results: Since establishing the first GHG emissions standards for cars and light-duty trucks in
April 2010, the EPA has been working to ensure their effective implementation, beginning with
vehicle model  year 2012. The  EPA's primary role is to review applications from  vehicle
manufacturers  and perform  tests on prototype  vehicles  and  engines  to determine/certify
compliance with the GHG emissions  standards.  As of September  30, 2011, the EPA had issued
just over 450 certificates of conformity; this total represents  approximately 90 percent of the
certificates anticipated for model year 2012.

In addition to determining compliance, the EPA is also developing the data system to support the
emissions averaging, banking and trading program that allows manufacturers different pathways
to comply with the fleetwide average GHG emissions standards. The data  system  is  being
developed  in two phases:  Phase  1  for information collection and certificate of conformity
generation, and Phase 2 for end of model year calculations. Phase 1 is being deployed throughout
2011 in a series of four  releases. As of September 30, 2011,  the EPA had deployed three
releases:  1) system design  and requirements analysis, 2) changes to the  certificate of conformity
template (to  add GHG language) and the manufacturers' request for certificate dataset, and 3)

                                          1078

-------
changes to the  certification,  confirmatory test,  fuel economy label and  manufacturer in-use
verification program datasets. The remaining release, covering changes to the model year 2011
and 2012  Corporate Average Fuel  Economy/GHG  datasets was deployed in  October 2011.
Included in this deployment were infrastructure changes originally planned for Phase 2. These
changes allow for all of the calculations (including GHG footprint and road-load information) to
be released in Phase 2. The schedule change allowed more efficient use of resources.

Key Performance Results

Greenhouse Gas Emissions

The  EPA  administers  voluntary, public-private partnerships,  like  ENERGY  STAR  and
SmartWay, to help avoid GHG emissions. The  ENERGY STAR program focuses on energy
efficiency  in building and industry sectors, while SmartWay promotes cost-saving technologies
in the transportation sector. Along with the beneficial impacts to the environment, thousands of
businesses have reduced costs through increased energy efficiencies and fuel savings.
           Performance Measure: Million metric tons of carbon
           equivalent (MMTCO2e) of greenhouse gas reductions in the
           building, transportation and industry sectors (cumulative)
                           2006-2013 Performance Trends
         o
         o
            700 r
            600
            500
            400
            300
                                                                    618.5
— 364.5
                  311.3
                  FY06   FY07   FY08    FY09    FY10   FY11*   FY12    FY13
                                                             'Data available 12/2012
Analysis: The EPA exceeded its 2010 target by helping the business, industry and transportation
sectors avoid 533.8 MMTCC^e. The agency met part of this goal through the more than 126,000
new homes  and 6,200 buildings  constructed to  meet ENERGY STAR 2010 guidelines—
representing over 25 percent of new home starts and 6,200 buildings. In addition, SMARTWAY
helped promote new technologies and efficiencies in the  transportation sector that avoided
approximately 16.5 MMTCC^e.
                                        1079

-------
Acid Rain Deposition

The Acid  Rain Program, established under Title IV of the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments,
requires major emission reductions of sulfur dioxide (802), one of the primary precursors of acid
rain, from the power sector. The program sets a permanent cap on the total amount of SC>2 that
may be emitted by electric generating units in the United States.
           Performance Measure : Annual Emissions of Sulfur Dioxide
           from Electric Power Generation Sources
                           2006-2013 Performance Trends
          2
from electric generating power plants.  The EPA has met its target set by the Clean  Air Act
Amendments of 1990 to cut emissions approximately in half from 1980 levels (17.4 million tons)
and keep emissions below the permanent statutory cap of 8.95 million tons.  The target for 2011
reflects implementation of the Clean Air Interstate Rule, which will further reduce SC>2 emissions
from these sources  in eastern states and Washington, DC, to control interstate transport of fine
particle pollution. The target for 2012 incorporates expected reductions from these sources in 23
states in the  eastern, central and southern United States from implementation of the Cross-State
Air Pollution Rule (which replaces CAIR beginning January 1, 2012.)

Note: By statute and regulation, the targets and  actuals are based on calendar years, not fiscal
years.

Fukushima Daiichi Power Plant Disaster

The EPA led the agency's Emergency Operations Center (EOC) response to  radioactive releases
from the Fukushima Daiichi Power Plant disaster, which was caused by  an  earthquake and
subsequent tsunami. An EOC team of agency experts analyzed data on domestic radiation levels
                                        1080

-------
and provided technical support for guidance on such issues as cargo container entries, sampling
frequency,  restricted zone re-entry,  and food safety related to radiation releases cause by the
disaster. The agency's RadNet system was used to monitor air, precipitation, drinking water and
milk for the presence of radioactive materials across the  United States; very low levels of
radioactive  material—far below levels of public health concern—were found. Data made
available to the public on the EPA's Japan 2011 website provided assurances to the American
public that any radiation migrating to the United States from Japan was below levels of concern.

Emissions Testing for Clean Cookstoves

As part of its work with the Partnership for Clean Indoor Air, the EPA joined federal and private
sector  partners  in  announcing the  U.N. Foundation's  Global  Alliance for Clean Cookstoves
(GACC). This public-private alliance will address a major public health concern in developing
countries—the high exposures to smoke from indoor  fires  and inefficient Cookstoves  that are
associated with nearly 2 million deaths each year, primarily  young children and women. In
support of the GACC, the EPA has completed the most extensive testing of cookstove emissions
to date. Forty-four combinations of stoves, fuels and operating conditions were tested  for fuel
efficiency and emissions of pollutants that affect human health and global climate. Results are
being used  by GACC partners to select stoves for field trials and by the GACC Working Group
on Standards and Testing to improve cookstove testing methods.

Key Challenges

Ground-Level Ozone

Ground-level ozone (smog) is  not  emitted  directly into the air, but  is  created by chemical
reactions between  oxides of nitrogen (NOx) and volatile organic compounds (VOCs) in the
presence of sunlight with most smog  forming  during the summer season.  Emissions from
industrial facilities and electric  utilities, motor vehicle exhaust, gasoline vapors,  and chemical
solvents  are some  of the major sources of NOx and  VOCs. Breathing ozone, a  primary
component of smog, can trigger a variety of health problems  including chest pain, coughing,
throat irritation, and congestion.  It can worsen bronchitis, emphysema, and asthma. Ground-level
ozone also  can  reduce lung function and inflame the linings of the lungs. Under the Clean Air
Act, the EPA has set protective health-based standards for ozone in the air we breathe.
                                          1081

-------
          Performance Measure: Cumulative percentage reduction in the
          average number of days during the ozone season that the ozone
          standard is exceeded in non-attainment areas, weighted by population.
             60
          °  50
o
3
T3
O
DC
c
o
o
a.
             40
             30
             20
             10
                  2006-2013 Performance Trends
                                       56

                  CY06   CY07   CY08   CY09   CY10   CY11*  CY12   CY13
                                                              •Data available 12/2012
Analysis A significant reduction in the number of days with ozone exceedances during the ozone
season in non-attainment areas (56% since 2003) has been achieved through strong partnerships
with state, tribal and local governments to ensure that facilities comply with national air quality
standards and that vehicles have incorporated the  most cost-effective technologies to reduce
emissions. Much work still remains to further reduce air pollution. Achieving results may be
complicated by a changing climate. As the climate  becomes warmer, the number of days with
higher ozone levels will increase; this relationship  will make for greater future challenges in
controlling air pollution.

Air Toxics Emissions

The toxicity-weighted  emission inventory utilizes  the  National Emissions Inventory for  air
toxics, along with  the  agency's compendium  of cancer and non-cancer health risk criteria to
develop  a risk  metric that can  be tabulated on an  annual basis. Air toxics emission  data are
revised every three years,  with intervening  years  (the two  years after the inventory year)
interpolated utilizing inventory projection models.
                                          1082

-------
         Performance Measure: Cumulative Percentage Reduction in
         Tons of Toxicity-Weighted (for Cancer Risk) Emissions of Air
         Toxics From 1993 Baseline
                          2006-2013 Performance Trends
        c
        g
        *^
        o
        D
        "O
        0
        DC
        -4-»
        0
        a
        0
        CL
            45
40
35
            30
                 FY06   FY07   FY08    FY09   FY10   FY1
                                                 FY12   FY13
                                                 'Data available 12/2014
Analysis:  The EPA, along with its state, tribal and local  partners,  has  helped  reduce  the
emissions of toxic air pollutants like benzene, mercury,  chromium and other cancer-causing
toxics dramatically. Since 1993 a 40-percent reduction has been achieved through strong national
standards that require facilities to implement cost-effective technologies to mitigate toxic air
emissions.  The reductions  have been particularly  beneficial to individuals in low-income,
disadvantaged communities often living the closest  to the facilities. Through 2010, the major
reductions from the air toxics program were associated with the Maximum Achievable Control
Technology standards promulgated as part of the first round of standards, which were completed
in 2004.   The agency has just begun the next phase  of the air toxic program to review  the
technology standards and residual health risks, which could potentially lead to greater reductions
in the future.
                                         1083

-------
Strategic Goal 2: Protecting America's Waters
                    1084

-------
                              Strategic Goal 2 at a Glance:

                          PROTECTING AMERICA'S WATERS

     Protect and restore our waters to ensure that drinking water is safe, and that
          aquatic ecosystems sustain fish, plants and wildlife, and economic,
                         recreational, and subsistence activities.
                           FY 2011 Performance Measures

                Met = 50 Not Met = 25 Data Unavailable = 14 (Total Measures = 89)
            Objectives

         Protect Human Health
         Protect and Restore
         Watersheds and
         Aquatic Ecosystems
         70

         60

         50

         40

         30

         20

         10

          0
                                                  Goal 2 Performance Measures
                                                       (Total Measures: 89)
                                                Objective 1:
                                              Protect Human Health
                                         Objective 2:
                                   Protect and Restore Watersheds
                                     and Aquatic Ecosystems
                           FY 2010 - FY 2011 Priority Goals
   Chesapeake Bay watershed states (including the District of Columbia) will develop and submit Phase I
   watershed implementation plans by the end of CY 2010 and Phase II plans by the end of CY 2011 in support
   of EPA's final Chesapeake Bay Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) and consistent with the expectations and
   schedule described in EPA's letters of November 4 and December 29, 2009 and June 11, 2010.
   Over the next two years, EPA •
   public health protection.
initiate review/revision of at least 4 drinking water standards to strengthen
                                 Key Accomplishments
   Complying with drinking water standards for populations served by community water systems.
   Meeting standards for formerly impaired water bodies.
   Meeting water restoration goals for established or approved TMDLs.
   Progressing toward implementing innovative green infrastructure.
                                     Key Challenges
•  Complying with drinking water standards for tribal water systems.
•  Protecting or restoring National Estuary Program habitat acres.

*  Impacting nonpoint source pollution in Puget Sound shellfish areas.

-------
Goal 2 Purpose

The EPA is committed to protecting and  restoring America's waters. In coordination with its
partners, the EPA  ensures that drinking  water is  safe  and that  aquatic ecosystems  sustain
economic and recreational activities and provide healthy habitat for fish, plants, and wildlife. The
Agency's  efforts are driven by two main objectives established in  its FY 2011-2015 Strategic
Plan: protecting human health and protecting and restoring watersheds and aquatic ecosystems.
To ensure that tap water is safe to drink, the Agency sets limits for drinking water contaminants,
helps to sustain and finance  the  network of pipes and treatment  facilities that constitute the
nation's water infrastructure,  and works  with water systems to comply with and implement
drinking water standards.

The EPA works with state and local partners to implement source water protection plans for the
areas surrounding drinking water  sources.  To protect surface waters, the EPA works with state
and tribal partners  to implement core  clean water programs to protect waters  nationwide by
strengthening  water quality standards, improving water quality monitoring and assessment,
implementing  total  maximum  daily  loads  (TMDLs)  and  other  watershed-related  plans,
strengthening  the  National  Pollutant  Discharge Elimination  System  permit  program,  and
implementing practices to reduce  pollution from nonpoint sources.  The EPA has also achieved
its  Priority Goals for improving  water quality and strengthening  public health protection by
revising  drinking water standards and developing state  watershed  implementation plans in
support of the Chesapeake Bay TMDL.

In this section, the EPA discusses accomplishments and challenges in addressing water quality
issues—strengthening and improving drinking water standards, maintaining safe water quality in
Indian Country, restoring impaired water bodies, developing TMDLs to reduce pollutants, and
protecting National  Estuary Program habitat acres. While the EPA is making progress toward
clean and safe water, it continues to face challenges such as improving drinking water systems in
Indian Country and meeting water quality standards in systems increasingly stressed by aging
infrastructure.

To further its objectives under Goal 2, the EPA committed to 89 performance measures for FY
2011 (this total includes efficiency and long-term measures with FY 2011 targets.) The Agency
met or exceeded 67 percent and did not meet  33 percent of the measures for which data were
available for this report. Data were not yet available for 14 measures under Goal 2. The full suite
of  the EPA's  FY  2011 measures, including targets,  results,  and  detailed explanations  for
variances, is available in the Performance and Assessment  Section of the FY 2013 Congressional
Justification.

EPA Contributing Programs:  Analytical Methods; Beach  Program; Coastal and Ocean
Programs; Clean Water State Revolving  Fund; Cooling Water Intakes; Drinking Water and
Ground Water Protection Programs; Drinking Water State  Revolving Fund; Drinking Water
Research; Effluent  Guidelines; Fish Consumption  Advisories; National Pollutant  Discharge
Elimination  System; Nonpoint Source Pollution Control; Pollutant Load Allocation; Surface
Water Protection Program;  Sustainable Infrastructure Program; Total Maximum Daily Loads;
Underground Injection  Control Program;  Wastewater Management,  Water  Efficiency, Water
                                          1086

-------
Quality Standards and Criteria; Watershed Management, Water Monitoring,  and Water Quality
Research; Marine Pollution; National Estuary Program/Coastal Waterways;  Chesapeake Bay;
Children's  Health  Protection;  Columbia  River  Estuary   Partnership;   Commission   for
Environmental Cooperation; Great  Lakes; Gulf of Mexico; Puget  Sound; Human Health and
Ecosystem Protection Research; Human Health Risk Assessment; Long Island Sound; Mercury
Research; National Environmental Monitoring Initiative; Other Geographic Programs (including
Lake Pontchartrain and Northwest Forest), Lake Champlain, San Francisco Bay, South Florida,
Persistent Organic Pollutants; Trade and Governance, U.S.-Mexico Border; and Wetlands.

Priority Goals

In FY 2010, the EPA established two Priority Goals to advance the Strategic Plan objectives to
reduce human exposure to contaminants in drinking water, fish and shellfish, and recreational
waters;  including protecting source waters and protecting the quality of rivers, lakes, streams,
and wetlands on a watershed basis; and protecting urban, coastal, and ocean waters.

Improving the Quality of the Chesapeake Bay: Chesapeake Bay watershed states (including the
District of Columbia) will develop and submit Phase I watershed implementation plans by the
end of CY 2010  and Phase II plans by  the end of CY 2011 in support of EPA 's final plan to
restore water quality, the Chesapeake Bay Total Maximum Daily Load and consistent with the
expectations and schedule described in EPA's letters of November 4 and December 29, 2009 and
June 11, 2010.	

Results:  Portions of the goal related to Phase  I watershed implementation plans and  the
Chesapeake Bay TMDL have been achieved. Chesapeake Bay watershed states, including the
District of Columbia, submitted final Phase I plans in November and December 2010. Based in
large part on these plans, the EPA  established the TMDL on December  29, 2010. Chesapeake
Bay jurisdictions are on track for developing Phase II WIPs consistent with the expectations and
schedule released in the EPA's March 31, 2011 Guide for Chesapeake Bay Jurisdictions for the
Development of Phase II Watershed Implementation Plans, as  amended in the EPA's  August 1,
2011, letter. Draft Phase II plans are due to the EPA by the end of CY 2011, and final Phase II
plans are due by March 30, 2012.

Strengthen Public Health Protection: Drinking  Water Standards: Over the next two years,
EPA will initiate review/revision of at least four drinking water standards to strengthen public
health protection.

Results:  The  EPA significantly modified its  implementation strategy for its  goal to initiate
review/revision of at least four drinking  water standards to strengthen public health protection
during FY 2010 and 2011. The regulatory action has been tiered and a workgroup initiated. Note:
the initial step in the Agency's rule action development process, selection or assignment of the
appropriate Agency review process, or "tiering," has been completed. The EPA is developing a
national  primary drinking water regulation  for  a  group of  carcinogenic  volatile  organic
compounds (cVOCs). The  preliminary group of cVOCs being considered includes the regulated
cVOCs,  tetrachloroethylene and trichloroethylene  and may  include  other regulated  and
unregulated cVOCs.

                                         1087

-------
These goals will be closed out in FY 2011.

Key Performance Results:

"Percent of Population" receiving drinking water which meets all applicable health-based
drinking standards
          Performance Measure: Percent of the population served by
          CWSs that receive DW that meets all applicable health-based
          drinking water standards through effective treatment and
          source water protection.
                           2006-2013 Performance Trends
            100 i-
         _
         E.  90
         o
         CL
          c
             80
             70


                           91.5     92      92.1     92
                                                        93.2




                  FY06   FY07   FY08    FY09   FY10   FY11    FY12    FY13
                                                             Data Source: SDWIS
Analysis: The percent of population metric is described as the percentage of the U.S. population
served by community water systems  that receive drinking  water that meets all health-based
drinking water standards in the most recent four-quarter period. This measure includes federally
regulated contaminants of the following violation types: maximum contaminant level, maximum
residual disinfection limit, and treatment technique violations. It includes any  community water
system (CWS) violations that overlap with any part of the most recent four quarters.

The EPA achieved the FY 2011 goal of 91 percent and met the previous performance goal of 90
percent for each of the previous three years. This performance improvement is attributed to a
national decrease in treatment technique violations that occur at the largest water systems, as
well  as how states  are addressing background drinking water contaminants (e.g., arsenic) that
chronically challenge water systems.

This success reflects the long-term efforts of the states and the EPA to minimize any health-
based  violations,  while  building appropriate  technical,  managerial  and  financial  system
                                         1088

-------
capability utilizing necessary infrastructure such that resources are available and appropriately
applied to protect public health while delivering drinking water to consumers.

Formerly impaired water bodies now meeting standards
          Performance Measure: Number of water bodies identified in
          2002 as not attaining water quality standards where standards
          are now fully attained (cumulative).
            4,000
            3,500
            2,500

         I, 2,000
         W  1 ,500
            1,000
             500
               0
                            2006-2013 Performance Trends
                   FY06   FY07*   FY08    FY09   FY10    FY11    FY12   FY13
                                                         'Measure introduced in FY 2007
Analysis: The EPA and the states continue to make strong  progress in addressing impaired
waters. By the end of FY 2011, a total of 3,119 water bodies that were listed as impaired in 2002
are fully attaining the Agency's water quality  standards, exceeding the EPA's annual target of
3,073. Under section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act,  states, territories and authorized tribes are
required to develop lists of impaired waters. Review of late 303(d) lists and audits of lists of
impaired waters undertaken by several regions  are factors contributing to the EPA exceeding its
target.  By  attaining water quality standards,  waters become safe for  drinking,  fishing and
swimming. The EPA and  state managers have given high priority to this measure, which has
contributed to its continued success. Some of the challenges the Agency  is facing that will
continue to  impact  future  accomplishments   are:  reduced  state budgets  are  slowing
implementation activities required to improve impaired water bodies; it is more difficult to show
improvements and address  all impairing  pollutants for a water body segment than for just one or
a few impairing pollutants; and many of the remaining impairments will take years before the
water segment is fully recovered.
                                         1089

-------
Total Maximum Daily Loads
          Performance Measure: Number and national percent of TMDLs
          that are established or approved by the EPA [Total TMDLs] on
          a schedule consistent with national policy.*
                             2006-2013 Performance Trends
           60,000


           50,000

           40,000

           30,000

           20,000


           10,000
                             46,817
                                     49,663
22,648
20,275
               41,866^---'

        35,979^^
                 38,978
26,844^^

'25,274
                                             52, 218
                   FY06   FY07    FY08   FY09    FY10   FY11    FY12   FY13

                  •Note: A TMDL is a technical plan for reducing pollutants to attain water quality standards. The terms
                  "approved" and "established" refer to the completion and approval of the TMDL itself.
Analysis: The development of TMDLs for an impaired water body is a critical step  toward
meeting water restoration goals. TMDLs  focus  on clearly defined environmental  goals  and
establish a pollutant budget,  which is then implemented via permit requirements  or  a wide
variety  of  state, local and federal programs  (which may be  regulatory,  nonregulatory, or
incentive-based, depending on the program), as well as voluntary action by citizens. In FY 2011,
the EPA and states developed 2,846 TMDLs, exceeding the agency's target by 288.  A  few
examples of 2011 accomplishments include:

    •   Puerto Rico, with the  EPA's support, established 118  TMDLs  that were not expected
       until FY 2013.
    •   Rhode Island completed a statewide bacteria TMDL.
    •   Missouri  developed a significant number of TMDLs (83) to  meet Consent  Decree
       requirements.
    •   Kansas developed 106 TMDLs due to its rotating basin assessment.
    •   San Diego completed 60 TMDLs for its beaches.

While states should be recognized for these accomplishments, resource constraints and technical
and legal challenges still exist. For example, Alabama, Kentucky and South Carolina had  several
TMDLs with technical and/or legal  issues that still need to be resolved, and most states continue
to suffer due to budget shortfalls. There has also been a notable shift toward the development of
more difficult TMDLs that take more time  and  resources. Additionally,  states are balancing the
                                         1090

-------
tradeoffs between TMDL implementation and TMDL development,  and the EPA is aware of
more emphasis being placed on implementation.

Innovative green infrastructure reduces cost and improves environmental conditions

The  EPA's urban watershed research program develops novel approaches and technologies to
reduce water pollution caused by  combined  sewer overflows  and stormwater runoff. EPA
scientists have partnered with municipalities, including Cincinnati; Kansas City; and Louisville,
Kentucky, to develop more efficient and effective approaches to reducing stormwater runoff and
sewer overflows. In Cincinnati, these improved approaches have resulted in the city reaching
compliance with CWA requirements. These green infrastructure solutions present cost-effective
alternatives to traditional grey approaches for controlling stormwater runoff.

Key Challenges:

Population served by CWSs in Indian Country
         Performance Measure: Percent of the population in Indian
         Country served by CWSs that receives drinking water that
         meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards.
        1
        Q.
        O
        0-
        •*-"
        0
        £2
        o
        Q.
100
 90
 80
 70
 60
 50
 40
 30
 20
 10
  0
                          2006-2013 Performance Trends
                   86'6     87             81.2
87.2
87     87      87
  81.2
                 FY06   FY07   FY08    FY09   FY10   FY11    FY12   FY13
Analysis: This performance measure reflects the percentage of the population in Indian Country
served by  CWSs that receives drinking water that  meets all  health-based drinking  water
standards regulated  by the Navajo Nation and the EPA. This measure  mirrors the  general
population metric, in that it includes federally regulated contaminants of the following violation
types: MCL, MRDL and treatment technique violations. It includes any violations from currently
opened and closed CWSs in Indian Country that overlap with any part of the most recent four
quarters.
                                         1091

-------
There continue to be challenges associated with tribal water systems maintaining compliance
with National Primary Drinking Water Regulations,  as shown in the end-of-year results. The
EPA has failed to meet the performance target in three of the past five years. Performance over
the years is heavily influenced by the systems in Region 9, as that region has the vast majority of
the national tribal population governed by this measure. The measure results in FY 2011 were
also influenced by data corrections from the Navajo Nation, which addressed reporting problems
and inaccurate  compliance determinations for a  variety of contaminants. In addition, Region 9
tribes have  struggled with meeting the Arsenic and Total Chloroform  Rule  MCL  standards.
Although these challenges remain,  Region 9 is working with affected tribes, the Indian Health
Service and the U.S.  Department of Agriculture to better use funds to support infrastructure and
address arsenic rule violations.

Tribes face  challenges including those common to small systems, such as aging infrastructure,
increased regulatory  requirements, workforce  shortages/high-turnover,  increasing  costs and
declining rate bases.

The EPA is undertaking action to improve how tribes perceive the value of high-quality drinking
water, as well as market potential resource availability for addressing infrastructure shortfalls by:

   •   Clarifying the goal and priorities for the tribal infrastructure set-asides from the Drinking
       Water State Revolving Loan Fund—the Drinking Water Infrastructure Grants Tribal Set-
       Aside program (DWIG-TSA)—with a focus on compliance.
   •   Improving the collection and analysis of data to enhance the transparency and strategic
       coordination of the DWIG-TSA program.
   •   Enhancing communication with all partners via the tribal infrastructure task force and
       biannual discussion with the EPA regions that focuses on clarification  of collected data
       for use in communicating program achievements.
   •   Updating the tribal drinking water infrastructure needs as part of the EPA 2011 Drinking
       Water Infrastructure Needs Survey.
   •   Completed a  formal program review of the Navajo Nation, who have primacy  to
       implement SDWA, in FY 2012 to further evaluate how the Navajo Nation is determining
       compliance with  the National Primary  Drinking  Water  Standards  and  also verify  if
       information in the Navajo  Nations  files and databases  is  consistent  with publicly
       available data.
                                          1092

-------
National Estuary Program habitat acres protected or restored
          Performance Measure: Working with partners, protect or
          restore additional acres of habitat within the study areas for
          the 28 estuaries that are part of the NEP.
            150000
            120000
          <8  90000
          o
         <
             60000
             30000
                             2006-2013 Performance Trends




8 K




                    FY06   FY07   FY08    FY09   FY10   FY11    FY12   FY13
Analysis: The 28 NEPs and their partners have protected or restored over 1 million habitat acres
within the NEP study areas since 2002. In FY 2011, they protected or restored just over 62,000
acres of habitat—about 38,000 acres  short of the agency's  goal. Several  factors  made  it a
challenge to reach the  goal of protecting or restoring  100,000 acres of habitat this year.  For
example, the economic  downturn has made it difficult for the NEP partners to come up with the
matching funds for projects, and the number of large habitat protection or restoration projects has
diminished over the last few years. In addition, several NEPs had to divert resources  and efforts
that might have gone to protect or restore coastal wetlands and other habitats  in order to address
the residual oil spill issues in the  Gulf of Mexico. The EPA is working to determine a more
appropriate target for the future.
                                         1093

-------
Puget Sound shellfish areas increased
          Performance Measure: Improve water quality and enable the
          lifting of harvest restrictions in acres of shellfish-bed growing
          areas impacted by degraded or declining water quality
          (cumulative starting in FY 2006).
         0
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
   0
                             2006-2013 Performance Trends
                                                                      7,758
                                                4,453
                                                               3,878
                                  1,566  1,730

                                  450    60°
                   FY06   FY07   FY08*   FY09
                                    FY10   FY11   FY12    FY13
                                            "Measure introduced in FY 2008
Analysis: In 2010, 4,453 acres (cumulative) of shellfish-bed growing areas had improved water
quality, resulting in the lifting of harvest restrictions. In 2011, a downgrading of approximately
4,000 acres in Samish Bay occurred due to nonpoint source pollution exacerbated by La Nina
weather conditions. Prior to  the setback realized in FY 2011, the Puget Sound program had
exceeded its long-term  (2015) target and was on track to achieve yearly  gains of 500 or more
acres per year. This missed FY 2011 budget target puts the FY 2011-2015 Strategic Plan target
of lifting restrictions on a total of 4,300  acres by 2015 at risk,  and represents a significant
challenge to the Puget Sound geographic program.

The  Puget Sound geographic program is realigning its resources to address this challenge by
applying  additional  grants management effort and cross-program  coordination to focus on
Samish Bay and the Samish River watershed. The EPA is coordinating its efforts with local
governments; tribes; the Puget Sound Partnership (the state agency responsible for implementing
the NEP Comprehensive Conservation and  Management  Plan); and the Washington State
Department  of Health,  the EPA's  lead organization grant recipient for addressing pathogen
pollution in Puget Sound. This highly intensified focus on recovering the Samish watershed's
shellfish harvest  is the  best opportunity for the Puget Sound geographic program  to meet its
long-term FY 2011-2015 Strategic Plan performance measure target. The strategy to recover this
watershed's shellfish harvest  and control the pollution that threatens it will provide a model for
addressing pollution throughout the Puget Sound Basin.
                                         1094

-------
Strategic Goal 3: Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
                                   1095

-------
                              Strategic Goal 3 at a Glance:

 CLEANING UP COMMUNITIES AND ADVANCING SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

        Clean up communities, advance sustainable development, and protect
  disproportionately impacted low-income, minority, and tribal communities. Prevent
    releases of harmful substances and clean up and restore contaminated areas.
                           FY 2011 Performance Measures

                Met = 33 Not Met = 4 Data Unavailable = 3 (Total Measures = 40)
    Objectives

Promote Sustainable
and Livable
Communities
Preserve Land
Restore Land
Strengthen
Human Health
and Environmental
Protection in Indian
Country
                                                 Goal 3 Performance Measures
                                                	(Total Measure?: 40)
                                     25


                                     20


                                     15


                                     10


                                      5
                                          Objective 1:     Objective 2:
                                       Promote Sustainable Preserve Land
                                      and Livable Communities
Objective 3:    Objective 4:
Restore Land  Strenglhen Human
       Health and Environmental
       Protection in Indian Country
                            FY 2010 -FY 2011  Priority Goal
By 2012 EPA will have initiated 20 enhanced Brownfields community level projects that will include a new area-
wide planning effort to benefit under-served and economically disadvantaged communities. This will allow those
communities to assess and address a single large or multiple Brownfields sites within their boundaries, thereby
advancing area-wide planning to enable redevelopment of Brownfields properties on a broader scale  EPA will
provide technical assistance, coordinate its enforcement, water and air quality programs, and work with other
Federal agencies, states, tribes and local governments to implement associated targeted environmental improve-
ments identified in each community's area-wide plan.
                                Key Accomplishments
   Leveraging jobs under the Brownfields Program.
   Managing Superfund projects to completion.
   Making Superfund sites ready for reuse.
   Consulting and coordinating with Indian tribes.
                                    Key Challenges
   Measuring sustainable materials management.

   Inspecting high-risk facilities.

   Tribes conducting EPA-approved environmental monitoring and assessment.
                                             1096

-------
Goal 3 Purpose

The  EPA is committed to making communities across the country safer places  to live.
Uncontrolled releases of waste and hazardous substances can contaminate drinking water and
threaten healthy ecosystems. The EPA leads  efforts  to  preserve,  restore,  and protect these
precious resources so they are available for both current and future generations. The agency's
highest priorities are to prevent and reduce exposure to contaminants and accelerate the pace of
cleanups across the country. The EPA works collaboratively with state and tribal governments to
achieve these aims and with communities to  ensure  that they have a say in environmental
decisions that affect them. In addition, through its Indian General Assistance Program, the EPA
provides funds to federally recognized tribes to plan, develop, and establish tribal environmental
protection programs.

The agency's efforts support achievement of four main objectives, outlined in EPA's FY 2011-
2015 Strategic  Plan:  to promote sustainable and  livable communities; restore land;  preserve
land; and strengthen human health and environmental protection in Indian Country. The EPA has
also achieved its Priority Goal to initiate 20 brownfields  area-wide planning community level
projects to benefit under-served and economically disadvantaged communities.

In this section, the EPA discusses progress  for  managing  Superfund cleanups and making
Superfund sites ready for reuse, leveraging jobs under the agency's Brownfields Program, and
working with tribes to implement environmental programs  in Indian country. While progress has
been made on many fronts, new challenges and opportunities continue to emerge. For example,
the agency recognizes the need to move its programs  from end-of-pipe waste management to
materials  management  throughout  the entire  life-cycle.  Further, the  EPA is integrating
approaches,  leveraging best practices, and  focusing on managing projects to completion  across
the full spectrum of contaminated sites to further progress and optimize work within stages of the
cleanup pipeline.  Finally, the agency continues to acknowledge the many environmental and
financial  hardships  that tribal governments face,  and is working  more  closely with tribal
governments to identify  environmental priorities  and to develop  plans to address them. In
support of this effort, the EPA is leveraging resources and partnerships with tribal governments
and tribal colleges and universities.

To further its objectives for  cleaning up communities,  advancing sustainable development, and
strengthening human health and environmental protection in Indian Country, the EPA committed
to 40 performance and efficiency measures in FY 2011. The agency met or exceeded 89 percent
and did not meet 11 percent of the measures for which data were available for this report.  Under
Goal 3, data were not yet available for  three annual measures. The  full suite  of the EPA's FY
2011 measures, including targets, results, and detailed explanations for variances, is available in
the Performance and Assessment Section of the FY 2013 Congressional Justification.

EPA Contributing Programs: RCRA  Waste Management; RCRA Corrective Action; RCRA
Waste Minimization and Recycling;  Superfund Emergency Preparedness; Superfund Remedial;
Superfund  Enforcement;  Superfund  Emergency  Response and  Removal;  Environmental
Response Laboratory  Network; Federal Facilities Restoration and Reuse;  Oil Spill Prevention
Preparedness and Response;  Leaking USTs; UST Prevention and Compliance; Land Protection
                                          1097

-------
and  Restoration  Research;  Homeland  Security;   Brownfields  and  Land  Revitalization;
Commission for Environmental Cooperation; Community Action for a Renewed Environment;
Global  Change Research;  Homeland  Security  Research;  Human Health  and  Ecosystem
Protection  Research;  Human  Health Risk  Assessment; International  Sources of Pollution;
National Environmental Monitoring Initiative; Smart Growth; Research Fellowships; State and
Local Prevention  and Preparedness; Trade and  Governance; Sector Grant Program; State and
Tribal  Pollution Prevention Grants; Sustainability  Research; Tribal  Capacity-Building; and
Tribal General Assistance Program.

Priority Goal

In FY 2010,  EPA  established the Priority Goals  that directly supports the Strategic Plan
objectives to restore land and promote sustainable and livable communities.

Brownfields-Area-Wide Planning: By  2012,  the  EPA  will have  initiated 20 enhanced
brownfields community level projects that will include a new area-wide planning effort to benefit
under-served and economically disadvantaged communities. This will allow those communities
to assess and address a single large  or multiple brownfields sites within their boundaries,
thereby advancing area-wide planning to enable redevelopment of brownfields properties on a
broader scale. The EPA will provide technical assistance coordinate its enforcement, water, and
air quality programs and work with other federal agencies, states, tribes, and local governments
to implement associated targeted environmental improvements identified in each community's
area-wide plan.

Results: In FY 2011, the EPA awarded cooperative agreement funding to 23 recipients to pilot
local  community approaches  to brownfields  area-wide  planning. Brownfields  area-wide
planning focuses on  the  nexus  among  brownfield  sites, the  surrounding  area,  and the
development  of cleanup and reuse implementation strategies. The EPA piloted this approach
because brownfield  sites are often connected by location, infrastructure, economic  conditions
and social needs. A  focus on multiple brownfield sites through area-wide planning can lead to
a systematic cleanup and reuse  strategy, which is developed and implemented consistent with a
community's goals.

The measures targeted throughout the two year cycle of this Priority Goal challenge the EPA to
facilitate initial coordination with other federal,  state, local and tribal agencies, as well across
EPA programs, as the recipients initiate these projects so that the recipients have access to the
necessary information to strengthen their plans and develop the appropriate pathways to secure
resources or look for opportunities to leverage investments to help implement their plans. To
date, the EPA's Brownfields Program  has initiated coordination with other federal or state
agencies, or with other EPA programs,  at 34 percent of the pilot projects. EPA is on track to
meet its target to facilitate initial coordination at 80 percent of the pilot projects by the end of
2012.
                                          1098

-------
Key Accomplishments:

Leveraging Jobs under the Brownfields Program

The EPA Brownfields Program provides grant funding and technical assistance to communities,
states and tribes to help them assess, clean up and redevelop  potentially contaminated  sites,
termed brownfield sites. The EPA's "Jobs Leveraged" measure describes jobs that are associated
with cleanup and redevelopment activities  taking place on properties that  receive funding
through an EPA brownfields grant. This measure provides information on jobs associated with
the cleanup phase and jobs associated with the redevelopment outcome.
          Performance Measure: Jobs leveraged
CO
.a
            7,000

            6,500

            6,000

          O 5,500

            5,000

            4,500

            4,000
                           2006-2013 Performance Trends
                                                 s
                                                 CD
            ID

                   Iff
I                                       in •

                        ll   l      II   I
 in"      in

Ll
                   FY06   FY07   FY08    FY09   FY10   FY11   FY12    FY13
Analysis: The Brownfields Program has consistently met or exceeded the target for this measure.
In 2011, for example, the program leveraged 6,447 jobs, exceeding its target of 5,000 jobs by
about 29 percent. Cumulatively, the Brownfields Program has leveraged 72,000 jobs since its
inception in 1995. These projects can have a tremendously positive impact on communities. In
FY 2011, for example, the EPA funded a cleanup project in Michigan that is employing 20 to 25
people and will ultimately reach 150 people. Similarly, in an FY 2011 cleanup project in Ohio, a
former gas manufacturing plant will be redeveloped as an office, hotel and retail complex that
will employ more than 1,000 people. For more information on the EPA's Brownfields Program,
see www.epa.gov/brownfields.
                                         1099

-------
Managing to Project Completion

In FY 2011, the EPA began reporting on a new Superfund Program measure that tracks remedial
action  project completions  at  Superfund National Priorities  List  sites. The new measure
augments the program's sitewide construction completion measure by emphasizing incremental
progress in reducing risk to human health and the environment.  In FY 2011, the EPA achieved
132 project completions, exceeding its target of 103 by 28 percent. The targets have fluctuated as
project  managers gain experience with  the  new measure  and  EPA determines the potential
impacts of budgetary constraints. As such, , the FY 2012 target has been increased to 130 from
103 as a result of the emphasis on new guidance  and best management practices, but the FY
2013 target has been reduced due to the projected impacts of resource reductions on the number
of projects that may be funded.
          Performance Measure: Remedial action project completions
                            2006-2013 Performance Trends
              1501-
g   12°
o
is   90
Q.
O   60
O
     30

      0
                                                            2  130
                                                        103
                                                                      115
                   FY06    FY07   FY08   FY09    FY10   FY11*   FY12   FY13
                                                         •Measure introduced in FY 2011
Analysis: A remedial action project refers to the actual construction or implementation of a
discrete scope of activities supporting the overall, sitewide cleanup, with a focus on project-level
work.  Specifically,  remedial  action  projects-dhibde a site into  a  series of smaller
components that allow for more effective management and implementation of cleanup activities.
For example, a site may  require construction of a landfill cap, provision of an alternate water
supply,  and excavation of contaminated  soils. Each of these actions may qualify as distinct
remedial action projects with separate completion milestones and individual incremental human
health and  environmental benefits. In the past, historical construction completion milestones
would not be met until all projects were constructed, which is less meaningful at larger sites with
many projects.  Capturing construction progress at the project level,  this milestone conforms
more closely to field activities that resonate with a community's understanding of agency cleanup
efforts.
                                         1100

-------
To further accelerate  and improve the management of remedial projects to  completion, site
managers  are  encouraged to implement regional best practices and/or the  lessons  learned
identified through a series of site-specific pilot projects. Examples of best practices include: new,
enhanced, or reinvigorated use of Regional Decision  Teams; improved project management
planning and communication; and increased use of removal and other in-house resources for
remedial work. For a summary of regional best management practices for remedial projects visit:
http://www.epa.gov/oswer/docs/ici/oswer directive  639175.pdf#page=10.

Making Sites Ready for Anticipated Use

The EPA's  Superfund, RCRA  Corrective Action, Leaking Underground Storage Tank, and
Brownfields Programs reduce  risks to human  health and the environment by assessing and
cleaning up sites to continue use or return them to productive use. As a result,  communities are
able to reclaim  properties for ecological, recreational,  commercial,  residential and  other
purposes.  Currently, EPA is tracking the number of sites  ready  for anticipated use (RAU) as
annual  performance  measures  in  the Superfund and Underground  Storage  Tanks  (UST)
Programs. Following are the results for the Superfund measure. The UST performance measure
results are described more fully in the Key Challenges section.
        Performance Measure: Superfund Sites Ready for Anticipated Use
           100

            80

            60

            40

            20

             0
                         2006-2013 Performance Trends
          85
30 I   30
II
                  66      65   65 65   65

                FY06   FY07*   FY08   FY09   FY10    FY11   FY12    FY13
                                                      'Measure introduced in FY 2007
Analysis: Over the next several years, the EPA's highest priorities are to prevent and reduce
exposure to contaminants and accelerate the pace of cleanups across the country. Under the FY
2012 priority goal, EPA will also report on the number of sites ready for anticipated use in the
RCRA Corrective Action and Brownfields Programs. As  a result,  each of the EPA's cleanup
programs will report incremental progress toward achieving this long-term goal.
                                         1101

-------
Tribes Implementing Federal Regulatory Programs

On May 4,2011, the EPA was the first federal agency to announce the release of the EPA Policy
on Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribes (PDF) (10 pp,  213K  .) The policy is a
result of the Presidential Memorandum on  Tribal  Consultation, issued November 5,  2009,
directing agencies to develop a detailed plan of action to implement Executive  Order 13175.

The policy establishes clear EPA standards for the consultation process, including defining the
what, when and how of consultation. It also designates  specific EPA personnel responsible for
serving  as  consultation points  of contact in order to promote  consistency throughout  the
consultation process. Additionally, the policy establishes a management oversight and reporting
structure that will ensure accountability and transparency, setting a broad standard for when the
EPA  should consider  consulting with  federally recognized  tribal  governments  based   on
Executive Order  13175  and the principles  expressed  in the  1984 EPA  Policy  for  the
Administration of Environmental Programs on Indian Reservations (1984 Policy).
          Performance Measure: Percent of tribes implementing federal
          regulatory programs
Percent
             25
             20
             15
             10
                           2006-201 3 Performance Trends
                 FY06    FY07   FY08    FY09    FY10   FY11    FY12    FY13
                                                        "Measure introduced in FY 2008
Analysis: The agency's Indian General Assistance Program is its core component for building
tribal capacity. EPA continues to implement its "Treatment in the Same Manner as a State"
(TAS) strategy, which authorizes tribes to establish and manage federal regulatory environmental
programs in Indian Country. In FY 2011, 3 additional  tribes received TAS approval. While
progress is being made annually, many tribes are finding it more difficult to apply and achieve
"TAS status" due to resource concerns. While a substantial increase was made in the number of
total tribes with TAS approval in FY 2011, the total percentage of tribes implementing federal
regulatory programs barely missed the target due to tribes moving from the use of Direct
                                         1102

-------
Implementation Tribal Cooperative Agreements (a portion of how the measure is calculated) to
other cooperative agreements such as Performance Partnership Grants.

Environmental Programs in Indian Country

The EPA provides funds to federally recognized tribes for them to plan develop and establish
environmental protection programs.
          Performance Measure: Percent of tribes with an environmental
          program
                           2006-2013 Performance Trends
             80
             70
             60
             50
                                        64
                                        60
                 FY06    FY07   FY08*   FY09    FY10    FY11   FY12*   FY13
                                        'Measure introduced in FY 2008, and terminated in FY 2012
Analysis: The EPA demonstrated improvements in core tribal environmental program capacity,
which is critical to protecting human health and the environment in Indian Country. In FY 2011,
72 percent  of tribes have an environmental program. Progress is attributed to the  number of
tribes that have acquired an environmental office or coordinator in the most current year and that
have met at least one of the following indicators:

   1.  Completed Tier III Tribal Environmental Agreements.
   2.  Established laws, codes, regulations or ordinances, as evidenced by a document signed by
       the tribal government.
   3.  Completed solid and/or hazardous waste implementation activities.
   4.  Completed an intergovernmental environmental agreement with the EPA and the tribal
       government.

During the past four years, significant progress has been made in the EPA's General Assistance
Program, adding environmental programs for almost 75 tribes. In efforts to focus the EPA's suite
of annual performance measures on the most important and useful information, the Agency will
continue to collect the data components of this measure for analysis, improving our ability to
                                         1103

-------
assess tribal capacity building efforts and remaining needs. By identifying indicators that reflect
the broad range of environmental protection activities and environmental conditions,  EPA will
improve  its ability to measure environmental results in Indian country. On a related,  parallel
tract, the Agency is  assessing its tribal measures as a result of the steps laid out in the new
General Assistance Program (GAP) guidebook and through the development of the pilot FY
2013  Office  of  International  and  Tribal  Affairs  National  Program Manager  Guidance.
Headquarters,  Regional, and  tribal  environmental  offices will partner to  implement  specific
programmatic  steps outlined in the  new Guidebook to help build  capacity for environmental
programs.

Key Challenges

Sustainable Materials Management

One foundational  purpose  of RCRA is to reduce the total quantity  of materials that ultimately
become wastes, effectively practicing conservation during the useful  life of materials and natural
resources. In order to achieve this, EPA is transitioning from and end-of-life approach to  a full
lifecycle, sustainable materials management (SMM) program, building upon the lessons learned
from the Resource Conservation Challenge (RCC). Under  the SMM program, the  EPA has
developed and implemented strategically targeted initiatives with national impact that include the
Federal Green Challenge, the  Food Recovery Challenge, and the Electronics Challenge. As the
EPA transitions to a SMM framework, the Agency is  developing metrics  and performance
measures to capture program effectiveness and the full life cycle  impacts of materials.

The agency has issued a Federal Register notice to solicit comment on information the  Agency
should gather to  measure the environmental  impacts of materials  across  their life cycles.
(http ://www.regulations. gov/#! documentDetail:D=EP A-HQ-RCRA-2011-0178-0001 \    EPA's
current measure only addresses pounds of municipal solid waste  reduced, reused or recycled. FY
2012 will be the last year  EPA will report results for this measure since EPA has developed a
new sustainable materials management measure (tons of materials and products offsetting the use
of virgin  resources through sustainable materials management).
                                          1104

-------
Making Leaking Underground Storage Tanks Ready for Anticipated Use

There are approximately 590,000 underground storage tanks nationwide that store petroleum or
hazardous substances.  The greatest potential threat from a leaking underground storage tank
(LUST) is contamination of groundwater, the source of drinking water for nearly half of all
Americans. EPA works with states and tribes to clean up LUSTs.
         Performance Measure: Number of LUST cleanups completed
         that meet risk-based standards for human exposure and
         ground water migration
          15,000

          12,000
        3  9,000
        CO
        0
           6,000
           3,000
                          2006-2013 Performance Trends





                 FY06    FY07    FY08   FY09   FY10    FY11    FY12   FY13
                                                       •Measure introduced in FY 2007
Analysis: In FY 2011, the EPA's LUST program completed 91 percent of its goal of 12,250
cleanups completed that  meet risk-based standards  for human exposure  and ground water
migration. Cleanup rates in the future will be even more challenging. Many states are facing
significant staff and resource constraints, while at the  same time, cleanup costs are rising. EPA
recently completed a detailed study of the backlog in 14 states, encompassing over 70 percent of
the national backlog. Based on that study, although over 25 percent of the sites remaining in the
backlog have not yet been assessed, for those sites for which we had data, the data show that the
remaining sites to be cleaned up tend to be more complicated, with high rates of ground water
contamination. As an outgrowth of this enhanced characterization of the work remaining, EPA is
working with regions  and states to  target  reduction to  the  backlog through efforts such as
expedited site assessments, remedy optimization, and exploring financing options.
                                         1105

-------
Inspecting High-Risk Facilities

As part of the Administration's efforts to prevent the release of hazardous substances, the EPA
has re-evaluated its goals for Risk Management Plan (RMP) inspections to  support a focus on
high-risk chemical facility inspections. Under the Clean Air Act, the EPA's  regulations require
that facilities handling more than a threshold quantity of certain extremely hazardous substances
must implement a RMP. The RMP describes the approach the facility is taking to prevent  and
mitigate chemical accidents. The EPA's RMP program provides a structure that enables facilities
to address chemical accident risks and assists states, tribes and local partners in their role to
minimize  and, if necessary,  respond to these risks.
         Performance Measure: Number of risk management plan
         audits and inspections completed
                           2006-2013 Performance Trends
            700
            600
         Q.
         E
         CO
            500
            400
            300
                           628     628
                                          654
                    550
                         618

                              560
                                      530
400 |   400 I   4001   400
        I     I      I
                                                                      500
                  FY06   FY07    FY08   FY09    FY10   FY11    FY12   FY13
Analysis: There are [13,000] chemical facilities in the RMP program, approximately 1,900 of
which  are  considered  high-risk facilities.  Since 2010, the EPA has shifted regional RMP
inspection resources toward more frequent inspection of high-risk facilities. A high-risk  facility
is one that  meets one or more criteria related to accident history, possible worst case scenarios
and the facility's hazard index. As high-risk facilities tend to be larger and more complicated
than other RMP facilities,  inspecting them requires more resources (i.e., people and time.) This
shift has made it more difficult to meet higher inspection targets with static budgetary resources,
but it is necessary to ensure that the EPA is as effective as possible in performing inspections and
preventing releases. The actual values for the performance measure include all RMP inspections,
and for FY 2011, high-risk facilities made up  25 percent of the total  at both the regional and
national levels. The EPA is seeking to increase that percentage to  30 percent in FY 2013. EPA
will conduct 500 RMP inspections in FY 2013. If resource levels are  not increased, the target
will be lowered to 460 inspections.
                                          1106

-------
The  agency has  undertaken a similar evaluation of the direction of its  Oil Spill Prevention
Preparedness and Response Program to focus inspections of the Spill Prevention, Control, and
Countermeasure and Facility Response Plan facilities on those that are higher risk.

Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Activities in Indian Country

When tribes begin developing an environmental program, one of the earliest tasks is to monitor
the current state  of surrounding water, air, and soil. This monitoring provides a baseline from
which to set goals and inform the remaining steps of creating an environmental program. Before
this monitoring can begin, and in order for the data to be verified and used by EPA,  a Quality
Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) must be developed and approved by EPA.
          Performance Measure: Percent of tribes conducting
          EPA-approved environmental monitoring and assessment
          activities in Indian Country
             60
             55
             50
         ^   45
         §   40
         |   35
             30
             25
             20
             15
                           2006-2013 Performance Trends
               49.3
                       52
42.31
                 FY06    FY07   FY08*   FY09    FY10
                      FY11    FY12   FY13
                       "Measure introduced in FY 20O8
Analysis: In FY 2011, the EPA met its target of 52 percent of tribes conducting EPA-approved
environmental monitoring and assessment activities in Indian Country, but did not meet the
target of 52 percent of tribes. Progress is measured by the number of tribes with EPA-approved
Quality Assurance Project Plans (QAPPs), which are agreed-upon plans before conducting
environmental monitoring. The first two years of reporting varied widely from the proposed
targets because it was the first two years of measure development. The agency is seeing gradual
progress through FY 2013 that is more aligned with the target.
                                         1107

-------
Strategic Goal 4: Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Pollution Prevention
                                1108

-------
                             Strategic Goal 4 at a Glance:
     ENSURING THE SAFETY OF CHEMICALS AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
Reduce the risk and increase the safety of chemicals and prevent pollution at the source.
                          FY2011 Performance Measures
                Met = 12 Not Met = 7 Data Unavailable = 8* (Total Measures = 27)
    *Of the Goal 4 - Objective 1 performance measures, live are reported biennially and are not included in the
    total for FY 2011.
   Objectives
Ensure Chemical
Safety
Promote Pollution
Prevention
                                     20
                                     18
                                     16
                                     14
                                     1?
                                     10
                                     8
                                     6
                                     •1
                                     2
                                     0
                                                Goal 4 Performance Measures
                                               	(Total Measures: 27)
                                              Objective 1:
                                           Ensure Chemical Safety
                                                          Objective 2:
                                                      Promote Pollution Prevention
                               Key Accomplishments
   Enhancing chemical management.
   Reducing risks of lead-based paint.
   Furthering international phaseout of leaded gasoline and introduction of low-sulfur fuels.
                                   Key Challenges
   Completing pesticide registration reviews.
   Advancing the Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program.
                                         1109

-------
Goal 4 Purpose

The EPA is committed to ensuring chemical safety and promoting pollution prevention. Through
collaboration with other  countries, federal agencies,  states, tribes,  and the public,  the agency
leverages expertise, information, and resources to improve chemical safety. Children and other
disproportionately exposed and affected groups, including low-income, minority, and indigenous
populations  receive  explicit consideration in the agency's  chemical risk assessments and
management actions, in accordance with Executive Orders and guidance on children's health and
environmental justice.

The EPA's 2011-2015 Strategic Plan articulates two objectives under Goal 4. The first advances
the EPA's work to ensure the safety of chemicals, and the second promotes pollution prevention
strategies. In addition, the Plan establishes cross-cutting fundamental strategies which are being
operationalized in relevant aspects of Goal 4 work. In particular, Goal 4 supports, "Working for
Environmental  Justice and  Children's Health." Programs which contribute to Goal 4 work to
achieve these  objectives and support the cross-cutting strategy.  To achieve our domestic
environmental objectives, it is important to keep abreast of emerging environmental issues and to
collaborate with domestic and foreign partners to address foreign  sources of pollution that impact
the United States (U.S.) and the global commons, such as the open ocean and the atmosphere.
The EPA works with international partners to address the impacts of pollution from the U.S. on
other countries and the global environment.

Throughout FY 2010 and FY 2011, the EPA devoted significant effort to putting in place its new
Enhanced Chemical Management approach to improve collection of data on existing chemicals
and enhance the accessibility and usefulness of data to assess chemical hazards, identify potential
risks to human health and  the environment, and take appropriate risk  management action.  In
addition, the EPA has focused on reducing continuing risks from chemical substances that were
used widely in the past and  that persist in some environmental settings, despite strict restrictions
on  new use. A prime example is lead-based paint, which is banned for use in new residential
construction but remains a major contributor to childhood lead poisoning due to its prevalence in
pre-1978 homes. While the EPA continues to make major strides in guarding against exposure to
chemicals that pose potential risks to human health and the environment, challenges  still remain
for completing pesticide registration  reviews and within  the  Endocrine Disrupter Screening
Program.

Under this goal, the EPA also implements the Pollution Prevention Act  of 1990, which
established national  pollution prevention policy.  Time  and experience have added  to  the
agency's understanding and appreciation of the value of preventing pollution before it occurs.
Pollution prevention  is central to all of the EPA's sustainability strategies, and the agency will
continue to incorporate pollution prevention principles into its policies, regulations, and actions.

To  advance these objectives, the  EPA committed to 27  annual  performance  and efficiency
measures for FY 2011. For those  Goal 4 measures where  data were available at the time of
publication for this report (data were  not yet available for eight measures),  the agency met or
exceeded 63 percent and did not meet 37 percent of the measures. The full suite of the EPA's FY
                                          1110

-------
2011 measures, including targets, results, and detailed explanations for variances, is available in
the Performance and Assessment Section of the FY 2013 Congressional Justification.

EPA  Contributing  Programs:  Chemical  Risk Review  and  Reduction;  Chemical  Risk
Management;  Endocrine Disrupter  Program; Science Policy Biotechnology; Protect  Human
Health from Pesticide Risk; Protect the Environment from Pesticide Risk; Realize the Value of
Pesticide Availability; Lead Risk  Reduction and Lead Categorical Grant Programs; Pesticides
Program Implementation  Categorical  Grant Program; Pollution Prevention  and  Pollution
Prevention Categorical Grant Programs

Key Accomplishments

Throughout FY 2010  and  2011, the EPA developed and implemented the Enhanced Chemical
Management approach,  which is focused  on 1) mitigating chemical information gaps with
existing chemicals by improving chemical information collection, access and  usefulness; 2)
screening and assessing chemical hazards and identifying health and environmental risks; and 3)
managing identified chemical risks.1

In addition to addressing risks from chemicals currently used in commerce, the EPA also focused
on reducing legacy risks from chemicals used widely in the past, including lead in paint—banned
for consumer  use in  1978,  but still a major contributor to the incidence  of childhood lead
poisoning.
1 http://www.epa.gov/oppt/existingchemicals/pubs/Existing.Chem.Fact.sheet.pdf

                                          1111

-------
Assessing Existing Chemical Risks

A key step in the chemical risk assessment/management process is characterizing the hazards
that chemicals pose to  humans and the environment. Under the  Enhanced Chemical Safety
Program, the EPA focuses its assessment resources on completing hazard characterizations,
which present the EPA's perspective on data regarding eco-toxicity,  acute toxicity, mutagenicity,
reproductive and developmental toxicity, environmental fate and physical/chemical properties
for chemicals produced in the largest quantities—the nearly 2,800 High Production Volume
chemicals produced or imported annually at greater than 1 million pounds per year.
         Performance Measure: Annual number of hazard
         characterizations completed for HPV chemicals
                         2006-2013 Performance Trends
o
I
6
600

500

400

300

200

100

  0
                   555
                               371
                                                                   450
                                      I325            300
                                 239            2«°
                                        164

                          I     I      I  II   I
318
    300
                 FY06   FY07   FY08    FY09    FY10   FY11    FY12   FY13
Analysis: Over the past decade, through the HPV Challenge Program and Toxic Substances
Control Act Section 4 Test Rules, the EPA has been obtaining the Screening Information Data
Set hazard endpoint  data  needed to  complete  hazard characterizations. The EPA slightly
exceeded its FY 2011 target and brought the cumulative total of HCs completed to more than
1,650 HPV chemicals since 2006. The EPA is currently on track for completing HCs for the
original universe of HPV Challenge chemicals by the end of FY 2014.
                                        1112

-------
Reducing Lead Risks

The current focus of the EPA's strategy to reduce risks from lead-based paint is the promulgation
and implementation of the Lead Renovation, Repair and Painting Rule, which requires that firms
performing paint-disturbing activities in pre-1978 homes and child-occupied facilities be trained
and EPA-certified and follow lead-safe work practice standards when disturbing lead-based
           Performance Measure: Cumulative number of certified
           Renovation, Repair and Painting firms
            200,000


            150,000
CO

.1  100,000
LL
             50,000
                               2006-2013 Performance Trends

                                                              152,000
                                                              4
                                                          *
                                                         100,000
                                                  59,552
                     FY06   FY07    FY08   FY09   FY1CT   FY11   FY12    FY13
                                                           •Measure introduced in FY 2010
Analysis: In support of these results, through the end of FY 2011, the EPA has accredited more
than 575 training providers who have conducted more than 34,000 courses  and trained an
estimated 700,000 workers in the construction and remodeling industries to use lead-safe work
practices. The EPA and authorized states have certified more than 114,000  renovation firms.
Performance in FY 2010 did not meet expectations because the  agency provided firms with
additional time to become certified and, combined with  the midyear effective date of the rule,
resulted in reduced performance by approximately 40 percent from projected levels. The EPA
adjusted its FY 2011  target to reflect FY 2010 progress. The agency exceeded the adjusted
target, in part as a result of efforts by the 12 states authorized to certify firms, providing a strong
foundation for achieving continued progress.
                                         1113

-------
Partnership for Clean Fuels and Vehicles

Toxic lead has been removed from gasoline in more than 175 countries worldwide - representing
near-global elimination. The elimination of leaded gasoline has increased IQ  scores,  lowered
lead-in-blood levels by up to 90 percent and prevented the premature deaths of more  than 1.2
million people annually, according to a recent study "Global Benefits of Phasing Out Leaded
Fuel."2

In January 2011, Serbia and Montenegro officially announced the phaseout of leaded gasoline.
The  last  remaining countries that have not yet phased out the use of leaded gasoline (e.g.,
Afghanistan, North Korea, Burma) have all  expressed an interest in meeting the target date in the
near future. Out  of the universe  of  194 countries, through  FY 2011,  186  countries have
completed a phaseout of leaded gasoline.
        Performance Measure: Number of countries completing
        phaseout of leaded gasoline (incremental)
                         2006-2013 Performance Trends
           12
       I    9
       o
       O    6
                          13
               -
                                         2   • •       2
                                         I      I      I
                FY06   FY07*   FY08    FY09   FY10   FY11*   FY12    FY13
                                  'No Target Established in FY 2007, Measure terminated in FY 2011,
2 Tsai, P. L., & Hatfield, T. H. (2011). Global Benefits From the Phaseout of Leaded Fuel. Journal Of
Environmental Health, 74(5), 8-14.
                                         1114

-------
          Performance Measure: Number of countries introducing low
          sulfur in fuels
15

12

 9
          o
         O   6
                           2006-2013 Performance Trends

                           14
                    2
                    I
                                                  5      5


                 FY06   FY07*   FY08    FY09   FY10   FY11*   FY12   FY13
                                    •No Target Established in FY 2007. Measure terminated in FY 2011.
Analysis:  Since the EPA's Partnership for Clean Fuels and Vehicles (PCFV) began in 2002,
nearly 50 developing countries have achieved the low sulfur goal. In FY 2011, PCFV exceeded
its FY 2011 target. Three countries, Costa Rica, Montenegro and Turkey introduced lower sulfur
(50 ppm) fuels in January 2011 with two additional countries shortly thereafter. Globally, there is
a steady momentum with  countries and regions slowly transitioning to low and  lower sulfur
fuels. Often, one country in a region (such as Costa Rica in Central America) leads the way. Out
of the universe of 194 countries, through FY 2011, 61 countries have introduced low sulfur in
fuels.

In February 2011, the EPA Administrator, Lisa Jackson was present with the United Nations
Environment Program head, Achim Steiner, when Kenya announced its new sulfur fuel standard
(500 ppm), the lowest in East Africa. Kenya is developing a plan to  reach the goal of 50 ppm by
2020. In June 2012, the EPA-sponsored meeting  resulted in  18  additional African countries
agreeing to this goal. Since the start of the PCFV in 2002, 49 developing countries globally have
achieved the low-sulfur goal. As a  result of these successes, the EPA's two  performance
measures related to the Partnership will no longer be tracked after FY 2011.

Key Challenges

Pesticide Registration Reviews

The EPA's Pesticide Registration Review Program ensures that, as science and the ability to
assess risk evolve and policies and practices  change, all registered pesticides continue to meet
the statutory standard of no unreasonable adverse effects.  Changes in science, public  policy and
pesticide use practices occur  over time, and  the Pesticide Registration Review Program must
continuously improve its processes, science and information management while maintaining a
collaborative and open decision-making process. Moving forward, completion of registration
                                         1115

-------
reviews  in  accordance  with  statutory requirements  continues to be challenging as  case
development of complex ecological risk assessments progress at the national level, including
Endangered Species Act (ESA) requirements. Addressing ESA via registration review continues
to be a complex and scientifically challenging endeavor.
          Performance Measure: Number of pesticide registration review
          dockets opened
2006-201 3 Performance Trends
100

80
en
jg 60
0
0
Q 40
20
0
—

—



Target
• Actual
,
FY06 FY07 FY08



81
70

7

1
FY09 FY10 FY11 FY12 FY13
•Measure introduced in FY 2010
          Performance Measure: Number of pesticide registration review
          final workplans completed
            100 r
             80
          tn

          I  60
          o
             40
             20
                          2006-2013 Performance Trends
                                               70
                                                      75
70

                 FY06   FY07   FY08   FY09   FY10   FY11    FY12   FY13
                                                     •Measure introduced in FY 2010

                                       1116

-------
Analysis: The Pesticide Registration Review Program has an aggressive schedule to meet the
statutory deadline of October 1, 2022, for completing the first round of pesticide registration
reviews. The EPA tracks registration reviews, including the opening of public dockets and the
completion of final workplans, which represent the earliest steps of the registration review
process. FY 2011 actual results included closing cases for active ingredients that are no longer in
use, which required minimal review and led to the agency exceeding its targets. During FY 2011,
The  EPA and the Departments  of  Agriculture, Commerce, and Interior requested  that the
National Academy of Sciences' (NAS) National Research Council undertake a review of key
scientific and technical issues impacting the development of endangered species assessments and
Biological Opinions under the Endangered Species Act and FIFRA. This  committee began its
review this November and expects to complete its report in the winter of 2013.

Endocrine Disruptor Screening Program

The Endocrine Disrupters  Screening Program has achieved noteworthy accomplishments over
the past few years, including harmonizing test guidelines for the 11 assays that constitute the Tier
1 Screening Battery,  issuing Tier  1 test orders for the first list of 67 pesticide chemicals (58
pesticide active  ingredients and  9  high  production volume chemicals  that  are  also  inert
ingredients in pesticide product formulations) to undergo screening, and  reviewing test order
responses and other relevant information.  In addition, the program has made progress toward
validating Tier 2 tests, renewing and amending the Information Collection Request in order to
send out test orders  for the  second list  of chemicals that  includes water contaminants and
developing a plan for making greater use  of computational or in silico models and molecular-
based in vitro high throughput assays to prioritize and screen chemicals in the EDSP.
          Performance Measure: Number of chemicals for which
          Endocrine Disruptor Screening Program (EDSP) decisions
          have been completed
Chemicals
O on O tn O
2006-201 3 Performance Trends
2
Target
— • Actual
3 3
1
0
FY06 FY07 FY08 FY09 FY10 FY11 FY12 FY13
'Measure introduced in FY 201 1
                                         1117

-------
In FY2011, the Program did not achieve the goal of getting Test Orders out for another set of
chemicals.  Through the end of FY 2011, the Program continued to consider public comments
received on a  draft amendment to the EDSP Information Collection  Request.  Therefore, the
Program did not achieve the goal of getting Test Orders  out  for another set of chemicals.
However, the Program achieved goals for EDSP-based decisions on chemicals and  validation of
assays.

The EPA implemented new performance metrics in FY 2011  and is developing a comprehensive
management plan and related tools to help better anticipate and manage some of the complexities
of the  program.  As  the  program continues to move through  implementation,  performance
measures will  evolve to reflect  the major activities  and goals. These  tools will address recent
Office of Inspector General recommendations,3 help develop the program to make greater use of
21st century advances and improve overall program management
              Performance Measure: Number of chemicals for which EDSP
              Tier 1 test orders have been issued
              _co
              CO
              o
              E
              o
              -C
              O
                  40 r
                  30
20
                  10
                                 2006-2013 Performance Trends
                                                              40


                       FY06   FY07   FY08   FY09   FY10
                                            FY11*    FY12   FY13
                                              'Measure introduced in FY 2011
3 The OIG issued a final audit report of the EDSP in May 2011, which contained six recommendations intended to improve overall management
of the program. The agency is addressing these recommendations by developing:
        Weight of evidence guidance for making decisions in Tier 1 of the EDSP.
        A workplan focused on increased utilization of high throughput and computational tools in the EDSP.
        A comprehensive management plan for the program, including developing a new annual program review process. Through these
        tools, the program will address improved:
        Characterization of the universe of chemicals for screening and testing.
        Methodologies for prioritizing chemicals.
        Performance metrics for management and communicating results.
                                            1118

-------
            Performance Measure: Number of screening and testing
            assays for which validation decisions have been reached
                            2006-2013 Performance Trends
            C/5
                                                         2
                   FY06   FY07   FY08   FY09
FY10   FY11   FY12   FY13
         'Measure introduced in FY 2011
Analysis: The EDSP continues to progress towards full implementation with the on-going
evaluation of the chemicals, prioritization of the universe of chemicals  and issuance of test
orders. However, the EDSP also continues to experience challenges due to the complexity of the
scientific and regulatory processes associated with the full implementation of the EDSP.
                                       1119

-------
Strategic Goal 5: Enforcing Environmental Laws
                   1120

-------
                             Strategic Goal 5 at a Glance:
                       ENFORCING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
 Protect human health and the environment through vigorous and targeted civil and
         criminal enforcement. Assure compliance with environmental laws.
                          FY 2011 Performance Measures
                 Met = 6 Not Met = 1 Data Unavailable = 0 (Total Measures = 7)
                                                 Goal 5 Performance Measures
                                                	 (Total Measures: 7)
                Objective
      • Enforce Environmental Laws
                                                        Objective!:
                                                   Enforce Environmental Laws
                           FY 2010 -FY 2011  Priority Goal
Increase pollutant reducing enforcement actions in waters that don't meet water quality standards, and post
results and analysis on the web.
                               Key Accomplishments
   Taking action under the National Enforcement Initiatives.
   Reducing, treating and eliminating pollutants through enforcement actions.
   Enforcing the Clean Air Act.
   Investing in injunctive relief.
   Fulfilling EPA's Superfund enforcement goals.
   Increasing criminal enforcement.
                                   Key Challenges
   Measuring enforcement and compliance assurance.
   Providing information on the National Enforcement Initiatives to the public.
   Utilizing e-reporting
                                         1121

-------
Goal 5 Purpose

Vigorous  enforcement is critical  to the EPA's  work  to  protect  human  health  and  the
environment. That is why enforcing environmental laws is both a Goal and an Objective in the
agency's FY 2011-2015 Strategic Plan.  Achieving the EPA's goals for clean drinking water,
lakes and streams that are fishable and swimmable, clean  air to breathe, and communities and
neighborhoods that  are free from chemical  contamination  requires both new  strategies and
compliance with rules already in place. By addressing noncompliance swiftly and effectively, the
EPA's  civil  and criminal enforcement cases directly reduce pollution and risk, and deter others
from violating the law. The EPA has also made strides in advancing its Priority Goal to increase
pollutant reducing enforcement actions in waters that do not meet water quality  standards, and
post results and analysis on the web.  Additionally, FY 2011 was the first year the agency began
implementing cross-cutting fundamental strategies, developing annual action plans which shape
work under Goal 5 in new ways.

The EPA takes aggressive enforcement action against pollution problems that make a difference
in communities. Through vigorous civil  and criminal enforcement, the EPA  targets the most
serious water, air, and chemical hazards,  and  advances environmental justice by  protecting low
income, minority, and tribal communities that are disproportionately impacted by such hazards.
To further its objectives under Goal 5, the EPA committed to 7 performance measures in FY
2011. The agency met 6 of these measures (86 percent) and  did not meet 1 (14 percent.)
While  the agency and its partners have  made progress  in  reducing,  treating,  or eliminating
pollutants from the  environment, new challenges continue to  emerge,  such as  addressing the
expanding universe  of regulated sources  and economic challenges faced by  states and tribal
governments. The  EPA's FY 2011  performance results  indicate  progress  in  developing
implementation strategies for its National Enforcement Initiatives. Through enforcement actions
that reduce, treat, or eliminate millions of pounds of pollution, the EPA identifies and focuses on
priority environmental risks and noncompliance problems.

The full  suite of the EPA's  FY  2011 measures,  including targets, results,  and  detailed
explanations for variances, is available in the Performance and Assessment Section of the FY
2013 Congressional  Justification.

EPA  Contributing Programs:  Environmental   Justice, Compliance  Assistance  Program,
Compliance Incentives Program, ETV Program, Monitoring and Enforcement Program, National
Center  for  Environmental Innovation,  National Partnership  for  Environmental Priorities,
Economic Decision Sciences Research,  Pesticide Enforcement Grant Program, Sector Grant
Program,  Sustainable  Materials Management, Toxic  Substances Compliance Grant Program,
Sustainability Research, Superfund Enforcement, RCRA Corrective Action
                                         1122

-------
Priority Goal

In FY 2010, EPA established a Priority Goal to advance the FY 2011-2015 Strategic Plan
objective to pursue vigorous civil and criminal enforcement that targets the most serious water,
air, and chemical hazards in communities.

Clean Water Enforcement: Increase pollutant reducing enforcement actions in waters that don't
meet water quality standards, and post results and analysis on the web.

Results: The agency has made great strides in  implementing its strategy to clean up the nation's
waters through targeting pollutant reducing enforcement actions in waters that do not meet water
quality standards. In 2009, the agency analyzed concluded Clean Water Act enforcement actions
and determined  that 32 percent of the facilities  subject to those actions reduced pollutants
discharged into impaired waters. Through implementation of its Clean Water Act Action Plan,
the EPA increased this percentage to 49 percent in FY 2010 and 62 percent in FY 2011.

The enforcement portion of the Clean Water Action Plan had 3 major steps: 1) the development
and implementation of tools that display geographic locations of Category 4 and 5 waters that do
not meet water quality standards and NPDES noncompliant permittees; 2) the development and
implementation  of guidance used to target  enforcement actions;  and  3) development and
implementation of tools that allow public dissemination of enforcement information on the web.
Implementing these steps  resulted  in coordination across the agency to integrate enforcement
action and  point source discharge information with water impairment  data to develop the
targeting and public access tools.  As a result, EPA  now  has  a  tool that calculates pollutant
loadings from permit and Discharge Monitoring  Report (DMR) data and ranks  dischargers,
industries,  and watersheds based  on pollutant mass and toxicity;  a  map  of all  of CWA
enforcement actions overlaid on impaired water data; and  a tool to  search permitted facilities that
discharge into impaired waters, with a detailed linkage to the water quality around that facility.
All of these tools have  been made  publicly  available through  EPA's Enforcement and
Compliance History Online (ECHO) website at http://www.epa-echo.gov/echo/.

Key Performance Results

National Enforcement Initiatives

The  EPA's enforcement  and  compliance  program   identifies  and  focuses  on  priority
environmental risks and noncompliance problems through the National Enforcement Initiatives.
The EPA developed six National Enforcement Initiatives to address some  of the more complex
pollution problems in our nation:

    1.  Keeping raw sewage and contaminated  storm water runoff out of waters.
    2.  Cutting animal waste to protect surface  and ground waters.
    3.  Reducing  widespread air pollution from the largest  sources, especially the coal-fired
       utilities, cement, glass, and acid sectors.
    4.  Cutting toxic air pollution that affects communities' health.
    5.  Assuring energy extraction sector compliance with environmental laws.

                                         1123

-------
    6.  Reducing pollution from mineral processing operations.

In 2011, the EPA has taken action under the National Enforcement Initiatives by:

    •   Targeting large municipalities to reduce pollution and volume of stormwater runoff and
       to reduce unlawful discharges of raw sewage that degrade water quality in communities.
    •   Taking action to reduce animal waste pollution that impairs our nation's waters, threaten
       drinking water sources,  and  adversely impact  communities  at livestock and poultry
       operations.
    •   Continuing New Source Review initiatives in the coal-fired plant, cement kiln, glass, and
       acid manufacturing  sectors,  securing major reductions in emission that adversely affect
       community health.
    •   Stepping up enforcement activities to control air toxics  that pose significant risks to
       communities located near large sources of toxic air emissions.
    •   Increasing the use of state-of-the-science remote monitoring tools to evaluate previously
       unmeasured toxic emissions from refineries that threaten nearby communities.
    •   Deploying  new infrared  cameras to protect communities from  uncontrolled emissions
       posed by burgeoning gas extraction activities across the nation.
    •   Taking action to address the highest risk mineral processing sites across the nation

For   more   information    on    the  EPA's   National    Enforcement   Initiatives   visit
http://www.epa.gov/compliance/data/planning/initiatives/index.html

Reducing,  Treating, and Eliminating Pollutants

The EPA  secures commitments for future  pollution controls to reduce, treat, or  eliminate
millions  of pounds of pollution through enforcement actions.  As  part of FY 2011 enforcement
actions, the EPA  secured  commitments  for  pollution controls  which will  reduce, treat, or
eliminate illegal release of pollutants in the first year after pollution controls are installed. During
FY 2011, the agency reduced, treated, or eliminated an estimated:

    •   1.1  billion pounds of air pollutants.
    •   730 million pounds  of water pollutants. The top categories of pollutants reduced, treated,
       or eliminated from illegal discharges that  affect  water quality  are suspended solids, oil,
       dissolved solids, oxygen demanding pollutants, and nutrients.
    •   6.1  million pounds  of toxic pollutants and pesticides. The top categories of pollutants
       reduced, treated, or eliminated are PCBs, pesticides, and metals.
    •   3.6  billion pounds of hazardous waste.  The target for this measure, 6.5 billion pounds of
       hazardous waste reduced, treated or eliminated, was not met in FY 2011. The hazardous
       waste metric  is generally dominated by results  from  one or  two  very big  cases. This
       results in substantial variability in this measure from year to year.
                                           1124

-------
          Performance Measure: Millions of pounds of air pollutants,
          water pollutants, and toxic and pesticide pollutants, reduced,
          treated, or eliminated through concluded enforcement actions.
            4,000
         V) 3,500
         ~
            3,000
            2,500
            2,000
            1,500
            1,000
             500
               0
c
o
CL
"5
to
o
                           2006-2013 Performance Trends
                                  3,900
-  890     890
  iLil
      1,418

570
I      I
                                       1,846
                                             804 •   804     804

                  FY06    FY07   FY08   FY09   FY10   FY11    FY12   FY13
For     more     information      on     these     measures     and     trends     visit
http://www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/reports/endofyear/eov201 l/resultscharts-fv2011 .pdf

Health Benefits from Enforcement Actions

While often invisible, pollutants in the air create smog and acid rain and cause cancer or other
serious health effects. The EPA's enforcement of the Clean Air Act also reduced the exposure to
air pollution that can cause serious respiratory problems  and  exacerbate cases of childhood
asthma. The reductions  from  the largest  stationary source air  enforcement  cases result in
estimated health benefits of $15 to $36 billion each year, including:

       •   Reducing approximately 1,800 to 4,500 premature deaths in people with heart or lung
          disease.
       •   1,100 avoided emergency room visits or hospital admissions.
       •   30,000 avoided asthma attacks.
       •   230,000 fewer days of missed work or school.

Injunctive Relief

In FY 2011, EPA enforcement actions  required companies to invest an estimated $19 billion in
actions and equipment to control pollution (also known as injunctive relief.) This is the highest
recorded  injunctive  relief value for the EPA. Also in  FY 2011, EPA enforcement actions
required companies to invest an estimated $25 million in projects that benefit the environment
and  public  health  (known as   supplemental environmental  projects.)  For example,  one
                                        1125

-------
enforcement action in FY 2011 resulted in requiring a facility to retrofit low-income housing in
the surrounding community with the most cost-effective energy efficiency technologies.

Superfund Enforcement

The EPA's Superfund Enforcement Program continues to use the most appropriate enforcement
or compliance tools to address the most significant problems and to achieve the best outcomes.
The Superfund  Enforcement Program also strives to ensure fairness, reduce transaction costs,
and promote economic development. For example, to ensure that responsible parties can meet
their cleanup obligations, the EPA  has  developed a  national strategy to assess  companies'
compliance  with  federal  financial  assurance  requirements.  For  more  information see:
www.epa.gov/oecaerth/cleanup/superfund/index.html

The EPA's Superfund enforcement goals for FY 2011  were:  1) reach a settlement or take  an
enforcement action by the start of remedial action  at 95 percent of nonfederal Superfund sites
that have viable, liable parties; and 2) address cost recovery at all NPL and non-NPL sites with a
statute of limitations on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000 and report value of
costs recovered.

In FY 2011, cost recovery was addressed at 339 National Priority List (NPL) and Non-NPL sites,
of which 162 had total costs greater than or equal to $200,000; of those, 98 had potential statute
of limitations concerns. In addition, the EPA secured private party commitments for cleanup and
cost recovery and billed private parties for oversight for amounts that exceeded $3.3 billion.

FY2011 Enforcement & Compliance Annual Results Superfund Results
(Inflation/Deflation Adjusted to FY 11 Dollars)
In Millions
$
Cost
Recovery
Oversight
Site Study
& Cleanup
FY07
247
67
747
FY08
241
79
1638
FY09
387
82
2082
FY10
158
84
1448
FY11
300
74
3000
FY2011 Data Source for Clean up and Cost Recovery: Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation & Liability Information System (CERCLIS), FY2011 Data Source for Oversight:
Integrated Financial Management  System (IFMS); Data  source  for  previous fiscal years:
CERCLIS and IFMS.

Criminal Enforcement

In FY 2011, 371 criminal environmental crime cases were opened. This is a 7 percent increase
from FY 2010.  The EPA brought criminal charges against 249 defendants, the  second highest
number since FY 2007. Of the 249 defendants, 79 percent were individuals and 21 percent were
companies. Charging individuals where warranted enhances deterrence, since only individuals
                                         1126

-------
face potential incarceration. In FY 2011, individual defendants were sentenced to a total of 89.5
years of incarceration (a 24 percent increase from FY 2010.)

Key Challenges

Measuring Enforcement and Compliance Assurance

EPA is adopting new strategic  approaches to deal  with  challenges, such as the expanding
universe of regulated sources and economic challenges faced by states, so that enforcement and
compliance do not solely depend on inspections and enforcement to address serious violations.
As  part of the new approach,  the  Agency's  enforcement program  is developing a suite of
measures that expand its ability to communicate to the public. As part of this suite, the Agency is
including measures for its criminal enforcement program for the first time in EPA's FY 2011-
2015 Strategic Plan. The suite of measures address:

    •   Enforcement Presence/Level of Efforts Measures: The extent of the general enforcement
       and compliance assurance presence in communities.
    •   Case-Linked Outcome Indicators: The annual and long-term trends in environmental
       benefits resulting from EPA enforcement actions.
    •   Strategic  Enforcement Measures:  The results of EPA's focused  efforts  to  address
       specific, high-priority problems that make a difference to communities.
When viewed together, this suite of measures provides a more comprehensive understanding of
the program than has been available previously.

Public Information

The EPA made performance information for the National Enforcement Initiatives available to the
public via a new website in FY 2011. The information released marks the first step in providing a
range of facts about our progress on the Initiatives. The EPA strives to provide more meaningful
information to describe holistically  the nature  of the  priority  environmental  risks  and
noncompliance problems of each National Enforcement Initiative and explain how the Agency is
working to address the issues. The EPA will continue to identify information sources  throughout
FY 2012 to build on and expand the range of information available to the public on high-priority
environmental problems in  their communities.  To learn more about the National Enforcement
Initiatives visit http://www.epa.gov/compliance/data/planning/initiatives/index.html

E-Reporting

Agency  reporting  requirements  are  still  largely  paper-based, which  is  inefficient  and
unnecessarily resource-intensive for reporting entities and states, results in data quality errors,
and is ineffective for compliance monitoring and enforcement uses.  To reduce both reporting
burden and pollution over the long term,  and to improve both compliance  and the information
available to the public about pollution that  affects  them, the agency is assessing options for
                                          1127

-------
converting to 21st century electronic reporting technology. This effort is expected to provide
substantial long-term benefits for industry, states, the EPA, and the public.
                                           1128

-------
Enabling and Support Programs
            1129

-------
                                    At a Glance:
                     EPA ENABLING AND SUPPORT PROGRAMS

             The EPA's Enabling and Support Programs provide centralized
        management services and support environmental programs, as well as the
             people, facilities and systems necessary to operate the agency.
                          FY 2011 Performance Measures

                  Met = 9 Not Met = 2 Data Unavailable = 1 (Total Measures = 12)
      'Results are displayed for only those offices that report annual performance measures.
              Enabling and
            Support Programs
of Administration
^sources
lement
of the Chief
ial Officer
of Environmental
ation
of General Council
of Inspector General
                   ESP Performance Measures
                      (Total Measures: 12)
OARM
                      OIG









• Office
and R«
Manac
• Office
Financ
• Office
Inform
• Office
• Office

                                        1130

-------
Purpose

In addition to the media National Program Offices, EPA has a total of six support Offices to
assist in meeting  the Agency's overall mission and multiple  Goals. These organizations are
referred to as Enabling Support Programs ("ESPs"), and include the Office of the Administrator,
the Chief Financial Officer, the Inspector General, the Office of Environmental Information, the
Office of Administration and Resource Management and the General Counsel.
EPA's support Offices  contribute substantially in a variety of varying capacities to assist the
media Programs  with  meeting  Agency  Objectives.  Support  includes complying  with
Congressionally-mandated  statutes,  auditing  Agency programs for  improved efficiencies,
interpreting and advising on legal issues, hiring, processing payroll, providing  all  aspects of
internal IT support. The ESPs are essential to the functionality of the Agency's media programs.

In FY 2011, together the Enabling and Support Programs reported twelve performance measures.
The agency met or exceeded 82 percent and did not meet 18 percent of the measures for which
data  were available for this report.   Data were not yet available for one of  OEI's annual
measures. The full suite of the EPA's FY 2011 measures, including targets, results, and detailed
explanations for variances by supporting office, is available in the Performance and Assessment
Section of the FY 2013 Congressional Justification.

Key Accomplishments for the Office of Environmental Information

Central Data Exchange
          Performance Measure: Number of major EPA environmental
          systems that use the CDX electronic reporting requirements
          enabling faster receipt, processing and quality checking of data
             80

             70

         w  60
         Q)
         to  50
         §
             40

             30

             20
                           2006-2013 Performance Trends
                          60 60   60
                                    64

               48
i     I
       37
32     |

•     I


                  FY06   FY07   FY08    FY09    FY10   FY11   FY12    FY13
Analysis: CDX is the electronic gateway through which environmental data enters the Agency. It
enables fast, efficient and more accurate environmental data submissions from state and local
                                        1131

-------
governments, industry and tribes to the EPA. It also provides a set of core services for the entire
agency, rather than each agency program building its own duplicative services. This success is
reflected in the expanding number of the EPA systems using CDX.
          Performance Measure: Number of States, tribes and territories
          will be able to exchange data with CDX through nodes in real
          time, using standards and automated data-quality checking
                          2006-2013 Performance Trends
         2
         I
            100
             80
             60
             40


                               69
                            65 •   65
                                      72
          57      59      59

I.   II   ll   II   II   I
                 FY06   FY07    FY08    FY09   FY10   FY11   FY12   FY13
Analysis: The EPA continues to leverage the Exchange Network to achieve agency information
goals  and  priorities while  increasing efficiency.  In collaboration  with  the  EPA,  the
Environmental Council of the States (ECOS) accepts the Network as the standard approach for
the EPA, state, tribe and territory data sharing. Based on  current trends, 60 percent of state
reporting to the EPA's ten priority national systems will use the Network by the end of calendar
year 2011, a doubling of Network use within 18 months. Tribal use of the Network will grow by
20 percent during calendar year 2011.

Key Accomplishments for the Office of Inspector General

The EPA's OIG contributes to the agency's mission to improve human health and environmental
protection by assessing the efficiency and effectiveness of the EPA's program management and
results; ensuring that Agency resources are used as intended; developing recommendations for
improvements and cost savings; and providing oversight and advisory assistance in helping the
EPA carry out its Recovery Act objectives.

In FY 2011, OIG identified key management challenges and internal control weaknesses and
provided over 2,011 recommendations  accounting for more  than  $82.4 million in potential
savings and recoveries and more than 315 actions taken by the agency for improvement from
OIG recommendations. For  example,  in  response to OIG  recommendations the agency:
established  procedures to provide reasonable assurance that Diesel Emissions Reduction Act
                                        1132

-------
grant and subgrant grantee progress reports are accurate and emission levels are verified; agreed
to ensure that the Solid Waste Disposal Act site priority requirement is consistently incorporated
into the terms and conditions of future LUST Trust Fund grant agreements; developed strategic
vision and program design that assures that the ENERGY STAR label represents superior energy
conservation performance  along with a complete set of goals, valid  and reliable measures; and
agreed to revise policies and procedures  to ensure that financial monitoring review reports are
distributed timely to all project  officers,  work assignments managers and task order managers
assigned to the contract impacted by the financial monitoring review.

OIG also contributes to the integrity of and public confidence in the agency's programs and to
the security of its resources by  preventing and detecting possible fraud, waste,  and abuse and
pursuing judicial and  administrative remedies. Additionally, OIG investigations accounted for
160  criminal, civil or administrative enforcement actions or allegations disproved during FY
2011 and $6.4 million  in Recovery Act fund cost savings to date.

Recommendations or Risks Identified for Corrective Action
         Performance Measure: Environmental and business
         recommendations or risks identified for corrective action
           2,500
        V)
        g 2,000
        «
        "c 1,500
        O
        E
        E 1,000
        o
        o
        CD
        DC  500
1024
                          2006-2013 Performance Trends
                                    2011
     I25949         903^2? 903945  903

        I      I     I      II
903    95°
                  FY06    FY07   FY08    FY09   FY10    FY11    FY12   FY13
Analysis:  The number of OIG results  in terms  of recommendations and  risk identified  has
generally  reflected the staffing levels  of the OIG and the  types  of audits and evaluations
performed. More  complex  evaluations  and audits  have fewer  total but  more  complex
recommendations and risks identified. The type of work changes as the OIG identifies different
areas of risks requiring reviews. The number of recommendations dramatically increased in FY
2011 as the OIG included 1137 findings from Single  Audit review  of ARRA grant recipients.
The non-ARRA portion of recommendations identified was 874.
                                         1133

-------
Return on Investment
          Performance Measure : Return on the annual dollar
          investment, as a percentage of the OIG budget, from audits
          and investigations
2006-201 3 Performance Trends
1610
1600
1400

1200
1 1000
§ 800
Q_
600
400
200
—
—

—
—
—


—
-350

Target
• Actual






1®6 150 120 120151
, 1, 1, 1. 36 • j m
FY06 FY07 FY08 FY09 FY10 FY11 FY12 FY13
Analysis: The OIG has  been fairly  consistent in the dollar level of questioned  costs,  cost
efficiencies identified from  audits and evaluation, and  fines, penalties and settlements from
investigations. Some years may have vast differences from the normal level, often dependent
upon an extraordinary recovery from a criminal case settlement of great magnitude as in FY
2006, or a significant decrease in FY 2010 as we focused resources on few monetary reviews in
preference to more qualitative reviews such as internal controls.
                                        1134

-------
Investigative Results
       Performance Measure: Criminal, civil, administrative and fraud
       prevention actions
      V)
      o
         200
         150
         100
          50
                   2006-2013 Performance Trends
                                         160
              121
103
                115
     ill
        i     i      i
85    85

I    I
             FY06  FY07   FY08  FY09  FY10   FY11  FY12   FY13
Analysis: Results from investigative work is extremely unpredictable since the nature of the
work itself is response oriented (to indicators of fraud, wrong doing, or allegations received) and
dependent upon the subsequent actions of the Department of Justice. However, OIG investigative
results have generally correlated to the levels of investigative staffing and have increased
steadily since FY 2008—a trend we anticipate to continue  as the OIG continues to reach its
authorized staff level.
                              1135

-------
Progress Toward the EPA's Cross-Cutting Fundamental Strategies
                           1136

-------
Introduction

Annually, the agency develops fiscal year action plans with commitments that align with existing
planning,  budget and accountability processes.  In implementing these strategies through  annual
action plans,  the  agency  has  embarked  on  a deliberate,  focused effort to  take  tangible,
measurable actions to transform the way we deliver environmental and human health protection.
FY 2011 is the first year the agency developed Cross-Cutting Fundamental Strategy Action Plans
(http://www.epa.gov/planandbudget/archive.html#action_plans).  The  FY  2011  Action Plan
Progress Reports are available  at http://www.epa.gov/planandbudget/results.html, and selected
highlights from the Progress Reports are described below.

Expanding the Conversation on Environmentalism: Engage and empower  communities and
partners, including those who have been historically under-represented, in order to support and
advance environmental protection and human health nationwide.

The EPA has begun a new era of outreach and conversation to include a broader range of people
and communities  in its day-to-day  work and to  expand its  engagement with communities
historically under-represented in our decision-making processes. In FY  2011,  the  agency's
actions were  focused on public access to multi-lingual communication, interaction with media
outlets that reach historically under-represented groups, improved access to and transparency of
environmental data to support community and citizen involvement in  decision-making, and
lastly, expanding public awareness  and opportunities for  involvement during all phases  of
rulemaking processes.

Highlights:

    •   Expanded media outreach lists encompassing TV, radio and print to reach as many as 28
       million in the Hispanic  community. The EPA's reach through Spanish language  social
       media tools increased nearly 200 percent in FY 2011.
    •   Published more  than  1,600 environmental  datasets,  258 geographic  datasets and 64
       software tools  from  across  the EPA programs on http://www.data.gov  to  support
       community and citizen involvement in environmental decision-making.
    •   Launched innovative use of Twitter as a texting service to provide air quality  monitoring
       information to  people near the Aerovox  Mill  demolition  project in New  Bedford,
       Massachusetts.
Challenges:

    •  Implementing  the color-coding  system for communicating  sampling  results  from
       contaminated sites posed  several challenges, including 1) complex  data that can be
       difficult to categorize/summarize; 2) color-coding system might not be applicable to all
       sites; 3) quick turn-around  during an emergency can be difficult; and 4) finding a balance
       that   is   true   to  the   science  but  understandable   for   multiple  audiences.
                                          1137

-------
Working for Environmental Justice and Children's Health: Work to reduce and prevent harmful
exposures and health  risks to children  and under served, disproportionately impacted, low-
income  minority  and  tribal  communities,  and  support community efforts to build healthy,
sustainable green neighborhoods.

In FY 2011, the EPA took  important  steps to: 1) promote  environmental justice (EJ) and
children's health in regulatory  decisions,  2) strengthen federal partnerships, 3) apply best
scientific  methods,  and  4)   deliver environmental  results  in  communities  (Performance
Summary.)    In    addition,    the    EPA    has   finalized   Plan    EJ   2014   (see
http://www.epa.gov/environmentaljustice/resources/policv/ej-rulemaking.html),           which
implements the environmental Justice portion of this cross-cutting strategy.  Some of the most
significant agency accomplishments that demonstrate how the EPA works for EJ and children's
health are highlighted below.

Highlights:
Implemented  guidance  on  incorporating  EJ  into  the  EPA's  rulemaking  process (see
http://www.epa.gov/environmentaljustice/resources/policy/ej-rulemaking.html)  and  created  a
training supplement to  existing guidance on considering Children's Health when developing
EPA actions.

   •   Developed tools to enable  communities to have full  and meaningful access  to the
       permitting process and to develop permits that address EJ.
   •   Further  developed case targeting strategies and remedies in enforcement  actions to
       benefit overburdened communities.
       (see  http://www.epa.gov/environmentaljustice/resources/policy/plan-ej -2014/plan-ej-c-e-
       2011-09.pdf).
   •   Conducted more than  25 healthy homes training sessions for health care providers,
       housing professionals, community outreach workers, tribal environmental health officials
       and leaders of community-based organizations.
   •   Through an  interagency workgroup, developed criteria and finalized an internal  list of
       Priority Chemical  Hazards  for  children's  health  which  includes  mercury,  lead,
       Polychlorinated biphenylsperfluorinated compound and perchlorate.
   •   Consulted with  the Children's Health Protection Advisory  Committee  and  engaged
       additional stakeholders to gather  public  input for the criteria the agency  will  use to
       identify priorities for potential action under the Toxic Substances Control Act.

Challenges:

   •   The agency  continues to work on developing and strengthening performance measures
       that will describe EJ  actions to be taken and to characterize environmental or  health
       conditions   of  overburdened   communities   or  populations   including  children.
       (http://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-12-77 )
                                          1138

-------
Advancing Science, Research, and Technological Innovation: Advance a rigorous basic and
applied science research and development agenda that informs, enables, and empowers and
delivers innovative and sustainable solutions to environmental problems. Provide relevant and
robust scientific data and findings to support the agency's policy and decision-making needs.

In FY 2011, the EPA took important steps to: 1) plan and implement innovative and sustainable
technologies  and  methods  for  addressing  environmental problems;  2)  expand efforts  to
communicate research results;  and 3) promote partnerships  to leverage funding and foster
research innovations.

Highlights:

   •   Partnered across the  agency and with external stakeholders to address  1) high-priority
       cross-cutting issues such as: the potential impact of hydraulic  fracturing  on  drinking
       water; 2) validation  of  air monitoring  methods and new technologies; 3) green and
       sustainable water infrastructure; and 4) next-generation tools for screening chemicals that
       disrupt the human endocrine system.
   •   Collaboratively developed four integrated research frameworks for: 1) air,  climate and
       energy; 2)  safe  and  sustainable water; 3)  chemical safety for sustainability; and  4)
       sustainable and healthy communities.
   •   Initiated effort to evaluate technology opportunities and market assessments,  which is
       included in EPA's plan to implement Executive Order 13563, Improving Regulation and
       Regulatory Review.
   •   Initiated  efforts  to support and  promote technologies  and  methods  that scrutinize
       environmental  and human health impacts from the beginning to the end of the technology
       life cycle.
   •   Implemented   the   "Great  Environmental   Moments  in  Science"   website   (see
       http://www.epa. gov/sciencematters/april2011/scinews_research-hi ghlights.htm)      and
       report to  highlight important advances  in environmental  science realized through EPA
       research.

Challenges:

   •   The evaluations of water and air monitoring technologies planned for FY 2011  have not
       been completed, as they  have been incorporated into the broader efforts  to evaluate and
       prioritize both technology innovation and research needs being conducted  in FY 2011
       and 2012.
                                          1139

-------
Strengthening State, Tribal, and International Partnerships: Deliver on our commitment to a
clean and healthy environment through consultation and shared accountability with states, tribes
and the global community for addressing the highest priority problems.

In FY 2011, the EPA began the successful implementation of delivering on its commitment to a
clean and healthy environment through consultation and shared accountability with states, tribes
and the global community for addressing the highest priority problems. As we worked together,
our relationships continued to be based on integrity, trust and shared accountability to make the
most effective use of our respective bodies of knowledge, our existing authorities, our resources,
and our talents.

With States:

    •  Facilitated  data  exchange  with states, including increasing state  utilization of the
       Exchange Network  by  59  percent,  and established  a new  reporting  system for
       Underground Injection Control data.
    •  Strengthened shared accountability by developing a suite of  new approaches to revamp
       the  National Pollutant Discharge  Elimination System permitting,  compliance  and
       enforcement program in consultation with states,  which included developing a Web-
       based dashboard to make state performance information against key criteria available to
       the public.
    •  Furthered closer consultation and transparency by:
       o  Conducting three federalism  consultations with our state and  local partners for the
          following rules:  Utility  Maximum Achievable  Control Technology,  Stormwater
          Discharges from Developed Sites, and Greenhouse  Gas Emissions from Electric
          Utility Steam Generating Units.
       o  Reviewing and clarifying  internal policies for federalism consultations, and training
          rule writers on federalism consultation guidance and practices.
       o  Creating  RegDaRRT  (see  http://yosemite.epa.gov/opei/RuleGate.nsf/),   a  Web
          application to provide timely information to the public  about priority regulations
          under development and reviews of existing regulations.
    •  Collaborated with states to  seek more efficient use of resources by establishing an
       agencywide  task force  to identify program areas where EPA-state worksharing can be
       applied and areas where statutes or regulations prohibit worksharing.

With Other Countries: Expanded our partnership efforts  in multilateral forums and in key
bilateral relationships.
    •  In August 2011,  EPA Administrator, Lisa Jackson  and Brazil Minister of Environment,
       Izabella Teixeira  launched the U.S.-Brazil Joint Initiative on Urban Sustainability—a
       vehicle for identifying  opportunities for new  and innovative green urban infrastructure
       investment in the United States and Brazil, and for serving as  a global model for building
       greener economies and smarter cities.

With Tribes: On May 4, 2011, Administrator Lisa Jackson announced the release of the "EPA
Policy  on Consultation  and Coordination with Indian Tribes."  The policy  is  a  result of the
                                          1140

-------
Presidential Memorandum on Tribal Consultation,  issued November 5, 2009, directing federal
agencies to develop a plan to implement Executive Order 13175 fully.

   •   The EPA was  the first agency  to  release a final  Tribal Consultation Policy, which
       establishes EPA standards for the consultation  process (defining the "what, when and
       how"  of consultation), including specific EPA points of contact in order to  promote
       consistency in, and coordination of, the consultation process. Additionally, it establishes
       a management  oversight and reporting  structure that will ensure  accountability and
       transparency.
   •   In  collaboration with tribal partners,  the  EPA continued efforts to identify gaps in the
       implementation of EPA programs  in  Indian  Country and  related to Alaska Native
       Villages. In FY 2011, the EPA initiated an internal workgroup with the regional offices to
       discuss developing a phased pilot approach that will operate into FY 2012.

Challenges:
   •   Partnerships continue to be an increasingly positive activity in addressing human health
       and environmental  concerns  even  though  implementation  challenges remain.   For
       example, as the EPA implements the new  Tribal Consultation Policy, we continue to
       address   and  understand  the complexity  of  the  definition  of  consultation  while
       determining guidelines on what constitutes appropriate "consultation."
                                          1141

-------
Strengthening  EPA's Workforce and Capabilities: Continuously improve  the EPA 's internal
management, encourage innovation and creativity in all aspects of our work, and ensure that the
EPA is an excellent workplace that attracts and retains a topnotch, diverse workforce, positioned
to meet and address the environmental challenges of the 21st century.

Success in  strengthening  the  EPA's workforce and  capabilities  further enhances the EPA as
"One Great Place to Work."  In FY 2011, our actions were employee-focused and driven by
opportunities to find smarter ways to work, save money and reduce our environmental footprint.
Our continuing goal is to provide a supportive and productive work environment so that the EPA
has the talent, processes and tools it needs to protect human health  and the environment
effectively and efficiently.

Highlights:
    •   Increased telework and reduced unliquidated obligations across all offices,  demonstrating
       a true "One EPA" success by operationalizing significant shifts in how the agency does
       business.
    •   Reduced hiring time  from 161 days in FY 2010 to 96 days in FY 2011, and completed 10
       Standardized Recruitment Packages that typically  shorten the recruit timeline by 15 to 20
       days.
    •   Enhanced new employee orientation including:
       o  Produced new  hire videos for  new EPA employees. Videos  feature EPA people and
          places to welcome new employees and convey a good sense of how they will fit into
          One EPA.
       o  Updated and standardized the  on-boarding process  for bringing new employees into
          the  organization.
       o  Created external and Intranet sites for new  employee orientation to prepare  new
          employees for their first day on the job.
    •   Increased tools  for green conferencing by installing 50 green  videoconferencing units
       across the agency, and tracked their use to set a baseline to  measure videoconferencing
       trends beginning in FY 2012.

Challenges:
    •   In FY 2010, the EPA ranked at the bottom among federal agencies for hiring time. To
       improve agency performance, the EPA conducted benchmarking studies and aligned its
       reporting process with those of other agencies so that in FY 2011 and beyond, the  way
       the agency measures hiring time against the governmentwide 80-day goal  is comparable
       to the hiring time reported by other federal agencies. The agency will also improve hiring
       tools by adding 13 more Standardized Recruitment Packages, for a total of 23; creating
       automated templates in EZHire; and reducing by  20 percent the number of questions in
       the EZHire Question Library.
                                         1142

-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2013 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents - February 2012 Addendum to the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan
FY 2012-2013 EPA Priority Goals	1146
Greenhouse Gas Emissions Priority Goal:	1147
Water Quality Priority Goal:	1148
Drinking Water Priority Goal:	1149
Communities Priority Goal:	1150
E-Reporting Priority Goal:	1151
                                       1143

-------
1144

-------
February 2012 Addendum to the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan

The purpose of this Addendum is to update the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan to add the five
FY 2012-2013 Agency Priority Goals in compliance with the Government Performance and
Results Act (GPRA) Modernization Act of 2010, 31 U.S.C. 1115. EPA's Priority Goals advance
our long-term strategic measures and are specific, measurable, and achievable within 18 to 24
months. These goals serve as key near-term indicators of progress and have been established by
the Obama Administration as a central focus of its performance management framework. This
Addendum includes an overview of the FY 2012-2013 Agency Priority Goals followed by a brief
discussion of how the Priority Goals advance the EPA's Strategic Plan.

The FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan (http://www.epa.gov/planandbudget/strategicplan.html),
issued on September 30, 2010, is a blueprint for accomplishing EPA's mission over a five-year
timeframe. The Plan sets  forth five strategic goals for advancing the Agency's environmental
and human health outcomes and five Cross-Cutting Fundamental Strategies to change how the
Agency works to achieve those goals. In addition, the Plan included six FY 2010-2011 Agency
Priority Goals whose results are  included in the FY 2011 Annual Performance Report  at
http://www.epa.gov/planandbudget/results.html.

The  FY 2012-2013 Agency Priority Goals  are incorporated  in the EPA  FY 2013 Annual
Performance Plan and Budget. Per the GPRA Modernization Act requirement to address Federal
Goals in the Agency's Strategic Plan and Annual Performance Plan and Budget, please refer to
Performance.gov for information on Federal Priority Goals and the Agency's contributions  to
those goals, where applicable.
                                         1145

-------
                          FY 2012-2013 EPA Priority Goals
    EPA
  Strategic
    Goal
                        Priority Goal Statement
   Taking
  Action on
   Climate
 Change and
 Improving
 Air Quality
Reduce greenhouse gas emissions from cars and trucks. Through September
30, 2013, EPA in coordination with DOT's fuel economy standards program
will be implementing vehicle and truck greenhouse gas standards that are
projected to reduce GHG emissions by 1.2 billion metric tons and reduce oil
consumption by about 98 billion gallons over the lifetime of the affected
vehicles and trucks.
 Protecting
 America's
   Waters
               Improve, restore, or maintain water quality by enhancing nonpoint source
               program accountability, incentives, and effectiveness. By September 30, 2013,
               50% of the states will revise their nonpoint source program according to new
               Section 319 grant guidelines that EPA will release in November 2012.
Improve public health protection for persons served by small drinking water
systems by strengthening the technical, managerial, and financial capacity of
those systems. By September 30, 2013, EPA will engage with twenty states to
improve small drinking water system capability through two EPA programs,
the Optimization Program and/or the Capacity Development Program.
Cleaning Up
Communities
     and
 Advancing
 Sustainable
Development
Clean up contaminated sites and make them ready for use. By September 30,
2013, an additional 22,100 sites will be ready for anticipated use.
  All Goals
   (Cross-
  Program)
Increase transparency and reduce burden through e-Reporting. By September
30, 2013, develop a plan to convert existing paper reports into electronic
reporting, establish electronic reporting in at least four key programs, and
adopt a policy for including electronic reporting in new rules.
February 2012 Addendum to the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan

                                         1146

-------
Greenhouse Gas Emissions Priority Goal:
Reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from cars and trucks. Through September 30, 2013,
EPA in coordination with DOT'sfuel economy standards program will be implementing vehicle
and truck greenhouse gas standards that are projected to reduce GHG emissions by 1.2 billion
metric tons and reduce  oil consumption by about  98 billion gallons over the  lifetime of the
affected vehicles and trucks.

This Priority Goal  advances the Strategic Plan objective to address climate change and  reduce
greenhouse gas emissions and the strategic measure to reduce GHG emissions from  light  duty
vehicles.  Additionally, the Priority Goal provides co-benefits by  helping EPA attain strategic
measures related to criteria pollutants.  Through implementation of the Priority Goal, EPA
expects these rules to  reduce GHG emissions through better fuel  economy and  increased fuel
savings. GHGs are known to trap some of the earth's heat that would otherwise escape  into space
and are the primary cause of climate change which can lead to hotter, longer heat waves that
impact the environment  and public health and increase  ground-level ozone pollution linked to
asthma and other respiratory illnesses, among other health-related threats.

EPA's strategy for accomplishing this  Priority  Goal  focuses on  implementing  the  light-duty
vehicle standards for model years 2012-2016 that were  adopted in April 2010, and the heavy-
duty vehicle standards for model years 2014-2018 that were adopted in August 2011.  The work
that EPA will perform to achieve the Priority Goal primarily involves certifying that new light-
duty vehicles, new heavy-duty vehicles, and new heavy-duty engines meet the standards.  The
certification process involves EPA's review of test  data  that vehicle and engine  manufacturers
submit to EPA.  EPA reviews  the test data to assure  compliance with applicable  emissions
standards for the vehicle's useful life.  EPA also conducts spot  checks by testing  prototype
vehicles for emissions and  fuel  consumption at EPA's National Vehicle and  Fuels Emissions
Laboratory in  Ann Arbor,  Michigan. All  new  vehicles sold in  the U.S.  need a valid EPA
certificate regardless of where the vehicle may have been  manufactured.

Implementing the standards also requires EPA to manage a complex credit program, designed to
allow manufacturers different pathways for demonstrating compliance  with the standards. As
part of the implementation strategy, EPA  works with  the National Highway  Traffic  Safety
Administration (NHTSA) of the Department of Transportation on  those portions of the mobile
source air pollution standards that relate to fuel efficiency.
February 2012 Addendum to the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan

                                         1147

-------
Water Quality Priority Goal:
Improve,  restore,  or maintain water quality  by  enhancing  nonpoint  source  program
accountability,  incentives, and effectiveness.  By September 30,  2013, 50% of the states will
revise their nonpoint source program according to new Section 319 grant guidelines that EPA
will release in November 2012.

This Priority Goal advances the Strategic Plan objective of protecting the quality of rivers, lakes,
streams, and wetlands on a watershed basis, and protecting urban, coastal, and ocean waters. It
also supports the strategic measure on attaining water quality standards for all pollutants and
impairments in waterbodies that were identified as not attaining standards in 2002. Nonpoint
source pollution—principally nitrogen, phosphorus, and sediments—has been recognized as the
largest remaining impediment to improving water quality. Recent national surveys have found
that the Nation's waters are stressed by nutrient pollution, excess sedimentation, and degradation
of shoreline vegetation, which affect upwards of 50% of our lakes and streams. Section 319 of
the Clean Water Act is one of EPA's core water programs to help protect, restore, and improve
water quality by providing grants to  prevent or reduce nonpoint source pollution.

EPA's implementation strategy  for accomplishing this Priority  Goal will  focus  primarily on
developing new Section 319 grant guidelines by November 2012. By the end of 2013, EPA will
provide assistance to states to revise their nonpoint source programs in order to accelerate water
quality improvements and restoration with a focus on  increased accountability and enhanced
targeting of the funds to ensure timely implementation of nonpoint source controls.

To achieve gains under this Priority  Goal, EPA will work  with the U.S. Department of
Agriculture and the Department of the Interior (including the  Bureau  of Land Management,
Office of Surface Mining, and Fish and Wildlife Service), to encourage collaborative efforts that
reduce nonpoint source pollution caused by agriculture, confined animal operations,  grazing,
forestry,  surface mining, and  other sources.  Specifically, EPA will jointly identify with U.S.
Department of Agriculture  Natural Resources Conservation  Service at  least 50  critical
watersheds for coordination  of  conservation and monitoring investments. Additionally,  EPA
works in partnership with states and tribes to develop and implement nonpoint source pollution
prevention programs  and will  expand partnerships to include local  conservation  districts,
counties, regional planning commissions, and nonprofit organizations at the state and national
levels.
February 2012 Addendum to the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan

                                          1148

-------
Drinking Water Priority Goal:
Improve  public  health protection for persons  served by small drinking water  systems  by
strengthening the technical, managerial, and financial capacity of those systems. By September
30, 2013, EPA will engage with twenty states to improve small drinking water system capability
through  two EPA programs,  the Optimization Program and/or  the  Capacity Development
Program.

This Priority Goal contributes to the Strategic Plan objective of reducing human exposure to
contaminants in drinking water, fish and shellfish, and recreational waters, as well as protecting
source water. More specifically, it supports the strategic measure on community drinking water
systems to ensure that they meet all applicable health-based drinking water standards. Currently,
more than 97% of the nation's 160,000 public drinking water systems serve fewer than 10,000
persons.  Although most small systems consistently provide safe, reliable drinking water to their
customers,  many of these  systems face problems, including aging infrastructure,  workforce
shortages and high employee turnover,  increasing costs, and  declining rate  bases. Through
implementation of this Priority Goal, EPA expects to improve the capacity for small drinking
water systems to provide safe drinking water.

EPA's implementation  strategy  for  accomplishing  this Priority  Goal  is  to improve the
compliance  and  long-term  sustainability  of  small  systems  with  the  objectives  of: (1)
strengthening  and targeting financial support  to  small systems;  (2) working with  primacy
agencies to enhance  their Capacity Development Programs and  capabilities, including the
Optimization Program approach to prioritize efforts with those systems most in need; and, (3)
identifying opportunities to promote  water system  partnerships (including restructuring) for
systems struggling to remain viable.

To achieve gains under this Priority Goal, EPA works in partnership with states, other federal
agencies, third-party technical  assistance providers, and utility associations on a variety of
activities including leveraging existing programs and resources,  targeting coordinated funding
for infrastructure needs, facilitating workforce recruitment and training, and fostering improved
management practices to ensure  long-term  system  sustainability. Additionally, EPA  chairs a
state-EPA workgroup focused on strengthening state Capacity Development programs.
February 2012 Addendum to the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan

                                          1149

-------
Communities Priority Goal:
Clean up contaminated sites and make them ready for use. By September 30, 2013, an additional
22,100 sites will be ready for anticipated use.

This Priority  Goal advances two objectives and several strategic measures in the FY 2011-2015
EPA Strategic Plan to restore land and promote sustainable communities. Uncontrolled releases
of waste and  hazardous substances can contaminate soil, sediment, and groundwater, threatening
healthy ecosystems and posing human health and environmental concerns. EPA's Superfund,
RCRA corrective action, leaking underground storage tank,  and brownfields  programs reduce
these risks by assessing and cleaning up sites so that communities are able to maintain or reuse
these assets for commercial, ecological, recreational, or other purposes.

EPA's implementation strategy for this  priority goal focuses on improving the accountability,
transparency,  and effectiveness  of  EPA's cleanup programs.  EPA has  implemented  the
Integrated Clean-up Initiative  to better use  the  most  appropriate assessment and cleanup
authorities to address a greater number of sites, accelerate the pace of cleanups where possible,
and put those sites back into productive use while protecting human health and the environment.
EPA's land cleanup programs have set long-term strategic measures toward making sites ready
for anticipated use or otherwise meeting cleanup goals. There  are multiple impacts from cleaning
up contaminated  sites: reducing mortality and morbidity risk; eliminating human exposure to
contaminants; making land available for commercial, residential, industrial, or recreational reuse;
and, promoting community economic development.

To achieve gains under this Priority Goal, EPA works with the private sector, states,  tribes, local
governments, and other federal agencies. EPA also consults with the local community to ensure
that  the cleanup and reuse is aligned with the community's  vision for the site. In some cases,
states are authorized to operate cleanup programs, while in others they are partners. Where other
federal agencies or states are designated as the lead for the cleanup actions at their sites, EPA's
environmental cleanup goals are subject to, and reliant on, the lead federal  agencies' or  states'
cleanup budgets, execution, and site cleanup performance.
February 2012 Addendum to the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan

                                          1150

-------
E-Reporting Priority Goal:
Increase transparency and reduce burden through e-Reporting. By September 30, 2013, develop
a plan to convert existing paper reports into electronic reporting, establish electronic reporting
in at least four key programs, and adopt a policy for including electronic reporting in new rules.

This Priority Goal advances the Agency's efforts to  more efficiently protect the nation's  air,
water, and land under all five strategic goals in the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan. As e-
Reporting provides higher quality data in a more timely manner, this effort could fundamentally
change compliance, enforcement, and monitoring at the Agency. Given the opportunities for
e-Reporting in  several environmental media (e.g., air, water, land), the effort will  indirectly
impact many of the Agency's strategic objectives and strategic measures. Electronic reporting
will  lead to  more timely monitoring  data  enabling  EPA and the  states to  better prioritize
permitting, monitoring,  and enforcement  actions. It will advance transparency, allowing  the
public, non-governmental organizations, community groups, rate payers, and others better access
to data. With facility data more readily available to government and the public, an additional
incentive is created for facilities to comply  with environmental requirements.

EPA's implementation strategy for accomplishing this Priority Goal focuses on work in two
main areas:  (1) developing an Agency-wide policy to ensure that new regulations  include
electronic reporting in the most efficient way; and, (2) developing and then implementing an
Agency  plan to convert the  most important existing paper reports to electronic, while  also
looking for opportunities to reduce outdated paper reporting.   Since  this work is cross-cutting,
EPA has established an Agency task force to lead and manage this work.

To achieve gains under this Priority Goal, EPA will work with its state partners as well as the
regulated community to enable transmission  of data electronically.  State and state agencies will
be engaged to identify a feasible and reasonable timeframe to revise state programs and permits
to implement the new  electronic  reporting requirements. The  public,  industry, and  trade
associations will be informed and involved through proposed regulation comment periods,
listening sessions, and websites in support of the rule. Also, EPA will encourage private sector
development of reporting tools to drive innovation, reduce  costs, and help regulated entities to
comply.
February 2012 Addendum to the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan

                                          1151

-------
Achieve Environmental Protection through Improved Compliance	1034, 1035, 1036, 1037
Acquisition Management	195, 200, 440, 441, 579, 583, 644, 645, 688, 691, 698, 699, 994, 1014, 1018
Administrative Law	194,200,400,401, 1014
Agency Financial Report	1064
Air Toxics	222,226,266,417,782
Air Toxics Monitoring	226
Alaska Native Villages	802,805,810
Alternative Dispute Resolution	194, 200, 402, 405, 579, 583, 632, 990, 1014, 1017, 1052
American Recovery and Reinvestment Act	444, 562, 564, 643, 681, 807, 923, 990, 1050, 1067
Analytical Methods	114, 1086
Annual Performance Report	i, ii, 261, 272, 1061, 1063, 1064, 1065, 1071, 1145
Audits, Evaluations, and Investigations	560, 562, 564, 579, 581, 589, 592, 1016

B
Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC)	673, 950
Beach/Fish Programs	195,201,525, 1015
BRAC	604,673,674,950
Brownfieldsv, 38, 41,  42, 43, 44, 45, 193, 197, 198, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 307, 420, 513, 583, 584, 662, 663,
   671, 736, 740, 745, 746, 812, 813, 814, 815, 816, 869, 870, 946, 948, 1003, 1012, 1018, 1020, 1050,  1067, 1097,
   1098, 1099, 1101
Brownfields Projects	583, 584, 736, 740, 746, 812, 1018, 1020

C
CASTNET	76,78,205,781
Categorical Grant
   Local Govt Climate Change	740, 1020
Categorical Grants	v, 16, 21, 497, 736, 740, 741, 742, 743, 745, 747, 750, 754, 757, 761, 763, 766, 772, 774, 777,
   779, 784, 786, 788, 792, 795, 797, 1020, 1021, 1028, 1029, 1030, 1034
Central Planning, Budgeting, and Finance	195, 200, 437, 580, 583, 649, 688, 691, 700, 1014, 1018, 1019
Chemical and Pesticide Risks	463, 953
Chesapeake Bayiii, 26, 27, 32, 33, 61, 63, 193, 198, 267, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 427, 517, 548, 861,
   862, 941, 942, 969, 971, 973, 981, 982, 1012,  1067, 1086, 1087
Children and other Sensitive Populations	341
Children and Other Sensitive Populations
   Agency Coordination	194, 199, 339, 1013
Civil Enforcement...60, 62, 63, 105, 193, 198, 256, 264, 266, 267, 271, 582, 606, 608, 688, 690, 693, 694, 715, 717,
   720, 723, 724, 959, 1012, 1016, 1018, 1019, 1051, 1055
Civil Rights / Title VI Compliance	194, 200, 404, 1014
Clean Air	204, 206, 207, 215, 216, 221, 230, 232, 233, 234, 235, 266, 277, 428, 786, 787, 958, 986
Clean Air Allowance Trading Programs	66,68,74, 193, 197,204,206, 1009, 1011, 1077
Clean Air and Climate66, 68, 73, 74, 80, 83, 85, 193, 197, 198, 203, 204, 208, 216, 221, 230, 234, 1009, 1011, 1012,
   1025, 1026, 1027
Clean School Bus Initiative	740,923, 1020, 1024
Clean Water215, 266, 292, 310, 516, 518, 523, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 553, 615, 720, 723, 757, 759, 766, 798, 800,
   802, 936,  1028
Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development... 5, 7, 9, 37, 164, 173, 250, 274, 323, 343, 363,
   370, 375, 419, 465, 470, 474, 511, 597, 611, 634, 653, 661, 666, 669, 675, 686, 703, 706, 709, 713, 726, 734,
   745, 750, 788, 795, 812, 898, 1061, 1066, 1095
Climate Protection Program	66,68,80,82, 193, 197,208, 1009, 1011, 1012
Commission for Environmental Cooperation	349,928,960, 1087, 1098
Communities	v, 20, 37, 41, 42, 43, 48, 61, 64, 67, 71, 143, 149, 156, 158, 161, 163, 164, 170, 173, 174, 176, 180,
   242, 250, 274, 276, 323, 341, 343, 347, 363, 375, 391, 410, 419, 420, 423, 554, 580, 583, 597, 652, 653, 658,

-------
   688, 691, 712, 713, 715, 718, 733, 734, 745, 812, 869, 870, 898, 902, 931, 934, 946, 1011, 1018, 1019, 1049,
   1143, 1146, 1150
Community Action for a Renewed Environment (CARE)	43, 199,323,327, 1013, 1059
Compliance 46, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 65, 81, 193, 198, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 264, 265, 267, 274, 278, 294, 298,
   358, 368, 390, 428, 532, 579, 581, 582, 593, 594, 595, 621, 669, 690, 693, 710, 715, 717, 719, 720, 721, 736,
   741, 761, 769, 784, 895, 923, 934, 959, 960, 961, 978, 986, 994, 1003, 1005, 1012, 1016, 1018, 1019, 1020,
   1034, 1035, 1036, 1037, 1051,  1055, 1097, 1122, 1123, 1126, 1127
Compliance and Environmental Stewardship	1034, 1035, 1036, 1037
Compliance Assistance and Centers	198, 690, 717, 923, 1012, 1018, 1019, 1035
Compliance Incentives	198, 582, 923, 1012, 1016, 1036, 1122
Compliance Monitoring	61, 62,  193, 198, 256, 257, 259, 260, 278, 579, 582, 594, 595, 715, 717, 720, 721, 769,
   1012, 1016, 1019, 1055
Congressional Priorities	72, 202, 741, 1011, 1015, 1016, 1021
Congressional, Intergovernmental, External Relations	194, 199, 345, 582, 1013, 1017
Congressionally Mandated Projects	72,202,741, 1011, 1016, 1021
Corrective Action	472, 951
Criminal Enforcement 63, 193, 198, 270, 271, 417, 579, 582, 605, 606, 607, 899, 959, 1012, 1016, 1051, 1055, 1126

D
Decontamination	69, 111, 114, 199, 582, 612, 613, 1009, 1013, 1017
Diesel Emissions Reduction Grant Program	736, 740, 817, 1020
Drinking Water	188, 529, 530, 532, 533, 602, 774, 792, 804
Drinking Water Programs	67,71, 187, 195,201,529, 1011, 1015

E
Ecosystem Protection	1087, 1098
Ecosystems	25, 71, 76, 155, 191,  195, 201, 206, 280, 293, 301, 303, 304, 307, 310, 314, 320, 322, 323, 327, 514,
   515, 517, 519, 540, 545, 675, 757, 766, 797, 800, 809, 819, 844, 889, 935, 1011, 1015, 1028, 1029
eManifest	201, 1015
Endocrine  Disrupters	71, 195,201,463,480,1011,1015, 1117
Energy Star	127,433,639
Energy STAR	197, 1011
Enforcement ...iv, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 66, 69, 104, 105, 193, 198, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 263, 264, 265, 266,
   267, 270, 271, 274, 277, 294, 298, 357, 359, 368, 417, 566, 579, 582, 594, 596, 597, 599, 600, 601, 603, 604,
   605, 606, 608, 621, 671, 683, 688, 690, 692, 693, 704, 715, 717, 720, 722, 723, 735, 736, 740, 761, 769, 784,
   895, 899, 923, 952, 959, 960, 961, 978, 994, 996, 1006, 1009, 1012, 1016, 1017, 1018, 1019, 1020, 1037, 1051,
   1097, 1122, 1123, 1124, 1125,  1126, 1127
Enforcement Training	198, 260, 270, 582, 605, 923, 960, 1012, 1016, 1037
Enforcing Environmental Laws	5, 8,  10, 57, 105, 256, 264, 270, 333, 594, 599, 603, 605, 608, 634, 693, 720, 723,
   761, 784, 959, 1031, 1061, 1066, 1120
Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution.. 5, 8, 10,50,61, 113, 131, 134, 139, 173, 180,277,339,
   341, 357, 359, 367, 378, 382, 449, 454, 459, 462, 480, 484, 492, 501, 504, 611, 634, 657, 754, 763, 772, 899,
   953, 1032, 1066
Environmental Education	vi, 39, 41, 171,  191, 194, 199, 306, 328, 343, 344, 345, 347, 1013
Environmental Information	966
Environmental Justice42, 43, 51, 63,  168, 169, 193, 198, 252, 267, 274, 275, 277, 325, 402, 520, 527, 579, 582, 597,
   632, 946, 991, 1012, 1016, 1051, 1061, 1066, 1110, 1122, 1138
Exchange Network .... 194, 199, 350, 351, 353, 354, 355, 356, 390, 392, 397, 579, 582, 619, 620, 621, 622, 626, 739,
   747, 748, 749, 967, 968, 969, 1007, 1013, 1017, 1132, 1140
Expected Benefits of the President'sE-Government Initiatives	923

F
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations.66, 70, 126, 128, 195, 200, 391, 432, 570, 571, 576, 578, 579, 583, 638, 640,
   688, 690, 691, 696, 697, 715, 717, 718, 731, 1010, 1014, 1016, 1017, 1018, 1019
February 2012 Addendum to the FY 2011-2015 EPA Strategic Plan	1143, 1145
Federal Stationary Source Regulations	ii, 93, 193, 197, 216, 217, 1012

-------
Federal Support for Air Quality Management	19,66,68,83,84, 193, 197,221,786,818, 1009, 1012, 1025
Federal Support for Air Toxics Program	68, 197,923, 1009, 1012, 1025
Federal Vehicle and Fuels Standards and Certification	18, 66, 68, 80, 85, 1009, 1025
Forensics Support	64, 66, 69, 105, 579, 582, 608, 1009, 1017

G

General Counsel ..85, 119, 122, 126, 256, 264, 330, 336, 339, 345, 350, 360, 387, 390, 400, 402, 404, 405, 406, 409,
   413, 416, 419, 424, 428, 432, 437, 440, 442, 445, 459, 564, 573, 576, 589, 616, 619, 624, 626, 632, 634, 638,
   641, 644, 646, 649, 696, 698, 700, 731, 747, 994, 1131
Geographic Programs	193, 198, 199, 279, 280, 293, 301, 304, 307, 310, 314, 320, 323, 1012, 1013, 1087
Great Lakes	280,292,518,523,525,743,798,940
Great Lakes Legacy Act	283,291,292
Great Lakes Restoration	iii, 32, 33,  193, 198, 280, 281, 283, 286, 287, 291, 292, 857, 858, 940, 973, 1012
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Registry	197,826, 1011
Gulf of Mexico	315,518,943

H

Hazardous Waste Financial Assistance	750, 751
Homeland Security	32, 34, 40, 44, 47, 55, 56, 66, 69, 103, 107, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 176, 194,
   199, 247, 248, 281, 293, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 336, 337, 364, 388, 468, 570, 571, 572, 573, 578, 579, 582,
   610, 611, 612, 616, 625, 662, 666, 697, 740, 903, D923, 930, 932, 933, 941, 942, 951, 957, 959, 963, 965, 982,
   983, 992, 1009, 1010, 1013, 1016, 1017, 1020,  1030, 1031, 1032, 1052, 1098
   Critical Infrastructure Protection	66, 69, 108
   Preparedness, Response, and Recovery	66, 69, 113
   Protection of EPA Personnel and Infrastructure	66, 69, 119, 570, 571, 573
Human Health	37, 41, 48, 55, 56, 66, 67, 70, 71, 108, 111, 131, 132, 146, 147, 155, 168, 176, 180, 183, 186, 187,
   370, 580, 583, 657, 788, 837, 881, 883, 903, 952, 976, 992, 1011, 1018, 1087, 1098
Human Health Risk Assessment....55, 56, 67, 71, 146, 147, 176, 180, 183, 580, 583, 657, 903, 976, 992, 1011, 1018,
   1087, 1098
Human Resources Management	195, 200, 445, 579, 583, 646, 647, 1014, 1018

/

Indoor Air 20, 66, 69, 96, 97, 98, 99,  100, 102, 193, 198, 237, 238, 240, 241, 242, 244, 246, 579, 581, 585, 586, 777,
   778, 929, 1009, 1012, 1016, 1077, 1081
   Radon Program	66,69,97
Information Exchange /Outreach	194, 199, 338, 339, 343, 345, 350, 357, 360, 363, 367, 370, 579, 582, 618, 619,
   1013,1017
Information Security.. 124, 194, 200, 330, 355, 387, 388, 389, 398, 565, 566, 569, 579, 582, 621, 624, 625, 630, 919,
   968, 1014,  1017
Infrastructure Assistance	376, 736, 740, 800, 804, 809, 819, 1020
Inspector General	3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 85, 119, 122, 126, 256, 264, 330, 336, 339, 345, 350, 360, 372, 387, 390, 400,
   402, 404, 409, 413, 416, 419, 424, 428, 432, 437, 440, 442, 445, 459, 467, 560, 562, 564, 565, 569, 573, 576,
   581, 589, 590, 592, 616, 619, 624, 626, 632, 634, 638, 641, 644, 646, 649, 696, 698, 700, 731, 747, 790, 969,
   970, 994, 1016, 1059, 1118, 1131, 1132
Integrated Environmental Strategies	194, 200, 419, 420, 1014
International Programs	194, 199, 200, 374, 375, 378, 382, 1013, 1014
International Sources of Pollution	194, 199, 378, 1013, 1098
IT / Data Management	66, 69, 121, 122, 194, 200, 386, 387, 390, 579, 582, 623, 624, 626, 690, 1010, 1014, 1017,
   1018
IT / Data Management / Security	66, 69, 121, 122,  194, 200, 386, 387, 390, 579, 582, 623, 624, 626, 690, 1010,
   1014, 1017, 1018

L

Laboratory Preparedness and Response	69, 582, 1009, 1017
Lake Champlain	518,523,798
Lake Pontchartrain	198, 324, 326, 327, 1013, 1087

-------
Land Protection	1097
Lead	273,530,532,956
Legal / Science / Regulatory / Economic Review .... 194, 200, 399, 400, 402, 404, 409, 413, 416, 419, 424, 428, 579,
   583,631,632,634,1014, 1017
Legal Advice
   Environmental Program	194, 200, 409, 579, 583, 634, 1014, 1017
   Support Program	194,200,413, 1014
Libraries	122
Long Island Sound	310,313
LUST/UST	195,201,511,688,691,703,1015, 1019
LUST Cooperative Agreements	688,691,697,701,706, 1019
LUST Prevention	688,691,709, 1019

M

Marine Pollution	195, 202, 540, 938, 1015, 1087
Methane to markets	197, 1011
Mexico Border	27, 43, 349, 375, 376, 468, 554, 736, 738, 740, 819, 820, 866, 947, 981, 1020, 1087
Mexico Border Infrastructure	27
Mississippi River Basin	316, 317, 518, 863
Monitoring Grants	740, 1020

TV

NAAQS	216,221,226,779,780
Nanotechnology	179, 957
National Estuary Program / Coastal Waterways	195,201,515, 1015
NEPA Implementation	193, 198,277, 1012, 1055

O

OAR	994
OARM.85, 119, 122,  126, 256, 264, 330, 336, 339, 345, 350, 360, 387, 390, 400, 402, 404, 406, 409, 413, 416, 419,
   424, 428, 432, 437, 440, 442, 445, 459, 564, 573, 576, 589, 616, 619, 624, 626, 632, 634, 638, 641, 644, 646,
   649, 696, 698, 700, 731, 747, 965, 966, 994
OCFO ..85, 119, 122,  126, 256, 264, 330, 336, 339, 345, 350, 360, 387, 390, 400, 402, 404, 409, 413, 416, 419, 424,
   428, 432, 437, 440, 442, 445, 459, 564, 573, 576, 589, 616, 619, 624, 626, 632, 634, 638, 641, 644, 646, 649,
   696, 698, 700, 731, 747, 964, 994, 1051
OECA	994, 1051
OEI	85, 119, 122,  126, 256, 264, 330, 336, 339, 345, 350, 360, 387, 390, 394, 400, 402, 404, 409, 413, 416, 419,
   424, 428, 432, 437, 440, 442, 445, 459, 564, 573, 576, 589, 616, 619, 624, 626, 628, 632, 634, 638, 641, 644,
   646, 649, 696, 698, 700, 731, 747, 966, 967, 968, 969, 994, 1051, 1131
Office of Environmental Information..85, 119, 122, 126, 256, 264, 330, 336, 339, 345, 350, 360, 387, 390, 400, 402,
   404, 409, 413, 416, 419, 424, 428, 432, 437, 440, 442, 445, 459, 564, 573, 576, 589, 616, 619, 624, 626, 632,
   634, 638, 641, 644, 646, 649, 696, 698, 700, 731, 747, 965, 966, 989, 994, 1131
Office of the Chief Financial Officer...85, 119, 122, 126, 256, 264, 330, 336, 339, 345, 350, 360, 387, 390, 400, 402,
   404, 409, 413, 416, 419, 424, 428, 432, 437, 440, 442, 445, 459, 564, 573, 576, 589, 601, 616, 619, 624, 626,
   632, 634, 638, 641, 644, 646, 649, 696, 698, 700, 731, 747, 964, 966, 989, 994
OGC	85, 119, 122,  126, 256, 264, 330, 336, 339, 345, 350, 360, 387, 390, 400, 402, 404, 405, 406, 409, 410, 411,
   413, 414, 416, 419, 424, 428, 432, 437, 440, 442, 445, 459, 564, 573, 576, 589, 616, 619, 624, 626, 632, 634,
   635, 638, 641, 644, 646, 649, 696, 698, 700, 731, 747, 994, 1052
Oil....3, 4, 7, 8, 10, 22, 39, 40, 44, 46, 47, 101, 102, 103, 114, 126, 164, 246, 248, 256, 264, 332, 409, 411, 415, 432,
   436, 576, 578, 594, 615, 638, 640, 653, 666, 686, 693, 696, 713, 715, 717, 720, 723, 725, 726, 727, 728, 729,
   731, 734, 735, 854, 895, 898, 952, 994, 996, 1019, 1031, 1033, 1035, 1060,  1097, 1107
Oil Spill
   Prevention, Preparedness and Response	715, 717, 726, 1019
OP	357,962,963

-------
Operations and Administration	66, 70, 125, 126, 195, 200, 431, 432, 437, 440, 442, 445, 570, 571, 575, 576, 579,
   583, 637, 638, 641, 644, 646, 649, 688, 690, 691, 695, 696, 698, 700, 715, 717, 718, 730, 731, 1010, 1014, 1016,
   1017, 1018, 1019
ORD	173, 901, 902, 903, 904, 905, 906, 907, 908, 909, 910, 913, 914, 915, 994
OSWER	474,475,677,994
OW	841,915,995

P
Pesticides Licensing	66, 70, 130, 131, 134, 139, 195, 200, 201, 448, 449, 454, 459, 462, 1010, 1014,  1015
Pollution Prevention	82,215,729,958,  1033
Pollution Prevention Program	55,  195,201,492,497,824,  1015
Preserve Land	37, 41, 465, 474, 511, 703, 709, 750, 795, 871, 949
Protect Human Health	25,66,70, 108, 111, 131, 132, 155, 187, 195,200,333,449,525,529,559,743,774,792,
   804, 837, 883, 933, 1010, 1014, 1030, 1111
Protecting America's Waters	iii, 61, 634, 933, 1049, 1061, 1066,  1084
Puerto Rico	802
Puget Sound	193, 198, 304, 305, 306, 517, 865, 866, 945, 1012, 1087,  1094
R

Radiation.. 12, 21, 66, 69, 96, 97, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 113, 116, 168, 193, 198, 237, 238, 241, 244, 245, 246, 577,
   579, 581, 585, 586, 587, 834, 836, 932, 986, 994, 1009, 1012, 1016,  1052, 1077
   Protection	66,69, 100
   Response Preparedness	66, 69, 102
Radon	98,240,778
Recovery Act -EPM	3
Recovery Act-IG	3
Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions	474
Reduce Risks from Indoor Air	20,66,69,99, 193, 198,241, 1009,  1012
Regional Science and Technology	194, 200, 416,  1014
Regions	664, 665, 676, 847, 849, 873, 875, 881, 892, 893, 894, 915, 926, 950, 953, 960
Regulatory/Economic-Management and Analysis	194, 200, 424,  1014
Rent	70, 200,  583, 691, 717,  1010, 1014, 1017, 1018,  1019
Research
   Air, Climate and Energy	70, 143
   Chemical Safety and Sustainability	71, 173, 180
   Safe and Sustainable Water Resources	70, 71, 155
   Sustainable Communities	71, 164
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)44, 45, 61, 124, 195, 201, 257, 266, 300, 332, 356, 398, 401, 409,
   411, 464, 465, 469, 470, 473, 474, 478, 622, 630, 659, 750, 878, 960, 988, 1015
Restore Land	37, 41, 44, 470, 511, 611, 661, 666, 668, 669, 675, 686, 703, 706, 726, 750, 874, 950

S
Safe Building	69,  1009
San Francisco  Bay	193, 198,301,302,517,944,1012,  1087
Science Advisory Board	28, 52, 173, 185,  194,  200, 428, 429, 498, 506, 548, 962, 964,  1014
Science Policy and Biotechnology	195, 201, 462, 463,  1014
Security 19, 34, 47, 60, 66, 69, 70, 82, 87, 103, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 119, 120, 121,
   122, 124, 129, 151, 176, 200, 212, 247, 267, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 339, 342, 351, 356, 366,
   387, 388, 468, 565, 573, 574, 576, D578, 583, 611, 612, 622, 624, 625, 666, 697, 903, 919, 927, 929, 930, 932,
   933, 948, 957, 959, 963, 965, 968, 983, 991, 997, 1009, 1010, 1014,  1017, 1030, 1031, 1032, 1033, 1058, 1098
Sign Language	447
Small Business Ombudsman	194,  199,357,358,964,  1013
Small Minority Business Assistance	194, 199, 360,  1013
Smart Growth	v, 42, 419, 420, 551,  1098
State and Local Prevention and Preparedness	194, 199,363, 1013,  1098

-------
State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)	v, 376, 466, 492, 736, 740, 799, 800, 804, 809, 812, 817, 819, 1019,
   1020
Stratospheric Ozone
   Domestic Programs	193, 197, 230, 1012
   Multilateral Fund	193,197,234, 1012
Superfund
   Federal Facilities Enforcement	579, 582, 603, 961, 1016
Superfund Special Accounts	923
Surface Water Protection	195, 202, 518, 545, 771, 1015, 1086

T

Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality.. 5, 7, 9, 12, 74, 80, 83, 85, 97, 99, 100, 102, 113, 143,
   204, 208, 216, 221, 230, 234, 238, 241, 244, 246, 333, 586, 634, 777, 779, 786, 817, 897, 925, 1024, 1025, 1026,
   1027, 1049, 1066,  1146
Targeted Airshed Grants	740,923,1020,1027
Targeted Watersheds	1029
test 13, 19, 23, 49, 53, 55, 81, 82, 85, 87, 88, 91, 93, 106, 115,  140, 147, 166, 169, 210, 211, 212, 224, 238, 316, 480,
   481, 482, 485, 486, 487, 491, 502, 577, 608, 613, 614, 667, 734, 887, 889, 919, 955, 977, 1079, 1117, 1119, 1147
Toxics Risk Review and Prevention	195, 201, 479, 480, 484, 492, 501, 504, 1015
Trade and Governance	194, 199, 382, 1014, 1087, 1098
TRI / Right  to Know	194, 199,367, 1013
Tribal - Capacity Building	194, 199,370, 1013

U

Underground Storage Tanks	693, 951
Underground Storage Tanks (LUST /UST)	195, 201, 510, 511, 688, 691, 702, 703, 706, 709, 1015, 1019
US Mexico  Border	194, 199,375, 1013
Utilities	32, 70, 200, 531, 583, 806, 935, 1010, 1014, 1017

W

Waste Management	949
Water
   Human Health Protection	67, 186, 195, 201, 202, 524, 525, 529, 1015
Water Quality	307, 308, 544, 766, 935, 940, 943
Water Quality Monitoring	307,308,937
Water Quality Protection	195, 202, 307, 308, 539, 540, 545, 1015
Water Quality Research and Support Grants	67,72, 191, 195,202,559, 1011, 1016
Wetlands....35, 157, 195, 201, 292, 307, 308, 322, 518, 519, 520, 521, 522, 523, 736, 741, 797, 798, 855, 940, 1001,
   1015, 1021, 1087

-------
U.S Environmental Protection Agency

FY 2011 Annual Performance Report
FY 2013 Annual Plan

DATA QUALITY RECORDS
Beginning with the EPA's FY 2013 budget, the Agency has developed Data Quality Records
(DQRs) to present validation/verification information for selected performance measures,
consistent with guidance from the Office of Management and Budget. A DQR documents the
management controls, responsibilities, quality procedures, and other metadata associated with
the data lifecycle for an individual performance measure, and is intended to enhance the
transparency, objectivity, and usefulness of the performance result.

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name (ORD) Measure ACl :  Percentage of products completed by Air, Climate, and Energy.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
   Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management- Planning
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     A research product  is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task. Research products may require translation or
     synthesis before integration into an output ready for partner use."

      This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products.

     Sustainability Research Strategy, available from: http://epa.gov/sciencematters/april2011/truenorth.htm

     http://www.epa.gov/risk_assessment/health-risk.htm
     ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^1

      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress.  Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis. At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the research program. The actual product completion date is self-reported.
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Each output is assigned to a Lab or Center representative before the start of the fiscal year. This individual provides quarterly status
      updates via ORD's Resource Management System.  Status reports are reviewed by senior management, including the Lab or Center
      Director and National Program Director.  Overall status data is generated and reviewed by ORD's Office of Program Accountability and
      Resource Management.	
      2c. Source Data Reporting	

      Quarterly status updates are provided via ORD's Resource Management System.
         3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures

-------
      3a. Information Systems
      Internal database or internal tracking system such as the Resources Management System (RMS).
    |  3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                      ]
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress.  Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis. At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the ACE program.	
    |  3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                               |

      The National Program Director oversees the source data reporting, specifically, the process of establishing agreement with program
      stakeholders and senior ORD managers on the list and content of the planned products, and subsequent progress, completion, and delivery
      of these products.	
    |  3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                      |
      At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met".  An overall percentage of planned products met by the ACE
      program is reported.	


      4. Reporting and Oversight
    |  4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                        |

      The Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management is responsible for reporting program progress in meeting its target of
      completion of 100% of Ace, Climate, and Energy program  planned products.

    |  4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                                  |
      This measure does not capture directly the quality or impact of the research products.	
    |  4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                             |

      Not applicable
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:44 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OA) Measure ADI : Cumulative number of major scientific models and decision support tools used in implementing
environmental management programs that integrate climate change science data
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Address Climate Change
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Address Climate Change
        Strategic Target Code and Title
3 - EPA will integrate climate change science trend and scenario information into five major scientific
        Managing Office
   Office of Policy
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Consistent with this approach, EPA is defining a major scientific model and/or decision support tool as one that may influence a major
     agency rule or action. For example, the BASINS CAT model is a decision support tool that enhances the ability of U.S. cities and
     communities with combined sewer systems to meet the requirements of EPA's Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO) Control Policy [1]. In
     1996, EPA estimated the cost of CSO control, consistent with the CSO Control Policy, to be $44.7 billion (1996 dollars). For this reason,
     the BASIN CAT model is an appropriate decision support tool to include.


     A program is defined as multiple projects. For example, the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative (GLRI) is a program that includes funding for
     grants. This EPA-led interagency initiative targets the most significant problems in the region, including invasive aquatic species, non-point
     source pollution, and contaminated sediment. It has outcome-oriented performance goals and measures, many of which are
     climate-sensitive. To ensure the overall success of the initiative, it is imperative that consideration of climate change and climate adaptation
     be integrated into GLRI grants and projects. Aside from GLRI, other climate-sensitive programs across the Agency include those for land
     revitalization and cleanup, air  quality monitoring and protection, wetlands and water protection and restoration to name a few. Greenhouse
     gas mitigation programs and projects would not be included in this total.

     Climate change data needs to be integrated into the tool or model.

     The 2011-2015 Strategic Plan  is the driver for this annual measure

     Here is the adaptation website: http://www.epa.gov/climatechange/effects/adaptation.html
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Data will be submitted to the Office of Policy (OP) from environmental and research programs across the Agency. The data originate from
      each of the National Program Offices and Regional Offices; they collect the information from their program contacts.	
      2b. Source Data Collection

-------
      The data are submitted to the Senior Advisor for Climate Adaptation in the Office of Policy. The climate adaptation advisor will determine
      whether the result meets the criteria.
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      The Program Offices (OAR, OW, OCSPP, OSWER, OITA) and Regional Offices will contact the climate change adaptation advisor to
      report this information. Tracked in a spreadsheet and maintained by the Office of Policy (OP).	


         3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
    |  3a. Information Systems
      Performance data are tracked in a spreadsheet and maintained by the Office of Policy (OP). This is source data from the Program Offices
      and Regional Offices, and is summed to be entered into PERS. Information system integrity standards don't apply. BAS is the final step for
      data entry.	
      3b. Data Quality Procedures

      The climate adaptation advisor verifies the information with his climate change adaptation team through conversations with the Program
      and Regional Offices, and then has one of his staff enter the data into BAS.	
      3c. Data Oversight

      EPA Senior Advisor for Climate Adaptation	
      3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                      |
      The "scientific models/decisions support tools" measure is calculated by assigning a numeric value of one (1) to any major scientific model
      or decision support tool. This is an annual, not cumulative measure. A model/tool may only be counted once.	


      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                       |

      Climate Change Adaptation Science Advisor	
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications

      It is difficult to firmly define when a particular scientific model or decision-support tool has been adequately integrated into an
      environmental management program. Whether this has adequately been done requires verification by the climate change adaptation
      advisor. Some programs might not be captured in this measure. The final tabulation is a conservative count of the work completed. There is
      no data lag. A model/tool may only be counted once.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits

      Not applicable	
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:47 AM

-------
Performance Data  Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OA) Measure AD2: Cumulative number of major rulemakings with climate sensitive, environmental impacts, and within
existing authorities, that integrate climate change science data
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title                            1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title                        1 - Address Climate Change
        Sub-Objective Number and Title	1-Address Climate Change	
        Strategic Target Code and Title                     4 - EPA will account for climate change by integrating climate change science trend and scenario infor
        Managing Office                                   Office of Policy
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     EPA is defining a "major" rule based upon guidelines published by the Office of Management and Budget. Specifically, a major rule is one
     that has an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more. Also, the term "rule" refers to a proposed rule.

     Climate change data needs to be considered and integrated into the rulemaking process.

     The 2011-2015 Strategic Plan is the driver for this annual measure

     Here is the adaptation website: http://www.epa.gov/climatechange/effects/adaptation.html
     ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^•~

      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Data will be submitted to the Office of Policy (OP) from environmental and research programs across the Agency. The data originate from
      each of the National Program Offices; they collect the information from their program contacts.	
      2b. Source Data Collection
      The data are submitted to the Senior Advisor for Climate Adaptation in the Office of Policy. The climate change advisor will determine
      whether the result meets the criteria.
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      The programs (OAR, OW, OCSPP, OSWER) will contact the climate change adaptation advisor to report this information. The information
      is maintained by the Office of Policy (OP)	


         3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
    |  3a. Information Systems                                                                                                       |
      Performance data are tracked in a spreadsheet and maintained by the Office of Policy (OP). This is source data from the programs and is
      summed to be entered into PERS. Information system integrity standards don't apply. BAS is the final step for data entry.	
    I                                                                                                                              I

-------
      3b. Data Quality Procedures
      The climate change adaptation advisor verifies the information with his climate change adaptation team through conversations with the
      programs and then has one of his staff enter the data into BAS.
      3c. Data Oversight

      EPA Senior Advisor on Climate Adaptation	
      3d. Calculation Methodology	
      The "proposed rule making" measure is calculated by assigning a numeric value of one (1) to any major rule proposed. This is an annual,
      not cumulative measure A rule may only be counted once.	


      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting

      Climate Change Adaptation Science Advisor	
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications	

      There are different ways for accounting for climate change in a rule making process (e.g., in the rule itself; in guidance issued for
      implementing the rule). Where climate change has adequately been accounted for in a rule making process requires verification by the
      climate change adaptation advisor. Some programs might not be captured in this measure. The final tabulation is a conservative count of
      the work completed. There is no data lag. A rule may  only be counted once.
      4c. Third-Party Audits

      Not applicable	
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:47 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OA) Measure AD3: Cumulative number of major grant, loan, contract, or technical assistance agreement programs that
integrate climate science data into climate sensitive projects that have an environmental outcome
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Address Climate Change
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Address Climate Change
        Strategic Target Code and Title
5 - EPA will build resilience to climate change by integrating considerations of climate change impacts
        Managing Office
   Office of Policy
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     EPA will measure the amount of grants, loans, contracts, or technical assistance agreements. The term project is defined as an individual
     funding agreement and a program is defined as multiple projects. For example, the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative (GLRI) is a program
     that includes funding for grants. This EPA-led interagency initiative targets the most significant problems in the region, including invasive
     aquatic species, non-point source pollution, and contaminated sediment. It has outcome-oriented performance goals and measures, many of
     which are climate-sensitive. To ensure the overall success of the initiative, it is imperative that consideration of climate change and climate
     adaptation be integrated into GLRI grants and projects. Aside from GLRI, other climate-sensitive programs across the Agency include those
     for land revitalization and cleanup, air quality monitoring and protection, wetlands and water protection and restoration to name a few.
     Greenhouse gas mitigation programs and projects would not be included in this total.

     Climate change data needs to be integrated into climate-sensitive projects funded through EPA grants, loans, contracts,  or  technical
     assistance agreements.

     The 2011-2015 Strategic Plan is the driver for this annual measure

     Here is the adaptation website: http://www.epa.gov/climatechange/effects/adaptation.html
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Data will be submitted to the Office of Policy (OP) from environmental and research programs across the Agency. The data originate from
      each of the National Program Offices and Regional Offices; they collect the information from their program contacts.
      2b. Source Data Collection
      The data are submitted to the Senior Advisor for Climate Adaptation in the Office of Policy. The data are entered into a spreadsheet. The
      climate change adaptation advisor will determine whether the result meets the criteria.	

-------
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      The Program Offices (OAR, OW, OCSPP, OSWER, OITA) and Regional Offices will contact the climate change adaptation advisor to
      report this information. Tracked in a spreadsheet and maintained by the Office of Policy (OP).	


         3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
      3a. Information Systems	
      Performance data are tracked in a spreadsheet and maintained by the Office of Policy (OP). This is source data from the Program Offices
      and Regional Offices, and is summed to be entered into PERS. Information system integrity standards don't apply. BAS is the final step for
      data entry.	
      3b. Data Quality Procedures	

      The climate change adaptation advisor verifies the information with his climate change adaptation team through conversations with the
      programs and then has one of his staff enter the data into BAS.	
      3c. Data Oversight	

      EPA Senior Advisor for Climate Adaptation
      3d. Calculation Methodology
      The "program" measure is calculated by assigning a numeric value of one (1) to any major programs that integrate climate change data.
      This is an annual, not cumulative measure A program may only be counted once.


      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting

      Climate Change Adaptation  Science Advisor	
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications	

      It is difficult to firmly define when climate change data have been adequately integrated into the grants, loans, contracts, or technical
      assistance agreements used in an environmental management program. Whether this has adequately been done requires verification by the
      climate change adaptation advisor. Some programs might not be captured in this measure. The final tabulation is a conservative count of
      the work completed. There is no data lag. A program may only be counted once.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits

      Not applicable
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:47 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OAR) Measure G02: Million metric tons of carbon equivalent (mmtco2e) of greenhouse gas reductions in the buildings
sector.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Address Climate Change
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Address Climate Change
        Strategic Target Code and Title
2 - Additional programs from across EPA will promote practices to help Americans save energy and conserv
        Managing Office
   Office of Atmospheric Programs
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Carbon equivalent of Greenhouse Gas Emissions: Carbon equivalent of Greenhouse Gas Emissions: Carbon dioxide (CO2) is the base
     of the global wanning potential (GWP) system and has a GWP of 1. All other greenhouse gases' ability to increase global warming is
     expressed in terms of CO2. The CO2e for a gas is derived by multiplying the tons of the gas by that gas's GWP. Commonly expressed as
     "million metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalents" (MMTCO2e).

     Buildings Sector: The Buildings Sector includes the following Energy Star partnerships: Energy Star Labeling, Energy Star Homes, and the
     Energy Star Buildings programs. In the Energy Star Labeling program, the American public continues to look to ENERGY STAR as the
     national symbol for energy efficiency to inform purchasing choices, save money on utility bills, and protect the environment. In 2010,
     Americans purchased about 200 million products that had earned the ENERGY STAR across more than 60 product categories for a
     cumulative total of about 3.5 billion ENERGY STAR qualified products purchased since 2000. Qualified products—including appliances,
     heating and cooling equipment, consumer electronics, office equipment, lighting, and more—offer consumers savings of as much as 65
     percent relative to standard models while providing the features and functionality consumers expect.  In the Energy Star Homes program we
     focus on the 17 percent of the GHGs emitted in the United States that are attributed to the energy we use to heat, cool, and light our homes,
     as well as power the appliances and electronics in them. By making energy-efficient choices in the construction of new homes and the
     improvement of existing homes, American homeowners, renters, homebuilders, and home remodelers can lower household utility bills
     while helping to protect the environment. Through ENERGY STAR, EPA offers an array of useful tools and resources to households and
     the housing industry to increase the energy efficiency of the nation's housing stock. In the the Energy Star Buildings program we focus on
     efforts to improve energy efficiency in commercial buildings across the country by 20 percent over the next decade. Through the ENERGY
     STAR program, EPA is already helping the commercial building sector improve energy efficiency in the places where consumers work,
     play, and learn. In turn, these efforts will help create jobs, save money, reduce dependence on foreign oil, and contribute to cleaner air and
     the protection of people's health. These and future efficiency efforts are of critical importance, as commercial buildings are responsible for
     approximately 20 percent of all energy consumption in the United States.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source

-------

Carbon emissions related to baseline energy use (e.g., business-as-usual" without the impact of EPA's voluntary climate programs) comes
from the Energy Information Agency (EIA) and from EPA's Integrated Planning Model (IPM) of the U.S. electric power sector. Baseline
data for non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases, are maintained by
EPA.  The non-CO2 data are compiled with input from industry and also independently from partners' information.

Data collected by EPA's voluntary programs include partner reports on facility- specific improvements (e.g. space upgraded,
kilowatt-hours (kWh) reduced), national market data on shipments of efficient products, and engineering measurements of equipment
power levels and usage patterns.

Additional Information:
The accomplishments of many of EPA's voluntary programs are documented in the Climate Protection Partnerships Division Annual
Report. The most recent version is ENERGY STAR and Other Climate Protection Partnerships  2008 Annual Report.
http://www.energystar.gov/ia/partners/annualreports/annual_report_2008.pdf	
2b. Source Data Collection	
Avoided emissions of GHGs are determined using marginal emissions factors for CO2 equivalency based on factors established as part of
the U.S. government's reporting process to the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change, as well as historical emissions data from
EPA's eGRID database. For future years, EPA uses factors derived from energy efficiency scenario runs of the integrated utility dispatch
model, Integrated Planning Model (IPM®).	
2c. Source Data Reporting
Carbon emissions related to baseline energy use (e.g., business-as-usual" without the impact of EPA's voluntary climate programs) comes
from the Energy Information Agency (EIA) and from EPA's Integrated Planning Model (IPM) of the U.S. electric power sector. Baseline
data for non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases, are maintained by
EPA.  The non-CO2 data are compiled with input from industry and also independently from partners' information.

Data collected by EPA's voluntary programs include partner reports on facility- specific improvements (e.g. space upgraded,
kilowatt-hours (kWh) reduced), national market data on shipments of efficient products, and engineering measurements of equipment
power levels and usage patterns.
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a. Information Systems	
Climate Protection Partnerships Division Tracking System. The tracking system's primary purpose is to maintain a record of the annual
greenhouse gas emissions reduction goals and accomplishments for the voluntary climate program using information from partners and
other sources.

The Climate Protection Partnerships Division Tracking System contains transformed data.

The Climate Protection Partnerships Division Tracking System meets relevant EPA standards for information system integrity.
3b. Data Quality Procedures	
ENERGY STAR program procedures for oversight, review and quality assurance include the following. To participate, product
manufacturers and retailers enter into formal partnership agreements with the government and agree to adhere to the ENERGY STAR
Identity Guidelines, which describe how the ENERGY STAR name and mark may be used. EPA continually monitors the use of the brand

-------


in trade media, advertisements, and stores and on the Internet. The Agency also conducts biannual onsite store-level assessments of
ENERGY STAR qualified products on the stores' shelves to ensure the products are presented properly to consumers. To ensure that
ENERGY STAR remains a trusted symbol for environmental protection through superior efficiency, EPA completed comprehensive
enhancements of the product qualification and verification processes. Third-party certification of ENERGY STAR products went into
effect, as scheduled, on January 1, 2011. Before a product can be labeled with the ENERGY STAR under the new requirements, its
performance must be certified by an EPA-recognized third party based on testing in an EPA-recognized lab. In addition, ENERGY STAR
manufacturer partners must participate in verification testing programs run by the approved certification bodies. By the end of 2010, EPA
had recognized 21 accreditation bodies, 132 laboratories, and 15 certification bodies.
Enforcing proper use of the ENERGY STAR mark is essential to maintaining the integrity of the program. As the result of multiple
off-the-shelf testing efforts, EPA disqualified 17 products from the ENERGY STAR program in 2010 for failure to meet performance
standards. Manufacturers of those products were required to discontinue use of the label and take additional steps to limit product exposure
in the market. In an effort to ensure fair and consistent commitment among ENERGY STAR partners, EPA also took steps this year to
suspend the partner status of manufacturers failing to comply with program requirements.

Peer-reviewed carbon-conversion factors are used to ensure consistency with generally accepted measures of greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions, and peer-reviewed methodologies are used to calculate GHG reductions from these programs.	
3c. Data Oversight
The Energy Star Labeling Branch is responsible for overseeing (1) source data reporting and (2) the information systems utilized in
producing the performance result for the Energy Star Labeling program.  The Energy Star Residential Branch is responsible for overseeing
(1) source data reporting and (2) the information systems utilized in producing the performance result for the Energy Star Homes program.
The Energy Star Commercial & Industrial Branch is responsible for overseeing (1) source data reporting and (2) the information systems
utilized in producing the performance result for the Energy Star Commercial Buildings program.	
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
Explanation of Assumptions: Most of the voluntary climate programs' focus is on energy efficiency. For these programs, EPA estimates
the expected reduction in electricity consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh). Emissions prevented are calculated as the product of the kWh of
electricity saved and an annual emission factor (e.g., metric tons carbon equivalent (MMTCE) prevented per kWh). Other programs focus
on directly lowering greenhouse gas emissions (e.g., non-CO2 Partnership programs, Landfill Methane Outreach, and Coalbed Methane
Outreach); for these, greenhouse gas emission reductions are estimated on a project-by-project basis.

Explanation of the Calculations: The Integrated Planning Model, used to develop baseline data for carbon emissions, is an important
analytical tool for evaluating emission scenarios affecting the U.S. power sector.

Baseline information is discussed at length in the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002.  The report includes a complete chapter dedicated to
the U.S. greenhouse gas inventory (sources, industries, emissions, volumes, changes, trends, etc.). A second chapter addresses projected
greenhouse gases in the future (model  assumptions, growth, sources, gases, sectors, etc.) Please see http://www.gcrio.org/CAR2002 and
www.epa.gov/globalwarming/publications/car/index.html

Unit of Measure: Million metric tons of carbon equivalent (MMTE) of greenhouse gas emissions

Additional information:

The IPM has an approved quality assurance project plan that is available from EPA's program office.

-------
      Background information on the IPM can be found on the website for EPA's Council for Regulatory Environmental Modeling:
      http://cfpub.epa.gov/crem/knowledge base/crem report.cfm?deid=74919
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                      |
      Branch Chief, Energy Star Labeling Branch is responsible for the Energy Star Labeling program.
      Branch Chief, Energy Star Residential Branch is responsible for the Energy Star Homes program.
      Branch Chief, Energy Star Commercial & Industrial Branch is responsible for the Energy Star Commercial Buildings program.
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                               |
      These are indirect measures of GHG emissions (carbon conversion factors and methods to convert material-specific reductions to GHG
      emissions reductions). Although EPA devotes considerable effort to obtaining the best possible information on which to evaluate emissions
      reductions from its voluntary programs, errors in the performance data could be introduced through uncertainties in carbon conversion
      factors, engineering analyses, and econometric analyses. Comprehensive documentation regarding the IPM and uncertainties associated
      with it can be found at the IPM website:  http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/progsregs/epa-ipm/.
      Also, the voluntary nature of the programs may affect reporting.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                          |
      The Administration regularly evaluates the effectiveness of its climate programs through interagency evaluations. The second such
      interagency evaluation, led by the White House Council on Environmental Quality, examined the status of U.S. climate change programs.
      The review included participants from EPA and the Departments of State, Energy, Commerce, Transportation, and Agriculture. The results
      were published in the U.S. Climate Action Report-2002 as part of the United States' submission to the Framework Convention on Climate
      Change (FCCC).  The previous evaluation was published in the U.S. Climate Action Report-1997 . A 1997 audit by EPA's Office of the
      Inspector General concluded that the climate programs examined "used good management practices" and "effectively estimated the impact
      their activities had on reducing risks to health and the environment..."
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:26 AM

-------
Performance  Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OAR) Measure Gl 6: Million metric tons of carbon equivalent (mmtco2e) of greenhouse gas reductions in the industry
sector.

1. Measure and DQR Metadata
Goal Number and Title
Objective Number and Title
Sub-Objective Number and Title
Strategic Target Code and Title
Managing Office
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and
1 - Address Climate Change
1 - Address Climate Change
Improving Air Quality


2 - Additional programs from across EPA will promote practices to help Americans save energy and conserv
Office of Atmospheric Programs

Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Carbon equivalent of Greenhouse Gas Emissions: Carbon dioxide (CO2) is the base of the global wanning potential (GWP) system and
     has a GWP of 1. All other greenhouse gases' ability to increase global warming is expressed in terms of CO2. The CO2e for a gas is derived
     by multiplying the tons of the gas by that gas's GWP. Commonly expressed as "million metric tons of carbon dioxide
     equivalents" (MMTCO2e).

     Industry Sector: The industrial sector is an important part of the U.S. economy: manufacturing goods valued at nearly $5.5 trillion,
     contributing over 11 percent to the U.S. GDP, and providing more than  12.7 million jobs paying an average of $47,500 annually. The
     industrial sector also generates more than a quarter of the nation's annual GHG emissions.  Through EPA's voluntary programs, EPA
     enables the industrial sector to cost-effectively reduce GHG emissions.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Carbon emissions related to baseline energy use (e.g., business-as-usual" without the impact of EPA's voluntary climate programs) comes
      from the Energy Information Agency (EIA) and from EPA's Integrated Planning Model (IPM) of the U.S. electric power sector. Baseline
      data for non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases, are maintained by
      EPA. The non-CO2 data are compiled with input from industry and also independently from partners' information.

      Data collected by EPA's voluntary programs include partner reports on facility- specific improvements (e.g. space upgraded,
      kilowatt-hours (kWh) reduced), national market data on shipments of efficient products, and engineering measurements of equipment
      power levels and usage patterns.

      Additional Information:
      The accomplishments of many of EPA's voluntary programs are documented in the Climate Protection Partnerships Division Annual
      Report. The most recent version is ENERGY STAR and Other Climate Protection Partnerships 2008 Annual Report.
      http://www.energystar.gov/ia/partners/annualreports/annual_report_2008.pdf

-------
2b. Source Data Collection
See Section 3b
2c. Source Data Reporting
See Section 3b
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures

3a.  Information Systems
Climate Protection Partnerships Division Tracking System.  The tracking system's primary purpose is to maintain a record of the annual
greenhouse gas emissions reduction goals and accomplishments for the voluntary climate program using information from partners and
other sources.
The Climate Protection Partnerships Division Tracking System contains transformed data.

The Climate Protection Partnerships Division Tracking System meets relevant EPA standards for information system integrity.
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                       |
The Industry sector includes a variety of programs. Data Quality procedures vary by program as follows:

The Combined Heat and Power (CHP) Partnership Partnership dismantles the market barriers stifling investment in environmentally
beneficial CHP projects. Program partners such as project owners voluntarily provide project-specific information on newly operational
CHP projects to EPA. These data are screened and any issues resolved.  Energy savings are determined on a project-by-project basis, based
on fuel type, system capacity,  and operational profile. Estimates of the use of fossil and renewable fuels are developed, as well as the
efficiency of thermal and electrical use or generation, as appropriate. Emissions reductions are calculated on a project-by-project basis to
reflect the greater efficiency of onsite CHP. Avoided emissions of GHGs from more efficient energy generation are determined using
marginal emissions factors derived from energy efficiency scenario runs of IPM, and displaced emissions from boiler-produced thermal
energy are developed through  engineering estimates. In addition, emissions reductions may include avoided transmission and distribution
losses, as appropriate. Only the emissions reductions from projects that meet the assistance criteria for the program are included in the
program benefit estimates. EPA also addresses the potential for double counting benefits between this and other partnerships by having
program staff meet annually to identify and resolve any overlap issues.

The Green Power Partnership boosts supply of clean energy by helping U.S. organizations purchase electricity from eligible renewable
generation sources. As a condition of partnership, program partners submit data annually on their purchases of qualifying green power
products. These data are screened and any issues resolved. Avoided emissions of GHGs are determined using marginal emissions factors
for CO2 derived from scenario runs of IPM. The potential for double counting, such as counting green power purchases that may be
required as part of a renewable portfolio standard or may rely on resources that are already part of the  system mix, is addressed through a
partnership requirement that green power purchases be incremental to what is already required. EPA estimates that the vast majority of the
green power purchases made by program partners are due to the partnership, as partners comply with aggressive green power procurement
requirements (usually at incremental cost) to remain in the program. Further, EPA estimates that its efforts to foster a growing voluntary
green power market have likely led to additional voluntary green power purchases that have not been reported through the program.

EPA's methane programs facilitate recovering methane from landfills, natural gas extraction  systems,  agriculture, and coal mines, as well
as using methane as a clean energy resource. The expenditures used in the program analyses include the capital costs agreed to by partners
to bring projects into compliance with program specifications and any additional operating costs engendered by program participation.

-------

Within the Natural Gas STAR Program, as a condition of partnership, program partners submit implementation plans to EPA describing the
emissions reduction practices they plan to implement and evaluate. In addition, partners submit progress reports detailing specific
emissions reduction activities and accomplishments each year. EPA does not attribute all reported emissions reductions to Natural Gas
STAR. Partners may only include actions that were undertaken voluntarily, not those reductions attributable to compliance with existing
regulations. Emissions reductions are estimated by the partners either from direct before-and-after measurements or by applying
peer-reviewed emissions reduction factors.

Within the Landfill Methane Outreach Program, EPA maintains a comprehensive database of the operational data on landfills and landfill
gas energy projects in the United States. The data are updated frequently based on information submitted by industry, the Landfill Methane
Outreach Program's (LMOP's) outreach efforts, and other sources. Reductions of methane that are the result of compliance with EPA's air
regulations are not included in the program estimates. In addition, only the emissions reductions from projects that meet the LMOP
assistance criteria are included in the program benefit estimates. EPA uses emissions factors that are appropriate to the project. The factors
are based on research, discussions with experts in the landfill gas industry, and published references.

Within the Coalbed Methane Outreach Program, through collaboration with the U.S. Mine Safety & Health Administration, state oil and
gas commissions, and the mining companies themselves, EPA collects mine-specific data annually and estimates the total methane emitted
from the mines and the  quantity of gas recovered and used. There are no regulatory requirements for recovering and using CMM; such
efforts are entirely voluntary. EPA estimates CMM recovery attributable to its program activities on a mine-specific basis, based on the
program's interaction with each mine.

Within the Voluntary Aluminum Industry Partnership program, VAIP partners agree to report aluminum production and anode effect
frequency and duration  in order to  estimate annual FGHG emissions. Reductions are calculated by comparing current emissions to a BAU
baseline that uses the industry's 1990 emissions rate.  Changes in the  emissions rate (per ton production) are used to estimate the annual
GHG emissions and reductions that are a result of the program. The  aluminum industry began making significant efforts to reduce FGHG
emissions as a direct result of EPA's climate partnership program. Therefore, all reductions achieved by partners are assumed to be the
result of the program.

Within the HFC-23 Emission Reduction Program, program partners report HCFC-22 production and HFC-23 emissions to a third party that
aggregates the estimates and submits the total estimates for the previous year to EPA. Reductions are calculated by comparing current
emissions to a BAU baseline that uses the industry's  1990 emissions  rate. Changes in the emissions rate are used to estimate the annual
GHG emissions and reductions that are a consequence of the program. Subsequent to a series of meetings with EPA, industry began
making significant efforts to reduce HFC-23 emissions. All U.S. producers participate in the program; therefore, all reductions achieved by
manufacturers are assumed to be the result of the program.

EPA's Environmental Stewardship Programs include the FGHG Partnership for the Semiconductor Industry and the SF6 Partnerships for
Electric Power Systems and Magnesium Industries. Partners report emissions and emissions reductions based on jointly developed
estimation methods and reporting protocols. Data collection methods are sector specific, and data are submitted to EPA either directly or
through a designated third party. Reductions are calculated by comparing current emissions to a BAU baseline, using industry-wide or
company-specific emissions rates in a base year. The reductions in emissions rates are used to calculate the overall GHG emissions
reductions from the program. The share of the reductions attributable to EPA's programs is identified based on a detailed review of
program activities and industry-specific information.

-------
Within the Responsible Appliance Disposal (RAD) Program, as a condition of partnership, RAD partners submit annual data to EPA on
their achievements. Submitted data includes the number and type of appliances collected and processed as well as the quantity and fate of
the individual components. GHG reductions are calculated by measuring the emissions avoided by recovering refrigerant, foam blowing
agents, and recycling durable components in addition to the energy savings from early appliance retirement from utility programs.

Within the GreenChill Partnership, partner emissions reductions are calculated both year-to-year and aggregate. Partners set annual
refrigerant emissions reduction goals and submit refrigerant management plans to detail their reduction initiatives.

Peer-reviewed carbon-conversion factors are used to ensure consistency with generally accepted measures of greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions, and peer-reviewed methodologies are used to calculate GHG reductions from these programs.

3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                             |
The Non-CO2 Program Branch is responsible for overseeing (1) source data reporting and (2) the information systems utilized in producing
the performance result for Methane Programs  and the Voluntary Aluminum Industry Partnership program.
The Energy Supply & Industry Branch is responsible for overseeing (1) source data reporting and (2) the information systems utilized in
producing the performance result for the Combined Heat and Power and  Green Power Partnership programs.
The Alternatives and Emissions Reduction Branch is responsible for overseeing (1) source data reporting and (2) the information systems
utilized in producing the performance result for the GreenChill Partnership, the Responsible Appliance Disposal, and the HFC-23 Emission
Reduction Program.

3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                    |
Explanation of Assumptions: Most of the voluntary climate programs' focus is on energy efficiency.  For these programs, EPA estimates
the expected reduction in electricity consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh). Emissions prevented are calculated as the product of the kWh of
electricity saved and an annual emission factor (e.g., metric tons carbon equivalent (MMTCE) prevented per kWh). Other programs focus
on directly lowering greenhouse gas emissions (e.g., non-CO2 Partnership programs, Landfill Methane Outreach, and Coalbed Methane
Outreach); for these, greenhouse gas emission reductions are estimated on a project-by-project basis.

Explanation of the Calculations: The Integrated Planning Model, used to develop baseline data for carbon emissions, is an important
analytical tool for evaluating emission scenarios affecting  the U.S. power sector.

Baseline information is discussed at length in  the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002. The report includes a complete chapter dedicated to
the U.S. greenhouse gas inventory (sources, industries, emissions, volumes, changes, trends, etc.). A second chapter addresses projected
greenhouse gases in the future (model assumptions, growth, sources, gases, sectors, etc.) Please see http://www.gcrio.org/CAR2002 and
www.epa.gov/globalwarming/publications/car/index.html

Unit of Measure: Million metric tons of carbon equivalent  (MMTE) of greenhouse gas emissions

Additional information:

The IPM has an approved quality assurance project plan that is available from EPA's program office.

Background information on the IPM can be found on the website for EPA's Council for Regulatory Environmental Modeling:
http://cfpub.epa.gov/crem/knowledge base/crem  report.cfm?deid=74919

-------
   -
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      Branch Chief, Non-CO2 Program Branch is responsible for overseeing final reporting for Methane Programs and the Voluntary Aluminum
      Industry Partnership program.
      Branch Chief, Energy Supply & Industry Branch is responsible for overseeing final reporting for the Combined Heat and Power and Green
      Power Partnership programs.
      Branch Chief, Alternatives and Emissions Reduction Branch is responsible for overseeing final reporting for the GreenChill Partnership,
      the Responsible Appliance Disposal, and the HFC-23 Emission Reduction Program.

      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      These are indirect measures of GHG emissions (carbon conversion factors and methods to convert material-specific reductions to GHG
      emissions reductions). Although EPA devotes considerable effort to obtaining the best possible information on which to evaluate emissions
      reductions from its voluntary programs, errors in the performance data could be introduced through uncertainties in carbon conversion
      factors, engineering analyses, and econometric analyses. Comprehensive documentation regarding the IPM and uncertainties associated
      with it can be found at the IPM website:  http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/progsregs/epa-ipm/. Also, the voluntary nature of the programs
      may affect reporting.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                           |
      The Administration regularly evaluates the effectiveness of its climate programs through interagency evaluations. The second such
      interagency evaluation, led by the White House Council on Environmental Quality, examined the status of U.S. climate change programs.
      The review included participants from EPA and the Departments of State, Energy, Commerce, Transportation, and Agriculture. The results
      were published in the U.S. Climate Action Report-2002 as part of the United States' submission to the Framework Convention on Climate
      Change (FCCC).  The previous evaluation was published in the U.S. Climate Action Report-1997 . A 1997 audit by EPA's Office of the
      Inspector General concluded that the climate programs examined "used good management practices" and "effectively estimated the impact
      their activities had on reducing risks to health and the environment..."
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:26 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OAR) Measure G06: Million metric tons of carbon equivalent (mmtco2e) of greenhouse gas reductions in the transportation
sector.

1. Measure and DQR Metadata
Goal Number and Title
Objective Number and Title
Sub-Objective Number and Title
Strategic Target Code and Title
Managing Office
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
1 - Address Climate Change
1 - Address Climate Change
2 - Additional programs from across EPA will promote practices to help Americans save energy and conserv
Office of Transportation and Air Quality
Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Carbon equivalent of Greenhouse Gas Emissions: Carbon dioxide (CO2) is the base of the global warming potential (GWP) system and
     has a GWP of 1. All other greenhouse gases' ability to increase global warming is expressed in terms of CO2. The CO2e for a gas is derived
     by multiplying the tons of the gas by that gas's GWP. Commonly expressed as "million metric tons of carbon dioxide
     equivalents" (MMTCO2e)

     Transportation Sector: Mobile Sources
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Carbon emissions related to baseline energy use (e.g., business-as-usual" without the impact of EPA's voluntary climate programs) comes
      from the Energy Information Agency (EIA) and from EPA's Integrated Planning Model (IPM) of the U.S. electric power sector. Baseline
      data for non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases, are maintained by
      EPA. The non-CO2 data are compiled with input from industry and also independently from partners' information.

      Data collected by EPA's voluntary programs include partner reports on facility- specific improvements (e.g. space upgraded,
      kilowatt-hours (kWh) reduced), national market data on shipments of efficient products, and engineering measurements of equipment
      power levels and usage patterns.

      Additional Information:
      The accomplishments of many of EPA's voluntary programs are documented in the Climate Protection Partnerships Division Annual
      Report. The most recent version is ENERGY STAR and Other Climate Protection Partnerships 2008 Annual Report.
      http://www.energystar.gov/ia/partners/annualreports/annual_report_2008.pdf	
      2b. Source Data Collection
     Partners provide information on freight transportation activity. Data Collection is ongoing, as new partners join and existing partners are
     retained.	
     2c. Source Data Reporting

-------

Data is submitted through the use of EPA-provided assessment tools. Data is submitted annually and entered into a program data base.


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems                                                                                                         |
Climate Protection Partnerships Division Tracking System. The tracking system's primary purpose is to maintain a record of the annual
greenhouse gas emissions reduction goals and accomplishments for the voluntary climate program using information from partners and
other sources.

The data base contains source data from partners.	
3b.  Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                      |
Partners do contribute actual emissions data biannually after their facility-specific improvements but these emissions data are not used in
tracking the performance measure. EPA, however, validates the estimates of greenhouse gas reductions based on the actual emissions data
received.

For transportation emissions, data is calculated from operation activity (fuel use, miles driven, etc). Partner activity metrics were
developed and peer reviewed according to EPA peer review requirements. Peer-reviewed carbon-conversion factors  are used to ensure
consistency with generally accepted measures of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and peer-reviewed methodologies are used to calculate
GHG reductions from these programs.	
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                              |
Supervisory EPS, Transportation  and Climate Division (TCD) is program manager, with overall oversight responsibility.
Environmental Scientist, TCD is responsible for maintaining data results and program goals and results.
Environmental Engineer, TCD is  responsible for maintaining the information systems (partner forms and data base.)	
3d.  Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
Explanation of Assumptions: Most of the voluntary climate programs' focus is on energy efficiency. For these programs, EPA estimates
the  expected reduction in electricity consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh). Emissions prevented are calculated as the product of the kWh of
electricity saved and an annual emission factor (e.g., metric tons carbon equivalent (MMTCE) prevented per kWh). Other programs focus
on directly lowering greenhouse gas emissions (e.g., non-CO2 Partnership programs, Landfill Methane Outreach, and Coalbed Methane
Outreach); for these, greenhouse gas emission reductions are estimated on a project-by-project basis.  Other programs focused on
transportation (e.g., SmartWay) calculate emissions reductions as the product of fuel  saved and an annual emission factor (e.g., metric tons
carbon equivalent (MMTCE) prevented per gallon of fuel saved).

Explanation of the Calculations: The Integrated Planning Model, used to develop baseline data for carbon emissions, is an important
analytical tool for evaluating emission scenarios affecting the U.S.  power sector.

Baseline information is discussed at length in the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002.  The report includes a complete chapter dedicated to
the  U.S. greenhouse gas inventory (sources, industries, emissions, volumes, changes, trends, etc.). A second chapter  addresses projected
greenhouse gases in the future (model assumptions, growth, sources, gases, sectors, etc.) Please see http://www.gcrio.org/CAR2002 and
www.epa.gov/globalwarming/publications/car/index.html

Unit of Measure:  Million metric tons of carbon equivalent (MMTE) of greenhouse gas emissions

Additional information:

-------
      The IPM has an approved quality assurance project plan that is available from EPA's program office.

      Background information on the IPM can be found on the website for EPA's Council for Regulatory Environmental Modeling:
      http://cfpub.epa.gov/crem/knowledge base/crem report.cfm?deid=74919
      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                       |
      Program Analyst, Planning & Budget Office, Office of Transportation and Air Quality oversees the reporting process.	
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                                |
      These are indirect measures of GHG emissions (carbon conversion factors and methods to convert material-specific reductions to GHG
      emissions reductions). Although EPA devotes considerable effort to obtaining the best possible information on which to evaluate emissions
      reductions from its voluntary programs, errors in the performance data could be introduced through uncertainties in carbon conversion
      factors, engineering analyses, and econometric analyses. Comprehensive documentation regarding the IPM and uncertainties associated
      with it can be found at the IPM website:  http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/progsregs/epa-ipm/. Also, the voluntary nature of the programs
      may affect reporting.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                           |
      The Administration regularly evaluates the effectiveness of its climate programs through interagency evaluations. The second such
      interagency evaluation, led by the White House Council on Environmental Quality, examined the status of U.S. climate change programs.
      The review included participants from EPA and the Departments of State, Energy, Commerce, Transportation, and Agriculture. The results
      were published in the U.S. Climate Action Report-2002 as part of the United States' submission to the Framework Convention on Climate
      Change (FCCC).  The previous evaluation was published in the U.S. Climate Action Report-1997 . A 1997 audit by EPA's Office of the
      Inspector General concluded that the climate programs examined "used good management practices" and "effectively estimated the impact
      their activities had on reducing risks to health and the environment..."
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:26 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OAR) Measure 001: Cumulative percentage reduction in tons of toxicity-weighted (for cancer risk) emissions of air toxics
from 1 993 baseline.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title
2 - Improve Air Quality
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                       2- Reduce Air Toxics
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, reduce toxicity-weighted (for cancer) emissions of air toxics
        Managing Office
   Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Toxicity-weighted emissions: Toxicity-weighted emissions are an approach to normalize the mass of the HAP release (in tons per year) by
     a toxicity factor. The toxicity factors are based on either the HAPs cancer potency or noncancer potency. The more toxic the HAP the more
     "weight" it receives.

     Air toxics: Air toxics, also known as hazardous air pollutants, are those pollutants emitted into the air that are known or suspected to cause
     cancer or other serious health effects, such as reproductive effects or birth defects, or adverse environmental effects. As defined by the
     Section  112 of the Clean Air Act; the EPA currently regulates 187 air toxics released into the environment


     Cancer risk: The probability of contracting cancer over the course of a lifetime (assumed to be 70 years for the purposes of most risk
     characterization). A risk level of "N" in a million implies a likelihood that up to "N" people, out of one million equally exposed people
     would contract cancer if exposed continuously (24 hours per day) to the specific concentration over 70 years (an assumed lifetime). This
     risk would be an excess cancer risk that is in addition to any cancer risk borne by  a person not exposed to these air toxics.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Emissions inventories are from many primary sources.

      The baseline National Toxics Inventory (for base years 1990 - 1993) is based on data collected during the development of Maximum
      Achievable Control Technology (MACT) standards, state and local data, Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) data, and emissions estimates
      using accepted emission inventory methodologies.

      The primary source of data in the  1996 and 1999 toxics emissions inventories are state and local air pollution control agencies and Tribes.
      These data vary in completeness, format, and quality.  EPA evaluates these data and supplements them with data gathered while developing
      Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) and residual risk standards, industry data, and Toxics Release Inventory data.

-------
The health risk data were obtained from various data sources including EPA, the U.S. Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry,
California Environmental Protection Agency, and the International Agency for Research on Cancer. The numbers from the health risk
database are used for estimating the risk of contracting cancer and the level of hazard associated with adverse health effects other than
cancer.
2b. Source Data Collection
Source Data Collection Methods: Field monitoring; estimation

Date/time intervals covered by source data:  Each inventory year provides an annual emissions sum for that year

EPA QA requirements/guidance governing collection: The overarching QA requirements and guidance are covered in the OAQPS Quality
Assurance Project Plan [insert reference].

EPA's uniform data standards relevant to the NEI for HAPs are the: SIC/NAICS, Latitude/Longitude, Chemical Identification, Facility
Identification, Date, Tribal and Contact Data Standards.

For more information on compliance of the NEI for HAPs with EPA's Information Quality Guidelines and new EPA data standards, please
refer to the following web site for a paper presented at the 2003 Emission Inventory Conference in San Diego. "The Challenge of Meeting
New EPA Data Standards and Information Quality Guidelines in the Development of the 2002 NEI Point Source Data for HAPs", Anne
Pope, et al. www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/conference/eil2/dm/pope.pdf.

Geographical Extent  of Source Data: National

Spatial Detail Covered By the Source Data: 2002 and2005 NEI data—by facility address. Earlier—by county

Emissions Data: The National Emissions Inventory (NEI) for Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAPs) includes emissions from large and small
industrial sources inventoried as point sources, smaller stationary area and other sources, such as fires inventoried as non-point sources, and
mobile sources.

Prior to the 1999 NEI for HAPs, there was the National Toxics Inventory (NTI).  The baseline NTI (for base years 1990 - 1993) includes
emissions information for 188 hazardous air pollutants from more than 900  stationary sources and from mobile sources. The baseline NTI
contains county level emissions data and cannot be used for modeling because it does not contain facility specific data.

The 2002 NEI and a slightly modified/updated 2005 NEI  for HAPs contain  stationary and mobile source estimates.  These inventories also
contain estimates of facility-specific HAP emissions and their source specific parameters such as location (latitude and longitude) and
facility characteristics  (stack height, exit velocity, temperature, etc.). Furthermore for 2005, a 2005 inventory was developed for the
National Air Toxics Assessment (NATA) http://www.epa.gov/nata2005/, which provides the most updated source of air toxics emissions
for 2005.

The 2008 NEI contains HAP emissions reported by state,  local, and tribal agencies as well as data from the 2008 TRI and EPA data
developed as part of MACT regulation development. Detailed documentation including QA procedures is underdevelopment as of
January, 2012.

-------
Information on EPA's Health Criteria Data for Risk Characterization:
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/toxsource/summary.html
Contents: Tabulated dose response values for long-term (chronic) inhalation and oral
exposures; and values for short term (acute) inhalation exposure

EPA's Health Criteria Data for Risk Characterization is a compendium of cancer and noncancer health risk criteria used to develop a risk
metric. This compendium includes tabulated values for long-term (chronic) inhalation for many of the 188 hazardous air pollutants.

Audience: Public
2c. Source Data Reporting
Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system: During the development of the 1999 National Emission Inventory
(NEI) for Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAPs), all primary data submitters and reviewers were required to submit their data and revisions to
EPA in a standardized format using the Agency's Central Data Exchange (CDX). For more information on CDX, please go the following
web site: www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/nif/cdx.html.

This approach was also used for the 2002 and 2005 NEI. Starting with the 2008 NEI, a new CDX-based mechanism was used called the
Emissions Inventory System (EIS). http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/eis/gateway/index.html.  The data are transmitted automatically through
CDX into the EIS data system.

Timing and frequency of reporting: Other [NEI data are calculated every 3 years]	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a.  Information Systems
The NEI data and documentation are available at the following sites:

Emissions Inventory System (EIS): http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/eis/gateway/index.html
Available inventories: 2002 NEI, 2005 NEI, 2008  NEI
Contents: Detailed raw final inventories
Audience: EPA staff and state/local/tribal reporting agencies

The EIS is the interface for state, local, and tribal agencies to upload their emissions inventory data.  It works using the Central Data
Exchange (CDX) network to directly transfer data from external agencies to EPA. EIS also allows EPA inventory development staff to
upload data to augment inventories, particularly for HAP emissions, which the states are not required to submit to EPA. EIS includes a
"Quality Assurance Environment" that allows states to quality assure their data before submitting to EPA. During this phase of use, EIS
runs hundreds of quality assurance checks on the data to ensure that the format (e.g., required data fields) and content (e.g., data codes,
range checks) of the data are valid. After using the QA environment, states submit using the production environment, which also runs the
QA checks.  EIS further allows reporting agencies to make changes as needed to correct any data that passed the QA checks but is not
correct.  EIS allows both data submitters and all EPA staff to view the data. EIS reports facilitate the QA and augmentation of the data by
EPA inventory preparation staff. EIS facilitates EPA's automatic compilation of all agency data and EPA data using a hierarchical
selection process, but which EPA staff define the order of precedence for using datasets when multiple emissions values exist from more
than one group (for example, state data versus EPA estimated data).

-------
Clearinghouse for Inventories and Emission Factors (CHIEF):
-Contents: Modeling data files for each state, summary data files for the nation, documentation, and README file
-Audience: State/1 ocal/Tribal agencies, industry, EPA, and the public.
-1999 NEI: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/net/1999inventory.html
Contents: 1999 NEI for HAPs data development materials;
1999 Data Incorporation Plan - describes how EPA compiled the 1999 NEI for HAPs; QC tool for data submitters; Data Augmentation
Memo describes procedures EPA will use to augment data; 99 NTI Q's and A's provides answers to frequently asked questions; NIF (Input
Format) files and descriptions; CDX Data Submittal Procedures - instructions on how to submit data using CDX; Training materials on
development of HAP emission inventories; and Emission factor documents, databases, and models.
-2002 NEI: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/net/2002inventory.htmlffinventorydata
-2005 NEI: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/net/2005inventory.html#inventorydata
-2005 NATA:  http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/nata2005/methods.html#emissions
-2008 NEI: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/net/2008inventory.html

Additional information:
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                     |
Starting with the 2008 NEI, EPA has used the Emissions Inventory System (EIS) for collecting and compiling the National Emissions
Inventory (NEI). EIS includes a "Quality Assurance Environment" that allows states to quality assure their data before submitting to EPA.
During this phase of use, EIS runs hundreds of quality assurance checks (-650 as of January 2012) on the data to ensure that the format
(e.g., required  data fields) and content (e.g., data codes, emissions range checks, duplicate prevention) of the data are valid.  After using the
QA environment, states submit using the production environment, which also runs the QA checks.  QA checks are partly documented in
Appendix 5 of the 2008 NEI Implementation Plan available at http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/net/neip/index.html and fully documented on
the EIS gateway at https://eis.epa.gov/eis-system-web/content/qaCheck/search.html. Data submitters  are given feedback reports containing
errors for missed requirements and warnings for non-required checks, such as emissions range checks. After data are compiled, EPA
inventory preparation staff perform numerous procedures on the data that are not yet automated. In many cases, EPA further consulted
with the data external data providers to obtain revised data submissions to correct issues identified. These checks and data improvements
included:
•       Comparison to past inventories including 2005 NATA to identify missing data (facilities, pollutants), particularly for facilities
identified in past efforts as high risk
•       Comparison of latitude longitude locations to county boundaries
•       Augmentation of HAP emissions data with TRI
•       Augmentation of HAP emissions data using emission factor ratios
•       Augmentation of HAP emissions with EPA data developed for MACT and RTR standards
•       Outlier analysis

Detailed documentation including QA procedures is underdevelopment as of January, 2012.

Prior to 2008, EIS was unavailable and so many of the data techniques used by EIS were done in a more manual fashion. The EPA
performed extensive quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) activities, including checking data provided by other organizations to
improve the quality of the emission inventory.  Some  of these activities include: (1) the use of an automated format QC tool to identify
potential errors of data integrity, code values, and range checks; (2) use of geographical information system (GIS) tools to verify facility
locations; and  (3) automated content analysis by pollutant, source category and facility to identify potential problems with emission

-------

estimates such as outliers, duplicate sites, duplicate emissions, coverage of a source category, etc. The content analysis includes a variety
of comparative and statistical analyses. The comparative analyses help reviewers prioritize which source categories and pollutants to
review in more detail based on comparisons using current inventory data and prior inventories.  The statistical analyses help reviewers
identify potential outliers by providing the minimum, maximum, average, standard deviation, and selected percentile values based on
current data.  Documentation on procedures used prior to 2008 is most readily available in the documentation for the 2002 NEI, available at
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/net/2002inventory.html.

The NTI database contains data fields that indicate if a field has been augmented and identifies the augmentation method. After performing
the content analysis, the EPA contacts data providers to reconcile potential errors. The draft NTI is posted for external review and includes
a README file, with instructions on review of data and submission of revisions, state-by-state modeling files with all modeled data fields,
and summary files to assist in the review of the data.  One of the summary files includes a comparison of point source data submitted by
different organizations. During the external review of the data, state and local agencies, Tribes, and industry provide external QA of the
inventory.  The EPA evaluates proposed revisions from external reviewers and prepares memos for individual reviewers documenting
incorporation of revisions and explanations if revisions were not incorporated.  All revisions are tracked in the database with the source of
original data and sources of subsequent revision.

The external QA and the internal QC of the inventory have resulted in significant changes in the initial emission estimates, as seen by
comparison of the initial draft NEI for HAPs and its final version.  For more information on QA/QC of the NEI for HAPs, please refer to
the following web site for a paper presented at the 2002 Emission Inventory Conference in Atlanta: "QA/QC - An Integral  Step in the
Development of the 1999 National Emission Inventory for HAPs", Anne Pope, et al. www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/conference/ei 11/qa/pope.pdf

The tables used in the EPA's Health  Criteria Data for Risk Characterization (found at www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/toxsource/summary.html) are
compiled assessments from various sources for many of the 188 substances listed as  hazardous air pollutants under the Clean Air Act of
1990. The data are reviewed to make sure they support hazard identification and dose-response assessment for chronic exposures as
defined in the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) risk assessment paradigm (www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/toxsource/paradigm.html).  Because
the health criteria data were obtained from various sources they are prioritized for use (in developing the performance measure, for
example) according to 1) conceptual  consistency with EPA risk assessment guidelines and 2) various levels of scientific peer review. The
prioritization process is aimed at incorporating the best available scientific data.

3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                              |
Source Data: Air Quality Assessment Division, Emissions Inventory Assessment Group
Information Systems: Health & Environmental Impacts Division,  Air Toxics Assessment Group
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
Explanation of the Calculations: As the NEI is only developed every three years, EPA utilizes an emissions modeling system to project
inventories for "off-years" and to project the inventory into the  future. This model, the EMS-HAP (Emissions Modeling System for
Hazardous Air Pollutants), can project future emissions, by adjusting stationary  source emission data to account for growth and emission
reductions resulting from emission reduction scenarios such as the implementation of the Maximum Achievable Control Technology
(MACT) standards.

Information on the Emissions Modeling System for Hazardous Air Pollutants (EMS-HAP):
http://www.epa.gov/scram001/userg/other/emshapv3ug.pdf
http: //www. epa. gov/ttn/chi ef/emch/proj ecti on/em shap. html
Contents:  1996 NTI and 1999 NEI for HAPs Audience: public

-------
Explanation of Assumptions: Once the EMS-HAP process has been performed, the EPA would tox-weight the inventory by "weighting"
the emissions for each pollutant with the appropriate health risk criteria. This would be accomplished through a multi-step process.
Initially, pollutant by pollutant values would be obtained from the NEI for the current year and the baseline year (1990/93).  Conversion of
actual tons for each pollutant for the current year and the baseline year to "toxicity-weighted" tons would be accomplished by multiplying
the appropriate values from the health criteria database such as the unit risk estimate (URE) or lifetime cancer risk (defined at
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/toxsource/summary.html) to get the noncancer tons.  These toxicity-weighted values act as a surrogate for risk
and allow EPA to compare the toxicity-weighted values against a 1990/1993 baseline of toxicity-weighted values to determine the
percentage reduction in risk on an annual basis.

Information on EPA's Health Criteria Data for Risk Characterization (Health Criteria Data):
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/toxsource/summary.html
Contents:  Tabulated dose
response values for
long-term (chronic) inhalation
and oral exposures; and values for
short-term (acute) inhalation
exposure.
Audience: Public

Identification of Unit of Measure  and Timeframe: Cumulative  percentage reduction in tons of toxicity-weighted emissions as a
surrogate for actual risks reduction to the public.


4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                        |
Oversight of Final Reporting: OAQPS will update the actual toxicity-weighted emissions approximately every three years to coincide
with updated toxic inventories.

Timing of Results Reporting: Annually. NEI data are calculated every three years; in years when NEI data are not calculated, the annual
measure is reported based upon modeled results.	
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                                 |
While emissions estimating techniques have improved over the years, broad assumptions about the behavior of sources and serious data
limitations still exist. The NTI and  the NEI for HAPs contain data from other primary references. Because of the different data sources,
not all information in the NTI and the NEI for HAPs has been developed using identical methods. Also, for the same reason, there are
likely some geographic areas with more detail and accuracy than others.

The  1996 NTI and  1999 NEI for HAPs are a significant improvement over the baseline NTI because of the added facility-level detail (e.g.,
stack heights, latitude/longitude locations),  making it more useful for dispersion model input.

For further discussion of the data limitations and the error estimates in the  1999 NEI for HAPs, please refer to the discussion of Information
Quality Guidelines in the documentation at: www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/net/index.htmltfhaps99

-------
The tables used in the EPA's Health Criteria Data for Risk Characterization (found at www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/toxsource/summary.html) are
compiled assessments from various sources for many of the 188 substances listed as hazardous air pollutants under the Clean Air Act of
1990. Because different sources developed these assessments at different times for purposes that were similar but not identical, results are
not totally consistent. To resolve these discrepancies and ensure the validity of the data, EPA applied a consistent priority scheme
consistent with EPA risk assessment guidelines and various levels of scientific peer review.  These risk assessment guidelines can be found
at http://www.epa.gov/risk/guidance.htm.

While the Agency has made every effort to utilize the best available science in selecting appropriate health criteria data for
toxi city-weighting calculations, there are inherent limitations and errors (uncertainties) associated with this type of data. Most of the
agencies health criteria are derived from response models and laboratory experiments involving animals.  The parameter used to convert
from exposure to cancer risk (i.e. the Unit Risk Estimate or URE) is based on default science policy processes used routinely in EPA
assessments. First, some air toxics are known to be carcinogens in animals but lack data in humans. These have been assumed to be human
carcinogens. Second, all the air toxics in this assessment were assumed to have linear relationships between exposure and the probability of
cancer (i.e. effects at low exposures were extrapolated from higher, measurable, exposures by a straight line). Third, the URE used for
some air toxics compounds represents a maximum likelihood estimate, which  might be taken to mean the best scientific estimate. For other
air toxics compounds, however, the URE used was an "upper bound" estimate, meaning that it probably leads to an overestimation of risk if
it is incorrect. For these upper bound estimates, it is assumed that the URE continues to apply even at low exposures. It is likely, therefore,
that this linear model over-predicts the risk at exposures encountered in the environment. The cancer weighting-values for this approach
should be considered "upper bound" in the science policy sense.

All of the noncancer risk estimates have a built-in margin of safety. All of the  Reference Concentrations (RfCs) used in toxi city-weighting
of noncancer are conservative, meaning that they represent exposures which probably do not result in any health effects, with a margin of
safety built into the RfC to account for sources of uncertainty and variability. Like the URE used in cancer weighting the values are,
therefore, considered "upper bound" in the science policy sense. Further details on limitations and uncertainties associated with the
agencies health data can be found at: www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/nata/roy/page9.htmltfL10.	
4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                            |
In 2004, the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) released a final evaluation report on "EPA's Method for Calculating Air Toxics
Emissions for Reporting Results Needs Improvement" (report can be found at www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2004/20040331 -2004-p-OOO 12.pdf
). The report stated that although the methods used have improved substantially, unvalidated assumptions and other limitations underlying
the NTI continue to impact its use as a GPRA performance measure.  As a result of this evaluation and the OIG recommendations for
improvement, EPA prepared an action plan and is looking at ways to improve  the accuracy and reliability of the data. EPA will meet
bi-annually with OIG to report on its progress in completing the activities as outlined in the action plan.

EPA staff, state and local agencies, Tribes, industry and the public review the NTI and the NEI for HAPs.  To assist in the review of the
1999 NEI for HAPs, the EPA provided a comparison of data from the three data sources (MACT/residual risk data, TRI, and state, local
and Tribal inventories) for each facility. For the 1999 NEI for HAPs, two periods were available for external review - October 2001  -
February 2002 and October 2002 - March 2003.  The final 1999 NEI was completed and posted on the Agency website in the fall of 2003.

The EMS-HAP has been subjected to the scrutiny of leading scientists throughout the country in a process called "scientific peer review".
This ensures that EPA uses the best available scientific methods and information.  In 2001, EPA's Science Advisory  Board (SAB) reviewed
the EMS-HAP model as part of the 1996 national-scale  assessment.  The review was generally supportive of the assessment purpose,
methods, and presentation; the committee considers this an important step toward a better understanding of air toxics. Additional

-------
      information is available on the Internet: www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/nata/peer.html.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:1 1 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality  Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OAR) Measure M9: Cumulative percentage reduction in population-weighted ambient concentration of ozone in monitored
counties from 2003 baseline.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title
2 - Improve Air Quality
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Reduce Criteria Pollutants and Regional Haze
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, concentrations of ozone (smog) in monitored counties will decrease to .073 ppm
        Managing Office
   Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Population-weighted: Multiply (or weight) these concentrations by the number of people living in the county where the monitor is located.
     The population estimates are from the U.S. Census Bureau (2000 decennial census).

     Ambient concentration: EPA tracks improvements in air quality on an annual basis by measuring the change in ambient air quality
     concentrations of 8-hour ozone in counties with monitoring data weighted by the number of people living in these counties. This measure
     makes use of actual, observed changes in ambient ozone levels over time to determine NAAQS program effectiveness. Three year averages
     of the 4 highest daily maximum ozone values (i.e., design values) are used to help mitigate the influence of meteorology which would
     otherwise confound measurement of actual program progress. Other than this that I pulled from the attached, I could add that ambient air is
     the air we breathe vs emitted air from a pollution source, and a concentration is measured at a monitor.

     Ozone: Ozone (O3) is a gas composed of three oxygen atoms. It is not usually emitted directly into the air, but at ground-level is created by a
     chemical reaction between oxides of nitrogen (NOx) and volatile organic compounds (VOC) in the presence of sunlight. Ozone has the
     same chemical structure whether it occurs miles above the earth or at ground-level and can be "good" or "bad," depending on its location in
     the atmosphere.

     Monitored counties: Calculate 8-hour ozone design values for 2001-2003 for every county with adequate monitoring data. A monitoring
     site's design value for 8-hour ozone is expressed as the average of the fourth-highest daily maximum 8-hour average ozone concentration
     for each of three consecutive years. A county's design value is the highest of these site-level design values.  The national ozone monitoring
     network conforms to uniform criteria for monitor siting, instrumentation, and quality assurance.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      State and local agency data are from State and Local Air Monitoring Stations (SLAMS). Population data are from the Census
      Bureau/Department of Commerce (2000 Census)
      2b. Source Data Collection

-------
Source Data Collection Methods: Field monitoring; survey (2000 Census)

Date/time intervals covered by source data: 2003 to present (for air pollution data). 2000 (for census data)

EPA QA requirements/guidance governing collection: To ensure quality data, the SLAMS are required to meet the following: 1) each site
must meet network design and site criteria; 2) each site must provide adequate QA assessment, control, and corrective action functions
according to minimum program requirements; 3) all sampling methods and equipment must meet EPA reference or equivalent
requirements; 4) acceptable data validation and record keeping procedures must be followed; and 5) data from SLAMS must be
summarized and reported annually to EPA. Finally, there are system audits that regularly review the overall air quality data collection
activity for any needed changes or corrections. Further information is available on the Internet at
http://www.epa.gov/cludygxb/programs/namslam.html and through United States EPA's Quality Assurance Handbook (EPA-454/R-98-004
Section 15).


Geographical Extent of Source Data: National

Spatial Detail Covered  By the Source Data: State, Local and  Tribal air pollution control agencies	
2c. Source Data Reporting

State, Local and Tribal air pollution control agencies submit data within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. The data can be
submitted in one of three different formats, and is submitted using an Exchange Network Node or the agency's Central Data Exchange web
interface. The submitted data are then quality assured and loaded into the AQS database.
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems
The Air Quality Subsystem (AQS) stores ambient air quality data used to evaluate an area's air quality levels relative to the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS).

AQS has been enhanced to comply with the Agency's data standards (e.g.,  latitude/longitude, chemical nomenclature).

AQS stores the as-submitted source data and data that are aggregated to the daily, monthly, quarterly and annual values by the system.

3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                      |
AQS:  The QA/QC of the national air monitoring program has several major components: the Data Quality Objective (DQO) process,
reference and equivalent methods program, EPA's National Performance Audit Program (NPAP), system audits, and network reviews.
Please see www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/npaplist.html for more information.

The AQS QA/QC process also involves participation in the EPA's National Performance Audit Program (NPAP), system audits, and
network reviews. Please see www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/npaplist.html for more information. Under NPAP, all agencies required to report gaseous
criteria pollutant data from their ambient air monitoring stations to EPA's Air Quality System (AQS) for comparison to the National Ambient Air
Quality Standard (NAAQS) are required to participate in EPA's NPAP TTP program. Guidance for participating in this program requires NPAP audits
of at least 20% of a Primary Quality Assurance Organization's (PQAO's) sites each year; and all sites in 5 years.
                                                                                                                              I

-------
3c. Data Oversight
Team Member, Central Operations and Resources Staff, OAQPS
3d. Calculation Methodology
Decision Rules for Selecting Data:
All available air quality measurement data is included in the Design Value calculations except as indicated below:.
1.       Individual measurements that are flagged as being exceedances caused by "Exceptional Events" (as defined in 40 CFR Part 50.14)
and that are concurred by the EPA Regional Office are excluded.

Definitions of Variables:
For each AQS monitor, the following variables are calculated:


8-Hour Average:  Arithmetic mean of eight consecutive hourly measurements, with the time for the average defined to be the begin hour.
(There will be 24  8-hour averages for each day.)  Missing values (measurements for a specifc hour) are handled as follows:  If there are less
than 6 measurements in the 8-hour period, /^ of the Method Detection Limit for the  method is used in place of the missing value.

Daily Maximum:  The maximum 8-hour average for the calendar day.

Annual 4th Maximum: The fourth highest daily maximum for the year.

Three-Year Design Value:  The average of the annual 4th maxima for the three year period.

Explanation of Calculations: Air quality levels are evaluated relative to the baseline level and the design value. The change in air quality
concentrations is then multiplied by the number of people living in the county.

Explanation of Assumptions:  Design values are calculated for every county with adequate monitoring data. The design value is the
mathematically determined pollutant concentration at a particular site that must be reduced to, or maintained at or below the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) in order to assure attainment. The design value may be calculated based on ambient
measurements observed at a local monitor in a 3-year period or on model estimates. The design value varies from year to year due to both
the pollutant emissions and natural variability such as meteorological conditions, wildfires, dust storms, volcanic activities etc. For more
information on design values, including a definition, see www.epa.gov/ttn/oarpg/t 1 /memoranda/cdv.pdf. This analysis assumes that the
populations of the areas are held constant at 2000 Census levels.  Data comparisons over several years allow assessment of the air
program's success.

Unit of analysis:  Cumulative percent reduction in population-weighted ambient concentration


4. Reporting and Oversight	
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
Director, Central Operations and Resources Staff, OAQPS
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
There is uncertainty in the projections and near term variations in air quality (due to meteorological conditions, for example).
4c. Third-Party Audits

-------
     2008 PIG system audit 2010 System Risk Assessment
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:26 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality  Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OAR) Measure M91 : Cumulative percentage reduction in population-weighted ambient concentration of fine particulate
matter (PM-2.5) in all monitored counties from 2003 baseline.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title
2 - Improve Air Quality
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Reduce Criteria Pollutants and Regional Haze
        Strategic Target Code and Title
2 - By 2015,concentrations of inhalable fine particles in monitored counties will decrease to 10.5 |ag/m3
        Managing Office
   Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Population-weighted: The ambient concentration multiplied by total county population, using constant population values for all years.

     Ambient concentration: The highest reported site-level annual standard design value; i.e., the 3-year average annual mean 24-hour average
     concentration of PM-2.5.

     Fine particulate matter (PM 2.5): Particles with a diameter of 5 microns or less.

     Monitored counties: The counties in the current time-frame with at least one site meeting completeness criteria that also were present in the
     base period (i.e., contained at least one complete site in the period 2001-2003).
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      State and local agency data are from State and Local Air Monitoring Stations (SLAMS). Population data are from the Census
      Bureau/Department of Commerce (2000 Census)	
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Source Data Collection Methods: Field monitoring; survey (2000 Census)

      Date/Time Intervals Covered by Source Data: 2003 to present (for air pollution data). 2000 (for census data)

      EPA QA Requirements/Guidance Governing Collection: To ensure quality data, the SLAMS are required to meet the following: 1) each
      site must meet network design and site criteria; 2) each site must provide adequate QA assessment, control, and corrective action functions
      according to minimum program requirements; 3) all sampling methods and equipment must meet EPA reference or equivalent
      requirements; 4) acceptable data validation and record keeping procedures must be followed; and 5) data from SLAMS must be
      summarized and reported annually to EPA. Finally, there are system audits that regularly review the overall air quality data collection
      activity for any needed changes or corrections. Further information is available on the Internet at
      http://www.epa.gov/cludygxb/programs/namslam.html and through United States EPA's Quality Assurance Handbook (EPA-454/R-98-004

-------
Section 15).

Geographical Extent of Source Data: National

Spatial Detail Covered By the Source Data: 437 counties in the 48 continental States plus D.C.
2c. Source Data Reporting
Agencies submit air quality data to AQS thru the Agency's Central Data Exchange (CDX).
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems

The Air Quality Subsystem (AQS) stores ambient air quality data used to evaluate an area's air quality levels relative to the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS).

AQS has been enhanced to comply with the Agency's data standards (e.g.,  latitude/longitude, chemical nomenclature).

All annual mean concentration data used in the performance analysis were extracted from the AQS. Population data were obtained from
the Bureau of the Census.

Additional information:
In January 2002, EPA completed the reengineering of AQS to make it a more user friendly, Windows-based system. As a result, air quality
data are more easily accessible via the Internet.

Beginning in July 2003,  agencies submitted air quality data to AQS thru the Agency's Central Data Exchange (CDX).  CDX is intended to
be the portal through which all environmental data coming to or leaving the Agency will pass.	
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                      |
The AQS QA/QC process also involves participation in the EPA's National Performance Audit Program (NPAP), system audits, and
network reviews. Please see www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/npaplist.html for more information. Under NPAP, all agencies required to report gaseous
criteria pollutant data from their ambient air monitoring stations to EPA's Air Quality System (AQS) for comparison to the National Ambient Air
Quality Standard (NAAQS) are required to participate in EPA's NPAP TTP program. Guidance for participating in this program requires NPAP audits
of at least 20% of a Primary Quality Assurance Organization's (PQAO's) sites each year; and all sites in 5 years.	
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                               |
National Air Data Group [Outreach and Information Division, OAQPS] oversees operations of the  Air Quality System, the database used to
store and deliver the source data.

Air Quality Monitoring Group [Air Quality Assessment Division (AQAD), OAQPS] oversees the  monitoring and quality assurance of the
source data.

Air Quality Analysis Group (AQAG) [AQAD, OAQPS] oversees the transformation and data reporting aspects associated with the
Calculation of this performance measure.	
3d. Calculation  Methodology                                                                                                     |
Explanation of Calculations: Air quality levels are evaluated relative to the baseline level and the design value. The change in air quality
concentrations is then multiplied by the number of people living  in the county.

-------
      Explanation of Assumptions: Design values are calculated for every county with adequate monitoring data. The design value is the
      mathematically determined pollutant concentration at a particular site that must be reduced to, or maintained at or below the National
      Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) in order to assure attainment. The design value may be calculated based on ambient
      measurements  observed at a local monitor in a 3-year period or on model estimates. The design value varies from year to year due to both
      the pollutant emissions and natural variability such as meteorological conditions, wildfires, dust storms, volcanic activities etc. For more
      information on design  values, including a definition, see www.epa.gov/ttn/oarpg/t 1 /memoranda/cdv.pdf. This analysis assumes that the
      populations of the areas are held constant at 2000 Census levels. Data comparisons over several years allow assessment of the air
      program's success.

      Unit of analysis: Cumulative percent reduction in population-weighted ambient concentration
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting	
      Air Quality Assessment Group, OAQPS, OAR is directly responsible for the calculations associated with this performance measure.
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications	
      There is uncertainty in the projections and near term variations in air quality (due to meteorological conditions, for example).	
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      Design Values used in this performance measure are vetted with the State and Local data reporting agencies.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:26 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OAR) Measure AOl : Annual emissions of sulfur dioxide (S02) from electric power generation sources.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title
2- Improve Air Quality
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Reduce Criteria Pollutants and Regional Haze
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, concentrations of ozone (smog) in monitored counties will decrease to .073 ppm
        Managing Office
   Office of Atmospheric Programs
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Emissions of SO2: Sulfur dioxide (also sulphur dioxide) is the chemical compound with the formula SO2.

     Electric power generation sources: The Acid Rain Program, established under Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, requires
     major reductions in sulfur dioxide (SO2) and nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions from the U.S. electric power generation industry. The
     program implements Title IV by continuing to measure, quality assure, and track emissions for SO2 and/or NOx from Continuous Emissions
     Monitoring Systems (CEMS) or equivalent direct measurement methods at over 3,600 affected electric generation units in the U.S.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      More than 3,400 fossil fuel-fired utility units affected under the Title IV Acid Rain Program collect hourly measurements of SO2, NOx,
      volumetric flow, CO2, and other emission-related parameters using certified continuous emission monitoring systems (CEMS) or equivalent
      continuous monitoring methods.

      For a description of EPA's Acid Rain Program, see the program's website at http ://www. epa. gov/aci drain/index.html, and the electronic
      Code of Federal Regulations at http://www.epa.gov/docs/epacfr40/chapt-I.info/subch-C.html (40 CFR parts 72-78.)	
      2b. Source Data Collection                                                                                                        |
      Source Data Collection Methods: Field monitoring using certified  continuous emission monitoring systems (CEMS) or equivalent
      continuous monitoring methods,  collected hourly.

      EPA QA requirements/guidance governing collection:  Promulgated QA/QC requirements dictate performing a series of quality assurance
      tests of CEMS performance. For these tests, emissions data are collected under highly structured, carefully designed testing conditions,
      which involve either high quality standard reference materials or multiple instruments performing  simultaneous emission measurements.
      The resulting data are screened and analyzed using a battery of statistical procedures, including one that tests for systematic bias. If a CEM
      fails the bias test, indicating a potential for systematic underestimation of emissions, the source of the error must be identified and corrected
      or the data are adjusted to minimize the bias. Each affected plant is required to maintain a written QA plan documenting performance of
      these procedures and tests.

-------

The ETS provides instant feedback to sources on data reporting problems, format errors, and inconsistencies. The electronic data file QA
checks are described at http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/business/report-emissions.html

Geographical Extent of Source Data: National

Spatial Detail Covered By the Source Data: Spatial detail for SO2 emissions can be obtained at the following website:
http://camddataandmaps.epa.gov/gdm/index.cfm?fuseaction=emissions.wizard This website allows access to current and historical
emissions data via Quick Reports. Annual, quarterly, monthly, daily and hourly data are available at the unit level and the monitoring
location level.	
2c. Source Data Reporting	
Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system: Beginning with the first quarter of 2009, and quarterly thereafter,
all industry sources regulated under the Acid Rain and Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR) programs are required use the Emissions
Collection and Monitoring Plan System (ECMPS) to submit their monitoring plan, QA/cert test, and emissions data to the EPA.

The new XML file format allows the data to be organized based on dates and hours instead of pollutant type.

See also the ECMPS Reporting Instructions Emissions document:
http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/business/ecmps/docs/ECMPSEMRI200902.pdf

Timing and frequency of reporting: Emissions data are submitted to the ECMPS and represent hourly values for measured parameters,
calculated hourly emissions values, instrument calibration data, and aggregated summary data. An emissions file contains one calendar
quarter of hourly and aggregate emissions measurements for a specified unit or group of related units, including stacks and pipes.

Each unit that is required to submit emissions data for a particular calendar quarter must be included in one and only one emissions file for
that quarter. Each emissions file should contain all relevant operating, daily quality assurance,  and emissions data for all units, common
stacks, multiple stacks, or common pipes that were in a common monitoring configuration for any part of the quarter.

You must submit an emissions file for each quarter or, for ozone season only reporters, for the second and third calendar quarters of each
year.
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems
Emissions Tracking System (ETS) /
Emissions Collection and Monitoring Plan System (ECMPS)

Additional information:
EPA's Clean Air Markets Division (CAMD) has undertaken a project to re-engineer the process and data systems associated with

emissions, monitoring plan, and certification data. As part of the project, CAMD reviewed how monitoring plan information, certification/

recertification applications, on-going quality assurance data, and emissions data are maintained, quality assured and submitted. CAMD also

-------


reviewed the tools available for checking and submitting data on a quarterly and ozone season basis. Once the review was complete,

CAMD developed a number of goals for the ECMPS project. They include:

•       Creating a single client tool for all users to check and submit data.
•       Providing users with the ability to quality assure data prior to submission.
•       Providing users with one set of feedback.
•       Allowing for seamless updates to the client tool.
•       Providing direct access to EPA's database through the client tool.
•       Maintaining select data outside of the electronic data report.
•       Creating new XML file format.
•       Developing new security requirements.


Adding flexibility to the process is one of the main reasons for changing how monitoring and emissions data are quality assured and

submitted. There are several changes to the process that will involve adding flexibility:

•       Monitoring plans will no longer be required as part of the quarterly file.

•       On-going quality assurance test data may be submitted after the tests are performed—users will not have to wait to submit the data
as part of a quarterly report.

[Source: http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/business/ecmps/index.html1

The ECMPS contain source data.

The ECMPS meets relevant EPA standards for information system integrity.
3b. Data Quality Procedures
EPA analyzes all quarterly reports to detect deficiencies and to identify reports that must be resubmitted to correct problems. EPA also
identifies reports that were not submitted by the appropriate reporting deadline. Revised quarterly reports, with corrected deficiencies found
during the data review process, must be obtained from sources by a specified deadline. All data are reviewed, and preliminary and final
emissions data reports are prepared for public release and compliance determination.

For a review of the ETS data audit process, see: http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/
pre sentati ons/docs/epri 06/epri_el ectroni c_audit_revi sed. ppt.	
3c. Data Oversight
Branch Chief, Emissions Monitoring Branch is responsible for source data reporting.

Branch Chief, Market Operations Branch is responsible for the information systems utilized in producing the performance result.

3d. Calculation Methodology
Definition of variables: The ECMPS Reporting Instructions Emissions document at
http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/business/ecmps/docs/ECMPSEMRI2009Q2.pdf is the data dictionary for the ECMPS.

-------
      Explanation of Calculations: Promulgated methods are used to aggregate emissions data across all United States' utilities for each
      pollutant and related source operating parameters such as heat inputs.The ECMPS Reporting Instructions Emissions document at
      http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/business/ecmps/docs/ECMPSEMRI2009Q2.pdf provides the methods used to aggregate emissions data
      across all United States' utilities.

      Unit of analysis: Tons of emission
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                       |
      Branch Chief, Assessment And Communications Branch, oversees final reporting by the National Program Office.
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                                |
      None
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                           |
      In July of 2010, the Quality Staff of the Office of Environmental Information completed a Quality System Assessment (QSA) for the Office
      of Atmospheric Programs. The results of the assessment were summarized as follows: "Please note that there are no findings requiring
      corrective action. Review of QA requirements and interviews with management and staff revealed no weaknesses in the overall Quality
      System management for OAP. Controls appear to be in place, the QA structure appears effective, there is project-level planning QA
      documentation (QAPPs, QARFs) in place as well as the appropriate training  and records management practices".	
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:1 7 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OAR) Measure 034: Cumulative millions of tons of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) reduced since 2000 from mobile sources
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title
2- Improve Air Quality
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Reduce Criteria Pollutants and Regional Haze
        Strategic Target Code and Title
3 - By 2015, reduce emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx)
        Managing Office
   Office of Transportation and Air Quality
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Mobile sources: Includes onroad cars/trucks, nonroad engines such as farm/construction, locomotives, commercial marine and aircraft.
     Nitrogen oxide: NO2 (nitrogen dioxide) is a combustion product formed from the reaction of nitrogen (in the ambient air) and fuel
     (gasoline, diesel fuel, - or - for stationary sources - coal) as defined by the EPA National Ambient Air Quality Standard and measurement
     methods.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Estimates for on-road and off-road mobile source emissions are built from inventories fed into the relevant models.

      Data for the models are from many sources, including Vehicle Miles Traveled (VMT) estimates by state (Federal Highway
      Administration), the mix of VMT by type of vehicle (Federal Highway Administration), temperature, gasoline properties, and the designs
      of Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs.	
      2b. Source Data Collection	
      Source Data Collection Methods: Emission tests for engines/vehicles come from EPA, other government agencies (including state/local
      governments), academic institutions and industry.  The data come from actual emission tests measuring HC (HydroCarbon), CO (Carbon
      Monoxide), NOx (Nitrogen Oxides), and PM (Particulate Matter). It is important to note that total oxides of nitrogen (NO and NO2) are
      both measured with emission standards applying to the sum of both oxides. Usage survyes for vehicle miles traveled are obtained from
      DOT surveys and fuel usage for nonroad vehicles/engines are obtained from a variety of sources such as DOE.

      Geographical Extent of Source Data: National

      Spatial Detail Covered By the Source Data: County	
      2c. Source Data Reporting	
      Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system: EPA develops and receives emission data in a g/mile or g/unit
      Work (or unit fuel consumed) basis.

      Timing and frequency of reporting: The inputs to MOVES/MOBILE 6 and NONROAD 2008 and other models are reviewed and

-------
updated, sometimes on an annual basis for some parameters. Generally, Vehicle Miles Traveled (VMT), the mix of VMT by type of vehicle
(Federal Highway Administration (FHWA)-types), temperature, gasoline properties, and the designs of Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)
programs are updated each year.

Emission factors for all mobile sources and activity estimates for non-road sources are revised at the time EPA's Office of Transportation
and Air Quality provides new information.

Updates to the inputs to the models means the emissions inventories will change.	
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems


National Emissions Inventory Database. Obtained by modeling runs using MOBILE/MOVES, NONROAD, and other models.

Please see: http://www.epa.gov/ttnchie 1 /trends/ for a summary of national emission inventories and how the numbers are obtained in
general.

The emission inventory contains source test data as well as usage information compiled from other sources.  Also, for consistency from
year to year and to provide a baseline over time, the emission inventories are updated for these performance measures only when it is
essential to do so. The source data (emissions and usage) are "transformed" into emission inventories.

The models and input undergo peer review receiving scientific input from a variety of sources including academic institutions and public
comments.
3b. Data Quality Procedures
The emissions inventories are reviewed by both internal and external parties, including the states, locals and industries. EPA works with all
of these parties in these reviews. Also EPA reviews the inventories comparing them to others derived in earlier years to assure that changes
in inputs provide reasonable changes in the inventories themselves.
3c. Data Oversight
EPA emission inventories for the performance measures are reviewed by various OTAQ Center directors in the Assessment and Standards
Division.  The Center Directors are responsible for vehicle, engine, fuel, and modeling data used in various EPA programs.	
3d. Calculation Methodology	
Explanation of the Calculations:

EPA uses models to estimate mobile source emissions, for both past and future years.  The emission inventory estimate is detailed down to
the county level and with over 30 line items representing mobile sources.

The MOVES (Motor Vehicle Emission Simulator) model replacing the earlier MOBILE6 vehicle emission factor model is a software tool
for predicting gram per mile emissions of hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen, carbon dioxide, particulate matter, and
toxics from cars, trucks, and motorcycles under various conditions. Inputs to the model include fleet composition, activity, temporal
information, and control program characteristics.  For more information on the MOBILE6 model, please visit
http://www.epa.gov/otaq/m6.htm.

-------
The NONROAD 2008 emission inventory model replacing an earlier version of NONROAD is a software tool for predicting emissions of
hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen, particulate matter, and sulfur dioxides from small and large off road vehicles,
equipment, and engines. Inputs to the model include fleet composition, activity and temporal information. For more information on the
NONROAD model, please visit http://www.epa.gov/oms/nonrdmdl.htm.

Over the years,  improved emission and usage data have led to updated emission inventories more consistent with air quality data.

Additional information:
To keep pace with new analysis needs, new modeling approaches, and new data, EPA is currently working on a new modeling system
termed the Multi-scale Motor Vehicles and Equipment Emission System (MOVES). This new system will estimate  emissions for on road
and off road sources, cover a broad range of pollutants,  and allow multiple scale analysis, from fine scale analysis to national inventory
estimation. When fully implemented, MOVES will serve as the replacement for MOBILE6 and NONROAD. The new system will not
necessarily be a single piece of software, but instead will encompass the necessary tools, algorithms, underlying data and guidance
necessary  for use in all official analyses associated with regulatory development, compliance with statutory requirements, and
national/regional inventory projections. Additional information is available on the Internet at http://www.epa.gov/otaq/ngm.htm

Unit of analysis: tons of emissions, vehicle miles traveled and hours (or fuel) used	


4. Reporting and Oversight	
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
The director for Health Effects, Toxics and Benefits Center, Director of the Air Quality and Modeling Center and the Associate Director of
the Assessment and Standards Division are ultimately responsible for the performance  measures. These individuals, as well as the other
Center Directors, are responsible for assuring that the emission inventory and reduction numbers used in EPA regulatory and other
programs are accurate and have obtained extensive academic, public and other review.  ]
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
The limitations  of the inventory estimates for mobile sources come from limitations in  the modeled emission factors (based on emission
factor testing and models predicting overall fleet emission factors in g/mile) and also in the estimated vehicle miles  traveled for each
vehicle class  (derived from Department of Transportation data)..

For nonroad emissions, the estimates come from a model using equipment populations, emission factors per hour or unit of work, and an
estimate of usage. This nonroad emissions model accounts for over 200 types of nonroad equipment. Any limitations in the input data will
carry over into limitations in the emission inventory estimates.

Additional information about data integrity for the MOVES/MOBILE6 and NONROAD models is available on the  Internet at
http://www.epa.gov/otaq/m6.htm and http ://www. epa. gov/oms/nonrdmdl .htm, respectively.

When the method for estimating emissions changes significantly, older estimates of emissions in years prior to the most recent year are
usually revised  to avoid a sudden discontinuity in the apparent emissions trend may be  revised to be consistent with teh new methodology
when possible.

Methods for estimating emission inventories are frequently updated to reflected the most up-to-date inputs and assumptions. Past emission

-------
      estimates that inform our performance measures frequently do not keep pace with the changing inventories associated with more recent
      EPA rulemakings. EPA developed the initial numbers for these perfromance measures in 2002, making both current and future year
      projections for on-road and nonroad. The emission estimates have been updated numerous times since then for rulemaking packages and
      will be updated for these performance measures.
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      All of the inputs for the models, the models themselves and the resultant emission inventories are reviewed as appropriate by academic
      experts and also by state and local governments which use some of this information for their State Implementation Plans to meet the
      National Ambient Air Quality Standards.	
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:27 AM

-------
Performance  Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name (OAR) Measure P34: Cumulative tons of PM-2.5 reduced since 2000 from mobile sources
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title
2- Improve Air Quality
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Reduce Criteria Pollutants and Regional Haze
        Strategic Target Code and Title
5 - By 2015, reduce emissions of direct particulate matter (PM)
        Managing Office
   Office of Transportation and Air Quality
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Mobile sources: Includes onroad cars/trucks, nonroad engines such as farms/construction, locomotives, commercial marine, and aircraft.

     Particulate matter (PM-2.5): Solid material 2.5 microns or smaller as defined by the EPA National Ambient Air Quality Standard and
     measurement methods.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
     Estimates for on-road and off-road mobile source emissions are built from inventories fed into the relevant models.

     Data for the models are from many sources, including Vehicle Miles Traveled (VMT) estimates by state (Federal Highway
     Administration), the mix of VMT by type of vehicle (Federal Highway Administration), temperature, gasoline properties, and the designs
     of Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs.  Usage data for nonroad comes largely from fuel consumption information from DOE.
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Source Data Collection Methods: Emission tests for engines/vehicles come from EPA, other government agencies (including state/local
      governments), academic institutions, and industry. The data come from actual emission tests measuring HC, CO, NOx , and PM emissions.
      Usage surveys for vehicle miles traveled are obtained from DOT surveys and fuel usage for nonroad vehicles/engines are obtained from a
      variety of sources such as DOE.

      Geographical Extent of Source Data: National and state level

      Spatial Detail Covered By the Source Data: County level data
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system: EPA develops and receives emission data in a g/mile or g/unit work
      (or unit fuel consumed) basis.

      Timing and frequency of reporting: The inputs to MOVES/MOBILE 6 and NONROAD 2008 and other models are reviewed and
      updated, sometimes on an annual basis for some parameters. Generally, Vehicle Miles Traveled (VMT), the mix of VMT by type of vehicle

-------

(Federal Highway Administration (FHWA)-types), temperature, gasoline properties, and the designs of Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)
programs are updated each year.

Emission factors for all mobile sources and activity estimates for non-road sources are revised at the time EPA's Office of Transportation
and Air Quality provides new information.

Updates to the inputs to the models means the emissions inventories will change.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems	
National Emissions Inventory Database. Obtained by modeling runs using MOBILE/MOVES, NONROAD, and other models.

Please see: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/trends/ for a summary of national emission inventories and how the numbers are obtained in
general.

The emission inventory contains source test data as well as usage information compiled from other sources.  Also, for consistency from
year to year and to provide a baseline over time, the emission inventories are updated for these performance measure only when it is
essential to do so. The source data (emissions and usage) are "transformed" into emission inventories.

The models and input undergo peer review receiving scientific input from a variety of sources including academic institutions and public
comments.	
3b. Data Quality Procedures
The emissions inventories are reviewed by both internal and external parties, including the states, locals and industries. EPA works with all
of these parties in these reviews. Also, EPA reviews the inventories comparing them to  other derived in earlier years to assure that changes
in inputs provide reasonable changes in the inventories themselves
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                              |
EPA emission inventories for the performance measure are reviewed by various OTAQ Center Directors in the Assessment and Standards
Division.  The Center Directors are responsible for vehicle, engine, fuel, and modeling data used in various EPA programs.

3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
Explanation of the Calculations:

EPA uses models to estimate mobile source emissions, for both past and future years.  The emission inventory estimate is detailed down to
the  county level and with over 30 line items representing mobile sources.

The MOVES (Motor Vehicle Emission Simulator) model replacing the earlier MOBILE6 vehicle emission factor model is a software tool
for predicting gram per mile emissions  of hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen, carbon dioxide, particulate matter, and
toxics from cars, trucks, and motorcycles under various conditions. Inputs to the model include fleet composition, activity, temporal
information, and control program characteristics.  For more information on the MOBILE6 model, please visit
http://www.epa.gov/otaq/m6.htm.

The NONROAD 2008 emission inventory model replacing earlier versions of NONROAD is a software tool for predicting emissions of

-------
hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen, particulate matter, and sulfur dioxides from small and large off road vehicles,
equipment, and engines. Inputs to the model include fleet composition, activity and temporal information. For more information on the
NONROAD model, please visit http://www.epa.gov/oms/nonrdmdl.htm.

Additional information:
To keep pace with new analysis needs, new modeling approaches, and new data, EPA is currently working on a new modeling system
termed the Multi-scale Motor Vehicles and Equipment Emission System (MOVES). This new system will estimate emissions for on road
and off road sources, cover a broad range of pollutants, and allow multiple scale analysis, from fine scale analysis to national inventory
estimation. When fully implemented, MOVES will serve as the replacement for MOBILE6 and NONROAD. The new system will not
necessarily be a single piece of software, but instead will encompass the necessary tools, algorithms, underlying data and guidance
necessary for use in all official analyses  associated with regulatory development, compliance with statutory requirements, and
national/regional inventory projections. Additional information is available on the Internet at http://www.epa.gov/otaq/ngm.htm

Unit of analysis: tons of emissions, vehicle miles traveled, and hours (or fuel) used]	


4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting	
Team Member, Planning and Budget Office, OTAQ	
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications	
The limitations of the inventory estimates for mobile sources come from limitations in the modeled  emission factors (based on emission
factor testing and models predicting overall fleet emission factors in g/mile) and also in the estimated vehicle miles traveled for each
vehicle class  (derived from Department of Transportation data)..

For nonroad emissions, the estimates come from a model using equipment populations, emission factors per hour or unit of work, and an
estimate of usage. This nonroad emissions model accounts for over 200 types of nonroad equipment. Any limitations in the input data will
carry over into limitations in the emission inventory estimates.

Additional information about data integrity for the MOVES/MOBILE6 and NONROAD models is available on the Internet at
http://www.epa.gov/otaq/m6.htm and http ://www. epa. gov/oms/nonrdmdl .htm, respectively.

When the method for estimating emissions changes significantly, older estimates of emissions in years prior to the most recent year  may be
revised to be consistent with the new methodology when possible.

Methods for estimating emission inventories are frequently updated to reflect the most up-to-date inputs and assumptions. Past emission
estimates that inform our performance measure frequently do not keep pace with the changing inventories associated with more measures
in 2002, making both current and future  year projections for on-road and nonroad.  The emission  estimates have been updated numerous
times since then for rulemaking packages and will be updated for these performance measures.	
4c. Third-Party Audits
All of the inputs for the models, the models themselves, and the resultant emission inventories are reviewed as appropriate by academic
experts and, also, by state/local governments which use some of this information for their State Implementation Plans to meet the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards.	

-------
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:27 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality  Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OAR) Measure SOI:  Remaining US Consumption of hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs), chemicals that deplete the Earth's
protective ozone layer, measured in tons of Ozone Depleting Potential (OOP).
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
1 - Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Objective Number and Title
3 - Restore the Ozone Layer
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Reduce Consumption of Ozone-depleting Substances
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, U.S. reduce consumption of hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs), chemicals
        Managing Office
  Office of Atmospheric Programs
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Remaining: The term "Remaining" is defined as that which remains, especially after something else has been removed.

     US consumption: Class II controlled substances are compounds that have an ozone depletion potential (ODP) less than 0.2, and are all
     hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs).  HCFCs were developed as transitional substitutes for Class I substances and are subject to a later
     phaseout schedule than Class I substances.

     Although there are currently 34 controlled HCFCs, only a few are commonly used. The most widely used have been HCFC-22 (usually a
     refrigerant), HCFC-141b (a solvent and foam-blowing agent), and HCFC-142b (a foam-blowing agent and component in refrigerant
     blends).

     As a Party to the Montreal Protocol, the U.S. must incrementally decrease HCFC consumption and production, culminating in a complete
     HCFC phaseout in 2030. The major milestones that are upcoming for developed countries are a reduction in 2010 to at least 75 percent
     below baseline HCFC levels and a reduction in 2015 to at least 90 percent below baseline.

     Section 605 of the Clean Air Act sets the U.S. phaseout targets for Class II substances. In 1993, the EPA established the phaseout
     framework and the "worst-first" approach that focused first on HCFC-22, HCFC-141b, and HCFC-142b because these three HCFCs have
     the highest ODPs of all HCFCs. To meet the required 2004 reduction, the EPA phased out HCFC-141b in 2003 and froze the production
     and consumption of HCFC-22 and HCFC-142b. In 2009, EPA reduced the production and import of virgin HCFC-22 and HCFC-142b and
     limited the use of those compounds to meet the Montreal Protocol's 2010 milestones.

     EPA ensures that HCFC consumption in the U.S. is 75% below the U.S. baseline (as required under the Montreal Protocol) by issuing
     allowances to producers and importers of HCFCs. The "2010 HCFC Allocation Rule" allocated allowances for each year between 2010 and
     2014. To meet the stepdown, the number of allowances for HCFC-22 and HCFC-142b were less than for the 2003-2009 control periods.
     EPA also issued allowances for HCFC-123, HCFC-124, HCFC-225ca, and HCFC-225cb. The rules also limited the use of virgin HCFC-22
     and HCFC-142b to existing refrigeration and  air-conditioning equipment. The "Pre-Charted Appliances Rule" banned the sale or
     distribution of air-conditioning and refrigeration products containing HCFC-22, HCFC-142b, or blends containing one or both of these
     substances, beginning January 1, 2010.

-------
 The "2010 HCFC Allocation Rule" was challenged in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit in Arkema v EPA . In August, 2010,
the court decided against EPA. EPA interprets the Court's decision as vacating the portion of the rule that establishes
company-by-company production and consumption baselines and calendar-year allowances for HCFC-22 and HCFC-142b.  All other
aspects of the rule are intact. On August 5, 2011, EPA issued an interim final rule that establishes new company-by-company HCFC-22 and
HCFC-142b baselines and allocates production and consumption allowances for 2011.

EPA is developing regulations that will issue allowances for the 2012-2014 control periods in response to the court's decision in Arkema v
EPA .

Hydrochlorofluorocarbon (HCFC): a compound  consisting of hydrogen, chlorine, fluorine, and carbon
The HCFCs are one class of chemicals being used to replace the chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). They contain chlorine and thus deplete
stratospheric ozone, but to a much lesser extent than CFCs. HCFCs have ozone depletion potentials (ODPs) ranging from 0.01 to 0.1.

Class II Ozone-Depleting Substance (ODS): a chemical with an ozone-depletion potential of less than 0.2
Currently, all  of the HCFCs are class II substances, and the only Class II substances are HCFCs.

Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP): a number that refers to the amount of ozone depletion caused by a substance
The ODP is the ratio of the impact on ozone of a chemical compared to the impact of a similar mass of CFC-11. Thus, the ODP of CFC-11
is defined to be 1.0. Other CFCs and HCFCs have ODPs that range from 0.01 to 1.0.

Tons of Ozone Depleting Potential: metric tons of ODS weighted by their Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP), otherwise referred to as ODP
tons.
See http://www.epa.gov/ozone/desc.html for additional information on ODSs.  See http://www.epa.gov.ozone/intpol/index.html for
additional information about the Montreal Protocol.  See http://www.unmfs.org/ for more information about the Multilateral Fund.
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 US Companies Producing, Importing and Exporting ODS. Progress on restricting domestic exempted consumption of Class II HCFCs is
 tracked by monitoring industry reports of compliance with EPA's phase-out regulations. Data are provided by U.S. companies producing,
 importing, and exporting ODS. Corporate data are typically submitted as quarterly reports. Specific requirements, as outlined in the Clean
 Air Act, are available on the Internet at: http://www.epa.gov/ozone/title6/index.html.

 The International Trade  Commission also provides monthly information on US production, imports, and exports.	
 2b. Source Data Collection
 Source Data Collection Methods: § 82.24  Recordkeeping and reporting requirements for class II controlled substances.
 a) Recordkeeping and reporting.  Any person who produces, imports, exports, transforms, or destroys class II controlled substances must
 comply with the following recordkeeping and reporting requirements:
 (1) Reports required by this section must be mailed to the Administrator within 30 days of the end of the applicable reporting period, unless
 otherwise specified.
 (2) Revisions of reports that are required by this section must be mailed to the Administrator within 180 days  of the end of the applicable

-------
reporting period, unless otherwise specified.
(3) Records and copies of reports required by this section must be retained for three years.
(4) Quantities of class II controlled substances must be stated in terms of kilograms in reports required by this section.
(5) Reports and records required by this section may be used for purposes of compliance determinations. These requirements are not
intended as a limitation on the use of other evidence admissible under the Federal Rules of Evidence. Failure to provide the reports,
petitions and records required by this section and to certify the accuracy of the information in the reports, petitions and records required by
this section, will be considered a violation of this subpart. False statements made in reports, petitions and records will be considered
violations of Section 113 of the Clean Air Act and under 18 U.S.C. 1001.
(b) Producers.  Persons ("producers") who produce class II controlled substances during a control period must comply with the following
recordkeeping and reporting requirements:
(1) Reporting—Producers.  For each quarter, each producer of a class II controlled substance must provide the Administrator with a report
containing the following information:
(i) The quantity (in kilograms) of production of each class II controlled substance used in processes resulting in their transformation by the
producer and the quantity (in kilograms) intended for transformation by a second party;
(ii) The quantity (in kilograms) of production of each class II controlled substance used in processes resulting in their destruction by the
producer and the quantity (in kilograms) intended for destruction by a second party;
(iii) The expended allowances for each class II controlled substance;
(iv) The producer's total of expended and unexpended production allowances, consumption allowances, export production allowances, and
Article 5 allowances at the end of that quarter;
(v) The quantity (in kilograms) of class II controlled substances sold or transferred during  the quarter to a person other than the producer
for use in processes resulting in their transformation or eventual destruction;
(vi) A list of the quantities and names of class II controlled substances, exported by the producer to a Party to the Protocol, that will be
transformed or destroyed and therefore were not produced expending production or consumption allowances;
(vii) For transformation in the U.S. or by a person of another Party, one copy of a transformation verification from the transformer for a
specific class II controlled substance and a list of additional quantities shipped to that same transformer for the quarter;
(viii) For destruction in the U.S. or by a person of another Party, one copy of a destruction verification as required in paragraph (e) of this
section for a particular destroyer, destroying the same class II  controlled substance, and a list of additional quantities shipped to that same
destroyer for the quarter;
(ix) In cases where the producer produced class II controlled substances using export production allowances, a list of U.S. entities that
purchased those class II controlled substances and exported them to a Party to the Protocol;
(x) In cases where the producer produced class II controlled substances using Article 5 allowances, a list of U.S. entities that purchased
those class II controlled substances and exported them to Article 5 countries; and
(xi) A list of the HCFC 141b-exemption allowance holders from whom orders were received and the quantity (in kilograms) of
HCFC-141b requested and produced.
(2) Recordkeeping—Producers.  Every producer of a class II controlled substance during a control period must maintain the following
records:
(i) Dated records of the quantity (in kilograms) of each class II controlled substance produced at each facility;
(ii) Dated records of the quantity (in kilograms) of class II controlled substances produced for use in processes that result in their
transformation or for use in processes that result in their destruction;
(iii) Dated records of the quantity (in kilograms) of class II controlled substances sold for use in processes that result in their transformation
or for use in processes that result in their destruction;
(iv) Dated records of the quantity (in kilograms) of class II controlled substances produced with export production allowances or Article 5
allowances;

-------
(v) Copies of invoices or receipts documenting sale of class II controlled substances for use in processes that result in their transformation
or for use in processes that result in their destruction;
(vi) Dated records of the quantity (in kilograms) of each class II controlled substance used at each facility as feedstocks or destroyed in the
manufacture of a class II controlled substance or in the manufacture of any other substance, and any class II controlled substance
introduced into the production process of the same class II controlled substance at each facility;
(vii) Dated records of the quantity (in kilograms) of raw materials and feedstock chemicals used at each facility for the production of class
II controlled substances;
(viii) Dated records of the shipments of each class II controlled substance produced at each plant;
(ix) The quantity (in kilograms) of class II controlled substances, the date received, and names and addresses of the source of used
materials containing class II controlled substances which are recycled or reclaimed at each plant;
(x) Records of the date,  the class II controlled substance, and the estimated quantity of any spill or release of a class II controlled substance
that equals or exceeds 100 pounds;
(xi) Transformation verification in the case of transformation, or the destruction verification in the case of destruction as required in
paragraph (e) of this section showing that the purchaser or recipient of a class II controlled substance, in the U.S. or in another country that
is a Party, certifies the intent to either transform or destroy the class II controlled substance, or sell the class II controlled substance for
transformation or destruction in cases when allowances were not expended;
(xii) Written verifications from a U.S. purchaser that the class II controlled substance was exported to a Party in accordance with the
requirements in this section, in cases where export production allowances were expended to produce the class II controlled substance;
(xiii) Written verifications from a U.S. purchaser that the class II controlled substance was exported to an Article 5 country in cases where
Article 5 allowances were expended to produce the class II controlled substance;
(xiv) Written verifications from a U.S. purchaser that HCFC-141b was manufactured for the express purpose of meeting HCFC-141b
exemption needs in accordance with information submitted under §82.16(h), in cases where HCFC-141b exemption allowances were
expended to produce the HCFC-141b.
(3) For any person who  fails to maintain the records required by this paragraph, or to submit the report required by this paragraph, the
Administrator may assume that the person has produced at full capacity  during the period for which records were not kept, for purposes of
determining whether the person has violated the prohibitions  at §82.15.
(c) Importers.  Persons ("importers") who import class II controlled substances during a control period must comply with the following
recordkeeping and reporting requirements:
(1) Reporting  Importers.  For each quarter, an importer of a class II controlled substance (including importers of used class II controlled
substances) must submit to the Administrator a report containing the following information:
(i) Summaries of the records required in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (xvi) of this section for the previous quarter;
(ii) The total quantity (in kilograms) imported of each class II controlled substance for that quarter;
(iii) The commodity code for the class II controlled substances imported, which must be one of those listed in Appendix K to this subpart;
(iv) The quantity (in kilograms) of those class II controlled substances imported that are used class II controlled substances;
(v) The quantity (in kilograms) of class II controlled substances imported for that quarter and totaled by chemical for the control period to
date;
(vi) For substances for which EPA has apportioned baseline production and consumption allowances, the importer's total sum of expended
and unexpended consumption allowances by chemical as of the end of that quarter;
(vii) The quantity (in kilograms) of class II controlled substances imported for use in processes resulting in their transformation or
destruction;
(viii) The quantity (in kilograms) of class II controlled substances sold or transferred during that quarter to each person for use in processes
resulting in their transformation or eventual destruction; and
(ix) Transformation verifications showing that the purchaser or recipient of imported class II controlled substances intends to transform

-------
those substances or destruction verifications showing that the purchaser or recipient intends to destroy the class II controlled substances (as
provided in paragraph (e) of this section).
(x) [Reserved]
(xi) A list of the HCFC 141b-exemption allowance holders from whom orders were received and the quantity (in kilograms) of
HCFC-141b requested and imported.
(2) Recordkeeping—Importers.  An importer of a class II controlled substance (including used class II controlled substances) must
maintain the following records:
(i) The quantity (in kilograms) of each class II controlled substance imported, either alone or in mixtures, including the percentage of each
mixture which consists of a class II controlled substance;
(ii) The quantity (in kilograms) of those class II controlled substances imported that are used and the information provided with the petition
where a petition is required under paragraph (c)(3) of this section;
(iii) The quantity (in kilograms) of class II controlled substances other than transhipments or used substances imported for use in processes
resulting in their transformation or destruction;
(iv) The quantity (in kilograms) of class II controlled substances other than transhipments or used substances imported and sold for use in
processes that result in their destruction or transformation;
(v) The date on which the class II controlled substances were imported;
(vi) The port of entry through which the class II controlled substances passed;
(vii) The country from which the imported class II controlled substances were imported;
(viii) The commodity code for the class II controlled substances shipped, which must be one of those listed in Appendix K to this subpart;
(ix) The importer number for the shipment;
(x) A copy of the bill of lading for the import;
(xi) The invoice for the import;
(xii) The quantity (in kilograms) of imports of used class II controlled substances;
(xiii) The U.S. Customs entry form;
(xiv) Dated records documenting the sale or transfer of class II controlled substances for use in processes resulting in their transformation
or destruction;
(xv) Copies of transformation verifications or destruction verifications indicating that the class II controlled substances will be transformed
or destroyed (as provided in paragraph (e) of this section).
(xvi) Written verifications from a U.S. purchaser that HCFC-141b was imported for the express purpose of meeting HCFC-141b exemption
needs in accordance with information submitted under §82.16(h), and that the quantity will not be resold, in  cases where HCFC-141b
exemption allowances were expended to import the HCFC-141b.
(3) Petition to import used class II controlled substances and transhipment-Importers.  For each individual shipment over 5 pounds of a
used class II controlled substance as defined in §82.3 for which EPA has apportioned baseline production and consumption allowances, an
importer must submit directly to the Administrator, at least 40 working days before the shipment is to leave the foreign port of export, the
following information in a petition:
(i) The name  and quantity (in kilograms) of the used class II controlled substance to be imported;
(ii) The name and address of the importer, the importer ID number, the contact person, and the phone and fax numbers;
(iii) Name, address, contact person, phone number and fax number of all  previous source facilities from which the used class II controlled
substance was recovered;
(iv) A detailed description of the previous use of the class II controlled substance at each source facility and  a best estimate of when the
specific controlled substance was put into the equipment at each source facility, and, when possible, documents indicating the date the
material was put into the equipment;
(v) A list of the name, make and model number of the equipment  from which the material was recovered  at each source facility;

-------
(vi) Name, address, contact person, phone number and fax number of the exporter and of all persons to whom the material was transferred
or sold after it was recovered from the source facility;
(vii) The U.S. port of entry for the import, the expected date of shipment and the vessel transporting the chemical. If at the time of
submitting a petition the importer does not know the U.S. port of entry, the expected date of shipment and the vessel transporting the
chemical, and the importer receives a non-objection notice for the individual shipment in the petition, the importer is required to notify the
Administrator of this information prior to the actual U.S. Customs entry of the individual shipment;
(viii) A description of the intended use of the used class II controlled substance, and, when possible, the name, address, contact person,
phone number and fax number of the ultimate purchaser in the United States;
(ix) The name, address, contact person, phone number and fax number of the U.S. reclamation facility, where applicable;
(x) If someone at the source facility recovered the class II controlled substance from the equipment, the name and phone and fax numbers
of that person;
(xi) If the imported class II controlled substance was reclaimed in a foreign Party, the name, address, contact person, phone number and fax
number of any or all foreign reclamation facility(ies) responsible for reclaiming the cited shipment;
(xii) An export license from the appropriate government agency in the country of export and, if recovered in another country, the export
license from the appropriate government agency in that country;
(xiii) If the imported used class II controlled substance is intended to be sold as a refrigerant in the U.S., the name and address of the U.S.
reclaimer who will bring the material to the standard required under subpart F of this part, if not already reclaimed to those specifications;
and
(xiv) A certification of accuracy of the information submitted in the petition.
(4) Review of petition to import used class II controlled substances and transhipments—Importers.  Starting on the first working day
following receipt by the Administrator of a petition to import  a used class II controlled substance, the Administrator will initiate a review of
the information submitted under paragraph (c)(3) of this section and take action within 40 working days to issue either an objection-notice
or a non-objection notice for the individual shipment to the person who submitted the petition to import the used class II controlled
substance.
(i) The Administrator may issue an objection notice to a petition for the following reasons:
(A) If the Administrator determines that the information is insufficient, that is, if the petition lacks or appears to lack any of the information
required under paragraph (c)(3) of this section;
(B) If the Administrator determines that any portion of the petition contains false  or misleading information, or the Administrator has
information from other U.S. or foreign government agencies indicating that the petition contains false or misleading information;
(C) If the transaction appears to be contrary to provisions of the Vienna Convention on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, the
Montreal Protocol  and Decisions by the Parties, or the non-compliance procedures outlined and instituted by the Implementation
Committee of the Montreal Protocol;
(D) If the appropriate government agency in the exporting country has not agreed to issue an export license for the cited individual
shipment of used class II controlled substance;
(E) If reclamation capacity is installed or is being installed for that specific class II controlled substance in the country of recovery or
country of export and the capacity is funded in full or in part through the Multilateral Fund.
(ii) Within ten (10) working days after receipt of the objection notice, the importer may re-petition the Administrator, only if the
Administrator indicated "insufficient information" as the basis for the objection notice. If no appeal is taken by the tenth working day after
the date on the objection notice, the objection shall become final. Only one re-petition will be accepted for any original petition received by
EPA.
(iii) Any information contained in the re-petition which is inconsistent with the original petition must be identified and a description of the
reason for the inconsistency must accompany the re-petition.
(iv) In cases where the Administrator does not object to the petition based on the criteria listed in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section, the

-------
Administrator will issue a non-objection notice.
(v) To pass the approved used class II controlled substances through U.S. Customs, the petition and the non-objection notice issued by EPA
must accompany the shipment through U.S. Customs.
(vi) If for some reason, following EPA's issuance of a non-objection notice, new information is brought to EPA's attention which shows
that the non-objection notice was issued based on false information, then EPA has the right to:
(A) Revoke the non-objection notice;
(B) Pursue all means to ensure that the class II controlled substance is not imported into the U.S.; and
(C) Take appropriate enforcement actions.
(vii) Once the Administrator issues a non-objection notice, the person receiving the non-objection notice is permitted to import the
individual shipment of used class II controlled substance only within the same control period as the date stamped on the non-objection
notice.
(viii) A person receiving a non-objection notice from the Administrator for a petition to import used class II controlled substances must
maintain the following records:
(A) A copy of the petition;
(B) The EPA non-objection notice;
(C) The bill of lading for the import; and
(D) U.S. Customs entry documents for the import that must include one of the commodity codes from Appendix K to this subpart.
(5) Recordkeeping for transhipments—Importers. Any person who tranships a class II controlled substance must maintain records that
indicate:
(i) That the class II controlled substance shipment originated in a foreign country;
(ii) That the class II controlled substance shipment is destined for another foreign country; and
(iii) That the class II controlled substance shipment will not enter interstate commerce within the U.S.
(d) Exporters. Persons ("exporters") who export class II controlled substances during a control period must comply with the following
reporting requirements:
(1) Reporting—Exporters.  For any exports of class II controlled substances not reported under §82.20 (additional consumption
allowances), or under paragraph (b)(2) of this section (reporting for producers of class II controlled substances), each exporter who
exported a class II controlled substance must submit to the Administrator the following information within 30 days after the end of each
quarter in which the unreported exports left the U.S.:
(i) The names and addresses of the exporter and the recipient of the exports;
(ii) The  exporter's Employer Identification Number;
(iii) The type and quantity (in kilograms) of each class II controlled substance exported and what percentage, if any of the class II
controlled substance is used;
(iv) The date  on which, and the port  from which, the class II controlled substances were exported from the U.S. or its territories;
(v) The country to which the class II controlled substances were exported;
(vi) The quantity (in kilograms) exported to each Article 5 country;
(vii) The commodity code for the class II controlled substances shipped, which must be one of those listed in  Appendix K to this subpart;
(viii) For persons reporting transformation or destruction, the invoice or sales agreement containing language similar to the transformation
verifications that the purchaser or recipient of imported class II controlled substances intends to transform those substances, or destruction
verifications showing that the purchaser or recipient intends to destroy the class II controlled substances (as provided in paragraph (e) of
this section).
(2) Reporting export production allowances—Exporters.  In addition to the information required in paragraph (d)(l) of this section, any
exporter using export production allowances must also provide the following to the Administrator:
(i) The Employer Identification Number on the Shipper's Export Declaration Form or Employer Identification Number of the shipping

-------
agent shown on the U.S. Customs Form 7525;
(ii) The exporting vessel on which the class II controlled substances were shipped; and
(iii) The quantity (in kilograms) exported to each Party.
(3) Reporting Article 5 allowances—Exporters.  In addition to the information required in paragraph (d)(l) of this section, any exporter
using Article 5 allowances must also provide the following to the Administrator:
(i) The Employer Identification Number on the Shipper's Export Declaration Form or Employer Identification Number of the shipping
agent shown on the U.S. Customs Form 7525; and
(ii) The exporting vessel on which the class II controlled substances were shipped.
(4) Reporting used class II controlled substances—Exporters. Any exporter of used class II controlled substances must indicate on the bill
of lading or invoice that the class II controlled substance is used, as defined in §82.3.
(e) Transformation and destruction.   Any person who transforms or destroys class II controlled substances must comply with the following
recordkeeping and reporting requirements:
(1) Recordkeeping—Transformation and destruction.  Any person who transforms or destroys class II controlled substances produced or
imported by another person must maintain the following:
(i) Copies of the invoices or receipts documenting the sale or transfer of the class II controlled substances to the person;
(ii) Records identifying the producer or importer of the class II controlled substances received by the person;
(iii) Dated records of inventories of class II controlled substances at each plant on the first day of each quarter;
(iv) Dated records of the quantity (in kilograms) of each class II controlled substance transformed or destroyed;
(v) In the case where class II controlled substances were purchased or transferred for transformation purposes, a copy of the person's
transformation verification as provided under paragraph (e)(3)of this section.
(vi) Dated records of the names, commercial  use, and quantities (in kilograms) of the resulting chemical(s) when the class II controlled
substances are transformed; and
(vii) Dated records of shipments to purchasers of the resulting chemical(s) when the class II controlled substances are transformed.
(viii) In the case where class II controlled substances were purchased or transferred for destruction purposes, a copy of the person's
destruction verification,  as provided under paragraph (e)(5) of this section.
(2) Reporting—Transformation and destruction. Any person who transforms or destroys class II controlled substances and who has
submitted a transformation verification ((paragraph (e)(3) of this section) or a destruction verification (paragraph (e)(5) of this  section) to
the producer or importer of the class II controlled substances,  must report the following:
(i) The names and quantities (in kilograms) of the class II controlled substances transformed for each control period within 45 days of the
end of such control period; and
(ii) The names and quantities (in kilograms) of the class II controlled  substances destroyed for each control period within 45 days of the
end of such control period.
(3) Reporting—Transformation.  Any person who purchases class II controlled substances for purposes of transformation must provide the
producer or importer with a transformation verification that the class II controlled substances are to be used in processes that result in their
transformation.
(i) The transformation verification shall include the following:
(A) Identity and address of the person intending to transform the class II controlled substances;
(B) The quantity (in kilograms) of class II controlled substances intended for transformation;
(C) Identity of shipments by purchase order number(s), purchaser account number(s), by location(s), or other means of identification;
(D) Period of time over which the person intends to transform the class II controlled substances; and
(E) Signature of the verifying person.
(ii) [Reserved]
(4) Reporting—Destruction.  Any person who destroys class II controlled substances shall provide EPA with a one-time report containing

-------
the following information:
(i) The destruction unit's destruction efficiency;
(ii) The methods used to record the volume destroyed;
(iii) The methods used to determine destruction efficiency;
(iv) The name of other relevant federal or state regulations that may apply to the destruction process;
(v) Any changes to the information in paragraphs (e)(4)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section must be reflected in a revision to be submitted to
EPA within 60 days of the change(s).
(5) Reporting—Destruction.  Any person who purchases or receives and subsequently destroys class II controlled substances that were
originally produced without expending allowances shall provide the producer or importer from whom it purchased or received the class II
controlled substances with a verification that the class II controlled substances will be used in processes that result in their destruction.
(i) The destruction verification shall include the following:
(A) Identity and address of the person intending to destroy class II controlled substances;
(B) Indication of whether those class II controlled substances will be completely destroyed, as defined in §82.3, or less than completely
destroyed, in which case the destruction  efficiency at which such substances will be destroyed must be included;
(C) Period of time over which the person intends to destroy class II controlled substances; and
(D) Signature of the verifying person.
(ii) [Reserved]
(f) Heels-Recordkeeping and reporting.  Any person who brings into the U.S. a rail car, tank truck, or ISO tank containing a heel, as
defined in §82.3, of class II controlled substances, must take the following actions:
(1) Indicate on the bill of lading or invoice that the class II controlled substance in the container is a heel.
(2) Report within 30 days of the end of the control period the quantity (in kilograms) brought into the U.S. and certify:
(i) That the residual quantity (in kilograms) in each shipment is no more than 10 percent of the volume of the container;
(ii) That the residual quantity (in kilograms) in each shipment will either:
(A) Remain in the container and be included  in a future shipment;
(B) Be recovered and transformed;
(C) Be recovered and destroyed; or
(D) Be recovered for a non-emissive use.
(3) Report on the final disposition of each shipment within 30 days of the end of the control period.
(g) HCFC 141b exemption allowances—Reporting and recordkeeping.  (1) Any person allocated HCFC-141b exemption allowances who
confers a quantity of the HCFC-141b exemption allowances to a producer or import and places an order for the production or import of
HCFC-141b with a verification that the HCFC-141b will only be used for the exempted purpose and not be resold must submit semi-annual
reports, due 30 days after the end of the second and fourth respectively, to the Administrator containing the following information:
(i) Total quantity (in kilograms) HCFC-141b received during the 6 month period; and
(ii) The identity of the supplier of HCFC-141b on a shipment-by-shipment basis during the 6 month period.
(2) Any person allocated HCFC-141b exemption  allowances must keep records of letters to producers and importers conferring
unexpended HCFC-141b exemption allowances for the specified control period in the notice, orders for the production or import of
HCFC-141b under those letters and written verifications that the HCFC-141b was produced or imported for the express purpose of meeting
HCFC-141b exemption needs in accordance with information submitted under §82.16(h), and that the quantity will not be resold.
[68 FR 2848,  Jan. 21, 2003,  as amended at 71 FR 41172, July 20, 2006

EPA QA requirements/guidance governing collection;  Reporting and record-keeping requirements are published in  40 CFR Part 82,
Subpart A, Sections 82.9 through 82.13.  These sections of the Stratospheric Ozone Protection Rule specify the required data and
accompanying documentation that companies must submit or maintain on-site to demonstrate their compliance with the regulations.	

-------
2c. Source Data Reporting

Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system: Data can be submitted on paper form or via EPA's Central Data
Exchange. Complete information on reporting options/format can be found at: http://www.epa.gov/ozone/record/index.html


Timing and frequency of reporting: Quarterly (EPA's regulations specify a quarterly reporting system for U.S. companies) and monthly
(for the International Trade Commission).

Quarterly Schedule for US Companies
Quarter 1: January 1 - March 31
Quarter 2: April 1 - June 30
Quarters: July 1 -Sept. 30
Quarter 4: October 1 - Dec. 31
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems
The Allowance Tracking System (ATS) database is maintained by the Stratospheric Protection Division (SPD). ATS is used to compile and
analyze quarterly information from companies on U.S. production, imports, exports, transformations, and allowance trades of
ozone-depleting substances (ODS), as well as monthly information on domestic production, imports, and exports from the International
Trade Commission.

The Allowance Tracking System contains transformed data.

The Allowance Tracking System meets relevant EPA standards for information system integrity.
3b. Data Quality Procedures
The ATS is programmed to ensure consistency of the data elements reported by companies. The tracking system flags inconsistent data for
review and resolution by the tracking system manager.  This information is then cross-checked with compliance data submitted by
reporting companies. SPD maintains a user's manual for the ATS that specifies the standard operating procedures for data entry and data
analysis.

The data are subject to an annual quality assurance review, coordinated by Office of Air and Radiation (OAR) staff separate from those on
the team normally responsible for data collection and maintenance.

Regional inspectors also perform inspections and audits on-site at the producers', importers', and exporters' facilities. These audits verify
the accuracy of compliance data submitted to EPA through examination of company records.

The ATS data are subject to a Quality Assurance Plan (Quality Assurance Plan, USEPA Office of Atmospheric Programs, July 2002).
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                             |
Branch Chief, Stratospheric Program Implementation Program, OAP, OAR	
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                    |
Explanation of Calculations: Data are aggregated across all U.S. companies for each individual ODS to analyze U.S. total consumption
and production.

-------
      Unit of analysis: Tons of ODP
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      Branch Chief, Stratospheric Program Implementation Program, OAF, OAR
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      None, since companies are required by the Clean Air Act to report data.
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      The Government Accounting Office (GAO) completed a review of U.S. participation in five international environmental agreements, and
      analyzed data submissions from the U.S. under the Montreal Protocol on Substances the Deplete the Ozone Layer.  No deficiencies were
      identified in their January 2003 report.  The report may be found at the following website: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d02960t.pdf
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:27 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality  Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (ORD) Measure SW1: Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Safe and Sustainable Water
Resources research program.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
2 - Protecting America's Waters
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
   Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management- Planning
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     A research product is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task.  Research products may require translation or
     synthesis before integration into an output ready for partner use."

      This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products.

     Sustainability Research Strategy, available from: http://epa.gov/sciencematters/april2011/truenorth.htm

     http://www.epa.gov/risk_assessment/health-risk.htm


      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
      2a. Original Data Source	
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress.  Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis.  At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the research program. The actual product completion date is self-reported.
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Each output is assigned to a Lab or Center representative before the start of the fiscal year. This individual provides quarterly status
      updates via ORD's Resource Management System.  Status reports are reviewed by senior management, including the Lab or Center
      Director and National Program Director.  Overall status data is generated and reviewed by ORD's Office of Program Accountability and
      Resource Management.	
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      Quarterly status updates are provided via ORD's Resource Management System.
         3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures

-------
      3a. Information Systems
      Internal database or internal tracking system such as the Resources Management System (RMS).
    |  3b. Data Quality Procedures
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress.  Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis. At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the program.	
    |  3c. Data Oversight

      The National Program Director oversees the source data reporting, specifically, the process of establishing agreement with program
      stakeholders and senior ORD managers on the list and content of the planned products, and subsequent progress, completion, and delivery
      of these products.	
    |  3d. Calculation Methodology
      At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met".  An overall percentage of planned products met by the
      program is reported.	


      4. Reporting and Oversight
    |  4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting

      The Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management is responsible for reporting program progress in meeting its target of
      completion of 100% of program planned products.

    |  4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      This measure does not capture directly the quality or impact of the research products.	
    |  4c. Third-Party Audits

      Not applicable
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:44 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OW) Measure dw2: Percent of person months during which community water systems provide drinking water that meets all
applicable health-based standards.
         1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
2 - Protecting America's Waters
        Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Protect Human Health
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                        1-Water Safe to Drink
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015,provide drinking water that meets applicable health-based drinking standards for communities
        Managing Office
   Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Community water systems —The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) defines a community water system (CWS) as a public water system
     that serves at least 15 service connections used by year-round residents or regularly serves at least 25 year-round residents. CWSs provide water to more
     than 280 million persons in the United States. They are a tremendously diverse group. CWSs range from very small, privately owned systems whose
     primary business is not supplying drinking water (e.g., mobile home parks) to very large publicly owned systems that serve millions of customers.
     2006 Community Water System Survey Volume I: Overview
     http://water.epa.gov/aboutow/ogwdw/upload/cwssreportvolumeI2006.pdf

     Person months - All persons served by CWSs times 12 months (3,525.1 million for FY2011). This measure is calculated by multiplying
     the number of months in the most recent four quarter period in which health-based violations overlap by the retail population served.

     Health-based standards ~ exceedances of a maximum contaminant level (MCL) and violations of a treatment technique
     Effective treatment
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Data are provided by agencies with primacy (primary enforcement authority) for the Public Water System Supervision (PWSS) program.
      These agencies are either: States, EPA for non-delegated states or territories, and the Navajo Nation Indian tribe, the only tribe with
      primacy.  Primacy agencies collect the data from the regulated water systems, determine compliance, and report a subset of the data to EPA
      (a subset of the inventory data and summary violations).	
      2b. Source Data Collection                                                                                                        |
      State certified laboratories report contaminant occurrence to states that, in turn, determine exceedances of maximum contaminant levels or
      non-compliance with treatment techniques and report these violations to EPA.

      Under the drinking water regulations, water systems must use approved analytical methods for testing for contaminants.
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      Public Water Sanitary System (PWSS) Regulation-Specific Reporting Requirements Guidance. Available on the Internet at

-------
http://www.epa.gov/safewater/regs.httnl
System, user, and reporting requirements documents can be found on the EPA web site, http://www.epa.gov/safewater/.

States may choose to use electronic Data Verification (eDV) tool to help improve data quality.


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems
SDWIS/STATE, a software information system jointly designed by states and EPA, to support states as they implement the drinking water
program. SDWIS/STATE is an optional data base application available for use by states and EPA regions to support implementation of
their drinking water programs, [from 3.d]: SDWIS/STATE is an optional data base application available for use by states and EPA regions to support implementation of their
drinking water programs.
U.S. EPA, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water. Data and Databases. Drinking Water Data & Databases - SDWIS/STATE, July 2002. Information available on the Internet:
http://www. epa. gov/safewater/sdwis  st/current.html

SDWIS/FED User and System Guidance Manuals (includes data entry instructions, data On-line Data Element Dictionary-a database
application, Error Code Data Base (ECDB) - a database application, users guide, release notes, etc.) Available on the Internet at
http://www.epa.gov/safewater/sdwisfed/sdwis.htm

System and user documents are accessed via the database link http://www.epa.gov/safewater/databases.html, and specific rule reporting
requirements documents are accessed via the regulations, guidance, and policy documents link http://www.epa.gov/safewater/regs.html.

Documentation is also available at the Association of State Drinking Water Administrators web site at www.ASDWA.org.

SDWIS/Fed does not have a Quality Assurance Project Plan.  The SDWIS/FED equivalent is the Data Reliability Action Plan [2006
Drinking Water Data Reliability Analysis and Action Plan, EPA-816-R-07-010 March 2008] The DRAP contains the processes and
procedures and major activities to be employed and undertaken for assuring the data in SDWIS meet required data quality standards.  This
plan has three major components: assurance, assessment, and control.

Office of Water Quality Management Plan, available at http://www.epa.gov/water/info.html	
3b.  Data Quality Procedures	
The Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water is modifying its approach to data quality review based on the recommendations of the
Data Quality Workgroup and on the Drinking Water Strategy for monitoring data.

There are quality assurance manuals for states and Regions, which provide standard operating procedures for conducting routine
assessments of the quality of the data,  including timely corrective action(s).

Reporting requirements can be found on the EPA web site, http://www.epa.gov/safewater/.
SDWIS/FED edit checks built into the software to reject erroneous data
EPA offers to reduce reporting and database errors:
1) training to states on data entry, data retrieval, compliance determination, reporting requirements and error correction, 2) user and system
documentation produced with each software release and maintained on EPA's web site, 3) Specific error correction  and reconciliation
support through a troubleshooter's guide,  4) a system-generated summary with detailed reports documenting the results of each  data
submission, 5) an error code database for states to use when they have questions on how to enter or correct data, and 6) User support

-------
hotline available 5 days a week.
3c. Data Oversight
The Infrastructure Branch Chief is responsible for overseeing source data reporting.

The Associate Director of Drinking Water Protection is responsible for overseeing information systems utilized in producing performance
results.
3d. Calculation Methodology
Person months - All persons served by CWSs times 12 months (3,525.1 million for FY2011). This measure is calculated by multiplying
the number of months in the most recent four quarter period in which health-based violations overlap by the retail population served.

SDWIS contains basic water system information, population served, and detailed records of violations of the Safe Drinking Water Act and
the statute's implementing health-based drinking water regulations.

SDWIS/FED data On-line Data Element Dictionary-a database application Available on the Internet at
http://www.epa.gov/safewater/sdwisfed/sdwis.htm

Additional information: Several improvements are underway.

First, EPA will continue to work with states to implement the DRAP, which has  already improved the completeness, accuracy, timeliness,
and consistency of the data in SDWIS/FED through: 1) training courses for specific compliance determination and reporting requirements,
2) state-specific technical assistance, 3) targeted data audits conducted each year to better understand challenges with specific rules and 4)
assistance to regions and  states in  the identification and reconciliation of missing,  incomplete, or conflicting data.

Second, more states (as of January 2011, 55  States, Tribes, and territories are using SDWIS/STATE) will use SDWIS/STATE, SDWIS/STATE
is an optional data base application available  for use by states and EPA regions to support implementation of their drinking water programs .
U.S. EPA, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water. Data and Databases. Drinking Water Data & Databases - SDWIS/STATE, July 2002. Information available on the Internet:
http://www.epa.gov/safewater/sdwis st/current.html a  software information system jointly designed by states and EPA, to support states as
they  implement the drinking water program.

Third, in 2006 EPA modified SDWIS/FED to (1) simplify the database, (2) minimize data entry options resulting in complex software, (3)1
enforce  Agency data standards, and (4) ease the flow of data to EPA through a  secure data exchange environment incorporating modern
technologies, all of which will improve the accuracy of the data. Data are stored in a data warehouse system that is optimized for analysis,
data  retrieval, and data integration from other data sources. It has improved the program's ability to more efficiently use information to
support decision-making  and effectively manage the program.

EPA has also begun  a multi-year effort to develop the  next generation information system to replace SDWIS/State.  In addition to reducing
the total cost of ownership to EPA, a high priority goal of this effort is to support  improved data quality through the evaluation of all public
water system monitoring  data.	


4. Reporting and Oversight	
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results  Reporting

The Deputy Director for the Office of Groundwater and Drinking Water and the Evaluation and Accountability Team Leader for the Office

-------
      of Water are responsible for coordinating the reporting of all measures for the Office of Water.

      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications	
      Recent state data verification and other quality assurance analyses indicate that the most significant data quality problem is under-reporting
      by the states of monitoring and health-based standards violations and inventory characteristics. The most significant under-reporting
      occurs in monitoring violations.  Even though those are not covered in the health based violation category, which is covered by the
      performance measure, failures to monitor could mask treatment technique and MCL violations. Such under-reporting of violations limits
      EPA's ability to: 1) accurately portray the percent of people affected by health-based violations, 2) target enforcement oversight, 3) target
      program assistance to primacy agencies, and 4) provide information to the public on the safety of their drinking water facilities	
      4c. Third-Party Audits

      N/A
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:1 1 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OW) Measure E: Percent of the population in Indian country served by community water systems that receive drinking water
that meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards
         1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
2 - Protecting America's Waters
        Objective Number and Title
                                                       1 - Protect Human Health
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                       1-Water Safe to Drink
        Strategic Target Code and Title
2 - By 2015, drinking water that meets health-based drinking water standards for Indian countries
        Managing Office
   Office of Groundwater and Drinking Water
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     The definition of Indian country used by the US Department of Justice can be found at this web link:
     http://www.justice.gov/usao/eousa/foia_reading_room/usam/title9/crm00677.htm


     Community water systems —The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) defines a community water system (CWS) as a public water system
     that serves at least 15 service connections used by year-round residents or regularly serves at least 25 year-round residents. In FY2011 737 CWSs in
     Indian country regulated by the EPA and Navajo Nation provided water to more than 918 thousand persons.

     Health-based drinking water standards— exceedances of a maximum contaminant level (MCL) and violations of a treatment technique


      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source	
      EPA excepts for community water systems serving the Navajo Nation, were the tribe has primacy responsibility for implementing the Safe
      Drinking Water Act.
      2b. Source  Data Collection	
      The EPA Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water (Headquarters) calculates this measure using data reported in the Safe Drinking
      Water Information System-Federal (SDWIS-FED) and provides the results to EPA Regions and the Navajo Nation.

      This measure includes federally-regulated contaminants of the following violation types: Maximum Contaminant Level, Maximum
      Residual Disinfection Limit, and Treatment Technique violations.  It includes any violations from currently open and closed community
      water systems (CWSs) that overlap any part of the most recent four quarters.
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      Public Water Sanitary System (PWSS) Regulation-Specific Reporting Requirements Guidance. Available on the Internet at
      http://www.epa.gov/safewater/regs.html
      System, user, and reporting requirements documents can be found on the EPA web site, http://www.epa.gov/safewater/.

-------
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems
SDWIS/STATE, a software information system jointly designed by states and EPA, to support states and EPA Regions as they implement
the drinking water program. SDWIS/STATE is an optional data base application available for use by states and EPA regions to support
implementation of their drinking water programs.  EPA Region 9 utilize an access database system (DIME) to collect and report on tribal
community water systems in Region 9.

SDWIS/FED User and System Guidance Manuals (includes data entry instructions, data On-line Data Element Dictionary-a database
application, Error Code Data Base (ECDB) - a database application, users guide, release notes, etc.) Available on the Internet at
http://www.epa.gov/safewater/sdwisfed/sdwis.htm

System and user documents are accessed via the database link http://www.epa.gov/safewater/databases.html, and specific rule reporting
requirements documents are accessed via the regulations, guidance, and policy documents link http://www.epa.gov/safewater/regs.html.

SDWIS/Fed does not have a Quality Assurance Project Plan.  The SDWIS/FED equivalent is the  Data Reliability Action Plan [2006
Drinking Water Data Reliability Analysis and Action Plan, EPA-816-R-07-010 March 2008] The DRAP contains the processes and
procedures and major activities to be employed and undertaken for assuring the data in SDWIS meet required data quality standards. This
plan has three major components: assurance, assessment, and control.

Office of Water Quality Management Plan, available at http://www.epa.gov/water/info.html	
3b. Data Quality Procedures	
The Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water is modifying its approach to data quality review based on the recommendations of the
Data Quality Workgroup and on the Drinking Water Strategy for monitoring data.

There are quality assurance manuals for states and Regions, which provide standard operating procedures for conducting routine
assessments of the quality of the data,  including timely corrective action(s).

Reporting requirements can be found on the EPA web site, http://www.epa.gov/safewater/.
SDWIS/FED edit checks built into the software to reject erroneous data
EPA offers to reduce reporting and database errors:
1) training to states on data entry, data retrieval, compliance determination, reporting requirements and error correction, 2) user and system
documentation produced with each software release and maintained on EPA's web site, 3) Specific error correction and reconciliation
support through a troubleshooter's guide, 4) a system-generated summary with detailed reports documenting the results of each data
submission, 5) an error code database for states to use when they have questions  on how to enter or correct data, and 6) User support
hotline available 5 days a week.
3c. Data Oversight

The Drinking  Water Protection Division Director oversees the source data reporting and the information systems producing the
performance result.	
3d. Calculation  Methodology
SDWIS/STATE, a software information system jointly designed by states and EPA, to support states as they implement the drinking water
program. SDWIS/STATE is an optional data base application available for use by states and EPA regions to support implementation of

-------
      their drinking water programs,  [from 3.d]: SDWIS/STATE is an optional data base application available for use by states and EPA regions to support implementation of their
      drinking water programs.
      U.S. EPA, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water. Data and Databases. Drinking Water Data & Databases - SDWIS/STATE, July 2002. Information available on the Internet:
      http://www.epa.gov/safewater/sdwis_st/current.html

      SDWIS/FED User and System Guidance Manuals (includes data entry instructions, data On-line Data Element Dictionary-a database
      application, Error Code Data Base (ECDB) - a database application, users guide, release notes, etc.) Available on the Internet at
      http://www.epa.gov/safewater/sdwisfed/sdwis.htm

      System and user documents are accessed via the database link http://www.epa.gov/safewater/databases.html, and specific rule reporting
      requirements documents are accessed via the regulations, guidance, and policy documents link http://www.epa.gov/safewater/regs.html.

      Documentation is also available at the Association of State Drinking Water Administrators web site at www.ASDWA.org.

      SDWIS/Fed does not have a Quality Assurance Project Plan. The SDWIS/FED equivalent is the Data Reliability Action Plan [2006
      Drinking Water Data Reliability Analysis and Action  Plan, EPA-816-R-07-010 March 2008]  The DRAP contains the processes and
      procedures and major activities to be employed and undertaken for assuring the data in SDWIS meet required data quality standards. This
      plan has three major components: assurance, assessment, and control.

      Office of Water Quality Management Plan, available at http://www.epa.gov/water/info.html	


      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting

      The Evaluation and Accountability Team Leader is responsible for overseeing the final reporting for the Office of Water

      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      Recent state and EPA Regional data verification and other quality assurance analyses indicate that the most significant data quality problem
      is under-reporting by the states of monitoring and health-based standards violations and inventory characteristics. The most significant
      under-reporting occurs in  monitoring violations. Even though those are not covered in the health based violation category, which is
      covered by the performance measure, failures to monitor could mask treatment technique and MCL violations.  Such under-reporting of
      violations limits EPA's  ability to: 1) accurately portray the percent of people affected by health-based violations, 2) target enforcement
      oversight, 3) target program assistance to primacy agencies, and 4) provide information to the public on the safety of their drinking water
      facilities	
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                                |

      N/A
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:07:55 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OW)  Measure bps: Number of TMDLs that are established or approved by EPA [Total TMDL] on a schedule consistent with
national policy (cumulative). [A TMDL is a technical plan for reducing pollutants in order to attain water quality standards. The terms
"approved" and "established" refer to the completion and approval of the TMDL itself.]
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
2 - Protecting America's Waters
        Objective Number and Title
2 - Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Improve Water Quality on a Watershed Basis
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - Attain water quality standards for all pollutants and impairments in more than 3,360 water bodies id
        Managing Office
   Office of Wetlands Oceans and Watersheds
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     TMDL: A Total Daily Maximum Load (TMDL) is a calculation of the maximum amount of a pollutant that a waterbody can receive and
     still safely meet water quality standards. A TMDL is a technical plan for reducing pollutants in order to attain water quality standards. For
     the purposes of this measure, each individual pollutant for which an allocation has been established/approved is counted as a TMDL. The
     development of TMDLs for an impaired waterbody is a critical step toward meeting water restoration goals.
     TMDLs focus on clearly defined environmental goals and establish a pollutant budget, which is then implemented via permit requirements
     or a wide variety of state, local, and federal programs (which may be regulatory, non-regulatory, or incentive-based, depending on the
     program), as well as voluntary action by citizens.

     TMDLs established/approved: The terms "approved" and "established" refer to the completion and approval of the TMDL itself.  While
     the majority of TMDLs are developed by states, territories, or authorized tribes, EPA in some instances may establish a TMDL if:
     •  EPA disapproves TMDLs submitted by states, territories, or authorized tribes,
     •  States, territories, or authorized tribes do not submit TMDLs in a timely manner,
     •  EPA is required to do so pursuant to litigation settlements or judicial orders, or
     •  States ask EPA to establish TMDLs for particular water bodies.

     Schedule consistent with national policy: National policy states that TMDLs  are typically established and approved within 8 to 13 years
     of the water having been listed as impaired under Clean Water Act Section 303(d). The "state pace" is the number of TMDLs needing to be
     completed in a given state in a given fiscal year (these TMDLs may eventually be developed by either the state and approved by EPA or
     established by EPA). State pace is based on state litigation or other schedules or straight-line rates that ensure that national policy is  met.
     Regions collaborate with States to set targets for the number of TMDLs projected to be completed in a given fiscal year.  EPA policy has
     been that targets should be within 80 to 100% of the pace.

     Cumulative trend information:
     Background:

-------
   EPA and States have developed more than 49,000 TMDLs thru FY 2011.
   Projecting state TMDL production numbers several months in advance continues to be a challenge as resource constraints and technical
   and legal  challenges still exist.  There has also been a notable shift toward the development of more difficult TMDLs that take more
   time and resources.
   As TMDLs and other watershed-related activities are developed and implemented, waterbodies that were once impaired will meet water
   quality standards.  Thus these TMDL measures are closely tied to the program assessment measures WQ-SP10.N11 and WQ-SP-11,
   "Number  of waterbody segments identified by States  in 2002 as not attaining standards, where water quality standards are now fully
   attained," and "remove the specific causes of waterbody impairment identified by states in 2002.'
   The number of TMDLs needed to address outstanding  causes of impairment changes with each 303(d) list cycle; therefore, a baseline as
   such is not appropriate for these measures.
   For more information, please visit http://www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl/


2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
2a. Original Data Source

State-submitted and EPA-approved TMDLs or EPA-established TMDLs
2b. Source Data Collection
State-submitted and EPA-approved TMDLs and EPA-established TMDLs are publicly reviewed during their development.  Electronic and
hard copies of state-submitted and EPA-approved TMDLs are made available by states and often linked to EPA Web sites.  The Watershed
Assessment, Tracking, and Environmental Results system allows search for TMDL documents at
http://www.epa.gov/waters/tmdl/tmdl document search.html.
Explanation:
Office of Water Quality  Management Plan. EPA  requires that organizations prepare  a document called a QMP that: documents  the
organization's quality policy; describes its quality system; and identifies the environmental programs to which the quality system applies
(e.g., those programs involved in the collection or use of environmental data).	
2c. Source Data Reporting                                                                                                      |

Relevant information from each TMDL is entered into the Assessment and Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Tracking And
ImplementatioN System (ATTAINS) data entry system and made available to the public via the web reports.  See
http://www.epa.gov/waters/ir.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                      |
 The Assessment and Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Tracking And ImplementatioN System (ATTAINS) is the database which
captures water quality information related to this measure. ATTAINS is an integrated system that documents and manages the connections
between state assessment and listing decisions reported under sections 305(b) and 303(d) (i.e., integrated reporting) and completed TMDLs.
This system holds information about assessment decisions and restoration actions across reporting cycles and over time until water quality
standards are attained.  Annual TMDL totals by state, fiscal year, and pollutant are available at
http://iaspub.epa.gov/waterslO/attains_nation_cy.control?p_report_type=T#APRTMDLSand TMDL document searches can be conducted
at http://www.epa.gov/waters/tmdl/tmdl  document  search.html. More information about ATTAINS can be found at
http://www.epa.gov/waters/data/prog.html and http://www.epa.gov/waters/ir/about  integrated.html.

-------


The Watershed Assessment, Tracking, and Environmental Results System (WATERS) is used to provide water program information and
display it spatially using a geographic information system (National Hydrography Dataset (NHD)) integrated with several of EPA's
existing databases.  These databases include the STOrage and RETrieval (STORET) database, the Assessment TMDL Tracking and
ImplementatioN System (ATTAINS), the Water Quality  Standards Database (WQSDB), and the Grants Tracking and Reporting System
(GRTS). This water quality information was previously available only from several independent and unconnected databases. General
information about WATERS is available at: http://www.epa.gov/waters/, a system architecture diagram is available at:
http://www.epa.gov/waters/about/arch.html, and information about WATERS geographic data is available at:
http: //www. epa. gov/waters/ab out/geography. html.
3b. Data Quality Procedures
QA/QC of data is provided by EPA Regional staff and through cross-checks of ATTAINS information regarding impaired water listings,
consistent with the Office of Water Quality Management Plan (QMP).  EPA requires that organizations prepare a document called a QMP
that: documents the organization's  quality  policy; describes its quality system; and identifies the environmental programs to which the
quality system applies (e.g., those programs involved in the collection or use of environmental data).
3c. Data Oversight

 The Assessment and Watershed Protection Division Director is responsible for overseeing the source data reporting and information
systems.	
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                    |
Additional information: Internal reviews of data quality revealed some inconsistencies in the methodology of data entry between EPA
Regional Offices.  In 2005  and 2006, EPA convened a meeting of NTTS users to discuss how to improve the database.  As a result, data
field definitions were clarified, the users' group was reinstituted, several training sessions were scheduled, and an ATTAINS design made
the necessary database upgrades.  One of the issues raised included the methodology used to count TMDLs. Previous methodology
generated a TMDL "count" based on the causes of impairment removed from the 303(d) impaired waters list as well as the TMDL
pollutant. EPA proposed to change the counting methodology to directly reflect only the pollutants given allocations in TMDLs. During a
recent EPA Office of the Inspector General review they concurred with this recommendation. This proposed change was vetted during the
TMDL Program's annual meeting in March 2007 and implemented in August 2007, resulting in a cumulative net reduction of 1,577
TMDLs.

Guidance:
Detailed measure guidance reporting can be found under the water quality sub-objective (WQ-8a) at
http://water.epa.gov/resourcejerformance/planning/FY-2012-NWPG-Measure-Definitions-Water-Quality.cfm	


4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                      |
The Headquarters point of contact for this measure works with Regions to address any questions and to ensure the TMDL information is correctly
entered into and made available to the public in ATTAINS.

Branch Chief for Watershed Branch (WB) is responsible for tracking and reporting on this measure.
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                               |
To meet the increasing need for readily accessible CWA information, EPA continues to improve the database and oversee quality review of

-------
      existing data. Data quality has been improving and will continue to improve as existing data entry requirements and procedures are being
      re-evaluated and communicated with data entry practitioners.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                         |
      USEPA, Office of the Inspector General.  2007.  Total Maximum Daily Load Program Needs Better Data and Measures to Demonstrate
      Environmental Results.  Available at http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2007/20070919-2007-P-00036.pdf

      USEPA, Office of the Inspector General.  2005.  Sustained Commitment Needed to Further  Advance the Watershed Approach.  Available
      at http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2005/20050921-2005-P-00025.pdf

      National Research Council, Committee to Assess the Scientific Basis of the Total Maximum Daily Load Approach to Water Pollution
      Reduction. 2001. Assessing the TMDL Approach to Water Quality Management.  Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
      http://www.nap.edu/openbook.php?isbn=0309075793
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:27 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OW) Measure l_: Number of waterbody segments identified by States in 2002 as not attaining standards, where water quality
standards are now fully attained (cumulative).
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
2 - Protecting America's Waters
        Objective Number and Title
2 - Protect and Restore Watersheds and Aquatic Ecosystems
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Improve Water Quality on a Watershed Basis
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - Attain water quality standards for all pollutants and impairments in more than 3,360 water bodies id
        Managing Office
   Office of Wetlands Oceans and Watersheds
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Waterbody segments:  A geographically defined portion of navigable waters, waters of the contiguous zone, and ocean waters under the
     jurisdiction of the United States, including segments of rivers, streams, lakes, wetlands, coastal waters and ocean waters.

     Identified by States in 2002 as not attaining standards: In 2002, an estimated 39,503 water bodies were identified by states or EPA as
     not meeting water quality standards. These water bodies and water body segments were identified in state-submitted section 303(d) lists,
     section 305(b) reports, and Integrated Reports, for the 2002 reporting cycle. (See EPA's guidance for such reporting under "303(d) Listing
     of Impaired Waters Guidance" at http ://www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl/guidance.html.)  Impairments identified after 2002 are not considered in
     counting waters under this measure; such impairments may be considered when revising this measure for future updates of the Strategic
     Plan.

     The universe for this measure, the estimated 39,503 water bodies identified by states or EPA as not meeting water quality standards in 2002,
     is sometimes referred to as the "fixed base" or "SP-10 baseline." The universe includes all waters in categories  5, 4a, 4b, and 4c in 2002. Of
     these waters, 1,703  are impaired by multiple pollutants including mercury, and 6,501 are impaired by mercury alone.

     States: All 50 states.

     Water quality standards are now fully attained: Attaining water quality standards means that the water body is no longer impaired for
     any of the causes identified in 2002, as reflected in subsequent state-submitted assessments and EPA-approved 303(d) lists. Impairment
     refers to an "impairment cause" in state- or EPA-reported data, stored in ATTAINS (Assessment Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL)
     Tracking and Implementation System) or its predecessors NTTS (National TMDL Tracking System) or ADB (Assessment Database). (Any
     water body listed as impaired in these data bases must have an impairment cause entered.) There are several reasons why EPA or states may
     determine that specific waterbodies listed as impaired in 2002, the baseline year, are no longer impaired in the current reporting year. For
     example, water quality might improve due to EPA or state actions to reduce point and nonpoint source discharges of pollutants. In other
     cases, a state or EPA might conduct more robust monitoring studies and use these data to complete more accurate assessments of water
     quality conditions. In some cases, a state might modify its water quality standards, in accordance with EPA's regulations, to update scientific
     criteria or to better reflect the highest attainable conditions for its waters. Each of these examples represents a case where an impaired water

-------
may no longer exceed water quality standards. Any such removals of waterbody impairments will be recorded based on reports from states
scheduled every two years through 2012.

Background:
• This is a cumulative measure, and it was first tracked in FY 2007.  The FY 2007 target was 1,166; actual results were 1,409. The FY 2008
target was 1,550; actual results were 2,165.  The FY 2009 target for this measure was 2,270; the actual result was 2,505.  The FY 2010
target for this measure was 2,809; the actual result was 2,909.  The FY 2011 target for this measure was 3,073; the actual results were 3,119.
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 Regional EPA staff, who review and approve states' 303(d) lists.
 2b. Source Data Collection
 Approval and Review of 303(d) lists by regional EPA staff:  EPA reviews and approves state determinations that water by segments have
 fully attained standards. The primary data source is state 303(d) lists of their impaired waterbodies needing development of TMDLs, and
 required submittals of monitoring information pursuant to section 305(b) of the Clean Water Act. These lists/reports are submitted each
 biennial reporting cycle. EPA regional staffs interact with the states during the process of approval of the lists to ensure the integrity of the
 data, consistent with the Office of Water Quality Management Plan (QMP). [EPA review and approval is governed by the Office of Water
 Quality Management Plan (QMP).]

 State 303(d) submissions:
 States submit 303(d) lists of impaired waterbodies needing development of TMDLs and monitoring information pursuant to section 305(b)
 of the Clean Water Act. States prepare lists/reports using actual water quality monitoring data, probability-based monitoring information,
 and other existing and readily available information and knowledge the state has, in order to make comprehensive determinations
 addressing the total extent of the state's waterbody impairments.  States exercise considerable discretion in using monitoring data and other
 available information to make decisions about which waters meet their designated uses in accordance with state water quality standards.

 States employ various analytical methods of data collection, compilation, and reporting including:
 1) Direct water samples of chemical, physical, and biological parameters;
 2) Predictive models of water quality standards attainment;
 3) Probabilistic models of pollutant sources; and
 4) Compilation of data from volunteer groups, academic interests and others. EPA-supported models include BASINS, QUAL2E,
 AQUATOX, and CORMIX. (Descriptions of these models and instructions for their use can be found at
 http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/models/.)

 Most states have provided this information in Integrated Reports, pursuant to EPA guidance.  An Integrated Report is a biennial state
 submittal that includes the state's findings on the status of all its assessed waters (as required under section 305(b) of the Clean Water Act),
 a listing of its impaired waters and the causes of impairment, and the status of actions being taken to restore impaired waters (as required
 under section 303(d)).

-------
QA/QC of data provided by states pursuant to individual state 303(d) lists (under CWA Section 303(d)) and/or Integrated 305(b)/303(d)
Reports) is dependent on individual state procedures. EPA enhanced two existing data management tools (STORET and the National
Assessment Database) so that they include documentation of data quality information.

EPA released the Water Quality Exchange (WQX) which provides data exchange capability to any organization that generates data of
documented quality and would like to contribute that data to the national STORET data warehouse so that their data may be used in
combination with other sources of data to track improvements in individual watersheds. Currently data providers must transmit data and
required documentation through their own Exchange Network node. EPA rolled out a web data entry tool called WQXweb for users who
have not invested in the node technology.


2c. Source Data Reporting	
Once EPA approves a state's 303(d) list, the information is entered into EPA's Assessment, TMDL Tracking, and Implementation System
ATTAINS. After approving a state's 303(d) list, EPA reviews waterbodies in the 2002 universe to determine progress in achieving annual
commitments for this measure (coded as SP-10). A waterbody may be counted under this measure when it attains water quality standards
for all impairments identified in the 2002 reporting cycle, as reflected in subsequent Integrated Reports.  Impairments that are identified in
later Integrated Reports  are not considered for this measure.

Waters that are delisted for the following reasons can be counted toward meeting this measure:
Delisting Reason in ATTAINS
8. Applicable WQS attained; due to restoration
activities
9. Applicable WQS attained; due to change in
WQS
10. Applicable WQS attained; according to new
assessment method.
1 1 . Applicable WQS attained; threatened water
no longer threatened.
1 2. Applicable WQS attained; reason for recovery
unspecified.
1 3. Applicable WQS attained; original basis for
listing was incorrect.
14. Data and. or information lacking to
determine water quality status; original basis for
listing was incorrect.
Can Removal of Impairment Cause Be Used in
Reporting Under SP-10?
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
measure are then entered by the EPA Regional Offices into EPA's Annual Commitment System (ACS).

Guidance Documents
                                                                                               Results for this performance

-------
•       The Office of Water has been working with states to improve the guidance under which 303(d) lists are prepared. In 2005, EPA
issued listing guidance entitled Guidance for 2006 Assessment, Listing, and Reporting Requirements Pursuant to Sections 303(d), 305(b),
and 314 of the Clean Water Act.  This document provided a comprehensive compilation of relevant guidance EPA had issued to date
regarding the Integrated Report. It included some specific changes from the 2004 guidance. For example, the 2006 Integrated Report
Guidance  provided greater clarity on the content and format of those components of the Integrated Report that are recommended and
required under Clean Water Act sections 303(d), 305(b), and 314. The guidance also gave additional clarity and flexibility on reporting
alternatives to TMDLs for attaining water quality standards (e.g., utilization of reporting Category 4b). Available at:
http://www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl/2006IRG.
•       In 2008, USEPA' s Office of Water published Information Concerning 2008 Clean Water Act Sections  303(d), 305(b), and 314
Integrated Reporting and Listing Decisions.  Available at http://www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl/2008 ir memorandum.html.
•       In May 2009 EPA released Information Concerning 2010 Clean Water Act Sections 303(d), 305(b), and 314 Integrated Reporting
and Listing Decisions,   www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl/guidance/fmal52009.pdf
•   EPA issued a 2010 Integrated Report clarification memo (released May 5, 2009 available at
http://www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl/guidance/fmal52009.html) which includes suggestions for the use of the rotating basin approach and
Category 3, circumstances and expectation for "partial approval/further review pending" determinations, and using and reporting on
Statewide Statistical Survey Data in ATTAINS and the National Water Quality Inventory Report to Congress .
•   The Consolidated Assessment and Listing Methodology - Toward a Compendium of Best Practices (released on the Web July 31,
2002, at www.epa.gov/owow/monitoring/calm.html^ intended to facilitate increased consistency in monitoring program design and the data
and decision criteria used to support water quality assessments.
The Office of Water (OW) and EPA's Regional Offices have developed the Elements of a State Water Monitoring and Assessment
Program (March 2008). This guidance describes ten elements that each  state water quality monitoring program should contain and directs
states to develop monitoring strategies that propose time-frames for implementing all ten elements.
 •  Reporting guidelines for this measure can be found under the water quality sub-objective (SP-10 code) at:
    http://water.epa.gov/resource _performance/planning/FY-2012-NWPG-Measure-Defmitions-Water-Quality.cfm#Measure%20Code_%2
    OWQ_SP10_N11	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems                                                                                                      |

The Assessment and Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Tracking And ImplementatioN System (ATTAINS) is the database which
captures water quality information related to this measure. ATTAINS is an integrated system that documents and manages the connections
between state assessment and listing decisions reported under sections 305(b)  and 303(d) (i.e., integrated reporting) and completed TMDLs.
This system holds information about assessment decisions and restoration actions across reporting cycles and over time until water quality
standards are attained.  Annual TMDL totals by state, fiscal year, and pollutant are available at
http://iaspub.epa.gov/waterslO/attains_nation_cy.control?p_report_type=T#APRTMDLSand TMDL document searches can be conducted
at http://www.epa.gov/waters/tmdl/tmdl document  search.html. More information about ATTAINS can be found at
http://www.epa.gov/waters/data/prog.html and http://www.epa.gov/waters/ir/about integrated.html.


The Watershed  Assessment, Tracking, and Environmental Results System (WATERS) is used to provide water program information and
display  it spatially using a geographic information system (National  Hydrography  Dataset (NHD)) integrated with several of EPA's
existing databases.  These databases include the STOrage and RETrieval  (STORET) database, the Assessment TMDL Tracking and
ImplementatioN System (ATTAINS), the Water Quality Standards  Database (WQSDB), and the Grants Tracking  and Reporting System

-------

(GRTS).  This water quality information was previously available only from several independent and unconnected databases. General
information  about  WATERS  is  available  at:    http://www.epa.gov/waters/,  a  system  architecture  diagram  is  available  at:
http: //www. epa. gov/waters/ab out/arch. html,    and   information   about    WATERS    geographic   data   is   available    at:
http: //www. epa. gov/waters/ab out/geography. html.	
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                   |
Water Management Divisions in EPA Regional Offices have responsibility for oversight, review and quality assurance of the performance
data reported to EPA by the original data source which is the individual states.	
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                           |
(1) Source Data Reporting: Water Management Divisions in the EPA Regional Offices. (2) Information Systems Oversight: System
Manager for ATTAINS; System Manager for WATERS	
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                  |
While ATTAINS is the repository for 303(d) lists and 305(b) reports, it is not yet used for tracking performance and success for this
measure.  EPA is continuing to work to address discrepancies between Regional data records and ATTAINS.

USEPA, 2008, EPA 's 2008 Report on the Environment (FinalReport)  http://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/cfm/recordisplay.cfm?deid= 190806

USEPA. 2003. Draft Report on the Environment 2003 . EPA 260-R-02-006. Available at
http://nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ZyNET.exe/500001GN. TXT?ZyActionD=ZyDocument&Client=EPA&Index=2000+Thru+2005&File=D%3A%5
CZYFILES%5CINDEX+DATA%5COOTHRU05%5CTXT%5C00000006%5C500001GN.TXT&User=anonymous&Password=anonymous
&ImageQuality=r85gl6%2Fr85gl6%2Fxl50yl50gl6%2Fi500&Display=hpfrw&Back=ZyActionS&MaximumPages=5&Query=fname%
3D%22500001GN. TXT%22

USEPA, Office of the Chief Financial Officer.  2003. 2003-2008 Strategic Plan: Direction for the Future . This and other past  Strategic
plans can be found at: http://epa.gov/planandbudget/archive.html.
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting	

Deputy Director of the Assessment and Watershed Protection Division is responsible for overseeing final reporting of measure.

4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications

Delays are often encountered in state 303(d) lists and 305(b) submissions, and in EPA's approval of the 303(d) portion of these biennial
submissions. EPA encourages states to effectively assess their waters and make all necessary efforts to ensure the timely submittal of
required Clean Water Act Section 303(d) impaired waters lists. EPA will continue to work with states to facilitate accurate, comprehensive,
and georeferenced data submissions. Also, EPA is heightening efforts to ensure expeditious review of the 303(d) list submissions with
national consistency. Timely submittal and EPA review of integrated reports is important to demonstrate state and EPA success in
accomplishing Strategic Plan goals for water quality.

Data may not precisely represent the extent of impaired waters because states do not employ a monitoring design that monitors all their
waters. States, territories and tribes collect data and information on only  a portion of their waterbodies. States do not use a consistent suite
of water quality indicators to assess attainment of water quality standards. For example, indicators of aquatic life use support range from

-------
biological community assessments to levels of dissolved oxygen to concentrations of toxic pollutants. These variations in state practices
limit how the CWA Sections 305(b) reports and the 303(d) lists provided by states can be used to describe water quality at the national
level. There are also differences among sampling techniques and standards.

State assessments of water quality may include uncertainties associated with derived or modeled data. Differences in monitoring designs
among and within states prevent the agency from aggregating water quality assessments at the national level with known statistical
confidence. States, territories, and authorized tribes monitor to identify problems and typically lag times between data collection and
reporting can vary by state.

Additionally, states exercise considerable discretion in using monitoring data and other available information to make decisions about
which waters meet their designated uses in accordance with state water quality standards. EPA then aggregates these various state decisions
to generate national performance measures.

Impact of Supplemental Funding.   In FY 2010 and CR 2011, the program which this measure supports receives funding from the American
Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA). Results from that funding will be reflected in this measure, because it cannot easily be separated
from results related to other EPA funding.	
4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                           |
Independent reports have cited the  ways in which weaknesses in monitoring and reporting of monitoring data undermine EPA's ability to
depict the condition of the Nation's waters and to support scientifically sound water program decisions. The most recent reports include the
following:
•       USEPA, Office of the Inspector General. 2009. EPA Needs to Accelerate Adoption of Numeric Nutrient Water Quality
Standards.   Available at www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2009/20090826-09-P-0223.pdf
•       USEPA, Office of the Inspector General. 2007. Total Maximum Daily Load Program Needs Better Data and Measures to
Demonstrate Environmental Results.  Available at http ://www. epa. gov/oig/reports/2007/20070919-2007-P-0003 6.pdf.
•       Government Accountability Office. 2003.  Water Quality:  Improved EPA Guidance and Support Can Help States Develop
Standards That Better Target Cleanup Efforts . GAO-03-308. Washington, DC.  www.gao.gov/new.items/d03308.pdf
•       Government Accountability Office. 2002.  Water Quality:  Inconsistent State Approaches Complicate Nation's Efforts to Identify
its Most Polluted W aters. GAO-02-186. Washington, DC. www.epa.gov/waters/doc/gaofeb02.pdf
•       Government Accountability Office. 2000.  Water Quality:  Key EPA and State Decisions Limited by Inconsistent and Incomplete
Data  . GAO-RCED-00-54. Washington, DC.  www.gao.gov/products/RCED-00-54

In response to these evaluations, EPA has been working with states and other stakeholders to improve: 1) data coverage, so that state
reports reflect the condition of all waters of the state; 2) data consistency to facilitate comparison and aggregation of state data to the
national level; and  3) documentation so that data limitations and discrepancies are fully understood by data users. EPA has taken several
steps in an effort to make these improvements:

First, EPA enhanced two existing data management tools (STORET  and the National Assessment Database) so that they include
documentation of data quality information.

Second, EPA has developed a GIS  tool called WATERS that integrates many databases including STORET, ATTAINS, and a water quality
standards database. These integrated databases facilitate comparison and understanding of differences among state standards, monitoring
activities, and assessment results.

-------
      Third, EPA and states have developed guidance. The 2006 Integrated Report Guidance (released August 3, 2005 at
      http://www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl/2006IRG) provides comprehensive direction to states on fulfilling reporting requirements of Clean Water
      Act sections 305(b) and 303(d). EPA also issued a 2010 Integrated Report clarification memo (released May 5, 2009 available at
      http://www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl/guidance/fmal52009.html) which includes suggestions for the use of the rotating basin approach and
      Category 3, circumstances and expectation for "partial approval/further review pending" determinations, and using and reporting on
      Statewide Statistical Survey Data in ATTAINS and the National Water Quality Inventory Report to Congress.

      Also, the Consolidated Assessment and Listing Methodology - Toward a Compendium of Best Practices (released on the Web July 31,
      2002, at www.epa.gov/owow/monitoring/calm.html) intended to facilitate increased consistency in monitoring program design and the data
      and decision criteria used to support water quality assessments.

      Fourth, the Office of Water (OW) and EPA's Regional Offices have  developed the Elements of a State Water Monitoring and Assessment
      Program (March 2008). This guidance describes ten elements that each state water quality monitoring program should contain and directs
      states to develop monitoring strategies that propose time-frames for implementing all ten elements. (USEPA, Office of Water. 2003.
      Elements of a State  Water Monitoring and Assessment Program. EPA 841-B-03-003. Washington, DC. Available at
      www.epa.gov/owow/monitoring/elements/.)
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:26 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (ORD) Measure HCl : Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Safe and Healthy Communities
research program.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
   Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management- Planning
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     A research product is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task.  Research products may require translation or
     synthesis before integration into an output ready for partner use."

      This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products.

     Sustainability Research Strategy, available from: http://epa.gov/sciencematters/april2011/truenorth.htm

     http://www.epa.gov/risk_assessment/health-risk.htm


      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
      2a. Original Data Source	
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress.  Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis.  At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the research program. The actual product completion date is self-reported.
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Each output is assigned to a Lab or Center representative before the start of the fiscal year. This individual provides quarterly status
      updates via ORD's Resource Management System. Status reports are reviewed by senior management, including the Lab or Center
      Director and National Program Director.  Overall status data is generated and reviewed by ORD's Office of Program Accountability and
      Resource Management.	
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      Quarterly status updates are provided via ORD's Resource Management System.
         3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures

-------
      3a. Information Systems
      Internal database or internal tracking system such as the Resources Management System (RMS).
    |  3b. Data Quality Procedures
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress.  Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis. At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the program.	
    |  3c. Data Oversight

      The National Program Director oversees the source data reporting, specifically, the process of establishing agreement with program
      stakeholders and senior ORD managers on the list and content of the planned products, and subsequent progress, completion, and delivery
      of these products.	
    |  3d. Calculation Methodology
      At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met".  An overall percentage of planned products met by the
      program is reported.	


      4. Reporting and Oversight
    |  4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting

      The Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management is responsible for reporting program progress in meeting its target of
      completion of 100% of program planned products.

    |  4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      This measure does not capture directly the quality or impact of the research products.	
    |  4c. Third-Party Audits

      Not applicable
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:44 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name (OSWER) Measure B29: Brownfield properties assessed.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
                                                       1 - Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
2 - Assess and Cleanup Brownfields
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, conduct environmental assessments at 20,600 (cumulative) brownfield properties
        Managing Office
   Brownfields
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Properties Assessed — Number of properties that have been environmentally assessed for the first time using EPA Brownfields funding.

     A property will be counted for this measure if the property has not previously been counted for this annual performance measure as a result
     of other assessments completed with regular EPA Brownfields funding.

     A "property" is defined as a contiguous piece of land under unitary ownership.  A property may contain several smaller components, parcels
     or areas.

     "Assessments" can consist of a Phase I assessment, Phase II assessment, and/or supplemental assessments. Assessments are deemed
     complete when the reports for those assessments are deemed complete.

     A Phase I assessment report is final when an environmental professional or state official has signed and dated the report as required in the
     final rule (see 40 CFR 312.21 (c).

     For Phase II, the report is final when an environmental professional or state official has prepared an environmental assessment report that
     has been accepted  by the grant recipient.
     For a supplemental  assessment, the report is considered final when it has been accepted by the cooperative agreement recipient.

     For additional information: http://www.epa.gov/brownfields/index.html
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Assessments are funded either through cooperative agreements, or through EPA contracts (for Targeted Brownfields Assessments (TBAs)).
      Cooperative agreement recipients (or sub-recipients) and contractors submit performance data to EPA in quarterly reports, and property
      profile reports. On a limited basis EPA personnel are allowed to update or supplement information when a cooperative agreement has been
      closed and outcomes have been reported to EPA.

-------
2b. Source Data Collection
Field sampling is utilized during the assessment process to determine cleanup needs and to develop assessment reports. Formal completion
of assessment reports is tabulated for this measure. Data collection is ongoing as projects are implemented. Reporting instructions indicate
that accomplishments are to be recorded as they occur.

Assessment Pathways - Assessments meeting this definition can be completed by using funds via an Assessment Award, a Targeted
Brownfields Assessment (TEA) or by completing activities funded by 128(a) awards.


Geographic Detail: As of FY12 ACRES leverages a Google Maps application within the system to assign geocoordinates based on address
information. Any deviation from these coordinated requires a manual override by the reporting party.


All the Brownfields cooperative agreements have a QA term and condition.  Project-level QA documents (i.e. QAPPs) are a minimum
requirement for EPA funding of Brownfields activities which include environmental data collection. The program prepares and provides
the QA term and condition to the regional offices and requires them to include it in the cooperative agreements. The QA term and
condition for Brownfields Assessment cooperative agreements reads as follows:

"B.  Quality Assurance (QA) Requirement.  1.  When environmental samples are collected as part of the brownfields assessment, the
CAR shall comply with 40 CFR Part 31.45 requirements to develop and implement quality assurance practices sufficient to produce data
adequate to meet project objectives and to minimize data loss. State law may impose additional QA requirements. "

EPA contractors conducting Targeted Brownfiels Assessment should develop site-specific Quality Assurance Project Plans (QAPP) for
environmental assessment activities or a site-specific QAPP addendum if a Generic QAPP has already been approved for assessment
activities.  The EPA requires all environmental  monitoring and measurement efforts be conducted in accordance with approved QAPPs.
The purpose of the QAPP is to document the project planning process, enhance the credibility of sampling results, produce data of known
quality, and potentially save time and money by gathering data that meets the needs of the project and intended use of the data. The QAPP
is a formal document describing in comprehensive detail the necessary QA/QC and other technical activities that must be conducted to
ensure the results of the work performed will satisfy performance criteria and can be used for their intended purposes.  All QA/QC
procedures shall be in accordance with applicable professional technical standards, EPA requirements, government regulations and
guidelines, and specific project goals and requirements.

OSWER has available the following guidance: "Quality Assurance Guidance for Conducting Brownfields Assessments." EPA
540-R-98-038. 1998.
Quality Assurance Guidance for Conducting Brownfields Assessments 1998.pdf
2c. Source Data Reporting
Cooperative agreement recipients (or sub-recipients) and contractors submit performance data to EPA in quarterly reports, and property
profile reports. A Property Profile Form (PPF) collects information (environmental, historical, physical) from a property-specific
investigation funded under the Brownfields Program.

Contract Agreement recipients have 3 submission options: complete and submit the Property Profile Form (PPF) in online format

-------
connected to the Assessment, Cleanup and Redevelopment Exchange System (ACRES) database; fill out a PPF version in Microsoft Excel
format and submit it via e-mail or regular mail to the EPA Regional Representative; or for multiple properties (more than ten properties) fill
out a multi-property Excel spreadsheet and submit it via email; or regular mail to the EPA Regional Representative. Any paper forms are
entered into ACRES via EPA contractor.

The Property Profile Form is an approved OMB form - OMB No. 2050-0192.  Online forms available to registered users here:
http://www.epa.gov/brownfields/pubs/index.html.
EPA contractors conducting TBAs provide the assessment report to the EPA Region, who in turn enters the data into ACRES.  In some
cases, the contractor will also provide a filled-out PPF.

In accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the Brownfields Cooperative Agreements, all Brownfields cooperative agreement
recipients (CARs) must report accomplishments to EPA on a quarterly basis. Quarterly reports are due 30 days from the end of the federal
fiscal quarter.
                                                _,.,
 2009_multiple_ppf_template_external.xls  2009_property_profile_form_instructions.pdf
2009_property_profile_form.xls
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems
Assessment, Cleanup, and Redevelopment Exchange System (ACRES). This database is the master database of all data supporting
OBLR measures. Recipients and EPA report directly into ACRES.  It includes source data and transformed data (e.g., data aggregated into
Regional totals ). http://www.epa.gov/brownfields/pubs/acres/index.htm provides more information about this database.


ACRES quality is assured by adherence to a security plan and quality management plan:
— Security plan.  The latest version of the security plan for ACRES is dated 11/2009.  Contact Ryan Smith in OSWER for a copy of the
security plan.

— Quality Management Plan.  ACRES operates under its own Quality Management Plan (Data Quality Management Plan for the
Assessment, Cleanup, and Redevelopment Exchange System,  Version 1.02 ), which is updated annually, has been updated as of 2/2010.
Contact Ryan Smith for the most recent copy of the QMP.

OSWER Performance Assessment Tool (PAT).  This tool serves as the primary external servicing resource for organizing and reporting
OSWER's performance data, which collects information from OSWER program  systems, and conforms it for uniform reporting and data
provisioning. PAT captures data from CERCLIS; replicates business logic used  by CERCLIS for calculating measures;  delivers that data
to EPA staff and managers via a business intelligence dashboard interface for analytic and reporting use;; and transmits  data to BAS. No
current system specifications document is currently available for PAT, but will be provided when available. Contact Lisa Jenkins in
OSWER regarding  questions about PAT.

-------
PAT operates under the OSWER Quality Management Plan (QMP), attached.
            •31'-
            1B
OSWER QMP printed 2010-03-23.pdf

PAT has a security certification confirming that a security policy is not necessary because no sensitive data are handled and PAT is built
upon the Oracle-based business intelligence system.  PAT's security certification indicates that it follows all security guidelines for EPA's
Oracle Portal and that PAT is (1) not defined as a "Major Application" according to NIST Special Publication 800-18, Guide for
Developing Security Plans for Information Technology Systems, section 2.3.1; (2) does not store, process, or transmit information that the
degree of sensitivity is assessed as high by considering the requirements for availability, integrity, and confidentiality according to NIST
Special Publication 800-18, Guide for Developing Security Plans for Information Technology Systems,  section 3.7.2. (3) is not covered by
EPA Order 2100.2A1 Information Technology Capital Planning and Investment Control (CPIC).  The security certification, attached, was
submitted on 9/11/2008.
 PAT SecurityCertificationNIST.doc

Budget Automation System (BAS). BAS is the final repository of the performance values.
3b. Data Quality Procedures
Data reported by cooperative award agreement recipients are reviewed by EPA Regional grant managers for accuracy, to verify activities
and accomplishments, and to ensure appropriate interpretation of performance measure definitions.

Step 1.  Performance measure data entered into ACRES by recipients and/or EPA HQ contractor (for data submitted by recipients in an
alternate format, such as hard copy).  For each cooperative agreement recipient,, all data entered are signed off by the EPA Regional
Representative (Regional Project Officer) identified in the terms and conditions of the cooperative agreement. For contractors, the EPA Regional
COR/WAM signs off on the data.

Step 2.  Each Region conducts Regional level review of data from the ACRES system. Rejected data must be edited by the original data
source.  Approved data proceed to Step 3.

Step 3.  HQ conducts National level review (EPA HQ contractors) of data approved by regions. Rejected data must be edited by the region
(Step 2). Approved data is stored in ACRES.

Step 4.  Each quarter, OSWER Performance Assessment Tool (PAT) database pulls the approved data (performance measure) from
ACRES.

Step 5.  Headquarters approves PAT results, and PAT pushes results into ACS/Measures Central.

Step 6.  ACS/Measures Central aggregates Regional data into a national total.  OBLR reporting lead reviews and confirms result

3c. Data Oversight

Headquarters-level oversight is provided by maintained by the EPA Contract Officer Technical Representative (COTR)

-------
      There is a Regional Project Officer assigned to each cooperative agreement.  That Regional Project Officer is responsible for reviewing for
      completeness and correctness all data provided by cooperative agreement recipients and data related to Targeted Brownfields Assessment
      (TEA) contracts; their data is reviewed at the Headquarters level. A list of Regional Project Officers is maintained by the Regional
      Brownfields Coordinator in each region.


      Each region also has a data manager (some Regions have a SEE Employee as their data manager). The responsibility of the data manager
      is to disseminate information about ACRES updates and accomplishments updates.  This person serves as the regional point of contact for
      data related issues.	
      3d. Calculation Methodology	
      "Number of Brownfields properties assessed" is an aggregate of properties assessed using funding from Assessment Grants, Regional TEA
      funds, and State and Tribal 128 Voluntary Response Program funding.

      The unit of measure is "Properties"


      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting

      The ACRES Project Manager is responsible for reporting accomplishments and program results recorded via ACRES.

      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications

      There are some known limitations related to the nature of much of the data being recipient-reported. Regional Project Officers review data
      to minimize errors (as described above), but some known quality issues remain.  Most pertinent to this measure is that outcome data are
      sometimes not reported by recipients, in the event that the EPA funding expires before the work is complete (for instance, if EPA funding
      is only part of the funding used for an assessment for cleanup).

      Given the reporting cycle and the data entry/QA period, there is typically  a several month data lag getting reported  data into ACRES.
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      No external reviews.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:1 7 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)

NPO Name (OSWER) Measure B33: Acres of Brownfields properties made ready for reuse.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
                                                       1 - Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
2 - Assess and Cleanup Brownfields
        Strategic Target Code and Title
2 - By 2015, make an additional 17,800 acres of brownfield properties ready for reuse
        Managing Office
   Brownfields
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Acres Made Ready for Reuse - Acres associated with properties benefiting from EPA Brownfields funding that have been assessed and
     determined not to require cleanup, or where cleanup has been completed and institutional controls are in place, if required, as reported by
     cooperative agreement recipients.

     This typically occurs when one of the following conditions applies:

     1. A clean or no further action letter (or its equivalent) has been issued by the state or tribe under its voluntary response program (or its
     equivalent) for cleanup activities at the property; or

     2. The cooperative agreement recipient or property owner, upon the recommendation of an
     environmental professional, has determined and documented that on-property work is finished. Ongoing operation and maintenance
     activities or monitoring may continue after a cleanup completion designation has been made.

     Note:  a property can be counted under this measure if an assessment is completed and results in a determination of no further cleanup being
     required.

     A "property" is defined as a contiguous piece of land under unitary ownership.  A property may contain several smaller components, parcels
     or areas.

     For additional information:  http://www.epa.gov/brownfields/index.html
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Assessments and Cleanups are funded either through cooperative agreements, or through EPA contracts (for Targeted Brownfields
      Assessments (TBAs)). Cooperative agreement recipients (or sub-recipients) and contractors submit performance data to EPA in quarterly
      reports, and property profile reports.  On a limited basis EPA personnel are allowed to update or supplement information when a

-------
cooperative agreement has been closed and outcomes have been reported to EPA.
2b. Source Data Collection
 Data collection may involve tabulation of records and review of field surveys that identify acreage. The program does not require or recommend a
specific land surveying protocol for determining acreage.  Data collection is ongoing as projects are implemented. Reporting instructions
indicate that accomplishments are to be recorded as they occur.

Acres Made Ready for Reuse can be achieved by conducting an assessment and/or cleanup activities via an Assessment, Revolving Loan Fund or
Cleanup (ARC) award, a Targeted Brownfield Assessment (TEA) or by 128(a) funding used for site specific activities.

Conditions for counting "ACRES Made Ready for Reuse " above and beyond the completion of the funded activity:

Under assessment activities:
-If neither cleanup nor Institutional Controls (ICs) are required, then the acres are ready for resuse.
-If ICs are required and they are in place, but cleanup is not required, then the acres are ready for resuse.
-If cleanup is required and later conducted, (where EPA funds assessment activity, but does not fund cleanup) than the property associated with the
original assessment is considered ready for reuse.

Under cleanup activities:
-If cleanup is required and completed and ICs are not required, then acres are ready for resuse.
-If cleanup is required and completed and ICs are required and they are in place, then acres are ready for reuse.

Geographic Detail:  As of FY12 ACRES leverages a Google Maps application within the system to assign geocoordinates based on address
information. Any deviation from these coordinated requires a manual  override by the reporting party.

All the Brownfields cooperative agreements have a QA term and condition. Project-level QA documents (i.e.  QAPPs) are a minimum requirement for
EPA funding of Brownfields activities which include environmental data collection. The program prepares and provides the QA term and condition to
the regional offices and requires them to include it in the cooperative agreements. The QA term and condition for Brownfields Assessment cooperative
agreements reads as follows:

"B. Quality Assurance (QA) Requirement.  1. When environmental samples are collected as part of the brownfields assessment, the CAR shall
comply with 40 CFR Part 31.45 requirements to develop and implement quality assurance practices sufficient to produce data adequate to meet
project objectives and to minimize data loss.  State law may impose additional QA requirements. "

EPA contractors conducting Targeted Brownfiels Assessment should develop site-specific Quality Assurance Project Plans (QAPP) for environmental
assessment activities or a site-specific QAPP addendum if a Generic QAPP has already been approved for assessment activities. The EPA requires all
environmental monitoring and measurement  efforts be conducted in accordance with approved QAPPs.  The purpose of the QAPP is to document the
project planning process, enhance the credibility of sampling results, produce data of known quality, and potentially save time and money by gathering
data that meets the needs of the project and intended  use of the data.  The QAPP is a formal document describing in comprehensive detail the necessary
QA/QC and other technical activities that must be conducted to ensure the results of the work performed will satisfy performance criteria and can be
used for their intended purposes. All QA/QC procedures shall be in accordance with applicable professional technical standards,  EPA requirements,
government regulations and guidelines, and specific project goals and requirements.

OSWER has available the following guidance: "Quality Assurance Guidance for Conducting Brownfields Assessments." EPA 540-R-98-038. 1998.

-------
Quality Assurance Guidance for Conducting Brownfields Assessments 1998.pdf
2c. Source Data Reporting
Cooperative agreement recipients (or sub-recipients) and contractors submit performance data to EPA in quarterly reports, and property
profile reports. A Property Profile Form (PPF) collects information (environmental, historical, physical) from a property-specific
investigation funded under the Brownfields Program.

Contract Agreement recipients have 3 submission options: complete and submit the Property Profile Form (PPF) in online format
connected to the Assessment, Cleanup and Redevelopment Exchange System (ACRES) database; fill out a PPF version in Microsoft Excel
format and submit it via e-mail or regular mail to the EPA Regional Representative; or for multiple properties (more than ten properties) fill
out a multi-property Excel spreadsheet and submit it via email; or regular mail to the EPA Regional Representative. Any paper forms are
entered into ACRES via EPA contractor.

The Property Profile Form is an approved OMB  form - OMB No. 2050-0192. Online forms available to registered users here:
http://www.epa.gov/brownfields/pubs/index.html.
EPA contractors conducting TBAs provide the assessment report to the EPA Region, who in turn enters the data into ACRES. In some
cases, the contractor will also provide a filled-out PPF.

In accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the Brownfields Cooperative Agreements, all Brownfields cooperative agreement
recipients (CARs) must report accomplishments  to EPA on a quarterly basis. Quarterly reports are due 30 days from the end of the federal
fiscal quarter.
               HLJ                             .	
 2009_multiple_ppf_template_external.xls 2009_property_profile_form_instructions.pdf
          [51
2009_property_profile_form.xls
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems
Assessment, Cleanup, and Redevelopment Exchange System (ACRES). This database is the master database of all data supporting
OBLR measures. Recipients and EPA report directly into ACRES. It includes source data and transformed data (e.g., data aggregated into
Regional totals ). http://www.epa.gov/brownfields/pubs/acres/index.htm provides more information about this database.


ACRES quality is assured by adherence to a security plan and quality management plan:
— Security plan.  The latest version of the Security Plan for ACRES is dated 11/2009.

— Quality Management Plan. ACRES operates under its own Quality Management Plan (Data Quality Management Plan for the
Assessment, Cleanup, and Redevelopment Exchange System, Version 1.02 ), which is updated annually, has been updated as of 2/2010.
Contact Ryan Smith for the most recent copy of the QMP.

-------
OSWER Performance Assessment Tool (PAT). This tool serves as the primary external servicing resource for organizing and reporting
OSWER's performance data, which collects information from OSWER program systems, and conforms it for uniform reporting and data
provisioning. PAT captures data from CERCLIS; replicates business logic used by CERCLIS for calculating measures; delivers that data
to EPA staff and managers via a business intelligence dashboard interface for analytic and reporting use; ;  and transmits data to BAS. No
current system specifications document is currently available for PAT, but will be provided when available.  Contact Lisa Jenkins in
OSWER regarding questions about PAT.

PAT operates under the OSWER Quality Management Plan (QMP), attached.

OSWER QMP printed 2010-03-23.pdf

PAT has a security certification confirming that a security policy is not necessary because no sensitive data are handled and PAT is built
upon the Oracle-based business intelligence system.  PAT's security certification indicates that it follows all security guidelines for EPA's
Oracle Portal and that PAT is (1) not defined as a "Major Application" according to NIST Special Publication 800-18, Guide for
Developing Security Plans for Information Technology Systems, section 2.3.1; (2) does not store, process, or transmit information that the
degree of sensitivity is assessed as high by considering the requirements for availability, integrity, and confidentiality according to NIST
Special Publication 800-18, Guide for Developing Security Plans for Information Technology Systems,  section 3.7.2. (3) is not covered by
EPA Order 2100.2A1 Information Technology Capital Planning and Investment Control (CPIC).  The security certification, attached, was
submitted on 9/1 1/2008.
PAT SecurityCertificationNIST.doc

Budget Automation System (BAS). BAS is the final repository of the performance values.
3b. Data Quality Procedures
Data reported by cooperative award agreement recipients are reviewed by EPA Regional grant managers for accuracy, to verify activities
and accomplishments,  and to ensure appropriate interpretation of performance measure definitions.

Step 1. Performance measure data entered into ACRES by recipients and/or EPA HQ contractor (for data submitted by recipients in an
alternate format,  such as hard copy).  For each cooperative agreement recipient,, all data entered are signed off by the EPA Regional
Representative (Regional Project Officer) identified in the terms and conditions of the cooperative agreement. For contractors, the EPA Regional
COR/WAM signs off on the data.

Step 2. Each Region conducts Regional level review of data from the ACRES system. Rejected data must be edited by the original data
source. Approved data proceed to Step 3.

Step 3. HQ conducts National level review (EPA HQ contractors) of data approved by regions. Rejected data must be edited by the region
(Step 2). Approved data is stored in ACRES.

Step 4. Each quarter, OSWER Performance Assessment Tool (PAT) database pulls the approved data (performance measure) from
ACRES.

-------

Step 5.  Headquarters approves PAT results, and PAT pushes results into ACS/Measures Central.

Step 6.  ACS/Measures Central aggregates Regional data into a national total.  OBLR reporting lead reviews and confirms result

ACRES. ACRES quality is assured by adherence to a security plan and quality management plan:
3c. Data Oversight
Headquarters-level oversight is provided by maintained by the EPA Contract Officer Technical Representative (COTR)

There is a Regional Project Officer assigned to each cooperative agreement. That Regional Project Officer is responsible for reviewing for
completeness and correctness all data provided by cooperative agreement recipients and data related to Targeted Brownfields Assessment
(TEA) contracts; their data is reviewed at the Headquarters level. A list of Regional Project Officers is maintained by the Regional
Brownfields Coordinator in each region.


Each region also has a data manager (some Regions have a SEE Employee as their data manager).  The responsibility of the data manager
is to disseminate information about ACRES updates and accomplishments updates.  This person serves as the regional point of contact for
data related issues.	
3d. Calculation Methodology	
"Acres of Brownfields property made ready for reuse" is an aggregate of "acreage assessed that does not require cleanup" and "acreage
cleaned up as reported by Assessment Grantees, Regional Targeted Brownfields Assessments, Cleanup Grantees, RLF Grantees, and State
and Tribal 128 Voluntary Response Program Grantees for which any required institutional controls are in place."

The unit of measure is acres.


4. Reporting and Oversight	
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting

The ACRES Project Manager is responsible for reporting accomplishments and program results recorded via ACRES.

4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications

There are some known limitations related to the nature  of much of the data being recipient-reported.  Regional Project Officers review data
to  minimize errors (as described above), but some known quality issues remain. Most pertinent to  this measure is that outcome data are
sometimes not reported by recipients,  in the event that the EPA funding expires before the work is complete (for instance, if EPA funding
is only part of the funding used for an assessment for cleanup).

Given the reporting cycle and the data entry/QA period, there is typically a several month data lag  getting reported data into ACRES.
4c. Third-Party Audits
No external reviews.

-------
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:1 4 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OSWER) Measure CH2: Number of risk management plan audits and inspections conducted.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
                                                       1 - Promote Sustainable and Livable Communities
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                      3 - Reduce Chemical Risks at Facilities and in Communities
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, continue to maintain the Risk Management Plan (RMP) prevention program
        Managing Office
  The Office of Emergency Management (OEM)
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Risk Management Plans: Risk Management Plans are documents that are submitted by facilities that store chemicals over a certain
     threshold quantity. These plans are submitted every five years and document chemical processes, accident history, emergency contact
     information, etc.

     Inspections: An inspection is considered "conducted" when the EPA region completes the Inspection Conclusion Data Sheet (ICDS) and
     enters the information into the Integrated Compliance Information System (ICIS). However this is not always the case. For example, in an
     ongoing enforcement case, more information or a second site visit might be needed.

     Audit: Audits are similar to inspections but do not proceed to enforcement.

     Background: The subobjective's goal is to reduce chemical risks at facilities and in communities. Under the authority of section 112(r) of
     the Clean Air Act the Chemical Accident Prevention Provisions require facilities that produce, handle,  process, distribute, or store certain
     chemicals to develop a Risk Management Program, prepare a Risk Management Plan (RMP), and submit the Plan to EPA. The purpose of
     this performance measure is to ensure that facilities that are required to have risk management plans do  indeed have plans and are available
     in case of an incident.

     OSWER's Office of Emergency Management implements the Risk Management Program under Clean Air Act section 112(r).  Facilities are
     required to prepare Risk Management Plans (RMPs) and submit them to EPA. In turn, EPA Headquarters (HQ) provides appropriate data to
     each Region and delegated state so that they have the RMP data for their geographical area. EPA regions and delegated states conduct
     inspections.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Data come from one of two sources:

      1) EPA Regions. For most states, EPA regions are the implementing authorities that conduct and make record of inspections.

-------
2) States: Nine states have received delegation to operate the RMP program. These delegated States report audit numbers to the
appropriate EPA Regional office so it can maintain composite information on RMP audits.
2b. Source Data Collection
EPA personnel travel to facilities to conduct inspections, using the Risk Management Plans that the facilities have submitted, as a basis for
their inspection.  EPA inspects approximately 5 percent of the entire RMP facility universe annually.
2c. Source Data Reporting                                                                                                         |

EPA regional staff complete inspections and record information on the ICDS form. Inspections are recorded in the ICIS system as they are
completed. EPA headquarters monitors progress of the data collection regularly and reports on the data at mid year and at the end of the
fiscal year.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                         |

The EPA Annual Commitment System (ACS) is the database for the number of risk management plan (RMP) audits.  The Integrated
Compliance Information System (ICIS) is used for tracking RMP inspection activities.  The Risk Management Plan (RMP) database is used
to collect RMP information from regulated facilities, and provides essential background information for inspectors.  The EPA Annual
Commitment System (ACS) is the database for the number of risk management plan (RMP) audits.	
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                       |
Facilities submit RMP data via an online system, with extensive validation and quality control measures applied during and after
submission to EPA.  Regions review RMP data, and compare with information obtained during inspections.  Inspection data are collected
from states by EPA's Regional offices, and reviewed at the time of Regional data entry. Inspection data are regularly compared to similar
data from the past to identify potential errors. Inspection data quality  is evaluated by both Regional and Headquarters' personnel.  Regions
enter data into the Agency's Annual Commitment System, and HQ prepares an annual report.	
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                               |

These individuals are Regional Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention managers who are responsible for overseeing the
inspections and data entry at the Regional level. Headquarters staff performs QA/QC on the data entered by the Regions and reports data
out.	
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                      |
Regional and National targets for the number of RMP  inspections are  set based on the FTE and program funding available to the Regions,
and our understanding of the resources required to conduct RMP inspections. In prior years, our experience has shown that Regional
offices can inspect approximately 5% of the universe of RMP facilities with available resources.  However, this percentage is strongly
dependent on the size and complexity of facilities inspected. EPA experience indicates that the field portion of RMP facility inspections
alone can require anywhere from a single person for one day or less at a simple, single-process facility up to a team of 6-8 inspectors for
1-2 weeks or  more at a large chemical plant or refinery. In recent years, EPA has shifted its inspection focus to high-risk RMP facilities by
requiring regional offices to conduct a certain percentage of RMP inspections at these facilities.  As high-risk facilities generally require the
most inspection resources, the agency has reduced the  overall RMP inspection target in order to devote additional resources toward
high-risk facility inspections.  EPA has established criteria for identifying high-risk RMP facilities and provides a list of these facilities at
the beginning of each fiscal year to each Regional office.  For FY 2013, the overall national RMP inspection target has been reduced from
approximately 5% to 4%, while the percentage of high-risk facility inspections has been raised from approximately 25% to 30%.	

-------
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      These individuals are OEM personnel who work on the Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention programs either in technical expertise or
      program evaluation.

      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications	
      ICIS data quality is dependent on completeness and accuracy of the data provided by state programs and the EPA Regional offices.

      Data are count data and not open to interpretation.

      RMP data quality is enhanced by system validation, but accuracy is dependent on what the facility submits in their Risk Management Plan.

      4c. Third-Party Audits

      There are no third party audits for the RMP measure.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:07:55 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OSWER) Measure HWO: Number of hazardous waste facilities with new or updated controls.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
                                                        2 - Preserve Land
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                        2 - Minimize Releases of Hazardous Waste and Petroleum Products
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015,prevent releases at 500 hazardous waste management facilities with initial approved controls
        Managing Office
   Office of Resource Conservation and Recovery
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Definition of "Hazardous Waste Facilities": This universe is composed of facilities that were subject to permits as of 10-1-1997 and
     subsequent years. EPA plans to update the list of units that need "updated controls" after the end of each Strategic Plan cycle.  Those
     facilities that need updated controls are a smaller set within the larger permitting universe tracked for strategic and annual goals associated
     with the Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA).

     Definition of "New or Updated Controls":

     Facilities under control is an outcome based measure as permits or similar mechanisms are not issued until facilities have met standards or
     permit conditions that are based on human health or environmental standards.  Examples include sites cleaned up to a protective level; any
     groundwater releases controlled so no further attenuation is occurring; any remaining waste safely removed or capped (isolated); and long
     term controls in place to protect people and the environment at the site, if any contamination remains. An updated control, such as a permit
     renewal, indicates that the facility has upgraded its operations to ensure continued safe operation, minimizing the potential for releases and
     accidents.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      States and EPA's Regional offices generate the data.
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Facility data: The authorized states have ownership of their data and EPA has to rely on them to make changes. The data that determine if
      a facility has met its permit requirements are prioritized in update efforts. States and EPA's Regional offices manage data quality related to
      timeliness and accuracy.	
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      Data can be entered directly into RCRAInfo, although some use a different approach and then "translate" the information into RCRAInfo.
      Supporting documentation and reference materials are maintained in Regional and state files. Users log on at the following URL:
      https://rcrainfo.epa.gov/rcrainfo/logon.isp.

-------
     3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
  3a. Information Systems
  RCRAInfo, the national database which supports EPA's RCRA program, contains information on entities (generically referred to as
  "handlers") engaged in hazardous waste generation and management activities regulated under the portion of the Resource Conservation
  and Recovery Act (RCRA) that provides for regulation of hazardous waste.

  RCRAInfo has several different modules, and allows for tracking of information on the regulated universe of RCRA hazardous waste
  handlers, such as facility status, regulated activities, and compliance history. The system also captures detailed data on the generation of
  hazardous waste by large quantity generators and on waste management practices from treatment, storage, and disposal facilities.
  RCRAInfo is web accessible, providing a convenient user interface for Federal, state and local managers, encouraging development of
  in-house expertise for controlled cost, and states have the option to use commercial off-the-shelf software to develop reports from database
  tables.

   RCRAInfo is currently at Version 5 (V5), which was released in March 2010. V5  expanded on V4's capabilities and made updates to the
  Handler module to support two new rules that went into effect in 2009.

  Access to RCRAInfo is open only to EPA Headquarters, Regional, and authorized state personnel. It is not available to the general public
  because the  system contains enforcement sensitive data. The general public is referred to EPA's Envirofacts Data Warehouse to obtain
  information on RCRA-regulated hazardous waste sites. This non-sensitive information is supplied from RCRAInfo to Envirofacts.	
  3b. Data Quality Procedures
  Within RCRAInfo, the application software contains  structural controls  that promote the  correct entry of the  high-priority national
  components.

  In December 2008, EPA made a significant update to RCRAInfo (Version 4) to address many data quality concerns related to the
  Permitting module, upon which this measure is based. This update added components that help the user identify errors in the system
  (Example: data gap report). RCRAInfo is currently at Version 5, which was released in March 2010. Version 5 made a number of updates
  to the Handler module that did not have a direct impact on this measure.  However, EPA Headquarters has placed added emphasis on data
  quality and runs monthly reports to identify potential data errors, and then works with the States and Regions to correct those errors.

  RCRAInfo documentation, which is available to all RCRAInfo users on-line at https://rcrainfo.epa.gov/, provides guidance to facilitate the
  generation and interpretation of data.

  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Resource Conservation and Recovery.  RCRAInfo website with documentation and data
  http://www.epa.gov/enviro/html/rcris/index.html  (accessed January  10,2012).
|  3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                               |
  The Information Collection and Analysis Branch (ICAB) maintains a list of the Headquarters, Regional and delegated state/territory users and controls
  access to the system. Branch members ensure data collection is on track, conduct QA reports, and work with Regional and state partners to resolve
  issues as they are discovered.

|  3d. Calculation  Methodology                                                                                                      |
  Determination of whether or not the facility has approved controls in place is based primarily on the legal and operating status codes for

-------
each unit.

Accomplishment of updated controls is based on the permit expiration date code and other related codes.

The baseline is composed of facilities that can have multiple units. These units may consolidate, split or undergo other activities that cause
the number of units to change. There may be occasions where there needs to be minor baseline modifications. The larger permitting
universe is carried over from one EPA strategic planning cycle to the next (starting with facilities subject to permits as of 10-1-1997) with
minor changes made with each subsequent strategic planning cycle (e.g., facilities referred to Superfund are removed, or facilities never
regulated are removed; facilities that applied for a permit within the last strategic cycle are added). EPA updates the list of units that need
"updated controls" after the end of each strategic planning cycle. Those facilities that need updated controls are a smaller set within the
larger permitting universe.

Complete data dictionary is available at: http://www.epa.gov/enviro/html/rcris/rcris_table.html

The unit of analysis for this measure is "facilities."	


4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting	

Program Implementation and Information Division (PIID) data analysts are responsible for the reporting.

4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications	

Even with the increasing emphasis on data quality, with roughly 10,000 units in the baseline (e.g., a facility can have more than one unit),
there are problems with the number of facilities in the baseline and their supporting information, particularly with the older inactive
facilities. EPA Headquarters works with the EPA Regional offices to  resolve them.

Basic site data may become out-of-date because RCRA does not mandate the notification of all information changes. Nevertheless, EPA
tracks the facilities by their ID numbers and those should not change even during ownership changes (RCRA Subtitle C EPA Identification
Number, Site Status, and Site Tracking Guidance , March 21, 2005).	
4c. Third-Party Audits

The  1995 U.S. Government Accountability Office (GAO) report Hazardous Waste: Benefits of EPA's Information System Are Limited
(AEVID-95-167, August 22, 1995, http://www.gao.gov/archive/1995/ai95167.pdf Accessed January  10, 2012) on EPA's Hazardous Waste
Information System reviewed whether national RCRA information systems support EPA and the states in managing their hazardous waste
programs. Those recommendations coincided with ongoing internal efforts to improve the definitions of data collected, and ensure that data
collected provide critical information and minimize the burden on states. RCRAInfo, the current national database,  has evolved in part as a
response to this report. The "Permitting and Corrective Action Program Area Analysis" was the primary vehicle for the improvements
made in the December 2008 release (V4).

EPA OIG report:

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. "Permitting and Corrective Action Program Area Analysis". WIN/INFORMED Executive
Steering Committee, July 28, 2005.	

-------
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:26 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OSWER) Measure CAl: Cumulative percentage of RCRA facilities with human exposures to toxins under control.
         1. Measure and DQR Metadata
         Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
         Objective Number and Title
                                                          3 - Restore Land
         Sub-Objective Number and Title
3 - Cleanup Contaminated Land
         Strategic Target Code and Title
2 - By 2015, increase the number of Superfund final and deleted NPL sites and RCRA facilities
         Managing Office
   Office of Resource Conservation and Recovery
         Performance Measure Term Definitions
     The performance measure is used to track the RCRA Corrective Action Program's progress in dealing with immediate threats to human health and
     groundwater resources. It is meant to summarize and report on facility-wide environmental conditions at RCRA Corrective Action Program's facilities
     nation-wide. For background information, please visit: nttp://www.epa.gov/osw/hazard/correctiveaction/index.htm.

     Cumulative - made up of accumulated parts; increasing by successive additions

     RCRA Facilities - facilities subject to restriction or action from the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act;

     Human Exposure to Toxins - pathways or means by which toxic substances may come into direct contact with a person

     Definition of "under control":  Known and suspected facility-wide conditions are evaluated using a series of simple questions and flow-chart logic to
     arrive at a reasonable, defensible determination. These questions were issued as a memorandum titled: Interim Final Guidance for RCRA Corrective
     Action Environmental Indicators, Office of Solid Waste, February 5, 1999).  Lead regulators (delegated state or EPA Region) for the facility (authorized
     state or EPA) make the environmental indicator determination, but facilities or their consultants may assist EPA in the evaluation by providing
     information on the current environmental  conditions. The determinations are entered directly into RCRAInfo. EPA collects the determinations as made
     by the lead regulator, and this total is used for this measure.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      States and regions enter all data on determinations made.
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Known and suspected facility-wide conditions are evaluated using a series of simple questions and flow-chart logic to arrive at a
      reasonable, defensible determination. These questions were issued as a memorandum titled: Interim Final Guidance for RCRA Corrective
      Action Environmental Indicators, Office of Solid Waste, February 5, 1999).  Lead regulators for the facility (authorized state or EPA) make
      the environmental indicator determination (like whether human exposures to toxins are under control), but facilities or their consultants
      may assist EPA in the evaluation by providing information on the current environmental conditions.
      States and regions generate the data and manage data quality related to timeliness and accuracy (i.e., the environmental conditions and determinations

-------
are correctly reflected by the data). EPA has provided guidance and training to states and regions to help ensure consistency in those determinations.
RCRAInfo documentation, available to all users on-line, provides guidance to facilitate the generation and interpretation of data.
2c. Source Data Reporting                                                                                                         |

 States: With respect to meeting the human exposures to toxins controlled a "yes," "no", or "insufficient information" entry is made in the database.
(EPA makes the same kind of entry related to facilities in non-delegated states.)	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a.  Information Systems

RCRAInfo, the national database which supports EPA's RCRA program, contains  information on entities (generically referred to as
"handlers") engaged in hazardous waste generation and management activities regulated under the portion of the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) that provides for regulation of hazardous waste.

RCRAInfo has several different modules, and allows for tracking of information on the regulated universe of RCRA hazardous waste
handlers, such as facility status, regulated activities, and compliance history. The system also captures detailed data on the generation of
hazardous waste by large quantity generators and on waste management practices from treatment, storage, and disposal facilities. Within
RCRAInfo, the Corrective Action Module tracks the status of facilities that require, or may require, corrective actions,  including the
information related to the performance measure.

RCRAInfo is web accessible, providing a convenient user interface for Federal, state and local managers, encouraging development of
in-house expertise for controlled cost, and states have the option to use commercial off-the-shelf software to develop reports from database I
tables.

 RCRAInfo is currently at Version 5 (V5), which was released in March 2010.  V5 expanded on V4's capabilities and made updates to the
Handler module to support two new rules that went into effect in 2009.

Access to RCRAInfo is open only to EPA Headquarters, Regional, and authorized state personnel. It is not available  to the general public
because the system  contains enforcement sensitive data. The  general  public is referred to EPA's Envirofacts Data Warehouse to obtain
information on RCRA-regulated hazardous waste sites.  This  non-sensitive information is supplied from RCRAInfo to Envirofacts. For
more information, see: http://www.epa.gov/enviro/index.html.

Find more information about RCRAInfo at: http://www.epa.gov/enviro/html/rcris/index.html.	
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                       |
Manual procedures: EPA Corrective Action sites are monitored on a facility-by-facility basis and QA/QC procedures are in place to
ensure data validity.

Automated procedures: Within RCRAInfo, the application software enforces  structural controls that ensure that high-priority national
components of the data are properly entered. Training on use of RCRAInfo is provided on a regular basis, usually annually, depending on
the nature of systems changes and user needs. The  latest version of RCRAInfo, Version 5 (V5), was released in March  2010 and has many
added components that will help the user identify errors in the system.	
3c. Data Oversight
The Information Collection and Analysis Branch (ICAB) maintains a list of the Headquarters, Regional and delegated state/territory users and controls
access to the system. Branch members ensure data collection is on track, conduct QA reports, and work with Regional and state partners to resolve

-------
      issues as they are discovered.
      3d. Calculation Methodology
      Annual progress for each measure is found by subtracting the cumulative progress at the end of the previous fiscal year from the cumulative
      progress at the end of the current fiscal year.

      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      Program Implementation and Information Division (PIID) data analysts are responsible for the reporting.
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      With emphasis on data quality, EPA Headquarters works with the EPA Regional offices to ensure the national data pulls are consistent with
      the Regional data pulls.
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      US Government Accountability Office (GAO) report: "Hazardous Waste:  Early Goals Have Been Met in EPA's Corrective Action
      Program, but Resource and Technical Challenges Will Constrain Future Progress." (GAO-11-514, August 25, 2011,
      http://www.gao.gov/assets/330/321743.pdf)
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:26 AM

-------
Performance  Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name  (OSWER) Measure CA2:  Cumulative percentage of RCRA facilities with migration of contaminated groundwater under control.
         1. Measure and DQR Metadata
         Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
                                                         3 - Restore Land
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
3 - Cleanup Contaminated Land
        Strategic Target Code and Title
3 - By 2015, increase number of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) facilities
         Managing Office
   Office of Resource Conservation and Recovery
         Performance Measure Term Definitions
      The performance measure is used to track the RCRA Corrective Action Program's progress in dealing with immediate threats to human
     health and groundwater resources. It is meant to summarize and report on facility-wide environmental conditions at RCRA Corrective
     Action Program's facilities nation-wide. For background information, please visit:
     http://www.epa.gov/osw/hazard/correctiveaction/index.htm.

     Cumulative - made up of accumulated parts; increasing by successive additions

     RCRA Facilities - facilities subject to restriction or action from the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act;

     Migration - to change position; movement from one location to another

     Contaminated Groundwater - water in the subsurface which has become tainted with any number of dissolved contaminants at levels greater
     than the prescribed environmental standard levels

     Definition of "under control": Known and suspected facility-wide conditions are evaluated using a series of simple questions and flow-chart logic to
     arrive at a reasonable, defensible determination. These questions were issued as a memorandum titled: Interim Final Guidance for RCRA Corrective
     Action Environmental Indicators, Office of Solid Waste, February 5, 1999). Lead regulators (delegated state or EPA Region) for the facility (authorized
     state or EPA) make the environmental indicator determination, but facilities or their consultants may assist EPA in the evaluation by providing
     information on the current environmental conditions. The determinations are entered directly into RCRAInfo. EPA collects the determinations as made
     by the lead regulator, and this total is used for this measure.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      States and regions enter all data on determinations made.
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Known and suspected facility-wide conditions are evaluated using a series of simple questions and flow-chart logic to arrive at a

-------
reasonable, defensible determination. These questions were issued as a memorandum titled: Interim Final Guidance for RCRA Corrective
Action Environmental Indicators, Office of Solid Waste, February 5, 1999).  Lead regulators for the facility (authorized state or EPA) make
the environmental indicator determination (like whether migration of contaminated groundwater is under control), but facilities or their
consultants may assist EPA in the evaluation by providing information on the current environmental conditions.

States and regions generate the data and manage data quality related to timeliness and accuracy (i.e., the environmental conditions and determinations
are correctly reflected by the data). EPA has provided guidance and training to states and regions to help ensure consistency in those determinations.
RCRAInfo documentation, available to all users on-line, provides guidance to facilitate the generation and interpretation of data.	
2c. Source Data Reporting                                                                                                          |

 States: With respect to releases to groundwater controlled, a "yes," "no", or "insufficient information" entry is made in the database. (EPA
makes the same kind of entry related to facilities in non-delegated states.)	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                           |

RCRAInfo, the national database which supports EPA's RCRA program, contains information on entities (generically referred to as
"handlers") engaged in hazardous waste generation and management activities regulated under the portion of the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) that provides for  regulation of hazardous waste.

RCRAInfo has several different modules, and allows for tracking of information on the regulated universe of RCRA hazardous waste
handlers, such as facility status, regulated activities,  and compliance history. The system also captures detailed data on the generation of
hazardous waste by large quantity generators and on waste management practices from treatment, storage, and disposal facilities. Within
RCRAInfo, the Corrective Action Module tracks the status of facilities that require, or may require, corrective actions, including the
information related to the performance measure.

RCRAInfo is web accessible, providing a convenient user interface for Federal, state and local managers, encouraging development of
in-house expertise for controlled cost, and states have the option to use commercial off-the-shelf software to develop reports from database I
tables.

 RCRAInfo is currently at Version 5 (V5), which was released in March 2010. V5  expanded on V4's capabilities and made updates to the
Handler module to support two new rules that went into effect in 2009.

Access to RCRAInfo is open only to EPA Headquarters, Regional, and authorized state personnel. It is not available to the general public
because the system contains  enforcement sensitive  data. The general public is  referred  to EPA's Envirofacts Data Warehouse to obtain
information on RCRA-regulated hazardous  waste sites.  This non-sensitive information  is supplied from RCRAInfo to Envirofacts. For
more information, see: http://www.epa.gov/enviro/index.html.

Find more information about RCRAInfo at: http://www.epa.gov/enviro/html/rcris/index.html.	
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                       |
Manual procedures: EPA Corrective Action sites are monitored on a facility-by-facility basis and QA/QC procedures are in place to
ensure data validity.

Automated procedures: Within RCRAInfo, the application software enforces structural controls that ensure that high-priority national

-------
      components of the data are properly entered. Training on use of RCRAInfo is provided on a regular basis, usually annually, depending on
      the nature of systems changes and user needs.  The latest version of RCRAInfo, Version 5 (V5), was released in March 2010 and has many
      added components that will help the user identify errors in the system.
      3c. Data Oversight
      The Information Collection and Analysis Branch (ICAB) maintains a list of the Headquarters, Regional and delegated state/territory users and controls
      access to the system. Branch members ensure data collection is on track, conduct QA reports, and work with Regional and state partners to resolve
      issues as they are discovered.
      3d. Calculation Methodology
      Annual progress for each measure is found by  subtracting the cumulative progress at the end of the previous fiscal year from the cumulative
      progress at the end of the current fiscal year.

      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      Program Implementation and Information Division (PIID) data analysts are responsible for the reporting.
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      With emphasis on data quality, EPA Headquarters works with the EPA Regional offices to ensure the national data pulls are consistent with
      the Regional data pulls.
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                             |
      US Government Accountability Office (GAO) report: "Hazardous Waste: Early Goals Have Been Met in EPA's Corrective Action
      Program, but Resource and Technical Challenges Will Constrain Future Progress." (GAO-11-514, August 25, 2011,
      http://www.gao.gov/assets/330/321743.pdf)
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:26 AM

-------
Performance  Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OSWER) Measure CA5: Cumulative percentage of RCRA facilities with final remedies constructed.
         1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
                                                        3 - Restore Land
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
3 - Cleanup Contaminated Land
        Strategic Target Code and Title
4 - By 2015,, increase the number of RCRA facilities with final remedies constructed
        Managing Office
   Office of Resource Conservation and Recovery
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
      The remedy construction measure tracks the RCRA Corrective Action Program's progress in moving sites towards final cleanup. For
     background information, please visit: http://www.epa.gov/osw/hazard/correctiveaction/index.htm.

     Cumulative - made up of accumulated parts; increasing by successive additions

     RCRA Facilities - facilities subject to restriction or action from the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act;

     Definition of "final remedies constructed":
     The lead regulators (delegated state or EPA Region) for the facility select the remedy and determine when the facility has completed
     construction of that remedy. EPA collects the determinations as made by the lead regulator and this total is used for this measure.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      States and regions enter all data on determinations made.
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Known and suspected facility-wide conditions are evaluated using a series of simple questions and flow-chart logic to arrive at a
      reasonable, defensible determination. These questions were issued as a memorandum titled: Interim Final Guidance for RCRA Corrective
      Action Environmental Indicators, Office of Solid Waste, February 5, 1999).  The lead regulators (delegated state or EPA Region) for the
      facility select the remedy and determine when the facility has completed construction of that remedy.

      Construction completions are collected on both an area-wide and site-wide basis.

      States and regions generate the data and manage data quality related to timeliness and accuracy (i.e., the environmental conditions and determinations
      are correctly reflected by the data). EPA has provided guidance and training to states and regions to help ensure consistency in those determinations.
      RCRAInfo documentation, available to all users on-line, provides guidance to facilitate the generation and interpretation of data.	
      2c. Source Data Reporting

-------

The remedy construction measure tracks the RCRA Corrective Action Program's progress in moving sites towards final cleanup. The date
of remedy construction is entered in the database. (EPA makes the same kind of entry related to facilities in non-delegated states.)	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                         |

RCRAInfo, the national database which supports EPA's RCRA program, contains information on entities (generically referred to as
"handlers") engaged in hazardous waste generation and management activities regulated under the portion of the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) that provides for regulation of hazardous waste.

RCRAInfo has several different modules, and allows for tracking of information on the regulated universe of RCRA hazardous waste
handlers, such as facility status, regulated activities, and compliance history. The system also captures detailed data on the generation of
hazardous waste by large quantity generators and on waste management practices from treatment, storage, and disposal facilities. Within
RCRAInfo, the Corrective Action Module tracks the status of facilities that require, or may require, corrective actions, including the
information related to the performance measure.

RCRAInfo is web accessible, providing a convenient user interface for Federal, state and local managers,  encouraging development of
in-house expertise for controlled cost, and states have the option to use commercial off-the-shelf software to develop reports from database I
tables.

RCRAInfo is currently at Version 5 (V5), which was released in March 2010. V5 expanded on V4's capabilities and made updates to the
Handler module to support two new rules that went into effect in 2009.

Access to RCRAInfo is open only to EPA Headquarters, Regional, and authorized state personnel. It is not available to the general  public
because the  system contains enforcement sensitive data. The general public is referred to EPA's Envirofacts Data Warehouse to  obtain
information  on RCRA-regulated hazardous waste sites.  This non-sensitive information  is supplied from RCRAInfo to Envirofacts. For
more information, see: http://www.epa.gov/enviro/index.html.

Find more information about RCRAInfo at: http://www.epa.gov/enviro/html/rcris/index.html.
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                       |
Manual procedures: EPA Corrective  Action sites are monitored on a facility-by-facility basis and QA/QC procedures are in place to
ensure data validity.

Automated  procedures: Within RCRAInfo, the application software enforces structural controls that ensure that high-priority national
components of the  data are properly entered. Training on use of RCRAInfo is provided on  a regular basis, usually annually, depending on
the nature of systems changes and user needs.  The latest version of RCRAInfo, Version 5  (V5), was released in March 2010 and has  many I
added components that will help the user identify errors in the system.
3c. Data Oversight
The Information Collection and Analysis Branch (ICAB) maintains a list of the Headquarters, Regional and delegated state/territory users and controls
access to the system.  Branch members ensure data collection is on track, conduct QA reports, and work with Regional and state partners to resolve
issues as they are discovered.

3d. Calculation Methodology

-------
      The remedy construction measure tracks the RCRA Corrective Action Program's progress in moving sites towards final cleanup. Like with
      the environmental indicators determination, the lead regulators  for the facility select the remedy and determine when the facility has
      completed construction of that remedy.  Construction completions are collected on both an area-wide and site-wide basis for sake of the
      efficiency measure.


      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                       |

      Program Implementation and Information Division (PIID) data analysts are responsible for the reporting.

      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                                |
      With emphasis on data quality, EPA Headquarters works with the  EPA Regional offices to ensure the national data pulls are consistent with

      the Regional data pulls.

      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                            |
      US Government Accountability Office (GAO) report: "Hazardous Waste: Early Goals Have Been Met in EPA's Corrective Action

      Program, but Resource and Technical Challenges Will Constrain Future Progress."  (GAO-11-514, August 25, 2011,

      http://www.gao.gov/assets/330/321743.pdf)
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:26 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality  Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OSWER)  Measure 112: Number of LUST cleanups completed that meet risk-based standards for human exposure and
groundwater migration.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
                                                       3 - Restore Land
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
3 - Cleanup Contaminated Land
        Strategic Target Code and Title
5 - Through 2015,reduce the backlog of LUST cleanups
        Managing Office
   Office of Underground Storage Tanks (OUST)
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Cleanups Completed -The number of cleanups completed is the cumulative number of confirmed releases where cleanup has been initiated
     and where the state has determined that no further actions are currently necessary to protect human health and the environment. This
     number includes sites where post-closure monitoring as long as site-specific (e.g., risk-based) cleanup goals have been met. Site
     characterization, monitoring plans, and site-specific cleanup goals must be established and cleanup goals must be attained for sites being
     remediated by natural attenuation to be counted in this category. Clarification: "Cleanups Completed" is a cumulative category-sites
     should never be deleted from this category. It is no longer necessary to report separately cleanups completed that are state lead with state
     money and cleanups completed that are responsible party lead. It is, however, still necessary to report the number of cleanups completed
     that are state lead with Trust Fund money. A "no further action" determination made by the state that satisfies the "cleanups initiated"
     measure above, also satisfies this "cleanups completed" measure. This determination will allow a confirmed release that does not require
     further action to meet the definition of both an initiated and completed cleanup.

     For complete definition see EPA OUST.  UST And LUST Performance Measures Definitions.  January 18, 2008.
     http://www.epa.gov/OUST/cat/PMDefmitions.pdf, which are referenced in the Guidance To Regions For Implementing The LUST
     Provision Of The American Recovery And Reinvestment Act Of 2009, EPA-510-R-09-003,  June 2009,
     http://www.epa.gov/oust/eparecovery/lustproguide.pdf, p. 7-8.
     See also: EPA.  Environmental Protection Agency Recovery Act Program Plan: Underground Storage Tanks.  May 15, 2009.
     http://www.epa.gov/recovery/plans/oust.pdf

     Risk-based standards for human exposure and groundwater migration.

     Reference: Semi-annual Report of UST Performance Measures, End Of Mid Fiscal Year 2011 - as of March 31, 2011, dated May 2011  ;
     http ://www.epa.gov/OUST/cat/ca 11 _12.pdf
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source

-------
 The original data source is States, DC, and territories who sign Leaking Underground Storage Tank (LUST) agreements with EPA. These
entities can delegate reporting to sub-recipients (such as local governments).

Each EPA regional office manages work that occurs within regional boundaries.

For more information:
1.       US EPA Office of Underground Storage Tanks. "Guidance to Regions for Implementing the LUST Provision of the American
Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009." EPA-510-R-09-003.  June 2009. http://www.epa.gov/oust/eparecovery/lustproguide.pdf
2.       US EPA Office Of Underground Storage Tanks. "Supplemental Guidance on Recovery Act Recipient Reporting (Section 1512) of
the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009." Memo from Carolyn Hoskinson to Regional UST Managers.  October 2, 2009.
http://www.epa.gov/oust/eparecovery/OUST_l 512_Memo_100209.pdf	
2b. Source Data Collection                                                                                                      |

Determination of cleanup completion requires consideration of environmental data, such as field sampling, which can vary by project. The
overall measure requires tabulation of the number LUST clean-ups completed.

Spatial Detail: Geographic granularity can vary. Sub-recipient data submissions (when delegated) may be as detailed as the site level, for
which granularity is defined in latitude and longitude. Other data are entered by recipients for the entire state/territory (excluding
sub-recipient data).  Granularity for work in Indian Country is the Regional level.

Spatial Coverage: National

For  cooperative agreements: Regional offices  include QA Terms  and Conditions in their states' assistance agreement. CAs must be
current and specify: QA roles and responsibilities for EPA and grantee recipients; and quality requirements including responsibilities for
final review and approval. Default quality requirements include: organization-level  QA documentation (i.e.  QMP) for state agencies  and
primary contractors; and project-level QAPPs for each CA. In accordance  with EPA's Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants
and Cooperative Agreements, 40 CFR Part 31.45, states must develop and implement quality assurance practices.  The regulation requires
developing and implementing quality assurance  practices that  will "produce data of quality adequate to  meet project objectives and to
minimize   loss   of   data   to   out   of   control   conditions    or   malfunctions';   see   OSWER   Directive   9650.10A:
www.epa.gov/oust/directiv/d965010a.htmtfsecl 1"

For contracts:  EPA Regions determine which quality requirements are applicable. Contracts must be current and specify: QA roles and
responsibilities for EPA and national LUST contractors; and quality requirements including responsibilities for final review and approval.
Default quality requirements include: organization-level QA documentation (i.e.  QMP) for the primary contractors; and project-level
QAPPs for each Tribal LUST remedial Work Assignment. Sample EPA contract language: "the Contractor shall comply with the
higher-level quality standard selected below: Specifications and  Guidelines for Quality Systems for Environmental Data Collection and
Environmental Technology Programs (ANSI/ASQC E4, 1994).  As authorized by FAR 52.246-11, the higher-level quality standard
ANSI/ASQC E4 is tailored as follows: The solicitation and contract require the offerers/contractor to demonstrate conformance to
ANSI/ASQC E4 by submitting the quality documentation described below. [Specifically,...] ... The Contractor shall not commence actual
field work until until the Government has approved the quality documentation (i.e., QAPP)."

Note: Regions keep copies of individual QAPPs associated with cooperative agreements and contracts. Each EPA regional office manages
its own state and tribal assistance agreements.	
2c. Source Data Reporting

-------
Site assessments and cleanup status are recorded as milestones are achieved, in accordance with each site's schedule and each recipient's
procedures.  Contractors and other recipients individually maintain records for reporting accomplishments into LUST4. Their data systems vary.

States, DC and territories submit location-, funding-, and progress-related data directly into LUST4.

LUST4 also allows for bulk (batch) uploading by states/territories that already have the location & measures-related data captured in a data
system or have the technical expertise to create flat files through another method in exactly the format and layout specified. This batch
uploading is not supported by OUST;  data providers not comfortable with this approach are encouraged to use the interactive online
features of the Locations Subsystem and Measures Subsystem. Access to the LUST4 Locations and Measures Subsystems is available
online via the EPA portal at http://portal.epa.gov under the My Communities/Underground Storage Tank menu page.
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a. Information Systems
LUST4. This database is the master database of all LUST program-related data, including but not limited to data supporting Recovery Act measures.
Recipients and EPA report data for activity and measures directly into LUST4. LUST4 includes both source data and transformed data (e.g., data
aggregated into Regional totals).

The program's Oracle web-based system— LUST4-- accessed through EPA's portal.

OSWER Performance Assessment Tool (PAT).  This tool serves as the primary external servicing resource for organizing and reporting OSWER's
performance data. PAT collects information from OSWER program systems, and conforms it for uniform reporting and data provisioning. PAT captures
data from LUST4; replicates business logic used by LUST4 for calculating measures; can deliver that data to EPA staff and managers via a business
intelligence dashboard interface for analytic and reporting use; enables LUST point of contact to document status and provide explanation for each
measure; and transmits data to the Budget Automation System.

Budget Automation System (BAS). BAS is the final repository of the performance values.
3b. Data Quality Procedures
EPA's regional grants project officers and regional program managers provide first-level data quality reviews and oversight of their
recipients'  program performance measure results.

OUST uses  a combination of automated validation  along with manual QA/QC review.

QA/QC REVIEW BY REGIONS.  EPA/OUST  oversees the use of the QA/QC checklist, which is incorporated into the LUST4 oracle
web-based system. Regions complete the QA/QC  checklist, sign it electronically and submit it to EPA/OUST for review, comment and
approval of each record.
NOTE: This QA/QC checklist was last updated 10/1/2009 and is accessed through the user interface of LUST4.

Regional QA/QC Evaluation  Checklist -
Note: Checklist is to be completed by Regional reviewer and will appear "shaded" to others.
1. Previous Totals Column
~ Verify the previous total number is correct by comparing it to the total from the last reporting period. If there is a discrepancy, report the information
in the "Correction To Previous Data" column. Please add comments in the "Comments" column for any corrections that are made to the applicable

-------
performance measure.
2. Actions This Reporting Period
For each performance measure, if this "Reported" number deviates by more than 10% from the last period's number or appears otherwise questionable,
complete the following actions:
~ Review the state's explanation, if available.
~ If necessary, contact the state to obtain the corrected numbers and/or obtain a sufficient explanation and include the explanation in the "Comments"
section for the applicable performance measure.
3. Corrections to Previous Data Column
Verify that if any corrections have been listed that an explanation for the correction is provided in the "Comments" column and complete the following
actions:
~ Verify and discuss the correction with the state if the correction is >10% or if the correction appears questionable (e.g., database conversions, database
cleanup efforts to resolve misclassified data, duplicative records, etc.)
~ Verify if the corrections are anticipated to be a one-time event or occur over multiple years
~ Evaluate if the corrections will impact other performance measures (e.g., if the number of cleanups completed is adjusted downward by a correction,
does this also result in a commensurate downward adjustment of cleanups initiated?) Include any additional comments in the "Comments" column as
necessary.
4. Totals (Cumulative, if applicable)
~ Verify accuracy of all cumulative totals
~ Include any additional comments in the "Comments" column as necessary


AUTOMATED VALIDATION. For instance upon data entry of any new location, location information is verified automatically by the Facility
Registry System (FRS). Location information without latitude and longitude is also geocoded automatically. When entering measure information, the
system does not allow a measure value less than the applicable count of locations that are relevant to that measure (the count of location records is
automatically generated by the system); a measure value greater than the applicable count of locations requires provision of an explanatory comment.

EPA/OUST provides second-level data  quality reviews of all data

LUST4. LUST4 operates under OSWER's QMP, including the security policy specified in that QMP.  LUST4 does not have any
stand-alone certifications related to the EPA security policy or the  Systems Life Cycle Management policy.  The LUST4 system is built
upon  Oracle Business Intelligence tools provided by the EPA Business Intelligence Analytics Center, which ensures that a stand-alone
security certification is not necessary.

PAT.  PAT operates under the OSWER Quality Management Plan (QMP). PAT  has a security certification confirming that a security
policy is not necessary because no sensitive data are handled and PAT  is built upon the Oracle-based business intelligence system. PAT's
security certification indicates that it follows all security guidelines for EPA's Oracle Portal and that PAT is (1) not defined as a "Major
Application" according  to NIST Special Publication 800-18, Guide for Developing Security Plans for Information Technology Systems,
section 2.3.1; (2) does not store, process, or transmit information that the degree of sensitivity is assessed as high by considering the
requirements for availability, integrity, and confidentiality according to NIST Special Publication 800-18, Guide for Developing Security
Plans for Information Technology Systems,  section 3.7.2. (3) is not covered by EPA Order 2100.2A1 Information Technology Capital
Planning and Investment Control (CPIC).

Data  Flow:


Step 1. Performance measure and location data are entered into LUST4  by recipients (or sub-recipients, if delegated) or by Regions (for EPA
contractors).Upon entry of any new location, location information is verified  automatically by the Facility Registry System (FRS). Location

-------
information without latitude and longitude is also geocoded automatically.  (FRS data are used solely for data entry QA/QC, not to assist in calculating
results.)

Step 2. Each Region conducts Regional level review of data from the LUST4 system.  Rejected data must be edited by the original data source.
Approved data proceed to Step 3.

Step 3. Headquarters' staff perform performs National Program Review, using data from the LUST4 system. Rejected data must be reviewed by the
region and, if needed, pushed back to the state for editing(Step 2).

Step 4. PAT pulls data from LUST4.  Headquarters staff compare PAT results to LUST4 results.  If PAT does not match LUST4 then there was an
error with the upload and data is reloaded. Headquarters staff enter into PAT the ACS  status information of "Indicator" for each measure and, if desired,
explanation.(Note: PAT allows for programs to identify status other than "Indicator." When programs select a status of "no status," "data not available,"
or "target not met," PAT requires that an explanation be provided. LUST program policy is to resolve all reporting issues prior to ACS reporting, so
"Indicator" is the only status chosen and explanations for that status are optional.)

Step 5. Headquarters approves PAT results, and PAT pushes results into BAS/Measures Central.

Step 6. Measures Central aggregates Regional data into a national total.  OUST reporting lead reviews and certifies results.	
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                                    |
An EPA Headquarters primary contact maintains a list of the HQ (OUST and OEI), Regional and state/territory primary and backup users; a record of
changes to the list is also maintained.  The primary HQ contact ensures that Regional reporting is on track, conducts QA on LUST performance
measures, ensures QA issues are resolved and/or documented, and oversees final reporting to BAS.

Regional Program Managers are ultimately responsible for regional-level data. They conduct their review based upon a national QA/QC checklist.
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                           |
The cumulative number of confirmed releases where cleanup has been initiated and where the state or region (for the tribes) has determined
that no further actions are currently necessary to protect human health and the environment, includes  sites where post-closure monitoring is
not necessary  as long as site  specific (e.g., risk based) cleanup  goals have been met.   Site characterization, monitoring  plans and
site-specific cleanup goals must be established and cleanup goals must be attained for sites being remediated by natural attenuation to be
counted in this category. (See http://www.epa.gov/OUST/cat/PMDefinitions.pdf.)


The unit of analysis is site cleanup
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting	

Semiannual by Deputy Office Director. Responsible for final review to ensure LUST 4 System Manager has completed review, and
numbers are accurate.
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications	
Data quality depends on the accuracy and completeness of state records.	

-------
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      Not applicable!
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:27 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality  Record  (DQR)

NPO Name (OSWER) Measure 1 51 : Number of Superfund sites with human exposures under control.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
                                                       3 - Restore Land
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
3 - Cleanup Contaminated Land
        Strategic Target Code and Title
2 - By 2015, increase the number of Superfund final and deleted NPL sites and RCRA facilities
        Managing Office
   OSRTI
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Definition of Site: "Sites" refers only to National Priorities List (NPL) sites.  (See below for definition of NPL.) The term "site" itself is
     not explicitly defined under Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) or by the Superfund
     program; instead "site" is defined indirectly in CERCLA's definition of "facility," as follows: "The term 'facility'  means (A) any building,
     structure, installation, equipment, pipe or pipeline (including any pipe into a sewer or publicly owned treatment works), well, pit, pond,
     lagoon, impoundment, ditch, landfill, storage container, motor vehicle, rolling stock, or aircraft, or (B) any site or area where a hazardous
     substance has been deposited, stored, disposed of, or placed, or otherwise come to be located; but does not include any consumer product in
     consumer use or any vessel."  (CERCLA, Title I, Section 101, (9)).

     Superfund Alternative Approach (SAA)  sites: The program collects and enters into CERCLIS, human exposure determinations at SAA
     sites, but does not target or report official results at this time.

     Definition of National Priorities List (NPL):  Sites are listed on the National Priorities List (NPL) upon completion of Hazard Ranking
     System (HRS) screening, public solicitation of comments about the proposed site, and final placement  of the site on the NPL after all
     comments have been addressed. The NPL primarily serves as an information and management tool. It is a part of the Superfund cleanup
     process and is updated periodically.   Section 105(a)(8)(B) of CERCLA as amended, requires that the statutory criteria provided by the HRS
     be used to prepare a list of national priorities among the known releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or
     contaminants throughout the United States. This list, which is Appendix B of the National  Contingency Plan, is the NPL. Visit the HRS
     Toolbox (http://www.epa.gov/superfund/sites/npl/hrsres/index.htm) page for guidance documents that  are used to determine if a  site is a
     candidate for inclusion on the NPL.  [Source: Superfund website, http://www.epa.gov/superfund/sites/npl/npl hrs.html

     (Also see Appendix B of the most recent Superfund Program Implementation Manual (SPIM), which is updated each fiscal year  and
     contains definitions and documentation/coding guidance for Superfund measures. The most current SPIM can be found here:
     http://epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm.)

     Definition of "Current Human Exposure under Control" (HEUC): - Sites are assigned to this category when assessments for human
     exposures indicate there are no unacceptable human exposure pathways and the Region has determined the site is under control for current
     conditions site wide.

-------
The human exposure status at a site is reviewed annually by the 10th working day in October, or at any time site conditions change.
CERCLIS is to be updated within 10 days of any change in status.

The HEUC documents, for Proposed, Final, and Deleted NPL sites and SAA settlement sites, the progress achieved towards providing
long-term human health protection by measuring the incremental progress achieved in controlling unacceptable human exposures at a site.
This is also a Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA) performance measure.

Controlling unacceptable human exposures can occur in three ways:
— Reducing the level of contamination. For purposes of this policy, "contamination"
generally refers to media containing contaminants in concentrations above appropriate protective risk-based levels associated with complete
exposure pathways to the point where the exposure is no longer "unacceptable;" and/or
— Preventing human receptors from contacting contaminants in-place; and/or
— Controlling human receptor activity  patterns (e.g., by reducing the potential frequency or duration of exposure).

Five categories have been created to describe the level of human health protection achieved at a site:
— Insufficient data to determine human exposure control status;
— Current human exposures not under  control;
— Current human exposures under control;
— Current human exposures under control and protective remedy or remedies in place; and
— Current human exposures under control, and long-term human health protection achieved.

Definition of Accomplishment of "HEUC":
The criteria for determining the Site-Wide Human Exposure status at a site are found in the Superfund Environmental Indicators Guidance
Human Exposures Revisions" March 2008 (http://www.epa.gov/superfund/accomp/ei/pdfs/fmal_ei_guidance_march_2008.pdf). [Source:
SPIM Appendix B]

(See Appendix B of the most recent SPIM, which is updated each fiscal year and contains definitions and documentation/coding guidance
for Superfund measures. The most current SPIM can be found here: http://epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm.)

The Superfund Program's performance measures are used to demonstrate program progress and reflect major site cleanup milestones from
start (remedial assessment completion) to finish (number of sites ready for anticipated use sitewide). Each measure marks a significant step
in  ensuring human health and environment protection at Superfund sites.

References:

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA Performance and Accountability Reports, http://www.epa.gov/ocfo/par/index.htm.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Superfund Accomplishment and Performance Measures,
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/accomplishments.htm.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Federal Facilities Restoration and Reuse Office - Performance measures,
http://www.epa.gov/fedfac/documents/measures.htm.

-------
U.S Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Inspector General, Information Technology - Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) Data Quality, No. 2002-P-00016, http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/eroom.htm.

U.S. Government Accountability Office, "Superfund Information on the Status of Sites, GAO/RCED-98-241",
http://www.gao.gov/archive/1998/rc98241.pdf

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Superfund Remediation and Technology Innovation, Superfund Program Implementation
Manuals (SPIM) , http://www.epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, "OSWER Quality Management Plan",
http://www.epa.gov/swerffrr/pdf/oswer_qmp.pdf

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Environmental Information, EPA System Life Cycle Management Policy Agency
Directive 2100.5, http://www.epa.gOv/irmpoli8/ciopolicy/2100.5.pdf.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Environmental Information, EPA's Information Quality Guidelines,
http://www.epa.gov/quality/informationguidelines.
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 Original data sources vary, and multiple data sources can be used for each site. Typical data sources are EPA personnel, contractors
 (directly to EPA or indirectly, through the interagency agreement recipient or cooperative agreement recipient), U.S. Army Corps of
 Engineers (interagency agreement recipient), and states/tribes/other political subdivisions (cooperative agreement recipients). EPA also
 collects data via pre-final inspections at sites.

 (See item Performance Measure Term Definitions in Tab 1, for more information.  Also, detailed information on requirements for source
 data and completion procedures can be found on the following Superfund website:
 http://www.epa.gov/superfund/programs/npl_hrs/closeout/index.htm)
 2b. Source Data Collection

 Collection typically involves some combination of environmental data collection, estimation and/or tabulation of records/activities.
 Documents such as risk assessments, Record of Decisions (RODs), Action Memoranda, Pollution Reports (POLREPS), Remedial Action
 (RA Reports), Close-out Reports, Five-year Reviews, NPL Deletion/Partial Deletion Notices are known reliable sources of data and often
 provide the information necessary for making an HEUC evaluation with reasonable certainty.

 Each EPA Region has an information management coordinator (IMC) that oversees reporting.

 The Human Exposure Environmental Indicator data were collected beginning in FY 2002.

 The collection methods and and guidance for determining HEUC status are found in the Superfund Environmental Indicators Guidance

-------
Human Exposures Revisions" March 2008. (http://www.epa.gov/superfund/accomp/ei/ei.htm)

(See item Performance Measure Term Definitions, for more information and references.)

Source data collection frequency:  No set interval. Varies by site

Spatial Extent: National

Spatial detail:  Site, defined in database by latitude/longitude pair.  In cases in which projects work on a smaller part of a site, geography
may be defined at a finer grain — the project-level.

2c. Source Data Reporting                                                                                                       |

Varied reporting format for source data EPA uses to make decisions. In many cases, EPA reviews site-specific secondary data or existing
EPA-prepared reports. Documents such as risk assessments, RODs, Action Memoranda, POLREPS, RA Reports, Close-out Reports,
Five-year Reviews, and NPL Deletion/Partial Deletion Notices are known reliable sources of data and often provide the information
necessary for making an HEUC evaluation with reasonable certainty.

EPA's Regional offices and Headquarters enter data into CERCLIS on a rolling basis.

The human exposure status at a site is reviewed annually by the 10th working day in October, or at any time site conditions change.
CERCLIS is to be updated within  10 days of any change in status.

The instrument for determining the Site-Wide Human Exposure status at a site is found in the  Superfund Environmental Indicators
Guidance Human Exposures Revisions" March 2008. Determinations are made by regional staff and management and entered directly into
CERCLIS.
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/accomp/ei/ei.htm

See Appendix B of the most recent SPEVI, which is updated each fiscal year and contains definitions and documentation/coding guidance
for Superfund measures.  The most current SPEVI can be found here: http://epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm.
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems	
The HEUC determination is made directly in CERCLIS once it is determined that the site is Under Control and has been approved as such
by appropriate regional personnel.

CERCLIS database - The CERCLIS database is used by the Agency to track, store, and report Superfund site information (e.g., NPL
sites and non-NPL Superfund sites).

(For more information about CERCLIS, see Appendix E of the most recent SPEVI, which is updated each fiscal year and contains
definitions and documentation/coding guidance for Superfund measures.  The most current SPEVI can be found here:
http://epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm.)

-------
CERCLIS operation and further development is taking place under the following administrative control quality assurance procedures: 1)
Office of Environmental Information Interim Agency Life Cycle Management Policy Agency Directive; 2) the Office of Solid Waste  and
Emergency Response (OSWER) Quality  Management Plan (QMP); 3) EPA IT standards; 4) Quality Assurance Requirements  in alll
contract vehicles under which CERCLIS is being developed and maintained; and 5) EPA IT security policies.  In addition, specific controls
are in place for system design, data conversion and data capture, as well as CERCLIS outputs.
 19-0585 (CERCLIS QAPP) 200S-0410.doc

CERCLIS adherence to the security policy has been audited. Audit findings are attached to this record.
 CERCLIS July S 200S scan High Medium Response.xls OSWER QMP printed 2010-03-23.pdf

OSWER Performance Assessment Tool (PAT).  This tool serves as the primary external servicing resource for organizing and reporting
OSWER's performance data, which collects information from OSWER program systems, and conforms it for uniform reporting and data
provisioning. PAT captures data from CERCLIS; replicates business logic used by CERCLIS for calculating measures; delivers that data
to EPA staff and managers via a business intelligence dashboard interface for analytic and reporting use; and transmits data to the Budget
Automated System (BAS). No current system specifications document is currently available for PAT, but will be provided when available.
For this measure, PA T transmits Regional-level data to BAS.

PAT operates under the OSWER QMP. PAT has a security certification confirming that a security policy is not necessary because no
sensitive data are handled and PAT is built upon the Oracle-based business intelligence system. PAT's security certification indicates that
it follows all security guidelines for EPA's Oracle Portal and that PAT is (1) not defined as a "Major Application" according to NIST
Special Publication 800-18, Guide for Developing Security Plans for Information Technology Systems, section 2.3.1; (2)  does not store,
process, or transmit information that the degree of sensitivity is assessed as high by considering the requirements for availability, integrity,
and confidentiality according to NIST Special Publication 800-18, Guide for Developing Security Plans for Information Technology
Systems, section 3.7.2. (3) is not covered by  EPA Order 2100.2A1 Information Technology Capital Planning and Investment Control
(CPIC).

EPA Headquarters is  now scoping the requirements  for an integrated (Superfund Document Management  System-)  SDMS-CERCLIS
system,  called the Superfund Enterprise Management System (SEMS).  Development  work on SEMS began in FY  2007 and will
continue through FY 2013.

SEMS represents further re-engineering of the national reporting systems to include additional elements of EPA's Enterprise Architecture.I
SEMS will provide a common platform for major Superfund systems and future IT development.  It will be constructed  in part using EPA
IT enterprise architecture principles and components.  SEMS will provide a Superfund Program user gateway to various IT systems and
information collections.

3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                    |
The regional SOPs for HEUC data entry, along with review and instructions/guidance for determining the Site-Wide Human Exposure
status at a site are found in the Superfund Environmental Indicators Guidance Human Exposures Revisions" March 2008.

-------

http://www.epa.gov/superfund/accotnp/ei/ei.httn

A list of all Headquarters-level data sponsors is provided in Exhibit E.2 in SPIM Appendix E, Information Systems. The most current SPIM
can be found here:
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm

CERCLIS: To ensure data accuracy and control, the following administrative controls are in place: 1) Superfund Program Implementation
Manual (SPIM), the program management manual that details what data must be reported;  2) Report Specifications, which are published
for  each report detailing how reported data are calculated; 3) Coding Guide, which contains technical instructions to data users including
Regional EVICs, program personnel, data owners, and data entry personnel; 4) Quick Reference Guides (QRG), which are available in the
CERCLIS Documents Database and provide detailed instructions  on data  entry for nearly  every module in CERCLIS;  5) Superfund
Comprehensive Accomplishment (SCAP) Reports within CERCLIS, which serve as a means to track, budget, plan,  and evaluate progress
towards meeting Superfund targets and measures; 6) a historical lockout feature in CERCLIS so that changes in past fiscal year data can be
changed only by approved and designated personnel and are logged to a Change Log report, 7) the OSWER QMP;  and  8) Regional Data
Entry Control Plans.

EPA Headquarters has developed data quality audit reports and Standard Operating Procedures, which address timeliness, completeness,
and accuracy, and has provided these reports to the Regions.  In addition, as required by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB),
CERCLIS audit logs are reviewed monthly. The system was also re-engineered  to bring CERCLIS into alignment with the Agency's
mandated Enterprise Architecture.  The first steps in this effort involved the migration of all 10 Regional and the Headquarters databases
into one single national database at the National Computing Center in Research Triangle Park (RTF) and the migration of SDMS to RTF to
improve efficiency and storage capacity.  During this process SDMS  was linked to CERCLIS which enabled users to easily transition
between programmatic accomplishments as reported in CERCLIS and the actual document that defines and describes  the accomplishments.


Regional Data Entry Control Plans. Regions have established and published Data Entry Control Plans, which are a key component of
CERCLIS verification/validation procedures. The control plans include: (1) regional policies and procedures for entering data into
CERCLIS, (2) a review process to ensure that all Superfund accomplishments are supported by source documentation, (3)  delegation of
authorities for approval of data input into CERCLIS, and (4) procedures to ensure that reported accomplishments meet accomplishment
definitions. In addition, regions document in their control plans the roles and responsibilities of key regional employees responsible for
CERCLIS data (e.g., regional project manager, information management coordinator, supervisor, etc.), and the processes to assure that
CERCLIS data are current, complete, consistent, and accurate. Regions may undertake centralized or decentralized approaches to data
management.  These plans are collected annually for review by OSRTI/EVIB (Information Management Branch). [Source:  SPIM FY1 1,
III. J and Appendix E. http ://www.epa.gov/superfund/action/process/spim 1 0/pdfs/appe.pdf)1

Copies of the  2010 Regional Data Entry Control Plans are provided with this DQR. Current and past year plans are available by contacting
the  Chief, Information  Management Branch, Office of Superfund Remediation and Technology Innovation.

Regions are expected to prepare Data Entry Control Plans consistent with the SPIM and the Headquarters guidance: "CERCLIS Data Entry I
Control Plan Guidance," June 2009.
 2009_drafLCERCLIS_DECP_guidance_6-5-09_.pdf

-------
Superfund Program Implementation Manual (SPIM). The SPIM should be the first source referred to for additional questions related
to program data and reporting. The SPIM is a planning document that defines program management priorities, procedures, and practices
for the Superfund program (including response, enforcement, and Federal facilities). The SPIM provides the link between the GPRA,
EPA's Strategic Plan, and the Superfund program's internal processes for setting priorities, meeting program goals, and tracking
performance. It establishes the process to track overall program progress through program targets and measures.

The SPIM provides standardized and common definitions for the Superfund program, and it is part of EPA's internal control structure. As
required by the Comptroller General of the United States, through generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and auditing
standards, this document defines program scope and schedule in relation to budget, and is used for audits and inspections by the
Government Accountability Office (GAO) and the Office of the Inspector General (OIG). The SPIM is developed on an annual basis.
Revisions to the SPIM are issued during the annual cycle as needed.

The SPIM contains three chapters and a number of appendices. Chapter 1 provides a brief summary of the  Superfund program and
summarizes key program priorities and initiatives. Chapter 2 describes the budget process and financial management requirements. Chapter
3 describes program planning and reporting requirements and processes. Appendices A through I highlight program priorities and
initiatives and provide detailed programmatic information, including Annual Targets for GPRA performance measures, and targets for
Programmatic Measures. [Source: SPIM 2011, Chapter I]

The most current version of the SPIM can be found at:  http://epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm


Data Flow:

Step 1. Original data sources provide information.

Step 2. EPA Region reviews and determines HEUC status at the site and adjusts CERCLIS records as needed.

Step 3. Headquarters' OSRTI data sponsor reviews and approves/disapproves written justifications for Regional determinations of "Not
Under Control" and "Insufficient Data," using data from CERCLIS. Data sponsor works with Regional staff to ensure that disapproved
justifications comport with  Superfund Program guidance.

Step 4. OSWERs PAT pulls data from CERCLIS. Headquarters staff compare PAT results to CERCLIS results.  If PAT does not match
CERCLIS then there was an error with the upload and data are reloaded. Headquarters staff enter into PAT the Annual Commitment
System (ACS)  status information for each measure and, if necessary, a status explanation.

Step 5. Headquarters approves PAT results, and PAT pushes results into BAS.

Step 6. BAS aggregates Regional data into a national total. OSRTI reporting lead reviews and certifies results.
3c. Data Oversight
The Superfund program has a "data sponsorship" approach to database oversight. Headquarters  staff and managers take an active role in
improving the quality of data stored in CERCLIS by acting as data sponsors.

Data sponsorship promotes consistency and communication across the Superfund program. Headquarters data sponsors communicate and

-------
gain consensus from data owners on data collection and reporting processes. Data sponsors ensure that the data they need to monitor
performance and compliance with program requirements is captured and stored properly in CERCLIS. To meet this goal, headquarters data
sponsors identify their data needs, develop data field definitions, and distribute guidance requiring submittal of these data. Data owners are
normally site managers that need the data in support of site work. Data owners follow the guidance they receive from data sponsors, as they
acquire and submit data.  Headquarters data sponsors assist data owners in maintaining and improving the quality of Superfund program
data. These data are available for data evaluation and reporting. Data sponsorship helps promote consistency in both national and regional
reporting. In addition, data sponsorship provides a tool to improve data quality through program evaluation and adjustments in guidance to
correct weaknesses detected.  Data sponsors may conduct audits to determine if there are systematic data problems (e.g., incorrect use of
codes, data gaps, etc.). A list of all Headquarters-level data sponsors is provided in Exhibit E.2 in SPIM Appendix E, Information Systems. I
The most current SPIM can be found here: http://epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm [source example for process: Region 2 SOP, page
53, entry for Data-Entry  Training/Oversight]

Specific roles and responsibilities of data sponsors:
— Identify data needs;
- Oversee the process of entering data into the system;
- Determine the adequacy of data for reporting purposes;
- Conduct focus studies  of data entered (A focus study is where a data sponsor identifies a potential or existing data issue to a data owner
(see below), IMC, or other responsible person to determine if a data quality problem exists, and to solve the problem, if applicable.  (IMC
responsibilities discussed below.) Focus studies can be informal via electronic messages.);
— Provide definitions for data elements;
— Promote consistency across the Superfund program;
— Initiate changes in CERCLIS as the program changes;
- Provide guidance requiring submittal of these data;
- Determine the adequacy of data for reporting purposes;
- Support the development of requirements for electronic data submission; and
- Ensure there is "objective" evidence to support the accomplishment data entered in CERCLIS through identifying data requirements and
check to assure compliance by performing periodic reviews of a random  CERCLIS data sample.  [Source: SPIM 2010, III.E and E.A.5]

The primary responsibilities of data owners are (1) to enter and maintain data in CERCLIS and (2) assume responsibility for complete,
current, consistent, and accurate data. The data owners for specific data are clearly identified in the system audit tables. Regions annually
update region-specific Data Entry Control Plans (DECP). Among other things, Regional data entry control plans identify which Data
Sponsors/Data Owners are responsible for different aspects of data entry. (See item 3b., Data Quality Procedures for more information on
Data Entry Control Plans.)

Information Management Coordinators (IMC).  In each Region, the IMC is a senior position which serves as regional lead for all
Superfund program and CERCLIS systems management activities. The following lead responsibilities for regional program planning and
management rest with the IMC:
— Coordinate program planning, budget development, and reporting activities;
- Ensure regional planning and accomplishments are complete, current,  and consistent, and accurately reflected in CERCLIS by working
with data sponsors and data owners;
- Provide liaison to HQ  on SCAP process and program evaluation issues;
- Coordinate regional evaluations by headquarters;
— Ensure that the quality of CERCLIS data are such that accomplishments and planning data can be accurately retrieved from the system;

-------
  and
  — Ensure there is "objective" evidence to support accomplishment data entered in CERCLIS. (Objective Evidence Rule: "All transactions
  must be supported by objective evidence, that is, documentation that a third party could examine and arrive at the same conclusion.")
  [Source: SPIM2010, III.E]

  The Information Management Officer (EVIO) & Director, Information Management and Data Quality Staff. OSWER is the lead point of
  contact for information about the data from CERCLIS .

  The Project Manager for CERCLIS oversees and is the approving authority for quality-related CERCLIS processes, and is closely
  supported by a Contract Task Manager.  (See the CERCLIS QAPP, attached, for more information.) The lead point of contact for
  information about the data from CERCLIS is the Director, Information Management and Data Quality Staff, Office of Solid Waste and
  Emergency Response.

  PAT Data Entry

  The Annual Commitment System (ACS) Coordinator in OSRTI ensures that CERCLIS data for this measure are correctly loaded into PAT. I
  The ACS Coordinator then works with the data sponsor to review uploaded data, edit records as appropriate, and then push data to
  ACS—part of the Office of Chief Financial Officer's (OCFO) BAS. PAT is maintained by OSWER's System Manager who ensures that the
  PAT system operates correctly, based on business logic agreed to by OSRTI.
||  3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                  |
  The performance measure is a specific variable entered into CERCLIS  following specific coding guidance and corresponding supporting
  site-specific documentation.

  The unit of measure is number of sites. The calculation only includes NPL sites.

  References:

  Superfund Data Element Dictionary (DED).  The Superfund DED is available online at:
  http://www.epa.gov/superfund/sites/ded/index.htm. The DED provides definitions and descriptions of elements, tables and codes from the
  CERCLIS database used by the Superfund program. It also provides additional technical information for each entry, such as data type, field
  length and primary table. Using the DED, you can look up terms by  table name or element name, or search the entire dictionary by
  keyword.

  Other additional references that may be useful:

  Coding Guide.  The Superfund Coding Guide contains technical instructions to data users including Regional IMCs, program personnel,
  data owners, and data entry personnel. The Remedial component of the Coding Guide is attached to this record.
   Coding Guide - 2009.pdf

  Quick Reference Guides (QRG). Superfund Quick Reference Guides are available in the CERCLIS Documents Database and provide
  detailed instructions on data entry for nearly every module in CERCLIS. Sample QRGs are available for entering data related to Remedial

-------
Action Starts.
 Example QRG RA Start.doc

Site Status and Description document: this is a QRG
for CERCLIS users, for filling in information related to site status and
description.
 Site Status and Description.doc
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
Data Sponsor for HUEC, Annual Commitment System coordinator, and National Program Office (NPO) management.
Progress reporting is done periodically as checks, while official numbers are reported annually.	
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
Users of HEUC data should recognize that HEUC status is reviewed at least annually, on a schedule that varies based upon site
characteristics.  This status review can result in a change in status with regard to this measure, with a site moving from HEUC status to
non-HEUC status.
4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                          |
Three audits,  two by the Office Inspector General (OIG) and the other by Government Accountability Office (GAO), assessed the validity
of the data in CERCLIS.  The OIG audit report, Super/and Construction Completion Reporting  (No. E1SGF7_05_0102_ 8100030), dated
December 30, 1997, concluded that the Agency "has good management controls to ensure accuracy of the information that is reported," and
"Congress and the public can rely upon the information EPA provides regarding construction completions." The GAO report, Superfund:
Information on the Status of Sites  (GAO/RCED-98-241), dated August 28, 1998, estimated that the cleanup status of National Priority List
(NPL) sites reported by CERCLIS as of September 30,  1997, is accurate for 95 percent of the sites.  Another  OIG audit, Information
Technology -  Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) Data Quality (Report
No. 2002-P-00016), dated September 30, 2002, evaluated the accuracy, completeness, timeliness, and consistency of the data entered into
CERCLIS. The report provided  11 recommendations to improve  controls  for CERCLIS data quality.  EPA  has implemented these
recommendations and continues to use the monitoring tools for verification.

The IG annually reviews the end-of-year CERCLIS data, in an informal process, to verify data that supports the performance measures.
Typically, there are no published results.

EPA received an unqualified audit opinion by the OIG for the annual  financial statements and recommends several corrective actions.  The
Office of the Chief Financial Officer indicates that corrective actions will be taken.

-------
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:43 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)

NPO Name (OSWER)  Measure S10: Number of Superfund sites ready for anticipated use site-wide.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
                                                       3 - Restore Land
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
3 - Cleanup Contaminated Land
        Strategic Target Code and Title
7 - By 2015, ensure that 799 Superfund NPL sites are "sitewide ready for anticipated use"
        Managing Office
   OSRTI
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Definition of Site: "Sites" refers only to National Priorities List (NPL) sites.  (See below for definition of NPL.)  The term "site" itself is
     not explicitly defined underComprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) or by the Superfund
     program; instead "site" is defined indirectly in CERCLA's definition of "facility," as follows: "The term 'facility' means (A) any building,
     structure, installation, equipment, pipe or pipeline (including any pipe into a sewer or publicly owned treatment works), well, pit, pond,
     lagoon, impoundment, ditch, landfill, storage container, motor vehicle, rolling stock, or aircraft, or (B) any site or area where a hazardous
     substance has been deposited, stored, disposed of, or placed, or otherwise come to be located; but does not include any consumer product in
     consumer use or any vessel."  (CERCLA, Title I, Section 101, (9)).

     Definition of Sitewide Ready for Anticipated Use (SWRAU): Where for the entire construction complete NPL  site: All cleanup goals in
     the Record(s) of Decision or other remedy decision document(s) have been achieved for media that may affect current and reasonably
     anticipated future land uses of the site, so that there are no unacceptable risks; and all institutional or other controls required in the
     Record(s) of Decision or other remedy decision document(s) have been put in place.

     The Human Exposure determination for sites that qualify for the Sitewide Ready-for-use measure should either be:
     • "Current Human Exposure Controlled and Protective Remedy in Place"; or
     • "Long-Term Human Health Protection Achieved

     In  addition, All acreage at the site must be Ready for Anticipated Use (RAU) (i.e., the Superfund Remedial/Federal Facilities Response
     Universe Acres minus the total RAU Acres must be zero).

     For more information about the SWRAU performance measure, visit: http://www.epa.gov/superfund/programs/recycle/pdf/sitewide_a.pdf

     Also, see Appendix B of the most recent Superfund Program Implementation Manual(SPIM), which is updated each fiscal year and contains
     definitions and documentation/coding guidance for Superfund measures.  The most current SPIM can be found here:
     http://epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm.

     Superfund Alternative Approach (SAA) sites: The program tracks SAA sites that meet Sitewide ready for anticipated use criteria, but

-------
does target or report official results at this time.

Definition of National Priorities List (NPL):  Sites are listed on the National Priorities List (NPL) upon completion of Hazard Ranking
System (HRS) screening, public solicitation of comments about the proposed site, and final placement of the site on the NPL after all
comments have been addressed. The NPL primarily serves as an information and management tool. It is a part of the Superfund cleanup
process and is updated periodically. Section 105(a)(8)(B) of CERCLA as amended, requires that the statutory criteria provided by the HRS
be used to prepare a list of national priorities among the known releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or
contaminants throughout the United States. This list, which is Appendix B of the National Contingency Plan, is the NPL. Visit the HRS
Toolbox (http://www.epa.gov/superfund/sites/npl/hrsres/index.htm) page for guidance documents that are used to determine if a site is a
candidate for inclusion on the NPL. [Source: Superfund website, http://www.epa.gov/superfund/sites/npl/npl_hrs.htm]

(Also see Appendix B  of the most recent SPIM, which is updated each fiscal year and contains definitions and documentation/coding
guidance for Superfund measures.  The most current SPIM can be found here: http://epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm.)

The Superfund Program's performance measures are used to demonstrate the agency's progress  of site cleanup and reuse. Each measure
marks a significant step in ensuring human health and environmental protection at Superfund sites.

References:

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA Performance and Accountability Reports, http://www.epa.gov/ocfo/par/index.htm.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Superfund Accomplishment and Performance Measures,
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/accomplishments.htm.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Federal Facilities Restoration and Reuse Office - Performance measures,
http://www.epa.gov/fedfac/documents/measures.htm.

U.S Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Inspector General, Information Technology - Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) Data Quality, No.  2002-P-00016, http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/eroom.htm.

U.S. Government Accountability Office, "Superfund Information on the Status of Sites, GAO/RCED-98-241",
http://www.gao.gov/archive/1998/rc98241.pdf

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Superfund Remediation and Technology Innovation, Superfund Program Implementation
Manuals (SPIM) , http://www.epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm (accessed July 30, 2009).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, "OSWER Quality Management Plan",
http://www.epa.gov/swerffrr/pdf/oswer_qmp.pdf

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Environmental Information, EPA System Life Cycle Management Policy Agency
Directive 2100.5, http://www.epa.gov/oamhpodl/adm_placement/ITS_BISS/slcmmgmt.pdf

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Environmental Information, EPA's Information Quality Guidelines,

-------
http://www.epa.gov/quality/informationguidelines.
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 Original data sources vary, and multiple data sources can be used for each site. Typical data sources are EPA personnel, contractors
 (directly to EPA or indirectly, through the interagency agreement recipient or cooperative agreement recipient), U.S. Army Corps of
 Engineers (interagency agreement recipient), and states/tribes/other political subdivisions (cooperative agreement recipients). EPA also
 collects data via pre-final inspections at sites.

 (See item Performance Measure Term Definitions in Tab 1, for more information. Also, detailed information on requirements for source
 data and completion procedures can be found on the following Superfund website:
 http://www.epa.gov/superfund/programs/npl_hrs/closeout/index.htm)

 2b. Source Data Collection                                                                                                        |
 Collection mode varies, typically with multiple collection modes at each site. Collection typically involves some combination of
 environmental data collection, estimation and/or tabulation of records/activities. Documents such as risk assessments, Record of Decisions
 (RODs), Action Memoranda, Pollution Reports (POLREPS), Remedial Action (RA) Reports, Close-out Reports, Five-year Reviews, NPL
 Deletion/Partial Deletion Notices  are known reliable sources of data and often provide the information necessary for making a SWRAU
 evaluation with reasonable certainty. Regions should also ensure consistency between the SWRAU determination, the All ICs Implemented
 indicator, and the HEUC environmental indicator.

 The SWRAU baseline was established in 2006. Data were from FY 2007 and continues through FY 2012.

 The Guidance and Checklist can be found at: http://www.epa.gov/superfund/programs/recycle/pdf/sitewide_a.pdf

 (See item Performance Measure Term Definitions, for more information and references.)

 Source data collection frequency:  On a regular basis with no set schedule, as the data are entered real-time. Varies by site.

 Spatial Extent:  National

 Spatial detail:  Site, defined in database by latitude/longitude pair.
 2c. Source Data Reporting
 Collection mode varies, typically with multiple collection modes at each site. Collection typically involves some combination of
 environmental data collection, estimation and/or tabulation of records/activities. Documents such as risk assessments, RODs, Action
 Memoranda, POLREPS, RA Reports, Close-out Reports, Five-year Reviews, NPL Deletion/Partial Deletion Notices are known reliable
 sources of data and often provide the information necessary for making a SWRAU evaluation with reasonable certainty. Regions should
 also ensure consistency between the SWRAU determination, the All ICs Implemented indicator, and the HEUC environmental indicator.

-------
SWRAU source data are entered in CERCLIS on a regular basis with no set schedule, as the data are entered real-time. However, status at
a site is reviewed annually by the 10th working day in October, or at any time site conditions change.  CERCLIS is to be updated within 10
days of any change in status.

The information is entered in CERCLIS in the Land Reuse Module. This module contains screens for entering and defining acreage data
and the checklist, as well as setting the SWRAU status and applicable dates.

In addition to submitting information through CERCLIS, Regions are required to submit a Checklist to Headquarters documenting that the
site has met the measure.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a.  Information Systems
The SWRAU determination  is made directly in Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System
(CERCLIS) once it is determined that the site meets all required criteria and has been approved as  such by appropriate regional personnel.
The CERCLIS data system meets all relevant EPA QA standards.

CERCLIS database  - CERCLIS is EPA's primary database to store and report data for NPL and non-NPL Superfund sites. The
Superfund Comprehensive Accomplishment Plan (SCAP) reports in CERCLIS are used to report progress on measures, including
SWRAU.

(For more information about CERCLIS, see Appendix E of the most recent SPEVI, which is updated each fiscal year and contains
definitions and documentation/coding guidance for Superfund measures. The most current SPEVI can be found here:
http://epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm.)

CERCLIS operation and further development is taking place under the following administrative control quality assurance procedures: 1)
Office of Environmental Information Interim Agency Life Cycle Management Policy Agency Directive; 2) the Office of Solid Waste and
Emergency Response (OSWER) Quality Management Plan (QMP); 3) EPA IT standards; 4) Quality Assurance Requirements in all
contract vehicles under which CERCLIS is being developed and maintained;  and 5) EPA IT security policies.  In addition, specific controls
are in place for system design, data conversion and data capture, as well as CERCLIS outputs.
 19-0585 (CERCLIS QAPP) 2009-0410.doc

CERCLIS adherence to the security policy has been audited.  Audit findings are attached to this record.
 CERCLIS July S 200S scan High Medium Response. xls OSWER QMP printed 201 0-03-23.pdf

OSWER Performance Assessment Tool (PAT). This tool serves as the primary external servicing resource for organizing and reporting
OSWER's performance data, which collects information from OSWER program systems, and conforms it for uniform reporting and data
provisioning.  PAT captures data from CERCLIS; replicates business logic used by CERCLIS for calculating measures; delivers that data
to EPA staff and managers via a business intelligence dashboard interface for analytic and reporting use; ; and transmits data to the Budget

-------
Automated System (BAS). No current system specifications document is currently available for PAT, but will be provided when available.
For this measure, PA T transmits Regional-level data to BAS.

PAT operates under the OSWER QMP. PAT has a security certification confirming that a security policy is not necessary because no
sensitive data are handled and PAT is built upon the Oracle-based business intelligence system. PAT's security certification indicates that
it follows all security guidelines for EPA's Oracle Portal and that PAT is (1) not defined as a "Major Application" according to NIST
Special Publication 800-18, Guide for Developing Security Plans for Information Technology Systems, section 2.3.1; (2) does not store,
process, or transmit information that the degree of sensitivity is assessed as high by considering the requirements for availability, integrity,
and confidentiality according to NIST Special Publication 800-18, Guide for Developing Security Plans for Information Technology
Systems, section 3.7.2.  (3) is not covered by EPA Order 2100.2A1 Information Technology Capital Planning and Investment Control
(CPIC).

EPA Headquarters is now scoping the  requirements for an  integrated (Superfund Document Management System-) SDMS-CERCLIS
system,  called the Superfund Enterprise Management System (SEMS).  Development work on  SEMS began in FY  2007 and will
continue through FY 2013.

SEMS represents further re-engineering of the national reporting systems to include additional elements of EPA's Enterprise Architecture.
SEMS will provide a common platform for major Superfund systems and future IT development. It will be constructed in part using EPA
IT enterprise architecture principles and components. SEMS will provide a Superfund Program user gateway to various IT systems and
information collections.
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                    |
CERCLIS: To ensure data  accuracy and control, the following administrative controls are in place:  1) SPIM, the program management
manual that details what data must be reported; 2) Report Specifications, which are published for each report detailing how reported data
are calculated;  3) Coding  Guide,  which contains technical instructions to data users  including Regional Information Management
Coordinators (IMCs), program personnel, data owners, and data entry personnel; 4) Quick Reference Guides (QRG), which are available inl
the CERCLIS Documents Database and provide detailed instructions on data entry for nearly every module in CERCLIS; 5) SCAP Reports
within CERCLIS,  which serve as a means to track, budget, plan, and evaluate progress towards meeting Superfund targets and measures; 6)
a historical lockout feature in CERCLIS  so that changes in past fiscal year data can be changed only by approved and designated personnel
and are logged to a Change Log report, 7) the OSWER QMP; and 8) Regional Data Entry Control Plans.

EPA Headquarters has developed data quality audit reports and Standard Operating Procedures, which address timeliness, completeness,
and accuracy, and has provided these reports to the Regions. In addition, as required by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB),
CERCLIS audit logs are reviewed monthly.  The system was also re-engineered  to bring CERCLIS into alignment with the Agency's
mandated Enterprise Architecture.  The first steps in this effort involved the migration of all 10 Regional and the Headquarters databases
into one single national database at the National Computing Center in Research Triangle Park (RTF) and the migration of SDMS to RTF to
improve efficiency and storage capacity.  During this process SDMS was linked to CERCLIS which enabled users to easily transition
between programmatic accomplishments as reported in CERCLIS and the actual document that defines and describes the accomplishments.


Regional Data Entry Control Plans. Regions have established and published Data Entry Control Plans, which are a key component of
CERCLIS verification/validation procedures. The control plans include: (1) regional policies and procedures for entering data into
CERCLIS, (2) a review process to ensure that all Superfund accomplishments are supported by source documentation, (3) delegation of
authorities for approval of data input into CERCLIS, and (4) procedures to ensure that reported accomplishments meet accomplishment

-------
definitions. In addition, regions document in their control plans the roles and responsibilities of key regional employees responsible for
CERCLIS data (e.g., regional project manager, information management coordinator, supervisor, etc.), and the processes to assure that
CERCLIS data are current, complete, consistent, and accurate. Regions may undertake centralized or decentralized approaches to data
management. These plans are collected annually for review by OSRTI/IMB. [Source:  SPIM FY1 1, IIIJ and Appendix E.
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/action/process/spimlO/pdfs/appe.pdf]  Copies of the 2010 Regional Data Entry Control Plans are provided
with this DQR.  Current and past year plans are available by contacting the Chief, Information Management Branch, Office of Superfund
Remediation and Technology Innovation.

Regions are expected to prepare Data Entry Control Plans consistent with the SPIM and the Headquarters guidance: "CERCLIS Data Entry
Control Plan Guidance," June 2009.

 2009_drafLCERCLIS_DECP_guidance_6-5-09_.pdf

In addition to entering information into CERCLIS, Regions must also submit a Checklist for Reporting the SWRAU Government
Performance and Results Act (GPRA) Measure to the headquarters data sponsor. The information provided in the Checklist can be used by
Headquarters to ensure sites nominated for the measure conform to the same national best practices.

SWRAU is unique in that sites that cease to meet the measure can be retracted from the national total in the event they no longer meet the
criteria. Sites that are retracted must submit a retraction form to Headquarters, explaining the reason for the retractions. For more
information, see Appendix A of the Guidance at: http://www.epa.gov/fedfac/sf_ff_fmal_cprm_guidance.pdf

Superfund Program Implementation Manual (SPIM). The SPIM should be the first source referred to for additional questions related
to program data and reporting.  The SPIM is a planning document that defines program management priorities, procedures, and practices
for the Superfund program (including response, enforcement, and Federal facilities). The SPIM provides the link between the GPRA,
EPA's Strategic Plan, and the Superfund program's internal processes for setting priorities, meeting program goals, and tracking
performance. It establishes the process to track overall program progress through program targets and measures.

The SPIM provides standardized and common definitions for the Superfund program, and it is part of EPA's internal control structure. As
required by the Comptroller General of the United States, through generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and auditing
standards, this document defines program scope and schedule in relation to budget, and is used for audits and inspections by the
Government Accountability Office (GAO) and the Office of the Inspector General (OIG). The SPIM is developed on an annual basis.
Revisions to the SPIM are issued during the annual cycle as needed.

The SPIM contains three chapters and a number of appendices. Chapter 1 provides a brief summary of the  Superfund program  and
summarizes key program priorities and initiatives. Chapter 2 describes the budget process and financial management requirements.  Chapter
3 describes program planning and reporting requirements and  processes. Appendices A through I highlight program priorities and
initiatives and provide detailed programmatic information, including Annual Targets for GPRA performance measures, and targets for
Programmatic Measures.  [Source: SPIM 201 1, Chapter I]

The most current version of the SPIM  can be found at: http://epa.gov/superfund/policy/guidance.htm

Data Flow:

-------
Step 1. Original data sources provide information.

Step 2. EPA Region reviews and determines SWRAU status at the site and adjusts CERCLIS records as needed.

Step 3. Headquarters' OSRTI data sponsor reviews and approves/disapproves Regional determinations of SWRAU using data from
CERCLIS.  Data sponsor works with Regional staff to ensure that determinations follow Superfund Program guidance.

Step 4. The OSWERs PAT pulls data from CERCLIS. Headquarters staff compare PAT results to CERCLIS results. If PAT does not
match CERCLIS then there was an error with the upload and data are reloaded.  Headquarters staff enter into PAT the Annual Commitment
System (ACS) status information for each measure and, if necessary, a status explanation.

Step 5. Headquarters approves PAT results, and PAT pushes results into BAS.

Step 6. BAS aggregates Regional data into a national total.  OSRTI reporting lead reviews and certifies results.	
3c. Data Oversight
The Superfund program has a "data sponsorship" approach to database oversight. Headquarters staff and managers take an active role in
improving the quality of data stored in CERCLIS by acting as data sponsors. The data sponsor for SWRAU, or "Land Ready for Reuse," is
available in Appendix E of SPEVI. http://epa.gov/superfund/action/process/spiml l/pdfs/Appendix_E_SPIM_201 l_FINAL.pdf

Specific roles and responsibilities of data sponsors:
•      Identify data needs;
•      Oversee the process of entering data into the system;
•      Determine the adequacy of data for reporting purposes;
•      Conduct focus studies of data entered (A focus study is where a data sponsor identifies a potential or existing data issue to a data
owner (see below), IMC, or other responsible person to determine if a data quality problem exists, and to solve the problem, if applicable.
(IMC responsibilities discussed under item 2d, Database Oversight, below.) Focus studies can be informal via electronic messages.);
•      Provide definitions for data elements;
•      Promote consistency across the Superfund program;
•      Initiate changes in CERCLIS as the program changes;
•      Provide guidance requiring submittal of these data;
•      Support the development of requirements for electronic data submission; and
•      Ensure there is "objective" evidence to support the accomplishment data entered in CERCLIS through identifying data
requirements and check to assure compliance by performing periodic reviews of a random CERCLIS data sample.  [Source: SPEVI 2011,
III.EandE.A.5]

Measure-specific data sponsor information:

The Headquarter CERCLIS users responsible for the QA/QC of SWRAU data have primary source knowledge of program and site data
used in the Superfund Program Implementation Manual (SPIM) and in CERCLIS. The data sponsor is responsible  for:
•      ensuring that the correct data enters the system on a real-time basis, as the program/site plans and accomplishments change.
•      assuring procedures for determining that a site's SWRAU eligibility has been accomplished.

-------
•      flipping the special initiative flag in CERCLIS once a site is determined to be SWRAU, and running audit and confirmatory reports
from CERCLIS to ensure the information is accurate and up to date.

The Project Manager for CERCLIS oversees and is the approving authority for quality-related CERCLIS processes, and is closely
supported by a Contract Task Manager. (See the CERCLIS QAPP, attached, for more information.) The lead point of contact for
information about the data from CERCLIS is the Director, Information Management and Data Quality Staff, Office of Solid Waste and
Emergency Response.

Information Management Coordinators (IMCs).   In each Region, the IMC is a senior position which serves as regional lead for all
Superfund program and CERCLIS systems management activities. The following lead responsibilities for regional program planning and
management rest with the IMC:
•      Coordinate program planning, budget development, and reporting activities;
•      Ensure regional planning and accomplishments are complete, current, and consistent, and accurately reflected in CERCLIS by
working with data sponsors and data owners;
•      Provide liaison to HQ on SCAP process and program evaluation issues;
•      Coordinate regional evaluations by headquarters;
•      Ensure that the quality of CERCLIS data are such that accomplishments and planning data can be accurately retrieved from the
system; and
•      Ensure there is "objective" evidence to support accomplishment data entered in CERCLIS. (Objective Evidence Rule: "All
transactions must be supported by objective evidence, that is, documentation that a third party could examine and arrive at the same
conclusion.") [Source: SPIM 2011, III.E]

The primary responsibilities of data owners are (1) to enter and maintain data in CERCLIS and (2) assume responsibility for complete,
current, consistent, and accurate data.  The data owners for specific data are clearly identified in the system audit tables. Regions annually
update region-specific Data Entry Control Plans (DECP).  Among other things, Regional data entry control plans identify which Data
Sponsors/Data Owners are responsible for different aspects of data entry. (See item 2e, Regions Have Standard Operating Procedures, for
more information on Data Entry Control Plans.)

There is a Project Manager for CERCLIS.  S/He oversees and is the approving authority for quality-related CERCLIS processes, and is
closely supported by a Contract Task Manager.  (See the CERCLIS QAPP, attached, for more information.)

The Information Management Officer (EVIO) & Director, Information Management and Data Quality Staff. Office of Solid Waste  and
Emergency Response  is the lead point of contact for information about the data from CERCLIS .

PAT Data Entry

The Annual Commitment System (ACS) Coordinator in OSRTI ensures that CERCLIS data for this measure are correctly loaded into PAT. I
The ACS Coordinator then works with the data sponsor to review uploaded data, edit records as appropriate, and then push data to
ACS—part of the Office of Chief Financial Officer's (OCFO) BAS. PAT is maintained by OSWER's System Manager who ensures that the
PAT system operates correctly, based on business logic agreed to by OSRTI.
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                   |
The performance measure is a specific variable  entered into CERCLIS following specific coding guidance and corresponding supporting
site-specific documentation.

-------
The unit of measure is number of sites.  The calculation only includes NPL sites

References:

Superfund Data Element Dictionary.  The Superfund Data Element Dictionary (DED) is available online at:
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/sites/ded/index.htm.  The DED provides definitions and descriptions of elements, tables and codes from the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) database used by the Superfund
program. It also provides additional technical information for each entry, such as data type, field length and primary table. Using the DED,
you can look up terms by table name or element name, or search the entire dictionary by keyword.

Other additional references that may be useful:

Coding Guide. The Superfund Coding Guide contains technical instructions to data users including Regional Information Management
Coordinators (EVICs), program personnel, data owners, and data entry personnel. The Remedial component of the Coding Guide is
attached to this record.
 Coding Guide - 2009.pdf

Quick Reference Guides (QRG).  Superfund Quick Reference Guides are available in the CERCLIS Documents Database and provide
detailed instructions on data entry for nearly every module in CERCLIS.  Sample QRGs are available for entering data related to Remedial
Action Starts.
 Example QRG RA Start.doc

Site Status and Description document: this is a Quick Reference Guide
for CERCLIS users, for filling in information related to site status and
description.
 Site Status and Description.doc
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
Data Sponsor for SWRAU (Land Ready for Reuse), Annual Commitment System (ACS) coordinator, and National Program Office (NPO)
management.
Progress reporting is done quarterly as checks, while official numbers are reported annually.	
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications

-------
Sites that meet the SWRAU performance measure must also meet one of two Human Exposure Under Control (HEUC) performance
measures:

• "Current Human Exposure Controlled and Protective Remedy in Place"; or
• "Long-Term Human Health Protection Achieved"

Specific to S10, if the HEUC changes to something other than the two environmental indicators, and will not be restored by the end of the
fiscal year, Regions must retract a site from the SWRAU national total,  and that retraction counts against the national target. Retractions are
made when Regions determine that an entire site no longer meets the SWRAU criteria. Because SWRAU is counted as a "net" number on a
yearly basis, a retraction is subtracted from that year's total number of SWRAU sites. If a Region retracts a site, the Region must still
achieve its net SWRAU goal. For example, if a Region has a goal of achieving a SWRAU designation for 10 sites, but retracts two that
year, the Region must identify  12 sites to meet the SWRAU target that year (12 - 2 = 10).

Based on experience dealing with sites to date, there are three categories of sites that may not meet the SWRAU measure.  Even sites that
on the surface appear to not meet the measure may have circumstances that require additional consideration.

•      Ground water only sites
•      Sites with overly restrictive ICs
•      Sites that cannot support any use.

NPL sites that have been addressed by state programs for cleanup should NOT be counted as SWRAU if the actions taken are not
documented in an EPA CERCLA decision document.	
4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                         |
For CERCLIS data:  The GAO  report,  Superfund: Information on the Status of Sites (GAO/RCED-98-241), dated August 28, 1998,
estimated that the cleanup status of National Priority List (NPL) sites reported by CERCLIS as of September 30, 1997, is accurate for 95
percent of the sites.
(www.gao.gov/archive/1998/rc98241.pdf)  Another OIG audit, Information Technology - Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) Data Quality (Report No. 2002-P-00016), dated September 30, 2002,
evaluated the accuracy, completeness, timeliness, and consistency of the data entered into CERCLIS.  (See
http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2002/cerlcis.pdf) The report provided  11 recommendations to improve controls for CERCLIS data
quality. EPA has either implemented or continues to implement these recommendations.

The IG also annually reviews the end-of-year CERCLIS data, in an informal process, to verify data that supports the performance
measures. Typically, there are no published results.

Annual EPA Office of Inspector General Audit/Report. The EPA OIG provides an annual report to Congress of the results of its audits
of the Superfund Program. Those reports are available at: http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/annual.htm. The most recently available report
is the FY 2009 report. In that report, EPA received an unqualified audit opinion by the OIG for the annual financial statements, although
three material weaknesses and eight significant deficiencies were also identified. The OIG recommended several corrective actions. The
Office  of the Chief Financial Officer indicated in November 2009 that corrective actions will be taken.

-------
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:08:01 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality  Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OITA) Measure 5PQ: Percent of Tribes implementing federal regulatory environmental programs in Indian country
(cumulative).
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
4-Strengthen Human Health and Environmental Protection in Indian Country
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Improve Human Health and the Environment in Indian Country
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, increase the percent of tribes implementing federal regulatory environmental programs
        Managing Office
   AIEO
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     The performance measure tracks the number of "Treatment in a manner similar to a State" (TAS) program approvals or primacies and
     execution of "Direct Implementation Tribal Cooperative Agreements (DITCAs)."
     TAS status grants a tribe eligibility to implement and administer the environmental statutes for a program within the tribe's boundaries
     comparable to the way States implement and administer the statutes outside of Indian country.

     DITCAs are agreements negotiated between EPA and federally-recognized tribes and eligible intertribal consortia that enable the tribes to
     conduct agreed-upon activities and to help EPA implement federal environmental programs in Indian country in the absence of an
     acceptable tribal program.

     The measure is based on a count of tribes, and a given tribe may have more than one TAS program, and may have DITCAs as well.
     Because of the tribes with multiple qualifying programs, the total number of TAS designations plus DITCAs in Indian country is higher
     than the number of tribes with regulatory environmental programs as reported for this measure.
     This measure represents progression toward the goal of improving human health and the environment in Indian country by helping tribes
     Dlan, develop and establish environmental protection programs.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Regions and Tribes
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Data for the TPMS are input on an ongoing basis by Regional tribal programs and EPA headquarters.
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      Reports are in the form of tables with measures in the columns and years in the rows. The years can be compared. Data are input manually

-------
by regional tribal Tribal Program Management System (TPMS) team members. The data are reported by the Regions into TPMS at
mid-year and at the end of the year.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a. Information Systems

The Tribal Program Management System (TPMS) is a secure database that holds the performance information

http://www.epa.gov/tribalportal/

The information is entered into standard query fields in the data system. Thus, there is no allowance for differences in reporting across
EPA's Regional offices, and national reports can be assembled in a common framework. The assumption is that the authorized person who
enters the data is knowledgeable about the performance status of the tribe.

Quality Management Plan (QMP) is being drafted by contractor
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                      |
Standard Operating Procedures are detailed in the Data Definitions document. Each Regional Administrator, who has tribal activity in his
regional area,  is the EPA official  who certifies information in TPMS prior to submission to EPA Headquarters American Indian Office
(AIEO.)  However, in some cases the Regional Administrator may wish to delegate the signatory authority to another official such as the
Regional Indian Coordinator.   This procedure  generally  follows guidance  provided  in EPA Information Quality Guidelines.  (See
http://www.epa.gov/quality/informationguidelines/ for more information.)


Additionally, the data in TPMS are extracted by the regional TPMS team twice a year,  and delivered by spreadsheet to the Regional TPMS
Project Officers for review and verification.
TPMS Data Definitions.doc
3c. Data Oversight
Regional Indian Coordinators certify data and submit to AIEO

3d. Calculation Methodology
Calculation methodology is: Count the active tribes with DITCA or TAS in a fiscal year. TAS do not have expiration dates and are
cumulative.

Calculation of Percentages:  572 is the number that is used to calculate percentage, and reflects tribal bands that are independent entities
and are eligible for EPA funding.

Because of the tribes with multiple qualifying programs, the total number of TAS designations plus DITCAs in Indian country is higher
than the number of tribes with regulatory environmental programs as reported for this measure.
Percent of Tribes implementing federal regulatory environmental programs in Indian country:

-------
 £ Tribal Program
(fPM5) - Windows Internet Explorer
                                           a. jsp?tilan-43
                                                                                             Live Search
  Pte   Edt  View  Favcrtes  Tmls   Help
         £_ Trbal Program Management System (TPMS)
                                                                                                   :-;, . .. i. Page ,   ; 7fd-;
                      MEASURE 2, PERCENT OF TRIBES IMPLEMENTING FEDERAL REGULATORY ENVIRONMENTAL
                                                  PROGRAMS IN INDIAN COUNTRY
                     Fiscal
                      Year
Tribes with TAS
                 Tribes with DITCA
Tribes with TAS or
  DITCA or both
 of Tribes Implementing
   Federal Regulatory
Environmental Programs
2004
2005
2006
£007
200B
2009
2010
2011
2012
37 | 5
41
45
47
54
10
9
26
29
56 17
57
57
23
13
41 . 7.17%
49
52
67
76
68
73
67
8,57%
9,09%
11.71%
13.29%
| 11.89%
12.76%
11.71%
                   * Data for the present fiscal year may not be complete.

                   Notes:

                      1.  A tribe is counted as implementing a federal regulatory environmental program when 1) the tnbe has an active
                         TAS, or 2) the tribe has an active DITCA, If a tribe has both TAS and DITCAs, it is counted only once.
                      2.  Percent of tribes is calculated as: (Total Tribes/572) x 100,

                        Abbreviations Used in Columns:
                       * TAS - Treatment in a Manner Similar to a State, delegations, approvals, or primacies
                       * DITCA - Direct implementation Tribal Cooperative Agreement
                                                                                                                       v
 Dene
                                                                                             Internet:
                                                                                                               '\ 100*4.
TPMS Data Definitions.doc
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
The procedures for collecting and reporting on the Goal 4 Objective 3 performance measures require that Regonal program managers
certify the accuracy of the data submitted by the regions to AIEO.  This certification procedure is consistent with EPA Information Quality
Guidelines and is verified by AIEO personnel
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications

Because data are input by EPA's Regional  Project Officers on an ongoing basis, there may be a time lag between when a tribal program
status has been achieved and when the data are entered into the TPMS.

-------
      For the TPMS, errors could occur by mis-entering data or neglecting to enter data.  However, the data from each region will be certified as
      accurate at the end of each reporting cycle; error is estimated to be low, about 1-2 percent.
      4c. Third-Party Audits

      Not Applicable
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:26 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OITA) Measure 5PR: Percent of Tribes conducting EPA approved environmental monitoring and assessment activities in
Indian country (cumulative.)
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
3 - Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Objective Number and Title
4-Strengthen Human Health and Environmental Protection in Indian Country
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Improve Human Health and the Environment in Indian Country
        Strategic Target Code and Title
2 - By 2015, increase the percent of tribes conducting EPA-approved environmental monitoring
        Managing Office
   AIEO
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
      A tribe is a governmental entity that is recognized by the federal government and eligible to receive federal funding.

     The performance measure reports the number of active Quality Assurance Project Plans (QAPPs) for monitoring activities that have been
     approved by Regional Quality Assurance Officers. All ongoing environmental monitoring programs are required to have active QAPPs,
     which are used as a surrogate for the monitoring activities that occur in Indian country.

     However, tribes often have more than one QAPP, so the count of total QAPPs is always higher than the number of tribes that have QAPPs
     as reported for this measure.


     Environmental monitoring and assessment activities are those that measure biological, chemical, or physical measurements.

     EPA-approved indicates a required QAPP for the activity has been approved by Regional Quality Assurance Officers.

     Active QAPPs are those that have not expired.

     This measure represents progression toward the goal of improving human health and the environment in Indian country  by helping tribes
      Dlan, develop and establish environmental protection programs.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Regional Quality Assurance Officers
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Regional tribal program liaisons obtain information from Regional Quality Assurance Officers.

-------
Spatial Detail: Base unit is a tribe. Geographic coverage is national.
2c. Source Data Reporting

Reports are in the form of tables with measures in the columns and years in the rows. The years can be compared. Data are input manually
by regional Tribal Program Management System (TPMS) team members. The data are reported by the Regions into TPMS at mid-year and
at the end of the year.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                         |

 The Tribal Program Management System (TPMS) is a secure database that holds the performance information

http://www.epa.gov/tribalportal/

The information is entered into standard query fields in the data system. Thus,  there is no allowance for differences in reporting across
EPA's Regional offices, and national reports can be assembled in a common framework. The assumption is that the authorized person who
enters the data is knowledgeable about the performance status of the tribe.

 Quality Management Plan (QMP) is being drafted by contractor	
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                      I
Standard Operating Procedures are detailed in the Data Definitions document. Each Regional Administrator, who has tribal activity in his
regional area, is the EPA official who certifies information in TPMS prior to submission to EPA Headquarters American Indian Office
(AIEO.)  However, in some cases the Regional Administrator may wish to delegate the signatory authority to another official such as the
Regional Indian Coordinator.  This procedure generally follows guidance provided in EPA Information Quality Guidelines. (See
http://www.epa.gov/quality/informationguidelines/ for more information.)


Additionally, the data in TPMS are extracted by the regional TPMS team twice a year, and delivered by spreadsheet to the Regional TPMS
Project Officers for review and verification.
TPMS Data Definitions.doc
3c. Data Oversight
Regional Indian Coordinators
3d. Calculation Methodology
Each row in the report is a fiscal year. Calculation methodology is: Count number of tribes with at least one active QAPP in a fiscal year. A
tribe is counted once even if they have more than one QAPP.

Calculation of Percentages:  572 is the number that is used to calculate percentage, and reflects tribal bands that are independent entities
and are eligible for EPA funding.

-------
   Tribal Program Management System {IPMS) - Windows Internet txplorer
           C Hrtps: J/laspJ) ,epa, gty//TATS/ocfo_report_qas]p.1sp?plan-43
  Ffe   Edt  VBW  Favorites  Tods  Help
           Trial P: 100.

                        Abbreviations Used in Columns;
                       * QflPP - quality Assurance Project Plan
                                                                                                                        v
                                                                                              Internet
                                                                                           \ 100%
TPMS Data Definitions.doc
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
The procedures for collecting and reporting on the Goal 4 Objective 3 performance measures require that Regional program managers
certify the accuracy of the data submitted by the regions to AIEO.  This certification procedure is consistent with EPA Information Quality
Guidelines and verified by AIEO personnel	
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
Because data are input by EPA's Regional Project Officers on an ongoing basis, there may be a time lag between when a tribal program

-------
      status has been achieved and when the data are entered into the TPMS.

      For the TPMS, errors could occur by mis-entering data or neglecting to enter data. However, the data from each region will be certified as
      accurate at the end of each reporting cycle; error is estimated to be low, about 1-2 percent.
      4c. Third-Party Audits

      Not applicable
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:21 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (ORD) Measure CS1: Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Chemical Safety for Sustainability
research program.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
   Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management- Planning
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     A research product is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task. Research products may require translation or
     synthesis before integration into an output ready for partner use."

      This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products.

     Sustainability Research Strategy, available from:
     http://epa.gov/sciencematters/april2011/truenorth.htm

     http://www.epa.gov/risk assessment/health-risk.htm
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress. Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis.  At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the research program. The actual product completion date is self-reported.
      2b. Source Data Collection

      Each output is assigned to a Lab or Center representative before the start of the fiscal year.  This individual provides quarterly status
      updates via ORD's Resource Management System. Status reports are reviewed by senior management, including the Lab or Center
      Director and National Program Director.  Overall status data is generated and reviewed by ORD's Office of Program Accountability and
      Resource Management.
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      Quarterly status updates are provided via ORD's Resource Management System.

-------
         3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
      3a. Information Systems
      Internal database or internal tracking system such as the Resources Management System (RMS).	
      3b. Data Quality Procedures	
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress.  Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis. At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the program.	
      3c. Data Oversight

      The National Program Director oversees the source data reporting, specifically, the process of establishing agreement with program
      stakeholders and senior ORD managers on the list and content of the planned products, and subsequent progress, completion, and delivery
      of these products.	
      3d. Calculation Methodology	
      At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met".  An overall percentage of planned products met by the
      program is reported.	


      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting

      The Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management is responsible for reporting program progress in meeting its target of
      completion of 100% of program planned products.

      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      This measure does not capture directly the quality or impact of the research products.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits

      Not applicable
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:44 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (ORD) Measure HSl: Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Homeland Security research
program.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
   Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management- Planning
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     A research product is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task. Research products may require translation or
     synthesis before integration into an output ready for partner use."

      This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products.

     Sustainability Research Strategy, available from:
     http://epa.gov/sciencematters/april2011/truenorth.htm

     http://www.epa.gov/risk assessment/health-risk.htm
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress. Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis.  At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the research program. The actual product completion date is self-reported.
      2b. Source Data Collection

      Each output is assigned to a Lab or Center representative before the start of the fiscal year.  This individual provides quarterly status
      updates via ORD's Resource Management System. Status reports are reviewed by senior management, including the Lab or Center
      Director and National Program Director.  Overall status data is generated and reviewed by ORD's Office of Program Accountability and
      Resource Management.
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      Quarterly status updates are provided via ORD's Resource Management System.

-------
         3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
      3a. Information Systems
      Internal database or internal tracking system such as the Resources Management System (RMS).	
      3b. Data Quality Procedures	
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress.  Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis. At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the program.	
      3c. Data Oversight

      The National Program Director oversees the source data reporting, specifically, the process of establishing agreement with program
      stakeholders and senior ORD managers on the list and content of the planned products, and subsequent progress, completion, and delivery
      of these products.	
      3d. Calculation Methodology	
      At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met".  An overall percentage of planned products met by the
      program is reported.	


      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting

      The Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management is responsible for reporting program progress in meeting its target of
      completion of 100% of program planned products.

      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      This measure does not capture directly the quality or impact of the research products.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits

      Not applicable
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:44 AM

-------
Performance Data  Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OCSPP) Measure 091 : Percent of decisions completed on time (on or before PRIA or negotiated due date).
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Ensure Chemical Safety
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                       1 - Protect Human Health from Chemical Risks
        Strategic Target Code and Title
5 - By 2014, reduce concentration of targeted chemicals in children
        Managing Office
   Office of Pesticide Programs
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Decisions: Each action is assigned a decision number when it is received and with time, actions and decisions have come to mean about the
     same. A decision may be an application to register a new pesticide product, to amendment a registered product's label, to review a protocol,
     to establish a tolerance or to make a decision on a request to waive a study requirement.

     Completed: An action or decision is completed when OPP makes a decision on the application, i.e. the product is registered, a label is
     stamped, protocol reviewed, or the action is denied, the label not approved, etc. A decision memorandum is issued describing the decision
     made and the date that the delegated official signs the memo is the date that the decision is completed.  In the case of a label, the date that
     the label is stamped as approved is the date that the application to register or amend a label is completed.

     PRIA: The Pesticide Registration Improvement Act (PRIA) of 2003 established pesticide registration service fees for registration actions.
     The Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIA 2), effective October  1, 2007, reauthorized the PRIA for five more years until
     2012. The PRIA 2 legislation increased the number of actions covered by fees, modified the payment process and application in-processing.
     The category of action, the amount of pesticide registration service fee, and the corresponding decision review periods by year are
     prescribed in these statutes. Their goal is to create a more predictable evaluation process for affected  pesticide decisions, and couple the
     collection of individual fees with specific decision review periods. They also promote shorter decision review periods for reduced-risk
     applications.

     On time (on or before PRIA or negotiated due date): Each PRIA 2 fee category  has an associated  period of time in which the Agency
     must make a determination, which has been called a decision review period or PRIA 2 timeframe, or  "PRIA due date." The PRIA 2 due date
     may be extended by a mutual agreement between the applicant and the Agency. The new due date is  called a negotiated  due date.
     Negotiated due  dates occur predominately as a result of missing information or data or data deficiencies identified during an in-depth review
     of the application. The due date then is extended to allow the applicant the time to submit the data or  information and for the Agency to
     review the data  and make a determination.

     Background:
     This measure is a program output which represents the program's statutory  requirements to ensure that pesticides entering the marketplace
     are safe for human health and the environment, and when used in accordance with the packaging label present a reasonable certainty of no
     harm. In addition, under PRIA and PRIA 2, there are specific timelines, based on the type of registration action, by which the Agency must

-------
make a decision. These laws do allow the decision due date under PRIA to be negotiated to a later date, after consultation with and
agreement by the submitter of the application. The timeliness measure represents the Agency's effectiveness in meeting these PRIA
timelines.

For more information, see
• http ://www. epa. gov/pesticides/fees/
• FIFRA Sec 3(c)(5)
• FFDCA Sec 408(a)(2).
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
 2a. Original Data Source                                                                                                         |
 EPA senior managers.	
 2b. Source Data Collection                                                                                                       |
 Source Data Collection Methods:  EPA senior managers review justifications and make final decisions to extend of negotiate a PRIA due
 date and whether or not to issue a "PRIA Determination to Not Grant" a registration. The Agency employs continuous monitoring of the
 status of PRIA decisions. Numerous internal Agency meeting continue to monitor workload and compliance with PRIA due dates.
 Throughout the pesticide registration program, weekly meetings are held to review the status of pending decisions, due date extensions, and
 refunds; to identify potential issues and target their resolution; to resolve fee category questions; and to coordinate schedules with science
 support organizations.

 EPA QA requirements/guidance governing collection:  All risk assessments are subject to public and scientific peer review. All registration
 actions must employ sound science and meet the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) safety standards. The office adheres to its Quality
 Management Plan (Nov. 2006) in ensuring data quality and that procedures are properly applied.	
 2c. Source Data Reporting
 All registration actions received under the PRIA and PRIA 2 are entered and tracked in the Pesticide Registration Information System
 (PRISM). Reports developed in Business Objects (using PRISM as the data source) allow senior management to more effectively track the
 workload (e.g., pending actions with upcoming PRIA due dates, actions for which the PRIA date appears to have passed etc.) and ensure
 that PRIA or negotiated due dates are met.

 OPP uses several internal controls within the OPPIN/PRISM system.  First of all, users must be FIFRA CBI cleared in order to access the
 system.  Within the system, security measures are taken to allow only authorized users to perform certain operations, which are managed
 by our Data Base Administrator (DBA).  For example, only Branch Chiefs can enter a negotiated due date in the Registration Division.
 The DBA must receive an Access Form from users wanting to use the system and their supervisor must sign the Access Form.

 Applications are pin punched upon receipt by a NOWCC in ISB/ITRMD/OPP and the pin punch date is entered into OPPIN by another
 NOWCC in ISB. The pin punch date is the receipt date in OPPIN.  The EPA team leader performs periodic/random checks of their work.
 Experts from the three registering divisions review each application and place it in a PRIA fee category generally on the date of receipt.

 PRIA 2 requires that certification of payment be submitted together with the application. .  Beginning January 2, 2008, ISB started to hold
 any application that did not contain certification of payment. ISB contacts the submitter to request certification of payment.  When the
 certification is received, ISB generates an acknowledgement and sends it to the submitter.  If no certification of payment is received within

-------
14 days, ISB prepares a rejection letter for the Deputy Office Director's signature. After the rejection letter is signed, ISB posts the
rejection to OPPIN, and invoices the submitter for 25% of the appropriate PRIA fee.

Any issues related to  assigning a fee category are discussed with divisional management and may be elevated.  If a full fee is being paid,
the date that begins the PRIA timeframe or start date is the latest of 21 days after receipt of the application or the day payment is received
by the Washington Finance Center/ OCFO.   Staff in OCFO enter the amount and date of receipt of the payment into IFMS. OPP
downloads IFMS and electronically transfers the data into OPPIN.

Once the IFMS data is transferred to OPPIN, OPPIN automatically calculates due dates from the start date using the time frames in the FR
Notice on  the fee schedule. Due dates can be extended through negotiations with the registrant or applicant.  Negotiated due dates are
manually entered and the rights to enter a negotiated due date belong to only branch chiefs, the Division Directors and other individuals
designated such rights by a Division Director. In BPPD, negotiated PRIA due dates are entered in OPPIN by the branch chiefs, branch
team leaders,  or its Administrative Specialist while in RD, only a branch chief enters the date. According to OPP's procedures, a
negotiated due date cannot be entered into the system until the Deputy Office Director or Office Director approves the negotiated date by
signing the negotiated due date form.  A copy of the negotiated due date form and documentation of the applicants agreement with the due
date are filed.
Beginning July 2011. OPP transition to using Webforms  for processing negotiated due date forms.   Forms are routed, approved, and
retained electronically.

The date that  an action is completed is entered by staff in RD, AD, and BPPD according to their internal procedures. Documentation of the
date of completion is  filed in the product's file.  Once data is entered into OPPIN, start dates and due dates can not be changed by staff in
the regulatory divisions.  Changes are made by staff programming OPPIN in ITRMD. "Data fixes" must be requested by generating a SCR
(Systems Change Request). These requests are reviewed by ITRMD staff and management and representatives of the regulatory divisions.
Questions and issues  are elevated to the PRIA Senior Advisor and if needed to OPP management.  OPP management holds a Bi-weekly
PRIA meeting in which these issues are discussed and resolved. The OPP Immediate Office uses a number of monitoring reports to identify
actions that are past their due date or appear to have been logged out past their due date. An issue is then resolved with the appropriate
division and generally involves an action that needs to be logged out as completed or a negotiated due date that needs to be entered.
OPPIN software issues have also been identified through this oversight effort and an  SCR is developed to make the necessary programming
corrections.

Annually,  the Office of the Inspector General conducts an audit that includes verifying the accurate entry of the date an action is received,
extended and  completed.
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                         |
All registration actions received under the PRIA and PRIA 2 are entered and tracked in the Pesticide Registration Information System
(PRISM).

The Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP) has migrated all of its major data systems including regulatory and scientific data, workflow
tracking and electronic document management into one integrated system, the Pesticide Registration Information System (PRISM). PRISM
provides a centralized source of information on all registered pesticide products, including chemical composition, toxicity, name and

-------

address of registrant, brand names, registration actions, and related data. It is maintained by the EPA and tracks regulatory data submissions
and studies, organized by scientific discipline, which are submitted by the registrant in support of a pesticide's registration. All registration
actions received under the PRIA and PRIA 2 are entered and tracked in PRISM.

PRISM is the successor to the Office of Pesticide Programs Information System Network (OPPIN). Data has been migrated from the
following databases: Chemical Vocabulary (CV), Company Name and Address (CNAD), Pesticide Document Management System
(PDMS), Pesticide Product Information System (PPIS), Chemical Review Management System (CRMS), FIFRA CBI Access (FAS),
Jackets, Product Data Call-In (PDCI), Phones, Pesticide Regulatory Action Tracking (PRAT), Reference System (REFS), Tolerance
Indexes (TIS and TOTS). Sources of the input are paper copy and electronic data. EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX), scheduled as EPA
097, is the gateway for electronic submissions. It consolidates information stored on the mainframe, the OPP LAN, on stand-alone
computers and in paper copy. PRISM (Pesticide Registration Information System) consolidates various pesticides program databases.

EPA recently constructed a module in PRISM tracking major Registration Review milestones. This module enhances tracking capabilities
and is an important management tool.

For information on  disposition of records in this database, please see EPA Records  Schedule 329,
http://www.epa.gov/records/policy/schedule/sched/329.htm

OPP adheres to its Quality Management Plan (Nov. 2006) in ensuring data quality and that procedures are properly applied.


PRISM was developed between 1997 and 2003 and has been operational since June 2, 2003. PRISM provides  e-government capabilities to
share pesticide information with OPP stakeholders. PRISM supports  OPP's responsibilities under a variety of regulatory requirements
including FIFRA, FQPA, PRIA, PRIA II, Pesticide Registration Review and for the Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program and will
standardize the structure of a chemical case where appropriate to define the key tasks and documents used in the a number of pesticide
review processes. EDSP components are used to order, monitor, track and manage scientific tests associated with pesticide chemicals.
Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIA II).

PRISM was developed in response to the requirements of the following laws and regulations:

•      The Title III of the E-Government Act of 2002 - Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) - Public Law 107-347:
A security plan must be developed and practiced throughout all life cycles of the agency's information systems.


•      Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-130, Management of Federal Information Resources: A System Security
Plan (SSP) is to be developed and documented for each GSS and Major Application (MA) consistent with guidance issued by the National
Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).


•      Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) Publication 199, Standards for Security Categorization of Federal Information
and Information Systems: This document defines standards for the security categorization of information and information systems. System
security categorization must be included in SSPs.

-------
•       FIPS Publication 200, Minimum Security Requirements for Federal Information and Information Systems: This document contains
information regarding specifications for minimum security control requirements for federal information and information systems. Minimum
security controls must be documented in SSPs.


•       NIST Special Publication (SP) 800-18 Revision 1, Guide for Developing Security Plans for Federal Information Systems: The
minimum standards for an SSP are provided in this NIST document.


•       NIST SP 800-53, Revision 3, Recommended Security Controls for Federal Information Systems and Organizations: This document
contains a list of security controls that are to be implemented into federal information systems based on their FIPS 199 categorization. This
document is used in conjunction with FIPS 200 to define minimum security controls, which must be documented in SSPs.


•       EPA Information Security Planning Policy. A system security plan shall be developed for each system cited on the EPA Inventory
of Major Information Systems, including major applications and general support systems

Most, if not all, of PRISM data should be considered "source" data. This means that these data originate from primary data providers,
particularly pesticide  product registrants, submitting information sent to EPA directly in response to FIFRA regulatory requirements.

PRISM contains source data and from this source data, certain dates, such as the date due are calculated automatically.

3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                      |
OPP adheres to its Quality Management Plan (Nov. 2006) in ensuring data quality and that procedures are properly applied.	
3c. Data Oversight
Branch Chief, Financial Management and Planning Branch.	
3d. Calculation Methodology
Unit of analysis: Percent

The percent completed on time is calculated by taking the total number of decisions or actions completed and withdrawn on or before their
due date and dividing by the total number decisions or actions completed and withdrawn within the date range specified.
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting	
Planning and Accountability Lead in the Resource Management Staff in the Office of Program Management Operations.  Reporting
semiannually: mid-year and end-of-year.	
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications	
No Data Limitations.

4c. Third-Party Audits

-------
      Not applicable.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:27 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name (OCSPP) Measure 164: Number of pesticide registration review dockets opened.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Ensure Chemical Safety
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                       1 - Protect Human Health from Chemical Risks
        Strategic Target Code and Title
5 - By 2014, reduce concentration of targeted chemicals in children
        Managing Office
   Office of Pesticide Programs
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Registration Review dockets: EPA initiates a registration review by establishing a docket for a pesticide registration review case and
     opening the docket for public review and comment. Each docket contains a Summary Document that explains what information EPA has on
     the pesticide and the anticipated path forward. The Summary Document includes:

     •       A Preliminary Work Plan highlighting anticipated risk assessment and data needs, providing an anticipated timeline for completing
     the pesticide's review, and identifying the types of information that would be especially useful to the Agency in conducting the review;

     •       A fact sheet providing general background information and summarizing the current status of the pesticide;

     •       Ecological risk assessment problem formulation and human health scoping sections describing the data and scientific analyses
     expected to be necessary to complete the pesticide's registration review.

     Opened: EPA initiates a registration review by establishing a docket for a pesticide registration review case and opening the docket for
     public review and comment. The Agency publishes a Federal Register notice that announces the availability of the docket and provides a
     comment period of at least 60 days. See http://www.epa.gov/oppsrrdl/registration review/reg review_process.htm for more information.

     Background:
     The Food Quality Protection Act of 1996 directed EPA to establish a Registration Review program with the goal of reviewing all registered
     pesticides, AIs and products,  on a 15-year cycle to ensure that they continue to meet the standards of registration. EPA issued the final rule
     in 2006 and began implementing the program in 2007.  Under the rule, EPA posts registration review schedules and these will provide a
     baseline for expected AI case dockets that will be opened for the next three year cycle and for decisions  expected over the next several
     years.  The first step of Registration Review is to open a public docket for each pesticide case entering the process to show the public what
     the Agency knows about the AI and seek comment. When comments are evaluated and data needs are finalized, OPP posts a Final Work
     Plan (FWP) for each AI case.  Although the docket openings and the FWPs are tracked, both steps require notable resources to complete.

     All registrations must be based on sound science and meet the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) safety standard. All risk assessments are
     subject to public and scientific peer review. In addition, OPP management reviews and signs new documents before being placed in the
     docket or posted on EPA's website.

-------
For more information, see:
http://www.epa.eov/oppsrrd 1/reeistration review/
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 OPP staff, working collaboratively across the program, develop the draft preliminary work plan taking into account existing policies, data
 requirements, and standard operating procedures.	
 2b. Source Data Collection
 Each preliminary work plan is approved by Director of the appropriate OPP division (Antimicrobial Division, Biopesticides and Pollution
 Prevention Division, and Pesticide Re-evaluation Division). All preliminary work plans are included in the docket for that registration
 review case and are available via the pesticide program website at http://www.epa.gov/pesticides.
 2c. Source Data Reporting
 Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system: As described in 2b, all preliminary work plans are posted to the
 docket for that registration review case and are available via the pesticide program website.  Counts for preliminary work plans completed
 are tracked and tabulated in a master spreadsheet maintained by the Pesticide Re-evaluation Division.

 Timing and frequency of reporting:  Preliminary work plans are developed on a quarterly basis. Counts of actions completed are
 available at the end of each quarter.	
    3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
 3a. Information Systems
 The Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP) has migrated all of its major data systems including regulatory and scientific data, workflow
 tracking and electronic document management into one integrated system, the Pesticide Registration Information System (PRISM). PRISM
 provides a centralized source of information on all registered pesticide products, including chemical composition, toxicity, name and
 address of registrant, brand names, registration actions, and related data. It is maintained by the EPA and tracks regulatory data submissions
 and studies, organized by scientific discipline, which are submitted by the registrant in support of a pesticide's registration. All registration
 actions received under the PRIA and PRIA 2 are entered and tracked in PRISM.

 PRISM is the successor to the Office of Pesticide Programs Information System Network  (OPPIN). Data has been migrated from the
 following databases: Chemical Vocabulary (CV), Company Name and Address (CNAD),  Pesticide Document Management System
 (PDMS), Pesticide Product Information System (PPIS), Chemical Review Management System (CRMS), FIFRA CBI Access (FAS),
 Jackets,  Product Data Call-In (PDCI), Phones, Pesticide Regulatory Action Tracking (PRAT), Reference System (REFS), Tolerance
 Indexes  (TIS and TOTS). Sources of the input are paper copy and electronic data. EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX), scheduled as EPA
 097, is the gateway for electronic submissions. It consolidates information stored on the mainframe, the OPP LAN, on stand-alone
 computers and in paper copy. PRISM (Pesticide Registration Information System) consolidates various pesticides program databases.

 EPA recently constructed a module in PRISM tracking major Registration Review milestones. This module enhances tracking capabilities
 and is an important management tool.

 For information on  disposition of records in this database, please see EPA Records  Schedule 329,

-------
http://www.epa.gov/records/policy/schedule/sched/329.httn


PRISM was developed between 1997 and 2003 and has been operational since June 2, 2003. PRISM provides e-government capabilities to
share pesticide information with OPP stakeholders. PRISM supports OPP's responsibilities under a variety of regulatory requirements
including FIFRA, FQPA, PRIA, PRIA II, Pesticide Registration Review and for the Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program and will
standardize the structure of a chemical case where appropriate to define the key tasks and documents used in the a number of pesticide
review processes. EDSP components are used to order, monitor, track and manage scientific tests associated with pesticide chemicals.
Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIA II).

PRISM was developed in response to the requirements of the following laws and regulations:

•       The Title III of the E-Government Act of 2002 - Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) - Public Law 107-347:
A security plan must be developed and practiced throughout all life cycles of the agency's information systems.


•       Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-130, Management of Federal Information Resources: A System Security
Plan (SSP) is to be developed and documented for each GSS and Major Application (MA) consistent with guidance issued by  the National
Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).


•       Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) Publication 199, Standards for Security Categorization of Federal Information
and Information Systems: This document defines standards for the security categorization of information and information systems. System
security categorization must be included in  SSPs.


•       FIPS Publication 200, Minimum Security Requirements for Federal Information and Information Systems: This document contains
information regarding specifications for minimum security  control requirements for federal information and information systems. Minimum
security controls must be documented in SSPs.


•       NIST Special Publication (SP) 800-18 Revision  1,  Guide for Developing Security Plans for Federal Information Systems: The
minimum standards for an SSP are provided in this NIST document.


•       NIST SP 800-53, Revision 3, Recommended Security Controls for Federal Information Systems and Organizations: This document
contains a list of security controls that are to be implemented into federal information systems based on their FIPS  199 categorization. This
document is used in conjunction with FIPS  200 to define minimum security controls,  which must be documented in SSPs.


•       EPA Information Security Planning Policy. A system security plan shall be developed for each system cited on the EPA Inventory
of Major Information Systems, including major applications and general support systems

Most, if not all, of PRISM data should be considered "source" data.  This means that these data originate from primary data providers,

-------
      particularly pesticide product registrants, submitting information sent to EPA directly in response to FIFRA regulatory requirements.

      3b. Data Quality Procedures
      OPP adheres to its Quality Management Plan (Nov. 2006) in ensuring data quality and that procedures are properly applied.

      3c. Data Oversight
      Branch Chief, Financial Management and Planning Branch
      3d. Calculation Methodology
      Identification of Unit of Measure and Timeframe: Timeframe is the fiscal year. Unit of measure is the number of preliminary work plans
      completed each year.	


      4. Reporting and Oversight
     ~4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                       |
      Planning and Accountability Lead in the Resource Management Staff in the  Office of Program Management Operations. Reporting
      semiannually: mid-year and end-of-year.	
     ~4J3. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                               |
      No data limitations.	
     ~4c! Third-Party Audits                                                                                                           |
      Not applicable.	
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:43 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name (OCSPP) Measure 230: Number of pesticide registration review final work plans completed.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Ensure Chemical Safety
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
2 - Protect Ecosystems from Chemical Risks
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, no watersheds will exceed aquatic life benchmarks for targeted pesticides
        Managing Office
   Office of Pesticide Programs
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Registration Review dockets: EPA initiates a registration review by establishing a docket for a pesticide registration review case and
     opening the docket for public review and comment. Each docket contains a Summary Document that explains what information EPA has on
     the pesticide and the anticipated path forward. The Summary Document includes:

     •       A Preliminary Work Plan highlighting anticipated risk assessment and data needs, providing an anticipated timeline for completing
     the pesticide's review, and identifying the types of information that would be especially useful to the Agency in conducting the review;

     •       A fact sheet providing general background information and summarizing the current status of the pesticide;

     •       Ecological risk assessment problem formulation and human health scoping sections describing the data and scientific analyses
     expected to be necessary to complete the pesticide's registration review.

     Completed: After the closure of the public comment period for the preliminary work plan, EPA reviews those comments and revises (as
     necessary) the work plan, resulting in the issuance of a final work plan. See
     http://www.epa.gov/oppsrrdl/registration  review/reg review_process.htm for more information.

     Background:
     The Food Quality Protection Act of 1996 directed EPA to establish a Registration Review program with the goal of reviewing all registered
     pesticides, AIs and products, on a 15-year cycle to ensure that they continue to meet the standards of registration.  EPA issued the final rule
     in 2006 and began implementing the program in 2007.  Under the rule, EPA posts registration review schedules and these will provide a
     baseline for expected AI case dockets that will be opened for the next three year cycle and for decisions  expected over the next several
     years.  The first step of Registration Review is to open  a public docket for each pesticide case entering the process to show the public what
     the Agency knows about the AI and seek comment. When comments are evaluated and data needs  are finalized, OPP posts a Final Work
     Plan (FWP) for each AI case. Although the docket openings and the FWPs are tracked, both steps require notable resources to complete.

     All registrations must be based on sound science and meet the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) safety standard. All risk assessments are
     subject to public  and  scientific peer review. In addition, OPP management reviews and signs new documents before being placed in the
     docket or posted  on EPA's website.

-------
For more information, see:
http://www.epa.gov/oppsrrdI/registration review/
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 OPP staff, working collaboratively across the program, review the public comments and develop the draft final work plan taking into
 account existing policies, data requirements, and standard operating procedures.	
 2b. Source Data Collection
 Each final work plan is approved by Director of the appropriate OPP division (Antimicrobial Division, Biopesticides and Pollution
 Prevention Division, and Pesticide Re-evaluation Division). All final work plans are included in the docket for that registration review
 case and are available via the pesticide program website at http://www.epa.gov/pesticides.	
 2c. Source Data Reporting
 Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system:  As described in 2b, all final work plans are posted to the docket
 for that registration review case and are available via the pesticide program website. Counts for final work plans completed are tracked and
 tabulated in a master spreadsheet maintained by the Pesticide Re-evaluation Division.

 Timing and frequency of reporting: Final work plans are developed on a quarterly basis.  Counts of actions completed are available at
 the end of each quarter.
    3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
 3a. Information Systems
 The Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP) has migrated all of its major data systems including regulatory and scientific data, workflow
 tracking and electronic document management into one integrated system, the Pesticide Registration Information System (PRISM). PRISM
 provides a centralized source of information on all registered pesticide products, including chemical composition, toxicity, name and
 address of registrant, brand names, registration actions, and related data. It is maintained by the EPA and tracks regulatory data submissions
 and studies, organized by scientific discipline, which are submitted by the registrant in support of a pesticide's registration. All registration
 actions received under the PRIA and PRIA 2 are entered and tracked in PRISM.

 PRISM is the successor to the Office of Pesticide Programs Information System Network  (OPPIN). Data has been migrated from the
 following databases: Chemical Vocabulary (CV), Company Name and Address (CNAD),  Pesticide Document Management System
 (PDMS), Pesticide Product Information System (PPIS), Chemical Review Management System (CRMS), FIFRA CBI Access (FAS),
 Jackets,  Product Data Call-In (PDCI), Phones, Pesticide Regulatory Action Tracking (PRAT), Reference System (REFS), Tolerance
 Indexes  (TIS and TOTS). Sources of the input are paper copy and electronic data. EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX), scheduled as EPA
 097, is the gateway for electronic submissions. It consolidates information stored on the mainframe, the OPP LAN, on stand-alone
 computers and in paper copy. PRISM (Pesticide Registration Information System) consolidates various pesticides program databases.

 EPA recently constructed a module in PRISM tracking major Registration Review milestones. This module enhances tracking capabilities
 and is an important management tool.

 For information on  disposition of records in this database, please see EPA Records  Schedule 329,

-------
http://www.epa.gov/records/policy/schedule/sched/329.httn


PRISM was developed between 1997 and 2003 and has been operational since June 2, 2003. PRISM provides e-government capabilities to
share pesticide information with OPP stakeholders. PRISM supports OPP's responsibilities under a variety of regulatory requirements
including FIFRA, FQPA, PRIA, PRIA II, Pesticide Registration Review and for the Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program and will
standardize the structure of a chemical case where appropriate to define the key tasks and documents used in the a number of pesticide
review processes. EDSP components are used to order, monitor, track and manage scientific tests associated with pesticide chemicals.
Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act (PRIA II).

PRISM was developed in response to the requirements of the following laws and regulations:

•       The Title III of the E-Government Act of 2002 - Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) - Public Law 107-347:
A security plan must be developed and practiced throughout all life cycles of the agency's information systems.


•       Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-130, Management of Federal Information Resources: A System Security
Plan (SSP) is to be developed and documented for each GSS and Major Application (MA) consistent with guidance issued by  the National
Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).


•       Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) Publication 199, Standards for Security Categorization of Federal Information
and Information Systems: This document defines standards for the security categorization of information and information systems. System
security categorization must be included in  SSPs.


•       FIPS Publication 200, Minimum Security Requirements for Federal Information and Information Systems: This document contains
information regarding specifications for minimum security  control requirements for federal information and information systems. Minimum
security controls must be documented in SSPs.


•       NIST Special Publication (SP) 800-18 Revision  1,  Guide for Developing Security Plans for Federal Information Systems: The
minimum standards for an SSP are provided in this NIST document.


•       NIST SP 800-53, Revision 3, Recommended Security Controls for Federal Information Systems and Organizations: This document
contains a list of security controls that are to be implemented into federal information systems based on their FIPS  199 categorization. This
document is used in conjunction with FIPS  200 to define minimum security controls,  which must be documented in SSPs.


•       EPA Information Security Planning Policy. A system security plan shall be developed for each system cited on the EPA Inventory
of Major Information Systems, including major applications and general support systems

Most, if not all, of PRISM data should be considered "source" data.  This means that these data originate from primary data providers,

-------
      particularly pesticide product registrants, submitting information sent to EPA directly in response to FIFRA regulatory requirements.
      |3b. Data Quality Procedures
      OPP adheres to its Quality Management Plan (Nov. 2006) in ensuring data quality and that procedures are properly applied.

    |  3c. Data Oversight
      Branch Chief, Financial Management and Planning Branch

      3d. Calculation Methodology
      Timeframe is the Fiscal year. Unit of measure is the number of final work plans completed each year.	


      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      Planning and Accountability Lead in the Resource Management Staff in the Office of Program Management Operations.  Reporting
      semiannually: mid-year and end-of-year.	
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      No data limitations.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      Not applicable.	
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:44 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OCSPP) Measure 009: Cumulative number of certified Renovation Repair and Painting firms
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Ensure Chemical Safety
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Protect Human Health from Chemical Risks
        Strategic Target Code and Title
2 - By 2014,reduce the percentage of children with blood lead levels above 5ug/dl to 1.0 percent or less
        Managing Office
   Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxic
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Cumulative number: Number since October 1, 2009.

     Certified Renovation Repair and Painting firms: "Renovation, Repair, and Painting" is generally defined as any activity that disturbs
     paint in housing and child-occupied facilities built before 1978, including remodeling, repair, maintenance,  electrical work, plumbing,
     painting, carpentry and window replacement.  Most minor repair and maintenance activities of less than six  square feet per interior room or
     20 square feet on the exterior or a home or building are exempt from the work practice requirements. However, this exemption does not
     apply to window replacements, demolitions or the use of prohibited practices.

     Background:
     On March 31, 2008, EPA issued a new rule (Renovation, Repair, and Painting Program Rule or RRP rule) aimed at protecting children from
     lead-based paint hazards. The rule requires contractors and construction professionals that work in pre-1978 housing or child-occupied
     facilities to follow lead-safe work practice standards to reduce potential exposure to dangerous levels of lead for children in places they
     frequent. In October 2009, firms began to apply to EPA for certification to conduct renovations. As of April 2010, renovations in target
     (pre-1978) housing and child-occupied facilities must be conducted by certified renovation firms, using renovators with accredited training,
     and following the work practice requirements of the rule.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Firms seeking certification submit applications directly to EPA, enabling the Agency to track the number of certified firms through its
      Federal Lead-Based Paint Program (FLPP) database. In states that have received authorization from EPA to administer a Renovation
      Repair and Painting program in lieu of the Federal program, state grantees collect data on the number of state certified Renovation Repair
      and Painting firms.
      2b. Source Data Collection                                                                                                        |
      The original data source generally would be EPA itself since applicants do not collect data but merely submit certification applications.
      Authorized states would be the original data sources in some cases. Entry of application data into the FLPP database is handled by an EPA
      contractor.

-------
EPA collects data on the numbers of firms certified in each authorized state through quarterly reports from grantees as part of the Agency's
oversight of authorized programs.

2c. Source Data Reporting                                                                                                       |
Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system: Firms seeking RRP certification submit applications in hard copy
directly to EPA.  The data are entered into the FLPP database by an EPA contractor.  The original hard copies are retained to augment the
electronic records.  Authorized states report data to EPA Regional Offices on the number of certified firms in the state.
Timing and frequency of reporting: Application data are entered into the FLPP database continuously as applications to the Federal
Program are received.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                        |
The Federal Lead-Based Paint Program (FLPP) database  provides a record of all applications for the certification of Renovation Repair and
Painting firms where EPA directly implements the program, the actions taken on those applications including final decisions, and the
multiple steps in the process used for measurement. Thus, the number of firms actually being certified can be obtained directly from the
database.  EPA uses an Oracle Discoverer application to query the database to collect measurable performance data. Documentation for the
FLPP database is maintained internally at EPA and is  available upon request.

The FLPP database is currently undergoing improvements to increase the processing efficiency and tracking for firm certifications.

3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                     |
The database is interactive, and operational usage in processing applications by Headquarters and the Regional offices provides ongoing
internal quality reviews.  Further, EPA periodically checks contractors' data entry quality.

OPPT has in place a signed Quality Management Plan ("Quality Management Plan for the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics;
Office of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances", November 2008). Like the 2003 QMP, it will ensure the standards and procedures I
are applied to this effort. In addition, NPCD has an approved Quality Management Plan in place, dated July 2008.  Applications and
instructions for applying for certification and accreditation are documented and available at the Web site
http://www.epa.gov/lead/pubs/traincert.htm.  Documentation for the FLPP database is maintained internally at EPA and is available upon
request.	
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                             |
Branch Chief, Planning and Assessment Branch
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
Since the measure simply tracks the number of firms certified to perform Lead RRP work, there is no need to transform the original data by
any mathematical methods.
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting	
 Planning and Accountability Lead in the Resource Management Staff in the Office of Program Management Operations. Reporting

-------
      semiannually: mid-year and end-of-year.
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      Data are estimates from firm certification applications received either directly by EPA or through EPA authorized State programs and
      reported to EPA Regional offices.

      There is little or no sampling error in this performance measure because it is based on an evaluation of all applicable records for the Federal
      program. Data on firms certified in each authorized state are collected as part of the Agency's oversight of authorized programs through
      semi-annual reports from grantees.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                             |
      Not applicable.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:27 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name (OCSPP) Measure Cl 8: Percentage of existing CBI claims for chemical identity in health and safety studies reviewed and
challenged, as appropriate.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Ensure Chemical Safety
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
3 - Ensure Transparency of Chemical Health and Safety Information
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - 2015, make all health and safety information available to the public for chemicals in commerce
        Managing Office
   Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Existing CBI claims: Under TSCA, companies may claim that information they submit to EPA should be treated as "confidential business
     information" (CBI) and not be disclosed to the public.  "Existing" CBI claims are CBI claims in TSCA filings presently in the possession of
     the Agency.

     Health and safety studies: EPA will begin a general practice of reviewing confidentiality claims for chemical identities in health and safety
     studies, and in data from health and safety studies, submitted under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) in accordance with Agency
     regulations at 40 CFR part 2, subpart B.

     Reviewed and, as appropriate, challenged: To achieve this measure, EPA must complete the following actions for new and historical
     submissions by the end of 2015: 1) determine if a challenge to the CBI claim is warranted; 2) execute the challenge; and 3) where legally
     defensible, declassify the information claimed as CBI.  Section 14(b) of TSCA does not extend confidential treatment to health and safety
     studies, or data from health and safety studies, which, if made public, would not disclose processes used in the manufacturing or processing
     of a chemical substance or mixture or, in the case of a mixture, the release of data disclosing the portion of the mixture comprised by any of
     the chemical substances in the mixture. Where a chemical identity does not explicitly contain process information or reveal portions of a
     mixture, EPA expects to find that the information would clearly not be entitled to confidential treatment. Where EPA determines that the
     information is not eligible for confidential treatment, the Agency will notify companies, and in those instances where the company will not
     voluntarily relinquish the claims, EPA may  initiate administrative action in accordance with Section  14 of TSCA.

     Background:
        This performance measure supports EPA's strategic measure through 2015 to make all health and safety studies available to the public
     for chemicals in commerce, to the extent allowed by law. For pesticides, EPA will continue to make risk assessments and supporting
     information available through its long standing Public Participation Process.
        The effort has involved the tightening of EPA's CBI policies, first on January 21, 2010, when EPA said it planned to reject CBI claims
     for chemicals submitted to EPA with studies that show a substantial risk  to people's health and the environment and that have been
     previously disclosed on the TSCA Chemical Inventory. Sn  a follow-up policy change issued May 27, 2010, EPA said it planned to generally
     deny confidentiality claims for and the identity of chemicals in health and safety  studies filed under the TSCA, except in specified
     circumstances.

-------
   Health and safety information differs greatly in complexity and consequently the declassification may occur rapidly in some areas but
take longer than others to reach completion.

For more information, please see:
(1)     http://www.epa.gov/oppt/tsca8e/pubs/confidentialbusinessinformation.html
(2)     http://www.epa.gov/oppt/existingchemicals/pubs/transparency.html
http://www.regulations.gov/#!documentDetail:D=EPA-HQ-OPPT-2010-0446-0001
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 Data are provided by EPA Headquarters Staff.
 2b. Source Data Collection

 Historical data used to identify existing CBI health and safety data will come from staff and contractor maintained internal databases. The
 Agency relies on existing databases that track TSCA filings and identify data elements for each document, including CBI claims. These
 databases are used for a wide variety of purposes relating to TSCA implementation.  Quality controls include standard operating
 procedures related to  data processing. This process is enhanced, in the CBI review context, by reviews of the actual data (hard copy,
 microfiche and pdf) to ensure that what is tracked is consistent with the submitted filings.
 2c. Source Data Reporting
 EPA receives information by paper or electronic submission under the authority of TSCA.  CBI reviews are initiated under specific
 regulatory authority (e.g. 40 CFR 720, 40 CFR part 2 etc).  EPA receives materials pursuant to TSCA on a daily basis.
    3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
 3a. Information Systems
 OPPT has developed a CBI declassification tracking system, which includes the records identified for review, date of receipt, review status,
 claim validation, letter or call sent, 2.204(d)(2) Action, and declassification status. For chemicals in 8(e) filings the system will also track
 if the chemical name has process or portion of mixture information and if it is claimed as research and development (R&D) or as a
 pesticide. Data elements used to track the de-classification studies will consist of new process-specific elements input by reviewers and
 elements traditionally associated with studies that were input to OPPT databases. The tracking system is limited to tracking filings, CBI
 review status and other data element consistent with internal management of program. The system does not contain any transformed data.

 3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                      |
 EPA staff will ensurethe number of health and safety studies reviewed is equal to or less than the total number of health and safety studies
 received in the fiscal year for both measures, combined. EPA reviews all subject filings with CBI claims to ensure that such claims are
 consistent with provisions of statute and Agency policy. Participants in the review include legal and technical staff who rely on advice
 from EPA's Office of General Counsel.
 3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                              |
 Branch Chief, Planning and Assessment Branch

 3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
 The baseline assumes that between the enactment of TSCA and August 21, 2010, 22,483 CBI cases potentially containing TSCA health and

-------
      safety information were submitted for chemicals potentially in commerce. In recent years, hundreds of such cases have been submitted
      annually.

      EPA has identified all filings and cases subject to review and placed these in a tracking database. As filings and cases are reviewed and
      appropriate actions undertaken, the database is updated to capture the new status. Thus, the number of CBI claims that are reviewed and
      challenged can be readily obtained from the database and expressed as a percentage of all existing CBI claims in health and safety studies.
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting	
      Planning and Accountability Lead in the Resource Management Staff in the Office of Program Management Operations. Reporting
      semiannually: mid-year and end-of-year.

      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      Data limitations include:
      •           Some archived data may have been lost or damaged.
      •           The DTS database does not differentiate between types of CBI claims, so some studies tracked in the DTS system may, in
      theory, already be public.
      •           Some submissions may be redundant due to overlap in processing.
      •           Other limitations expected.
      There is no estimateon the number oferrors that couldhave been made during data entry.
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      OIG published a report in 2010 finding that CBI claims were excessive, and encouraging EPA to increase public access to information filed
      under TSCA. For more information, see http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2010/20100217-10-P-0066.pdf.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:48 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OCSPP) Measure HC1: Annual number of hazard characterizations completed for HPV chemicals
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Ensure Chemical Safety
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                      1 - Protect Human Health from Chemical Risks
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
   Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Hazard characterizations:  "Hazard characterizations" refers to Screening Level Hazard Characterization Reports prepared by EPA staff
     based on information submitted by the companies that make the chemicals, as well as on data identified from a targeted search of publicly
     available sources of information specifically relevant to characterizing hazards.

     Completed: Screening Level Hazard Characterization Reports are deemed "completed" once they are deemed by senior Agency scientists
     and OPPT management to be suitable for posting on the program's website. In order for reports to be completed, the source Screening
     Information Data Set data submissions must be judged by the Agency to be adequate.

     HPV chemicals: High Production Volume chemicals produced or imported in the United States in quantities of 1 million pounds or more
     per year.

     Background:
     • EPA's High Production Volume Challenge (HPV Challenge) program has inspired chemical manufacturers and users to deliver health and
     environmental effects data on many of the most heavily used  chemicals in U.S. commerce to the agency. More information is available at:
     http ://www. epa. gov/hpv/.
     • EPA is investigating the hazard characteristics of heavily used chemicals in conjunction with the Organization for Economic Cooperation
     and Development (OECD). The OECD's criteria for including chemicals in its Screening Information Data Sets (SIDS) program are
     production in one OECD Member country in quantities above 10,000 metric tons (22 million Ibs) per annum or above 1,000 metric tons (2.2
     million Ibs) in two or more OECD countries. More information is available at http://www.epa.gov/opptintr/sids/pubs/overview.htm.
     Screening  Level Hazard Characterization Reports are supplemented and aligned twice a year with the international database of chemicals
     sponsored  internationally through Screening Information Data Sets (SIDs) Initial Assessment Meetings. Hazard characterizations are made
     Dubliclv available through OPPT's High Production Volume Information System (HPVIS): http://www.epa.gov/hpvis/
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Submissions from chemical sponsors, for both U.S. HPVs and international Screening Information Data Sets (SIDs) chemicals.
      2b. Source Data Collection

-------
Tabulation of records or activities:   Screening Level Hazard Characterization Reports are prepared by EPA staff based on submissions
from chemical sponsors and are reviewed by senior scientists and management to determine whether they are complete. Each screening
level hazard characterization document represents a thorough review by qualified EPA personnel of the information provided by the
submitter, as well as other targeted sources of information. For more information about sources utilized, please visit:
http://www.epa.gov/hpvis/hazardinfo.htm.

This measure analyzes and supplements data received through EPA's High Production Volume (HPV) challenge, the EPA program that
has inspired companies to deliver health and environmental effects  data on many of the most heavily used chemicals in U.S. commerce to
the agency. An assessment of adequacy is made for HPV chemicals, defined as approximately 2,450 chemicals (1400 US Sponsored
chemicals, 850 International sponsored chemicals, and 200 Original Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)
SIDS Initial Assessment Reports (SIARs)). The measure is a count  of completed reports from all of these sources, which are then posted on
EPA's website, http://www.epa.gov/hpvis/abouthc.htm

EPA OA requirements/guidance governing collection:  OPPT has in place a signed Quality Management Plan (Quality Management
Plan for the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics; Office of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances, November 2008).
2c. Source Data Reporting                                                                                                     |
Form/mechanism for receiving data  and entering into EPA system: EPA staff complete Screening Level Hazard  Characterization
Reports based on submissions from chemical sponsors.

Once a report is completed, as determined by senior scientist and management review, an internal reporting spreadsheet called HPV HC
Tracking Data is updated with the  chemical name and date of completion. The HPV tracking system is updated by  EPA staff upon posting
of final documents to the EPA web site at the end of each quarter. The number of chemicals reviewed and posted is then recorded in the
internal reporting spread sheet.

Timing and frequency of reporting:  As new HCs are posted at the end of each quarter, the number of chemicals posted is recorded in the
internal tracking spreadsheet.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                      |
EPA uses a reporting spreadsheet called HPV HC Tracking Data to track the number of completed Screening Level Hazard
Characterization Reports. There are no transformed data in this spreadsheet as this is a simple tracking measure.

3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                   |
Not Available

3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                            |
Branch Chief, Planning and Assessment Branch
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                   |
The performance result is simply a count of Screening Level Hazard Characterization Reports completed by EPA either quarterly or over
the fiscal year.

-------
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      Planning and Accountability Lead in the Resource Management Staff in the Office of Program Management Operations.  Reporting
      semiannually: mid-year and end-of-year.

      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications	
      Not Available

      4c. Third-Party Audits
      Recent GAO reviews found that EPA does not routinely assess the risks of all existing chemicals and faces challenges in obtaining the
      information necessary to do so. EPA has taken several steps to respond to these reviews including more aggressive efforts to collect data,
      continued efforts to assess data through hazard characterizations, and increased emphasis on risk management activities for chemicals of
      concern.

      GAO-05-458: Chemical Regulation: Options Exist to Improve EPA's Ability to Assess Health Risks and Manage Its Chemical Review
      Program, June 2005.

      GAO-06-1032T: Chemical Regulation: Actions Are Needed to Improve the Effectiveness of EPA's Chemical Review Program, August
      2006.

      GAO-09-271: High Risk Series-An update. Transforming EPA's Processes for Assessing and Controlling Toxic Chemicals, January 2009.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:07:55 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OCSPP) Measure EOl : Number of chemicals for which Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program (EDSP) decisions have been
completed
         1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Ensure Chemical Safety
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Protect Human Health from Chemical Risks
        Strategic Target Code and Title
6 - By 2015, complete Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program (EDSP)
        Managing Office
   Office of Science Coordination and Policy
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Chemicals: The initial pesticide chemicals to be screened in the EDSP.

     Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program Decisions:  This measure deals with data generated by evaluating chemicals via the Endocrine
     Disrupter Screening Program's (EDSP) Tier 1 screening assays, which are designed to identify compounds that have the potential to interact
     with the endocrine system.  These decisions take into consideration Tier 1 screening battery data, other scientifically relevant information
     (OSRI), and/or the regulatory status of a chemical, as applicable. The decisions counted via this measure range from determining whether a
     chemical has the potential to interact with the Estrogen (E) Androgen (A),  or Thyroid (T) hormone systems to otherwise determining
     whether further endocrine related testing is necessary because EPA makes  a regulatory determination to remove a chemical from further
     consideration or a test order recipient announces that it is discontinuing the manufacture and import of the chemical. This measure is a
     count of these decisions.
     • EDSP decisions for a particular chemical (in Tier 1) can be organized into two broad categories: (1) regulatory actions and (2)
     determinations regarding potential to interact with E, A, or T. In both cases, the decisions will determine whether further endocrine related
     testing is necessary for that chemical.
     • There are several regulatory actions that will remove a chemical from further consideration for endocrine related testing in the EDSP.
     These include, but would not be limited to, cancellation of pesticide registrations, ceasing sales of the chemical for use in pesticide products,
     and discontinuing the manufacture and import of the chemical.  These actions may be voluntary on the part of a Tier 1 test order recipient or
     the result of an EPA regulatory determination. In either case, when such regulatory decisions have been completed for a chemical in Tier 1
     of the EDSP, that  chemical will be counted for this measure.

     Completed:  Chemicals which EPA judges to have been fully assessed using the Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program's (EDSP) Tier 1
     screening assays and other scientifically relevant information (as applicable) for their potential to interact with E, A, or T, will be counted
     for this measure.

     Chemicals are also counted for this measure when EPA makes a regulatory determination to remove a chemical from further consideration
     for endocrine related testing in the EDSP. This  can be due to cancellation  of pesticide registrations or because a Tier 1 test order recipient
     makes voluntary decision to discontinue the manufacture and import of the chemical.

-------
Decisions will be counted once EPA announces them via updates to the EDSP website (
http ://www. epa. gov/endo/pub s/ED SP_O SRI_Response_Table. pdf).

Background:
• EPA anticipates that an increasing proportion of the resources allocated to the EDSP will be used for review of EDSP submissions of Tier
1 screening battery data in FY  2012.  As a result, a measure based on the number of chemicals for which EDSP decisions have been
completed captures an important shift in resource utilization for the program.
• In general, it is anticipated that the EDSP decisions will vary from  chemical to chemical with respect to complexity and timing.
Therefore, careful analysis will be needed in setting performance targets each year. It is anticipated that annual performance targets will be
established by considering (to the extent practicable) the number of chemicals for which EDSP Tier 1 test orders have been issued, the
identity of the chemicals, the number of Tier 1 test order recipients, any other available chemical specific information and EPA resources
available to complete data evaluations.  However, several factors remain unpredictable and will impact the schedule for completing EDSP
decisions. These include, for example, the number of pesticide cancellations and other regulatory actions that may remove a chemical from
commerce and/or discontinue manufacture and import (voluntary and enforced), unforeseen laboratory capacity limits, and unforeseen
technical problems with completing the Tier 1 assays for a particular chemical. Each of these factors can move the timeline for completing
an EDSP decision for a particular chemical beyond the fiscal year in  which the decision was originally anticipated.
• This performance measure is best used in conjunction with another EDSP annual performance measure (Number of chemicals for which
EDSP Tier 1 test orders have been issued). Measuring the number of chemicals for which EDSP Tier 1 test orders have been issued will,
together with  additional chemical-specific information, help set performance targets for the number of chemicals for which EDSP decisions
have been completed.
• Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program; Second List of Chemicals for Tier 1 Screening [Federal Register Notice: November 17, 2010

(Volume 75, Number 221, pages 70248-70254)]

http://www.regulations.gov/contentStreamer?disposition=attachment&objectId=0900006480b954bf&contentType=html
• http ://www. epa. gov/endo/ (including Highlights box on right side of page)
• http://www.epa.gov/endo/pubs/edspoverview/background.htm
http://www.epa.gov/endo/pubs/EDSP OSRI Response  Table.pdf
tp://www.epc
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 EPA staff, including scientists and regulatory managers from relevant program offices, are responsible for making and documenting the
 decisions.	
 2b. Source Data Collection	
 Source Data Collection Methods: The decisions will take into consideration Tier 1 screening battery data, other scientifically relevant
 information (OSRI), and/or the regulatory status of a chemical, as applicable.

 EPA has developed guidance on how to conduct the Weight of Evidence (WoE) analysis that will lead to decisions about whether
 chemicals have the potential to interact with E, A, or T and whether further testing will be required (see Highlights box at
 http://www.epa.gov/endo).

 Date/time intervals covered by source data: FY 2012-present	
 2c. Source Data Reporting

-------
  Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system: EPA has created and is maintaining an on-line report for tracking
  the status of chemicals screened in the EDSP (see Highlights box at http://www.epa.gov/endo). The report includes for each chemical: the
  date a test order was issued, to whom the test order was issued, the due date for completing and submitting the data, the recipient's
  response to the order, and regulatory status (e.g., pesticide registration cancelled), as appropriate.  In addition, the report will include
  information on EDSP decisions.
  Decisions will be counted once EPA announces them via updates to the EDSP website (
  http://www.epa. gov/endo/pubs/EDSP_OSRI_Response_Table.pdf).

  Timing and frequency of reporting: Annual


     3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
 ~3a~. Information Systems                                                                                                         |
  EPA has created and is maintaining an on-line report for tracking the status of chemicals screened in the EDSP (see Highlights box at
  http://www.epa.gov/endo).  The report includes for each chemical: the date a test order was issued, to whom the test order was issued, the
  due date for completing and submitting the data, the recipient's response to the order, and regulatory status (e.g., pesticide registration
  cancelled), as appropriate.  In addition, the report will include information on EDSP decisions. EPA anticipates expanding this report to
  include chemicals other than pesticides.

  Additional information:
  Since the data will correspond to the on-line reporting on the status of chemicals in the EDSP, the public and other interested parties will be
  able to easily determine the accuracy of the reported results.	
 ~3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                      |
  Data on the number of decisions generated for this measure will be reviewed for accuracy before submitting.

  The number of chemicals for which EDSP Tier 1 decisions have been completed can be checked against supporting records documenting
  the decisions.	
  3c. Data Oversight
  Deputy Director, Office of Science Coordination and Policy	
i  3d. Calculation Methodology	
  Unit of analysis: Number of chemicals for which Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program (EDSP) Tier 1 decisions have been completed.


  4. Reporting and Oversight
|  4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
  Planning and Accountability Lead in the Resource Management  Staff in the Office of Program Management Operations.  Reporting
  semiannually: mid-year and end-of-year.	
|  4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
  Decisions are based on EPA regulatory actions and data review once data are received, thus minimal error is anticipated with this estimate.
|  4c. Third-Party Audits

  The American Society of Human Genetics, the American Society for Reproductive Medicine, the Endocrine Society, the Genetics Society
  of America, the Society for Developmental Biology, the Society  for Pediatric Urology, the Society for the Study of Reproduction, and the

-------
      Society for Gynecologic Investigation. Assessing Chemical Risk: Societies Offer Expertise. Science , March 3, 2011 DOT:
      10.1126/science.331.6021.1136-a or http://www.sciencemag.org/content/331/6021/1136.1.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:48 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OCSPP) Measure E02:  Number of chemicals for which EDSP Tier 1 test orders have been issued
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Ensure Chemical Safety
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                       1 - Protect Human Health from Chemical Risks
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
   Office of Science Coordination and Policy
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Chemicals:  The initial pesticide chemicals to be screened in the EDSP.

     EDSP Tier 1:  The Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program's (EDSP) Tier 1 screening assays, which are designed to identify compounds
     that have the potential to interact with the body's endocrine system.

     Test orders: The initial  issuance of orders to conduct EDSP Tier 1 screening tests to entities initially identified by EPA as being the
     producers of specific chemicals that may have the potential to interact with the estrogen, androgen, or thyroid hormone systems, all of
     which are part of the endocrine  system.

     Issued:  Issuance of EDSP Tier 1 test orders follows the policies and procedures that are described in detail in the Federal Register  at
     74FR17560. For the purpose of this measure, completing the issuance of Tier 1 test orders for a particular chemical will be defined as
     completing the initial issuance of orders to the order recipients initially identified by EPA.  Subsequent issuance of orders to recipients who
     were not initially identified by EPA or to recipients who become subject to EDSP requirements after the initial issuance of test orders
     (referred to as "catch up" orders) will not be considered in this measure. As noted above,

     Background:
     • Tier 1  screening will include a battery of screening assays that would identify substances with the potential to interact with the estrogen,
     androgen, or thyroid hormone systems, according to text at http://www.epa.gov/endo/pubs/edspoverview/components.htmtf2.
     • Consistent with EPA plans to  integrate the EDSP Tier 1 test orders into the pesticide registration review process, issuance of test orders
     for additional chemicals (including industrial chemicals that are water contaminants) is expected to continue in FY 2012 and beyond.
     • EPA anticipates that an increasing proportion of the resources allocated to the EDSP will be used for review of EDSP submissions of Tier
     1 screening battery data in FY 2012. As a result, a measure based on the number of chemicals for which EDSP decisions have been
     completed captures an important shift in resource utilization for the program.

     • Given the dynamic nature of chemical markets, some companies may be missed in EPA's analysis or companies may enter new markets
     subjecting them to the EDSP requirements for a chemical after the initial test orders for that chemical have been issued. EPA's policies and
     procedures allow for "catch up" orders to address these situations. Given that the time horizon for "catch up" orders is 15 years after the
     initial test orders are issued for a chemical, for purposes of this measure, a chemical will be counted as completed after initial test orders are

-------
issued.

• With EPA plans to integrate EDSP Tier 1 test orders into the pesticide registration review process and as EPA develops subsequent lists of
chemicals, EPA anticipates that an increasing proportion of the EDSP resources will be used for the issuance of Tier 1 test orders and data
review. Therefore, a measure based on the number of Tier 1 test orders issued captures performance of activities on which the program will
be spending a larger proportion of its future resources.

• In general, it is anticipated that the EDSP decisions will vary from chemical to chemical with respect to complexity and timing.
Therefore, careful analysis will be needed in setting performance targets each year. It is anticipated that  annual performance targets will be
established by considering (to the extent practicable) the number of chemicals for which EDSP Tier 1 test orders have been issued, the
identity of the chemicals, the number of Tier 1 test order recipients, any other available chemical specific information and EPA resources
available to complete data evaluations. However, several factors remain unpredictable and will impact the schedule for completing EDSP
decisions. These include, for example, the number of pesticide cancellations and other regulatory actions that may remove a chemical from
commerce and/or discontinue manufacture and import (voluntary and enforced), unforeseen laboratory capacity limits, and unforeseen
technical problems with completing the Tier 1 assays for a particular chemical. Each of these factors can move the timeline for completing
an EDSP decision for a particular chemical beyond the fiscal year in which the decision was originally anticipated.

• Annual performance targets for this measure will be subject to obtaining an approved Information Collection Request and the EPA
resources available for issuing EDSP Tier  1 test orders.

• Annual performance targets may be influenced by a number of factors including  OCSPP's identification of manufacturers of chemicals
and the corresponding issuance of Information Collection Requests.  Therefore, careful analysis will be needed in setting performance
targets each year.

• The results from this performance measure, together with additional chemical specific information, will help set performance targets for
another EDSP measure:  the number of chemicals for which Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program (EDSP) decisions have been
completed.

• Endocrine Disruptor Screening Program: Second List of Chemicals for Tier 1 Screening [Federal Register Notice: November 17, 2010

(Volume 75, Number 221, pages 70248-70254)]

• http ://www. epa. gov/endo/ (including Highlights box on right side of page)
• http://www.epa.gov/endo/pubs/edspoverview/background.htm
http://www.epa.gov/endo/pubs/edsp_orders_status.pdf


 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
 2a. Original Data Source                                                                                                          |
 EPA staff, including scientists and regulatory managers from relevant program offices, are responsible for issuing and documenting the test
 orders.	
 2b. Source  Data Collection                                                                                                        |
 Source Data Collection Methods:
 Using several databases, EPA initially completed a comprehensive analysis to identify companies that are potential test order recipients
 because of their association with specific chemicals. These chemicals may have the potential to interact with the estrogen, androgen, or
 thyroid hormone systems.

-------

The policies and procedures regarding issuance of EDSP Tier 1 test orders are described in detail in the Federal Register (74FR17560).
The policies and procedures regarding issuance of EDSP Tier 1 test orders that are described in detail in the Federal Register (74FR17560)
are being adapted to address additional chemicals (including water contaminants). EPA completes a comprehensive analysis using several
databases to identify companies that are potential order recipients for each chemical.
2c. Source Data Reporting                                                                                                         |
EPA has created and is maintaining an on-line report for tracking the status of chemicals screened in the EDSP (see Highlights box at
http://www.epa.gov/endo). The report includes for each chemical: the date a test order was issued, to whom the test order was issued, the
due date for completing and submitting the data, the recipient's response to the order, and regulatory status (e.g., pesticide registration
cancelled), as appropriate. In addition, the report will include information on EDSP Tier 1 decisions.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                          |
EPA has created and is maintaining an on-line report for tracking the number of chemicals for which EDSP Tier 1 test orders have been
issued.

EPA's on-line report for tracking the status of chemicals screened in the EDSP includes for each chemical: the date a test order was issued,
to whom the test order was issued, the due date for completing and submitting the data, the recipient's response to the order, regulatory
status (e.g., pesticide registration cancelled), as appropriate, and other information.

Additional information:
Since the data generated for this measure will correspond to the on-line reporting on the status of chemicals in the EDSP, the public and
other interested parties will be able to easily determine the accuracy of the reported results.	
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                       |
The number of chemicals for which Tier 1 test orders have been issued can be checked against order related documentation.

Data on the number of orders issued that are related to this measure will be reviewed for accuracy before submitting.	
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                               |
Deputy Director, Office of Science Coordination and Policy	
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                      |
Unit of analysis: Number of chemicals for which Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program (EDSP) Tier 1 test orders have been issued.


4. Reporting and Oversight	
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
Planning and Accountability Lead in the Resource Management Staff in the Office of Program Management Operations.  Reporting
semiannually: mid-year and end-of-year.
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
Issuance of test orders is based largely on EPA actions, thus minimal error is anticipated with this estimate.
4c. Third-Party Audits

The American Society of Human Genetics, the American Society for Reproductive Medicine, the Endocrine Society, the Genetics Society
of America, the Society for Developmental Biology, the Society for Pediatric Urology, the Society for the Study of Reproduction, and the

-------
      Society for Gynecologic Investigation. Assessing Chemical Risk: Societies Offer Expertise. Science , March 3, 2011 DOT:
      10.1126/science.331.6021.1136-a or http://www.sciencemag.org/content/331/6021/1136.1.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:48 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (ORD) Measure RAl : Percentage of planned research products completed on time by the Human Health Risk Assessment
research program.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
1 - Ensure Chemical Safety
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
   Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management- Planning
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     A research product is "a deliverable that results from a specific research project or task. Research products may require translation or
     synthesis before integration into an output ready for partner use."

      This secondary performance measure tracks the timely completion of research products.

     Sustainability Research Strategy, available from:http://epa.gov/sciencematters/april2011/truenorth.htm

     http://www.epa.gov/risk_assessment/health-risk.htm


      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
      2a. Original Data Source	
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress. Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis.  At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the research program. The actual product completion date is self-reported.
      2b. Source Data Collection
      Each output is assigned to a Lab or Center representative before the start of the fiscal year.  This individual provides quarterly status
      updates via ORD's Resource Management System. Status reports are reviewed by senior management, including the Lab or Center
      Director and National Program Director. Overall status data is generated and reviewed by ORD's Office of Program Accountability and
      Resource Management.	
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      Quarterly status updates are provided via ORD's Resource Management System.
         3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures

-------
      3a. Information Systems
      Internal database or internal tracking system such as the Resources Management System (RMS).
    |  3b. Data Quality Procedures
      EPA and its partners confirm the schedule for completing research outputs and products that are transformed or synthesized into outputs.
      ORD tracks progress toward delivering the outputs; clients are notified of progress.  Scheduled milestones are compared to actual progress
      on a quarterly basis. At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met" to determine the overall percentage of
      planned products that have been met by the program.	
    |  3c. Data Oversight

      The National Program Director oversees the source data reporting, specifically, the process of establishing agreement with program
      stakeholders and senior ORD managers on the list and content of the planned products, and subsequent progress, completion, and delivery
      of these products.	
    |  3d. Calculation Methodology
      At the end of the fiscal year, outputs are either classified as "met" or "not met".  An overall percentage of planned products met by the
      program is reported.	


      4. Reporting and Oversight
    |  4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting

      The Office of Program Accountability and Resource Management is responsible for reporting program progress in meeting its target of
      completion of 100% of program planned products.

    |  4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      This measure does not capture directly the quality or impact of the research products.	
    |  4c. Third-Party Audits

      Not applicable
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:44 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OCSPP) Measure 297: Metric Tons of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent (MTC02e) reduced, conserved, or offset through pollution
prevention.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
4 - Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Objective Number and Title
                                                       2 - Promote Pollution Prevention
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
1 - Prevent Pollution and Promote Environmental Stewardship
        Strategic Target Code and Title
2 - By 2015, reduce 9 million MTof carbon dioxide equivalent (MMTC02Eq.) through pollution prevention
        Managing Office
   Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Carbon Dioxide Equivalent: A measure expressed in metric units that is used to compare the emissions from various greenhouse gases
     based upon their global warming potential (GWP). Carbon dioxide equivalents are commonly expressed as "million metric tons of carbon
     dioxide equivalents (MMTCO2Eq)." The carbon dioxide equivalent for a gas is derived by multiplying the tons of the gas by the associated
     GWP. The use of carbon equivalents (MMTCE) is declining.
     MMTCO2Eq = (million metric tons of a gas) * (GWP of the gas)
     See greenhouse gas, global warming potential, metric ton.

     Offset: Emission savings or storage that can be considered to cancel out emissions that would otherwise have occurred. For example,
     electricity produced from burning landfill gas is considered to replace electricity from the grid, leading to a carbon offset because landfill
     gas production and combustion results in lower GHG emissions than grid electricity production from fossil fuels.
     http://epa.gov/climatechange/wycd/waste/downloads/warm-defmitions-and-acronyms.pdf

     P2 Programs related to this measure include:

     Green Suppliers Network (GSN) and Energy, Economy, and the Environment (E3) - Green Suppliers Network works with large
     manufacturers to engage their small and medium-sized suppliers in low-cost technical reviews that focus on process improvement and waste
     minimization.

     Energy, Economy, and the Environment is a coordinated federal and local technical assistance initiative to help manufacturers adapt and
     thrive in a new business era focused on sustainability. The program provides technical assessments of production processes and training to:
     maximize energy efficiency, reduce environmental wastes, identify opportunities for reducing carbon emissions, promote sustainable
     manufacturing practices and growth, and reduce business costs.
     Environmentally Preferable Products (EPP) - EPA's Environmentally Preferable Purchasing (EPP) Program is helping agencies across the
     federal government comply with green purchasing requirements, and in doing so is using the federal government's enormous buying power
     to stimulate market demand for green products and services. Results for the Environmentally Preferable Purchasing (EPP) program are
     derived from the Federal Electronics Challenge (FEC) and the Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool (EPEAT). The Federal
     Electronics Challenge (FEC) is a voluntary partnership program that encourages federal facilities and agencies to purchase greener

-------
electronic products, reduce impacts of electronic products during use, and manage obsolete electronics in an environmentally safe way.

Additional information about the P2 programs listed here can be found at: http://www.epa.gov/p2/pubs/partnerships.htm
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 Green Suppliers Network (GSN) and Energy, Economy, and the Environment (E3):  The source of P2-related data is the technical
 assistance provider reviewing the facility.  This professional provides an estimate of the potential reductions and savings achievable at the
 facility being reviewed. This person is usually an environmental expert from the state environmental agency or its designee.

 Environmentally Preferable Products (EPP):   For the Federal Electronics Challenge, the data source is federal facility and agency
 partners. EPA obtains data on annual sales of Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool (EPEAT)  registered electronics products
 from the Green Electronics Council, which obtains the data from manufacturers of the products.

 2b. Source Data Collection                                                                                                      |
 Date/time intervals covered by source data:

 Green Suppliers Network (GSN) and Energy, Economy and the Environment (E3):  For GSN, performance data are collected by the
 National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Manufacturing Extension Partnership (MEP) on a monthly,  quarterly, and annual
 basis.  Currently, E3 results are reported on an annual basis, but the NIST MEP is working with its regional managers to develop a more
 efficient method of providing E3 results.

 Environmentally Preferable Products (EPP):  Data are collected on an annual basis. FY 2011 data will be collected for the Federal
 Electronics Challenge in January 2012 and for the Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool products (EPEAT) in 2012.

 EPA QA requirements/guidance governing collection:

 Green Suppliers Network (GSN) and Energy, Economy, and the Environment (E3):  Data are collected and verified under NIST MEP's
 QA/QC plan, which guides the NIST MEP Centers as grantees to the Department of Commerce.  Environmental data are collected under
 the QA/QC requirements of the state environmental agency participating in GSN and E3 program.  States utilize these data for their own
 purposes as well. An E3 database is currently being developed that will track these same metrics for E3. In the interim the E3 metrics are
 being captured by NIST regional managers on EXCEL spreadsheets and shared with EPA.

 EPP:  Instructions and guidelines are provided to partners submitting applications to the Federal Electronics Challenge on how to report
 data. Manufacturers of EPEAT-registered products sign a Memorandum of Understanding in which they warrant the accuracy of the data
 they provide.

 2c. Source Data Reporting                                                                                                      |
 Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system: Green Suppliers Network (GSN) and Energy, Economy,  and the
 Environment (E3)  : The NIST MEP Center representative enters data into the Customer Relationship Management (CRM) database,  which
 the NIST MEP program uses to collect NIST and EPA performance metrics for the MEP/GSN/E3 programs.  MEP headquarters enters data

-------
into the CRM on economic and environmental outcomes from technical assistance providers conducting facility reviews.

Timing and frequency of reporting:  For GSN, results are provided by NIST MEP on a monthly, quarterly, and annual basis.  Currently
E3 results are reported on an annual basis. However, NIST MEP is working with its regional managers to develop a more efficient method
of providing E3 results while the E3 data base is being developed.
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a.  Information Systems
Green Suppliers Network (GSN) and Energy, Economy, and the Environment (E3) :  EPA uses the National Institute of Standards and
Technology's (NIST's) Customer Relationship Management (CRM) database, which the NIST Manufacturing Extension Partnership
(NIST MEP) program uses to collect NIST and EPA performance metrics for the MEP/GSN/E3 programs. MEP headquarters enters data
into the CRM on economic and environmental outcomes from technical assistance providers conducting facility reviews.

Environmentally Preferable Products (EPP):  Results for Environmentally Preferable Purchasing (EPP) are derived from the Federal
Electronics Challenge (FEC) and the Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool (EPEAT). FEC uses the FEC Administrative
Database for storage and retrieval of annual reporting information from FEC government partners.	
3b.  Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                   |
OPPT: All OPPT programs operate under the Information Quality Guidelines as found at
http://www.epa.gov/quality/informationguidelines, as well as under the Pollution Prevention and Toxics Quality Management Plan (QMP)
("Quality Management Plan for the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics; Office of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances,"
November 2008), and the programs will ensure that those standards and procedures are applied to this effort. The Quality Management Plan
is for internal use only.

The P2 Program established a Standard Operating Procedures report to govern its collection, tracking, analyzing, and publicly reporting of
data on environmental  and other performance parameters. These SOPs pertain to the type, format and quality of data to be submitted to the
Agency by partners, contractors, and program beneficiaries for use  in reporting P2 Program performance.

EPP:  EPA staff review the submitted forms. FEC data undergo thorough internal technical review before they are run through the EEBC
calculator.

The assumptions needed for the EEBC to translate environmental attributes and activities into environmental benefits are relatively
extensive and were reviewed when the EEBC underwent the original peer review process, and again when they were updated during the
development of version 2.0 of the EEBC.
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                            |
Branch Chief, Planning and Assessment Branch
3d.  Calculation Methodology                                                                                                   |
Unit of analysis: MTCO2e

Green Suppliers Network (GSN) and Energy, Economy, and the Environment (E3) :  The program assumes that many partner facilities will
choose not to submit any actual P2 outcome data to maintain confidentiality and that facility partners will not accept NIST MEP
headquarters sharing any non-aggregated potential or actual P2 data with EPA.

-------
  To accommodate facility preferences for confidentiality, the Program uses an implementation-rate methodology to calculate and report
  results.  Based on actual results reported in the Michigan multiple-facility projects, the Program assumes the following GSN P2-cost
  savings implementation rates, assuming energy-related savings occur at a higher rate and represent a larger share of total savings (2010,
  30%; 2011, 32%; 2012, 34%; 2013, 36%, 2014, 38%; and, 2015, 40%). Also based on the Michigan project, the Program assumes the
  following GSN energy-based (MTCO2e) implementation rates (2010, 35%; 2011, 37%; 2012, 39%; 2013, 41%; 2014, 43%; and 2015,
  45%) and the following implementation rates for other environmental projects, taking into account the economy (2010, 15%; 2011, 17%;
  2012,  19%; 2013, 21%; 2014, 23%, and 2015, 25%).

  The implementation rates for E3 projects are assumed to be higher for energy-based recommendations because of more highly leveraged
  resources for implementation and the higher visibility of E3. Implementation rates used for E3 energy-based recommendations (related to
  MTCO2e) are as follows: 2010, 50%; 2011, 52%; 2012, 54%; 2013, 56%; 2015, 58%; and, 2015, 60%.  Implementation rates used for E3
  cost savings are as follows: 2010, 41%; 2011, 44%; 2012, 47%; 2013, 49%; 2014, 52%; and, 2015, 55%. Implementation rates used for E3
  other environmental projects are as follows: 2010, 15%; 2011, 20%; 2012, 25%; 2013, 30% 2014, 35%; and 2015, 40%.

  EPA counts recurring results from GSN and E3 facility implementation of equipment and process changes that are expected to be observed
  for multiple years. EPA is using an average lifetime of equipment or process change as a factor to apply to all GSN and E3 results
  achieved. Preliminary bench-marking indicates that a six-year period is an appropriate average lifetime for GSN technology and process
  changes.  In the future, EPA may be able to access case-specific data efficiently to determine specific depreciation rates for equipment and
  process changes installed.

  Environmentally Preferable Products (EPP): EPP staff run annually reported data from Federal Electronics Competition partners and
  annual sales data of Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool (EPEAT) products through an Electronics Environmental Benefits
  Calculator (EEBC) to calculate pounds of hazardous pollution reduced, units of energy conserved, and costs saved (among other benefits).
  The assumptions needed for the EEBC to translate environmental attributes and activities into environmental benefits are relatively
  extensive and are laid out in the EEBC (e.g., the average lifecycle of a  computer, the weight of packaging for a computer,  etc.)

  Energy savings per dollar invested in FEC are calculated by comparing energy  savings data to FEC program resource data that are housed
  in a central  OPPT finance database.

  EPP counts benefit estimates that encompass the purchase, use, and disposal of green electronics products over a five year product
  life-cycle. As additional electronics products are explored, benefits will be counted according to respective product life-cycles.
  4. Reporting and Oversight	
  4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
Planning and Accountability Lead in the Resource Management Staff in the Office of Program Management Operations. Reporting
semiannually: mid-year and end-of-year.
  4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
  Green Suppliers Network (GSN) and Energy, Economy, and the Environment (E3) :  To a degree, EPA assumes that partner facilities report
  actual data accurately to NIST Manufacturing Extension Partnership (NIST MEP) headquarters, that MEP and State technical assistance
  providers make accurate estimates of potential P2 results if projects are implemented, and that NIST MEP headquarters accurately

-------
      aggregates the data before sharing them with EPA.

      The program assumes that many partner facilities will choose not to submit actual P2 outcome data to maintain confidentiality and that
      facility partners will not accept NIST MEP headquarters sharing any non-aggregated potential or actual P2 data with EPA.

      Facilities reviewed by NIST MEP and State technical assistance providers are often reluctant to have their individual facility opportunity
      assessments shared with EPA or to share proprietary information on quantitative benefits with NIST or EPA.  MEP programs can also vary
      in the level of detail they report from the facility-level opportunity assessments (potential results) to MEP Headquarters, where data are
      aggregated and then sent to EPA.  To address these limitations, EPA has strengthened the Request for Proposals requirements for the
      grantee MEP centers eligible to perform GSN and E3 reviews.

      EPP:  FEC has a built-in reliance on partners for data reporting.  EPEAT relies on manufacturers of EPEAT-registered products, and the
      GEC, for data reporting.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      EPP: The Electronics Environmental Benefits Calculator (EEBC) underwent internal and external review during its development phases.
      It was also reviewed and beta-tested during development of version 2.0.	
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:47 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OECA) Measure 400: Millions of pounds of air pollutants reduced, treated, or eliminated through concluded enforcement
actions.
         1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
5 - Enforcing Environmental Laws
        Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Enforce Environmental Laws
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
2 - Support Taking Action on Climate Change and Improving Air Quality
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, reduce, treat, or eliminate 2,400 million estimated cumulative pounds of air pollutants
        Managing Office
   Office of Compliance
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Air pollutants:

     The Clean Air Act lists the pollutants and sources of pollutants that are to be regulated by EPA. Pollutants include hazardous air pollutants,
     criteria pollutants, and chemicals that destroy stratospheric ozone.  Sources of pollutants include stationary sources (e.g., chemical plants,
     gas stations, and power plants) and mobile sources (e.g., cars, trucks, and planes).

     For more information, see: http://www.epa.gov/air/airpollutants.html
     Reduced, Treated or Eliminated: Reduced, treated, or eliminated is the quantity of pollutant(s) that will no longer be released to the
     environment as a result of a non-complying facility returning to its allowable permit limits through the successful completion of an
     enforcement settlement. Facilities may further reduce, treat or eliminate pollutants by carrying out voluntary Supplemental Environmental
     Projects.

     Concluded enforcement actions: For purposes of this measure, there are two categories of concluded enforcement actions counted.

     The first are administrative enforcement actions which are undertake by EPA through authority granted to it under various federal
     environmental statutes, such as CERCLA, RCRA, CAA, CWA, TSCA, and others. Administrative enforcement actions can take several
     forms, including EPA issuing an administrative order requiring a facility to implement specific corrective measures to filing an
     administrative complaint commencing a formal administrative adjudication.  An administrative action is concluded when a written
     agreement between the defendant/respondent and EPA resolving the complaint is documented, signed by the Regional Administrator or
     designee, and is filed with the regional hearing clerk.
     The second type of enforcement action is known as a civil judicial action which is a formal lawsuit, filed in court, against a person who has
     either failed to comply with a statutory or regulatory requirement or an administrative order. Civil judicial actions attorneys from the U.S.
     Department of Justice prosecute civil cases for EPA. A concluded action occurs when a consent decree is signed by all parties to the action
     and filed in the appropriate court and signed by a judge or a written ruling or decision is made by a judge after a full trial.

-------
2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
2a. Original Data Source
EPA Regional Enforcement Organizations
EPA Regional Program Organizations
EPA Headquarters Enforcement Organizations
Facility Personnel and Facility Contractors
DOJ
2b. Source Data Collection
 EPA calculates the estimated pollutant reductions after case settlement or during discussions with the facility personnel over specific
plans for compliance.  The final enforcement documents often spell out the terms and methodologies the facility must follow to mitigate
and prevent the future release of pollutants.  These documents serve as the starting point for EPA's calculations.

Example of consent decree document containing pollutant mitigation instructions to the facility:
http://www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/cases/civil/caa/essroc.html
2c. Source Data Reporting
When a formal administrative or judicial enforcement case is "concluded" enforcement staff enters information into ICIS to document the
environmental benefits achieved by the concluded enforcement case.  Original source documents may include facility permits, legal
documents such as consent decrees and administrative orders, inspection reports, case engineer reports and facility reports.  For civil
judicial cases, the information is reported when a consent decree or court order, or judgment is entered (not lodged). For administrative
cases, information is reported when an administrative order or final agreement is signed.

Environmental benefits should be reported in the year the case is settled, regardless of when the benefits will occur. Reductions are
calculated after the judicial consent decree is lodged or entered,  or when the administrative compliance order is signed by the region
designee and filed with the regional hearing clerk.
FY2012 CCDS.docx
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems
 The ICIS FE&C data system meets Office of Environmental Information (OEI) Lifecycle Management Guidance, which includes data
validation processes, internal screen audit checks and verification, system and user documents, data quality audit reports, third party testing
reports, and detailed report specifications data calculation methodology.  Reference: Quality Assurance and Quality Control procedures:

-------
Data Quality: Life Cycle Management Policy, (EPA CIO2121, April 7, 2006)

The Integrated Compliance Information System (ICIS) is a three phase multi-year modernization project that improves the ability of EPA
and the states to ensure compliance with the nation's environmental laws with the collection of comprehensive enforcement and compliance
information. Phase I, implemented in FY02, replaced several legacy systems, and created an integrated system to support federal
enforcement and compliance tracking, targeting and reporting, including GPRA reporting. Phase II, also called Permit Compliance System
(PCS) Modernization,  expands ICIS to include the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program and enables
improved management of the complete program (e.g., stormwater) as well as replacing the legacy PCS. PCS is currently identified as an
Agency Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA) weakness, and the modernization of the system is critical to address the
weakness. Phase II was first implemented in FY06 for 21 states and 11 tribes/territories that use ICIS to directly manage their NPDES
programs. In FY08, seven more states moved to ICIS from the legacy PCS and began electronically flowing their Discharge Monitoring
Report (DMR) data from their states systems via the Exchange Network and CDX to ICIS.  In FY09, Phase II continued with
implementation of the National Installation of NetDMR allowing NPDES permittees to electronically submit DMR data from permitted
facility systems via the Exchange Network to ICIS and migrated three additional states. In FY11 OECA implemented Full-Batch Release 1
of Phase II allowing Batch Flows of permits and facility data from states. FY12 will include Full-Batch Release 2  enabling batch flow will
allow Batch Flows of inspection data from states. Inspection information and was implemented early in FY12. The final part of Phase II
which will add the remaining NPDES Batch Flows and migrate and all remaining states is projected to be completed in FY13. Phase III
will modernize the Air Facility System (AFS) into ICIS. AFS is used by EPA and States to  track Clean Air Act enforcement and
compliance activities. Integration of AFS into ICIS will modernize and replace a legacy system that does not meet  current business needs.
Implementation of this phase is projected for FY14.

ICIS contains both source data and transformed data.

OECA's Data System Quality Assurance Plan
Data System Quality Assurance Plan (ICIS).doc	
3b. Data Quality Procedures
Annual Data Certification Process - OECA has instituted a semi-annual data certification process for the collection and reporting of
enforcement and compliance information. The certification process was set up to ensure all reporting entities are aware of the reporting
deadlines, receive the most up-to-date reporting instructions for select measures, follow best data management practices to assure reporting
accuracy, and have access to the recent methodologies for calculating pounds of pollutants reduced.  The air pounds of pollutants reduced
measure is covered by the annual data certification process.

As part of the annual data certification process, regions are provided a checklist to assist them in their data quality procedures.
FY11 Data Quality Check List.pdf
Data System Quality Assurance Plan (ICIS).doc

-------

Quality Management Plan - September 2011
                                   &
              •wB
 OC QMP Concurrence Signatures.pdf OC QMP 2011 Final.docx
3c. Data Oversight
 Source Data Reporting Oversight
HQ - Director, Enforcement Targeting and Data Division
Region 1 - Division Director, Office of Environmental Stewardship
Region 2 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assistance
Region 3 - Director, Office of Enforcement, Compliance and Environmental Justice
Region 4 - Regional Counsel and Director, Office of Environmental Accountability
Region 5 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance
Region 6 - Compliance Assurance and Enforcement Division Director
Region 7 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 8 - Director, Policy, Information Management and Environmental Justice
Region 9 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 10 - Director, Office of Compliance and Enforcement

Information Systems Oversight Personnel
HQ - ICIS System Administrator
 Region 1 - ICIS Steward and Data Systems Administrator
Region 2 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 3 - ICIS Data Steward and System Administrator
Region 4 - ICIS System Administrator, Regional Compliance and Enforcement Data Steward
Region 5 - ICIS Data Steward and Systems Administrator
Region 6 - ICIS Data Steward
Region 7 - ICIS Data Steward and Systems Administrator
Region 8 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 9 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 10 - ICIS System Administrator and Data Steward
3d. Calculation Methodology
 The Case Conclusion Data Sheet (CCDS) is a manual data collection tool HQ implemented in FY 1996, updated in FY 2012, to collect
information on concluded federal enforcement cases including the case name and identification number, injunctive relief, environmental
benefits (including environmental benefits from Supplemental Environmental Projects [SEPs]), and assessed penalties. The CCDS data are
entered into the Integrated Information and Compliance System (ICIS).  OECA uses data obtained from the CCDS via ICIS to assess the
environmental outcomes of its enforcement program.

The CCDS guidance provides detailed calculation methodologies for estimating the environmental benefits on a variety of environmental
statutes including air, water, waste, toxics and pesticides.  Additionally, the CCDS provides specific instruction on how to enter the
environmental benefits information into ICIS.

To view the the CCDS guidance in its entirety go to:

-------

         -
       CCDS.xps
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      Oversight of Final Reporting:
      The Deputy Regional Administrators, the Office of Civil Enforcement Director, and the Monitoring, Assistance and Program Division
      Director all must sign the attached certification form.
      Data Certification Form.pdf
      Timing of Results Reporting: Semiannually
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      Pollutant reductions or eliminations reported in ICIS project an estimate of pollutants to be reduced or eliminated if the defendant carries
      out the requirements of the settlement. The estimates use information available at the time a case settles or an order is issued.  In some
      instances, EPA develops and enters this information on pollutant reduction estimates after the settlement or during continued discussions
      over specific plans for compliance.  Due to the time required for EPA to negotiate a settlement agreement with a defendant, there may be a
      delay in completing the CCDS.  Additionally, because of unknowns at the time of settlement, different levels of technical proficiency, or
      the nature of a case, OECA's expectation is that the overall amount of pollutants reduced or eliminated is prudently underestimated based
      on CCDS information. EPA also bases the pollutant estimates on the expectation that the defendant/respondent implements the negotiated
      settlement agreement. _
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      Inspector General Report on Pounds of Pollutants Reduced Estimates:
      Projected Lbs of Pollutants Reduced.pdf
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:07:04 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OECA) Measure 402: Millions of pounds of water pollutants reduced, treated, or eliminated through concluded enforcement
actions.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
5 - Enforcing Environmental Laws
        Objective Number and Title
                                                       1 - Enforce Environmental Laws
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
3 - Support Protecting America's Waters
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, reduce, treat, or eliminate 1,600 million estimated cumulative pounds of water pollutants
        Managing Office
   Office of Compliance
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Water pollutants:
                                                        EPA divides water pollution sources into two categories: point and non-point. Point
                                                        sources of water pollution are stationary locations such as sewage treatment plants,
                                                        factories and ships. Non-point sources are more diffuse and include agricultural
                                                        runoff, mining activities and paved roads. Under the Clean Water Act, the National
                                                        Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit program controls water
                                                        pollution by regulating point sources that discharge pollutants into waters of the
                                                        United States. EPA works with state and local authorities to monitor pollution
                                                        levels  in the nations water and provide status and trend information on a
                                                        representative variety of ecosystems.

                                                        The Clean Water Act (CWA) establishes the basic structure for regulating
                                                        discharges of pollutants into the waters of the United States and regulating quality
                                                        standards for surface waters. The basis of the CWA was enacted in  1948 and was
                                                        called  the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, but the Act was significantly
                                                        reorganized and expanded in 1972. "Clean Water Act" became the Act's common
                                                        name with amendments in 1977.

                                                        Under the CWA, EPA has implemented pollution control programs such as setting
                                                        wastewater standards for industry. We have also set water quality standards for all
                                                        contaminants in surface waters.

                                                        The CWA made it unlawful to discharge any pollutant from a point source into
                                                        navigable waters, unless a permit was obtained. EPA's National Pollutant
                                                        Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit program controls discharges. Point
                                                        sources are discrete conveyances such as pipes or man-made ditches. Individual
                                                        homes that are connected to a municipal system, use a septic system, or do not have

-------
                                                   a surface discharge do not need an NPDES permit; however, industrial, municipal,
                                                   and other facilities must obtain permits if their discharges go directly to surface
                                                   waters.

                                                   Nonpoint source (NFS) pollution, or polluted runoff, is the major source and cause
                                                   of water quality impairment for waters on the  state water quality limited segment
                                                   lists required under CWA 303(d). Polluted runoff occurs when rain, snowmelt,
                                                   irrigation water, and other water sources move across and through land, picking up
                                                   pollutants and carrying them into lakes, rivers, wetlands, coastal waters and
                                                   underground sources of drinking water. Taking a watershed approach to
                                                   environmental issues provides an excellent opportunity for communities and
                                                   agencies to work together to achieve water quality improvements.
Reduced, Treated or Eliminated: Reduced, treated, or eliminated is the quantity of pollutant(s) that will no longer be released to the
environment as a result of a non-complying facility returning to its allowable permit limits through the successful completion of an
enforcement settlement. Facilities may further reduce, treat or eliminate pollutants by carrying out voluntary Supplemental Environmental
Projects.

Concluded enforcement actions: For purposes of this measure, there are two categories of concluded enforcement actions counted.

The first are administrative enforcement actions which are undertake by EPA through authority granted to it under various federal
environmental statutes, such as CERCLA, RCRA, CAA, CWA, TSCA, and others. Administrative enforcement actions can take several
forms, including EPA issuing an administrative order requiring a facility to implement specific corrective measures to filing an
administrative complaint commencing a formal administrative adjudication.  An  administrative action is concluded when a written
agreement between the defendant/respondent and EPA resolving the complaint is documented, is signed by the Regional Administrator or
designee, and is filed with the regional hearing clerk.

The second type of enforcement action is known as a civil judicial action which is a formal lawsuit, filed in court, against a person who has
either failed to comply with a statutory or regulatory requirement or an administrative order. Civil judicial actions attorneys from the U.S.
Department of Justice prosecute civil cases for EPA.  A concluded action occurs when a consent decree is signed by all parties to the action
and filed in the appropriate court and signed by a judge or a written ruling or decision is made by a judge after a full trial.
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 EPA Regional Enforcement Organizations
 EPA Regional Program Organizations
 EPA Headquarters Enforcement Organizations
 Facility Personnel and Facility Contractors
 DOJ
 2b. Source Data Collection
 EPA calculates the estimated pollutant reductions after case settlement or during discussions with the facility personnel over specific plans
 for compliance.  The final enforcement documents often spell out the terms and methodologies the facility must follow to mitigate and

-------
prevent the future release of pollutants.  These documents serve as the starting point for EPA's calculations.

Example of consent decree document containing pollutant mitigation instructions to the facility:
http://www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/cases/civil/caa/essroc.html
2c. Source Data Reporting
When a formal administrative or judicial enforcement case is "concluded" enforcement staff enters information into ICIS to document the
environmental benefits achieved by the concluded enforcement case.  Original source documents may include facility permits, legal
documents such as consent decrees and administrative orders, inspection reports, case engineer reports and facility reports.  For civil
judicial cases, the information is reported when a consent decree or court order, or judgment is entered (not lodged). For administrative
cases, information is reported when an administrative order or final agreement is signed.

Environmental benefits should be reported in the year the case is settled, regardless of when the benefits will occur. Reductions are
calculated after the judicial consent decree is lodged or entered, or when the administrative compliance order is signed by the region
designee and filed with the regional hearing clerk.
FY2012 CCDS.docx
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures

3a. Information Systems
 The ICIS FE&C data system meets Office of Environmental Information (OEI) Lifecycle Management Guidance, which includes data
validation processes, internal screen audit checks and verification, system and user documents, data quality audit reports, third party testing
reports, and detailed report specifications data calculation methodology.  Reference: Quality Assurance and Quality Control procedures:
Data Quality: Life Cycle Management Policy, (EPA CIO2121, April 7, 2006)
The Integrated Compliance Information System (ICIS) is a three phase multi-year modernization project that improves the ability of EPA
and the states to ensure compliance with the nation's environmental laws with the collection of comprehensive enforcement and compliance
information. Phase I, implemented in FY02, replaced several legacy systems, and created an integrated system to support federal
enforcement and compliance tracking, targeting and reporting, including GPRA reporting. Phase II, also called Permit Compliance System
(PCS) Modernization,  expands ICIS to include the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program and enables
improved management of the complete program (e.g., stormwater) as well as replacing the legacy PCS. PCS is currently identified as an
Agency Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA) weakness, and the modernization of the system is critical to address the
weakness. Phase II was first implemented in FY06 for 21 states  and 11 tribes/territories that use ICIS to directly manage their NPDES
programs. In FY08,  seven more states moved to ICIS from the legacy PCS and began electronically flowing their Discharge Monitoring
Report (DMR) data from their states systems via the Exchange Network and CDX to ICIS. In FY09, Phase II continued with
implementation of the  National Installation of NetDMR allowing NPDES permittees to electronically submit DMR data from permitted
facility systems via the Exchange Network to ICIS and migrated three additional states. In FY11 OECA implemented Full-Batch Release 1
of Phase II allowing Batch Flows of permits and facility data from states. FY12 will include Full-Batch Release 2 enabling batch flow will

-------
allow Batch Flows of inspection data from states. Inspection information and was implemented early in FY12.  The final part of Phase II
which will add the remaining NPDES Batch Flows and migrate and all remaining states is projected to be completed in FY13. Phase III
will modernize the Air Facility System (AFS) into ICIS. AFS is used by EPA and States to track Clean Air Act enforcement and
compliance activities. Integration of AFS into ICIS will modernize and replace a legacy system that does not meet current business needs.
Implementation of this phase is projected for FY14.

ICIS contains both source data and transformed data.

OECA's Data System Quality Assurance Plan
Data System Quality Assurance Plan (ICIS).doc	
3b. Data Quality Procedures	
Annual Data Certification Process - OECA has instituted a semi-annual data certification process for the collection and reporting of
enforcement and compliance information. The certification process was set up to ensure all reporting entities are aware of the reporting
deadlines, receive the most up-to-date reporting instructions for select measures, follow best data management practices to assure reporting
accuracy, and have access to the recent methodologies for calculating pounds of pollutants reduced.  The air pounds of pollutants reduced
measure is covered by the annual data certification process.

As part of the annual data certification process, regions are provided a checklist to assist them in their data quality procedures.
FY11 Data Quality Check List.pdf

OECA's Quality Management Plan - September 2011
 OC QMP Concurrence Signatures.pdf OC QMP 2011 Final.docx
3c. Data Oversight
Source Data Reporting Oversight
HQ - Director, Enforcement Targeting and Data Division
Region 1 - Division Director, Office of Environmental Stewardship
Region 2 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assistance
Region 3 - Director, Office of Enforcement, Compliance and Environmental Justice
Region 4 - Regional Counsel and Director, Office of Environmental Accountability
Region 5 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance
Region 6 - Compliance Assurance and Enforcement Division Director
Region 7 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 8 - Assistant Regional Administrator for Enforcement, Compliance and Environmental Justice
Region 9 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 10 - Director,  Office of Compliance and Enforcement

-------
Information Systems Oversight Personnel
HQ -  ICIS System Administrator
Region 1 - ICIS Steward and Data Systems Administrator
Region 2 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 3 - ICIS Data Steward and System Administrator
Region 4 - ICIS System Administrator, Regional Compliance and Enforcement Data Steward
Region 5 - ICIS Data Steward and Systems Administrator
Region 6 - ICIS Data Steward
Region 7 - ICIS Data Steward and Systems Administrtor
Region 8 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 9 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 10 - ICIS  System Administrator and Data Steward	
3d. Calculation Methodology
 The Case Conclusion Data Sheet (CCDS) is a manual data collection tool HQ implemented in FY 1996, updated in FY 2012, to collect
information on concluded federal enforcement cases including the case name and identification number, injunctive relief, environmental
benefits (including environmental benefits from Supplemental Environmental Projects [SEPs]), and assessed penalties.  The CCDS data are
entered into the Integrated Information and Compliance System (ICIS).  OECA uses data obtained from the CCDS via ICIS to assess the
environmental outcomes of its enforcement program.

The CCDS guidance provides detailed calculation methodologies for estimating the environmental benefits on a variety of environmental
statutes including air, water, waste, toxics and pesticides. Additionally, the CCDS provides specific instruction on how to enter the
environmental benefits information into ICIS.

To view the the CCDS guidance in its entirety go to:
 CCDS.xps
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
Oversight of Final Reporting:
The Deputy Regional Administrators, the Office of Civil Enforcement Director, and the Monitoring, Assistance and Program Division
Director all must sign the attached certification form.
Data Certification Form.pdf

Timing of Results Reporting: Semiannually
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications

-------
      Pollutant reductions or eliminations reported in ICIS project an estimate of pollutants to be reduced or eliminated if the defendant carries
      out the requirements of the settlement. (Information on expected outcomes of state enforcement is not available.)  The estimates use
      information available at the time a case settles or an order is issued.  In  some instances, EPA develops and enters this information on
      pollutant reduction estimates after the settlement or during continued discussions over specific plans for compliance.  Due to the time
      required for EPA to negotiate a settlement agreement with a  defendant, there may be a delay in completing the CCDS.  Additionally,
      because of unknowns at the time of settlement, different levels of technical  proficiency, or the nature of a case, OECA's expectation is that
      the overall  amount of pollutants reduced or  eliminated is  prudently underestimated based  on CCDS information.  EPA also bases the
      pollutant estimates on the expectation that the  defendant/respondent implements the negotiated settlement agreement.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                            |
      Inspector General Report on Pounds of Pollutants Reduced:
      Projected Lbs of Pollutants Reduced.pdf
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:07:1 9 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OECA) Measure 404: Millions of pounds of toxic and pesticide pollutants reduced, treated, or eliminated through concluded
enforcement actions.
         1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
5 - Enforcing Environmental Laws
        Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Enforce Environmental Laws
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
5 - Support Ensuring the Safety of Chemicals and Preventing Pollution
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, reduce, treat, or eliminate 19 million estimated cumulative pounds of toxic and pesticide
        Managing Office
   Office of Compliance
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Toxic and pesticide pollutants:
     The Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976 provides EPA with authority to require reporting, record-keeping and testing requirements; and
     restrictions relating to chemical substances  and/or mixtures; and the production, importation, use, and disposal of  specific chemicals,
     including lead-based paint,   polychlorinated biphenyls  (PCBs),  and asbestos.  Lead-based paint is particularly dangerous to children:
     exposure may cause reduced intelligence, learning disabilities, behavior problems and slowed physical development. Because LBP is found
     in pre-1978 buildings, it is more common in  communities predominated by older housing, which usually are low-income, minority and EJ
     communities.  Asbestos in  schools,  if not properly managed, can expose children,  teachers and other school staff to  harm that may not
     manifest for years. PCBs bioaccumulate and thus cause a variety of adverse health effects.  Asbestos and PCBs are also generally found in
     older buildings. Additionally, PCBs are generally found in older transformers,  capacitors and some hydraulic equipment and more recently
     in recycled and used oil.  Inappropriate abatement and disposal  of asbestos and PCBs can be dangerous.  For more  information on the
     Toxics program go to: http://www.epa.gov/compliance/civil/tsca/tscaenfstatreq.html

     The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) provides EPA the authority to regulate pesticides to prevent unreasonable
     adverse affects on the environment.  The term "unreasonable adverse effects on the environment" means: "(1) any unreasonable risk to man
     or the environment, taking into account the economic, social, and environmental costs and benefits of the use of any pesticide, or (2) a
     human dietary risk from residues that result from a use of a pesticide in or on any food inconsistent with the standard under section 408 of
     the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act." The term pesticide includes many kinds of ingredients in products,  such as insect repellants,
     weed killers, disinfectants, and swimming pool chemicals which are designed to prevent, destroy, repel or reduce pests of any sort.
     Pesticides are found in nearly every home, business, farm, school, hospital and park in the United States. EPA must evaluate pesticides
     thoroughly before they can be marketed and used in the United States to ensure that they  will meet federal safety standards to protect human
     health and the environment. Pesticides that meet the  requirements are granted a license or "registration" which permits their distribution,
     sale, and use according to specific  use directions and requirements identified on  the label. For more information on the pesticide program
     go to: http://www.epa.gov/compliance/civil/fifra/fifraenfstatreq.html

     Reduced, Treated or Eliminated: Reduced,  treated, or eliminated is the quantity of pollutant(s) that will no longer be released to the
     environment as a result of a non-complying facility returning to its allowable permit limits through the successful completion of an
     enforcement settlement.  Facilities may further reduce, treat or eliminate pollutants by carrying out voluntary Supplemental Environmental

-------
Projects.

Concluded enforcement actions: For purposes of this measure, there are two categories of concluded enforcement actions counted.

The first are administrative enforcement actions which are undertake by EPA through authority granted to it under various federal
environmental statutes, such as CERCLA, RCRA, CAA, CWA, TSCA, and others. Administrative enforcement actions can take several
forms, including EPA issuing an administrative order requiring a facility to implement specific corrective measures to filing an
administrative complaint commencing a formal administrative adjudication.  An administrative action is concluded when a written
agreement between the defendant/respondent and EPA resolving the complaint is documented, signed by the Regional Administrator or
designee, and is filed with the regional hearing clerk.

The second type of enforcement action is known as a civil judicial action which is a formal lawsuit, filed in court, against a person who has
either failed to comply with a statutory or regulatory requirement or an administrative order.  Civil judicial actions attorneys from the U.S.
Department of Justice prosecute civil cases for EPA.  A concluded action occurs when a consent decree is signed by all parties to the action
    filed in the appropriate court and signed by a judge or a written ruling or decision is made by a judge after a full trial.
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 EPA Regional Enforcement Organizations
 EPA Regional Program Organizations
 EPA Headquarters Enforcement Organizations
 Facility Personnel and Facility Contractors
 DOJ
 2b. Source Data Collection
 EPA calculates the estimated pollutant reductions after case settlement or during discussions with the facility personnel over specific plans
 for compliance.  The final enforcement documents often spell out the terms and methodologies the facility must follow to mitigate and
 prevent the future release of pollutants.  These documents serve as the starting point for EPA's calculations.

 Example of consent decree document containing pollutant mitigation instructions to the facility:
 http://www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/cases/civil/caa/essroc.html


 2c. Source Data Reporting
 When a formal administrative or judicial enforcement case is "concluded" enforcement staff enters information into ICIS to document the
 environmental benefits achieved by the concluded enforcement case. Original source documents may include facility permits, legal
 documents such as consent decrees and administrative orders, inspection reports, case engineer reports and facility reports.  For civil
 judicial cases, the information is reported when a consent decree or court order, or judgment is entered (not lodged). For administrative
 cases, information is reported when an administrative order or final agreement is signed.

 Environmental benefits should be reported in the year the case is settled, regardless of when the benefits will occur. Reductions are
 calculated after the judicial consent decree is lodged or entered, or when the administrative compliance order is signed by the region
 designee and filed with the regional hearing clerk.

-------
FY2012 CCDS.docx
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems
 The ICIS FE&C data system meets Office of Environmental Information (OEI) Lifecycle Management Guidance, which includes data
validation processes, internal screen audit checks and verification, system and user documents, data quality audit reports, third party testing
reports, and detailed report specifications data calculation methodology. Reference: Quality Assurance and Quality Control procedures:
Data Quality: Life Cycle Management Policy, (EPA CIO2121, April 7, 2006)

The Integrated Compliance Information System (ICIS) is a three phase multi-year modernization project that improves the ability of EPA
and the states to ensure compliance with the nation's environmental  laws with the collection of comprehensive enforcement and compliance
information. Phase I, implemented in FY02, replaced several legacy systems, and created an integrated system to support federal
enforcement and compliance tracking, targeting and reporting, including GPRA reporting. Phase II, also called Permit Compliance System
(PCS) Modernization, expands ICIS to include the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program and enables
improved management of the complete program (e.g., stormwater) as well as replacing the legacy PCS. PCS is currently identified as an
Agency Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA) weakness, and the modernization of the system is critical to address the
weakness. Phase II was first implemented in FY06 for 21 states and 11 tribes/territories that use ICIS to directly manage their NPDES
programs. In FY08, seven more states moved to ICIS from the legacy PCS and began electronically flowing their Discharge Monitoring
Report (DMR) data from their states systems via the Exchange Network and CDX to ICIS. In FY09, Phase II  continued with
implementation of the National Installation of NetDMR allowing NPDES permittees to electronically submit DMR data from permitted
facility systems via the Exchange Network to ICIS and migrated three additional states. In FY11 OECA implemented Full-Batch Release 1
of Phase II allowing Batch Flows of permits and facility  data from states.  FY12 will include Full-Batch Release 2 enabling batch flow will
allow Batch Flows of inspection data from states.  Inspection information and was implemented early in FY12.  The final part of Phase II
which will add the remaining NPDES Batch Flows and migrate and all remaining states is projected to be completed in FY13. Phase III
will modernize the Air Facility System (AFS) into ICIS.  AFS is used by EPA and States to track Clean Air Act enforcement and
compliance activities. Integration of AFS into ICIS will modernize and replace a legacy system that does not meet current business needs.
Implementation of this phase is projected for FY14.

ICIS contains both source data and transformed data.

OECA's Data System Quality Assurance Plan
Data System Quality Assurance Plan (ICIS).doc
3b. Data Quality Procedures
Annual Data Certification Process - OECA has instituted a semi-annual data certification process for the collection and reporting of
enforcement and compliance information. The certification process was set up to ensure all reporting entities are aware of the reporting
deadlines, receive the most up-to-date reporting instructions for select measures, follow best data management practices to assure reporting

-------
accuracy, and have access to the recent methodologies for calculating pounds of pollutants reduced.  The toxics and pesticides pounds of
pollutants reduced measure is covered by the annual data certification process.

As part of the annual data certification process, regions are provided a checklist to assist them in their data quality procedures.
FY1 1 Data Quality Check List.pdf

OECA's QMP - September 2011
PC QMP Concurrence Signatures.pdf PC QMP 201 1 Final. docx
3c. Data Oversight
Source Data Reporting Oversight:
HQ - Director, Enforcement Targeting and Data Division
Region 1 - Division Director, Office of Environmental Stewardship
Region 2 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assistance
Region 3 - Director, Office of Enforcement, Compliance and Environmental Justice
Region 4 - Regional Counsel and Director, Office of Environmental Accountability
Region 5 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance
Region 6 - Compliance Assurance and Enforcement Division Director
Region 7 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 8 - Director, Policy, Information Management and Environmental Justice
Region 9 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 10 - Director, Office of Compliance and Enforcement

Information Systems Oversight Personnel
HQ -  ICIS System Administrator
Region 1 - ICIS Steward and Data Systems Administrator
Region 2 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 3 - ICIS Data Steward and System Administrator
Region 4 - ICIS System Administrator, Regional Compliance and Enforcement Data Steward
Region 5 - ICIS Data Steward and Systems Administrator
Region 6 - ICIS Data Steward
Region 7 - ICIS Data Steward and Systems Administrtor
Region 8 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 9 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 10 - ICIS System Administrator and Data Steward	
3d. Calculation Methodology
 The Case Conclusion Data Sheet (CCDS) is a manual data collection tool HQ implemented in FY 1996, updated in FY 2012, to collect
information on concluded federal enforcement cases including the case name and identification number, injunctive relief, environmental
benefits (including environmental benefits from Supplemental Environmental Projects [SEPs]), and assessed penalties. The CCDS data are

-------
entered into the Integrated Information and Compliance System (ICIS). OECA uses data obtained from the CCDS via ICIS to assess the
environmental outcomes of its enforcement program.

The CCDS guidance provides detailed calculation methodologies for estimating the environmental benefits on a variety of environmental
statutes including air, water, waste, toxics and pesticides. Additionally, the CCDS provides specific instruction on how to enter the
environmental benefits information into ICIS.

To view the the CCDS guidance in its entirety go to:
 CCDS.xps
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
Oversight of Final Reporting: The Deputy Regional Administrators, the Office of Civil Enforcement Director, and the Monitoring,
Assistance and Program Division Director all must sign the attached certification form.

        ftl
         ^
Data Certification Form.pdf

Timing of Results Reporting: Semiannually	
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
Pollutant reductions or eliminations reported in ICIS project an estimate of pollutants to be reduced or eliminated if the defendant carries
out the requirements of the settlement. (Information on expected outcomes of state enforcement is not available.)  The  estimates use
information available at the time a case settles or an order is issued.  In  some instances, EPA develops and enters this information on
pollutant reduction estimates after the settlement or during continued discussions over specific plans for compliance.  Due to the time
required for EPA to negotiate a settlement agreement with a defendant, there may be a delay in completing the  CCDS.  Additionally,
because of unknowns at the time of settlement, different levels of technical  proficiency, or the nature of a case, OECA's expectation is that
the overall  amount of pollutants reduced or  eliminated is  prudently underestimated based  on CCDS information.  EPA also bases the
pollutant estimates on the expectation that the defendant/respondent implements the negotiated settlement agreement.	
4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                            |
Inspector General Report on Pounds of Pollution Reduced Estimates:
Projected Lbs of Pollutants Reduced.pdf

-------
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:07:33 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OECA) Measure 405: Millions of pounds of hazardous waste reduced, treated, or eliminated through concluded
enforcement actions.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
5 - Enforcing Environmental Laws
        Objective Number and Title
                                                       1 - Enforce Environmental Laws
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
4 - Support Cleaning Up Communities and Advancing Sustainable Development
        Strategic Target Code and Title
1 - By 2015, reduce, treat, or eliminate 32,000 million estimated pounds of hazardous waste
        Managing Office
   Office of Compliance
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Hazardous waste: Hazardous waste is defined as liquid, solid, contained gas, or sludge wastes that contain properties that are dangerous or
     potentially harmful to human health or the environment.

     Hazardous wastes are generally regulated by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and cleaned up under the RCRA
     Corrective Action Program or CERCLA (Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act; also known as
     Superfund). RCRA is comprised of three major programs: Subtitle C (the hazardous waste management program), Subtitle D (the solid
     waste program), and Subtitle I (the UST program). Under Subtitle C, EPA has developed a comprehensive program to ensure that all
     hazardous waste is safely managed from the time it is generated to its final disposition at a Treatment, Storage, or Disposal (TSD) facility.
     The objective of the "cradle-to-grave" management system is to ensure that hazardous waste is handled in a manner that protects human
     health and the environment. To  this end, there are Subtitle C regulations for the generation, transportation, and treatment, storage, or
     disposal of hazardous wastes.
     Through the RCRA Corrective Action Program, EPA requires the investigation and cleanup, or in-situ or ex-situ treatment of hazardous
     releases at RCRA facilities. The corrective action program is structured around elements common to most cleanups under other EPA
     programs: an initial site assessment, characterization of the contamination, and the evaluation and implementation of cleanup alternatives,
     both immediate and long-term. Components of a cleanup action can impact all media types, including releases to the air, surface or
     groundwater, and cleanup of contaminated soil.

     For more information on the different types of hazardous waste go to: http://www.epa.gov/wastes/hazard/wastetypes/index.htm

     Reduced, Treated or Eliminated: Reduced, treated, or eliminated is the quantity of pollutant(s) that will no longer be released to the
     environment as a result of a non-complying facility returning to its allowable permit limits through the successful completion of an
     enforcement settlement. Facilities may further reduce, treat or eliminate pollutants by carrying out voluntary Supplemental Environmental
     Projects.

     Concluded enforcement actions: For purposes of this measure, there are two categories of concluded enforcement actions counted.

     The first are administrative enforcement actions which are undertake by EPA through authority granted to it under various federal

-------
environmental statutes, such as CERCLA, RCRA, CAA, CWA, TSCA, and others. Administrative enforcement actions can take several
forms, including EPA issuing an administrative order requiring a facility to implement specific corrective measures to filing an
administrative complaint commencing a formal administrative adjudication. An administrative action is concluded when a written
agreement between the defendant/respondent and EPA resolving the complaint is documented, signed by the Regional Administrator or
designee, and is filed with the regional hearing clerk.

The second type of enforcement action is known as a civil judicial action which is a formal lawsuit, filed in court, against a person who has
either failed to comply with a statutory or regulatory requirement or an administrative order. Civil judicial actions attorneys from the U.S.
Department of Justice prosecute civil cases for EPA.  A concluded action occurs when a consent decree is signed by all parties to the action
and filed in the appropriate court and signed by a judge or a written ruling or decision is made by a judge after a full trial.
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
 2a. Original Data Source
  EPA Regional Enforcement Organizations
 EPA Regional Program Organizations
 EPA Headquarters Enforcement Organizations
 Facility Personnel and Facility Contractors
 DOJ	
 2b. Source Data Collection
 EPA calculates the estimated pollutant reductions after case settlement or during discussions with the facility personnel over specific plans
 for compliance. The final enforcement documents often spell out the terms and methodologies the facility must follow to mitigate and
 prevent the future release of pollutants.  These documents serve as the starting point for EPA's calculations.

 Example of consent decree document containing pollutant mitigation instructions to the facility:
 http://www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/cases/civil/caa/essroc.html
 2c. Source Data Reporting
 When a formal administrative or judicial enforcement case is "concluded" enforcement staff enters information into ICIS to document the
 environmental benefits achieved by the concluded enforcement case. Original source documents may include facility permits, legal
 documents such as consent decrees and administrative orders, inspection reports, case engineer reports and facility reports. For civil
 judicial cases, the information is reported when a consent decree or court order, or judgment is entered (not lodged). For administrative
 cases, information is reported when an administrative order or final agreement is signed.

 Environmental benefits should be reported in the year the case is settled, regardless of when the benefits will occur. Reductions are
 calculated after the judicial consent decree is lodged or entered, or when the administrative compliance order is signed by the region
 designee and filed with the regional hearing clerk.

-------
      *&=

FY2012 CCDS.docx
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems
 The ICIS FE&C data system meets Office of Environmental Information (OEI) Lifecycle Management Guidance, which includes data
validation processes, internal screen audit checks and verification, system and user documents, data quality audit reports, third party testing
reports, and detailed report specifications data calculation methodology. Reference: Quality Assurance and Quality Control procedures:
Data Quality: Life Cycle Management Policy, (EPA CIO2121, April 7, 2006)

The Integrated Compliance Information System (ICIS) is a three phase multi-year modernization project that improves the ability of EPA
and the states to ensure compliance with the nation's environmental  laws with the collection of comprehensive enforcement and compliance
information. Phase I, implemented in FY02, replaced several legacy systems, and created an integrated system to support federal
enforcement and compliance tracking, targeting and reporting, including GPRA reporting. Phase II, also called Permit Compliance System
(PCS) Modernization, expands ICIS to include the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program and enables
improved management of the complete program  (e.g., stormwater) as well as replacing the legacy PCS. PCS is currently identified as an
Agency Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA) weakness, and the modernization of the system is critical to address the
weakness. Phase II was first implemented in FY06 for 21 states and 11 tribes/territories that use ICIS to directly manage their NPDES
programs. In FY08, seven more states moved to ICIS from the legacy PCS and began electronically flowing their Discharge Monitoring
Report (DMR) data from their states systems via the Exchange Network and CDX to ICIS. In FY09, Phase II continued with
implementation of the National Installation of NetDMR allowing NPDES permittees to electronically submit DMR data from permitted
facility systems via the Exchange Network to ICIS and migrated three additional states. In FY11 OECA implemented Full-Batch Release 1
of Phase II allowing Batch Flows of permits and facility  data from states.  FY12 will include Full-Batch Release 2 enabling batch flow will
allow Batch Flows of inspection data from states. Inspection information and was implemented early in FY12. The final part of Phase II
which will add the remaining NPDES Batch Flows and migrate and all remaining states is projected to be completed in FY13. Phase III
will modernize the Air Facility System (AFS) into ICIS.  AFS is used by EPA and States to track Clean Air Act enforcement and
compliance activities. Integration of AFS into ICIS will modernize and replace a legacy system that does not meet current business needs.
Implementation of this phase is projected for FY14.

ICIS contains both source data and transformed data.

OECA's Data System Quality Assurance Plan
Data System Quality Assurance Plan (ICIS).doc
3b. Data Quality Procedures	
Annual Data Certification Process - OECA has instituted a semi-annual data certification process for the collection and reporting of
enforcement and compliance information. The certification process was set up to ensure all reporting entities are aware of the reporting
deadlines, receive the most up-to-date reporting instructions for select measures, follow best data management practices to assure reporting
accuracy, and have access to the recent methodologies for calculating pounds of pollutants reduced.  The hazardous waste pounds of
pollutants reduced measure is covered by the annual data certification process.

-------
As part of the annual data certification process, regions are provided a checklist to assist them in their data quality procedures.
FY1 1 Data Quality Check List.pdf

OECA's Quality Management Plan - September 2011
             <£B
PC QMP Concurrence Signatures.pdf PC QMP 2011 Final.docx
3c. Data Oversight
Source Data Reporting Oversight
HQ - Director, Enforcement Targeting and Data Division
Region 1 - Division Director, Office of Environmental Stewardship
Region 2 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assistance
Region 3 - Director, Office of Enforcement, Compliance and Environmental Justice
Region 4 - Regional Counsel and Director, Office of Environmental Accountability
Region 5 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance
Region 6 - Compliance Assurance and Enforcement Division Director
Region 7 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 8 - Assistant Regional Administrator for Enforcement, Compliance and Environmental Justice
Region 9 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 10 - Director, Office of Compliance and Enforcement

Information Systems Oversight Personnel
HQ -  ICIS System Administrator
Region 1 - ICIS Steward and Data Systems Administrator
Region 2 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 3 - ICIS Data Steward and System Administrator
Region 4 - ICIS System Administrator, Regional Compliance and Enforcement Data Steward
Region 5 - ICIS Data Steward and Systems Administrator
Region 6 - ICIS Data Steward
Region 7 - ICIS Data Steward and Systems Administrtor
Region 8 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 9 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 10 - ICIS System Administrator and Data Steward	
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                  |
 The Case Conclusion Data Sheet (CCDS) is a manual data collection tool HQ implemented in FY 1996, updated in FY 2012, to collect
information on concluded federal enforcement cases including the case name and identification number, injunctive relief, environmental
benefits (including environmental benefits from Supplemental Environmental Projects [SEPs]), and assessed penalties.  The CCDS data are
entered into the Integrated Information and Compliance System (ICIS). OECA uses data obtained from the CCDS via ICIS to assess the
environmental outcomes of its enforcement program.

-------
      The CCDS guidance provides detailed calculation methodologies for estimating the environmental benefits on a variety of environmental
      statutes including air, water, waste, toxics and pesticides. Additionally, the CCDS provides specific instruction on how to enter the
      environmental benefits information into ICIS.

      To view the the CCDS guidance in its entirety go to:
       CCDS.xps
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      Oversight of Final Reporting: The Deputy Regional Administrators, the Office of Civil Enforcement Director, and the Monitoring,
      Assistance and Program Division Director all must sign the attached certification form.
      Data Certification Form.pdf

      Timing of Results Reporting: Semiannually
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      Pollutant reductions or eliminations reported in ICIS project an estimate of pollutants to be reduced or eliminated if the defendant carries
      out the requirements of the  settlement. (Information on expected outcomes  of state enforcement is not available.)   The estimates use
      information available at the time a case settles or an order is issued.  In some instances, EPA develops and enters this  information on
      pollutant reduction estimates after the settlement or during continued discussions over specific plans for compliance.  Due to the time
      required for EPA to negotiate  a settlement agreement with a defendant, there may be a delay in completing the CCDS.  Additionally,
      because of unknowns at the time of settlement, different levels of technical proficiency, or the nature of a case, OECA's expectation is that
      the overall amount of pollutants reduced or eliminated is prudently underestimated based on CCDS information.  EPA also bases the
      pollutant estimates on the expectation that the defendant/respondent implements the negotiated settlement agreement. _
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                            |
      Inspector General Report on Pounds of Pollutants Reduced estimates:
      Projected Lbs of Pollutants Reduced.pdf
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:47 AM

-------

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OECA)  Measure 41 0: Number of civil judicial and administrative enforcement cases initiated.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
5 - Enforcing Environmental Laws
        Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Enforce Environmental Laws
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Maintain Enforcement Presence
        Strategic Target Code and Title
2 - By 2015, initiate 19,500 civil judicial and administrative enforcement cases
        Managing Office
   Office of Compliance
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Civil Judicial Enforcement Cases:  a civil judicial enforcement case is a formal lawsuit, filed in court, against a person who has either
     failed to comply with a statutory or regulatory requirement, administrative order, or against a person who has contributed to a release.  Civil
     judicial actions are often employed in situations that present repeated or significant violations or where there are serious environmental
     concerns.  Attorneys from the U.S. Department of Justice prosecute civil judicial enforcement cases for the Agency.

     Civil Administrative Enforcement Cases: A civil administrative enforcement case is an enforcement action taken by EPA under its own
     authority.  Administrative enforcement cases can take several forms, including EPA issuing an administrative order requiring a facility to
     implement specific corrective measures to filing an administrative complaint commencing a form administrative adjudication.
     Administrative actions tend to be resolved quickly and can often be quite effective in bringing the facility into compliance with the
     regulations or in remedying a potential threat to human health of the environment.
     Initiated: A civil judicial enforcement case is considered initiated when it has been referred to DOJ.  A referral is a formal written request
     to another agency or unit of government to proceed with judicial enforcement relating to the violation(s) in question.

     Civil administrative enforcement cases are considered initiated when an administrative order or an administrative penalty order on consent
     has been issued by a Regional Administrator or designee.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      EPA attorneys
      EPA regional hearing clerks
      DOJ attorneys
      Federal and state courts
      2b. Source Data Collection
      The source data for this measure is found on initiated enforcement documents. For example, the attached initiated administrative order was

-------
issued by the Region 4 Assistant Administrator. An enforcement record is created in ICIS with the regional administrator's signature date
which indicates the case has been initiated.

Example of an initiated case document:

    "T
      -•Jrt>
Admin Order.pdf	
2c. Source Data Reporting
Referral Letters
Administrative Penalty Orders
Administrative Compliance Orders
Unilateral Administrative Orders
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures

3a.  Information Systems
 The ICIS FE&C data system meets Office of Environmental Information (OEI) Lifecycle Management Guidance, which includes data
validation processes, internal screen audit checks and verification, system and user documents, data quality audit reports, third party testing
reports, and detailed report specifications data calculation methodology. Reference: Quality Assurance and Quality Control procedures:
Data Quality: Life Cycle Management Policy, (EPA CIO2121, April 7,  2006)

The Integrated Compliance Information System (ICIS) is a three phase  multi-year modernization project that improves the ability of EPA
and the states to ensure compliance with the nation's environmental laws with the collection of comprehensive enforcement and compliance
information. Phase I, implemented in FY02, replaced several legacy systems, and created an integrated system to support federal
enforcement and compliance tracking, targeting and reporting, including GPRA reporting. Phase II, also called Permit Compliance System
(PCS) Modernization, expands ICIS to include the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program and enables
improved management of the complete program (e.g., stormwater) as well as replacing the legacy PCS. PCS is currently identified as an
Agency Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA) weakness,  and the modernization of the system is critical to address the
weakness. Phase II was first implemented in FY06 for 21 states and 11  tribes/territories that use ICIS to directly manage their NPDES
programs. In FY08, seven more states moved to ICIS from the legacy PCS and began electronically flowing their Discharge Monitoring
Report (DMR) data from their states systems via the Exchange Network and CDX to ICIS. In FY09, Phase II  continued with
implementation of the National Installation of NetDMR allowing NPDES permittees to electronically submit DMR data from permitted
facility systems via the Exchange Network to ICIS and migrated three additional states. In FY11 OECA implemented Full-Batch Release 1
of Phase II allowing Batch Flows of permits and facility  data from states.  FY12 will include Full-Batch Release 2 enabling batch flow will
allow Batch Flows of inspection data from states.  Inspection information and was implemented early in FY12.  The final part of Phase II
which will add the remaining NPDES Batch Flows and migrate and all  remaining states is projected to  be completed in FY13. Phase III
will modernize the Air Facility System (AFS) into ICIS.  AFS is used by EPA and States to track Clean Air Act enforcement and
compliance activities. Integration of AFS into ICIS will modernize and replace a legacy system that does not meet current business needs.
Implementation of this phase is projected for FY14.
ICIS contains both source data and transformed data.

-------
OECA's Data System Quality Assurance Plan
Data System Quality Assurance Plan (ICIS).doc
3b. Data Quality Procedures
Annual Data Certification Process - OECA has instituted a semi-annual data certification process for the collection and reporting of
enforcement and compliance information. The certification process was set up to ensure all reporting entities are aware of the reporting
deadlines, receive the most up-to-date reporting instructions for select measures, follow best data management practices to assure reporting
accuracy, and have access to the recent methodologies for calculating pounds of pollutants reduced.  The cases initiated measure is covered
by the annual data certification process.

As part of the annual data certification process, regions are provided a checklist to assist them in their data quality procedures.
FY1 1 Data Quality Check List.pdf
OECA's Quality Management Plan - September 2011
PC QMP Concurrence Signatures.pdf PC QMP 201 1 Final. docx
3c. Data Oversight
Source Data Reporting Oversight
HQ - Director, Enforcement Targeting and Data Division
Region 1 - Division Director, Office of Environmental Stewardship
Region 2 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assistance
Region 3 - Director, Office of Enforcement, Compliance and Environmental Justice
Region 4 - Regional Counsel and Director, Office of Environmental Accountability
Region 5 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance
Region 6 - Compliance Assurance and Enforcement Division Director
Region 7 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 8 - Director, Policy, Information Management and Environmental Justice
Region 9 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 10 - Director,  Office of Compliance and Enforcement

Information Systems Oversight Personnel
HQ -  ICIS System Administrator
Region 1 - ICIS Steward and Data Systems Administrator
Region 2 - ICIS System Administrator
Region 3 - ICIS Data  Steward and System Administrator
Region 4 - ICIS System Administrator, Regional Compliance and Enforcement Data Steward
Region 5 - ICIS Data  Steward and Systems Administrator
Region 6 - ICIS Data  Steward
Region 7 - ICIS Data  Steward and Systems Administrtor

-------
      Region 8 - ICIS System Administrator
      Region 9 - ICIS System Administrator
      Region 10 - ICIS System Administrator and Data Steward
      3d. Calculation Methodology
      A civil or judicial case is counted as initiated when one instance of the following occurs:

      Civil judicial enforcement cases are considered initiated when a referral has been made to DOJ.

      Civil administrative enforcement cases are considered initiated when an administrative order or an administrative penalty order on consent
      has been issued by a Regional Administrator or designee.



      4. Reporting and Oversight _
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      The Deputy Regional Administrators, the Office of Civil Enforcement Director, and the Monitoring, Assistance and Program Division
      Director all must sign the attached certification form.
                :.'••-
                •••irtt

      Data Certification Form.pdf
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      The potential always exists that there are facilities,  not yet identified as part of the regulated universe, subject to an EPA enforcement
      action. _
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      None to-date.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:07:55 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OECA) Measure 41 1 : Number of civil judicial and administrative enforcement cases concluded.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
5 - Enforcing Environmental Laws
        Objective Number and Title
                                                       1 - Enforce Environmental Laws
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                       1 - Maintain Enforcement Presence
        Strategic Target Code and Title
3 - By 2015, conclude 19,000 civil judicial and administrative enforcement cases
        Managing Office
   Office of Compliance
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Civil Judicial Enforcement Cases: a civil judicial enforcement case is a formal lawsuit, filed in court, against a person who has either
     failed to comply with a statutory or regulatory requirement, administrative order, or against a person who has contributed to a release. Civil
     judicial actions are often employed in situations that present repeated or significant violations or where there are serious environmental
     concerns.  Attorneys from the U.S. Department of Justice prosecute civil judicial enforcement cases for the Agency.

     Civil Administrative Enforcement Cases: A civil administrative enforcement case is an enforcement action taken by EPA under its own
     authority.  Administrative enforcement cases can take several forms, including EPA issuing an administrative order requiring a facility to
     implement specific corrective measures to filing an administrative  complaint commencing a form administrative adjudication.
     Administrative actions tend to be resolved quickly and can ofte be  quite effective in bringing the facility into compliance with the
     regulations or in remedying a potential threat to human health of the environment.

     Concluded: For purposes of this measure, there are two types of concluded enforcement actions counted.

     The first are administrative enforcement actions which are undertake by EPA through authority granted to it under various federal
     environmental statutes, such as CERCLA, RCRA, CAA, CWA, TSCA, and others. An administrative action is concluded when a written
     agreement between the defendant/respondent and EPA resolving the complaint is documented in a Consent Agreement/Final Order
     (CA/FOs), is signed by the Regional Administrator or designee, and is filed with the regional hearing clerk.
     The second type of enforcement action is known as a civil judicial action.  Civil judicial actions attorneys from the U.S. Department of
     Justice prosecute civil cases for EPA. A concluded action occurs when a consent decree is signed by all parties to the action and filed in the
     appropriate court and signed by a judge or a written ruling or decision is made by a judge after a full trial.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      EPA attorneys
      EPA regional hearing clerks
      DOJ attorneys

-------
Federal and state courts
2b. Source Data Collection
The source data for this measure is found on completed enforcement documents. For example, the attached final consent agreement and
final order (CAFO) contains the final date stamp affixed by the regional hearing clerk. An enforcement record is created in ICIS with the
CAFO's final date indicating the case has been concluded.

Example of a concluded enforcement case document:

  •jar..

CAFO.pdf	
2c. Source Data Reporting
 Administrative Penalty Orders
Administrative Penalty Orders on Consent
Consent Decrees
Notice of Determination
Unilateral Administrative Orders
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems
The ICIS FE&C data system meets Office of Environmental Information (OEI) Lifecycle Management Guidance, which includes data
validation processes, internal screen audit checks and verification, system and user documents, data quality audit reports, third party testing
reports, and detailed report specifications data calculation methodology. Reference: Quality Assurance and Quality Control procedures:
Data Quality: Life Cycle Management Policy, (EPA CIO2121, April 7, 2006)

The Integrated Compliance Information System (ICIS) is a three phase multi-year modernization project that improves the ability of EPA
and the states to ensure compliance with the nation's environmental laws with the collection of comprehensive enforcement and compliance
information. Phase I, implemented in FY02, replaced several legacy systems, and created an integrated system to support federal
enforcement and compliance tracking, targeting and reporting, including GPRA reporting. Phase II, also called Permit Compliance System
(PCS) Modernization, expands ICIS to include the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program and enables
improved management of the complete program (e.g., stormwater) as well as replacing the legacy PCS. PCS is currently identified as an
Agency Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA) weakness, and the  modernization of the system is critical to address the
weakness. Phase II was first implemented in FY06 for 21 states and 11 tribes/territories that use ICIS to directly manage their NPDES
programs. In FY08, seven more states moved to ICIS from the legacy PCS and  began electronically flowing their Discharge Monitoring
Report (DMR) data from their states systems via the Exchange Network and CDX to ICIS. In FY09, Phase II continued with
implementation of the National Installation of NetDMR allowing NPDES permittees to electronically submit DMR data from permitted
facility systems via the Exchange Network to ICIS and migrated three additional states. In FY11 OECA implemented Full-Batch Release 1
of Phase II allowing Batch Flows of permits and facility data from states.  FY12 will include Full-Batch Release 2 enabling batch flow will
allow Batch Flows of inspection data from states.  Inspection information and was implemented  early in FY12. The final part of Phase II
which will add the remaining NPDES Batch Flows and migrate and all remaining states is projected to be completed in FY13. Phase III
will modernize the Air Facility System (AFS) into ICIS. AFS is used by EPA and States to track Clean Air Act enforcement and
compliance activities. Integration of AFS into ICIS will modernize and replace  a legacy system that does not meet current business needs.
Implementation of this phase is projected for FY14.

-------
ICIS contains both source data and transformed data.

Data System Quality Assurance Plan
Data System Quality Assurance Plan (ICIS).doc
3b. Data Quality Procedures
Annual Data Certification Process - OECA has instituted a semi-annual data certification process for the collection and reporting of
enforcement and compliance information. The certification process was set up to ensure all reporting entities are aware of the reporting
deadlines, receive the most up-to-date reporting instructions for select measures, follow best data management practices to assure reporting
accuracy, and have access to the recent methodologies for calculating pounds of pollutants reduced. The cases concluded measure is
covered by the annual data certification process.

As part of the annual data certification process, regions are provided a checklist to assist them in their data quality procedures.
FY11 Data Quality Check List.pdf

OECA's Quality Management Plan - September 2011
 OC QMP Concurrence Signatures.pdf OC QMP 2011 Final.docx

3c. Data Oversight
Source Data Reporting Oversight:
HQ - Director, Enforcement Targeting and Data Division
Region 1 - Division Director, Office of Environmental Stewardship
Region 2 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assistance
Region 3 - Director, Office of Enforcement, Compliance and Environmental Justice
Region 4 - Regional Counsel and Director, Office of Environmental Accountability
Region 5 - Director, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance
Region 6 - Compliance Assurance and Enforcement Division Director
Region 7 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 8 - Director, Policy, Information Management and Environmental Justice
Region 9 - Enforcement Coordinator
Region 10 - Director, Office of Compliance and Enforcement

Information Systems Oversight Personnel
HQ -  ICIS System Administrator
Region 1 - ICIS Steward and Data Systems Administrator

-------
      Region 2 - ICIS System Administrator
      Region 3 - ICIS Data Steward and System Administrator
      Region 4 - ICIS System Administrator, Regional Compliance and Enforcement Data Steward
      Region 5 - ICIS Data Steward and Systems Administrator
      Region 6 - ICIS Data Steward
      Region 7 - ICIS Data Steward and Systems Administrtor
      Region 8 - ICIS System Administrator
      Region 9 - ICIS System Administrator
      Region 10 - ICIS System Administrator and Data Steward	
      3d. Calculation Methodology
      A civil or judicial case is counted as concluded when one instance of the following occurs:

      An  administrative action is concluded when a written agreement between the defendant/respondent and EPA resolving the complaint is
      documented in a Consent Agreement/Final Order (CA/FOs), is signed by the Regional Administrator or designee, and is filed with the
      regional hearing clerk.

      A civil judicial action is concluded when a consent decree is signed by all parties to the action and filed in the appropriate court and signed
      by a judge or a written ruling or decision is made by a judge after a full trial.
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      The Deputy Regional Administrators, the Office of Civil Enforcement Director, and the Monitoring, Assistance and Program Division
      Director all must sign the attached certification form.
      Data Certification Form.pdf
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      The potential always exists that there are facilities, not yet identified as part of the regulated universe, subject to an EPA enforcement
      action.
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      None to-date.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:07:52 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OECA) Measure 41 8: Percentage of criminal cases having the most significant health, environmental, and deterrence
impacts.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
5 - Enforcing Environmental Laws
        Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Enforce Environmental Laws
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Maintain Enforcement Presence
        Strategic Target Code and Title
5 - Each year through 2015, support cleanups and save federal dollars for sites
        Managing Office
   Office of Criminal Enforcement
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Criminal Case Docket: A criminal case exists when EPA's criminal enforcement program, specifically special agents in the Criminal
     Investigation Division (CID), investigate allegations of criminal violations of environmental law. The EPA active ("open") criminal case
     docket consists of cases in all stages of the legal process - from initial investigations to charged cases to convicted cases that are awaiting
     sentencing or are on appeal.

     Most Significant Health, Environmental, and Deterrence Impacts: The most significant cases are defined by the categories of health
     effects (e.g., death, serious injury, or exposure, etc.),  pollutant release and discharge characteristics (e.g., documented exposure, need for
     remediation, etc.) and defendant profiles (e.g., size of business, compliance history, etc.) The cases with the most significant health,
     environmental and deterrent impacts fall into Tier 1 and Tier 2 of four possible categories of tiers (as calculated by the tiering methodology
     (cf section 3d). The tier designation is used throughout the investigative process including case selection and prosecution.

     For more information about EPA's Criminal Enforcement Program, visit  http://www. epa. gov/compliance/criminal/ .
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      All data used to calculate and classify the "most significant cases" result from evidence collected during the investigative process. The
      Criminal Investigation Division (CID) special agent assigned to the case creates an Investigative Activity Report (IAR, cf 419,420, 421).
      The IAR is the primary means used to document all investigative activity operational activities, judicial activities, or responses to
      investigative tasking or leads.  Investigative activities include interviews, surveillance, electronic monitoring, arrests, searches, evidence
      handling and disposition, and document reviews. Operational activities include undercover reports, and consensual monitoring.  Judicial
      activities include legal documents such as indictments, criminal informations, criminal complaints, guilty pleas, trials, convictions, and
      sentencing hearings and results.  Investigative tasking relates to collateral requests from CID headquarters and other offices, as well as
      memorializing activity conducted in furtherance of lead inquiries.	
      2b. Source Data Collection	
      Source Data Collection Methods:
      Tabulation of records or activities. Information used for the case tiering methodology (cf section 3d) comes from the evidence collected

-------
during the course of the investigation. Forensic evidence gathering (e.g., environmental sampling and analysis) is conducted by the
National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC) or other EPA laboratories or programs in conformity with their established protocols.

The data for case tiering is compiled through the lARs and legal documents which are collected and entered into the Criminal Case
Reporting System (CCRS, cf section 3a). OCEFT collects data on a variety of case attributes to describe the range, complexity, and quality
of the national docket. Data for selected attributes are being used to categorize the cases into four tiers based on the severity of the crime
associated with the alleged violation.

Date/Time Intervals Covered by Source Data:
Ongoing.

EPA QA requirements/guidance governing collection:
All criminal enforcement special agents receive training on the accurate completion of IAR reports and the entry of criminal case data into
the CCRS.

Geographical Extent of Source Data:
National.
2c. Source Data Reporting
Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system:
After a criminal case is opened, all major data and information is entered into CCRS and is tracked through all subsequent stages of the
criminal enforcement process. All case information and data that will be used for the case tiering methodology is entered into CCRS,
including information about the pollutants involved and the impact on the public and the environment that result from forensic sampling
and analysis undertaken as a routine part of the investigation of the alleged violations.

Timing and frequency of reporting: The status of the case is updated as the legal process proceeds.


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a. Information Systems
CCRS stores criminal enforcement data in an enforcement sensitive database which contains historical data on all criminal enforcement
prosecutions as well as information about the pollutants involved and the impact on the public and the environment. CCRS contains a drop
down menu for entering all data used to assign a case to a specific tier. When all required fields are populated, the system automatically
determines the tier for the case. Designating a tier is mandatory for all open criminal cases.

CCRS is an internal EPA database; All public legal documents relating to prosecuted criminal cases (e.g., the indictments, guilty pleas, trial
verdicts and judge's sentencing decisions) are publicly  available through Public Access to Court Electronic Records (PACER), an
electronic public access service that allows users to obtain case and docket information from federal appellate, district and bankruptcy
courts (http://www.pacer.gov/).


3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                     |
Environmental and forensic data used to conduct case tiering is supplied from EPA's National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC),
national databases, and other EPA programs. This data has been QA/QCd following the protocols established by those programs.  It should

-------


be noted that the data will often serve as evidence in criminal judicial enforcement proceedings, so the quality and sufficiency of the data is
carefully reviewed.	
3c. Data Oversight
Initial oversight at the field level is the responsibility of the Special Agent-in-Charge and Assistant Special Agent-in-Charge of the criminal
office managing the case. That information is further reviewed by OCEFT HQ through semi-annual case management reviews conducted
by the Assistant Director for Investigations, CID.

3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                       |
 The methodology for the measure "percent of criminal cases with the most significant health, environmental and deterrence impact" used
the FY 2010 criminal enforcement docket to develop the baseline and targets for FY 2011-15..  The cases are analyzed and scored on a
variety of case attributes describing the range, complexity and quality of the criminal enforcement docket. Cases are then entered into one
of four categories ("tiers") depending upon factors such as the human health (e.g., death, serious injury) and environmental impacts, the
nature of the pollutant and its release into the environment, and violator characteristics (e.g., repeat violator, size and location(s) of the
regulated entity)

Many of the data elements used in the tier method are directly linked to the Federal Sentencing Guidelines:

http://www.ussc.gov/guidelines/2010_guidelines/index.cfm

See the two attachments for graphic  representations of the criminal case tier methodology and the explanations of the categories. They
indicate the process used to assign a case to one of the four tiers.


   IB
 tiering, pptx     tieirngmethodology2012.ppt

 Tiering is based upon these decision rules:

Tier 1 (1  or highest): any case involving death or actual  serious injury; otherwise  a case that possesses specified attributes in at least three
of four established categories.

Tier 2 (second): two categories out  of four

Tier 3 (third):  one category out of four

Tier 4 (fourth): no category

Tier 1 and Tier 2 cases added together and divided by the total number of open cases in the criminal case docket is how the "most
significant cases" cases measure, that also serves as the Key Performance indicator for the criminal enforcement program, is calculated.
The measure only reflects the percentage of cases in the upper two tiers.

Time frame: Updated throughout the fiscal year as the case docket changes. Fiscal Year (October - September) Semiannual reporting.

-------
      Unit of analysis: Percent.
      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      Oversight of Final Reporting:: Once initial case tiering has been conducted by the case agent, initial oversight, review and quality
      assurance at the field level is the responsibility of the Special Agent-in-Charge and Assistant Special Agent-in-Charge of the criminal
      enforcement office managing the case. It receives a second round of review in HQ by CID's Assistant Director for Investigations, who also
      conducts a semi-annual review of all cases in the criminal case docket. The review includes discussions of any new evidence or
      information that would potentially affect or change the tier in which a case had been assigned. Any decision to categorize a case as being a
      Tier 4 (lowest level) case must be approved by both the SAC and the Assistant Director for Investigations. Data is verified on an on-going
      basis.

      Timing of Results Reporting: Semiannually.	
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                                 |
      A case's tier classification may change as cases are investigated and additional information uncovered. Potential data limitations include
      inaccurate environmental sampling or mistakes in evidence gathering that can result in improper classification or "tiering" of an individual
      case. Determining data for some characteristics used in tiering may be based upon ranges or estimates (e.g., the extent of documented
      human population exposure to a toxic pollutant may be based upon a consensus or "best estimate" of the geographic area surrounding the
      release rather than a detailed examination of all people potentially exposed).

      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                             |
      N/A
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:49 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name (OECA) Measure 419: Percentage of criminal cases with individual defendants.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
5 - Enforcing Environmental Laws
        Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Enforce Environmental Laws
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Maintain Enforcement Presence
        Strategic Target Code and Title
7 - By 2015, maintain an 85 percent conviction rate for criminal defendants
        Managing Office
   Office of Criminal Enforcement
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Criminal Cases: A criminal case exists when EPA's criminal enforcement program, specifically special agents in the Criminal
     Investigation Division (CID), investigate allegations of criminal violations of environmental law. The EPA active ("open") criminal case
     docket consists of cases in all stages of the legal process - from initial investigations to charged cases to convicted cases that are awaiting
     sentencing or are on appeal.

     A criminal case with charges filed is one in which, based upon an investigation by the EPA criminal enforcement program, the U.S.
     Department of Justice formally files charges against one or more defendants (either a person, company or both) alleging a criminal violation
     of one or more of the environmental statutes and/or associated violations of the U.S. Criminal Code in U.S. District Court.

     Individual Defendants: An individual defendant is a person, as opposed to a company. Criminal enforcement can be employed against
     persons and companies. Individuals, unlike companies, can be sentenced to prison, as well as paying a monetary fine, for breaking the
     criminal law. It is the possibility of incarceration that most distinguishes criminal law from civil law and, therefore, enables criminal law to
     provide the most deterrence.

        • more information about EPA's Criminal Enforcement Program, visit http://www. epa. gov/compliance/criminal/ .


      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
      2a. Original Data Source                                                                                                          |
      As part of the investigative process, the Criminal Investigation Division (CID) special agent assigned creates an Investigative Activity
      Report (IAR). The IAR is the primary means used to document all investigative activity, operational activities, judicial activities, or
      responses to investigative tasking or leads. Investigative activities include interviews, surveillance, electronic monitoring, arrests, searches,
      evidence handling and disposition, and document reviews.  Operational activities include undercover reports, and consensual monitoring.
      Judicial  activities include indictments, criminal informations, criminal complaints, guilty pleas, trials, convictions, and sentencing hearings
      and results.  Investigative tasking relates to collateral requests from CID headquarters and other offices, as well as memorializing activity
      conducted in furtherance of lead inquiries.
      All relevant data is entered into the Criminal Case Reporting System (CCRS, cf section 3a), which tracks a criminal investigation from the

-------
time it is first opened through all stages of the legal process to a conclusion (e.g., when the case is indicted, when a defendant is found
guilty, sentenced or acquitted.) CCRS is used to create the IAR.

 Once the defendants are charged, the data used to compile the measure is based upon the legal documents outlining the criminal charges
(which can either take the form of a criminal information or criminal indictment) that is filed by either the Office of the U.S. Attorney or
the Environmental Crimes Section at DOJ HQ and filed in the U.S. District Court in which the alleged criminal violations occurred. The
charges are part of the case file.

2b. Source Data Collection                                                                                                       |
Source Data Collection Methods: The measure is based upon enforcement and legal documents which memorialize the status of a
criminal prosecution. As noted above, the data for the measure are formally compiled through the lARs and DOJ legal  documents entered
into CCRS. In addition, all public legal documents relating to a charged case (e.g., the indictment or criminal information), including the
names of all defendants, is also entered into and are publicly available through Public Access  to Court Electronic Records (PACER), an
electronic public access service that allows users to obtain case and docket information from federal appellate, district and bankruptcy
courts http://www.pacer.gov/).

Date/Time Intervals Covered by Source Data:
Ongoing.

EPA OA Requirements/Guidance Governing collection;
All criminal enforcement special agents receive training on the accurate completion of IAR reports and the entry of criminal case data into
the CCRS.

Geographical Extent of Source Data:
National.
2c. Source Data Reporting
After DOJ formally charges the defendants, the information is entered into CCRS (e.g., all the violations alleged, all of the defendants
charged, as well as forensic information about the pollutants involved and the impact on the public and the environment.) The status of the
case is updated as the legal process proceeds. The case agents update and enter into CCRS or submit to their superior lARs which highlight
changes in the case and all subsequent stages of the criminal enforcement process (e.g., a case is dismissed or the defendants are either
acquitted or convicted and sentenced.)

Timing and frequency of reporting: The status of the case is updated as  the legal process proceeds.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                        |
The Criminal Case Reporting System (CCRS) stores criminal enforcement information and data in an enforcement sensitive database which
contains historical data on all criminal enforcement prosecutions as well as information about the pollutants involved and the impact on the
public and the environment. CCRS maintains information pertaining to individuals and companies associated with the Criminal
Investigation Division's criminal leads and cases, as well as other information related to the conduct of criminal investigations.

 The data is used to document the progress and results of criminal investigations. The data used for all criminal enforcement performance

-------
measures are in the CCRS database.

The status of the case is updated on CCRS as the legal process proceeds. All legal documents relating to a prosecution are entered into the
system

3b. Data Quality Procedures	
The Criminal Investigations Division (CID) has a process for document control and records and has Quality Management Plans in place.
The information on charged cases that is entered into CCRS goes through several layers of review. Initial verification of the quality and
accuracy of case information is the responsibility of the Special Agent-in-Charge (SAC) of the office that is managing the case. HQ
responsibility for QA/QC is conducted by the System Administrator of CCRS.

3c. Data Oversight
Initial oversight at the field level is the responsibility of the Assistant Special Agent-in-Charge (ASAC) and Special Agent-in-Charge
(SAC) of the criminal enforcement office managing the case. That information is further reviewed by OCEFT HQ through semi-annual
case management reviews conducted by the Assistant Director of Investigations, CID and quarterly reports by the System Administrator of
CCRS. The System Administrator, who creates all statistical and management reports based on information in CCRS, conducts regular
oversight of the data entered by the criminal enforcement field offices to ensure that all data entered into CCRS is complete and accurate.

3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
The methodology for the criminal enforcement measure "Percent of criminal cases with individual defendants" employed a three year
analysis (FY2008-2010) to develop the baseline and targets.

The decision rules reflect the legal status of the individuals who are named as charged defendants. The data files relevant to this analysis
include defendant names and type (individual or company), date of charges filed and the actual statutes (either or both environmental or
U.S. Criminal Code) listed in the criminal indictment or criminal information.

There are no assumptions or "quantifiers" used in calculating the measure. The measure is based upon the legal status of cases, i.e., whether
the case has at least one individual person charged as a defendant that is being prosecuted. The measure is calculated by dividing the
number of charged cases that have at least one individual defendant during the current Fiscal Year (numerator) by the total number of
charged criminal cases during the current Fiscal Year (denominator).

Timeframe: Fiscal Year (October - September) Semiannual reporting.

Unit of analysis: Percent.	


4. Reporting and Oversight	
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                      |
The System Administrator of the CCRS has the responsibility for compiling and verifying the accuracy of the report on charged defendants.
Once compiled, data goes through a second level of verification through the Assistant Director of Investigations, CID. While data is
verified on an on-going basis, final verification is conducted at the end of the fiscal year.

Timing of Results Reporting:

-------
      Semiannually.
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      N/A, since the measure is based on the legal status of prosecuted individual defendants
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      N/A
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:48 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)

NPO Name (OECA) Measure 420: Percentage of criminal cases with charges filed.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title                            5 - Enforcing Environmental Laws
        Objective Number and Title                        ! - Enforce Environmental Laws
        Sub-Objective Number and Title                    ! - Maintain Enforcement Presence
        Strategic Target Code and Title                      6 - Bv 2015, increase the number of criminal cases with charges filed
        Managing Office                                    Office of Criminal Enforcement
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Criminal Cases: A criminal case exists when EPA's criminal enforcement program, specifically special agents in the Criminal
     Investigation Division (CID), investigate allegations of criminal violations of environmental law. The EPA active ("open") criminal case
     docket consists of cases in all stages of the legal process - from initial investigations to charged cases to convicted cases that are awaiting
     sentencing or are on appeal.

     Charges Filed: A criminal case with charges filed is one in which, based upon an investigation by the EPA criminal enforcement program,
     the U.S. Department of Justice formally files charges against one or more defendants (either a person, company or both) alleging a criminal
     violation of one or more of the environmental statutes and/or associated violations of the U.S. Criminal Code in U.S. District Court.

     For more information about EPA's Criminal Enforcement Program, visit http://www. epa. gov/compliance/criminal/ .


      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      As part of the investigative process, the Criminal Investigation Division (CID) special agent assigned to the case completes an
      Investigation Activity Report (IAR). The IAR is the primary means used to document all investigative activity, operational activities,
      judicial activities, or responses to investigative tasking or leads. Investigative activities include interviews, surveillance, electronic
      monitoring, arrests, searches, evidence handling and disposition, and document reviews. Operational activities include undercover reports,
      and consensual monitoring.  Judicial activities include  indictments, criminal informations, criminal complaints, guilty pleas, trials,
      convictions, and sentencing hearings and results. Investigative tasking relates to collateral requests from CID headquarters and other
      offices, as well as memorializing activity conducted in furtherance of lead inquiries.


      All relevant data is entered into the Criminal Case Reporting System (CCRS, cf section 3a), which tracks a criminal investigation from the
      time it is first opened through all stages of the legal process to a conclusion (e.g., when the case is indicted, when a defendant is found
      guilty, sentenced or acquitted.) CCRS is used to create the IAR.

      Once the defendants are charged, the data used to compile the measure is based upon the legal documents outlining the criminal charges

-------
(which can either take the form of a criminal information or criminal indictment) that is filed by either the Office of the U.S. Attorney or
the Environmental Crimes Section at DOJ HQ and filed in the U.S. District Court in which the alleged criminal violations occurred. The
charges are part of the case file.
2b. Source Data Collection
Source Data Collection Methods:  The measure is based upon enforcement and legal documents which memorialize the status of a
criminal prosecution. As noted above, the data for the measure are formally compiled through the lARs and DOJ legal documents entered
into CCRS. In addition, all public legal documents relating to a charged case (e.g., the indictment or criminal information), including the
names of all defendants, is also entered into and are publicly available through Public Access to Court Electronic Records (PACER),  an
electronic public access service that allows users to obtain case and docket information from federal appellate, district and bankruptcy
courts (http://www.pacer.gov/).

Date/time Intervals Covered by Source Data:
Ongoing.

EPA OA Requirements/Guidance Governing Collection:
All criminal enforcement special agents receive training on the accurate completion of IAR reports and the entry of criminal case data into
the CCRS.

Geographical Extent of Source Data:
National.
2c. Source Data Reporting

After DOJ formally charges the defendants, the information is entered into CCRS (e.g., all the violations alleged, all of the defendants
charged, as well as forensic information about the pollutants involved and the impact on the public and the environment.) The status of the
case is updated as the legal process proceeds. The case agents update and enter into CCRS or submit to their superior lARs which highlight
changes in the case and all subsequent stages of the criminal enforcement process (e.g., a case is dismissed or the defendants are either
acquitted or convicted and sentenced.)

Timing and frequency of reporting: The status of the case is updated as  the legal process proceeds	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                        |
The Criminal Case Reporting System (CCRS) stores criminal enforcement information and data in an enforcement sensitive database which
contains historical data on all criminal enforcement prosecutions as well as information about the pollutants involved and the impact on the
public and the environment. CCRS maintains information pertaining to individuals and companies associated with the Criminal
Investigation Division's criminal leads and cases, as well as other information related to the conduct of criminal investigations.

. The data is used to document the progress and results of criminal investigations. The data used for all criminal enforcement performance
measures are in the CCRS database.

-------

The status of the case is updated on CCRS as the legal process proceeds. All legal documents relating to a prosecution are entered into the
system

3b. Data Quality Procedures
The Criminal Investigations Division (CID) has a process for document control and records and has Quality Management Plans in place.
The information on charged cases that is entered into CCRS goes through several layers of review. Initial verification of the quality and
accuracy of case information is the responsibility of the Special Agent-in-Charge (SAC) of the office that is managing the case. HQ
responsibility for QA/QC is conducted by the System Administrator of  CCRS
3c. Data Oversight
Initial oversight at the field level is the responsibility of the Assistant Special Agent-in-Charge (ASAC) and Special Agent-in-Charge
(SAC) of the criminal enforcement office managing the case. That information is further reviewed by OCEFT HQ through semi-annual
case management reviews conducted by the Assistant Director of Investigations, CID, and quarterly reports by the System Administrator of I
CCRS. The System Administrator, who creates all statistical and management reports based on information in CCRS, conducts regular
oversight of the data entered by the criminal enforcement field offices to ensure that all data entered into CCRS is complete and accurate.

3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
The methodology for the criminal enforcement measure "Percent of criminal cases with charges filed" employed a five year analysis
(FY2006-2010) to develop the baseline and targets. The decision rules reflect the legal status of the defendants charged. The data files
relevant to this analysis include defendant names and type (individual or company),  date of charges filed and the actual statutes (either or
both environmental or U.S. Criminal Code) listed in the criminal indictment or criminal information.

There are no "assumptions" or "quantifiers" used in calculating the measure. The measure is based upon the legal status of cases, i.e.,
whether the case has been closed without prosecution or is being prosecuted. The measure is calculated by dividing the number of cases
that have been charged (i.e., with an indictment or criminal information) during the current Fiscal Year (numerator) by the total number of
criminal cases that were closed during the current Fiscal Year (denominator).


Time frame: Semiannual reporting.

Unit of analysis: Percent.
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
The System Administrator of the OCEFT CCRS has the responsibility for compiling and verifying the accuracy of the report on charged
defendants. Once compiled, data goes through a second level of verification through the Assistant Director of Investigations, CID. While
data is verified on an on-going basis, final verification is conducted at the end of the fiscal year.

Timing of Results Reporting:

-------
      Semiannually.
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      N/A since the measure is based upon the legal status of charged cases
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      N/A
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:48 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name (OECA) Measure 421 : Percentage of conviction  rate for criminal defendants.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
5 - Enforcing Environmental Laws
        Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Enforce Environmental Laws
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
                                                        1 - Maintain Enforcement Presence
        Strategic Target Code and Title
7 - By 2015, maintain an 85 percent conviction rate for criminal defendants
        Managing Office
   Office of Criminal Enforcement
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Criminal Cases: A criminal case exists when EPA's criminal enforcement program, specifically special agents in the Criminal
     Investigation Division (CID), investigate allegations of criminal violations of environmental law. The EPA active ("open") criminal case
     docket consists of cases in all stages of the legal process - from initial investigations to charged cases to convicted cases that are awaiting
     sentencing or are on appeal.

     A criminal case with charges filed is one in which, based upon an investigation by the EPA criminal enforcement program, the U.S.
     Department of Justice formally files charges against one or more defendants (either a person, company or both) alleging a criminal violation
     of one or more of the environmental statutes and/or associated violations of the U.S. Criminal Code in U.S. District Court.

     Conviction: A defendant (either a person or company) who has been previously charged with committing one or more environmental
     crimes is found legally "guilty" of at least one of those crimes. Legal  guilt (conviction) occurs either when the defendant pleads guilty or is
     convicted following a trial.

     For more information about EPA's Criminal Enforcement Program, visit http://www. epa. gov/compliance/criminal/ .
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      As part of the investigative process, the Criminal Investigation Division (CID) special agent assigned completes an Investigation Activity
      Report (IAR). The IAR is the primary means used to document all investigative activity, operational activities, judicial activities, or
      responses to investigative tasking or leads. Investigative activities include interviews, surveillance, electronic monitoring, arrests, searches,
      evidence handling and disposition, and document reviews.  Operational activities include undercover reports, and consensual monitoring.
      Judicial  activities include indictments, criminal informations, criminal complaints, guilty pleas, trials, convictions, and sentencing hearings
      and results. Investigative tasking relates to collateral requests from CID headquarters and other offices, as well as memorializing activity
      conducted in furtherance of lead inquiries.
      All relevant data is entered into the Criminal Case Reporting System (CCRS, cf section 3a), which tracks a criminal investigation from the
      time it is first opened through all stages of the legal process to a conclusion (e.g., when the case is indicted, when a defendant is convicted,

-------

sentenced or acquitted).CCRS is used to create the IAR

The data used to compile the measure is based upon the legal documents filed in the U.S. District Court where the defendant is prosecuted.
Charges can be dismissed after exculpatory evidence in their favor was entered into the record or the legal process can results in either a
conviction or an acquittal. A conviction is also reaffirmed at the subsequent sentencing of a convicted defendant, when the judge imposes
the sentence through a legal document known as the Judgment and Commitment Notice. (J&C).

2b. Source Data Collection	
Source Data Collection Methods:
The measure is based upon enforcement and legal documents which memorialize the status of a criminal prosecution.  As noted  above, the
data for the measure are formally compiled through the lARs and DOJ legal documents entered into CCRS. In addition, all public legal
documents relating to a charged case, including the conviction, are also entered into and are publicly available through Public Access to
Court Electronic Records (PACER),  an electronic public access service that allows users to obtain case and docket information from
federal appellate, district and bankruptcy courts

 (http ://www. pacer. gov/).

Date/Time Intervals Covered by Source  Data:
Ongoing.

Geographical Extent of Source Data:
National.	
2c. Source Data Reporting
The status of the case is updated as the legal process proceeds. The case agents update  and enter into CCRS or submit to their superior
lARs which highlight changes in the case and all subsequent stages of the criminal enforcement process (e.g., a case is dismissed or the
defendants are either acquitted or convicted and sentenced)

Timing and frequency of reporting: The status of the case is updated as the legal process proceeds
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems	
The Criminal Case Reporting System (CCRS) stores criminal enforcement data in an enforcement sensitive database which contains
historical data on all criminal enforcement prosecutions as well as information about the pollutants involved and the impact on the public
and the environment. CCRS maintains information pertaining to individuals and companies associated with the Criminal Investigation
Division's criminal leads and cases, as well as other information related to the conduct of criminal investigations.

 The data is used to document the progress and results of criminal investigations. The data used for all criminal enforcement performance
measures are in the CCRS database.

The status of the case is updated on CCRS as the legal process proceeds. All legal documents relating to a prosecution are entered into the

-------
system.

3b. Data Quality Procedures
The Criminal Investigations Division (CID) has a process for document control and records management and has Quality Management
Plans in place. The information on defendant dismissals, convictions or acquittals that is entered into CCRS goes through several layers of
review.  Initial verification of the quality and accuracy of case information is the responsibility of the Special Agent-in-Charge (SAC) of
the office that is managing the case. HQ responsibility for QA/QC is conducted by the System Administrator of CCRS.	
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                              |
Initial oversight,  review and quality assurance at the field level is the responsibility of the Special Agent-in-Charge (SAC) and Assistant
Special Agent-in-Charge (AS AC) of the criminal enforcement office managing the case. That information is further reviewed by OCEFT
HQ through semi-annual case management reviews conducted by the Assistant Director of Investigations, CID, and quarterly reports by the
System Administrator of CCRS. The System Administrator, who creates all statistical and management reports based on information in
CCRS,  conducts regular oversight of the data entered by the criminal enforcement field offices to ensure that all data entered into CCRS is
complete and accurate.	
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
The methodology for the criminal enforcement measure "Conviction rate for criminal defendants" employed a five year analysis
(FY2006-2010) to develop the baseline and targets.  The decision rules reflect the legal status of the defendants.  The data files relevant to
this analysis include defendant names and type (individual or company), date of charges filed and the results (convicted, acquitted, or
charges dismissed) of the prosecution regarding each of the charges on which the defendant was found guilty or not guilty (either or both
environmental law or general U.S. Criminal Code).  A defendant is defined as having been "convicted" if he is guilty of at least one of the
criminal counts of which he has been charged.

There are no "assumptions" or "quantifiers" used in calculating the measure. The measure is based upon the legal status of cases, i.e.,
whether the defendant has been convicted, acquitted or had the charges dismissed after exculpatory evidence  in their favor was entered into
the record.  The measure is calculated by dividing the total number of defendants who have been convicted during the current Fiscal Year
(numerator) by the total number of defendants with a legal result of their case in the current Fiscal Year (denominator). The "legal result"
denominator includes all defendants whose charges were dismissed, who were acquitted or had their charges overturned on appeal
following conviction.

Semiannual reporting.

Unit of analysis: Percent.


4. Reporting and Oversight	
4a. Oversight and  Timing of Results Reporting
Oversight of Final Reporting: The System Administrator of the OCEFT CCRS has the responsibility for compiling and verifying the
accuracy of the report on the percentage of convicted defendants. Once compiled, data goes through a second level of verification through
the Assistant Director of Investigations, CID. While data is verified on an on-going basis, final verification is conducted at the end of the
year.

Timing of Results Reporting:
Semiannually.	

-------
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      The only data limitations that result (although infrequently) occur when a defendant who has been initially convicted of one or more
      environmental crimes has all of his charges overturned by the U.S. Appellate Court on appeal in a subsequent fiscal year than the one in
      which the measure is being reported. The conviction rate for charged defendants has historically been in the 90% range, and is not
      materially affected by post-conviction appeals,  so the low incidence of defendants having their convictions eventually overturned does not
      limit the suitability of the performance measure.

      4c. Third-Party Audits
      N/A
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:07:48 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name (OARM) Measure 007: Percent of GS employees (DEU) hired within 80 calendar days.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     GS employees: The General Schedule (GS) classification and pay system covers the majority of civilian white-collar Federal employees.
     GS classification standards, qualifications, pay structure, and related human resources policies (e.g., general staffing and pay administration
     policies) are administered by the U.S. Office of Personnel Management (OPM) on a Government-wide basis. Each agency classifies its GS
     positions and appoints and pays its GS employees filling those positions following statutory and OPM guidelines. The General Schedule has
     15 grades-GS-1 (lowest) to GS-15 (highest).

     DEU: This measure will track the hiring timeliness for non-federal applicants using the delegated examining recruitment process. Delegated
     examining authority is an authority OPM grants to agencies to fill competitive civil service jobs with applicants applying from outside the
     Federal workforce, Federal employees who do not have competitive service status, or Federal employees with competitive service status.
     Appointments made by agencies through delegated examining authority are subject to civil service laws and regulations. This is to ensure
     fair and open competition, recruitment from all segments of society, and selection on the basis of the applicants' competencies or
     knowledge, skills, and abilities (see 5 U.S.C. § 2301).

     Hired within 80 calendar days:
     This is the measure used to track the time to hire for all Job Opportunity Announcements (JO As) posted on US A Jobs from the time the
     announcement is drafted until the time of entry on duty (EOD) .
     Background:
        OPM's original End-to-End 80-day hiring initiative focused on the Agency's entire hiring process from the time a hiring request is
     initiated until the employee comes on board; the 80-day hiring initiative focused on those non-federal employees hired through the
     delegated examining recruitment process.
        OPM's 80-day hiring model is designed to assess the time to hire federal employees where a job opportunity announcement was posted
     on USAJOBs.

     The President's May 2010 "Hiring Reform Initiative" memo seeks agencies to improve the timeliness of "all" hiring actions and in
     particular hiring actions for Mission Critical Occupations and commonly-filled positions. Agency specific reporting requirements for time
     to hire statistics are uncertain and not yet finalized (please see

-------
http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/presidential-metnorandutn-itnproving-federal-recruittnent-and-hiring-process).

For more information, please see http://www.opm.gov/publications/EndToEnd-HiringInitiative.pdf


 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
 2a. Original Data Source
 The original data source is EPA employees who request, prepare, and process SF-52s, Requests for Personnel Actions, and other
 documents, (e.g., staffing requisition, position description, job analysis, etc.) associated with processing hiring actions.

 2b. Source Data Collection
 The source data is collected from the SF-52, Request for Personnel Action, and other documents associated (e.g., staffing requisition,
 position description, job analysis, etc.) with processing hiring actions, as well as steps taken by staff in processing these actions.  Staff in
 the three Human Resources Shared Service Centers use dates on the SF-52s to enter dates in the Human Resources Activities and
 Communication Tracking System (HRACTS). They also record information, such as vacancy announcement numbers and comments in
 HRACTS. Data in HRACTS is reviewed quarterly by the SSC staff to ensure completeness and accuracy. Customers serve as an
 additional review layer as they have access to HRACTS and can raise any inconsistencies in data entered.	
 2c. Source Data Reporting
 Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system:
 The servicing human resources personnel at EPA's 3 Shared Service Centers enter data into the system. Data is typically transmitted
 through scanning and emailing to a designated email box from the hiring decision-makers to the SSC staff. Once received, the servicing
 human resources personnel at EPA's 3 Shared Service Centers enter data into the system.

 Timing and frequency of reporting:
 The data is reported quarterly to the Office of Personnel Management. In addition, Agency-wide, Office-level, and SSC reports can be
 prepared on an annual, quarterly, or selected time period basis.
    3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures

 3a. Information Systems
 Office of Human Resources (OHR) HRACTS.
 Office of Human Resources (OHR) Human Resources Activity Communication Tracking System (HRACTS).

 EPA's Human Resources Activity and Communication Tracking System (HRACTS) is an in-house, lotus-notes based system designed to
 track and monitor HR workload including recruitment actions at the Agency's Shared Service Centers. HRACTS also tracks other HR
 workload activity including awards, reassignment, etc.; tracks EPA's status towards achieving OPM's original  80-day hiring goal for
 delegated examining recruitment actions and provides status reports to customers.  HRACTS has multiple date fields for inputting the date
 for each step in the hiring process.  HRACTS can track the time throughout EPA's hiring process from the time a hiring request is initiated
 until the employee comes on board. Upon HR office consolidation to the Shared Service Center in FY09, HRACTS was refined to be
 useful in tracking Agency-wide hiring timeliness, standards for data quality were developed; and types of hiring methods used (e.g. MP,
 DEU, etc) were incorporated.

-------
HRACTS is continually undergoing changes and modifications to meet the constant clarification and unique needs of the 80-day end-to-end
hiring model. HRACTS has been revised to meet the diverse demands for easy access by Agency-wide managers to track the status of
hiring actions. HRACTS reports are being revised to provide organizations with in-depth information on the status of their pending
recruitment actions in a secure and controlled environment. The system was refined to notify applicants of the status of their vacancy
application throughout the hiring process and also provide managers with a link to survey their perspective of the overall hiring process.
Revisions also include better reporting templates to track trends and anomalies along the hiring process timeline.

Agency-wide, Office-level,  and SSC reports can be prepared on an annual, quarterly, or selected time period basis. Manager access was
made available to better enable tracking of the status of their individual recruitment actions.

While HRACTS can track by the type of recruitment action (DEU, MP, etc), HRACTS is currently not capable of tracking by occupational
series (e.g. Mission Critical  Occupations and commonly-filled positions).

The system meets the quality control standards of lotus notes.

Additional information:
Further system enhancements  may be needed to track hiring timeliness for MCOs and commonly-filled positions to meet the President's
Hiring Reform Initiatives.
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                       |
SSC / OHR staff review and analyze the reports to determine trends and assess workload. SSC staff review and validate the data, identify
anomalies or data-entry errors, make corrections, and provide the updated information so that the system's reports can be current and
accurate. Agency managers can be provided with system access to further enhance data integrity. Questions about the data or resolution of
data issues are frequently resolved through discussion and consultation with the SSC and OHR.	
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                               |
The Lotus Notes Manager of the Information Resources Management Division is responsible for overseeing the source data reporting and
making changes/modifications to the system to further improve tracking and reporting; run reports; train authorized staff on the use of the
system, and makes enhancements to the system to meet time to hire goals.

3d. Calculation Methodology
Data is entered to track all hires where a JOA was posted  on USAJOBs.  The system tracks each step of the hiring process. The steps
included in the metrics are:  SSC drafts/posts JOA; JOA open period; SSC prepares certificates; customer has certificates
(interview/selection process; SSC makes tentative offer; conduct background check; make formal job offer; selectee enters on duty. We
were instructed to track the  Senior Executive Service (SES) hiring process as well, although these are two very different hiring processes.
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                        |
The Reporting Oversight Personnel is the HR Director. Responsibilities include monitoring progress against milestones and measures;
work with OPM and HR community to achieve timelines and targets for correcting agency hiring by reducing substantially the time to hire
for Mission Critical Occupations (MCOs) and commonly filled positions; measuring/improving the quality and speed of the hiring process,
and analyzing the causes of agency hiring problems and establishing timelines/targets for reducing them. Time to hire information is

-------
      reported on a quarterly basis.
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      HRACTS is not integrated with the Agency's People Plus System, the Agency's official personnel system, therefore, discrepancies may
      arise such as the total number of hires. While HRACTS can track by the type of recruitment action (DEU, MP, etc.), HRACTS is currently
      not capable of tracking by occupational series (e.g., Mission Critical Occupations and commonly-filled positions.)


      4c. Third-Party Audits
      EPA OIG released a report on OARM's revised hiring process, including timing and technological capability, in 2010. Please see
      http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2010/20100809-10-P-0177.pdf.

      OPM conducted a review of EPA's hiring process. Please see http://www.opm.gov/hiringtoolkit/docs/EPAcasestudy.pdf.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:43 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name (OARM) Measure 008: Percent of GS employees (all hires) hired within 80 calendar days
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     GS employees: The General Schedule (GS) classification and pay system covers the majority of civilian white-collar Federal employees.
     GS classification standards, qualifications, pay structure, and related human resources policies (e.g., general staffing and pay administration
     policies) are administered by the U.S. Office of Personnel Management (OPM) on a Government-wide basis. Each agency classifies its GS
     positions and appoints and pays its GS employees filling those positions following statutory and OPM guidelines. The General Schedule has
     15 grades-GS-1 (lowest) to GS-15 (highest).

     Other than DEU:
     This measure will track the hiring timeliness for all hires not using the delegated examining recruitment process. Delegated examining
     authority is an authority OPM grants to agencies to fill competitive civil service jobs with applicants applying from  outside the Federal
     workforce, Federal employees who do not have competitive service status, or Federal employees with competitive service status.
     Appointments made by agencies through delegated examining authority are  subject to civil service laws and regulations. This is to ensure
     fair and open competition, recruitment from all segments of society, and selection on the basis of the applicants' competencies or
     knowledge, skills, and abilities (see 5 U.S.C. § 2301).

     Hired within 80 calendar days:
     This is the measure used to track the time to hire for all Job Opportunity Announcements (JO As) posted on US A Jobs from the time the
     announcement is drafted until the time of entry on duty (EOD) .

     Background:
        OPM's original End-to-End 80-day hiring initiative focused on the Agency's entire hiring process from the time a hiring request is
     initiated until the employee comes on board; the 80-day hiring initiative focused on those non-federal employees hired through the
     delegated examining recruitment process.
        OPM's 80-day hiring model is designed to assess the time to hire federal  employees where a job opportunity announcement was posted
     on USAJOBs.

     The President's May 2010 "Hiring Reform Initiative" memo seeks agencies  to improve the timeliness of "all" hiring actions and in
     particular hiring actions for Mission Critical Occupations and commonly-filled positions. Agency specific reporting requirements for time
     to hire  statistics are uncertain and not yet finalized (please see

-------
 http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/presidential-metnorandutn-itnproving-federal-recruittnent-and-hiring-process).

 For more information, please see http://www.opm.gov/publications/EndToEnd-HiringInitiative.pdf
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^1

 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
 2a. Original Data Source
 The original data source is EPA employees who request, prepare, and process SF-52s, Requests for Personnel Actions, and other
 documents, (e.g., staffing requisition, position description, job analysis, etc.) associated with processing hiring actions.	
 2b. Source Data Collection
 The source data is collected from the SF-52, Request for Personnel Action, and other documents associated (e.g., staffing requisition,
 position description, job analysis, etc.) with processing hiring actions, as well as steps taken by staff in processing these actions.  Staff in
 the three Human Resources Shared Service Centers use dates on the SF-52s to enter dates in the Human Resources Activities and
 Communication Tracking System (HRACTS).  They also record information, such as vacancy announcement numbers and comments in
 HRACTS. Data in HRACTS is reviewed quarterly by the SSC staff to ensure completeness and accuracy. Customers serve as an
 additional review layer as they have access to HRACTS and can raise any inconsistencies in data entered.	
 2c. Source Data Reporting
 Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system:
 The servicing human resources personnel at EPA's 3 Shared Service Centers enter data into the system. Data is typically transmitted
 through scanning and emailing to a designated email box from the hiring decision-makers to the SSC staff. Once received, the servicing
 human resources personnel at EPA's 3 Shared Service Centers enter data into the system.

 Timing and frequency of reporting:
 The data is reported quarterly to the Office of Personnel Management. In addition, Agency-wide, Office-level, and SSC reports can be
 prepared on an annual, quarterly, or selected time period basis.
    3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
 3a. Information Systems
 Office of Human Resources (OHR) HRACTS.
 Office of Human Resources (OHR) Human Resources Activity Communication Tracking System (HRACTS).

 EPA's Human Resources Activity and Communication Tracking System (HRACTS) is an in-house, lotus-notes based system designed to
 track and monitor HR workload including recruitment actions at the Agency's Shared Service Centers. HRACTS also tracks other HR
 workload activity including awards, reassignment, etc.; tracks EPA's status towards achieving OPM's original  80-day hiring goal for
 delegated examining recruitment actions and provides status reports to customers. HRACTS has multiple date fields for inputting the date
 for each step in the hiring process.  HRACTS can track the time throughout EPA's hiring process from the time a hiring request is initiated
 until the employee comes on board. Upon HR office consolidation to the Shared Service Center in FY09, HRACTS was refined to be
 useful in tracking Agency-wide hiring timeliness, standards for data quality were developed; and types of hiring methods used (e.g. MP,
 DEU, etc) were incorporated.

 HRACTS is continually undergoing changes and modifications to meet the constant clarification and unique needs of the 80-day end-to-end

-------

hiring model. HRACTS has been revised to meet the diverse demands for easy access by Agency-wide managers to track the status of
hiring actions. HRACTS reports are being revised to provide organizations with in-depth information on the status of their pending
recruitment actions in a secure and controlled environment.  The system was refined to notify applicants of the status of their vacancy
application throughout the hiring process and also provide managers with a link to survey their perspective of the overall hiring process.
Revisions also include better reporting templates to track trends and anomalies along the hiring process timeline.

Agency-wide, Office-level,  and SSC reports can be prepared on an annual, quarterly, or selected time period basis.  Manager access was
made available to better enable tracking of the status of their individual recruitment actions.

While HRACTS can track by the type of recruitment action  (DEU, MP, etc), HRACTS is currently not capable of tracking by occupational
series (e.g. Mission Critical  Occupations and commonly-filled positions).

The system meets the quality control standards of Lotus Notes.

Additional information:
Further system enhancements may be needed to track hiring timeliness for MCOs and commonly-filled positions to meet the President's
Hiring Reform Initiatives.
3b. Data Quality Procedures
SSC / OHR staff review and analyze the reports to determine trends and assess workload. SSC staff review and validate the data, identify
anomalies or data-entry errors, make corrections, and provide the updated information so that the system's reports can be current and
accurate. Agency managers can be provided with system access to further enhance data integrity. Questions about the data or resolution of
data issues are frequently resolved through discussion and consultation with the SSC and OHR.	
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                              |
The Lotus Notes Manager of the Information Resources Management Division is responsible for overseeing the source data reporting and
making changes/modifications to the system to further improve tracking and reporting; run reports; train authorized staff on the use of the
system, and makes enhancements to the system to meet time to hire goals.

3d. Calculation Methodology
Data is entered to track all hires where a JOA was posted on USAJOBs.  The system tracks  each step of the hiring process. The steps
included in the metrics are:  SSC drafts/posts JOA; JOA open period; SSC prepares certificates; customer has certificates
(interview/selection process; SSC makes tentative offer; conduct background check; make formal job offer; selectee enters on duty. We
were instructed to track the  Senior Executive Service  (SES)  hiring process as well, although these are two very different hiring processes.
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                       |
The Reporting Oversight Personnel is the HR Director.  Responsibilities include monitoring progress against milestones and measures;
work with OPM and HR community to achieve timelines and targets for correcting agency hiring by reducing substantially the time to hire
for Mission Critical Occupations (MCOs) and commonly filled positions; measuring/improving the quality and speed of the hiring process,
and analyzing the causes of agency hiring problems and establishing timelines/targets for reducing them.  Time to hire information is
reported on a quarterly basis.

-------
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      HRACTS is not integrated with the Agency's People Plus System, the Agency's official personnel system, therefore, discrepancies may
      arise such as the total number of hires. While HRACTS can track by the type of recruitment action (DEU, MP, etc.), HRACTS is currently
      not capable of tracking by occupational series (e.g., Mission Critical Occupations and commonly-filled positions.)
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      EPA OIG released a report on OARM's revised hiring process, including timing and technological capability, in 2010. Please see
      http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2010/20100809-10-P-0177.pdf.

      OPM conducted a review of EPA's hiring process. Please see http://www.opm.gov/hiringtoolkit/docs/EPAcasestudy.pdf.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:44 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OARM) Measure 009:  Increase in number and percentage of certified acquisition staff (1102)
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Certified acquisition staff (1102): The GS-1102 series includes positions that manage, supervise, perform, or develop policies and
     procedures for professional work involving the procurement of supplies, services, construction, or research and development using formal
     advertising or negotiation procedures; the evaluation of contract price proposals; and the administration or termination and close out of
     contracts. The work requires knowledge of the legislation, regulations, and methods used in contracting; and knowledge of business and
     industry practices, sources of supply, cost factors, and requirements characteristics. The purpose of the Federal Acquisition Certification in
     Contracting (FAC-C) program is to establish core requirements for education, training, and experience for contracting professionals in
     civilian agencies. The federal certification in contracting is not mandatory for all GS-1102s; however, members of the workforce issued new
     Contracting Officer (CO) warrants on or after January 1, 2007, regardless of GS series, must be certified at an appropriate level to support
     their warrant obligations, pursuant to agency policy.

     Background:
        It is essential that the Federal Government have the capacity to carry out robust and thorough management and oversight of its contracts
     in order to achieve programmatic goals, avoid significant overcharges, and curb wasteful spending. A GAO study last year of 95 major
     defense acquisitions projects found cost overruns of 26 percent, totaling $295 billion over the life  of the projects. Improved contract
     oversight could reduce such sums significantly.
        Executive Agencies were requested to propose plans to increase the Acquisition Workforce by  5%. OMB provided tools to the Agencies
     to determine what the appropriate size would be for the acquisition workforce which is how EPA determined that we need 351 1102s by
     FY2014. We proposed adding new contracting personnel annually, in even increments, through 2014 in order to reach this goal. Since EPA
     is always working on certifying our contracting personnel, the target certification levels for FY2012 include certifying the personnel that
     EPA is bringing onboard to satisfy the increase in the acquisition workforce and certifying those already at EPA.  Since EPA's proposed
     plan included bringing on mid- and senior-level 1102s, it is  expected that many will already be certified.
        Certification and warranting procedures are initiated by the individual  seeking the certification/warrant. There may be eligible
     individuals already in the acquisition workforce who have not yet applied for certification that EPA is unable to track.

     For more information, please see:

     Presidential Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Departments and Agencies - Subject: Government Contracting,
     http://www.whitehouse.gov/the oress office/Memorandum-for-the-Heads-of-Executive-Departments-and-Agencies-Subject-Government/,

-------
March 4, 2009

October 27, 2009 OMB Memorandum for Chief Acquisition Officers, Senior Procurement Executives, Chief Financial Officers, Chief
Human Capital Officers - Subject: Acquisition Workforce Development Strategic Plan for Civilian Agencies - FY 2010 - 2014.
http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/assets/procurement workforce/AWF Plan 10272009.pdf
The link is correct as it applies to the Acquisition Workforce Strategic Plan for Civilian Agencies-FY 2010- 2014 relative to increasing the
by 5% as stated in the Background summary for EPA.


 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
 2a. Original Data Source	
 The Agency Acquisition Career Manager (ACM) reviews and approves the final completed package for an applicant's certification. The
 EPA has a Certification and Warrant Database  that is used as the tool for approval and tracking the number of FAC-C and warrants issued
 in the Agency.  This data is reported as the total assigned number of EPA 1102s assigned and the percentage of the total 1102 staff the
 certified. The baseline is 324 assigned 1102s in FY 09 with 70% of the total 1102s assigned in FY 09 certified.	
 2b. Source Data Collection
 Source Data Collection Methods:
 Before an individual is certified, there are three levels of review and approval of documentation proving certification eligibility. An initial
 review is performed on every individual's documentation for certification by an EPA Policy Analyst that specializes in FAC-C certification
 eligibility. The Analyst aids the applicant in preparing a complete package to be reviewed for approval. Once the package is completed, it
 is provided to the Policy Analyst's Team Leader for review and approval. Once it is determined that the package is ready for final review
 by the Agency Acquisition Career Manager (ACM) the final completed package is sent forward for review and approval. Once approved,
 FAC-C level I, II, or III is granted based on the information provided and applied for. The FAC-C certification allows for a warrant to be
 applied for and issued.	
 2c. Source Data Reporting
 Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system:
 The data in the "Federal Acquisition Certification, Warrants, and BPAs" database is reviewed and inputted by EPA Procurement Analysts
 who are trained to verify documents submitted by employees for Federal Acquisition Certification in Contracting (FAC-C) certification and
 approval. The individual uploads his or her documents for review and approval into the email the FAC-C mailbox where the EPA
 Procurement Analyst can review the uploaded documentation to support the education, experience and training requirements for FAC-C
 certification. Once this review is completed the Procurement Analyst releases the file to the supervisor of record for approval/disapproval.
 After the supervisor's approval/disapproval, the system notifies the ACM that the file is ready for review and approval/disapproval. After
 the ACM approves the application, the FAC-C certificate is then ready for printing and signature by the ACM.

 Timing and frequency  of reporting:
 Once the individual uploads all the documents in their application request for certification, there are system notifications generated that
 flow in the review and approval to the Procurement Analyst, Supervisor, and ACM. After the FAC-C Level I, II, or III certificate is signed
 by the ACM, it is scanned and emailed to the applicant in advance of receiving the original in the mail.   The 1102  certification data is
 reported annually consistent with the OMB, OFPP reporting guidance for the Annual Acquisition Human Plan (AHCP).

    3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures

-------
3a.  Information Systems

The information for tracking the certification targets is currently maintained in the EPA's "Federal Acquisition Certification, Warrants, and
BPAs" database.
The EPA's "Federal Acquisition Certification, Warrants, and BPAs" database Warrants/Certifications is a Lotus Notes Database which
contains scanned copies of EPA Warrants. For reporting purposes, information is pulled manually from the scanned Warrant and placed on
each record.  This information includes Warrant Number, Level, Type, Authority (name and title), Issue Date, Limitation, Start Date,
AAShip and Division. Access is closely kept; each record can only be accessed by the FAC/C and warrant holder, the supervisor, and such
administrative officers as are listed in the configuration. Contents are reviewed and updated twice yearly by a designated PTOD POC.

As Warrants are added or cancelled, a group of specialists in OCFO and ITSC are notified so as to keep records up to date in other systems.
Updates to other systems are manual.  The source data exists on the paper documents. There is no transformation i.e., aggregated, modeled,
normalized, etc.).

EXAMPLES of system integrity standards include the System Life Cycle Management Policy and the IT security policy.  This is a
stand-alone reporting system built on the EPA approved Lotus Notes platform. It is in the Operations and Maintenance portion of the
System Life  Cycle Management. It rests on secured, internal EPA server and does not replicate. Proper access is applied to each document. I
All reporting is  done in the Notes Client in canned reporting views. There is no web access.
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                      |
This is not public data viewable outside of EPA information system.  The data in the "Federal Acquisition Certification, Warrants, and
BPAs" database is reviewed and inputted by EPA Procurement Analysts who are trained to verify documents submitted by employees for
Federal Acquisition Certification in Contracting (FAC-C) certification and approval. Once this review is completed the Procurement
Analyst releases the file to the supervisor of record for approval/disapproval. After the supervisor's approval/disapproval, the system
notifies the ACM that the file is ready for review and approval/disapproval. After the ACM approves the application, the FAC-C certificate
is then ready for printing and signature by the ACM.	
3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                               |
Source Data Reporting Oversight Personnel: The Agency Senior Procurement Executive (SPE) oversees the final reporting of 1102
certification  data consistent with the OMB, OFPP reporting guidance in the Annual Acquisition Human Plan (AHCP). The Agency
Acquisition Career Manager (ACM) is responsible for data research, data collection, data validation, and preparation of the Annual AHCP.

Information system Oversight Personnel: The Senior Procurement Executive (SPE) of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is
responsible for establishing an effective acquisition management system  which ensures that quality goods and services are obtained at
reasonable prices, in a timely fashion, and in accordance with the statutory and regulatory requirements and the programmatic needs of the
agency. The Agency Senior Procurement Executive (SPE) oversees the final reporting of 1102 certification data consistent with the OMB,
OFPP reporting guidance in the Annual Acquisition Human Plan (AHCP). As warrants are added or cancelled in the EPA "Federal
Acquisition Certification, Warrants, and BPAs" database, a group of specialists in OCFO and ITSC are notified so as to keep records up to
date  in other systems. As warrants are added or cancelled, a group of specialists in OCFO and ITSC are notified so as to keep records up to
date  in other systems.

3d. Calculation Methodology
This data is reported as the total assigned number of EPA 1102s assigned and the percentage of the total 1102 staff the certified.  The
baseline is 324 assigned 1102s in FY 09 with 70% of the total 1102s assigned in FY 09 certified.  The projected target for 2012 for total
assigned 1102s  is 335 with a projected 80% of the total assigned staff certified. EPA is continually working on certifying our 1102

-------
      acquisition workforce; however, the estimates proposed targets rely upon receiving the additional FTEs for the acquisition workforce.
      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      The Agency Senior Procurement Executive (SPE) oversees the final reporting of 1102 certification data consistent with the OMB, OFPP reporting
      guidance in the Annual Acquisition Human Plan (AHCP).

      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                                |
      An error estimate has not been calculated for this measure. The EPA has a Certification and Warrant Database that is used as the tool for
      approval and tracking the number of FAC-C and warrants issued in the Agency. The database is a stand-alone reporting system built on the
      EPA approved Lotus Notes platform. It is in the Operations and Maintenance portion of the System Life Cycle Management. It rests on
      secured, internal EPA server and does not replicate. Proper access is applied to each document. All reporting is done in the Notes Client in
      canned reporting views. There is no web access. The source data exist on paper documents. There is no transformation of data (i.e.,
      aggregated, modeled, normalized, etc.).	
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      There are no independent third party audits of the data flow for this performance measure at this time. However, future audits could be
      conducted by relevant OIG, GAO, and OMB.

      As an internal management control tool, the Senior Procurement Executive (SPE) has established the Balanced Scorecard Performance
      Measurement and Performance Management Program (Balanced Scorecard- BSC). The purpose of the BSC program establishes an
      Acquisition System Performance Management Plan framework under which the Office of Acquisition Management (OAM) may ensure
      that business systems adhere to EPA's mission and vision, and strategy statements follow best business management practices, and comply
      with applicable statutes, regulations, and contract terms and conditions.  Through the utilization of the Balance  Scorecard framework,
      OAM will be able to identify opportunities to strengthen the EPA's Acquisition Workforce Strategic Human Capital Plan, thus allowing
      EPA to purse all available authorities and strategies to ensure that the Agency appropriate resources and the best qualified  staff to provide
      mission support. The BSC program operates with performance measures, self-assessment, and peer review/oversight components.	
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:43 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OARM) Measure 01 0: Cumulative percentage reduction in Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Scopes 1 & 2 emissions.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     GreenHouse Gas (GHG) Scope 1 emissions: Scope 1 GHG emissions are emissions associated with fossil fuel burned at EPA facilities or
     in EPA vehicles and equipment.  Sources of Scope 1 GHG emissions include fuel oil and natural gas burned in boilers, gasoline used in
     vehicles, and diesel fuel used in emergency generators.

     GreenHouse Gas (GHG) Scope 2 emissions: Scope 2 GHG emissions are emissions associated with indirect sources of energy such as
     electricity, chilled water, or purchased steam. For example, the GHG emissions from the coal and natural gas used to generate the
     electricity supplied to EPA facilities are considered EPA Scope 2 GHG emissions.

     Note:  This measure reports cumulative percentage reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions aggregately.

     EPA's 34 reporting facilities: The EPA facilities at which the Agency controls building operations, pays utility bills directly to the utility
     company, and reports annual energy and water consumption  data to the U.S. Department of Energy in order to demonstrate compliance with
     federal energy and water reduction requirements.
     1)       Research Triangle Park, NC New Main
     2)       Research Triangle Park, NC RTF
     3)       Research Triangle Park, NC National Computer Center
     4)       Research Triangle Park, NC Incinerator
     5)       Research Triangle Park, NC Child Care Center
     6)       Research Triangle Park, NC Page Road
     7)       Chapel Hill, NC
     8)       Cincinnati - AWBERC, OH
     9)       Cincinnati- T and E, OH
     10)     Cincinnati- Center Hill, OH
     11)     Cincinnati - Child Care
     12)     Cincinnati - PUB S, OH
     13)     Ann Arbor, MI
     14)     FortMeade, MD
     15)     Edison, NJ

-------
16)     Edison - REAC, NJ
17)     Duluth, MN
18)     Las Vegas, NV
19)     Narragansett, RI
20)     Richmond, CA
21)     Corvallis-Main, OR
22)     Corvallis-WRS, OR
23)     Houston, TX
24)     Athens-ORD, GA
25)     Athens SESD, GA
26)     Manchester, WA
27)     Kansas City STC, KS
28)     Golden, CO
29)     Chelmsford, MA
30)     Gulf Breeze, FL
31)     Newport, OR
32)     Ada, OK
33)     Montgomery, AL
34)     Grosse He, MI

FY 2008 baseline: 140,911 metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent (MTCO2e). A breakdown of this baseline is available at
http://www.epa.gov/oaintrnt/documents/epa ghg targets  letter omb.pdf.

Background: This measure tracks EPA's performance in meeting Executive Order 13514 ( Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy,
and Economic Performance) and demonstrating leadership in GHG emissions reductions. For more information on Executive Order 13514,
please see http://www.epa.gov/oaintrnt/practices/eo 13514.htm. More information on EPA's GHG reduction goals and strategies is available
at http://www.epa.gov/oaintrnt/ghg/strategies.htm, and EPA's letter informing OMB of the Agency's Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions
reduction goal is available at http ://www. epa. gov/oaintrnt/documents/epa_ghg_targets_letter_omb .pdf An OIG evaluation of EPA's
progress in meeting its GHG reduction goals is available at http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2011/20110412-1 l-P-0209.pdf
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source
 EPA Contractor
 2b. Source Data Collection
 Source Data Collection Methods:
 Scope 1 emissions. See section on Energy Consumption Goal for detail on Enegy and Water Data collection.  For other foundation
 information needed for GHG emissions calculations, EPA relies primarily on federal wide data systems to collect other information
 necessary to collect foundation data for GHG Scope 1 and 2 emissions. These data systems are used by all federal agencies, with some
 minor exceptions.  For example, EPA utilizes GSA's FAS system to gather fleet fuel use; however EPA keeps a separate parallel system
 to ensure data quality.
 Scope 2 emissions. See section on Energy Consumption Goal for detail on Enegy and Water Data collection.

-------
  EPA uses the DOE data portal to convert foundation information into GHG emissions equivalents.

  Date/Time Intervals Covered by Source Data:
  Quarterly; FY2008 to present
  While EPA collects energy and water use data quarterly, use of the DOE Data Portal to calculate GHG Scope 1 and 2 emissions is done
  once each Fiscal Year.

  EPA OA Requirements/Guidance Governing Collection:
  The contractor is responsible for reviewing and quality assuring/quality checking (QA/QCing) the data. Specifically, the contractor
  performs an exhaustive review of all invoices and fuel logs to verify that reported consumption and cost data are correct. Once the energy
  data is reviewed and verified, the  contractor will review and verify the  GHG equivalents data ensuring they are using the current translation
  factors.
  2c. Source Data Reporting
  Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system:

  EPA has abandoned its earlier system of GHG emissions calculations and relies primarily on the DOE Data Portal to calculate its GHG
  emissions. EPA merely reports out the DOE generated data as it's performance metrics.

  Scope 1 emissions. See section on Energy Consumption Goal for detail on Enegy and Water Data collection
  Scope 2 emissions. See section on Energy Consumption Goal for detail on Enegy and Water Data collection.

  For other foundation information needed for GHG emissions calculations, EPA relies primarily on federal wide data systems to collect
  other information necessary to collect foundation data for GHG Scope 1 and 2 emissions. These data systems are used by all federal
  agencies, with some minor exceptions.   For example, EPAUtilizes GSA's FAS system to gather fleet fuel use; however EPA keeps a
  separate parallel system to ensure data quality.

  Timing and frequency of reporting:
  The contractor provides GHG production information to the Agency quarterly and annually.	


     3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
|  3a.  Information  Systems                                                                                                        |
  Energy and Water Database.

  The Energy and Water Database is a collection of numerous spreadsheets that track energy consumption and GHG production data supplied
  by the Agency's contractor.

  Beginning on January 31, 2011 and annually thereafter, EPA contractors enter basic energy use and green power purchase information into
  a new Department of Energy Data Portal. This portal takes the energy use data and green power purchase information for each federal
  agency, for the previous fiscal year, and calculates Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions.	
|  3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                     |
  EPA's Sustainable Facilities Practices Branch compares reported and verified energy use at each reporting facility against previous years'
  verified data to  see if there are any significant and unexplainable increases or decreases in energy consumption and costs.	
I                                                                                                                               I

-------
3c. Data Oversight
The Chief, Sustainable Facilities Practices Branch, is responsible for overseeing the data entry into the DOE Data Portal. This position
manages EPA's energy conservation program, including forecasting, project development, data reporting, and EPA's GHG inventory.

Source Data Reporting Oversight Personnel:

Detailed Standard Operating Procedures have been developed, that includes specific requirements for quality control of energy data
collection and reporting, covering areas such as data verification, data entry, and other steps in the energy data reporting process

Information Systems Oversight Personnel:

While EPA is still developing experience with advanced metering systems, it has procedures in place to insure data accuracy. These
include running manual data collection and advanced metering data collection in parallel, typically for at least one year, to confirm
accuracy of advanced metered data. We also compare current period information with historic information to identify any variances.

Agency feedback to DOE serves as a QA/QC mechanism for formula and conversion factor changes in the DOE Data Portal system..	
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                    |
Timeframe: Cumulative from FY2008 to end of most recent fiscal year

The Department of Energy, EPA, and GSA in cooperation with CEQ and OMB developed Greenhouse Gas Accounting Guidance for
federal government GHG reporting in 2010.  DOE developed a data portal for federal GHG reporting in the same year. This Data Portal
receives foundation data (i.e. energy use) and converts the data into GHG emissions for each federal agency. In January 2011, EPA entered
the various energy, water, transportation, travel, and commuting data for FY 2008 and FY 2010 into the DOE Data Portal.  While some
calculations or conversion factors change periodically in the Data Portal, each change is vetted by federal government working groups,
DOE, CEQ and OMB.  EPA is currently in the process of uploading FY 2011 foundation data into the DOE Data Portal, and will complete
this by no later than January 31, 2012.
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
The Chief, Sustainable Facilities Practices Branch, is responsible for overseeing the data entry into the DOE Data Portal. This position
manages EPA's energy conservation program, including forecasting, project development, data reporting, and EPA's GHG inventory.
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications	
EPA does not currently have a formal meter verification program to ensure that an on-site utility meter reading corresponds to the charges
included in the utility bill. However, as EPA implements the advance metering requirements of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 and the
Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007, which is currently underway, EPA will move to annual calibration of advanced meters.
4c. Third-Party Audits
Currently, EPA relies on DOE to maintain the appropriate conversion formulas to calculate GHG emissions.

-------
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:43 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name (OARM) Measure 098: Cumulative percentage reduction in energy consumption.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Energy consumption:
     Per guidance issued by DOE and CEQ on the implementation of the Energy Policy Act of 2005, Energy Independence Act of 2007, and EO
     13514,  energy consumption is defined as the electricity, natural gas, steam, high temperature hot water, chilled water, fuel oil, propane, and
     other energy used in EPA occupied facilities where EPA pays directly for utilities. This group of "reporting facilities" consists of EPA
     laboratories - either owned by EPA, leased by EPA. or leased by GSA for EPA. This definition of energy consumption matches that used
     by all federal agencies in implementing the above referenced legislation and EO.  Energy consumption reductions are measured using a
     BTUs/Gross Square Foot/Year metric that is described in the above referenced guidance and used by all federal agencies.

     EPA's 34 reporting facilities: The EPA facilities at which the Agency controls building operations, pays utility bills directly to the utility
     company, and reports annual energy and water consumption data to the U.S. Department of Energy in order to demonstrate compliance with
     federal energy and water reduction requirements.

     FY2003 baseline:
     EPA's energy consumption baseline for FY 2003 is 388,190 BTUs/GSF/Year.

     Background:
     Per statute and EO, EPA must reduce energy use at its "reporting" facilities by 3% annually, for a cumulative reduction of 30% by FY 2015,
     from a FY 2003 baseline. EPA must reduce its energy use 18% below its FY 2003 baseline by the end of FY 2011, 21% by the end of FY
     2012, and 24% by FY 2013. EPA's energy cumulative energy reduction was 18.1% in FY 2011.
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
     2a. Original Data Source
     EPA Contractor
     2b. Source Data Collection
      Source Data Collection Methods:
      The Agency's contractor requests and collects quarterly energy and water reporting forms, utility invoices, and fuel consumption logs from

-------
energy reporters at each of EPA's "reporting" facilities. The reported data are based on metered readings from the laboratory's utility bills
for certain utilities (natural gas, electricity, purchased steam, chilled water, high temperature hot water, and potable water) and from on-site
consumption logs for other utilities (propane and fuel oil). In instances when data are missing and cannot be retrieved, reported data are
based on a proxy or historical average. It is relatively rare for EPA to use proxy data, and even more rare for EPA to use proxy data over a
significant period of time. In the relatively few cases where a meter breaks, or an advanced metering system loses data, EPA develops
proxy data to substitute for the missing data. For example, if a week's worth of data is missing from a particular meter, an average of the
previous week's data and the following week's data is used. These adjustments are similar to those used in the private sector and in most
Advanced Metering software systems, which typically flag duplicate data or missing data, and use comparable operating period data to fill
in any gaps. Again, the use of proxy data is rare, and would alter EPA's reported energy use by +/- 0.25% at most on an annual basis.

Date/Time Intervals Covered by Source Data:
Quarterly; FY2003 to present

EPA QA Requirements/Guidance Governing Collection:
The contractor is responsible for reviewing and quality assuring/quality checking  (QA/QCing) the data. Specifically, the contractor
performs an exhaustive review of all invoices and fuel logs to verify that reported consumption and cost data are correct. Once the energy
data is reviewed and verified, the contractor will review and verify the GHG equivalents data ensuring they are using the current translation
factors.
2c. Source Data Reporting
Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system:

EPA currently relies on a paper based system to collect and report out energy data. A contractor receives hard or PDF copies of all utility
bills from reporting locations, assimilates and reports out the data in predetermined quarterly and annual data reports.  The standard
operating procedures for Energy Reporting include multiple QA/QC practices at each step of the data collection and analysis process.

EPA's contractors use DOE provided conversion factors to convert native fuel units into BTU equivalents. These conversion factors are
used by all federal agencies in their mandatory energy reporting.  Shortly EPA expects to switch a significant portion of its energy
reporting to an advanced metering system (approximately 74% of energy use), but will run the current paper based system for at least a
year to ensure quality and continuity of energy data.

Timing and frequency of reporting:
EPA collects and distributes energy data on a quarterly basis.  .
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                          |
Energy and Water Database.

The Energy and Water Database is a collection of numerous spreadsheets that track energy consumption and GHG production data supplied
by the Agency's contractor.

In addition, beginning on January 31, 2011 and annually thereafter, EPA must enter this data into a Department of Energy Data Portal.

-------
  This portal gathers energy use data for each federal agency, for the previous fiscal year.
  3b. Data Quality Procedures
  EPA's Sustainable Facilities Practices Branch compares reported and verified energy use at each reporting facility against previous years'
  verified data to see if there are any significant and unexplainable increases or decreases in energy consumption and costs.	
  3c. Data Oversight
  The Chief, Sustainable Facilities Practices Branch, is responsible for overseeing the energy and water data collection system.  This position
  manages EPA's energy conservation program, including forecasting, project development, and data reporting.

  Source Data Reporting Oversight Personnel:
  Detailed Standard Operating Procedures have been developed, that includes specific requirements for quality control of energy data
  collection and reporting, covering areas such as data verification, data entry, and other steps in the energy data reporting process.

  Information Systems Oversight Personnel:
  While EPA is still developing experience with advanced metering systems, it has procedures in place to insure data accuracy.  These
  include running manual data collection and advanced metering data collection in parallel, typically for at least one year, to confirm
  accuracy of advanced metered data.  We also compare current period information with historic information to identify any variances.	
  3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                      |
  Timeframe:

  Cumulative from FY2003 to end of most recent fiscal year

  Generally, any change in energy data reporting procedures involves running the previous method in parallel with the new methof for at
  least a year, prior to standardizing a new methodology. For example, when our Research Triangle Park, North Carolina laboratory installed
  an advanced metering system, we ran the old and the new data streams for two years in ensure accuracy/continuity of data.

  See attached Standard Operating Procedures.
  EPA Energy Database SOP 1st Q FY 2012.pdf
  4. Reporting and Oversight
  4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
  The Chief, Sustainable Facilities Practices Branch, is responsible for overseeing the energy and water data collection system.  This position
  manages EPA's energy conservation program, including forecasting, project development, and data reporting. EPA reports energy data
  internally to facility managers and staff involved in energy management, and annually to DOE and CEQ.

  4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
  EPA does not currently have a formal meter verification program to ensure that an on-site utility meter reading corresponds to the charges
  included in the utility bill. However, as EPA implements the advance metering requirements of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 and the
  Energy Independence  and Security Act of 2007, which is currently underway, EPA will move to annual calibration of advanced meters.
I                                                                                                                                 I

-------
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      EPA reports energy data internally to facility managers and staff involved in energy management, and annually to DOE and CEQ.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:37 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OEl) Measure 998: EPA's TRI program will work with partners to conduct data quality checks to enhance accuracy and
reliability of environmental data.
                                                         Office of Information Analysis and Access
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
Managing Office
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     TRI Program:  Number of Data Quality Checks- the Regions and HQwill identify possible data quality issues and follow up with approximately 500 facilities annually to
     ensure accuracy of TRI data on HQ-generated lists of facilities.


      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      EPA receives this data from companies or entities required to report annually under EPCRA (see 2b.) The data quality checks are
      performed by EPA HQ and regional offices on the facility data submitted.
      2b. Source Data Collection
      All covered facilities are required to annually submit toxic chemical release and other waste management quantities and facility-specific
      information for the previous calendar year on or before July 1 to EPA and the States if reporting threshold requirements [40 CFR Part 372]
      are exceeded.  EPA makes the collected data available to the public through EPA's TRI National Analysis and various online tools (e.g.,
      Envirofacts TRI Explorer, TRI.NET, and my RTK.	
      2c. Source Data Reporting
      Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA's system: More than 97 percent of covered facilities use EPA's web-based
      electronic reporting tool - TRI-MEweb - to report their releases and other waste management information on the TRI program.  Timing and
      frequency of reporting: covered facilities are required to submit release and waste management information for previous calendar year on
      or before July 1 if they meet reporting requirements.	
         3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
      3a. Information Systems
      TRI-MEweb and TRIPS databases
      3b. Data Quality Procedures

-------

  • EPA provides guidance documents (general, chemical-specific and sector-specific), training modules and TRI hotline assistance.

  • EPA performs multiple quality control and quality assurance checks during reporting (TRI-MEweb DQ checks) and at the end of the
  reporting period (in-house DQ checks). Here are few examples:

  • Facilities that reported large changes in release, disposal or waste management practices on sector-level for certain chemicals (e.g., PBT
  chemicals);

  • Facilities that submit invalid Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) numbers that do not match the chemical name;

  • Facilities that report invalid North American Industry Classification System (NAICs) codes;

  • Facilities that report invalid/incorrect RCRA facility IDs when they send wastes to offsite locations for management;

  • Facilities that did not report for the current reporting year but reported for the previous reporting year; and

  • Facilities that reported incorrect quantities on Form R Schedule 1 for dioxin and dioxin-like compounds;

  The TRI Program generates a list  of facilities with potential data quality issues and sends the list to the 10 TRI Regional coordinators. The
  TRI Program HQ staff and Regional coordinators contact the facilities and discuss data quality issues.  The facilities may revise their
  reports where errors are identified.  Certain facilities may be referred to enforcement for further examination.  For each annual TRI
  collection received on or before July 1, headquarters and regional personnel will identify potential data quality issues and work with the
  Regions to contact facility reporters and resolve the issues during the following fall and spring.

|  3c. Data Oversight

I  EPA performs several data quality analyses to support the TRI National Analysis. For this measure, the Regions and the HQ staff annually
  identify potential data quality issues and contact approximately 500 facilities for follow up.	
|  3d. Calculation Methodology

  Unit of Analysis:  Number of facilities contacted	


  4. Reporting and Oversight	
  4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting

  For TRI reports (due to EPA and the states annually on July 1), the TRI program will identify potential data quality issues and work with
  the Regions to contact facility reporters and resolve the issues during the following fall and spring.

  4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
  Over 97% of all TRI reporting facilities use TRI-MEweb.	
  4c. Third-Party Audits
  This program does not conduct third-party audits of the data quality data.

-------
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:44 AM

-------
Performance  Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name (OEl) Measure 052: Number of major EPA environmental systems that use the CDX electronic requirements enabling faster
receipt, processing, and quality checking of data.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
                                               Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
                                                  Office of Information Collection
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Major EPA Environmental Systems: Major environmental systems are those that use CDX services to support the electronic reporting or
     exchange of information among trading partners or from the regulated entities to EPA.

     Enabling Faster Receipt, Processing, and Quality Checking of Data: This terminology means the services used to ensure quality data
     entering the data and that they are submitted in a much faster way than the previous legacy methods, e.g., electronic and Internet-based as
     opposed to a paper or other method that involves mailing to the Agency.

     CDX: Central Data Exchange. CDX is the point of entry on the Environmental Information Exchange Network (Exchange Network) for
     environmental data submissions to the Agency.

     CDX assembles the registration/submission requirements of many different data exchanges with EPA and the States, Tribes, local
     governments and the regulated community into  a centralized environment. This system improves performance tracking of external
     customers and overall management by making those processes more consistent and comprehensive. The creation of a centralized
     registration system, coupled with the use of web forms and web-based approaches to submitting the data,  invite opportunities to introduce
     additional automated quality assurance procedures for the system and reduce human error. For more information, visit:
     http ://www. epa. gov/cdx/index.htm
tp://www.epc
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
     Users of CDX from the Private sector, State, local, and Tribal government; entered into the CDX Customer Registration Subsystem

     CDX Users at EPA program offices include the:
     •       Office of Air and Radiation (OAR)
     •       Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance (OECA)
     •       Office of Environmental Information (OEI)
     •       Office of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances (OPPTS)

-------
        Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER)
        Office of Water (OW)	
2b. Source Data Collection
Source Data Collection Methods:
Reports are routinely generated from log files on CDX servers that support user registration and identity management.

EPA OA Requirements/Guidance Governing Collection:
QA/QC is performed in accordance with a CDX Quality Assurance Plan ["Quality Assurance Project Plan for the Central Data Exchange,"
10/8/2004] and the CDX Design Document v.3. Appendix K registration procedures [Central Data Exchange Electronic Reporting
Prototype System Requirements : Version 3; Document number: EP005S3; December 2000]. Specifically, data are reviewed for
authenticity and integrity.  Automated edit checking routines are performed in accordance with program specifications and the CDX
Quality Assurance Plan. EPA currently has a draft plan developed in August 2007. In FY 2011, CDX will develop robust quality criteria,
which will include performance metric results and align with the schedule for the upcoming CDX contract recompete.

Spatial Detail Covered By the Source Data: This is not applicable other than a user's address.
2c. Source Data Reporting
Form/Mechanism for Receiving data and entering into EPA System:
CDX manages the collection of data and documents in a secure way either by users entering data onto web forms or via a batch file
transfer, both of which are completed using the CDX environment. These data are then transported to the appropriate EPA system.

Timing and Frequency of Reporting: Annual


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems
CDX Customer Registration Subsystem. This subsystem is used to register external users for reporting or exchanging data with EPA via
CDX.

CDX completed its last independent security risk assessment in June 2011, and all vulnerabilities are being reviewed or addressed.

Additional Information:
In addition, environmental data collected by CDX is delivered to National data systems in the Agency. Upon receipt, the National systems
often conduct a more thorough data quality assurance procedure based on more intensive rules that can be continuously changing based on
program requirements.  As a result, CDX and these National systems appropriately share the responsibility for ensuring environmental data
quality	
3b. Data Quality Procedures
The CDX system collects, reports, and tracks performance measures  on data quality and customer service. While its automated routines are
sufficient to screen systemic problems/issues, a more detailed assessment of data errors/problems generally requires a secondary level of
analysis that takes time and human resources.

CDX incorporates a number of features to reduce errors in registration data and that contribute greatly to the quality of environmental data
entering the Agency.  These features include pre-populating data either from CDX or National systems, conducting web-form edit checks,
implementing XML schemas for basic edit checking and providing extended quality assurance checks for selected Exchange Network Data

-------
      flows using Schematron.
      3c. Data Oversight
      Although not officially termed, CDX is a general support application that provides centralized services to a multitude of program offices in
      the Agency and data trading partners on the Exchange Network.  The general answer is that EPA Program Office System Managers and
      their management chains are responsible for oversight of the data quality.  The closest individual responsible for "data integrity purposes"
      is the Chief of the Information Technology Branch.

      3d. Calculation Methodology	
      Unit of analysis: Systems

      No data transformations occur.	


      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      Oversight of Final Reporting: Reports on CDX quality and performance are conducted on an annual basis.  The reports consist of both
      quantitative measures from system logs and qualitative measures from user and program office surveys.

      Timing of Results Reporting:
      Annually	
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications
      The potential error in registration data, under CDX responsibility has been assessed to be less than 1%.  This is accomplished through as
      combination of automated edit checks in web form fields and processes in place to confirm the identity of individuals prior to approving
      access to CDX data flows.
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                            |
      Third party security risk assessments are conducted every three years in accordance with FISMA requirements. Alternatives analysis
      reviews are also conducted in accordance with OMB CPIC requirements. Lastly, adhoc third party requirements are conducted internally.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:27 AM

-------
Performance  Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OEl) Measure 053: States, tribes and territories will be able to exchange data with CDX through nodes in real time, using
standards and automated data-quality checking.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
  Office of Information Collection
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Able to exchange data: A trading partner has the programmatic and technical infrastructure in place to exchange data across the Exchange
     Network.

     Nodes: Nodes are points of presence on the Internet which are used to support the secure transport of data to trusted trading partners.

     Real-time: When the data is generated and approved, it is automatically transported to the destination of another trading partner.

     CDX: Central Data Exchange. CDX is the point of entry on the Environmental Information Exchange Network (Exchange Network) for
     environmental data submissions to the Agency.

     CDX assembles the registration/submission requirements of many different data exchanges with EPA and the States, Tribes, local
     governments and the regulated community into a centralized environment. This system improves performance tracking of external
     customers and overall management by making those processes more consistent and comprehensive.  The creation of a centralized
     registration system, coupled with the use of web forms and web-based approaches to submitting the  data, invite opportunities to introduce
     additional automated quality assurance procedures for the system and reduce human error. For more information,  visit:
     http ://www. epa. eov/cdx/index.htm
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Users of CDX from the Private sector, State, local, and Tribal government; entered into the CDX Customer Registration Subsystem

      CDX Users at EPA program offices include the:
      •       Office of Air and Radiation (OAR)
      •       Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance (OECA)
      •       Office of Environmental Information (OEI)
      •       Office of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances (OPPTS)

-------
        Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER)
        Office of Water (OW)	
2b. Source Data Collection
Source Data Collection Methods:
Reports are routinely generated from log files on CDX servers that support user registration and identity management.

Tabulation of records. Collection is ongoing.

EPA OA Requirements/Guidance Governing Collection:
QA/QC is performed in accordance with a CDX Quality Assurance Plan ["Quality Assurance Project Plan for the Central Data Exchange,"
10/8/2004] and the CDX Design Document v.3. Appendix K registration procedures [Central Data Exchange Electronic Reporting
Prototype System Requirements : Version 3; Document number: EP005S3; December 2000]. Specifically, data are reviewed for
authenticity and integrity.  Automated edit checking routines are performed in accordance with program specifications and the CDX
Quality Assurance Plan. EPA currently has a draft plan developed in August 2007. In FY 2011, CDX will develop robust quality criteria,
which will include performance metric results and align with the schedule for the upcoming CDX contract recompete.

Spatial Detail Covered By the Source Data: This is not applicable other than a user's address.
2c. Source Data Reporting
Form/Mechanism for Receiving Data and Entering into EPA System:
CDX manages the collection of data and documents in a secure way either by users entering data onto web forms or via a batch file
transfer, both of which are completed using the CDX environment. These data are then transported to the appropriate EPA system.

Timing and Frequency of Reporting: Annual
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a. Information Systems
CDX Customer Registration Subsystem. This subsystem is used to register external users for reporting or exchanging data with EPA via
CDX.

CDX completed its last independent security risk assessment in June 2011, and all vulnerabilities are being reviewed or addressed.

Additional Information:
In addition, environmental data collected by CDX is delivered to National data systems in the Agency. Upon receipt, the National systems
often conduct a more thorough data quality assurance procedure based on more intensive rules that can be continuously changing based on
program requirements. As a result, CDX and these National systems appropriately share the responsibility for ensuring environmental data
quality	
3b. Data Quality Procedures
The CDX system collects, reports, and tracks performance measures on data quality and customer service. While its automated routines are
sufficient to screen systemic problems/issues, a more detailed assessment of data errors/problems generally requires a secondary level of
analysis that takes time and human resources.

CDX incorporates a number of features to reduce errors in registration data and that contribute greatly to the quality of environmental data

-------
      entering the Agency.  These features include pre-populating data either from CDX or National systems, conducting web-form edit checks,
      implementing XML schemas for basic edit checking and providing extended quality assurance checks for selected Exchange Network Data
      flows using Schematron.
      3c. Data Oversight
      Although not officially termed, CDX is a general support application that provides centralized services to a multitude of program offices in
      the Agency and data trading partners on the Exchange Network.  The general answer is that EPA Program Office System Managers and
      their management chains are responsible for oversight of the data quality.  The closest individual responsible for "data integrity purposes"
      is the Chief of the Information Technology Branch.

      3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                      |
      Unit of analysis: Users

      No data transformations occur.


      4. Reporting and Oversight
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                       |
      Oversight of Final Reporting: Reports on CDX quality and performance are conducted on an annual basis.  The reports consist of both
      quantitative measures from system logs and qualitative measures from user and program office surveys.

      Timing of Results Reporting:
      Annually
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                                |
      The potential error in registration  data, under CDX responsibility has been assessed to be less than  1%. This is accomplished through a
      combination of automated edit checks in web form fields and processes in place to confirm the identity of individuals prior to approving
      access to CDX data flows.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                            |
      Third party security risk assessments are conducted every three years in accordance with FISMA requirements. Alternatives analysis
      reviews are also conducted in accordance with OMB CPIC requirements. Lastly, adhoc third party requirements are conducted internally
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:27 AM

-------
Performance  Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name (OEl) Measure 999: Total number of active unique users from states, tribes, laboratories, regulated facilities and other
entities that electronically report environmental data to EPA through CDX.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
  Office of Information Collection
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Active unique users: Active accounts include those who have logged in within the last two years in which the statistic is generated. In
     addition, users who have multiple accounts are only counted as one account (unique).  Active unique users include: States, Tribes,
     laboratories, and regulated facilities.

     CDX: Central Data Exchange. CDX is the point of entry on the Environmental Information Exchange Network (Exchange Network) for
     environmental data submissions to the Agency.

     CDX assembles the registration/submission requirements of many different data exchanges with EPA and the States, Tribes, local
     governments and the regulated community into a centralized environment. This system improves performance tracking of external
     customers and overall management by making those processes more consistent and comprehensive. The creation of a centralized
     registration system, coupled with the use of web forms and web-based approaches to submitting the data, invite opportunities to introduce
     additional automated quality assurance procedures for the system and reduce human error. For more information, visit:
     http ://www. epa. gov/cdx/index.htm
      2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
      2a. Original Data Source
      Users of CDX from the Private sector, State, local, and Tribal government; entered into the CDX Customer Registration Subsystem

      CDX Users at EPA program offices include the:
      •       Office of Air and Radiation (OAR)
      •       Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance (OECA)
      •       Office of Environmental Information (OEI)
      •       Office of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances (OPPTS)
      •       Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER)
      •       Office of Water (OW)	
      2b. Source Data Collection

-------
Source Data Collection Methods: Reports are routinely generated from log files on CDX servers that support user registration and
identity management.

Tabulation of records: The records of registration provide an up-to-date, accurate count of users.

Date/Time Intervals Covered by Source Data:  Ongoing

EPA QA Requirements/Guidance Governing Collection; QA/QC is performed in accordance with a CDX Quality Assurance Plan
["Quality Assurance Project Plan for the Central Data Exchange,"  10/8/2004] and the CDX Design Document v.3. Appendix K registration
procQdures[Central Data Exchange Electronic Reporting Prototype System Requirements : Version 3; Document number: EP005S3;
December 2000].  Specifically, data are reviewed for authenticity and integrity.  Automated edit checking routines are performed in
accordance with program specifications and the CDX Quality Assurance Plan. EPA currently has a draft plan developed in August 2007.
In FY 2012,  CDX will develop robust quality criteria, which will include performance metric results and align with the schedule for the
upcoming CDX contract recompete.
2c. Source Data Reporting
Form/mechanism for receiving data and entering into EPA system: CDX manages the collection of data and documents in a secure
way either by users entering data onto web forms or via a batch file transfer, both of which are completed using the CDX environment.
These data are then transported to the appropriate EPA system.

Timing and frequency of reporting: Ongoing	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a.  Information Systems
CDX Customer Registration Subsystem. Users identify themselves with several descriptors and use a number of CDX security mechanisms
for ensuring the integrity of individuals' identities

CDX completed its last independent security risk assessment in June 2011, and all vulnerabilities are being reviewed or addressed.  CDX
users register themselves via web forms on CDX to obtain access to data flows in which they receive privileges. This user information
comes directly from the user and is not transformed.

Additional information:
In addition, environmental data collected by CDX is delivered to National data systems in the Agency. Upon receipt, the National systems
often conduct a more thorough data quality assurance procedure based on more intensive rules that can be continuously changing based on
program requirements.  As a result, CDX and these National systems appropriately share the responsibility for ensuring environmental data
quality.
3b. Data Quality Procedures
The CDX system collects, reports, and tracks performance measures on data quality and customer service. While its automated routines are
sufficient to screen systemic problems/issues, a more detailed assessment of data errors/problems generally requires a secondary level of
analysis that takes time and human resources.

CDX incorporates a number of features to reduce errors in registration data and that contribute greatly to the quality of environmental data

-------
      entering the Agency.  These features include pre-populating data either from CDX or National systems, conducting web-form edit checks,
      implementing XML schemas for basic edit checking and providing extended quality assurance checks for selected Exchange Network Data
      flows using Schematron.
      3c. Data Oversight
      Although not officially termed, CDX is a general support application that provides centralized services to a multitude of program offices in
      the Agency and data trading partners on the Exchange Network.  The general answer is that EPA Program Office System Managers and
      their management chains are responsible for oversight of the data quality. The closest individual responsible for "data integrity purposes"
      is the Chief of the Information Technology Branch.

    |  3d. Calculation Methodology	
      Unit of Analysis: Users
      EPA counts users based on the above definition in la.


      4. Reporting and Oversight	
      4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
      Oversight of Final Reporting: Reports on CDX quality and performance are conducted on an annual basis. The reports consist of both
      quantitative measures from system logs and qualitative measures from user and program office surveys.

      Timing of Results Reporting: Annually
      4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                               ]
      The potential error in registration data, under CDX responsibility has been assessed to be less than 1%.  This is accomplished through a
      combination of automated edit checks in web form fields and processes in place to confirm the identity of individuals prior to approving
      access to CDX data flows.	
     ~4c. Third-Party Audits                                                                                                            |
      Third party security risk assessments are conducted every three years in accordance with FISMA requirements. Alternatives analysis
      reviews are also conducted in accordance with OMB CPIC requirements. Lastly, adhoc third party requirements are conducted internally.
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:43 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)
NPO Name () Measure 35B: Environmental and business recommendations or risks identified for corrective action.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
  The OIG Office of Chief of Staff in the Immediate Office of the Inspector General
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     This is a measure of the number of OIG recommendations or risks identified for action, correction or improvement.

     OIG performance results are a chain of linked events,  starting with OIG outputs (e.g., recommendations, reports of best practices, and
     identification of risks). The subsequent actions taken  by  EPA or its stakeholders/partners,  as  a result of OIG's  outputs, to improve
     operational  efficiency  and environmental  program delivery  are  reported  as  intermediate outcomes.  The resulting improvements  in
     operational efficiency, risks reduced/eliminated, and conditions of environmental and human  health  are reported as outcomes. By using
     common categories of performance measures, quantitative results can be summed and reported.  Each outcome  is also  qualitatively
     described, supported, and linked to an OIG product or output.  The OIG can  only control its outputs and has no authority, beyond  its
     influence, to implement its recommendations that lead to environmental and management outcomes.

     # Recommendations for  Improvement: Number of recommendations for action in OIG reports, formal presentations or analyses. When
     the final product is issued, the number of report recommendations should be recorded in PMRS whether or not the Agency has concurred
     with or implemented the recommendations.  (Do not count observations, suggestions, or editorial comments.) Describe each
     recommendation and its implications for environmental or management action and improvement.

     # Best Practices Identified: Best practices identified by  OIG work for environmental or management program implementation to resolve a
     problem or risk, or improve a condition, process or result (from any source: EPA, State, other agency, etc.). Results are measured by the
     number of best practices identified. Narrative should explain the significance by  describing the potential environmental or management
     change, action or impact. Example 1: In reviewing several States' partnership  roles for an audit issue, we found that one State had
     developed very efficient and cost-effective water quality measures that could be applicable to other States or nationwide. Example 2: An
     audit determines that a Region has improved its management of a grant program because of a workgroup the Region set up to coordinate
     grant and cooperative agreement functions.

     # Environmental or Business/ Operational/ Control Risks Identified (including noncompliance): Actual or potential environmental,
     health or operational risks identified by any OIG work. Measured in terms of the number of risks by type including the number of FMFIA
     disclosed program assurance issues, EPA management challenges and specific risks or internal control weaknesses. Includes issues
     presented in EPA financial statement audits and internal OIG reviews. Narrative should describe the risks and potential/actual

-------
environmental, health, and safety vulnerabilities, behaviors or conditions, risk of financial or resource loss or internal control weakness and
their implications. Example 1: An OIG report on hog farm waste identifies environmental risks for drinking water contamination in nearby
wells.  Example 2: An OIG report identified that grants were given to grantees without specific performance objectives or verification that
the grantees had acceptable financial accountability systems or controls.
Additional Information:

U.S. EPA, Office of Inspector General, Audits, Evaluations, and Other Publications;
www.epa.gov/oig , last updatedAugust 2011.
Available on the Internet at
Federal Government Inspector General Quality Standards.
Except for justified exceptions, OIG adheres to the following standards, which apply across the federal government:
• Overall Governance: Quality Standards for Federal Offices of Inspector General.  (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency
(PCIE) and Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), October 2003). (http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/igstds.pdf)  This
document contains quality standards for the management, operation and conduct of the Federal Offices of Inspector General (OIG). This
document specifies that each federal OIG shall conduct, supervise, and coordinate its audits, investigations, inspections, and evaluations in
compliance with the applicable professional standards listed below:
• For Investigations: Quality Standards for Investigations . (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency (PCIE) and Executive Council
on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), December 2003). http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/invstds.pdf Consistent with appropriate
Department of Justice Directives.
• For Inspections and Evaluations: Quality Standards for Inspections  . (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency (PCIE) and
Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), January 2005). http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/oeistds.pdf.
• For Audits: Government Auditing Standards, issued by the US General  Accounting Office (GAO).  The professional standards and
guidance in the Yellow Book are commonly referred to as generally accepted government auditing standards (GAGAS). These standards
and guidance provide a framework for conducting high quality government audits and attestation engagements with competence, integrity,
objectivity, and independence. The current version of the Yellow Book (July 2007) can be located in its entirety at the following Website:
www.gao.gov/govaud/d07162g.pdf.

EPA OIG-Specific Operating Standards.  The Project Management Handbook is the Office of Inspector General (OIG) policy document
for conducting audit, program evaluation, public liaison, follow-up, and related projects. The Handbook describes the processes and
standards the OIG uses to conduct the various phases of its work and helps  ensure the quality, consistency, and timeliness of its products.
Each OIG office may issue, upon approval by the Inspector General, supplemental guidance over assignments for which that office has
responsibility.... This Handbook describes the audit, evaluation, public liaison, and follow-up processes and phases; it does not address OIG
investigative processes although it does apply to audits/evaluations performed by the Office of Investigations (OI) [within EPA OIG]....OIG
audit, program evaluation, public liaison, and follow-up reviews are normally conducted in accordance with appropriate Government
Auditing Standards , as issued by the Comptroller General of the United States, commonly known as the Yellow Book.

Staff may use GAGAS in conjunction with other sets of professional standards. OIG reports may cite the use of other standards as
appropriate. Teams should use GAGAS as the prevailing standard for conducting a review and reporting results should inconsistencies exist
between GAGAS and other professional standards.

For some projects, adherence to all of the GAGAS may not be feasible or necessary. For these projects, the Product Line Director (PLD)
will provide a rationale, the applicable standards not followed, and the impact on project results. The PLD's decision should be made during

-------
the design meeting, documented in the working papers, and described in the Scope and Methodology section of the report. [Source: Project
Management Handbook ].

Product Line Directors.  Product Line Directors oversee one or more particular work areas and multiple project teams.  The OIG product
lines are as follows: Air/Research and Development; Water; Superfund/Land; Cross Media; Public Liaison and Special Reviews;
Assistance Agreements; Contracts; Forensic Audits; Financial Management; Risk Assessment and Program Performance; Information
Resources Management; Investigations; US Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board; Legal Reviews; Briefings; OIG Enabling
Support Programs; and Other Activities.

For more information on the PLD responsibilities, see Chapter 5 of the OIG Project Management Handbook , attached to this record.


 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
 2a. Original Data Source                                                                                                        |

 Data track environmental and business recommendations or risks identified for corrective action as a result of OIG performance
 evaluations, audits, inspections and investigations.  OIG collects such data from EPA programs and from EPA's contractors, partners and
 stakeholders.	
 2b. Source Data Collection                                                                                                       |

 Collection mode of information supporting this measure can vary.

 OIG must determine whether the Agency's/auditee's corrective actions have adequately addressed and corrected the problems identified in
 the report. (Additional information on OIG's follow-up process can be found at
 at http://oigintra.epa.gov/policy/policies/documents/OIG-04Follow-upPolicy.pdf)
 Project Managers (PMs) may make and document periodic inquiries concerning the Agency's/auditee's progress in implementing
 corrective actions resulting from OIG work. As part of this process, OIG may also request documentation supporting the progress or
 completion of actions taken to implement the Agency's corrective actions plan. OIG may also request the Agency's views and concurrence
 on the actual benefits  resulting from the report. When a report is closed upon issuance, the transmittal memorandum should state that OIG
 will make periodic inquiries of the  Agency's/audi tee's progress in implementing corrective actions resulting from OIG work.

 EPA Manual 2750 provides policy  and direction for program managers to report and coordinate their corrective action plans with the OIG.
 (EPA's Audit Management Process, 2750 Change 2, December 3, 1988, Website:
 http://intranet.epa.gov/rmpolicy/ads/manuals/2750_2_t.pdf) This document requires OIG, as part of an effective system of internal
 controls, to evaluate the adequacy of such efforts before the recommendations can be closed out in the Agency's follow-up database.
 Evaluation of the corrective actions taken will allow the OIG to measure performance and accountability against OIG's performance targets
 and strategic goals. On an annual basis, a portion of OIG resources will be devoted to conducting follow-up reviews on specific significant
 reports. Each Assistant Inspector General (AIG), in consultation with his or her Product Line Director (PLD), will identify such work
 during the annual planning process.	
 2c. Source Data Reporting
 Data comes from OIG audit, evaluations and investigations that are performed under strict compliance with professional standard of the US
 Government Accountability Office and the US Department of Justice and subject to independent peer review.  Data in the form of
 activities, output, and outcomes is entered by designated staff into the Inspector General Enterprise Management System. All original data
 is quality controlled for compliance with professional standard and data entered is quality reviewed for accuracy, completeness, timeliness

-------
and adequately supported.
   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures
3a.  Information Systems
 OIG Performance Measurement and Results System (PMRS). PMRS captures and aggregates information on an array of OIG
measures in a logic model format, linking immediate outputs with long-term intermediate outcomes and results. (The logic model can be
found in OIG's Annual Performance Report at http://www.epa.gov/oig/planning.htm.)  PMRS is the OIG official system for collecting
performance results data, in relation to its strategic and annual goals. All outputs (recommendations, best practices, risks identified) and
outcome results (actions taken, changes in policies, procedures, practices, regulations, legislation, risks reduced, certifications for decisions,
environmental improvements) influenced by OIG's current or prior work, and recognized during FY 2010 and beyond, should be entered
into PMRS.

PMRS was developed as a prototype in FY 2001.  Since then, there have been system improvements for ease of use. For example, during
FY 2009 the PMRS was converted to a relational database directly linked to the new Inspector General Enterprise Management System
(IGEMS).

IGEMS is an OIG employee time-tracking and project cost-tracking database that generates management reports.  IGEMS is used to
generate a project tracking number and a work product number.  This system also tracks project progress and stores all related cost
information.

AutoAudit and Teammate.  These are repositories for all project working papers.	
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                    |
Data quality assurance and control are performed as an extension of OIG products and services, subject to rigorous compliance with the
Government Auditing Standards of the Comptroller General, and are regularly reviewed by OIG management, an independent OIG
Management Assessment Review Team, and external independent peer reviews (e.g., by accountancies qualified to evaluate OIG
procedures against Government Auditing Standards). Each Assistant Inspector General certifies the completeness and accuracy of
performance data.
All data reported are audited internally for accuracy and consistency.
OIG processes, including data processes, are governed by the quality standards described in "Additional Information" under the
Performance Term Definition field.  Notably, the Project Management Handbook (which governs audits) provides a QA checklist (see
Appendix 4, of the 2008 Project Management Handbook , attached to this record).  The Project Manager (PM) is responsible for completing
the Quality Assurance (QA) checklist throughout the project. The PM prepares the checklist and submits it to the Product Line Director
(PLD) upon completion of the Post Reporting Phase of the Project. The Checklist should be completed for all projects, recognizing that
some steps in the checklist may not be applicable to all projects. The QA Checklist asks teams to ensure the integrity of data that resides in I
all of the OIG data systems.  [Source: Project Management Handbook ].
 Policy 101. PMH.Final.05.08.08.pdf

-------
During FY 2008, OIG implemented an Audit Follow-up Policy to independently verify the status of Agency actions on OIG
recommendations, which serve as the basis for OIG intermediate outcome results reported in the OIG PMRS.

(Additional information on the OIG's follow-up process can be found at
http://oigintra.epa.gov/policv/policies/documents/OIG-04Follow-upPolicy.pdf
3c. Data Oversight	|
There are three levels of PMRS access: View Only, Edit and Administrator. Everyone with IGEMS access has view only privileges.
Individuals tasked with adding or editing PMRS entries must be granted PMRS Edit privileges. Contact a PMRS administrator to request
Edit privileges.

Each Product Line Director (PLD), each of whom oversees one or more OIG work areas (e.g., Superfund, Contracts, etc.) and multiple
project management teams, is responsible for ensuring that teams maintain proper integrity, accessibility, and retrievability of working
papers in accordance with OIG policies. Likewise, they must ensure that information in OIG's automated systems is updated regularly by
the team. (See field 2i, Additional Information, for more information about PLDs.)
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
Database measures include numbers of: 1) recommendations for environmental and management improvement; 2) legislative, regulatory
policy, directive, or process changes; 3) environmental, program management,  security and resource integrity risks identified, reduced, or
eliminated; 4) best practices identified and implemented; 5) examples  of environmental and  management actions taken and improvements
made; 6) monetary value of funds questioned, saved, fined, or recovered; 7) criminal, civil,  and administrative actions taken, 8) public or
congressional inquiries resolved; and 9) certifications, allegations disproved, and cost corrections.

Because intermediate and long-term results may not be realized over a period of several years, only verifiable results are reported in the
year completed.

Unit of measurement:  Individual recommendations/risks


4. Reporting and Oversight	
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                       |

The OIG Assistant Inspectors General oversee the quality of the data used to generate reports  of performance.  The Office of the Chief of
Staff oversee the data quality and the IG reviews the documents and date use for external consumption. Data is audited and quality test on a
continuous basis through several steps from origin to final use.	
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                                |

Because intermediate and long-term results may not be realized over a period of several years, only verifiable results are reported in the
year completed.

Although all OIG staff are  responsible for data accuracy in their products and services, there is a possibility of incomplete, miscoded, or
missing data in the system  due to human error or time lags. Data supporting achievement of results are often from indirect or external

-------
      sources, with their own methods or standards for data verification/validation. Such data are reviewed according to the appropriate OIG
      quality standards (see "Additional Information"), and any questions about the quality of such data are documented in OIG reports and/or
      thePMRS.

      The error rate for outputs is estimated at +/-2%, while the error rate for reported long-term outcomes is presumably greater because of the
      longer period needed for tracking results and difficulty in verifying a nexus between our work and subsequent actions and impacts beyond
      OIG's control.  (The OIG logic model in the Annual Performance Report clarifies the kinds of measures that are output-oriented, like risks
      identified, versus outcome-oriented, like risks reduced.) Errors tend to be those of omission.  Some errors may result from duplication as
      well.	
      4c. Third-Party Audits
      There have not been any previous audit findings or reports by external groups on data or database weaknesses in PMRS.

      A December 2008  independent audit
      (www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2009/OualityReviewofEPAOIG-20081216.pdf) found the following with regard to general OIG processes:
      "We determined that the EPA OIG audits methodology, policies and procedures adequately complied with the Government Auditing
      Standards. The EPA OIG quality control system adequately documented compliance with professional and auditing standards for :
      Independence; Professional Judgment; Competence; Audit Planning; Supervision; Evidence and Audit Documentation; Reports on
      Performance Audits; Nonaudit Services; and the Quality Control Process.  The auditors documented, before the audit report was issued,
      evidence of supervisory review of the work performed that supports findings, conclusions, and recommendations contained in the audit
      report.
      "We determined that EPA OIG adequately followed the quality control policies established in the EPA OIG Project Management
      Handbook for conducting audit, program evaluation, and related projects. The audit documentation adequately includes evidence of work
      performed in the major three phases: Preliminary Research, Field Work and Reporting.
      "We determined that EPA OIG adequately followed the standards and principles set forth in the PCIE and Executive Council on Integrity
      and Efficiency Quality Standards for Investigations, as applicable. The investigation adequately documented compliance with the
      guidelines applicable to the investigation efforts of criminal investigators working for the EPA OIG."
      The audit also identified two minor conditions, related working paper review/approval and completion/update status.  OIG agreed with the
      auditor recommendations related to the conditions and adapted its Project Management Handbook to address the concerns.

      A June 2010 internal OIG review of OIG report quality (which included a review of reporting procedures) found no substantial issues (see
      http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2010/20100602-10-N-0134.pdf).	
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:47 AM

-------
Performance  Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name () Measure 35A: Environmental and business actions taken for improved performance or risk reduction.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
  The OIG Office of Chief of Staff in the Immediate Office of the Inspector General
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     Number of environmental and business actions taken for improvements made or risks reduced in response to or influenced by OIG
     recommendations.
     OIG performance results are a chain of linked events, starting with OIG outputs (e.g., recommendations, reports of best practices, and
     identification  of risks).  The subsequent actions taken by EPA or its stakeholders/partners, as a result of OIG's outputs, to improve
     operational  efficiency  and environmental program  delivery are  reported as intermediate  outcomes.  The resulting improvements  in
     operational  efficiency, risks reduced/eliminated, and conditions of environmental and human health are reported as outcomes. By using
     common  categories of performance measures, quantitative  results can  be  summed and reported. Each outcome is also  qualitatively
     described, supported, and linked to an  OIG product or output.  The OIG can only control its outputs and has no authority, beyond  its
     influence, to implement its recommendations that lead to environmental and management outcomes.

     # Environmental/Health Improvements: Identifiable and documented environmental or human health improvements resulting from, or
     influenced by, any OIG work. Measured by the number and types of improvements.  Narrative should describe the type of improvement
     and results in better environmental or human health conditions. The significance in improvements or impacts can be described in terms of
     physical characteristics, numbers of people affected, health and behavioral  changes, and compliance with standards, including a percent
     change in a recognized environmental/health performance measure or indicator. Example: Faster cleanup of toxic waste  dumps resulted
     from a process improvement that was recommended by the OIG and implemented by EPA reducing cases of illness.

     # Best Practices Implemented: Environmental program or business/operational best practices that were disseminated through OIG work
     and implemented by Agency offices, States, or other government agencies. Describe each best practice implemented and its implication for
     efficiency, effectiveness or economy. Example 1: An OIG audit finds that  one Region has improved its grants process through a best
     practice using a data control check system, resulting in better data accuracy and tracking of grant funds.  OIG auditors recommend that
     another Region use the same system, and the best practice is successfully implemented to improve the Region's grants program. Example 2:
     An audit report describes a successful new method, developed by one EPA Region, to track and pursue fines for violators of waste manifest
     regulations.  As a result of the report, several other EPA Regions decide to  use the new method.

     # Risks Reduced or Eliminated: Environmental or business risks reduced or eliminated as a result of any OIG work. Measured in terms of

-------
the number of types (not occurrences) of risks reduced or eliminated.  Narrative should describe the risk by type of environmental or human
health exposure, incidence, financial, integrity or security or threat. Agency actions, which were influenced by OIG recommendations or
advice, taken to resolve management challenges, Agency level or material weaknesses. Describe FMFIA weakness or management
challenge addressed, and the action taken and implications. Example: Indictment/conviction regarding illegal dumping, or closure of
fraudulent asbestos removal company, reduces the risk of exposure to harmful pollutants.
Additional Information:

U.S. EPA, Office of Inspector General, Audits, Evaluations, and Other Publications;
www.epa.gov/oig , last updatedAugust 2011.
Available on the Internet at
Federal Government Inspector General Quality Standards.
Except for justified exceptions, OIG adheres to the following standards, which apply across the federal government:
• Overall Governance: Quality Standards for Federal Offices of Inspector General.  (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency
(PCIE) and Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), October 2003). (http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/igstds.pdf) This
document contains quality standards for the management, operation and conduct of the Federal Offices of Inspector General (OIG).  This
document specifies that each federal OIG shall conduct, supervise, and coordinate its audits, investigations, inspections, and evaluations in
compliance with the applicable professional standards listed below:
• For Investigations: Quality Standards for Investigations . (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency (PCIE) and Executive Council
on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), December 2003).  http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/invstds.pdf Consistent with appropriate
Department of Justice Directives.
• For Inspections and Evaluations: Quality Standards for Inspections . (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency (PCIE) and
Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), January 2005).  http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/oeistds.pdf.
• For Audits: Government Auditing Standards, issued by the US General Accounting Office (GAO). The professional standards and
guidance in the Yellow Book are commonly referred to as generally accepted government auditing standards (GAGAS). These standards
and guidance provide a framework for conducting high quality government audits and attestation engagements with competence, integrity,
objectivity, and independence. The current version of the Yellow Book (July 2007) can be located in its entirety at the following Website:
www.gao.gov/govaud/d07162g.pdf.

EPA OIG-Specific Operating Standards.  The Project Management Handbook  is the Office of Inspector General (OIG) policy document
for conducting audit, program evaluation, public liaison, follow-up, and related projects. The Handbook describes the processes and
standards the OIG uses to conduct the various phases of its work and helps ensure the quality, consistency, and timeliness of its products.
Each OIG office may issue, upon approval by the Inspector General, supplemental guidance over  assignments for which that office has
responsibility.... This Handbook describes the audit, evaluation, public liaison, and follow-up processes and phases; it does not address OIG
investigative processes although it does apply  to audits/evaluations performed by the Office of Investigations (OI) [within EPA OIG]....OIG
audit, program evaluation, public liaison, and follow-up reviews are normally conducted in accordance with appropriate Government
Auditing Standards , as issued by the Comptroller General of the United States, commonly known as the Yellow Book.

Staff may use GAGAS in conjunction with other sets of professional standards. OIG reports may cite the use of other standards as
appropriate. Teams should use GAGAS as the prevailing standard for conducting a review and reporting results should inconsistencies exist
between GAGAS and other professional standards.

For some projects, adherence to all of the GAGAS may not be feasible or necessary. For these projects, the Product Line Director (PLD)

-------
will provide a rationale, the applicable standards not followed, and the impact on project results. The PLD's decision should be made during
the design meeting, documented in the working papers, and described in the Scope and Methodology section of the report. [Source: Project
Management Handbook ].

Product Line Directors.   Product Line Directors oversee one or more particular work areas and multiple project teams. The OIG product
lines are as follows: Air/Research and Development; Water; Superfund/Land; Cross Media; Public Liaison and Special Reviews;
Assistance Agreements; Contracts; Forensic Audits; Financial Management; Risk Assessment and Program Performance; Information
Resources Management; Investigations; US Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board; Legal Reviews; Briefings; OIG Enabling
Support Programs; and Other Activities.

For more information on the PLD responsibilities, see Chapter 5 of the OIG Project Management Handbook , attached to this record.
 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
 2a. Original Data Source                                                                                                        |

 Data track EPA programs' environmental and business actions taken or improvements made and risks reduced or avoided as a result of
 OIG performance evaluations, audits, inspections and investigations. OIG collects such data from EPA programs and from EPA's
 contractors, partners and stakeholders.	
 2b. Source Data Collection                                                                                                      |

 Collection mode of information supporting this measure can vary.

 OIG must determine whether the Agency's/auditee's corrective actions have adequately addressed and corrected the problems identified in
 the report. (Additional information on OIG's follow-up process can be found at
 at http://oigintra.epa.gov/policy/policies/documents/OIG-04Follow-upPolicy.pdf)
 Project Managers (PMs) may make and document periodic inquiries concerning the Agency's/auditee's progress in implementing
 corrective actions resulting from  OIG work. As part of this process, OIG may also request documentation supporting the progress or
 completion of actions taken to implement the Agency's corrective actions plan. OIG may also request the Agency's views and concurrence
 on the actual benefits  resulting from the report. When a report is closed upon issuance, the transmittal memorandum should state that OIG
 will make periodic inquiries of the Agency's/audi tee's progress in implementing corrective actions resulting from OIG work.

 EPA Manual 2750 provides policy and direction for program managers to report and coordinate their corrective action plans with the OIG.
 (EPA's Audit Management Process, 2750 Change 2, December 3, 1988, Website:
 http://intranet.epa.gov/rmpolicy/ads/manuals/2750 2 t.pdf) This document requires OIG, as part of an effective system of internal
 controls, to evaluate the adequacy of such efforts before the recommendations can be closed out in the Agency's follow-up database.
 Evaluation of the corrective actions taken will allow the OIG to measure performance and accountability against OIG's performance targets
 and strategic goals. On an annual basis, a portion of OIG resources will be devoted to conducting follow-up reviews on specific significant
 reports. Each Assistant Inspector General (AIG), in consultation with his or her Product Line Director (PLD), will identify such work
 during the annual planning process.	
 2c. Source Data Reporting                                                                                                      |

 Data comes from OIG audit, evaluations and investigations that are  performed under strict compliance with professional standard of the US
 Government Accountability Office and the US Department of Justice and subject to independent peer review. Data in the form of
 activities, output, and outcomes is entered by designated staff into the Inspector General Enterprise Management System. All original data

-------
is quality controlled for compliance with professional standard and data entered is quality reviewed for accuracy, completeness, timeliness
and adequately supported.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a.  Information Systems

OIG Performance Measurement and Results System (PMRS). PMRS captures and aggregates information on an array of OIG
measures in a logic model format, linking immediate outputs with long-term intermediate outcomes and results. (The logic model can be
found in OIG's Annual Performance Report at http://www.epa.gov/oig/planning.htm.)  PMRS is the OIG official system for collecting
performance results data, in relation to its strategic and annual goals. All outputs (recommendations, best practices, risks identified) and
outcome results (actions taken, changes in policies, procedures, practices, regulations, legislation, risks reduced, certifications for decisions,
environmental improvements) influenced by OIG's current or prior work, and recognized during FY 2010 and beyond, should be entered
into PMRS.

PMRS was developed as a prototype in FY 2001.  Since then, there have been system improvements for ease of use. For example, during
FY 2009 the PMRS was converted to a relational database directly linked to the new Inspector General Enterprise Management System
(IGEMS).

IGEMS is an OIG employee time-tracking and project cost-tracking database that generates management reports. IGEMS is used to
generate a project tracking number and a work product number.  This system also tracks project progress and stores all related cost
information.

AutoAudit and Teammate.  These are repositories for all project working papers.	
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                    |
Data quality assurance and control are performed as an extension of OIG products and services, subject to rigorous compliance with the
Government Auditing Standards of the Comptroller General, and are regularly reviewed by OIG management, an independent OIG
Management Assessment Review Team, and external independent peer reviews (e.g., by accountancies qualified to evaluate OIG
procedures against Government Auditing Standards). Each Assistant Inspector General certifies the completeness and accuracy of
performance data.

All data reported are audited internally for accuracy and consistency.

OIG processes, including data processes, are governed by the quality standards described in "Additional Information" under the
Performance Term Definition field. Notably, the Project Management Handbook (which governs audits) provides a QA checklist (see
Appendix 4, of the 2008 Project Management Handbook , attached to this record).  The Project Manager (PM) is responsible for completing
the Quality Assurance (QA) checklist throughout the project. The PM prepares the checklist and submits it to the Product Line Director
(PLD) upon completion of the Post Reporting Phase of the Project. The Checklist should be completed for  all projects, recognizing that
some steps in the checklist may not be applicable to all projects. The QA Checklist asks teams to ensure the integrity of data that resides in I
all of the OIG data systems. [Source: Project Management Handbook  ].

-------
 Policy 101. PM H. Final. 05.08.08. pdf


During FY 2008, OIG implemented an Audit Follow-up Policy to independently verify the status of Agency actions on OIG
recommendations, which serve as the basis for OIG intermediate outcome results reported in the OIG PMRS.

(Additional information on the OIG's follow-up process can be found at
http://oigintra.epa.gov/policv/policies/documents/OIG-04Follow-upPolicy.pdf
3c. Data Oversight
There are three levels of PMRS access: View Only, Edit and Administrator. Everyone with IGEMS access has view only privileges.
Individuals tasked with adding or editing PMRS entries must be granted PMRS Edit privileges. Contact a PMRS administrator to request
Edit privileges.

Each Product Line Director (PLD), each of whom oversees one or more OIG work areas (e.g.,  Superfund, Contracts, etc.) and multiple
project management teams, is responsible for ensuring that teams maintain proper integrity, accessibility, and retrievability of working
papers in accordance with OIG policies. Likewise, they must ensure that information in OIG's automated systems is updated regularly by
the team. (See field 2i, Additional Information, for more information about PLDs.)
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
Database measures include numbers of: 1) recommendations for environmental and management improvement; 2) legislative, regulatory
policy, directive, or process changes; 3) environmental, program management,  security and resource integrity risks identified, reduced, or
eliminated; 4) best practices identified and implemented; 5) examples  of environmental and management actions taken and improvements
made; 6) monetary value of funds questioned, saved, fined, or recovered; 7) criminal, civil, and administrative actions taken, 8) public or
congressional inquiries resolved; and 9) certifications, allegations disproved, and cost corrections.

Because intermediate and long-term results may not be realized over a period of several years,  only verifiable results are reported in the
year completed.

Unit of measurement:   Individual outcomes/actions
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting                                                                                       |

Data comes from OIG audit, evaluations and investigations that are performed under strict compliance with professional standard of the US
Government Accountability Office and the US Department of Justice and subject to independent peer review.  Data in the form of
activities, output, and outcomes is entered by designated staff into the Inspector General Enterprise Management System. All original data
is quality controlled for compliance with professional standard and data entered is quality reviewed for accuracy, completeness, timeliness
and adequately supported. All data entered is carefully reviewed several times a years as it is entered and subsequently reported on a

-------
quarterly baThe OIG Assistant Inspectors General oversee the quality of the data used to generate reports of performance.  The Office of
the Chief of Staff oversee the data quality and the IG reviews the documents and date use for external consumption. Data is audited and
quality test on a continuous basis through several steps from origin to final use.
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications

Because intermediate and long-term results may not be realized over a period of several years, only verifiable results are reported in the
year completed.

Although all OIG staff are responsible for data accuracy in their products and services, there is a possibility of incomplete, miscoded, or
missing data in the system due to human error or time lags. Data supporting achievement of results are often from indirect or external
sources, with their own methods or standards for data verification/validation. Such data are reviewed according to the appropriate OIG
quality standards (see "Additional Information"), and any questions about the quality of such data are documented in OIG reports and/or
thePMRS.

The error rate for outputs is estimated at +/-2%, while the error rate for reported long-term outcomes is presumably greater because of the
longer period needed for tracking results and difficulty in verifying a nexus between our work and subsequent actions and impacts beyond
OIG's control. (The OIG logic model in the Annual Performance Report clarifies the kinds of measures that are output-oriented, like risks
identified, versus outcome-oriented, like risks reduced.) Errors tend to be those of omission.  Some errors may result from duplication as
well.
4c. Third-Party Audits
There have not been any previous audit findings or reports by external groups on data or database weaknesses in PMRS.

A December 2008 independent audit
(www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2009/OualityReviewofEPAOIG-20081216.pdf) found the following with regard to general OIG processes:
"We determined that the EPA OIG audits methodology, policies and procedures adequately complied with the Government Auditing
Standards. The EPA OIG quality control system adequately documented compliance with professional and auditing standards for :
Independence; Professional Judgment; Competence; Audit Planning; Supervision; Evidence and Audit Documentation; Reports on
Performance Audits; Nonaudit Services; and the Quality Control Process. The auditors documented, before the audit report was issued,
evidence of supervisory review of the work performed that supports findings, conclusions, and recommendations contained in the audit
report.
"We determined that EPA OIG adequately followed the quality control policies established in the EPA OIG Project Management
Handbook  for conducting audit, program evaluation, and related projects. The audit documentation adequately includes evidence of work
performed in  the major three phases: Preliminary Research, Field Work and Reporting.
"We determined that EPA OIG adequately followed the standards and principles set forth in the PCIE and Executive Council on Integrity
and Efficiency Quality Standards for Investigations, as applicable. The investigation adequately documented compliance with the
guidelines applicable to the investigation efforts of criminal investigators working for the EPA OIG."
The audit also identified two minor conditions, related working paper review/approval and completion/update status. OIG agreed with the
auditor recommendations related to the conditions and adapted its Project Management Handbook to address the concerns.

A June 2010 internal OIG review of OIG report quality (which included a review of reporting procedures) found no substantial issues (see
http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2010/20100602-10-N-0134.pdf).

-------
Record Last Updated: 02/08/201 2 09:06:45 AM

-------
Performance  Data Quality Record  (DQR)
NPO Name () Measure 35C:  Return on the annual dollar investment, as a percentage of the OIG budget, from audits and investigations.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
  The OIG Office of Chief of Staff in the Immediate Office of the Inspector General
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     This is a measure of the total dollar amount of questioned costs, cost efficiencies, civil settlements, fines and recoveries from OIG audits
     and investigations compared to annual budget investments in the OIG.
     OIG performance results are a chain of linked events, starting with OIG outputs (e.g., recommendations, reports of best practices, and
     identification  of risks). The  subsequent actions taken by EPA or its stakeholders/partners,  as a result of OIG's  outputs,  to  improve
     operational  efficiency  and environmental program  delivery are  reported  as  intermediate  outcomes.  The resulting improvements in
     operational  efficiency,  risks reduced/eliminated, and conditions of environmental and human  health  are reported as outcomes. By using
     common  categories  of performance  measures, quantitative  results can  be summed  and  reported.  Each outcome  is also  qualitatively
     described, supported, and linked to an  OIG product or output.  The OIG can only control its outputs and has no authority,  beyond its
     influence, to implement its recommendations that lead to environmental and management outcomes.

     $s Questioned Costs Sustained: Dollar amount of questioned costs accepted or agreed to by the Agency or other action official.  Describe
     the EPA total amount questioned and its nature.

     $s Efficiencies or Adjustments Sustained: Dollar amount of efficiencies or cost adjustments, accepted or agreed to by the Agency or other
     action official. Describe the total amount identified as an efficiency/adjustment and its nature.

     Actual Costs Recovered: Questioned costs or cost efficiencies that are recovered.

     $ Questioned Costs: (actual dollars) The dollar value of questioned costs as defined by the IG Act. Describe nature of costs questioned.
     The IG Act  defines a questioned cost as "a cost that is questioned by the Office because of 1) an alleged violation or provision of law,
     regulation, contract, grant, or cooperative agreement, or other agreement or document governing the expenditure of funds; 2) a finding that
     at the time of the audit, such cost is not supported by adequate documentation; or 3) a finding that the expenditure of funds for the intended
     purpose is unnecessary  or unreasonable."
     It is the amounts paid by EPA for which the OIG recommends EPA pursue recovery, including Government property, services or benefits
     provided to  ineligible recipients; recommended collections of money inadvertently or erroneously paid out; and recommended collections or
     offsets for overcharges  or ineligible claims.

-------
For contract/grant reports, it is contractor or grantee costs the "auditor" recommends be disallowed by the contracting officer, grant official,
or other management official on an EPA portion of a contract or grant. Costs normally result from a finding that expenditures were not
made in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, contracts, grants, or other agreements; or a finding that the expenditure of funds for
the intended purpose was unnecessary or unreasonable.

$ Recommended Efficiencies, Costs Saved or Avoided:  (monetized results) The immediate and near future monetary benefit of savings
or funds put to better use on an EPA project as a result of OIG work:
1) Savings from eliminating work products or office functions, which were no longer of use or too costly; and 2) The savings from new or
streamlined processes or work products, instituted to save time and/or money.
Describe the nature of the savings including monetary value of time saved.
For cost efficiencies, the IG Act defines a recommendation that funds be put to better use as "a recommendation by the Office that funds
could be used more efficiently if management of an establishment took actions to implement and complete the recommendation, including:
1) Reductions in outlays;  2) Deobligations of funds from programs or operations; 3) Withdrawal  of interest subsidy costs on loans or loan
guarantees, insurance, or bonds; 4)  Costs not incurred by implementing recommended improvements related to the operations of the
establishment, a contractor, or grantee; 5) Avoidance of unnecessary expenditures noted in preaward reviews of contract or grants; or 6)
Other savings which are specifically identified.
Cost efficiencies, funds put to better use, represent a quantity of funds that could be used more efficiently if management took actions to
complete recommendations pertaining to deobligation of funds, costs not incurred by implementing recommended improvements, and other
savings identified.

$ Cost Adjustments (Savings, Questioned) Made During the Audit, But Not Reported for Resolution: During the conduct of an audit
or evaluation, costs may be questioned or opportunities for savings  and adjustments may be identified which are acknowledged and acted
upon/resolved prior to the report being issued. These costs may not be reported to the Agency since they are resolved prior to issuance and
therefore do not go into the Agency  Audit Resolution Process.  These $ costs/savings or adjustments should be reported in PMRS as Valued
Added results by the OIG or its surrogates as long as they can be substantiated. Also, report adjustments know as "Cost Realism", where a
contract is adjusted to reflect accurate costs that may change a decision, or impact future funding  of a contract or project. Describe the
action taken and anticipated or actual impact.

$ Fines, Recoveries, Restitutions, Collections: Dollar value of investigative recoveries, meaning: 1) Recoveries during the course of an
investigation before any criminal or civil prosecution; 2) criminal or civil court-ordered fines, penalties, and restitutions; 3) out-of-court
settlements, including non-court settlements resulting from administrative actions.  Describe nature of amounts and reason.
Additional Information:

U.S. EPA, Office of Inspector General, Audits, Evaluations, and Other Publications;
www.epa.gov/oig , last updatedAugust 2011.
Available on the Internet at
Federal Government Inspector General Quality Standards.
Except for justified exceptions, OIG adheres to the following standards, which apply across the federal government:
• Overall Governance: Quality Standards for Federal Offices of Inspector General.  (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency
(PCIE) and Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), October 2003). (http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/igstds.pdf) This
document contains quality standards for the management, operation and conduct of the Federal Offices of Inspector General (OIG).  This
document specifies that each federal OIG shall conduct, supervise, and coordinate its audits, investigations, inspections, and evaluations in

-------
compliance with the applicable professional standards listed below:
• For Investigations: Quality Standards for Investigations . (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency (PCIE) and Executive Council
on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), December 2003). http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/invstds.pdf Consistent with appropriate
Department of Justice Directives.
• For Inspections and Evaluations: Quality Standards for Inspections . (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency (PCIE) and
Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), January 2005).  http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/oeistds.pdf.
• For Audits: Government Auditing Standards,  issued by the US General Accounting Office (GAO). The professional standards and
guidance in the Yellow Book are commonly referred to as generally accepted government auditing standards (GAGAS). These standards
and guidance provide a framework for conducting high quality government audits and attestation engagements with competence, integrity,
objectivity, and independence. The current version of the Yellow Book (July 2007) can be located in its entirety at the following Website:
www.gao.gov/govaud/d07162g.pdf.

EPA OIG-Specific Operating Standards. The Project Management Handbook is the Office of Inspector General (OIG) policy document
for conducting audit, program evaluation, public liaison, follow-up, and related projects. The Handbook describes the processes and
standards the OIG uses to conduct the various phases of its work and helps ensure the quality,  consistency, and timeliness of its products.
Each OIG office may issue, upon approval by the Inspector General, supplemental guidance over  assignments for which that office has
responsibility.... This Handbook describes the audit, evaluation, public liaison, and follow-up processes and phases; it does not address OIG
investigative processes although it does apply to audits/evaluations performed by the Office of Investigations (OI) [within EPA OIG]....OIG
audit, program evaluation, public liaison, and follow-up reviews are normally conducted in accordance with appropriate Government
Auditing Standards , as issued by the Comptroller General of the United States, commonly known as the Yellow Book.

Staff may use GAGAS in conjunction with other sets of professional standards. OIG reports may cite the use of other standards as
appropriate. Teams should use GAGAS as the prevailing  standard for conducting a review and reporting results should inconsistencies exist
between GAGAS and other professional standards.

For some projects, adherence to all of the GAGAS may not be feasible or necessary. For these projects, the Product Line Director (PLD)
will provide a rationale, the applicable standards not followed, and the impact on project results. The PLD's decision should be made during
the design meeting, documented in the working papers, and described in the Scope and Methodology section of the report. [Source: Project
Management Handbook ].

Product Line Directors.  Product Line Directors oversee one or more particular work areas and multiple project teams. The OIG product
lines are as follows:  Air/Research and Development; Water; Superfund/Land; Cross Media; Public Liaison and Special Reviews;
Assistance Agreements; Contracts; Forensic Audits; Financial Management; Risk Assessment and Program Performance; Information
Resources Management; Investigations; US Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board; Legal Reviews; Briefings; OIG Enabling
Support Programs; and Other Activities.

For more information on the PLD responsibilities, see Chapter 5 of the OIG Project Management Handbook , attached to this record.


 2. Data Definition and Source Reporting	
 2a. Original Data Source                                                                                                        |

 Data is collected and reported by designated OIG staff members in OIG Performance Measurement Databases as a result of OIG
 performance evaluations, audits, inspections and investigations and other analysis of proposed and existing Agency Policies,  regulations

-------
and laws.  OIG collects such data from the activities, outputs, intermediate outcomes and long-term outcome results of OIG operations.
OIG collects such data from EPA programs and from court and other public data sources.	
2b. Source Data Collection                                                                                                       |

Performance information is entered by designated staff into the Inspector General Enterprise Management System from OIG audits,
evaluations and investigations performed under strict compliance with applicable professional standards.  All OIG products go through a
rigorous quality assurance process  and are subject to independent peer review.	
2c. Source Data Reporting                                                                                                       |

Data is derived from the results of audits, evaluations, investigations and special analysis that are performed in accordance with
Professional Standards of the US Government Accountability Office or the Us Department of Justice.  All OIG products are quality
controlled and subject to independent peer review for compliance with a all professional standards. Data is entered, in compliance with
EPA and OIG data quality standards into the Inspector General Enterprise Management System and which is further reviewed for quality
and consistency by the OIG performance quality staff members.	


   3. Information Systems and Data  Quality Procedures	
3a. Information Systems                                                                                                        |

OIG Performance Measurement and Results System (PMRS). PMRS captures and aggregates information on an array of OIG measures
in a logic model format, linking immediate outputs with long-term intermediate outcomes and results.  (The logic model can be found in
OIG's Annual Performance Report at http://www.epa.gov/oig/planning.htm.) PMRS is the OIG official system for collecting performance
results data, in relation to its strategic and annual goals.  All outputs (recommendations, best practices, risks identified) and outcome results
(actions taken, changes in policies, procedures, practices, regulations, legislation, risks reduced, certifications for decisions, environmental
improvements) influenced by OIG's current or prior work, and recognized during FY 2010 and beyond, should be entered into PMRS.

PMRS was developed as a prototype in FY 2001. Since then, there have been system improvements for ease  of use. For example, during
FY 2009 the PMRS was converted to a relational database directly linked to the new Inspector General Enterprise Management System
(IGEMS).

IGEMS is an OIG employee time-tracking and project cost-tracking database that generates management reports. IGEMS is used to
generate a project tracking number and a work product number. This system also tracks project progress and stores all related cost
information.

AutoAudit and Teammate.  These are repositories for all project working papers.	
3b. Data Quality Procedures                                                                                                     |
Data quality assurance and control  are performed as an extension of OIG products and services, subject to rigorous compliance with the
Government Auditing Standards of the Comptroller General, and are regularly reviewed by OIG management, an independent OIG
Management Assessment Review Team, and external independent peer reviews (e.g., by accountancies qualified to evaluate OIG
procedures against Government Auditing Standards). Each Assistant Inspector General certifies the completeness and accuracy of
performance data.
All data reported are audited internally for accuracy and consistency.

-------
OIG processes, including data processes, are governed by the quality standards described in "Additional Information" under the
Performance Term Definition field. Notably, the Project Management Handbook  (which governs audits) provides a QA checklist (see
Appendix 4, of the 2008 Project Management Handbook , attached to this record). The Project Manager (PM) is responsible for completing
the Quality Assurance (QA) checklist throughout the project. The PM prepares the checklist and submits it to the Product Line Director
(PLD) upon completion of the Post Reporting Phase of the Project. The Checklist should be completed for all projects, recognizing that
some steps in the checklist may not be applicable to all projects.  The QA Checklist asks teams to ensure the integrity of data that resides in I
all of the OIG data systems. [Source: Project Management Handbook ].

 Policy 1 01 . PM H . Final. 05. 08. 08. pdf


During FY 2008, OIG implemented an Audit Follow-up Policy to independently verify the status of Agency actions on OIG
recommendations, which serve as the basis for OIG intermediate outcome results reported in the OIG PMRS.

(Additional information on the OIG's follow-up process can be found at
http://oigintra.epa.gov/policv/policies/documents/OIG-04Follow-upPolicy.pdf
3c. Data Oversight
There are three levels of PMRS access: View Only, Edit and Administrator. Everyone with IGEMS access has view only privileges.
Individuals tasked with adding or editing PMRS entries must be granted PMRS Edit privileges.  Contact a PMRS administrator to request
Edit privileges.

Each Product Line Director (PLD), each of whom oversees one or more OIG work areas (e.g., Superfund,  Contracts, etc.) and multiple
project management teams, is responsible for ensuring that teams maintain proper integrity, accessibility, and retrievability of working
papers in accordance with OIG policies. Likewise, they must ensure that information in OIG's automated systems is updated regularly by
the team. (See field 2i, Additional Information, for more information about PLDs.)	
3d. Calculation Methodology
Database measures include numbers of: 1) recommendations for environmental and management improvement; 2)  legislative, regulatory
policy, directive, or process changes; 3) environmental, program management, security and resource integrity risks identified, reduced, or
eliminated; 4) best practices identified and implemented; 5) examples of environmental and management actions taken and improvements
made; 6) monetary value of funds questioned, saved, fined, or recovered; 7) criminal, civil, and administrative actions taken, 8) public or
congressional inquiries resolved; and 9) certifications, allegations disproved, and cost corrections.

Because intermediate and long-term results may not be realized over a period of several years, only verifiable results are reported in the
year completed.

Unit of measurement:   Individual outcomes/actions

-------
Unit of Measurement: Percentage (of the OIG budget)
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
Data comes from OIG audit, evaluations and investigations that are performed under strict compliance with professional standard of the US
Government Accountability Office and the US Department of Justice and subject to independent peer review. Data in the form of
activities, output, and outcomes is entered by designated staff into the Inspector General Enterprise Management System.  All original data
is quality controlled for compliance with professional standard and data entered is quality reviewed for accuracy, completeness, timeliness
and adequately supported. All data entered is carefully reviewed several times a years as it is entered and subsequently reported on a
quarterly basis. The OIG Assistant Inspectors General oversee the quality of the data used to generate reports of performance. The Office
of the Chief of Staff oversee the data quality and the IG reviews the documents and date use for external consumption. Data is audited and
quality test on a continuous basis through several steps from origin to final public consumption	
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                                |

Because intermediate and long-term results may not be realized over a period of several years, only verifiable results are reported in the
year completed.

Although all OIG staff are responsible for data accuracy in their products and services,  there is a possibility of incomplete, miscoded, or
missing data in the system due to human error or time lags. Data supporting achievement of results are often from indirect or external
sources, with their own methods or standards for data verification/validation. Such data are reviewed according to the appropriate OIG
quality standards (see "Additional Information"), and any questions about the quality of such data are documented in OIG reports and/or
thePMRS.

The error rate for outputs is estimated at +/-2%, while the error rate for reported long-term outcomes is presumably greater because of the
longer period needed for tracking results and difficulty in verifying a nexus between our work and subsequent actions and impacts beyond
OIG's control. (The OIG logic model in the Annual Performance Report clarifies the kinds of measures that are output-oriented, like risks
identified, versus outcome-oriented, like risks reduced.) Errors tend to be those of omission.  Some errors may result from duplication as
well.	
4c. Third-Party Audits
There have not been any previous audit findings or reports by external groups on data or database weaknesses in PMRS.

A December 2008 independent audit
(www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2009/OualitvReviewofEPAOIG-20081216.pdf) found the following with regard to general OIG processes:
"We determined that the EPA OIG audits methodology, policies and procedures adequately complied with the Government Auditing
Standards. The EPA OIG quality control system adequately documented compliance with professional and auditing standards for :
Independence; Professional Judgment; Competence; Audit Planning;  Supervision; Evidence and Audit Documentation; Reports on
Performance Audits; Nonaudit Services; and the Quality Control Process. The auditors  documented, before the audit report was issued,
evidence of supervisory review of the work performed that supports findings, conclusions, and recommendations contained in the audit
report.
"We determined that EPA OIG adequately followed the quality control policies established in the EPA OIG Project Management
Handbook for conducting  audit, program evaluation, and related projects. The audit documentation adequately includes evidence of work
performed in  the major three phases: Preliminary Research, Field Work and Reporting.

-------
      "We determined that EPA OIG adequately followed the standards and principles set forth in the PCIE and Executive Council on Integrity
      and Efficiency Quality Standards for Investigations, as applicable. The investigation adequately documented compliance with the
      guidelines applicable to the investigation efforts of criminal investigators working for the EPA OIG."
      The audit also identified two minor conditions, related working paper review/approval and completion/update status. OIG agreed with the
      auditor recommendations related to the conditions and adapted its Project Management Handbook to address the concerns.

      A June 2010 internal OIG review of OIG report quality (which included a review of reporting procedures) found no substantial issues (see
      http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2010/20100602-10-N-0134.pdf).
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:48 AM

-------
Performance Data Quality Record (DQR)

NPO Name () Measure 35D: Criminal, civil, administrative, and fraud prevention actions.
        1. Measure and DQR Metadata
        Goal Number and Title
Enabling Support Program
        Objective Number and Title
        Sub-Objective Number and Title
        Strategic Target Code and Title
        Managing Office
  The OIG Office of Chief of Staff in the Immediate Office of the Inspector General
        Performance Measure Term Definitions
     This is a measure of the total number of convictions, indictments, civil and administrative actions from OIG investigations.
     OIG performance results are a chain of linked events, starting with OIG outputs (e.g., recommendations,  reports of best practices, and
     identification of risks). The  subsequent actions taken by EPA or its stakeholders/partners,  as a result of OIG's outputs, to improve
     operational efficiency and environmental  program delivery  are  reported as intermediate  outcomes. The  resulting  improvements  in
     operational efficiency, risks reduced/eliminated, and conditions of environmental and human  health  are reported  as outcomes. By using
     common  categories of performance measures, quantitative results can  be  summed and  reported.  Each outcome is  also qualitatively
     described, supported, and linked to an OIG product or output.  The OIG can only control its outputs and has no authority,  beyond its
     influence, to implement its recommendations that lead to environmental and management outcomes.

     # Criminal/Civil/Administrative Actions: Measured by the number of: 1) Indictments or informations where there is preliminary
     evidence  of a violation of law; 2) convictions, guilty pleas, pre-trial diversion agreements, and based on the proof of evidence as decided by
     a judicial body affecting EPA operations and environmental programs; 3) Civil actions arising from OIG work. Civil actions include civil
     judgments and civil settlements from law suits for recovery; and 4) Administrative actions as a result of OIG work, which include: a)
     Personnel actions, such as reprimands, suspensions, demotions, or terminations of Federal, State, and local employees (including Federal
     contractor/grantee employees); b) Contractor or grantee (individual and entity) suspensions and/or debarments from doing business with the
     Federal government; and
     c) Compliance agreements.
     Additional Information:

     U.S. EPA, Office of Inspector General, Audits, Evaluations, and Other Publications;
     www.epa.gov/oig , last updatedAugust 2011.
                                            Available on the Internet at
     Federal Government Inspector General Quality Standards.
     Except for justified exceptions, OIG adheres to the following standards, which apply across the federal government:
     • Overall Governance: Quality Standards for Federal Offices of Inspector General.  (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency

-------
(PCIE) and Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), October 2003). (http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/igstds.pdf) This
document contains quality standards for the management, operation and conduct of the Federal Offices of Inspector General (OIG). This
document specifies that each federal OIG shall conduct, supervise, and coordinate its audits, investigations, inspections, and evaluations in
compliance with the applicable professional standards listed below:
• For Investigations: Quality Standards for Investigations . (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency (PCIE) and Executive Council
on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), December 2003). http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/invstds.pdf Consistent with appropriate
Department of Justice Directives.
• For Inspections and Evaluations: Quality Standards for Inspections . (President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency (PCIE) and
Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE), January 2005).  http://www.ignet.gov/pande/standards/oeistds.pdf.
• For Audits: Government Auditing Standards, issued by the US General Accounting Office (GAO). The professional standards and
guidance in the Yellow Book are commonly referred to as generally accepted government auditing standards (GAGAS). These standards
and guidance provide a framework for conducting high quality government audits and attestation engagements with competence, integrity,
objectivity, and independence. The current version of the Yellow Book (July 2007) can be located in its entirety at the following Website:
www.gao.gov/govaud/d07162g.pdf.

EPA OIG-Specific Operating Standards. The Project Management Handbook  is the Office of Inspector General (OIG) policy document
for conducting audit, program evaluation, public liaison, follow-up, and related projects. The Handbook describes the processes and
standards the OIG uses to conduct the various phases of its work and helps ensure the quality,  consistency, and timeliness of its products.
Each OIG office may issue, upon approval by the Inspector General, supplemental guidance over  assignments for which that office has
responsibility.... This Handbook describes the audit, evaluation, public liaison, and follow-up processes and phases; it does not address OIG
investigative processes although it does apply to audits/evaluations performed by the Office of Investigations (OI) [within EPA OIG]....OIG
audit, program evaluation, public liaison, and follow-up reviews are normally conducted in accordance with appropriate Government
Auditing Standards , as issued by the Comptroller General of the United States, commonly known as the Yellow Book.

Staff may use GAGAS in conjunction with other sets of professional standards. OIG reports may cite the use of other standards as
appropriate. Teams should use GAGAS as the prevailing standard for conducting a review and reporting results should inconsistencies exist
between GAGAS  and other professional standards.

For some projects, adherence to all of the GAGAS may not be feasible or necessary. For these projects, the Product Line Director (PLD)
will provide a rationale, the applicable standards not followed, and the impact on project results. The PLD's decision should be made during
the design meeting, documented in the working papers, and described in the Scope and Methodology section of the report. [Source: Project
Management Handbook ].

Product Line Directors.  Product Line Directors oversee one or more particular work areas and multiple project teams. The OIG product
lines are as follows: Air/Research and Development; Water; Superfund/Land; Cross Media; Public Liaison and Special Reviews;
Assistance Agreements; Contracts; Forensic Audits; Financial Management; Risk Assessment and Program Performance; Information
Resources Management; Investigations; US Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board; Legal Reviews; Briefings; OIG Enabling
Support Programs; and Other Activities.

For more information on the PLD responsibilities, see Chapter 5 of the OIG Project Management Handbook , attached to this record.

-------
2. Data Definition and Source Reporting
2a. Original Data Source
Data is collected and reported by designated OIG staff members in OIG Performance Measurement Databases as a result of OIG
performance evaluations, audits, inspections and investigations and other analysis of proposed and existing Agency Policies, regulations
and laws.  OIG collects such data from the activities, outputs, intermediate outcomes and long-term outcome results of OIG operations.
2b. Source Data Collection

Performance information is entered by designated staff into the Inspector General Enterprise Management System from OIG audits,
evaluations and investigations performed under strict compliance with applicable professional standards.  All OIG products go through a
rigorous quality assurance process  and are subject to independent peer review.	
2c. Source Data Reporting
Data is derived from the results of audits, evaluations, investigations and special analysis that are performed in accordance with
Professional Standards of the US Government Accountability Office or the Us Department of Justice. All OIG products are quality
controlled and subject to independent peer review for compliance with a all professional standards.  Data is entered, in compliance with
EPA and OIG data quality standards into the Inspector General Enterprise Management System and which is further reviewed for quality
and consistency by the OIG performance quality staff members.	


   3. Information Systems and Data Quality Procedures	
3a.  Information Systems

 OIG Performance Measurement and Results System (PMRS). PMRS captures and aggregates information on an array of OIG
measures in a logic model format, linking immediate outputs with long-term intermediate outcomes and results. (The logic model can be
found in OIG's Annual Performance Report at http://www.epa.gov/oig/planning.htm.)  PMRS is the OIG official system for collecting
performance results data, in relation to its strategic and annual goals.  All outputs (recommendations, best practices, risks identified) and
outcome results (actions taken, changes in policies, procedures, practices, regulations, legislation, risks reduced, certifications for decisions,
environmental improvements) influenced by OIG's current or prior work, and recognized during FY 2010 and beyond, should be entered
into PMRS.

PMRS was developed as a prototype in FY 2001. Since then, there have been system improvements for ease of use. For example, during
FY 2009 the PMRS was converted to a relational database directly linked to the new Inspector General Enterprise Management System
(IGEMS).

IGEMS is an OIG employee time-tracking and project cost-tracking database that generates management reports. IGEMS is used to
generate a project tracking number and a work product number. This system also tracks project progress and stores all related cost
information.

AutoAudit and Teammate.  These are repositories for all project working papers.	
3b. Data Quality Procedures
Data quality assurance and control are performed as an extension of OIG products and services, subject to rigorous compliance with the
Government Auditing Standards of the Comptroller General, and are regularly reviewed by OIG management, an independent OIG
Management Assessment Review Team, and external independent peer reviews (e.g., by accountancies qualified  to evaluate OIG

-------
procedures against Government Auditing Standards). Each Assistant Inspector General certifies the completeness and accuracy of
performance data.

All data reported are audited internally for accuracy and consistency.

OIG processes, including data processes, are governed by the quality standards described in "Additional Information" under the
Performance Term Definition field. Notably, the Project Management Handbook  (which governs audits) provides a QA checklist (see
Appendix 4, of the 2008 Project Management Handbook , attached to this record).  The Project Manager (PM) is responsible for completing
the Quality Assurance (QA) checklist throughout the project. The PM prepares the checklist and submits it to the Product Line Director
(PLD) upon completion of the Post Reporting Phase of the Project. The Checklist should be completed for all projects, recognizing that
some steps in the checklist may not be applicable to all projects.  The QA Checklist asks teams to ensure the integrity of data that resides in I
all of the OIG data systems. [Source: Project Management Handbook  ].
 Policy! 01. PMH. Final. 05.08.08. pdf


During FY 2008, OIG implemented an Audit Follow-up Policy to independently verify the status of Agency actions on OIG
recommendations, which serve as the basis for OIG intermediate outcome results reported in the OIG PMRS.

(Additional information on the OIG's follow-up process can be found at
http://oigintra.epa.gov/policy/policies/documents/OIG-04Follow-upPolicy.pdf

3c. Data Oversight                                                                                                               |
There are three levels of PMRS access: View Only, Edit and Administrator. Everyone with IGEMS access has view only privileges.
Individuals tasked with adding or editing PMRS entries must be granted PMRS Edit privileges.  Contact a PMRS administrator to request
Edit privileges.

Each Product Line Director (PLD), each of whom oversees one or more OIG work areas (e.g., Superfund, Contracts, etc.) and multiple
project management teams, is responsible for ensuring that teams maintain proper integrity, accessibility, and retrievability of working
papers in accordance with OIG policies. Likewise, they must ensure that information in OIG's automated systems is updated regularly by
the team. (See field 2i, Additional Information, for more information about PLDs.)
3d. Calculation Methodology                                                                                                     |
Database measures include numbers of: 1) recommendations for environmental and management improvement; 2) legislative, regulatory
policy, directive, or process changes;  3) environmental, program management, security and resource integrity risks identified,  reduced, or
eliminated; 4) best practices identified and implemented; 5) examples of environmental and management actions taken and improvements
made; 6) monetary value of funds questioned, saved, fined, or recovered; 7) criminal, civil, and administrative actions taken, 8) public or
congressional inquiries resolved; and 9) certifications, allegations disproved, and cost corrections.

Because intermediate and long-term results may not be realized over a period of several years, only verifiable results are reported in the
year completed.

-------
Unit of measurement:  Individual actions
4. Reporting and Oversight
4a. Oversight and Timing of Results Reporting
Data comes from OIG audit, evaluations and investigations that are performed under strict compliance with professional standard of the US
Government Accountability Office and the US Department of Justice and subject to independent peer review. Data in the form of
activities, output, and outcomes is entered by designated staff into the Inspector General Enterprise Management System.  All original data
is quality controlled for compliance with professional standard and data entered is quality reviewed for accuracy, completeness, timeliness
and adequately supported. All data entered is carefully reviewed several times a years as it is entered and subsequently reported on a
quarterly baThe OIG Assistant Inspectors General oversee the quality of the data used to generate reports of performance.  The Office of
the Chief of Staff oversee the data quality and the IG reviews the documents and date use for external consumption. Data is audited and
quality test on a continuous basis through several steps from origin to final use.	
4b. Data Limitations/Qualifications                                                                                                |

Because intermediate and long-term results may not be realized over a period of several years, only verifiable results are reported in the
year completed.

Although all OIG staff are responsible for data accuracy in their products and services,  there is a possibility of incomplete, miscoded, or
missing data in the system due to human error or time lags. Data supporting achievement of results are often from indirect or external
sources, with their own methods or standards for data verification/validation. Such data are  reviewed according to the appropriate OIG
quality standards (see "Additional Information"), and any questions about the quality of such data are documented in OIG reports and/or
thePMRS.

The error rate for outputs is estimated at +/-2%, while the error rate for reported long-term outcomes is presumably greater because of the
longer period needed for tracking results and difficulty in verifying a nexus between our work and subsequent actions and impacts beyond
OIG's control. (The OIG logic model in the Annual Performance Report clarifies the kinds of measures that are output-oriented, like risks
identified, versus outcome-oriented, like risks reduced.) Errors tend to be those of omission. Some errors may result from duplication as
well.	
4c. Third-Party Audits
There have not been any previous audit findings or reports by external groups on data or database weaknesses in PMRS.

A December 2008 independent audit
(www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2009/OualitvReviewofEPAOIG-20081216.pdf) found the following with regard to general OIG processes:
"We determined that the EPA OIG audits methodology, policies and procedures adequately complied with the Government Auditing
Standards. The EPA OIG quality control system adequately documented compliance with professional and auditing standards for :
Independence; Professional Judgment; Competence; Audit Planning; Supervision; Evidence and Audit Documentation; Reports on
Performance Audits; Nonaudit Services; and the Quality Control Process. The auditors  documented, before the audit report was issued,
evidence of supervisory review of the work performed that supports findings, conclusions, and recommendations contained in the audit
report.
"We determined that EPA OIG adequately followed the quality control policies established  in the EPA OIG Project Management
Handbook for conducting  audit, program evaluation, and related projects. The audit documentation adequately includes evidence of work
performed in  the major three phases: Preliminary Research, Field Work and Reporting.

-------
      "We determined that EPA OIG adequately followed the standards and principles set forth in the PCIE and Executive Council on Integrity
      and Efficiency Quality Standards for Investigations, as applicable. The investigation adequately documented compliance with the
      guidelines applicable to the investigation efforts of criminal investigators working for the EPA OIG."
      The audit also identified two minor conditions, related working paper review/approval and completion/update status. OIG agreed with the
      auditor recommendations related to the conditions and adapted its Project Management Handbook to address the concerns.

      A June 2010 internal OIG review of OIG report quality (which included a review of reporting procedures) found no substantial issues (see
      http://www.epa.gov/oig/reports/2010/20100602-10-N-0134.pdf).
Record Last Updated: 02/08/2012 09:06:49 AM

-------